《Lonely Attack on the Different World (WN)》


 Chapter 1: (1)

    Chapter 1: (1)

    Will the High School Boy who transports to Another World, Dream of a Deliveryman?

    First Day  ssroom.

    Reading a book.

    It''s my usual routine during lunch break. Don''t call me a loner! Although, I won''t deny it.

    I''m surprised, the normies around me ~ have so many topics to talk about, it''s impressive at this point. It''s a second-year-ss but all I can hear from their conversations is ridiculous. Despite all of that there was still a guy who was fiddling with his phone, who seemingly has not made any connections. To top it off, he sat in the middle of the ssroom so he was subject to sounds from all around him, also there seemed to be more people in the ssroom than usual. Why are you all gathering in this ssroom? Was there something interesting here?

    I continued to read. It would be fine to say that I started reading when I was a child. It started with picture books and then became all sorts of books.

    You would assume that if you read this much then your eyesight will get worse but it won''t worsen to the point where you would need sses.

    My eyesight got worse because I''m such a book addict? Mind your own business!

    Regardless, it''s sad that I can''t focus on reading my book. In such a problem-filled ss, why must a normal student like me be in it? Silence, be quiet, shut up you normies.

    Huh? Something ishere?Coming? What is this feeling? Waithuh!

    The ssroom floor began to shine, a circle and wordsbined with some geometric figure looking thing emits lightwait, a magic formation? It''s a magic formation. Ahthis is that.

    Without a doubt. On the contrary, if this was some surprise math test, I would be more surprised at my math teacher.

    By the time that thought came into my head, my body was already moving. Towards the back door, it won''t open, I kick it but it does not break. I throw the chair near me at the window, it doesn''t even crack.

    Indeed, so far it''s as expected. I rush towards the locker in the back of the ssroom, I open the tall locker used to store cleaning supplies. At the top, there is an inconspicuous hatch made for inspection. I use my momentum to m my body against the hatch, nice. Then I jump towards the ceiling.

    The radiance of the magic formation increased and finally, the entire ssroom was enveloped by the white light.

    I crawled through the attic to get as far away as possible. Don''t like it? But~, who cares about transferring to another world at this point. These days, light novels, anime, and manga are all about transportation to different worlds. Just leave it there, don''t make real life about it too. Ah, just teleport the whole of Japan to a different world already. Ah, if a book about this was released then it would be interesting, I''ll buy it.

    As things are like that, I continue crawling through the attic. I''m already this far away so I should be finehuuuuuh~.

    Uwahh, it actually happened. What a cliche turn of events!

    It is apletely white room.

    For it to be this cliche, this has truly surpassed my expectations. Don''t tell me this is a swords and magic world. Is this some twisted space war or Sci-Fi world? I wouldn''t want it to be a spiritual world or a horror world either.

    However, with the magic formation, it''s probably not a Sci-Fi world? Then the world has connections to magic after all? No, no, that''s probably not it.

    Because of how well-known the genre of Isekai is nowadays, if someone were to say they transported to another world, it would be extremely embarrassing. The cliche development would be for him to meet God and be told that he would be transported to a world of swords and magic(lol). No matter what, he''d be too embarrassed to say that right?

    Was the magic formation a trap, and it was something scientific? What kind of world would that be? A math world? I really don''t want to go to such a world!!

    Would the first enemy be factorization? I dont think I could win.

    Wait a moment, why isn''t anyone here?

    Are they out? Then don''t summon me!

    That''s basic equitique when inviting someone over(Long textining) [1. TL Note: This is actually what the author put. I''m not beingzy.]

    I think I''m the type that takes my time reading. But it seems like I''m fast at reading as many ask me whether I''m properly reading it with how fast I flip pages.

    If the books are light, it''s easy to go through 20 of them in a single day. As such, I am already on my 4th book. I''m going to eventually run out of books to read at this rate. Well, at least I brought my bag with me so I have books to read. In a quiet environment with enough light, that''s not hot nor cold. It''s the perfect environment for a reading addict like me. But man, nobody ising, huh?

    I wonder if I could buy any books somewhere here? I''ll have God foot the bill.

    Hm, there''s a grandpa here? He''s looking over here. Is he lost? Grandpa, just because you''re lost, doesn''t mean you shoulde to another world. Don''t tell me it''s a story about a grandpa with dementia in another world!? [Why are you here?]

    Grandpa, I already ate all the food [No you haven''t!!]

    Wait did he just read my thoughts!?

    This is that, when you''re summoned into a white room, the man that appears, an old man with dementia that ims to be God. [Why-! Thest part is uncalled for]

    It''s an old man with fragile feelings, soon his blood vesselswill pop? [Don''t go killing me off!]

    Ah, an old man that scolds me for joking around [Then stop fooling around! Listen to what I have to say seriously!]

    No, but they say that the type of people that say they don''t want to fool around actually want to fool around, right? Well, I''m sure there are also those that don''t want to fool around as well. [Enough! I''m not here to y games with you! Why are you here?]

    Uwah~, the guy summoned me here without my permission asks me what I''m doing here? Old man with dementia confirmed.

    To top it off, he''s listening to my thoughts without my permission and yelling at me. [I''m done retorting!]

    Huh, is he snapping back at me?

    Is this an Isekai story of an old man with dementia that screws people over? The title would be the [Demon Lord is actually an old man with dementia], something like that~. [Sigh~, can you seriously listen. The others that were summoned have already been teleported to the other world. Why are you still in this room?]

    Well~you summoned everyone at the same time but I was the only one that you summoned to the wrong room? [Well, I summoned all you as a group not one by one. Meeting everyone I felt that perhaps one person was missing but to think there was one person summoned to the wrong room. You were the only one that was summoned to the wrong room.] [Because of a certain person, I was brought here against my free will~? I do however have an idea of what happened.] [You do?! What did youyou escaped from the isted space!? Huh, why is there an exit in the ceiling?]

    Pupupu. The all-knowing deity of the heavens, our supreme and almighty God overlooked the maintenance hatch in the ceiling(LOL). [How could I have known that-! How could I have known that rooms in your world have such an inconspicuous door in the ceiling. It would''ve been weird if I knew!]

    More like, wasn''t I safe after I was that far away? You lost sight of me so isn''t that kind of cheating? [Like I already told you. You were only all summoned because of thepatibility of wavelengths between you all. If you were to run away alone, of course, the results would turn out as such. To top it all off, you''re alone at the edge of the barrier and you don''t even try to call out to me or reach me, and you''re just reading books without a care in the world. Without paying either!]

    Ah~, finally, you''ve even read my memory, huh? Can we summon a forest while we''re at it, for fun. [Don''t summon something sorge without permission. Moreover, if you do that each time a new volumees out, a bookstore in that country will have to shut down. Consider how troublesome it is for the bookstore clerks!!]

    It didn''t work, huh. Moreover, my mind was read too. Also, think about the troubles I have to go through as well! You''re only thinking about the troubles of the bookstore clerks, did you receive a coupon or something? I want one too! [I apologize but you were summoned to another world because of the wavelengths that you and your ssmates share. This is the logic of the world. I didn''t particrly choose you nor was I the one to summon you.]

    Sh*t. I don''t know what wavelengths'' you are talking about, but if the kids from other sses didn''t barge into our ssroom, we wouldn''t have been summoned!?

 Chapter 1: (2)

    Chapter 1: (2)

    It wasn''t bad enough interfering with my reading time so they prevented me from reading forever? I see, it all makes sense now, I was summoned to another world to defeat them?! [No!! Don''t arbitrarily decide that your ssmates are thest boss and defeat them. That''s just your personal grudge].

    I will settle this grudge [Listen to what I''m saying-!].

    Ah~, hurry up then? Old people sure have a lot to say. Anyways the [(Self Proimed) God], is going to ask me to please go to a world of magic and swords(LOL). That''s what you''re nning on asking me anyways, isn''t it? [The [LOL] is unnecessary, also I''m not self-proimed! Anyways, the others have already finished their preparations and left. If you don''t hurry up, you''ll be going to another world by yourself. You won''t be able to meet up with those that went ahead at this rate. If you don''t hurry up and prepare, they''ll leave you behind].

    Ah~, the others, right. It''s a real mess(LOL). The world is in the medieval period~, which means there won''t be any books. After all, it''s a mushroom kingdom, I''ll have to hike through a dense forest. [You can''t go hiking back! Your Isekai adventures will be full of only hiking!! Do you want an Isekai full of only hiking with the bookstore clerk!!]

    No, I just want to read books. Besides, why can''t I go hiking with the bookstore clerk!?

    Let''s collect all the authors in one ce, then summon them as a group [Would you stop! Rather, I won''t let you!]

    The geezer''s exnation was so long that I skipped it. He exined stuff about a kingdom, the other world''snguage, and demons. It''s a long story so why not write it down? Although I want something to read, it doesn''t seem like gramps has any literary talent. [All that''s left is to prepare.]

    What do I need to prepare? How many snacks am I allowed to bring with me or is there some other ridiculous problem I need to prepare for? [You''re going to choose a skill. Firste, first served]. [Old man-!!]. [I''m telling you that I''m God!! Who''s the old man!! You finally spoke for the first time but the first thing that you do is call me gramps?]

    If 43 people choose before me that means that all the cheat skills are gone. The good skills were probably all taken, this is the worst. Gramps confirmed.

    Well, I might as well take a look.. [Hurry up and choose a skill. To think there woulde a day where I would be tired after bing God].

    Finally, he got tired of retorting and continued the conversation by himself, so selfish. Ooo~oinotah?

    Something that resembles a ck te floats in front of me, a lot of words are visible. Wouldn''t a tablet have done the job? As expected, for the elderly, the newest technology is [I won''t retort~, I won''t retort anymore~.]

    He''s whispering something under his breath, is heposing a poem?

    Putting the foolish antics of the old man aside, I start reading at once, there''s arge number of words. There are a lot of words but most of them are greyed out, does that mean they''re taken?

    At the very top, [Status  Status Allocation, 1 point at a time dice (10P and two dice).] I currently have 50P. It''s standard to put all your points into luck but I already have 10. Even if I dump all my points into it, it''s only 60 which only feels so-so. I don''t know if there''s an upper limit nor if it will increase as I level up. [Allocate points to status, one at a time.] Why is this part the only part that''s grey? I don''t have any dice, I need 10P but I only have 2 dice, if there are six sides then the odds would be terrible.

    The second one is [Item-weapon-armor-item 5P~50P], single-usage-consumable. 5P for medicine and poison antidotes. Weapons and armor range anywhere between 5P~30P and a set would cost 50P.

    I want medicine so I don''t die but it''s not cost-efficient to buy. Perhaps I should purchase healing magic?

    There are over 100 items but all that''s left is [Assorted Items (Viger A) 50P]. [Holy Knight], [Great Sage], [Heavy Warrior], all at the great price of 50P but none are left. The only thing I can get is (Viger A) for 50P, this is way too unreasonable!! The set isposed of wooden sticks, clothes, and a diary of a viger.

    The only good item left is these contact lenses which costs 30P. They improve your eyesight which can also helpe off as more approachable. But 30P is too expensive!! Perhaps it''s necessary if your eyesight is bad enough? There is a high possibility that the world won''t have sses as well. Regardless, 30P is impossible as I would only have 20P left no matter what.

    The third category is [Martial Arts  10P]. It is a reasonable and affordable price.

    There was also [Sword Arts], [Katana Arts], [Spear Arts], [Shield Arts], [Bow Arts], and [Whip Arts] but they''re all sold out.

    All that''s left is [Cane Arts, be able to handle canes well  10P]I need a martial art and 10P is a reasonable price. Cane Artshit the enemy with a stick. Will that be enough to fight in another world? I''m not a kid bullying a turtle at the beach. Then again, I couldn''t even beat a turtle when I was a kid. Well, I''d be sorry if I did.

    Finally, the 4th category, [Skill 10P~30P], it''s expensive butthis is what I''m talking about!! This is what a different world is, this is what I mean by cheats!! [Martial Arts experience UP], the standard [Magic], [Robbery], [irvoyance]. If it was cheap, these would be wonderful skills in another worldhuh? None of them are left!

    What''s left is, hmmwhat! [Less likely to catch a disease  30P], yea this is perfectly fine. Rather, I want it! I''m sure there won''t be any hospitals. But it''s 30P. This ability would be fine if it was a peaceful world. But it probably won''t be so. If there are this manybat skills, there''s no way that it would be a peaceful world, 30P is expensive. So that''s why it was left. [Walking, be good at walking  30P]. It might be good to have but who would buy this for 30P. [Martial Arts Experience Up], how is walking worth the same price as this? Do you summon things while walking? Nursery summons? Do heroes just walk at the Demon King? The Demon King sure will be scared~.

    Still, that''s one of the better ones. [Gymnastics, be good at gymnastics  30P]. Gymnastics debut in another world? Everyone~? It''s over! It''s seriously over.

    Thest horrifying skill is. It is [Sensitive Body, turns your body into a sensitive body~  30P]. Don''t mess around with me! A high school boy who''s sensitive and feels good easily. Is this BL? Is it gay? [1. TL Note: BL is short for boy''s love. It refers to a genre of doujinshi where the plot is centered around love between guys.]

    I don''t need this, I definitely don''t need this. Still, half of those that were summoned are high school girls. None of them considered it? Well, there probably won''t be any that would purchase it of their own volition, if someone did then please tell me. Please.

    Aren''t you supposed to aim for one of the four great magics in times like these? Lightning, teleportation, healingbut there''s nothing left. Wasn''t choosing skills like this supposed to be an exciting event? Why am I crying? Why is God directing his eyesight away from me?

    There are four remaining. [Magic, [Temperature], adjust the temperature  30P.] Ah, how convenient, should I aim to set up a food stall in another world? Did you think I''d do that? There''s no job like that in another world! Don''t get mad!

    Only 3 remaining, [Magic, [Wrapping Magic], can wrap objects with magic  30P]. What use is that? Will that call a delivery man? Does it summon them?

    2 remaining, [Magic, [Weight Magic], lowers or raises the weight of objects  30P]. It lowers the weight of cargo and makes shipping cheaper! Looks like I have to summon the delivery man.

    Thest one is [Magic [Movement], auxiliary movement?Decent I guess? Combined with the weight magic, you could probably get a job as a delivery man. Am I the one delivering?!!

    The 5th category is [Special Abilities: 20P~50P]. Special abilities, special skills, sword talent, magic talentrequired experience lowered, it can bebined with experience value increased, not that either is avable. Nothing''s left

    First skill, [[Correspondent],munication, be good at consultations]. Is there a supervisor waiting for me in the other world? Sryman in another world? If I level up will I be the president of a billion-dorpany?

    The second skill, [[Jack of all trades], leveling up bes slower]. Here ites! A skill that is not useful at all and makes your life harder. Is it a trap? You''re punished for identally clicking?

    Last skill, [[Muppet, leveling bes worse]. Terrible skilles again! Again! What''s the point of summoning people from another world if you''re just going to make life harder for them.

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? CLICK HERE to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 1: (3)

    Chapter 1: (3)

    Perhaps [Jack of All Trades] makes it harder to level up but it also makes it easier to learn skills.

    However, [Muppet] only makes it harder to level up? Does it possess some sort of mental ability? Can I make people listen to me? There''s probably no mistake in deciding that this is the worst one.

    Thest and 5th one is [Title 10P]. It''s cheap but it''s not very effective. The effectiveness of a title depends on its corrtion with a job.

    However, this may be more effective in the long-runpared to skills.

    But more than anything [Sword Spirit, Guardian, Magician]. Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhhh~! You can''t tell me these are sold out too! Titles that shake my chuuni souleven though I''m a second year in high school. It''s okay right, I''m in a different world? Doesn''t spirit sword sound pretty cool? It is pretty embarrassing to show it off. Well, good luck to the guy that took it. [1. TN Note: Chuuni roughly trantes to middle-grade syndrome. It''s a way to describe those with delusional fantasies in puberty. He emphasizes that hes in high school because its mainly used to describe those in middle school.]

    I went through a stage where I thought of stuff like that too in the past. Even if it''s embarrassing, shameful, or delusional, isn''t it fine! At leastpared to these two!

    One of them is [[Hikikomori], Your home will be protected]. Herees the security guard killer, a NEET. Did they get kidnaped from their home and shoved into a different world? But your home is gone? Bing a NEET in another world? There aren''t any books though~. Waitas long as a delivery manes? But they won''te. [2. TN Note: Hikikomori is a title given to those that stay within their homes and never leave. NEET stands for not in employment, education, or training. A person who is neither a student nor works.]

    The other one is [[NEET] All other jobs will be invalidated]. You''d get defeated by demons before trying to work with this.

    The end? The list of skills has reached its end or have I reached my end? Did this grandpa just sentence me to death?

    Just what does he want me to do in another world? [Hey~why do you keep avoiding eye contact? Gramps, don''t you have something to say to me? Make eye contact with me and properly say it.]

    After how much you rushed me to make preparations, you avoided looking at me as soon as the ck te with words appeared in front of me, right?

    Not sure how much time has passed but when I look in front of me, gramps is on his knees.

    I intently preach gramps to find out just what he wants me to do.

    I''m not sure for what reason but you forcefully brought a normal high school student to another world. Whether that is God''s will or the providence of the world.

    I thought there would be a reason for going that far, I thought there would be a justified reason, I thought there was no other choice.

    However, you can''t expect a person that was suddenly kidnapped to understand. Even then, if you forcefully threw me into another world, there''s probably nothing I can do.

    That''s why you''re giving me special skills right?

    If there were no purpose, then there would be no reason to send us to another world.

    Even if that was an ident, your duty as a God is to give us skills so that we can survive in another world.

    If it wasn''t an ident and there was some reason for summoning me then at least give me the power to survive. That is the purpose of abilities and skills, to possess the potential to aplish the goals we were summoned for.

    What exactly do you wish to aplish?

    I show the list of skills very clearly to gramps. Is this the power necessary to survive in another world? Is this the power necessary to aplish anything? Is this fulfilling your duty as God? Look carefully and tell me what you want me to do?

    As gramps tries to make an excuse, I re at him. As he tries to break his leg, I re at him with a furious intensity.

    The gramps makes excuses with tears falling from his eyes and shaking. [So far, I''ve only summoned at most 30 people so there were more than enough skills to choose from.]

    There were a lot of instances where people wouldn''t monopolize everything as it woulde back to bite them in the ass.

    If a whopping 43 peoplee, even if thetter people will be troubled, they take it all for themselves.

    There was never a case simr to yours.

    Also, all of the skills here have been recognized by me as skills that have aplished something worthy of praise.

    Skills are things that have been recognized by God, be God, and overcame God. They are remnants of a soul.

    Skills are souls, a way of living, and memories.

    And because they have surpassed God, they are something that not even God can understand.

    Gaining those skills, you feel their soul, understand the lives they''ve led, you receive those feelings to activate those skills. That is the type of power it is. And all the skills that exist right now have already been activated and have achieved something.

    To remember, feel, and understand, that is what a true skill is. If you''re unable to do that then no matter how powerful a skill it is, it bes useless, a hindrance.

    The things here are certainly, things that I do not understand, things that I''ve never seen before.

    But just by the fact that they are here, they have a meaning, purpose, and they are necessary.

    Which is why they are here at this time.

    He pleads while crying, his legs shaking.

    He''s trying to exin while standing up but his legs are like a newborn deer.

    This is bad, gramps, my eyes hurt.

    Is it something like that? The soul of a passionate tennis yer somehow entered gramps? It''s that bad. It''s just so bad.

    That skill is just too dangerous, this sight is something that even surpasses God, it''s crossed a line that it shouldn''t cross. It''s some sort of soul or a form of spirituality, anyways gramps, run away~. [As God, my duty to truth, reason, and providence, I shall surpass them both].

    Ya~ba~i~, gramps is broken!! I said you shouldn''t have crossed that line. [3. TN Note: "Yabai" means it''s bad. It''s a phrase that young people use in Japan and it''s kind of simr to saying sh*t''.] [Cliff lord, I am greatly grateful!! It''s the best!] [4. TN Note: I just really don''t know at this point. He''s just saying random stuff.]

    No-! As I expected, it''s that person-, rather than the remnant of a soul, it is the currently progressive spirit or the nature of a soul.

    Even God must not touch upon it! [It gets even hotter~!!]

    Ah~there''s no mistaking it at this point. It''s over. [You are here, that itself is the solution!].

    Has gramps broken? He couldn''t bear that heat? [Then all is your soul!!]

    Huh? What are you talking about? [I will give you nearly everything~!!]

    What will you give me? By everything do you mean, a bookstore clerk? A deliveryman? Are you going to drag one to another world with me? What''s that? [You should receive all skills!!] [Wait a minute-!! Are you stupid gramps!! I don''t need it~!! It will be hell-mode confirmed with all those skills!!] [Would you suffer? From the Lord? LOL!]

    Are you stupid~!! Wait, that''s not something you''re supposed to say!! This is turning into a mess!! [Farewell~] [Don''t farewell me!!]

    .

    .

    .

    In a forest.

    Wait, uwahhhh~, that grandpa really just transferred me after that.

    Inside a forest. There''s nobody here.

    I hate to see it but there''s nothing I can do about this situation, [Status Check]. [Please roll the dice.] [4. TN Note: He''s kinder to the dice than he is to God(LOL).]

    Inside my head, a voice vibrates. Huh?

    Ah~that''s cheating dice~he really gave me every skill! Clearing the about to expire shelf? [5. TN Note: He got the crap skills too which makes it harder to level up.] [Sigh~]

    I roll the two dice that appear in my hand. I didn''t throw a spear, I only have a wooden stick, you know?

    Both dice stopped on a face that showed [M]. What''s the hell is that?

    (Which status do you wish to increase?)

    Increase with [M]? Do you add it? My attributes are all 10, what does 10+M equal?

    Anyways, I can only assume that it will increase the stat. Even if M is a negative effect and M stands for minus, I won''t know until I actually use it. [into luck]

    It''s probably the thing I need most currently, there''s not much I can do right now with my own ability.

    I''m feeling like my luck is already in the negatives but it''s probably just my imagination. Even in my original world, I felt it was like that.

    (Which status would you like to add to?)

    My only option at this point is to add to LuK. In the worst case that it''s minus my luck might decrease below 0.

    However, if I add to HP, to test it, it would be too dangerous. The other attributes are probably just as dangerous to test with.

    With luck, I need as much as I get, and even if the worst happens, I can still bear with it. The future worries me but this is all I can do. [Into LuK?]

    (Added to LuK. Disying status.)

    Status

    NAME Haruka Race: Human

    AGE 16

    Lv 01

    Job

    HP 10

    MP 10

    ViT 10

    PoW 10

    SpE  10

    DeX  10

    MiN  10

    InT 10

    LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP   0

    Martial ArtsCane Lv 1

    MagicTemperature Lv 1Movement Lv 1Weight Lv 1Packing Lv 1

    SkillHealth Lv 1Sensitivite Body Lv 1 Gymnastics Lv 1Walking Lv 1 Command Lv 1(New)

    Title Hikikomori Lv 1NEET Lv 1Loner Lv 1(New)

    Other Communication Lv 1Jack of All Trades Lv 1Muppet Lv 1

    EquipmentItem Bag

 Chapter 1: (4)

    Chapter 1: (4)

    LuK is maxed out (Limit Break), wait, huh? That M stands for Max?

    Uwah~ [M] stands for Max? Write that down somewhere! It''s only 3 letters. I should have put both of them in strength and speed. I messed up!

    I thought it was a trap or something trash. I didn''t even consider that [M] stood for Max.

    Ah~ahhhhh!

    Calm down, It''s certainly a waste but it didn''t be a waste and there''s no denying that luck is necessary.

    As I didn''t know what [M] was that was the best option. You shouldn''t make a bet when your life is involved.

    Still, past max, there is a limit break.

    Is this a slightly good thing? I''ve never had much luck before.

    Nah, this was definitely a good thing. I expected a 1-6 but I got a Max instead. This is probably the best oue. On the contrary, perhaps the other sides were dangerous.

    At the very least, I got lucky in regards to the dice. Very lucky indeed.

    Usually, when leveling up, the only status that does not rise is luck. Putting all points into luck was the standard in light novels as well. It should be the best option for the future.

    As I expected, I received all of the remaining skills. Full of bad skills? Huh? There seems to be 2 more than I expected.

    Did you gain something? Did you juste to roll the dice? Ah, it''s this. [[Loner] I live alone withoutpanions, cannot form a party. Skill [Command] learned. Experience Distribution.]

    No? Well, it''s the same as before? Yea but don''t write it in the status!

    As soon as Ie to another world, it''s already confirmed that I''ll be a loner without anypanions. I was crying silently, for having the slight hope of an Isekai Harem.

    Apparently, the other skill seems to be an effect of [Loner]. Since you''re alone anyways, just use a demon? I cried because of kindness, sadness, and loneliness. One day, I''ll heal my heart with softness.

    Ah! Leather Bag. It''s the equipment of Viger A.

    Whether it''s a wooden stick or something else, we need some sort of weapon now. I''m not sure whether this ce is dangerous or not.

    The clothes were a hassle to get changed into but I was grateful for the leather boots. It would''ve been a disaster if I had to walk through the forest in my indoor shoes.

    It''s better than not having a clock either. For what it''s worth, I can use it as armor. It''s dark so it may make it harder for monsters to spot me. At the very least, Viger A was able to live with just this.

    There are leather gloves toohuh? There seems to be something else inside, a ring? Well, it''s probably something that Viger A was wearing. It''s probably some type of equipment, I''ll put it on.

    It''s nice that I have a bag, it''s light and convenient as if there is nothing inside.

    I look around but there''s nobody nearby, there are no traces of others being nearby either.

    My ssmates should''ve been summoned here as well? I don''t know what direction they headed in and I''m not sure if it''s even a good idea to meet up with them.

    No doubt having more people is an advantage. My ssmates will also probably have gotten their bearings together by now.

    Unlike me, all of them have absurd powers. It will probably be safer to group with them.

    However, the problem is human nature rather thanbat ability.

    Besides, as long as I have Loner, I won''t be able to form a party.

    Even if they are strong that doesn''t necessarily lead to actualbat ability. There are too many that can''t be trusted.

    Solo, huh~. Well, there are too many problems with grouping so I''ll just explore by myself.

    Still, there is such poor visibility within forests. The various colors that blend in within the forest make it difficult to see. It would be easy to overlook a potential threat such as a monster or demon.

    It''s disadvantageous for people with bad eyesight. Should I have bought sses? Ahh! There should be cheap contacts that were left in stock because they couldn''t sell!

    Are they in the bag? As I dig inside the bag, there are a few small boxes inside. Is it inside here? ss bottle? It contains a liquid that appears to be medicine.

    Is it this one? Two small-round-ss objects are wrapped in a cloth. However, for someone that''s never used a contact to equip them in the middle of a forest. It''s not a good idea nor sanitary.

    However, I can''t get out of this forest with my eyes this bad so I have to put them on. It''s pretty scary, to put something in your eyes, it would be a big deal if I dropped the contacts in such a ce.

    Wrapping it with a cloth, I put the contacts over my eyes while being careful not to drop it. Something feels strange. [Guu.]

    I could understand the difort in my eyes but I suddenly got a headache. Is it supposed to be like this?

    I didn''t have any friends that used contacts so I wasn''t sure. I guess I didn''t have any friends in the first ce

    Well, I guess I just have to get used to it.

    Looking around, I can see various things that are eerily clear. It feels as if the visual information received from my eyes instantly enters my brain.

    I can even see the insects on a far away leaf clearly. There are cons with having good eyesight as well. As I can see clearly through the forest even through the darkness, moving through doesn''t be a problem. I have [Walk] as well.

    First of all, let''s organize all of this stuff(wound medicine), (poison eraser). Uwooh! I let go of the eraser in surprise.

    As I tried to close the box I opened previously, what is this? While I was thinking that, letters appeared on the ss bottle the moment I looked at it. Wound medicine and poison eraser? Is it referring to this bottle?

    As I thought that, I looked at my status and found there was a new skill, [Appraisal Lv1]. This is appraisal, huh? Letters suddenly appeared so I was surprised.

    Most likely, this is an effect of the contacts. I cannot identify the contact themselves as they are in my eyes. Probably, if I remove them, I won''t be able to use the skill. So I can''t.

    Getting the appraisal skill off the bat is a life-saver. It''s the skill I wanted the most right now.

    Gramps told me that I would be able to understand the other world''snguage after transporting and now I''ve obtained Appraisal. It wouldn''t be an exaggeration to say that things got a lot better for me.

    It would suck to not have~.

    Walking while appraising the passing trees, it''s sort of fun. It''s like a virtual botanic book. Oh. Edible mushrooms. Appraisal is indispensable after all, without it, food would be a huge problem. [Potential Mushroom  Edible, Potential UP], it seems to raise potential if consumed? I wonder what''s hidden inside of this? Loner, Hikikomori, NEET, want to stay hidden at all times too.

    While walking I used appraisal on everything I pass by. There were no more mushrooms that raised my potential but I found a bunch of edible ones that raised stamina and magic. I was grateful for the MP and HP recovery. It won''t be possible to obtain potions in a forest, the mushrooms would be my medical food.

    Since I have no specific destination in mind, I just gather mushrooms from wherever I see them.

    I have already thrown arge number of mushrooms into my bag, I didn''t think about anything else as it was fun collecting mushrooms while using Appraisal, but there is no way that many mushrooms should have fit inside a 35-40cm bag, it wasn''t even heavy.

    I apologize for looking down on the Viger A equipment.

    It''s an item bag. Language of this world, Appraisal and item bag. I got the three items I wanted the most.

    The item bag came with the Viger A equipment, 50P is expensive but it''s a reasonable price to get such a valuable item in another world.

    I should''ve just been satisfied with Viger A''s skills and left instead of being forced to take all these strange skills. If I had done that, gramps wouldn''t have had to be a hot-blooded tennis yer.

    Is he doing stuff like, [I''m never giving up!] in front of other gods?

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? CLICK HERE to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 1: (5)

    Chapter 1: (5)

    There was medicine in the bag and other stuff too. The bag was a jackpot.

    Now that I think carefully when I pulled out a meter-long stick and leather boots from the bag, I should''ve been able to guess that the bag was a storage item. I had thought that I was thinking calmly in this situation, as well. There were too many unexpected things that happened and still many things that I don''t understand. For now, I don''t know where this is.

    Holding the stick, I use Appraisal on everything in my surroundings while progressing through the forest. Why? It''d be a problem if monsters came out. But it''s a wooden stick? Weapons. [Cane Arts]is a martial art but all you''re doing is hitting them with a stick, you know?

    The other side is brighter? I finally see a break in the forest, my eyes are better so I can see further, it feels like there''s a zoom function, thank you contact-san.

    When I finally leave the forest, Ie across a river, water, freshwater, then I think of how many hours it''s been since I''ve had a drink of water.

    As I dipped my hands in the water, I tried to think of anything I could store the water with. I thought of a cup-water bottle-water bag, then I came to a euphony. The water bottle came out, Ah~the water tastes so good. It''s mineral water, after all, I drank in big gulps. This would sell well if sold in a vending machine. If I could summon a delivery man then I could sell water and books.

    The summoning team just saw it so they remember, as long as I ced a deliveryman mark in the middle, wouldn''t theye? There is a forest but that''s all right?

    There are fish swimming normally in the river, looks like my next meal has been decided as grilled fish and mushrooms. I enter the river with a weapon.

    Which is perhaps what you were thinking but I''m just gonna eat grilled mushrooms. I can''t catch fish so its pointless. How can I catch the fish with a wooden stick? If you can''t catch it then you can''t hit it, if you don''t hit it, you can''t kill it, and therefore you can''t eat it.

    After walking for a while, Ie across a cave.

    I peek inside, there''s nothing. No demon king, no bear. [Excuse me~?]

    I make a greeting like a guest but settle down like I own the ce.

    Isn''t this fairlyrge? It was bigger than the ces I''ve lived in.

    Deep inside is pitch ck so I open my luggage near the entrance.

    The bag has without a doubt, gottenrger, I mean a tent came out.

    The problem is the rules of this world. [Magic Tent: When magic is imbued, automatically sets up, suitable temperature, prevents insects and monsters, same as monster-repellent.] [Magic Lantern: When magic is imbued, it lights up. Useful for avoiding monsters and insects.] Wow~, it even exterminates demons. Moreover, it has a blinking function in a world without street lights or cars.

    But thentern has a blinking function, the magic culture might be pretty advanced, there may even be a magic car. Perhaps there might even be a deliveryman.

    Now that I found useful stuff, I''m grateful to the vigers and grateful to gramps for bing a tennis yer.

    But how do you imbue magic? I''ve never imbued magic before. Looks like I just have to try it. [The magic that resides in my right arm, unleash!nothing''s happening.]

    That wasn''t me being a chuuni, it was just something that I tried.

    If you''re gonna give me an item that requires imbuing magic then give me instructions on how to imbue magic as well.

    I try various things with thentern. [Magic! Answer to my life and reside within thentern!]It''s wrong? Is it really wrong? I want to believe it''s wrongI do.

    Concentrate on your magical power and then control it. That''s the standard in light novels. In conclusion, I don''t understand magic.

    Then a spell? Chanting? That was just an experiment. Yes, that was just an experiment! I wasn''t indulging in my delusions. [Ah~, just turn on already.]

    Ah, it turned on. [Turn on], is that all you needed?

    If that''s all it needed then write that down in the instructions. Pour magic is just put it on your hand and say turn on''. I even strike a pose, yea it was sort of fun.

    In conclusion, the object just needs to touch your body and not add extra words. Such as show me the light'' or light the magical power of god or I order you with my name." Isn''t it nice, I wanted to say it.

    For now, I open the tent and lie down. [Open] it, opened with that one word. I thought of various incantations butI mean it''s fine for it to be that simple but you know.

    It''s getting pretty dark outside. I can''t move today. I don''t have a particr destination nor do I know where I am located currently.

    I stare at the ring on my hands. So is this ring an item? If it''s Viger A''s wedding ring then I should return it. After all, he''s done a lot for me. Appraise Ring. [Martial Arts Soul, life, the soul suffers. Attack? Defense? Magic Attack? Magic? Life-saving skill???]

    Huh? Is it cursed? Life, isn''t the soul suffering pretty bad? Skills other than life-saving?Life-saving? [Life-saving, Before HP reaches 0, recovers HP with MP.]

    Oh-, is this the full appraisal? That''s good and all but [Life-saving: recover HP with MP before HP hits 0.] It''s a good skill that can save my life in crucial times. But it seems that your life and soul will undergo suffering? Why is that?

    I also picked up firewood in the forest. There weren''t many dry trees but it would be more than enough for a bonfire. It''s useful to avoid beasts and it''s necessary for this damp cave.

    I use temperature magic to try and ignite the firewood, it went well with the mushrooms. It lit up, the firewood didn''t work but the leaves ignited.

    It doesn''t burn easily which is why I use temperature magic to ignite it but the fire spread to the wood.

    Did the level of the temperature magic go up? I check the level of my magic with status, [Fire Magic Lv.1], [Temperature Magic Lv.2], the level of temperature magic went up but I also got a new skill, Fire Magic. Are you able to obtain this skill by just lighting a fire? I don''t know the acquisition conditions. The temperature magic also rose in level but I''m not sure if the two are rted.

    For now, the only method of attack I have is attacking with a stick and fire magic. I want to practice but I''m already tired.

    I check my status before going to sleep as I haven''t remembered all of it yet.

    NAME Haruka Race Human

    AGE 16

    Lv 01

    Job

    HP

    MP

    ViT

    PoW

    SpE

    DeX

    MiN

    InT

    LuK MaxLimit Break

    SP

    Martil Arts Cane Arts

    Magic Temperature MovementWeightPackingFire Magic

    Skill HealthSensitive Body GymnasticsWalkingCommandAppraisalirvoyance Detect PresenceSearch

    TitleHikikomori NEET Loner

    Unknown Communication Jack of All TradesMuppet

    EquipmentWooden StickBasic ClothesLeather GlovesLeather Boots CloakContactsSoul RingItem Bag

    Perhaps because I observed far distances while walking, I obtained the skill [irvoyance Lv1], it''s probably thanks to the contacts. [Communication] is useful. Appraisal and irvoyance are useful in survival, if I''m able to get out of this forest, it''s probably thanks to irvoyance.

    Is it my imagination or is this starting to be like an Isekai Survival. Isn''t there normally a princess or a beautiful female magician that summons you. Being left alone in a forest, what do I do? Is it the logic of the world for people from another world to bepletely unrted? Wait, without a mission or goal, is the goal just to survive in another world? No, it''s still better to live carefreely than recklessly try to defeat the demon king. However, if I don''t manage to leave this forest, I''ll probably have to live my entire life here until I die. [Presence Detection Lv.1] and [Searching Lv.1] is probably the result of persistently staying on the lookout for monsters or demons while walking through the forest. It could also be the result of checking the cave to see if there were any threats. Is it normal to obtain skills so rapidly and fast? Was there any meaning in obtaining skills from the white room? The skills that I obtained from gramps should not even be thought of. That skill is even more dangerous than even the demon lord!

    Now, the first day of another world is about to end. A high school boy that transports to another world will he dream of a deliveryman?

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? CLICK HERE to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 2: (1)

    Chapter 2: (1)

    Day 2 Cave

    When I wake up Im in a cave I dont know? Yea, this is not too much of a fuss.

    Apparently its hard to even follow the standard routine in another world, It seems that I have to start my morning by staring at the ceiling of a cave.

    There werent any problems in the middle of the night. The tent andntern both have monster avoidance and hikikomori to top it off where during the time that Im holed up, I will be protected. But I wonder what happens when Im out? Probably need a door, just in case, probably need a mailbox.

    I light the bonfire thats disappeared in the middle of the night with fire magic, it cant be lit up without holding it in my hand so a fireball is probably impossible. Holding it in my hand and throwing it seems hot. I dont want to get hot, after seeing that old man

    From the item bag, I take out a knife, frying pan, cutting board, dried meat, and mushrooms. Lets also bring out salt, a te, and a cup. Of course, its Viger A-san goods. Did this person actually stay in the vige?

    ce a frying pan on a bonfire and heat until smoke appears. Put shredded minced meat and thick slices of mushrooms onto the pan and then fry. Add a small amount of water when a brown color appears and cover with a lid. Shake the pan carefully to prevent burning, steam until the water is gone, and salt lightly to enhance the taste. Mmm, it smells good, so far the only ingredients are dried meat from the item bag and mushrooms from the mushroom forest. And the only seasoning is Mr. A''s salt, the stock will run out sooner orter. Meat and fish, and what else you can get in the forest, as far as I saw yesterday, it was a mushroom forest. There may be a bamboo shoot vige somewhere. Dont start a war.

    To fetch water, I went outside, since I was here, I used irvoyance to examine the surrounding area. It seems that there is no bamboo rattan. The war was evaded, but obtaining the bamboo shoot seems impossible.

    I think about what to do from now on while eating. Securing food and housing will be the top priority, and the rest is safety and measures against demons.

    First of all, this cave is probably fine as a living space. I have a tent so it may be okay to move around, but it is safer to use a cave. A cave in which I can enclose myself within is also wonderful.

    If food in this area runs out, Ill consider moving out, food and safety is my first priority. Hmm? Normally, the adventure begins, but Im already enclosing myself from the outside world? If so, will I soon stop working? As expected, different world skills are scary! In this way, I entered the forest and started collecting mushrooms, and proceeded while searching with Appraisal. I passed through downstream yesterday, so today I will try to go upstream.

    Mushrooms aremon and sometimes I find medicinal nts. I try not to approach anything that has any sign of being dangerous. I proceed through the forest while picking up firewood, wood, and vines.

    However, normally these kinds of things have standard patterns, at first, you should live in a castle or something, but it''s really a survival countryside life! Already in a forest without ever being kicked out of the castle! Moreover, there are 0 people other than me, the whole story is being told by me! Is this the summoning of a different world? What is the difference between this story and the Robinsons family transfer job? (1. TN Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Swiss_Family_Robinson)

    It''s about time to go back to the cave, time-wise, it should be around lunchtime? I don''t know the time because I have neither a clock nor a cell phone. There''s no need to ask why I don''t have a cell phone, don''t ask! Absolutely dont ask!

    I can get through the forest soon where the cave is just around the corner. But I can''t move. I feel like something is nearby? Is it a monster? Is it an animal?  Maybe a ssmate? There is no doubt that its not a friend. Yeah, I can''t make that mistake.

    Your annoying ~ go somewhere. I watched while hiding so that it couldn''t see me, listened carefully to the noise but was careful not to make noise, and hid my presence while looking for a presence  I found it! Appraisal!

    Goblin A

    Lv 08 HP 36 MP 4 ViT 27 PoW 22 SpE 13 DeX 8 MiN 2 InT 1 Luk 16

    Martial Arts [Hammer Lv 2]Hard Hit Lv 1] [Ramming Attack Lv 1] Skills [High Sexual Vigor Lv 1] Equipment [Club]

    Goblin B

    Lv 07 HP 41 MP 4 ViT 22 PoW 17 SpE 10 DeX 9 MiN 3 InT 1 LuK 11

    Martial Arts [Hammer Lv 1] [Ramming Attack Lv 1] Skills [High Sexual Vigor Lv 3] Equipment [Club]

    It''s somewhat of a short humanoid, an ugly face that doesnt resemble a human or any other animals and a stubby grayish-brown body. Goblin-san, the weakest of the weakest, the small fish of the small fish, its ridiculous if you can''t beat it. Depending on the story, even a child can beat it Is how it should be but its somewhat strong? And there are two of them.

    While you''re weak, defeat Goblins and raise your Lv, which is the basics. At first, it''s a goblin or slime, is how it should be but their status is higher than expected, their strength is stronger than minecan I win? No, I will be stuck if I can not beat the goblin. I will be fighting them one day as long as I enter the forest.

    Right now, I have the opportunity tounch a surprise attack. If I were to be suddenly attacked, I would be surprised and would be unable to do anything. The party which controls the element of surprise is overwhelmingly advantageous, you can aim to destroy each individual one by one, you can also choose an advantageous location, giving the advantage of terrain, you can even choose the timing, it is an absolute opportunity. If you can win, that is.

    The problem is HP and ViT, and PoW, if you think only by the numbers, based on me whose stats are all 10, HP is 4 times, ViT is about 2.5 times? That means I have to attack 10 times more than the goblin. If I consider PoWs 2x, it''s 20 times, so I can''t win unless Ind more than 20 hits per one hit. On the other hand, my HP is 10, Goblin''s PoW is around 20, which means I will be out with a single blow. Which means I have tond 10 hits without getting hit once. It is a number that cannot be achieved by surprise attacks alone.

    SpE and DeX are about the same, so I can''t overwhelm them with speed either. The only advantages I have are InT and LuK, InT which is 10 times more and LuK which is iprehensibly more. I might be able to win with InT if it was intelligence, but its meaningless if its magic.

    For what its worth, there is also that wooden stick with an attack power of "?" The opponent also has a club, but it''s the same because Im done in one hit anyway. On the contrary, it can be said that it is advantageous if their speed is slowed by that heavy club.

    Moreover, if you aim at the back of the head or the neck from behind, it may cause more damage than other ces. If I get a double bonus, it''s 5 hits, the value of a surprise attack is probably high.

    As long as I dont know how reliable the numbers projected on the status are, an experiment is required, the experiment known as real-lifebat.

    If you try it, you will understand, but if you do not try you cannot understand, you can do it if its possible, but when its not, its dangerous. Securing an escape route should be my first course of action.

    SpE remains the same, but the difference in height is surprisinglyrge, especially the difference in leg length is even longer, the leg length is! Yeah, it''s an important ce, so I tried saying it twice! This part is probably going to be on the exam.

    If I want to escape, it''s the cave. If I go back to my home, I might have the hikikomori effect, and the entrance is narrow, so I can bring it in 1: 1. Even if I run inside, I hold the home ground advantage.

    If I loop around the edge of the forest for the attack and fail, I can escape immediately. Hiding my presence to not make any noise while moving slowly, from this angle, I can only aim for Goblin A. If Goblin A can be defeated with haste before Golbin B arrives, it may be possible to turn a 2: 1 situation into 1: 1 consecutive battles.

    Holding my breath, I approach quietly until I get in range tounch an attack. Goblin A is looking backward and Goblin B moved even further away. When am I doing it? Now! Fighting school, Im scared!?

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? CLICK HERE to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 2: (2)

    Chapter 2: (2)

    Day 2 Cave

    In a single breath, I leap towards Goblin A andunch an attack from above. Ind another blow while the goblin is still bent over. I continue bynding a blow from the side. This continues until Goblin Bes within range. By the time Goblin B arrives, even if Goblin A is not dead, he will not be in a condition to fight.

    Goblin B rushes in while swinging its club, its swings arerge, but unexpectedly hard to avoid. Avoiding the swing, Iunch an attack.

    The goblin''s attack is easy to read, and there is nothing exceptional about it. I continue dodging its attacks.

    I continue observing its attack patterns.

    When I''ve finished analyzing the goblin''s movements to the point where I can read it''s next action, Iunch a counter-attack.

    While fighting the goblin, I dodge its initial attack, then I swing at the goblin with my wooden stick, and then I back away before repeating the process. Its a slow but steady method of attack.

    Injured, the ferociousness of the goblin increases as it bes irritated, and its attacks be more reckless. I screamed before starting to swing at the goblin from above. Inded a hit on its throat before dodging to avoid a counter, but the counter never came.

    I move a bit of distance away to adjust my breath. I was able to get through this fight without any injuries. Although it wasnt a beautiful win, it was my first battle. Killing goblins in a 1-on-1. Thats good enough for now.

    Both goblins arent moving, but I hit them once each, as a safety measure. Then I take their clubs as my loot before washing my face with river water.

    I was more tired mentally than physically. Near the end of the battle, I could clearly envision the attacks and movement of the goblins. I''m not sure about my physical state or my reflexes, but everything feels more responsive. This should be a good enough result for my first battle in another world.

    There are many differences in this worldpared to earth but getting used to it should be my greatest priority.

    But is it my imagination that this is the first thing that I''ve done that seems to be proof of the fact that I''ve traveled to another world?

    I went back to the forest to rest a bit. I then assemble a simplettice door with the timber and vines that I had collected while munching on roasted mushrooms.

    I picked up as much wood as I could in the forest so I had an abundant amount of wood remaining which I dried with temperature magic and stored. Thanks, Item Bag!

    As for carpentry work, weight magic was especially convenient, because the weight of the timber is made lighter, there is no need for someone else to help. You can do it alone! Even a loner can do it! Let''s leave it at that!

    I wipe off my sweat with water and wash my clothes. Im not good at exercising, neither do I like sweating through my clothes, and I dont like getting my clothes sweaty. This is a different world, but Im not a different person. I wasnt suited for the original world, but then again, is there even a need for a person like me?

    Conflict is still difficult, and it is dangerous if there is no deciding factor. I can only choose to rely on magic since my other skills arepletely useless.

    The only magic that I can use is fire magic that I learned to use in this world. Gramps is seriously useless. I dont know if magic can improve with practice, but if I can utilize it somehow inbat, then it will improve mybat ability by a great amount.

    If it was possible, I''d want to settle allbat with long-distance attacks, but if my level does not rise, it would be impossible. To raise my level, I have to fight.

    I''ll try a fire-like-spell with [Temperature] and [Fire magic], but with [Temperature] magic, the fire umtes very slowly, fire magic can make fireballs but they are small and fly only a short distance, at most 2-3 meters. If you want the spell to travel, you need to concentrate a lot and it will be difficult to pull off in actual battle. That being said, it''s fun, so I''ll practice a little more.

    It is quite difficult to make a wooden stick heavier, I try to make it heavier and shake it but it''s quite difficult to hold. If it''s this heavy the whole time, it will be difficult to swing, and if I try to make it heavy at the moment it hits, it will be difficult as well, perhaps I will end up just dropping it? For now, I will practice.

    I try to wrap my wooden stick with packing magic. Is doing so a good idea if you do not understand the effect? I feel that something has changed, but I have no idea what happened. I''m not sure if it makes sense to pack a wooden stick with magical power, but at the very least, it will serve as experience for my cane arts. [Movement] is difficult to understand because of [Walk]. It just feels like 10 steps worth of distance became 7 to 8 steps when I approached the goblins. The goblins seem just as surprised by my rapid approach as I was. Well, I killed them anyway though.

    It''s hard to use [Movement] alone but when I use it together with [Walk], I facent into a wall. At this rate, I''m going to gain a [Klutz] skill or title, and eventually, end up charging into goblins making stupid sounds. There is probably a demand for such a scene if it was a young girl but nobody would want to see the same with a high schoolboy.

    A random thought led me to try wrapping my body with [packing] magic. It took a bit of effort at first but I became faster at it until I was able to wrap my entire body within an instant.

    If I try to move with my body wrapped in magic, then perhaps my body will move smoother and faster? The cebo effect? Sort of like that?

    Is there some sort of physical benefit? Or maybe that''s because my defense and magic defense have gone up, regardless, I''ll need practice to even understand the effect. Wrap my body with magic, move around, and hit things with a stickit''s a yground! Leave that sort of scene for little girls. There should be no demand for that type of scene with a highschool boy. How do I know this? Because I wouldn''t want to see it either.

    In the end, it''s a trial and error, only after trying various things can I try to theorize carefully. I won''t know anything until I try it out in livebat. I''ll be able to tell if there''s some sort of effect.

    Being low on stamina is affecting me a lot but the magical exhaustion is even worse. Time to go to bed.

    Before that, [Appraisal]. Oh yea, I got that item from the goblin. I use [Appraisal] on the goblin''s item. [Cudgel wooden club grade 10], what grade is my wooden stick? Which is why there''s noparison, not that I could use it either way as it was too short and small.

    I regain my bearings before checking my status.

    Name: Haruka Race: Human AGE  Lv  Job

    HP  UP) MP / UP)

    ViT  UP PoW  UP) SpE  UP DeX  UP) MiN  UP InT  UP Luk MaxLimit Break

    SP UP

    Martial Arts Cane Arts  Avoidance PremonitionWrapping Magic

    Magic TemperatureMovementWeightPacking Fire Magic

    SkillsHealthSensitive Body GymnasticsWalking CommandAppraisalirvoyance Detect PresenceMagic Control

    Title HikikomoriNEET Loner

    Unknown Communication Jack of All Trades Muppet

    Equipment Wooden stickBasic clothesLeather GlovesLeather BootsCloakContactsSoul RingItem Bag

    Yay! I leveled up! My stats have more than doubled. The rate of growth is higher than I thought, it might only be like this at the start but more than doubling is better than expected. It should be much easier to fight with twice the speed and dexterity. With twice the speed, I can overwhelm my opponents with fast maneuvers.

    Looking at how my speed and dexterity have doubled, am I perhaps speed-orientated? Is this a message to tell me that no matter how strong the enemy is, if they can''t hit me, it''s pointless? With a tad more stats I would have been triple what my original stats were.

    Intelligence also rose, is this because of my efforts in practicing magic? Or perhaps because I used my brain during the fight? Aftering to another world, I finally learn the benefits of rapid learning? Not that I''ve tried it.

    Huh? Sh*t! [Sensitive Body] leveled up! I haven''t done anything weird? Seriously? I haven''t met anything but goblins? There wasn''t any dialogue between me and the goblins either. Why did it level up? Did I be sensitive? Is this fine? Perhaps my skin has be more sensitive?

    I''ll just act as if I hadn''t seen it. Let''s see, oh! [Cane Arts] has leveled up, all I''ve done is hit things with a stick but it leveled up. Is this that? Is this the leveling system where you level up as long as you kill your target?

    Now that I think about it, with my leveling debuffs, I didn''t expect to level up by killing two goblins. My status was so pitiful that I could''ve been killed by anything so leveling up after killing two goblins is also not too unreasonable.

    Since the two goblins were Lv.8 and Lv.7, it could have also been the additional experience from the level gap. I don''t understand the parameters of the system. I want a deliveryman to bring me a book regarding knowledge of this world but I don''t know the name of this world. I think that gramps told me but I don''t remember. What a useless old man.

    I''ve been skipping out on doing gymnastics so today would be the first day I try it out but. It already leveled up? Is gymnastics the first skill that I master in another world? As the skill levels up, will I be able to learn the legendary, radio gymnastics #2? If I master this skill, will I be able to be the legendary radio man?

    Next is Appraisal, Presence detection, and Search. I''ve been using this quite frequently and they''ll be important skills in the future as well. I''m d that they leveled up.

    What I don''t understand is why i gainedWrapping Magic andMagic Control. Is it perhaps because of practice? Or was it because I used Weight Magic in livebat? Well, I understand. [Magic Wrapping]? Because it''s worn, is it connected to Packing, or is it an extension from my body to the wooden stick? Since I could wrap my body with magic, I thought that it would strengthen my body but nope. In the first ce, what is the difference between Magic Wrapping and Packing?

    Ah~I''m sleepy already. I''ll go to sleep now. Still, I wonder what the legendary radio exercise #3 is like.

 Chapter 3: There’s No Such Thing as a Clumsy Attribute

    Chapter 3: There��s No Such Thing as a Clumsy Attribute

    Day 3  Cave

    Hmmm, I''m hungryIt''s my first time waking up from hunger.

    Do I get hungry when I run out of magic? Anyways, lets eat something firstnot that theres anything but mushrooms. I lightly sprinkle the mushrooms with fire magic and then tear each mushroom into smaller pieces. I then drain the aquatic herbs I found and make a sd. Hmm, I want some dressing. Since the herbs have a light bitterness, I want something with a vor to neutralize that. As I expected, not having Mayonnaise would be the biggest problem in another worldall I have are mushrooms. Its not possible after all if mayonnaise could be extracted from mushrooms, that would be a bigger surprise than being transported to another world.

    Anyways, my hunger has finally subsided. Lets wash my face, my daily routine is messed up. Its a tainted lifestyle in another world except for the fact that Im a loner.

    My level has risen, only Lv2, but I should possess double the ability now. However, if Ive be two times stronger, shouldnt there be some odd sensation? I do feel that Ive be stronger and faster but not to the extent where I feel anything abnormal. In reality, its not actually that Ive be twice as strong rather that Ive gained twice thebat prowess. Regardless, I dont allow myself to be overconfident.

    The first thing I can do seems to be strengthening myself. I can look for weak monsters to farm but the problem is the possibility of encountering strong monsters.

    If I recall correctly, yesterday I gained some sort of martial artIts this! [Wrapping Magic Lv1]. Magic control, I can understand Avoidance and Premonition, the one that needs verification is probably Wrapping Magic, what do you wrap I wonder? Then its possible that a stalker will cling to iteven though it''s magical power? Power is a stalker? What kind of martial art is this?

    Well, first of all, Appraisal-san, please. [Wrapping Magic Lv.1, strengthens your body by wrapping magic around it. Physical operation, physical strengthening, physical defense, corrected to magic defense].

    Oh, its a value pack, a bargain, a value set, It''s a bargain for housewives in another world.

    I had guessed that it would hold the effect of strengthening my body but to think It would actually be true. If I keep getting wonderful skills like this then there was no need to waste my time in a white room with a senile old man. Isn''t it good in a different world? On the contrary, havent I been weakened by going to that white room?

    Is this the feeling of your original ability being corrected by the status? Correction in status is more than doubled because of my level up. Furthermore, I will be strengthened by Wrapping Magic. How much stronger have I be?

    I cant master Movement. If I could master it then I might be able to pull off a hit and run but Ill bump into something and fall. Fugyuu !? Seems like what Id say. It puts me at risk of gaining Klutz as a title. I cant use it for now.

    Its probably the most efficient method to master Wrapping Magic. Practice, practiceuntil Im able to wrap my entire body in an instant. I dont feel that exhausted either. And it should be an ability that I can use. Is it cheap and delicious? Fat people would be happy.

    And yesterday, after the appraisal Lvl went up to 2, [Wooden stick?], [Basic clothes?], [Leather Gloves?], [Leather Boots?], [Cloak?], [Contacts?]. [?] has been exhausted. Why? Normally, when the level of Appraisal is raised, [?] bes visible.

    Until now, the stats such as offensive power and defense power became visible, but when the Lv of Appraisal went up, the name became "?". Why degenerate !? Evolution, skill !? What am I supposed to do when I be less aware when I need to be more aware?

    My head is hurting like crazy so lets go outside!

    .

    .

    .

    Grace of the forest, its name is mushroomsIsn''t there anything else! Since its a forest and all, wouldnt it make sense to have a variety of ingredients?

    Is this a mushroom vige? Am I going to end up fighting with mushroom vigers? Was I summoned to the mushroom forest for the vige war? The horrible war of washing blood with blood and wrapping it in chocte, also exists in this world [1. TN Note: This is a reference to a meme born out of a "feud" on which of the snacks produced by the samepany since 1980 is tastier. Picture of snacks in question. Example video]

    Ive already gathered mushrooms and gathered mushrooms.

    Its about time to practice Magic Wrapping. My goal is to be able to wrap my entire body within an instant. Then I try running in different directions while trying a variety of movements. Im definitely moving fast but I feel like rather than moving after thinking, Im thinking and moving into moving at the same time. My reaction speed has improved and Im no longer making unnecessary movements. Im gonna need time to get used to this. If I level up again by the time I get used to it then theres no point but you lose the moment you think like that. Am I going to start thinking that If I start working then I lose one of these days?

    Lightly, I can adjust the movement of my body while swinging the wooden stick. I attempt to trace my movements from the battle yesterday. I can only say that it feels great. From a bystanders perspective, it will appear as if my movements have gotten sharper? It''s hard to ask a goblin, so I''ll fight them to test it out.

    It''s a secret that I tried Movement and fell down. Fueeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee

    It seems that theye out near the river, but when I loop back, I can see many signs of their presence.

    It would be nice if I could find a small pack of them. I find two goblins but theyre not far apart like yesterday so theres a high chance that it will turn into a 2v1.

    Theyre levels are 9 and 11, slightly stronger than the ones from yesterday. I wont be fast enough tounch a sneak attack with just Walking. I run from the side to not kill any momentum. There was considerable resistance. Goblin A has be unable to move. I celebrated but the goblin didnt move, can you read the atmosphere?

    While avoiding the downward swing of Goblin B, I crouch down and move sideways. I circle to the back of the goblin and deliver a hit. Then I immediately fall back a set distance away and observe the situation. I dont let my guard down and pay attention to my surroundings. [Have I done it?]

    Despite acting as if I had let my guard down, the goblins do not show any hint of movement, it appears they are dead. What a bunch of ignorant fools.

    It feels as if things went a lot smoother than yesterday. Not sure if its because Ive gotten used to fighting or if its because of the level up. Its a pain to verify whether its because of the effects of Wrapping Magic. It should be fine to leave it at the general conclusion that Ive be stronger. At least Ive now confirmed that I can fight goblins. I dont know of any other monsters but goblins nor any ingredients other than mushrooms.

    Does the effect of Wrapping Magic extend to the wooden stick? It feels as if it extends to the stick but Im not sure what exactly has changed, it does feel as if the stick has gotten stronger though. I continue to look for more targets as Im not yet exhausted. My next targets are two goblins, Lv 7 and Lv 8. I eliminate them both in one hit. The goblins get weaker as I go upstream. They are weaker the closer they are to the riverside. Is the most dangerous part of the forest straight from the cave? The goblins also move around so Im not sure but there may be a gathering spot so I need to be careful. I will aim for a temporary truce with the goblins!

    I head deep inside the forest from the cave side. There are two Lv 10 goblins and one Lv 13 goblin. As long as I kill the Lv 13 goblin in a surprise attack, the remaining two will be easy to deal with after. Lv 13 huh? As I had expected, theyve be stronger. Dealing with 3 at the same time seems a bit scary so Ill leave them here for now.

    On the way back to the cave, I deal with a Lv 11 and Lv 10 goblin in a sh. The Lv of the goblins are lower when heading down the river. If this is the case, I have my new hunting ground. If I try to fight goblins Lv 10 and above with brute force then Ill lose so I sneak attack them from behind, haste, evade andnd a blow from the back. Using these 3 tactics are necessary. Any goblins above Lv 10 can only be defeated by building up momentum and sneak attacking them from behind. I will lose the fight without relying on a sneak attack until I master Movement. Why do I have to beat goblins to death with a stick as well

    In a world of magic and swords, Im unemployed and hitting things with a stick. What are the future prospects of a person that ambushes goblins from behind with a stick? Ambushing with a stick makes me no different than a goblin.

    I arrive home slightly dazed. I weep slightly at my pitiful self. There is no need to deliberate on my dinner, its mushrooms. Bon appetit.

    For the time being, I put firewood and other resources in the corner of the cave. Even if I call them resources, theyre easily breakable. Regardless its a tree that defeated a demon. If I leave it alone, itll eventually be firewood. If it can be processed, furniture and tools can be made. After thatI haven''t used these clubs, and I''ll probably never use them, but I''ll leave a few of them in the item bag. I have no spare weapons yet and theres no harm in being too careful.

    After bathing, I lie down in my tent. My back hurts if I lie down on the cave floor. I have a sleeping bag, but I want a bed that has double cushioning. Even a loner wants afy bed.

    My Lv didn''t rise, I guess it''s not so easy, after all, the rise of Lv is slow and bad.

    You cant be strong overnight. I guess I just have to learn things one by one.

    Consider, train, test and practice skills, verify results, and improve skills. We have to make trials and errors endlessly and build our own way of fighting, we have no choice but to improve ourselves little by little. Since Ive transferred to another world, it doesn''t have to be a cheat, but a technique or weapon thats more cool is not too much to ask for is it? These skills are too in. Another world

    Don''t think, don''t think, it''s important to be steady, surely. So it seems that high school students before the examination were selected, and my ss seems to be useless. [2. TN Note: Hes talking about the center exam that all high school students take at the end of the year. Its a very important exam that can quite literally decide your future. Just like the SAT.]

    I can use Wrapping Magic. The effect was tremendous, and although the Lv up and other factors might have had to do with it, I can definitely fight the goblin. If you can defeat it in a short time, you will not be surrounded by its friends.

    I ambushed Lv 13 but it was still hard to defeat. It was a tough opponent indeed. There is still most likely a higher leveled opponent. Before my level rises, my skill level might rise. I should probably use my skills frequently to level them up.

    After that, I want a decisive factor. If I have the speed to attack and escape, I can control the battle, if I can master the Movement skill, I can do that.

    That''s right, practice Movement until I go to sleep! [It hurts!], [Ugyah!], [Guwah][Ku~], [Ate][Fuweee]. This is going to be quite hard.

    Name Haruka Race Human

    AGE 16

    Lv 02

    Job

    HP 23

    MP 21

    ViT 22

    PoW 21

    SpE 25

    DeX 25

    MiN 21

    InT 25

    LuK Max(Limit Break)

    SP 05

    Martial Arts Cane Arts AvoidancePremonition Wrapping Magic

    Magic Tempature Movement Weight Packing Fire Magic

    Skills Health Sensitive Body Gymnastics Walking Command Appraisal rivoyance Detect Presence SearchMagic Control

    Titles Hikikomori NEET Loner

    Unknown CommunicationJack of All Trades Muppet

    Items Wooden StickBasic ClothesLeather GlovesLeather BootsMantleContactsSoul RingItem Bag

    Ah, my Walking leveled up, I may have increased my speed, and my travel distance would have increased, but with this, the difficulty of using Movement has also risen too[Hehehe].

 Chapter 4: I’ll be sneaky tomorrow as well!

    Chapter 4: I��ll be sneaky tomorrow as well!

    Day 4 Cave

    Day 4 Cave

    Wake up, eat, explore. With that being said, lets explore the upstream area of the forest. It''s not like I''m getting more excited, on the contrary, it''s going down. I want to eat something other than mushrooms, Im not talking about something luxurious like rice or ramen, just food other than mushrooms.

    It''s an exploration, it''s scary to go too far away from the get go, so I proceed from the riverside with a good view. Mushrooms are still found everywhere, and as usual anything other than mushrooms are nowhere to be found.

    I found two Goblins with Detect Presence, their levels were 12 and 11. I used [Movement Lv 1] and [Wrapping Magic], then I ambushed Goblin A and defeated it with one blow, but "Movement Lv 1" was too fast!! I blindly rushed into it and it was practically a car crash.

    Goblin B seems surprised at how quickly Goblin A was defeated and so was I. I used Wrapping Magic to strengthen the wooden stick. Goblin B was defeated in two swings.

    Perhaps the Wrapping Magic is working or maybe its just the cebo effect. The tradition of hanging sardine heads was also effective because of belief. Theres only mushrooms around me so will I eventually turn to the mushroom cult? [1. TN Note: During the Edo period, it was custom to hang sardine heads to ward demons away]

    I begin to explore deeper into the forest, Ive gathered enough food, Ive had enough mushrooms

    More goblins approach, this time there are 3 of them. Lv 14, Lv 11, and Lv 10. I used [Movement] and [Wrapping Magic] then ambush again. I defeated Goblin A with a single blow but it was a bit sloppy as I almost moved in the wrong direction. Its okay though, the distance from Goblin B widened so I need tounch a quick attack. ShitUgh, as I receive a counter. When I use [Movement], Im unable to avoidunching into them.

    In the meantime, it''s abination of evasion, movement, and more evasion in my fight with Goblin C. If I decide my course of action first, it will be advantageous towards me in an instant, but if I move slowly, it will be disadvantageous for me at once. It''s a double-edged sword, well a wooden stick actually.

    After that, I practice with [Movement] in mind, if I find it then I practice it. I can now also surround my entire body with Wrapping Magic without much hassle.

    Its [Movement] that is dangerous, and its a secret that I fell two times. I won''t cry. I took more damage than I had expected, so I returned to the cave immediately. The damage I received was from the club that I hit myself with and the damage I received crashing into the goblins. Well suicide, not a suicide attack, but true suicide. A blitzer whose special move is being a Klutz. Thest goblin was the hardest to kill although Im not sure what level it was.

    It wore a bracelet, so I took it, and it was aplete act of looting.. I wonder if Im a thief, a robber, or an unemployed person  [2. TN Note: Perhaps all three?]

    Late lunch in the cave, don''t ask me anything. Let''s open my status.

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human

    AGE 16 Lv 03 Job

    HP 8/35 12UP MP 10/32 11 UP ViT 37 15UP PoW 35 14UP SpE 38 13UP DeX 38 13UP MiN 36 15UP InT 4015UP LuK MaxLimit Break SP 13

    Martial Arts:Cane Arts Lv  Avoidance Lv Premonition Lv Wrapping Magic Lv

    Magic:Tempature Lv Movement Lv Weight Lv Packing Lv Fire Magic Lv

    Skill:Health Lv Sensitive Body Lv  Gymnastics Lv Walking Lv Command Lv Appraisal Lv rivoyance Lv Detect Prescense Lv Search Lv Magic Control Lv

    Title:Hikikomori Lv NEET Lv Loner Lv

    Unknown:Communication Lv Jack of all trades Lv Muppet Lv

    Equipment:Wooden StickBasic ClothesLeather GlovesLeather BootsMantleContactsSoul RingItem Bag

    Yosha, my level went up. The InT has finally risen to 40, and the other stats have risen to around 30. Judging just by status, Im a lot stronger than a goblin? However, I am not convinced since I struggled in the big one-on-one battle at the end.

    Speaking of which, I was wearing a bracelet, I took out the bracelet and used Appraisal on it.

    Bracelet  Monster Bracelet Yeah, it raises my power although only by 1%. Its still better than nothing. I decided to use the bracelet although Im not a monster.

    It was evening and my stamina had all recovered, so I decided to take a walk upstream around the river. There aren''t many goblins on this course, and there should be only small fry.

    I feel a presence upstream but its not a goblin. I head into the forest while hiding and moving slowly with a steady yet quick movement to not make noise. I use [irvoyance], I can see three human men. When I closely examined them, they were my ssmates, but it''s a troublesome one, a delinquent at school, and the evil of the ss, although thats just how I viewed it. Theyre people that flock together and make noise to bully the nerds but thats about it.

    I use Appraisal while hidden, I can only see Lv and Job. Their jobs are Great Swordsman, Dual Swordsman, me Engineer, Lv 11, 3, and 2, there is quite a huge difference.

    I decide to hide nearby for now. They sat down near the river and started talking so I approached them to hear the conversation. Most of the conversation was useless information, erotic talk about girls.

    20 out of 42 ssmates are girls, and there is an otaku who seems to be particrly active, sort of an unpleasant situation, well, he''s probably the most familiar with skills and other information rted to transferring to another world. Other than that, it seems that the girls'' selfish Bitch group and five other girls are in a conflict.

    These three are the bully groups, they don''t do any work at all, and they''re still acting selfish, what about those girls? I wonder if they''re going to assault the girls, I guess it''s impossible, girls have the ss representative, and I think shell easily see through their ns and crush them.

    It is the ss representative who from elementary school year 1, to high school year 2, made students obedient whether they were problematic students or delinquents

    Hmm? What the hell, while these three delinquents are talking to each other, I didnt seem to notice thembut is there someone nearby? Itd be a hassle if they noticed me.

    I sneak away from the ce but I continue to monitor from a distance, but there is no sign of anyone other than those three, not even a trace?

    I don''t know whats going on, but I don''t need to force myself to get invo Lv ed, Im going home.

    I found out that all of my ssmates were upstream but there was no real reason for me to go and meet them, it seemed like there was some sort of troublesome situation and the human rtionships seemed muddy. I hope they dont let that mud flow downstream to me. Thats environmental pollution, will my Hikikomori environment be polluted? ? Or is it perhaps a Loner environment or a Botchi environment? It looks like it''s already polluted, by the person known as me.

    Let''s return to the cave before it gets dark, I hunt two goblins on the way. I don''t know the effect of + 1% on the bracelet at all yet, I could easily get rid of the goblins because Id gotten better at hiding my presence. I can use this skill, time for practice.

    After that, I found out there were rabbits who excelled at concealing their presence, I couldn''t find it then without removing my presence. It was the first time aftering to this world to see animals. The first thing that came to mind was meat then rabbit hunting. I grab something that seems like a mushroom and I eat the first decent meal Ive had in awhile.

    It was a feast, it was delicious. How many days has it been since Ive eaten meat? The meat was apanied by mushrooms, but that wasnt a problem. Mushrooms are great as side dishes, but the mushrooms y a leading role too frequently. It is a solo performance!

    What should I do with the tiny rabbit fur? Sell it? Its impossible unless I hunt a 100 or so? Thats too many.

    I practice my magic leisurely, an everyday upation kind of feeling. I conduct trial and error to see whether the residence can be improved a little more, casting Packing on the ground and seeing what happens? Pulling and seeing what happens? Stretching it and seeing what happens? Harden it, make a hole in the ground, make a mound, or shape it? Huh, for some reason this is kind of fun. I forgot the time. Oh yeah, it was midnight.

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human

    AGE 16 Lv 03 Job

    HP 35 MP 32 ViT 37 PoW 35 SpE 38 DeX 38 MiN 36 InT 40 LuK MaxLimit Break SP 16

    Martial Arts:Cane Arts Lv  Avoidance Lv Premonition Lv Wrapping Magic Lv

    Magic:Temperature Lv Movement Lv Weight Lv Packing Lv Fire Magic Lv Earth Magic Lv

    Skill:Health Lv Sensitive Body Lv  Gymnastics Lv  Walking Lv Command Lv Appraisal Lv Farsight Lv Detect Presence Lv Search Lv Magic Control Lv Erase Presence Lv Stealth Lv

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv NEET Lv Loner Lv

    Unknown:Communication Lv Jack of all trades Lv Muppet Lv

    Equipment:Wooden StickBasic ClothesLeather GlovesLeather BootsMantleContactsSoul RingItem BagBracelet

    Hikikomori and Loner went up. Is it because I didnt even try to make contact with my ssmates? Was it because I was having fun ying alone in the room? I wouldve cried if NEET went up after working this much. These titles hurt me emotionally.

    Earth Magic? Ah~messing around with the cave was seen as Earth Magic. Is it okay to gain Fire Magic from grilling mushrooms and Earth Magic from tunneling a cave? Is this how its supposed to be in another world? Isn''t it too livelihood focused?

    It seems like it was a good idea to sneak around and hide myself. Erase presence and Stealth are good skills, theyll help me in assassinating goblins. Lets be sneaky tomorrow and raise my level. Whats with this lifestyle in another world, its not nearly as gorgeous like in light novels. At the very least, the protagonist wouldnt say, Im going to be sneaky tomorrow as well.

    Well, Im going to be sneaky either way. I mean of course I am.

 Chapter 5: I wouldnt want to go to a town that needs so many clubs

    Chapter 5: I wouldn''t want to go to a town that needs so many clubs

    Day 5  Cave

    One day, I met gob-san in the forest, in the forest full of nothing but mushrooms, I met gob-san.

    Clubbed it to death.

    No, really, walking through the forest in search of food.

    Mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, gob, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, gob, gob, mushroom, mushroom, gob, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, gob, mushroom, mushroom, gob, gob, gob, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, gob, gob, mushroom, gob, mushroom, gob, mushroom, mushroom, gob, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, mushroom, gob, gob, gob, gob, gob.

    Bam! Wandering around while appraising, the only edible thing I find are mushrooms, and also some herbs, and then gob, gob, gob. Well, gobs are not edible.

    Rare rabbits are a treat, but I have no ranged weapon and no magic. Erasing my presence and activating stealth I quietly approach and swoop down on them.

    All hail Erase Presence and Stealth. They are super usable, a lot more so than the stuff from the white room. With all skills I''ve got from the God upon transference to another world being more useless than Erase Presence or Stealth, wouldn''t it have been fine even without going to the white room? What was even the point of the God showing up? The next time we meet I''m going to make him sit in seiza[1. TL Note: Japanese term for the standard formal traditional way of sitting in Japan. To sit seiza-style, one must first be kneeling on the floor, folding one''s legs underneath one''s thighs, while resting the buttocks on the heels. ] and will question him for about an hour.

    Mushroom, mushroom, ah, a gob.Bam.

    Somehow, I''ve gotten used to goblins before I even noticed. What do I do if I get affection towards them? Beating to death it is.

    They are dull, with Erase Presence and Stealth I''m almostpletely unnoticeable to them.

    And with a swift attack they can''t respond immediately.

    And they always raise a club overhead.

    In short, an ambush, and with momentum from that, bludgeon them to death. And a repetition of that.

    Stopping to have an exchange of blows with them is dangerous. Their strength and defense are high, but they have no speed and even less intelligence.

    Repetition of assaults, repetition of mushroom gathering, at times herbs, rarely rabbits. While making sure to avoid the wannabe delinquents.

    There aren''t many goblins near the cave, but their level is around 10-15, and when ites to level 15, unless I attack them with my all they won''t go down in one hit.

    As for the forest, though there are many of them, they are only about lv 10, weaklings. A bonus to mushrooms, though I won''t eat them.

    At times, I hear cries of birds above my head, Roasted bird,e on.

    Having no ranged attacks I looked up hungrily, and as it turned out, fruits on the trees were also edible.

    Those contact lenses are a win. Not only do they improve eyesight, with them I can see in the dark, in the distance, and even very small objects. Having good eyes is important.

    If those were sold in my original I would''ve used them as well. I wonder if they can fix my re?

    I promptly climbed up the tree and picked fruit from the tree and put it in my mouth, then, sweetness, slightly sour, but it''s the first sweet thing in a long while.

    It''s not like I was particrly fond of sweet stuff, but being able to taste it in a world where I couldn''t get any of that, it feels strangely delicious.

    I pick all the fruits I can, each of them is small, so the total volume isn''t that big, not enough to fill the stomach.

    After that, mushrooms, gobs, mushrooms, mushrooms, mushrooms, mushrooms, gobs, gobs, mushrooms, mushrooms, gobsJust leave me alone already! Some children are crying already, it''s just me though.

    Lvl doesn''t raise, though I went on goblins pretty hard.

    There is a massive quantity of clubs stored in the item bag. I wonder if I can sell them in a town or something. Though I don''t want to go to the town that might need such arge volume of clubs.

    Ah, this is bad, I can''t concentrate anymore. In such a state I''m bound to make a blunder eventually, and taking a hit to the head with a club would be the end of me.

    Lately I became a bit ustomed to using Movement, but being unable to concentrate I surely will trip, fall down, and get hit with a club. I''ll die.

    Let''s go back.

    Taking a roundabout path I go back, mushrooms, mushrooms, mushrooms, mushrooms, gobs, mushrooms, fine, I''ll master mushroom cuisine! Though I don''t have anything aside from salt.

    Getting back home I feel at peace, is it the effect of Hikikomori? Is it going to gradually be harder and harder for me to leave outside? I guess it would depend on the delivery service, stayingpletely without books I would be too bored.

    Most light novels have a staple that it''s better topletely use up magic. It also would work as a magic practice.

    Focusing my magic power I raise the temperature of mushrooms.

    I have a lot of dried mushrooms now, let''s try to also use earth magic next and go for a hot stone roast.

    Making improvements to my dwelling I use up my magic and go to sleep.

    Perhaps because I was going to sleep after running out of magic, but aftering to this world I find it easy to fall asleep.

    In the bed, I think to myself about the reason I was called to this world.

    I was summoned to the forest that has nothing but mushrooms and gobs.

    Was I called from another world to protect this one from mushrooms and gobs?

    Could it be that my life in another world would end at mushrooms and gobs?

    Aah, I think I''m going to see mushrooms and gobs even in my dreams, let''s sleep already.

    Name: Haruka Race: Human Age: 16 Lv  Job

    HP  MP  ViT  PoW  SpE  DeX  MiN  InT  LuK Max(Limit Break)

    SP

    Martial ArtsCane Arts Lv 2Avoidance Lv 2Premonition Lv 2Wrapping Magic Lv 2

    Magic Temperature Lv 2Movement Lv 2Weight Lv 1Packing Lv 2Fire Magic Lv 2Earth Magic Lv1

    SkillsHealth Lv 2Sensitive Body Lv 2Gymnastics Lv 2Walking Lv 2Command Lv 1Appraisal Lv 3Detect Presence Lv 2Farsight Lv 1Search Lv 2Magic Control Lv 2(Up)Stealth Lv 1Erase Presence Lv 1

    Titles Hikikomori Lv 2NEET Lv 1Loner Lv 2

    Unknown Communication Lv 1Jack of All Trades Lv 1Muppet Lv 1

    Items Wooden stick?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?Contacts?Soul RingItem BagBracelet PoW

    Isn''t forest a treasure-trove of foodstuff? Why are all of the treasures limited to mushrooms? Is there something wrong with vegetation? Is it that kind of a forest?

    Where do I have to go to find other food? Or rather, what kind of food can I even find in a forest?

    Trees had fruits on them, but what about the ground? Underground? There might be potatoes, but I won''t find any unless I keep digging all over the ce.

    Maybe I should move my dwelling, but by now I grew attached to it.

    But staying here means mushrooms all the time.

    This is a difficult question, I already have enough mushrooms to live for a while without picking any more.

    And even if I go to pick something, the only thing I''ll find would be more mushrooms.

    I''m diving headlong into being a hikikomori. Soon my NEETification will begin as well. And I''ve always been a loner.

 Chapter 6: Driven to the edge of a cliff and about to be forced to make all sort of confessions

    Chapter 6: Driven to the edge of a cliff and about to be forced to make all sort of confessions

    Day 6  Cave

    For now, clean the house. It''s a cave though.

    For now, I''ll do weapon maintenance, it''s just a stick though, so I can only polish it.

    For now, I''ll also do armor maintenance, or ratherundry, it''s just clothing after all.

    Then, chew on ate breakfast.

    Aah, I can''t get motivated for this.

    Every day it''s sauteed mushrooms.

    Every day it''s goblin clubbing.

    Even my dreams are filled with mushrooms and goblins. Is that what''s called love? Like hell it is.

    My level doesn''t rise from 3. It''s surely because of Jack of all Trades and Muppet, their effects make it harder to raise level. It''s what is written there, so there is no doubt.

    Having no understanding or mastery of your own skills is a waste and can even be a detriment. Is what I was told, so there should be some merit to them.

    Jack of All Trades, being able to do pretty much everything well, but on the other hand,cking in focus. As a result, a person ends up not achieving mastery in anything. That''s the meaning of it. Well, since it''s about doing everything well, so it might be good for picking up new skills, but they still would be hard to level up.

    The problem is Muppet.1 a slow-witted or stupid person 2 a person considered incapable of learning. Also, used as a derogatory term for peoplebeled as stupid or having done or said something moronic.

    No good, no matter how much I think about this, it''s a bad status. I guess the only thing I can do is raise the level and check it with Appraisal, the level won''t raise though.

    Although having it is not a problem, I don''t really need Communication You get better at Reporting, informing, and consulting[1. TL Note: The skill is a reference to this] I''m Loner after all.

    Well, thinking about stuff I don''t understand won''t lead to anything, for now let''s focus on useful looking Health and Gymnastics. Today as well I''ll go for a hunt after doing radio gymnastics.[2. TL Note: Warm-up exercises performed to music and guidance from radio broadcasts.]

    The riverside doesn''t have any gobs after all? Don''t they drink water? Map, the skill that I gained without noticing, records previously visited areas, I just have to wander around.

    First of all, to ensure safety I will expand it from the vicinity of the cave to the up and downstream of the river.

    Even though I live near a river, I have neither a fishing rod or a. Looking at tasty looking fish I nibble on a mushroom.

    Venturing too far upstream I might end up encountering the wannabe delinquents once again. I don''t think there is anything good about meeting them. And plenty of possible bad things.

    Since they are only wannabes, they can''t even fight properly, just annoying. But now, they have skills, that is the most dangerousbination. Just like small characters from cheap criminal drama, that would act high and mighty with a gun and would end up shooting after things develop beyond their control.

    Speaking of Lv 3, my status increased,pared to when I was in the previous world, there is a remarkable difference in my movements, probably in part due to the influence of Movement. Beating gobs that I encounter from time to time in the forest to death, I continue my exploration.

    But, death by blunt trauma in a world of sword and magic What is this, a detective drama? Let''s be careful not to get driven to the edge of a cliff[3. TL Note: Very persistent clich in old Japanese detective dramas  climax often happening at an edge of a cliff.]. Driven to the very edge of a cliff and forced to tell all kinds of things, no, wait, if I don''t confess to anything, that would amount only to circumstantial evidence, right? Yeah, cliffs are dangerous after all.

    Hmmm, there are only mushrooms. Appraising them reveals that there is a whole variety to them, but they are still mushrooms. HP recovery, MP recovery, there are all kinds of effects, but it looks like none of them would make me bigger.[4. TL Note: Reference to a retro game about Italian plumber.] Well, I can shoot fireballs on my own anyway, so it''s fine.

    But for the most poisonous-looking mushroom to have an antidote effect Is this some kind of otherworldly trap? Normally, being unable to appraise this, no one would think about eating this poisonous-looking mushroom to get rid of the poison.

    It''s a bit early, but let''s go back, I just can''t get any motivation today. And level doesn''t raise. Or rather, I guess I should be d it doesn''t go down. Let''s go back.

    Aaah, isn''t there at least something exciting, like Lightning Magic or Dark Magic or Magic Swords or beautiful girls asrades. At the very least, I''ve never heard of such an unexciting transfer to another world.

    To begin with, first, there should''ve been a beautiful Goddess! And then, Princess, who is doing the summoning! Separated not only from cute girls from the ss but from everyone in the ss and on top of that given no cheat skills or anything, isn''t hurdle just way too high?

    And with this and that I returned home near evening.

    My MP is full, so using it as a chance to practice I remodel my home and cook mushrooms. What a homely otherworldly life. Isn''t it about time for a genre of ordinary life in another world to emerge?

    Aah, no, no, no,tely I''m talking to myself way too much, I even began yingedy duo all by myself. At this rate I''ll soon even start doing nori-tsukkomi all by myself.[5. TL Note: A technique of a straight man inedy duo, going along with a funny man''s joke at first, and only then making a rebuttal.]

    If only there was something, I''m not even asking for a cheat

    Grumbling, I look at my status.

    Name: Haruka Race: Human

    Age: 16Lv Job

    HP MP ViT PoW SpE DeX MiN InT LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP

    Martial ArtsCane Arts Lv 2Avoidance Lv 2Premonition Lv 2Wrapping Magic Lv 2

    Magic: Temperature Lv 2Movement Lv 2Weight Lv 1Packing Lv 2Fire Magic Lv 2Earth Magic Lv2(Up)

    Skills:Health Lv 2Sensitive Body Lv 2Gymnastics Lv 2Walking Lv 3(Up)Command Lv 1Appraisal Lv 3Detect Presence Lv 2Farsight Lv 2(Up)Search Lv 2Magic Control Lv 2(Up)Stealth Lv 1Erase Presence Lv 1 Map Lv 1(New)

    Titles: Hikikomori Lv 2NEET Lv 1Loner Lv 2

    Unknown: Communication Lv 1Jack of All Trades Lv 1Muppet Lv 1

    Items:Wooden stick?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?Contacts?Soul RingItem BagBracelet PoW

    Earth Magic leveled up due to my housework.

    As always, rather than saying that the game would end if I give up, it''s more like the game of giving up has begun, or that the game has given up on me before we even began. It''s over.

    Were I to make those skills known to the public I''d surely receive a lot of OOFs from everyone.

    I don''t see myself escaping from the life of daily gob clubbing.

    Wooden clubs are the only thing that keeps piling up. Can''t I exchange my deposit of clubs for fish?

    Aaah, I want to eat fish. Please?

    6th day  Over.

 Chapter 7: Half of the story was made of grudge and resentment No kindness included it seems (1)

    Chapter 7: Half of the story was made of grudge and resentment No kindness included it seems (1)

    Day 7  The Cave

    The soundproofing of my house is perfect, it''s a cave after all.

    But, for safety, I keep Detect Presence and Search on during sleep. And how is it?

    With Detect Presence I keep sensing a noisy presence in the forest, and it''s so annoying that I cannot sleep.

    I get outside, intending to tell them to stay away, but it''s still nighttime. Is this a biker gang? Are they in the middle of a night ride to disturb the neighborhood?

    Using irvoyance I find those responsible for the disturbance of my sleep. Geeks and goblins, the creatures I''m familiar with.

    Aah, and here I thought why is it so noisy in the middle of the night, so it''s geeks. Damn, the high school kids those days, ying with goblins and causing an uproar at night. What? Are they trying to be delinquents? They deserve a firm scolding.

    Fall back for now.

    I will hold them.

    Do you have enough MP yet?

    No. What about you? Still no good?

    AYEAYEAYE.

    Guoo.

    GUGYA.

    GAU.

    Aah, what a noisy bunch, for real.

    The four geeks are my ssmates and not bad guys, rather, they are the ones that were bullied. I''d like to yell at them that they are annoying, but them being in this world, also means that they received skills as well. Of course, unlike mine, they are likely cheats, they are experts in this after all.

    I remember there being a book called something like Bullied kid goes to another world and with personality changed from cheats plots revenge. Well, it''s not like I bullied them? Ande to think of it, they were the ones who rmended that book to me. Yeah, since it was interesting, I guess I should help them?

    Activating Appraisal I approach, the remaining goblins are 5, with levels ranging 13-15, eh? Do they even need my help? The geeks are level 16, and on top of that, they have jobs of Guardian, Shinobi, Saint, and Mage. How cool, why am I the only one without a job?

    I see, so the guardian uses a tower shield and spear to stall goblins, the Shinobi performs hit and run attacks, and behind them are the Mage backed up by the Saint. Is what they are likely going for, but the guardian can''t take on all the enemies as their numbers are too great, the movements of the shinobi that''s supposed to act as a support are dull, probably due to some kind of injury. And then, there are no magic attacks or healing from the rear, apparently, they are out of MP. They are using a spear and a hammer to attack physically.

    Even so, with stats from level 16 it should be an easy victory for them. Even I can fight those gobs with my level 3, are they exhausted? One of them is also quite busy being fat.

    Okay, I have enough for one shot!

    Gather the gobs!

    Roger.

    Ice Lance!!!

    Ooh, they finally killed 3 enemies. Watching others fight actually makes me more nervous than fighting myself.

    Okay, just two more, surround them.

    Yeah.

    What should I do? What sort of action calls this situation? I thought this is going to be okay but isn''t this bad? For real? They are out of MP again, the guardian is all tattered, and behind them, two more goblins areing.

    Without noticing anything, they are getting a merciless surprise attack from behind by two goblins.

    A great panic. I''d say they are panicking even more than usual?

    Good grief, you four are level 16, right? You have a mage, a saint, a guardian, and a shinobi, right? Why does a level 3 have to save your asses? If your level is above 10, shouldn''t you be able topletely overwhelm goblins alone? Even if they are in a group?

    Tch, can''t be helped.

    Wooden stick attack!!! Calm down you lot!

    Using the momentum from the dash, bam, bam, bam, bam, done. For starters, two goblins bludgeoned to death.

    WHAT?! Eh, EEEEEH! Why? Eh, Haruka-kun?

    Ehm, good job?

    Except for one person, they still seem to be panicking? Or rather, one of them is prettyposed, still under a question though.

    Well, can''t be helped, it''s not like we are strangers. If they died or got seriously injured right in front of my eyes, it would feel pretty badter.

    Well, though they are my acquaintances, it was limited to them suddenly approaching me during my reading time, and handing me their rmended light novels or beginning to talk about reading suggestions, and all that other promotion stuff.

    The geeks were making some geeky noises behind me, but I already dealt with two goblins with the wooden stick attack. Also known as Beating to death by aiming for the back of the head with a full swing from behind. Only two remain.

    Saying stuff likeGuoooouhthe goblins turned my way. I don''t get what they are saying.

    Since they are saying Guoooh at such a time and ce, it''s probably not a morning greeting. Gobnguage seems to be too difficult for me.

    I suppose I can''t count on the geeks'' help, but I still don''t want to reveal my skills too much.

    And while I was wondering what should I do about this, one of the goblins charged at me with his club raised overhead.

    Actually, gob-san. Are you going for that pattern again? As always, I effortlessly take it down with a swing of the wooden stick, also known asCrushing goblin''s cranium while sweeping the iing club sideways, good kids, don''t try this at home.

    Hey, Geek Squad, are you alive?

    I ask. But,

    Ehm, alive and kicking?

    Hm~, once again, with the exception of only one of them, all failed to reboot. However, one of them is pretty amazing. Howe he is so calm? Don''t tell me that it''s a skill from another world?

    Ah, there is a lot I''d like to ask, but for now, thank you for saving us. That was a great help.

    Many thanks.

    Looks like they finally managed to reload. It somehow feels like I didn''t talk with other people in a very long time, but it''s probably just my imagination. Even in the original world I often had days when I didn''t talk with anyone for a whole day? Yup.

    Now, what should I do? Though I saved them, what now? Should I put them where I found them?

    Eh, aren''t you too cautious of us?

    Eh, caution?

    What? Monsters?

    Ehm, death game?

    Ooh, one of them is very perceptive. Well, he is the one that lent that book to me.

    Sorry, well, it''s another world after all.

    Though I might have offended them by that, but I can''t get dumb enough to have no caution. After all, there was plenty of dangerous stuff among the skills, rather, it''s even strange that such harmless skills like Health or Walking were among them, well, as a bonus I also received some harmful skills, to myself only though.

    Among the skills that, taken by someone had turned grey, was something called Puppetry. It''s undoubtedly a dangerous skill. I wonder if they would be willing to trade it for Muppet?

    After exchanging nces, the geeks began putting their swords, shields, and even their luggage onto the ground, ah, disarmament? How nice And all I have is a stick Ah, no.

    No, no, you don''t have to go that far. You are being too careless in a forest.

    Saying that I make them pick up their stuff.

    Is this okay?

    It seems to be?

    I guess it is?

    Do as thou see fit?

    Whoa, we have a lord here. I wonder what kind of job a lord would have? While they put back their equipment I asked them a few questions.

    What about the others? Exploring at night all by yourself?

    The four of them frowned and replied the following.

    We left them, or ratherWe parted with them, or actuallyWe had a falling out, andWe ran awayand are on the run.

    Eh, though they were bullied at school, don''t tell me that it''s the same even in another world?

    I took four trashed geeks to the cavern, and since they were way too tattered, I sshed them with a pseudo-potion made by boiling mushrooms and medical herbs. A clinical trial. It reeks of mushrooms.

    Whoa, what is this fancy cave?!

    All of this alone?

    And we were stuck in a tent for a week.

    Are you from the countryside?

    Leave me alone, asking a loner if he did it aloneis taboo. And also, don''t say the countryside, it''s remote ceor unexplored region, right? A permanent residence in a cave

    To tell the truth, the cave became quite tidy, since it was rough and uneven I worked on it and used packing magic to wrap the floor and the walls, during that time I gotEarth Magic Lv 1and getting carried away even applied some structural alterations, by now it has a space of about 55 square meters. I thought I''d get level 2 of Earth Magic from that, but got level 2 ofHikikomori andLoner Really?

    Modern storehouseAll this space for yourselfAnd we, four guys, had to share a small tentStudio? Design interior?, unfair.

    Since they were annoying, to shut them up, I brought out the berry juice of suspicious color that I had in reserve.

    So good.

    So these were sweet berries.

    They seem to be very happy, just what were they doing the whole week they spent in the forest?

    I tried to ask.

    Uwaaa, heavy stuff. How should I put it, are they idiots? That''s what their story made me think. I don''t mean them, but the lot that they left.

    The story was long, half of it was resentment and bitterness. No kindness involved it seems.

 Chapter 7: Half of the story was made of grudge and resentment No kindness included it seems (2)

    Chapter 7: Half of the story was made of grudge and resentment No kindness included it seems (2)

    Aside from me, everyone was teleported to the forest almost at the same time, those that were in the ssroom and those that were outside, 42 people came to this world. That''s a lot, I can''t even remember all of their names, even though they are my ssmates.

    Though everyone received an exnation from the God, it seems that it still turned into chaos. Well, that''s only natural.

    It seems that the bullies, the wannabe delinquents and egoistic gyaru bitches, were especially annoying.

    The wannabe delinquents were swinging swords around and randomly casting offensive magic, causing great havoc. And when asked to stop they would reply by attacking.

    And as for the ego bitches, they would say they don''t know anything and won''t do a thing. You people do something, they screeched.

    Girls from the normal group burst into tears.

    Athletic guys gathered and began a discussion among themselves, ignoring everyone around.

    Ordinary boys blended with the air.

    The conscience of our ss, the ss president, tried to get everyone in order, but apparently, it wasplete pandemonium, all inside the forest.

    By the way, during the time everyone forgot about the geeks, they were exchanging information on their stats, skills, and equipment, checking and testing magic. What a cheeky bunch.

    And making this much fuss in a forest, you are bound to attract monsters.

    Goblins rushed there from the various parts of the forest.

    Even the reliable ss president froze at that. Though she did her best, that probably was her limit.

    The girls began crying even louder. No, since monsters came, just shut up already.

    The bitches started bitching, You are men, so do something.. How annoying.

    The wannabe delinquents, despite making a fuss, sting magic and swinging swords before, went silent as soon as they saw monsters. This is so stupid that I can''t evenprehend it.

    The ordinary boys continued blending with the air.

    What? Only the president gets a charitable evaluation? That''s only natural, she is kind enough to call out to something like me, and also beautiful. Who cares about others?

    And in the midst of such mayhem. In some strange turn of fate, it was geeks, already battle-ready for another world, who began silently repelling goblins. Then, the athletic guys finally joined the battle as well, and thus they were able to prevail.

    Then, the president that somehow managed to regainposure, half threatened the trash, that kept making a fuss despite all this, telling themStaying here is dangerous!and moved them to the dry riverbed with a good outlook.

    Meanwhile, the geeks drifted away from the group on their own, collecting food, supplies, and firewood, advancing preparations to set up a camp.

    With half of the group doing worse than nothing and actively getting in the way, it''s actually amazing that all of them managed toe out unharmed.

    Perhaps by the evening they got tired, or finally grew bored of making a fuss, but they split into groups and started idling.

    The geeks built fires here and there, put up a tent that was among their items, and used the food, that they gathered, and some emergency rations and prepared dinner for everyone.

    By the way, they actually did survival training on a daily basis in preparations for being summoned to another world, are they stupid? Or does this count as stupidly smart?

    With this and that the president did her best to organize the process, while ordinary boys and girls, learning from the geeks, set up tents and finally began doing something productive.

    Afterward, the geeks kept acting on their own like it was the most natural thing to do. After all, they were excluded from the group before. They just can''t read the mood.

    The mage used earth magic and survival skills to create a fence, ditch, and pitfalls.

    The shinobi went out on reconnaissance, during which he set up rm traps and assassinated goblins he found.

    Meanwhile, the saint used healing magic to cure wounded and sick, and also constructed a watering hole and a simple toilet.

    The guardian made patrols around the perimeter while maintaining the bonfires. The goblins that came nearby were quietly exterminated.

    Just what is a geek?

    Luckily, the goblins around the camp were weaklings only level 1-5, so everyone, atst, regained theirposure and the discussion began.

    Distribution of duties, rotations for night watch, discussion on further actions, the matter of food supply The president voiced her own solutions, asked the geeks for theirments and advice, coaxed hesitant people, making decisions on those issues, one after another. If I ever meet her again, I''ll call her ss president-sama.

    But, as one would expect, a problem urred.

    Naturally, the cause was the wannabe delinquents and bitches.

    The first who started to make noise were the bitches. It seems that they began grumbling that someone else should set up their tent.

    The president interjected, saying that she will help, so they should do it together, but the bitches didn''t listen. Men should be doing thisWe never wanted toe to such a ceThe food is crap, remake it!Just do somethingetc, etc, etc, etc, etc, etc.

    In such a case, they of course wouldn''t do anything themselves. Then the wannabe delinquents began yelling that the geeks should do everything. No matter what the president said, they would reply with threats and shouts, intimidating everyone around.

    And with that bad atmosphere, everything finally crumbled apart.

    Of course, being summoned to another world, the situation was abnormal.

    The appearance of never before seen monsters.

    Almost getting killed.

    Killing in retaliation.

    Death, seen for the first time.

    No teachers, only screaming idiots from the second year of high school.

    Being called the natural-born ss president who is relied on by everyone, she still desperately tried to bring everyone together.

    But there is no way she could do that. She herself probably understood that it is impossible.

    The situation wasn''t on the level that a 16-year-old girl can do something about even if she is a ss president.

    At this point, there is no such thing as a ss.

    FineThat''s enough

    Having said that, the ss president cast her eyes down and went silent, thus the discussion broke down.

    Withouting to any conclusion.

    Without anyone understanding anything.

    Without knowing what they should do as well.

    Without knowing that they shouldnt be doing too.

    Without sharing any means, measures, or information vital to their survival.

    The students that wereing to an agreement, turned noncooperative, because why would they work if others won''t.

    Without any rules, without even being a group anymore.

    A bunch of 42 people with cheat skills. The ss president who is capable of leading the group and the geeks with the knowledge of another world and skills, acting together they surely could survive in the world filled with monsters. That is quite a power.

    And that turned into a crowd that didn''t know its power nor how to fight, that didn''t have any knowledge about monsters or the world itself and just kept pushing me onto others.

    They were locked out of the safest, most reliable, and certain way to survive in this world, uniting.

    They were checkmated the moment the president gave up on organizing them.

    Of course, it wasn''t the president''s fault.

    If at least the geeks helped her, the oue could''ve been somewhat different. However, that is too much to ask.

    Theyck the very concept ofmunication skills. They are geeks after all.

    Even so, without saying anything they kept protecting, fighting, and sharing. Though it bore no meaning for the idiots.

    The story is way too heavy! And also long. And so you ran away?

    I interrupt the geeks with their endless drama story, bitching,ints, and badmouthing.

    And also serve a staple dish of our house Assortment of other world''s mushrooms with mysterious vegetables on the side.

    Until now it was about what happened on the first day, but the reason we ran away is what happened after that

    The real troubles started after that,ter. It was really the worst.

    No, it''s not like we just ran away all of a sudden, it''ster, they kept going geeks, geeks, don''t you know our names?! We are ssmates!

    The mushrooms are delicious!!!

    Eeeh, there is still more to that heavy story? No matter how you think, it doesn''t look like it''s going to be more optimistic after that.

    Your names are Geek, right? Geek A, B, C, D, right? Like goblins, Gob A, Gob B.

    Good grief, what are they even talking about.

    No, it''s probably not the names, it''s like, the name of the species?

    Stop it! What are you gonna do if Geek A really shows up in the status?

    Or rather, are we treated the same as monsters?!

    Eh?! So you weren''t Geek A, B, and C?!

    EVEN YOU?!

    An unexpected betrayal by Geek D. Yeah, as expected there is no happy end to their story.

    Jokes aside, Haruka-kun, so you came here as well?

    It wasn''t a joke though, but let''s leave it at that.

    I was summoned along with you but was dyed with transportation here. When I arrived there was no one around.

    Thanks to that I got the title Loner.

    I thought that you were the only one who managed to escape. After all, you were trying very hard to escape.

    That was amazing.

    Eeeeeeh? They were watching?

    The room suddenly goes pitch dark, a mysterious magic circle appears on the ground and begins shining, gradually turning brighter and brighter, and when I thought that it''s a whiteout, I ended up in apletely white room all alone!! And during all that you had time to watch me? Aren''t you too calm?

    I''m really surprised.

    Well, I just thought, ah, we are probably getting summoned to another world. And then, dashing from the middle of the room to kick the door in the back, then throwing a chair at the window, after which you climbed the locker and disappeared above the ceiling. Wouldn''t that surprise just about anyone?

    Uwaaa, they totally were watching.

    How about being surprised about the summoning itself, like normal people?

    It was a very ANOTHER WORLD SUMMONING-like. The God was probably working hard on it, giving it some attention, well, I didn''t watch it as well though.

    No, no, until now I saw plenty of summonings in anime and manga, but it''s the first time I saw someone escaping it through an attic.

    Yeah, to think there was such an option

    Normally, one would give up after trying doors and windows.

    Just like a ninja.

    No, the only shinobi here is you, job-wise.

    While talking about this and that, I had them one by one take a bath and a nap.

    After that, we continued with the story, exchange of information, and ns.

    The continuation of the story was the worst.

    It seems that the geeks ended up gathering food, doing the maintenance of the base, and fighting the monsters all by themselves.

    The ss president and some of the students were helping, but they couldn''t possibly keep up with the work of those four, and the idiots just keptining without doing anything.

    And finally, they even began demanding more food, andining about the narrowness of their tents and an abundance of free time. If you don''t know what to do then work. I''m working this hard and yet Im a NEET.

    But apparently, the geeks were proactively raising their levels,bat was one of the reasons for that, but the biggest one was the skills PuppetryandCharm, that they saw in the white room. Someone took them.

    To cope with it they nned to raise levels to resist it. Take resistance skills. And finding them, seal.

    Apparently, high ranked skills require Skill Points to manifest themselves, none of mine needed that, so they aren''t high rank, well, not like I didn''t know that already.

    And like that, they were searching for the holders ofPuppetryandCharmwhile raising the level of Appraisal. Well, having 50P and spending 30P on that makes it a premeditated crime.

    It seems that one can''t see with appraisal the skills that are yet to manifest themselves, or perhaps theycked the level of appraisal, but the skills didn''t show on anyone''s status. There was a possibility of them being concealed, but with the difference in levels, they should''ve be visible anyway.

    I surely was thest one, but no such amazing skills remained. Only crap and hell-mode skills.

    And on top of that, all of those hell-mode skills were pushed onto me without my consent.

    We were shown the skills almost right away, but it was already after those were taken.

    Those hell-mode skills were amazing! One of those is enough to checkmate you.

    Yup, it''s those guys we are talking about. They surely skipped the God''s exnations and immediately went to check the skill.

    Which means that someone asked forPuppetryorCharmimmediately after arriving in the white room.

    They are certainly aiming to either be a ruler or create a harem. Or, maybe even both.

    And also, don''t say checkmated. Don''t say that even one can checkmate you! I have ALL of them! And I even got a new one after that! I''m going to cry!

    I''m done. What the hell is that bath? Rococo style bathtub?

    A mere bath without a beautiful ve girl???

    A mere bath. Hurry up and get in, or even better, go drown yourself.

    After that, the geeks slept, taking turns, and continued with their story upon waking up, I want to sleep, their talk is too long.

    7th Day  Over

 Chapter 8: Is Touching YES or NO? You are the problem.

    Chapter 8: Is Touching YES or NO? You are the problem.

    Day 8  The Cave

    During breakfast, the long and heavy story continued. If they skipped bitching, grumbling, and badmouthing, the story could proceed a lot faster, but it looks like for the geeks that was the main point.

    The story of being summoned to another world and the week filled with fighting monsters and survival life, was mostly about badmouthing other ssmates, did you really have to go to another world to do that?

    While eating breakfast they were still bitching I mean, continued telling their story. Of course, it goes without saying that we were having mushrooms.

    So when we told them that high Lv skills can''t be used until you saved up enough SP and activated them

    Around the third day they suddenly began raising their levels.

    Yeah yeah, aiming only for weak goblins nearby.

    Like in an RPG, not going far from the base and grinding weak monsters near the start location.

    Aah, I think I''ve figured out the culprit. There is no need for deduction or any cool montage showcasing the thought process.

    They really don''t do any good.

    Looks like shinobi investigated, erasing presence and stalking them. Apparently, stalking dudes wasn''t much fun.

    Isn''t that great? If it was fun you would''ve been done. In more ways than one.

    It seems that they, the wannabe delinquents, unaware of being eavesdropped, kept talking about nothing but lewd stuff and distribution of the girls after brainwashing. Are they idiots? Are they some kind of crappy movie viins? bbering out your ns right when someone is eavesdropping on you.

    I see, so forced harem is their aim, huh. Or rather, despite bullying the geeks for being geeks, aren''t they pretty geeky themselves? Well, they are only wannabes after all.

    Of course, the geeks started working on countermeasures. After they told the president about the effects and dangers of PuppetryandCharm, as well as the ns of the idiots, she seems to have resolved herself and also began actively raising her level. By the way, it seems that the president is a real cheat.

    While keeping the things running, they built the n, and while making preparations raised levels.

    And on the 5th day aftering to this world. The Puppetry finally manifested. They kept meticulously killing level 1-2 goblins until Lv 15 when they got enough points. For shinobi, that kept observing them all this time, it surely was a sight to behold, or maybe not.

    So firm, so tenacious, such admirable wannabe delinquents.

    Apparently, they keptboriously fighting while leavingst hits to either owner of Charm or Puppetry. As shinobi said, it was a true treasure of boredom. Sweet.

    On that day they again screamed stuff like I''ll make a harem when I get back!or We are having an orgy today!or Yeeeah!while keeping on killing Lv1 gobs, and finally, Charm manifested as well.

    Such pure, serious, and diligent wannabe delinquents. At this point, isn''t it fine to drop the delinquent part already and leave them just as wannabes? You guys aren''t suited to be delinquents.

    Then, by well, a pure coincidence, the first beauty of our school, the president, appeared inside the empty forest without a single soul around, all by herself.

    That moment, the wannabes smiled, seemingly overjoyed from the bottom of their hearts, which felt just as pleasant as a field of blooming rafflesias.

    Grinning, theyughed to each other, and approaching the president, looked into her eyes with disgusting smiles The wannabes then fell down all together, and convulsing, stopped moving. Amen?

    Or rather, just who the hell is the president?! Eh? You won''t tell me since it''s her privacy?

    No, didn''t you stalk some dudes for several days? Didn''t you invade the dudes'' privacy quite deep?

    And while the wannabes were out, the geeks applied seals to the two that had the problematic skills. It seems that the identity of the one that used Seal is a secret even from the president.

    After all, when they learn who did that, they will surelye after him.

    Then, tying up the unmoving wannabes they dragged them back to the camp, and in front of everyone revealed their harem creation n involving Puppetry and Charm.

    And while trembling in fear in front of the female students, who becamepletely enraged after hearing all of that, the wannabes pleaded with the geeks to release the seals. Of course, the idea wasn''t received that well, so the ce erupted into a chorus of criticism.

    Of course, the boys, who wannabes said would be made into ves, also rode that big wave of criticism. Wannabes trembled as the ce seethed with anger.

    Shouting insults everyone unanimously agreed to banish wannabes from the base. Luckily geeks even managed to hear the lineRemember thisin real life, how envious.

    And with this, the matter was finally resolved.

    As if.

    On the night of that day, during their breaks from patrolling, the four geeks were taking naps and having a discussion in their tent.

    The first one who noticed something was the shinobi. The tent was surrounded from a distance, by six people.

    Since the mage had a detection barrier in ce, it would have immediately given a response if those were monsters. Since it didn''t, those were humans.

    There is no way they could pass through traps and fences without getting caught. So someone from the patrol let them pass? What for?

    Shitty geeks! Come out! And don''t you dare bring damn weapons! Move your asses faster!

    Shouts came from the outside and the tent was set on fire.

    As the four jumped outside, the guardian erected a barrier. A barrage of magic came at them.

    While the saint enhanced the barrier with Light Magic, enduring the attack, the shinobi uses sh ninjutsu, which he prepared in the meantime, blinding the enemies, and the mage rapidly shot air bullets to suppress the enemies.

    The exactbination that they discussed in the tent.

    Even so, being ambushed and surrounded put them at the disadvantage.

    On top of that, while geeks were trying to fight them off with weak spells like air bullets or water whip, the other side wasing with fireballs, or destructive sts, clearly set on killing them.

    It wasn''t going well.

    Everyone else just looked, without trying to help them out.

    The barrier won''tst for long, do they have no other choice but to seriously fight to the death? Against other humans? The geeks couldn''t make that decision.

    Then the group with the president finally came back from patrol. And began providing them with covering fire.

    As attackers tried to flee no one made an attempt to stop them.

    Next time we will friggin kill you! Next time for sure!!!

    Yelling so, they ran away.

    By the time the president came back, the base was burned, with many injured by the fire and stray projectiles, and the emergency food storage being on fire as well.

    As for the boys that were on guard, they apparently were told thatWe only came to talk, don''t get in our way, and threatened, they just let them pass.

    Knowing that they are going to be targeted from now on, the geeks couldn''t split up and take any independent action anymore.

    Rebuilding the base, defending it, finding food, and caring for their own protection. And considering that they now couldn''t even sleep without someone being on guard, they basically couldn''t do a thing now.

    Anyway, while being injured themselves they put out the fires around, healed the wounded, rummaged through the wreckage for still usable tents, and reinstalled them.

    While getting med by everyone around.

    It''s all your fault.

    It''s because you got into a fight with them!

    Take responsibility.

    Though they are healing their wounds, they would get kicked, told that to begin with, it was their fault.

    Putting out fires, they would have stones thrown at them, shouted at questions how they are going to fix this mess.

    Putting up tents they would get hit, told that it is all because they got too cocky.

    Standing on guard they would be insulted and spit on behind their backs.

    No allies.

    Thus, the geeks had only two options, to run away or to kill.

    Protecting themselves 24 hours a day with just four of them is difficult, and sticking only to repelling attacks they are bound to eventually get killed.

    If they split their duties as they did in the past, they would surely get aimed at when they are alone.

    Staying here would only mean that they will get killed one by one.

    Either kill or run away from here.

    The president desperately tried to persuade others as well as exining to them the demerits of losing the geeks.

    Let''s protect the geeks and at least try to rotate the food provision duty, so we won''t have to rely on them for that.

    They will have to fight those guys, as well as monsters. For that raising their levels is necessary.

    She also told them what would happen if the geeks die in the current situation.

    Things can''t go on as they did in the past. To survive in the world, they have to cooperate and seek knowledge.

    And yet, it seems to have changed nothing.

    They are probably under the impression that everything is just like it was at school, treating the geeks like convenient gofers, taking out their anger on them.

    Scared of fighting. Opposed to killing. And even more opposed to getting injured or killed themselves.

    The geeks that were made light of at school would listen, if one makes their tone firm enough. The power of numbers is on our side, is what they probably thought.

    At the very least, they could ask the geeks or attempt to negotiate with them. But, they couldn''t.

    If they did, if they pleaded, if they implored, the geeks would''ve at least provided apromise n, but there is no way they could do that.

    Their pride wouldn''t allow them.

    Then go ahead and survive with that pride. That''s all that there is to it.

    And so the geeks ran away, with just four of them.

    Chased by pseudo-delinquents and the students that they helped alike.

    It was lunch by the time that heavy story was over. Of course, mushrooms. During which we discussed what happened in the white room.

    Other than that, we also exchanged various information. I also learned Concealment, since they said it wouldn''t take much time, in exchange, I gave them juice.

    When I told them that the only martial art remaining was cane arts, they told me about a famous style of Shint Mus-ry, [1. TL Note: Pretty ancient (Coming from Edo period) traditional school mostly known for its practice of using the short staff. The technical purpose is defeating a swordsman by using the short staff. For that purpose or just to make the style stronger, the school also teaches several other arts, including swordsmanship. More information here. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shint%C5%8D_Mus%C5%8D-ry%C5%AB] for which I thanked them with a stuffed bag filled with mushrooms.

    And we kept talking until the next morning. When was thest time since I talked so much? More than one or two months, so Loner Lv 2 has nothing to do with this.

    It seems that going to bed immediately after eating might turn you into a cow, but since they are geeks anyway, it doesn''t matter. ss change from a geek to a cow, it could even be called an upgrade.

    Feeding them mushrooms for breakfast, lunch, and dinner, it wouldn''t even be an exaggeration to say that I raised those cows! Great, beef secured!

    After bathing the geeks seemed to be done with traveling preparations. The only thing left is to sleep.

    So we thought about heading to the city now, want to go with us?

    Recruitment, huh. Is it perhaps a sect?

    Sorry, I''m irreligious.

    I reply, averting my eyes. A perfect answer.

    No, we aren''t trying to convert you!

    They are persistent.

    No thank you, we don''t have a TV.[2. TL Note: Japan has the same license situation as Ennd. With their national broadcastpany being NHK instead.]

    How about this. Final answer.

    We are not from NHK! Or rather, if you had a TV in another world that would''ve been scary in its own way!!!

    What?! This didn''t work as well?!

    Well, since they are seriously inviting me, teasing them too much would be rude.

    To be serious, bing an adventurer is impossible with my skills. Thanks for the invite, but I''ll be spending my retirement here at leisure.

    With my cursed status, I''ll only get in the way.

    On the other hand, I have no option of stopping them as well. They are obviously itching to go to town. Did they already forget that their lives are being targeted?

    I thought about bing an adventurer in a city, it''s a staple of isekai stories after all. However, in a city, one would have to pay for lodging and food. To earn that pay one would need an ability to fight with strong monsters.

    Here, staying in the cave is free, food can be procured on the spot, and with nothing but weak goblins around, it''s safe.

    Though ites in exchange for quality of life, but isn''t it safer in the forest? I also don''t know the crime situation in the town, and since I''m an outsider, it''s all the more important to me.

    Coming to another world and not bing an adventurer?! What are you even talking about!!!

    You should juste with us, there is strength in numbers!! Aniki![3. TL Note: a Japanese honorable term for an older brother or a superior.]

    You will do fine as an adventurer, the town surely will have even weapons with skills.

    The town has a lot of young girls!!!

    Who the hell is Aniki? The geeks are being pretty forceful, but I''m different from you, guys with cheats. What is so bad about being Hikikomori, NEET, and Loner?! Well, it is the worst, but even so!

    And, young girls? You are only 16, why are you talking like a middle-aged man? No, wait, just how young exactly are those young girls that he is talking about? Should I report him to the police?

    No, not happening. All of my skills are crap, and on top of that my titles would get in the way With Earth magic alone

    I actually can use fire magic as well, but that is a secret.

    That is not true, after all, you are already fighting strong monsters of this area

    Being an otherworlder is alone enough to make you stronger, even with subpar skills, if you have level

    There is also an option of bing a lord of a city by creating one through Earth Magic, then developing it with modern knowledge and technology.

    Even this stone furniture, if they are on the middle ages level out there, you will be able to create a sessful tradingpany

    Since you have cane arts, how about trying a long club

    This might even work with a three-section staff!!

    You also can use Earth Magic to create walls for cover and snipe from behind them

    Health is also important since we have no hospitals here.

    This got me thinking, isn''t the amount of knowledge geek quartet possesses incredible?

    Without them, a crowd of 42 people in the forest, surrounded by monsters on top of that, consisting of ordinary high school students, probably would''ve been annihted.

    Even though they went through such experience at school, they still gathered food for 42 people, distributing it. And also teaching everyone about skills, aren''t they pretty good guys?

    Towns usually build along rivers, so if we go downstream, eventually

    Elven town, deep in the forest

    No, beastmen, in the forest''s

    Observing from a high ce to make a map

    Just listening to them is quite Educational?

    No, there must be ves, preferably cute girls.

    There are probably nobledies, attacked by the bandits, waiting for our rescue!

    Is touching YES or NO? That is the problem

    Speaking of towns, inns'' poster girls!!

    h h, Yada Yada.

    No, beast ears is the way to go! Fluffy and soft to the touch.

    Eroelves are surely waiting! While being attacked!! By tentacles!!!

    Dwarven girls are certainly very tiny!

    I won''t ept anything other than highly prideful women knights disgraced by defeat.

    No, this! No, that!

    I had enough, let''s kick them out.

    8th Day  Over

 Chapter 9: Relapse is only natural

    Chapter 9: Rpse is only natural

    Day 9  The Cave

    With this and that, birds began chirping outside. Who cares. I want to sleep!

    Mm, since the sun came out, I guess it''s time to say goodbye.

    As a payment for the information, I stuffed one of the geek''s rucksacks with mushrooms, which shouldst them for about 10 days. It''s heavy enough to make them stagger, but it doesn''t matter.

    Now, go back to your forest. Or a city or wherever you want to go.

    Don''t get killed by ssmaaates, goood luck, shoo shoo!

    Shoo shoo? Well, sorry for intruding?

    Are you sure you won''te with us?

    What a persistent man, were you a girl I might havee along though. It would''ve been a high school girl after all.

    But I refuse!

    I reply, striking a JoJo pose.

    You keep calling us geeks, but aren''t you clearly one of our people!!

    How rude, I read some manga and light novels, but I never say crap like MOOOE.

    Good grief, what are they talking about.

    No, we don''t say that. Yeah, only rarely. Only asionally. Only for 2D stuff!

    The geeks objected all at once, they were annoying until the very end. Or rather, this better not be the end. Adios, anime freaks.

    Thanks for the hospitality. Then, let''s meet again.

    It''s been a great help, we will pay you back, so hurry up ande to the city as well.

    Or rather, if you don''t hurry up, you will turn into a total caveman.

    Thanks.

    Come to the city,e to the city, you didn''t reach or even find it yet. And also, I''m not turning into a caveman, though I am turning into a hikikomori.

    Hurry up and go, bye.

    We are off.

    And so, the geeks departed to a still unseen otherworldly city. Though there is no telling if it even exists.

    Pheew.

    While munching on crappy jerky, I head deeper into the forest.

    Raise Lv and attack them physically, is the advice? that I received, so I''m searching for goblins.

    Experience-wise, kobolds and orcs seem to be better, but they are also that much stronger.

    For now, gobs. I will think about kobolds and orcs when I meet them. There is no way to build a n for something that you never met.

    And finding goblins, HYAAAHAAA!

    Finding another one, WOOHYAAAAHAA!

    Eh, I sound like a bad guy? Crap, what will I do if I get a Mohawk title?[1. TL Note: Hairstyle popr for evil mob characters. Especially in the old Japanese shounen titles. In Fist of the North Star they attack making literally the same noises as MC here.]

    It''s fine.

    But didn''t the geeks say that the monsters around the cave are strong??? The levels are about 10-15. For skillsHammer, Hard HitandRamming Attack, aren''t they weaklings?

    They probably just got frightened because they struggled after running out of mana. Despite being level 16 and having cheats.

    Well, they were bullied, and couldn''t do well at any physical activities, so they probably aren''t as strong as their Lv might suggest.

    Hm? There is something here, ooh.

    If I remember correctly, the characteristics that I''ve heard were blue, tall, thin, dog-faced. Pretty distinctive features.

    That is a kobold. First, appraisal.

    Kobold A AGE  Lv  HP  MP  ViT  PoW  SpE  DeX  MiN  InT  LuK

    Martial Arts:ws Proficiency Lv 3Biting Lv 2 Ramming Attack Lv 1

    Skills:Leaping Lv 1Initimidation Lv 1Detect Presence Lv 1Olfaction Lv 3Cooperation Lv 1

    Items:Wooden Stick

    Kobold B

    AGE  Lv  HP  MP  ViT  PoW  SpE  DeX  MiN  InT  LuK

    Martial Arts:ws Proficiency Lv 2Biting Lv 2 Ramming Attack Lv 1

    Skills:Leaping Lv 1Initimidation Lv 1Olfaction Lv 3Cooperation Lv 1

    Items:Wooden Stick

    They are stronger than goblins, especially in terms of speed, they are more than three times faster.

    Can I win? No, isn''t picking a fight with two at the same time a bad idea? And when I tried to leave, our eyes met. Don''t look at me.

    Ah, it had Detect Presence, whoa, so fast.

    Hm? It isn''t charging at me right away? Damn, they are cooperating.

    nking me in a pincer movement, they run around me. One attacked me from behind.

    OOF.

    Nice, it took a perfect counter, I actually was tracking them with Detect Presence, aiming for this chance with Concentration. Didn''t think that I would get to hear OOFin real life Whoa!

    So close, GYAAaaah

    It''s not like it took me off guard, but it''s too fast, one moment and it''s already on me.

    I managed to fend off the attack with the wooden stick, but it bit at me. If I didn''t guard with my left hand it would''ve bitten off my head Like an apple?

    Guwaaah, it huuurts!

    With it still biting on my hand it knocks me off my feet, this is bad.

    It''s too close for me to club it, and I don''t have the power to punch it.

    Since it''s holding my left hand in its mouth I have no problemnding attacks, but they have no effect.

    My hand hurts, but it also hurts my torso with its friggin ws.

    Concentrating my mind, I wrapWooden Stick?in additional mana, and usingWeightandPackingstrengthen the wooden stick, making it heavier, then with a single snap of my wrist, in a motion akin to hammering a nail. FUGAA!

    THUD!

    Wow.

    Kobold down Damn, gross, the moment I hit it the head got crushed, basically exploding.

    I thought I was going to die.

    After somehow calming down I''m still a bit pissed pulled out their magic stones, appraising them. Magic Stone F Rank They were that strong yet the stones are the same as with goblins? Soo not worth it.

    I should be able to sell this in a town, but if they are worth the same as those from goblins, then wouldn''t everyone hunt goblins only? I wonder if otherworldly guild is going okay.

    Well, I don''t even know if it exists in the first ce though.

    Hm, GEEE! I barely have HP left! The level has risen, but I still have almost no HP remaining.

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human AGE  Lv  Job

    HP / UP MP /  UP ViT  UP PoW  UP SpE  UP DeX  UP MiN  UP InT  UP LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP

    Martial Arts:Cane Arts Lv 3(Up)Avoidance Lv 3(Up)Premonition Lv 2Mana Wrapping Lv 2

    Magic:Temperature Lv 2Movement Lv 3(Up)Weight Lv 2(Up)Packing Lv 3(Up)Fire Magic Lv 2Earth Magic Lv2

    Skills:Health Lv 2Sensitive Body Lv 2Gymnastics Lv 2Walking Lv 3Command Lv 1Appraisal Lv 3Farsight Lv 2Detect Presence Lv 2Search Lv 2Mana Control Lv 2Erase Presence Lv 2(Up) Stealth Lv 1Concealment Lv 1Map Lv 1Concentration Lv 1(New) Physical Resistance Lv 1(New)

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv 2NEET Lv 1Loner Lv 2

    Unknown:Communication Lv 1Jack of All Trades Lv 1Muppet Lv 1

    Items:Wooden Stick?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?Contacts?Soul RingItem BagBracelet PoW

    Continuous fighting is not an option, so erasing my presence I quietly go back the way I came.

    Sneaky sneaky.

    Sneaky Sneaky.

    Crap, there is something.

    I thought, but turns out it''s just goblins. HYAAAHAAAAAAA.

    I''m hoome. Phew.

    Partly due to not getting enough sleep today, I, exhausted, drop on the bed as soon as I get back. It hurts. Since it''s made out of stone.

    I''m home. Yeah, before I even noticed itpletely turned into my home.

    With 4 geeks no longer being here, the room, which was spacious even for 5 people, does feel a bit dreary, but even so, it''s my home.

    Today I have a ton of stuff to think about. First of all, the geeks'' info, which includes ssmates in the deep of the forest, but also information about another world. Even so, it mostlyes from light novels, anime, and games, so the geeks are unsurprisingly well-informed.

    To think that all of that knowledge would''ve been useless if they didn''t end up in another world. The geeks might be actually happier this way. They were a lot livelier than at school. I had no idea that they can be so talkative. Well, though most of what they said were insults thrown at our ssmates.

    Though I read plenty of novels about getting teleported to another world, the geeks still were above me by a lot in terms of information. Though the ssmates merely pushed them around as useful geeks, they, in fact, had no knowledge, didn''t understand a thing about status or skills, and heavily depended on the geeks, who understood what was going on and how skills could be applied.

    If only they honestly relied on them instead of being huge idiots and taking out on the geeks the resentment about being unable to do anything while the guys at the bottom of the ss hierarchy were making results. It''s unbelievable that in such a situation they would treat the geeks, who provided them with everything, from food to security, like gophers as if they still were at school. It''s only natural that they would get abandoned.

    With the most useful folk running away, they are now left without knowledge or anyone to rely on. You reap what you sow. They must be fighting among themselves by now.

    But what I didn''t expect is that they would have a Swiss knife, in case they get thrown into another world. All 4 of them.

    And also, kobolds, though they told me about them. They are dangerous. They are fast, would try to bite, and have scary ws. Hm? Aren''t they stronger without sticks?

    It''s amazing that my clothes, being made out of fabric, didn''t get torn. I got bitten a whole lot, but even the glove is unharmed. All of them have?attached, which really makes me go ?.

    In the current state, I wouldn''t be able to fight off kobolds in bigger numbers. I guess the strategy of hitting things with a stick is close to its limit. Cane arts, huh. No choice but to practice.

    I have seen swordsmanship, and even did kendo. For spears and naginatas, I guess I saw them only on TV, and as for cane arts Even that bespectacled wizard boy from those super popr movies didn''t use a staff to smack enemies.

    Recalling sword fights in anime and manga, the swings from a sword, the thrusts from a spear, I work on creating forms and style myself, repeating them over and over.

    Pheeeeeeeeeeeeew.

    I''m too tired, without noticing, I got sucked into the process.

    The imaginary Shint Mus-ry cane techniques turned a lot more eighth-grader-like. After all, it''s supposedlyThrusting, a spear, sweeping, a naginata, shing, a sword, so rpse in eighth-grader syndrome is only expected. I even made a signature pose. If someone saw me it would''ve been a good reason to off myself. Good thing I''m a loner.

    The floor is all slippery from the sweat, so I guess this is it. Leaving the floor like this doesn''t feel right, and though I have no stamina left, my MP recovered, so I use it for a little experiment with a cleanup.

    I got earth magic from my attempt to do something about the unevenness of the cave''s floor. Using Packing magic on the floor and stretching it resulted in the skill. Then, shouldn''t I be able to package water, which I then can use to scrub the floor?

    I bring water from a water jug of my own making. Hmmm, yeah, I guess I will keep it secret that doing it by hand is actually faster. The puddle of water runs across the floor, GJ, roomba.

    Wiping everywhere I then throw the dirty water outside. Good.

    Status.

    Oh, I did itWater Magic Lv 1nice. The floor is clean now, but it''s a bit damp. Let''s use the wind to get rid of it, of course, my aim here is to get Wind Magic.

    As a result, I got Wind Magic, probably. Fire, Earth and Water Magic disappeared from my status, and were reced with Magic of Four Elements Lv 1, since it''s four elements, Wind must be among them.

    Then, I also got Wood magic, after packaging a wooden stick. There probably also should be Lightning, Ice, and Healing Magic, but how the hell am I supposed to package lightning?

    For no particr reason, I tried to use mana wrapping a goblin''s club.

    CRACK!!

    Eh? It broke? Let''s try another one, this time slowly.

    CREAK!

    WHY!! Goblin''s club!!!

    Though wrapping the wooden stick? in magic wasn''t a problem, but gob club is no good?

    Possible reasons could be that my magic became stronger or gob clubs are crap. Or it could be both.

    There should be a wooden stick from when I defeated kobolds. The one that has no ?on it.

    Ah.

    Crack!

    So this one is no good as well. When I tried to dWooden Stick?in mana, it felt more like it was permeating into it, rather than wrapping. Since it''s my only weapon it would be a problem if it broke, but I have to try it out since it would be even worse if it broke during a fight. I slowly pour magic power intoWooden Stick?, oh, this sensation.

    I slowly pour more magic in it, but it feels like it can take more.

    Slowly, so it wouldn''t break, bit-by-bit, bit-by-bit, bit-by-bit, bit-by-bit.

    It feels kind of weird, don''t tell me that it broke?

    I appraise it in panic and get Wooden Staff?

    Hm? Wooden Staff? I felt something akin to a pulse from it, could it be that it grew? Was it a living wood?

    Trying to use it, there seems to be no problem but is it really okay? But it''s toote, running out of magic power the spell of drowsiness immediately ovees me

    Sleep.

    9th Day  Over.

 Chapter 10: And you are still insisting on calling it Cane Arts?

    Chapter 10: And you are still insisting on calling it Cane Arts?

    Day 10  The Cave

    My awakening is apanied by pain. Since the bed was just soil fixed in a rectangr shape with Earth magic, it was no different from sleeping on the floor.

    Guua, it hurts!

    My whole body is aching. At this rate, it will eventually ruin my health.

    Yesterday, there was Wood Magic among the skills that popped up on my status. Since it has wood in the name, it should have some kind of influence on wood.

    There is also a possibility that it elerates growth rate, but there is also a chance that I can manufacture something with it. It is worth a try.

    Gathering gob clubs and lumber scraps I begin my experiment with Wood Magic.

    Having said that, I don''t know what to do. Then, using the usual Packing Magic I wrap the wood and try to slowly bend it.

    Bend, beeeeend!

    Answering to my weird chants, like those of a phony psychic, the wood began bending.

    At this point, I''m not even sure what kind of magic did it, but it bent. Just like it was with Earth Magic, this just might work.

    How could this happen? In the middle of the room stood a big medieval-like table. From the tabletop shaped like a bit stretched square protruded gob clubs, turning into tapered table legs.

    Around it stood 8 Eames chair-like shells, an ordinary four-legged stool, egg chair-like chair in the middle, and in the corner was a fully furnished ball chair.

    Crap, Ipletely lost sight of my objective. Or rather, having so many chairs as a loner It''s not like I''m lonely or anything!

    As for the main objective, the bed, I stack up wood in a rectangr shape, like a campfire, then, arranged thinned nk in a grid pattern, and got myself a wooden-spring bed. Itcked mat and couldn''t evenpare to a real spring bed, but with the alternative being a stone bed, it was pretty good.

    Near the wall, I fixed a pretty fashionable looking rack. Since I had nothing to ce there, I put a wooden club.

    It doesn''t look as fancy anymore?

    Somehow, judging by the appearance alone, isn''t it way cooler than a 6 tatami[1. TL Note: Room size in Japan is often measured in tatami(). A verymon 6 tatami room is about 10 sq meters, plus-minus a bit depending on the region.] room from my previous world? Even though everything is made from stone and wood. The previous room was small, and there was no money to buy furniture.

    As I was engrossed in this for a few hours, it was long past midday, so for now, I take lunch.

    Though it''s a bitte, it''s time to decide on today''s course of action. Checking the map skill turns out that only exploration of the areas up the river (Forest Depths) and down (Downstream) is progressing. Left and right of the river are untouched. Not knowing what is on the right side, where the cave is located, makes me a bit uneasy, so let''s go there.

    I move through the thick woonds, though they aren''t as dense as in the deep of the forest.

    There is a lot of them.

    There are presences of gobs all over the ce. There is no guarantee that they won''te to the cave, and though they are weaklings, their number is huge. Were they to attack in a group, I''d have no chance of winning.

    I have no other choice but to cull the numbers by eliminating them one by one.

    To survive I have to raise Lv, obtain skills, and increase my battle experience. I have to brave danger in order to live safely.

    Using Erase Presenceand Stealthto avoid getting surrounded, I approach a group of 3 goblins. Their levels aren''t that high.

    Taking a stance with the staff I move following the movements I thought up during myCane Artstraining. Calming my breath and erasing my presence, I approach the closest goblin, the one in the middle. Holding the staff with both hands I take a swing from left to right, imitating a sword sh.

    As the gobs to my side, howling, charged at me holding their clubs overhead, I gripped the staff by the tip with my right hand and thrust it into the chest of the right gob. Pulling the staff back I change the hold to the left hand and take a huge swing. As the gob, panicking, tried to step back, I made a mass of fire, hurling it at the gob, and at the same time, thrust the spear into its neck.

    Breathing a sigh, I survey the surroundings and notice that the right goblin is still breathing. Approaching it and dealing the finishing blow, I, cautious of my surroundings, erase my presence.

    It went well? The result is splendid. The solo training in cane arts while going hard on my imagination was worth it Don''t call it cringy! For some reason, it hurts my heart.

    However, should I say that it went too well? For some reason, the first gob got shed. As a result, blood sttered everywhere.

    Indeed, I wrapped the staff with mana and attacked with an image of cutting with a katana, but would it really cut? What is it? Is it that shing, a sword, thrusting a spear? Holy crap, Shint Mus-ry, that''s amazing!

    Well, no way that is actually the case, so it''s probably the effect of mana wrapping, I guess? Or maybe the effects became stronger due to the title of Mage? I''m not sure. But, the second goblin has a stabbing wound. Probably the one from attacking with the image of a spear in mind.

    And the biggest question is the following attack with a naginata image, though it was dodged, but it extended? It did? Didn''t it?

    Shint Mus-ry''s cane technique is amazing, it can stretch the weapon? Well, I never actually learned it though. Yeah, I only heard about it from the geeks.

    As expected, if in my previous world it could allow to extend the reach of a weapon or to sh with it, the style would''ve been super famous. After all, it probably means that magic is amazing, I guess?

    Perhaps due to wrapping the staff in mana, but I easily threw a ball of fire. I wonder if at this point I could just call it a fireball? Though it didn''t fly even two meters The fireball that doesn''t fly is just a fire ball, damn, that''s the same thing.

    It would be better to go back and thoughtfully verify everything at home, but I already came here. And if I keep practicing stuck inside the cave it could lead to terrible results.

    And by that, I mean leveling up in Hikikomori, NEETand Loner. Well, it''s already toote anyway, let''s use Concealment.

    Pulling myself together, I get back to action, Search, Search, found.

    This time there are two. shing the first one diagonally from the shoulder, I then cut down the next one with the following motion. (It''s just a stick though.)

    So it really can cut. In addition, I also made a sweeping sh at the second gob that was stilling at me, (It''s a stick though), and then stabbed another gob that just came out.

    Yeah, no mistake here, it can cut and stab.

    Returning to my senses by the time it began to get darker, and what do I see. A scenery covered in shed goblins, with an amazing stter feel to it, oh my, could this be a work of a master? Sorry, I got carried away.

    Perhaps due to stats from Lv 4, but my body is light, I can sh, stab, sweep, and it looks like midway Ipletely got carried away doing what I please to goblins that came at me one after another.

    In this prolonged fight, I ended up even imagining a hammer, and applying Weightto make it heavier, crushed goblins that attempted to block with their clubs. and when they tried to get away from me, used an image of a gun to shoot balls of fire.

    Since there was nothing but goblins I managed to overpower them with the difference in stats, but if swift kobolds or orcs, that are said to be even more powerful, were here, I probably would''ve been the one on the ground.

    This world is not a game. Though it is a game-like world, it is reality. If I''m not careful I might not have another chance. Gathering magic stones and clubs I throw them into Item Box. Today I got 32 of them, which means that thest battle was versus 25 gobs.

    Let''s calm down and go home. But even so, if there is an adventurer job, isn''t treating me like aNEETafter working so hard unreasonable? Well, since I have no Job that does make me unemployed.

    And thinking this and that I get back to my sweet home. Before I even noticed, it fully turned into my home. A 30 tatami room[2. TL Note: About 49 sq meters], way morefortable than my previous 6 tatami one, now was even equipped with kitchen, bath, and toilet. At this point, I have nothing to refute Hikikomori.

    Taking ate dinner I think back on my fights. Yeeah, that''s too much. A gun is too much. A gun.

    Otherwordly self-styled Shint Mus-ry cane arts, now with magic.Thrusting, a spear, sweeping a naginata, shing, a long sword. And if you try to escape, a gun, defend it''ll crush, the staff is a flexible weapon and can be used in many ways. And if you call now, we will add a buff to magic power!!That''s too much

    With the gun image, the ball of fire became smaller, but in exchange, it goes for almost 10 meters. Probably due to the image used, the fire bullet was spinning and was now capable of prating the target. The shape also changed from a ball to a bullet. Using it with a firm image I have to decide if I should make it pierce or stop after hitting a target, if it should set targets on fire, or should I even insist on it actually being cane arts? There is a lot to think about.

    I feel like eventually, this world''s cane art organization is going to file aint against me. But for now, I''m a loner, so it doesn''t matter.

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human AGE  Lv  Job

    HP  UP MP  UP ViT  UP PoW  UP SpE  UP DeX  UP MiN  UP InT  UP LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP

    Martial Arts:Cane Arts Lv 5(2Up)Avoidance Lv 4(Up)Premonition Lv 3(Up)Mana Wrapping Lv 3(Up)

    Magic:Temperature Lv 3(Up)Movement Lv 4(Up)Weight Lv 3(Up)Packing Lv 4(Up)Magic of Four Elements Lv 1(New)Wood Magic Lv 1(New)

    Skills:Health Lv 2Sensitive Body Lv 2Gymnastics Lv 3(Up)Walking Lv 4(Up)Command Lv 1Appraisal Lv 3Farsight Lv 3(Up)Detect Presence Lv 3(Up)Search Lv 3(Up)Mana Control Lv 4(2Up)Erase Presence Lv 3(Up) Stealth Lv 3(2Up)Concealment Lv 1Map Lv 2(Up)Concentration Lv 2(Up) Physical Resistance Lv 2(Up) MP Recovery Lv 1(New)HP Recovery Lv 1(New)

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv 3(Up)NEET Lv 2(Up)Loner Lv 3(Up) Mage Lv 1(New)

    Unknown:Communication Lv 1Jack of All Trades Lv 1Muppet Lv 1

    Items:Staff?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?Contacts?Soul RingItem BagBracelet PoW

    10th Day  Over.

 Chapter 11: They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. (1)

    Chapter 11: They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. (1)

    Day 11  The Cave.

    Today''s breakfast once again consists of seasoned mushrooms, other world style sauted with dried meat with herbs (preserved food). Plus bits of a broiled rabbit.

    I''m already sick of it.

    I''m hardly making progress at identifying weird skills, and my main power, Cane Arts Lv 5, feels like Eh, these are cane arts?by this point.

    Anyway, I want information. The geeks, that had a lot of it, left, heading for the town. And I don''t want to do anything with the ss, that by now probably devolved into messy unrest.

    Were they to discover my lovely mid-century modern style house[1. TL Note: Mid-century modern is an American design movement in interior, product, graphic design, architecture, and urban development that was popr from roughly 1945 to 1969. It is typically characterized by clean, simple lines, honest use of materials, and it generally does not include decorative embellishments.], they surely would take over it, acting as if they own the ce.

    There is no doubt about that after hearing the geeks'' story. And I also don''t think that anything good cane from getting involved with them. All of their information on this world, skills, and monsters came from the geeks, so it''s not like they know anything themselves.

    I guess looking for a town is a sound idea, but I''m not sure I can get along with the people possessing no culture ormon sense. Don''t underestimate how much of a loner I am, I''m Lv 3! (Smug).

    After all,Safety Comes Firstis the biggest factor. I have to get strong enough to be able to protect myself with certainty. My level is lowpared to others transported to this world. It''s likely that there is some sort of penalty on leveling up. WithJack of All Trades Lv 1,Muppet Lv 1having such a huge impact on Lv 1, it gives me shivers, thinking what is going to happen when they level up.

    However, the transported that I saw until now had Lv 11. Even the geeks had only Lv 16, with status reaching three digits only for their best stats. Around 160-170 I guess? If my Lv is going to raise as it did until now, I should have about 120-150 by Lv 10, and when I reach Lv 16 I might go over 200? The growth rate could be going down, as it does in some games, but from what I saw, it stayed the same up to Lv 5. Or actually, didn''t it go up a bit?

    Putting status aside, the geeks, being Lv 16, and getting through a week of nonstop battles were struggling with 5 goblins. Yes, there was a matter of them being out of mana and having a questionable formation with only one person on the frontline, but even so. 4 people with cheat skills and Lv 16. On top of that, they almost got killed by an ambush from behind by two goblins. Could it be that actualbat experience matters more than Lv?

    If I appraised other otherworlders or natives of this world I could get a better picture throughparison. But there is no guarantee that they won''t attack me, and even if I''m stronger than them, I still might fall into a trap.

    The geeks were saying that in another world envement magic or items, charm, skill stealing, and instant death skills pose the biggest danger. Having no resistances, even poison or hypnosis would lead to a checkmate.

    Looks like humans are the most dangerous. Do I have no other choice but to confine myself to the cave and lead a NEET loner life?

    However, the geeks chose to go to a town anyway, even if there is that much danger. And that is because they are high school boys! Thank you very much, they are merely lusting for girls.

    Apparently, enved animal-eared girls, lewd elven beauties, and dwarven legal lolis are waiting for them there Didn''t they just escape from high school girls? Well, do your best.

    The depths of the forest, huh. After I saw the wannabes I made no attempts to go there. And I have even less desire to do so after hearing the geeks.

    But the geeks left them in such a state.

    The wannabes had Charm and Puppetry sealed, but they could have other cheat skills. Now, that the geeks left the group, it could spell a lot of trouble were they to turn to violence.

    I don''t care about them. But even so. Though I was a loner, we still were in the same ss, so there are people, whom I''d like to remain safe. Well, about 5 or 6 of them? Everyone else either doesn''t matter or should go and eat shit.

    Especially the wannabes and bitches. I wouldn''t mind if they went and aggroed kobolds. Or rather, please do! Get bitten! It really hurts! I''m speaking from experience.

    Should I check on them after all? Even the geeks were worried about the president. She is a beauty after all.

    Yeah, there is nothing but mushrooms around here. A lot of different types, but still, nothing but mushrooms.

    The depths of the forest should have different ingredients, so I can check on their status as I search for food.

    Gathering food, training, experimenting, and while I''m at it, scouting? I also can expand the Map.

    Today''s destination is the depths of the forest. Since their base was on the river bank, I should be able to find it going upstream. It should be located near the ce where I encountered the wannabes. As the geeks said, the wannabes never went far from the base, so it should be there. Upstream, huh. I wonder if I can catch any fish? I really want lightning magic.

    I proceed through the forest, going along the river. Walking near the river might get me spotted after all, and it''s also unlikely that I will find any food there.

    I think I should be getting close to the ce, but There is no food? Did they eat up everything?

    There are a considerable number of goblins, but it''s not a problem. They are really weak.

    I was a bit wary since they are clustering in packs of 5-6, but with Lv 3-4 they aren''t only slow, but alsock strength.

    As training, I tried to trade blows with them, but a goblin that has no advantage in strength can''t be an opponent. They are so easy that I can''t even use them to practice cane arts. Cane arts I said. Yes, I have my own objections to that name as well.

    And then kobolds. As always, walking around with their dog-like faces. Reapplying Mana wrapping I approach them. Hm? Lv 2 and 3?

    Ah, so the geeks told the truth. They are a bit stronger than goblins. A bit stronger than gob weaklings of Lv 3-4.

    They are faster, but they just dash in a straight line. Are you gobs? And they even stopped running to wave sticks at me. They might serve as good training dummies.

    Exchanging blows with 2 kobolds I noticed. They barely have any skills. That exins why they aren''t trying to make joint attacks. But they do have Biting!

    This would exin why the geeks would struggle with the monsters near the cave. After getting used to these, they would feel like apletely different thing.

    If these are kobolds, then what the hell were those that I fought the other day? As I gave them a re without a thought, the kobolds backed off.

    Certainly, until now I went through a lot of badmouthing and backbiting about my eyes. That I have a bad re, that my eyes are scary, that they look dangerous. I''m also aware that there is some truth to that.

    BUT EVEN SO, YOU ARE MONSTERS, DON''T BE SO SCARED! Are my eyes on the same level as those of monsters? What even are the eyes that would scare even monsters? I''m a human, right? This reaction hurts my feelings, you know? The hell are you tucking your tails for?

    Snapping, I beat kobolds to death. And I''m not sorry, they should be sorry.

    Until now I peacefully lived at the cave but turns out, it was a pretty dangerous spot.

    Now, this leaves only orcs. I guess I will manage? Stronger and tougher than goblins, proficient with clubs, the strongest monsters of this area.

    But having skills and being stronger than gobs and kobolds from this area, isn''t that the gobs that I usually fight?

    That exins why Lv 16 geeks would struggle. This ce gave them nobat experience. It''s on the level where I''mpletely dominating.

    Using Farsight I found the base of my ssmates, but tents and fences are all in tatters. Does it mean that without the geeks they now have no one to do the maintenance? But staying like that is dangerous. Or rather, it''s like there is no one there.

    Did they move? No, that''s unlikely.

    ording to the information I got from the geeks, they weren''t in a state that would allow them to act as a group. Even if they split, it''s still weird that no one would stay here.

    Maintaining caution I approach the base, and there is not a single person after all. Where did they go? Did something happen?

    Examining the base and surrounding, I look over it, searching for traces that could give me some clues.

    An instant of dizziness.

    I felt like I suddenly Saw something. And then, that information went to my head, hitting me like a shockwave, and it hurt.

    A new skill? That can wait.

    Examining it once again, the base, the woods, the river bank There are two traces in the base. The first one is focused around a certain spot further into the base, that''s probably the ce where the geeks were attacked. The remnants of magic power feel older here than in the other spot.

    And the second one is a bit away from the base, on the dry river bank, leading from there to the woods. The traces of magic feel new Magic, meaning that humans fought here.

    I don''t know which skill this is, but those eyes of mine are the only thing I can rely upon. Following the trace, I enter the forest.

    Nearly one hour of runningter, I finally found signs of human presence.

    Looks like a group escaping while making rounds through the area is running this way.

    Wait and see how it goes? Or should I help them?

    Observe it is. The group running from the pursuers is shedding blood. I still can''t see them, as they are out of my sight, but I can See it.

    If the pursued party are bad guys, then what about the pursuers?

    If pursuers are bad guys, then what about the pursued?

    In conclusion, both were baddies.

    Okay, let''s go home.

    What should I have for dinner? Mushrooms? Or mushrooms? Or may~be~ mushrooms?

    Ah, they are here, what can I sayHey! You! Stop there!Aaah~ how annoying.

    Yeah. Good day, dear bitches. And bye.

    Then, let''s pick up some berries on the way backI told you to stop!!Eh? The hell is thatAnd bye!!!Who are you calling bitches!gyah gyah!!on the way back?

    Gyah? Never heard of a bird crying in such a way. Let''s leave it alone and go home

    We are telling you to friggin stop!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

    Haaaah. Of all people possible, it''s bitches. If it were high school girls bursting with the energy of youth I would''ve considered stopping, but I don''t want to stop for high school girls bursting with bitchiness.

    Or rather, why are you in such a ceAre you their friend?!Hey youwhat does this mean?hurry up and do something!!!, why are you silent?

    Annoying, annoying, annoying, what the hell are they! So noisy, what are they even talking about?

    Look, what is what does this mean?supposed to mean? Then, you were the ones who walked tosuch a ce! Andtheir friend, who are you talking about? And I don''t even have friends! I''m a loner! Don''t make me say it!

    I have no idea who was chasing them, but to hell with helping them. Jumping out of nowhere and goingHurry up and do something!!?

    Enough, let''s hurry home.

    As we said! Wait!Please.

    Eh? I''m getting auditory hallucinations. My ears went crazy since bitches were too loud?!

 Chapter 11: They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. (2)

    Chapter 11: They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. (2)

    Please, listen to us. Please.

    Crap! I got an abnormal status effect! Which skill did that? I''m hearing weird stuff likePlease!

    I have no idea why you are in this world, but you are a friend of Oda and his group? We are looking for them, if you know anything, please tell us.

    She looks like the leader of the bitches, is this an illusion? Bitch among bitches, Bitch Queen. The machine for producing selfish whims,ints, and insults. The very culprit the size of whose pride led to the ss breaking up. There is no way that there is pleasein her dictionary.

    Who are you?

    Why! We are in the same ss! How can you not know!!

    Ah, she snapped. Ehm? This way of snapping reminds me of bitch leader.

    Are you a real one?

    What do you mean, a real one?! What are you even talking about?!

    Hm, this is the bitch leader.

    Aah, sorry, my bad. I had some auditory hallucinations sounding like Please, so I thought that you were a fake bitch leader.

    Who are you calling bitch leader! And It wasn''t hallucinations Please, if you know something, tell us.

    Who the hell are you?!

    I''m me! The real one!!

    Eh? Are you really the real bitch leader?

    Yes, I am! NO, wait, I''m not!!! I''m the real one, but I''m not bitch leader!!!!

    ? Which is it?

    Ah, bitch leader is fine already! *pant pant pant*

    Well, I''m pretty sure she is a real one. One cannot copy her manner of using !so easily.

    So, who is Oda?

    Howe you don''t know! You talked with him from time to time!!!

    Oda? O~da? Oda and the group? Aah, you mean the geeks! Stop with those weird nicknames and just call them geeks.

    Oda, is a name!!! *pant pant pant*

    Eh? Not Geek? A shocking truth is revealed! Well, geeks is good enough for them.

    So, why are you searching for the geeks? Going to make them run errands? Or are you hunting?

    Saying that I look the bitches in the eyes. No? Please don''t be so startled just because our eyes met. I''m hurt deep enough from the incidents with the kobolds.

    Well, though I can''t help but give them a re. After hearing such a story from the geeks. And even chasing after them now we want to apologizeEh?

    No, as I said, are you going to make them your gophers after you catch them? Or you are going to hand them over to the wannabe delinquents? Or As I said, we want to apologizeAre you for real?

    We just want to apologize. It, it''s not like we think that they will actually forgive or help us We understand what we did. No, we understood it only a short time ago So we don''t think that they will forgive us, or that apologizing will fix anything, but, that''s the only thing we can do, so, at least We''d like to properly apologize to them

    We are already dead, a long time agoWe can''t do a thing, living in such a ce is just impossible. The only reason we didn''t actually die is because they were helping us, we understand that, or rather, we realized that a short time agoSoJust Before the end, we want to properly apologizePlease, if you know anything, tell us. Please.

    To think they would lower their heads. Aaah, did they reform? Or maybe gave up on life? So that''s how they survived thest week Saved by the geeks. Abandoned by everyone, resigning themselves, thest thing that came to their mind was gratitude and apology to the geeks. Redeeming their past stupidity. This is theirst will.

    I know where they went, but I don''t know where they are. And can you even catch up to them? You will have to get through the forest. Can you fight? You can''t, right?

    I don''t know if the geeks will be happy or angry to get an apology from them. Normally, it would be infuriating. But they are pretty soft. But then, they might be unable to abandon them and end up falling to ruin together. Though there is probably no reason to worry about that.

    Anyway, you can''t catch up to them or even chase after them. There is no point in following them now.

    The bitches shook, looking into the ground. They probably were going with a do-or-die spirit. Doing what they must before they die. But it''s toote.

    It''s fine, tell us anyway. We aren''t giving up, not before apologizing at least Even if we can''t make it there, please. Please tell us.

    This is bordering on a religious zeal. We are going to die, so before that, we want to thank those that saved us. Bullying, exploitation and abandonment weigh heavily on your conscience. Pilgrimage for the atonement of sins If we can''t make it, then we will perish on the way.

    Being robbed of their life until now by the very god who they were supposed to rely on. Losing everything in one week, and learning of their near end after being abandoned. Looks like those few days were hard enough to change their personalities.

    I already heard from the geeks about what happened. Or rather, about what you have done. Before the geeks, did you apologize to the president already?

    Yes. But since everyone split into different groups, the boys attacked us, making everyone scatterThe president said I ept it, but the ones we truly have to apologize to are Oda-kun and his group.The othersWe just apologized to them, only Oda and his friends are left

    Ah, so they went as far as they could. The wannabes, that were so high and mighty at school, disappeared, the geeks, that suddenly became strong uponing to another world, also disappeared, and the leadership of the president also disappeared. As a result, with no one organizing them, no one to fend off monsters, the boys abandoned themselves to their desires, attacking the girls, and being repelled by the president''s group, went on rampage elsewhere.

    The bitches ran away from the boys, were abandoned by the president, and after finally ending up with nowhere to go, realized what they had done. So as thest thing before their deaths, they decided to apologize And thank the geeks, the only people that helped them.

    Ehm, first of all, you are being chased. Probably one of the boys'' groups. So you won''t be able to run away, and also won''t be able to reach the geeks. Second, as I already said before, pressing forward you will end up eaten by the monsters. And of course, won''t make it to the geeks. The third and thest one, beat the monkeys in heat which the boys turned into, crush and sweep away monsters, and go to the geeks to apologize. Which do you prefer?

    No way!That''s just impossibleIt''s hopelessIt''s fine alreadyThat''sWe just want you to tell us where they arePlease

    Just a little bit, but they pissed me off, so I gave them a look.

    For some reason, they fell on their backsides, and trembling, began sobbing with pale faces. Ah, I don''t care anymore.

    Regret, or reform, or atonement, or repentance, or apologies, or confession or gratitude? In the first ce, I don''t know the hell with your resolution! And I don''t care! It doesn''t matter to me if you are ill-natured bitches, reformed bitches, or revised bitches!! Are you going to apologize to the geeks?! Or are you going to line up excuses?! Which is it?!

    That''sI''m asking you which is it!!!!!

    Nice, this one had bitch-level !. Is this the power of Jack of All Trades?

    Okay, I''m going to master the way of !!

    Listen here! The geeks were helping you all the time, despite your bullying and insults! They saved you! They tried to teach you! How to live here! How not to die here!! Even though you ignored that! Even though you insulted them! Until the moment they became unable to stay here!! To you! The people that insulted, bullied, and made fun of them!!!!

    Nice, 16!. Though to im mastery of it, I would need the level of bitch leader with 20!.

    Are you going to die though they saved you?! They kept helping you and you are going to die?! So what the geeks did had absolutely no meaning!! They risked their lives to help you, but all of it had absolutely no point!! So you are going to die without learning anything they tried to teach! To make you survive! So you wouldn''t die! Die, ignoring all of the geeks'' intentions!! That''s how you apologize! Without actually telling a thing and just getting all self-satisfied

    I did it, I crossed the limit! The bitch leader''s inherent skill 20!. I passed over that ultimate barrier! I did it, and burned out to a pure white ash[1. TL Note: Ashita no Joe reference.] Eh, wait, what? Did I manifest some kind of weird hot blood skill? Which reminds me, didn''t my personality changetely?

    UWAAA, we don''t want to die! There is no way we would want to die!! We wanted to survive! We want to live! But we didn''t listen to a thing, we didn''t learn anything, since we can''t, it can''t be helped! Even when they were about to die, since we are idiots, we just kept making fun of them, being unable to do a thing, unable to admit that we are scared, unable to ask for help We never even said thank you or sorry even once! They saved us, of course, we want to reach them alive and give thanks!! We want to apologize to their faces! We don''t want to die! We don''t want to die like this

    Kuh, what a !! 21!you say!! So in the end my !is nothing but a hastily learned skill? Jack of All Trades is still but a pale imitation, falling short of the real essence of the skill. Not something a Muppet can hope to ovee Eh?

    For some reason, the bitches are crying? What is going on? What happened?

    Uwaaa, with unkempt hair and no makeup they already looked somewhat like kids, but now their faces were all ruined from crying, with tears and snot all over their faces. Yeah, a pandemonium. The hellscape of little bitches. How did it turn into this?

    When you don''t understand something, retrace the steps in the order of them happening, and it should bring an understanding of the situation and the meaning of it.

    I engaged in an extreme !!battle with bitch leader. Over. Q.E.D. [2. TL Note: an initialism of the Latin phrase "quod erat demonstrandum", literally meaning "what was to be shown".]

    Hm, am I missing something? I feel like something has taken over me in the middle of it, so I don''t remember anything aside from !battle.

    Yeah, damn. I can''t grasp the situation. Let''s just ask them directly.

    Ehm, well, that? As they say, how did that go?

    The bitches simultaneously turned their soggy faces to me. Their eyes had a supernatural ghastliness to them. Holy crap, how scary!

    We are idiots and didn''t learn anything about survival. We can''t die like this! We absolutely cannot die! Please, teach us! Please save us! Please teach us the way, the knowledge to survive and meet Oda-kun and the others! Please give us the power to repay for our crimes, and return the debt! Please!

    Yes?!

    Crap, I replied involuntarily.

 Chapter 11: They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. (3)

    Chapter 11: They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. (3)

    I-I''ll tell you exactly what happened.

    I-I''m sure you guys won''t understand what I''m saying.

    And I don''t know what happened either

    I thought I was going insane

    It wasn''t anything simple like Charm or Puppetry.

    I experienced something far more terrifying. [1. TL Note: EVERY LINE UP TO THIS POINT IS A JOJO REFERENCE. Aside from one missing line and the part with Charm and Puppetry, it''s letter per letter quote of Polnareff lines from Stardust Crusaders episode 45.]

    It''sCommand Lv 1.

    How did it turn out like this?!

    At the bottom part of my status.

    CommandBitch Leader, Bitch A, Bitch B, Bitch C, Bitch D.

    What is this? I did have Command Lv 1. I think it probably was a skill for taming monsters. But until now, I annihted all of the monsters I met. Aah, I didn''t test it even once.

    Suddenly, I have 5 bitches tamed? What is this? Bitch Master, gotta catch ''em all? Like hell I will!

    I wonder, is bitch leader an evolved form?

    There was a scum that wanted to use puppetry to have his way with the girls.

    There was a sleazebag that wanted to use charm to make girls serve him.

    And then, there is I, who enved them?!

    UWAAA! Loner hikkikomori NEET enving 5 high school girls.

    It sounds like nothing but a crime! If there was such a person, I probably would''ve shoutedPoliceman, it''s him!and summoned a policeman from another world.

    You Probably have no idea what I''m talking about, but I have no idea as well! Give up, the game is up.

    Groaning, I walk through the forest, Bitch Leader, Bitch A, Bitch B, Bitch C, and Bitch D following after me.

    Wrecking my head, I walk through the forest, Bitch Leader, Bitch A, Bitch B, Bitch C, and Bitch D following after me.

    Lamenting, I walk through the forest, Bitch Leader, Bitch A, Bitch B, Bitch C, and Bitch D following after me.

    Are you baby ducklings or something?!

    Impaling with the geek''s Ice Lancea goblin that jumped out, I kept moving.

    Sniping a kobold that jumped out with a revised version of FireballFire BulletI keep moving.

    They are staring at me really hard. That''s probably them trying to learn how to fight. Even if you do, I''m jobless level 5, you know?

    Since looking back is scary, I move looking only ahead of me.

    Where am I heading? I have no idea. But I have to press on. Neither stopping nor looking back is allowed to me. The bitches'' eyes are way too scary! Their eyes look like those of some kind of religious fanatics, it''s scary.

    Moving straight forward as if I actually have a goal, I press on, not caring for gobs that since a while ago keep jumping at us, mowing them down, and moving forward. The farther I go the bigger the presence I feel ahead, but I can''t turn around. The reason being, the bitches are following me from behind!

    I keep moving forward as if running away. Or rather, I am running away. Damn, for quite a while the surroundings are covered with gobs. Ahead of me are kobolds and the bitches are behind. The only avable option is kobolds.

    Without saying a word, Bitch Leader, Bitch A, Bitch B, Bitch C, and Bitch D are following after me.

    Indifferent, Bitch Leader, Bitch A, Bitch B, Bitch C, and Bitch D are following after me.

    What do I do?

    Ahead of me is kobolds'' den. The presence is staggering. But to me, turning back is not allowed. Because what''s behind me is even scarier!

    Perhaps learning from observing me, but now they are extracting magic stones from the monsters that I defeated and bringing them to me. They are still pretty bad at it, so while gouging out magic stones they got all covered in blood with their eyes turning even crazier I''m scared. Looking like some kind of terrible brigade, the blood-smeared bitches are marching after me, just single-mindedly sticking to me. What''s this? It''s really scary? I''m going to cry, you know?

    Due to Experience Sharing, an effect of Command, the bitches'' Lv kept rising. Culling kobolds to a degree, while allowing a few of them to pass behind me, the bitches would silently swarm them, stabbing swords and spears into them. I''ve never seen kobolds make such pitiful faces. And it''s my first time seeing kobolds so utterly frightened. I''m probably making the same face. Because it''s scary!

    Before I noticed, the perverted high-school monkeys, that were chasing after the girls, disappeared. No idea if they were chased away by kobolds or killed, and I honestly don''t care! It''s because of those perverted monkeys that I''m going through such a scary experience, it''s because of those perverted monkeys that kobolds are going through such a scary experience! Now, kill them, kobolds! We might be fighting on different sides, but our aspirations are the same! Wait, could it be that kobolds are my allies?

    Well, there is probably no one who would think of assaulting the bitches after seeing them now. Coming to another world turns out, the scariest thing were ssmates. Earlier I was also possessed by some kind of passionate persona. Looks like people from the original world are more threatening than dangerous monsters.

    Koboldse one after another, the number is amazing, but the area is also spacious. Without putting much power into Fire Bullets, I just keep dishing out more and more of them, showering one kobold after another with them as they keeping.

    If 10 of them appear, I shoot 30, if 20, I shoot 60. Ready and shoot, ready, and shoot. One after another I shoot them the moment I create them. Each bullet doesn''t have much power, but it''s enough to check kobolds'' charges and suppress them with numbers, overwhelming them.

    With the only thing going for low-level kobolds being their charge ability they can''t take a hit. So being assaulted with a hail of Fire Bullets like in a nted rain, they quickly lose speed and sumb to it, fall to the ground. Pushed to the brink of death, the kobolds then be prey to the bitches, losing their lives.

    Be there 30 or 40 of them, they are still showered in an overwhelming rain of red lights, continuously hit and struck, while behind me the bitches are probably making a bloodbath. And thest one, while being torn to tatters, receiving a hail of Red Bullets, reached me in an attempt to bite at me, and with its jaws opened wide, baring its teeth Fell to the ground.

    Surrounded by heaps of kobold corpses all around, the bitches just keep going on and on, delivering finishing blows and ripping out magic stones.

    After that, a group, surrounded by a huge mass of kobolds and was engaged in a battle with them, was now looking our way.

    Though all were covered in wounds and blood, they didn''t seem to have any major injuries.

    HP potion, you will recover if you drink it It mushroom-vored though.

    I ask them, but no one makes a move. So the mushroom vor is no good? Looks like it doesn''t suit girls'' tastes. Thought boys probably wouldn''t like it either. Well, I also hate it. I can drink aojiru[2. TL Note: Japanese vegetable drink mostmonly made from kale or young barley grass. Notoriously nasty.], but I spurted out the moment I tried this thing. I didn''t think that healthy mushrooms and healing herbs would create such an exquisite harmony of taste, bringing about such a symphony of nastiness.

    HarukaKun?

    Yeah, mushroom vor sucks, what was I even thinking? It''s terrible to the taste, and applying it externally would make you stink of mushrooms?

    Behind me, the bloody bitches kept gouging out making stones. A few days ago they wouldn''t listen to anyone, avoiding fights, and not even trying to get close to monsters. The bitches that would''ve made a huge uproar a few days ago, were they to see blood, were now silently and orderly running around, finishing off monsters, and without caring for getting dirty or blood spattering around, were gouging out magic stones.

    Truly, an amazing sight. It''s only reasonable that some wouldn''t be able to believe it if they saw it. They look likepletely different people. Especially considering the crazy look in their eyes.

    Looking like that, the bitches gather magic stones, run up to me, and after giving them to me without saying a single word, rush back, going back to work with intense concentration. It''s just way too suspicious. Just the other day there was a hugemotion about Charmand Puppetryand whatnot. Moreover, the girls could easily imagine their fate were they to fall into such a state, so it''s only natural that they would be terrified, seeing this scene. After all, even I''m afraid! No, I''m actually scared, for real.

    If a few days ago someone said that the worst bitches had a change of heart and reformed, no one would''ve believed. Even after seeing it with their own eyes. And the change is way too extreme. They didn''t just change, they became theplete opposites of what they were before. No one would think they reformed after seeing this. They would think it''s either brainwashing or mind control.

    Who would drink a beverage offered by the man, who is dragging around the bitches in such an abnormal state? And mushroom vored on top of that! Everyone would see it only as an extremely daring trap, who the hell would drink such a thing! It''s too dangerous, both the drink and the man smell of trouble. On top of that, mushrooms? What the hell with that extremely suspicious ingredient? This man is just the worst! He is clearly dangerous! And he has a scary look in his eyes! Please, just spare me thest part.

    Yeah, with the current super negative trust level, the taste is terrible, but it''s out even due to its smell alone. Should I have used sweet berries to improve the taste? And the color as well? How should I put it, just no? RIght? Wouldn''t high school girls think so? No, in the first ceOr rather

    Heeeeeeeeeey, Haruka-kun. Come baaaaaaack.

    Whoa, that startled me! The president is looking at me up close! This is bad for my heart. My heart almost jumped out of my chest.

    Eehm, for starters, can I have that potion?

    EEEEEEEH! You are going to drink it?!

    You are the one who told me to drink? Why are you getting surprised?

    Well, normally, if a stranger offers you a suspicious drink, wouldn''t simply agreeing to drink it be a questionable idea for a high school girl? Like, how should I put it, shouldn''t

    We are ssmates! What do strangers have to do with this?!

    Oh?

    A retort worthy of the president of ss presidents is enhanced by a close view of her beautiful face, giving it an additional impact.

    Eehm, President-sama?

    That''s not a name! And why are you attaching sama?

    Should I first exin the bitches behind? They look extremely suspicious, but when ites to exining it, I also don''t quite get what is going on. Rather, can someone please exin it to me? What should I say? Doesn''t oops, I enved them, sound the worst?! Not only it doesn''t resolve the misunderstanding, but it would alsobel me a bad guy.

    Haruka-kun. Ehm, what''s wrong with Shimazaki-san and the others? Eh? Why are you together?

    Eeem, It''s not like telling this story wouldn''t not take a while, but it''s a long story Eeem, I tamed them.

    What are you even doing! And that was SHORT!

    The president screams. Sounds like a risky title. Almost made me want to order it. I was very close to summoning an express courier. It if was a one-click purchase I would''ve pressed it. I wonder if its going to be okay with me being underage.

    Why did you tame them! Or rather, isn''t that the skill you use on monsters? Howe you are taming your ssmates?!

    I myself would like to know how I tamed them, and if possible, a way to return them where I found them as well. Will they go return if I tell them to go back to the forest? The president is on the verge of breaking, should I give the proper exnation? For starters, there is something I have to confirm.

    Who''s Shimazaki? Some kind of romanticist, like the one that wrote Before the dawn? [3. TL Note: Shimazaki Haruki, Japanese poet active from Meiji to the early Showa.]

    You tamed and you don''t know?! And normally people start from Collection of Young Herbs, why are you jumping all the way to Before the dawn?

    The president screamed, again, so it was a serial title, I wonder if it''s a trilogy? Of course, I''ll buy it. Will ite with a bonus merch if I buy the whole set at once? Now is the time for summoning

 Chapter 11: They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. (4)

    Chapter 11: They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. (4)

    YOU CAME TOGETHER TO HELP, RIGHT? WHY DO YOU HAVE THEM TAMED? WHY DON''T YOU KNOW THEIR NAMES? AREN''T WE CLASSMATES?!

    It was a trilogy after all.

    Well, I mean, all I have written in the status is Bitch Leader, Bitch A, Bitch B, Bitch C, Bitch D?

    What kind of names are you giving to girls from the same ss! That''s the same treatment the monsters get!! What are you even thinking!

    Looks like the series are going to continue. I have to consider how to regrly purchase new entries in it!

    Uwaa, the girls behind the ss president are also giving me cold looks. The looks are so cold, that I think there are ice magic users among them. I wonder if I should warm them up with Temperaturemagic Wait, what exactly, their EYES?!

    Shimazaki-san and others, thank you foring to our rescue.

    The president bowed to Bitch Leader.

    We-we just tagged along

    Even so, thank you. You saved us.

    yeah.

    Aah, so by Shimazaki you meant Bitch Leader! I couldn''t understand it since you gave her such Touson-like[1. TL Note: Shimazaki Touson, pen name of Shimazaki Haruki mentioned earlier] name to her, it''s confusing, you know?

    Shimazaki is the surname! And no one gave it!! And whats with that bitch leader!

    Why are they getting angry at me? Her name in the status is Bitch Leader, so there is no room for doubt here.

    Look, usually, when you tame a monster, you can give it a name. The name the tamer calls them bes the name on the status. So You tamed them without knowing their names, and thats the kind of names you gave them?!

    I got scolded. But isn''t she Bitch Leader? Why? It''s almost like I''m the one in the wrong here.

    Uwaaa, 15 girls are staring at me, and behind, 5 bitches are doing the same.

    I begin to understand the feelings of the people with scopophobia.[2. TL Note: Fear of being seen or stared at by others] This is bad for my sanity.

    Are they waiting for me to say something? Do I have to? Ehm, something to bring closure to this?

    Then, good job everyone. Bye.

    Nice, I did it. Phew, that was tiring. Let''s go home.

    Why are you trying to leave!!!

    They shouted in a great chorus. Eeeh, why? Can''t I go home? Even though I''m a hikikomori?

    Eehm, first of all, thanks for the potion. Everyone seems to be fine now. And, as I already said earlier, thank you foring to our rescue.

    The president is thanking me. Wait, she drank it? A hero, she certainly must have the title of hero!

    But it''s amazing that you could find us here. After running around, even we have no idea where we are.

    Ah, I was just passing nearby, I guess?

    Why would you pass through such a ce?

    Not quite passing by, but rather, I ended up here by running away, I guess?

    Haruka-kun, running away? From what?!

    Well, for some reason the bitches were following me around?

    YOU! You are the one that tamed them! Why would the tamer be running away?!

    Eh, because it''s scary?

    Looks like the President Screams series already concluded. She is just staring at me, very silently. This, this is a t gaze! The president-sama''s t gaze![3. TL Note: Also known as Jitome, Would usually mean one or abination of the following  listlessness, apathy, or a bored, expressionless, or scornful face.] To think I''d be able to see a t gaze in real life with my own eyes. Much less seen on a beautiful girl and up close. Extreme delight. It''s the best thing that happened since I came to another world.

    Ehm, Haruka-kun. Talking with you seems to be getting us nowhere, so I will go and collect information from Shimazaki-san and others. Stay put. Don''t go anywhere.

    With those words a girl-only gathering of 20 girls began. I''m staying put.

    For some reason, some girls hugged the bitches. I''m staying put.

    The president said something, everyoneughed. I''m staying put.

    Ah, this is bullying! I''m currently being bullied! I see, so with the geeks running away, the target shifted to me, huh.

    Well, this is no different from the usual life of a loner. But just staying put is pretty boring. Here, I guess I will go with a cliche circle drawing. It''s a cliche, thus it has to be right.

    I draw a circle on the ground. I put my strength into it, but the ground is hard, so it doesn''t even leave a trace. I draw, using Mana Wrappingto strengthen my finger, ah! There is a faint mark This could work!

    Pouring mana concentrating on my fingertip I draw circles, the finger buries into the ground. Making the circlerger I pour mana, focusing it on my fingertip. I wonder if earth magic is at work as well? The circles dig into the earth. From the circles drawn with my finger, the lines of mana spread into a spiral shape, causing the ground to copse and sink. With this, I should be able to dig pits! I can expand my home! Concentrating my mana I sharpen it further, visualizing the spiral of mana I keep drawing circles, the lines of magic gradually grow stronger until finally that vortex of mana

    Haruka-kuuuuuuuun! Why are you getting entrenched! I told you to stay put, didn''t I? Why are you burying yourself?!

    The president said looking down on me. Or to be more precise, looking at me from above with a t gaze. Thank you for the treat?

    Well, I was bored?

    Please don''t bury yourself just because you are bored! And here I was wondering what was that sudden whirlwind of mana!?

    I just started drawing circles out of boredom and got a bit caught up.

    For such a reason alone?! Ah, I''m sorry.

    Before I noticed, it turned into a 5-meter hole, which startled me. Yeah, getting out of it was a real pain.

    Em, I heard most of the story from Shimazaki-san and others. You came to help Oda-kun, Shizamaki-san, others with them, and us. Thank you very much. Normally, it should''ve been up to us to help Haruka-kun, since you were all alone I''m really sorry. And thank you.

    Eehm, who is that Oda again?

    Why don''t you know Oda-kun! You talked with him at school and helped him a number of times! You also met him during their escape! Why don''t you know his name?!

    Another one of the President Screaming series. Coming soon, or rather, it already came. From what time do they ept pre orders? Are there bonusesing with it?

    Ah, you mean Geek and the others? Ah, yeah, I met them. For some reason even Bitch Leader was going OdaOda, I almost wrecked my brains to figure out who it was. Yes, they were doing fine.

    Oda-kun is his real name! There is no way he is called Geek-kun! And also, you already forgot Shimazaki-san''s name, didn''t you!!! *pant, pant, pant*

    Looks like the president is tired, she is insisting that Geek is actually called Oda? And she is also panting a lot. She must be quite tired from everything that happened these days, can''t me her.

    It''s fine, President. Suddenly thrown into such a world, yet you earnestly tried to lead the ssmates for more than a week anyway. It''s fine already. You are tired, it must''ve been hard.

    I''m tired because of you, Haruka-kun! Conversation with you is the hardest thing I had to do aftering to this world!

    Apparently, it''s my fault. How unreasonable.

    So, you were trying to go home, but what are you intending to do with Shimazaki-san and others?

    Vice President A asked, ring at me. Let me exin, Vice President is the name of the president''srades A-C. I have no idea who is the actual vice president.

    What do you mean, what to do? Return them where I found them? I guess?

    What do you mean return! They are not some abandoned cats! In the first ce, aren''t you the one controlling them?

    Eh? Since I have them tamed, won''t they go back if I say Go back to the forest?

    What are you even taking them for!! Why are you talking as if the forest is where they belong?!

    For some reason, Vice President began screaming. Is this a spinoff to the President Screaming series? Though Vice President A, being Acked in chest armor, she still is a beauty rivaling the president, and with her being tall she was called a Cool Beauty by others. Though she didn''t have much support from the chest armor faction, she had tremendous poprity among the leg propulsion drive faction. Collecting the series, do I have to order spinoffs as well? I''m looking forward to the bonus merch.

    That aside, so you have no intention of taking them with you and doing something to them?

    None at all!

    What do you mean, none at all! Take us with you! Didn''t we ask you to train us! Why are you giving an immediate reply here! Why is this the only time you sound so absolutely sure!

    Whooa, Bitch Leader, that remained silent the whole time, is screaming. So she finally escaped from her trance-like state. I guess she regained some presence of mind after rejoining with others. Recovered, she is after all very noisy.

    I mean, it''s trouble No, I mean, didn''t you reconcile? And also, look at your status, at this point, you can fight on your own. You are even stronger than the geekspared to when I met themst time?

    Yup, thanks to the effect of Command, level sharing, they raised their levels above the Geeks'' 16, and were now level 19. And with that demon mode in which they tormented kobolds to death no one should be able to stand against them. If it were me, I''d choose to run away.<hr>

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? <strong>CLICK HERE</strong> to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 11: They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. (5)

    Chapter 11: They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. (5)

    Your level is high and you have a lot of skill points umted. If you activate cheat skills you should be strong enough. And there are 5 of you. You should be able to beat both monsters and perverted boys. You might be able to hunt even the geeks?

    Why would we hunt them if we want to apologize and thank them!!

    Eeh, out of impulse?

    The silent stares hurt.

    And behind them, the members that the president brought were having some kind of discussion.

    Now, now, calm down. Haruka-kun is like that, so I think he has no intention to do anything weird to Shimazaki-san and the others. Right?

    Vice President B seems to be speaking in my support, as expected, she is a nice person. I wouldn''t mind even giving her the first ce in the nice people ranking. But I won''t be tricked by that B in the name! Her chest armor far surpasses that of the ss president! She is an amazing person hailed as a god by the devotees of the chest armor faction. She is nodding to her own argument. And they are swaying along. Oooh, what a frightening child!![1. TL Note: ss Kamen reference. Usually is said with this expression. /uploads/images/%img%/%book%]

    Has no intention, huh. It''s more like he has no something else. For Shimazaki-san, a popr amateur model appearing in fashion magazines, to be getting such a treatment

    Vice President A, what is your deal, first you are pressing if I have any weird ideas, and when it turns out what I don''t, that doesn''t satisfy you as well? Is there no right answer here? What are you, a professional problem seeker? I don''t need you picking holes in my words!! I''m all for picking holes myself though. If you know what I mean.

    Treatment, huh. You know, to me it sounds like Haruka-kun treats ssmates no different from monsters?

    Looks like Vice President C has some problems. Even though she is so small. Vice President C has no chances of getting treated like a monster. She is obviously a small animal. And her chest armor is also sma WHOA, she gave me an amazing re! Could it be that as a small animal she has skills for a heightened sense of danger?

    I was in the same ss with him for 11 years in a row, since the first grade, wait a moment I don''t think he ever called me anything other than ss President?!

    I wonder what they are talking about? For some reason, the president is in orz[2. TL Note: a fatigued or despaired emoticon, which represents a stick figure kneeling or bowing with the "o" being the head, the "r" being the arms and part of the body, and the "z" being part of the body and the legs.] pose? Is she tired after all? She must''ve had it tough.

    I''m bored, the girls-only gathering is still continuing. Girls do talk a lot after all. With 20 of them, even deciding what to have for lunch would take a week. Some might starve to death by then.

    It''s getting dark already, so I guess I will leave it to the young folk and will excuse myse Since we are ssmates, you are just as young as we are! True.

    Looks like I still can''t go home. Since I have nothing better to do, I''ll try to snipe nearby kobolds and gobs. When I made a quick check a short while ago, the Lv went up. The detection distance increased to 20-30 meters, but I have no means to attack them. Since I might get scolded again, I secretly used wind magic to make an Air Bullet, but it disappeared midway, not providing the desired result. The Air Cutter has no reach at all, turning into a simple gust of wind when it gets past 5 meters. With Lv up the distance increased, but it''s still not enough.

    Can I use earth magic to affect a distant location? I reach with my hand to the ground, and right below a goblin Earth Needle! Nice. It went well, it got skewered. But during this, I can''t move as well. It would be impossible to use inbat. I have to focus on both the spell and the detection and the effectiveness in terms of mana also drops unexpectedly hard with the distance. But I''m so bored?

    President, the night is about to fall, so can I go home already?

    I ask, raising my hand.

    It''s exactly because we have nowhere to go that we are discussing it right now Speaking of which, just where are you trying to return to?

    Ah, the president''s base was in ruins. A number of tents were intact, but the perverted boys must be lurking nearby. But what can a discussion on it solve?

    Eh? To my home?

    Why do you have a home in another world? Were you born in this world?!

    Eh, I had nothing else to do so I made one?

    Girls-only talk, once again.

    By the way, how many can fit in there?

    Who knows? I''m living alone, so only the geeks came there?

    Is this some kind of home survey? What if I answer it? Will the president try to press me into buying a mansion or something? Another world has its own dangers as well.

    Ehm, look, a tent, for example, if you really cram it, 1 person can fit in a half mat space. With 3 people per 2 mats, there would be some room, and with 1 person per mat it would be spacious.

    Hmm, I wonder?

    I was alone all this time, so I never tried to pack my cave that hard. The area that currently has no furniture? About 40 mats I guess? [3. TL Note: 68 m2]

    Ehm, in the worst case, if we sit holding out knees, 5-6 people could fit on one mat?

    Six people per mat? Simple math.

    With 6 people per mat it should be 240 people? With 5 people, about 200? If I put away the furniture it should be a bit more, about 300 I guess? It leaves only the kitchen, bath, toilet And also a half-finished storeroom, soo

    200 240 people In what kind of a pce are you living all by yourself! Why do you have 40 mats alone! Even having separate rooms for the kitchen, bath, and toilet? Just what were you doing in this world?!

    What do you mean what? Living? I just kept adding a touch here and there and it just turned out like this?

    Why are you having a life offort and abundance in another world? And we are in survival mode? Why with a touch here and there you end up with a pce?

    Looks like the president and others are unsatisfied with the housing situation in another world. Yeah, good grief, this other world is so insensitive.

    Haruka-kun, please.

    Please.

    Whooa, what''s going on? The president and everyone else bowed their heads all at once. N-no way, do they want me to publish a list of other world housings? But I''m not that familiar with the real estate market here as well

    With the incident with Oda-kun and others in mind we really shouldn''t be asking this But please, just for today, let us stay at your ce?

    HAaAAAH? High school girls are going to stay in a room of a high school boy who is living alone?! Good grief, young girls those days, how can they speak of the lewd immoral house stay with all possible kinds of perversions included

    Of course we will do anything from night watch to food procurement. We will also do the cooking, cleaning, and fire watch. We absolutely won''t allow a repetition of what happened with Oda-kun and the others! I know it''s hard to believe our words But, at least for today, please.

    Ah, that''s what they meant. Losing the base and tents they now have nowhere to return or even to sleep tonight. Just that.

    It''s just that, huh, but they still couldn''t bring themselves to say this.

    There is the matter with the geeks. The geeks built the base, made the defensive fence, erected tents, arranged bonfires, and then were made to collect provisions, prepare food, clean, guard, stand on night watch, do all of the protection. Making the geeks do all of that, they just lived there. Protected by them. They managed to survive thanks to that, but they forced the geeks out.

    Actually, the geeks just ran away. However, it''s no different from being forced out.

    So now, they couldn''t ask me to provide my house to them. They had no right to say that, and they had no credibility to their words, they shouldn''t ask for that. So this time, they thought that they have to solve it on their own.

    I think, after hearing the story of Oda-kun and his group you must be furious. Yes, that''s to be expectedSo, usasking for such a thing nowIt''s only natural that you would be angryYou are angry, right? But President? Yes?

    It''s only natural. If a group of high school girls was thrown into the middle of a forest and told to live on their own there, it''s obviously impossible. Even if this wasn''t another world.

    Even more so in another world, surrounded by monsters and unfamiliar food. Of course, it''s impossible. It''s way too impossible.

    Yet they have to do it, they can''t rely on others, they have to do something on their own, The reason being, they already pushed everything onto the geeks once. And everything fell apart. They couldn''t do a thing So this time, huh

    No way?

    For a moment, she shuddered Then, looked downward And tried to force a smile. A sad, forced smile, impossible to even look at.

    Y-yes. R-right. Yes, sorry. Sorry for asking such a strange thing You made it all by yourself after all. Sorry, forget it.

    As I said, no way? There is no way you can do everything on your own? There is no way you manage by yourselves in an unknown world? There is no way you can survive in the middle of a forest with just a bunch of high schoolers. Being able to manage everything on your own is way stranger here, why would you even try to do that? That''s just impossible, okay? Impossible.

    But, we have to! We have to be able to get through on our own! Oda-kun and the others could Even you could, so we alsoHave to be able to do it on our own We must!

    As I said, no way you can do that.

    That''s not true! We can!Because, we must!! WeThis, for sureNot Possi-Ble!!

    It''s obviously impossible? In which world can you find high school students that can survive in the forest on their own? Even if such exist, you won''t really call them ordinary? It''s fine not being able to do what you can''t. It''s impossible because you are trying to do even what you can''t do. Am I angry about what happened with the geeks? I am. That includes being mad at the geeks, that tried to do everything, even what they can''t, and it includes you, president since you can''t save everyone, yet still tried. And I''m also angry at the idiots that didn''t do even what they can. Going right past amazement into anger. It''s obvious that you can''t do what you can''t!

    The president cried. No matter what kind of responsibility was pushed onto her, what kind of impossible task, even if she herself knew that its impossible, the president never gave up, yet now, she cried. She is crying really hard What do I do?

    We walk with the president and me leading the way. Apparently, it''s a countermeasure for possible attacks? There is nothing around anymore though.

    Haruka-kun, Why are all of the monsters around skewered?

    That''s, well, I was bored?

 Chapter 11: They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. (6)

    Chapter 11: They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. (6)

    In which world! Would a person! Skewer every monster around! Just because they are bored?!

    Well, this is another world, The Impaling Count might''ve gotten transported as well?

    He isn''t here! We didn''t have The Impaler Count among our ssmates!

    As expected of the ss president, you remember the name of every ssmate?

    Normally, you would notice if someone with the name like Drac-san was in a Japanese school!

    No, if their name was something like Dora A, you might miss it?

    There is no person with such a name! Or actually, Dora A? Just how many Dracs are out there?! And what if it actually ends in emon?!?[1. TL Note: Cat Robot from the future. Doraemon]

    Yeah, the conversation is going well. I might be a loner, but I''m doing my best. Though the president looks tired for some reason? Did crying wear her out?

    The bitches and Vice Presidents are in the rear guard.

    Ah, turn left around this corner.

    Which corner? Why are there corners in the forest? Don''t tell me that you even made intersections in the forest?! Maybe that corner also has a convenience store?

    A fervent retort to a light joke. Is she mad? Did I make her mad?

    Well, we arrived.

    Wee. It must''ve been a long journey Haruka-kun, you came with us! Ehm, I''m just trying to give you a warm reception?

    I lead everyone inside. To think I''d have 20 guests, astonishing surprise for a loner. I''m d that I worked on expanding the cave.

    WHAT IS THIS PLACE!?

    My home? Wee?

    Hmm, so the cave is no good? Or maybe it''s using wooden clubs as a part of the interior? Or maybe they didnt approve of thebination of modern organic architecture with mid-century furniture?!

    Eehm, Haruka-kun? What is this hidden underground mansion that looks like someone asked Frank Lloyd[2. TL Note: An American architect, interior designer, writer, and educator, who believed in designing structures that were in harmony with humanity and its environment, a philosophy he called organic architecture. One of the most influential architects of XX century.] to design them Mediterranian style resort?

    As I said, my home? Bonjo~ur?

    JUST! WHAT! THE HELL! WERE! YOU DOING IN THIS WORLD UNTIL NOW! Also, Frank Lloyd was an American, so it should be WELCOME!

    Hmm, to think I''d finally see the president scream in my house, how moving, so I finally came this far.

    Well, I was pretty bored, being alone, so it just happened? Like, oops?

    Silent t gaze, 20 people serving. And high school girls on top of that!! My, I even feel sorry.

    No, I just tried to expand a bit and struck a crystal vein. Tweaking it a bit with earth magic and packing, I got a pretty ss-like look from it, so I ended up with a skylight and ss table. I also found limestone, so if tampering with it a bit I ended up with something like white ster walls, it can''t be helped? Right?

    Since their silent stares were scary I used wood magic to make 4 huge round beds. No, they can''t rotate. Now, 20 people have a ce to lie down. As if running away, I head to the kitchen and use my skills polished from mushroom cooking, make a massive amount of it, setting it up on the table. Then, pour hot water into the newly installed jacuzzi.

    Then, having a man around might be unsettling, so feel free to use this ce by yourself. See ya.

    Wait, where are you going? If we chase you out of your own house it would mean that we didn''t progress at all. And you even provided us with everything, from food and bath to beds

    Well, it''s my home after all, so isn''t it only natural what I will provide these?

    But

    As I said, no need to do what you can''t. And you got attacked by the boys just a short while ago? Also, monsters can''t enter here, so you don''t need to post guards. You should be pretty tired, so take some rest.

    Okay, I managed to escape, finally, alone again! No, it''s just impossible, staying with 20 high school girls, okay? That incredibly heavy and awkward atmosphere is too much for me.

    The pressure when I left, I felt all 40 eyes from 20 people stinging into me. It''s absolutely impossible.

    In the first ce, I am a high-school boy. It''s just impossible for me.

    I hurriedly set up a tent andy down there. Alone. This feeling of freedom, istion. This happiness can be known only by a loner. Ah, by now, I''mpletely fine with being one. Though as a hikikomori, I ended up escaping from my own home

    But this Viger A-san is such a mystery, I know that it''s to be expected, since I never met them, but their belongings are way too strange. Even this tent, it can change the size, from a normal tent to an air dome for a whole crowd. I should have done that.

    The president came to my small tent. She''s way too close.

    Haruka-kun, thank you. Looks like everyone finally calmed down. Or rather, it seems their mood improved thanks to a gorgeous room, cooking, and a jacuzzi. Really, thank you.

    Eeh, you are wee.

    And sorry for upying the room by ourselves. Haruka-kun, you didn''t get to bathe, right? Everyone already undressed to underwear and went to sleep. Ehm, well, sorry.

    Looks like my resting room turned into a paradise for them. High school girls Paradise, sounds like the name of some suspicious establishment. I wonder how much the entry fee is? I almost felt like paying for it, even though it is my own room.

    It''s fine, I already sshed with water. And trying to blend in with 20 girls as a lone man is way more tiring.

    Right, sorry about that, and thank you.

    President, you are turning into a parrot, for a while, all of your lines are nothing but sorry and thank you.

    But what can I do if it''s true. In the end, we couldn''t do anything and got saved once again. I couldn''t do a thing. We are doing the same thing as with Oda-kun and others.

    Aah, as I thought, she is misunderstanding. Her standards are off.

    You are doing fine. You were doing fine earlier. Didn''t you organize and protect 14 girls? While we wereing here, you also acted as their leader. You have been trying to organize them since the very moment you came here, right? Talking to everyone, listening to them, checking the situation,municating on it, you managed to prevent everyone from scattering and dying. Normally, in such a situation one would be barely able to handle themselves, but you managed to look out for everyone, it can''t be helped that you couldn''t unify everyone. Some followed you, and you managed to protect them, isn''t that enough?

    Uuuuh, but I couldn''t do it like Oda-kun and others

    It''s fine that way, the geeks are crazy. Would a normal person do survival training in case they get summoned to another world? Did you know? They actually carried swiss knives on them, at all times. With LEDs attached. They even carried out regr meetings, so they would be ready to be summoned to any world. They are off in the head. Those that did the same are also off in the head. It''s fine if you can''t do the same, it actually would be a problem if you could.

    Isn''t that cruel towards Oda-kun and others? They were doing their best?

    Using those geeks as a standard will make you weird as well. Were they working that hard at school? They began taking things seriously only aftering to a different world, they were doing their best all in preparations for this. At this point one could say that they came because they had to, normally one cannot do the same as them, and it''s fine if one can''t. They are insane. It isn''t cruel to say this at all.

    What they were doing is no different than making preparations for the time you win big in a lottery. That''s not normal. They appear amazing just because they actually hit that jackpot, but it''s not something one should use as a reference. If we are going to actually do that, then we would need special drills at every school, preparing kids for the time they get summoned to a different world.

    Haruka-kun, thank you, I calmed down a bit Really, really, thank you. You are really amazing, Haruka-kun.

    I''m just doing what I can, I didn''t do anything. I was just doing as I please.

    Acting in a group has a lot of benefits, but alsoes with many problems, for that, thus restrictions are needed. On the other hand, there isn''t much one person can do, but there are also no restrictions. This time, they couldn''t set group restrictions, in other words, rules, and thus were unable to act as one. They didn''t even have a distribution of roles. As a result, they had only demerits. And the geeks just happened to act in a way that was beneficial. They actually didn''t follow any rules and were just doing as they please. No conversation on rules ever happened.

    Unable to do anything because they are reading the mood, unable to do anything because they are too busy wagging their tails before those that are stronger. A very unconstructive way for a group to act. The geeks haven''t acted as a group since the very beginning. They can''t even read the situation, to begin with. That''s why the geeks alone could take action. The president worried since she couldn''t do the same, but for that one needs a great talent in ignoring the group. And it isn''t something particrly nice to have.

    But you have a lot of food, a splendid home and can even defeat a horde of monsters, you can do just about anything? Wait? Aren''t you even weirder than the geeks?

    Saying that she pressed one finger to her cheeks and tilted the head. Kuh, how cunning, that gesture is just too cute. But the contents of her words are too cruel. Who the hell is weirder than the geeks?

    I have mountains of food, but all I have are mushrooms, the house turned like this because I had too much free time on my hands, and I could deal with the monsters because they are weaker than those around this area, okay? I''mpletely ordinary, please don''t lump me in the same group as the geeks. I''m normal.

    Hmm, the dirty and covered in blood president, now was clean and warm, just from the bath. She is too close, but nothing can be done since the tent is so small.

    If this was normal Everyone could live happily.

    It''s just the basics of life? Having fun, living an ordinary life.

    In the end, the president repeated her thanks many times and left. Since she is going back to the cave just outside the tent I don''t think I have to escort her. Even though it''s deep in the night.

    Aaah, I wanted to make an underground room in the cave Using circles.

    11th Day  Over.

 Chapter 13: Looks like there is no BL (1)

    Chapter 13: Looks like there is no BL (1)

    Day 13  The Cave, Girls Assembly

    And, thest problem Well, it''s about Haruka-kun.

    For some reason, evening to another world I''m still being called president, and have to organize everyone.

    His character, personality, and even nature are all questionable. But even so, I think we can trust him.

    Was that supposed to be a defense? The girl he calls Vice President A seems to be personally invested in this. Did the A part tick her off?

    That''s right, even though he was forced out because of me He forgave me For a fish?

    Chika-chan''s defense also turned weird with thest part For a fish?

    That is, right He,pletely, ignored, my, nudity

    Fukunuki-san Are you trying to cover for him? It feels more like you received a different kind of trauma As a girl.

    He really pisses me off, but he saved us We can''t apologize if we die, he said. That it would waste their effort, that we should properly meet them, and thank He said Though he also tamed us And I''m still stuck with Bitch Leader for a name!

    So close, until the middle, it sounded pretty good Please, just remember their names? Ah, I also feel That he never called me anything other than the president?!

    Everyone failed to properly cover for him, but everyone unanimously agreed to go along with him, no objection raised.

    Though everyone had a lot on their minds, they still have trust, confidence, and gratitude towards him, or they should I think?

    Yes, the biggest problem was Haruka-kun himself.

    No, no, no, after killing so many kobs the other day, I''m still level 7, even if it''s fine at the moment, I''ll soon be a burden to you.

    Everyone said, that even if it turned out that way, they wouldn''t mind, everyone is grateful to you.

    The geeks said the same, and I''m happy to hear that, but I can''t form a party because ofLoner. And if I just stick with you, I feel like I might getKept Man [1. TL Note: , A man, supported financially by a female lover] on my status, sorry. Thank you for the offer.

    Indeed, Haruka-kun''s status is low. He is incredibly strong for Lv 7, but he can''t raise his level. But, even so, everyone doesn''t want to leave him behind, why can''t he understand that?

    When we were at loss, when we were overwhelmed by despair, when we were about to give up on everything, he saved us, both our lives And hearts.

    Aftering here, everyone finally regained their smiles.

    Everyone was really despairing, disappointed, and didn''t even try to hold hope anymore.

    And just one night returned the shine to their eyes.

    For the first time, they thought that it would work out, that they could do something.

    All that because we had him in front of us, he was living here like it was the most ordinary thing in the world.

    He saidIt''s just the basics of life? Having fun, living an ordinary life. , sounds like he was saying something obvious, he said that it was how things go.

    Is there really nothing that can be done about this grim difference in stats? Why did God do something so cruel to Haruka-kun?I bullied Gramps a bit and he snapped at mehe said, but why would he even bully a god? Hm, I heard that he even made him sit in seiza.

    Even so, it seems that he wille with us to a town. There, we just have toe up with a way to prevent him from going back.

    Though my level-up speed is low, it''s not like I can''t raise my level at all. Given 2-3 years, I should reach level 20-30. With such a level I should be able to live in the city, so it will work out somehow.

    He said casually, but there is no way we can leave him alone in a cave for two or three years.

    Suddenly being thrown into this world and ending up all alone because we relocated without noticing his absence. He had the weakest powers out of everyone, yet managed to survive here all by himself, and even came to our rescue. We absolutely cannot abandon such a person. Everyone agreed on this, so we absolutely, absolutely, cannot leave him on his own. In the worst case, he can even stay as a kept man!

    Soon, we will reach Lv 20-30, who knows how many years it will take Haruka-kun to catch up to us.

    From the god I already heard that in this world level difference cannot be ovee. Soon, even we will reach the point where we will be untouchable in fights against goblins and kobolds. But isn''t he already untouchable versus them, despite being only Lv 7, having no skills, being the weakest one, and being of a lower level than kobolds and goblins?! He is already fighting in such a way that it makes you wonder what is going to happen when he reaches level 20 or 30!

    He is saying that it''s all very close, that he would die from taking even one hit, and he is just using various gimmicks to his advantage, but in that case, we can protect him, it''s all solved if we protect him.

    Yes, just like how we were protected earlier and how we are being protected right now.

    And so, today again, we are going to work on raising our levels.

    I''m still afraid and disgusted.

    Even so, I will fight, while being protected by Haruka-kun.

    If Haruka-kun can''t get stronger, then we will. That''s what we together decided.

    Day 13

    The fish I had this morning was just as tasty as always.

    Today as well, Fish Girl came to wake me up. So she is on the fish duty after all.

    And today as well, the girls have been in high spirits since the morning. In very high spirits. I want to have deep-fried fish.

    As expected, the thought of going to a town is a great motivation for them. Well, it''s obvious that 16-17 years old girls wouldn''t like living in a forest or a cave.

    The geeks were also in incredibly high spirits, in a high school boys'' special way, when they set off for a town. The girls also seem to be holding frequent girls-only meetings. Are they aiming for wild beast-eared boys? I wonder, are they just like the geeks? Let''s summon a policeman when they begin shooting for shotas.

    We are in the middle of the forest, pretty deep into it. If the girls act as a party, then even high-leveled goblins are no opponents for them. I provide support with Fire Bullets only in cases when they are about to get surrounded. I have nothing to do.

    Let''s switch to kobolds after noon. Kobolds are a speed type, so they should serve as good practice. They also should be better experience-wise. And I''m bored.

    While I have nothing to do, I begin preparations for lunch. Making a simple grill with earth magic, using fire magic to stonegrill fish and mushrooms! Just how much have I dreamed of this day. Fried wrapped in herbs, fish''s unpleasant fishiness is eliminated by their smell and slight bitterness, creating aplex vor, of which one won''t get bored. With this I canst for a year. My love for fish is real!

    The girls also liked it, but for some reason mostly mushrooms though. Even though the fish is so tasty?

    After finishing lunch I search for kobolds. Suddenly starting with high-leveled would be dangerous, so I guess Lv 5 to 10 should be fine?

    In a meeting, during lunch, I exined to them countermeasures for kobolds. They are fast and they bite.

    Now, these are Lv 6, 8, and 9, just what we need. Realbat. For starters, let''s see how everyone will fare. Let''s kobold.

    It was aplete disaster. Before they grasped the basics, they were already on the verge of being bitten and chewed.

    Confused by the kobolds'' speed, they then were thrown into further disorder by their cooperation and feints. Even though there are 20 of them, they are being surrounded. By three enemies. Let''s panic?

    The kobolds don''t even have 40 SpE. The girls are twice as fast, yet can''t keep up with them. Only the bitches are coping somewhat calmly, preventing them fromplete copse.

    Hmm, it should have been fine though?

    Kyaa, stop looking and, do, something They are going to bite us!

    Not there, here, here, ah, where?!

    No, nope, no way, no, no, no, not dogs, dogs are impossible!

    Oh my Ooh my?

    What with that weird confidence of thest person? Is she panicking? Is she jiggling? No, please stop ring at me and look at kobolds. Does she actually have that muchposure?

    It doesn''t really look like they won''t be able to manage even if I don''t do a thing. But if I don''t do anything, they are going to be angry at meter, so I will get rid of one.

 Chapter 13: Looks like there is no BL (2)

    Chapter 13: Looks like there is no BL (2)

    The kobold with cooperation is Lv 9 Kobold A, if I take it out, it should be easy from there. Perhaps even too easy. But let''s just do something, since they keep ring at me.

    I now had a skill Parallel Thinking. I guess I got it when I shot a barrage of fire bullets. Can''t be used right now. They surely will be angry if I just shoot a hail of bullets.

    What I also want to test is Magic of Four Elements, which went up two levels, and Movement. I had enough Lightning Magic practice with fish, so it''s fine.

    I didn''t use Movement at full power either today or yesterday. If I did it probably would''ve been the return of clumsy attribute. I don''t want to go Fugyauuhin front of the girls. Though I don''t want to do that alone as well.

    I''ll try to chase after Kobold A, how do you like the taste of being chased yourself??? Okay, I caught up. Catching up with it I poke it with a stick into the back. The kobold didn''t try to counterattack, and instead further raised its speed I also raised it, we still can keep going It raised the speed again, bing even faster. I did the same, and so we ran around the girls in circles. Can I turn a kobold into butter like this?[2. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Story_of_Little_ck_Sambo] Ah, I''d like to grill something with butter.

    Kobold B and C couldn''t keep up with the speed, and broke the cooperation, finally getting caught by the bitches I should look, the bitches have those eyes again Let''s pretend I didn''t see that.

    Suddenly, Kobold A stopped and thrust at me with its ws. Foolish, too foolish There is no way that I would stop.

    Going just like that, or rather, elerating even further, I dodged Kobold A''s ws and crashed into it. Tumbling onto the ground together. During the collision I struck it on the head with the staff?. Looks like it was a bad spot to be hit since it seems that it led to kobold A passing away. Kobolds B and C suffered a lot more, and then followed after it.

    Everyone dropped to the ground in exhaustion.

    No, didn''t I tell you that they are fast and they bite?

    Going back to square one, we hold a strategy meeting. For some reason, everyone is angry at me.

    We can''t suddenly take on something like that!

    How is telling us that they are fast supposed to help?

    They bite, the hell is that? What kind of advice is that?

    Why were you running around with kobolds?

    What do you think about all the information being  they bite and they are fast?

    Eh? A barrage of criticism? But kobolds are fast and they bite, what else is there to them?

    No, all that I heard from the geeks was that they are blue, tall, thin, and dog-faced. That''s it. Isn''t They are fast and they bitemuch better info?

    A huge uproar, I''m not even sure if this is a wild uproar or unrestrained arguing, truly, a pandemonium.

    Even if you want to raise levels, going upstream we might run into the boys, can you do it?

    Everyone went silent. Even geeks ran away, unable to deal with them.

    Of course, they can''t resolve themselves.

    Which means, I can''t allow them to go upstream.

    It''s not like all of the boys went insane, but there is no telling who is normal and who will attack them, and we also can''t afford to test them.

    Reaching the town without meeting them would be the best. They can''t pass through the depths of the forest. Even if they tried, it would require them to follow the river in front of the cave.

    Block that ce, and it''s almost guaranteed that neither the girls nor the geeks will ever meet them. Works fine as a temporary solution.

    I''m not sure if I can kill someone, but I might just get pissed off enough to identally club them. And I won''t regret it, I will let the boys regret it themselves.

    As a result For starters, only up to 2 kobolds, low level, if there are 3 of them or they are strong, immediate rescue. No ying tag with them.is what we agreed on.

    Continuing the kobold hunt after that, they got pretty familiar with it by evening, with one party being able to take down 2 kobolds with confidence. Their levels also seem to have risen quite a bit.

    Our way back was also used for practice. I didn''t warn them about kobolds and goblins, so the girls scouted for enemies, remained alert, and fought all on their own.

    They''ve gotten strong, my watch is over, they can fight well enough.

    Returning to the cave I create beds and simple furniture for the new rooms. Though they won''t be needed anymore soon enough, since I weed them into my home, I will treat them with hospitality until the end.

    On the riverbank, I got taught Ice Magic, well, though all I did was use packing magic again.

    Eating dinner, I made a bath, this concludes the day.

    Let''s erge the tent again. both single-person and 4-person sizes proved to be too small, surely, going for 8 person size will be too naive. Let''s go with a 12 person size. At this point, it is a dome.

    Taking a dip, I return to the tent. Well, with Detect Presence, I already knew that someone was inside, but?

    Kyaa! It''s so huge!

    Eh? Why does the size keep changing every time wee?

    If only we had such spacious tents

    Wee back, Haruka-kun. When I told everyone that your tent is so big they also decided toe.

    Come in,e in, we have mushroom tea.

    Mushroom tea? Just why do the girls like mushrooms so much? Do mushrooms contain some kind of addictive substance? Is this the beginning of a shady party? Okay, let''s observe it from afar. I don''t have the guts to go inside.

    I was grabbed the moment I tried to escape. No, I''m fine with just watching, okay? There is too much exposed skin inside.

    Eehm What is it?

    After action review meeting?

    But why in my tent?

    For some reason, I''m sitting right in the middle of a huge tent.

    In front is the president, going Even if you say SpE 40. As always, she is way too close.

    Beside her, wearing shorts and sitting cross-legged Vice President A is looking at me with a mild re.

    Beside her, sat Vice President B, jiggling while nodding. Mustn''t look there.

    On the right side rolling around were Vice President C and Nudist Girl. In skirts.

    What? I''m guilty no matter where I look! A trap! It''s a trap!

    On the left is Fish Girl and, who are the other two? Aah, now I remember, volleyball club''s noisy meathead girl A and B.

    The bitches settled behind me. Just why are they always behind me?

    Damn, I''m surrounded.

    In addition, mobile units are prowling around me.

    Just why do I have to go through such a thing, despite being a loner?

    So, I think someone has to stall them.

    President? Do you really need such a number for a review meeting? Those rolling on the floor 100% aren''t listening?

    And so, and then

    Just what is a loner?

    Day 13  Night, The Cave, Girls Assembly

    Project to detain Haruka-kun. Right now we are analyzing the information gathered during the reconnaissance in force that we just carried out.

    Yeah, he totally didn''t know where to look, so it''s not like he has no interest in girls. No BL here. Tch.

    His eyes often went to chest or thighs, so there was no doubt to begin with.

    But He,pletely, ignored Me?

    No, it''s not like he could afford to stare at you. As one might expect

    Coming here,ing to this world, all the time we spent here, all of the days We couldn''t even smile

    And finally. Everyone became able tough.

    Even today, though it wasplete chaos, in the end, everyone was smiling.

    Everyone can rx because Haruka-kun is with us.

    It''s not just because he is strong.

    It''s fine even if he is weak.

    As long as he is with us.

    With that alone, everyone will be able to smile.

    And so, everyone is desperately drafting up a n to detain him Or so I thought?

    Damn, no BL?!

    I think he is worried about that attack thing? Though wasn''t he pretty much always like that?

    Is he from the boob faction? Or thighs faction? N-no, don''t tell me, a hybrid?!

    Rather than saying that he isn''t getting involved with girls, it''s more like he isn''t getting involved with anyone? Eh? Would he even care if we leave him here?

    Ah

    Scheming on keeping Haruka-kun with us continued untilte at night. Yeah, no BL involved it seems.

    13th Day  Over?

 Chapter 13: Looks like there is no BL (1)

    Chapter 13: Looks like there is no BL (1)

    Day 13  The Cave, Girls Assembly

    And, thest problem Well, it''s about Haruka-kun.

    For some reason, evening to another world I''m still being called president, and have to organize everyone.

    His character, personality, and even nature are all questionable. But even so, I think we can trust him.

    Was that supposed to be a defense? The girl he calls Vice President A seems to be personally invested in this. Did the A part tick her off?

    That''s right, even though he was forced out because of me He forgave me For a fish?

    Chika-chan''s defense also turned weird with thest part For a fish?

    That is, right He,pletely, ignored, my, nudity

    Fukunuki-san Are you trying to cover for him? It feels more like you received a different kind of trauma As a girl.

    He really pisses me off, but he saved us We can''t apologize if we die, he said. That it would waste their effort, that we should properly meet them, and thank He said Though he also tamed us And I''m still stuck with Bitch Leader for a name!

    So close, until the middle, it sounded pretty good Please, just remember their names? Ah, I also feel That he never called me anything other than the president?!

    Everyone failed to properly cover for him, but everyone unanimously agreed to go along with him, no objection raised.

    Though everyone had a lot on their minds, they still have trust, confidence, and gratitude towards him, or they should I think?

    Yes, the biggest problem was Haruka-kun himself.

    No, no, no, after killing so many kobs the other day, I''m still level 7, even if it''s fine at the moment, I''ll soon be a burden to you.

    Everyone said, that even if it turned out that way, they wouldn''t mind, everyone is grateful to you.

    The geeks said the same, and I''m happy to hear that, but I can''t form a party because ofLoner. And if I just stick with you, I feel like I might getKept Man [1. TL Note: , A man, supported financially by a female lover] on my status, sorry. Thank you for the offer.

    Indeed, Haruka-kun''s status is low. He is incredibly strong for Lv 7, but he can''t raise his level. But, even so, everyone doesn''t want to leave him behind, why can''t he understand that?

    When we were at loss, when we were overwhelmed by despair, when we were about to give up on everything, he saved us, both our lives And hearts.

    Aftering here, everyone finally regained their smiles.

    Everyone was really despairing, disappointed, and didn''t even try to hold hope anymore.

    And just one night returned the shine to their eyes.

    For the first time, they thought that it would work out, that they could do something.

    All that because we had him in front of us, he was living here like it was the most ordinary thing in the world.

    He saidIt''s just the basics of life? Having fun, living an ordinary life. , sounds like he was saying something obvious, he said that it was how things go.

    Is there really nothing that can be done about this grim difference in stats? Why did God do something so cruel to Haruka-kun?I bullied Gramps a bit and he snapped at mehe said, but why would he even bully a god? Hm, I heard that he even made him sit in seiza.

    Even so, it seems that he wille with us to a town. There, we just have toe up with a way to prevent him from going back.

    Though my level-up speed is low, it''s not like I can''t raise my level at all. Given 2-3 years, I should reach level 20-30. With such a level I should be able to live in the city, so it will work out somehow.

    He said casually, but there is no way we can leave him alone in a cave for two or three years.

    Suddenly being thrown into this world and ending up all alone because we relocated without noticing his absence. He had the weakest powers out of everyone, yet managed to survive here all by himself, and even came to our rescue. We absolutely cannot abandon such a person. Everyone agreed on this, so we absolutely, absolutely, cannot leave him on his own. In the worst case, he can even stay as a kept man!

    Soon, we will reach Lv 20-30, who knows how many years it will take Haruka-kun to catch up to us.

    From the god I already heard that in this world level difference cannot be ovee. Soon, even we will reach the point where we will be untouchable in fights against goblins and kobolds. But isn''t he already untouchable versus them, despite being only Lv 7, having no skills, being the weakest one, and being of a lower level than kobolds and goblins?! He is already fighting in such a way that it makes you wonder what is going to happen when he reaches level 20 or 30!

    He is saying that it''s all very close, that he would die from taking even one hit, and he is just using various gimmicks to his advantage, but in that case, we can protect him, it''s all solved if we protect him.

    Yes, just like how we were protected earlier and how we are being protected right now.

    And so, today again, we are going to work on raising our levels.

    I''m still afraid and disgusted.

    Even so, I will fight, while being protected by Haruka-kun.

    If Haruka-kun can''t get stronger, then we will. That''s what we together decided.

    Day 13

    The fish I had this morning was just as tasty as always.

    Today as well, Fish Girl came to wake me up. So she is on the fish duty after all.

    And today as well, the girls have been in high spirits since the morning. In very high spirits. I want to have deep-fried fish.

    As expected, the thought of going to a town is a great motivation for them. Well, it''s obvious that 16-17 years old girls wouldn''t like living in a forest or a cave.

    The geeks were also in incredibly high spirits, in a high school boys'' special way, when they set off for a town. The girls also seem to be holding frequent girls-only meetings. Are they aiming for wild beast-eared boys? I wonder, are they just like the geeks? Let''s summon a policeman when they begin shooting for shotas.

    We are in the middle of the forest, pretty deep into it. If the girls act as a party, then even high-leveled goblins are no opponents for them. I provide support with Fire Bullets only in cases when they are about to get surrounded. I have nothing to do.

    Let''s switch to kobolds after noon. Kobolds are a speed type, so they should serve as good practice. They also should be better experience-wise. And I''m bored.

    While I have nothing to do, I begin preparations for lunch. Making a simple grill with earth magic, using fire magic to stonegrill fish and mushrooms! Just how much have I dreamed of this day. Fried wrapped in herbs, fish''s unpleasant fishiness is eliminated by their smell and slight bitterness, creating aplex vor, of which one won''t get bored. With this I canst for a year. My love for fish is real!

    The girls also liked it, but for some reason mostly mushrooms though. Even though the fish is so tasty?

    After finishing lunch I search for kobolds. Suddenly starting with high-leveled would be dangerous, so I guess Lv 5 to 10 should be fine?

    In a meeting, during lunch, I exined to them countermeasures for kobolds. They are fast and they bite.

    Now, these are Lv 6, 8, and 9, just what we need. Realbat. For starters, let''s see how everyone will fare. Let''s kobold.

    It was aplete disaster. Before they grasped the basics, they were already on the verge of being bitten and chewed.

    Confused by the kobolds'' speed, they then were thrown into further disorder by their cooperation and feints. Even though there are 20 of them, they are being surrounded. By three enemies. Let''s panic?

    The kobolds don''t even have 40 SpE. The girls are twice as fast, yet can''t keep up with them. Only the bitches are coping somewhat calmly, preventing them fromplete copse.

    Hmm, it should have been fine though?

    Kyaa, stop looking and, do, something They are going to bite us!

    Not there, here, here, ah, where?!

    No, nope, no way, no, no, no, not dogs, dogs are impossible!

    Oh my Ooh my?

    What with that weird confidence of thest person? Is she panicking? Is she jiggling? No, please stop ring at me and look at kobolds. Does she actually have that muchposure?

    It doesn''t really look like they won''t be able to manage even if I don''t do a thing. But if I don''t do anything, they are going to be angry at meter, so I will get rid of one.

 Chapter 13: Looks like there is no BL (2)

    Chapter 13: Looks like there is no BL (2)

    The kobold with cooperation is Lv 9 Kobold A, if I take it out, it should be easy from there. Perhaps even too easy. But let''s just do something, since they keep ring at me.

    I now had a skill Parallel Thinking. I guess I got it when I shot a barrage of fire bullets. Can''t be used right now. They surely will be angry if I just shoot a hail of bullets.

    What I also want to test is Magic of Four Elements, which went up two levels, and Movement. I had enough Lightning Magic practice with fish, so it''s fine.

    I didn''t use Movement at full power either today or yesterday. If I did it probably would''ve been the return of clumsy attribute. I don''t want to go Fugyauuhin front of the girls. Though I don''t want to do that alone as well.

    I''ll try to chase after Kobold A, how do you like the taste of being chased yourself??? Okay, I caught up. Catching up with it I poke it with a stick into the back. The kobold didn''t try to counterattack, and instead further raised its speed I also raised it, we still can keep going It raised the speed again, bing even faster. I did the same, and so we ran around the girls in circles. Can I turn a kobold into butter like this?[2. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Story_of_Little_ck_Sambo] Ah, I''d like to grill something with butter.

    Kobold B and C couldn''t keep up with the speed, and broke the cooperation, finally getting caught by the bitches I should look, the bitches have those eyes again Let''s pretend I didn''t see that.

    Suddenly, Kobold A stopped and thrust at me with its ws. Foolish, too foolish There is no way that I would stop.

    Going just like that, or rather, elerating even further, I dodged Kobold A''s ws and crashed into it. Tumbling onto the ground together. During the collision I struck it on the head with the staff?. Looks like it was a bad spot to be hit since it seems that it led to kobold A passing away. Kobolds B and C suffered a lot more, and then followed after it.

    Everyone dropped to the ground in exhaustion.

    No, didn''t I tell you that they are fast and they bite?

    Going back to square one, we hold a strategy meeting. For some reason, everyone is angry at me.

    We can''t suddenly take on something like that!

    How is telling us that they are fast supposed to help?

    They bite, the hell is that? What kind of advice is that?

    Why were you running around with kobolds?

    What do you think about all the information being  they bite and they are fast?

    Eh? A barrage of criticism? But kobolds are fast and they bite, what else is there to them?

    No, all that I heard from the geeks was that they are blue, tall, thin, and dog-faced. That''s it. Isn''t They are fast and they bitemuch better info?

    A huge uproar, I''m not even sure if this is a wild uproar or unrestrained arguing, truly, a pandemonium.

    Even if you want to raise levels, going upstream we might run into the boys, can you do it?

    Everyone went silent. Even geeks ran away, unable to deal with them.

    Of course, they can''t resolve themselves.

    Which means, I can''t allow them to go upstream.

    It''s not like all of the boys went insane, but there is no telling who is normal and who will attack them, and we also can''t afford to test them.

    Reaching the town without meeting them would be the best. They can''t pass through the depths of the forest. Even if they tried, it would require them to follow the river in front of the cave.

    Block that ce, and it''s almost guaranteed that neither the girls nor the geeks will ever meet them. Works fine as a temporary solution.

    I''m not sure if I can kill someone, but I might just get pissed off enough to identally club them. And I won''t regret it, I will let the boys regret it themselves.

    As a result For starters, only up to 2 kobolds, low level, if there are 3 of them or they are strong, immediate rescue. No ying tag with them.is what we agreed on.

    Continuing the kobold hunt after that, they got pretty familiar with it by evening, with one party being able to take down 2 kobolds with confidence. Their levels also seem to have risen quite a bit.

    Our way back was also used for practice. I didn''t warn them about kobolds and goblins, so the girls scouted for enemies, remained alert, and fought all on their own.

    They''ve gotten strong, my watch is over, they can fight well enough.

    Returning to the cave I create beds and simple furniture for the new rooms. Though they won''t be needed anymore soon enough, since I weed them into my home, I will treat them with hospitality until the end.

    On the riverbank, I got taught Ice Magic, well, though all I did was use packing magic again.

    Eating dinner, I made a bath, this concludes the day.

    Let''s erge the tent again. both single-person and 4-person sizes proved to be too small, surely, going for 8 person size will be too naive. Let''s go with a 12 person size. At this point, it is a dome.

    Taking a dip, I return to the tent. Well, with Detect Presence, I already knew that someone was inside, but?

    Kyaa! It''s so huge!

    Eh? Why does the size keep changing every time wee?

    If only we had such spacious tents

    Wee back, Haruka-kun. When I told everyone that your tent is so big they also decided toe.

    Come in,e in, we have mushroom tea.

    Mushroom tea? Just why do the girls like mushrooms so much? Do mushrooms contain some kind of addictive substance? Is this the beginning of a shady party? Okay, let''s observe it from afar. I don''t have the guts to go inside.

    I was grabbed the moment I tried to escape. No, I''m fine with just watching, okay? There is too much exposed skin inside.

    Eehm What is it?

    After action review meeting?

    But why in my tent?

    For some reason, I''m sitting right in the middle of a huge tent.

    In front is the president, going Even if you say SpE 40. As always, she is way too close.

    Beside her, wearing shorts and sitting cross-legged Vice President A is looking at me with a mild re.

    Beside her, sat Vice President B, jiggling while nodding. Mustn''t look there.

    On the right side rolling around were Vice President C and Nudist Girl. In skirts.

    What? I''m guilty no matter where I look! A trap! It''s a trap!

    On the left is Fish Girl and, who are the other two? Aah, now I remember, volleyball club''s noisy meathead girl A and B.

    The bitches settled behind me. Just why are they always behind me?

    Damn, I''m surrounded.

    In addition, mobile units are prowling around me.

    Just why do I have to go through such a thing, despite being a loner?

    So, I think someone has to stall them.

    President? Do you really need such a number for a review meeting? Those rolling on the floor 100% aren''t listening?

    And so, and then

    Just what is a loner?

    Day 13  Night, The Cave, Girls Assembly

    Project to detain Haruka-kun. Right now we are analyzing the information gathered during the reconnaissance in force that we just carried out.

    Yeah, he totally didn''t know where to look, so it''s not like he has no interest in girls. No BL here. Tch.

    His eyes often went to chest or thighs, so there was no doubt to begin with.

    But He,pletely, ignored Me?

    No, it''s not like he could afford to stare at you. As one might expect

    Coming here,ing to this world, all the time we spent here, all of the days We couldn''t even smile

    And finally. Everyone became able tough.

    Even today, though it wasplete chaos, in the end, everyone was smiling.

    Everyone can rx because Haruka-kun is with us.

    It''s not just because he is strong.

    It''s fine even if he is weak.

    As long as he is with us.

    With that alone, everyone will be able to smile.

    And so, everyone is desperately drafting up a n to detain him Or so I thought?

    Damn, no BL?!

    I think he is worried about that attack thing? Though wasn''t he pretty much always like that?

    Is he from the boob faction? Or thighs faction? N-no, don''t tell me, a hybrid?!

    Rather than saying that he isn''t getting involved with girls, it''s more like he isn''t getting involved with anyone? Eh? Would he even care if we leave him here?

    Ah

    Scheming on keeping Haruka-kun with us continued untilte at night. Yeah, no BL involved it seems.

    13th Day  Over?

 Chapter 14: No, its nothing, I didnt say anything.

    Chapter 14: No, it''s nothing, I didn''t say anything.

    Day 14  Inside the Cave

    Breakfast time. It''s fish, it''s a fish festival, a huge haul.

    I''m missing meat a little bit, but catching a rabbit with such a crowd isn''t possible. There also seem to be boars and deer, but I am yet to see one.

    Adding to the list of things I''m yet to see, orcs. They seem to be a big powered up version of goblins, and in addition, smarter.

    Well. Even if you say smarter than goblins, who isn''t? Even fish are smarter than goblins. I''m sure of it.

    But we have to try them. Both me and the girls.

    An unknown enemy is scary.

    Fighting an unfamiliar opponent is dangerous in itself.

    If it is an experience that we can gain, then we should do it in a safe environment.

    Even the girls, there is no guarantee that they will always stay together.

    If they be adventurers, they surely will start working separately. Right now we have the best conditions, this experience surely wouldn''t be meaningless.

    We move along the river, heading upstream. The boys might still be there. But the orcs are strong, and they also seem to have abandoned their previous camp. So the boys shouldn''t be wandering anywhere near.

    We should be getting close. Focusing, I use Farsight, Detect Presence, and Search, being on alert for the enemies. It''s a secret that I also used Appraisal to search for food.

    I''m being cautious not only for monsters but for humans as well.

    The wannabes wouldn''te to a dangerous area. The boys that attacked the girls, hardly worked on raising their levels, so they also wouldn''t show up here. They''ll just get beaten by the president, so what''s the point?

    The problem is the athletic musclebrains. They stink of sweat and are annoying to deal with. It''s a danger.

    In the first ce, the athletic musclebrains are way too quiet.

    Both in the geeks'' and the president''s stories they sound uncharacteristically calm. Usually, they immediately act without thinking. Rather than musclebrains, it''s more of spinal brains, acting on a reflex level.

    On top of that, they formed a group of nothing but fellow musclebrains? They followed the geeks and fought behind them? That''s obviously strange.

    They are idiots, so they would just jump in. Monsters, cliffs, it doesn''t matter, they will jump. And only then, they will think. Just a bit.

    That''s what was bothering me all this time. At the very least, there is no way they wouldn''te to the geeks'' help in that situation.

    It''s another world so it wouldn''t be that mysterious if they changed.

    Their lives are at stake. Usually, that would make you more careful.

    That''s to be expected since you can''t trust anything or anyone around.

    But they had none of that. There is no way such a thing can happen to them. Because they are idiots.

    I''m not sure who is smarter, orcs, or them. I never saw an orc before after all.

    But since orcs are supposed to be smarter than gobs, they also should be smarter than the idiots.

    The idiocy of athletic meatheads is going even beyond that of gobs. For their personality to change? For them to be careful? Doubt others? No way. Not happening. They can''t think about something soplex.

    There could be some reason. By some very unlikely chance, they could have something on their minds.

    But, it is also a fact that they didn''t help either the girls or the geeks. We should be wary of them.

    I found an orc. Looks like it''s the truth that they usually act alone. There are no monsters or idiots in the vicinity.

    As an experiment, I will go first. Please hide and watch?

    Having said that, I put the girls on standby, and go towards the orc. Watching a fight, they will see the movements and attack patterns of orcs. Using that information as a reference should makebat easier and would also allow us to n and strategize.

    Yes, thank you. Please, be careful.

    Make sure to watch? I don''t want you tointer?

    Telling them that in a whisper, I approach the orc, using Erase Presence and Stealth.

    As I heard, orcs are resistant to physical attacks and even with magic, they can barely be defeated with concentrated attacks.

    Appraisal.

    Orc A AGE  Lv

    HP  MP  ViT  PoW  SpE  DeX  MiN  InT  Lu

    Martial Arts: Blunt Weapons Lv 4Hard Hit Lv 4 Ramming Attack Lv 4Extraordinary Strength Lv 4Iron Skin Lv 2

    Skills: Insatiable Libido Lv 3

    Items:Wooden Club

    It''s strong. Even though its Vit and PoW is more than double that of goblins, it also has SpE and DeX.

    InT is 8, huh. Smarter than goblins, a lot smarter. Probably even smarter than the idiots.

    Well, we won''t get anywhere unless I try to attack. At the very least, its stats are a lot lower than mine. Though I''m losing in terms of level

    While still erasing my presence I jump at the orc at the highest speed I can and hit it with full force. Then hit again. And again. And while I''m at it, again HYAHAAAAaaAAA!

    Eh? It''s dead?

    I wonder, did I hit it too hard? Didn''t they saythat physical attacks don''t work Really I''m not to me here? Yup.

    Absolutely! Entirely! Completely! Useless! There wasn''t anything that could be used as a reference!! Suddenly knocking out the orc from behind and then beating it into a pulpWhat!? What was that? What are we supposed to take from that? No one can imitate that!!! The orc died without doing a thing!!!

    Though I did nothing wrong, I make it as if I''m actually sorry. Next time, let''s try magic. Then, there shouldn''t be a problem. It is an opponent that is supposed to be defeated with magic anyways.

    Next orc is Lv 12, the stats are about the same as the previous one.

    I sneak up behind it. The girls are watching from a distance. It''s that t gaze again Let''s not think about that.

    Previously, in order to deal with arge number of opponents, I suppressed the power of Fire Bullets, pushing with quantity. Then, shouldn''t it also be possible to make a single strong attack with it? Well, it''s an experiment, an experiment.

    Stealthily, so I don''t get detected, I create a single Fire Bullet. And load it with mana. Sharp, hard Go!!

    The moment I shot it, I immediately created another bullet. And another one, and another one, and another one, and another, andanotheroneanotheroneanotheranotheranothertherthertherrrrrrrrrr.

    Oh, it''s dead?

    Well? Didn''t they say that it''s hard to kill even with magic? That it''s really tough Dead, huh?

    Is it dead?

    Let''s hope I''ll jinx it.

    It is! It''s very dead! It stopped moving after the first shot, the second one blew its head off!!! What''s withIs it dead?if you smashed it to smithereens!!!

    Apparently, no further demonstrations required? Even though I did nothing wrong?

    I silently look for an orc. Please, show up faster? Behind me A scornful look from 40 eyes

    20 high school girls in the forest Seeking a meeting with an orc No, I didn''t say anything.

    Ah, found one. The much-desired orc.

    Now, everyone, go get him. Or something like that?

    Such good weather, there are even schoolgirls flying through the sky. Not with skills or in aerialbat They are getting thrown around. Yeah, just like in a manga.

    Shield-bearers are blown away one after another, spears and swords aren''t doing anything to it, and bows are absolutely useless. Using their only hope, magic, they are dealing some damage to it, but it has too much HP for them to kill it. The healing squad is running all over the ce.

    Since they are going to be angry if I don''t do anything, I use a Fire Bullet to blow off the club.

    Ah, crap. It''s now trying to grab the girls with its bare hands.

    It might be a problem I mean It has Insatiable Libido Lv 3.

    Charging in I sh off both of its arms. Well, I have to say thatStaffis cutting quite well?

    Even so, the orc is not going down.

    What''s left is just beat it to a pulp. I can leave that to the girls It''s not going down though. Is it yet? Is it now?

    Yeah, let''s make dinner. Yeah, that''s what I should do.

    The weather is good, and we are inside a forest. Yeah, such a day calls for BBQ! Though we only have fish and mushrooms, but it''s BBQ.

    Why is there such a nice smell when we are desperately trying to kill the orc? Why are you having a barbecue? Why do you have a table and chairs ready? And when did you have time to gather flowers to decorate everything?!

    Looks like they finally killed it. It took a while. Even though it was Lv 10?

    Err, I thought that everyone must be hungry by now? Look, the flowers are so pretty?

    Oh yeah, they are So?

    They are angry. Such injustice! I made dinner and was waiting for them Even though they are eating it with a great appetite!?

    It was decided that we will use gobs and kobolds to level up on the way back, and tomorrow, have revenge on the orcs.

    We need a powerful attack.

    If only I could cut off its arms.

    We need magic missiles! They are strong!

    Anyway, is there a clean way to kill it?

    A review meeting was going on for the entire return trip. Good grief, even though I showed them an example two times No, it''s nothing, I didn''t say anything.

    Maneuvering with such a crowd is impossible.

    How about running around while shooting magic?

    No, there is nothing we can do if we can''t cut it

    No hand-to-handbat! It has Insatiable Libido!

    Looks like they can''t decide on a strategy. It''s at such times when one should return to the basics. Yes, beating to death! Ah, no, it''s nothing.

    And so we kept assaulting gobs and kobolds until the evening, raising levels.

    Extermination carried out through 4 teams of 5 people.

    It can''t be called a battle, it''s just a one-sided massacre Ah, no, I didn''t say anything.

    My mouth turned into X shape, just like that of a certain rabbit.[1. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Miffy] I want to eat a rabbit, where are all deer and boars?

    Day 14  Night, The Cave, Girls Assembly

    If Haruka-kun can''t get stronger, then we should. We should just be stronger, and protect him ourselves.

    Was supposed to be the theme of this gathering, but Eh?

    What the hell is that? Why?

    Berserking Assassin? What was his job? What is a jobless?

    And that is without cheats What is even a cheat? Are they really needed?

    I mean, levels are absolute in this world Then, what, the, hell, is, that?

    I''m a sword saint and have Peak of Swordsmanship, but I can''t cut that Howe he can sh it with a stick?

    I also have Max Lv in Magic of Four Elements, but I can''t do that. Blowing off a head? How?

    But we need some kind of a technique to kill them Eh, beat to a pulp?

    Protecting him together? We won''t be able to even take him on? That thing? What is the point of protecting that?

    Eeh? Isn''t it fine to leave him alone?

    No, we shouldn''t abandon him, but what on earthwas that?

    Day 14  Night, in front of the cave, the tent

    The size of the tent? Enough to fit 20 people! Or rather, there are only 20 people! This time it should be okay! This time for sure! And after all these preparations nobody came. Ah, well, I''m a loner after all.

    At longst, I can rx Ah, status.

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human AGE  Lv  Job

    HP  UP MP  UP ViT  UP PoW  UP SpE  UP DeX  UP MiN  UP InT  UP LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP

    Martial Arts:Cane Arts Lv 6Avoidance Lv 5(Up)Premonition Lv 4(Up)Mana Wrapping Lv 5(Up)

    Magic:Temperature Lv 4Movement Lv 6Weight Lv 4Packing Lv 5Magic of Four Elements Lv 4(Up)Wood Magic Lv 3(Up) Lightning Magic Lv 2(Up) Ice Magic Lv 1(New)

    Skills:Health Lv 3(Up)Sensitive Body Lv 3Gymnastics Lv 4Walking Lv 6Command Lv 3Appraisal Lv 4Farsight Lv 4(Up)Detect Presence Lv 5(Up)Search Lv 5(Up)Mana Control Lv 5Erase Presence Lv 4(Up)Stealth Lv 4(Up)Concealment Lv 3(Up)Map Lv 4(Up)Concentration Lv 5(Up) Physical Resistance Lv 3(Up)MP Recovery Lv 4(Up)HP Recovery Lv 3(Up) Parallel Thinking Lv 2(Up)Serial Thinking Lv 1(New)

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv 4NEET Lv 3Loner Lv 4Mage Lv 5

    Unknown:Communication Lv 2(Up)Jack of All Trades Lv 3Muppet Lv 3 (Up)

    Items:Staff?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?Contacts?Soul RingItem BagBracelet PoW1% SpE +1% (New)

    Yeah, without realizing, I''ve gotten pretty good at being sneaky. Just what am I trying to be? A stalker? Of orcs?

    What is Serial Thinking? Ahhh, it must be from shooting the same spell repeatedly. Though I used the same Fire Bullet with kobolds, I also changed targets and angles constantly, so it was parallel thinking. Well, I also have Mana Control, let''s hope that it can give me an upper hand in case of something.

    Tch, Muppet leveled up. It''s all because the girls are bullying me. Are they calling me useless behind my back?

    14th Day  Over.

 Chapter 15: Schoolgirls cannot understand wabi-sabi after all.

    Chapter 15: Schoolgirls cannot understand wabi-sabi after all.

    Day 15  In front of the cave, the tent.

    Now, today it''s orcs again. Looks like this time they are going to take revenge on them.

    Yesterday, the girls held a meeting aftering back and were going pretty hard at it, even having some practice battles.

    They will be able to set off for a town when this is over, so naturally, they must be pretty motivated.

    The fastest enemies in the forest, kobolds, are no longer opponents for them, and gobs can be handled even if there is a pack of them. This leaves only orcs The strongest monsters of this forest.

    Reaching a town they should be able to get better weapons, and maybe even learn new fighting techniques. And unlike me, their levels keep rapidly growing.

    If they were able to beat orcs, there will be nothing that they can learn in this forest.

    So I guess today is the day.

    Well, though I''m now supposed to escort them until a town. I also want to see it, and there is also no telling what can be encountered on the way there.

    Monsters are one thing, but I don''t know if the president and the others can fight bandits, human opponents.

    There also could be unknown monsters.

    I wonder if the geeks are in a town? The bitches lived only to meet them.

    But It''s the geeks we are talking about. Wouldn''t they get kicked out of the town for one reason or another?

    Since no one ising to call me for breakfast, let''s do some light practice.

    Holding the staff, I swing it while walking, I walk while swinging it.

    I shouldn''t stop.

    My power is low.

    And I can''t take a hit.

    So, faster.

    More attacks.

    More technique.

    Extend the staff.

    Holding it in the middle with both hands, I thrust with both ends, then sweep.

    Shifting my grip to the very end, I swing the staff.

    Changing the grip again, poke.

    Never stop walking.

    I swing the staff, using momentum from the steps.

    Poke when I step to the side.

    I''ll get killed if I stop.

    Stop, and I won''t have the power to deal enough damage.

    Stop, and I''ll get surrounded and killed.

    Faster.

    Quicker.

    Don''t stop.

    Woooooah, ***p, p, p***.

    Looks like I was being watched? I guess I was a bit too focused Phew, I''m d that I didn''t take any poses I didnt, right?

    Haruka-kun, did you learn some kind of martial arts?

    Apparently, they saw martial arts in it. Is it because it looks simr to Shaolin monks and Sayuki when I extend the staff?[1. TL Note: Think of Wu Kong, https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Journey_to_the_West]

    No, I didn''t learn anything. Self-taught style?

    Really? It looked pretty good.

    At times I thought of cool moves and practiced them in front of a mirror, but that is a secret. Naturally, signature poses are also a secret. For real!

    Breakfast? What is for breakfast?

    Obviously, fish.

    Today is a good day as well. The fish is delicious.

    We move through the forest, hunting gobs and kobolds. Once again, I got a great haul of mushrooms.

    I think these mushrooms are a feed for monsters, but since someone is annihting them, a lot of mushrooms are left lying around.

    I see. So that''s why there are so many monsters, and because there are HP and MP recovering mushrooms around the cave, monsters in that area are also stronger. Sounds reasonable.

    Since there are many mushrooms, there are also lots of monsters, and since there are lots of monsters, there are only a few animals? This calls for a massacre. I want to eat meat.

    Speaking about this and that we continued the hunt, proceeding deeper into the forest.

    Everyone is already over 30. It seems that the vicinity of the cave is good for leveling up. Though I''m living here, and still somehow can''t raise my level.

    The orc that we finally found was level 16, a bit too strong perhaps?

    Okay, can I have the first one?

    Yeeah, Be Careful?

    For some reason, she had a questioning tone.

    I casually walk up to the orc. No surprise attacks or violent beating.

    Using the right end of the extended staff I knock the clubing at me from above to the right and rotate the staff and attack with the left end.

    Then, turning around, I use the centrifugal force to sweep at the orc''s feet.

    It doesn''t fall, but it''s still staggered. After gathering its attention on the lower half, I thrust at the eyes, when it defended with the club, I sh at the legs With the flurry of blows I aimed at top, down, right, and left and forced it on defensive.

    Stopping the orc, I move around and poke it into the hand that held the club.

    Continuously moving I keep repeating that, just sticking to an offense.

    Aiming at the eyes, the legs, and the weapon. I just keep attacking, forcing the orc to defend.

    The president and others were worried about theirck of means to deliver a decisive blow, but in that case, they should weaken the enemy by attacking its weak points.

    I just have to shut down the orc''s options with each strike.

    When the opponent doesn''t attack, I just focus on crushing it.

    Throwing fire in the orc''s face, and as it faltered, I used the opportunity to strike.

    The orc lost its eyes, the club, could hardly use its arms, and was dragging its legs on the ground.

    I will leave thest hit to you. How about using this chance to test some big attacks?

    Thank you, Haruka-kun. Today it was actually educational.

    Having said that, they dashed to surround the orc. Yeah, it is a very confidential secret that I just switched with them because I got bored.

    But today, huh. You know, what happened yesterday wasn''t my fault?

    No, I mean, it was all because of the information the geeks gave me And the president as well And while I was grumbling

    Back offHeeya!~Chance!Aaah!

    The mages squad used a big attack. Charging magic as much as they can, and then releasing it all at once. Overkill.

    Good job.

    I offer juice to everyone, as expected of girls, they react quickly to it. Their response is very different when ites to sweets Eh, did one of them just use shukuchi[3. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shukuchi] for this?

    The second orc is level 10, just fine. A reasonable value.

    The girls are fighting on their own, surrounding it, but there doesn''t seem to be any problem.

    They have proper coordination among themselves, and unlike yesterday, they properly understand their roles. A good joint offense, with everyone working together without showing off.

    Magic and arrows are targeting its eyes, and when the orc tries to protect them, it gets repeatedly stabbed into the legs.

    And were it to try and swing the club to protect the legs, it would lose the eyes. Meanwhile, its arms are getting torn to shreds.

    They won There are no cheers yet, but they won.

    Then, let''s have lunch! Okay, yesterday, I made BBQ and got scolded. So today, I''ll set for salty broth with fish and mushrooms.

    Yesterday, I also got scolded after putting up flowers for decorations. But I won''t make the same mistake as schoolboys. Unlike the geeks, I''m a man that can read the mood.

    Yes, what''s needed here is not gaudiness. For Japanese, it has to be wabi-sabi![3. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wabi-sabi]

    Gathering dried wood I smoke it out, then, washing it cleanly, I dry it with Temperature Magic.

    Making bowls and tes by scraping off a trunk, and using thin branches to make chopsticks, after straightening them with packing magic.

    Make a table and chairs out of a log.

    Looks like it''s done The dead wood, giving off a feel of driftwood, while appearing frugal, it also carries a spirit of hospitality in its arrangement.

    Wee back, the meal is ready.

    I prepare water so they can wash their hands.

    We are back Why is it that every time we fight there is a nice smell!!

    Are they angry again? So school girls cannot understand the spirit of wabi-sabi after all, heeey, call the chef!! Oh, wait, that is me?!

    Why are they getting angry at me every day?

    Is that the effect of Muppet after all?

    Despite them being angry, they are still asking for additional servings. At this rate, I will soon get Bulliedamong my titles.

    Defeating orcs of Lv 8 and then Lv 11, thest orc of today is Lv 13, a big one. Insatiable Libido is also Lv 5.

    Hey His eyes look kinda pervy?

    This He is aiming for girls with big breasts?

    Kyaaa Eh, it isn''ting my way! What is the meaning of this!!!

    Fufufufu He ignored me, I''ll definitely kill him

    Eeeh~, why~, why is iting only my waay~ Eeeh~?

    Heeeh, is that, so? Must be rough!

    Kuh, traitor!

    Fufufufufu, I''m really going to kill him

    Why Am I getting Totally ignored?

    Damn it, the party is falling out.

    The orc finally crumbled down. It seems that the girls'' friendship also crumbled.

    I don''t think it even has to be mentioned, that the main culprit of that destruction is Vice President B.

    It''s pretty dark already, let''s hurry home It''s also kind of scary?

    Goddamn it, a certain person from earlier and this orc as well, if you like huge tits so much, just teleport to the boobs!

    Ignored Completely? Even by an orc t out

    Hm?~ Why am I getting ignored?~ Hmm?~

    Oh, really, that must be rough!

    Looks like women''s friendship is fragile. But given the choice between a forest in the middle of nowhere and boobs, I also would like to be teleported to thetter. Like, actually! Please!

    After dinner, while taking baths in turns, we hold a conference. 20 Girls Assembly + Loner.

    Ehm, the next morning we are going downstream, and if by afternoon we are still in the forest, return here Correct?

    Yes, there is no telling if we will be able to immediately find a town, so if during that half of the day we manage to find a town or a road, we head there, I guess?

    In that case we should go out fully equipped. Gather your baggage, I will put it into the item bag.

    Okay.

    Well, tossing all 20 girls into the magical tent of Viger A-san, and me spending the night in a sleeping bag, should do for camping.

    We also made plenty of dried fish. And enough mushrooms. Even if 21 people get stranded, these mushrooms canst a long while. At this point, the mushrooms are beginning to push the max capacity of the item bag.

    Leaving this ce for several days, I feel like by the time Ie back it will be all covered in shrooms And gobs.

    Day 15  Nighttime, in front of the cave, the tent.

    Getting outside during the night, I head to the forest.

    They''ll probably call the cops on me if I stroll into the cave during the night.

    Heya, long time no see?

    Haruka, if you noticed me, then just stop already. It''s pitch dark. You know how scary it''s going to be on the way back?

    So, why were you following without showing yourself? Are you an idiot? Ah, yeah, you are. Yup.

    Yup my ass. Why are you so confident that I''m an idiot!

    Aaah, how noisy, annoying, even the voice itself reeks of sweat.

    YouFollowing the schoolgirls from the forest, and then appearing in the middle of the night, there is a limit to how suspicious one can get? Were they to hold a dumbasspetition, you would surely get into the finals, you know?

    It''s not like I was following the girls! I was following you.

    What? Are you gay?

    I''m not! And don''t say gay, at least say BL I''m not though!!

    Aah, loud, annoying, tiring even to look at.

    Okay, so why won''t you show yourself in front of the girls?

    Because I can''t trust them.

    You are saying that after abandoning geeks? After ignoring the attack on the girls? Just who is the one that cannot be trusted here?

    You are right. But even so, we just couldn''t bring ourselves to trust them. We can''t believe them.

    They seem to have a lot of thoughts going on. Despite being idiots. It''s probably something dumb anyway. Worse than not thinking at all.

    And what is the idiotic reason that made a dumbass, such as yourself, doubt them? Or rather, you are an idiot?

    Dumbass, you say You heard about the incident with Puppetry and Charm that the trash got?

    I did. I also met the geeks during their escape.

    After that, wepletely lost trust for anyone.

    I don''t get it, why are you doubting the geeks and the girls instead of the trash?

    You know why.

    Aaah, let me think for a bit. I know that it is pointless, but I''m trying. If you could think and understand it, then even goblins can. You know, just go and ask goblins for advice. Wouldn''t you get along nicely? As fellow idiots?

    Harsh, just as usual, which pisses me off even more!

    Surprisingly, the brain of one of the athletic boys had a shred of intelligence to it.

    Plunder, correct?

    Yeah Why are people smart enough to make a huge ruckus about Charm and Puppetry not saying a thing about Plunder, which even we can tell is dangerous as heck? Even worse, they even told everyone that they should hide their skills, teaching Concealment to everyone! That is obviously weird!

    What an idiot, understanding all that, doubting every shadow And what would you do if I had it? What''s the point of hiding until now?

    If you have it then it''s fine. Others also wouldn''t object, or rather, you are the one who had it?

    I don''t, but I have Command. Actually, isn''t this one more dangerous for you guys?

    Yup, taming is more fitting for those guys than Puppetry. They are clearly of the same monster family as goblins, geeks, and bitches.

    Why For some reason, I actually feel that this one is more dangerous?! Why?

    Looks like his instincts are signaling about the danger. Looks like he is of the same kind and the same level as goblins after all.

    Well, anyway, be it Plunder, or Puppetry, or Charm, or Or even Command, if you have it, then it''s fine. We will meet up with them and apologize. But We can''t trust others.

    As it looked like the talk was going to take a while, I took him to the tent, and gave him food.

    He is eating a lot. Well, it''s only mushrooms, so it''s fine.

    I have no idea why you have so much trust in me, but since I''m trusted, I''ll say this. It''s fine.

    Okay, got it.

    Eh, that is enough for you? You aren''t going to ask for a reason or exnations?

    Nope, I probably won''t get it anyway? Since you are saying that it is fine, then it is going to be okay? Probably?

    It''s going to be okay, he seems to have no idea what exactly, but it seems to him like it is going to be okay. Looks like his head is not okay.

    Is it because I gave him food? It kind of feels like taming might actually work I''m not going to do it though. I mean, they are noisy, unpleasant to see, and their very existence is annoying.

    Thank you for the meal. Phew, then, I''ll go back and tell everyone that it''s fine. Please apologize to Oda, the president, and the others for us. We wille to apologizeter.

    He left. Is this fine? Really?

    I stuffed his bag to the brim with mushrooms, so it should be enough for a bribe. The persuasion should go fine, abo feeding. I''m not going to tame them though!

    15th Day  Over.

 Chapter 16: Reaching understanding through talking is a silly pipedream.

    Chapter 16: Reaching understanding through talking is a silly pipedream.

    Day 16  In front of the cave.

    We take an early breakfast, check the baggage, lock the doors.

    Using Earth Magic I create a boulder for that.

    Will a mountain kinge out if we hold a party outside?[1. TL Note: I''m at a loss as to what this reference is. It could be a popr trope of "King in the Mountain" or to Le Comte de Monte-Cristo, who by some bizarre turn of events was officially dubbed so in Japanese.] If a pretty goddess shows up let''s lock her up, let''s be shut-ins together![2. TL Note: Amaterasu, Japanese goddess of the Sun, decided to seclude herself in a cave. Only partying moderately hard in front of her cave was able to lure her outside.]

    Then, well? Onwards downstream? Onwards to a town? Onwards to hunt geeks?

    Why! Do! You! Insist! On hunting Oda-kun and the others! So much?! Just why!

    And with this and that we march through the forest.

    For some reason, there are no monsters near the river. Are they going to die if sshed with water? Or do they have rabies? Crap, I got bitten by kobolds earlier.

    Haruka-kun, do you have a moment?

    Mm, while we are at it, how about going ahead with the two of us?

    Once again, we are going to be responsible for interception and scouting. Today I''m not impaling anyone, so no one should get upset.

    Listen.

    Is it about the athletic meatheads?

    Y-yes. Meatheads You met them, right?

    Yeah, forgot to tell you. They asked to apologize to you and others for them.

    Eh? Err Well Sorry.

    The president lowered her head with great momentum. A bit closer and she would''ve knocked me down with a headbutt.

    I wanted to tell you But couldn''t

    Aaah? It''s okay, I knew anyway.

    She looks surprised? Eh? Wouldn''t you notice that, normally? Why?

    S-s-since when? Ho-ho-how did you learn about that?

    No, wouldn''t you normally notice? Ah, but the meatheads and goblins are idiots, so it seems they didn''t realize though? Kind of?

    Well, I didn''t ask goblins, but they probably don''t realize as well. Or perhaps goblins are smarter than the idiots, and just don''t know because no one told them anything? Well, I never talked to them though.

    Or rather, was it supposed to be a secret?

    You should''ve told me that it is a secret in advance! If you are going to be so troubled it will trouble me as well. I didn''t know that it was a secret? No, I didn''t tell anyone though?

    No, why do you know about that? The geeks wouldn''t have told anyone and they also said that I shouldn''t tell anyone as well!

    Plunderis an ability that allows one to steal skills from others. It''s probably the most powerful, viinous, and menacing ability. Having it makes it the greatest cheat, but to others, it''s the greatest threat. Stay near such a person, and the lifeline of this world, your skills, might disappear without your knowledge. Try to touch such a person, and you might get robbed. And the thief would be even stronger, even more dangerous.

    But that''s still cute. Aside from stealing and copying, Plunder actually has another approach, which is taking skills after killing. This might be the mostmon way to trigger it. And the most dangerous.

    So getting your skills targeted would mean death. It''s not about precautions anymore. The skill is dangerous enough that it leads to deathmatches, since one might consider killing the other person before they get killed to be the only way out.

    No one would approach a person that is known to have Plunder. And wouldn''t allow them to approach as well, quite contrary, no one would be able to rx unless they kill the person with such a dangerous skill. Thus, it''s taboo. You can''t tell anyone about it and others learning about it might mean death, A forbidden skill Plunder.

    And If you knew Then why? Why did you help me? Aren''t you scared? I wouldn''t even be able toin if you told me not to get near you? Even if I were abandoned, or hated? After all I have the ability to steal the skills of other people

    No, why would I be scared of that? Were the geeks scared? They weren''t, right? Then why would you think that I would be?

    But, there is no telling when your skills will get stolen

    As I said, I have no problem with that, okay?

    Eh? But Plunder I have it

    Okay, do you want something? Do you need any of my skills?

    Aah! AAaaAa I''m sorry.

    Who would even wantLoner, orNEET, orHikikomori, orMuppet, orJack of All Trades, orReportInformConsult[3. TL Note: Changed from Communication. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ho-Ren-So]? I''d be happy to give them away? Is there skillDistributionsomewhere?

    Yeah, I''m not scared of Plunderat all. Quite the contrary, the stealer would be the one concerned. Good grief, what a troublesome skill, Plunder. Yeeah.

    Errr, I''m sorry, somehow But But you know The others, the other people

    As, I, said. The geeks weren''t afraid, right? Do you get it?

    I don''t get what the problem is, and I also don''t get what she is worrying about, but she seems to be worried about something? Is there some kind of problem with the interpretation of other world''snguages? We are talking in Japanese though?

    Eeehm, do I get What?

    It means that everyone felt at ease since you had that skill.

    Eh?!

    Everyone was paranoid about who had Charm and Puppetry, but ultimately were able to rx only after sealing them. But no one tried to seal Plunder, right?

    Eh?

    If those meatheads, that stand on the peak of stupidity, managed to notice that, there is no way the others did not. Since everyone is thinking that the matter is as good as solved, then doesn''t that mean there is no problem? Since the geeks and I didn''t say anything, everyone thoughtAh, it''s the president.. What is the problem here?

    First of all, I knew that the geeks didn''t have it. They were on the brink of death after getting surrounded by goblins, which means they had no Detect Presence. Detect Presence can be stolen from from kobolds, so if they had Plunder, there is no way they wouldn''t do it. Which means that they don''t have Plunder.

    There is no way that the geeks, being so knowledgeable about the skills, wouldn''t be wary about Plunder. They would search for it before anything else, and would warn others. But they didn''t say or do anything.

    Then this is what it means. They were cool with it, seeing it as safe. If they, who went through a lot of unjust treatment both at school and in this world, put their trust there, then it''s certainly okay.

    This reassuring seal of quality isn''t something cheap like certified by JIS or ISO, no, it''s OTA seal. There is no harsher inspection standard than that. [4. TL Note: JSI  Japanese Industrial Standards, are the standards used for industrial activities in Japan, coordinated by the Japanese Industrial Standards Committee. ISO  International Organization for Standardization. OTA, short for Otaku  geek.]

    Aren''t you crying a lottely?

    That''s all your fault, Haruka-kun, definitely.

    That is a false usation! I didn''t do it!

    Mmmm, you did though. Thank you

    Eh? Are we talking about the same thing? Is she thanking me for making her cry? Or rather, what did I do? At the very least, it''s surely not something lewd. If I could do such a thing I would have had Hero among my titles already. I''m not bragging, but I don''t have such guts. Not to even mention, there are 20 enemies I will lose before the battle even starts! Could it be that there is Sun Tzu[5. TL Note: For to win one hundred victories in one hundred battles is not the acme of skill. To subdue the enemy without fighting is the acme of skill (c) Sun Tzu, 6th century BC.] among my ssmates?

    The good fighters first put themselves beyond the possibility of defeat, and then wait for an opportunity of defeating the enemy.was it? Eh? So I already lost after all?

    But how you managed to persuade them without telling anything?

    Hm? Ah, you mean the idiots? I just said that it''s fine, they replied Okay, and went back. They are idiots after all.

    What exactly is fine here?!

    No, even if I exined it to them? They are idiots anyway.

    And why did they just ept this?! They are treated like fools! And you are being very mean to them! Not like you don''t know it anyway!

    Looks like the president was freaking out too hard to realize.

    You call say that its mean, but earlier you said The geeks wouldn''t tell anyonesaying geeks yourself.

    Really? Sorry, Oda-kun, looks like I got brainwashed without realizing?

    Brainwashed? Please don''t put the me on me. Death game would''ve started if I had such a skill. Seriously.

    My Plunder Triggers on killing the target So I absolutely shouldn''t tell anyone Is whatO, da, kun, said!

    I see, So you took it That thing, from goblins and orcs?

    Yes, actually, the president, has High Sexual Vigorand Insatiable Libido.

    KYAAAAAAaAAaAaaAAAAAAAaAAAAAAAAAAAAAAaaaaaaaaaAAA! NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!

    The president''s deafening wail resounds through the woods of another world. Did she break?

    The girls dashed to us from behind and were very mad. Really mad. Even though I didn''t do anything? Even though I didn''t get the title of Hero? It''s true?

    Time for lunch, it''s BBQ from fish and mushrooms once again! Putting fish and mushrooms on skewers I fry them.

    The president is giving me a t gaze.

    As the skewers are getting grilled, I turn them to the other side.

    The president is staring at me with a t gaze.

    Since they got grilled from both sides, I put them on tes and sprinkle them with salt.

    The president is staring at me with a t gaze.

    I quietly put a te in front of the president.

    The president is staring at me with a t gaze.

    What''s this? She looks over expectantly, hoping to be friends[6. TL Note: Dragon Quest reference, you''d get such a message when a monster is willing to join you.] That doesn''t seem to be the case here.

    President,e back. Time for a meal and a meeting?

    The president is staring at me with a t gaze.

    Looks like I have to say something nice here.

    Eeehm, President. Are you okay? You didn''t get Slutin your titles yet? GOUGH! (thud)

    Looks like the president knows how to use Shukuchi As expected of a cheater. (pass out)

    Now, what should we do? Putting the matter with the president aside, it doesn''t seem like we can get out of the forest yet. In two or three hours we should run out of time.

    Using Farsight, I still see nothing but the forest. Were we to get to grasnds we might be able to spot a town or a road though? What a bind.

    Uncertain, I nce at the president, who is staring at me with a t gaze.

    Even though we were able to reach an understanding after having that passionate talk aboutPlunder, when ites to High Sexual Vigorand Insatiable Libido, she uses violence to shut down any discussion.

    So reaching an understanding through talking is but a silly pipedream after all. That attack after Shukuchi! Can''t she defeat an orc by herself? Well, she defeated me after all.

    Vice A, should we go a bit further?

    Who is Vice A? And I''m not A!

    Then, Vice B, what should we do?

    Eh? I''m Vice B? But I''m not B?

    Yes, indeed, that is far from B The president is looking at me with the eyes of a killer I-I''m not looking I''m not looking at anything?

    We kept going for another hour but still couldn''t see the end of the forest. I guess we are going to camp in the woods.

    In the end, it seems that getting out of the woods would take at least a whole day. There isn''t much difference in repeating this tomorrow or camping here.

    That''s right, let''s vote. Democracy! The rule of the people! Since we can''t have a discussion, that''s the only option left.

    The reason why we can''t have a discussion is because the president is staring at me with that t gaze. Before we have democracy, can I have some human rights? Even the basic stuff will do.

    The result was that the majority were for returning to the cave. Let''s return home.

    There is an option of going back the way we came and going through the forest, leveling up, but it''s going to get dark by the time we get back. There is no point to this if it will affect tomorrow''s schedule, so let''s hurry home.

    After all, camping is being prepared for it and camping just because it turned out that way is very different mentally. That person staring at me must be of the same opinion.

    I pry open the entrance that I sealed with the boulder. Okay, looks like there is no one there.

    What should we have for dinner? Since I have a chance to make it at home, let''s go with herb-wrapped fried fish.

    And make a bath as well, we might not be able to take a bath from tomorrow on.

    Looking at Map, I see that though we followed the river, we made a huge turn to the right. It might be better to take a shortcut, but entering the forest we might waste time on fighting monsters.

    It''s a problem that we can''t discuss it, not being able to hold an assembly is a problem, being too scared to hold one is a problem, the problem is that the president is a problem.

    It''s always ufortable here, but today it''s extremely awkward.

    I escape, scramming back to the tent, then take a walk into the forest. There are no idiots today, but gobs didn''t go anywhere. I''m tired, both physically and mentally. So since I''m scared, let''s do some goblin rush.Thud!

    Since my stress and a huge number of goblins died in a gob rush, I guess I''ll go back to the tent?

    This presence? It''s not idiots It''s Stare?

    Uuh, my name changed from president to Stare Sorry about today I was just too embarrassed So?

    The president, revised to Stare-san, lowered her head. It''s unfair, how can I not forgive her after this. I mean, look at that chest!

    Err, well, do your best?

    I tried to cheer her up.

    That sounded like you couldn''t care less, are you angry?

    It''s just a joke though? Are you done discussing ns for tomorrow?

    Yes, for now, we want to keep going for 3 days.

    Well, I also do have to find the geeks.

    The ge Oda-kun and the others?

    As expected of the president. She managed to hold back at the veryst moment.

    Yeah, I have to shove the bitches onto them.

    They recovered quite a bit, but a certain strain still can be felt. It probably won''t go away until they meet the geeks. For the bitches the matter is not settled yet.

    During battles they are recklessly getting in the front, trying to shield others, always risking their lives. Even though everyone has forgiven, and acknowledged them asrades already.

    Even so, they couldn''t forgive themselves. They became stronger, but this is still dangerous.

    I have to get them to meet the geeks. No matter what the result may be, if they won''t ept anything else, then I''ll do just that. No matter if they will be forgiven or not, nothing will happen unless we get there.

    Yes, you are right. Ah, and don''t shove them onto geeks! We also want to apologize together with Shimazaki-san and others. And I wanted to thank them.

    Who is Shimazaki? A new character? Aftering this far? Who could it be? A person from a town? Ah, I''m getting stared at again. She is Stare-san after all.

    16th Day  Over.

 Chapter 21: Grading system being useless seems to be a historical mystery

    Chapter 21: Grading system being useless seems to be a historical mystery

    Day 19  Just before noon, Omui Guild

    No one is trying to pick on me. No one meets eyes with me. No one is looking my way. And the path opens by itself.

    Well, it''s nice, quite convenient.

    For starters, I go to the reception counter. There

    Sorry. This is all the money we have. We will absolutely pay you the restter, so please, let us off with this for today Please.

    Please.

    No, I''m not a robber, okay? I''m not an adventurer as well though. And I''m jobless and homeless, or can I put a cave as my home address? Crap, I''m a suspicious person!

    Haruka-kun, sorry, about the purchase of the magic stones. There are too many of them, so we are still not done processing them. And as for the share that we already appraised, we don''t have enough funds at the guild. Sorry, will you ept payment in installments?

    Please.

    Whoa, what is going on? Well, for starters, it seems like I wasn''t mistaken for a robber. But they still could be thinking that I''m a suspicious person. That''s what I''d do.

    Normally, we would return the magic stones that we cannot purchase But you are not an adventurer, so normally, we can''t even purchase magic stones from you. But, we also can''t allow this volume go past us, it would be really regrettable

    ording to the Guild Master, the guild takes 10 percentmission from purchased magic stones. It seems to be the rule set by the main branch.

    That money is supposed to be used for the sake of the guild and adventurers, so adventurers are prohibited from selling magic stones elsewhere under the threat of expulsion.

    But I''m not an adventurer. I have no rtion to the guild.

    It seems that they felt a bit of guilt, taking the 10 percent while talking about gratitude and a special case, despite me not being an adventurer.

    Since I''m not one, I can just sell the stones to a store, and they would have no grounds toin. Since merchants would try to strike a hard bargain anyway, I decided to take their kind offer, but the volume was too much for them. But at the same time, if they were sold for cheap elsewhere it would drop the market price, so it''s the problem rted to the guild itself.

    Naturally, we understand that we are in no position to order or ask for favors But please.

    They seem to be quite concerned, but I don''t actually mind. They are so reserved that the conversation goes nowhere.

    But, a single word from thedy with panda eyes at the reception desk solved everything. Almost a whisper.

    If we can process this, we will get a bonus I will be able to buy a new dress

    I don''t mind? It looks like you made them work overnight, so make sure you give them a bonus? I guess?

    I don''t care, and they have no bookstores. Even if I have money, there are no bookstores.

    Even if I couldn''t be an adventurer, the president and others registered, and there are probably acquaintances? Of ours at the guild, so you are going to support 24 people, that I know. So don''t worry about it. Really.

    Thedies at the reception cheered while the atmosphere of relief swept over the ce. Ah, they got scolded. Yeah, I get that feeling, I''m also always getting scolded

    For now, I received 8,000,000 ere, are they idiots? Of course, they will run out of cash. Try to bargain a bit.

    8 million? Most of the magic stones should''ve been F grade though? It''s the lowest grade, right?

    The receptionistdy, who was getting scolded, stepped forward and began exining with a self-satisfied look. She escaped the sermon

    Ah, about that, legendary S ss and Cmity A ss cannot be defeated. The only option is to run away. B can be defeated if a whole country gets to it Probably? C might be taken down with a full force of a guild. D is going to be a close battle for a full party of first-rate adventurers. E can be somehow taken down by a top-ss adventurer. Everything other than that is F ss. Just F. Only F. If there was D grade, the King would''vee to award you with a medal.

    Boy, it''s totally useless. There is no point to such a ranking system.

    Makes sense that there is nothing but F grade stones. There is no way to understand their value like this.

    F is split into subranks from 1 to 10, and with slight variations for other grades, there is a total of 30 subranks.

    Why did you stop at F? Why wouldn''t you go all the way to Z? It''s super hard to understand!

    That is a historical mystery. The most valued stone this time was F10+, it''s my first time seeing it. Most others are F8  5. To tell the truth, F10+ alone is worth more than 10000000, enough to make the guild go bankrupt.

    Which reminds me, this receptionistdy is the one that was crying at the purchase counter. She was giving me re at the end. Is she an appraiser? She is quite knowledgeable.

    Are you sure about this? It''s a very sweet deal, but there are no advantages in it for you, Haruka-kun. To be honest, we can''t even bring ourselves to ask for this

    It''s fine, I was nning to sell magic stones to the guild through the president and others anyway. I''m also was nning to stealthily collect information through them.

    Could you please not say this in front of the guild manager and every guild employee You aren''t being stealthy at all? That''s what we would''ve preferred You know, without getting noticed by everyone

    As a result, we agreed that the guild will pay in long term installments. If it''s long term, then I can threaten them with selling the stones elsewhere or demanding the whole sum when they try to obstruct the president and others. So they probably are going to be more cooperative towards them, and with the guild, where all the information gathers, being on our side, it also increases our safety.

    Then, let''s go shopping? If you know any good stores around do tell me.

    We secured funds. And a lot more than I expected.

    I also asked about the location of the stores, so let''s go?

    Haruka-kun Do you have a moment?

    The president appeared the very moment I became a rich man?

    Coercion? Extortion? Shakedown? Or maybepanda?

    Forget about pandas already! And it''s not coercion, extortion, or a shakedown. Quite the opposite!

    It seems that she is panicking since the sum turned out to be a lotrger than she expected. She is like a mother that worries too much.

    Ah, the share that I left you? Why won''t you keep it? You might need it if something happens?

    But it''s the bag full of magic stones? It could be worth an insane sum? I''m afraid of keeping it.

    I gave the president a bag with magic stones in case something happens to them or if they are pressed for money.

    Having no leeway in funds will put them in danger if they are injured or have their weapons damaged. I gave it to them as an investment and emergency funds but looks like they are troubled by howrge of an amount it is.

    If you have excess or won''t need them, then you can just give them back? Probably?

    That probably means that you couldn''t care less, right? Money is important, you know?

    Well, I''m not paying rent for the cave, the mushrooms are infinite and free, and the clothese with an eternal warranty? They are that sturdy. And there are also no bookstores So basically, my lifestyle is What is money, can you eat that?.

    And since I''m a loner, I won''t have to spend money on socializing. Ah, just leave me alone!

    So, keep them. In case something happens. And if not, well, then you are lucky?

    Yes. Thank you, I''ll use them carefully for everyone''s sake.

    I was finally able to persuade the president. Time to go out?

    Hey,d, I said that I will return the favor, so let me introduce you to a good ce.

    Ooh, it''s the spear old man. Looks like he wants to introduce me to a nice shop.

    Is it a ce where one can do fun things with beautifuldies of a different world? In the cave, I had nothing but pretty unfun goblins.

    It''s only noon though?

    We still need, well, an excuse? After all, Search shows 20 enemies behind me?

    No, it''s not that kind of ce. It''s a weapon store. It''s a bit of a peculiar one, hard to find, but it''s a great store.

    What a useless old man. Let''s refund him to the green wolves. Yup, that''s what I should do. They kind of turned to shreds, though. I wonder if they will be able to take him back?

    Hmm, I can''t equip anything as a Lv 9, but I do have money. If it''s actually a good store, I can just tell the president and others about it. And it''s also supposed to be his thanks.

    Well, let''s check it out? I can consider refunding the old man after that. And I''m a bit curious what a weapon store in another world will look like? Though a fun store withdies interested me a lot more. Honestly.

 Chapter 22: I lost Affection Points with Opposite Sex

    Chapter 22: I lost Affection Points with Opposite Sex

    Day 19  Noon, Weapon Store?

    Rather than calling it a weapons shop, it''s more like a stall? Is this so-called peddling? A shabby ce, no?

    There is a bit of special circumstance to this shop, so the array of goods is nothing like what you would find in a normal store. This ce should suit your needs.

    I see, since normal stores sell normal weapons, I normally can''t equip them. In this case, a suspicious shop is what I need. Eh, wait!

    I have Appraisal, but I''m not that knowledgeable about weapons? Well, let''s take a look

    Parasitic Vine  Strengthen Wooden Sticks, Staffs ? ? ? ?

    Hmm, suddenly,?-san So should I just go with ?Equipment? Are those ?part of the same series?

    Spiked Shoulder Pad  Ferocity Up, Pow +3, ViT +5

    This one is no good, absolutely. Were I to equip this and I won''t be able to go back It''d be HYAAHAAAAAh all the way. [1. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fist_of_the_North_Star reference. Spiked shoulder pads are an essential element of bad guys'' attire. With "hyahaa" being a battle cry for the most of mob characters there.]

    Ne Of Seven  (30%) 7 Slots What''s this? A ne-type item bag? Eh? Nothing goes in? Defective product?

    What''s this7 Slots? Actually, getting level 5 in Appraisal I got the same thing on the equipment of Viger A-san, but it doesn''t seem to be an Item Storage. What''s the meaning of this?

    Cloak?, and Leather Gloves?, and Leather Boots?, and Clothes?, and Staff?, the five have7 Slots, same set?

    Shopkeeper-san, what''s this Ne of Seven? Whats with this 7 slots?

    I asked a super suspicious hooded shopkeeper-san. Even if I won''t buy anything, I still can get information, and asking costs nothing.

    It allows you tobine items. It canbine the effects of seven items if you put seven different nes in there. But their power will be reduced to 30%.

    Ah, this is a useful item. It could be really useful when I start gathering resists, poison, sleep, and so on. With this, I will be able to have resistances from 7 items on one, though only at 30% of the power.

    I want it, but 30% 100% poison resistance would turn into 30% Dubious, but still better than nothing. However, I don''t have other nes.

    Having extra money which you have no idea where to put, makes buying new stuff extra tempting.

    No, that even more interesting is Parasitic Vine from ?series. Staff? is my only weapon at the moment, so if I can make it stronger with this, then I''d like it. I don''t know how much stronger it will get, but the base strength is also ??, so I don''t even know that.

    Even so, I''d like to buy it if it can give an enhancement. I can''t use other weapons after all For now, that''s the first pick.

    Cloak of Magic Reflection Reflects Magic

    This is nice. I didn''t take any magic attacks so far, but since I can''t rely on level difference to resist attacks, this is good stuff.

    And since it''s a mantle, I can probablybine it with Cloak? and will have 6 slots left.

    The reflection probably isn''t perfect, but if Ibine it with Lv and skills it should be a good anti-magic measure. This is a must buy. It''s probably expensive, but let''s buy it.

    Considering that, a staff or a cloak, and I''d also like gloves and boots. Let''s search for them.

    Hey, are you still going to browse? Don''t tell me you want to look through all of the wares? It will take the whole day.

    It seems the old man got bored. It''s your gratitude to me, so bear with it.

    Of course, I will browse every item. Or rather, if I don''t then how am I even supposed to decide on what I''m going to buy?

    Yeah, there are many items that I''d like to buy. And I also have money Could it be that this is my first bulk purchase in another world?! Am I really going to do it?

    sh-Proof Clothes  Clothes that can''t be cutare nice, but my current outfit cannot be cut as well, also it cant be torn or burnt and can be easily washed.

    In that case this No, Gloves of Power + 7  PoW + 7, 7 doesn''t sound that great. There should be something better

    Anti-Snake Boots  +30% dmg to snake type monsters? I might have problems with snakes? But it''s +30% damage boots, it might turn out that it applies only to kicks, so they might be useless  In that case, Fire Staff +10%, should be more effective, but with only 10% I might soon stumble upon 20% or 30% so it might be a waste of money?

    Uncuttable Hat, isn''t taking hits to the head a big no-no? If a sh goes a bit off, my face will be cut, what then? Eh,Magic Katana  Sharpness can be increased with mana, Level 30 requireduwaa, it''s katana! Want. But level 30, I won''t be able to use it But it''s not like I can''t hold it I can at least swing it But even so

    What? What is this?Spatial Staff  Greatly Effective for people capable of using space magic, does it mean, do something about the magic on your own? You! Having such a promising name and then telling me to learn it on my own? This is a scam! A scam I say! Old-folk might have fallen for this! Even I was about to fall for this! I really wanted

    I wonder if I will be able to use it someday? Crap, this is totally a bum''s line of thinking I must look for necessary and useful stuff. I shouldn''t hold useless dreams in another world.

    What a guy, calling this his gratitude and ditching me to eat dinner somewhere. I''m also hungry, but I''m doing my best! He was the one who introduced me to this store. Even the shopkeeper is doing his best, holding back tears. Good grief, old men in other worlds these days, no perseverance whatsoever

    For rings, there is the Ring of Depleted Soul, but since it''s too scary, I didn''t pay much attention to it But it looks like it has 7 slots Okay, rings! Show me rings! Eh? What kind? All, all of them! Show me everything! Right now! Hurry up and show! Hurry! Hurry! Hurry! Hurry! Hurry![2. TL Rant: I can''t shake off this feeling that this is Hellsing reference. This is the second time it happens. This image is the first thing that Google shows me when I search for thest part /media/CltoPVyVYAAiHK7.jpg]

    Please, I will give you a discount, price reduction, special offer, anything you want, just decide on something. I''m hungry and sleepy. I can''t take it anymore.

    Hey, Lad Have pity on the shopkeeper and buy something already? And have pity on me as well? It''s night already? I can''t even see the wares?

    What kind of merchant are you to start wailing here? Isn''t this where you are supposed to show some guts and try to sell more stuff? Get more passionate about this! You can do it! Though, he will probably run away if I tell him this.

    It''s fine? I have night vision and Appraisal? I can bring out antern if you want?

    We want home.

    Are you kids?

    In the end, I was taken into custody by the presidentte at night.

    I only looked through every item and finally picked possible purchases. I finally entered the examination andparison stage and was in the middle of narrowing it down. This is where it really begins, and yet Oh, well, let''s just buy what I already picked.

    Okay, this is the bare minimum, but at least I will avoid unnecessary spending this way.

    How much for this?

    Eh! All of these? Eh? It''s a cheap store and you saved Gatek-san''s life, so I''m willing to give you a better price, but all of these are pretty expensive? It''s going to cost about 10,000,000 ere?

    8,000,000. I will haggle until the morning, you know?

    Hey.

    In the end, on the president''s judgment I gave up on Shining Mantle  Shines coolyandJar of Happiness  A jar, that was bought, after being told by the merchant that putting it at home will bring happinessandPheromone Ring  Will improve the impression of the opposite sex? Probably?bringing the total sum to 8,000,000. I had to give up onPheromone Ring . It''sWill improve the impression of the opposite sex? Probably? No, nevermind

    By the way, it looks like the most expensive item was Pheromone Ringat 2,600,000 My affection points Were taken away?

 Chapter 23: Coming without souvenirs will get you treated as incompetent. Le Spleen de Omui

    Chapter 23: Coming without souvenirs will get you treated as ipetent. Le Spleen de Omui

    Chapter 24: Is this cash shortage? What is going on with the financial system of this world?

    Day 19  Late at night, White Weirdo Inn

    Even though I''m hungry, even though I''m yet to have dinner, even though I only said that I have no money to pay for lodgings and food They are angry at me. Today, again.

    Why? Why right after I told you that money is important You areing back without a single penny?! Are you legally ipetent? What are you? Baudire?[1. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Charles_Baudire Received a sizable inheritance but squandered much of it within a few years. His family obtained a decree to ce his property in trust, which he resented bitterly, at one point arguing that allowing him to fail financially would have been the one sure way of teaching him to keep his finances in order.] Are you nning to release a book of poems that will be banned for the corruption of public morals?

    I just made a few purchases? And I''m getting scolded? By all of the girls. Is it because I didn''t bring any souvenirs? And I''m getting treated as incapable? Le Spleen de Omui.[2. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Le_Spleen_de_Paris]

    Looks like living as I please will not be allowed.

    Old chatans and widows, lunatics, filthy crowds, and beggars, in the never-changing city swarming with the masses, I''m getting scolded, yet again. [3. TL Note: The original text is very close to what was printed on the cover page of the Japanese issue of Le Spleen de Paris of year 1966.]

    I had them put it on the tab.

    Quietly going back to the room I open the package.

    This is the main part of shopping.

    Taking each item I separate them by type. Gloves go here Err, I can put the cloak on the floor and rings on the table.

    Eerr? This is? Ah! Cloak of evasion, if I remember correctly It has Evasion Up(Small)?

    There are too many things for me to process Or rather, I''m sleepy But there is still so much stuff I have nowhere to sleep

    Crap, it''s almost morning And I want to sleep Did my brain go into sleep mode on its own?

    Ah, enough, I don''t get what is what anymore. Since seven items can go there, let''s just make them one.. Ah, it just All turned into one Sucked in Or rather Finally cleared it up Let''s sleep What do I do about money? My affection rating Went down Went down? Affection points.

    Day 19  Over.

 Chapter 24: Is this cash shortage? What is going on with the financial system of this world?

    Chapter 24: Is this cash shortage? What is going on with the financial system of this world?

    Day 20  Morning, Weapon shop

    I have no money and an unpaid tab. The guild owes me a lot, but I have no money on hand.

    Is this cash shortage? What is going on with the financial system of the Different World? I''m a capable NEET, a hardworking shut-in, a loner doing his best in an unfamiliar city. I want money.

    Suppose I try to sell something, the guild is paying for the magic stones in installments, and I took everything they had yesterday. So they probably don''t have any money at the moment.

    What''s left The contents of Item Bag? Ah, there is a lot.

    A normal weapon store.

    The ce where they sellmon swords, spears, shields. I can''t equip any of that though. And also don''t have any money for them.

    Old man, will you buy goblin clubs?

    I ask a bald old man. I don''t need them anyway but have a ton. Even if they cost next to nothing, I still want some cash.

    Yeah, I''ll buy, but I won''t give much for them. From 500 ere for one.

    This is a rip-off. Clubs on sale at the stop are 1000-2000 ere, yet he buys them for 500? More than half is a profit. Well, even with the maintenance of the store and the baldie''s sry taken into ount, 50% is No, stores in the original world probably wouldn''t have given even 100 ere for them? This might be a pretty good store.

    How many are you willing to buy?

    If I sell 10 of them, it''s 5000 ere already, which can cover living expenses.

    How many? We are a weapon store. We obviously will buy as many as you are willing to sell. We are running a legit business here, you know?

    As expected of a real store, no limit on purchases. The old man is probably a good baldie.

    *Thud ng ng ng Thud ng Thud Thud ng Thud ng Thud Thud Thud Thud ng Thud Thud ng Thud ng *

    ?

    I''m sorry, I was full of myself. Please let me off at 50.

    Looks like the baldie was nothing special. No, if he buys even 50 of them it''s already a great help. it''s money, it''s cash, I won''t have to go through scolding as I borrow money from the president.

    I won''t be buying any for a while. No one will buy that volume. Even 50 clubs are an overkill. You won''t be able to get rid of them without hitting other shops.

    No, if every person in this town equips one, they might sell easily?

    Imagine what a scary town it would be if everyone were to walk around with clubs! No traveler would dare to approach! Quarrels between couples will destroy the town!?

    Yeah, I wouldn''t like such a town as well.

    As a result, I was able to sell 51 clubs and 1 stick. The additional sales are goblin leader''s club and kobold leader''s stick.

    He actually almost begged me for them. Apparently, they are super valuable? I can''t tell the difference though? He was saying something about putting the goblin leader''s club on disy

    He also said that clubs of other high-leveled gobs are valuable, so he spent a long time choosing them. Good grief, he takes so long to shop despite being a man.

    This is all the money that I have. I won''t be able to buy anything from you for a while, but pleasee again! This shop now probably has the best selection of clubs in the entire country! So, please.

    This old man is awfully fond of clubs He is a cksmith by the way.

    The next time Ie here the ce might already turn into a specialist shop with clubs only. That''s some zeal.

    It might turn into a famous store, where all club users of this world are going to gather.

    I''m sure assault-type club-using magical girls wille to shop here as well. They probably won''t have enough money and will wail Fuuue, I don''t have enough moooney, I''m sure of it.

    Hire one such girl, and we will find the geeks the next second. They will just pop out of thin air. Oh no, it will put the girl in danger!

    Day 20: Morning, White Weirdo Inn

    I pay the tab and today''s lodging fee.

    Here, gratefully ept this, you poster pleb.

    Uuuuugh, thank you for the patronage

    Fufufu, it''s like I am a minister. A rich man. What I expected to turn into 25,000 ere, became 1,632,300 ere. A great profit.

    One night with meals included is 4,500 ere, if I stay for several days it''s 4200 ere. An average meal is 500 to 1500 ere. The bath is 1,000 ere.

    I can stay here for days. Basically living in the inn. Though I don''t want to be called a regr of White Weirdo.

    Haruka-kun? What is that bag stuffed with money? Weren''t you pennilessst night? Why are you so arrogant with your payment after they allowed you to eat and stay on the tab? Why are the contents of your wallet are so unpredictable?!

    Why? Even though I went from 8,000,000 ere to 0 yesterday, the next morning I''m on 1,600,000 ere? So I''m in profit? An effective entrepreneur?

    Everything was confiscated An atrocious inhumane tyrant, a mother I got only 50,000 ere of allowance

    I won''t be able to buy Pheromone Ring I couldn''t buy it even if my money wasn''t confiscated though. Apparently, you can''t buy affection points with the opposite sex.

    What do I need? Weapons and medicine are fine. But I absolutely need seasonings! And some everyday items, I guess? So, a general store? I asked for directions at the guild. And I only have 50,000 ere.

    Oh my? It''s Haruka-kun. You had your money confiscated as well? So mean, right? Even though it''s such a chance for shopping?

    Vice Presidents came back. B-san is swaying today as well. Did she go through confiscation because she was swaying too much? No, she still has enough left. More than enough. Outrageous.

    Haruka-kun. Thank you for worrying about our finances, but please think about your spendings. Your finances worry us the most.

    I also had money confiscated. I don''t need dresses, they said And all the clothes I bought were for kids

    A-san seems to be just as A as usual, it seems that they found nothing to confiscate from her. C-san is just as A as well. This is so confusing, so there are Vice President A, AA, and E, no, could it be, F *Cough Cough.*

    Search spotted two enemies? No, three of them! Am I being targeted by a frence sniper? This world is so scary.

    Day 20  Morning, General Store.

    A nameless store. Or rather, the signboard is so scraped that I can''t read the name. It seems that this ce has the widest variety of goods.

    I''d like seasonings and foodstuffs that don''t spoil fast. Also, daily necessities, I guess?

    Hm, such a pity, if only this auntie was 10 years younger and 5, no, 10 kilos lighter, I would''ve visited this store daily.

    A traveler? For seasonings, we have salt, pepper, and for now, just four kinds of herbs. And if you are fine with the high price, we also received sugar not so long ago.

    Yeah, sauce is a modern product, soy saucees from the east. But it would be nice to at least have herbs.

    Do you have any preserved food aside from dried meat?

    If you want something that can be stored for a long time, then we have wheat flour, barley flour, dried sweet potatoes, and dried persimmons. For the pricey stuff, dried mushrooms. What''s left, maybe potato and dried bread. We also have various vegetables.

    So they have potatoes. I didn''t hope for that since I saw none in the forest. And mushrooms seem to be expensive. Not like I''d ever need any!

    Let''s check daily necessities, though Viger A-san''s stuff is enough for now. A hat?

    ck Hat  Defense + 30, Erase Presence, Stealth Up

    Eh? Isn''t this an equipment? So they have everything here since it''s a general store? It''s pretty nice. They didn''t have such stuff at the weapon store.

    What about this?

    Ah, there was a thief some time ago. We stripped him of all possessions. That''s the only thing that is yet to be sold. You can have it for 1000 ere.

    Okay, I''m buying it. It looks like a knitted hat, but it has def stat. And looks like this auntie No, I meantdy, is quite strong.

    And then, daily necessities, a soap Found it. A bit expensive. But it''s necessary.

    Let''s also grab towels.

    I brought a toothbrush with me, but there isn''t much toothpaste remaining.

    Looks like there is nothing that can serve as a substitute. Toothbrushes here also look like twigs, I should take good care of mine.

    Looking like this, I thought they were somewhere in the middle ages level, but they seem to be pretty developed?

    They even have spoons for sale. Wooden-made though. As I recall in real middle ages they ate using knives and hands.

    They also do have ss, but it''s expensive despite being brown, clouded, and distorted. I''ll buy some potion bottles though.

    And they also have paper, though it''s expensive as well. Rough and thick, but it is a paper. Papyrus should be thinner than that.

    There is iron so bad that I''m not even sure that it''s iron and then some kind of fantasy materials. The difference is striking.

    I didn''t think that a general store could tell so much about the development of the civilization. They are still far from XX century.

    President, help me, I don''t have any allowance left?

    By noon you already spent everything I gave you in the morning? In Japan, it would be equivalent to 100,000 yen[1. TL Note: 1000 USD] where did it all go?

    She is giving me a t gaze. Oh, the hailed t gaze, such a blessing.

    I thought 1 ere = 1 yen, but it seems to be 2 yen? I don''t get it.

    For now, I present her what I found at the general store.

    A gift, dried fruits. Why don''t you have it with everyone?

    Nice, her stare is now fixed at dried fruits.

    As I thought, yesterday she got mad at me because I didn''t bring any gifts. Attention is important after all.

    But, don''t waste money like this anymore, okay? This is thest time.

    Though she still seems to be mad, the previous edge is gone. Her heart is now all fruits.

    Really, this is thest time!

    Saying that she gave me 5 silver coins. 50,000 ere.

    Then, she quickly retreated to her room, it looks like there is going to be another girls-only meeting.

    Let''s have lunch. The girls probably had it already and entered snack time. Let''s buy some more, in case they get angry again.

 Chapter 19: I feel like someone is ridiculing me, calling my communication skills destructive.

    Chapter 19: I feel like someone is ridiculing me, calling mymunication skills destructive.

    Day 18  Night, White Weirdo Inn, Girls'' Room

    At the inn, we rented 5 rooms for 4 people and 1 single room.

    The single room is for Haruka-kun.

    Part of the reason why the girls are staying in groups of four is for the economy. But the actual reason is safety.

    We could go with double rooms, but in case something happens, it would be better to stay as 4 people.

    We are aiming to get Detect Presence and Search on everyone, but at the moment, only half have either of those skills. And only 4 people have both.

    No, this is good enough.

    It''s been only a week since we began training. People that already had the skills could barely handle them before, but now, we can sustain continuous alertness by taking turns.

    The weird one is that person that keeps getting new skills one after another.

    On top of that, he was more happy about catching a fish

    It''s people that sayI thought I might flyorI didn''t get flightwho is strange. Everyone is doing their best.

    And today, though only for half a day we split into groups, gathering information. Making full use of the girls'' chattability we gathered quite a lot of information.

    Isting the person who plunged the guild into the realm of terror, sealing everyone''s mouths.

    Getting summoned to give a proper exnation because of someone''s destructivemunication ability.

    The guild agreed to purchase magic stones as an exception this time, but he sent the people at the purchase counter into a panic, so I had to make him sit in seiza.

    All kinds of trouble urred, but the very reason for them all doesn''t seem to feel any remorse at all Since we agreed on what we are going to ask beforehand, allowing everyone to act on their own, I think we gathered most of the information that we wanted to know.

    Both good and bad.

    The good information is that this town is rtively safe.

    That is because Oda-kun and the others seem to periodically appear here.

    Oda-kun and the others instinctively avoid dangerous or rough ces.

    Them appearing here from time to time probably means that they either roam between here and other towns or that they have a base somewhere around this area.

    Now, Shimazaki-san and others finally will be able to meet them. Shimazaki-san and her group have really changed, so much that everyone was pretty freaked out.

    But after talking with them I understood.

    That the current Shimazaki-san is the real Shimazaki-san.

    I think they had a lot of unpleasant or difficult things happen, and as a result, turned so aggressive, abrasive, and stubborn.

    Putting up such a front, they were protecting their weak self.

    But in this world, this bluff couldn''t help them. Even so, they couldn''t show weakness.

    No allies.

    Inside the forest,

    Surrounded by monsters,

    With boys going crazy.

    And we Abandoned them.

    Death. At some point, they felt it hanging over them

    Thought that they recalled, who was helping them.

    Oda-kun and the others, who they treated so unfairly.

    Before they noticed, they were the ones doing cruel things to others.

    And that Oda-kun and the others were now on the receiving end of that.

    Until they escaped after they almost got killed, with no one there to help them.

    So they wanted to apologize before they died.

    They wanted to thank them before they died.

    We didn''t believe Shimazaki-san.

    Even so, they apologized to us.

    And they disappeared Inside the forest Inside the forest where Oda-kun and the others went.

    By all rights, they really should''ve disappeared in that forest

    5 girls of Lv 1 that never even fought That should have been their end.

    This shouldn''t have brought salvation to anyone.

    Because everyone closed their hearts.

    And we tooshould have perished in that forest.

    But that future was annihted.

    Our death in the form of monsters was massacred.

    Shimazaki-san''s group.

    Us.

    Rescue? Salvation? No, what we found was obliteration.

    Our despair.

    Our doom.

    Our death.

    All were obliterated.

    In front of our very eyes.

    What are you doing here?he asked.

    Just trample over death?

    Just beat your despair to a pulp.

    Thest moment is eternity if you drag it out long enough

    There is no way anyone can do that.

    That''s what everybody would think.

    That''s what we thought.

    But in front of us.

    As if it was nothing special.

    As if it was only natural.

    He did that very thing.

    He pulled it off.

    He shoved it into our faces.

    That Impossibleis nothing but an excuse.

    Our despair was exterminated by Haruka-kun.

    Before long, we could smile once again.

    We became able to discuss what awaits tomorrow.

    We became able to think about fun things.

    After all, the tragedy will be beaten to death anyway.

    The dead-end will be exploded.

    You can do it if you try?

    Everyone was frozen.

    Myself included.

    But that''s what he does.

    That''s Haruka-kun.

    Shimazaki-san and others will finally be able to meet Oda-kun''s group.

    But Haruka-kun will disappear.

    If we can stall thatst moment forever, then it willst for eternity.

    We will obliterate the future where we part with Haruka-kun.

    After all, that''s what he was doing until now. I won''t let himin about this.

    And as for the bad information

    Day 18  Over

 Chapter 20: President is the greatest praise for the president.

    Chapter 20: President is the greatest praise for the president.

    Day 19  White Weirdo Inn

    An unfamiliar ceiling.

    Aah, I finally got to say this. I thought this day would nevere.

    I thought I would have to live without ever being able to y out this trope.

    It''s an actually unfamiliar ceiling.

    No doubt here.

    It''s not that crap about the unfamiliar cave, unfamiliar forest, or an unfamiliar schoolgirl.

    Be the name of the inn white lover or white weirdo, the inn''s ceiling still counts as an unfamiliar ceiling.

    It''s finally an unfamiliar ceiling! I saw it before I went to sleep, but if I say I don''t know it, then I don''t!

    Isn''t it weird that it took me almost 20 days to say this line aftering to another world?

    Normally, you''d start in a castle? Then, there will be a princess? Or rather, didn''t things go weird from the very beginning? Why an old fart? Why not a goddess? That''s where things went wrong. And he was senile on top of that.

    Well, anyway, we finally reached a town in another world.

    We did it.

    (Fin)

    Good morning, mind not ending the story the first thing in the morning? And also, it''s not like you had any intentions to find a town, to begin with? You just tagged along, didn''t you? You didn''t aplish anything here, why are you trying to bring closure?

    Could it be that instead of a morning call, this inn provides a morning retort service? A t-eyes retort. Thank you for the treat.

    So it''s My adventure is only starting! with a forever unfinished first arc? And it''s still not ending?

    It appeared like survival in another world, but it turned out like living in the countryside? No publisher would allow a story about endless mushroom picking to continue for more than one issue! Even this world is about to axe the story.

    Good morning, President. You are a president today as well.

    Why are you saying it like it''s apliment? Why do you look so smug, as if you said something nice? It''s not like we are swapping presidents, so I''m obviously a president every day? Or rather, there is no school anymore, so it makes me wonder for how long am I going to be treated like a ss president.

    Sadly, it seems she is not aware that calling the president the president is the greatest praise possible at our school.

    Presidents of other sses? No idea about them. Never even saw them. And since I never saw them, I can''t even tell if they really exist. Even the real Vice President of our ss is yet to be discovered. If they do exist, I still don''t care.

    So what brings you so early in the morning? Are you hungry? Can''t wait for breakfast? Want a mushroom?

    Why do you think of me as a miserable child? Am I really that hungry all the time? No, I came to talk.

    Looks like I''m mistaken. It seems she has no Gluttony, but instead No, nothing.

    Yesterday, everyone gathered information at the guild. And I thought I''d tell you

    She looks very reluctant to talk. Hesitant, almost pained to talk, even though it''s actually about me

    Is it about the level wall?

    Eh? How do you know? Who told you? So you know everything

    So it was about that after all. After learning about this she couldn''t bring herself to tell me. After all, she had to tell me the bad news.

    No matter how she puts it, there is nothing that can be done about this.

    Level Wall is a rule of this world.

    The easiest to understand example is equipment. Especially weapons.

    For example, suppose there is a sword.

    This world has levels.

    Even swords have them.

    Even a normal iron sword of the lowest grade would have Lv 20, so to use it, the person will need to be at least Lv 20.

    Of course, one will be able to hold or swing it without meeting the requirements.

    The problem is skills. Even if one has the Swordsmanship skill, it won''t activate without level 20.

    And as they say, Weapon Skills is one of the most important things in this world.

    For the sword shandThrustare the basic skills.

    These are basic moves that allow only for shing and stabbing, but with Weapons Skills the power ispletely different.

    On the other hand, even if one were to hold a sword for the first time in their life, having sufficient levelshwill work as a Weapon Skill.

    And to defend against weapon skills of level 20, one needs level 20 or above.

    This is the Level Wall.

    This is the reason why the level is said to be absolute in this world.

    Merely having a lower level puts you at a disadvantage of being unable to defend against your opponent''s Weapon Skills or get through their defense in case of defensive Weapon Skills.

    In other words, no matter how strong I get or how high my stats will get, I will lose, since I can''t raise my level.

    Monsters have weapons skills as well. And in this world, humans calmly kill other humans. Being unable to get Weapon Skills I will sooner orter be killed.

    Game Over.

    Deration of Death.

    So, early in the morning, she came all alone to tell me that I''m already checkmated That''s why she is the president.

    No one wants to say that, and most probably can''t.

    But, not conveying this is dangerous. Ignorance about this will spell doom.

    Even if the bearer of the bad news might be hated

    Aah, I heard it from the old men. Eehm, the old men trio?

    Aah, so the guild master of the adventurers guild Hakies-san is among these three? You don''t have intentions of remembering even the name of the guild master?

    Thank you. President. You have pandas under your eyes.

    She probably spent the whole night, thinking about how to tell me about this. She was worried about what could happen to me. So she now has pandas.

    Noo, I don''t have pandas! What kind of eyes would have pandas under them! Why do you have to turn panda eyes into pandas?

    Not pandas, it seems.

    And then, came breakfast! It''s bread! Bread! Rough and crumbling bread! It''s super hard, but it''s bread!

    So there is bread. Let''s buy flour and go back! Gather ingredients! All of the ingredients of this world into my grasp! Muhahaha!

    Why does eating bread lead to world domination? Don''t cause trouble to another world.

    Fish Girl scolded me. Is it because I didn''t give enough praise to the fish? Which reminds me, didn''t they say that both of her parents are fish? She probably has a lot of emotional attachment to fish.

    Homesick? Don''t worry, both of your parents are probably doing fine, happily swimming in the ocean.

    Don''t make fish out of my parents!

    Scolded, once again. But didn''t they say that they are fish? Did I hear it wrong?

    What are you going to do today? Going to the guild in the morning? Morning guild? Want to have a guild in the morning?

    Well, even if we want to shop, first, we have to visit the guild. I still have no money.

    Why are you trying to make the trip to the guild sound like breakfast at a fast food ce?

    Everyone was eating and drinking at their own tables?Right now, for only 100 Ere! is what was written there?

    If one cup is 100 ere, then one ere is about one yen? They probably have 100 ere shops. I wonder if they have bookstores?

    First, money. Though the number of the magic stones was huge, they are still only F grade. They shouldn''t amount to arge sum.

    But, I won''t need a lot of money.

    I can''t equip any weapons or armor with my level 9. The stick is pretty much all I can use. And I already have it.

    So I don''t need money, since I can''t even use leather armor.

    Well, since I can''t be an adventurer, I also don''t need any of those preparations.

    It''s all about ingredients and cookware. And especially seasonings! Though I have salt, for some reason it''s not depleting at alL! Viger A-san, just how much salt did you buy?

    It seems they have no bookstores. They don''t? I want to read something though? Is it time to order express delivery? Finally?

 Chapter 21: Grading system being useless seems to be a historical mystery

    Chapter 21: Grading system being useless seems to be a historical mystery

    Day 19  Just before noon, Omui Guild

    No one is trying to pick on me. No one meets eyes with me. No one is looking my way. And the path opens by itself.

    Well, it''s nice, quite convenient.

    For starters, I go to the reception counter. There

    Sorry. This is all the money we have. We will absolutely pay you the restter, so please, let us off with this for today Please.

    Please.

    No, I''m not a robber, okay? I''m not an adventurer as well though. And I''m jobless and homeless, or can I put a cave as my home address? Crap, I''m a suspicious person!

    Haruka-kun, sorry, about the purchase of the magic stones. There are too many of them, so we are still not done processing them. And as for the share that we already appraised, we don''t have enough funds at the guild. Sorry, will you ept payment in installments?

    Please.

    Whoa, what is going on? Well, for starters, it seems like I wasn''t mistaken for a robber. But they still could be thinking that I''m a suspicious person. That''s what I''d do.

    Normally, we would return the magic stones that we cannot purchase But you are not an adventurer, so normally, we can''t even purchase magic stones from you. But, we also can''t allow this volume go past us, it would be really regrettable

    ording to the Guild Master, the guild takes 10 percentmission from purchased magic stones. It seems to be the rule set by the main branch.

    That money is supposed to be used for the sake of the guild and adventurers, so adventurers are prohibited from selling magic stones elsewhere under the threat of expulsion.

    But I''m not an adventurer. I have no rtion to the guild.

    It seems that they felt a bit of guilt, taking the 10 percent while talking about gratitude and a special case, despite me not being an adventurer.

    Since I''m not one, I can just sell the stones to a store, and they would have no grounds toin. Since merchants would try to strike a hard bargain anyway, I decided to take their kind offer, but the volume was too much for them. But at the same time, if they were sold for cheap elsewhere it would drop the market price, so it''s the problem rted to the guild itself.

    Naturally, we understand that we are in no position to order or ask for favors But please.

    They seem to be quite concerned, but I don''t actually mind. They are so reserved that the conversation goes nowhere.

    But, a single word from thedy with panda eyes at the reception desk solved everything. Almost a whisper.

    If we can process this, we will get a bonus I will be able to buy a new dress

    I don''t mind? It looks like you made them work overnight, so make sure you give them a bonus? I guess?

    I don''t care, and they have no bookstores. Even if I have money, there are no bookstores.

    Even if I couldn''t be an adventurer, the president and others registered, and there are probably acquaintances? Of ours at the guild, so you are going to support 24 people, that I know. So don''t worry about it. Really.

    Thedies at the reception cheered while the atmosphere of relief swept over the ce. Ah, they got scolded. Yeah, I get that feeling, I''m also always getting scolded

    For now, I received 8,000,000 ere, are they idiots? Of course, they will run out of cash. Try to bargain a bit.

    8 million? Most of the magic stones should''ve been F grade though? It''s the lowest grade, right?

    The receptionistdy, who was getting scolded, stepped forward and began exining with a self-satisfied look. She escaped the sermon

    Ah, about that, legendary S ss and Cmity A ss cannot be defeated. The only option is to run away. B can be defeated if a whole country gets to it Probably? C might be taken down with a full force of a guild. D is going to be a close battle for a full party of first-rate adventurers. E can be somehow taken down by a top-ss adventurer. Everything other than that is F ss. Just F. Only F. If there was D grade, the King would''vee to award you with a medal.

    Boy, it''s totally useless. There is no point to such a ranking system.

    Makes sense that there is nothing but F grade stones. There is no way to understand their value like this.

    F is split into subranks from 1 to 10, and with slight variations for other grades, there is a total of 30 subranks.

    Why did you stop at F? Why wouldn''t you go all the way to Z? It''s super hard to understand!

    That is a historical mystery. The most valued stone this time was F10+, it''s my first time seeing it. Most others are F8  5. To tell the truth, F10+ alone is worth more than 10000000, enough to make the guild go bankrupt.

    Which reminds me, this receptionistdy is the one that was crying at the purchase counter. She was giving me re at the end. Is she an appraiser? She is quite knowledgeable.

    Are you sure about this? It''s a very sweet deal, but there are no advantages in it for you, Haruka-kun. To be honest, we can''t even bring ourselves to ask for this

    It''s fine, I was nning to sell magic stones to the guild through the president and others anyway. I''m also was nning to stealthily collect information through them.

    Could you please not say this in front of the guild manager and every guild employee You aren''t being stealthy at all? That''s what we would''ve preferred You know, without getting noticed by everyone

    As a result, we agreed that the guild will pay in long term installments. If it''s long term, then I can threaten them with selling the stones elsewhere or demanding the whole sum when they try to obstruct the president and others. So they probably are going to be more cooperative towards them, and with the guild, where all the information gathers, being on our side, it also increases our safety.

    Then, let''s go shopping? If you know any good stores around do tell me.

    We secured funds. And a lot more than I expected.

    I also asked about the location of the stores, so let''s go?

    Haruka-kun Do you have a moment?

    The president appeared the very moment I became a rich man?

    Coercion? Extortion? Shakedown? Or maybepanda?

    Forget about pandas already! And it''s not coercion, extortion, or a shakedown. Quite the opposite!

    It seems that she is panicking since the sum turned out to be a lotrger than she expected. She is like a mother that worries too much.

    Ah, the share that I left you? Why won''t you keep it? You might need it if something happens?

    But it''s the bag full of magic stones? It could be worth an insane sum? I''m afraid of keeping it.

    I gave the president a bag with magic stones in case something happens to them or if they are pressed for money.

    Having no leeway in funds will put them in danger if they are injured or have their weapons damaged. I gave it to them as an investment and emergency funds but looks like they are troubled by howrge of an amount it is.

    If you have excess or won''t need them, then you can just give them back? Probably?

    That probably means that you couldn''t care less, right? Money is important, you know?

    Well, I''m not paying rent for the cave, the mushrooms are infinite and free, and the clothese with an eternal warranty? They are that sturdy. And there are also no bookstores So basically, my lifestyle is What is money, can you eat that?.

    And since I''m a loner, I won''t have to spend money on socializing. Ah, just leave me alone!

    So, keep them. In case something happens. And if not, well, then you are lucky?

    Yes. Thank you, I''ll use them carefully for everyone''s sake.

    I was finally able to persuade the president. Time to go out?

    Hey,d, I said that I will return the favor, so let me introduce you to a good ce.

    Ooh, it''s the spear old man. Looks like he wants to introduce me to a nice shop.

    Is it a ce where one can do fun things with beautifuldies of a different world? In the cave, I had nothing but pretty unfun goblins.

    It''s only noon though?

    We still need, well, an excuse? After all, Search shows 20 enemies behind me?

    No, it''s not that kind of ce. It''s a weapon store. It''s a bit of a peculiar one, hard to find, but it''s a great store.

    What a useless old man. Let''s refund him to the green wolves. Yup, that''s what I should do. They kind of turned to shreds, though. I wonder if they will be able to take him back?

    Hmm, I can''t equip anything as a Lv 9, but I do have money. If it''s actually a good store, I can just tell the president and others about it. And it''s also supposed to be his thanks.

    Well, let''s check it out? I can consider refunding the old man after that. And I''m a bit curious what a weapon store in another world will look like? Though a fun store withdies interested me a lot more. Honestly.

 Chapter 22: I lost Affection Points with Opposite Sex

    Chapter 22: I lost Affection Points with Opposite Sex

    Day 19  Noon, Weapon Store?

    Rather than calling it a weapons shop, it''s more like a stall? Is this so-called peddling? A shabby ce, no?

    There is a bit of special circumstance to this shop, so the array of goods is nothing like what you would find in a normal store. This ce should suit your needs.

    I see, since normal stores sell normal weapons, I normally can''t equip them. In this case, a suspicious shop is what I need. Eh, wait!

    I have Appraisal, but I''m not that knowledgeable about weapons? Well, let''s take a look

    Parasitic Vine  Strengthen Wooden Sticks, Staffs ? ? ? ?

    Hmm, suddenly,?-san So should I just go with ?Equipment? Are those ?part of the same series?

    Spiked Shoulder Pad  Ferocity Up, Pow +3, ViT +5

    This one is no good, absolutely. Were I to equip this and I won''t be able to go back It''d be HYAAHAAAAAh all the way. [1. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fist_of_the_North_Star reference. Spiked shoulder pads are an essential element of bad guys'' attire. With "hyahaa" being a battle cry for the most of mob characters there.]

    Ne Of Seven  (30%) 7 Slots What''s this? A ne-type item bag? Eh? Nothing goes in? Defective product?

    What''s this7 Slots? Actually, getting level 5 in Appraisal I got the same thing on the equipment of Viger A-san, but it doesn''t seem to be an Item Storage. What''s the meaning of this?

    Cloak?, and Leather Gloves?, and Leather Boots?, and Clothes?, and Staff?, the five have7 Slots, same set?

    Shopkeeper-san, what''s this Ne of Seven? Whats with this 7 slots?

    I asked a super suspicious hooded shopkeeper-san. Even if I won''t buy anything, I still can get information, and asking costs nothing.

    It allows you tobine items. It canbine the effects of seven items if you put seven different nes in there. But their power will be reduced to 30%.

    Ah, this is a useful item. It could be really useful when I start gathering resists, poison, sleep, and so on. With this, I will be able to have resistances from 7 items on one, though only at 30% of the power.

    I want it, but 30% 100% poison resistance would turn into 30% Dubious, but still better than nothing. However, I don''t have other nes.

    Having extra money which you have no idea where to put, makes buying new stuff extra tempting.

    No, that even more interesting is Parasitic Vine from ?series. Staff? is my only weapon at the moment, so if I can make it stronger with this, then I''d like it. I don''t know how much stronger it will get, but the base strength is also ??, so I don''t even know that.

    Even so, I''d like to buy it if it can give an enhancement. I can''t use other weapons after all For now, that''s the first pick.

    Cloak of Magic Reflection Reflects Magic

    This is nice. I didn''t take any magic attacks so far, but since I can''t rely on level difference to resist attacks, this is good stuff.

    And since it''s a mantle, I can probablybine it with Cloak? and will have 6 slots left.

    The reflection probably isn''t perfect, but if Ibine it with Lv and skills it should be a good anti-magic measure. This is a must buy. It''s probably expensive, but let''s buy it.

    Considering that, a staff or a cloak, and I''d also like gloves and boots. Let''s search for them.

    Hey, are you still going to browse? Don''t tell me you want to look through all of the wares? It will take the whole day.

    It seems the old man got bored. It''s your gratitude to me, so bear with it.

    Of course, I will browse every item. Or rather, if I don''t then how am I even supposed to decide on what I''m going to buy?

    Yeah, there are many items that I''d like to buy. And I also have money Could it be that this is my first bulk purchase in another world?! Am I really going to do it?

    sh-Proof Clothes  Clothes that can''t be cutare nice, but my current outfit cannot be cut as well, also it cant be torn or burnt and can be easily washed.

    In that case this No, Gloves of Power + 7  PoW + 7, 7 doesn''t sound that great. There should be something better

    Anti-Snake Boots  +30% dmg to snake type monsters? I might have problems with snakes? But it''s +30% damage boots, it might turn out that it applies only to kicks, so they might be useless  In that case, Fire Staff +10%, should be more effective, but with only 10% I might soon stumble upon 20% or 30% so it might be a waste of money?

    Uncuttable Hat, isn''t taking hits to the head a big no-no? If a sh goes a bit off, my face will be cut, what then? Eh,Magic Katana  Sharpness can be increased with mana, Level 30 requireduwaa, it''s katana! Want. But level 30, I won''t be able to use it But it''s not like I can''t hold it I can at least swing it But even so

    What? What is this?Spatial Staff  Greatly Effective for people capable of using space magic, does it mean, do something about the magic on your own? You! Having such a promising name and then telling me to learn it on my own? This is a scam! A scam I say! Old-folk might have fallen for this! Even I was about to fall for this! I really wanted

    I wonder if I will be able to use it someday? Crap, this is totally a bum''s line of thinking I must look for necessary and useful stuff. I shouldn''t hold useless dreams in another world.

    What a guy, calling this his gratitude and ditching me to eat dinner somewhere. I''m also hungry, but I''m doing my best! He was the one who introduced me to this store. Even the shopkeeper is doing his best, holding back tears. Good grief, old men in other worlds these days, no perseverance whatsoever

    For rings, there is the Ring of Depleted Soul, but since it''s too scary, I didn''t pay much attention to it But it looks like it has 7 slots Okay, rings! Show me rings! Eh? What kind? All, all of them! Show me everything! Right now! Hurry up and show! Hurry! Hurry! Hurry! Hurry! Hurry![2. TL Rant: I can''t shake off this feeling that this is Hellsing reference. This is the second time it happens. This image is the first thing that Google shows me when I search for thest part /media/CltoPVyVYAAiHK7.jpg]

    Please, I will give you a discount, price reduction, special offer, anything you want, just decide on something. I''m hungry and sleepy. I can''t take it anymore.

    Hey, Lad Have pity on the shopkeeper and buy something already? And have pity on me as well? It''s night already? I can''t even see the wares?

    What kind of merchant are you to start wailing here? Isn''t this where you are supposed to show some guts and try to sell more stuff? Get more passionate about this! You can do it! Though, he will probably run away if I tell him this.

    It''s fine? I have night vision and Appraisal? I can bring out antern if you want?

    We want home.

    Are you kids?

    In the end, I was taken into custody by the presidentte at night.

    I only looked through every item and finally picked possible purchases. I finally entered the examination andparison stage and was in the middle of narrowing it down. This is where it really begins, and yet Oh, well, let''s just buy what I already picked.

    Okay, this is the bare minimum, but at least I will avoid unnecessary spending this way.

    How much for this?

    Eh! All of these? Eh? It''s a cheap store and you saved Gatek-san''s life, so I''m willing to give you a better price, but all of these are pretty expensive? It''s going to cost about 10,000,000 ere?

    8,000,000. I will haggle until the morning, you know?

    Hey.

    In the end, on the president''s judgment I gave up on Shining Mantle  Shines coolyandJar of Happiness  A jar, that was bought, after being told by the merchant that putting it at home will bring happinessandPheromone Ring  Will improve the impression of the opposite sex? Probably?bringing the total sum to 8,000,000. I had to give up onPheromone Ring . It''sWill improve the impression of the opposite sex? Probably? No, nevermind

    By the way, it looks like the most expensive item was Pheromone Ringat 2,600,000 My affection points Were taken away?

 Chapter 23: Coming without souvenirs will get you treated as incompetent. Le Spleen de Omui

    Chapter 23: Coming without souvenirs will get you treated as ipetent. Le Spleen de Omui

    Chapter 24: Is this cash shortage? What is going on with the financial system of this world?

    Day 19  Late at night, White Weirdo Inn

    Even though I''m hungry, even though I''m yet to have dinner, even though I only said that I have no money to pay for lodgings and food They are angry at me. Today, again.

    Why? Why right after I told you that money is important You areing back without a single penny?! Are you legally ipetent? What are you? Baudire?[1. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Charles_Baudire Received a sizable inheritance but squandered much of it within a few years. His family obtained a decree to ce his property in trust, which he resented bitterly, at one point arguing that allowing him to fail financially would have been the one sure way of teaching him to keep his finances in order.] Are you nning to release a book of poems that will be banned for the corruption of public morals?

    I just made a few purchases? And I''m getting scolded? By all of the girls. Is it because I didn''t bring any souvenirs? And I''m getting treated as incapable? Le Spleen de Omui.[2. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Le_Spleen_de_Paris]

    Looks like living as I please will not be allowed.

    Old chatans and widows, lunatics, filthy crowds, and beggars, in the never-changing city swarming with the masses, I''m getting scolded, yet again. [3. TL Note: The original text is very close to what was printed on the cover page of the Japanese issue of Le Spleen de Paris of year 1966.]

    I had them put it on the tab.

    Quietly going back to the room I open the package.

    This is the main part of shopping.

    Taking each item I separate them by type. Gloves go here Err, I can put the cloak on the floor and rings on the table.

    Eerr? This is? Ah! Cloak of evasion, if I remember correctly It has Evasion Up(Small)?

    There are too many things for me to process Or rather, I''m sleepy But there is still so much stuff I have nowhere to sleep

    Crap, it''s almost morning And I want to sleep Did my brain go into sleep mode on its own?

    Ah, enough, I don''t get what is what anymore. Since seven items can go there, let''s just make them one.. Ah, it just All turned into one Sucked in Or rather Finally cleared it up Let''s sleep What do I do about money? My affection rating Went down Went down? Affection points.

    Day 19  Over.

 Chapter 24: Is this cash shortage? What is going on with the financial system of this world?

    Chapter 24: Is this cash shortage? What is going on with the financial system of this world?

    Day 20  Morning, Weapon shop

    I have no money and an unpaid tab. The guild owes me a lot, but I have no money on hand.

    Is this cash shortage? What is going on with the financial system of the Different World? I''m a capable NEET, a hardworking shut-in, a loner doing his best in an unfamiliar city. I want money.

    Suppose I try to sell something, the guild is paying for the magic stones in installments, and I took everything they had yesterday. So they probably don''t have any money at the moment.

    What''s left The contents of Item Bag? Ah, there is a lot.

    A normal weapon store.

    The ce where they sellmon swords, spears, shields. I can''t equip any of that though. And also don''t have any money for them.

    Old man, will you buy goblin clubs?

    I ask a bald old man. I don''t need them anyway but have a ton. Even if they cost next to nothing, I still want some cash.

    Yeah, I''ll buy, but I won''t give much for them. From 500 ere for one.

    This is a rip-off. Clubs on sale at the stop are 1000-2000 ere, yet he buys them for 500? More than half is a profit. Well, even with the maintenance of the store and the baldie''s sry taken into ount, 50% is No, stores in the original world probably wouldn''t have given even 100 ere for them? This might be a pretty good store.

    How many are you willing to buy?

    If I sell 10 of them, it''s 5000 ere already, which can cover living expenses.

    How many? We are a weapon store. We obviously will buy as many as you are willing to sell. We are running a legit business here, you know?

    As expected of a real store, no limit on purchases. The old man is probably a good baldie.

    *Thud ng ng ng Thud ng Thud Thud ng Thud ng Thud Thud Thud Thud ng Thud Thud ng Thud ng *

    ?

    I''m sorry, I was full of myself. Please let me off at 50.

    Looks like the baldie was nothing special. No, if he buys even 50 of them it''s already a great help. it''s money, it''s cash, I won''t have to go through scolding as I borrow money from the president.

    I won''t be buying any for a while. No one will buy that volume. Even 50 clubs are an overkill. You won''t be able to get rid of them without hitting other shops.

    No, if every person in this town equips one, they might sell easily?

    Imagine what a scary town it would be if everyone were to walk around with clubs! No traveler would dare to approach! Quarrels between couples will destroy the town!?

    Yeah, I wouldn''t like such a town as well.

    As a result, I was able to sell 51 clubs and 1 stick. The additional sales are goblin leader''s club and kobold leader''s stick.

    He actually almost begged me for them. Apparently, they are super valuable? I can''t tell the difference though? He was saying something about putting the goblin leader''s club on disy

    He also said that clubs of other high-leveled gobs are valuable, so he spent a long time choosing them. Good grief, he takes so long to shop despite being a man.

    This is all the money that I have. I won''t be able to buy anything from you for a while, but pleasee again! This shop now probably has the best selection of clubs in the entire country! So, please.

    This old man is awfully fond of clubs He is a cksmith by the way.

    The next time Ie here the ce might already turn into a specialist shop with clubs only. That''s some zeal.

    It might turn into a famous store, where all club users of this world are going to gather.

    I''m sure assault-type club-using magical girls wille to shop here as well. They probably won''t have enough money and will wail Fuuue, I don''t have enough moooney, I''m sure of it.

    Hire one such girl, and we will find the geeks the next second. They will just pop out of thin air. Oh no, it will put the girl in danger!

    Day 20: Morning, White Weirdo Inn

    I pay the tab and today''s lodging fee.

    Here, gratefully ept this, you poster pleb.

    Uuuuugh, thank you for the patronage

    Fufufu, it''s like I am a minister. A rich man. What I expected to turn into 25,000 ere, became 1,632,300 ere. A great profit.

    One night with meals included is 4,500 ere, if I stay for several days it''s 4200 ere. An average meal is 500 to 1500 ere. The bath is 1,000 ere.

    I can stay here for days. Basically living in the inn. Though I don''t want to be called a regr of White Weirdo.

    Haruka-kun? What is that bag stuffed with money? Weren''t you pennilessst night? Why are you so arrogant with your payment after they allowed you to eat and stay on the tab? Why are the contents of your wallet are so unpredictable?!

    Why? Even though I went from 8,000,000 ere to 0 yesterday, the next morning I''m on 1,600,000 ere? So I''m in profit? An effective entrepreneur?

    Everything was confiscated An atrocious inhumane tyrant, a mother I got only 50,000 ere of allowance

    I won''t be able to buy Pheromone Ring I couldn''t buy it even if my money wasn''t confiscated though. Apparently, you can''t buy affection points with the opposite sex.

    What do I need? Weapons and medicine are fine. But I absolutely need seasonings! And some everyday items, I guess? So, a general store? I asked for directions at the guild. And I only have 50,000 ere.

    Oh my? It''s Haruka-kun. You had your money confiscated as well? So mean, right? Even though it''s such a chance for shopping?

    Vice Presidents came back. B-san is swaying today as well. Did she go through confiscation because she was swaying too much? No, she still has enough left. More than enough. Outrageous.

    Haruka-kun. Thank you for worrying about our finances, but please think about your spendings. Your finances worry us the most.

    I also had money confiscated. I don''t need dresses, they said And all the clothes I bought were for kids

    A-san seems to be just as A as usual, it seems that they found nothing to confiscate from her. C-san is just as A as well. This is so confusing, so there are Vice President A, AA, and E, no, could it be, F *Cough Cough.*

    Search spotted two enemies? No, three of them! Am I being targeted by a frence sniper? This world is so scary.

    Day 20  Morning, General Store.

    A nameless store. Or rather, the signboard is so scraped that I can''t read the name. It seems that this ce has the widest variety of goods.

    I''d like seasonings and foodstuffs that don''t spoil fast. Also, daily necessities, I guess?

    Hm, such a pity, if only this auntie was 10 years younger and 5, no, 10 kilos lighter, I would''ve visited this store daily.

    A traveler? For seasonings, we have salt, pepper, and for now, just four kinds of herbs. And if you are fine with the high price, we also received sugar not so long ago.

    Yeah, sauce is a modern product, soy saucees from the east. But it would be nice to at least have herbs.

    Do you have any preserved food aside from dried meat?

    If you want something that can be stored for a long time, then we have wheat flour, barley flour, dried sweet potatoes, and dried persimmons. For the pricey stuff, dried mushrooms. What''s left, maybe potato and dried bread. We also have various vegetables.

    So they have potatoes. I didn''t hope for that since I saw none in the forest. And mushrooms seem to be expensive. Not like I''d ever need any!

    Let''s check daily necessities, though Viger A-san''s stuff is enough for now. A hat?

    ck Hat  Defense + 30, Erase Presence, Stealth Up

    Eh? Isn''t this an equipment? So they have everything here since it''s a general store? It''s pretty nice. They didn''t have such stuff at the weapon store.

    What about this?

    Ah, there was a thief some time ago. We stripped him of all possessions. That''s the only thing that is yet to be sold. You can have it for 1000 ere.

    Okay, I''m buying it. It looks like a knitted hat, but it has def stat. And looks like this auntie No, I meantdy, is quite strong.

    And then, daily necessities, a soap Found it. A bit expensive. But it''s necessary.

    Let''s also grab towels.

    I brought a toothbrush with me, but there isn''t much toothpaste remaining.

    Looks like there is nothing that can serve as a substitute. Toothbrushes here also look like twigs, I should take good care of mine.

    Looking like this, I thought they were somewhere in the middle ages level, but they seem to be pretty developed?

    They even have spoons for sale. Wooden-made though. As I recall in real middle ages they ate using knives and hands.

    They also do have ss, but it''s expensive despite being brown, clouded, and distorted. I''ll buy some potion bottles though.

    And they also have paper, though it''s expensive as well. Rough and thick, but it is a paper. Papyrus should be thinner than that.

    There is iron so bad that I''m not even sure that it''s iron and then some kind of fantasy materials. The difference is striking.

    I didn''t think that a general store could tell so much about the development of the civilization. They are still far from XX century.

    President, help me, I don''t have any allowance left?

    By noon you already spent everything I gave you in the morning? In Japan, it would be equivalent to 100,000 yen[1. TL Note: 1000 USD] where did it all go?

    She is giving me a t gaze. Oh, the hailed t gaze, such a blessing.

    I thought 1 ere = 1 yen, but it seems to be 2 yen? I don''t get it.

    For now, I present her what I found at the general store.

    A gift, dried fruits. Why don''t you have it with everyone?

    Nice, her stare is now fixed at dried fruits.

    As I thought, yesterday she got mad at me because I didn''t bring any gifts. Attention is important after all.

    But, don''t waste money like this anymore, okay? This is thest time.

    Though she still seems to be mad, the previous edge is gone. Her heart is now all fruits.

    Really, this is thest time!

    Saying that she gave me 5 silver coins. 50,000 ere.

    Then, she quickly retreated to her room, it looks like there is going to be another girls-only meeting.

    Let''s have lunch. The girls probably had it already and entered snack time. Let''s buy some more, in case they get angry again.

 Chapter 25: Dont just give weird nicknames to schoolgirls, its a sensitive age.

    Chapter 25: Don''t just give weird nicknames to schoolgirls, it''s a sensitive age.

    Day 20  Afternoon, Omui Guild.

    How should I put it, isn''t this another world? An adventurers guild in another world? A life-threatening job? Why are all of the requests so in and boring? Isn''t it a super stable and steady job? Where are all the dreams, and hopes, and money? Isn''t this just a job search billboard? Ah, it''s the mortal enemy of NEETs!!

    Construction work, I don''t mind it, but the pay is low and it''s under the sun.

    Transportation work, the same as above.

    Escort mission, it takes many days and It''s cheap?

    Extermination of harmful animals, gobs, wolves. Pay per head is low, so I guess it''s about numbers?

    Wouldn''t it normally be likeEeeh?! There are dragons in this world!!or THERE IS SUCH A MONSTER!, requests that can instantly make you rich. There is no romance to this. They even have working hours written. What is this, an office job?

    Haruka-san, is there something you are looking for among requests?

    Ah, it''s the most proper receptionistdy even among the other receptionistdies. Not the one to get scolded, but the one to give scoldings. A president of receptionistdies?

    Well, I don''t have money, so I thought I''d quietly kill some monsters and sneakily get the reward for them through the girls?

    Wha-what! Thisdy is also a t gaze user! So she indeed was president of receptionistdies!

    The president''s scornful gaze in the morning.

    And the receptionistdy''s scornful gaze in the afternoon.

    What about the night? Where should I head at night? Maybe some suspicious store that opens only after dark? Will I be able to find a wonderful t gaze there that a high school boy will be able to appreciate? I really want to go.

    Please, don''t just say that, and actually try to be stealthy about this. You are openly checking the billeting board without care for who might see you.

    No? I mean, no one is looking my way in this guild, so there is no chance that anyone would see me?

    Yup, looking around, there is not a single person looking at me. No one met my gaze. The conclusion  there is no problem.

    And, didn''t you receive 8 million ere yesterday You don''t have that?

    Ah, that? Well, after that the spear old man told me that he knew a good ce, so I went with him and stayed at that suspicious store untilte at night, and all 8 million disappeared? Kind of?

    For some reason, the spear old man that had just entered the guild was apprehended by the receptionists and dragged to the second floor? Just what did he do? Such a troublesome old man.

    To leave the town I''d need identification papers, without them, I''d have to pay an entry fee once again. But, since I couldn''t be an adventurer, I don''t have a guild card, and since I''m not living here, I don''t have a citizen card. Since I''m not engaged inmerce, I obviously can''t enter the merchants guild. And whats a NEET supposed to do?

    Since I have no ID, I need money, but to go hunting to earn that money, I have to pay money, which I don''t have, so I can''t go out to hunt to earn the money which I have to pay to go to hunt. NEET spiral.

    Since I can''t leave the town, I can''t hunt, and I don''t have money, and the allowance is too small. What a bind, as I thought, the city life is tough.

    Okay. Let''s sneak out and then sneak back in.

    The town is surrounded by a 2 meters tall wall. I can easily get over it with Air Walk.

    The problem is that I will be scolded if I get caught. First by the gatekeepers and then by the president. I don''t have any dried fruits left.

    The Cloak? that I''m wearing at the moment has in itInvisibility Cloak  Makes one harder to detect, that I bought the other day. Or rather, they are alreadybined.

    I don''t quite get how this effect is supposed to work. It''s not like it makes the user invisible, just harder to notice.

    I won''t be seen if I''m sneaky, I won''t be caught if I''m tricky. I''ll just go out and get back immediately, it''s fine. 3 seconds rule, long version.

    Activating Erase Presence and Stealth, putting on the hood and ck Hat  Defense + 30, Erase Presence, Stealth Up, and then

    Hakura-kun? Are you a suspicious person? Should we report you? Why are you sneaking out of town instead of sneaking in?

    Uwwa! Ah, it''s just Febreze Girl, mind not jumpscaring me like that?

    I was wondering who it could be, but turns out it''s just the rhythmic gymnastics girl, and volleyball girl A and B. Eh? What about the Nudist Girl? Even though she is the part of the Big Four of muscle brains? Is it because she was the weakest? Did she get taken out in the early episodes? But I saw herst evening, asking for an additional serving?

    Forget about Febreze! And if you say a thing about light poles, I will turn you into cinders.

    Volleyball Girl A and B are ring at me super hard. Looks like they are disgruntled at being called Twin Light poles on TV.

    Good grief, don''t give weird nicknames to schoolgirls, they are at a sensitive age, what a pity Eh? I''m the one getting red at?

    Where is Nudist Girl? Did she finally got arrested for indecent exposure?

    No, we are looking for her as well And she wouldn''t strip in the middle of the town, so I don''t think she got caught?

    Learning Detect Presence the girls became able to locate people to some extent But as one would expect, they still can''t tell who is who from the presence alone.

    What do we have nearby Is that it?

    Not yet nude, but there is someone very eager to strip.

    Running around the clothes store with clothes in hands. A bargain? Outlet? So she has enough sense to not start changing clothes in front of the store? I wish she had the same amount ofmon sense around me.

    Nudist girl, aren''t you going to strip anyway, why bother buying clothes? Even though you are a nudist?

    Stop saying such things! I''m not a nudist! I''M WEARING CLOTHES I''M WEARING THEM!

    Aah, yeah, I recall her having some kind of a trauma over this? What was it? Getting caught with public indecency?

    Oh, these are cute clothes, they will surely suit you, I guess?

    Her eyes looked dead, so I tried to change the topic. Well, for clothes of this world they are sure cute. She seems to be having a hard time choosing, having two outfits in her hands, but both of them look good.

    Re-re-re-really? You think so? They''ll look good on me?

    I see, she found nice clothes and took a bit of detour, but was panicking since the dressing room was upied. That''s a close one, we found her just in time. She probably was on the verge of stripping.

    I think both suit you, you don''t know which one to pick?

    Buying both will be over my budget, but I can''t pick one, and both are of just the right size, and I just don''t know what to do anymore, so I thought I''ll try them on, but there is no open dressing room.

    Not checking the size, but trying to find out which one will suit her better, as expected of a girl.

    Why don''t you buy both of them? I''ll lend you money. But you will have to return them tenfold plus interest.

    Isn''t this worse than illegal? The type of loan you absolutely shouldn''t take? N-no way? In case I won''t be able to pay, are you to tell me to pay with my body?! So that is your goal!!

    Nevermind, forget it.

    That''s trueThat''s to be expectedI not worth enough even to coverinterest

    For some reason, she looks like she is about to die. For now, I give her one silver coin, making her buy the clothes. The other three also charged into the bargain sale, so I lent them money as well.

    Then, let''s put you to work to pay off the debt.

    We knew it! You were after our bodies! Are you going to sell us to some suspicious shop?

    It''s going to be okay. And Nudist Girl is suspicious enough even without being sold to suspicious shops.

    I''ve been thinking for a while, but your Okayusually isn''t okay at all. And I''m not a nudist, I bought clothes.

    She makes it sound like she was buying clothes naked. She is really going to get arrested one of those days.

    After that, I make the four of them leave the town. Of course, since they have guild cards, there is no problem with that. I sneak out behind their backs. Since I''m sneaking, there is also no problem.

    Why didn''t they notice you?

    Well, that''s because I snuck out so they wouldn''t notice me?

    You just openly walked out? Absolutely casually?!

    And after going some distance from the town we look for pocket money. If possible I''d like a pack of pocket money. A big one. Pocket money massacre.

    Found them. Goblin Lv 2tch.

    No good. This one is 500 ere at best. And it''s alone on top of that. *Whack!*

    More valuable pocket money. It has to be arge group of them. *Whack! Thud!*

    I also wanted to test the new weapon, but I have no target for that. *Bam! Thud! Crack!*

    The Big Four of muscle brains must be troubled as well since they won''t be able to pay back their debts at this rate. *Thudadadadadadadadadadadadadadadadada!*

    Along the road, there are levels 1 to 3? Nothing but goblins and green wolves. *Thud! Guh! Gigya! Gaah!*

    If we split this among the five of us it won''t amount even to pocket change. *GYA! GUGI! GI! GYA! GIi! GUUh!*

    Last night, *GYA! GUGI! GI! GYA! GIi! GUUh!*

    I tried tobine the new staff with the Staff?, *GUba! GIi! Guuh! GYA! GIi! Guuuguguu!*

    And as I pulled things out the Item Bag, *Begya! Gii! Uuuuh! Guue!! Gouah! Gii! Gigya!*

    I identallybined Magic Katana, which I bought because it looks cool, despite being unable to use, with *GYA! GUGI! GI! GYA! GIi! GUUh!*

    Staff?that I had in my hand. Even though it''s a katana? *GYA! GUGI! GI! GYA! Guuuguguu!*

    It requires level 30, will I be able to use it? *Begya! Gii! Uuuuh! GI! GYA! GIi! GUUh!*

    Hm, looks like I can. The more mana I pour in the better it cuts. *Begya! Gii! Uuuuh! Guue!! Gouah! Gii! Gigya!*

    Even though it''s a wooden staff? It cuts nicely. *GYA! GUGI! GI! GYA! GIi! GUUh!*

    Did the required level from katana disappear because the staff has no level requirements? *GYARAAARAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH*

    Aaah, how noisy, people are trying to think here, can''t you be massacred more quietly?

    Hmm, I''d like to give it a proper test But a target If there was something more like Tougher? More like

    Stop annihting monsters on your own while mumbling under your breath! We can''t keep up with the collection of magic stones!!

    They got mad. Is it because Ick affection points with the opposite sex? Looks like I have to purchase it Pheromone Ring, but it''s 2,600,000 ere Well, time to haggle then?!

    In the end, we didn''t earn even 20,000 per person Will I be able to haggle it down enough?

    And since it''s nothing but small fries, the level doesn''t go up as well.

    Well, the girls repaid their debts on day one, so they were able to avoid going to a suspicious store, no, not like I had any intentions to sell them to begin with. But one of them is going to strip even without being sold off How suspicious.

 Chapter 36: I will never participate in the goblin king game, never.

    Chapter 36: I will never participate in the goblin king game, never.

    Day 23  Morning, the cave.

    Yup, fish is the best for breakfast. However, I''m not the same as I was before. Humans grow and evolve day after day, and so did I. My cave life is not the same it was before, that is because I brought soy sauce with me. Mmn, fried fish with soy sauce. This is the stuff. I''m d that I went to that town. I really am.

    Next is some modest mushrooms gathering and gob sweeping. While I was away their number grew like crazy, while mushrooms became harder to find. Yup, this calls for a major cleanup. They are like mold growing in a bathroom. Though in fact, it''s not them that are fungi but the mushrooms, but I shouldn''t be bothered by such details.

    I won''t use magic, only my own body. Running, bashing, nking, sweeping, leaping, thrusting, kicking, striking.

    I head deeper and deeper into the forest. Levels of goblins also keep rising. Only my level won''t rise at all. Well, I didn''t kill the soldiers so I probably didn''t get any XP from them, but I killed enough small fries around the town to call it a wholesale massacre, yet my level is still 9.

    Wow, I never came this far. I think goblins will easily die if I put some poison in their den. I wonder if the general store has any?

    The gobs just now were level 19. They are stronger than some weak orcs, even though they are just gobs.

    Because of weapon skills, I thought that Level Wall urs every 10 levels, but turns out, it''s every 5.

    After level 15 enemies get noticeably stronger. I can''t take them head-on without magic, so I have to dodge, stagger, parry, distract, and shoot.

    Adjust my breathing, remain calm, continue moving, continue running.

    I already gathered a mountain of magic stones today. All of them are probably E rank. If I take them to the guild, they will go bankrupt. It will be a huge uproar if they have to take a loan.

    Oh my? We have something of a different league here. It''s pretty big. Appraisal.

    Goblin King A

    AGE  Lv

    HP  MP  ViT  PoW  SpE  DeX  MiN  InT  Lu

    Martial Arts:Hammer Lv 7Hard Hit Lv 6 Ramming Attack Lv 4Iron Wall Lv 1

    Skills:High Sexual Vigor Lv 8Harden Lv 4Intimidating Lv 3Fear Lv 1

    Items:Wooden Club

    Hmm, it''s a King. A ss higher than a Leader. Will Bitch Leader also eventually evolve into Bitch Queen? She''d probably be even noisier.

    The king swung its club. Ooh, it''s my first time seeing a goblin that doesn''t raise a club overhead. Can the idiots evolve to be this intelligent as well? They might be actually getting even dumber with each level up. Eventually receiving the Muclebrainsskill.

    I can evade it with my speed, but exchanging blows with it would kill me. It''s somethingpletely different.

    I slowly raise my Staff? and calmly close the distance, and wrapping it in mana for a mere moment, swing it down. I don''t need speed, just a good, clean sh.

    This is the best I can do. Though the attacknded, but it''s pretty close. And it easily killed the goblin.

    If this doesn''t work then nothing will.

    If I can pull this off, then it''s fine.

    Yes, it''s a practice.

    I head deeper into the forest.

    Oh, its a Potential Mushroom, I have not seen them in a long time! I still remember how delicious it was when I tried it for the first time. I immediately begin grilling it while walking deeper and deeper into the forest.

    Yeah, a forbiddenbination of a Potential Mushroom and soy sauce, the taste is absolutely supreme.

    However, as I head deeper into the forest, I encounter more and more Goblin Kings. Is it really fine to treat kings like this? Is it fine for them to pop up all over the ce like that?

    My MP isn''t going down at all and my HP is full, the fights are close but I''m winning somehow. In a moment, in one hit, but it''s quite close.

    I just thought but

    I think I went pretty deep, but are there even deeper areas? For a while I''m getting kings over level 25? Why are kings not boss monsters? Just what is a king? Isn''t it strange to have a bunch of kings around and then some even higher king? Just what are you taking the kings for? Is it some kind of King Game?[1. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Konpa#King_game] yed by goblins? I''m not ying that! Never! Isn''t this a punishment game? Or actually, if everyone is a goblin king, then when askedWho is the king?Everyone will reply! Everyone is a king?!

    If goblin kings are this strong, then a kobold king will kill me. Absolutely impossible. I can''t imagine any other oue than getting my head chomped. That''s because kobolds are always going for the head. It''s really scary. A sudden attempt to bite off my head is really scary. It''s terrifying.

    But they are too strong to serve as practice targets. I can''t trade blows with them and have to take them down one by one. Taking the initiative and closing the range, and cutting them down moments before they will act. If something goes wrong even a tiny bit, I''m dead. How should I put it, it''s like niche marketing, but a niche tactic. Enter a tiny gap and make a killing, kind of? A super short distance version of my sneak attacks, in fact, what I"m doing didn''t change that much.

    I probably came as far as I can, should I go for kobolds after noon? But I don''t want to meet the kobold king. I mean they will certainly try to chomp on my head. And as I walked with those thoughts, I found 3 goblin kings, and they are Lv29.

    Yeah, I''m done if they surround me. I can kill one of them at the start, but after that, it''s over. They will pincer me. I can kill one but will die after that. It can''t serve as training, right?

    While thinking so I still take one step forward and take a swing, sh. Then closing for half a step closer I pierce another one through the neck.

    Crap, crap, crap, crap, crap, crap, that was really close, I will certainly die if I try it one more time, not possible, no no no no, absolutely no, it was really close, too close Half a step My whole body is covered in goosebumps. My clothes are drenched in a cold sweat. It''s too absurd, it''s like abination of bullet hell with a fighting game. One misstep and I''m done. Both the timing and the distance are way beyond too close. There is no room for a mistake, not even an inch.

    Since I annihted every monster I found on my way here, the way home shouldn''t take as long, but if I want to return before noon, I probably should turn around right now? If this is the deepest part of the forest, then this was the boss of this forest? Then where is my treasure chest?! No drop at all?! Well, if they were carrying treasure chests they would''ve been too easy to kill.

 Chapter 27: Im just having a meal alone, yet it sounds really bad

    Chapter 27: I''m just having a meal alone, yet it sounds really bad

    Day 21  Morning, White Weirdo Inn

    Today is my first in a while, breakfast as a loner.

    N-no, I''m not being ostracized! It''s just that there is nobody around! They simply left without me! I feel like I can''t entirely deny the possibility of being bullied?

    The girls are adventurers, so they left for work in the morning.

    And I''m a NEET, so I''m eating alone.

    See? No problem, this is the so-called division ofbor. No, please, read the mood and just leave it at that.

    The girls formed parties and are working as adventurers.

    I''m a loner, so I''m eating alone.

    Look, everyone is doing what is best suited for their specialties, right! Please say that I''m right!

    The girls are adventurers, so they work onpleting quests.

    I''m a hikikomori, so I''m eating by myself.

    Yup. This is proof that there is no problem at all. Which made me realize the problem with my Titles. I''m merely eating my breakfast, but because of my titles, it makes me appear very unfavorably in the eyes of society. The neighboring denizens of the other world are probably whispering about me.

    It''s finally here.

    Eggs for breakfast! Fried eggs sunny-side-up!

    It''s quite expensive. They seem to be quite valuable.

    Shall I catch a chicken?

    Then construct a chicken farm in the cave and I will also get chicken meat.

    The president and others left for work early in the morning.

    It seems that they are being coached by the four beauties from the old men''s party.

    Forming 4 full parties of 5 people plus instructors, they went for a full-scale expedition.

    The girls are stronger, but theyck experience, so they have a lot of inefficiencies, pushing through with brute force and cheats.

    Today they will probably learn how to fight normally, without relying on cheats or stats.

    They probably will learn the techniques and knowledge necessary for them to make it as adventurers. I also would''ve liked to get personally coached by the four beauties

    Atst, the president and the others will begin operating as adventurers. Private armed contractors, profiting from bloodshed.

    Their goals seem to be 250,000 ere per month by working 5 days a week. So it''s about 500,000 yen?[1. TL Note: ~5,000 USD]

    It sounds like a lot, but the inn, meals, and bath will cost about 150,000 ere per month.

    The remaining 100,000 ere is for buying weapons, equipment maintenance, armament upgrades, savings in case of injury, medicine, provisions, consumables, and they also would probably want new clothes as well.

    This is pretty tough. Earning about 500,000 per month one can have a prettyvish lifestyle, but around this town, there is nothing but small fries. They aren''t profitable.

    That''s why they are working so hard.

    That''s why they are looking for ways to solve money problems.

    Looks like they really want to get me theKept Mantitle Am I actually being bullied?

    They probably understand it themselves.

    If they want to make money, they should head to the forest. Chop chop. You can have as many gobs as you want. A gob festival. Hooray.

    In practice, going through the forest to the cave will take 2 days, while fighting.

    Or actually, it did.

    From the town to the cave, hunt there and then sell what you got back at the town. Then go back to the cave

    With this rotation, they can spend the night camping, and there are no fees involved with lodging in the cave.

    Currently there are 4 teams. If they rotate, going out with 2 teams each time, they should be able to earn 500,000 ere per month with only half the spending.

    For that, someone will have to stay at the cave.

    Living in the forest isn''t something the girls should do.

    Mori Girl[2. TL Note: Mori'' as in forest, a fashion style for young women invoking a soft, forest-like feeling.] is one thing, but this is more of a forest person, a savage, and also a hikikomori, and NEET Just leave me alone!

    And I already became ustomed to that carefree life of solitude, I got used to it, I got addicted to it

    Someone will being 2 times a week, I will be able to ask them to buy things in the town, and from time to time, someone can substitute for me while I travel to the town myself.

    In the first ce, I can''t even join the guild, so there is no point in me staying in town.

    This is the most efficient and effective approach. It will raise both the mushroom collection rate and what''s even more important, the chances of survival.

    And yet

    The reason why they are trying to check me is probably the level wall.

    That''s why

    Someday, I might die in the woods, all alone.

    That''s probably the reason.

    I think it''s not that different from living in the town, since I might also get killed by a person.

    When no one is around, without anyone knowing, without anyone to help me, I will die all alone.

    That is what they are afraid of.

    That is what worries them.

    That is what makes them anxious.

    That isprobably the reason why they confiscated the money.

    Aaah, I want to go on a shopping spree.

 Chapter 28: That unknown and nameless town is actually super famous and popular

    Chapter 28: That unknown and nameless town is actually super famous and popr

    Day 21  Just before noon, Omui Guild

    It just urred to me, but what kind of NEET diligentlyes to the guild every day despite not even being an adventurer?

    Well, I''m also a hikikomori that can''t get back home and a loner, who is being scolded by 20 high school girls daily

    Isn''t there something? Like a job that can instantly solve all financial problems? Something super big?

    Just how much does the job have to pay to solve the financial woes of someone who spent 8,000,000 in one day? We don''t have such a job!

    Yeah, I didn''t get my share of t gaze this morning since the president and the others left so early, buting here to get my fill wasn''t a mistake. As expected of the president of receptionists. Currently, she is the best master of t gaze among the native poption of this world. Well, not like I know of any other.

    No, there is really nothing. It''s not like I''m being picked on or trying to pick on them? There is nothing? A worryingck of good requests that make me suspect a recession or monster deficit.

    Nothing at all. Absolutely.

    Or rather, aren''t all those requests the same as yesterday? Nothing changed? Why did I evene here? The person in charge of the bulletin board isn''t doing their job? I''ll turn into Jean Valjean![1. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jean_Valjean] I''ll steal bread! I wonder if I will receive a silver candlestick?[2. TL Note: When Jean stole the bishop''s silver, the bishop admonished Jean for not taking the candlestick as well, hoping what that silver can help Jean part with the life of crime.]

    I''m not sure why you think that you will receive a silver candlestick if there is no job, but when will you actually start keeping a low profile?

    Okay, I got my fill of t gaze for today. After all, the t gaze is thest glimmer of twilight, the t gaze is thest darkness and thest dawn.

    As a bonus, I even got scolded.

    The girls won''t be back until the evening. Since they are hunting while receiving training from Akemi-san and others, this might drag on until the night. I have to find ways to make money as well.

    I know that mushrooms can be sold for quite a sum. They are expensive and not widely avable on the market. Even though they were just a useless stock item before. That''s a great promotion, huh, mushroom-san?

    That''s why I can''t sell them.

    If pushes to shove, they can be medicine, food, and money. I should share them with the girls as well, For adventurers living in a town they might be even more useful than gold. Just having them is reassuring.

    In fact, I sold HP mushrooms and MP mushrooms to the general store for 50,000 ere each. It seems that mushrooms have ranks as well, with the lowest one worth 50,000 ere. Since she didn''t have enough funds to buy them, I traded them for a simple version of Item Bag.

    The simple item bag, despite its high price, can''t hold many items, and on top of that, big items also cannot be put inside. But it''s convenient to have anyway. Especially for an adventurer.

    One bag costs 100,000 ere, so for the time being, it''s out of reach for the girls. It seems to be a rare item, by chance the store had an opportunity to buy 8 of them. A bulk purchase! The payment is all in mushrooms though.

    Stuff them with mushrooms, and then add some infinite fruit juice, and I can be at ease after giving those to the girls. The president also has the magic stones that I gave her earlier.

    In this case, I should be going back to the cave, but there are no signs of the geeks. Good grief, just where are those geeks geeking? They said that they will be waiting in the town, yet they are nowhere to be found. Those damn geeks

    Do we have no other choice but to go on geek hunt?

    Waiting for them is a pain after all.

    Wouldn''t it be faster to just track them down?

    They are probably geeking somewhere anyway.

    Okay, I left a message at the inn. Only two roads are leading out of this town. I don''t know which way they went, but they must be geeking along one of them.

    Then, let''s hunt. Why? Because the geeks are there!

    For starters, let''s check the road that follows downstream.

    First, let''s stick behind a merchant and sneak through the gates.

    Then, take off into the sky, and if I see something geeky on the way, hunt it. That should do it. Yeah, sounds nice. No doubt.

    Here I''m running, or rather sprinting, or maybe leaping? Anyway, advancing forward.

    I tried to fly at first, but going too fast I couldn''t see a thing. Since I can''t see anything I also can''t hunt. And crashnding each time hurts, Even if my clothes are intact, it''s still painful.

    As such, I run. If I can travel at such a speed, then getting back to the cave won''t take even one day. If I fly I can make a round trip in a day. Though there will be casualties, I should be able to do it. Or rather, I''m going to be that casualty.

    The crash this time also involved 30 gobs. Good grief, those gobs have such bad timing. Don''t gather in groups at ces where people are falling. Gobs really can''t read the mood. They are so bad at taking hints that I''m sure, were they in our world, they would''ve been bullied along with the geeks. Jeez, the geeks are geeking, gobs are gobbing, which means, there are probably kobolds kobbing somewhere as well.

    I saw a vige midway, but since it had no signs of the geeks, I ignored it.

    There also was a carriage, but since there are no signs of the geeks, I ignore it.

    There also were bandits, but since there are no signs of the geeks, I ignore them.

    The carriage got attacked by the bandits, but since there are no signs of the geeks, I ignore it.

    Kill that kid with the nasty eyes as well! Leave no witnesses!

    Huh? Fire Bullet!! Burn, burn, burn, burn, burn, burn, burn, burn, burn, burn, burn, burn, burn, buuurn!

    Okay, I feel better now. I''ve always been thinking that when you feel stress, the best way to get rid of it is to exert stress at the source of your stress. The stress about someone calling my eyes nasty just exploded. I feel great.

    Eh? Not exploded? I didn''t burn you enough? Maybe I didn''t put enough fire? Undercooked?

    This brat, is a mage? Crap, even though I have items for magic defense What the hell is this! Why!!

    Huh? Other bandits are also standing up. So they are undercooked? They appear well-done though? Did I go too easy on them?

    Tattered and wobbling bandits move to surround me What I was searching for were the geeks though Haah, I''m once again surrounded by old men, just what did I do to deserve this? Why do old men keep gathering around me? Is there some kind of old men assembly nearby? And why are they asking me why and what? Why am I supposed to know that?

    Are you an idiot? Go and cry about it to the person that sold you this crap. Ask the person that made it. Why are you asking me? No way I''d know that? Do I look like a salesman for magic protection gear? Do you think I''m going to start exining it to you? Do you think this is sales with the presentation? Are you expecting some kind of Buy one item right now and get another one for freedeal? Keep dreaming, or rather, I''m not even selling anything, who are you calling a dealer?!

    Shut up, stupid brat.

    After asking why and what themselves, they are now telling me to shut up? Huh? Don''t they know that having a conversation is a lot like ying catch ball? You have to pass the ball. Not to brag, but the other day the president called me a conversational wild pitcher. I''m really not bragging Those words were a dead ball right into my heart.

    He is a caster, surround him! The only thing he has is a staff, go for closebat!

    Apparently, they are going to surround me. Apparently, they are going to fight me in closebat. Why are they telling me this?

    URRAaah.(Thud.)

    ?

    ORAAAYAah.(Thud.)

    ??

    A magic-type job?

    What? I''m jobless.

    Huuuuuh?

    Eehm??

    Don''t ask me if you are going to Huh?on me. I just told you! Why do I have to take emotional damage in the middle of the fight? It hurts, you know! My heart!

    Massive damage.

    A critical hit.

    This kid is level 9? Use weapons skills!

    Level 9! Are you looking down on us?! You little shit!

    Tch, and I used Concealmentto hide it. So one of them has Insight? Weapons skills, huh. Apparently, getting hit by them would mean my death.

    shDoubleshCrossBashSwingshReapshCrushshFastAttackThrustshCrossBashSwingshReapshCrushshFastAttackThrustshRollingBashshCross AttackBashSwingshSquareRollingBashSquareshCross AttackshRolling(And so on in a loop)

    Aah, how annoying.

    Huff, huff, huff, huff

    Well, if you are going to shout that much during a fight, you''d obviously run out of breath. Are they idiots?

    Huff, huff, huff, huff, huff, huff.

    Do theyck exercise? For a bandit, their body is their greatest asset. Well, the head doesn''t count

    Cloak of Evasion  SpE +20% Evasion UP (Lesser). The effect is lesser, but it seems to be more effective than I expected? These guys have skills, but they are slow. Slower than goblins. They have less SpE than even Lv 5 goblin. And their brains are no different from goblin''s. Though their faces are more like those of orcs?

    Ah, dropped to the ground? Their faces are blue, is this cyanosis? Or they are just ugly? Or maybe they are actually orcs?

    Allow me to express my gratitude. For defeating Making the bandits copse? For saving us? Eh? But you ignored us earlier?  Thank you very much? You have my deepest gratitude.

    Yeah, rather than saying that I defeated them, it''s more like they copsed on their own? They are still down? Do they have problems with breathing? I doubt that this is asthma.

    The soldiers are making some kind of a ruckus. Is there a problem with the mushroom vor after all? Or is it about the smell?

    Their weapons most likely were smeared with poison

    Crap, if I got at least scratched by them, I could''ve used that massive load of antidote herbs that I''m carrying Damn, if there is no use for it then it is no different from amon grass. It would mean that I simply weeded out the forest.

    But level wall is a problem after all The attacks weren''t even that good, but they were fast, sharp, and heavy.

    The people using the skills were slow, but their hands, or more like their weapons, suddenly turned fast, urate, and powerful.

    So those are weapon skills, huh. Intense physical movements while shouting Is this some kind of weight-loss exercise? One more set? Taicho?[3. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Billy%27s_Bootcamp] I should tell the president and others about this when I get back. After all, it took them only one evening to eat thatrge quantity of dried fruits And they cost quite a penny. Even though they were so mad about my excessive spending. Saying that Ick nning. And how are they any better?

    Errr? H-hey? Hello? Are you listening?

    Ah, it seems the Young Lady was saying something.

    Are you hurt anywhere? Right now I have suspicious mushroom vored liquid? If you get one right now, you can have another one for free?

    ?

    Looks like she doesn''t need it. As expected.

    The soldiers tie up the bandits. It seems that they were poisoned, but managed to recover. Thank goodness. Really. Therge volume of antidote herbs finally became useful. So it didn''t turn into a pointless weeding. I was so smug, saying Antidote herbs? Is this a g?, after all. So it wasn''t just grass. It wasn''t just a useless weed. The soldiers now stink of mushrooms, but it''s great that they recovered.

    Pleease, listen to me, being ignored feels very depressing. Heey.

    Oh my, looks like the Young Lady was saying something.

    I''m the daughter of Omui Town''s Lord. My name is Meriel Shimu Omui. Are you listening? Really? I introduced myself 5 times already? I''m going to cry, you know?

    I heard you. Totally. I''m Haruka. Merimeri-san?

    I''m listening properly, but she seems to be underestimating my memory. It seems that she came from the town called Omui. The daughter of the local lord. A Young Lady, a scion of a noble. Coming to this world, it took me 3 weeks to meet a young nobledy. Meeting a princess must be impossible. It will probably take 50 years. All princesses will turn into grannies by then.

    I''m really going to cry? A whole river? I don''t care if you drown in it? Why won''t you listen to me? Who is Merimeri?

    Oh my, looks like the Young Lady was saying something.

    Haruka-sama. We are going back to Omui. If it''s fine with you, could you apany us there? I would like to formally thank you, and um the guards are also asking that you woulde with us.

    Hmm, I don''t mind, but is it close? I can''t go if it''s too far away, I have to be back in town by the night.

    Haruka-sama, from which town did youe?

    Aah, the one upstream on this river, hmm, the name Did it have a name?

    I''m sorry, probably, the petty lord of that nameless unknown town is my father. I''m sorry for acting like a daughter of a noble family despiteing from an unknown lineage. I will change my name to Merimeri. I''m sorry

    The soldiers scolded me.

    The gatekeepers scolded me as well.

    Which reminds me, I snuck out of the town. And I just openly tried to go back in a carriage.

    Ah, yeah, which reminds me, it''s super well known Omui, everyone keeps saying Omui, Omui, well known and popr. Even goblins keep saying Omui, Omui.

    I''m in full damage control mode. While we were riding in the carriage I kept trying to make excuses, but I guess it isn''t good that during that I forgot the name of the town for about two times?

    What''s the point of it being well known among goblins? Doesn''t that mean that they will attack the town? And also, at times you say Omoi. It''s Omui. It might be unknown, but it''s Omui. (Sob)

    The president saw that I made the daughter of the local lord cry, and also scolded me.

    After finding out that the gatekeepers scolded me for sneaking out of the town, the president scolded me again.

    Then, she also scolded me for writingI''m out for geek hunt.in the note that I left at the inn.

    I tried to follow up by saying that I couldn''t get any geeks, she got mad at me again.

    Then, after hearing from the guards that I fought high-level bandits and was attacked with weapon skills, the president scolded me once again. While crying. She kept scolding me with tears in her eyes

 Chapter 29: Weapon Skills are great for weight loss, Even Taicho said so. One more set?

    Chapter 29: Weapon Skills are great for weight loss, Even Taicho said so. One more set?

    Day 21  Night, White Weirdo Inn

    In the end, we escorted Merimeri? The Young Lady to the mansion of the lord. Supposedly a messenger shoulde from themter.

    The president was mad at me all this time, but eventually, she stopped crying.

    No, you see, it''s that? That? It''s the first prize if you can''t hit me? So it''s okay? Kind of? [1. TL Note: Haruka is clearly trying to quote Char Aznable "It doesn''t matter how powerful you are if you can''t hit me. But I guess his memory is failing him.]

    What is the first prize if you don''t hit? Is everything other than the first prize taken? Do they give tissues for the first prize? Disposable? Why are you doing something so dangerous?

    No, I really understood the weakness of weapon skills. It''s okay.

    I then exin at length the weak points of weapon skills to the president. Its fatal w and side effects thate from it.

    Being abination of shouts and intense exercise, weapon skills make you run out of breath pretty fast? But in return, they are good for weight loss? That''s what Billy-taicho was saying? One more set?

    Why are you summoning Billy-taicho?! What will happen to his boot camp in our world? Why one more set? We are exercising every day, so we are fine!!!

    They seem to be fine? No, it''s nothing, Taicho!

    The level won''t rise after all. Looking at how it went for the president and the others, raising the level from 9 to 10 or 19 to 20 or 29 to 30 is a lot more difficult. If it is this difficult for people with cheats, then it must be even harder for normal people. And for people that have difficulties raising their levels, it might be near impossible? And my level doesn''t seem too enthusiastic about growing, or rather, my skills are dragging me down.

    Status

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human AGE  Lv  Job

    HP  MP  ViT  PoW  SpE  DeX  MiN  InT  LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP

    Martial Arts:Cane Arts Lv 7(Up)Avoidance Lv 6(Up)Premonition Lv 6(Up)Mana Wrapping Lv 6

    Magic:Temperature Lv 4Movement Lv 6Weight Lv 6(Up)Packing Lv 6(Up)Magic of Four Elements Lv 5Wood Magic Lv 4 Lightning Magic Lv 3Ice Magic Lv 3(Up)

    Skills:Health Lv 4(Up)Sensitive Lv 4(Up)Gymnastics Lv 5(Up)Walking Lv 6Command Lv 4(Up)Appraisal Lv 6(Up)Farsight Lv 6(Up)Detect Presence Lv 7(Up)Search Lv 7(Up)Mana Control Lv 6Erase Presence Lv 5Stealth Lv 6(Up)Concealment Lv 6(2Up)Map Lv 5Concentration Lv 6 Physical Resistance Lv 6(2Up)MP Recovery Lv 6(Up)HP Recovery Lv 6(Up) Parallel Thinking Lv 4(Up)Serial Thinking Lv 4(Up) Quick Thinking Lv 1NewRush Lv 2(Up)Air Walk Lv 2(Up)Extreme Velocity Lv 1New

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv 4NEET Lv 4(Up)Loner Lv 4Mage Lv 5

    Unknown:Communication Lv 3Jack of All Trades Lv 4(Up)Muppet Lv 4(Up)

    Items:Staff?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?Contacts?Soul RingItem BagBracelet PoW2% SpE +1%ck Hat(New)

    I have a perfect attendance record at the adventurers guild, yet NEETwent up It''s nowNEET Lv 4 Does it mean that it''s pointless for me to show up at the guild since I don''t have a job? Or rather, does it keep rising because I don''t have a job? What am I supposed to do about it then?!

    And there are also new skills Quick Thinking Lv 1and Extreme Velocity Lv 1. That''s a lot of speed.

    I''m getting quicker, but getting too quick is a problem for a schoolboy. Sensitivealso went up without my knowledge. However, actual confirmation is impossible. That''s because I didn''t try it as a high school boy, so I have no prior data. And I also have no ns set for such tests. That is because I have no partner to run such experiments. I feel that the hope of getting to try it as a high school boy is slim Maybe I should seek out one of those kinds of stores in this world?

    Day 21  Night, White Weirdo Inn, Girls Assembly

    We are having a study and review session on today''s expedition. Discussing with everyone, exchanging ideas, considering them, and collectively making the decision.

    But, after all, even so, however, in the end, it still turns to talk about Haruka-kun

    Especially today

    Haruka-kun finally did it.

    He got into a fight with high-leveled bandits and had weapon skills used on him.

    Or so it seems. This it seemses from the fact that he came backpletely unharmed.

    But if one of them hit him, it would''ve been a disaster.

    He could''ve died He could''ve been dead by now.

    It''s not the first prize if they can''t hit? What does that even mean?

    Anyway, he came back.

    He came back in one piece.

    He came back alive.

    He came and said that it''s okay.

    But

    How long will this okayst?

    How long can he avoid death?

    How long will he stay alive?

    How long will he keeping back to us?

    Tomorrow, he might not return?

    Even today, he tried to avoid trouble but got picked on. Even the victim said so. But that''s certainly a lie.

    If Haruka-kun runs at full speed, no one should be able to pick on him. At what kind of super speed does someone have to chase just to pick on him? What kind of high-speed bandits are those?

    Even if he pretended to ignore them, even if he pretended like it was a bother, even if he pretended to be mad about this, he still saved them.

    Like always.

    Just like it happened with Oda-kun and the others.

    Just like it happened with Shimazaki-san and her group.

    And just like it happened with us.

    Pretending like it''s only a coincidence, he came to our rescue.

    What should we do? Have someone tail him?

    What should we do? Tie him up?

    What should we do? Lock him up?

    What should we do? Glue him?

    Everyone is worried, and is trying toe up with ideas Even the person that proposed gluing him Probably

    But We also understand that we can''t do this forever. Watching over him, following around, guarding, escorting, protecting, defending, restraining, gluing No, thest one we aren''t going to do We can''t do that, we shouldn''t, there is no way it is okay to do, but we can''t help but feel uneasy.

    Even if we ask him, Haruka-kun probably wouldn''t change.

    And in turn, we also don''t want him to change.

    Day 21  End

 Chapter 40: Looks like not only gobs and kobolds have to be exterminated, but old dudes as well.

    Chapter 40: Looks like not only gobs and kobolds have to be exterminated, but old dudes as well.

    Day 23  Night, the Cave.

    Phaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah.

    Crap. Did the high density of old men cause me to begin turning into one as well? Is it contagious? Maybe I should exterminate them? Yes, I should. It''s decided.

    Even though I made a Jacuzzi, even though I made it possible to create jet streams of bubbles with wind magic, I was able to enter it only now. From its creation to enjoying it myself more than 10 days have passed. But I have no regrets. None at all. And also no guilt, remorse, or repentance. That''s because, during that period of time, 20 high school girls were using it! What I actually regret,ment, and feel very bitter about, is letting those idiots use it yesterday. If at the very least I entered it before them

    No visitors today, huh?

    After enjoying the Jacuzzi, I drink berry juice.

    Pheeew.

    Yeah, I should annihte old men, this infection should not be allowed to spread. It''s a biohazard. Without even noticing I was cing a hand on my hip, just like an old man. Crap, is it progressing?! I''m only 16! Am I really going to turn into an old man? I should search for a herb to stop this. Should it be something that prevents aging?

    Kyojitsucan be used against kobolds'' speed as well. The technique is merely swinging the club in the shortest distance. The range is half a step away, one step at most. Simply put all of my strength, speed, weight, magic power and skills in one attack,bining them. The fastest and the shortest explosive attack. But unless I learn how to link such attacks together, it will remain just a one-shot attack.

    Weaving a step and a sh into one motion.

    Memorize that form.

    I have to be able to sh as naturally as I walk.

    Remember it with my body, enforce it with my mind, wrap myself in mana, and execute that motion.

    Well now, I''ve been close to death plenty of times today and managed to get through the worst of it through the sheer luck. Thank you Epic Luck-san, normally, I''d be already dead.

    Though I feel like midway I was possessed by hotbloodedness or just simple idiocy

    Thinking back on it, did I get infected with stupidity by those idiots?! The hell was that my arms are still with me, my legs are not broken, my eyes are intact, and I don''t have a hole in my gut?! That''s just a crazy talk! Even a mere scratch could''ve killed me! What if I got Idiot on my status And I don''t want Old Man as well

    Status

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human AGE 16 Lv 11 Job

    HP  Up MP  Up ViT  Up PoW  Up SpE  Up DeX  Up MiN  Up InT  Up LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP

    Martial Arts:Cane Arts Lv 9(2Up)Avoidance Lv 8(2Up)Premonition Lv 9(3Up)Mana Wrapping Lv 8(2Up)Kyojitsu Lv 2(New 2Up)Instantaneous Movement Lv 1(New)

    Magic:Temperature Lv 4Movement Lv 7(Up)Weight Lv 7(Up)Packing Lv 7(Up)Magic of Four Elements Lv 6(Up)Wood Magic Lv 6 (2Up)Lightning Magic Lv 4(Up)Ice Magic Lv 4(Up)

    Skills:Health Lv 5(Up)Sensitive Lv 5(Up)Gymnastics Lv 8(3Up)Walking Lv 7(Up)Command Lv 5(Up)Appraisal Lv 8(2Up)Farsight Lv 7(Up)God Eye Lv 1(New)Detect Presence Lv 8(Up)Search Lv 8(Up)Mana Control Lv 8(Up)Erase Presence Lv 6Stealth Lv 8(2Up)Concealment Lv 8(2Up)Map Lv 5Concentration Lv 8(2Up) Physical Resistance Lv 6MP Recovery Lv 8(2Up)HP Recovery Lv 7(Up) Parallel Thinking Lv 6(2Up)Serial Thinking Lv 6(2Up) Quick Thinking Lv 7(6Up)Rush Lv 5(3Up)Air Walk Lv 5(3Up)Extreme Velocity Lv 5(4Up)

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv 5(Up)NEET Lv 5(2Up)Loner Lv 5(Up)Mage Lv 8(3Up)

    Unknown:Communication Lv 4(Up)Jack of All Trades Lv 5(Up)Muppet Lv 5(Up)

    Items:Staff?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?Contacts?Soul RingItem BagBracelet PoW31% SpE +19%ck Hat

    I finally leveled up, but it''s only 2 levels? What was that? Quality over quantity, huh? Can someone write a guide or something? I don''t get this at all. And what I don''t get the most are my skills.

    As I thought, my stat growth became bigger. I had suspicions about the cause, and after going to the town they turned to conviction, which I was able to confirm today. The cause is Potential Mushroom. That''s the culprit. That''s the reason for the extremely high status. Probably not only I but gob kings and the gob emperor ate them as well. Though I''m the only one who ate them with soy sauce, so I was able to enjoy a more luxurious taste than the emperor. It was delicious.

    HP and MP mushrooms are super high-grade items, and potential mushrooms do not exist. There is none. At least in human society. No one knows about them, no one saw them, and even if a rare one grows somewhere, it gets eaten by a goblin, which then will be a king or an emperor, creating his own horde, making the area inessible for humans. That''s why neither thedy from the general store nor guild employees knew anything about it. Without a very special, great luck, one wouldn''t even know about them, much less eat them. And I''m the only one who knows how well they go with soy sauce. And I''m the only one who tried that. Fufufu, isn''t that nice.

    The gobs dropped monster bracelets, +1% from leaders, +3% kings, and +6% the emperor. The same goes for kobolds. And the bracelets seem tobine? Like, if they are put together, they be one? Something of that sort? But it doesn''t seem to increase the weight.

    Experience-wise it would be better to kill a lot of weak monsters. Numbers make a difference. The depths of the forest have stronger monsters, but in turn, there aren''t as many of them. Well, if there were many, I would''ve been dead. But the bracelets are nice. Even if one gave only +1%, 100 of them would already mean +100%. In a way, it''s even better than a level up.

    Kyojitsu Lv2(New 2Up), which I just obtained already gained 2 levels, which is nice, but on the other hand, after going that far, it got only 2 levels. Is there something more to it? Can it develop even further?

    I probably gotInstantaneous Movement Lv 1from the repeated movement at high speed. After allExtreme Velocity Lv 5went up by 4 levels, so I probably pushed it quite hard.

    AndGymnastics Lv 8went up 3 levels. It seems that I misunderstood it, doing radio gymnastics every morning like a fool when it seems that it actually meant coordination or agility Then just say so. Unnatural movements from Kyojitsu probably caused it to level up, improving my coordination. So it''s not like I got better at gymnastics.

    Well, it makes sense, forcibly moving my body through skills removes useless movements and strength, but it still doesn''t change that it is a forced movement.

    But what I don''t get is God Eye Lv 1. Is it an eye of a god? Or can I see gods? If I can see gods then I''ll put that old geezer through a sermon as soon as I spot him!

    My abilities are limited. Some things are not possible for me.

    There is a limit to what I can try, and to what I can do.

    Well, now

    Day 23  Over.

 Chapter 41: The nastiest guy or the master of nastiness, who is the true villain here?

    Chapter 41: The nastiest guy or the master of nastiness, who is the true viin here?

    Day 24  Morning, The Cave

    In the end, the guest didn''te. Well, even if he won''t evere, it''s fine with me. I didn''t call him anyway.

    I''m just standing in the way.

    A scarecrow of sorts.

    Just staying here is enough.

    And do what I must.

    I might not like it, but he should be the same.

    He is the nastiest person, but I''m the master at being nasty, that I can say with confidence. The president and others also can vouch for that.

    The opponent is just nasty by nature, while I am by choice. I''m doing it on purpose, an expert at making things the worst. The president and others can guarantee this as well. It''s a good question who is the real baddie here.

    Time is on my side. Dragging this out will be a problem for the opponent, not me.

    Even so, he is yet toe, which means that he is looking from somewhere, that he is gathering information somewhere, that his calctions are not done yet. In that case, I will get stronger in the meantime, it might be meaningless, but it might prove meaningful. It''s better than doing nothing at all. Even if in the worst case it is pointless, even if it is probably pointless, even if it is almost certainly pointless, there is at least no demerit to it. We are terribly mismatched anyway.

    I depart after eating fish for breakfast. Grilled fish with bread seems like a dubiousbination, but I have no rice. I wonder how foreigners are eating it?

    Everyone certainly will be overjoyed if thedy from the general store manages to find rice.

    Today is another day when I''m going to hunt for mushrooms. And also goblins and kobolds.

    Well, level 20 is impossible, but level 15 Is also impossible. There is no way he would just watch and allow me to do that. Which also means that he would observe until level 14 at most. By that time he should show up.

    Even so, I just got to level 11. I don''t have that much time.

    Even though I''m slow to raise my levels he is probably willing to wait. Meanwhile, the president and others will raise their levels even further, while the geeks'' level will go through the roof. What if they geek it? I also sent the meatheads to the president, so it should be fine. Go ahead and be scolded in my stead every day. Come on, you will be checkmated if you just keep waiting.

    The geeks probably got a safety buffer in levels. Since they don''t know how strong the opponent is, putting as much level difference as possible is the only thing they could do. They probably won''t read the mood and will just keep leveling up until they be the strongest.

    As long as nothing gets in their way. Yes, as long as no one gets in their way. I just have to get in the way of those that will get in their way. Just like I''m doing at the moment. And while we are getting in each other''s way, everyone else is steadily overtaking us.

    A sacrificial pawn of sorts, taking it means wasting your move, yet you can''t afford not to take it. Annoying isn''t it? Even after he went after all those efforts to split us.

    With me encamping here, he will be attacked if he tries to pass and won''t make it in time if he doesn''t. A real pain. Even though I''m so nicely isted.

    How unlucky for you that I decided to settle in this cave, huh? You don''t have enough LuK.

    And I was lucky to manage to reach this cave and settle in it. LuK-san is the strongest.

    And be it fortunate or unfortunate, we will have to meet here. The odds are the worst, but the luck itself is the best.

    It likely will go on on a predetermined route until the very end.

    Just as expected. Just as expected this is the worst for both of us.

    For me, it''s hopeless in terms of survival, for him in terms of the future.

    Even though he divided everyone through mental maniption.

    But the president and others already began regrouping.

    And how are you supposed to break up a loner?

    That''s why he is observing. Killing me doesn''t require that much of a level.

    But, other ssmates are going to widen the level gap. He might be panicking, but hecks the means to resolve the situation.

    He must be at his wit''s end. Must be so irritating, so annoying. This is so much fun. Absolutely amazing.

    Today I''m simply walking all over the ce. Simply walk, if I meet something I hunt it, but other than that I''m just walking.

    The running begins after noon, so for now, I''ll just walk. Walking, as to check, walking, as to test.

    As expected, there are lots of weak monsters upstream. Just optimal for exp grinding. In this case, he might be already over level 30 or near 40. Well, it''s toote to worry about that at this point. I just walk, hunt, and then continue to walk.

    I eat as I walk. It''s been a while since Ist had a jerky, but it''s not tasty at all.

    Now then, I guess it''s enough walking? Let''s try running.

    Sprinting through the woods as I please I hunt what I meet. Yup, back to that again. Since I can''t fight and win head-on, I hunt.

    Since Ick strength I use speed. If the target is too far I can charge it, if there is a distance, I can ambush it, if there is no distance at all, I can now use Kyojitsu. Well, that''s basically what I was doing since the very beginning.

    It soon will be a month since I''m keeping goblinspany, but there are no signs of a budding friendship. Isn''t the first enemy supposed to take a frenemy-like position? Coming to rescue despite ongoing rivalry? Isn''t that how it usually goes? Well, considering that I was killing every single goblin I met, I would need an exorcist if any of them came back.

    Yeah, usually, story-wise, one would tame goblins and kobolds, and fight in the forest using them. But nothing of that sort is happening here because I''m annihting every single monster. Doesn''t that put me on the same level as kobolds that jump to bite off the head as soon as they see me? And on top of that, not only did I not be a beast master, I almost turned into Bitch Master. Just how did it turn like this?

    Anyway, I just have to hunt. It should prevent him from raising his level, and I might even level up myself if I''m lucky.

    He wants intel, I want EXP, he doesn''t care if I gain a few levels and I don''t care about being seen.

    Rxing, leaning forward, as if I''m about to fall to my knees, I take just half a step forward, without putting any unnecessary strength. Taking half a step I swing. Combining the gravity, eleration, magic power, and breathing all into one attack. If I don''t put everything into one attack it will bite off my head. I''d like to avoid that at any cost!

    Yeah, I can take down Kobold King as well, it''s super-fast, but it always goes for the head, and I absolutely won''t let it bite my head! Absolutely!

    It''s so fast that it even leaves afterimages. It even usedbos, attacking from different directions, but in the end, it still went to bite my head

    Though I''m physically unharmed, mentally I took a heavy blow.

    Yeeah, I''m done if there is a Kobold Emperor. Drifting away from the cave any further is not a good idea. Let''s take a detour and go home.

    However, he is still noting? Well, I don''t care if it will be toote? He is underestimating how bad the geeks are at reading the mood, how dumb the idiots are, and how much of a menace the sermon power of the girls is. Even though he went to such great lengths to break them apart, the candidates to be heroes and legends of this world have probably already begun to unify. Side characters like us will have no chances of catching up with them

    Could it be that you have gotten the wrong idea?

 Chapter 32: If they have no info on delivery, then this has nothing to do with me

    Chapter 32: If they have no info on delivery, then this has nothing to do with me

    Day 22  Afternoon, on the road.

    It''s an entry permit, it''s an ID, it says Haruka, and for the guarantor, Merimeri-san''s full name is written.

    Now I cane and go freely. Free of toll. Unable to resist I went in and out of town for about 5 times, until the gatekeepers got mad at me.

    As such, going back to the town feels a bit awkward, so it''s time for the customary geek hunt. Today I will check another path, the one that drifts away from the river. It also would mean being separated from fish. I''m nning to return by nighttime though.

    Looks like there is a town this way? Meri? Merimeri-san also was saying that her father went this way, to visit another town. Since her father went there, there is no reason why the geeks can''t be there as well.

    Let''s check it.

    I dash.

    Hmm, did I get faster? Since there is also the effect from Boots of eleration  eleration 30% Upthat Ibined with Leather Boots? it''s even harder to understand.

    I felt like I covered a lot of distance, but I just left the town.

    Bureaucrats, sorry for speaking so harshly of you. Road signs are necessary. The distance to the destination should also be written on them. I don''t understand how fast I''m going. But I won''t allow the banners. All those slogans about road safety are also unnecessary. Moment of negligence  lifesting injury. Even with warnings there are still going to be crashes. Why? Because goblins are there. Forget injuries, they went straight into the afterlife. If you have time to write such slogans then teach goblins about road safety. Crashing into them time after time hurts!

    With this and that, I kept running.

    Sttering gobs, I''m running.

    Kobolds are getting turned into roadkills as well.

    I already forgot what I came here for? Stter the geeks?

    Again, just like yesterday, there is a carriage under attack by bandits. Is this thetest fad? Should I go along with it? Should I attack a carriage as well?

    As I approached, I saw Omuiwritten on a carriage in huge letters. Company name? Express delivery? If they are in the delivery business, then I must order books from them.

    I dash there.

    The attackers are armed soldiers, the defenders are also armed soldiers, looks like delivery service in another world is filled with dangers. I bet they have a lot ofte deliveries.

    For starters, I blew away the soldiers uninvolved with delivery. Well, I just didn''t make any effort to stop and crashed into them. After collision most things, be it goblins, kobolds, or even soldiers, are blown away. This world has terrible road safety.

    Eehm Are you Haruka-kun?

    Eh? I don''t remember having any acquaintances among couriers of the other world, and on top of that, it''s another old man. Doesn''t this world have too many old men? Wouldn''t it usually be cute girls on all sides? Isn''t that how isekai stuff usually goes? Why am I swarmed with old men? Why do I have to be surrounded by armed old men? Why are both foes and allies old men? Is the other world trying to kill me with the stink of old men?

    Err, well, yeah? But who are you? Or rather, you aren''t a courier?

    Eh? But then who will deliver my books? Who is going to go all the way to Amazon to bring my books? Fake delivery service?

    I think the name is clearly written on the carriage in big letters. I heard of the ck-haired young man who crashes into enemies at high speed Didn''t my daughter invite you today?

    Daughter? Ah, so you are the father of Merimeri-san, the lord of the nameless town, Phaatherr-san?

    For some reason, annoying old men charged at me, so I cooled their feet and the ground with Temperature Magicand then froze it with Ice Magic.

    When they became unable to move I set their hands and hair aze. Go bald, such is your punishment for trying to kill me with your stink.

    Or rather, though it''s a part of my dark history, but, as a recovered chuunibyou I strongly feel that I have to at least try to recreate an ice and fire hell (Inferno).

    And well, after trying it out in reality I got a bunch of miserable bald old men with frozen feet and heavy burns on their hands and heads Shouldn''t it be like, way cooler? What is this? It''s simply unpleasant to look at. Rather than calling it a hell of ice and fire it''s more of hell of burned bald old men? I don''t want such attacks. It''s wrong, Inferno must be more Cool, more like (crying).

    Heey, are you listening? I already heard that you don''t listen to others, but at least pick between fighting and listening, why are you speaking to yourself in such a situation? I pity the burned soldiers, at least pay attention when you defeat them, and also, why nameless? The name is written on the carriage in big letters. And though I''m indeed the father, my name is not Phaatherr. I didn''t introduce myself yet, or rather, this is what I want to do, so please listen to me, and also, if my daughter heard you call her Merimeri she would cry, so stop it.

    All of the bald men were apprehended. Since they were too pitiful I sshed them with mushroom potion, but even though their wounds got healed, their hair didn''te back. Inferno (Hair Roots Massacre) is way too scary. I''m sealing (pretend like it never happened) this attack since it''s too dangerous.

    But why every time I search for the geeks I findrge quantities of gobs and old men instead? Could it be that Detect Presence can''t tell goblins, geeks, and old men apart? In that case, it might be unable to tell apart the idiots we left in the forest as well.

    You are Haruka-kun? Thank you for saving our family. I''m Mariel''s mother, Murimur. Rather than going to the neighboring town for some petty treaty, I want to give you my thanks. Though it is hard to call this a happy coincidence, I''m grateful to you for saving our daughter. And then, you saved even us? How can we even repay you. Thank you very much.

    Ooh, the old men ratio went down. An olddy in an elegant dress and not-so-young maid stepped out from the carriage Indeed, the old men ratio went down, but my mood is still down as well. The average age is too high. The average age of the characters I encountered so far is over 30. Just why?

    No, the treaty with the neighboring town is very important, it''s not petty at all. And also, Haruka-kun, I''ll introduce myself, I''m the lord of Omui, Mellotosam Shimu Omui. Allow me to express my gratitude to a benefactor of my family. Thank you.

    After that aplicated story with names of nobles, other towns, the name of this country, the name of the king popping up followed, but I ignored it. I''ll repeat, I ignored it. It''s not like I couldn''t remember the names or didn''t understand what they were saying. I simply ignored it.

    As it turns out, even the bandits from yesterday were elite troops of the adversary nobles, who were given the best equipment possible, who were supposed to masquerade as bandits to kidnap Merimeri, in order to use her as leverage against them. However, the elites and the equipment weren''ting back, so they decided to press with numbers, and gathering people attacked Meri Father and Murimur-san.

    As a result, there is no information on the geeks or delivery service This stuff has nothing to do with me, of course, I will ignore it.

    Once again I return to the town on a carriage.

    Even inside the carriage they kept endlessly repeating their thanks. And also the name of the town.

    The gatekeepers didn''t scold me today.

    But the president did.

    Which reminds me, didn''t I say that I won''t leave the town today? Eh? I only went to buy soy sauce? How did it turn out like this?

 Chapter 33: Must be tough having relatives from the other world

    Chapter 33: Must be tough having rtives from the other world

    Chapter 34: Dumber than even infinitely stupid idiots

    Day 22  Evening, White Weirdo Inn

    I''m being scolded super harsh? By all 20 of the girls? They keep going for almost an hour already? Why did I go outside and get myself involved in a war between nobles? That''s what I''d like to know myself. But at such moments one shouldn''t be emotional. And also shouldn''t be strictly logical. At such times one must review things from the very beginning. What happened? How did ite to this? Compress everything to simple bullet points and state in a chronological manner. Such an exnation is bound to be the most eptable and the easiest to understand.

    No, as I said, I didn''t go outside, I just went to buy soy sauce, but was chased by soldiers, was tricked by a maid and got the entry permit, okay? So I went in and out, but gatekeepers got angry at me, so I couldn''t go back, and after trying to order books from express delivery was attacked? When the attackers became bald it turned out that the courier was in fact the lord? Kind of? I just went to buy soy sauce? I didn''t do anything wrong?

    Hm? Looks like no one is convinced? Persuasion fails? Even though I exined everything so inly?

    I mean it''s soy sauce? You have to buy it? You must buy it? How am I wrong? Why do I have to be scolded? If it''s about the war between nobles then scold them, not me, I''mpletely unrted. I ended up outside only because the gatekeeper-san was angry at me, I could go back? Be angry at the gatekeeper-san, not me? I''m the victim here! In the first ce, who would expect them to fight in the middle of the road? I thought that they are a delivery service? I only wanted to ce an order? I was tricked? But I bought soy sauce? It''s tasty? So isn''t it all fine?

    What is going on? Why can''t we reach an understanding? Why can''t people understand one another no matter how numerous the words are? Even though I did nothing wrong

    In the end, I was made to sit in seiza.

    Well, looks like the girls already got used to this, so unlike yesterday, none of them were crying. I guess, as one would expect, my daily conduct earned their confidence in me. It''s truly as people say, action is the quickest way to gain trust. But not affection points it seems

    Being put into seiza I sneakily grill fish. When I poured soy sauce the sermon was over. All resolved. As expected, there was no fault on me. A false charge. I''m innocent. Soy Sauce prevailed.

    Everyone is eating with tears. That must be nostalgia. Smell and taste are rooted in the deepest parts of our memory, so this taste, this scent, is Japan. Fish Girl is eating happily, but is it okay with her? Family-wise? What if it''s her rtives from the other world? It might turn into a huge problem between rtives from different worlds, but since she is happy, it''s fine, I guess. If fisheseining we can just fry them anyway. Curing could work as well.

    My innocence was proven and we ate fish. Bath time.

    Aah, I can''t find the geeks, did they roll under a drawer or something?

    I grumble in the bath. Grumble as I please. After all, I have it all to myself. So sitting in the middle of a bathtub I grumble about the geeks.

    It''s about to be a real problem

    Getting out of the bath I return to my room.

    It''s our fifth night here already, which means We spent five days in this town.

    Naturally, the cave is neglected.

    I thought about asking the musclebrains to look after it, but it isn''t something that can be left to others.

    And yet, the musclebrains aren''t in the town. Five days have passed, and there is still no sign of them.

    The geeks can be left on their own, they are probably raising their levels and skills with the highest possible efficiency. After all, that''s their field of expertise. They basically have a strategy guide for this world.

    Then why are the 5 musclebrain athletic boys not in the town yet? Since they are not in town, it means that they are still in the forest. Why? Why did they have to remain in the forest?

    Regardless of whether we are going to wait for the geeks or leave the town, I have to check on the cave.

    And even if we don''t search for them, the geeks will definitelye toWhite Weirdowhen they return to this town. No doubt about it. This is for sure, I checked all of the inns in this town, this is the only ce they can return to. That''s because, in this town, this is the only ce that has a cute young poster girl.

 Chapter 34: Dumber than even infinitely stupid idiots

    Chapter 34: Dumber than even infinitely stupid idiots

    Day 22- Night, the forest

    For some reason, as soon as I stepped into the forest I encountered an orc, long time no see?Thud!

    Usually, they can be only found in the hintends upstream, what are they doing here? Could it be, because I said that the town is popr even among the monsters, orcs decided toe out to see it? Well, the fake bandits the other day had orc faces anyway, so there might be no problem with theming to the town. Well, I immediately beat them to death, so they won''t be going anywhere. What a pity.

    No, it might be for the best that they couldn''t reach the town. Life in town is harsh. You can''t do anything without money, but there are also no paying jobs. Even when I tried to somehow save money, it got confiscated. The city is cruel and merciless. I went through some bitter experiences. And was scolded every day.

    As always, the forest is filled with goblins and kobolds, but from time to time I also see orcs, what is this? Are they out for a walk? Is that town really this popr?

    But, even though my level didn''t raise, orcs seem to be weaker?

    Isn''t the equipment I bought from that suspicious peddler more effective than expected? I lost 8,000,000 ere, but wasn''t it worth it? Pheromone Ringprobably would''ve been useful as well.

    At this point, I probably will have no problem fighting head-on. While I shouldn''t drop my guard, there is still no reason to slow down by moving stealthily.

    In the first ce, even monsters have a Level Wall. But I had no problems fighting monsters over level 10.

    Well, to be more urate I mostly bludgeoned them to death from behind, so I didn''t fight with them properly. It might be that I simply didn''t take attacks from weapon skills.

    Since they aren''t saying anything aside from Gyoo!or GYAARI have no idea if that''s supposed to be a weapon skill or not.

    But thinking back on it, even with goblins, I did lose in a contest of strength if goblins were over level 10. That''s why I opted for sneak attacks. Even though my PoW stat is higher they pushed me back.

    Could it be that those were weapon skills? So the Level Wall isn''t that absolute?

    Even for the weapon skills of the fake bandits, I dodged most of them, but blocking them with the Staff? wasn''t a problem as well.

    But that''s probably the effect ofParasitic Vine  Strengthen Wooden Sticks, Staffs ? ? ? ?that I bought from that peddler. When I put it near Staff? it twined around it, turning intoParasitic Vine  Strengthen Wooden Sticks, Staffs. Spell Absorption ? ? ? . I guess that the spell absorption part absorbed weapon skills. They were making such a big fuss, that getting hit by a weapon skill means certain death, so there is no way they can be this puny.

    I''m not sure if it''s ability ofParasitic VineorStaff?but unless I take a direct hit and manage to block the attack with Staff? it might be possible to defend from those attacks.

    Those annoying, unrepentant, idiotic, trash wannabes, and ordinary boys of unknown disposition, are probably over level 10 at the very least, most likely level 20 plus, in the worst case, they might even be over level 30. If their stats grow at the same rate as the girls, then they should be quite a bit stronger than ordinary denizens of this world. And they also have cheats. Forget Level Wall, chances are, I''m behind in both skills and stats as well.

    That is if they survived in the forest. If they died then there is no problem.

    They shouldn''t be allowed outside the forest.

    Letting them outside will endanger not only the geeks and the girls but also the inhabitants of this world.

    And if they stir some kind of trouble in this world, it would also mean problems for us. That town had no one with ck hair or dark eyes. If they do something, we might be seen as theirrades or aplices, and I can say with certainty, they never do anything good.

    If possible, I wanted the geeks and the muscle brain idiots to support the girls, but I can''t find either of them.

    Reaching that town without passing in front of that cave will take at least 10 days.

    Then, if I can make them go around the cave, I can at least earn time, meanwhile, the girls can raise their levels. They also have the backing of the adventurers guild. I also established a connection with the lord of the town, on top of which, he owes me. They wouldn''t just stand aside and do nothing. If the geeks return during that period it would be a sufficient reinforcement. The geeks are probably the strongest in this world. They were geeking hard before, but they are probably okay by now. They must''ve gotten a lot stronger. And aside from the president, there also were other strong girls. I just have to buy time, whates after thates after that.

    But their strength lies in cowardice, nastiness, and cruelty. No matter how much stronger the president and others be, no matter if the geeks are actually the strongest in this world, they still will be a danger.

    Only I can fight them on cowardice, nastiness, and cruelty. After all, I don''t even know their names. They are just nameless nobodies who happened to be in the same ss.

    I''m behind in levels, skills, stats, and equipment. But I bought what I could in town, though I don''t know how effective it can be against cheat level weapons. I did what I could, I also became stronger. Since I can''t do anything about skills and stats, I should deal with them by using something else. My Luck is certainly higher. Overwhelmingly so. But I don''t feel any actual effect from it?

    In the end, my only path to victory lies in improving my technique and judgment, in which case it would be better to stay in the forest.

    If I can kill them it solves the problem. If I can win, it''s fine, even if it''s a draw, it still works for me. After all, time is on my side.

    And if by some crazy, very unlikely, and unimaginable chance I lose and die, then the geeks and the president will be freed from their hesitation. Then they will be able to win, then they will be able to kill them. I don''t want that to happen, but their survival is more important, probably.

    Which means that the only path to victory is for me to fight. Just as I nned in the beginning, just as I nned.

    Well, the best case would be if they remain in the forest or just scram somewhere. Then everyone will live in peace. But I can''t hope for that. If I simply wait in town hoping for that, it will put the idiots in danger.

    But the fools, the idiots, or the trash aren''ting out of the forest.

    Which means that the idiots are stalling them. They probably thought something dumb likeWe didn''t believe in the geeks and the president and abandoned them. So since we are idiots anyway we will stay here and repay that debt.and are stalling them, staying in the forest. For some kind of foolish reason like that. That''s why they are idiots.

    After all, only I canpete in cowardice, nastiness, and cruelty.

    Which means, the idiots are obviously not up to the task.

    Anyway, I have to be stronger. Killing as many monsters as I can I might even reach level 10 if I''m lucky.

    The Staff? turned into some kind of iprehensible weapon at this point, but I''m using it as a staff.

    If I swing the attack will connect, the distance doesn''t matter.

    Then, if I''m faster than the enemies, then their number wouldn''t matter.

    Attacks of 100 enemies can be countered with 1000 strikes.

    A charge of 100 enemies can be stopped with 1000 spells.

    I already had my share ofbat versus humans when I fought the soldiers.

    Just move quicker, attack quicker, evade quicker, just quicker, faster, swifter than any opponent. Just quicker.

    It was already midnight by the time I reached the cave.

    I annihted all of the monsters I found so far, so there should be a lot of mushrooms.

    After killing so many my level still didn''t rise. Aren''t requirements way too harsh?

    I tested and confirmed pretty much everything I wanted, so with this, I''m done.

    It''s been a while, you don''t look good. On top of being dumb, you are now all tattered, which leaves you without a single good feature Are you alive?

    I ssh my best potion on the idiots lying in front of the cave.

    Thedy from the general store imed that it can even regrow severed limbs. Extra premium grade potion that can not only heal injuries but regenerate body parts. So they really should grow back. Severed arms, blinded eyes, broken legs, pierced bodies, everything. I already tested it, so I can say for sure, since they didn''t lose their hair they will make full recoveries.

    They are really too stupid.

    Oooh, Haruka, how are you doing?

    They are actual idiots!

    Is it your ce to ask others how they are doing? Are you stupid? Didn''t I tell you not to do anything stupid and go to the town? Why are you so stupid?

    No, we abandoned them once, so we couldn''t just retreat without throwing our lives

    I mean, you will return here anyway, so isn''t it better to just wait here?

    Yeah, thank you for the mushrooms, without them we would''ve been goners.

    Well, we thought it will work out somehow, and well, it kinda did?

    Abysmal idiocy.

    And if it didn''t work out, you would be dead? Who in their right mind will fight until even such a potent potion can''t fully recover you? If I''m not here, then why won''t you just go to the town? And throwing away your life means that you will die! You damn idiots!

    Boundless idiocy.

    Eeeh?

    Don''t eeeeh me, why did you fight until you broke your arms? Why do you persist until you broke your legs? Why did you remain to get your eyes poked out? Why do you have spears tied to your severed arms? Why did you keep fighting despite being riddled with holes? Just how idiotic are you?

    Absolute idiots.

    Okay, I understood that your idiocy is limitless, shut up, and go to sleep.

    They are infinitely stupid. I should''ve realized what was going on when no one left the forest after so many days. I knew that this is how they are. It seems that I''m even dumber than these idiots.

 Chapter 52: Id be surprised if love, courage, and friendship were sold at the general store.

    Chapter 52: I''d be surprised if love, courage, and friendship were sold at the general store.

    Day 27  Afternoon, Omui''s Guild.

    I was taken to the Guild master''s office. Hearing the Guild master''s long speech, I escape from the Guild master''s office, and upon finishing my business at the purchase counter,e across the Spear old man and have a chat with him What is this menacing old men ratio? Isn''t it about time to start burning them? Aah, most likely I was summoned to this world to annihte old men Eh?!

    Is that for real? For real? For real? For real? For real? For real? Really for real? For real real? For actually serious real? Truly no mistake here? Not a lie? If it''s a lie you will have to swallow 1000 ice spears? Is it truly truthful truth? Or should I stab you? 1000 times?

    The Spear old man was waiting on the first floor of the guild, and though he tried to pin some nonsense usations on meBecause of you I had a very bad time, I still managed to get the info on the suspicious peddler from him. Even though he is walking around with my Affection Points, he still won''t be back in the town for a while.

    And then, he told me that most of those items are unknown and strange items from dungeons, that''s why they are so cheap. From time to time, that merchant would sit in front of the dungeon, buying them up. Right now, I can buy it. Three of them even. Well, there was only one ring, but will it really be enough? For my favorability with the opposite sex? I feel like one ring might not be enough? I mean, I got scolded again today.

    And it seems he also doesn''t like the idea of getting stabbed with ice spears. Let''s think of a different technique.

    Geeks! Geek A! G.E.K.A! Give me info on the dungeon! Right now! This very instant! If you don''t I''ll set the bitches on you! All 5 of them! Do you want to get your heads bitten off? Then spill the beans!

    Ah, such sluggish geeks, damn it, how long are they nning to fluster, hurry up! Pheromone ring calls to me from the dungeon!

    !! So I was Geek A And what is G.E.K.A. supposed to stand for? And also, we already made up with Shimazaki-san and her group! Don''t set them on us! It was the first time someone said thanks to us

    Well? I don''t care? Give me info on the dungeon! Immediately! Right now! If you don''t, I will send idiots after you as well! All 5 of them!! And they are very dense! So speak up!

    Hey! It was the beginning of a good story! Why did you have to interrupt me! And also, Kakizaki-kun and others already apologized! Stop calling them idiots, it''s just an insult by now! And you still can''t remember a single name?!

    I pressed Geek A, snatched a report from Geek B, and got an exnation from Geek C.

    So I was Geek B Well, I had my suspicious

    What is G.E.K.C.? Is it some variation of G.E.C.K.? Because you omitted one letter it doesn''t make sense anymore!

    Such a noisy bunch. I wish they cared this much about my affection points. Just imagine how they suffer, all alone, in the dark dungeon, undiscovered for a long, long time that can even feel like an eternity, my poor affection points, waiting for me!

    Anyway, first I have to shop for supplies. I got the list of necessary items from the geeks, if I show it to thedy at the general store she should be able to get me most of those. I have to hurry, hurry for my affection points, affection points with the opposite sex Faster, even faster

    I got scolded by a guard? If flying is not allowed then write so? How was I supposed to know that? There is not a single sign around? Probably no one knows that. It''s a clear mistake on the administration''s part, why do I have to be scolded for that? Even though I''m in a hurry?

    I finally reached the general store. Anyway, let''s get this over with as fast as possible.

    Hey, Miss, please sell me everything on this list! Urgently!

    Anyway, I have to prepare. They even call it abyrinth, so it must be a maze. It has to be far more perilous than a simple cavern. If it was a simple cavern it''d be long remodeled and used as a base.

    You want us to prepare this? We don''t have Love, Courage, and Friendshipamong our goods?

    Yeah, before beating the dungeon, I guess I should beat and stomp the geeks. Just hunting and burning them is too soft.

    In the first ce, if they sold love, I wouldn''t be going to the dungeon and just buy love itself. Where can I buy it? That''s what I want to know the most!

    And alsoA rope as close in length to infinity as possible. Since you will definitely fall off a cliff! To the very bottom!Well, we have rope But only of finite length. why are you going to fall off a cliff?

    I don''t have any desire to fall off a cliff at all. But let''s throw the geeks into some kind of a bottomless chasm on the way back. It''s clear that merely throwing them off a cliff is not enough.

    And then Do you want to buyComrades? We don''t sell any

    Okay, it''s a war. Those are clearly fighting words for a loner! I''ll remove the seal from the forbidden Inferno. They can go bald for all eternity.

    And we don''t haveCommon sensein stock as well Don''t you have it Yeah, you don''t.

    What kind of list is that! It''s a list of insults, isn''t it! Why do I need any of that in a dungeon? Or rather, it''s you who need that! Wait, did she just say something?

    And, we can get some of the other articles But thisA person in charge of scoldingis impossible.

    Just what on earth do they think of me? I have to make them kneel and exin it in great detail. That definitely should go on a list of necessary things.

    Why do I have to go to a dungeon for a scolding?! Just what do you think a dungeon is? Is there a sermon awaiting me at the end of it? No way I''m going to such a dungeon! I absolutely refuse! Why would I need to beat a dungeon to get scolded if there are 20 people in the inn, ready to do it any time! Not only is there no need for it, I already have a line of people waiting for their turn! Let''s hunt them.

    When I went back to the inn, they already escaped.

    And because it took time to catch them, I couldn''t go to the dungeon.

    Looks like they don''t like the idea of having their heads burned, erecting the barriers around them. Damn it, such a pointless cheat ability. Just a bit more and I would''ve got them

 Chapter 36: I will never participate in the goblin king game, never.

    Chapter 36: I will never participate in the goblin king game, never.

    Day 23  Morning, the cave.

    Yup, fish is the best for breakfast. However, I''m not the same as I was before. Humans grow and evolve day after day, and so did I. My cave life is not the same it was before, that is because I brought soy sauce with me. Mmn, fried fish with soy sauce. This is the stuff. I''m d that I went to that town. I really am.

    Next is some modest mushrooms gathering and gob sweeping. While I was away their number grew like crazy, while mushrooms became harder to find. Yup, this calls for a major cleanup. They are like mold growing in a bathroom. Though in fact, it''s not them that are fungi but the mushrooms, but I shouldn''t be bothered by such details.

    I won''t use magic, only my own body. Running, bashing, nking, sweeping, leaping, thrusting, kicking, striking.

    I head deeper and deeper into the forest. Levels of goblins also keep rising. Only my level won''t rise at all. Well, I didn''t kill the soldiers so I probably didn''t get any XP from them, but I killed enough small fries around the town to call it a wholesale massacre, yet my level is still 9.

    Wow, I never came this far. I think goblins will easily die if I put some poison in their den. I wonder if the general store has any?

    The gobs just now were level 19. They are stronger than some weak orcs, even though they are just gobs.

    Because of weapon skills, I thought that Level Wall urs every 10 levels, but turns out, it''s every 5.

    After level 15 enemies get noticeably stronger. I can''t take them head-on without magic, so I have to dodge, stagger, parry, distract, and shoot.

    Adjust my breathing, remain calm, continue moving, continue running.

    I already gathered a mountain of magic stones today. All of them are probably E rank. If I take them to the guild, they will go bankrupt. It will be a huge uproar if they have to take a loan.

    Oh my? We have something of a different league here. It''s pretty big. Appraisal.

    Goblin King A

    AGE  Lv

    HP  MP  ViT  PoW  SpE  DeX  MiN  InT  Lu

    Martial Arts:Hammer Lv 7Hard Hit Lv 6 Ramming Attack Lv 4Iron Wall Lv 1

    Skills:High Sexual Vigor Lv 8Harden Lv 4Intimidating Lv 3Fear Lv 1

    Items:Wooden Club

    Hmm, it''s a King. A ss higher than a Leader. Will Bitch Leader also eventually evolve into Bitch Queen? She''d probably be even noisier.

    The king swung its club. Ooh, it''s my first time seeing a goblin that doesn''t raise a club overhead. Can the idiots evolve to be this intelligent as well? They might be actually getting even dumber with each level up. Eventually receiving the Muclebrainsskill.

    I can evade it with my speed, but exchanging blows with it would kill me. It''s somethingpletely different.

    I slowly raise my Staff? and calmly close the distance, and wrapping it in mana for a mere moment, swing it down. I don''t need speed, just a good, clean sh.

    This is the best I can do. Though the attacknded, but it''s pretty close. And it easily killed the goblin.

    If this doesn''t work then nothing will.

    If I can pull this off, then it''s fine.

    Yes, it''s a practice.

    I head deeper into the forest.

    Oh, its a Potential Mushroom, I have not seen them in a long time! I still remember how delicious it was when I tried it for the first time. I immediately begin grilling it while walking deeper and deeper into the forest.

    Yeah, a forbiddenbination of a Potential Mushroom and soy sauce, the taste is absolutely supreme.

    However, as I head deeper into the forest, I encounter more and more Goblin Kings. Is it really fine to treat kings like this? Is it fine for them to pop up all over the ce like that?

    My MP isn''t going down at all and my HP is full, the fights are close but I''m winning somehow. In a moment, in one hit, but it''s quite close.

    I just thought but

    I think I went pretty deep, but are there even deeper areas? For a while I''m getting kings over level 25? Why are kings not boss monsters? Just what is a king? Isn''t it strange to have a bunch of kings around and then some even higher king? Just what are you taking the kings for? Is it some kind of King Game?[1. TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Konpa#King_game] yed by goblins? I''m not ying that! Never! Isn''t this a punishment game? Or actually, if everyone is a goblin king, then when askedWho is the king?Everyone will reply! Everyone is a king?!

    If goblin kings are this strong, then a kobold king will kill me. Absolutely impossible. I can''t imagine any other oue than getting my head chomped. That''s because kobolds are always going for the head. It''s really scary. A sudden attempt to bite off my head is really scary. It''s terrifying.

    But they are too strong to serve as practice targets. I can''t trade blows with them and have to take them down one by one. Taking the initiative and closing the range, and cutting them down moments before they will act. If something goes wrong even a tiny bit, I''m dead. How should I put it, it''s like niche marketing, but a niche tactic. Enter a tiny gap and make a killing, kind of? A super short distance version of my sneak attacks, in fact, what I"m doing didn''t change that much.

    I probably came as far as I can, should I go for kobolds after noon? But I don''t want to meet the kobold king. I mean they will certainly try to chomp on my head. And as I walked with those thoughts, I found 3 goblin kings, and they are Lv29.

    Yeah, I''m done if they surround me. I can kill one of them at the start, but after that, it''s over. They will pincer me. I can kill one but will die after that. It can''t serve as training, right?

    While thinking so I still take one step forward and take a swing, sh. Then closing for half a step closer I pierce another one through the neck.

    Crap, crap, crap, crap, crap, crap, that was really close, I will certainly die if I try it one more time, not possible, no no no no, absolutely no, it was really close, too close Half a step My whole body is covered in goosebumps. My clothes are drenched in a cold sweat. It''s too absurd, it''s like abination of bullet hell with a fighting game. One misstep and I''m done. Both the timing and the distance are way beyond too close. There is no room for a mistake, not even an inch.

    Since I annihted every monster I found on my way here, the way home shouldn''t take as long, but if I want to return before noon, I probably should turn around right now? If this is the deepest part of the forest, then this was the boss of this forest? Then where is my treasure chest?! No drop at all?! Well, if they were carrying treasure chests they would''ve been too easy to kill.

 Chapter 37: How did she get chosen as the number one good person?

    Chapter 37: How did she get chosen as the number one good person?

    Day 23  Morning, White Weirdo Inn

    In the morning I went to wake Haruka-kun, but he wasn''t there. His luggage also disappeared, the only thing left was a note. He left without saying anything.

    He is gone I think he leftst night Why Why didn''t he say anything

    The note had onlyI''ll check on idiots, wait here., in other words, he went back to the forest AndWait here, does it mean that he wille back? He should''ve writtenI''ll be backif so, what if he doesn''t? Does this mean that he isn''ting back? I can''t understand anything with such a short message, say it properly. But I probably wouldn''t understand even if he tells me. I don''t want to.

    Let''s go to the forest To the cave!

    But But Haruka-kun wrote that we should wait here

    We have to go. Or it will mean that we abandoned him again.

    And what if we go? Can we fight? With other people? With ssmates?

    We can Even if I have to fight the boys, even if it''s scary, I will We have to save Haruka-kun

    Even if we can''t fight, let''s go Leaving Haruka-kun all on his own We can''t

    No! Absolutely no! He wrote wait here. He saved us and we are going to die just like that? That won''t do!!

    But Shimazaki-chan and the others want to go! We can''t abandon them and wait here

    We, we are fine! We were tamed!! We are tamed!! So we are fine!

    We shouldn''t. Shimazaki-chan, everyone, you know why he wrote to wait here? Because only those ready to kill other people are allowed to go there.

    But! But! Haruka-kun Alone

    Even if he wanted to avoid additional victims, what''s the point if he is going to be a victim.

    We are back, Poster Girl! And We brought souvenirs Eh? President?

    Oda-kun and others came back

    A pandemonium of an uproar, all hell broke loose. It''s absolutely impossible to make out what anyone is saying, the topics are also all over the ce, no order to question, chaos, and confusion. This, this is what Haruka-kun was talking about, the talent of Oda-kun and others of being unable to read the mood

    For starters, Shimazaki-san''s group apologized in tears, said their thanks, lowered their heads, and tried to leave for the forest, at which point we hurried to restrain them. And then, rushed to stop the athletic girls, who got fully equipped for battle before we even noticed. Why? When did this happen? Then we dragged back Vice President B, who was about to leave through the gates, and also held back Oda-kun and the others, who tried to just walk away, pretending not to notice what was going on. Making everyone sit down to at least decide on the n and strategy, I take control, though my thoughts still were in great disarray.

    Eeh?

    Don''tEeeh me?! Where were you trying to go by yourself?

    Eeeh, but, didn''t you sayOnly those ready to kill other people are allowed to go?

    She did.

    Why was she voted number one on the Good personranking? Is it her chest? Did they vote for the breasts? Which part about them is so good?!

    Shimazaki-san, you and the others should also calm down, we are allrades here.

    Please! We have to go! We survived, met Oda-kun and the others, and apologized!! So So, this time, him This time we have to find him Please! Let us go! We can kill!! We can do it!!

    Shimazaki-san''s group is of a higher level than everyone else. They are really strong. That''s because the tamed get a share of the experience points from their tamer. This means that Haruka-kun is continuing to fight, alone Certainly, Shimazaki-san and the others can take on even stronger opponents, and if it''s for Haruka-kun, if it''s to protect Haruka-kun''s life, they will kill even ssmates without the slightest hesitation. They can. Previously, Haruka-kun was saying that Their eyes looked like those of fanatics, it was really scary., but it''s not just like, they are fanatics for Haruka-kun. They are insanely grateful to him, grateful enough to fall for the taming on their own In the world that heard no prayers and had no hope nor salvation for them, Haruka-kun gave them all of that.

    And to an extent, all of the other girls and even Oda-kun and his friends were the same. Everyone is willing to fight and kill for Haruka-kun. It might be just willingness, and it might prove no good when it''s really needed, but even so, they are rushing to Haruka-kun, ready and willing to risk their lives and take the lives of others.

    Even so, why do you think he wrote  wait here?

    Restraining Oda-kun and the others, who were about to sneak out into the forest, not caring much for the conversation or the mood, we continue our discussion.

    We will get in the way?A burden?He doesn''t want us to kill people?He doesn''t want us to get killed?We aren''t trusted?Too weak?He doesn''t care?A baggage?What Haruka-kun is worried about is that we might be used as hostages against him.

    No, we are fine. We are over level 70 already, and have equipment.

    Looks like Oda-kun and the others didn''t read the mood and already went over level 70. They probably didn''t read the mood and just kept grinding for experience. The guild master said that the strongest people of this world, who are even called monsters by some, are over level 100, with our bonus stats, we probably would be more than evenly matched at level 70, and since we also have cheats, Oda-kun and others are probably the strongest in this world.

    Even so, it seems that to defeat a big green wolf with a pack solo, one has to be at least among the people, called monsters. That big wolf was just one of the many that Haruka-kun crushed with the sonic boom, creating a mysterious phrase in this world Multiple wolf collision ident.. Since Haruka-kun left alone, leaving us here

    To stay here and protect ourselves.

    Probably. There is no telling how many enemies are out there.

    Oda-kun replied, and librarian-chan added. Yes, that''s probably how it is. After all, those two probably talked with Haruka-kun the most in our world. That''s why he pushed the insane amount of magic stones onto the guild, that they obviously wouldn''t be able to buy, making them owe us a favor, then, saving the daughter of the local lord, and then the next day the lord himself, even though Haruka-kun wasn''t supposed to leave the town, creating connections with everyone in the town. Right now, we will immediately receive information if they spot any other ck-haired, dark-eyed people. With adventurers, soldiers, and themon people on the lookout, this town is the safest ce for us.

    So? Why are you stopping everyone, yet are in the full battle gear yourself, President?

    I got scolded. ?Why me? Eh, wait?

 Chapter 38: There probably was a point to giving up on affection points and pheromone…… Probably?

    Chapter 38: There probably was a point to giving up on affection points and pheromone���� Probably?

    Day 23  Morning, depths of the forest.

    Calling this hard training would be an understatement at this point. I''m sorry for being so full of myself. But thanks to that I have full MP, so it can be said that it was a masterful saving. And bing able to use Kyojitsu is quite a good result. The eleration and speed that I could use only over a long distance before, I now can use at short distance as well, and on top of it, instead of mming into something, I can change that charge into a shing attack. To change instantaneous eleration into attack power it bes important how I''m going to retain that explosive eleration, and how I''m going to trante it into an attacking movement of taking a step and shing, how will I control my body to minimize the loss in momentum, putting all of that together and refining it. And as a result of that polishing, I got level 10 and Kyojitsu Lv 1. All of what I''ve done wasn''t meaningless. I''ve got results. It''s just that the ending wasn''t great.[1. TL note: Kyojitsu  lit. Truth or Falsehood. As the wise man said, All warfare is based on deception. This can be called a practical application of that principle in martial arts. The idea of ying with falsehood and truth, with intent and its absence, to deceive the opponent, or better, to confuse him so that he is always making the wrong decisions, which for example can be used for creating exploitable gaps in the defense.]

    However, if Ie up with a technique, create it, and use it, will it turn into a martial art or a skill? In fact, I just got Kyojitsu Lv 1, even the name is exactly how I imagined it. But nothing of this sort happened before? Is this just a coincidence? Or are there some kind of limitations? No, considering what I''ve been doing until now, I''m even happy that none of that turned into a skill or a title. Like, Martial Art Human MissileorHuman Cannonor skill Avatar of Traffic ident. That''s too much, I''m d that none of that happened. I should take care not to carelessly create techniques of my own in the future, they might really turn into skills. Inferno (Hell of Burning Baldness) is sealed. I''d hate getting a spell Hell of Burning Baldnessor something of that sort. It''s sealed, absolutely. But high speed crash incident, can be quite cool if I find a cool name for it? I''m going to crash into things anyway, so if I stick a cool name to it preemptively Multi Wolf collision incident is a no Something else It''s not the time to be thinking about this though.

    I finally, finally got level 10. The number of monsters I killed in the meantime has probably reached 4 digits. If everyone had to kill 1000 monsters to reach level 10, then monsters would''ve probably gone extinct? And certainly, the quality of monsters must have some connection to this as well, I probably managed to level up because I killed goblin kings. Or not. It''s probably both. But the road to level 10 was long. I finally level up, but I don''t have time to check my status. I managed to take only a short peek at it, because I don''t have time, or rather, this is not a ce for that. Since It came out. I was so happy about leveling up but turns out, there was something else in the depths of the forest. Not a king, but Goblin Emperor. That exins why there were so many kings. It''s not like they were ying games, they just had an emperor. I''m all overjoyed about my level 10, and it''s level 50. It''s not just spoiling a moment, it''spletely and absolutely destroying it. And here I thought that I finally got through one level wall, and it has four more of them on me. Hyperintion, the worth of level 10 plummeting. And I was so happy Read the mood.

    And thus, I''m doing nothing but dodging for some time now.

    Attacks appear so powerful that it feels like they will send me flying by just brushing me.

    And this, I''m doing nothing but dodging.

    I tried hitting and shing it, but I don''t feel like it had any effect.

    Even though it waves the club around, the attacks are too fast to leave me any real opening. The club is flying in front of my face. I can''t find an opportunity to escape or put a distance between us.

    Hence, I''m doing nothing but dodging.

    Hence, I''m doing nothing but evading.

    No, I''m actually trying to attack while I''m dodging, but my attacks seem to have no effect.

    And I''m also trying to freeze and burn it, but it doesn''t stop it. As for the head It is already bald.

    Goblin Emperor AGE  Lv

    HP  MP  ViT  PoW  SpE  DeX  MiN  InT  Lu

    Martial Arts:Hammer MaXHard Hit MaX Ramming Attack MaXIron Wall Lv 8Pulverize Lv 7Flurry Lv 7

    Skills:High Sexual Vigor MaXHarden Lv 9Intimidating MaXFear Lv 7Healing Lv 5Magic Resistance Lv 5

    Items:Wooden Club

    Even though it is just a gob, it has almost the same speed as me? Isn''t that unfair? Isn''t that against the rules? And it even can heal No wonder my attacks seemed ineffective. I thought that I could at least gradually wear it down, but it is recovering the damage I deal!

    The situation is deteriorating. I certainly will run out of mana first. Though Mana Wrapping is cost-efficient, I still use more mana than I recover. I''m also trying magic attacks from time to time, so MP keeps slowly decreasing.

    If I could at least freeze its feet with ice magic or stun it with lightning magic, then I could''ve done something about this situation, but it doesn''t seem like any of this works. At all.

    I would''ve been dead already if I didn''t buyCloak of Evasion  SpE + 20%, Evasion Up (Lesser)from the suspicious merchant. Giving up on Pheromone Ring and affection points wasn''t a mistake. It wasn''t

    Whoooa, it brushed my hair, it brushed my hair! The smell of something burnt! What are you going to do if I go bald?! For a while, I keep dodging and evading while observing it, closely observing.

    There are gaps in its defenses, I just can''t exploit them. I won''t be able to get a shot in without exchanging blows.

    It''s about time for dinner. While dodging, I pull out dry mushrooms, and while dodging, I munch on them. I don''t even have a chance to pour soy sauce.

    Waiting until the attack is over.

    I can''t even deflect the club.

    Much less block it head on.

    So instead of blocking the attack, I hit the club that just went past me.

    Dodging, I strike it.

    Over, and over, and over, and over, and over, until it works.

    It almost worked, but I can''t break the gob''s posture after all.

    Not simply attack, but take half a step in and hit, breaking the posture, creating a momentarily opening.

    Kyojitsu.

    I can''t finish this in one hit. I can''t critically damage it in one hit. Eventually, it will heal.

    Goblin Emperor HP 182/256 MP 56/92

    I also used up half of my MP. To defeat it I need a series of attacks, so I make my movements even more efficient, quicker, and repeatedly use Kyojitsu.

    Speed over Power, step into the range while evading, sh, another step while evading, sh. I keep continuously shing

    It''s all about luck now. I''m pretty sure the only thing saving me right now is my luck. Even if chances of my death were 1 in 1000, I should''ve been dead by now. I''m sorry LuK-san, you are doing your best. You are not even good luck anymore, you are Epic Luck. LuK Max (Limit Break) was doing its part. But in that case, why am I getting constantly scolded by everyone even though I did nothing wrong? The mystery deepens.

    The goblin emperor finally stopped moving. Honestly, I wouldn''t be surprised if I died 100 times today.

    How much time has passed? Ipletely lost a sense of time. Did it take long? Did it not? I almost forgot that I already ate dinner.

    But not yet, there is still more. Kobolds are the next. Even if I have 1,000 near-death encounters, it wouldn''t be strange if I get killed 10,000 times over, but I still have to go. My arms are still with me, my legs are not broken, my eyes are intact, and I don''t have a hole in my guts. So it''s not over yet, not yet

 Chapter 39: I was scolded when I said that the night is long because of the planets rotation

    Chapter 39: I was scolded when I said that the night is long because of the''s rotation

    Day 23  Midday, White Weirdo Inn.

    Though we didn''t reach a conclusion, as apromise, we set on investigating the forest, but only near its edge, and we also can grind for EXP while checking the situation.

    It''s just an excuse, everyone simply wants to get closer to wherever Haruka-kun is. Split into 5 parties we push through the forest in a wedge formation, keeping close to each other.

    There is not a single monster around, we won''t be able to raise our levels like this.

    Really, not a single one. Even though we are inside the forest, no one is fighting, all of the monsters are destroyed, massacred, and annihted. And there is only one possible suspect.

    Shall we go deeper?

    A pointless question, really, everyone just pushes deeper into the forest as if possessed, no matter how much I would try to stop or halt them.

    I don''t think it is very persuasive if the person trying to stop us is rushing ahead of everyone?

    They refused. t out. Even so, if Haruka-kun didn''t want us toe, then there has to be a good reason for it.

    Even so, everyone keeps getting closer, step by step, knowing, that eventually, we will reach him, worried, that he might disappear otherwise

    Even if we wanted to treat this as an attempt to raise our levels, there are no monsters around.

    We just keep going further and further into the forest.

    A few hours passed already. It''s probably more than 3 hours. We are way past the time we initially agreed on.

    But no one, not a single person, suggested that we should go back, I probably will have to be the one to say this. Even though I''m probably the one who doesn''t want to say this the most. Even though Haruka-kun acknowledged me, acknowledged my ability, I still have to be the one to say this. And yet, we keep walking towards the cave, step by step Brought to such a world, we forgot how tough or even look to the future, having no idea of what should we do, and with that thought alone guing our minds, we were able to find a ce where we could have peace of mind, where we couldugh, all thanks to Haruka-kun, who provided such a ce, such a chance for us. That''s why

    No matter how far we go, there is not a single monster in sight.

    No one said a word on our way back. Everyone''s footsteps were slow, so by the time we reached the inn, it was already night, even though we didn''t encounter any monsters. We can''t be like this, we have to raise our levels, but we just went back unable to do anything.

    When I said Let''s go backeveryone looked at me with depressed, sad, miserable, and pitiful expressions. They looked at me with pained faces, looked down, and nodded, agreeing to go back, letting outmenting sighs I, probably, had the same expression as them.

    Oda-kun and the others also rented a room in the same inn, and to prevent anyone from sneaking out, I changed room allocation, creating a situation where everyone can monitor everyone else. Otherwise, everyone will go out, myself included.

    I don''t remember thest time it was so quiet during mealtime. The poster girl also was nervous. I''m sorry, even though we just reunited with Oda-kun and the others. Even though it was supposed to be our initial goal. Everyone finished their food while exchanging only a few words, and simply idled around, having no idea what to do. Simply by Haruka-kun not being with us, everyone, even the girls that always made too much noise, getting scolded all the time, and Oda-kun and the others, said to have the talent for not reading the mood, were silent, brooding, and anxious, wrecking our brains for answers in vain

    I didn''t know that night could be this long.

    Because usually, as we make a huge ruckus, as weugh and talk, the day would end without even noticing.

    In the blink of an eye.

    At such times we would think there is not enough time, that we need more hours in a day.

    Back then, no one knew that nights are this long.

 Chapter 40: Looks like not only gobs and kobolds have to be exterminated, but old dudes as well.

    Chapter 40: Looks like not only gobs and kobolds have to be exterminated, but old dudes as well.

    Day 23  Night, the Cave.

    Phaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah.

    Crap. Did the high density of old men cause me to begin turning into one as well? Is it contagious? Maybe I should exterminate them? Yes, I should. It''s decided.

    Even though I made a Jacuzzi, even though I made it possible to create jet streams of bubbles with wind magic, I was able to enter it only now. From its creation to enjoying it myself more than 10 days have passed. But I have no regrets. None at all. And also no guilt, remorse, or repentance. That''s because, during that period of time, 20 high school girls were using it! What I actually regret,ment, and feel very bitter about, is letting those idiots use it yesterday. If at the very least I entered it before them

    No visitors today, huh?

    After enjoying the Jacuzzi, I drink berry juice.

    Pheeew.

    Yeah, I should annihte old men, this infection should not be allowed to spread. It''s a biohazard. Without even noticing I was cing a hand on my hip, just like an old man. Crap, is it progressing?! I''m only 16! Am I really going to turn into an old man? I should search for a herb to stop this. Should it be something that prevents aging?

    Kyojitsucan be used against kobolds'' speed as well. The technique is merely swinging the club in the shortest distance. The range is half a step away, one step at most. Simply put all of my strength, speed, weight, magic power and skills in one attack,bining them. The fastest and the shortest explosive attack. But unless I learn how to link such attacks together, it will remain just a one-shot attack.

    Weaving a step and a sh into one motion.

    Memorize that form.

    I have to be able to sh as naturally as I walk.

    Remember it with my body, enforce it with my mind, wrap myself in mana, and execute that motion.

    Well now, I''ve been close to death plenty of times today and managed to get through the worst of it through the sheer luck. Thank you Epic Luck-san, normally, I''d be already dead.

    Though I feel like midway I was possessed by hotbloodedness or just simple idiocy

    Thinking back on it, did I get infected with stupidity by those idiots?! The hell was that my arms are still with me, my legs are not broken, my eyes are intact, and I don''t have a hole in my gut?! That''s just a crazy talk! Even a mere scratch could''ve killed me! What if I got Idiot on my status And I don''t want Old Man as well

    Status

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human AGE 16 Lv 11 Job

    HP  Up MP  Up ViT  Up PoW  Up SpE  Up DeX  Up MiN  Up InT  Up LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP

    Martial Arts:Cane Arts Lv 9(2Up)Avoidance Lv 8(2Up)Premonition Lv 9(3Up)Mana Wrapping Lv 8(2Up)Kyojitsu Lv 2(New 2Up)Instantaneous Movement Lv 1(New)

    Magic:Temperature Lv 4Movement Lv 7(Up)Weight Lv 7(Up)Packing Lv 7(Up)Magic of Four Elements Lv 6(Up)Wood Magic Lv 6 (2Up)Lightning Magic Lv 4(Up)Ice Magic Lv 4(Up)

    Skills:Health Lv 5(Up)Sensitive Lv 5(Up)Gymnastics Lv 8(3Up)Walking Lv 7(Up)Command Lv 5(Up)Appraisal Lv 8(2Up)Farsight Lv 7(Up)God Eye Lv 1(New)Detect Presence Lv 8(Up)Search Lv 8(Up)Mana Control Lv 8(Up)Erase Presence Lv 6Stealth Lv 8(2Up)Concealment Lv 8(2Up)Map Lv 5Concentration Lv 8(2Up) Physical Resistance Lv 6MP Recovery Lv 8(2Up)HP Recovery Lv 7(Up) Parallel Thinking Lv 6(2Up)Serial Thinking Lv 6(2Up) Quick Thinking Lv 7(6Up)Rush Lv 5(3Up)Air Walk Lv 5(3Up)Extreme Velocity Lv 5(4Up)

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv 5(Up)NEET Lv 5(2Up)Loner Lv 5(Up)Mage Lv 8(3Up)

    Unknown:Communication Lv 4(Up)Jack of All Trades Lv 5(Up)Muppet Lv 5(Up)

    Items:Staff?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?Contacts?Soul RingItem BagBracelet PoW31% SpE +19%ck Hat

    I finally leveled up, but it''s only 2 levels? What was that? Quality over quantity, huh? Can someone write a guide or something? I don''t get this at all. And what I don''t get the most are my skills.

    As I thought, my stat growth became bigger. I had suspicions about the cause, and after going to the town they turned to conviction, which I was able to confirm today. The cause is Potential Mushroom. That''s the culprit. That''s the reason for the extremely high status. Probably not only I but gob kings and the gob emperor ate them as well. Though I''m the only one who ate them with soy sauce, so I was able to enjoy a more luxurious taste than the emperor. It was delicious.

    HP and MP mushrooms are super high-grade items, and potential mushrooms do not exist. There is none. At least in human society. No one knows about them, no one saw them, and even if a rare one grows somewhere, it gets eaten by a goblin, which then will be a king or an emperor, creating his own horde, making the area inessible for humans. That''s why neither thedy from the general store nor guild employees knew anything about it. Without a very special, great luck, one wouldn''t even know about them, much less eat them. And I''m the only one who knows how well they go with soy sauce. And I''m the only one who tried that. Fufufu, isn''t that nice.

    The gobs dropped monster bracelets, +1% from leaders, +3% kings, and +6% the emperor. The same goes for kobolds. And the bracelets seem tobine? Like, if they are put together, they be one? Something of that sort? But it doesn''t seem to increase the weight.

    Experience-wise it would be better to kill a lot of weak monsters. Numbers make a difference. The depths of the forest have stronger monsters, but in turn, there aren''t as many of them. Well, if there were many, I would''ve been dead. But the bracelets are nice. Even if one gave only +1%, 100 of them would already mean +100%. In a way, it''s even better than a level up.

    Kyojitsu Lv2(New 2Up), which I just obtained already gained 2 levels, which is nice, but on the other hand, after going that far, it got only 2 levels. Is there something more to it? Can it develop even further?

    I probably gotInstantaneous Movement Lv 1from the repeated movement at high speed. After allExtreme Velocity Lv 5went up by 4 levels, so I probably pushed it quite hard.

    AndGymnastics Lv 8went up 3 levels. It seems that I misunderstood it, doing radio gymnastics every morning like a fool when it seems that it actually meant coordination or agility Then just say so. Unnatural movements from Kyojitsu probably caused it to level up, improving my coordination. So it''s not like I got better at gymnastics.

    Well, it makes sense, forcibly moving my body through skills removes useless movements and strength, but it still doesn''t change that it is a forced movement.

    But what I don''t get is God Eye Lv 1. Is it an eye of a god? Or can I see gods? If I can see gods then I''ll put that old geezer through a sermon as soon as I spot him!

    My abilities are limited. Some things are not possible for me.

    There is a limit to what I can try, and to what I can do.

    Well, now

    Day 23  Over.

 Chapter 41: The nastiest guy or the master of nastiness, who is the true villain here?

    Chapter 41: The nastiest guy or the master of nastiness, who is the true viin here?

    Day 24  Morning, The Cave

    In the end, the guest didn''te. Well, even if he won''t evere, it''s fine with me. I didn''t call him anyway.

    I''m just standing in the way.

    A scarecrow of sorts.

    Just staying here is enough.

    And do what I must.

    I might not like it, but he should be the same.

    He is the nastiest person, but I''m the master at being nasty, that I can say with confidence. The president and others also can vouch for that.

    The opponent is just nasty by nature, while I am by choice. I''m doing it on purpose, an expert at making things the worst. The president and others can guarantee this as well. It''s a good question who is the real baddie here.

    Time is on my side. Dragging this out will be a problem for the opponent, not me.

    Even so, he is yet toe, which means that he is looking from somewhere, that he is gathering information somewhere, that his calctions are not done yet. In that case, I will get stronger in the meantime, it might be meaningless, but it might prove meaningful. It''s better than doing nothing at all. Even if in the worst case it is pointless, even if it is probably pointless, even if it is almost certainly pointless, there is at least no demerit to it. We are terribly mismatched anyway.

    I depart after eating fish for breakfast. Grilled fish with bread seems like a dubiousbination, but I have no rice. I wonder how foreigners are eating it?

    Everyone certainly will be overjoyed if thedy from the general store manages to find rice.

    Today is another day when I''m going to hunt for mushrooms. And also goblins and kobolds.

    Well, level 20 is impossible, but level 15 Is also impossible. There is no way he would just watch and allow me to do that. Which also means that he would observe until level 14 at most. By that time he should show up.

    Even so, I just got to level 11. I don''t have that much time.

    Even though I''m slow to raise my levels he is probably willing to wait. Meanwhile, the president and others will raise their levels even further, while the geeks'' level will go through the roof. What if they geek it? I also sent the meatheads to the president, so it should be fine. Go ahead and be scolded in my stead every day. Come on, you will be checkmated if you just keep waiting.

    The geeks probably got a safety buffer in levels. Since they don''t know how strong the opponent is, putting as much level difference as possible is the only thing they could do. They probably won''t read the mood and will just keep leveling up until they be the strongest.

    As long as nothing gets in their way. Yes, as long as no one gets in their way. I just have to get in the way of those that will get in their way. Just like I''m doing at the moment. And while we are getting in each other''s way, everyone else is steadily overtaking us.

    A sacrificial pawn of sorts, taking it means wasting your move, yet you can''t afford not to take it. Annoying isn''t it? Even after he went after all those efforts to split us.

    With me encamping here, he will be attacked if he tries to pass and won''t make it in time if he doesn''t. A real pain. Even though I''m so nicely isted.

    How unlucky for you that I decided to settle in this cave, huh? You don''t have enough LuK.

    And I was lucky to manage to reach this cave and settle in it. LuK-san is the strongest.

    And be it fortunate or unfortunate, we will have to meet here. The odds are the worst, but the luck itself is the best.

    It likely will go on on a predetermined route until the very end.

    Just as expected. Just as expected this is the worst for both of us.

    For me, it''s hopeless in terms of survival, for him in terms of the future.

    Even though he divided everyone through mental maniption.

    But the president and others already began regrouping.

    And how are you supposed to break up a loner?

    That''s why he is observing. Killing me doesn''t require that much of a level.

    But, other ssmates are going to widen the level gap. He might be panicking, but hecks the means to resolve the situation.

    He must be at his wit''s end. Must be so irritating, so annoying. This is so much fun. Absolutely amazing.

    Today I''m simply walking all over the ce. Simply walk, if I meet something I hunt it, but other than that I''m just walking.

    The running begins after noon, so for now, I''ll just walk. Walking, as to check, walking, as to test.

    As expected, there are lots of weak monsters upstream. Just optimal for exp grinding. In this case, he might be already over level 30 or near 40. Well, it''s toote to worry about that at this point. I just walk, hunt, and then continue to walk.

    I eat as I walk. It''s been a while since Ist had a jerky, but it''s not tasty at all.

    Now then, I guess it''s enough walking? Let''s try running.

    Sprinting through the woods as I please I hunt what I meet. Yup, back to that again. Since I can''t fight and win head-on, I hunt.

    Since Ick strength I use speed. If the target is too far I can charge it, if there is a distance, I can ambush it, if there is no distance at all, I can now use Kyojitsu. Well, that''s basically what I was doing since the very beginning.

    It soon will be a month since I''m keeping goblinspany, but there are no signs of a budding friendship. Isn''t the first enemy supposed to take a frenemy-like position? Coming to rescue despite ongoing rivalry? Isn''t that how it usually goes? Well, considering that I was killing every single goblin I met, I would need an exorcist if any of them came back.

    Yeah, usually, story-wise, one would tame goblins and kobolds, and fight in the forest using them. But nothing of that sort is happening here because I''m annihting every single monster. Doesn''t that put me on the same level as kobolds that jump to bite off the head as soon as they see me? And on top of that, not only did I not be a beast master, I almost turned into Bitch Master. Just how did it turn like this?

    Anyway, I just have to hunt. It should prevent him from raising his level, and I might even level up myself if I''m lucky.

    He wants intel, I want EXP, he doesn''t care if I gain a few levels and I don''t care about being seen.

    Rxing, leaning forward, as if I''m about to fall to my knees, I take just half a step forward, without putting any unnecessary strength. Taking half a step I swing. Combining the gravity, eleration, magic power, and breathing all into one attack. If I don''t put everything into one attack it will bite off my head. I''d like to avoid that at any cost!

    Yeah, I can take down Kobold King as well, it''s super-fast, but it always goes for the head, and I absolutely won''t let it bite my head! Absolutely!

    It''s so fast that it even leaves afterimages. It even usedbos, attacking from different directions, but in the end, it still went to bite my head

    Though I''m physically unharmed, mentally I took a heavy blow.

    Yeeah, I''m done if there is a Kobold Emperor. Drifting away from the cave any further is not a good idea. Let''s take a detour and go home.

    However, he is still noting? Well, I don''t care if it will be toote? He is underestimating how bad the geeks are at reading the mood, how dumb the idiots are, and how much of a menace the sermon power of the girls is. Even though he went to such great lengths to break them apart, the candidates to be heroes and legends of this world have probably already begun to unify. Side characters like us will have no chances of catching up with them

    Could it be that you have gotten the wrong idea?

 Chapter 64: Combining 2D thinking with vertical thinking got me a flat gaze

    Chapter 64: Combining 2D thinking with vertical thinking got me a t gaze

    Day 29?  The Faraway Labyrinth, the Lowest Floor.

    In the end, it seems there were 100 Mino-sans. Since 100 of them fell down here.

    Weapons, armor, and magic stones from each of them should bring huge profits, but the guild is so far away. And I doubt they are going to do a business trip to buy everything from me. If they coulde here they''d have no need to buy a thing from me.

    But 100 Mino-sans and the Living Armor-san? The great horde of 101 monsters? The hell were they doing bunching up like that?! No one will be able to beat a Lv 100 Living armor after getting through a hundred Lv 99 minotaurs. People would run away the moment they hear about something like that!

    Now, there is no one at 99F anymore. Everyone fell down here.

    New monsters might spawn if I idle here too much, so let''s hurry onto the next floor. Climbing up the stairs I reach the hole-riddled 99F. Hmm, aren''t there more holes than floor?

    Isn''t 99F close to crumbling? Turns out staying below it was pretty dangerous. Damn it.

    Grumbling, I pass through the floor. It''s so difficult to walk here with all those holes in the ground. There are so many of them that I don''t even feel like using earth magic to change the terrain.

    But it''s such a mystery. There is only a skull and a helmet. So how does she manage to give me a t gaze with that? I can clearly feel it on my back. To think I''d get replenishment of t Gaze on the lowest floors of the dungeon from the previous boss of that very dungeon. You just never know what might happen in life. Much appreciated.

    99F has a low ceiling, so even if I drop someone here it won''t cause a lot of damage. Just in case I tried to open a hole where I felt a presence, but nothing came falling.

    I got a nce withAppraisal, and it turns out that it''s a Lv 98 lich. Since it''s floating, it''s only natural that it isn''t going to fall.

    Liches are spectre-like monsters that despite having physical immunity and high resistance to all types of magic aside from holy, have the highest levels of mastery in all magic except for holy. And since I can''t use holy magic, I can''t attack them, but sinceStaff?was effective versus the darkness of ex-lich Skeleton?-san, it might have holy attribute. Well, I will find out if I poke them with it.

    There is a hole beneath it, but the lich isn''t trying toe down or attack me? Two-Dimensional thinking?

    That being the case, I use my vertical thinking, and reaching out withStaff? poke the lich from below. Oooh! It''s super effective! It agonized for 2 or 3 seconds and then disappeared, even dropping a magic stone. The stone fell all the way to the lowest floor Was I supposed to catch that?

    Even so, the liches aren''ting down, and make no attempts at attacking me. Do they have problems with three-dimensional thinking? Are they too caught up with existing logic and theory?

    After that, I kept endlessly repeating the process of opening holes and poking liches through them, open a hole, poke, open a hole, poke Why am I doing such a thing in a dungeon?

    Each of the falling magic stones was gracefully caught by Skeleton?-san. All while giving me a reproachful stare. How skillful of her. Looks like we are spared from having to go down to pick them up. One did fall down, but it''s fine I guess. There are probably a hundred of them here.

    As I munch on mushrooms we head to 98F. It seems like Skeleton?-san decided to take the lead, climbing the stairs before me. However, I couldn''t tell when she was just a skeleton, but this armor really emphasizes her figure. Long legs, slim waist, why am I having trouble with where I should be looking even though it''s just an armor? Did I actually have armor fetish? Or is it a certain high-school-boy-type something beginning to run amok? Yeah, I was looking for a suspicious establishment open only at dark hours, but what I got here is a suspicious dungeon of darkness. What am I even supposed to do here?

    97F are moths. I was wondering why nothing is falling down but turns out, these are moth-type monsters.

    Naturally, I confirmed it by opening a hole.

    Venom Moth Lv 97, it seems they can give poison and other debuffs by scattering the glowing dust off their wings. If I open too many holes it might get onto this floor.

    But these are bugs, right?

    Shooting a fireball at the ceiling, I then suspend it there. Pouring more and more of my magic power I increase its size.

    The presences of the monsters of 97F gather at the fireball, and then disappear, one after another Yup, those are bugs, no doubt.

    That''s all of them it seems. No signs of life left.

    Uwaaaa, what an amazing t gaze. Even though it''s just armor. Even though inside it''s just a skull, how does she manage to give me such a look? I guess this world has no concept of light traps for insects?

    I mean, there is no way I''m going to waltz into the swarm of bugs that scatter poison and debuffs? It''s a deathtrap for neers. Unless you have prior knowledge of this, it''s a guaranteed annihtion even before the fight even starts.

    I climb the stairs to 97F while basking in a t gaze. Let''s call her Skelly Pres from now on. Before long I might even start adding sama to that. Even though I''m the master here?

 Chapter 65: Rolling while walking is very difficult, but no one understands my hardship

    Chapter 65: Rolling while walking is very difficult, but no one understands my hardship

    Day 29?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 97F

    97F was littered with magic stones. Must be from all the venom moths that burned here. The magic stones are mostly concentrated around the hole on the floor.

    Skin contact or breathing these scales probably better be avoided, so I burn them as I walk.

    Skelly Pres is collecting the magic stones behind me, while giving me a stare. Ah, how nice.

    Of course, I then opened a hole in the ceiling.

    Caterpirs poured down from there.

    Did the venom moths grow from these?

    Venom Crawler, Lv 96, yup, no doubt.

    Looks like they can spit strings of toxic mucge that also can give other debuffs. Considering that they also have Adhesion, one will probably be stuck in those threads while suffering from poison and other abnormal status effects. Can it get any worse?

    But dropping them one by one sounds like a chore. Or rather, I''m toozy for that. Those are caterpirs. They are huge, but caterpirs. Their thread is dangerous, but they are still caterpirs.

    And if so?

    We climb to 96F. Skelly Pres is in the vanguard. Let''s buy her a cloak when we get back to the town. This armor is too lewd.

    I feel like it might even give me some kind of abnormal status effect. It would be a disaster. Well, though at the point where I feel something for the skull in armor, it''s already quite abnormal. A serious disaster.

    Reaching 96 I put my hand on the floor and using earth magic I create a roller. A huge one. I matched it with the size of the passage, so about 8 meters in width? And the height is about Two meters? Well, it should be enough as long as I cover behind it.

    And so, I walk while rolling it.

    The floor is a maze, so every time the path splits I remake a roller and roll on. Making the corners was a huge pain.

    And while I was at it, caterpirs kept dying, squashed by the roller. Behind me, the Armored Stare-san is gathering magic stones. She also seems to be giving me a refill of t gaze.

    I also can''t step into the mess left by the squashed caterpirs. It''s a glue! And a venomous one at that.

    So while rolling forward I work on fixing the floor.

    Phew, 96F was unexpectedly difficult. Hard win? Hard work? Or rather, isn''t this a construction work?

    Whoa, amazing t gaze, she might be a good match for the president. They probably can have a t gaze duel.

    I don''t know what time or day it is, but the rest can probably wait. I might be rushing too much, but I''m worried about the worrywarts up there.

    From 95Fes an amazing aura. Is it only one monster? But it''s probably very strong. Opening another hole here is not a good idea.

    Though the floor is now nice and even due to my efforts, but, it is all covered in venomous glue. It''s not a good ce for a fight.

    It would be better to fight on 95F.

    Looks like a strong enemy? The presence is crazy? What kind of crazy monster is waiting over there?

    As I say that we are climbing the stairs. For some reason, the Skelly Pres, that leads the way, seems to brim with motivation? Well, she probably was too bored since she didn''t get to fight properly?

    Hmm, I have to buy her a cloak as fast as possible. But why does armor have to reveal the bodyline so much?

    Now, it''s 95F.

    Living Sword Lv 100, eh, hey! Why is it not level 95? Are we back to the lowest floor? Is it 100F again? Read the mood! Set it to level 95, dammit.

    Living Sword. A flying sword? A living sword? A lively sword? For starters, there are ten of them, stuck into the ground. Seven thin silver swords, two ck katanas, and in the center a huge silver sword. Ten in total.

    They are giving off a super scary aura. If only the Bitches were here, I could''ve set them on the swords.

    Skelly Pres is also giving off a scary aura? Eh? What should I do?

    As the Skelly Pres approaches the swords in a calm step, they float up in the air, one after another. Illusion? Are they going to perform the Impaled trick? It''s a skeleton in that armor, so it probably won''t hurt her even if they fail. Though I don''t think it is possible to even hit her in the first ce.

    And finally, at longst, a real fight is going to start?! Probably? Most likely?

 Chapter 66: I feel like if the title changes to The Silver Knight I wont get an appearance anymore

    Chapter 66: I feel like if the title changes to The Silver Knight I won''t get an appearance anymore

    Day 29?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 95F

    Living Sword Lv 100 is strong Probably? I think so? Ah, this again.

    The living sword fluttered through the air around Skelly Pres in a boisterous sword dance.

    Glints of silver shed across its surface, with sparks pouring all around. shes from the shes could be seen all around. And?

    ng, thud

    Knock?

    One of the living swords ended up at my feet after being repelled by Skelly Pres'' attack, so I tried hitting it with Staff?, after which it stopped moving. Out of batteries? I tried hitting it with Lightning Magic, but it still doesn''t move Looks like a corpse? Though it''s a sword

    ng, thud

    Knock?

    Again? Is this going to repeat ten times? Simply repeat? Aren''t dungeon battles with life and death on the line supposed to be more like Well, that?

    ng, thud

    Bam??

    Looks like this pattern is going to continue repeating? Or rather, it does! Over and over, ten times

    Simply a man in ck that hits swords at his feet with a stick.

    Over there the silver armor is locked in a sword dance with flying swords, doing all kinds of crazy moves And here I am, just knocking on them.

    And so they all perished. As I was gathering the living swords the Skelly Pres looked at me like a dog at the bone. Again? Is she asking me to give them to her? Is she actually really high maintenance?

    Want them?

    *Nod Nod*

    Looks like she does? When I lined them up for her to choose She took all ten of them. She didn''t leave even a single one. Even though I also wanted to fuse something with Staff?if there were any good ones?

    Well, she seems happy? So it''s fine, I guess?

    But can she even hold all of them?

    Suddenly, I remember, that I had Mantle of Storage  Item Storage, Evasion 10% UP, Magic Defence 10% UP, shing Resistance, Piercing Resistance, Blunt Damage Reductionin one of the item slots of my Mantle?. So pulling it out I gave it to her, to which she almost began jumping in joy.

    Are skeletons supposed to be so emotional? Isn''t she ruining her setting? Wasn''t she some kind of big shot in this dungeon? Covered in darkness and all that? Well, she seems happy, so it''s fine though.

    Putting on the mantle she then stored the swords one after another. And then after much deliberation put one of the thin ones on her waist.

    Red mantle and d in all silver. For a weapon a silver rapier.

    I''m wearing a ck mantle with a hood over my head and a stick in my hands

    She totally looks more like a protagonist! I''m just a randompanion! Just Follower A! Wasn''t I the one who tamed her?

    Anyway, Skelly Pres was really amazing. After seeing that I''mpletely cool with her being the main hero.

    Dancing with ten flying swords in a storm of steel and not losing to them one bit, each movement gracefully flowing into another, she turns and she sweeps, she jumps and she hits, everything perfectly connected. And the perfect control she showed by making every swordnd at my feet I didn''t take even one step during the whole thing. I was delegated to simply knocking with my staff from time to time.

    And so, after making an offering of swords to the Skelly Pres-sama Wait, aren''t I turning into her ve?

    And so we proceed to 94F.

    My adventure is not over yet!

    I tried to raise a g. Maybe I will sessfully jinx it. I don''t even care anymore. My screen time could already be over The end of the first arc, for the next episode please tune in for The Silver Knight, or something like that?

 Chapter 67: Everyone in our original world is like that, probably?

    Chapter 67: Everyone in our original world is like that, probably?

    Day 29?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 95F

    Phew. Thank goodness

    Looks like I avoided getting reced after the first arc, and noThe Silver Knightwill be starting. So we are moving on. Well, there might be nothing for me to do Nothing I feel like before long I might be Man in ck Mantle A

    We climb the stairs to 94F.

    Of course, Skelly Pres leads the way. Since I gave her the mantle I was relieved that I won''t now have trouble with where to look, but it flutters, and from time to time I get a peek Of the armor. Why am I looking at it? Did I get a weird mania? Is it armor fetish? That is a new genre for sure! But I refuse to pioneer it!

    In the first ce, the armor is too morous. It didn''t have to fit so tightly! Who even asked for that? The content of the armor is a skeleton, so why is it so sensual? I will consider it another mystery of this dungeon.

    I make a bonfire. Throw a bunch of green wood into it, and also add paralysis mushrooms to the fire. Ah, it''s fuming. Using Wind Magic I send those vapors through 94F.

    The monster of this floor is Assassin Tarant Lv 94, so this seems to be the right answer for this floor.

    These are spiders. And on top of that assassins, silent killers.

    I hope they won''t say So what?, if they do, I''m running away, immediately. [1]

    But spiders are spiders, right?

    Detect Presence doesn''t pick up those Assassin Tarants at all, so I have no idea where they are, on top of that, there are dozens of them and they all have Instant Deathpoison! It''s way too dangerous!

    Thus, I decided to fumigate them.

    All Assassin spiders are dropping to the ground, and convulsing lying on their backs. Skelly Pres silently delivers the final blow to them with a reproachful gaze, while I keep blowing the smoke.

    I mean, if a bunch of spiders with an instant kill poison were to swarm at me all trying to attack me from a blind spot, or ambush me, I''d just die. Certainly. So what else can I do?

    Moving forward while burning down the nest of the spiders we found the stairs. Time for 93F, huh. What is the current time? Or actually, the current day? Aren''t I nearing my limit? I should take a break or a nap. I wonder if Skelly Pres needs sleep as well?

    Hm? There is something?

    A hidden room in a corner of the dungeon? I check it after properly smoking it through.

    OOooh! A treasure chest! Finally! Is it where my affection rating was hidden?

    Beside me aGenocide Tarant Lv 94 is twitching. It''s huge though? Well, who cares.

    A treasure chest, a treasure chest, finally a treasure chest!

    But inside was neither my affection rating nor a Pheromone Ring.

    What was even the point of meing here?

    Magic Key  can open any lock of level MAX and lower., if it''s MAX and lower, then doesn''t it mean that it can open any lock? Are there locks with a level higher than MAX? Well, now I can open even locked treasure chests. I got the key that can open any door, but what about the key to the door to my adulthood? I feel like the door itself is nowhere to be found? At this rate even if I had the key, it would rust away and wouldn''t be able to open anything anymore.

    The next one is 93F, huh. It''s taking a while. I open a hole in the ceiling to check on things there.

    What do we have here Skeleton Pdin Lv 93, skeleton huh. Skelly Pres'' colleagues.

    There are skeletons over there? Is it going to be okay? You don''t have friends among them? Maybe rtives?

    Skelly Pres looks at me with a t gaze. No friends or rtives it seems. Is she a loner? Well, then it should be fine to kill them. The problem is that they are skeleton PALADINs. Skeletons have a darkness attribute, and yet, they are pdins? In other words, holy knights. So the holy attribute probably won''t work against them. Well, maybe I can just burn them? All the way to the bones?

    For starters, let''s invite one of them over here.

    *THUD*

    Poor thing. It''s a skeleton and a pdin in one package, so it hasHoly Resistance, and Piercing Resistance, but no resistance to blunt attacks, or impact. With the shock from the fall, it lost its head and died.

    Looks like merely dropping them here is enough. Since it''s a drag making them fall one by one, I drop all of them at once.

    *BAMBAMBAMBAMTHUDTHUDCRACRADUDUDUKINKINTHUD!*

    Looks like total annihtion. A short while after they lose their heads they disappear, leaving magic stones.

    93F was pretty fast. If only every floor could be like this. The staring skeleton in charge of collecting magic stones seems to have something to say, but since she can''t talk it''s all good.

    Climbing to the 93F it''s now the time to scout 92F, or more like sneak a peek. Well, in the end, it''s another hole.

    It''s swimming? Sky Shark Lv 92Looks like it is a shark? Is it supposed to swim through the air just because it has the sky in the name? A shark?

    Opening holes I repeatedly thrust through them.

    URARARARARARARARARRA!

    It would''ve been better if I had a harpoon, but I guess stabbing with Staff?will also work, so I repeatedly thrust with it. It''s quite a chore. I use Lightning Magic to infuse the staff and just keep stabbing away.

    How unfortunate for you, sharks. I''m sure a flying shark would''ve inevitably caused panic in this world, but in our world Jaws always get killed. Hit with electricity, or stabbed with a harpoon, sometimes shot with a rifle, or swallowing a depth charge, or repeatedly shot with an underwater rifle and then run over with a boat as a finisher. I came from a world that was scary for sharks. By now, everyone in my world is ready to happily pounce at a shark the moment they spot one. Probably?

    Did I get it?

    No reply.

    We won.

    Still no reaction.

    Okay, this means they are obliterated. Let''s climb there.

    Skelly Pres seems to be sighing. Even though she is a skeleton? She doesn''t even breathe, so where is that sighing from?

    Even so, it''s a good thing. Rather than being all alone inplete darkness, it''s better if she acts a bit like a human in almostplete darkness. Well, though it indeed might be rare to see such a lively skeleton. [TL Notes: 1.] Reference to "Yes, I''m a spider, So what?"

 Chapter 68: Begone? I guess?

    Chapter 68: Begone? I guess?

    Day 29?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 92F

    We took a short rest while gathering magic stones on 92F. I asked Skelly Pres, and apparently, she needs neither sleep nor rest. She just was freed from exploitative working conditions, yet she can''t rx Is that an after effect of being a corporate ve?

    Munching on a fried mushroom I lie down for a bit. After all that, we are only at 92F The road ahead is still long. Good grief, if you are going to drop me through a pitfall, at least prepare a pitrise as well? To be honest, I have no idea what a pitrise might even be, but well, something like a lift? An elevator? A cage on a rope? Call it whatever you want, the concept doesn''t change.

    As I rest, lying on the ground, I open some holes in the ceiling. It of course goes without saying, but this is another unfamiliar ceiling. I just had to say this since I''m lying, staring at the ceiling. But well, since it''s a dungeon, I don''t think this ceiling will ever be a familiar one.

    Hmm? Anti-Magic Golem Lv91, seems like a golem-san on whom magic doesn''t work. Might be a bit of clich at this point, but let''s drop it as well.

    *Dum*

    Breaking floors of one level after another it went all the way to the lowest floor. If I keep opening holes then not only 92F will suffer, but the floors on every level below it might crumble as well. I''d like to avoid the copse, and losing the floor to walk on also would mean that we wouldn''t be able to go up? As for the magic stones Well, I don''t really care. I wonder if I can lure them here?

    After knocking on the edge of the hole with a stick, golems began gathering near and dropping through it. It seems like they react either to sound or vibrations. Well, they are made of stone, it makes sense that they can''t see a thing. However, this world has skeletons capable of giving t gaze despite having no eyes. So I should be careful. By the way, right now she seems to be rolling her eyes?

    I decided to take a break for about 30 minutes, leaving the Skelly Pres to knock on the hole in the meantime. A short nap.

    *Yawn~* Any presence Yup, looks like there is no one there now. Let''s go up?

    By the way, while I was resting, Skelly Press kept knocking on the hole until all signs of golemspletely disappeared, and then went down to the lowest floor to pick up magic stones. Unsure if I should be pleased or apologetic, I tried patting her on the head, and it seems she is happy about that? Even though I patted her on the helmet? Well, she probably had no one to pat her on the head in the underground depths, so it''s fine, I guess?

    Since I recovered a bit, we head to 91F. Above it is 90F. I can''t help but notice a pattern here. A boss every five levels?

    Oooh, a treasure chest! This time it has to be my affection rating. Finally, my affection that ran away all the way to the other world?!

    On 91F I found another hidden room. Space Perception Lv 1is really useful.

    Beside the treasure chest a boulder just stood there, which I promptly dropped to the lower floors by opening another hole. I mean, it''s certainly wasn''tJust standingthere at all? Why is there a boulder in the middle of the room? Right next to the treasure chest? I would be more surprised if it was just a normal boulder and not some kind of a golem! If it actually wasn''t a trap and just a decoration, then I demand to talk with the interior coordinator of this ce! If you are going that far, then go all the way and make a rock garden! Though I''d drop that as well.

    A ring!!! But? It seems It is not The pheromone ring Ring of Royal Procession  LuK Up (Greater), Brings good fortune, Wards away bad fortuneA very good item, this ward away bad luck might ward away scoldings! And it might bring me to the doors of shady night-time establishments! And it also might prevent that nonsense of falling into pitfalls despite having the luck stat over the limit?! But the one who actually needs it is not me. Even without buffs, my Luk is not only at MaX, but it even went over the limit. Though it doesn''t seem like it brought me any good fortune The one who really needs it

    Want it? Or actually, I''ll give it to you, I guess?

    Skelly Pres shook her head. She is refusing, but she is the one who needs this ring. After all, she spent so many years swallowed by darkness, all alone on the gloomy lowest floor, but managed to endure it all. As the proof of that, she still retains her humanity. For eons, she persevered Although she seems to insist that she is only 17 years old. And I''m not going to touch on that subject since it''s too scary.

    When I forced her to ept the ring despite her protests she happily put it on. Is it going to be okay? Wouldn''t it fall off since there is nothing but bones?

    Now, 90F has only one presence on it. A boss? Floor master? A loner? Arade!

    It is, that? A ghost? A spectre? An evil spirit? Elemental Wraith Lv 100, huh, another level 100? So all of the bosses andrades in loneliness have level 100? Wait, no, they aren''t myrades. However, even though I have several people tamed, the loner in my status won''t disappear? Is it telling me to make real human friends? Leave me alone! I didn''t ask for this! Wait, does it mean that the bitches don''t count as humans after all? Well, usually you also wouldn''t be taming your friends.

    Elemental Wraith Lv 100, huh. I think wraith is supposed to be a spirit of the dead. And it does indeed look like some kind of a ghost. But what about the elemental part? Going by the meaning it should be pointing to its attribute, but the word also could be pointing to being a part of something or embodying the power of nature? As far as I remember, in the Latinnguage, it originally meant a principle, a fundamental proposition. So just elemental isn''t telling me anything. What is the context? What is this unhelpful exnation? Well, though it is obviously a ghost with some kind of additional attribute

    Since it keeps attacking with fire, ice, and wind magic, that elemental probably should represent either forces of nature or four main elements. Damn, just Elementalis too vague. Is it on purpose?

    Well, what do we do now? An exorcism?

    The power of Christpels you? Begone??

    Doesn''t seem to work? Well, I kind of suspected that it wouldn''t? But who wouldn''t want to try at least once? You don''t encounter an evil spirit that often. Speaking of working, why am I getting treated as a NEET right after I got into the second year of high school? I was properly attending the school, so why give me NEET? And I was summoned right from the ss, so why am I getting Hikikomori? It doesn''t make sense?

    Whoa! That was close! It charged at me! Looks like Elemental Wraith isn''t interested in talking about my problems.

    Hmmm?  It''s dead?

    Just as a test I threw salt at it at the moment of charge. A lot of salt.

    Skelly Press is just standing there. Battle-ready,bat stance, sword in hands. And looking at me. With a t gaze.

    No? I mean? It''s an evil spirit? And they say salt has a purifying effect? So I thought maybe it will disappear? Kind of? I guess?

    She is staring at me really hard! Aah~. Throwing salt is a Shinto thing, so the denizens of this world probably won''t get it. Buddhism goes for purification through fire, but this thing had Four Main Elements Resistance? I heard somewhere that holy water is actually water with salt, so throwing salt at it might agree even with Western teachings? Could it be that most people here are Buddhists? But I''m pretty sure that fire wouldn''t have worked on Wraith-san?

 Chapter 69: Just why do I feel like someone, somewhere, is constantly berating me?

    Chapter 69: Just why do I feel like someone, somewhere, is constantly berating me?

    Day 30  The Faraway Labyrinth, 51F

    Floor 50 of the dungeon had a cyclop, a one-eyed giant. It was outrageously strong. The defenses erected by 29 people were broken multiple times, the frontliners swapped countless times for healing, and with the rear continuous barrage of attacks, that they repeated constantly munching on MP mushrooms to restore magic power, we were somehow able to barely defeat it. But everyone was either injured or fatigued so much that they couldn''t even stand. It was too close even for a narrow victory. We arepletely spent. One Lv 50 is a threat capable of pushing us to a brink of annihtion. That is a floor master. We didn''t meet one until we reached the 50th floor. Even Oda-kun''s group don''t know what lies ahead. Are they going to show up every 10 levels? Every 25 levels? Or maybe they are waiting only on the floors 50 and 100? In the worst case, they might be on every 5th level. And what is with the level of the monster continuously growing.

    In fact, if it wasn''t for Kakizaki''s group in the vanguard, we wouldn''t have been able to make it through. Their closebat ability greatly surpasses their stat numbers. They are monsters. They just reunited with everyone, but their coordination is on the level where they don''t even have to look to know what they should be doing. Haruka-kun mentioned it earlier, This is the world that really suits them, it just so happens that they were born in a peaceful world, so they became top athletes, but they were made for war., but after witnessing their overwhelming battle power with my own eyes I can''t help but agree.

    And then, Shimazaki-san group''s ability to crush enemies. Before anyone noticed they already overtook Oda-kun and others, and went past level 80. And what''s even more important, after thanking and apologizing to Oda-kun and the others and reuniting with Haruka-kun they finally regained their sanity. So they no longer push themselves to needless exhaustion or injuries. Until now they were too distracted with what''s going on around them, but now they have focus. At this point, they are very versatile, capable not only of melee but also good at offense and defense, andbat magic. And their level keeps rising. They are still getting experience from Haruka-kun. Which means that Haruka-kun is fighting monsters far surpassing the levels of those that we are facing. Even at this very moment.

    And Oda-kun''s group is assisting others with appropriate support. They understand skills and are good at assessing the situation. Coming to another world they really began taking things seriously. Only 9 people were added to our original group of 20 girls, but I think our battle potential more than doubled. The vanguard and the center are a lot tougher, offense and defense greatly improved, thanks to that, hit-and-run tactics and sneak attacks, towards which many girls were oriented, are finally working properly, bringing a huge difference to the flow of battle. If only, if only everyone in the ss worked together, we probably would''ve been even more formidable. I''m sure of that. But we already lost 13 people. Even so, we are still a force to be reckoned with.

    And yet, we still don''t understand how strong Haruka-kun is. Just what''s up with that? He is only level 12, and doesn''t level up at all. He managed to get Magesomewhere, yet still remains jobless. His skills lean in the direction of an assassin or a scout, but his martial arts are of a closebat evasion fighter? And yet he can use 6 types of magic, but his main thing is cane arts? And not so long ago he was jubnt about learning to walk on the air? Just what is this? What is he trying to be? Going by his stats, he is weak, but looking at him fighting, he is strong.

    He actually defeated Lv 50 Goblin Emperor on his own. We barely managed to beat Lv 50 with 29 of us.

    He is probably fighting level 100 monsters on the lowest floors, and still, somehow survives.

    It might be okay, but it might be not. Normally, there is no way it can end okay.

    Thinking in normal terms, his situation is absolutely and utterly hopeless. But the more I think about it the more the person that fell there gets in the way of believing that the situation can develop normally.

    That''s because hecks the ability to act normally.

    But I''m worried. That''s precisely why I''m worried.

    This time it should be okay. It''s not like the previous time when he went seeking death.

    Yes, this time he just fell down a hole.

    The matter with Pheromone Ring is concerning, but if he actually gets it we can just confiscate it.

    This time there is no need for Haruka-kun to do anything excessive.

    Even so

    Even with us, he kept making a mess, and even after being told off by everyone, showed no remorse.

    There is no telling what he might do if there is no one watching over him. No telling at all. There is no way he won''t do something.

    Since everyone waspletely exhausted I made them rest, leaving the scouting to Oda-kun''s group, who managed to recover by now. And ording to them, thebyrinth might be dead? Apparently, monsters from the upper floors are not respawning. In other words, if we kill them once, they won''t being back? Then we don''t have to worry about our rear. Since the way back is safe, we can just press forward as far as we can. Haruka-kun is waiting for us.

    Everyone seems to be tired, can I take a look below on my own?

    No. Until your party is ready you are on standby.

    The five of us are ready, if it''s just scouting then we can go?

    Yeah, but you, from the rear, are out of mana, right? Just stay put.

    Three people from the center recovered though?

    Until a full party is ready you can''t go. Just calm down already.

    Everyone wants to go down as fast as possible. Even if it''s only a little bit faster.

    In any case, we won''t be able to catch up with him unless we get stronger. We won''t even be able to fight alongside him.

    I might be losing my cool. I might be too impatient.

    I might be yearning for Haruka-kun.

    While there is no lie in everyone''s desire to protect Haruka-kun, there also might be a certain yearning.

    For Haruka-kun, who time after time beats merciless odds, who annihtes despair itself, who ims that even the impossible can be beaten if you hit it long enough. He might be the source of yearning and impatience.

 Chapter 48: Why are my affection points peddling somewhere?

    Chapter 48: Why are my affection points peddling somewhere?

    Day 26  Morning, Streets of Omui Town

    Aah, such a drag, I don''t want to do anything. And I didn''t get enough rest. I want to sleep, but they woke me up I''m a tired high-school boy? But no one tries to understand my hardship.

    Everyone applied with the guild for a dungeon for 3 days, so they have to be there. I''m level 11, so I can''t register as an adventurer, thus staying home. Well, since I''m a NEET, Hikikomori, and Loner, it is the correct decision.

    My part here is done, can''t I go back already? I can''t shake off the feeling that staying here I''m only getting scolded every day. Even though I did nothing wrong? Very strange.

    I have a rtivelyrge sum of money. Upon counting it, it turns out it''s more than 2,000,000 ere. I''m a rich man once again. Let''s tease the poster plebter. I have no allowance, but I earned the money through a side job. Slowly but steadily I umted this sum by working hard, and yet, if it were found out, it would be confiscated, hence, I must spend it before that happens.

    But the suspicious merchant is not yet back in town, The same goes for my affection points and pheromone. Just where did it go? My affection? Just when is it going to grow? Low favorability surely must be the reason why I''m being scolded daily despite doing nothing. Can''t that peddler peddle faster?!

    The general store also has no new wares and no rice. Just in case, I told her about the existence of the ultimate food form, namely rice with mushrooms. Now she will probably get desperate in her search. She is a mushroom addict after all.

    The weapon store, or should it rather be called the club store? Seems to be doing quite well. This town is doomed.

    I window-shop here and there, but there are no cool items. No suspicious shop that opens only at night as well.

    So boring.

    Maybe I should sneak into a dungeon?

    It seems that only adventurers are allowed inside, but if I move stealthily it shouldn''t be a problem.

    Doesn''t a dungeon sound like a lot of fun?

    Apparently, one can even find real treasure chests there.

    For some reason the Geeks were against it, saying thatIf you go there you''d probably fall into a chasm all the way to the lowest floor and go missing.

    No, I''m not going to fly or jump inside a dungeon, so I''m not going to fall anywhere? The ceiling is too low for that, isn''t it?

    There is nothing but gobs and kobolds outside anyway.

    And I''m a bit traumatized from fighting the goblin emperor and the kobold king.

    I don''t want to do that ever again.

    It''s amazing that I managed to survive!

    My head almost got bitten off!

    Never again.

    And I also don''t want to do anything with the Goblin King Game That''s probably the part that I hate the most I mean, I''m the only one who isn''t a king there

    How boring.

    I already had a t gaze from the president of receptionists at the guild, and all of the quests there remained the same

    Which reminds me, until now, no one at the guild met eyes with me even once. Even when I''m standing right in front of them, looking into their eyes, they still wouldn''t make eye contact. Such a mystery. A mystery that is too much for me. Even if it isn''t a mystery, I still don''t get it. And the idiots are still sleeping, they didn''t recover even one bit.

    Anyway, let''s go outside.

    There might be another carriage under attack, so I might get more money in rewards.

    So peaceful. Not a single reward in sight.

    Not a single carriage under attack.

    Well, not like I need it at this point.

    My part is over, so I don''t need new equipment.

    No, if I find something good I will buy it anyway. Obviously.

    I''m basically obligated to do so ording to RPG canons.

    But I don''t want to fight strong monsters.

    Then, I guess my equipment is sufficient?

    I''m going to instead ambush them anyway?

    It''s kind of Too peaceful.

    Well, it''s been a while, so such days are fine as well.

    Is what I''m saying, can''t you read the mood?

    As I walked towards the forest orcs jumped out of it for some reason. Not some orc-faced guys, but actual orcs. Well, I don''t care either way. I don''t get what''s the difference anyway.

    Did theye here after hearing that some town was popr with monsters? Led by false information? In the first ce, where did the orcs even get that info? Was it spread by Merimeri-san? Did she put posters in the forest?

    Looks like gobs and kobolds also tagged along. Is this a shopping tour? Should I go along with the trend? I think they are going to attack me even if I go along with it? Participation denied!! All because I''m a Loner!!

    I strike the gobs.

    Strike the kobolds.

    And asionally also strike the orcs.

    What is this? Whack a monster? A rhythm game? I hope it doesn''t turn into a King Game! And not because I''m afraid of losing!

    And no kobold kings as well! Don''t you dare show up! I''ll set bitches after you! Even though I''m also afraid of them Honestly.

    For how long do I have to keep up with this Whack a Monster? How many hours to clear it? Will I get a prize for this? If it''s a Pheromone Ring then I''m gonna do it!! Absolutely! Come at me, Affection Points! I''ll turn every single one of you into affection!

    It''s getting dark, and I''m getting hungry. Can''t I pause this or save my progress? It''s about time for me to go home. Well, by that logic I will have to go into the forest though.

    Ah, how long do I have to keep doing this? Monster Masters? How many hours do I have to whack them to clear this? Will I get a prize? If it''s rice then I''m gonna do it! Absolutely! Come at me, you rice balls! I''m going to squeeze every single one of you!

    It''s pitch dark already And I''m really hungry! Unable to bear it anymore I started munching on mushrooms midway! Even though the town is right there? Oh? It''s finally over? Ending? What about the prize?

    Eeh? Read the mood! Saving the most annoying part for the final is a bad game design! What did youe here for! Just go back if all of your allies got annihted!

    Thest came Orc King. Level 34, HP is excessive 327. It''s weaker than the goblin emperor, but it''s going to take a while, isn''t it? I''m sure of it.

    It''ste at night, I''m hungry, and yet I have to deal with the orc king now? Just why? It won''t end anytime soon, right? Are they trying to starve me to death? Is that the strategy? Can I leave for a moment? I''ll eat dinner and be right back?

    Apparently  no. This is the worst. It can''t read the mood. It''s on the same level as the geeks. At this point, I won''t be surprised if a Geek King were to appear next. In the first ce, why do I have to beat them to death? It''s such a pain in the ass.

    I beat it to death. I clubbed it. I did it. But no one is rushing to hand me the prize? Why? Was I tricked? I kept whacking them all this time, I didn''t even use magic in case it might be banned for this attraction. I didn''t even cut or stab them and earnestly kept striking them? And no prize? Enough, I''m done with this, I''m going home.

    Collecting clubs and magic stones of Who? The Geek King? No Ah, the orc king and the orc leaders I go back. I''m too tired to gather anything else. Tired, hungry, and just fed up with this.

    Receiving no prize, I dejectedly make my way back to the town.

    A wasted effort.

    If I were to gather everything it probably would''ve totaled for a huge sum, but I won''t be able to sell all of that anyway.

    There are clubs everywhere I look. Why not rename it to the Club Town already?

 Chapter 76: Cant I put them on a chain?

    Chapter 76: Can''t I put them on a chain?

    Day 31?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 80F

    I got tired of retorting.

    Well, I got Heavenly Sword of Gathering Clouds (Sword of Kusanagi)  Divine Sword, Eradicates Evil, PoW SpE DeX LuK 30% Up ? ? ?, but it seems that the avatar of avarice Armored Pres-san doesn''t want it? Could it be because she is a skeleton? But she doesn''t seem to have any problems with blessings or holy attribute items? Could it be that she is pretty picky? She might be picking by the appearance? For now, her equipment all looks pretty cool.

    So by the design, one was supposed to get the holy sword here, and then use it for the battle on the lowest floor? It does look like it might cleanse darkness Yeah, going by the order of things, that seems to be the idea. THEN DON''T DROP ME!

    It has 30% to every attribute, so let''s put it into Staff?. This is the third item. So I have only 4 slots remaining. But why doesn''t it get any heavier? Why doesnt the design change at all? With the ck hood and wooden staff, I look simply like a side-character. Even though the person beside me is wearing sexy silver armor?

    Next, 79F. Finally 70s floors. But to go home I have to pass 79 more floors. I never heard of a hikikomori that can''t go home! I feel like I barely even lived in that cave! And from the middle of it, I was staying in a tent in front of the cave? I''m not shutting-in at all. I miss my new home in this world even more than I miss the one in the original world.

    Though at this point I''m basically living in a dungeon, which is supposed to be a maze, thanks to Space Perception, I''m not getting lost at all. What kind of maze is it if I didn''t get lost even once? I also want to have such moments like in light novels Where should we go? Left? Right?. Exploration wasn''t supposed to be like this. After entering the dungeon I first was walking in a straight path, and by the time I got to the supposed maze parts, I could already perfectly navigate through it with thebination of Space Perception and Map. Not a hint of an actual exploration or discovery. No, it''s convenient, so I''m going to use them, but?

    And 79F Spike Viper Lv 79, a snake? Since it is a viper, it probably should have poison, but why does it have spikes? For better traction?

    Encountering snakes, or rather, reptiles in general, the first thing I''d try is lowering the temperature. Though I did the same with the fishes as well.

    They stopped moving. Or they can''t move anymore? Or maybe they are in hibernation? I don''t know, but for now, they aren''t moving.

    I then walk around, cutting off their heads. But they are so huge. Easily over 10 meters. Swallow, Strangle, Choke, does it really count as martial arts? At least ording to the status page ofSpike Vipersthey should be? Are they also going to shout the skill name before the use? ShAAAA? Getting strangled with that spiked body would probably be very painful. You''d get stabbed all over.

    But they are vipers, right? Like a saw-scaled viper? They even have that chain-like pattern on them. So why spikes? Why no chains? Are they trying to show off their individuality? I''m unique and specialkind of thing?

    In the end, everyone lost their heads while lying without movement, turning into magic stones. They even had Temperature Sense, but couldn''t do anything about the change in temperature. Their numbers were too much to deal with by using Ice Magic, but Temperature Magic has a considerable impact andrge area of effect. Could it be specialized anti-reptilian magic? Fried snakes would probably sell really well, but dungeon monsters disappear on death.

    It is probably abination of effects fromKusanagiandMagic Katana, but the staff cuts really well. It could cut even with Mana Wrap and Packing alone, but this is apletely different level of sharpness. Kind of like a mere touch is enough for a cut? Just what is this wooden staff going to be? Even though it began as a wooden stick? Even though it still looks like a stick? Even if I try to gracefully sh my opponents, it looks like I''m simply clubbing them. Not graceful at all!

    Next is floor 78, huh Levels 40 Probably impossible? I might be able to handle levels 30? But since there are so many of them, maybe levels 20? Which means for 50 floors more I won''t be able to fight properly? Even though it''s a dungeon?

    Okay, who is living on the next floor? Vanish Wolf Lv78, just a normal wolf. Does this world even have a concept of monster girls? I''m yet to see even a hint of that? If I find them I might be unable to beat them, but taming is another matter. Though I''d probably get scolded for thatter? And I''m probably bound to get scolded for Skeleton-san

    Now, Vanish, vanishment. I''m not getting tricked by that. There is no way a monster that disappears or evaporates on its own would exist. It certainly will pop up somewhere else after that. No doubt. This is for certain. Otherwise, they would probably be long gone, due to their own skills.

    They are probably going to vanish when I try to attack them, and then reappear when they attack. What a pain.

    Well, since they are Lv 78, I won''t be able to win even if they don''t vanish. There are 80 of them, and the whole pack has the Cooperation skill. A team attack from 80 wolves. No, nope, nope, nope.

    Vinegar. I spread, scatter and spray it. I wonder if one cask will be enough? Use Packing to hold it and Wind Magic to scatter. On one hand, I''m d that I bought it, on the other, it feels like a waste. Well, it''s not like it is that pricey, and I can buy it anytime.

    After cornering them, I scatter a powder made from paralyzing mushrooms. Doesn''t feel like a waste at all. Have as much as you want. Pepper would be wasteful, so I keep it for now. It''s thest resort.

    Cornered and covering their noses with front paws with tears in their eyes, they are then finished off by Armored Pres.

    It hurts my heart doing this to cats or dogs. But they definitely would''ve gone for a chomp on my head.

    Their vanish ability seems tost only 2-3 seconds, and they are immediately mowed down after reappearing. I keep on scattering vinegar. I''m quite sure there aren''t that many people that go to the dungeon to do this.

    I also kill cornered wolves with Ice Needle, and then corner another group, and repeat the process.

    The whole floor smells sour. It''s beginning to sting my eyes.

    I can''t stay in such a sour dungeon. Though it was I who made it like this<hr>

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? <strong>CLICK HERE</strong> to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 50: Like a rhythm mania, right?

    Chapter 50: Like a rhythm mania, right?

    Day 27  Daytime, Omui''s Guild

    They woke me up, even though I still want to sleep. They dragged me to the guild, even though I did nothing wrong. The verdict is unjust.

    Even though I was scolded after we returned to the inn.

    This time as well, although I don''t think it even has to be mentioned, I didn''t do anything.

    But for some reason, I''m getting scolded again?

    I tried to appeal by asking if fervently beating monsters counts as a crime, but they scolded me anyway?

    I mean, I didn''t hear that there is going to be a horde of monstersing? No one told me about the iing attack? Yeah, I''m sure even gobs didn''t say anything about this.

    How am I supposed to know that? Even kobolds didn''t say anything likeHey, there is a stampede iing?

    Moreover,Why didn''t you report this immediately?, how am I supposed to do that when I''m busy whacking them? I was very preupied at that time.

    It''s just as bad as saying to the people from the attacked viges Well, you should have reported it? Are the vigers supposed to run to report this while kobolds are chewing on their heads?!

    And yet, they are mad at me?

    Even the fried fish, I was selling it because they asked me to sell it to them.

    I only fried fish because I felt bad for them since they must''ve been very hungry. Well, I did make a huge profit though.

    And yet, I was scolded?

    And the president confiscated all of it?! This is cruelty. Just as greedy and cruel as poachers.

    In the first ce, they just kepting one after another? What choice did I have but to whack them? Like in a beat, in a rhythm mania, bam, bam, bam, whack, just keep hitting them? Why can''t they understand it? And why am I supposed to be scolded for that?

    Ehm, Haruka-kun. First of all, as the guild master, I''d like to thank you for stopping the monster horde. Thank you. That number The town hardly could have gotten through it unharmed. It probably would''ve led to considerable casualties among adventurers and soldiers, you really saved us As a result.

    With the guild master strangely troubled and the conversation going nowhere, I then asked for the details of a receptionistdy, the one that is talkative, often says too much, andter gets scolded for it. It seems that originally when such arge scale attack is happening, the guild and the local troops would intercept them, and then buying up all of the dropped magic stones and weapons, split the money, half would be going to the adventurers with the size of the cut reflective of their ranks, and the other half split between the city and the guild. The city would use that money to repair the city wall, the guild would use it topensate families of wounded and deceased, covering the expenses they suffered in the attack.

    Yet, this time they waited for the whole day, and yet monsters didn''t show up. Yup, it was perfect, but I didn''t get a prize Nothing. Since I was tricked, I''m the victim here!

    So the adventurers didn''t fight, but they still have topensate them. Well, that''s to be expected. They were paying 500 ere per fish.

    But the town walls have not even a single scratch on them. Well, obviously, since no monsters came? Unfortunately, the town couldn''t boost its poprity with monsters.

    The guild also took no damage. Well, since they kept kindling bonfires, it probably cost them a bit.

    And since I''m not an adventurer and wasn''t summoned, there is no cut for me. Yup, I don''t recall being called?

    What''s the problem here?

    Since I defeated all of the monsters, the city can''t just take the loot, but since it is the rule, they have to do it, but if they are going to do it, they won''t be able topensate me for it, but I was the one that defeated the horde.

    The city says that they will issue me a reward, and I already looted the most valuable stuff. As long as I can sell that, it should me a hefty sum. The rest is the stuff that I gave up on to begin with. And I also made a good profit from selling fried fish, so I don''t particrly care, but it didn''t sit well with the guild master Or so it seems. Since I don''t need it, I told them to just sort it out between the lord and the guild and escaped because the talk is taking too long.

    I received 100 gold coins as the second installment for the magic stones that I sold them previously. 10,000,000 ere. The money I had on me yesterday was confiscated, but I have 5 times that today.

    He also said that they will do something about my share from this, but to be honest, I just received 10 million ere, I don''t really care about getting more money.

    I mean, they couldn''t pay me for the previous share of magic stones, if I take more money from them, I won''t be able to sell them more magic stones. I umted a ton of magic stones since then, and yet I can''t turn them into money.

    This time, they will make another exception and will purchase magic stones from me. As I immediately head to the Purchase Counter, the face of thedy behind it suddenly tensed? Hemifacial spasm?

    It seems they are going to do overtime today as well, unable to keep up with appraisal of the magic stones from the horde.

    As I mercilessly dumped a mountain of magic stones on top of the counter, she red at me, about to burst into tears, but when I told herYou can count my share when you have time, I will tell the guild master to give you a bonus for your effort.she epted it with a smile. Yeah, she is going to work hard for a bonus.

    Even when ites to the clubs, I won''t be able to get rid of all of them even if I sell them into every shop. I mean, even now everyone has multiple clubs?! Or rather, if I manage to sell all those clubs here, this time might really be in danger. Every citizen of the town would have to equip something like 10 clubs.

    Even goblins will run away from such a town. No doubt. It seems the time for the town to be renamed into Club Town is not so far. I''ll run away if it actually happens. Yeah, it definitely will be safer in the forest!

 Chapter 51: Bought it because it is trendy, yet you are lecturing the source of that trend?

    Chapter 51: Bought it because it is trendy, yet you are lecturing the source of that trend?

    Day 27  Daytime, White Weirdo Inn, Assembly.

    Sending off Haruka-kun to the guild, we try to get to the bottom of the incident since we won''t be able to understand the confession of the real culprit even if he gave us one.

    Really, just what is going on with Haruka-kun''s special skill ReportInformConsult? It didn''t prove useful even once, rather, could it be that it is dragging him down? Well, I''m pretty sure that even skills are powerless to change Haruka-kun.

    I was sure that Haruka-kun will get lost in the dungeon, to think he would find a horde of monster to fight instead

    From what I heardter, he saw an orc on the outskirts of the forest a few days prior to that. Which he also beat to death. So by that point, the g for the event was already triggered, though when I learned of this it was already over.

    Yeah, if he goes to the dungeon he certainly will fall into a chasm. There is no way for him to avoid that.

    Well, even if he falls down to the bottom of the dungeon, he probably wille back a few dayster, sayingI fell down so I identally beat the dungeon on my way back? Kind of?, as if nothing happened.

    How could he not notice that it is a raid by monsters? What made him think that this is a shopping tour?

    ording to the culprit, he didn''t realize there was a horde, because they were jumping out one by one.

    Yeah, that doesn''t seem to be a lie If it was arge group of monsters he probably would''ve used magic to exterminate them But it seems that he beat every single one of them to death Even the king.

    Aaah, he was even saying I was attacked by monsters, so I am the victim here?

    Wholesale massacre doesn''t sound like a very victim-like thing to do, no?

    Where did that talk about this town being popr with monsters evene from? That they are probably advertising it? What is that even supposed to mean?

    Why did he think that there would be a prize? What is this talk about Rhythm Mania? Did he y too many video games? He ims to have gotten a perfect score

    It seems he couldn''t stop once he started beating them I kept whacking them and got perfect? Kind of?is what he said

    Haaaah.

    We decided that we are going to protect Haruka-kun, right? But what are we supposed to protect that from?

    Yeah.

    Yeah, if we were to protect someone, it would be monsters from Haruka-kun. No matter how you look at it, they are the victims here.

    If Haruka-kun ever needs our protection, we might as well just give up since it''s obviously impossible to handle.

    Yeah.

    Yeah, right? What happened to Level Wall-san? Was it demolished? He is defeating kings like they are nothing

    And he speaks of himself as a mob character If all mob characters were like Haruka-kun, then Demon Lords would be getting beaten up the moment they just think of popping up. They''d go extinct without proper protection from mob characters.

    Instant death.

    The world of peerless mob characters It would have no need for heroes, right? Or could it be that the danger to that world is the nearing extinction of monsters?

    You know,tely, I see a lot of townsfolk walking around armed with clubs. Just what is a mob character? Is it some code word for people clubbing others to death? Are all of them just like Haruka-kun?

    Yeah And did you notice? The clubs they have are really good

    A store that specializes in clubs appeared out of blue, and it seems to be doing quite well. Though it was supposed to be a normal weapon store.

    Even in front of the inn, there were kids, who yed by fighting with clubs. That looked pretty fun

    Does this town even need protection?

    Monsters, please run. This town is dangerous. Forget poprity with monsters, this town reeks of massacre and merciless beating. Which reminds me, earlier, Haruka-kun was saying that Viger A might be the strongest. Who? Who is that Viger A? Aren''t mob characters too scary here?

    Looks like this was not a world of sword and magic, but one of the clubs

    Before I noticed, even 2 or three of the girls bought clubs. Even though they are swordswomen? Is this the current trend? Clubbing boom? Am I going to eventually buy one as well? Am I also going to club monsters with it? The source of this fad must be scolded!

 Chapter 52: Id be surprised if love, courage, and friendship were sold at the general store.

    Chapter 52: I''d be surprised if love, courage, and friendship were sold at the general store.

    Day 27  Afternoon, Omui''s Guild.

    I was taken to the Guild master''s office. Hearing the Guild master''s long speech, I escape from the Guild master''s office, and upon finishing my business at the purchase counter,e across the Spear old man and have a chat with him What is this menacing old men ratio? Isn''t it about time to start burning them? Aah, most likely I was summoned to this world to annihte old men Eh?!

    Is that for real? For real? For real? For real? For real? For real? Really for real? For real real? For actually serious real? Truly no mistake here? Not a lie? If it''s a lie you will have to swallow 1000 ice spears? Is it truly truthful truth? Or should I stab you? 1000 times?

    The Spear old man was waiting on the first floor of the guild, and though he tried to pin some nonsense usations on meBecause of you I had a very bad time, I still managed to get the info on the suspicious peddler from him. Even though he is walking around with my Affection Points, he still won''t be back in the town for a while.

    And then, he told me that most of those items are unknown and strange items from dungeons, that''s why they are so cheap. From time to time, that merchant would sit in front of the dungeon, buying them up. Right now, I can buy it. Three of them even. Well, there was only one ring, but will it really be enough? For my favorability with the opposite sex? I feel like one ring might not be enough? I mean, I got scolded again today.

    And it seems he also doesn''t like the idea of getting stabbed with ice spears. Let''s think of a different technique.

    Geeks! Geek A! G.E.K.A! Give me info on the dungeon! Right now! This very instant! If you don''t I''ll set the bitches on you! All 5 of them! Do you want to get your heads bitten off? Then spill the beans!

    Ah, such sluggish geeks, damn it, how long are they nning to fluster, hurry up! Pheromone ring calls to me from the dungeon!

    !! So I was Geek A And what is G.E.K.A. supposed to stand for? And also, we already made up with Shimazaki-san and her group! Don''t set them on us! It was the first time someone said thanks to us

    Well? I don''t care? Give me info on the dungeon! Immediately! Right now! If you don''t, I will send idiots after you as well! All 5 of them!! And they are very dense! So speak up!

    Hey! It was the beginning of a good story! Why did you have to interrupt me! And also, Kakizaki-kun and others already apologized! Stop calling them idiots, it''s just an insult by now! And you still can''t remember a single name?!

    I pressed Geek A, snatched a report from Geek B, and got an exnation from Geek C.

    So I was Geek B Well, I had my suspicious

    What is G.E.K.C.? Is it some variation of G.E.C.K.? Because you omitted one letter it doesn''t make sense anymore!

    Such a noisy bunch. I wish they cared this much about my affection points. Just imagine how they suffer, all alone, in the dark dungeon, undiscovered for a long, long time that can even feel like an eternity, my poor affection points, waiting for me!

    Anyway, first I have to shop for supplies. I got the list of necessary items from the geeks, if I show it to thedy at the general store she should be able to get me most of those. I have to hurry, hurry for my affection points, affection points with the opposite sex Faster, even faster

    I got scolded by a guard? If flying is not allowed then write so? How was I supposed to know that? There is not a single sign around? Probably no one knows that. It''s a clear mistake on the administration''s part, why do I have to be scolded for that? Even though I''m in a hurry?

    I finally reached the general store. Anyway, let''s get this over with as fast as possible.

    Hey, Miss, please sell me everything on this list! Urgently!

    Anyway, I have to prepare. They even call it abyrinth, so it must be a maze. It has to be far more perilous than a simple cavern. If it was a simple cavern it''d be long remodeled and used as a base.

    You want us to prepare this? We don''t have Love, Courage, and Friendshipamong our goods?

    Yeah, before beating the dungeon, I guess I should beat and stomp the geeks. Just hunting and burning them is too soft.

    In the first ce, if they sold love, I wouldn''t be going to the dungeon and just buy love itself. Where can I buy it? That''s what I want to know the most!

    And alsoA rope as close in length to infinity as possible. Since you will definitely fall off a cliff! To the very bottom!Well, we have rope But only of finite length. why are you going to fall off a cliff?

    I don''t have any desire to fall off a cliff at all. But let''s throw the geeks into some kind of a bottomless chasm on the way back. It''s clear that merely throwing them off a cliff is not enough.

    And then Do you want to buyComrades? We don''t sell any

    Okay, it''s a war. Those are clearly fighting words for a loner! I''ll remove the seal from the forbidden Inferno. They can go bald for all eternity.

    And we don''t haveCommon sensein stock as well Don''t you have it Yeah, you don''t.

    What kind of list is that! It''s a list of insults, isn''t it! Why do I need any of that in a dungeon? Or rather, it''s you who need that! Wait, did she just say something?

    And, we can get some of the other articles But thisA person in charge of scoldingis impossible.

    Just what on earth do they think of me? I have to make them kneel and exin it in great detail. That definitely should go on a list of necessary things.

    Why do I have to go to a dungeon for a scolding?! Just what do you think a dungeon is? Is there a sermon awaiting me at the end of it? No way I''m going to such a dungeon! I absolutely refuse! Why would I need to beat a dungeon to get scolded if there are 20 people in the inn, ready to do it any time! Not only is there no need for it, I already have a line of people waiting for their turn! Let''s hunt them.

    When I went back to the inn, they already escaped.

    And because it took time to catch them, I couldn''t go to the dungeon.

    Looks like they don''t like the idea of having their heads burned, erecting the barriers around them. Damn it, such a pointless cheat ability. Just a bit more and I would''ve got them

 Chapter 80: Could a familiar greatly change the image?

    Chapter 80: Could a familiar greatly change the image?

    Day 32?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 72F

    It seems Armored Pres doesn''t want the staff. Even though she has some kind of insaneGod of Magicskill? Is she sword over magic? Is she going to be a muscle-brain character? Is she going to follow the idiots? Is she going to go down the same path?

    Since the staff''s effects are pretty good, let''s fuse it with Staff?. Elder Treant Cane  Magic Power 50% Up, Elemental Affinity Increase (Greater), Magic Control Increaseis basically a cheat grade weapon for a spellcasting ss. But for now, it would be limited to making holes faster, spreading smoke better, or improving the freezing speed? Kind of dubious isn''t it? I''d rather prefer Whacking Power Up?

    In the first ce, this dungeon has too many monsters with magic immunity or magic reflect. On top of that, some of them even had physical immunity. Isn''t this dungeon impossible to beat normally?

    Above are War Puppets Lv 71. Apparently, dolls made for war? A lot of warriors armed with huge round shields and long spears, wearing heavy looking armor. It''s a phnx.

    A formation based on heavy infantry armed with spears seems to have been very effective in engagements, boasting an overwhelming defensive and offensive power in frontal attacks. But it''s old? It''s something that was used in ancient Greece and Macedonia? As puppets have Crush Damage resistance, dropping them to the lower floors probably won''t do anything, so I climb up to 71F. Since they are puppets fumigating or chilling them has no meaning, and they also have Fire Magic Resistance. The same goes for paralysis and poison. These are dolls after all.

    So going to 71F I take a stand with Armored Pres and take on the phnx.

    The wall of spears is charging at us raising clouds of dust. Not even a single gap could be seen, allowing no chance for a counterattack.

    And then they fell Tumbling they fall on each other, smashing those below.

    Phnx is a formation that will work only on t terrain without obstacles. Indeed, the dungeon is narrow, so it prevents from hitting on the nks, but if someone creates a hole with magic, then they will have no choice but to fall in there? Since there is only one path for them to take. And since they will certainly pass there, I will create a hole. Now, I set the oil in the hole aze. Since it''s not magic they are going to burn, right? After all, they have Fire MAGIC resistance.

    Such a waste. Even though I bought this oil for deep frying. Half of it is gone already. That''s why I didn''t want to fight them with fire Ah, such a waste.

    I mutter to myself as we gather magic stones.

    Armored Pres was unusually looking at the battle situation with admiration.

    Even now it''s not a t gaze. That''s a bit disappointing. Like something is missing.

    70F is next, which means another boss.

    Orthrus Lv 70Hm? Level 70? But all of the bosses until now were level 100? So that was the case only from the floor 75+? I''m not sure since I was going in reverse. And It''s a two-headed dog. And it is huge. If my memory serves me right, it''s Cerberus'' little brother with one fewer head. And it is huge.

    *sh! sh!*

    Armored Pres shed off both heads in the usual manner. I still have plenty of vinegar left so it is quite convenient that it is a dog-type monster. The problem is oil. It''s pretty expensive and hard to get but I already used more than half of it. Even though I bought it for deep frying. And I''m not going to use spices at such a ce.

    Making spheres of vinegar I threw them at Orthrus'' nose. Orthrus has two heads but only two front paws, so trying to cover the one nose with each paw it ended up with its heads on the ground. Of course, it would lose both heads to Armored Pres if it does that. That was too thoughtless.

    Probably because ofElder Treant Cane  Magic Power 50% Up, Elemental Affinity Increase (Greater), Magic Control Increase, but balls of vinegar flew faster than water balls usually did, and control also was pretty easy. They just home in even if the target tried to dodge. It seems like Magic power 50% Up, and increased magic control worked wonders here. Probably,Magician''s Gloves Magic Control UP (Greater) Dex 30% Upalso effected this. Meanwhile, just when will I get to useGauntlets of Contradiction? Probably will be forgotten just like Magic Keyand Trap Ring. Not a single trap in sight. Even though I''m actively looking for them. I remember naively thinkingWow, isn''t this item a cheat? But I don''t even get a chance to use them?!

    So what do we have? Magic stone and Cor of Submission  Forces into a state of absolute obedienceEh?

    Yup, let''s pretend I didn''t see that. That would be for the best. Yup, decided! I mean, I can''t even give it away to Armored Pres-san, and just carrying it around is bound to lower my Affection Rating. Thetest Taming incident already lowered it so low that it went deep under the ground, creating a whole dungeon in the process, but it will go even lower! I''m sure of it! I''m certain that at this point my Affection Rating is so low that even going to 100F is not enough to find it. Even if I dig for it, I probably will sooner find a hot spring than my affection rating.

    Anyway, 69F. Finally, sixties. The level of the enemies also went down by one. As if it matters! No way I can fight that! I didn''t even get to Lv 20 after fighting on the lowest floors! I was overjoyed about barely reaching Lv 15 not so long ago? I''d like to call for a manager of thisbyrinth and give them a piece of my mind, but the person behind me, who previously was in charge of it, is too scary, so I''ll keep it to myself.

    Sleep Owl Lv 69, an owl, currently a very popr bird. Is this a therapy floor? Sleep surrounded by cute fluffy owls? Aren''t they basically cute moving mattresses? Oh my, I want one. But I''m pretty sure, if I fall asleep here they will tear me apart. I''m yet to encounter even a single friendly monster or a monster girl. I''m pretty confident that I will die if a pack of monster girls appear. Even though I''d like to get surrounded by them Just what should I do?

    They haveDynamic Perceptionamong their skills, so long-range magic will be simply dodged withSpell Evasion. Among Martial Art skills, they haveFeather Cutterso they are probably going to surround us, and then hover, showering us with razor-sharp feathers, trying to shred us to pieces. That''s not nice at all. Can''t they have something like Sleep Among Owl? I''d probably fall for that. They of course also haveHypnotizm, a sleep-inducing attack, but Armored Pres doesn''t sleep, so she ispletely resistant to that attack. I also have full resistance. I do But I probably should start working on acquiring Sermon Resistance asap or I''ll regret it when I reach the surface I suddenly don''t want to go back anymore I probably will also need a seiza resistance.

    Sleep Owls came from above and surrounded us. They are huge and not cute at all. That settles it, they are enemies.

    The owls stopped in the air, hovering above us, and simultaneously shot feathers at us.

    This attack is Feather Cutter, I expected this.

    Using Air Walk to get above the hovering owls, I pull out boulders from the item bag and drop them at the birds. Those were meant to be used as a part of the ultimate anti-geek spell Meteor, but for now, they aren''t engulfed in mes. I was collecting those in preparation for the moment I drop the geeks down a pitfall, but realizing that I probably should get some practice, I''m currently throwing them at the owls.

    When Sleep Owls attack with Feather Cutter they always stop flying around, hovering in ce. And the Feather Cutter is Air-to-Ground. In other words, can be used to attack only targets below them. So I can freely throw boulders at them. When they get hit they fall to the ground where Armored Pres is already waiting to dissect them. The rain of feathers from countless Feather Cutters proved powerless to get through the barrier of shes of Armored Pres. With this, she probably won''t even need an umbre during real rain.

    For some reason, while dungeon monsters drop weapons, monster parts simply disappear. So, I guess, I''m not getting owl feathers for a mattress. However, doesn''t confined space like a dungeon put monsters of this type at a bigger disadvantage than challengers? Why are they shutting themselves in such a ce? Even though a shut-in is exploring dungeons, they are just sitting here? Isn''t it supposed to be the other way around? Can''t I give my title away to them? Seriously? Though I don''t think anyone would take it even if I could It also would be a problem if dungeon monsters were buffed by the effects of Hikikomori Though I still would prefer to give it away.

    After collecting the magic stones it''s time to check out a hidden room.

    Aah, if I Tamed an owl and put it on my shoulder I probably would''ve looked like a real mage. The protagonist of that popr movie series about wizards also had an owl as a familiar? Meanwhile, I never heard of a wizard that had bitches as familiars! Such a protagonist will never get to be on a big screen! Taming girls alone would get him banned!

    Owls are so nice Can''t I trade bitches for an owl? At 5 for 1 rate?<hr>

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? <strong>CLICK HERE</strong> to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 54: Until now only sweetness could prevail over the injustice.

    Chapter 54: Until now only sweetness could prevail over the injustice.

    Day 27  Night, White Weirdo Inn.

    It''s vexing that the geeks got away, but I''m too afraid of the president to chase them into the inn. For some reason, ultimately I''m certain to be the one to get scolded in the end.

    No matter how much I try to understand, unveil, or exin this unshakable truth of this world, it remains a mystery. Me, getting scolded.

    Until now, the only thing that was able to prevail over this cruel injustice was sweets. That''s all.

    So bonus to affection rating with the opposite sex is indispensable for me after all.

    Just what could be the reason for my affection rating to be this low at the moment?

    At this point, I suspect that it might even be negative. I mean, they are angry at me all the time?

    Thus, I have to go.

    Go into the dungeon that is said to have a Pheromone Ring.

    To the dungeon that has affection rating with the opposite sex.

    The only choice for me is challenging it, searching it, and exploring it. Affection points are so far.

    Status

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human AGE 16 Lv 12 Up Job

    HP  Up MP  Up ViT  Up PoW  Up SpE  Up DeX  Up MiN  Up InT  Up LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP

    Martial Arts:Cane Arts Lv 9Evasion Lv 9(Up)Discernment Lv 1(Up New)Mana Wrapping Lv 9(Up)Kyojitsu Lv 4(2Up)Instantaneous Movement Lv 3(2Up)Fluidity Lv 1(New)

    Magic:Temperature Lv 5(Up)Movement Lv 8(Up)Weight Lv 8(Up)Packing Lv 8(Up)Magic of Four Elements Lv 7(Up)Wood Magic Lv 7 (Up)Lightning Magic Lv 6(2Up)Ice Magic Lv 5(Up)

    Skills:Health Lv 7(2Up)Sensitive Lv 6(Up)Gymnastics Lv 9(Up)Walking Lv 9(2Up)Command Lv 6(Up)Appraisal Lv 9(Up)Farsight Lv 8(Up)God Eye Lv 3(2Up)Detect Presence Lv 9(Up)Search Lv 9(Up)Mana Control Lv 9(Up)Erase Presence Lv 7(Up)Stealth Lv 8Concealment Lv 9(Up)Map Lv 6(Up)Concentration Lv 9(Up) Physical Resistance Lv 8(2Up)MP Recovery Lv 9(Up)HP Recovery Lv 9(2Up) Parallel Thinking Lv 8(2Up)Serial Thinking Lv 8(2Up) Quick Thinking Lv 8(Up)Rush Lv 6(Up)Air Walk Lv 6(Up)Extreme Velocity Lv 7(2Up)Imitation Lv(New)

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv 6(Up)NEET Lv 6(Up)Loner Lv 6(Up)Mage Lv 9(Up)

    Unknown:ReportInformConsult Lv 5(Up)Jack of All Trades Lv 7(2Up)Muppet Lv 7(2Up)

    Items:Staff?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?Contacts?Soul RingItem BagBracelet PoW39% SpE +26% ViT +19%ck Hat

    Level up. I don''t know when it happened, I wasn''t paying attention.

    Alone in the cave, I could check the status whenever I wanted, but in the town, I don''t have such time. If I just take a nce at it when I have no time, then I won''t understand what exactly went up with the sheer amount of skills there.

    So what do we have here?

    I wasn''t able to find out what level Whatever-kun was, but did he turn into experience points? And there also was that whack a monster thing, which they keep calling a raid. I still don''t fully understand the mechanics behind level-ups. But only for my case

    Discernment Lv?Premonition Lv 9disappeared. Is this the improved version of the skill? But it''s only level 1 Not sure how to feel about this one. Many other skills are also at level 9 already. Are they going to evolve or will they get (Max)?

    Fluidity Lvmust be a damage reduction skill. I recall reading about such techniques in an old book. An unmoving target is easy to destroy, but it is a lot harder to score a good hit on a swaying opponent. Even if you do, the strength of the attack isrgely negated.

    But what isImitation Lv 1? If it can copy other skills, then it should have a good affinity with Jack of All Trades. I don''t want to learn any of those biting skills though? Is it finally my turn to chomp on heads? What a terrible style of fighting. Absolutely no.

    Things seem to be going well with monster bracelets. Orcs gave ViT, which is probably the stat that I needed the most.

    I''m d that Inferno didn''t turn into a skill, even though I unsealed it. I don''t have enough nerve to call that Inferno. Quite the contrary, I want to apologize to the real Inferno-san. I couldn''t burn them after all

    Day 27  Over. [TL Note: As I mentioned earlier, I changed the names of some of the skills. Dunce => Muppet, Avoidance => Evasion, Communication => ReportInformConsult. I wanted to change Premonition as well, but s. So don''t worry, Discernment is not a downgrade. His skill properly evolved from basically improved perception.]

 Chapter 55: What can he possibly talk about with the kobolds that he kept massacring until now?

    Chapter 55: What can he possibly talk about with the kobolds that he kept massacring until now?

    Day 28  Morning, White Weirdo Inn

    We are having breakfast with everyone. As always, Haruka-kun is surrounded on all sides.

    Just how much of a blessing is it to eat together like this.

    Everyone felt this happiness today.

    But this morning, while Haruka-kun is surrounded as always, it is actually an encirclement.

    It''s breakfast, but everyone is probing Haruka-kun.

    Even without hearing anything, even before he manages to cause another incident, it is obvious that he is a culprit. But just in case, we ask him anyway.

    What he is trying to do, what he is about to cause, before he actually does something and it will be toote to help.

    After all, yesterday, he was trying to enter the dungeon.

    Hey, hey, Haruka-kun, are you going into the dungeon?

    Yes, I''m done with preparations? And I want a treasure chest? Or rather, I''m going there only for a chest? I guess?

    Going for a chest? Is he trying to say that he is going there to find a treasure chest? Probably? I guess?

    Are you really going there alone? It''s dangerous? Probably?

    She is trying to stop him, but that part at the end Probably?

    There is something necessary for me, and it should be inside the dungeon Sort of?

    Looks like he needs something? Just what does he want to start now?

    Something necessary? There is something that you need? Inside the dungeon?

    Yes, instead of buying it he is going inside the dungeon to search for it. This is what I don''t get.

    It''s produced in dungeons? By dungeons? Kind of? Dungeon-limited product? Or so it seems?

    Limited products? In dungeons? Dungeon-limited product, is it a limited sale? Is there a queue for it? In the dungeon? Is there folk that stays in line overnight?

    But, even if you find a weapon, you can''t use it, right? The same goes for equipment?

    Yes, Haruka-kun is not even level 20. Getting weapons and armor should be pointless for him Don''t tell me Is it a ring? That ring?

    It seems that dungeons unexpectedly have usable stuff? Somewhat?

    In fact, I scolded him for wasting money on items from that suspicious merchant, but Haruka-kun survived thanks to them He said he wouldnt have made it without them That those items saved him, that he would''ve been dead if he didn''te to the town But But that ring isn''t needed, right? That is

    Because Why The opposite sex The affection rating He is trying to improve his affection rating with the opposite sex!!!

    So? Haruka-kun? What are you trying to find there? You wouldn''t say Pheromone ring Right?!

    Haruka-kun shook his head about as naturally as a ventriloquist''s doll. Nononononononononono? No yo? Eh? What is that? What I''m looking for is phe-phe-phe th-the ring of Solomon, yo! Believe it''s true yo! It let''s you speak with the animals, yo! I might even be able to talk with goblins? Yo? That''s true, YO? Yes, so so so so, Solomon''s ring it is! Kind of? My, I might even be able to have a heart to heart conversation with kobolds? Sort of? Kind of? I guess? Probably? Yo?

    Are you a rapper? It can''t even be called a stutter anymore? He is clearly reciting his lines? And that YO has nothing to do with stuttering?

    So that thing is in the dungeon Maybe I will destroy it? The dungeon?

    Just what is that? Affection rating with the opposite sex? Just-what-is-that?

    In the first ce, what can he possibly discuss with kobolds?

    He killed all of them before they could get anything to talk about?

    He personally helped every kobold that he knew pass away, didn''t he?

    Forget heart to heart conversations, he didn''t even give them a chance to open their mouths?

    So he clearly has no will tomunicate with them?

    No doubt! We must hold another meeting!!

    An urgent assembly.

    We have to destroy the dungeon as fast as possible?!

    We must immediatelye up with emergency measures.

    An urgent demolition order!

 Chapter 56: That is a problem of the other worlds flood control, right?

    Chapter 56: That is a problem of the other world''s flood control, right?

    Day 28  Morning, White Weirdo Inn, the assembly.

    Haruka-kun already left.

    We have to hurry up with the discussion, an emergency vote.

    Thus, it is apparent that Haruka-kun''s aim is the Pheromone Ring. The ring that can raise affection rating with the opposite sex Probably! Hence, we should destroy the dungeon!

    No objection!!

    It''s decided. By unanimous decision, the dungeon gets demolished. Complete unity. Objections won''t be tolerated!

    No, we can''t do that.

    They will be really mad! Both the guild and the city!

    Eh? Why the dungeon has to be destroyed because of some ring?

    Tch! Oda-kun and the others, who usually never show up at our meetings, objected.

    Aah. Which reminds me, earlier, Haruka-kun was saying that he is getting scolded despite not doing anything bad because he doesn''t have enough affection points.

    After getting scolded that much, how can he still believe that he didn''t do anything bad? And how is that supposed to be connected with the affection rating with the opposite sex?

    Just what is he trying to do by raising it even further?

    Does he want to create a harem or something?

    No, that''s unlikely.

    After all, he was basically in a harem situation with 20 girls in the cave, but escaped it, choosing to stay alone in the tent.

    When I approached him in the tent he pulled back, escaping by crawling along the wall

    And what''s most important, he already has 5 girls tamed, he can just order? Anything he wants? To beautiful high school girls? But he isn''t doing anything, he hasn''t done anything and shows no interest in doing anything. He doesn''t even remember their names and doesn''t seem to want to.

    Just what is he trying to do?

    What is the purpose?What is that necessity?

    Could it be, could it really be, that he actually, seriously thinks, that he is getting scolded because he doesn''t have enough affection points with the opposite sex?!

    He might. He certainly does! He is surely thinking But I did nothing wrong?or Since they are mad at me? I guess I''ll get the ring? Kind of?No doubt! How after making everyone worry that hard, after making everyone cry so much, after making everyone despair like that,e back all nonchnt, make everyone cry even harder, he can still think that he wouldn''t be scolded?!!

    Well, for starters, he isn''t going to do anything indecent.

    He certainly doesn''t have any ulterior motive.

    But there is a risk in letting Haruka-kun have it. A risk that spells danger.

    There might be a chance that all of us will get tamed.

    And not through subjugation, but through willing submission.

    In fact, by now it''s fine to call everyone devotees Everyone survived until now through their faith in him.

    It will be a disaster if the affection rating goes higher in this state.

    This must not be allowed. It''s too dangerous.

    And what makes it even more dangerous, is that he himself isn''t aware of this danger.

    That''s because Haruka-kun doesn''t know how everyone acted when he was away.

    That''s because he doesn''t know how everyone acted on the night he came back.

    He doesn''t know that the innkeepers, citizens, and everyone almost flooded the town with their tears.

    If he didn''te back, then we probably would''ve flooded this whole world.

 Chapter 57: Its rare to find such a good property, yet everyone seems to be dissatisfied?

    Chapter 57: It''s rare to find such a good property, yet everyone seems to be dissatisfied?

    Day 28  Morning, The ins.

    Escaping from the inn, I''m currently on the run.

    Somehow? For some reason? My affection rating is at risk! The eyes of the president meant danger! It is me, with my bad re, who says so, so there is no doubt!

    How did they find out? Why are they angry? Could it be that they don''t even need a reason to be mad at me anymore? Just how low has Rating-san fallen? Is it burrowing? Underground? Is my affection rating waiting somewhere at the bottom of the dungeon? Where are you, my affection rating! Did it go so deep underground that it created a dungeon? I have to hurry up and save it!

    There are gatekeepers at the entrance to the dungeon, my natural enemies. For some reason, gatekeepers always get mad upon meeting me? Could it be that my affection rating with the same sex is too low as well? Well, not like I need it anyway? One can pass by presenting a written application form from the guild, but it seems I wouldn''t be able to pass even if I had it? My level is not high enough? Or is my affection rating not enough? Are they mad because they got overtime work because of me? Or because I''m not an adventurer? I don''t know why, but they didn''t let me through.

    As expected, they probably will notice if I try to sneak inside all alone. After all, if I just try to walk past them with not a single soul around, it''s not sneakingat all. They will notice.

    If there was someone, I could sneak in after them usingInvisibility Cloak,Erase PresenceandStealth Lv 8, but no onees? Is this ce unpopr? Even though my affection rating is at the bottom of it? Do they have some problem with my affection rating? Could it be that no one wants it? How dare they! It''s the affection rating with the opposite sex! What is this treatment? Unforgivable! Should I attack the town for this? Or maybe it''s better to raid the guild?

    Huh? Why? Today is not a dungeon day, right?

    For some reason, a whole bunch of my ssmates showed up? Why are all of them carrying a rope? Bungee jumping tournament? Indeed, bungee jumping is like aing of age ceremony, but everyone only recently became second years in high school, so they are only 16? Are they going to be adults? Are they going to climb the stairs of adulthood? Are they going to visit that kind of establishment? Please tell me where I can find such a ce.

    Here is he!!

    Eh? What? I mean, it''s mine? Isn''t it the dungeon that popped up thanks to my affection rating going through the ground? I have to pick it up from the dungeon''s depths, okay? I mean, it''s mine?

    Why do I even have to exin something so obvious?

    No? This dungeon was here long before you came to this world!

    I was stupid, I was careless, I should have noticed this earlier.

    So my affection rating dropped all the way to a different world when we were still in our world? So that''s where it got buried?

    No wonder I felt like I don''t have affection points with the opposite sex even back in the original world So I didn''t have them? None at all?

    No, it was here even before you were born! This dungeon! And there is no way affection rating can create a dungeon! What the hell is that affection rating?! Is that a dungeon boss?!

    How could this be? So my affection rating was in the other world even before I was born. And so I must havee to this world pursuing it. Or rather, it''s affection rating with the opposite sex, no way I''d let it just get away. The mystery was solved! I have to rescue it as fast as possible, or it will drop to the next life. Good grief, don''t just teleport someone''s affection rating to a different world! I looked so hard for it!

    Now this exins it, I thought that it is strange that I can''t find my affection rating with the opposite sex no matter where I looked! So it was missing since my birth, give me a break!

    Everyone swarmed into the dungeon.

    I sneak in after them.

    Or rather, I''m simply following after them.

    Oooh! So this is a dungeon! This is the otherworldly maze! It''s somehow different from a cave, right?! I wonder if I can settle here if I remodel it a bit? I can save a lot on lodging fees this way. Though I don''t want strangers to loiter around? Will I have to offer them tea since they technically will be guests? Dungeon teahouse? Sounds profitable?

    The arrangement of the rooms is pretty good, isn''t it? For a living? And there is even a basement here.

    It''s a dungeon! Not a house! You can''t live here!

    Why does your firstment on a dungeon sound like you came to check out a ce? Did monsters invite you? Are you a guest here?!

    Looks like I can''t.

    But look, from the spacious foyer it goes in a U-shape, if we leave the outer walls as they are and remove the stuff in the middle, then slightly raise the ceiling, wouldn''t it look pretty good?

    It is a great idea, I think?

    Why? Why are you starting to design a newyout a second after stepping into a dungeon? Are you some kind of artisan? Do you have a professional deformation?

    Please don''t remodel the dungeon as you please? The first floor is a straight path, so it''s fine No, actually, it''s not fine! But everyone is working on the maps from the 2nd floor and onward. If on top of suddenly getting remodeled they were to be turned into a residence, everyone will be very mad.

    Those stairs are not a foyer, and what lies below is not a basement, okay? Below is abyrinth! A maze! You shouldn''t turn it into an apartment, you understand? People thate to the dungeon will be shocked?!

    Did dungeon capture mean its reconstruction? upying the living space of the monsters? Wait? Couldn''t it actually work?

    No, you can''t! And what is that Hmm, you are already nning the reconstruction? A drastic Afteris awaiting dungeon? Even monsters are going to be surprised!

    Yeah, the entrance in my current home is pretty narrow, and it was a whole lot of trouble to expand it. And it is a one-room type without any partition.

    He already began nning!!! Please, run away, Dungeon-san Oh no! The dungeon can''t run away!!!

    Eeeh, well, can''t be helped?

    You know, aftering to this world I had a lot of trouble with My home? It was a lot of work? Making one?

    The hell did you evene to a different world for? Property development?!

    Since it seemed like they would be angry if I tampered with the dungeon, I limited myself to leveling the floor. Stealthily.

    Somehow, its getting easier and easier to walk? Did someone begin the renovation? Someone?

    Yes, I feel magic power behind that wall. A room wouldn''t suddenly pop out, right?

    The room with the stairs at the beginning kind of turned into an entry hall? Were they always like that?

    As expected of a group of cheaters, even though I''m doing it stealthily, they still noticed?!

    No? Look? Don''t they say that dungeons can grow and evolve? Maybe it entered a growth stage? Or something?

    As if a dungeon would grow into a residence on its own! Just what is it trying to be?!

    Eeehm, a world heritage site? Sort of? I guess? Yeah, it could. And it will also attract more tourists.

    Tourists should have no business with dungeons? Are they going to go sightseeing while beating monsters? Are tourists that strong?

    Will it be profitable if monsters were to sell crackers at the entrance? I''m kind of scared of the tourists that might club monsters lured in by crackers though. [TL Note: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nara_Park]

    Do you call this a renovation? A makeover? Since a while ago I see goblins getting swallowed by the walls? Is this dungeon hostile to monsters? Are we on the dungeon''s side now?

    Don''t! If you think about this you lose. Everyone is pretending not to notice Because the goblins are too miserable

    Used as construction materials?

    Nooo!!! Don''t say it!

    Good grief, even though we are in a dungeon, they are so noisy. I wish they could follow proper manners for a public ce.

    Ah! There is a closet over there! In the ent wall over there

    We told you that you shouldn''t do it! Why did we have to find a closet aftering to explore the dungeon!

    Indeed, with the closet at such a ce Nudist Girl might start stripping. It would be a disaster if she removes her items, we are inside a dungeon after all

    And there is no need for ents on the walls, okay? It makes it look like there is a trap!

    We are only trying to pass the first floor We didn''t even fight any monsters So why do I feel so tired? Why?

    ? How strange, I thought it should be easier to walk now that the floor is t and even? But they seem to be tired?

    Should I make a slope? So it''s easier to ess the basement? Though it might interfere with the natural traffic

    Don''t! Don''t do anything! If you make a residence here everyone will settle in it! We will have to fight trespassers instead of monsters?!

    I see, so theyout of the floor has to be suitable for interception of intruders, now, if we are going to divide enemy forces, then

    In that case, how about we make possible construction of fortifications in the living room, but also make it possible to pincer enemies from the nks

    I don''t want such a living room! It''s more like a dying room! It''s not rxing at all! It''s in battle preparation mode!! Or rather, you mustn''t attack adventurers?! They are our allies, okay?! Why are we supposed to defend the dungeon?!

    Looks like it''s a no Hm?

    What is this?

    Inside the wall?

    Here?  Ah?! [TL Note: Dformation professionnelle (French) professional deformation or job conditioning, also called nerdview, is a tendency to look at things from the point of view of one''s own profession or special expertise, rather than from a broader or humane perspective.]

 Chapter 86: Looks like reuniting the idiots with them was a bad idea. It seems to be contagious.

    Chapter 86: Looks like reuniting the idiots with them was a bad idea. It seems to be contagious.

    Day 34?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 60F

    With the previous level up Detect Presence-san that was helping me all this time was promoted toImproved Detect Presence. At the starter, the skill could only tell that there was someone nearby, but before long it was able to pick up presences over arge distance and even allowed me to grasp the difference between them. It really helped me a lot until now. So much so that I''d even like to throw a party for its promotion. And the improved version of Detect Presence-san gained directionality. Were I to narrow it to a certain direction I''d be able to pick up presences at an even greater distance with even higher precision. It''s really useful. I might even use it for fishing, akin to sonar. That''s how useful it is.

    And then, when I was scanning the upper floors, I caught it.

    A troublesome presence. Absolutely astonishing. It was so stunning that I almostughed.

    Okay, 59F areHell Hound Lv 59, doggies, have the taste of sourness and die.

    As I run through the floor, shooting spheres of vinegar at the surrounding dogs, the person in the silver armor following behind me, finishes off the agonized dogs by cutting their heads off.

    Rushing into 58F we chop through the pack of Frogman Lv58. Ribbit-ribbit shut up! So noisy. We are in a hurry.

    The trident-carrying frogs are trying to surround us, coordinate their attacks, lunge, and stab, but this is nothing.

    Taking even one hit would kill me, but this can''t even begin topare to the grueling training that super scary person in silver armor gave me. This is too easy.

    No matter how many dozens of tridentse at me, they are too slow.

    If there is even a little gap, I can slip through, and by the time I take a step, I already finish my attack. All of this is too slow.

    Yup, this took too long and Armored Pres came to my help. Let''s leave them to her.

    Instant annihtion. What''s left is a floor littered with dead frogs. But above us is a jumble of very troublesome presences.

    The presences that I knew very well.

    While falling, bleeding, taking injuries, dragging their allies, carrying them away, getting mangled like an old rag, they kept struggling.

    Idiots aside, why is everyone else here as well?!

    They should be way past their limit? This is 57F! Why did they go down to such a ce?! Are they idiots? Every single one of them? They are all in tatters!

    Up the stairs, to the 57th floor, where utter fools were waiting for us, all covered in wounds andpletely out of their minds.

    I shouldn''t make them wait. It would be a problem if I arrive toote. Not a moment of dy is allowed at this point.

    Flying up the stairs I Look with Rajingan.

    Sphinx Lv 57, and it hasMagic Immunity,Physical Immunity,Immortality, so beating it is absolutely impossible. Hmm? For some reason, this floor has four hidden rooms? Aah, I see, this floor is probably a puzzle, which requires items from the four hidden rooms to solve it. In other words, fighting head-on is pointless.

    But they don''t seem to be in a condition to notice that. They are in the stage when it wouldn''t be strange for someone to die any moment now.

    In the first ce,ing to 57F is just way too reckless? I thought they would wait around 50F.

    Anyway, for starters, let''s get rid of this puzzle mob. It''s a nuisance.

    Magic Immunity,Physical Immunityand on top of thatImmortality. In that case, I should just nullify its immunities and then insta kill it so Immortality doesn''t get in the way.

    Gauntlets of Contradiction-san, I''m sorry for being tough on you. Saying stuff like you are useless, that there is no chance for you, that you were just a pointless g. Especially the right one, sorry, I was too focused on the left one. I just really want to do KUH!, but all of that, the purpose, the g, the chance, were meant for the right gauntlet. Now, it''s your time to shine, the right one, Negate Physical/Magic Protection on Contact -san.

    Dashing through the air I then crash into the Sphinx from behind, piercing its neck with the wooden staff, of course, holding it in my right hand.

    I nullified the immunities. Now we only have to kill off the immortality.

    Angelica-san! Please do it!

    A sh of silver light flew in a straight line.

    The wooden staff is still stuck in the sphinx neck with me holding tight on it. So Physical Immunityis still disabled.

    In the end, you are just a middle management position. And now you are going to be fired by the chairman, who stands above your director, holding the true power. A certain kill.

    With a single sword sh, the immortal sphinx was decapitated and killed. By the hand of a god of death.

    For the sword god shining with silver radiance, a human-faced cat doing small errands for gods is nothing but rabble, just amon mob.

    What''s left is cleanup.

    Can you deal with those bandaged guys? I will help with disposal through fire.

    By the time the warrior in the silver armor nodded, she already was reigning over the battlefield in her terrifyingly brilliant beauty. As she lorded over those that were about to meet their death, everyone gulped, having their breath taken away by that fascinating sight. Even time itself seemed to have frozen out of fright, as the bloody scene of carnage sunk into silence.

    Now, let''s burn them.

 Chapter 87: They get angry when I dont fight seriously, but when I do, I get badmouthed.

    Chapter 87: They get angry when I don''t fight seriously, but when I do, I get badmouthed.

    Day 35?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 56F

    After hearing the recon report we held a meeting.

    Originally, we wanted to go back, but monsters of 57F turned out to be mummies. While numerous, they were nothing special and could be easily wiped out given time.

    Even if we go back here, we still will have to waste time on 57F and will be exhausted after it all the same.

    In that case, we should get 57F out of the way to make the following fights easier.

    That''s what we decided.

    But there were no following fights. This floor was the end of our dungeon attack. This dungeon was the finale of our adventure.

    Mummy Lv 57, though numerous, they had nothing aside from brute strength. They are slow and easy to kill.

    But those numbers

    Anyway, let''s just work on reducing them. They can''t respawn anymore, so let''s just go at it.

    They haveRise from the Deadamong their skills, so we must finish them off with Holy Magic or fire.

    Roger!

    Just like the intel stated, the only thing of note was their numbers, so it was a battle of attrition. We should quickly annihte them and go back.

    They have strength, but they are slow, and they are frail enough to go down in droves from a single attack. But there are just so many of them.

    Defeated enemies are being purified with Holy Magic and burned with fire.

    The floor is easy, just annoying. That''s what everyone thought, going for onest rampage before going back.

    Scattering and mowing the enemies down we thought that we were about to reach 58F in just a little a bit. And then, that started.

    A purple light appeared from somewhere, immediately followed by the quaking of the ground, leaving us no chance to process the situation. Then, the dead began moving.

    There were too many of them, but even if we want to go back now, the path for the retreat was blocked. In that case, the only path left is down.

    Of course, it''s not like lower floors are safe, but regardless of whether we stay here, or try to cut our way back through the army of undead, a certain annihtion seemed to await us.

    It was not about tactics or strategy anymore. We simply had nowhere else to go.

    No point regretting it now. I have to let everyone escape.

    The mummies kept appearing one after another non-stop, and we kept countering them non-stop, even so, as far as eyes could see there was nothing but the endless sea of mummies.

    Swords were broken, arrows depleted, mana spent, shields smashed, armor shattered, spears lost, even the very semnce of ns or tactics didn''t exist anymore. We simply had nothing left.

    We couldn''t fend off the enemies or keep them at bay anymore. Only crawl away, trying to escape.

    We long since went past our limit. Everyone knew that. Magic power dried up, equipment destroyed, medicine exhausted, and remaining stamina used up. Even willpower was about to die out.

    We simply did all we could to escape, dragging along the injured, and carrying away the copsedrades. Simply trying to escape.

    Towards the exit to 58F, towards the stairs, the only hope we had. Yet it wasn''t meant toe true. It was not.

    There, a divine riddler was awaiting us. The mysterious statue that would allow none to pass, a pharaoh with a nemes covering its head and a body of a majestic lion, the symbol of royal power itself. The holy being bringing devastation to the enemies. A guardian serving as protector to kings and even gods. The Sphinx. [1]

    The very idea of considering defeating or fighting it was preposterous. That is not for humans to kill. Thus, we had no path for escape left.

    As the eyes of the Sphinx shone with an ominous light the rotten mummies began moving again. Rise from the Dead.

    This is beyond even undead. No matter how much we kill them, purify with Holy Magic, or burn them, theye back to unlife.

    Cut, sh, crush, burn, stab, smash, hit, shoot, nothing works, they keep rising back from the dead time after time, and attack us again. Again and again.

    And our only way of escape was blocked by the sacred guardian, the Sphinx. The holy beingbined the body of a lion and the face of a king, and at the same time, a terrifying monster.

    Therades were copsing one after another, by now, only a few were able to move, let alone fight.

    We are surrounded. There is no way to turn this situation around. Right now, my only wish was to at least let as many escape as possible. That''s all I was hoping and praying for. I will open the path for them, even at the cost of my own life. Charging into the enemy lines I will sh through them, scattering the enemies

    But even that was too much to ask.

    Suddenly, a knight in silver armor swooped down upon the battlefield, bringing dark winds of terror and death. With a single stroke of the sword, the knight cut off the head of the fearsome beast that was the avatar of dread itself.

    That is an irresistible force, the one that cannot be opposed. Something that wouldn''t even allow resistance. More terrible than death itself, capable of bringing even demons to heel, one that does not belong to this world, the dungeon master, the lord of thisbyrinth, the one ruling over everything, the supreme overlord of both evil and divine.

    No one can win against that. No one can stop that. Evening close to that won''t be allowed. But I will stop that. Even if I have to sacrifice myself, I will stop it. If this is where I meet my end, then I will at least protect everyone. Even if it will buy only a moment of time.

    But even that thought was not allowed, as the next second the silver radiance was already at the frontline. The raging carnage brought stillness to the scene, freezing the time, and halting even the stride of fate. Only the quiet of death remained.

    Countless red lights appeared above the remains of the sphinx, flickering as they covered the ceiling, Were those zing mes to scatter in the surroundings they''d be a torrential rain of fire, reaping all the life around. That''s the kind of merciless twinkling the mes disyed.

    There, stood the reaper. A wielder of death the very sight of which seemed to be screaming that they have no rival both throughout heaven or earth.

    That''s why I muttered with a smile.

    Wee back. You arete. Everyone almost died from waiting?

    And then the time resumed its flow. The blizzard of scarlet mes turned into a relentless torrent of red lights, incinerating the monsters that were surrounding everyone, scattering and crushing them as they burst into mes.

    A one-sided ughter, overwhelming violence, a devastating massacre, just like that time in the forest, when the same mes ughtered our despair, as we were almost crushed and were about to ept our death.

    I''m back? I guess? I''mte? Wait, what day is this?

    A ck reaper-like silhouette emerged with those words. I, no, everyone, was waiting, was hoping, was yearning to see that figure that now crushed our doom.

    I''ll deal with the rest, so have everyone fall back.

    With those words he took a step forward and leaped into the horde of monsters, ughtering, butchering, obliterating, and decimating them.

    A radiant silver, and jet ck darkness waltzed, leaped, whirled, and danced in a mad rondo of massacre. The only thing that surrounded them was death. Just scattering death around and reaping life of everything that got caught up in this tempest of violence.

    Again, just like always.

    He crushed our despair.

    Murdered our sorrow.

    ughtered our tragedy.

    And brought death to the doom looming over us.

    Just killing all of it, allowing no objection.

    Long time no see? I think? What is the current date? Kind of?

    Again, just like always.

    He came back to us.

    Wee back, Haruka-kun.

    Everyone got tired of waiting, you know? [TL Notes: [1] Nemes was pieces of striped head cloth worn by pharaohs in ancient Egypt.] ]

 Chapter 60: Just a tiny little bit

    Chapter 60: Just a tiny little bit

    Day 28  The dungeon, The lowest floor.

    Dark, pitch-ck, Stygian shadow?

    Simply ck, dark, darkness. Yes, humanoid-shaped darkness.

    It''s not simply ck, it is a darkness that absorbs all the light.

    Though if I, who is wearing a mantle with a hood, were to call it suspicious, it probably would get angry.

    I mean, people always get angry at me, so that''s kind of expected at this point.

    So the shadowy person will probably get angry.

    Appraisal.

    Name:  Race: Duhan, Lich, No Life King. AGE  Lv 27 Job: Emperor of the Faraway Labyrinth

    HP  MP  ViT  PoW  SpE  DeX  MiN  InT  Lu

    Martial Arts:  Magic  Skills:  Titles:  Unknown:  Equipment:

    I can appraise it? Both the name and the job. Wait, it has a job? Even though I don''t? And on top of that Emperor. Emperor ss?

    I can tell that it is strong, it''s only level 27, but it''s extremely strong.

    Both PoW and ViT are not at the level of a goblin emperor, but everything else is overwhelming.

    On top of that, it has three races?

    The elemental attribute is surely Darkness.

    Duhan is supposed to be a kind of a headless knight. On a horse. But it has a head?

    Lich is a mage-type job. So something like a Magician or a Sage or even more than that.

    No Life King is an undead king. Undying.

    And the worst part is Question Mark-san.

    I can''t see his martial arts, magic, or skills.

    And it even has titles and Unknown.

    Smells of cheat abilities.

    Probably, even together the geeks wouldn''t be able to win. It is simply the strongest.

    Not in a way of Cheat Hunter like Whatever-kun, but actually strong.

    It''s not like it is strong because of this or that. It''s just strong.

    It''s strong just as it is, but it also has ?.

    My Staff?is the same. Even with high-level appraisal, it gives ?.

    In other words, his skills, magic, techniques, and equipment are all super strong.

    And what is the most troublesome, is that it can fight but at distance and in closebat, is fast and has wits.

    And for a finisher, it is also agile and has luck.

    Well, my luck is still stronger, but that''s how it always goes. This one is strong

    Even so, I walk.

    I haven''t stopped since I opened the door.

    I approach it.

    It has characteristics of Lich and No Life King.

    I obviously will lose in a ranged battle.

    I''m almost certain that it has some kind of immortality and magic immunity!

    Though I also don''t feel like I can win versus a duhan.

    But I at least will be able to fight.

    Even if it has immunity to physical damage, I''m sure I will be able to club it to death.

    Merely looking at it standing with a sword in hands, I can tell that it''s strong. Its strength is in another dimension to mine.

    It''s scary and looks like a grim reaper itself, but at the same time, its standing figure has beauty to it.

    Walking all the way up to it and looking into the eye sockets of the skull, I see nothing but darkness.

    As we were staring at each other, the distance between uspletely disappeared.

    A sh so fast that even God Eyemanaged to catch only the afterimage. Simply fast, and absolutely beautiful.

    No wind-up, no pre-motion, no excess, no wavering, nothing useless or extra, a simple movement.

    Just a sh.

    Nothing other than that, a cutting attack with nothing extra to it.

    This is what is called an extreme speed.

    Because there is nothing but a sh, only its end result.

    When it began moving the cut was already finished.

    There is no beginning, no motion, only the end of it.

    The start of the sh and the end of the sh happen exactly at the same time.

    God Eyeprobably can see the future.

    Just a little bit.

    Just a tiny bit.

    And with that very little, I counter the sh.

    Since I can''t see it.

    Since when I can see it the sh is already over.

    I just keep swinging.

    Swinging to fend off the attacks.

    Since it is the No Life King, it must have an infinite time.

    So we keep endlessly exchanging blows, eternally crossing the weapons, perpetually parrying, there is probably no end to it.

    I don''t even know how much time passed already, but it doesn''t matter.

    Because the now stretches without a limit.

    But unfortunately, I am limited.

    Eventually, I will run out of stamina.

    Eventually, I will run out of mana.

    Eventually, my mind won''t be able to hold.

    Eventually, I will lose consciousness.

    But until then I''m limitless.

    I parried so many times that I lost count.

    I don''t even have time to blink.

    An eternity of shing swords.

    An instant that those shesst.

    But there is an eternity in that instant.

    There has to be.

    My physical strength doesn''t matter at all.

    I sh the moment I think about it.

    I sh the moment I feel that.

    It''s not the speed of my body.

    It''s the speed of thought.

    An impossible speed.

    If I used my muscles then I surely wouldn''t be able to keep up with this speed.

    Pull my own strings using the speed of thought.

    My speed has nothing to do with this.

    My speed is limited only by the speed of thought.

    As I kept endlessly exchanging blows, I noticed that this skull has no thirst for blood.

    Meanwhile, we continue our endless exchange.

    The source of this bloodthirst must be the darkness, the shese from it.

    Meanwhile, a perpetual fight continues.

    This skull should have been able to kill me. Easily. Many, many, many, many times. Any moment it wanted.

    Meanwhile, I unceasingly exchange blows.

    The darkness is fading away?

    Just a bit.

    Just slightly.

    Just a little.

    But it surely does.

    Is it the wooden staff? Scraping and shredding it off, the staff is absorbing it?

    It''s scraping off the darkness attribute of undead? Does it have a Holy attribute?

    But as we exchange blows.

    As our weapons sh.

    As we sh.

    As we cross our weapons.

    As we attack.

    Eventually, and I don''t know how long it took,

    But itpletely disappeared.

    I survived the darkness, but.

    I won''t be able to withstand a sh from the skull.

    The sh from the skull is Eh?

    I finally understood it.

    The skull was waiting here all this time for someone toe and kill it.

    It was waiting so that sometime, someday, someone wille and put an end to it.

    Otherwise, I would''ve been decapitated without being able to put up a fight at all. Even though it was manipted by darkness, it didn''t submit to it and kept resisting the darkness.

    It kept struggling all this time, waiting for someone who will be able to kill both of them.

    Tame.

    The skull had no intentions to attack since the very beginning.

    That''s why I could contend with it.

    Because the skull didn''t want to fight.

    That''s why I was able to match its blows.

    Because the skill had no will to live.

    That''s why

    I tamed it.

    I didn''t want to kill it.

    For some reason, I thought that I shouldn''t kill it.

    It was finally free from the darkness.

    So I at least would like to let it out from here.<hr>

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? <strong>CLICK HERE</strong> to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 89: The stairs on the 100th floor were especially long, but no one understands me.

    Chapter 89: The stairs on the 100th floor were especially long, but no one understands me.

    Day 37  The Faraway Labyrinth

    The way back. The return trip consists simply of going up.

    With everyone unsatisfied and confused about the ending.

    With everyone surprised about still being alive.

    With everyone grateful for that.

    Everyone spoke of it to Haruka-kun, thanking him.

    Everyone was shocked, about what he did, and admonished him in despair.

    The story was so outrageous, that it was hard toprehend.

    It was some kind of upgraded version of absurdity.

    And yet it was just what Haruka-kun would do.

    The answer that didn''t ur to anyone else.

    You didn''t have any trouble at all?! Or more like, you didn''t even fight?!

    Here we thought that he was desperately fighting for survival in the dark depths of the earth, and it turns out he was simply doing the usual Haruka things.

    The person who we thought was struggling on the lowest floors, suffering, getting injured, and yet desperately fighting for his life, trying to reach us Didn''t get even a single scratch, and wasn''t even fighting, not even in his usual way, much less forced into a relentless struggle. He was just making his way back as usual, while one-sidedly exterminating monsters.

    And his main impression after all that wasClimbing so many stairs was a real pain. Oh yes, 43 floors, was it? That must''ve been really hard!

    We didn''t have to worry about him at all. He was just doing his everyday stuff. Setting up traps, farming mobs, one-sidedly annihting them, and thus moving up the floors. Apparently, climbing the stairs from the 100th floor of the most fearsomebyrinth was very tiresome!

    I mean, there is no way I can win against them in a fair fight?! There is no way I''m gonna even try? Lv 99 Minotaurs and Lv 100 Living Armor, can you imagine that? No way, absolutely impossible, how am I supposed to beat that? I''ll die if I try. Yup, no way.

    So since he couldn''t beat them in a fight he killed them? Everyone fell to their death. Without a doubt dropped by the usual suspect. The scoundrel that doesn''t have even an ounce of remorse!

    We were struggling so hard with the Cyclop, and you are the Achilles tendon? The shins? And then the vitals? That is just too cruel!!

    I thought that werewolves might be the strongest monsters Vinegar Vinegar, you say And they were unable to do anything because they were holding their noses?

    No way! I''m not eating any salted snails!! That''s not escargot!!! It doesn''t have the tag Edible!! I''m 100% sure!!

    The buffalos were so scary We worked so hard Death from fall damage? An unfortunate chain of idents? No way that can be true! It was a malicious trap by a cow-hating viin!!!

    And the biggest mystery is how they killed the immortal human-lion Isn''t it immortal because it cannot be killed?

    AAAAGH!! What the hell is that talk about disabling immunities? What is that about killing immortality? What even is the point of the skill?

    The more we listened to him the more pandemonium spread.

    Bewilderment, confusion, chaos.

    Dungeon Emperor only kept nodding with a look of resignation.

    Everyone went through bafflement, shock,ment, and finally resignation.

    Dungeon Emperor also seemed to be done with this. They seem like they havemon-sense. Must be a good person.

    The one to me is the lunatic that got Dungeon Emperor so fed up. Actually, isn''t Dungeon Master more humanpared to him?!

    The monsters that would''ve instantly annihted us, the tough floor masters, that didn''t get to use their size, all had no chance to show their power and were simply mercilessly and thoroughly farmed by him.

    Their sturdiness was useless, their toughness was pointless, their sturdiness didn''t affect anything, they just got one-sidedly ughtered without being able to do a thing.

    There was no battle.

    Because their death was decided even before the fight could start.

    Before they''d even meet.

    Since they were too strong to fight, they were simply killed off.

    And since he wasn''t even fighting them, he couldn''t be defeated.

    So if we are looking at results only, he is unrivaled.

    Too overwhelming and overbearing to be called peerless.

    An untouchable, but in a different way from Dungeon Emperor.

    Overwhelmingly unequaled in a very different way from Dungeon Emperor.

    After all, he wasn''t even fighting.

    So he cannot be beaten.

    He simply was killing the enemies.

    Simply butchering them.

    Unrivaled in the worst possible meaning.

    Since enemies don''t even get to oppose him.

    So he has no rivals Thus, unrivaled.

    Most of the monsters died without knowing who killed them or even that there was an enemy. So it was not even a fight, since they didn''t even get to face him.

    It''s not about Affection or any other rating at this point?! Even from our viewpoint, who was just saved by him, he appears much more fiendish, viinous, and atrocious than the monsters of this dungeon, with every little thing he does so filled with wickedness that even Dungeon Emperor is rendered speechless!!!!

    That''s why he survived.

    That''s why he didn''t die.

    That''s why he is okay.

    So it''s all good?

 Chapter 91: The noble customs are pretty complicated with all this jumping and stomping.

    Chapter 91: The noble customs are prettyplicated with all this jumping and stomping.

    Day 37  Daytime, In front of Omui Town''s gates.

    Haruka-kun was summoned by the lord and went to exin the situation.

    Such brave people Trying to get exnations from Haruka-kun

    Even though we all know how it will go. Even though I''ve never seen it end in any other way. The bold ones.

    And as expected, a great confusion. They are pulling their hair, bewildered. They picked the wrong person to ask. He is the only person one shouldnt ask for exnations for he is the source of all the chaos.

    At first, the daughter of the lord was jumping, but then she began stomping the ground?

    Haruka-kun also followed suit and began stomping the ground. Eh? Isn''t Haruka-kun getting better at stomping the ground?

    Seems like he is finally free to go. Looking pretty tired Haruka-kun returned to us.

    Meanwhile, the lord and his daughter look even more tired. They lookpletely exhausted. I understand that feeling very well.

    No matter how you look at it, Haruka-kun isn''t the one who should look exhausted. It''s his fault in the first ce. Always. Even before anything happens.

    And finally, we got to pass the gate.

    We returned to the town. Together with Haruka-kun. Together with everyone.

    Everyone together, we pass through the gates.

    It''s a secret that we have one person extra.

    Everyone will be happier without knowing that.

    In a way, the town protected by Dungeon Emperor would be the safest one in the world.

    Not only would they protect against monsters, but they also will be able to stop the wild antics of that merciless tamercking inmon sense.

    The town was as lively as always.

    Dungeon Emperor is restlessly looking around like a country bumpkin.

    A country bumpkin hailing all the way from the 100th floor of the dungeon''s underground.

    Is this that unusual to them?

    Or maybe it feels nostalgic?

    But they seem to be happy abouting to the town, so it should be something good.

    That must be why Haruka-kun brought Dungeon Emperor to the town from the 100th floor.

    It should be something positive because everyone looks happy.

    Oda-kun and others left us midway, saying that they will visit the weapon store.

    They can''t read the mood at all. As usual.

    Apparently, they are going to search for Fire Resistance or Fire Immunity helmets.

    They can''t read the mood but it looks like they can feel the impending doom.

    I''m pretty sure the protection will simply get disabled, but I''ll keep silent.

    Like usual.

    The usual every day.

    We returned to normal ordinary life.

    The days with Haruka-kun and everyone smiling.

    Day 37  Daytime, The White Weirdo inn, Dining hall.

    When we reached the inn the poster girl, overjoyed, suddenly head-butted Haruka-kun?

    Is it her way of expressing happiness? Just like a cow.

    The four people that failed to purchase any fire resistance gear came back. Learning of that everyone burst out inughter and then consoled them.

    Gathering in the dining hall we had a meal together.

    With a great ruckus, mor, and excitement.

    Everyone was still tired and exhausted, still wearing tattered equipment, not looking great overall, but still smiling.

    Taking a bath in turns we returned to the booked dining hall and saw that the whole room was buried under a mountain of magnificent weapons and armor the likes of which we''ve never seen before.

    Everyone here? Then, time for distribution? I guess? Well, that kind of a thing. 2 weapons and 2 pieces of gear per person. And then 2 pieces of whatever you want. So 6 items per person. It''s firste-first-served, so go ahead and scramble for them. Sort of?

    From there carnage began.

    That was the arena where desire, selfishness, and greed were whirling together.

    To put it bluntly, just like aunties at a bargain sale.

    That was a girls'' battle. The boys were trampled and knocked aside.

    All of the weapons were limited edition.

    Each one was a great find.

    A special sale that was avable only at this ce at this moment.

    A frenzied outlet sale.

    A battle without honor or humanity.

    A merciless free-for-all, a legendary recreation of a bargain sale.

    If you have something else you want just tell me? We''ll agree on the price~? I''ll make it cheap you know? Kind of? I guess?

    Those words were the finishing blow. A clincher. A taboo line for the girls. Thest remains of everyone''s reason just snapped, making an audible sound.

    Everyonepletely lost themselves, fighting, snatching items from each other, pulling and pushing, a perfect picture of mayhem.

    Squealing and screaming, putting their bodies on the line to protect the hard-won spoils, everyone was trying to make their way through the lines of mad demons, trying to reach the register named Haruka-kun.

    Using the girl power known as battle prowess, which they polished and trained aftering to this world, they fought and struggled, striving to get the items they wanted.

    It was pretty fun.

    The boys were terrified.

    With the gear finally being unequally distributed the semnce of peace returned, but then began a game of boasting the spoils of war. Some girls were even rubbing their cheeks on the weapons.

    The great loot left everyone thrilled, overjoyed, and satisfied.

    After all, every weapon was an amazing item possessing skills.

    Legendary materials, super rare skills, top-tier effects, everyone was looking at the equipment in a daze, smiling.

    Apparently, this is Haruka-kun style gratitude.

    Haruka-kun style reward.

    A very Haruka-kun-likepensation for the losses.

    Haruka-kun''s thankfulness.

    Everyone was fighting in the dungeon, so Haruka-kun didn''t have to be that concerned. Even after breaking the equipment, we should be well in profit. So in order to prevent everyone from declining, from holding back, he turned it into such a big bargain sale. Everyone picked more than 10 items for sure. Many girls even grabbed more than 20 items.

    After all, each item was a great deal, a special offer, a valuable find, premium goods, equipment that money usually wouldn''t be able to get you, items that would bepletely out of reach if they ever went on actual sale. That kind of amazing gear.

    That''s Haruka-kun''s loot.

    He fought hordes of monsters carrying such outrageous weapons, such unbelievable armor, and annihting such terrible monsters, plundered it from them.

    That''s where those items areing from.

    With this, everyone will be a bit stronger again, a bit safer again.

    Everyone is full of energy, some already equipped their new items, some keep staring at them while appraising, some are itching to try out their effects.

    I also bought a bit too much and am now low on cash.

    It''s a secret that for this I borrowed a bit from the funds that I confiscated from Haruka-kun.

    That must be the first time for everyone to receive such an amazing reward. No matter where you look, every single person was beaming with a smile.

 Chapter 63: I also really want Fall Damage Reduction or Fall Damage Immunity

    Chapter 63: I also really want Fall Damage Reduction or Fall Damage Immunity

    Day 29?  The Faraway Labyrinth, the Lowest Floor.

    SPLAT!!!

    It fell. It looks very painful. The big body that the minotaur has looks pretty heavy.

    Ah, another one.

    CRACK!!!

    We got two guests here.

    They are almost dead though.

    No, it''s amazing that you didn''t die after a fall from such a height, Mino-san. Having ViT over 800 proved useful. You are almost dead though.

    Aah, it''s because you are wearing such a heavy armor.Physical Attack ImmunityandIplete Magic Reflection, huh. Sounds strong. And level 99 on top of that But you are barely breathing?

    Yup,Physical Attack Immunitywon''t save you? You neededFall Damage ImmunityorFall Damage Reduction

    Ah, I want that as well! I really do.

    For now, I''ll whack them.

    They haveRegeneration, so I can''t rx here at all. So I just club them indiscriminately.

    Uwaaa, their PoW is over 700! Those bastards! They are dead though.

    The coliseum of thest floor isrge and has the form of a hemisphere. The ceiling is super high, probably several dozen meters.

    And above it are lots of strong enemies.

    If I go up they will beat the hell out of me, so I decided to open a hole in the ceiling and beat them to death after weing them to this floor. I guess this can be called a sess? Or should it be called animal abuse? It''s hard to even look at.

    By the way, before Mino-san, a living armor came here, and it was insanely strong. Or at least it looked that way? In a way, that was a very unfortunate fall. Scattering all over the ce from the impact was fatal. Apparently, its only vulnerability is a small Soul Stone hidden inside the strongest armor And that Soul Stone-san rolled all the way to my feet? So after I gave it a tap with Staff? it passed away. Kind of?

    The effect of the armor is Complete Immunity, so it probably was very strong. But Living Armor-san was also a victim. The armor nullified all damage, rendering physical attacks, magic attacks, and abnormal status effects useless. The ultimate armor. But it had noFall Damage Immunity! It''s a scam! It wasn''tplete at all Well, it probably did block the physical damage from the fall, but the shock from impact scattered it all over the ce Yeah, indeed, the armor doesn''t have even a scratch on it. But how about protecting what''s inside?

    I strongly suspect that Living Armor-san was the boss, while Skeleton?was the hidden boss.

    The armorFull Silver ArmorComplete ImmunityEnhance AllSkill: Guardian? ? ?Cursed: Fuses with Flesh, is an extreme cheat, but it''s cursed. It''s useless then!

    When I was about to put it into the item bag, considering cursing the Tank Geek with it,Skeleton?-san looked very intently at me, and when askedWanna try it?energetically nodded, so I gave it to her.

    Indeed, it''s not good for a girl to be walking around bare naked Or rather, bare-bones. She needs something to wear. The curse of Fuses with Fleshworried me, but she has no flesh, and when asked about this, she kept nodding, so it''s probably okay.

    WhenSkeleton?put the silver armor on her bones, it swiftly changed from the previous giant macho form to a morous feminine shape. It''s a secret that I found this to be lewd despite it being just bones and metal. No, it''s really lewd?

    Skeleton?-san also seems to have adapted to it, since she now delivers finishing blows to minotaurs with the sword that one of them dropped. Good! Good?

    At first, when I began dropping the minotaurs down here I felt a t gaze from behind, which surprised me a lot. But how can she give such a look if she has only a skull? Looks like dungeons still hold many great mysteries.

    But right now she dances like a butterfly and stings like a bee, tearing the enemies apart. Just what is Lv 1?

    Well, since we killed level 100 Living Armor-san and she keeps ughtering level 99 minotaurs the level must be rapidly raising.

    I feel like by now Skeleton?-san might be able to force her way through packs of minotaurs even if I don''t drop them here. I''d die though.

    SPLAT!!

    CRACK!!

    WHACK!!

    How long is this going to continue? Just how many Mino-sans are there? No way anyone can make it through that floor. No wonder in all those years no one made it through.

    1F was goblins.

    Since I fell from there, I have no idea what''s on 2F.

    Skeleton?-san originally was level 27, but Living Armor-san was level 100.

    The minotaurs that are currently in free fall are Lv 99.

    Is this perhaps 100F? I don''t see any information signs to confirm this.

    An elevator operator also won''t announce which floor this is. Since there are no elevators. The only thing we have here is a pitfall

 Chapter 64: Combining 2D thinking with vertical thinking got me a flat gaze

    Chapter 64: Combining 2D thinking with vertical thinking got me a t gaze

    Day 29?  The Faraway Labyrinth, the Lowest Floor.

    In the end, it seems there were 100 Mino-sans. Since 100 of them fell down here.

    Weapons, armor, and magic stones from each of them should bring huge profits, but the guild is so far away. And I doubt they are going to do a business trip to buy everything from me. If they coulde here they''d have no need to buy a thing from me.

    But 100 Mino-sans and the Living Armor-san? The great horde of 101 monsters? The hell were they doing bunching up like that?! No one will be able to beat a Lv 100 Living armor after getting through a hundred Lv 99 minotaurs. People would run away the moment they hear about something like that!

    Now, there is no one at 99F anymore. Everyone fell down here.

    New monsters might spawn if I idle here too much, so let''s hurry onto the next floor. Climbing up the stairs I reach the hole-riddled 99F. Hmm, aren''t there more holes than floor?

    Isn''t 99F close to crumbling? Turns out staying below it was pretty dangerous. Damn it.

    Grumbling, I pass through the floor. It''s so difficult to walk here with all those holes in the ground. There are so many of them that I don''t even feel like using earth magic to change the terrain.

    But it''s such a mystery. There is only a skull and a helmet. So how does she manage to give me a t gaze with that? I can clearly feel it on my back. To think I''d get replenishment of t Gaze on the lowest floors of the dungeon from the previous boss of that very dungeon. You just never know what might happen in life. Much appreciated.

    99F has a low ceiling, so even if I drop someone here it won''t cause a lot of damage. Just in case I tried to open a hole where I felt a presence, but nothing came falling.

    I got a nce withAppraisal, and it turns out that it''s a Lv 98 lich. Since it''s floating, it''s only natural that it isn''t going to fall.

    Liches are spectre-like monsters that despite having physical immunity and high resistance to all types of magic aside from holy, have the highest levels of mastery in all magic except for holy. And since I can''t use holy magic, I can''t attack them, but sinceStaff?was effective versus the darkness of ex-lich Skeleton?-san, it might have holy attribute. Well, I will find out if I poke them with it.

    There is a hole beneath it, but the lich isn''t trying toe down or attack me? Two-Dimensional thinking?

    That being the case, I use my vertical thinking, and reaching out withStaff? poke the lich from below. Oooh! It''s super effective! It agonized for 2 or 3 seconds and then disappeared, even dropping a magic stone. The stone fell all the way to the lowest floor Was I supposed to catch that?

    Even so, the liches aren''ting down, and make no attempts at attacking me. Do they have problems with three-dimensional thinking? Are they too caught up with existing logic and theory?

    After that, I kept endlessly repeating the process of opening holes and poking liches through them, open a hole, poke, open a hole, poke Why am I doing such a thing in a dungeon?

    Each of the falling magic stones was gracefully caught by Skeleton?-san. All while giving me a reproachful stare. How skillful of her. Looks like we are spared from having to go down to pick them up. One did fall down, but it''s fine I guess. There are probably a hundred of them here.

    As I munch on mushrooms we head to 98F. It seems like Skeleton?-san decided to take the lead, climbing the stairs before me. However, I couldn''t tell when she was just a skeleton, but this armor really emphasizes her figure. Long legs, slim waist, why am I having trouble with where I should be looking even though it''s just an armor? Did I actually have armor fetish? Or is it a certain high-school-boy-type something beginning to run amok? Yeah, I was looking for a suspicious establishment open only at dark hours, but what I got here is a suspicious dungeon of darkness. What am I even supposed to do here?

    97F are moths. I was wondering why nothing is falling down but turns out, these are moth-type monsters.

    Naturally, I confirmed it by opening a hole.

    Venom Moth Lv 97, it seems they can give poison and other debuffs by scattering the glowing dust off their wings. If I open too many holes it might get onto this floor.

    But these are bugs, right?

    Shooting a fireball at the ceiling, I then suspend it there. Pouring more and more of my magic power I increase its size.

    The presences of the monsters of 97F gather at the fireball, and then disappear, one after another Yup, those are bugs, no doubt.

    That''s all of them it seems. No signs of life left.

    Uwaaaa, what an amazing t gaze. Even though it''s just armor. Even though inside it''s just a skull, how does she manage to give me such a look? I guess this world has no concept of light traps for insects?

    I mean, there is no way I''m going to waltz into the swarm of bugs that scatter poison and debuffs? It''s a deathtrap for neers. Unless you have prior knowledge of this, it''s a guaranteed annihtion even before the fight even starts.

    I climb the stairs to 97F while basking in a t gaze. Let''s call her Skelly Pres from now on. Before long I might even start adding sama to that. Even though I''m the master here?

 Chapter 65: Rolling while walking is very difficult, but no one understands my hardship

    Chapter 65: Rolling while walking is very difficult, but no one understands my hardship

    Day 29?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 97F

    97F was littered with magic stones. Must be from all the venom moths that burned here. The magic stones are mostly concentrated around the hole on the floor.

    Skin contact or breathing these scales probably better be avoided, so I burn them as I walk.

    Skelly Pres is collecting the magic stones behind me, while giving me a stare. Ah, how nice.

    Of course, I then opened a hole in the ceiling.

    Caterpirs poured down from there.

    Did the venom moths grow from these?

    Venom Crawler, Lv 96, yup, no doubt.

    Looks like they can spit strings of toxic mucge that also can give other debuffs. Considering that they also have Adhesion, one will probably be stuck in those threads while suffering from poison and other abnormal status effects. Can it get any worse?

    But dropping them one by one sounds like a chore. Or rather, I''m toozy for that. Those are caterpirs. They are huge, but caterpirs. Their thread is dangerous, but they are still caterpirs.

    And if so?

    We climb to 96F. Skelly Pres is in the vanguard. Let''s buy her a cloak when we get back to the town. This armor is too lewd.

    I feel like it might even give me some kind of abnormal status effect. It would be a disaster. Well, though at the point where I feel something for the skull in armor, it''s already quite abnormal. A serious disaster.

    Reaching 96 I put my hand on the floor and using earth magic I create a roller. A huge one. I matched it with the size of the passage, so about 8 meters in width? And the height is about Two meters? Well, it should be enough as long as I cover behind it.

    And so, I walk while rolling it.

    The floor is a maze, so every time the path splits I remake a roller and roll on. Making the corners was a huge pain.

    And while I was at it, caterpirs kept dying, squashed by the roller. Behind me, the Armored Stare-san is gathering magic stones. She also seems to be giving me a refill of t gaze.

    I also can''t step into the mess left by the squashed caterpirs. It''s a glue! And a venomous one at that.

    So while rolling forward I work on fixing the floor.

    Phew, 96F was unexpectedly difficult. Hard win? Hard work? Or rather, isn''t this a construction work?

    Whoa, amazing t gaze, she might be a good match for the president. They probably can have a t gaze duel.

    I don''t know what time or day it is, but the rest can probably wait. I might be rushing too much, but I''m worried about the worrywarts up there.

    From 95Fes an amazing aura. Is it only one monster? But it''s probably very strong. Opening another hole here is not a good idea.

    Though the floor is now nice and even due to my efforts, but, it is all covered in venomous glue. It''s not a good ce for a fight.

    It would be better to fight on 95F.

    Looks like a strong enemy? The presence is crazy? What kind of crazy monster is waiting over there?

    As I say that we are climbing the stairs. For some reason, the Skelly Pres, that leads the way, seems to brim with motivation? Well, she probably was too bored since she didn''t get to fight properly?

    Hmm, I have to buy her a cloak as fast as possible. But why does armor have to reveal the bodyline so much?

    Now, it''s 95F.

    Living Sword Lv 100, eh, hey! Why is it not level 95? Are we back to the lowest floor? Is it 100F again? Read the mood! Set it to level 95, dammit.

    Living Sword. A flying sword? A living sword? A lively sword? For starters, there are ten of them, stuck into the ground. Seven thin silver swords, two ck katanas, and in the center a huge silver sword. Ten in total.

    They are giving off a super scary aura. If only the Bitches were here, I could''ve set them on the swords.

    Skelly Pres is also giving off a scary aura? Eh? What should I do?

    As the Skelly Pres approaches the swords in a calm step, they float up in the air, one after another. Illusion? Are they going to perform the Impaled trick? It''s a skeleton in that armor, so it probably won''t hurt her even if they fail. Though I don''t think it is possible to even hit her in the first ce.

    And finally, at longst, a real fight is going to start?! Probably? Most likely?

 Chapter 66: I feel like if the title changes to The Silver Knight I wont get an appearance anymore

    Chapter 66: I feel like if the title changes to The Silver Knight I won''t get an appearance anymore

    Day 29?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 95F

    Living Sword Lv 100 is strong Probably? I think so? Ah, this again.

    The living sword fluttered through the air around Skelly Pres in a boisterous sword dance.

    Glints of silver shed across its surface, with sparks pouring all around. shes from the shes could be seen all around. And?

    ng, thud

    Knock?

    One of the living swords ended up at my feet after being repelled by Skelly Pres'' attack, so I tried hitting it with Staff?, after which it stopped moving. Out of batteries? I tried hitting it with Lightning Magic, but it still doesn''t move Looks like a corpse? Though it''s a sword

    ng, thud

    Knock?

    Again? Is this going to repeat ten times? Simply repeat? Aren''t dungeon battles with life and death on the line supposed to be more like Well, that?

    ng, thud

    Bam??

    Looks like this pattern is going to continue repeating? Or rather, it does! Over and over, ten times

    Simply a man in ck that hits swords at his feet with a stick.

    Over there the silver armor is locked in a sword dance with flying swords, doing all kinds of crazy moves And here I am, just knocking on them.

    And so they all perished. As I was gathering the living swords the Skelly Pres looked at me like a dog at the bone. Again? Is she asking me to give them to her? Is she actually really high maintenance?

    Want them?

    *Nod Nod*

    Looks like she does? When I lined them up for her to choose She took all ten of them. She didn''t leave even a single one. Even though I also wanted to fuse something with Staff?if there were any good ones?

    Well, she seems happy? So it''s fine, I guess?

    But can she even hold all of them?

    Suddenly, I remember, that I had Mantle of Storage  Item Storage, Evasion 10% UP, Magic Defence 10% UP, shing Resistance, Piercing Resistance, Blunt Damage Reductionin one of the item slots of my Mantle?. So pulling it out I gave it to her, to which she almost began jumping in joy.

    Are skeletons supposed to be so emotional? Isn''t she ruining her setting? Wasn''t she some kind of big shot in this dungeon? Covered in darkness and all that? Well, she seems happy, so it''s fine though.

    Putting on the mantle she then stored the swords one after another. And then after much deliberation put one of the thin ones on her waist.

    Red mantle and d in all silver. For a weapon a silver rapier.

    I''m wearing a ck mantle with a hood over my head and a stick in my hands

    She totally looks more like a protagonist! I''m just a randompanion! Just Follower A! Wasn''t I the one who tamed her?

    Anyway, Skelly Pres was really amazing. After seeing that I''mpletely cool with her being the main hero.

    Dancing with ten flying swords in a storm of steel and not losing to them one bit, each movement gracefully flowing into another, she turns and she sweeps, she jumps and she hits, everything perfectly connected. And the perfect control she showed by making every swordnd at my feet I didn''t take even one step during the whole thing. I was delegated to simply knocking with my staff from time to time.

    And so, after making an offering of swords to the Skelly Pres-sama Wait, aren''t I turning into her ve?

    And so we proceed to 94F.

    My adventure is not over yet!

    I tried to raise a g. Maybe I will sessfully jinx it. I don''t even care anymore. My screen time could already be over The end of the first arc, for the next episode please tune in for The Silver Knight, or something like that?

 Chapter 67: Everyone in our original world is like that, probably?

    Chapter 67: Everyone in our original world is like that, probably?

    Day 29?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 95F

    Phew. Thank goodness

    Looks like I avoided getting reced after the first arc, and noThe Silver Knightwill be starting. So we are moving on. Well, there might be nothing for me to do Nothing I feel like before long I might be Man in ck Mantle A

    We climb the stairs to 94F.

    Of course, Skelly Pres leads the way. Since I gave her the mantle I was relieved that I won''t now have trouble with where to look, but it flutters, and from time to time I get a peek Of the armor. Why am I looking at it? Did I get a weird mania? Is it armor fetish? That is a new genre for sure! But I refuse to pioneer it!

    In the first ce, the armor is too morous. It didn''t have to fit so tightly! Who even asked for that? The content of the armor is a skeleton, so why is it so sensual? I will consider it another mystery of this dungeon.

    I make a bonfire. Throw a bunch of green wood into it, and also add paralysis mushrooms to the fire. Ah, it''s fuming. Using Wind Magic I send those vapors through 94F.

    The monster of this floor is Assassin Tarant Lv 94, so this seems to be the right answer for this floor.

    These are spiders. And on top of that assassins, silent killers.

    I hope they won''t say So what?, if they do, I''m running away, immediately. [1]

    But spiders are spiders, right?

    Detect Presence doesn''t pick up those Assassin Tarants at all, so I have no idea where they are, on top of that, there are dozens of them and they all have Instant Deathpoison! It''s way too dangerous!

    Thus, I decided to fumigate them.

    All Assassin spiders are dropping to the ground, and convulsing lying on their backs. Skelly Pres silently delivers the final blow to them with a reproachful gaze, while I keep blowing the smoke.

    I mean, if a bunch of spiders with an instant kill poison were to swarm at me all trying to attack me from a blind spot, or ambush me, I''d just die. Certainly. So what else can I do?

    Moving forward while burning down the nest of the spiders we found the stairs. Time for 93F, huh. What is the current time? Or actually, the current day? Aren''t I nearing my limit? I should take a break or a nap. I wonder if Skelly Pres needs sleep as well?

    Hm? There is something?

    A hidden room in a corner of the dungeon? I check it after properly smoking it through.

    OOooh! A treasure chest! Finally! Is it where my affection rating was hidden?

    Beside me aGenocide Tarant Lv 94 is twitching. It''s huge though? Well, who cares.

    A treasure chest, a treasure chest, finally a treasure chest!

    But inside was neither my affection rating nor a Pheromone Ring.

    What was even the point of meing here?

    Magic Key  can open any lock of level MAX and lower., if it''s MAX and lower, then doesn''t it mean that it can open any lock? Are there locks with a level higher than MAX? Well, now I can open even locked treasure chests. I got the key that can open any door, but what about the key to the door to my adulthood? I feel like the door itself is nowhere to be found? At this rate even if I had the key, it would rust away and wouldn''t be able to open anything anymore.

    The next one is 93F, huh. It''s taking a while. I open a hole in the ceiling to check on things there.

    What do we have here Skeleton Pdin Lv 93, skeleton huh. Skelly Pres'' colleagues.

    There are skeletons over there? Is it going to be okay? You don''t have friends among them? Maybe rtives?

    Skelly Pres looks at me with a t gaze. No friends or rtives it seems. Is she a loner? Well, then it should be fine to kill them. The problem is that they are skeleton PALADINs. Skeletons have a darkness attribute, and yet, they are pdins? In other words, holy knights. So the holy attribute probably won''t work against them. Well, maybe I can just burn them? All the way to the bones?

    For starters, let''s invite one of them over here.

    *THUD*

    Poor thing. It''s a skeleton and a pdin in one package, so it hasHoly Resistance, and Piercing Resistance, but no resistance to blunt attacks, or impact. With the shock from the fall, it lost its head and died.

    Looks like merely dropping them here is enough. Since it''s a drag making them fall one by one, I drop all of them at once.

    *BAMBAMBAMBAMTHUDTHUDCRACRADUDUDUKINKINTHUD!*

    Looks like total annihtion. A short while after they lose their heads they disappear, leaving magic stones.

    93F was pretty fast. If only every floor could be like this. The staring skeleton in charge of collecting magic stones seems to have something to say, but since she can''t talk it''s all good.

    Climbing to the 93F it''s now the time to scout 92F, or more like sneak a peek. Well, in the end, it''s another hole.

    It''s swimming? Sky Shark Lv 92Looks like it is a shark? Is it supposed to swim through the air just because it has the sky in the name? A shark?

    Opening holes I repeatedly thrust through them.

    URARARARARARARARARRA!

    It would''ve been better if I had a harpoon, but I guess stabbing with Staff?will also work, so I repeatedly thrust with it. It''s quite a chore. I use Lightning Magic to infuse the staff and just keep stabbing away.

    How unfortunate for you, sharks. I''m sure a flying shark would''ve inevitably caused panic in this world, but in our world Jaws always get killed. Hit with electricity, or stabbed with a harpoon, sometimes shot with a rifle, or swallowing a depth charge, or repeatedly shot with an underwater rifle and then run over with a boat as a finisher. I came from a world that was scary for sharks. By now, everyone in my world is ready to happily pounce at a shark the moment they spot one. Probably?

    Did I get it?

    No reply.

    We won.

    Still no reaction.

    Okay, this means they are obliterated. Let''s climb there.

    Skelly Pres seems to be sighing. Even though she is a skeleton? She doesn''t even breathe, so where is that sighing from?

    Even so, it''s a good thing. Rather than being all alone inplete darkness, it''s better if she acts a bit like a human in almostplete darkness. Well, though it indeed might be rare to see such a lively skeleton. [TL Notes: 1.] Reference to "Yes, I''m a spider, So what?"

 Chapter 68: Begone? I guess?

    Chapter 68: Begone? I guess?

    Day 29?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 92F

    We took a short rest while gathering magic stones on 92F. I asked Skelly Pres, and apparently, she needs neither sleep nor rest. She just was freed from exploitative working conditions, yet she can''t rx Is that an after effect of being a corporate ve?

    Munching on a fried mushroom I lie down for a bit. After all that, we are only at 92F The road ahead is still long. Good grief, if you are going to drop me through a pitfall, at least prepare a pitrise as well? To be honest, I have no idea what a pitrise might even be, but well, something like a lift? An elevator? A cage on a rope? Call it whatever you want, the concept doesn''t change.

    As I rest, lying on the ground, I open some holes in the ceiling. It of course goes without saying, but this is another unfamiliar ceiling. I just had to say this since I''m lying, staring at the ceiling. But well, since it''s a dungeon, I don''t think this ceiling will ever be a familiar one.

    Hmm? Anti-Magic Golem Lv91, seems like a golem-san on whom magic doesn''t work. Might be a bit of clich at this point, but let''s drop it as well.

    *Dum*

    Breaking floors of one level after another it went all the way to the lowest floor. If I keep opening holes then not only 92F will suffer, but the floors on every level below it might crumble as well. I''d like to avoid the copse, and losing the floor to walk on also would mean that we wouldn''t be able to go up? As for the magic stones Well, I don''t really care. I wonder if I can lure them here?

    After knocking on the edge of the hole with a stick, golems began gathering near and dropping through it. It seems like they react either to sound or vibrations. Well, they are made of stone, it makes sense that they can''t see a thing. However, this world has skeletons capable of giving t gaze despite having no eyes. So I should be careful. By the way, right now she seems to be rolling her eyes?

    I decided to take a break for about 30 minutes, leaving the Skelly Pres to knock on the hole in the meantime. A short nap.

    *Yawn~* Any presence Yup, looks like there is no one there now. Let''s go up?

    By the way, while I was resting, Skelly Press kept knocking on the hole until all signs of golemspletely disappeared, and then went down to the lowest floor to pick up magic stones. Unsure if I should be pleased or apologetic, I tried patting her on the head, and it seems she is happy about that? Even though I patted her on the helmet? Well, she probably had no one to pat her on the head in the underground depths, so it''s fine, I guess?

    Since I recovered a bit, we head to 91F. Above it is 90F. I can''t help but notice a pattern here. A boss every five levels?

    Oooh, a treasure chest! This time it has to be my affection rating. Finally, my affection that ran away all the way to the other world?!

    On 91F I found another hidden room. Space Perception Lv 1is really useful.

    Beside the treasure chest a boulder just stood there, which I promptly dropped to the lower floors by opening another hole. I mean, it''s certainly wasn''tJust standingthere at all? Why is there a boulder in the middle of the room? Right next to the treasure chest? I would be more surprised if it was just a normal boulder and not some kind of a golem! If it actually wasn''t a trap and just a decoration, then I demand to talk with the interior coordinator of this ce! If you are going that far, then go all the way and make a rock garden! Though I''d drop that as well.

    A ring!!! But? It seems It is not The pheromone ring Ring of Royal Procession  LuK Up (Greater), Brings good fortune, Wards away bad fortuneA very good item, this ward away bad luck might ward away scoldings! And it might bring me to the doors of shady night-time establishments! And it also might prevent that nonsense of falling into pitfalls despite having the luck stat over the limit?! But the one who actually needs it is not me. Even without buffs, my Luk is not only at MaX, but it even went over the limit. Though it doesn''t seem like it brought me any good fortune The one who really needs it

    Want it? Or actually, I''ll give it to you, I guess?

    Skelly Pres shook her head. She is refusing, but she is the one who needs this ring. After all, she spent so many years swallowed by darkness, all alone on the gloomy lowest floor, but managed to endure it all. As the proof of that, she still retains her humanity. For eons, she persevered Although she seems to insist that she is only 17 years old. And I''m not going to touch on that subject since it''s too scary.

    When I forced her to ept the ring despite her protests she happily put it on. Is it going to be okay? Wouldn''t it fall off since there is nothing but bones?

    Now, 90F has only one presence on it. A boss? Floor master? A loner? Arade!

    It is, that? A ghost? A spectre? An evil spirit? Elemental Wraith Lv 100, huh, another level 100? So all of the bosses andrades in loneliness have level 100? Wait, no, they aren''t myrades. However, even though I have several people tamed, the loner in my status won''t disappear? Is it telling me to make real human friends? Leave me alone! I didn''t ask for this! Wait, does it mean that the bitches don''t count as humans after all? Well, usually you also wouldn''t be taming your friends.

    Elemental Wraith Lv 100, huh. I think wraith is supposed to be a spirit of the dead. And it does indeed look like some kind of a ghost. But what about the elemental part? Going by the meaning it should be pointing to its attribute, but the word also could be pointing to being a part of something or embodying the power of nature? As far as I remember, in the Latinnguage, it originally meant a principle, a fundamental proposition. So just elemental isn''t telling me anything. What is the context? What is this unhelpful exnation? Well, though it is obviously a ghost with some kind of additional attribute

    Since it keeps attacking with fire, ice, and wind magic, that elemental probably should represent either forces of nature or four main elements. Damn, just Elementalis too vague. Is it on purpose?

    Well, what do we do now? An exorcism?

    The power of Christpels you? Begone??

    Doesn''t seem to work? Well, I kind of suspected that it wouldn''t? But who wouldn''t want to try at least once? You don''t encounter an evil spirit that often. Speaking of working, why am I getting treated as a NEET right after I got into the second year of high school? I was properly attending the school, so why give me NEET? And I was summoned right from the ss, so why am I getting Hikikomori? It doesn''t make sense?

    Whoa! That was close! It charged at me! Looks like Elemental Wraith isn''t interested in talking about my problems.

    Hmmm?  It''s dead?

    Just as a test I threw salt at it at the moment of charge. A lot of salt.

    Skelly Press is just standing there. Battle-ready,bat stance, sword in hands. And looking at me. With a t gaze.

    No? I mean? It''s an evil spirit? And they say salt has a purifying effect? So I thought maybe it will disappear? Kind of? I guess?

    She is staring at me really hard! Aah~. Throwing salt is a Shinto thing, so the denizens of this world probably won''t get it. Buddhism goes for purification through fire, but this thing had Four Main Elements Resistance? I heard somewhere that holy water is actually water with salt, so throwing salt at it might agree even with Western teachings? Could it be that most people here are Buddhists? But I''m pretty sure that fire wouldn''t have worked on Wraith-san?

 Chapter 69: Just why do I feel like someone, somewhere, is constantly berating me?

    Chapter 69: Just why do I feel like someone, somewhere, is constantly berating me?

    Day 30  The Faraway Labyrinth, 51F

    Floor 50 of the dungeon had a cyclop, a one-eyed giant. It was outrageously strong. The defenses erected by 29 people were broken multiple times, the frontliners swapped countless times for healing, and with the rear continuous barrage of attacks, that they repeated constantly munching on MP mushrooms to restore magic power, we were somehow able to barely defeat it. But everyone was either injured or fatigued so much that they couldn''t even stand. It was too close even for a narrow victory. We arepletely spent. One Lv 50 is a threat capable of pushing us to a brink of annihtion. That is a floor master. We didn''t meet one until we reached the 50th floor. Even Oda-kun''s group don''t know what lies ahead. Are they going to show up every 10 levels? Every 25 levels? Or maybe they are waiting only on the floors 50 and 100? In the worst case, they might be on every 5th level. And what is with the level of the monster continuously growing.

    In fact, if it wasn''t for Kakizaki''s group in the vanguard, we wouldn''t have been able to make it through. Their closebat ability greatly surpasses their stat numbers. They are monsters. They just reunited with everyone, but their coordination is on the level where they don''t even have to look to know what they should be doing. Haruka-kun mentioned it earlier, This is the world that really suits them, it just so happens that they were born in a peaceful world, so they became top athletes, but they were made for war., but after witnessing their overwhelming battle power with my own eyes I can''t help but agree.

    And then, Shimazaki-san group''s ability to crush enemies. Before anyone noticed they already overtook Oda-kun and others, and went past level 80. And what''s even more important, after thanking and apologizing to Oda-kun and the others and reuniting with Haruka-kun they finally regained their sanity. So they no longer push themselves to needless exhaustion or injuries. Until now they were too distracted with what''s going on around them, but now they have focus. At this point, they are very versatile, capable not only of melee but also good at offense and defense, andbat magic. And their level keeps rising. They are still getting experience from Haruka-kun. Which means that Haruka-kun is fighting monsters far surpassing the levels of those that we are facing. Even at this very moment.

    And Oda-kun''s group is assisting others with appropriate support. They understand skills and are good at assessing the situation. Coming to another world they really began taking things seriously. Only 9 people were added to our original group of 20 girls, but I think our battle potential more than doubled. The vanguard and the center are a lot tougher, offense and defense greatly improved, thanks to that, hit-and-run tactics and sneak attacks, towards which many girls were oriented, are finally working properly, bringing a huge difference to the flow of battle. If only, if only everyone in the ss worked together, we probably would''ve been even more formidable. I''m sure of that. But we already lost 13 people. Even so, we are still a force to be reckoned with.

    And yet, we still don''t understand how strong Haruka-kun is. Just what''s up with that? He is only level 12, and doesn''t level up at all. He managed to get Magesomewhere, yet still remains jobless. His skills lean in the direction of an assassin or a scout, but his martial arts are of a closebat evasion fighter? And yet he can use 6 types of magic, but his main thing is cane arts? And not so long ago he was jubnt about learning to walk on the air? Just what is this? What is he trying to be? Going by his stats, he is weak, but looking at him fighting, he is strong.

    He actually defeated Lv 50 Goblin Emperor on his own. We barely managed to beat Lv 50 with 29 of us.

    He is probably fighting level 100 monsters on the lowest floors, and still, somehow survives.

    It might be okay, but it might be not. Normally, there is no way it can end okay.

    Thinking in normal terms, his situation is absolutely and utterly hopeless. But the more I think about it the more the person that fell there gets in the way of believing that the situation can develop normally.

    That''s because hecks the ability to act normally.

    But I''m worried. That''s precisely why I''m worried.

    This time it should be okay. It''s not like the previous time when he went seeking death.

    Yes, this time he just fell down a hole.

    The matter with Pheromone Ring is concerning, but if he actually gets it we can just confiscate it.

    This time there is no need for Haruka-kun to do anything excessive.

    Even so

    Even with us, he kept making a mess, and even after being told off by everyone, showed no remorse.

    There is no telling what he might do if there is no one watching over him. No telling at all. There is no way he won''t do something.

    Since everyone waspletely exhausted I made them rest, leaving the scouting to Oda-kun''s group, who managed to recover by now. And ording to them, thebyrinth might be dead? Apparently, monsters from the upper floors are not respawning. In other words, if we kill them once, they won''t being back? Then we don''t have to worry about our rear. Since the way back is safe, we can just press forward as far as we can. Haruka-kun is waiting for us.

    Everyone seems to be tired, can I take a look below on my own?

    No. Until your party is ready you are on standby.

    The five of us are ready, if it''s just scouting then we can go?

    Yeah, but you, from the rear, are out of mana, right? Just stay put.

    Three people from the center recovered though?

    Until a full party is ready you can''t go. Just calm down already.

    Everyone wants to go down as fast as possible. Even if it''s only a little bit faster.

    In any case, we won''t be able to catch up with him unless we get stronger. We won''t even be able to fight alongside him.

    I might be losing my cool. I might be too impatient.

    I might be yearning for Haruka-kun.

    While there is no lie in everyone''s desire to protect Haruka-kun, there also might be a certain yearning.

    For Haruka-kun, who time after time beats merciless odds, who annihtes despair itself, who ims that even the impossible can be beaten if you hit it long enough. He might be the source of yearning and impatience.

 Chapter 104: Pheromone wouldve been enough, this is going straight into crime territory.

    Chapter 104: Pheromone would''ve been enough, this is going straight into crime territory.

    As I left my room I noticed that the doors to the other rooms were slightly open, and through the gaps I saw t Gazes?

    Wha A corridor filled with t Gazes? Just what is going on here? Could it be that this inn is now running a Morning t Gaze service?! May I know how much a monthly subscription would cost?! No, I''m fine even with a year, or even 3 years long contract!! Anyway, let''s greet them for starters?

    Good morning? I guess? And, what?

    Good morning! Had funst night, huh*SLAM*

    All of the doors closed at once. Hmm, looks like they noticed?

    But why? Armored Pres-san still cannot properly let her voice out, so the sounds she makes are very faint. Yes, those sounds as well. And yet, why? N-no way, could it be that all of the girls were peeking with Detect Presence?! They couldn''t see or hear us, but they could read the presence with a skill Hey! That''s a privacy vition! T-that''s a breach of manners! I also have Rajinganbut I''m not using it to peek on you in the bath! Yes, I''ve endured in anguish all this time, you know?

    Well, it was obvious anyway since we are leaving from the same room? It''s not like I had any intentions of hiding it? But I would be very, very troubled if I had to exin the situation as it is now.

    At the moment, Armored Pres-san doesn''t want to cancel taming. She is absolutely against it. And in the end, it seems she is just my follower and not my girlfriend But it''s not like she is doing it because she is my servant? I heard her saying in a faint voice Love you, I really did!!

    Even so, she kept talking about the difference in position and status or something, what does status have to do with anything? I''m a jobless NEET shut-in loner, and though it''s not the case anymore, she was a dungeon emperor. Yeah, no matter how you think of it, not someone to get tamed?

    But even so, she seems to insist on a concubine-like position? I didn''t even have a girlfriend until now, so why am I getting a lover first?! But it seems she wants to stay by my side forever, or rather, serve until death?

    Well, since she has problems talking we also have problems discussing this, so in the end, we didn''te to any resolution. So there is no way to exin the situation?

    Well, if she wants to stay with me forever, then I don''t think the details matter that much. Though they do matter a lot for my public image. Yeah, my Affection Rating with the opposite sex certainly took a fatal blow! That I can say for sure because even I took a fatal wound when I heard that, especially that part about Not a girlfriendwas a critical hit, and overkill, basically a kick to a dead body level!!

    Well, I had fun so I have no objections. I actually enjoyed it so thoroughly that I don''t have even a shred of objection! Yeah, and also ended up getting scolded in the end.

    Since everyone is staring with reproachful eyes even Armored Pres-san is troubled, fidgeting in embarrassment. Do we have a bullying problem now? It''s a mystery to me how it is even possible to bully the strongest ex-dungeon emperor, I hardly ever heard about bullied people who were regrly and casually beating their bullies? Do bullied people in the other world cleave through lines of enemies? Is that how it is here? The geeks seem to be getting quite close to that I''m still going to bully them though?

    Or rather, the atmosphere in the dining hall is so heavy! But breakfast is a breakfast! Treating them to a grilled fish set meal as a countermeasure to t gazes seems to have robbed them of theposure to stare at us like that. After all, it''s grilled fish and rice with soy sauce. There are talks about youngsters losing interest in eating rice these days, but in this world, they are devouring it with a great appetite. At this point, I''d also like some miso

    After all, my ssmates, who earn their money in dungeons every day, have plenty of cash on them, which allows me to make a killing every day from food sales. Since I''m buying up foodstuff I have tons of it, and the cost price is low. And if I cook utilizing the magic ofHoldingI can easily make many portions at the same time without any problem. And yes, I''m overcharging.

    So I think of going back to the dungeon, wannae along? You can stay if you don''t want to? I mean, you probably don''t have many good memories of that ce? And the stairs are annoyingly long?

    I suggested that she can stay, but as expected, she decided toe with me. I don''t think that darkness will appear even again, but there is something I have to confirm. If things go south I can just send Armored Pres-san back alone.

    Armored Pres-san is staring at the entrance to the great dungeon with a t gaze? I have a lot of confidence in this piece, could it be that she liked it?

    Well, since the ess point is the stairs it kind of ended up going into the depths like this? Don''t you think this imposing-looking stair entrance that only gradually expands as you continue your descent is really nice?

    Hmm? The reception is not that positive. The reply is t gaze again? So arbitrary remodeling was no good? But it''s just 1F, isn''t that fine? That much? Her post was on 100F, right?

    Going down to the 30th floor, which now was devoid of monsters, I probe lower floors with Detection skills. Nothing?

    I heard that monsters still remained on floors from 30 to 46 But there is nothing?

    (Nod, Nod)

    Searching through the lower floors with Detect Presence doesn''t pick up anything, so someone already killed them all? Well, adventurers would being here to make money, so it''s not that strange, and since I came for treasure chests the absence of monsters isn''t a problem.

    There was a hidden room on 30F which had a chest. Inside we found Profession Medal -Job Specific Trait Up, and both of us are jobless! Is it going to up our specific jobless trait? What kind of trait is that even supposed to be?! Some kind of boost toziness? Never mind, let''s go down.

    Another one was on the 36th floor. It seems that hidden rooms remainedrgely undiscovered. We also found a few treasure chests outside of hidden rooms, but they contained only potions and other consumables, and no rare items at all. As I thought, what we need are hidden rooms. and as always, the room on 36F had no traps or locks. Opening the chest I sawDemon Ring:Dominate Demon (3) I killed them all already!

    Going by the scenario, I guess this ring was supposed to be used to dominate the swordmaster and have it fight in theter fights! That was a foreshadowing FOR AN EVENT THAT''S ALREADY OVER!!! There is no foreshadowing of what already happened! If you don''t like it then don''t drop people!!!

    The progression makes sense if you descend from the surface, but since I was going in reverse all of the event gs were broken. Yeah, so the proper course of actions should''ve been receiving the divine sword from the dominated swordmaster and then using it to fight, but I, instead, was first attacked by that divine sword and only after bludgeoning the swordmaster to death found the ring! That''s a sad mess.

    In that case, since I have no idea if I will ever get to use it, I guess I should refrain from fusing it? Soul Ringhas 7 slots, but the only thing that was fused with it is that Trap Ring  Automatically Disarms Traps, which has no use whatsoever at the moment. Well, if I don''t need it I can just take it off, but what worries me is that if I put it away I suspect I willpletely forget about it. For now, let''s fuse it.

    Well then, at the moment there is nothing the apostle of Avarice Armored Pres-san would desire. If we won''t find anything that she likes then I''ll buy her something in the town when we get back.

    On 41F was another questionable item de Shield  Attack Bonus (Lesser), Defence Bonus (Lesser), Magic Defence (Lesser), Shield Bash +ATT. The effects are nice, but all of them are (Lesser). With Shield Bash +ATT one would be able to cut and pierce with this shield, after all, it has des on the edges and the surface. Is this meant for attack or for defense? Okay, let''s sell this.

    Andstly on the 45F was Temptation Shirt  Allurement (Great)This might be good, but it''s out. It smells of crime. No matter how I think about this, it seems like a close friend of Charm skill. Pheromones would''ve been enough, this is too much. Simply raising my Affection Rating would be fine, but this thing might actually lower it? There might be a demand for it, but it''s sealed, selling it sounds too dangerous.

    In the end there wasn''t a single monster? What do we do? Want to go down all the way to the 100th floor? It''s been a while?

    Looks like she isn''t particrly interested. Well, as expected, she has no nostalgia for that dark ce. At this rate, she probably wouldn''t be angry even if I were to remodel it into an underground bathhouse?

    From what I can tell, not only is there not a shred of darkness left, the dungeon itself seemspletely dead. Theck of presence here is absolute. A dead stillness. Fine, if that darkness disappeared then it''s all the better.

    Well, I didn''t find anything great, but I should be able to sell those for quite a sum. I won''t sellTemptation Shirt, but the medal and the shield are nice. If it wasn''t for thebination of the Divine Sword and wooden stick exclusive to my jobless self it could be called a good result.

    That being the case, I didn''t find anything for Armored Pres-san, so let''s shop in the town before returning to the inn. I think it''s a bit past noon, but I wonder how everyone is able to tell the time?

    Killing time in a town bustling with the life we are walking around, buying various misceneous goods and daily necessities for Armored Pres-san. Then, dropping by the guild, we found out that just recently adventurers and regr troops went to confirm the death of the dungeon, and while they were at it swept through the floors, wiping our remaining monsters. That exins why there was nothing left but hidden rooms. Not like I''m going toin since it turned the trip into a casual walk.

    Using this chance I also got information on other nearby dungeons. Only adventurers can enter them, but I got the info anyway. I guess bribing with fruitcakes proved effective. Instead of going for a tight-lipped Receptionist President, I asked the clerk in charge of appraisal, who often made slips, and thus the result. I''m pretty sure she will be exposed and scolded soon enough, but for now she seems to be extremely happy Ah, she is already behind her

    Going through the town while shopping at leisure we returned to the inn. Since it seemed that everyone is here I pulled out de Shield  Attack Bonus (Lesser), Defences Bonus (Lesser), Magic Defence (Lesser), Shield Bash +ATTandProfession Medal -Job Specific Trait Up, and asked if there is anyone interested in buying them. Unexpectedly quite a few. Especially popr was the medal, apparently Job Specific Trait Upis hyper rare stuff. Well, even if you tell me that, I don''t want to upgrade my special jobless trait!

    Then, let''s start an auction, I guess? Anyway, the starting price is 1,000 ere, kind of?

    3,000!5,000.6,000!9,000!10,00012,00015,000kuh 20,000!

    Everyone got so caught up in the auction mood that even the girls that wouldn''t use the shield began raising their hands? No, you are using a two-handed sword, aren''t you? And that girl is using a pair of matching des, if I remember correctly?

    105,000!110,000120,000!125,000140,000!155,000200,000!

    Weird The geeks are being quiet. Those weapon maniacs aren''t participating. They have pretty tense expressions, as if they are holding back, and even when someone asks them something they remain silent?

    250,000!260,000. 280,000 ugh, 290,000!295,000300,000!!Guh!

    And the winning bid belongs to the volleyball club''s Twin Light Poles! Ah, now I remember, this girl was swinging a shield around, so this item suits her perfectly. But to think I''ll make 320,000 ere from the shield alone. Since it seems the two pooled all of the money they had to buy it, I guess I''ll add something extra.

    And the medal was bought by the geeks who got very serious about it. The starting bid was only 1,000 ere but it immediately rose to 1,000,000 ere. And with no one able to outbid that, it was sold in one bid. It seems they also pooled all their money. I''m certain that their goal is to give it either to the guardian or the magician to protect their heads. Looks like I will have toe up with a new technique!

 Chapter 109: Too scared to admit that its certainly my fault.

    Chapter 109: Too scared to admit that it''s certainly my fault.

    Day 41  Evening, White Weirdo Inn

    It was revealed when everyone was reporting today''s finds from their respective dungeon surveys.

    Since listening to him usually doesn''t bring any good, we put off his report, and so, for closure, we ended up listening to an absurd person that never makes sense. Of course, his story didn''t betray our expectations, and was absurd, making no sense whatsoever.

    It appears that he killed the dungeon that he went to inspect. Or rather, flooded it.

    The person thatmitted the inundation testified I kind of flooded it?. Kind of, he says.

    And then, he made no confirmation or follow-up check, stating as the reason Well, it''s damp in there, chests can wait until tomorrow, right?, and went back just like that.

    And? Did you drain the water before going back?

    Yes, so I have to return there tomorrow. Aquatic monsters should still remain there, and I think undead also didn''t die? Probably?

    Looks like the new dungeon at a nice spot not so far from the town didn''t match Haruka-kun''s criteria, so he flooded it with river water, killing the dungeon and its dungeon master. Though half of the story was about BBQ?

    After that, followed a talk about humidity, difort levels, mold, and water damage?

    It seems that he is seeing dungeons through the prism of construction.

    What we are seeing is an issue with Haruka-kun though?

    An issue with his criteria for dungeons.

    And then there is that dungeon master, that died without us finding out even their species or even seeing their face.

    By the way, Haruka-kun''s friends, who knew him for a long time,mented I knew he''d do it one of these days.

    Not even one person could be found saying Never thought he''d do such a thing. Because everyone knew he would do it eventually! And he, after all, did it!

    Even the reason he didn''t enter the dungeon It''s wet, and damp in there.? I''d really want to press him  just who was that person that flooded it in the first ce! But it''s probably useless?

    I mean, imagine having an entrance at such low height, right beside a river? Of course, I will flood it? Anyone would? Even Toyotomi-san would agree? I guess?[1]

    Is what the perpetrator ims, so it is almost certain that he will soon repeat this offense, not reflecting at all. And as for Toyotomi-san, he actually advised a capittion and ended the affair by epting opponents'' surrender? It''s only Haruka-kun who would suddenly flood the ce with water, annihte everything without any warning, and then go home without even checking the results!

    Rather than wasting time, seekingmon sense from Haruka-kun, it would be better toe up with some kind of sensible exnation for the guild. That certainly would be much wiser.

    After all, it is me who always ends up exining everything.

    To begin with, it would''ve been fine to tell him off since he is not an adventurer and thus shouldn''t even enter dungeons, but since he killed it without taking a step inside Does it technically make him innocent?

    Beside him, Angelica-san is making foreigner-like good griefgestures, as if it doesn''t concern her at all, but you are an aplice, okay?! Just a short while ago she was saying stuff like I will follow him to the bitter end!, deeply moving all of the girls, so why is she acting like she has nothing to do with this?

    She should''ve had a lot of responsibility at the previous ex-Dungeon Emperor position, so I had high hopes for her, certain that we can entrust handling Haruka-kun to her Bute to think of it, she also irresponsibly ditched the Dungeon Emperor post. Teaming up with Haruka-kun she destroyed that dungeon, and today she helped him destroy another one. Yeah, Angelica-san appears like amon-sense person, but actually is his aplice.

    And for the dinner we had croquettes. Presented with those freshly fried, hot, and crispy crockets both boys and girls made a huge uproar, scrambling to get the first serving. Everyone was beside themselves,pletely forgetting about the sermon and everything, eating until they got sick from overeating. That''s dangerous! We must not forget that potatoes are the natural enemy of girls!

    Apparently, he got a huge volume of potatoes from the vige. And it seems he also bought as many potatoes as he could. This is the specialty of that nearby vige, but the poprity doesn''t seem to have spread to other ces, so they were troubled, unable to sell a huge stock they had. Both Haruka-kun and the vigers were overjoyed with him buying up their whole stock.

    You see? There is a point to sightseeing as well? Trading is also important? And also records of agricultural information? I''m sure even Marco-san would''ve been impressed with my observations? [2]

    And so he kept bragging, talking about the farm vige, and with the talks about the vige and croquettes, the matter with the dungeon waspletely forgotten. Yeah, looks like the dungeon really was killed just incidentally, while he was at it.

    I mean, more than half of the remaining story was about potatoes. The first half was BBQ, the second half potatoes. During the course of a long, long story of today''s events, the only line about the dungeon wasI kind of flooded it?.

    Just in case we also tried to get testimony from his aplice, Angelica-san, but all we got is her awkwardly and yet happily saying stuff likeThe scenery was beautiful, or I never tried barbeque before, but it was very delicious, or I tried grilling meat for the first time, or Cold river in such nice weather felt really goodand so on, just speaking joyfully. Yeah, looks like they were just having a pic. Well, good for them?

    What we managed to understand is that while the newly made dungeon lot he went to see was very shabby, the nearby vige was nice and had a lot of potatoes, so the trip was worth it.

    And that the person that went with him enjoyed the pic, and is very happy about today.

    And also, the dungeon was destroyed through flooding.

    I guess thats all? I wonder if the guild will be fine with this? Will the lord understand what they are talking about when they report this to him?

    Even so, the meeting was over.

    And the lecture on the outrageously outrageous matter with the dungeon was avoided. Everyone had their mouths sealed with sweet potatoes. Potatoes are girls'' enemy!

    Yeah, one more set? [TL Notes: [1] Toyotomi Hideyoshi was a Japanese samurai and daimy of thete Sengoku period regarded as the second "Great Unifier" of Japan. [2] Marco Polo, Vian merchant of XIII''s century most famous for his travel records. ]

 Chapter 110: I was warned, reminded, and coerced!

    Chapter 110: I was warned, reminded, and coerced!

    Day 42  Morning, Dungeon near the vige downstream.

    What a pleasant morning And that''s because it follows a pleasant night! Yup, it was quite an enjoyable experience, I''m sure, this would mark the beginning of an equally nice day Or so I thought, but it wasn''t nice at all?! Ipletely forgot about the dungeon

    Well, to be more precise, it was unpleasant, or rather, high on difort index. Every bit of the dungeon was wet, damp, and humid, I don''t enjoy this kind of wet at all.

    This dungeon doesn''t even have a proper venttion or drainage system, let alone any countermeasures for humidity. I''d really like to see the face of the dungeon master of this ce, though they are probably dead by now?

    They probably turned into a magic stone already, so there is no face to look at. And since they are a magic stone now, they wouldn''t be able to receiveints.

    Damn, the great dungeon was too big to settle there, but it was incredibly well built.

    And the dungeon master of that ce turned out to be really cute as well.

    And with an amazing figure on top of

    *Cough Cough* I''m not thinking anything, alright? Okay, why are you drawing your sword? It''s dangerous? Yeah, it might be the right thing to do since we are in a dungeon, but at the moment, all of the monsters are nothing but magic stones, so you don''t need a sword, right?

    (Stare)

    Both the floor and the stairs are all slippery from the water covering them, making it hard to walk. And there are no handrails or anything, really, don''t they have the Building Standards Act for Dungeons or something? Yes, this is a dangerous dungeon that has no regard for the safety of invaders, creating an environment with a high risk of idents from slipping and falling.

    The safety andfort levels of this ce are the worst. That''s why you are so unpopr, dungeon-san, since you paid no attention to adventurers'' safety in your nning no one wants to adventure here. And of course, such an unsafe, diforting, and damp ce would also be disliked by the vigers. At least make an effort to build good rtions with your neighbors? What an antisocial Dungeon Master-san.

    I kept endlessly grumbling, muttering, as we kept going down the stairs. Hmm, no reply, huh?

    We keep picking up magic stones, but they all look kind of cheap. But I''m already out of money, broke to the point of having Pres pay for my lodgings from the deposit. Even if they are cheap I still have to gather them!

    But at the very least, can we have at least some treasure chests here? Or I''ll be in red after purchasing all those potatoes? No, I do need potatoes as well, but

    After walking through such a damp and humid ce it''s a huge loss. So not worth it. But can I at least have something to cover the potatoes'' cost? Well, I already made a huge profit from massive rip-off sales of sweet potatoes But since I already spent it all I don''t have a penny?

    That''s why I was pressed into checking such a damp and wet ce even though I wanted nothing to do with it.

    And by the way, I also was warned about doing lewd stuff inside dungeons. Yes, I''m being pressured!

    I mean, that''s the type of wet and slippery I''m down for No, I''m not gonna do anything?! I didn''t do anything?! Someday I''d like to try lotion y though *Cough, Cough*! No, it''s nothing. Now, let''s go down!

    The stairs are all slippery, so let''s sheathe the sword, okay?

    However, what if with all this humidity I got rheumatism, or arthritis, or neuralgia at this young age of 16? I probably would immediately recover from that due to my skills, but I still hate the idea. A young man shouldn''t have such diseases.

    We finally reached 5F, but it''s no fun at all. If we were going up I''d be able to enjoy the view from behind, but going down is not fun at all. There is nothing interesting in staring at the top of her helmet! If looking at the top of her helmet felt fun I think it would be a problem in itself, but dly, it''s not fun at all.

    Looks like there is something below us, on the 6th floor, what do we do? Should I just copse the ceiling and crush it?

    Im-possible G-hosts?

    Armored Pres-san told me, shaking her head. G-hosts Does she mean ghosts? Which means the enemy is incorporeal, so physical attacks won''t work on them. I mean, I doubt there are hosts there, the location is way too bad for such business.

    I can''t get into the mood because of this humidity. At this point, I just want to leave it as it is and go home. On top of this dungeon being trash as a real estate property, the treasure chests are trash as well. The hidden room on 5F for example, hadFreeze Sword  Ice Attribute (Lesser) PoW 10% Up, SpE 10% Up The effect is (Lesser) and the bonus is only 10%. I know that the great dungeon was just too good, but even so, it is incredibly underwhelming when youpare them.

    Yet, even this can be sold for a hefty sum. Or rather, it seems that if the item is too good it bes hard to sell it through ordinary channels, so somewhat dubious items are just right. Yeah, I want good equipment, but I also want money, so this is fine? It''s profitable? But even so It''s a dungeon?

    Won''t someT-this is the legendarytrope-like development happen? Well, I already have a legendary sword that just popped out of nowhere, so I don''t think I will be surprised by swords, but I want a weapon toe out with a hype appearance scene, clearly pointing to aplicated history behind it No one will get excited from just Oh, there is a holy sword on the ground! Isn''t there something like Only the chosen one can pull this out!?

    Considering my and Armored Pres-san''s equipment, I don''t think we will ever find better swords or armor, but I''d like something with special skills attached. Ice attribute is okay, but I don''t need (Lesser). If anything, I''d prefer something to burn enemies, because the geeks powered up! Isn''t there something?

    And 6F hadPhantom Lv6, no idea how it is different from spirits, specters, or ghosts, but the shape isn''t that of a human. I wonder what kind of spirit this is? Armored Pres-san switched her weapon from the rapier to a sword and taking a graceful stance began cutting through the enemies at blindingly fast speed Can you even cut spirits? Can this be resolved through physical means?!

    And what should I do? Maybe stretch the wooden staff that Im carrying, to about 2 meters length, gantly fly through the air, and then? And by the time I thought that it was all over. Could it be that all I''m going to do is go down the stairs? No chance to do anything else at all?

    In conclusion. Yeah, it seems that''s all I''m going to do here? The 7th floor''s hidden room had a vestige of a monster in the form of a magic stone, and the treasure chest had Thunder Spear: Lightning Attribute (Lesser) PoW 10% Up, SpE 10% Up, a shabby weapon. No, as merchandise, it should at least cover the cost of lewd outfits. I''m sure we will be able to buy a whole lot! The backless dress from yesterday was great, but the dress we saw the other day, with deep, deep cleavage, so deep in fact that it showed the navel, was also stirring. Well, with a figure that good, even outright lewd clothes look stylish on her. I was under such a deep impression, that went too hard at it, and she ended up scolding me in tears. No, I''m a highschool boy, and my levels of High Sexual VigorandInsatiable Libidokeep growing So it can''t be helped?

    Oh, 9F had another hidden room and a normal treasure chest in a corridor. The hidden room had Spiked Mail, Defense Up (Lesser) + ATT, I only showed it to Armored Pres-san and she immediately began refusing with all she had. So she is choosing items based on appearance after all?

    Well, wearing this would have you mistaken for a viin without a doubt. The entirety of armor is called in sinister-looking metal spikes. With this design, she would be safe and secure even in a post-apocalyptic world, but looks like she doesn''t approve?

    And the chest that was just sitting in the middle of a corridor had Earring, Decoration (B Rank). This is not even an equipment anymore, but let''s tribute it to Armored Pres. The earring with a blue jewel will surely match that blue dress with a slit. And it will look fine even when she takes that dress off! Alright, tonight is the night for that slit dress. Okay, I''ll do my best! I mean, the slit on that dress goes all the way to the upper part of the hips!!!

    And earrings should fit her in general. Despite being so cute and pretty she spent so much time as a skeleton, unable to dress up, so I think there is no problem at all with having a bit of luxury until she recovers.

    As we descended we kept finding somewhat better magic stones, but all of them still seemed like F rank. Or rather, the range of F rank is so huge that I still can''t get a proper grasp on the prices?

    On top of that, prices are beginning to fall, so even F 10+ is only 5,000,000 ere? Less than half of the previous price. Previously, the prices were up due to a deficit of magic stones, and on the contrary, now they are trying to stabilize the supply to prevent the price copse. So since they won''t readily buy up magic stones I have to make money from equipment. Sadly, there are no lewd clothes or underwear in dungeons Or is there? Yeah, if we find any I will make a temporary resting area!

 Chapter 111: Why do villagers keep giving me stuff until I cant carry it all anymore?

    Chapter 111: Why do vigers keep giving me stuff until I can''t carry it all anymore?

    Day 42  Morning, Dungeon near the Vige downstream.

    We finally reached the 12th floor. Although there is loot, as meager as it may be, this was of no use for the training at all.

    I guess it''s only natural that in a brand new dungeon both quality and quantity of monsters would be insufficient. Naturally, the same applied to the magic stones.

    Treasure chests are the only saving grace, yet there are no rare items that would make me want to equip them. The great dungeon was special after all. As expected of a dungeon with such a peerlessly beautiful dungeon master. Well, she was nothing but bones though?

    Or rather, the dungeon master was the greatest treasure of that dungeon. For that alone, I''m thankful that I was brought to this world. Yes, I''m affectionately thankful every night!

    Even so, I have nothing to do? Since the monsters are no match for Armored Pres-san at all, I don''t get any left for myself. I guess from a third-person point of view this is what could be objectively called An attendant of a knight in silver armor! I''vepletely be a minor character! I won''t be surprised if I find Kept Manamong my titles! Well, I will be mad though? Quite mad! After all, I already have Loner, NEET, and Hikikomori.

    However, I really have nothing to do. There are barely any monsters remaining in the first ce. Monsters of this dungeon were in serious danger of extinction. After all, there are magic stones everywhere I look. The cause of death is either inability to swim or withstand water pressure Hm?

    There is something on the 13th floor, can you tell what it is? The numbers are not great, but they seem to be moving around a lot? Kind of?

    De-demo-n''s, ka-ma.

    Demon''s kama it seems? Yeah, the way she struggles with words despite her supreme beauty makes her even cuter. Ah, how I''d want to *Cough, Cough!*

    She is ring at me! Ehm, kama? Like desire? Demon desire? Or kama like for tea? Maybe Demon''s naKama? Just demon''s what is that? I hope it''s not a demon okama. If so, then I''m running away. Absolutely! [1][2]

    But they seem to be swinging something? Or maybe they are gesturing?

    Well, I''ll know the answer when I go down to that floor. With those thoughts, I went down the stairs and it turns out the correct answer was Demon Scythe Lv 13. I thought it''s Demon Nakama, but turns out it''s just oversized kamas.

    Or rather, flying scythes. I guess it would be more urate to call them Scythe Demons. Enemies possess an eerie appearance that seems like abination of a kama and a spear. Quite an appealing form for someone with an 8th grader''s syndrome? [3]

    Spinning, three scythes areing this way. Flying weapons, huh, quite cool. If people who actually suffer from 8th grade syndrome were here they would''ve swooped down on those scythes and made a bloodbath fighting for them!

    Eeehm Dominate?

    (((ng)))

    It worked, it seems? Suddenly rememberingDemon Ring:Dominate Demon (3), I pointed to the flying scythes and tried to use it on them, after which they fell to the ground and stopped moving. What is this? Are they on standby for orders?

    Eehm? Fly?

    Wooow, they flew up! The three scythes are now floating in the air! Very in line with 8th grader''s fantasies.

    The demon scythes spin around me, following the trajectory that I picture in my mind. Since they obey a mere thought they might be quite useful? But at Lv 13 they are too weak unless I train them.

    Well, I can just think about it as I use them. Their levels will rise gradually. If only I had 4 scythes I would''ve had enough for the head of every geek. Unlucky.

    I keep ying around the scythes, spinning and circling them, and it seems they really move ording to my thoughts. Quite useful. Perhaps thanks to my Apex Thinking Lv 3I have no problem with controlling them separately, no difort or confusion at all. This is useful, or rather, very cool! But isn''t this kind of viin-like? And I''m already wearing a ck mantle with a hood? If I fused Spike Mailwith it, then I''d probably be attacked on sight by adventurers if they spotted me inside a dungeon!

    However, I wonder howDemon Ring''s control is different from the control of my Taming? Probably, my Tamingdoesn''t have apelling force behind it, while Demon Ring''s control is forceful. But what about the bitches who forced their way into being Tamedby me?

    This reminds me, sinceing to this world I''ve yet to encounter a proper mirror, so I didn''t notice it myself until now, but apparently, the color of my eyes tends to change from time to time? It seems, sometimes, they turn golden. A 16 year old boy in all ck with golden-colored contacts, swinging a scythe would be an incredibly cringy sight. No doubt, a mere look at that would be physically painful. Perhapscking a mirror is for the best?!

    However, with this, I will finally be able to cut the grass around the cave. Revolving scythes with automatic control and auto spinning function. Now, I''ll be able to create my own park! I also should deforest a bit of the woods. Thinking so, I might''ve gotten pretty great stuff. It''s good that I came here After all, I got potatoes and awnmower?

    As I was ying around with the scythes, spinning them, we continued our advance. I thought that the scythes will be hard to handle in confined spaces but it turns out their des can be folded, basically turning them into spears. Spears with a de attached to the handle. Might be good for charging attacks as well. Can''t wait to try it out.

    And even though I''m trying to raise a g here, there are no monsters around! The monster in the hidden room of the 15th floor also was a magic stone, while the chest contained Counter Shield  Returns magic or impact once the damage reaches a certain thresholdDeF 20% Up. Let''s sell it to ssmates. I''d prefer to give them a priority on purchasing good items. Also, the items that are too good get a bit too expensive to sell otherwise. There was fiercepetition to buy de Shieldso there will be someone who''d want this as well. Maybe I should hold another auction?

    As we reached the 15th floor magic stones'' quality somewhat improved, but there are still very few of them. Must be because the dungeon was yet to fully develop. How dull

    Eem, is this thest stop? Kind of? I guess?

    (Nod, Nod)

    Well, as expected, my Affection Rating won''t be found on a mere 17th floor. After all, I went all the way to the 100th floor earlier and didn''t find it So the chances of it being here are slim to none?

    It seems that the 17th floor was the residence of the dungeon master. A single conspicuouslyrge magic stone is lying on the ground. Beside it lies a set of armor. Must be the equipment of the dungeon master. An armored dungeon master But would a living armor or a skeleton knight die by drowning? Just what was this dungeon master''s job?! There are no other items, so nothing to deduce from. This means the culprit will remain unknown!

    Ah, there is a passageway in the back A hidden room spotted! Thanks to Space PerceptionI discovered another hidden room. This skill could be the most useful one in the dungeons, but before I noticed it was absorbed byRajingan. I still can use it, but it disappeared from the list of my skills. You are helping me so much, yet you had so little screen time, Space Perception-san.

    This way, over here, it''s a hidden passage? A hidden room? Which is it? That sort of thing?

    There is a very obvious rock, but pushing it reveals a passage. This arrangement boosts expectations but considering everything we saw here so far, getting my hopes up would be very foolish.

    At the end of the passageway was a treasure chest. Well, I guess this can be counted as a hidden room. But once again, no lock. Just what the hell was that Magic Keyfor? Is it hinting me to turn to burry? Is it because I''m an unemployed 16 year old (male) living in a cave? Hmm, can''t argue, that is reasonably suspicious.

    Inside the chest was Ring of Dungeon Master  Dungeon Creation, Dungeon Controleh? Eeeeeeeeeeh?

    Why wasnt the dungeon master wearing it? Why did they have it locked away?! You have to wear it! You are a dungeon master. Could it be they didn''t like the job? Well, it indeed seems to be pretty exploitative Both in terms of duties and the post itself. I mean, even their superior, Dungeon Emperor, resigned from the office?

    However, does one be a subordinate of the dungeon emperor upon equipping this? Or rather, was there an inauguration of a new dungeon emperor? Yeah, equipping this might lead to problems with dungeon hierarchy.

    However, with dungeon creation, I will be able to not just remodel but create brand new dungeons. I''d better keep it, just in case.

    The armor is Armored te  DeF Enhancement (Great), Magic Resistance (Intermediate), Auto Heal, quite bulky. However, the effects are nice, and Armored Pres-san doesn''t want it. This is going on auction when we get back.

    Now, let''s go home. There seems to be nothing left, and despite the dungeon being so dripping wet, no lotion appeared among the drops. No need to take a rest at such a ce. Yeah, no Rest, huh tch?

    When on the way back I told an old-timer from the vige that the dungeon was dead and had no monsters, he, for some reason, was extremely overjoyed, and even went to call the vige elder. Yeah, being called, he came, and as expected, it''s another old man. No need to call something like that!

    After bowing over and over they then gave me a whole ton of vegetables. ording to the old-timer who is the vige elder, the walls and some of the structures were destroyed by a flood a few years ago, so they arepletely defenseless from the monsters. Which reminds me, when I first came here they had nothing but a wooden fence around the vige, but it seems they are working on a new wall? Indeed, being attacked by monsters under such conditions would be scary. After all, this ce is different from that terrifying town of brutes, where every citizen is armed with a club.

    But I received vegetables from the whole vige, and it''s not like it''s that big, so it doesn''t need much of a lengthy wall. On top of that, I didn''t do anything today, so I have full mana. Yeah, after all, I really didn''t do anything at all!

    Putting my hand to the ground I pour magic power into it. If I properly set up the area of effect first, then I will be able to easily handle the rest with visualization only. The thickness and the height can be adjusted ording to my mana reserves.

    Come forth, walls? I guess? You don''t need a ditch for it, right? Traps would be dangerous for the people of the vige? Kind of?

    The height doesn''t even reach 2 meters, but it''s reasonably thick, so the likes of a goblin leader won''t be able to destroy it. Kobolds and wolves might be able to jump over it, but making it higher will turn it more fragile Let''s dig around it a bit? Yeah, looks pretty good now?

    Well, I felt bad just taking all those vegetables for free, so I made a small wall? Kind of? I guess?

    Eh?!

    For some reason, they gave me even more vegetables. I probably wouldn''t have been able to hold all of them if I didn''t have the item bag.

    Well, they seem to be happy? The vige elder even had tears in his eyes. Making a big deal out of nothing? Was there no one in the vige who could use Earth Magic? Getting even more vegetables from something like this, I might''ve profited from it even more from the dungeon? As expected, sightseeing is important. Let''s have a hot pot today The only question here, can earthenware pot be made through Earth Magic? [TL Notes: [1] Kama ()  means "desire, wish, longing" in Hindu, Buddhist, and Jain literature. [2] Kama ()  a type of metal pot or kettle used in Japanese tea ceremony. [3] Kama ()  a traditional Japanese farming implement simr to a sickle used for reaping crops and also employed as a weapon ]

 Chapter 74: If you care about the progression and design so much then dont drop people.

    Chapter 74: If you care about the progression and design so much then don''t drop people.

    Day 31?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 83F It''s a trap zone. The floor is loaded with traps. Or more like, everything is a trap? There is nowhere to walk? There are nothing but traps.

    The next one is 83F, the theme seems to be a massacre? I guess? I mean, it''s just loaded with deadly traps.

    No retort, she is just staring at me.

    83F hasGround Eaters Lv 83burrowing at the center of pathways with their giant mouths wide open. The surroundings are just riddled with traps. Trap Senseis reacting to everything on all sides. So I either have to slip through the traps or get swallowed by a Ground Eater? Actually, why do they keep the mouth open all the time? Is it really a good idea? Is it? Really? Let''s throw a poison mushroom there. A very poisonous one. Are you sure? You don''t have poison resistance, right? Hmm, the ground began to writhe? Let''s toss another one. Whooa? An earthquake? Ah, it''s dead? It left a huge hole with a huge magic stone in it.

    There are 14 more ground eaters, waiting with open mouths. Is it really okay? Is it? Really?

    A total annihtion.

    Looks like Ground Eaters can''t close their mouths or move around. Or rather, couldn''twould be more precise. They have both Complete Physical Immunityand Complete Magic Immunity, but they didn''t have Poision Resistance. They were basically asking for it? Sitting there with open mouths? It''s like they wanted someone to put it in there. I''m talking about the poison of course. They were tempting me. I''m sure of it. I even asked if they are sure.

    Now, there is a hidden room, but it is also trapped.

    The floor is obviously suspicious. The color is distinctly different. The color is so different that it''s like it is screaming Hey, it''s here?. Is this another pitfall? Or maybe if I jump over that spot I will fall into another trap? Is it both? Can I just walk on air? I can, right? I don''t have to step on that, right? I do feel a bit bad about the effort put into that thing, but I''m not stepping on that.

    Paying too much attention to the floor while walking on air, I ended up hitting my head on the ceiling. So it was a trap after all.

    A treasure chest. I''m on the verge of giving up on affection rating, but it is a treasure chest. Though items from precious metals will be taken away anyway, it is a treasure chest. I opened the chest with a load of cynical remarks. Who knows, maybe the treasure chest will take pity on me? Trap Ring  Automatically Disarms Traps It was a g! But the order is all messed up! It''s reversed! No, it is me who is going in the opposite direction, huh.

    With thisTrap Senspletely lost any value. Even though I fell through the pitfall to get it. If only I had this, I wouldn''t have fallen. If I wasing from above I would''ve found the hidden room, and using Trap Ring avoided the Ground Eaters. Since they are immune to physical and magic damage they cannot be defeated by conventional means. So the only alternative is diving into the surrounding traps. That''s what Trap Ring is for. Yup, it''s a good design. But what about the people who are climbing from below? How about some care for them as well? Picking up Trap Ring after passing through all of the traps doesn''t feel good at all. It almost seems like a mockery. Did Ground Eaters really have to die? It simply makes me look like I can''t read the mood. Good grief.

    Above us is 82F, just a bit more and we will pass the 1/5 mark. 20%? But falling took only an instant. Well, though it was worth falling here. I found a new t gaze after all.

    And 82F is Mirror Boar Lv 82, hm? Mirror, like in a mirror? Or like a reflection? Or a mirror image? And boar means a wild pig. Well, they are obviously going to charge at me. What''s more important is the mirror part. If it means like a mirror, then it probably has Magic Reflection, if like a mirror image, then it should be some kind of phantoms, and inversion, would mean illusions? I guess?

    Hmm, since it hasMagic Reflectionit''s probably the first one. The real problem is Crushing Damage Resistance. Since they are going to charge, it makes sense that they would need this skill. But it also means that dropping them won''t do much good. And them havingGross Eateralso means that I won''t be able to poison them with mushrooms. They will just eat them. I might be able to tame them this way though? But it probably won''t work? Usually, it wouldn''t, right?

    Hmm, so directbat? Against level 82? Against 100 of them? They are going to charge me? I''m sure to get stabbed.

    Actually, could it be that the most important thing for the dungeon monsters is blunt and fall damage resistance?

    Spearwall. It''s a pack of charging boars.

    Since magic won''t work on them, I''ll go with a spear wall.

    After all, I have a lot of spears from minotaurs. Preparing the spears by burying them into the ground at the angle I raise them when Mirror Boars charge and the set up isplete. There is enough momentum, and in addition being pushed from behind by other boars they stick onto the spears, unable to stop. With this there is no need to worry about their charges anymore, they are just bunching up.

    And with their charge being halted they won''t be able to maneuver. Meanwhile, I use Air Walk tond behind the boars. With the usual Staff? in my hands. The first in a while Shint Mus-ry Cane Arts Different World Edition. Yes, I''m still insisting on calling this cane arts. I''m going to stick to that until the other worlds branch of Shint Mus-ryes to sue me. Also, today Im going to use the staff for shooting.

    Boars have no reverse gear. It is what people say, so it must be true. They are capable of sudden stops, turning around, and backing away, but they can''t run backwards. This is bound to seal their movements. Even if they manage to turn around, they don''t have enough distance to elerate. Meaning, they will be slower. Slow enough for me to fight. In addition, since they are too closely packed to get enough room for movement, I can make a clean sweep at them.

    First, let''s create more chaos.

    Creating a number of small holes to impede their movements even further, I then surround them with a ditch and get to extermination. If things go south, I can just escape to the spear wall. I can fly after all.

    Waltzing through the pack, I move, spin, and sweep, if I stop, I will lose momentum, and if I lose momentum and get surrounded they will beat the hell out of me. I already saw an example a number of times from Armored Pres, and the same goes for the use of Kyojitsu. Whirl with the sword, slip through the gaps, dish out shes, turning each one into a small tragedy.

    Move before I think. There isn''t much I can do anyway, so thinking will only slow me down. This is what I learned during my fight with the master of this dungeon. Or rather what I was made to learn. Chain the attacks, set up the onught, and moving with the fluidity of water turn it all into a deadly sword dance

    Going with the flow, removing pointless motions, just simply sh in a dance.

    Going between a boar and a boar, sh after half a revolution, then, step-in with another sh. Without stopping, without halting, just flowing from one attack to another.

    There is probably nothing beautiful about it and it doesn''t appear like a dance in any way. But even if my movements are clumsy or ugly, I''m still going to continue my stride. Because I saw what lies ahead.

    Meanwhile, from the direction of the spear wall, Armored President began a real sword dance. The moment she jumped in an empty zone formed around her. Our speed ispletely different, she doesn''t have even a moment of empty pause.

    She is going to kill all of them if I don''t hurry.

    Pheew, you know? It feels like it was such a long time ago? I mean, thest time I actually fought? Even though we are in a dungeon? I wonder why?

    As I was wondering, Armored Pres was staring at me in disbelief while gathering magic stones. I know what she wants to say, but I''ll die if I fight head on.

    The next one is 81F. We are gradually getting closer to the surface. Though the road ahead is still long.

    Before I noticed, a t gaze became her default expression.<hr>

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? <strong>CLICK HERE</strong> to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 114: I think revenge breeds revenge, but in this case, a pleasant one instead of painful.

    Chapter 114: I think revenge breeds revenge, but in this case, a pleasant one instead of painful.

    Day 43  Morning, Omui''s Guild of Adventurers

    Before going on a morning walk I have to drop by the guild for the usual stuff. After all, morning t gaze starts from here. A highschool boys wholesome morning routine begins with a t gaze and ends with a t gaze.

    Nonono, just how, why, for what reason are the requests still the same? Is this guild even trying? The person in charge of this board doesn''t work at all, no? They work even less than a NEET. I''ming here every day, and every day it turns out to be a waste of time? Why didnt the request change even once? Just when will you post a request that can make me a rich man? Just where is my chance to get rich quick?

    Really, just when are you going to start keeping low-profile? Why are youing here every day? Aren''t I telling you every day that only adventurers can take profitable quests? You are still not an adventurer, right? Then why are youing here every single day? You must being just so you canin about the bulletin board!

    Today''s share of morning t gaze from Receptionist Pres. My, t Gaze from the girls at the inn, a portable t Gaze from Armored Pres-san, and a mufufu-type t gaze at night. Calling this world a t Gaze Paradise wouldn''t be an exaggeration at all! Okay, I got the stare, so it''s time to set out.

    Leaving magic stones that I had stored quite a lot of by now, at the purchase counter, I, just in case, exin that I killed the dungeon near the vige downstream. Even the old man guild master came out, so I just said that I had to say and escaped. I mean, I said a few times already that Dungeon drowned, but for some reason, they just don''t get it? Well, I exined it like 3 times already, so I think that''s quite enough.

    Now, to the forest. Home, sweet home, we can decide if we will spend a night there or not after we see how the situation goes. As a healthy highschool boy I, of course, find it hard to give up on Jacuzzi y, but if we go at it there, then it will take a while for us to leave, so we won''t be able to return back to the town before dark. Oh well, let''s worry about itter.

    First iswn mowing! Let''s aim for a one-house cave with a garden!

    Yesterday, I already testedDemon Scythes on the way back from the vige, and they easily cut even fairlyrge trees, so cutting grass should be extremely easy.

    With this, I will finally be able to mow the grass around the cave. It was bothering me for quite some time, but it seemed like a huge pain so I didn''t touch it until now. But Demon Scytheis a fully automatic scythe with self-propelled des. One order is enough forplete deforestation, and degoblinization. Will I be finally able to celebrate adding gardens to the cave? Maybe someday I can also add fields? Anyway, let''s start with ordering them to cut the trees around the cave.

    We swiftly move through the forest, but with threeDemon Scythesflying around and cutting down all of the goblins and kobolds, Armored Pres-san seems to be bored. Aren''t you doing the same thing to me all the time? Every single day without exception? Just yesterday you had a lot of fun doing this, no? I had absolutely nothing to do during our Dungeon Capture yesterday? In the end, I literally came there just to go down and up the stairs?

    I was extremely sad when I was all ready for action, and by the time I finished saying Phew, so they are finally here Let''s do it, all of the monsters were dead. It ended with me extending my staff for no reason at all I even took a cool pose, and it was all over That was all I got to do yesterday.

    But monsters in the Demon Forest really became scarce. Apparently, even adventurers and regr troops areing to cull the poption, so unless you go deep into the woods there is no profit to be made. And not to mention that there are much fewer mushrooms on the edge of the forest, so we should hurry to the cave. However, from time to timeDemon Scytheswould bring magic stones to me, but just how are they doing it? Do they have hands or something?

    With this and that we finally came back home. Leaving Demon Scythes to deforest the surroundings, Armored Pres-san and I head for the forest depths. The main purpose is mushroom gathering and goblin sweepings. Coincidentally, kobold sweeping as well. I finally will get to train. While getting beaten up by Armored Pres-san behind the inn can serve as practice, you can''t call it a training. That''s not a martial art practice but more of a practice to stay alive Yeah, basically, just getting beaten up.

    It seems the president and others are also getting beatings under the guise of practice, so I once went behind the inn to check on them and saw a very surreal sight of 29 bodies piled up in a mound under a starry sky, with the Poster Girl, in a panic, doing some kind of mysterious dance around them That was seriously bizarre.

    It''s training time,Magic Wrapping. Forcibly enhance my body by forcibly wrapping it in skills and magic. A very radical enhancement technique, awkward movements which would deal damage to me. Synchronize the body, mana, and skills, integrate them with each other. It can be considered perfected when I can do that as naturally as I breathe. Everyone would be doing it if it could be done that easily, but unless I have proper control of my movements my muscles tear, and even my bones break. That damage is endlessly restored through Regeneration, repeating the cycle of breaking and healing over and over. That''s why I have to keep training to improve my movements until I break to the point of being unable to move Wait, isn''t that absurd?!

    Aaagh, as I thought, when the feeling for the body changes, it also ruins techniques? Too strong and too fast, yet too weak?

    My low physical abilities are being forcibly enhanced from outside, a reckless enhancement skill, enforcing movements on the body from the outside. Using it deals damage to me, but failing to use it puts me at risk of being killed by monsters. That''s why I''m making do with what I have, forcibly creating such a makeshift technique, picking the best part from every skill to somehow get by, and I''m shifting and adjusting things, trying to get the hang of it. As long as I can bear the pain I will eventually get used to it and wille to be able to properly make use of it, if I don''t, I will get beaten up under a pretext of training, so in either case, what awaits me is pain.

    Even Lv 15 goblins take only one hit Well, it always takes only one hit, but being able to take them in one hit without ambushing them from behind is a huge improvement. I don''t have to erase my presence and sneak around like I did until now. I can just take them head-on, so it''s remarkable progress, but at the same time, self-destruction is progressing as well, gradually depleting HP with self-inflicted damage. It''s not too bad, but it still hurts.

    Somehow, while unable to fully masterMagic WrappingI''m still somehow making use of it. The problem is whates after this. Most likely the real hurdle is going to be Teleportationskill. Magic Wrappingis a martial art type, while Teleportationis magic, and Magic Wrappingis probably a skill that allows wrapping not only mana but also skills and magic In other words, evenTeleportationcan be wrapped.

    I beat a fast-moving kobold with my own speed Fast, but since teleportation is a part of the movement, control bes incredibly difficult. But the movements are blindingly fast, it''s almost as if I vanish for a moment. Or rather, I actually do disappear for an instant, don''t I? If I master this I will be able to vanish from sight, allowing for an indefensible attack, getting the hang of this I will be able to teleport, delivering an undodgeable fatal attack. The problem is that the skill is heinously hard to use, far from allowing me to easily learn it!

    But if I manage to get all of that in order, merging it with Kyojitsuthen I''ll be able to fight even the dungeon emperor. If so, then I might be able to avoid at least some of the beatings! But just why do I feel that I won''t be able to win?

    I activated Teleportationduring our spars as well, but I was beaten anyway. I can vanish or teleport all I want, and I will still get beaten up. Yeah, if she werepletely swallowed by the darkness in the depths of that dungeon then she would''ve be not just Demon Lord but Supreme Demon Overlord, and easily destroyed the world. I mean, she is like this afterTamingreduced her to the first level, if she was in herplete form, no one would''ve been able to defeat her. For real!

    However, right now she is happily springing through the woods, like a dance. She must be smiling under that helmet. Ayer of gob and kobold corpses is covering the surroundings, but she seems to be having fun so it''s okay. I just had to take my eyes off for one second, and my practice partners are going extinct again, but it''s fine. Coincidentally, her cheerful shing attacks are also destroying the woods, almost turning the whole area into an empty lot by now But it''s fine, I guess? Hmm, but I won''t be able to collect mushrooms there after this, so I wish she would keep it in moderation.

    In one go close the distance with an enemy and sh, all in one motion, merging everything in one action, and repeat it over and over Was my n, but all of the monsters were annihted. Okay, let''s go upstream. There is nothing to do here since there are no kings around anymore, but since upstream at least has numbers, they should be able to hold off Armored Pres-san for a bit!

    Well To be honest I didn''t expect anything But at least struggle a bit harder! Why do all of you jump in just to get easily beaten back? Are you idiots? Are you goblins? No! You are kobolds! So act the part! Cooperate, make joint attacks! Why are you just jumping at Armored Pres-san head-on? Is this a group suicide? Well, looks like it indeed was one act of mass self-destruction, the result is obvious the moment they charge at her, couldn''t even buy time, useless monsters.

    Only the orc area is left, but we spent more time picking mushrooms than fighting. At this rate, I might get a Mushroom Hunter ss. While it might be better than Jobless, doesn''t mushroom gatherer in all ck armed with a wooden stick sound super suspicious?

    Good grief, while I''m doing my best, dding Teleportationand tripping at super high speed, rolling around, bumping into trees, falling to the ground with said trees, and rolling on the ground, all of the orcs were killed as well? I crushed a few, running over them as I was rolling on the ground, but I didn''t get to properly face even one! They just died instantly. While I was rolling through the woods everything was finished.

    My attempts to havebat training ended up with rolling training. No, I don''t need such training? Eventually, she gave me one orc king out of pity. I really begged her for it! Everyone else was dead by then. The culprit, that person in silver armor, then observed my fight while nodding in satisfaction. And when my wrapped magic screwed me over and I went flying she would go Oh my, slowly shaking her head It''s sooo distracting!

    Finally On the 7th try it finally became something resembling Kyojitsu? I think it worked because Orc King went down in one attack, but it just went Pewand by the time I thought I''d move, I already finished the sh Is it done? I don''t really feel that way, but even if I want to practice more there are no opponents left.

    Since I had no other options, we stayed for the night, and I got beaten up. Beaten up in the garden that Demon Scythesjust finished cutting out! Unable to go pew, I was getting repeatedly beaten up, and when I finally was about to go pew, I couldntnd the blow, and was beaten up. While the instantaneous speed of teleportation cannot be evaded, it seems that simple movements still can be read and predicted. And as I was beaten, battered, and pounded, the night came.

    Yes, and since the night came, I went all out in my revenge. All the way untilte night! Well, I''m pretty sure that tomorrow I will get beaten up again in revenge for that revenge.

    But I have no regrets. After all, it was a very nice revenge. I suspect that revenge breeds revenge, but since it is so good, I think it''s okay. Yeah, it was amazing!

 Chapter 76: Cant I put them on a chain?

    Chapter 76: Can''t I put them on a chain?

    Day 31?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 80F

    I got tired of retorting.

    Well, I got Heavenly Sword of Gathering Clouds (Sword of Kusanagi)  Divine Sword, Eradicates Evil, PoW SpE DeX LuK 30% Up ? ? ?, but it seems that the avatar of avarice Armored Pres-san doesn''t want it? Could it be because she is a skeleton? But she doesn''t seem to have any problems with blessings or holy attribute items? Could it be that she is pretty picky? She might be picking by the appearance? For now, her equipment all looks pretty cool.

    So by the design, one was supposed to get the holy sword here, and then use it for the battle on the lowest floor? It does look like it might cleanse darkness Yeah, going by the order of things, that seems to be the idea. THEN DON''T DROP ME!

    It has 30% to every attribute, so let''s put it into Staff?. This is the third item. So I have only 4 slots remaining. But why doesn''t it get any heavier? Why doesnt the design change at all? With the ck hood and wooden staff, I look simply like a side-character. Even though the person beside me is wearing sexy silver armor?

    Next, 79F. Finally 70s floors. But to go home I have to pass 79 more floors. I never heard of a hikikomori that can''t go home! I feel like I barely even lived in that cave! And from the middle of it, I was staying in a tent in front of the cave? I''m not shutting-in at all. I miss my new home in this world even more than I miss the one in the original world.

    Though at this point I''m basically living in a dungeon, which is supposed to be a maze, thanks to Space Perception, I''m not getting lost at all. What kind of maze is it if I didn''t get lost even once? I also want to have such moments like in light novels Where should we go? Left? Right?. Exploration wasn''t supposed to be like this. After entering the dungeon I first was walking in a straight path, and by the time I got to the supposed maze parts, I could already perfectly navigate through it with thebination of Space Perception and Map. Not a hint of an actual exploration or discovery. No, it''s convenient, so I''m going to use them, but?

    And 79F Spike Viper Lv 79, a snake? Since it is a viper, it probably should have poison, but why does it have spikes? For better traction?

    Encountering snakes, or rather, reptiles in general, the first thing I''d try is lowering the temperature. Though I did the same with the fishes as well.

    They stopped moving. Or they can''t move anymore? Or maybe they are in hibernation? I don''t know, but for now, they aren''t moving.

    I then walk around, cutting off their heads. But they are so huge. Easily over 10 meters. Swallow, Strangle, Choke, does it really count as martial arts? At least ording to the status page ofSpike Vipersthey should be? Are they also going to shout the skill name before the use? ShAAAA? Getting strangled with that spiked body would probably be very painful. You''d get stabbed all over.

    But they are vipers, right? Like a saw-scaled viper? They even have that chain-like pattern on them. So why spikes? Why no chains? Are they trying to show off their individuality? I''m unique and specialkind of thing?

    In the end, everyone lost their heads while lying without movement, turning into magic stones. They even had Temperature Sense, but couldn''t do anything about the change in temperature. Their numbers were too much to deal with by using Ice Magic, but Temperature Magic has a considerable impact andrge area of effect. Could it be specialized anti-reptilian magic? Fried snakes would probably sell really well, but dungeon monsters disappear on death.

    It is probably abination of effects fromKusanagiandMagic Katana, but the staff cuts really well. It could cut even with Mana Wrap and Packing alone, but this is apletely different level of sharpness. Kind of like a mere touch is enough for a cut? Just what is this wooden staff going to be? Even though it began as a wooden stick? Even though it still looks like a stick? Even if I try to gracefully sh my opponents, it looks like I''m simply clubbing them. Not graceful at all!

    Next is floor 78, huh Levels 40 Probably impossible? I might be able to handle levels 30? But since there are so many of them, maybe levels 20? Which means for 50 floors more I won''t be able to fight properly? Even though it''s a dungeon?

    Okay, who is living on the next floor? Vanish Wolf Lv78, just a normal wolf. Does this world even have a concept of monster girls? I''m yet to see even a hint of that? If I find them I might be unable to beat them, but taming is another matter. Though I''d probably get scolded for thatter? And I''m probably bound to get scolded for Skeleton-san

    Now, Vanish, vanishment. I''m not getting tricked by that. There is no way a monster that disappears or evaporates on its own would exist. It certainly will pop up somewhere else after that. No doubt. This is for certain. Otherwise, they would probably be long gone, due to their own skills.

    They are probably going to vanish when I try to attack them, and then reappear when they attack. What a pain.

    Well, since they are Lv 78, I won''t be able to win even if they don''t vanish. There are 80 of them, and the whole pack has the Cooperation skill. A team attack from 80 wolves. No, nope, nope, nope.

    Vinegar. I spread, scatter and spray it. I wonder if one cask will be enough? Use Packing to hold it and Wind Magic to scatter. On one hand, I''m d that I bought it, on the other, it feels like a waste. Well, it''s not like it is that pricey, and I can buy it anytime.

    After cornering them, I scatter a powder made from paralyzing mushrooms. Doesn''t feel like a waste at all. Have as much as you want. Pepper would be wasteful, so I keep it for now. It''s thest resort.

    Cornered and covering their noses with front paws with tears in their eyes, they are then finished off by Armored Pres.

    It hurts my heart doing this to cats or dogs. But they definitely would''ve gone for a chomp on my head.

    Their vanish ability seems tost only 2-3 seconds, and they are immediately mowed down after reappearing. I keep on scattering vinegar. I''m quite sure there aren''t that many people that go to the dungeon to do this.

    I also kill cornered wolves with Ice Needle, and then corner another group, and repeat the process.

    The whole floor smells sour. It''s beginning to sting my eyes.

    I can''t stay in such a sour dungeon. Though it was I who made it like this<hr>

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? <strong>CLICK HERE</strong> to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 77: Emotional is nice, but when it gets physical its a bit…

    Chapter 77: Emotional is nice, but when it gets physical it''s a bit��

    Day 31?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 77F

    Unable to stand that sour-smelling floor I climbed up. Maybe at least the 77th floor will have something nice?

    Monster girls for example? Or subi? Oh, I might be fine with losing there Please, I want to taste defeat.

    Imp Lv 77, imp-san, huh. Nothing like monster girls at all. It''s an ugly, small flying demon. You bastards! With how things were going so far the 77F was supposed to have monster girls!! What the hell are those small horny baldies? Are you kidding me? What are you going to do about my betrayed expectations? Ugya!Ugya my ass! Listen to me you little shit! Huh? The hell are you dying on me? Listen when people are talking! So on top of trampling on highschool boy''s dreams, you also can''t read the mood? Gyooe!Huh? What is that GYOE supposed to mean? Get crushed just like my dreams! GYIyyyI!Enough of your squeals. I told you to read the mood! In the first ce, why do you keep dropping like flies just because someone looked at you? Do you have a problem with my eyes? Aren''t you demons? What the hell is that attitude? I am angry, so why are you running away instead of listening? Why are you getting annihted when I''m talking to you? Listen to me Wait, annihted?

    No, I mean, this is 77F, the hell are you giving me imps for? Isn''t this where monster girls are supposed to show up? [1]

    And why is Armored Pres trembling in fear? Aren''t you the big boss of this ce? Why are you trying to put distance between us? Duhans, Liches, and No Life Kings are totally the side that are supposed to be scaring others? Not the other way around? Dungeon Master shouldn''t be so frightened. I''m going to cry? For real?

    For some reason, the imps were annihted. My heart is also on the verge of breaking as well Are my eyes capable of scaring a dungeon master? And the imps died from shock before I could even hit them Even though they are demons Even though they are demons!

    Why do I have to pat Skeleton-san on the back to calm her? Is this what you are supposed to do in a dungeon?

    And even if I wanted to vent on someone for this, the imps are already dead. The floor was littered with magic stones.

    Okay, 76F, time to relieve my stress.

    Lizardman Lv 76 Well, in a way, calling them monster girls might not be technically wrong. But as a highschool boy, I refuse to ept that! Absolutely!

    Lizardmen, with heads of lizards And bodies of lizards. Hmm, there are females as well? It seems? SO WHAT!? They have lizard faces! And lizard bodies! Their figures have some feminine features But so what! They are also all covered in scales? Those are basically bipedal lizards with spears in their hands. I''d say they are closer to dinosaurs than to humans. No monster girl elements that a highschool boy would seek. No hopes or dreams. So I will turn them into nothing as well!

    Ugh, so cold, I don''t want to stay in such a dungeon anymore! I want to go home!

    Looks like their mental age is close to nil as well.

    I lowered the temperature of the whole area to a really freezing level. On top of that, I also use Ice Magic for additional effect. That''s what lizards get.

    Those that can still move are doing so in a kind of slow-motion, and more than half of them cannot move at all.

    Good grief, this is the second time. The second time in a row. The second time my hopes were betrayed like this. First imps, and now lizard-faced dinosaurs. I''m about to get really angry. Armored Pres and I mercilessly kill them. Who the hell would be happy about a female lizardman that is 90% lizard? Who would want that? Scales collector? Dinosaur fetishists? To hell with such fetishes! I''m having enough problems with the newly emerged armor fetish alone!

    After collecting magic stones we head to 75F. it''s boss time. Floor master. Finally one fourth. So not even reached Pure Feeling, huh? Pure feelings are 66F? Or maybe 67? Two-thirds of 66th floor? Well, I can think about it when I actually reach it. It will still take a while. [1]

    I wanted to take a bit of a break, but it''s too cold here. And below here it is sour, just what kind of dungeon is this? I never heard of sour floors Though I won''t say it aloud, since the person that previously was in charge of the ce is behind me. And she also knows the reason for the sourness So she probably will be mad if I say this. Let''s keep silent.

    Only 3/4 left to go Now that I think about it, it doesn''t make me as happy as before.

    Chimera (All Species) Lv 100, and here I wanted to know what kind of chimera it was All species? Complete edition? If it has parts from all living things, then it would be insanely huge? Though it is huge

    With the overall length of about 5-6 meters and the height of more than 2 meters, it was way bigger than me. The body of a bear, the limbs are of a tiger and a lion. 6 legs in total? I wonder to whom the wings belong? They are huge. And the face of a monkey. Looks like a monkey-faced old man. And there are insect-like hands growing from the body. The tail is probably a scorpion''s? Scales on the back, from both shoulders grow dog? No, wolf heads? No horse, sheep, or rodent parts? And yet all species? Maybe they are hidden somewhere?

    Since it is able to hold its ground versus the ex-master of this dungeon, the skeleton in the silver armor, it should be quite formidable. Still, it''s struggling, barely holding on. While the chimera is fighting at its limit, the skeleton has barely revealed her hand. I hit it from behind.

    After I extend Staff? it reached a length of about 10 meters. Applying Gravity, which at some point evolved from Weight Magic, I strike it with full force.

    It shouldn''t have time to pay attention to me. It has to deal with the flurry of vicious blowsing from the front. So I just hit it from behind.

    Standing upright it used more than ten of its limbs inbination with wings to exchange blows with the Armored Pres. So I just hit it from behind.

    Neither took even a step forward nor did they take even a step back, and just simply stuck to striking, ttering wings, shing, and hitting. So I just hit it from behind.

    Neither couldnd a decisive blow as the speed of their exchange kept growing. So I just hit it from behind.

    The rush of blows was so furious that the sparks created an illusion of a wall of mes standing between them. So I just hit it from behind.

    But now I couldn''t get a clear picture of what is going on anymore with the countless afterimages shing between them. So I just hit it from behind.

    The number of countless attacks and countless shes was so great that their sound simply merged into one roar. So I just hit it from behind.

    Finally, pressing just half a step forward, both of them were trying to grasp victory and prevent the other from doing so. Meanwhile, I just hit from behind.

    It died, it seems.

    Whooa, the t gaze is so sharp I physically felt like I was getting stabbed by it. Did she acquire some kind of skill for mental attacks? Or is this an evolution of a t gaze?!

    Pretending not to notice it, I check the loot. Ah, it''s seriously stabbing me. Ehm, magic stone and a bracelet? Another would-be gift? But this one looks pretty in. Demon Beast Bracelet  Increase All AbilitiesEh? First of all, what exactly is considered as all abilities here? And then, what does an increase mean? Until now it was either % UP or Bonus (Greater), or something, and now it''s just an increase? How about some standard or uniformity? It''s hard to get what is going on. Though it''s not like I had any idea what is going on with my status until now. Is there even a meaning to it? In a way, it feels like it is mocking me? Kind of? [TL Notes: [1] You might think that this time he actually went insane, but no. This is a reference to https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1/3_no_Junj%C5%8D_na_Kanj%C5%8D

    As Wikipedia suggests "1/3 Pure Heart Emotion". So 1/3 of 100 floors is either 33 or 34 floors. ]<hr>

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? <strong>CLICK HERE</strong> to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 78: Everyone should eat more fish. You are so quick to anger because you lack calcium.

    Chapter 78: Everyone should eat more fish. You are so quick to anger because youck calcium.

    Day 32  The Faraway Labyrinth, 54F

    The third battle. We are still getting stalled by the werewolves of this floor. But we reduced their number quite a bit. With only 20 enemies remaining we should be able to get through. Onwards, to where Haruka-kun is waiting.

    Let''s stop here for today. I don''t think anything would happen, but just in case, let''s build a base here.

    A~ye.

    And we finally managed to defeat them, finally wiped out all the werewolves of this floor.

    Folks on food duty, assemble! I''m going to pull out the meat, hurry and cut vegetables.

    I''m done here, pass me veggies.

    It''s meat. Meat. A meaty, meaty meat.

    No one seemed to be seriously injured. Though we had many lightly-wounded people, we are already roasting HP mushrooms, so it shouldn''t be a problem.

    We are hungry and tired!

    This time we made a great number of maneuvers, breaking through the pack of werewolves, splitting and hitting them from the sides, and then annihting encircled enemies, so it is only natural that everyone would be tired after running around so much. But even so, we managed to defeat all of them. Finally. Atst, we will be able to move forward.

    The tents seem to be already set up, so we first feed and send the boys to rest, as they seemed to be the most exhausted. Anyway, it''s time for a meal.

    We finally made it to the 55th floor.

    The wolves took soo long.

    In fact, we spent two whole days on this floor. New enemies are going to be even stronger, but we have no choice but to press forward. No matter how much time it might take, Haruka-kun is fighting with the monsters of the lower floors all alone, trying to get to the surface, so we have to go.

    Shimazaki-san and others already went over level 90. The speed of their leveling is way above everyone else. Which means Haruka-kun is still fighting. All alone, trying to get to the surface.

    Before sleep, we hold a meeting. In name only, in fact, it''s another girls-only gathering.

    The cows were Spike Buffalo Lv55, right?

    A herd of them. A whole pack of rampaging spiky cattle.

    The 55th floor doesn''t have a boss, so we can just attack it, as usual, exterminating enemies one by one.

    Hmm, won''t there be a huge panic with us getting split up again?

    Yes, that''s how it went during our first fight with werewolves, which forced us into a purely defensive position, preventing us from making a timely response.

    How about we first take a defensive formation and then disperse them?

    Eeeh? Won''t we get surrounded? As soon as we stop moving? We will end up fighting another defensive battle?

    But those cows seem so fast? A defensive formation will end up being a perfect target for their stampede.

    No way.

    Yes, monsters of the next floor were also moving in packs. Rather than fighting them as a group, I would prefer to reduce their numbers by fighting freely. But splitting up is also dangerous.

    That aside, it''s already one month since we came to this world. But it''s probably only half a month since we started fighting? Everyone grew ustomed tobat and began to understand strategy.

    By the way, the boys, who barely say a thing during our meetings, act with a perfect understanding of the tactic when the battle starts. But during the nning phase They do nothing.

    Oda-kun''s group is good at reading the flow of the battle, so they are incredible at intercepting and countering enemies But during discussions, they just blend with the air.

    Kakizaki-kun''s idiots'' brigade is very versatile and capable of adapting to any situation, properly cooperating with others while seemingly doing as they please But during discussions they are useless.

    Boys, what do you think?

    What do you mean? Meet them if theye? Kill them one by one if they don''t?

    Just deal with the enemies depending on how they act? What happens, happens?

    Their ability to n ahead Both groups have quick wits and adaptability, but they are leaving a lot to chance.

    The girls, on the contrary, crumble when a n isn''t working, since many of them had defensive, hit-and-run, or backline builds.

    This makes it hard to build a n. And it happens every time.

    This time I want to go for echelon formation, so we can sidestep the enemy while reducing their numbers, think we can do it?

    Do we have enough people? There are more than 80 of them? Won''t they just break through?

    Yes, when thest of the herd goes past us, we follow after them, and rotate the formation, while half encircling them, keeping the echelon formation intact, and then, sidestep when theye again.

    Matador?

    Yup, matador tactic. Gradually wear the enemy down without meeting their charge head-on.

    But in that case, we will be too stretched for a proper defensive formation.

    But what about the rearguard? Won''t all that running around render the rear ineffective?

    Things got a bit too bloodthirsty to call it a girl gathering, but even so, it is the best way for us, the girls, to build a strategy.

    Meanwhile, the boys couldn''t wait for us to finish faster.

    Haruka-kun risked his life to save the lives of everyone present here, so I will do the same, and protect every one of them.

    There is no point to this unless we all make it out of here alive and well.

    Otherwise, everyone would''ve already charged at the enemies.

    This is still only the 54th floor. Haruka-kun is way farther down.

    He is fighting under much harsher conditions, with way more fierce enemies as he cuts his way to the surface.

    In fact, if a pack of Lv80 or Lv90 enemies jumped at us right now, we would be instantly annihted.

    Yet he keeps fighting on even lower floors. All alone.

    To be honest, I want to rush to his side right away, but I''m still way too weak.

    I won''t make it.

    So we just have to press on, to wee him back at least one floor earlier. All together.<hr>

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? <strong>CLICK HERE</strong> to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 79: Since you are so close, it would be unfair not to treat you in the same fashion.

    Chapter 79: Since you are so close, it would be unfair not to treat you in the same fashion.

    Day 32?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 75F

    Since the armored person with a stare that physically hurt didn''t need it, I took Demon Beast Braceletfor myself. Even though I was just hitting it from behind, I''m actually the one who defeated that thing. Probably?

    But I''m troubled by the vagueness ofDemon Beast Bracelet  Increase All Abilities. Will it also increase NEET, Hikikomori, or Loner?

    Anyway, the 74th floor. I can still feel the prickling from the stare, but it''s the 74th floor.Metal Scorpion Lv 74are waiting there.

    Metal Scorpionis well, a scorpion, which means, it''s venomous. Scorpions, despite their appearance, are actually pretty soft. What they have is not actually a shell or a carapace. They easily die if smashed. But metal scorpions are made of metal, so they must be quite tough. I don''t think they will squash that easily. Probably? The answer is fumigation. So once again, I''m busy with making fires and spreading smoke.

    After all, scorpions are arachnids. Basically siblings to spiders. Since they are so close, I have to give them the same treatment. Aren''t you happy? Lying on their backs with twitching legs? They probably are?

    The silver armor is going around, stabbing the scorpions into the gap of the armor on their necks, and then removing their heads.

    Behind it, a dude in a suspicious ck hood keeps smoking the surroundings non-stop.

    No, no, I shouldn''t let it bother me. It''s my loss if I do. Just like working. Title-wise. [1]

    Finishing collecting the stones it''s now time for a pleasant detour to a hidden room. Though there was nothing pleasant about it until now? In terms of My Affection Points.

    This chest also wasn''t locked. Just when will I get a chance to use Magic Key?

    What do we have here?Enduring Greaves  Complete Resistance, Magic/Physical Attacks/Impact Resistance Up (Greater)? Greaves? Ah, the shin guard. Leg protection from western-styled armor. Since it''s western-style I tried to show it to Armored Pres, but she seems to have no interest in it. Is it because they are ck? She won''t ept anything other than silver? So she picks items based on appearance? Well, as a girl she might have some points where she cannot yield. Well, Full Silver Armor hasComplete Immunityand Enhance Allon top of that, so she simply might have no use for it.

    I wonder if I can put these into my boots?

    Yup, they fused. I''m so happy. This is what I wanted the most after Affection Rating. Complete resistance, Physical Attacks and Impact Resistance Up. This means that crashnding, and shes with enemies will be easier from now on. Though is it really a good thing to embolden such behavior? But well, what can I do if I fall and sh? Of course, it would be better if it didn''t hurt as much. Yup

    I''m itching a bit for some charge attack, or more like, for crashing directly into enemies at full speed, but considering that the next floor is turtles, I probably shouldn''t try that. Big turtles? With alligator faces? Is that what''s called an alligator snapping turtle? But the name says Reflect Turtle Lv 73? Four huge turtles are lined up in an excessively huge corridor. Yeah, don''t want to crash into that. Each of them is the size of a small house. Probably would be beyond painful. No, thank you.

    Rather than that, it''s Reflect. How is this reflect different from the boar-sans'' Mirror? Since they also haveMagic Reflectskill, I see no difference.

    Approaching the first turtle I use magic to create a hole under its right front leg. And then another one under its left front leg. And another one under the right back leg. And another one under the left back leg. Here we go. It cannot move anymore.

    I then hit the head of the turtle, which lost its freedom of movement. Even though it''s a turtle, it makes no attempts to retract its head, so I just keep whacking it.

    It is trying to bite me, but it doesn''t have enough reach.

    Since it''s so huge, it blocks the passage, preventing other turtles froming near.

    So I just keep bludgeoning it.

    *Thud!Thud!Thud!Thud!Thud!,sh!*

    Armored Pres suddenly cut off its head. She couldn''t wait any longer? That turtle had shing Resistance, how could she cut it like that? Well, fine. It saved us time. She seems to have an impatient side to her?

    Then, another Reflect Turtle approached us, so I created a hole under its right front leg, and then

    It was incredibly tedious.

    But all of them are annihted. 8 turtles in total. They were so huge that this floor felt smaller than the previous ones, but with all turtles now gone, I see how truly huge this floor was.

    Their magic stones are also huge. I wonder if big magic stones are worth more? Is this actually a treasure? But there are 72 floors between me and the buyout window.

    Hm, no hidden room it seems, let''s check what''s above. I open a peeping hole in the ceiling. No matter how many times I peep through it it''s still not fun at all.

    Dead trees? Treant Lv 72. A wood. There is no need to think here. They don''t even have fire resistance. Though they do seem to have magic resistance. Wouldn''t they burn from a normal, ordinary fire?

    Bonfire, bonfire Whoa, it''s seriously hot.

    It''s burning well.

    Well, that''s a dry tree for ya.

    I sshed them with all kinds of oil including can oil, olive oil, and sesame oil, and then set them on fire.

    What good will having only magic resistance do? I can simply use air walk to pour oil on them. Of course, they will end up in mes. They are basically monsters made of dry wood, asking to be burned? Of course, I will oblige. Though it''s seriously hot.

    Everyone burned out.

    Using oil here feels like a waste though. It''s expensive and they don''t sell it in suchrge quantities.

    Gather magic stones and t gaze. Then, it''s time for a hidden room.

    Hm? No treasure chest?

    Only a piece of dry wood called Elder Treant Lv 72? A huge dry tree. And it burns very well. Well, not without my help.

    When it finally burned down I discoveredElder Treant Cane  Magic Power 50% Up, Elemental Affinity Increase (Greater), Magic Control Increase, among the remains. A magic staff, huh. I wonder if there is any cane that makes whacking enemies feel better? Isn''t blunt damage what people seek from canes? The swords get bonuses to attack strength, but all that canes and staffs get are spellcasting bonuses? Isn''t it a weapon designed for beating others to death? No? [TL Notes: [1] ""  "If you work, you lose", Rtively famous japanese meme encapsting the psychology of some dedicated NEETs.]<hr>

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? <strong>CLICK HERE</strong> to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 80: Could a familiar greatly change the image?

    Chapter 80: Could a familiar greatly change the image?

    Day 32?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 72F

    It seems Armored Pres doesn''t want the staff. Even though she has some kind of insaneGod of Magicskill? Is she sword over magic? Is she going to be a muscle-brain character? Is she going to follow the idiots? Is she going to go down the same path?

    Since the staff''s effects are pretty good, let''s fuse it with Staff?. Elder Treant Cane  Magic Power 50% Up, Elemental Affinity Increase (Greater), Magic Control Increaseis basically a cheat grade weapon for a spellcasting ss. But for now, it would be limited to making holes faster, spreading smoke better, or improving the freezing speed? Kind of dubious isn''t it? I''d rather prefer Whacking Power Up?

    In the first ce, this dungeon has too many monsters with magic immunity or magic reflect. On top of that, some of them even had physical immunity. Isn''t this dungeon impossible to beat normally?

    Above are War Puppets Lv 71. Apparently, dolls made for war? A lot of warriors armed with huge round shields and long spears, wearing heavy looking armor. It''s a phnx.

    A formation based on heavy infantry armed with spears seems to have been very effective in engagements, boasting an overwhelming defensive and offensive power in frontal attacks. But it''s old? It''s something that was used in ancient Greece and Macedonia? As puppets have Crush Damage resistance, dropping them to the lower floors probably won''t do anything, so I climb up to 71F. Since they are puppets fumigating or chilling them has no meaning, and they also have Fire Magic Resistance. The same goes for paralysis and poison. These are dolls after all.

    So going to 71F I take a stand with Armored Pres and take on the phnx.

    The wall of spears is charging at us raising clouds of dust. Not even a single gap could be seen, allowing no chance for a counterattack.

    And then they fell Tumbling they fall on each other, smashing those below.

    Phnx is a formation that will work only on t terrain without obstacles. Indeed, the dungeon is narrow, so it prevents from hitting on the nks, but if someone creates a hole with magic, then they will have no choice but to fall in there? Since there is only one path for them to take. And since they will certainly pass there, I will create a hole. Now, I set the oil in the hole aze. Since it''s not magic they are going to burn, right? After all, they have Fire MAGIC resistance.

    Such a waste. Even though I bought this oil for deep frying. Half of it is gone already. That''s why I didn''t want to fight them with fire Ah, such a waste.

    I mutter to myself as we gather magic stones.

    Armored Pres was unusually looking at the battle situation with admiration.

    Even now it''s not a t gaze. That''s a bit disappointing. Like something is missing.

    70F is next, which means another boss.

    Orthrus Lv 70Hm? Level 70? But all of the bosses until now were level 100? So that was the case only from the floor 75+? I''m not sure since I was going in reverse. And It''s a two-headed dog. And it is huge. If my memory serves me right, it''s Cerberus'' little brother with one fewer head. And it is huge.

    *sh! sh!*

    Armored Pres shed off both heads in the usual manner. I still have plenty of vinegar left so it is quite convenient that it is a dog-type monster. The problem is oil. It''s pretty expensive and hard to get but I already used more than half of it. Even though I bought it for deep frying. And I''m not going to use spices at such a ce.

    Making spheres of vinegar I threw them at Orthrus'' nose. Orthrus has two heads but only two front paws, so trying to cover the one nose with each paw it ended up with its heads on the ground. Of course, it would lose both heads to Armored Pres if it does that. That was too thoughtless.

    Probably because ofElder Treant Cane  Magic Power 50% Up, Elemental Affinity Increase (Greater), Magic Control Increase, but balls of vinegar flew faster than water balls usually did, and control also was pretty easy. They just home in even if the target tried to dodge. It seems like Magic power 50% Up, and increased magic control worked wonders here. Probably,Magician''s Gloves Magic Control UP (Greater) Dex 30% Upalso effected this. Meanwhile, just when will I get to useGauntlets of Contradiction? Probably will be forgotten just like Magic Keyand Trap Ring. Not a single trap in sight. Even though I''m actively looking for them. I remember naively thinkingWow, isn''t this item a cheat? But I don''t even get a chance to use them?!

    So what do we have? Magic stone and Cor of Submission  Forces into a state of absolute obedienceEh?

    Yup, let''s pretend I didn''t see that. That would be for the best. Yup, decided! I mean, I can''t even give it away to Armored Pres-san, and just carrying it around is bound to lower my Affection Rating. Thetest Taming incident already lowered it so low that it went deep under the ground, creating a whole dungeon in the process, but it will go even lower! I''m sure of it! I''m certain that at this point my Affection Rating is so low that even going to 100F is not enough to find it. Even if I dig for it, I probably will sooner find a hot spring than my affection rating.

    Anyway, 69F. Finally, sixties. The level of the enemies also went down by one. As if it matters! No way I can fight that! I didn''t even get to Lv 20 after fighting on the lowest floors! I was overjoyed about barely reaching Lv 15 not so long ago? I''d like to call for a manager of thisbyrinth and give them a piece of my mind, but the person behind me, who previously was in charge of it, is too scary, so I''ll keep it to myself.

    Sleep Owl Lv 69, an owl, currently a very popr bird. Is this a therapy floor? Sleep surrounded by cute fluffy owls? Aren''t they basically cute moving mattresses? Oh my, I want one. But I''m pretty sure, if I fall asleep here they will tear me apart. I''m yet to encounter even a single friendly monster or a monster girl. I''m pretty confident that I will die if a pack of monster girls appear. Even though I''d like to get surrounded by them Just what should I do?

    They haveDynamic Perceptionamong their skills, so long-range magic will be simply dodged withSpell Evasion. Among Martial Art skills, they haveFeather Cutterso they are probably going to surround us, and then hover, showering us with razor-sharp feathers, trying to shred us to pieces. That''s not nice at all. Can''t they have something like Sleep Among Owl? I''d probably fall for that. They of course also haveHypnotizm, a sleep-inducing attack, but Armored Pres doesn''t sleep, so she ispletely resistant to that attack. I also have full resistance. I do But I probably should start working on acquiring Sermon Resistance asap or I''ll regret it when I reach the surface I suddenly don''t want to go back anymore I probably will also need a seiza resistance.

    Sleep Owls came from above and surrounded us. They are huge and not cute at all. That settles it, they are enemies.

    The owls stopped in the air, hovering above us, and simultaneously shot feathers at us.

    This attack is Feather Cutter, I expected this.

    Using Air Walk to get above the hovering owls, I pull out boulders from the item bag and drop them at the birds. Those were meant to be used as a part of the ultimate anti-geek spell Meteor, but for now, they aren''t engulfed in mes. I was collecting those in preparation for the moment I drop the geeks down a pitfall, but realizing that I probably should get some practice, I''m currently throwing them at the owls.

    When Sleep Owls attack with Feather Cutter they always stop flying around, hovering in ce. And the Feather Cutter is Air-to-Ground. In other words, can be used to attack only targets below them. So I can freely throw boulders at them. When they get hit they fall to the ground where Armored Pres is already waiting to dissect them. The rain of feathers from countless Feather Cutters proved powerless to get through the barrier of shes of Armored Pres. With this, she probably won''t even need an umbre during real rain.

    For some reason, while dungeon monsters drop weapons, monster parts simply disappear. So, I guess, I''m not getting owl feathers for a mattress. However, doesn''t confined space like a dungeon put monsters of this type at a bigger disadvantage than challengers? Why are they shutting themselves in such a ce? Even though a shut-in is exploring dungeons, they are just sitting here? Isn''t it supposed to be the other way around? Can''t I give my title away to them? Seriously? Though I don''t think anyone would take it even if I could It also would be a problem if dungeon monsters were buffed by the effects of Hikikomori Though I still would prefer to give it away.

    After collecting the magic stones it''s time to check out a hidden room.

    Aah, if I Tamed an owl and put it on my shoulder I probably would''ve looked like a real mage. The protagonist of that popr movie series about wizards also had an owl as a familiar? Meanwhile, I never heard of a wizard that had bitches as familiars! Such a protagonist will never get to be on a big screen! Taming girls alone would get him banned!

    Owls are so nice Can''t I trade bitches for an owl? At 5 for 1 rate?<hr>

    Can''t wait to see more? Want to show your support? <strong>CLICK HERE</strong> to be a patron and get additional chapters ahead of time!

 Chapter 124: Was perpetual Highschool boy-like motion supported by regeneration?

    Chapter 124: Was perpetual Highschool boy-like motion supported by regeneration?

    Day 46: Nighttime, White Weirdo Inn

    After finishing the dinner Armored Pres left for the bath, surrounded by girls.

    In the end, we went back after reaching the 36th floor. Since there would be no point to this if the president and the others didn''t get to fight we couldn''t increase the pace. If we left it to tinum Armor-san then no one would get to do anything. I have first-hand experience with this, so I know what I''m talking about. Seriously.

    Armored Pres-san probably will join the girls-only gathering today as well. She seems to be having fun doing this every day. She is shining with happiness all day long. Be it shopping or eating, she is shining, and shees with a smile after every girls-only gathering. If she is to stay by my side forever, then I have to keep her smiling forever. Though finding new offerings for the Avarice-sama is a difficult task.

    During the meal, we discussed our dungeon dives, and it seems the board members caught up to the other teams, or actually, were now slightly ahead.

    For now, no team seeded in aplete subjugation of a dungeon. Reaching middle levels it was about time to join up to increasebat potential. It seems that we were the only ones who got a small dungeon, everyone else reached around 30th floor, after which their pace dropped. This time it''s the idiots who aregging behind, but it must be for some very stupid reason. They must have had no problem withbat but forgot which way to go or something of that sort. I''m absolutely convinced of it. Because they are idiots.

    Tomorrow is a day off, everyone will be resting. Although it seems that only the girls are suffering from fatigue? Lack of sleep? They have to sleep properly. This morning they appeared especially miserable. What were they doing the whole night? Secret side job? Are they in need of money? Well, so am I.

    It is because I have no money that I wanted to sell clubs, and while I''m at it I might also check on the general store. She is probably crying, just hire workers already? Why is it that thatdy never has money despite doing so well? And why am I still not released from the allowance system despite making so much profit? 50,000 ere is not enough at all. Well, the general store is good since I can pay with mushrooms there, but I want to browse other stores as well. When will that suspicious merchant return to the town? Aren''t there any new ces? Just where are those night-type establishments? Anyway, what should I do tomorrow?

    I wonder how things are at the cave, but at the moment I need neither mushrooms nor gobs. And we also will end up spending the night there, so it''s probably better to pass on it for now. That Jacuzzi is too dangerous, the beauty of slender female legs enveloped by those bubbles is (Censored for publishing reasons)

    But the town''s too small to spend the whole day wandering through it. Well, its not actually small, it''s pretty big, but there are only a few stores. Hard to kill time there. Even though I could''ve spent hours in a bookstore. Well, Armored Pres-san likes shopping and takes her time with it, so it might be just fine to spend time at leisure. It''s been only 10 days since Armored Pres-san came to the town. Before then she was all alone. It was a long time since she visited any settlement, yet we hardly tried to explore it slowly, so tomorrow might be a good chance to enjoy ourselves at ease. Enjoy it for all the time that was lost until now. I can''t be the only one having fun, so I''ll do my best to finance her.

    A rare moment of free time. I don''t want to look at it, but I guess I should check it while I have time. After all, everyone seems to be checking their Status daily.

    Well, usually, people don''t get sad from looking at their status. I also wouldn''t mind checking it even without level-ups if I didn''t have insults like Hikikomori,NEET,Loner,Muppetwritten there. It actually hurts pretty bad. And every time I check it I''m terrified of getting a new one. ReceivingKept Mansounds so real it''s scary! Well, I understand the reason for High Sexual VigorandInsatiable Libido, so that is fine. Ipletely agree with it. It only makes sense that I''d get these. Yup

    Status.

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human AGE 16 Lv 19 (Up) Job

    HP  Up MP  Up ViT  Up PoW  Up SpE  Up DeX  Up MiN  Up InT  Up LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP 3,747

    Martial Arts:Path of the Staff Lv 7(Up)Uncanny Dodge Lv 5(Up)Mana Wrapping Lv 4(3Up)Kyojitsu Lv 9Instantaneous Movement Lv 9(Up)Fluidity Lv 5(Up) Djutsu Lv 1 Adamantine Fists Lv 2(Up)

    Magic:Temperature Lv 9Teleportation Lv 6(Up)Gravity Lv 5(Up)Holding Lv 4(Up)Elemental Sorcery Lv 5(Up)Wood Magic Lv 8 Lightning Magic Lv 8Ice Magic Lv 9Vibration Magic Lv 5(New 4Up)Alchemy Lv 1(New)

    Skills:Health Lv 9Sensitive Lv 8Body Control Lv 7(Up)Swift Foot Lv 6(Up)Command Lv 9Improved Detect Presence Lv 4(Up)Mana Mastery Lv 6(2Up)Erase Presence Lv 8Stealth Lv 9Concealment Lv MaXEmpty Mind Lv 5(Up)Physical Damage Negation Lv 2MP Absorption Lv 4(Up)Regeneration Lv 3(2Up) Apex Thinking Lv 4(Up)Rush Lv 8Air Walk Lv 7Extreme Velocity Lv 9Rajingan Lv 3(Up)High Sexual Vigor Lv 5(New 4Up)Insatiable Libido Lv5(New 4Up)

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv 8NEET Lv 8Loner Lv 8Grand Mage Lv 3(Up)Swordmaster Lv 2(New 1Up)Alchemist Lv 1(New)

    Unknown:ReportInformConsult Lv 7(Up)Jack of All Trades Lv 9Muppet Lv 9

    Items:Staff?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?RajinganSoul RingItem BagBracelet PoW44% SpE +33% ViT +24%ck Hat

    My level went up at some point. I didn''t notice at all. Hm? Just a bit more and InT would''ve gone over 400, so close. Meanwhile, it seems PoW and ViT aren''t growing that much. HP as well. So I''m getting stronger while remaining just as fragile. And getting Lv20 will take a while. I remember that going from level 9 to 10 took quite a lot longer.

    Eh? I gotSwordmaster? Even though I can''t even equip a sword yet? I became a swordmaster by swinging a stick around? I can already hear people calling me a pretend swordmaster.

    AlchemyandAlchemistmust be the result of cooking and scientific experiments. I mean, there are no appliances or tools around, so I have topensate with magic to make things easier. But I still can''t color the furniture that I make, and having everything being one and the same wooden texture is boring. I''d like to confine myself to the cave and extensively research this subject, but I can''t go back to my sweet home despite being a hikikomori.

    And then there are three skills that immediately went up 4 levels. And all three of them Noments. But it is these 3 that see the most use. Helping me day and night. Especially at night. Today I will do my best as well.

    However, Regeneration Lv 3went up 2 levels even though I''m not getting any injuries? Just what does it heal? What is being regenerated? I was wondering how I gotHigh Sexual VigorandInsatiable Libido, but maybe regeneration assisted in that type of recovery as well? That''s why I could go for several hours no problem? So Regeneration-san was the culprit! She will be really angry at me if I try even harder For real.

    SP keeps umting on its own, but is it used for something? I can understand it increasing, but at times the number is going down? Well, if there is no use for it then it doesn''t matter.

    There is no point in pondering over it since I won''t learn anything from that anyway. Tomorrow is a day off, so let''s take Armored Pres-san shopping since she likes it so much. It feels like we are always together, but it''s been only 10 days since we returned to the town. She seemes to be happy all the time being constantly by my side, enjoying every day, so I might as well follow her tomorrow, as she does what she wants. It looks like she had no day off in forever, so we gottapensate for that time now.

    And since tomorrow is a day off, it might be okay to go a bit harder at it tonight? It is, right? If Regeneration is involved, then there will be no end to it, is it really okay? Was Regeneration actually that kind of skill? Meant for lewd purposes? Really?

 Chapter 82: Some say it is worse than bullying, but it seems thats not the case.

    Chapter 82: Some say it is worse than bullying, but it seems that''s not the case.

    Day 32?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 67F

    That''s right, it''s not my fault at all. That startled me, but thinking calmly, Cloak?that I''m wearing hasCloak of Magic Reflection  Reflects Magicin one of the slots, so the Instant Death effect got reflected! That must be it! It''s not because of my eyes! It''s all because of Magic Reflection! Probably. I don''t even have Instant Death! I don''t? Right? It''s not because of my eyes? It''s surely not? Right? Imps? What imps? My eyes have nothing to do with that. Certainly! That''s final.

    Evil Eye left Evil Eyebehind. I don''t get it.

    Since it pissed me off I tried to smash it to pieces but was stopped by Armored Pres, who grasped my hands from behind. Armored Pres is desperately shaking her head. Is it such a valuable thing? Can I smash it anyway? For real.

    Evil Eye  Protective Charm against all Abnormal Effects, Evil Eye,Magic Eye,Eye of Insight,Wisdom Eye, getting this from someone who died instantly I can hardly believe in its effectiveness. Rather, I''d like to ask why it didn''t use this amulet?

    Holding Evil Eyein her hand, Armored Pres pointed to my eyes, trying to say something? Huh? Evil eye? My eyes??? My eyes are evil eyes?! Is she picking a fight with me?! I thought her to be my ally, and she is dissing me?!

    She is shaking her head, I guess not? Now she seems to be thinking hard about something.

    Looking at me, she then pointed to Evil Eye.

    Eehm? Evil Eye?

    She nodded, then pointed to my eyes.

    My eyes?

    She once again nodded and then brought Evil Eye right under my nose.

    Eeeh? My eyes are evil eyes? Your eyes are cursed.?! So you are dissing me after all?!

    Armored Pres began stomping on the ground. Looks like this is a verymon practice in this world. Just in case I decided to go along and also began stomping on the ground, after which Armored Pres sunk to the floor, holding her head.

    Is she going through a phase? But if she is eternal 17, then can it even be called a phase if it will never end? Being 17 is difficult, even inside a dungeon.

    After that, she kept endlessly gesturing. It seems she wants to cram this Evil Eye in my eye socket.

    Is this bullying? Am I being bullied right now? Did you turn bad? A rebellious phase? What next? Are you going to ride through the night on a stolen Horse?

    After that, we once again stomped the ground together. I feel like I''m getting better at this. Jack of all Trades-san at work again?

    And yet, she didn''t give up and kept trying to insert Evil Eye into my eye. What is going on?

    Eehm? I should put Evil Eye into my eye?

    She nodded. Looks like I finally got the message, but won''t it ruin my eyesight?

    Will something good happen if I put it into my eye?

    She nodded vigorously making some kind of mysterious gestures.

    Will it improve how my eyes look?

    She immediately averted her eyes That seems like a no For some reason, I''m getting pat on the back again.

    What I managed to understand is that something good will happen, that it won''t improve my look, and that I will get Evil Eye. Eh? Which part of this is supposed to be good? But to be honest, I don''t have even the tiniest hint of the smallest suspicion that Armored Pres would encourage me to do something bad. At the very least, she should honestly believe that it will be good for me. Otherwise, she wouldn''t be trying so hard. She is desperately trying tomunicate.

    Okay. I don''t get it, but I got you? I don''t quite understand it, but I should insert it, right? Kind of? I guess?

    She nodded, watching me intently. Then I should just try it. In the worst case, I might lose an eye, but it seems I will be able to get it back through regeneration. I can''t just ignore Armored Pres, who is pleading so hard. Whatever happens, happens.

    And so I pressed Evil Eye against my right eye and? Eh? It just went in? Eh? Where did Evil Eye go? Eh? What?

    Instead of the eye, it went into Contacts?? Did they fuse?

    Since contacts are in my eyes I cannot appraise them?

    Status.

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human AGE 16 Lv 17 (Up) Job

    HP  Up MP  Up ViT  Up PoW  Up SpE  Up DeX  Up MiN  Up InT  Up LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP 2116

    Martial Arts:Path of the Staff Lv 5Uncanny Dodge Lv 3Mana Wrapping Lv MaxKyojitsu Lv 9(Up)Instantaneous Movement Lv 8(Up)Fluidity Lv 3 Djutsu Lv 1(New)

    Magic:Temperature Lv 8(Up)Teleportation Lv 4Gravity Lv 3(Up)Holding Lv 3(Up)Elemental Sorcery Lv 3(Up)Wood Magic Lv 8 Lightning Magic Lv 8Ice Magic Lv 8(Up)

    Skills:Health Lv 9Sensitive Lv 8Body Control Lv 5(Up)Swift Foot Lv 4(Up)Command Lv 9Improved Detect Presence Lv 2Mana Mastery Lv 2Erase Presence Lv 8Stealth Lv 9Concealment Lv MaXEmpty Mind Lv 4Physical Damage Negation Lv 2MP Absorption Lv 2Regeneration Lv 1 Apex Thinking Lv 1Rush Lv 8Air Walk Lv 7Extreme Velocity Lv 9Rajingan Lv 1(New)

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv 8NEET Lv 8Loner Lv 8Grand Mage Lv 2

    Unknown:ReportInformConsult Lv 6Jack of All Trades Lv 9Muppet Lv 9

    Items:Staff?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?RajinganSoul RingItem BagBracelet PoW39% SpE +26% ViT +19%ck Hat

    Oh, I leveled up? Wait, that''s not important right now. Contacts turned into Rajingan? Rajingan  The mind''s all-seeing eye. God Eye, Future Sight, Magic Eye, Wisdom Eye, Imitation, Djutsu, ?!? Is this real?! But Discernment dissapeared from my Martial Arts? And the same happened toInsightin the skills! And alsoFarsight Lv MaXandGod Eye Lv 8? And evenDetect Lv 1?Map Lv 8andImitationdisappeared too! Instead,Rajingan Lv 1appeared? Did they fuse into one skill? Hmmm? Ah, I can still see the map and probe for the hostile presence. So they did fuse. Evil Eye is probably somewhere there as well Makes me very worried about my look!

    And among Martial Arts appearedDjutsu Lv 1. Is this also because of Rajingan? Could it improve the impression my eyes give? But it is still Lv 1

    As I was thinking this and that while looking at my status, Armored Pres approached me with two sticks in her hands and offered one of them to me.

    Take it? The stick?

    She nodded, so I took one of the sticks, after which Armored Pres took a stance with the remaining one as if she was holding a sword. As always, her sword technique has a beautiful sharpness and strange tranquility to it, which can be felt even from her stance alone. It''s even more impressive than when she was controlled by the darkness.

    Are we fighting? Sparring? Training? Beat up? Exchanging blows? Or is this bullying? Am I about to get bullied? No? So practice?

    It seems like this is practice? Considering the difference in strength such practice could be considered a form of bullying by some, but it seems this is a practice. When she was on the lowest floor, merely matching her blows was the limit of what I could do, but now it probably won''t even be training? What is she trying to aplish here?

    After that, I took a hell of a long beating.

    So it was bullying after all.

    Even so, I understood what she was trying to convey. It was aboutRajingan. Its effects and usage. And a splendid array of cheats, God Eye, Future Sight, Magic Eye, Wisdom Eye, and Imitation.

    God Eye can see through even the unseen. It has no blind spots, nothing can be hidden from it.

    Future sight allows one to see a short bit into the future, showing the next movement before it happens.

    Magic Eye shows the flow of mana.

    Wisdom eye can reveal everything about the things Iy my eyes upon.

    And Imitation allows copying the techniques I see. The same trick won''t work on me twice.

    Together they reach into the cheat territory, making me super strong and basically unbeatable. Though I still got beaten up Yeah, even superior cheats are powerless before her. Really, that was just bullying.

    It will take a long while before I will learn to properly use them, but for now, being able to see a great variety of things, I should manage somehow. So this is quite useful. That must be why Armored Pres-san was trying to get me to equip it. This should greatly reduce the risk of getting instantly defeated. Armored Pres was probably worried about me, she certainly has noticed that my level hardly grows. I pat her on the head in gratitude, to which she reacted with joy. Though now that I think of it, I was simply getting bullied. [TL Notes: Djutsu  Literally Eye Techniques. A variety of abilities that utilize the eyes. Just remember the anime about Boruto''s dad.]

 Chapter 83: I think some things are fine on their own but should never come as a combo

    Chapter 83: I think some things are fine on their own but should nevere as abo

    Day 32?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 67F

    Now, onto 67F. I gave up on pure feelings. There are no monsters with pure feelings here. I mean, normally, you woulde from above, so one third would be at 34F! So the rest of the floors are not so pure feelings.

    I''m tired. I don''t know what time it is. I don''t even know if it is night or day time. When am I supposed to rest?

    The bullying from Armored Pres was way harsher than battles with countless monsters until now, so I instantly felt exhausted, but monsters on the 60th floor are also strong, so I can''t just waste my time, since those worrywarts are probably trying to cut their way here. Since the idiots were now with them they probably should be alright, but since they are idiots I can''t help but be worried. Well, the geeks are with them as well, but they are geeks So it''s still not okay!

    As expected, 66F had demons. It is 66F after all. But then why didn''t 77F have monster girls? It''s 77F! If it had monster girls I probably still would''ve been there. Long stay. Probably would''ve been remodeling 77F right now. Those are true impure feelings! There were none though.

    And Demon de Lv 66, demons again. Until now I dealt with them only once, during that Demon Swordsman battle, but he was a very scary enemy. It attacked me right where it hurts, my main weakness. That''s right, my feeble Affection Rating! Althoughtely, I''m about topletely give up on it

    They surely will attack it as well My affection rating. I mean, after all, they have such a cool name. Demon des are small humanoids of about 120 to 130 centimeters in height, who are flying through the air. So this rules out pitfalls. Their number is 70? 66? Is this some kind of important point for demons? Looks like there are 66 of them.

    They also haveMagic ResistanceandMagic Absorption, so magic won''t work on them and demons are probably okay with both high and low temperatures? I think?

    After finishing preparations we advance to 66F.

    GUWWAWAAAoH!!!

    66 Demon des lunged at me from above while saying something, brandishing spears and swords. Some of them were also carrying shields, some halberds, each forming small groups of their own.

    And I catch them into a.

    Those that managed to avoid that fate are chased by Armored Pres and quickly disposed of.

    The higher rank of Packingmagic, Holdingbecame able to grab things. So catching enemies with the infused with Holding I pin them to the ground and rain upon them minotaurs'' swords and axes which I already had ready, carrying overhead with Holding. Nice, if I keep practicing this I might even get a Sword Rain skill!

    Holding only recently reached level 3, so speed, power, and control are stillcking, making it impossible tond this attack unless I have enemies restrained. But if I learn to control several weapons at the same time I should be able topensate for theck of allies, which should also decrease the pressure on Armored Pres. Yes, let''s practice thister. To put it bluntly, it was simply an attempt to copy Fin Funnels! I mean, who wouldn''t want to try Funnel or Sword Rain attacks? Simply whacking enemies with a stick was getting very boring. [1]

    To be honest, preparations were more of a struggle than the actualbat. I had to make the from ivy, which greatly resisted my attempts of weaving it together. At times, I also stumbled upon thorns, pricking my hands. It was really tough, and for some reason, Armored Pres-san was better at this than me. What about my Jack of All Trades? Wasn''t it the time to shine? Let''s stock up ons when we reach the town.

    In addition to magic stones, Demon des also left various weapons. That''s very kind of the demons. They might even have higher favorability than me. It''s another huge batch of weapons after Mino-sans and War Puppets. It would''ve been very sad if I tried to use a sword rain but the only weapons I had were clubs. Thank you, Demons.

    Above is 65F, right? But the monster is not alone? Another group? But why?

    Peeking there, Murder Tarant Lv 65? Just a pack of spiders? Weren''t bosses on every 5th floor? Which reminds me, the geek report was only on the floors from 1 to 46 and it had no mentions of floor masters whatsoever. In other words, there are no bosses up to probably 50F. From 50F they appear every ten floors and from 75F every 5 floors? And from 75F the bosses have the fixed level of 100. If I won''t find one on 55F then it is certain. In the end, isn''t the geek report totally useless? Thest floor mentioned is 46F, just how long do I still have to climb to finally reach that floor!? After nagging me so much about falling to the bottom they prepared zero info on the lowest floors. And I barely got to see even half of the first floor. They deserved Club Rain.

    With those thoughts I silently fumigate 65F. At this point, it''s the standard routine. I''m beginning to worry about the remaining wood. Even though the stockpile of mushrooms doesn''t seem to decrease at all

    The next one is 64F, huh. Didn''t we advance quite a bit? I guess? I don''t actually feel that way though?

    I mutter while finishing off the monsters and gathering magic stones. Lately, I have to refill on t Gaze from the eyes ofplete resignation. t Gaze Armored Pres doesn''t do her job at all Well, she does finish off the enemies and collects magic stones, but her most important duty, the t Gaze There is none.

    And floor 64 isde Armadillo Lv 64. Armadillos are famous for the sturdy armor covering their bodies. And those guys even have some des attached. If such a sharp balles rolling at me it will tear me to shreds. In addition, they have long sharp ws on the forelegs. They are meant for digging but I don''t want to get hit by that as well. I remember a small armadillo going viral in our original world because it managed to repel a bullet, so I don''t think physical attacks will work on those guys. [2]

    It should be from the same family as typus and moles, but I never heard of possible weak points of a typus. You don''t get that many encounters with typuses in normal life after all

    Oh my,Magic Reflect, Physical Reflect, and Spinningin martial arts. Isn''t it impossible to fight them? I can understand trying tond an attack on a vulnerable spot or something But with 50 or 60 of them rolling around? Honestly, fighting in thisbyrinth head on is just stupid.

    As I remember they fed on bugs and worms, but since I had nothing to lose I threw some paralyzing and poison mushrooms to them And they are eating them? Hmm? Are they actually omnivores? Their feeding habits could be different from the armadillos of our world or they could actually be omnivores, but I don''t care either way. As long as they eat mushrooms anything works. I can just collect magic stones after a short rest.

    I make a tent at 66F and after asking Armored Pres to guard me take a nap.

    I still can hear how they writhe in agony on the floor above. so I should try not to pay attention. The same goes for the impression I make, it''s my loss if I worry about it Or rather, isn''t it my loss regardless if I worry about it or not?

    Hm, I think I slept for about 3 hours? I feel a lot sharper. I''d like to sleep a bit more, but there is no time for such luxuries. After all, Armored Pres is guarding me without any rest. Not like she needs any since she is a skeleton.

    As I thought, it seems that monsters stopped spawning. I feel no signs of any new monsters appearing on this floor or any of the floors below. Is it because Armored Pres resigned from her post? Since no one came to rece her, it seems she was carrying this whole enterprise all on her own. Are dungeons this short on talented personnel? Well, since wepletely annihted everyone on the lower floors it makes sense they would be shorthanded.

    After collecting the magic stones in 64F we head to the hidden room. As always, no traps, no lock on the treasure chest, and no monsters guarding it Just a lone chest sitting in the middle of the room. Such a sloppy approach. I can''t expect Affection Rating toe out of the chest treated so clumsily.

    Chains of Prometheus  Binding, Disable all PowersChains. There is no problem with them on their own. Yes, chains can be very useful for capture and apprehension.

    Butbine them with Cor of Submission  Forces into a state of absolute obediencesleeping in the depths of my Item Bag, and oh, how mysterious! I don''t look like anything other than a criminal! Thisbination points to the crime of conscience, no way to wriggle my way out of this. Just carrying it will make me guilty as charged! And with the said culprit already having 5 high school girls and self-proimed 17 y.o tamed There is just no way to make a defense! Any attorney would run away from such a case at subsonic speed! Just like my Affection Rating!!!

    Here I thought the room might be Kaizo Trap, turns out it was set not for me but for my public image. [3]

    Even so, it''s a good item. If only I didn''t have the cor I probably could get away with having it. However, Chains of Prometheus? Wasn''t Prometheus simply bound by chains? It''s not like he himself was using any chains? In that case couldn''t they just call it Andromeda Chains for example? As a highschool boy, I could appreciate having the name of a cute girl attached to them instead. [TL notes: [1] Funnel also known as Fin Funnel, a semi-independent mobile turret from Gundam Universe, which inbination with other such units can be used to attack the target from multiple angles. [2] As crazy as it sounds Googling revealed several articles about that [3] https://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/KaizoTrap ]

 Chapter 84: I think welcoming with a smile has nothing in common with an angry sermon.

    Chapter 84: I think weing with a smile has nothing inmon with an angry sermon.

    Day 34  The Faraway Labyrinth, 56F

    Having a hard time dealing with Spike Buffalos of 55F and Metal Slugs of 56F we ended up still being stuck on the 56th floor. We only managed to advance 10 floors from the lowest floor Oda-kun''s group managed to reach on their own.

    It''s been a week since Haruka-kun fell. And by the 6th day, we progressed only 10 floors.

    Once the floor is reached it bes possible to open the portal to that floor. But with the dungeon now dead it is no longer possible. Thus, even going back to town to resupply takes a long time. Right now it would mean walking here all the way from the 46th floor. While there are no monsters, it is still a considerable distance, and we only brought provisions for 10 days.

    If nothing changes, then 2-3 more days is the limit. Should we continue like this? Or should we go back and resupply after all? Or maybe send back just one party?

    We should just keep going and then turn back when we run out of food. The door on the 46th floor is still open, and since there are no monsters up to the 56th floor the trip will only take a bit over one day.

    Yeah, sending a squad to resupply at the town while the remaining force tries to break through 57F is too risky. If things go like they did with Spike Buffalos, who ended up chasing us all over the floor, we might not be able to pull through with insufficient numbers.

    That''s right. If we weaken the vanguard then we will definitely see a repetition of Spike Buffalos, if we weaken the rear then it will be a repetition of Metal Slugs.

    Yeah, after all, splitting is too dangerous. On 55F Spike Buffalos scattered our vanguard and we had a very tough time recovering from that. Forcing the buffalos to run past our diagonal formation and attacking them from behind was not that bad of an idea Up until the point, we found out the cows can kick with their back legs What could we do, it''s not like any of us had much chance to see cows back in our original world? How could we know that cows can kick that well? We didn''t have lessons on farming or anything? Thus, the vanguard crumbled, and we ended up retreating while chased by the cows. Only on the next day did we finally manage to defeat them.

    The day after that we encountered Metal Slugs. Snails with metal shells. As they were imprable to physical damage, we were forced to attack them with magic. Soon enough the rear ran out of MP, and though they tried their best while eating MP mushrooms, we still couldn''t defeat them all. Since attacks from the rear forced them to retreat into their shells we didn''t take casualties, but it still ate up a lot of time.

    By the time we dealt with them, it waste at night. The next day we were supposed to attack 57F but we didn''t even scout ahead and we still needed more time to recover mana.

    I mean, we aren''t Haruka-kun carrying tons of salt in case we encounter snails

    Fights with Cyclops, werewolves, and Spike Buffalos, did considerable damage to the equipment of the vanguard, so it was about time to repair it.

    Tomorrow we will scout out the next floor, and depending on the enemies might even temporarily retreat. After all, despite everyone fighting at their limit we moved only ten floors.

    It will probably take 40 more floors before we will be able to reunite with Haruka-kun. And if there are actually more than 100 total floors then I don''t even know how long it will take.

    Everyone, take a good rest. Tomorrow we will wake up a bitte and recon the next floor. If it seems dangerous we will retreat for the time being.

    Everyone nodded. Looks like they understand. But no one actually said it aloud. No one wanted to voice that.

    The rearguard should eat first and go to sleep.

    Roger.

    Judging by their movements it seems everyone was exhausted almost to the limit. We should go back. Everyone knew that.

    Tomorrow is the limit. Staying any longer is impossible.

    We arepletely trashed after the 56th floor, and monsters only keep getting stronger.

    To think he managed to stay alive on the 100th floor all on his own for the whole week

    He must be in an even worse state than us.

    He must be even more exhausted.

    Hes probably long since over his limit.

    He goes beyond the limit just by being alive at this point.

    It is because everyone also thought so, it is because everyone couldn''t help but think so, that it was so hard for us to turn back.

    Though we might be at our limit, there is someone, who is ever further past his limit and yet keeps fighting.

    Even today, Shimazaki-san and the others once again level up. I wonder what is the percentage of the experience that they get?

    Every time their levels rise Shimazaki-san and the others look even more worried. They seem to be rushed by this.

    Because getting this much experience means that he is fighting monsters of that much strength and numbers.

    He must have long since passed his limit, desperately fighting all alone to return to us.

    Even if this dungeon has only 100 floors the road ahead is still very long.

    We have to make appropriate preparations and revise our ns.

    That''s why That''s why we have to retreat for now.

    Because we can''t afford We can''t afford to lose the lives of everyone gathered here. They must be protected no matter what.

    The lives Haruka-kun saved by putting his own life on the line.

    We can''t throw them away on the way to wee him.

    Even if there is only a remote risk, I still have to make them retreat.

    Otherwise, I''m sure Haruka-kun would get angry at me.

    Otherwise, I wouldn''t be able to face him.

    After all, we have to wee him with smiles.

 Chapter 85: Humans are fragile, so going unprotected is very dangerous

    Chapter 85: Humans are fragile, so going unprotected is very dangerous

    Day 34?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 64F

    After gathering all of the magic stones on 64F we promptly head to 63F.

    Coming next areReflect Metal Slugs Lv 63, snails. In this case, there is no need to even think about countermeasures.

    By the way, the shock I received after peeking, full of excitement, through the opened hole just to see a snail body was surprisingly great. I hate this dungeon.

    And those snails haveMagic Reflect,Physical Reflect, Destroy Weapon,Dissolve,Biting, an absolute defense! Of course, I''m going to scatter salt! How the hell are you supposed to beat that crap! Thus, it''s settled, they are getting salted.

    Magic Reflect, Physical ReflectandDestroy Weaponsall were attached to the shells, so for starters, I throw rocks at them to make them retract their heads. The only skill those heads had was Biting. Wait? The snails can bite?! Do they even have teeth to do that? Well, not like I''m going to check that, since touching them meansing under the effect ofDissolve.

    After I hit them, forcing them to retreat into the shells, I then stuff them with salt. Just how many tons of salt was Viger A carrying around? Such a mystery. Actually, just who the hell is Viger A-san? This is the real mystery!

    And we are done.

    That was easy.

    Attack the head, make it retreat, stuff the shell with salt, repeat.

    After the salt dries them up all I have to do is roast them.

    Everything aside from the shell was weak. In the end, they are just lowlynd snails. If I just attack what''s inside the shell they are nothing special.

    Salted escargot. I should force the geeks to eat this.

    Let''s hurry to 62F.

    The next Skeleton Knight Lv 62. Everyone fell. Heads were rolling all over the floor. The skeletons that managed to keep their heads after the fall due to some kind of strange luck, were immediately decapitated by Armored Pres. She has no mercy for her former colleagues at all.

    I wonder, are things getting easier as we go higher? The levels are going down so that should be the case, but I never fought head-on on the lower floors since I didn''t have any chance of winning so I can''t make aparison.

    After gathering the magic stones we head to 61F.

    Iron Golem Lv 61, oh, long time no see? It''s golems. We haven''t met since Anti-Magic Golems. Coincidentally, I received aint from the former supervisor of this dungeon, regarding the fact that dropping huge lumps of iron from the 61F might really lead to a copse this time.

    Since they are not Anti-magic, I guess they specialize in physical defense? Physical Resistance,shing Resistance,Extraordinary Strength, hmm? Only 3 skills? They have over 600 ViT and Pow, but only a few skills. Since they don''t have Crushing Damage Resistance I really want to drop them, but since they don''t even have magic resistance I might be able to deal with them through conventional means.

    After climbing to 61F I create holes on the ground. The Iron Golems, naturally, are trying to find their way around them. As expected, with that colossal size and weight they cannot possibly jump over them.

    Slowly, they are trying to make their way over here, but they weren''t that fast to begin with, and now, unable to move in a straight line they were stuck. With the effects ofElder Treant Cane  Magic Power 50% Up, Elemental Affinity Increase (Greater), Magic Control Increasemy offensive power should be boosted, on top of that, after gaining 5 levels my InT reached 340, almost 50% increasepared to level 12. I can do it.

    This time a real inferno. Freezing them through the rapid drop in temperature I then immediately cover them in scorching mes. As a bonus I also dropva projectiles from the ceiling, walking on it upside down through the power of Sticky Boots.

    This looks pretty cool, I''m sure Inferno-san would have noints. This might even get an inferno seal of approval. Meteors are also looking good. Though I''m kind of just throwing the stones using my hands.

    But what I''m actually trying to aplish here is simple metal fatigue. I''m just wearing the metal down with the extreme temperatures and then finishing off by throwing boulders. But no one would realize that without modern knowledge, right? It must look like amazing great sorcery! Probably. Appearance-wise.

    But that''s the only thing that matters. Appearance. Armored Pres is gazing at the spectacle as her silver armor is shining with red from the light of the roaring mes.

    This might improve her impression a bit. Or rather, she might be shocked, since this is the first time I properly used magic in battle.

    Iron Golems crumbled, falling to pieces, leaving magic stones behind. No iron ore drops were spotted.

    While we got a good pace, the next floor is 60F, which means floor master. Yup, looks like they are on every 10th floor now. As expected, a boss every 5 floors is a bit too much. And each one of them was level 100? This dungeon is just ridiculous. If everyone knew what they are getting into no one woulde to challenge this ce. I mean, this is undoubtedly impossible.

    The ceiling is high, matching the size of the boss, standing at a height of about 2000 centimeters? Anti-Magic Gigantes Lv 60. Gigantes? But there is only one enemy? Isn''t Gigantesplural? Is it another case of those fancy names? It is fine toin to your parents about that, you know? That''s just embarrassing.

    While, it is iming to be Gigantes, but it is actually Gigas, in other words, a giant. A gigantic-sized version of a human. With PoW 814 it appears pretty strong and muscr But its Achilles tendon is located at such a perfect height. I''m also free to hit it in the shins as much as I want Oh no, if you fall on your knees you will be exposed to the worst attack a human male can imagine? Which I guess works the same for giants I''m going to throw a boulder there

    Here you goGUUUUAAAAAAAAAGUIIAGUGUiiiiii!

    After that, the giant raised such a shriek that it threatened to shatter the ceiling, then, he fell t to the ground and was decapitated by Armored Pres.

    Even if you are a giant, you are still just a big human, and humans shouldn''t walk around unprotected. Humans are fragile. Even if you have Magic Immunity, you still have to equip yourself properly. I mean, pelts as your only protection? Are you kidding me? And being that big makes your weak spots that much easier to attack. Or rather, you shouldn''t even be in such a small dungeon with its t terrain. This ce just wasn''t suited for you. Rest in peace.

    Hmm, t Gaze. The first time in a while. Yes, I was feeling unsatisfied due to theck of this look from Armored Pres.

    Well, I kind of expected this reaction. That agonized howl was something no human male would ever want to hear. I don''t even want to remember it! And Armored Pres saw the anguished face of the Anti-Magic Gigantes head onI''ll search for an item with Absolute Crotch Protectionenchantment when we reach the town.

    Sadly, Anti-Magic Gigantes didn''t drop Absolute Crotch Protection Item, instead, leaving behind Garb of Herculean strength  PoW 50% Up, Adamantine Fists, an item for fistfighting? Armored Pres is shaking her head with all her might. She is definitely choosing items based on appearance! She doesn''t want it because the outfit is made of a huge animal hide and some fur.

    Since it has PoW 50% Up let''s fuse it with in Clothes?. As for Adamantine Fists, well, I have no ns of getting into fistfights, I''d rather stick to one-sidedly beating my opponents.

    I got the magic stone as well, so it''s time for 59F. Finally, the fifties. The president and the others probably should be somewhere around these floors. I hope the boss of the 50th floor is not too dangerous. Well, the president and the others are strong. A bunch of people with cheat skills should be a formidable force. I also feel like monsters are getting a lot weakerpared to the lower floors, so they should be okay. But even if monsters got a lot weaker, I still can''t fight on these floors.

    But for some reason, I have this feeling that they will be angry when we meet. I''ll probably get scolded on the spot. Why do I sense that my Affection Rating became even lower even though I went into the dungeon to improve it? Is it another fearsome trap of this dungeon? The ex-supervisor of this dungeon is looking at me with a t Gaze after all

 Chapter 86: Looks like reuniting the idiots with them was a bad idea. It seems to be contagious.

    Chapter 86: Looks like reuniting the idiots with them was a bad idea. It seems to be contagious.

    Day 34?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 60F

    With the previous level up Detect Presence-san that was helping me all this time was promoted toImproved Detect Presence. At the starter, the skill could only tell that there was someone nearby, but before long it was able to pick up presences over arge distance and even allowed me to grasp the difference between them. It really helped me a lot until now. So much so that I''d even like to throw a party for its promotion. And the improved version of Detect Presence-san gained directionality. Were I to narrow it to a certain direction I''d be able to pick up presences at an even greater distance with even higher precision. It''s really useful. I might even use it for fishing, akin to sonar. That''s how useful it is.

    And then, when I was scanning the upper floors, I caught it.

    A troublesome presence. Absolutely astonishing. It was so stunning that I almostughed.

    Okay, 59F areHell Hound Lv 59, doggies, have the taste of sourness and die.

    As I run through the floor, shooting spheres of vinegar at the surrounding dogs, the person in the silver armor following behind me, finishes off the agonized dogs by cutting their heads off.

    Rushing into 58F we chop through the pack of Frogman Lv58. Ribbit-ribbit shut up! So noisy. We are in a hurry.

    The trident-carrying frogs are trying to surround us, coordinate their attacks, lunge, and stab, but this is nothing.

    Taking even one hit would kill me, but this can''t even begin topare to the grueling training that super scary person in silver armor gave me. This is too easy.

    No matter how many dozens of tridentse at me, they are too slow.

    If there is even a little gap, I can slip through, and by the time I take a step, I already finish my attack. All of this is too slow.

    Yup, this took too long and Armored Pres came to my help. Let''s leave them to her.

    Instant annihtion. What''s left is a floor littered with dead frogs. But above us is a jumble of very troublesome presences.

    The presences that I knew very well.

    While falling, bleeding, taking injuries, dragging their allies, carrying them away, getting mangled like an old rag, they kept struggling.

    Idiots aside, why is everyone else here as well?!

    They should be way past their limit? This is 57F! Why did they go down to such a ce?! Are they idiots? Every single one of them? They are all in tatters!

    Up the stairs, to the 57th floor, where utter fools were waiting for us, all covered in wounds andpletely out of their minds.

    I shouldn''t make them wait. It would be a problem if I arrive toote. Not a moment of dy is allowed at this point.

    Flying up the stairs I Look with Rajingan.

    Sphinx Lv 57, and it hasMagic Immunity,Physical Immunity,Immortality, so beating it is absolutely impossible. Hmm? For some reason, this floor has four hidden rooms? Aah, I see, this floor is probably a puzzle, which requires items from the four hidden rooms to solve it. In other words, fighting head-on is pointless.

    But they don''t seem to be in a condition to notice that. They are in the stage when it wouldn''t be strange for someone to die any moment now.

    In the first ce,ing to 57F is just way too reckless? I thought they would wait around 50F.

    Anyway, for starters, let''s get rid of this puzzle mob. It''s a nuisance.

    Magic Immunity,Physical Immunityand on top of thatImmortality. In that case, I should just nullify its immunities and then insta kill it so Immortality doesn''t get in the way.

    Gauntlets of Contradiction-san, I''m sorry for being tough on you. Saying stuff like you are useless, that there is no chance for you, that you were just a pointless g. Especially the right one, sorry, I was too focused on the left one. I just really want to do KUH!, but all of that, the purpose, the g, the chance, were meant for the right gauntlet. Now, it''s your time to shine, the right one, Negate Physical/Magic Protection on Contact -san.

    Dashing through the air I then crash into the Sphinx from behind, piercing its neck with the wooden staff, of course, holding it in my right hand.

    I nullified the immunities. Now we only have to kill off the immortality.

    Angelica-san! Please do it!

    A sh of silver light flew in a straight line.

    The wooden staff is still stuck in the sphinx neck with me holding tight on it. So Physical Immunityis still disabled.

    In the end, you are just a middle management position. And now you are going to be fired by the chairman, who stands above your director, holding the true power. A certain kill.

    With a single sword sh, the immortal sphinx was decapitated and killed. By the hand of a god of death.

    For the sword god shining with silver radiance, a human-faced cat doing small errands for gods is nothing but rabble, just amon mob.

    What''s left is cleanup.

    Can you deal with those bandaged guys? I will help with disposal through fire.

    By the time the warrior in the silver armor nodded, she already was reigning over the battlefield in her terrifyingly brilliant beauty. As she lorded over those that were about to meet their death, everyone gulped, having their breath taken away by that fascinating sight. Even time itself seemed to have frozen out of fright, as the bloody scene of carnage sunk into silence.

    Now, let''s burn them.

 Chapter 87: They get angry when I dont fight seriously, but when I do, I get badmouthed.

    Chapter 87: They get angry when I don''t fight seriously, but when I do, I get badmouthed.

    Day 35?  The Faraway Labyrinth, 56F

    After hearing the recon report we held a meeting.

    Originally, we wanted to go back, but monsters of 57F turned out to be mummies. While numerous, they were nothing special and could be easily wiped out given time.

    Even if we go back here, we still will have to waste time on 57F and will be exhausted after it all the same.

    In that case, we should get 57F out of the way to make the following fights easier.

    That''s what we decided.

    But there were no following fights. This floor was the end of our dungeon attack. This dungeon was the finale of our adventure.

    Mummy Lv 57, though numerous, they had nothing aside from brute strength. They are slow and easy to kill.

    But those numbers

    Anyway, let''s just work on reducing them. They can''t respawn anymore, so let''s just go at it.

    They haveRise from the Deadamong their skills, so we must finish them off with Holy Magic or fire.

    Roger!

    Just like the intel stated, the only thing of note was their numbers, so it was a battle of attrition. We should quickly annihte them and go back.

    They have strength, but they are slow, and they are frail enough to go down in droves from a single attack. But there are just so many of them.

    Defeated enemies are being purified with Holy Magic and burned with fire.

    The floor is easy, just annoying. That''s what everyone thought, going for onest rampage before going back.

    Scattering and mowing the enemies down we thought that we were about to reach 58F in just a little a bit. And then, that started.

    A purple light appeared from somewhere, immediately followed by the quaking of the ground, leaving us no chance to process the situation. Then, the dead began moving.

    There were too many of them, but even if we want to go back now, the path for the retreat was blocked. In that case, the only path left is down.

    Of course, it''s not like lower floors are safe, but regardless of whether we stay here, or try to cut our way back through the army of undead, a certain annihtion seemed to await us.

    It was not about tactics or strategy anymore. We simply had nowhere else to go.

    No point regretting it now. I have to let everyone escape.

    The mummies kept appearing one after another non-stop, and we kept countering them non-stop, even so, as far as eyes could see there was nothing but the endless sea of mummies.

    Swords were broken, arrows depleted, mana spent, shields smashed, armor shattered, spears lost, even the very semnce of ns or tactics didn''t exist anymore. We simply had nothing left.

    We couldn''t fend off the enemies or keep them at bay anymore. Only crawl away, trying to escape.

    We long since went past our limit. Everyone knew that. Magic power dried up, equipment destroyed, medicine exhausted, and remaining stamina used up. Even willpower was about to die out.

    We simply did all we could to escape, dragging along the injured, and carrying away the copsedrades. Simply trying to escape.

    Towards the exit to 58F, towards the stairs, the only hope we had. Yet it wasn''t meant toe true. It was not.

    There, a divine riddler was awaiting us. The mysterious statue that would allow none to pass, a pharaoh with a nemes covering its head and a body of a majestic lion, the symbol of royal power itself. The holy being bringing devastation to the enemies. A guardian serving as protector to kings and even gods. The Sphinx. [1]

    The very idea of considering defeating or fighting it was preposterous. That is not for humans to kill. Thus, we had no path for escape left.

    As the eyes of the Sphinx shone with an ominous light the rotten mummies began moving again. Rise from the Dead.

    This is beyond even undead. No matter how much we kill them, purify with Holy Magic, or burn them, theye back to unlife.

    Cut, sh, crush, burn, stab, smash, hit, shoot, nothing works, they keep rising back from the dead time after time, and attack us again. Again and again.

    And our only way of escape was blocked by the sacred guardian, the Sphinx. The holy beingbined the body of a lion and the face of a king, and at the same time, a terrifying monster.

    Therades were copsing one after another, by now, only a few were able to move, let alone fight.

    We are surrounded. There is no way to turn this situation around. Right now, my only wish was to at least let as many escape as possible. That''s all I was hoping and praying for. I will open the path for them, even at the cost of my own life. Charging into the enemy lines I will sh through them, scattering the enemies

    But even that was too much to ask.

    Suddenly, a knight in silver armor swooped down upon the battlefield, bringing dark winds of terror and death. With a single stroke of the sword, the knight cut off the head of the fearsome beast that was the avatar of dread itself.

    That is an irresistible force, the one that cannot be opposed. Something that wouldn''t even allow resistance. More terrible than death itself, capable of bringing even demons to heel, one that does not belong to this world, the dungeon master, the lord of thisbyrinth, the one ruling over everything, the supreme overlord of both evil and divine.

    No one can win against that. No one can stop that. Evening close to that won''t be allowed. But I will stop that. Even if I have to sacrifice myself, I will stop it. If this is where I meet my end, then I will at least protect everyone. Even if it will buy only a moment of time.

    But even that thought was not allowed, as the next second the silver radiance was already at the frontline. The raging carnage brought stillness to the scene, freezing the time, and halting even the stride of fate. Only the quiet of death remained.

    Countless red lights appeared above the remains of the sphinx, flickering as they covered the ceiling, Were those zing mes to scatter in the surroundings they''d be a torrential rain of fire, reaping all the life around. That''s the kind of merciless twinkling the mes disyed.

    There, stood the reaper. A wielder of death the very sight of which seemed to be screaming that they have no rival both throughout heaven or earth.

    That''s why I muttered with a smile.

    Wee back. You arete. Everyone almost died from waiting?

    And then the time resumed its flow. The blizzard of scarlet mes turned into a relentless torrent of red lights, incinerating the monsters that were surrounding everyone, scattering and crushing them as they burst into mes.

    A one-sided ughter, overwhelming violence, a devastating massacre, just like that time in the forest, when the same mes ughtered our despair, as we were almost crushed and were about to ept our death.

    I''m back? I guess? I''mte? Wait, what day is this?

    A ck reaper-like silhouette emerged with those words. I, no, everyone, was waiting, was hoping, was yearning to see that figure that now crushed our doom.

    I''ll deal with the rest, so have everyone fall back.

    With those words he took a step forward and leaped into the horde of monsters, ughtering, butchering, obliterating, and decimating them.

    A radiant silver, and jet ck darkness waltzed, leaped, whirled, and danced in a mad rondo of massacre. The only thing that surrounded them was death. Just scattering death around and reaping life of everything that got caught up in this tempest of violence.

    Again, just like always.

    He crushed our despair.

    Murdered our sorrow.

    ughtered our tragedy.

    And brought death to the doom looming over us.

    Just killing all of it, allowing no objection.

    Long time no see? I think? What is the current date? Kind of?

    Again, just like always.

    He came back to us.

    Wee back, Haruka-kun.

    Everyone got tired of waiting, you know? [TL Notes: [1] Nemes was pieces of striped head cloth worn by pharaohs in ancient Egypt.] ]

 Chapter 88: The words of great people of the past have meaning

    Chapter 88: The words of great people of the past have meaning

    Day 36  The Faraway Labyrinth, 56F

    In the end, Haruka-kun went to sleep, pretty much copsing after treating everyone.

    And the knight stood at his side as if guarding him.

    The knight didn''t appear like someone one should try to strike a conversation with.

    After expressing our gratitude we then simply stuck to waiting until Haruka-kun woke up.

    We were also worn out, so everyone instantly fell asleep.

    No one had the strength to move or the energy to talk anymore. Everyone crumbled as soon as the remains of their willpower ran out.

    When I woke up, Haruka-kun was cooking as usual, as always, as if nothing happened at all.

    Just like he did every day in the cave, constantlyining about mushrooms, he was doing apletely normal, everyday thing, just like usual.

    While everyone still found it hard to move, they still got up to the delicious smell. During the meal, Haruka-kun was bombarded with questions.

    We werepletely done. Only annihtion was awaiting us. We didn''t even notice that it was a trap, and could do nothing to run away. Our path was about to end there.

    But Haruka-kun knew the answer? It seems he realized everything thanks to the Space Perceptionskill?

    Look? That is a puzzle room, right? Kind of? Find four hidden rooms and get items from there to clear it? That sort of thing?

    Apparently, that''s how it was. Makes sense that the floor was such an impossible monster house. If you don''t realize the gimmick you are certain to die there. The worst kind of trap. But wait? He didn''t gather anything, didn''t he? [1]

    But you beat it? They can be killed after all? Somehow?

    No, both the mummies and the Sphinx couldn''t be killed. The Sphinx had Magic Immunity, Physical Immunity, and Immortality, and as long as the Sphinx is around the mummies would''ve kepting back to life. So no matter how long you go at it, it would''ve never ended?

    They can''t be killed? They won''t die? With Magic ImmunityandPhysical Immunityno attack would work on it, and yet it even had Immortality on top of that? But they killed it? The invincible and immortal monster?

    Then how did you kill an invincible and immortal monster?!

    That''s well? That? Didn''t a great man say this in the past? Violence isn''t the answer, it''s the question and the answer is yes, kind of?

    I remember hearing the first half, they are quite famous, but what the hell is the second part? I''m quite sure that''s not what was meant to be there? It wasn''t such a bloodthirsty quote?

    Who said that! Who is that brutal person? Some kind of a general of the Sengoku period who was crueler than Demon King of the Sixth Heaven? [2]

    Eehm, then,If violence doesn''t work, you aren''t using enough?

    Haaaah.

    Why is that person trying to solve everything through violence? If there was such a person wouldn''t humanity be wiped out already?!

    And

    Ehm, the knight over there, thank you for saving us.

    Thank you very much.

    The knight replied with a silent, elegant bow. Somehow, the ce where the knight stands seems like a different world simply because they are there. Otherworldly, would be a good word.

    Eehm, Haruka-kun? Mind introducing this person to us?

    Aaah, you mean dungeon master? Thebyrinth emperor? Former?

    WHY DID YOU BRING THE DUNGEON MASTER ALONG?!

    Yeah, it makes sense they are so strong. It exins how that Sphinx, which seemed like a mix of pure fear and dread was swatted like a mere fly.

    A mere mini-boss of the 57th floor, not even an actual boss, is nothing but amon rabble for them.

    Eeehm? I thought we were saved? But are we going to die here?

    Huh? No way I''d just bring a dungeon master along? It''s that? That? You know? Taming? Kind of?

    Why do you have the dungeon master tamed?! There is no way it is okay to tame such a person?! Aren''t they one of the key figures of this world?!

    Just what the hell did he do? And it''s not even a mere dungeon master orbyrinth lord, but abyrinth emperor, a supreme leader reigning over other dungeon lords. And what does he mean by former? He made such an important person retire from such an important post? And after taming them he is now making them tag along with him?!

    But that must be the reason that Haruka-kun managed to get here in the first ce.

    Otherwise, all of us would''ve been dead.

    If you think calmly, there is no way Haruka-kun would''ve reached such a ce on his own.

    He fell to the lowest, the 100th floor of this dungeon just one week ago.

    He couldn''t possibly pass 43 floors in such a short time.

    But if the one beside him is the dungeon master of this ce, no, the strongest overlord ruling over all dungeons?

    Then it is possible. That must be the reason he reached us.

    Apanied by the strongest of the lowest floors he went through the floors packed with the worst kinds of monsters.

    That''s why we survived.

    Using the absurd idea of taming the strongest and the most dangerous being of the vilestbyrinth, he ughtered his way to us. [TL Note: [1] A Monster House is a special type of room found in some dungeons. Contains an extraordinarilyrge number of monsters and may or may not have a reward at the end. [2] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oda_Nobunaga]

 Chapter 89: The stairs on the 100th floor were especially long, but no one understands me.

    Chapter 89: The stairs on the 100th floor were especially long, but no one understands me.

    Day 37  The Faraway Labyrinth

    The way back. The return trip consists simply of going up.

    With everyone unsatisfied and confused about the ending.

    With everyone surprised about still being alive.

    With everyone grateful for that.

    Everyone spoke of it to Haruka-kun, thanking him.

    Everyone was shocked, about what he did, and admonished him in despair.

    The story was so outrageous, that it was hard toprehend.

    It was some kind of upgraded version of absurdity.

    And yet it was just what Haruka-kun would do.

    The answer that didn''t ur to anyone else.

    You didn''t have any trouble at all?! Or more like, you didn''t even fight?!

    Here we thought that he was desperately fighting for survival in the dark depths of the earth, and it turns out he was simply doing the usual Haruka things.

    The person who we thought was struggling on the lowest floors, suffering, getting injured, and yet desperately fighting for his life, trying to reach us Didn''t get even a single scratch, and wasn''t even fighting, not even in his usual way, much less forced into a relentless struggle. He was just making his way back as usual, while one-sidedly exterminating monsters.

    And his main impression after all that wasClimbing so many stairs was a real pain. Oh yes, 43 floors, was it? That must''ve been really hard!

    We didn''t have to worry about him at all. He was just doing his everyday stuff. Setting up traps, farming mobs, one-sidedly annihting them, and thus moving up the floors. Apparently, climbing the stairs from the 100th floor of the most fearsomebyrinth was very tiresome!

    I mean, there is no way I can win against them in a fair fight?! There is no way I''m gonna even try? Lv 99 Minotaurs and Lv 100 Living Armor, can you imagine that? No way, absolutely impossible, how am I supposed to beat that? I''ll die if I try. Yup, no way.

    So since he couldn''t beat them in a fight he killed them? Everyone fell to their death. Without a doubt dropped by the usual suspect. The scoundrel that doesn''t have even an ounce of remorse!

    We were struggling so hard with the Cyclop, and you are the Achilles tendon? The shins? And then the vitals? That is just too cruel!!

    I thought that werewolves might be the strongest monsters Vinegar Vinegar, you say And they were unable to do anything because they were holding their noses?

    No way! I''m not eating any salted snails!! That''s not escargot!!! It doesn''t have the tag Edible!! I''m 100% sure!!

    The buffalos were so scary We worked so hard Death from fall damage? An unfortunate chain of idents? No way that can be true! It was a malicious trap by a cow-hating viin!!!

    And the biggest mystery is how they killed the immortal human-lion Isn''t it immortal because it cannot be killed?

    AAAAGH!! What the hell is that talk about disabling immunities? What is that about killing immortality? What even is the point of the skill?

    The more we listened to him the more pandemonium spread.

    Bewilderment, confusion, chaos.

    Dungeon Emperor only kept nodding with a look of resignation.

    Everyone went through bafflement, shock,ment, and finally resignation.

    Dungeon Emperor also seemed to be done with this. They seem like they havemon-sense. Must be a good person.

    The one to me is the lunatic that got Dungeon Emperor so fed up. Actually, isn''t Dungeon Master more humanpared to him?!

    The monsters that would''ve instantly annihted us, the tough floor masters, that didn''t get to use their size, all had no chance to show their power and were simply mercilessly and thoroughly farmed by him.

    Their sturdiness was useless, their toughness was pointless, their sturdiness didn''t affect anything, they just got one-sidedly ughtered without being able to do a thing.

    There was no battle.

    Because their death was decided even before the fight could start.

    Before they''d even meet.

    Since they were too strong to fight, they were simply killed off.

    And since he wasn''t even fighting them, he couldn''t be defeated.

    So if we are looking at results only, he is unrivaled.

    Too overwhelming and overbearing to be called peerless.

    An untouchable, but in a different way from Dungeon Emperor.

    Overwhelmingly unequaled in a very different way from Dungeon Emperor.

    After all, he wasn''t even fighting.

    So he cannot be beaten.

    He simply was killing the enemies.

    Simply butchering them.

    Unrivaled in the worst possible meaning.

    Since enemies don''t even get to oppose him.

    So he has no rivals Thus, unrivaled.

    Most of the monsters died without knowing who killed them or even that there was an enemy. So it was not even a fight, since they didn''t even get to face him.

    It''s not about Affection or any other rating at this point?! Even from our viewpoint, who was just saved by him, he appears much more fiendish, viinous, and atrocious than the monsters of this dungeon, with every little thing he does so filled with wickedness that even Dungeon Emperor is rendered speechless!!!!

    That''s why he survived.

    That''s why he didn''t die.

    That''s why he is okay.

    So it''s all good?

 Chapter 139: Being too unprepared I ended up getting scolded when I asked for serious advice.

    Chapter 139: Being too unprepared I ended up getting scolded when I asked for serious advice.

    Day 48  Morning, Tunnel?

    Finally, thest group of refugees left at the Omui''s side of the tunnel. It''s already morning outside though? I don''t remember when thest time I had a proper sleep was? On top of that, today, I didn''t even get to have Privatetime with Armored Pres-san? Okay, let''s ask her when we get back. Absolutely!

    Stone Golems are covering our rear so there is no need to worry about that. It''s a heavily equipped phnx with greatshields, so there is no chance of a breakthrough. And I can still increase their numbers so there is no way to get past them.

    While the Stone Golems were made with Ring of Golem Makerand are controlled throughmands, they are very real golems. Yeah, not even monsters, so they don''t have cores.

    They are lifeless puppets, hence immortal, andcking actual life, they also can''t be killed. If they have no orders they will turn to simple stone statues, so there is no possible damage. They are just stones after all. That''s just a horde of stone statues that can be infinitely produced as long as I have mana. The very idea of fighting them is idiotic.

    The Stalker girl thatpletely calmed down by now is happily stuffing her cheeks with a steamed bun imitation of fruit cake. Apparently, it''s tastylicious.

    Armored Pres-san, good job there? But are you sure that the guards are alright? Mainly in the physical sense? It''s inly obvious that mentally they are definitely not alright, but it seems it''s not a problem as long as they are alright physically? Well, who cares. They all were middle-aged dudes anyway.

    Armored Pres-san is nodding, so I guess they are okay. Means I won''t get scolded by Meripapa-san.

    Okay, I didn''t attack the town, I didn''t harm the troops, and I also didn''ty hands on the lord. I did absolutely nothing wrong this time, no need to worry about false charges as well. See? I''m Innocent!

    Why t Gaze? A crossfire of Armored Pres-san''s and Stalker Girl''s t Gaze. And the barrage is by no means weak, is this a focused fire?

    You didn''ty your hands on him? How about stepping, stomping, forcing him to faint, and then leaving him to lie on the ground? I think he was even leaking something? That lord?

    Stepping and stomping are both done by feet, there is no way I''d touch something that filthy with my hands. And it''s not like I stepped on him because I wanted to, he was simply lying on the floor? I just stepped onto him when I tried to step on the floor? Nothing wrong on my part, right? There is always only one innocence. What was Grandpa''s name again? [1]

    Looks like false usations were resolved. However, the t Gaze Crossfire seems to be still continuing. Well, I just left that dirty orc that fainted in the puddle of its own pee. I don''t need it and I don''t even want to touch it. So I didn''ty hands on it. Why can''t everyone understand that I didn''t do anything wrong? Is that the Affection Rating issue after all? I can''t think of any other reason? None at all?

    Meanwhile, this tunnel was made merely through a bit of remodeling. Getting attacked from above would''ve been dangerous so I added a roof. So I didn''t use my Ring of Dungeon Master  Dungeon Creation, Dungeon Control, so there is no danger of getting scolded for turning it into a dungeon. I didn''t tell the troops of the neighboring domains, so they are free to kick up as much fuss as they want, unable to realize the difference. All I need is to keep them at distance, hence a dummy dungeon to keep them at bay. If I move too far away the stone golems will turn into stone statues, so I will either have to seal them away behind the walls, or imnt magic stones and make monsters out of them, but this can wait until after we discuss this outside.

    After all, whates after this is of no concern to me. That''s Meripapa-san''s job His aides must be working very hard right now. Hmm, keep it up?

    Now the question is what will the kingdom do after losing its supply of magic stones. The frontier is inching ever closer to self-sufficiency in wheat, and since they also have potatoes this is far more than just enough. As for salt, I secured a huge volume of it after stumbling upon a giantyer of rock salt in a cave, and there are also no signs of Viger A''s reserves of salt dwindling. Even metal is not an issue, there are enough discovered ore veins to make a mine, though all of them are neglected at the moment.

    The problem is sugar and cloth. Having a supply of livestock cut off also hurts, but none of this is urgent, so it should be fine for a while. If this bes a real problem I can just fly to purchase those myself. Between the two economies, the kingdoms economy should be the one to give out first. The kingdom has no other sources of magic stones, and yet theyrgely abandoned the region, denying them reinforcements, driving down the price of magic stones, and coveting aid. Rather than not doing anything, they were actively exploiting the region, so it serves them right. No need to take steps to help them.

    The cliffs around the tunnel are also under remodeling. Those rocky mountains should be an indestructible wall surrounding the frontier, while the tunnel will be an imprable dungeon-style fortress gate. This will make for an impregnable frontier fortress. The garrison is an immortal army of Stone Golems, and if that is still not enough to hold back the enemy, then I can useRing of Dungeon Masterto turn it into a real dungeon.Ring of Golem Makeris the only way to defend the frontier with its few troops. Well, the control is difficult so there is a limit to fine maniptions, but since they are still capable of carrying out simple orders, a mass-produced heavily equipped phnx is enough of a force to reckon with. That impossibility of precise control forces the use of outdated phnx with shields for defense and a wall of spears. Well, if I add a castle at the exit then it will bepletely safe, secure, and serene.

    This should make things peaceful for a while? There was no peace in forever, so getting at least a bit of it is important. If the economy grows and the town develops in the meantime it should reach prosperity. Prolonged istion is also a problem, but that''s not my problem, that''s the job for the local lord. So don''t me me?

    But wouldn''t it be considered an attempt to break away or be independent from the kingdom? It might turn hostile?

    After some talk, I found out that Stalker Girl was not a simple stalker girl, who only knew how to stalk, but a Clever Stalker Girl, who was taught in the ways of war and economics for the sake of investigations. And on top of that, she is also a daughter of the chief of a n of stalkers, a very remarkable stalker girl. By the way, at the moment she is munching on a fried potato. Apparently, it''s saltylicious.

    What break away? What is there to do if no one can pass the tunnel? And if we have any business we can go there on our own? In the first ce, if the kingdom wants to me anyone, they can start with themselves for allowing the neighboring town to do as they please for so long. In fact, the kingdom was taking hostile actions towards the frontier, so the frontier might as well really dere independence. If the kingdom doesn''t want the frontier to dere independence then they should conduct themselves ordingly. What''s most important is that now the frontier cannot be threatened through force or food supply? Now they can finally negotiate with the kingdom on equal grounds, now it''s all in the hands of the local lord. Yeah, I didn''t do anything wrong. I didn''t touch anyone, so legally there should be no problem. So I''m properly innocent, okay?

    At this point the kingdom should have no advantages, so the negotiations should go all the way in the frontier''s favor. And since the kingdom can''t step into the frontier on their own, even having negotiations or not is entirely up to the frontier. Well, now the frontier surely must be probably okay? No idea though? Well, I mean, I''m not even a citizen? How would I know? I didn''t even hear its name? Or did I? Meri, was it? Well, Meripapa-san s aides will probably manage I guess?

    Finally, outside Eh, it''s so bright! It''s morning already! Ick both sleep and Private Time?!

    The soldiers seem to be taking care of refugees, so that can be left to them. Aah, looks like the president and the others are here as well. They are all waving their hands, so let''s check on them. Well, and it also would be a pain to exin everything to Meripapa-san if he finds me. It seems that there are some difficulties inmunication with the people of this world. Do my words get properly tranted? I can''t help but doubt that.

    Wee back, Haruka-kun. Stalker Girl-chan. Thank goodness you are alright. Well, not like we were worried. We were pretty sure nothing will happen to you. Wee home.

    I''m back? I guess? And I also kind of abducted the Stalker Girl? Yeah, she was crying, about to have a pimple popped by an orc, so I sort of snatched her? Rather than that, I need serious advice. What do we do about breakfast? I don''t have anything prepared, but going for BBQ right in the morning sounds like a bad idea?

    You need serious advice on BBQ?!

    For some reason, they got mad at me after I earnestly exined the importance of breakfast? No, it''s really important? A good breakfast is the firstponent of a healthy life?

    In the end, after discussing it with the geeks, I made 2 Master Golems. Is what I guess they should be called? Well, anyway, there are two of them.

    The Master Golems'' duty is to control and manufacture Stone Golems, They barely have anybat strength or defense, but there is simply no way to cram it there.

    I buried level 90 magic stones into cliffs on the right and left sides, and turned them into Master Golems by infusing them with my mana. So the cores can''t even be destroyed without excavation. For offensive abilities, they can shoot Ice Needles at those that climb the cliffs and throw down boulders, which should be enough. Their main specializations aremand, manufacture, and restoration. And since they can regenerate, one can''t even dig a tunnel here, so this should be plenty for defenses.

    Now, let''s go back and sleep. A lot of adult sleeping. So much that we won''t get even a wink of sleep! I''m going to sleep super hard! For real!!

    Day 47 continues into Day 48. [TL Notes: [1] Reference to Detective Conan  "There is only one truth", and then The Kindaichi Case Files "I swear on the name of my grandpa!" ]

 Chapter 91: The noble customs are pretty complicated with all this jumping and stomping.

    Chapter 91: The noble customs are prettyplicated with all this jumping and stomping.

    Day 37  Daytime, In front of Omui Town''s gates.

    Haruka-kun was summoned by the lord and went to exin the situation.

    Such brave people Trying to get exnations from Haruka-kun

    Even though we all know how it will go. Even though I''ve never seen it end in any other way. The bold ones.

    And as expected, a great confusion. They are pulling their hair, bewildered. They picked the wrong person to ask. He is the only person one shouldnt ask for exnations for he is the source of all the chaos.

    At first, the daughter of the lord was jumping, but then she began stomping the ground?

    Haruka-kun also followed suit and began stomping the ground. Eh? Isn''t Haruka-kun getting better at stomping the ground?

    Seems like he is finally free to go. Looking pretty tired Haruka-kun returned to us.

    Meanwhile, the lord and his daughter look even more tired. They lookpletely exhausted. I understand that feeling very well.

    No matter how you look at it, Haruka-kun isn''t the one who should look exhausted. It''s his fault in the first ce. Always. Even before anything happens.

    And finally, we got to pass the gate.

    We returned to the town. Together with Haruka-kun. Together with everyone.

    Everyone together, we pass through the gates.

    It''s a secret that we have one person extra.

    Everyone will be happier without knowing that.

    In a way, the town protected by Dungeon Emperor would be the safest one in the world.

    Not only would they protect against monsters, but they also will be able to stop the wild antics of that merciless tamercking inmon sense.

    The town was as lively as always.

    Dungeon Emperor is restlessly looking around like a country bumpkin.

    A country bumpkin hailing all the way from the 100th floor of the dungeon''s underground.

    Is this that unusual to them?

    Or maybe it feels nostalgic?

    But they seem to be happy abouting to the town, so it should be something good.

    That must be why Haruka-kun brought Dungeon Emperor to the town from the 100th floor.

    It should be something positive because everyone looks happy.

    Oda-kun and others left us midway, saying that they will visit the weapon store.

    They can''t read the mood at all. As usual.

    Apparently, they are going to search for Fire Resistance or Fire Immunity helmets.

    They can''t read the mood but it looks like they can feel the impending doom.

    I''m pretty sure the protection will simply get disabled, but I''ll keep silent.

    Like usual.

    The usual every day.

    We returned to normal ordinary life.

    The days with Haruka-kun and everyone smiling.

    Day 37  Daytime, The White Weirdo inn, Dining hall.

    When we reached the inn the poster girl, overjoyed, suddenly head-butted Haruka-kun?

    Is it her way of expressing happiness? Just like a cow.

    The four people that failed to purchase any fire resistance gear came back. Learning of that everyone burst out inughter and then consoled them.

    Gathering in the dining hall we had a meal together.

    With a great ruckus, mor, and excitement.

    Everyone was still tired and exhausted, still wearing tattered equipment, not looking great overall, but still smiling.

    Taking a bath in turns we returned to the booked dining hall and saw that the whole room was buried under a mountain of magnificent weapons and armor the likes of which we''ve never seen before.

    Everyone here? Then, time for distribution? I guess? Well, that kind of a thing. 2 weapons and 2 pieces of gear per person. And then 2 pieces of whatever you want. So 6 items per person. It''s firste-first-served, so go ahead and scramble for them. Sort of?

    From there carnage began.

    That was the arena where desire, selfishness, and greed were whirling together.

    To put it bluntly, just like aunties at a bargain sale.

    That was a girls'' battle. The boys were trampled and knocked aside.

    All of the weapons were limited edition.

    Each one was a great find.

    A special sale that was avable only at this ce at this moment.

    A frenzied outlet sale.

    A battle without honor or humanity.

    A merciless free-for-all, a legendary recreation of a bargain sale.

    If you have something else you want just tell me? We''ll agree on the price~? I''ll make it cheap you know? Kind of? I guess?

    Those words were the finishing blow. A clincher. A taboo line for the girls. Thest remains of everyone''s reason just snapped, making an audible sound.

    Everyonepletely lost themselves, fighting, snatching items from each other, pulling and pushing, a perfect picture of mayhem.

    Squealing and screaming, putting their bodies on the line to protect the hard-won spoils, everyone was trying to make their way through the lines of mad demons, trying to reach the register named Haruka-kun.

    Using the girl power known as battle prowess, which they polished and trained aftering to this world, they fought and struggled, striving to get the items they wanted.

    It was pretty fun.

    The boys were terrified.

    With the gear finally being unequally distributed the semnce of peace returned, but then began a game of boasting the spoils of war. Some girls were even rubbing their cheeks on the weapons.

    The great loot left everyone thrilled, overjoyed, and satisfied.

    After all, every weapon was an amazing item possessing skills.

    Legendary materials, super rare skills, top-tier effects, everyone was looking at the equipment in a daze, smiling.

    Apparently, this is Haruka-kun style gratitude.

    Haruka-kun style reward.

    A very Haruka-kun-likepensation for the losses.

    Haruka-kun''s thankfulness.

    Everyone was fighting in the dungeon, so Haruka-kun didn''t have to be that concerned. Even after breaking the equipment, we should be well in profit. So in order to prevent everyone from declining, from holding back, he turned it into such a big bargain sale. Everyone picked more than 10 items for sure. Many girls even grabbed more than 20 items.

    After all, each item was a great deal, a special offer, a valuable find, premium goods, equipment that money usually wouldn''t be able to get you, items that would bepletely out of reach if they ever went on actual sale. That kind of amazing gear.

    That''s Haruka-kun''s loot.

    He fought hordes of monsters carrying such outrageous weapons, such unbelievable armor, and annihting such terrible monsters, plundered it from them.

    That''s where those items areing from.

    With this, everyone will be a bit stronger again, a bit safer again.

    Everyone is full of energy, some already equipped their new items, some keep staring at them while appraising, some are itching to try out their effects.

    I also bought a bit too much and am now low on cash.

    It''s a secret that for this I borrowed a bit from the funds that I confiscated from Haruka-kun.

    That must be the first time for everyone to receive such an amazing reward. No matter where you look, every single person was beaming with a smile.

 Chapter 142: Abusive and Unethical work environment of my self-employment is forever exploitative.

    Chapter 142: Abusive and hical work environment of my self-employment is forever exploitative.

    Chapter 143: I thought they were ssmates summoned with me, turns out - no.

    Day 48  Nighttime, White Weirdo Inn.

    Side job in the process? Once again, there is a working workaholic NEET? At the moment, I''m strengthening Shield Girl''s shield with mithril. Actually, aside from Shield Girl, every other board member asked for custom-made clothes? Is it alright to be socent in the world where you have to fight monsters through sword and magic? And who the hell ordered abat dress?! Ah, it''s the small animal, let''s ignore it then. She is too tiny, so it''s just impossible to make anything sexy for her? And how is it supposed to protect with that much skin exposure? Did she even consider protection? Rejected.

    And then I proceed with the creation of magic stone batteries and umtors, and their charging, or rather, mana infusion.

    A new discovery. A new product, undoubtedly amercially sessful item. Preserving magic power to use it when necessary. A perfect countermeasure for running out of mana? It goes without saying that the rear guard would be interested, but everyone else also uses mana for enhancement, so it will undoubtedly sell. I''m going to be rich.

    In fact, running out of mana and going back for rest was one of the reasons why the progress of exploration was so slow. Being able to store mana should allow fighting safer and longer. This should be distributed as fast as possible.

    The mechanism is simple, apparently, lining up numerous magic stones allows for the cirction of magic power to be contained in them, invigorating it, using that principle, magic stones can be arranged andbined to create battery cells and umtors. The principle was described in How to Magic Tools!, but since the people of this worldcked knowledge of umtors or batteries, it wasn''t put to practical use. In short, it''s a mana bank. Having a battery where MP can be saved should allow people to avoid running out of mana, as well as using normally impossible heavy mana consuming techniques. Everyone needs them, it should sell, it should bring profit.

    But because the connection method and quality of magic stones impact the efficiency, I now have to do all of it manually while probing and verifying various points. Without the proper know-how, I can''t proceed to mass production. Maybe there is a second volume of How to Magic Tools!somewhere? It''s most likely banned though. Maybe there is some kind of a book written by an ancient schr? For starters, a set for everyone. I don''t need one. Yeah, I had no idea but turns out, I already had one? Or rather, I was using it. The method of creating magic stone umtors and magic stones batteries requires arranging numerous magic stones and pouring mana through them. And I have a whole mountain of high-quality magic stones just lying in my item bag. An item bag is constantly absorbing the magic power of its user and pouring it inside. In other words, it turned into a super enormous umtor? Which exins why I seemed to have almost bottomless reserves of mana no matter how much of it I used? As well as the reason for the rapid growth of MP Recovery. I was repeating the circle of umting mana and using it and then umting it to use it again. All the time without my knowledge. And when I was running low on mana, I was absorbing it from the battery inside the item bag. That''s why MP Recoveryevolved intoMP Absorption. I had no idea until I read How to Magic Tools!. As expected, books are essential. I should summon a courier!

    And since I now have a Mana Absorption skill, I guess I''m now constantly absorbing mana from my surroundings and charging the umtor with it? I mean, I had enough mana to remodel mountains stretching for a great length. Thinking for a bit, it should''ve taken an insane amount of mana. But I didn''t notice anyway.

    Sote into the night, I''m busy sneakily working. Armored Pres-san is in a knocked-out state, sleeping. Long white legs of divine beauty are peeking out of the nket, exposing even the most captivating and alluring pure white thighs, but that is a trap! Most definitely a trap! Many and many and many times I got caught into that trap and had a terrible time. It''s a trap meant to have me endure a scolding in the morning without getting a speck of sleep! For real!

    Hmm, I''d like to go back to the cave to make a sauce workshop, and I still haven''t even began work on poultry, with the whole idea verging on the brink of copse, and the garden was just left as it is after creating it, and I also want to enjoy some bubble y in the jacuzzi. I do have my own home, why dont I get to stay there?

    The stable supply of eggs and bird meat is an urgent business. Both for omurice and for oyakodon. Aaah, I want nori, and we alsock Katsuobushi, greenver, and simply marine products? I don''t see us getting to the sea any time soon, then ind Right, corn! Even though I served omurice, I couldn''t add potage to it. Let''s search for corn. We already have onion and spring onion, so what''s left is Butter, I guess? Ah, I''d also like cheese! Agriculture demands innovations, and it is also urgent! I''m not even a part of the fief poption, so why do I have to reform agriculture? What kind of side job is that? [1]

    Grumbling, I stick to the work. Is it the effects ofLoner,HikikomoriandNEETthat allow me to stealthily act at night without sleeping? No, I want to sleep anyway? But there is still work left? Perpetual abusive self-employment?

    During today''s meeting, I understood the issues of each party, so I''d like to make items to counter them, so sleepy, when I''m done, the geeks will get their share at the special rip-off price, after all, right now they are sleeping happily. Let''s rip them off, absolutely!

    For starters, I made 60 mana umtors, and specifically for the rear guard, 90 mana batteries, so I will be able to start selling from the morning. With this, I will be a rich man when everyone wakes up. The problem is that the girls went bankrupt buying clothes and don''t have any money. And they are already in debt from buying rings yesterday? Ah! If I make mana umtors in the form of bracelets they will sell! They will probably end up resembling praying beads, but if Ibine various colors nicely they should sell! Hehehe, with this the girls are bound to sink even deeper into debt. They should suffer the same poverty that I do.

    And for some reason, I have tons of requests for custom-made clothes, even though they have no money? But all they have is design and color, no mention of sizes and dimensions at all? Am I supposed to take measurements? They won''t make pattern paper or something themselves? Do they want to make a healthy highschool boy take highschool girls'' measurements? But I want to make Vice President A-san''s order, which is a long tight leather skirt with a slit. So much so that I''d like to go and take measurements right now. Next time, let''s make it for Armored Pres-san. I''ll strip her immediately after she puts it on, but I want her to try it on anyway. Rather, she should wear it precisely so I can take it off! No, I''m fine with going at it even without stripping? Seriously.

    Should I also upgrade Armored Pres-san''s and my equipment with mithril as well? The items are already cheat-grade, so I don''t think it will boost their performance any further, so I guess it''s fine to leave it forter? Ah, but Armored Pres-san''s Mantle of Storageis shabby, so let''s add mithril to it. Yeah, but in that case, I will have to disassemble all of my equipment and upgrade it as well? Eehm, the staff has Spatial Staff,Magic Katana,Heavenly Sword of Gathering Clouds, which won''t benefit from this so whatever, it''s a Divine Sword after all, and then Elder Treant Cane. The mantle gotInvisibility Cloak,Cloak of Magic ReflectionandCloak of Evasion, and then boots with Boots of eleration,Enduring Greaves,Sticky Boots, the gloves Gauntlets of ContradictionandMagician''s Gloves, and what is going on with the rings? Trap Ring,Demon Ring,Faerie Ring, andRing of Golem Makerthat I left with Master Golems, plus still unusedRing of Dungeon Master. Ah, there are clothes as well, Garb of Herculean Strengthseems like it could be upgraded, and ck Hattoo, BUT LIKE HELL I CAN DO IT ALL IN ONE NIGHT!

    It''s an excessively heavy workload. A side job with an excessively heavy workload? Is there no end to my self-exploitation? Even though it''s just a side job? How does a side job on self-employment end up as an exploitative enterprise? I don''t even get who is exploiting who when all I do is work alone at home for myself!

    And I also got a lot of additional orders from the general store? I have to hurry up and develop the town already, or I will end up supporting the whole town economy with my nighttime work? I''m so sleepy. Our naked battle dragged out for longer than I expected? I didn''t even get to carry out my woodpecker strategy? After continuously going up and down the Dungeon Emperor ended up going down and sinking into the bed. But without the side job there won''t be any money for me? And there are tons of orders. Isn''t it weird for the entire town''s economy to be relying on my little cottage industry? There is just no end in sight? Even though white thighs are inviting me? Aaaah, this one is marked as urgent! Wait, isn''t the general store shopkeeper writing urgent on everything?! And what the hell is that rice with mushrooms for three people ASAP? That''s just your meal, isn''t it? Am I a restaurant or something?! Aaah~ and I have to leave for a dungeon in the morning

    On and on I kept molding and manufacturing merchandise flying through the air, with one process linked into another like in some sort of a conveyor, putting the finished product into the storage, but there is no end to it, not even a sign of it, order forms are still just as numerous, their number didn''t just go over the limit, it spiraled through the roof, turning into a drill piercing the heavens! That''s just way too much!

    Enough! I can''t take this anymore! Limit break! Onward to round three! To the bed! I shall be the woodpecker!!!

    (Third round in the process. Cannot be shown~.)

    I got scolded the very first thing in the morning.

    Day 48  Over. Currently getting scoldings on Day 49. [TL Notes: [1] Oyakodon is abination of chicken and egg on rice. ]

 Chapter 93: I dont think a mushroom addiction gotten from the healing mushrooms can be treated.

    Chapter 93: I don''t think a mushroom addiction gotten from the healing mushrooms can be treated.

    Day 37  Evening, Omui Town.

    I secured cash. Plundered it from the girls. Seized all of their funds. No one has a penny anymore.

    I have no use carrying this gear around since I can''t equip it anyway, and it is too expensive to be sold to vendors. Well, I hid most of the really good stuff and disposed of the rest. Though it basically was a low price sale to get rid of the inventory, I made a huge killing since I got the items for free anyway.

    Easy money.

    I''m rich.

    I''m rich again.

    Bow before me, dirty peasants.

    The bargain sale approach threw both their sense of economy and reason out the window. Making them spend as much as possible I took every single coin from them.

    I can''t sell all of my loot anyway. That being the case, I should use this chance and get currency from the ssmates.

    However, it was a surprise that the president had that much money. She probably was frugal, saving up until now. Even though I just took all of it. I wonder what she is going to do with that mountain of weapons and gear?

    For now, I avoided a lecture with the bargain sale of equipment. Somehow slipped through. Barely grasped that chance. I wonder if it is also an effect of Kyojitsu?

    But it is still too early to say that I made it into the safe zone. I''m notpletely sure that they had apse in memory. I can''t be certain that I won''t get scolded, despite doing nothing wrong. And the reason for that is that somehow, I always end up getting lectured anyway.

    Then let''s seek it. A perpetual ally of justice, a ray of light illuminating the truth, infallible proof of innocence. Yes, let''s buy dried fruits.

    Armored Pres apanied me. As expected, girls like shopping. Though the bargain sale scene shocked me a bit. Even the so-called Dungeon Emperor must''ve been terrified of that hellish scene of utter madness. Since she is a person of this world, it probably was her first time witnessing a bargain sale.

    The geeks, so obsessed with weapons and armor, were kicked, stomped, knocked away, and left lying on the floor like used rags, without getting to even see or touch the items as they couldn''t break through the wall of girls. Couldn''t they handle the Sphinx on their own if they went like this?

    For some reason, the general store became a lot bigger. Not only did the store itself berger but also its assortment of goods. This looks promising. I wonder what new items they got.

    Ooh! It''s been a while. I heard that you went missing in the dungeon, so I was worried, you know? But you seem All right?

    Oh, she seems normal today. Did she beat her mushroom addiction? She looks like a typical general store clerk.

    Long time no see I guess? Though I don''t know how much time it was? I mean, I don''t know the date? No one would tell me? Actually, I came to buy stuff, did you get new ware? I can pay both in coin and shrooms? And, please sell me all the dried fruits you have!

    I look around the store with Armored Pres. She should need everyday items, right? And she also has no supplies or a change of clothes?. I wonder what counts as daily necessities for a skeleton? Well, she seems to be having fun looking around, and I gave her a lot of pocket money, so she should enjoy spending it. It''s probably been a while since she went shopping thest time.

    Fufu, fuffufufuffufufufu, ffufufu, ffufuf, fufu.

    Looks like the clerkdy broke. Out-of-order. She might have escaped her mushroom addiction, but the after-effects are hitting her hard. She is probably beyond repair, since she was ruined by healing mushrooms in the first ce.

    *THUD!*

    !!!!!!!

    The time has stopped.

    GuFufu, fuffufufuffufufufu, ffufufu, ffufuf, fufu.

    We exchanged firm handshakes without saying a word.

    The deal is sealed.

    I took every single penny from her.

    Being done with the bulk purchase of supplies I was now checking various stalls, and buying up interesting stuff. Like a rich man.

    I restocked on the oil, got more spices, found a, and also bought all of the dried fruits and sugar I found. Like a rich man.

    Armored Pres also was carrying sundries in both hands. Looks like she indeed was unable to go shopping on the lowest floor of the dungeon. She seems to like it a lot. Makes sense, after spending what must have felt like an eternity in captivity, doing virtually nothing. Spending what must have felt like an eternity, and still iming to be 17 years old.

    Lastly, we go to the club store to sell weapons. This store has gotten bigger as well? Though I can''t expect anything from its selection of wares. It''s nothing but clubs.

    I also tried to show some metal weapons along with clubs. The owner rushed to me with all the money the store had. Even though those are leftovers? The unsold stuff that no one wanted?

    Dungeon weapons! And that is from the lowest floors!! Made from rare materials and with first-rate skills attached?! And even special effects?!! Wh-wha-what? What is this?!

    I thought that this old man is a club enthusiast, but he is making a huge ruckus out of metal weapons as well? Even though I brought the cheapest stuff, which I thought he might be able to buy but he seems to struggle anyway? Well, for now, I took all the money he had, while the old man was making weird sounds, entranced by the weapons. The usual pattern. Just the usual thing.

    Sadly, even Armored Pres, who seemed to be very fond of shopping, had no interest in clubs. Well, it''s unlikely that better gear than she already has exists anywhere in this world. I tributed tons of the highest-grade items to her. The strongest and the most expensive item cheat in history. Though their current owner is even more of a cheat. Despite that, the tamer is still in a ck cloak with a wooden stick in his hands? Talk about an unfavorable impression, for real.

    Dropping by the guild I receive another installment of payment for magic stones. And while I''m at it, I also donated the worst weapons to the guild, that absolutely no one wanted to buy. Since the guild waspletely out of money, due to additional purchases of magic stones, I just gave them away for free. It seems they were attempting to do a rescue mission, so they probably mobilized adventurers for that. Even crappy weapons that remained unsold would probably be of some use if given away to everyone.

    Now, let''s go back to the inn.

    Day 37  Nighttime, The White Weirdo Inn, Dining Hall.

    The battle formation was alreadypleted.

    The atmosphere of the battlefield could be keenly felt in the air.

    A wless encirclement formation, not a single gap could be seen. Once you are in, it''s all over.

    Step there without a n and mobile squads on the nks will immediately cut off the retreat and surround you, denying all means of escape.

    The formation exists for the sole purpose of offense. Wait, intercept, surround. That''s all it was about.

    No doubt here.

    That is the arrangement for a sermon.

    But I didn''te unprepared.

    I worked on countermeasures. It can be even said that I obtained the ultimate counter.

    This battle formation is powerless before me.

    It''s onigiri? Come and have as many as you''d like? I guess?

    Rice?!

    RICE?!

    ONIGIRI!!!

    No one can possibly withstand the allurement of rice balls. It''s absolute!

    I also ate tons of onigiri while I was making them. They were super delicious. Though it is a bit dry, it is finally rice.

    The formation crumbled in an instant. The wless encirclement copsed. And once broken, there is no way to reorganize it.

    Everyone is stuffing their mouths with onigiri with tears in their eyes.

    Rice won. I finally obtained it. This is a victory for thedy from the general store.

    But this is not final. This is the moment when one has to pursue the enemy that fell into disarray andpletely annihte them.

    I also have grilled onigiri~? Feel free to battle for them? Kind of?

    Grilled onigiri!!!

    This is probably long-grain rice. Not as sticky and sweet as Japanese rice, and also somewhat dry. But it is rice! Tomorrow we are having stir-fried rice!

    Everyone around is busy chewing inplete silence. They can''t even speak. The sermon was stripped of all its power.

    Everyone ate so much that they can''t even move anymore. The sermon formationpletely crumbled. Everyone is just lying with smiles on their faces.

    They have no strength to get angry anymore. Simply a bunch of girls, so full they can''t take another bite, while looking pretty happy, lying on the floor.

 Chapter 94: Are you trying to surpass Marie?

    Chapter 94: Are you trying to surpass Marie?

    Day 37  Nighttime, The White Weirdo Inn

    It was delicious!

    It was, but he got away

    Yes, to prevent him from escaping we took an encircling position in the dining hall to make sure that this time he certainly won''t get away and we will be able to properly tell him off. But the formation was easily destroyed.

    By the first rice and onigiri in a month.

    Everyone was crying.

    It was so delicious, so nostalgic. Until just one month ago we were eating it every day, but by now wepletely gave up on ever eating rice again. But he found it.

    It seems that Haruka-kun once again made a killing without our notice, and using this money loaned funds and goods to the local general store and the weapon store, in turn raking easy money from the whole town, no, the whole country. Here we thought that the town looks more lively than before, and turns out, he began economic domination here. One cannot rx even for a moment with him. And today we understood one of the reasons for that. It was for the sake of rice. He made it into onigiri to feed everyone and brought it to us. We would''ve dly helped if he only told us, but since he wanted to surprise everyone he worked all alone to make enough portions for 30 people.

    And like that, we can''t get angry at him anymore, as always. We always end up smiling.

    In reality, if Haruka-kun didn''t climb up, we all would''ve been dead. This is a fact. That waspletely our own miscalction.

    By all rights Haruka-kun should''ve been waiting on the lower floors. After all, he was only Lv12. He is weak. Even he himself is constantly saying I''m dead if I get hit even once, even though he is thest person who should be fighting. even though he is the one risking the most, and furthermore, he was all alone.

    That''s why we had to go to his rescue. That''s why he absolutely should''ve waited. That''s why we had to press on to reunite with him as soon as possible.

    And yet, he climbed up on his own Even though it''s dangerous. Even though he is the one in the biggest danger. He says that he waspletely fine, but that is certainly a total lie.

    He surely was doing something dangerous. He definitely came close to dying a dozen, a hundred, a thousand, or even ten thousand times.

    The biggest proof of that is that he once again became stronger.

    Lv 17. He got 5 more levels. For Haruka-kun, who hunted monsters in the forest with such energy that it seemed like he might bring theirplete extinction, and yet got to only level 12 despite that. For him to get 5 levels in just a week, he must''ve been in an extremely dangerous ce. Not staying put at all, waiting for no help, simply acting without much hesitation as always, he climbed all the way up

    Back then, on the 56th floor, though everyone was in tatters and barely holding onto consciousness, we still saw all of it.

    How he dived into that sea of mummies and blocked their way like a mighty wall, denied them from getting even one step closer to us. We saw his back as he shed, cut, and cleaved them, allowing none to approach.

    That had nothing to do with skills or leveling up. That must''ve been the strength that he obtained after endlessly repeating something extremely and outrageously dangerous.

    Because there is no way one can get that strong without getting through a hundred of millions of gruesome threats!

    So he most certainly was doing something dangerous.

    That''s why today, I wanted to have a proper talk. But then, onigiri happened. We couldn''t help but feel happy andugh. Everyone was the same, unable to hold back the smiles due to overflowing happiness.

    Even though Haruka-kun shouldn''t expose himself to danger, we once again got protected by him, made so happy that we couldn''t help butugh, once again, we are only receiving, giving nothing back.

    Oh my, I thought I''d lecture him while eating an onigiri, but to think he would then sayIf they have no onigiri, let them eat grilled onigiri?, even that Marie couldn''t have imagined that! Even if I could withstand a normal onigiri, a grilled onigiri is too much!!

    Pulling out soy sauce there was an illegal move!!

    Yes, everyone felt so blessed that they couldn''t bring themselves to scold Haruka. The sight of him giving away onigiripletely disarmed us.

    But the danger is still there. Though his strength was overwhelming enough to make one forget about it, there is a despairing gap in stats. Although he kept going through such dangers, his HP is still barely over 300, while ViT is not even that. With those stats, it wouldn''t be strange if he died to some random monster of level 10 or so. A proper exchange of blows could easily lead to his death.

    That''s why he turned to speed and magic for his specialization. Since he can''t take a hit he has to avoid all attacks, because taking one would mean death. And due to that specialization, he is getting even less capable of taking hits, remaining just as frail as he was before. We mustn''t let him fight, and we also mustn''t let him near any danger.

    His strength is way too irregr. That''s how Oda-kun and others spoke of it. He has an unreliable, half-baked strength, so he would rush to our rescue, but he is the one who is the most fragile. That strength doesn''te from skills or stats, it''s Haruka-kun''s own strength. Since hecks power, what he is doing right now is just a somewhat improved version of his old attacks, abination of speed and skills. So in reality he is just as weak as before.

    If we were topare it to traveling, then Haruka-kun is a fast runner, and he is getting even faster. But everyone around It can be said that in this world if you raise your level, your speed, your entire approach, can change as much as switching to a bike, or a car, or even a ne. And yet Haruka-kun keeps running on his own two feet. Since he can''t ride anything, he just keeps improving his legs Basically.

    Oda-kun said with a vexed look. That''s why his strength is irregr, unreliable.

    It is merely for this moment, while everyone is still not used to handling their cars, bikes, or nes, he seems so fast, overtaking everyone. But he can''t keep doing this forever. Eventually, when this won''t work, it will lead to his death! Such a forced rush cannot be okay. It is surely dangerous. Even though he shouldn''t even be fighting.

    But with Dungeon Emperor-san he might be okay? They were super strong?!

    That was amazing! And they are only level 10 at that?!

    Although I''m not sure if I approve of his use of taming, this made things a lot safer for him. He got himself the strongest bodyguard. They are Dungeon Emperor after all.

    But they can''t protect him all on their own. They are physically incapable of prolonged fights, so they are not suited for protecting someone. They both don''t have the power to take a hit. So in the end it is just two ss cannons instead of one.

    But it seems Haruka-kun got a lot of cheat items?His items look the same, and they might not look impressive since it''s just a viger set, but I heard that he fused tons of powerful items from the lowest floors with it, getting loads of special powers?I''m telling you, he is a lot safer than before, rather, his danger for the surroundings rose!The magic that he used on the 56th floor is not something that he should be able to use on his own!Normally, 200MP would be nowhere near enough to even activate such a spell. At the very least, his killing power rose again.

    He became stronger, once again. With his strength still twisted and irregr, it is his destructive power that simply keeps growing.

    Even though that is one of the dangers to him.

    Still as frail as before, he gets more power. Even though he doesn''t have the capacity to withstand that.

    Even though using such power at such a low level will surely ruin his body?

    Even though I''m telling him to stop doing dangerous things He still alwayses to our rescue.

    Even though I''m telling him that it is dangerous He probably will still do it again.

    And for that he will keep risking, trying to get even stronger. I''m sure of it.

 Chapter 95: Erased from memory and history, Re:Remember!

    Chapter 95: Erased from memory and history, Re:Remember!

    Day 37  Nighttime, The White Weirdo Inn.

    I finally get to sleep on a bed. As for Armored Pres, I rented another room and shoved her in there. She was somewhat upset, but private time is necessary. Though it seems she isn''t going to sleep?

    I don''t know how many days passed since Ist slept here. For some reason, no one would answer me no matter whom I ask? Is this some kind of confidential information? I don''t know what day it is today, bute to think of it, I don''t even know the calendar of this world.

    Or rather, every time I ask about the date they just ignore it and barrage me with questions, but when I answer them, they get angry, give me a t gaze, and start preparing for a sermon.

    Even though I worked so hard to get back to the surface? Even though I brought souvenirs?

    I guess it was a problem that I profited from the distribution of the said souvenirs? Or maybe it had to be something edible?

    And as always, just why am I getting scolded for doing nothing bad?

    Although I subjugated a dungeon in a different world, my Affection Rating was nowhere to be found. Not even an item boosting it. Falling down there was aplete waste.

    However, thanks to falling down there, I got 21 t gazes. So it''s not like I didn''t gain anything at all.

    Will I get more if I keep dropping down into dungeons? Though I suspect my Affection Rating will drop as well every time I fall.

    In the first ce, me the guy who dug a pitfall in such a ce, not me! Who could''ve predicted such a trap?!

    And yet, they are angry at me. I mean, it was inside a wall? How was I supposed to notice that?

    Everyone didn''t notice it as well? So why me me?!

    In the first ce, if only anyone told me of the dangers of pitfalls I would''ve made adequate preparations.

    Yet they kept going You will fall off a cliff, you will fall off a clifpletely setting me up with a psychological trap. I''m actually the victim here.

    I should gift the perpetrators a new Meteor (Fried Boulder To The Cranium). Absolutely.

    Haaah, I''m pretty tired? Maybe Ick sleep? I had nothing but naps for several days, but it was pretty fun and I made many great finds. Dungeons might be pretty good after all. Especially for me, since I can''t equip normal gear, dungeon items might be just what I need.

    Though I donated most of the gear to the avatar of avarice known as Armored Pres-san, I still got a lot of useful items.

    By which I of course don''t mean Cor of Submission at all. Were I to use something like that I would have to bid an eternal farewell to my Affection Rating. That should be erased both from my memory and history. Re:Remember!

    There are many items that don''t seem like they will ever get to be used, but there probably will be some opportunity for them to shine? Most likely right around the time Ipletely forget about them. Even if such a chance will nevere, it''s not a big deal since I will already forget about them, and there is no reason for me to remember them.

    Let''s take it easy for a while. I have plenty of money, I got rice, and I have soy sauce.

    And I have mountains of skills that require testing, experimenting, and practice.

    Especially Teleportation. If I could use it, if I had this skill mastered, I wouldn''t have gone through the sort of trouble I had this time.

    However, Teleportationis the sessor of Movement-san. A good chance that the skill is pretty hard to handle.

    Just how much did I trip, fall, or crashed into something with Movementalone.

    It''s very different from Shukuchior elerationpossessed by my ssmates.

    Which makes sense since their starting abilities are cheats, and mine are trash.

    Just like Weapon Skills, Shukuchi cannot fail upon activation. One will have to practice to master them, but there is no need to practice to Use them. After all, they will always activate and work correctly once used, they can''t misfire or otherwise fail.

    However, there is also no room for canceling or altering the course. Once activated, you just plunge forward.

    Movement and Walking were nothing more than movement by walking. I had full control over it. If I don''t do anything then I won''t move an inch. Even withMovement, failing to control it I tripped, tumbled, and went WHOOOOOA, a lot. I need practice. It''s probably going to be quite That again, so I should do it somewhere no one would see me.

    The skill doesn''t have automatic control, it''s full manual.

    I''m also curious aboutDjutsu. As far as I remember it had something to do with illusions? And there also was something about hypnosis?

    Hypnotism sounds a bit dodgy. And it also feels like a close rtive of other nasty skills like Charm and Puppetry.

    And that''s with Taming already being an issue. If Iplete this series then I surely will be besieged with legions of summoned police officers.

    It''s better if I don''t master it. I might even get some kind of dangerous skill if I carelessly level it up.

    I understand GravityandHoldingbut I still need to practice, they are not that easy to use. Until now I had to rely on a feeling, but now I can clearly see magic power. I guess it is thanks to the Magic Eye fromRajingan  The mind''s all-seeing eye. God Eye, Future Sight, Magic Eye, Wisdom Eye, Imitation, Djutsu, ?that I can now have a clear vision of it. So practice should be easier.

    Apex Thinkingis a unified version of Thinking skills as well as undoubtedly their upgraded version. I wouldn''t say that I feel like I got smarter, it feels more like my brain became more useful, something akin to a personalputer? I can run calctions on a kind of automatic basis? And it also seems like I can run several parallel thought processes, but what do I do if they freeze?

    The puzzling one isEmpty Mind. Order-wise it should be an upgraded version of Concentration? But shouldn''t Concentration go into Apex Thinking? Is it somehow different?

    Or maybe it''s the result of all that thoughtless nder from the girls?

    And then there is Rajingan, the all-seeing eye. Seeing is all good and fancy, but I can''t use it at all. This thing shoulde with a manual. A very thick one.

    This is an overspec Cheat. So other abilities can''t keep up spec-wise.

    There is a lot to do.

    I have no time to spare.

    I once again have to start from a basic model.

    Status.

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human AGE 16 Lv 18 (Up) Job

    HP  Up MP  Up ViT  Up PoW  Up SpE  Up DeX  Up MiN  Up InT  Up LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP

    Martial Arts:Path of the Staff Lv 6(Up)Uncanny Dodge Lv 4(Up)Magic Wrapping Lv 1(Up)Kyojitsu Lv 9(Up)Instantaneous Movement Lv 8(Up)Fluidity Lv 4(Up) Djutsu Lv 1 Adamantine Fists Lv 1(New)

    Magic:Temperature Lv 9(Up)Teleportation Lv 5(Up)Gravity Lv 4(Up)Holding Lv 4(Up)Elemental Sorcery Lv 4(Up)Wood Magic Lv 8 Lightning Magic Lv 8Ice Magic Lv 9(Up)

    Skills:Health Lv 9Sensitive Lv 8Body Control Lv 6(Up)Swift Foot Lv 5(Up)Command Lv 9Improved Detect Presence Lv 3Mana Mastery Lv 4(2Up)Erase Presence Lv 8Stealth Lv 9Concealment Lv MaXEmpty Mind Lv 4Physical Damage Negation Lv 2MP Absorption Lv 3(Up)Regeneration Lv 1 Apex Thinking Lv 3(2Up)Rush Lv 8Air Walk Lv 7Extreme Velocity Lv 9Rajingan Lv 2(Up)

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv 8NEET Lv 8Loner Lv 8Grand Mage Lv 2

    Unknown:ReportInformConsult Lv 6Jack of All Trades Lv 9Muppet Lv 9

    Items:Staff?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?RajinganSoul RingItem BagBracelet PoW39% SpE +26% ViT +19%ck Hat

    Oooh YES! My level went up. I''m Lv 18 now.

    So I got a total of 6 levels in the dungeon. Only 6 levels for aplete clear of a dungeon. Even so, from Lv 12 to Lv 18. SpE and InT that grow especially well are almost 1.5 times. Aren''t those about the same numbers my Cheat ssmates had at level 30-35? Well, they are over level 80 by now though.

    Rajinganalready leveled up. Probably because of the horror that a certain someone calls Training. I can''t see her movements either with God Eye or Rajingan.

    Mana Wrapping MaxtoMagic Wrapping Lv 1it seems that level 10 is the max one, after that, they can only evolve into an upgraded version, which also greatly changed user-friendliness. So this makes it another skill to which I have to adapt. Each time a skill gets stronger it also gets moreplicated.

    Adamantine Fists Lvmust being fromGarb of Herculean Strength  ViT Enhancement (Great) PoW 50% Up, Adamantine Fists. After all, I never got into fistfights with monsters? And I have no intentions of ever doing so for the remainder of my life. Well, my ViT is dangerously low, so I appreciate the bonus to it, but in the end, I can''t really afford to get hit anyway. Even if I can survive the attack, I''m done the moment I stop moving.

    Plenty of other skills also leveled up, but at the present, I''m hardly utilizing them. It probably will remain this way for a while. Take evenImproved Detect Presence, if I could properly use it I could''ve arrived to their rescue much earlier.

    I once again have to start from a basic model. I must patch together various skills I have, mixing them, forciblybining them into a semnce of a technique. After all, I don''t have Cheat Skills that would automatically work when activated.

    Aaah, which means, another Abuse Fiesta from Armored Pres-san is awaiting me tomorrow! All participants are sure to receive beatingspletely free of charge?! That''s not taking it easy at all! I''m going to get beaten?! Certainly?

 Chapter 149: There is not a tiniest little bit that I even remotely dislike about it.

    Chapter 149: There is not a tiniest little bit that I even remotely dislike about it.

    Day 50  Late Morning, Dungeon.

    I proceed to the hidden room while getting scolded.

    I mean, I had no idea it would turn out like that? I just wanted to try it since the name Dimension shsounded so cool? Who would''ve thought it would cut through space itself? If the magic power went berserk it could''ve turned really ugly, so I can understand getting scolded for that, however, what they are actually angry about is me jumping in front of the chimeras? What''s dangerous about that? I was nning to go back right away? I was going to use Kyojitsu to sweep them off their feet and then retreat after making an attack? It waspletely safe? Although I ended up charging into them.

    However, since the Dimension sh is a teleporting sh that ignores the distance, I thought that it''s a long-range attack, but it''s too hard to control unless used point-nk. So in the end, I''ll have to charge into the enemies anyway. Somehow, teleportation magic is beginning to look like it was meant for reckless charging? I thought it was something more smart but looks like it''s all about going in.

    The hidden room  reached? Or rather, this is the book? True Herbology? Then what was Herbologywe found earlier? Is that a fake one?! A book of deceit!?

    Is it going to be followed by Extreme Herbology,Untold Herbologyand ending withUltimate Herbology? IsFinal Herbologygoing to show up as well? I wish they''d write how many volumes there are in total. And that''s even more work for me.

    Thus, we are done with the 45th floor. Just a bit more until the floor master on the 50th floor. It''s time to pull ourselves together and prepare for battle or I guess not?

    That''s right! Pants outfits are much more functional!

    Yeah, but after all, skirts are cuter.

    One piece is unbeatable, but it alone is kind of lonely?

    I''ll, ask, him, to, make, a hat, with, mul-ti-color.

    Yeah, additional orders are necessary after all!

    Instead of bracing themselves, they are passing notions to make me brace for even more work. An extra orders bill was just approved? And I probably don''t have the right to veto it? Let''s make the hat tonight. Armored Pres-san seems to really like them.

    After all, I asked the general storedy to purchase women''s underwear at maximum priority, so other stuff isgging behind. It''s impossible for me, okay? The hurdle to making female underwear is too high for a highschool boy. Merely handing over designs and pattern papers for it was enough for my Affection Rating-san and Public Image-san to just barely make it with only fatal injuries. That''s why seamstresses are currently prioritizing the production of women''s underwear. Well, I''m pretty sure that for a highschool boy to provide designs for women''s underwear means a lot more than a fatal injury, but I can''t be bothered by that. It''s game set if I do! If I ignore the game end''s whistle then I can keep going and going! As long as I don''t get caught by the judge there is no defeat for me!

    I never heard or read about that before, so I think that should be the case, but I''m pretty sure it''s quite unusual for someone to be exploring a dungeon while designingyouts of pattern paper for clothes in his head. Rather, for home industry to be more challenging than dungeon exploration is already unusual enough? I already learned the true nature of sorrow, so I feel like I''m ready to get an ultimate technique. A crafting one that is. [1]

    I hadBomb Bat Lv 48of the 48th floor self-destruct. It seems Athletic Girls struggled quite a bit on this floor, but the enemies'' weakness seems extremely obvious? It''s a bunch of bat-shaped bombs flying throughplete darkness while erasing their presence, but they haveUltrasonic Wave among their skills? I mean, they are bats after all?

    So grasping the air inside the dungeon withHolding, I thenVibrateit with Vibration Magic. Shaken with a frequency high enough to produce ultrasonic waves it eventually leads toBomb Batsbumbing into each other and exploding on their own. Annihted. Picking up all the magic stones was a real pain. It might be better to think about some kind of magic stone collection magic.

    And we were desperately running away from the bomb bats, weren''t we? While shoving them away with wind magic.

    Didn''t it take us like two days to get through this floor because we took too much damage?

    Normally, you wouldn''t think of this even after being told hey, they have Ultrasonic Wave in their skills?!

    The bats became victims to their own bombs without being allowed to even approach their targets.

    For some reason, everyone seems dissatisfied? The basics of bomb disposal is detonation from a safe distance, okay? Disassembly or dismantling is usually too dangerous? This is amon-sense approach to bomb disposal. This is to be expected since I''m an ordinarymon-sense person. Seriously.

    The 49th floor is next, and after that, the 50th floor with the floor master is awaiting! But as expected, the fashion discussion resumed. For some reason, the topic changed from Vice President B-san''s apron dress to maid outfits? Well, it''s not like I have anything against that? Rather, I like it very much, it wouldn''t be an exaggeration to say I love it? But even so? You must have more consideration for Affection Rating of the person who will have to be seen walking around with a bunch of girls in maid outfits? Affection Rating-san is already so ephemeral that even a precarious state would be an understatement for its current condition? It might not even be breathing anymore?

    There is not the tiniest little bit that I even remotely dislike about maids, but sewing that is very difficult. You are adding to my nighttime workload? I don''t dislike maids, but I''m absolutely not fond of making maid outfits? It''s not like I hate it, but it''s a real pain? And taking measurements for it is a challenging task for a highschool boy? And there is even more highschool boy trouble after taking measurements?

    We reached the 49th floor. This floor hasTerror Knights Lv 49. It was really scary getting chased by them all over the ce!

    For some reason, no matter what Fish Girl is fighting, she ends up being chased around, while Shield Girl ends up blown off? Is it some sort of tactic?

    AndTerror Knightsare knights armed with abnormal status attacks of a mental type. Well, basically, evil spirits. They are weak against Holy Magic, but the Great Sage is probably going to simply smash them anyway. I mean, I already saw her chasing phantoms on the upper floors and beating them, so there is no doubt about that. Terror Knights fight by using Intimidation, Fear, Panic, Confusion, Paralysis, and then following up with attacks. The girls have tons of Abnormal Status Resistance rings, so as long as they keep their distance there should be no problem. The only danger would be meeting eyes with them at point-nk distance. Well, I have Rajingan, and before getting it, I never caught any debuffs even on the lowest floors of the great dungeon. Furthermore, attacks from my staff seem to have the Holy attribute, so with it being a favorable match-up for me, I can fight in the front row.

    Ayeeee! It''s a massacre! Just butchering all of you is not enough! I''m going to bludgeon you within an inch of your lives, so you will have no easy way out through annihtion! So that was your n after all! Not abnormal mental status attacks, by attacking my mental status directly! I knew something was up when I heard that exnation about knights intimidating, scaring, confusing, and paralyzing victims with their gaze! Why are the knights of dread, Terror Knights, averting their eyes in fear, panic, and confusion? Crap, my Affection Rating! MY AFFECTION POINTS!!!!

    Evil has perished. Although my Affection Rating might''ve died along with it. My heart''s HP probably reached 0 by now.

    Massacring Terror Knights, who are running around, trembling in fear Is this theing of the King of Terror?

    So Terror Knights can cry as well~? The moment their eyes met they began screaming in panic~? Even though they are evil spirits~.

    And a few of them died the moment they looked him in the eyes, right? Can that be considered suicide? In the evil spirit sort of way?

    Evil spirit knights were trembling, you know? Crying and shaking like chihuahuas?

    Again, this again? All those demons and evil spirits are always trying to attack my spirit and affection rating. And every time they manage to score critical damage. Right now, Armored Pres-san is patting me on the back, trying tofort me, but while it might be just my imagination, didn''t she sheathe her sword even before the terror knights and I looked each other in the eyes? She was getting ready to console me? Is it just my imagination? Why is she looking away?

    Flying into a rage, I ended up activating Dimension sh. I don''t regret it, but I didn''t kill enough.

    Okay, the floor master, it''s the superior''s responsibility. I''ll have the boss of those terror knights take responsibility for this. To put it bluntly, I''m going to vent my anger on it! And if taking it out on the floor master won''t be enough, I will take out the dungeon master as well! Definitely!

    You seem so fixed on killing them that taking it out on became taking them out? Dungeon Master-san didn''t do anything? You didn''t even meet them yet, and you already decided that you are going to kill them to satisfy your rage?

    For some reason, I''m getting t Gazed despite the bullying that I just went through? Although this t Gaze from 22 eyes happens to heal my wounded heart. Looks like this world has a thing known as t Gaze Addiction. Withdrawal symptoms probably exist as well. And I don''t think it can be cured. [TL Notes: [1] The ultimate secret technique of Hokuto Shin Ken, Mus Tensei can only be learned by the one who embraces the true nature of sorrow. ]

 Chapter 153: Stripping yourself is good nudity, while wasteful stripping is bad nudity.

    Chapter 153: Stripping yourself is good nudity, while wasteful stripping is bad nudity.

    Day 50  Daytime, Dungeon.

    As heavyweight ss monsters charged with a booming rumble, they were met with a shield wall that seemed to also be moving to meet them.That''s Shield Bash, and you can''t afford to halt like that, you know? Look, she ising from the side? Jiggling,ing with a swing? And it''s over. Well, it was decided the moment they stopped. That''s because we have approximately two dangerous tanks here.

    One is bound to get trapped by their style if facing them without any prior knowledge. Block with the sword, cut with the shield. Parry with the sword, crush with the shield.

    Offensive became defensive, and defenses are used to attack. A continuous joint offense tears into the enemies with repeated strikes.

    The reason for the effectiveness of their coordination lies in the fact that it was born even before we came to this world. In the first year of high school, their names were already sending waves throughout the country.

    As expected of Twin Lightpoles!(Bam! Thud! Crash! Thud!)

    We told you not to call us that! It''s Twin Towers!

    Really? But I heard them sayingTwin Lightpoles!on TV? Sort of? Or rather, it hurts, you know?

    We would''ve burned that TV station if that was true!

    Looks like they are unsatisfied with the approach of the modern media. Is it the media bias that got them so angry? But wasn''t it Twin Lightpoles!on the banner in school as well? Was it not?

    The shield team seems to be changing their weapons depending on the enemy, swords, axes, spears, hammers, buttely, they mostly use swords, and after that, spears? They can''t get their hands on any good axes or hammers, so they tend to favor swords these days. I guess I should get into weapon production too. It would''ve been better to use hammers or axes for the previous opponents, and having a weapon with reach, like a spear or a halberd, will allow to choose the distance. It''s a group battle, but with everyone using swords it limits the avable tactics. I should think about weapon manufacture when we return. I might not be able to begin it right away, but I can at least make preparations. A strife to get to the edge of the never-ending night, or in other words, there is no end to overtime work!

    Looks likePanzer Rhinoceros Lv 49, that charged at us all at once, are already annihted.

    Panzer Rhinoceros, basically armored rhinos, were stopped by Shield Girl and the volleyball club''s AB duo. Yes, their defense was high, but that''s it. While they had shing Resistance, a nking attack by Great Sage easily flipped them over. Of course, it goes without saying that Great Sage used physical attacks for that.

    After that, they simply got showered with blows. Slime-san and everyone seemed to have fun beating them. And so Rhinos got mauled to death. The shields of the tanks were the very first to be upgraded with mithril, greatly boosting Impact Resistanceand Reflection. Merely crashing into them won''t do anything.

    One of the few in possession ofAlchemy, Febreze-san of rhythmic gymnastics, also bludgeoned them with a barrage of club attacks. She is using some kind of strange alchemic weapon, which can transform into a ribbon, a hoop, a ball, or a club, but I''m yet to see hoop being ever used. Is there even a way to use it? Perhaps spinning it to make the enemy dizzy? A hypnosis type?

    Now, it''s Hidden Room-san, inside isPower Glove  PoW +30%, +DEF, it doesn''t seem particrly unique, but this type of item is in high demand and upgraded with mithril will probably turn into a pretty good piece. For now, I''m just blending in bits of mithril, so it''s fine, but eventually, I''m going to run out of it. Is there a ce where mithril is lying around outside of dungeons?

    This one isn''t half bad? Does anyone needPower Glove  PoW +30%, +DEF? Seems so I guess?

    Apparently, Shield Girl already had a simr item, so Twin Something are trying to decide it among themselves with rock, paper, scissors. Well, it''s clear that the item is going to them. Actually, the one who might benefit the most from it is Great Sage-san, but she said that she doesn''t need it. For some reason, her gear is all magic-oriented? Even though she doesn''t use magic at all.

    Then? To the 50th floor? The boss battle? It might be another dungeon master though? So, we fight, we win, we cutlet, sort of?

    Cutlets!

    For the sauce, we are going to have Aurora sauce. Kind of?

    Aurora sauce! To think that in this world Sauce-san, Mayonnaise-san, and Ketchup-san all joined together in such a marvelous fusion!  [1]

    Yeah, only soy sauce is left out? Since it''s too pitiful, I added a bit of it as a secret ingredient? It''s delicious, you know? Seriously.

    KYAAAAAA!

    They seem to be motivated. At this rate, they might turn the floor master into cutlets. I wonder what cutlets from a floor master would taste like?

    Probably, not very good, as it turned out.

    It''s that, that?Paralyzing Jellyfish Lv 50, Man o'' war-san! And it''s not a dungeon master!

    Roger.

    A huge jellyfish floating in the air. It''s a cool feature for interior design, but it''s also a nuisance. It''s too huge.

    As the tentacles are repelled by the wall of shields, the middle guard is unleashing an onught of attacks, meanwhile, the rear guard Doesn''t exist, yup, as expected. Yeah, they are beating it hard. But it doesn''t seem to have much effect?

    Beautiful girls jumping through the air, and jellyfish intercepting them with its countless legs? Tentacles? Yeah, tentacles.

    If the geeks were here they probably would''ve been crying tears of joy and gratitude to this scene of schoolgirls fighting tentacles. Doing nothing but watching, they''d eventually get scolded for not helping. No, knowing them, they probably would''ve started rooting for the Jellyfish-san? Seriously!

    Bringing attention to the fact that I''m also participating, I pulled out threeDemon Scythesand had them join the tentacle hunt. Phew, thank goodness I didn''t forget about this.

    Wait? Isn''t this a no-good one? Looks like neither shing nor other physical attacks are working? It has Magic Reflection, but magic seems to be its only vulnerability?

    What should we do then?

    What do you mean what? Use something aside from physical or magic attacks? Or rather, go for the jellyfish extermination approach? I think?

    Yup. That''s the only way, right?

    Meanwhile, Fish Girl was getting chased around, drawing the tentacles away from everyone, there, Nudist Girl jumped in, shing at the tentacles with her dual swords. They can''t be cut, you know?

    She got caught. Yeah, the geeks would''ve been overjoyed. I''m d we didn''t take them with us.

    You can resist poison andmon abnormal status debuffs, so it''s alright? Just take care not to get paralyzed and hang in there, okay? Ah! It also has no weapon destruction, so don''t worry about that? But it has Dissolveso you will end up naked? Well, you are a nudist anyway? So I guess it''s fine?

    No, it''s not! It''s not fine at all! It''s not the case where we can allow her to stay caught at all!

    It''s not fine it seems? So getting naked yourself is good nudity, and bing naked from having your clothes melted is bad nudity? Aaah, that''s because ruining clothes is a waste! And it will also increase my workload!

    It doesn''t seem to be doing anything, but just in case, I actually have the main body of the jellyfish caught withHolding. Basically restrained? The tentacles are doing as they please though.

    Hence, I use Kyojitsu to close the distance and cut off a bunch of tentacles holding Nudist Girl with Dimension de.

    And crash into the jellyfish. Aaah, it''s the first time it doesn''t hurt upon crashing into something? GJ Jellyfish? Not sure if this is really GJ or not, but JK retreated. They dont want their clothes dissolved it seems.

    No, it''s not like I crashed into it because I wanted to? But I can still barely use Kyojitsu and Magic Wrapping, and adding Dimension de to the mix makes it all a bit uncontroble? Well, while I didn''t have any intention of crashing into it, since I already did, let''s roll with this.

    Allow myself to get caught by the innumerable tentacles of the jellyfish? Captured? Captured.

    Actually, keep tentacles away from boys! There is no demand for that! No one wants to see that! And even if someone wants, I don''t! It''s pointless! And why do the girls look kind of happy?!

    Eerhm? First,Holding, then riseTemperature? Adding HeatVibration? Followed by dehydration throughAlchemy, and drying it withWater MagicandHolding? And since I haveGauntlets of Contradiction, stripping it of immunities with my right hand? And the dehydration isplete? Wither, wither more, sort of? So, dried jellyfish? Jellyfish jerky? And then fry it I won.

    Haaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah.

    Eh? What is that Haaaah?Ah, would''ve been enough? Don''t Haaaah me? Why does no one say anything?

    Ooh, the jellyfish''s magic stone and loot? Is this the jellyfish''s equipment? But it didn''t seem to be carrying anything? Eehm, Infinite Tentacles  Create and Control Tentacles, isn''t this that type of a thing humans shouldn''t have? Ah, but the geeks would probably like it? They surely will be willing to pay good money for this, but why do I feel that they are the only ones that absolutely must not be allowed to have this item?

    However, now I have the three sacred treasures of the worst public image possible?Cor of Submission  Forces into a state of absolute obedience,Chains of Prometheus  Binding, Disable all Powers, and nowInfinite Tentacles  Create and Control Tentacles

    Why do all these Brute Vitor-type goods keep drifting to me? Is this an attack on my Affection Rating? It''s on the verge of death already? Lately, it''s not breathing anymore? Or rather, I don''t remember when was thest time I saw it? What could be the reason for this world to so persistently target my Affection Rating? C''mon? Controlling tentacles? Ah, Armored Pres-san is hiding behind the girls? [TL Notes: [1] Japanese Aurora Sauce is quite different from the original recipe. Yes, it actually involves mayonnaise and ketchup. ]

 Chapter 98: No response, seems these are just corpses. Even their eyes turned into X marks.

    Chapter 98: No response, seems these are just corpses. Even their eyes turned into X marks.

    Day 38  Morning, Guild of Adventurers, Training Grounds.

    Such a pain! Teleportation-san is way too difficult?!

    Using it with the same feeling asMovementinstantly transports me? If it was a movie I would change the location literally in the next frame.

    The movements got faster, making it harder tobine them as they turned jerky and unwieldy.

    My speed got higher. Faster for the worth of intermedial frames that get skipped.

    Moving arms, legs, hips, back, shoulders, or anything else will be considered Movement and thus trigger Teleportation, in other words, allow for instantaneous movement. And then, it will all be affected by corrections fromInstantaneous Movement Lv 8. It''s such a mess.

    In addition, Walkingevolved intoSwift Foot , further increasing my speed. This alone makes it close to Shukuchi or sh Step.

    The overall sensation is too different, I don''t think this is how humans are supposed to move? All of the movements are too abrupt, like abination of sudden st-offs and sudden stops. A mishmash.

    I had Armored Pres-san help me with the practice, but I''m getting battered.

    I can now take her on through speed, but on the other hand, my movements worsened, creating new exploitable openings.

    Imagine showing an opening to someone who can whack you even without any openings?! The result would be a very heavy beating!!

    Magic Wrappingis also annoying. Another evolved ability. My guess is that it can buff absolutely everything, body, equipment, and even magic power itself. And quite drastically.

    The body screams in protest to the movements that exceed the limits of my current stats. It hurts all over. A forced enhancement followed by forced movements.

    Getting used to it,paring and adjusting, I connect andbine movements together. Yet it''s still a shaky mess. And then I''d get beaten as well.

    My body can''t keep up with my own movements, getting wounded from it. I''m about topletely crumble.

    Let''s take a break. My HP already went reduced to double digits from this self-inflicted damage.

    Since being the only one who is battered, tattered, and beaten up is frustrating, I also taunt the president and other onlookers to try practicing with her as well. They should get beaten up as well.

    They can''t overpower her with 5 times higher levels and stats, and since they can''t, they get countered through technique, meaning, they get the hell beaten out of them. Free beatings for everyone.

    Even when they tried to use numbers and attempted a saturation attack with 25 people, they still couldn''t overwhelm her, and since they can''t suppress her, they will be countered through technique, meaning, they get the hell beaten out of them. Pounded hard.

    Even if they use group tactics and try to attack in waves, they still can''t break through her defenses, and since they can''t they will be demolished through technique, meaning they get the hell beaten out of them. Utterly.

    Though the ssmates also learned during this mock battle, cutting down inefficiencies, revising their movements, chaining their actions, polishing sword technique, they still couldn''t reach her. It is not a height one can possibly reach. To put it bluntly, she is basically in the stratosphere.

    Her technique is insane, but her talent is even more amazing. It''s just somethingpletely different. Each stroke of her sword bears multiple outlines, and you are damned if you can''t read through all of them. She is capable of shattering even tactics through the power of her sword alone.

    I hope this teaches them how hard I had it. It''s impossible to even stave her off. This training is just one step away from assisted suicide.

    Enjoy your beating.

    And now

    To begin with, why am I the only one who always gets beaten up? Don''t you feel sorry for me?! Isn''t it me-based discrimination?! I''m getting abused here! That''s right! EVERYONE should get beaten. If everyone gets beaten up then we all will be equal?

    There is a mountain of people beaten so badly they can''t move anymore. Since they also don''t reply when called out to, it is probably a mountain of corpses. Everyone has X-marks for eyes?

    There is still time until lunch, and Armored Pres-san is beckoning me. Let''s get beaten up some more.

    I also just got rid of my stress. Though pretty soon it will umte once again

    My only regret is that the time ran out before I could burn the geeks'' heads. Those bastards, at the end they focused their barrier solely on their heads. On top of that, they evenyered them one over another. Even apleted Inferno Head Roasting Edition, couldn''t get through it. Yes, let''s try again tomorrow, this time with Meteor.

    And then, another round of abuse called Training has begun. It is also known under the nickname of Bullying.

    As the flurry of cuts that allows not a moment of hesitation encloses upon me I concentrate on fending them off, simply focusing on moving quicker, more efficiently, shing back in the shortest time over the shortest trajectory, I keep shing swords with her over and over.

    While feeling every single motion, every single movement of my body, every shift in my center of gravity I chain the movements, merging them, refining them, and adjusting them.

    Back and forth, up and down, left and right, one by one.

    Confirming and checking every single one, I fix them into memory as a single technique, as a singr motion, blending them into one.

    Each movement, every step, every breath, one by one.

    This is still not Kyojitsu. They still didn''t merge together. They are fast, but that''s about it. They still cannot be called a technique.

    Defend as I hit, strike as I repel, dodge and evade, attack and push, I will get beaten if my movements unravel. It''s just practice, ultimately, practice in getting beaten. A practice, so close to bullying that it transcends it.

    Or actually, Armored Pres-san? Aren''t you getting a tad bit too serious when dealing with me? Aren''t you very very very muchcking in restraint? You were a lot gentler on everyone else? And you seem to be kind of enjoying it? Get beaten, right now.

    However, I at the very least have to learn how to use Magic Wrapping and Kyojitsu. Failing on either of the two will be a serious problem. A misfire could mean my death. I have to at least grasp the form? But if she won''t go easier on me I will self-destruct before I do that? I''m so over my limit that I lose HP every time I move? I''m on the verge of dying from this practice. For real.

    Even if I can somehow handle her attacks, the self-inflicted damage keeps increasing. By noon my HP was in single digits. I will really die, you know? Like, normally? Or actually, I''m the master here, no? Just what is a master?

 Chapter 159: Just because two became three it doesnt mean that the overall strength increased.

    Chapter 159: Just because two became three it doesn''t mean that the overall strength increased.

    Day 51  Late Morning, Dungeon.

    Since getting to level 90 it takes a while for everyone to increase their levels. They will probably spend a long while as Lv99. But going over level 100 should make one exponentially stronger.

    And it is possible to do that. While Lv100 is the limit for monsters, humans can go over that. I guess that is the point from which one can actually challenge the dungeon.

    There is no need for the girls to risk right now and force the fight. Because they are guaranteed to be strongerter. The path to the strongest is open to them.

    In that regard, levels have nothing to do with me. Because me getting level 100 is absolutely not happening ever. Farming every monster in the Evil Forest toplete extinction and even killing Goblin Emperor only got me over level 10. I won''t get to level 100 even if I spend my whole life on it. It''s not even a time problem, but more of an experience issue. If annihting all monsters of the Evil Forest got me only level 10, then I doubt there are enough monsters for me to reach level 100. Even if I were to kill every single monster in the world by myself, I probably still won''t get there.

    Massacring everything on the lowest floors of the great dungeon with the following dungeon-busting expeditions still didn''t get me over level 20, so there is no way a colossal amount of XP required for me to reach level 100 exists. If there were so many monsters around, the world would''ve been destroyed a long time ago.

    Immortal Armored Pres-san and Slime-san of unidentifiable lifespan might eventually reach it, but not me, since I have a finite life span. There is no way I can make it in a limited amount of time. I''m a human after all. Honestly? It''s even written in my status, okay?

    I don''t know what I came to this world for, but there might be some meaning to it?

    I certainly remember the geezer talking about that. That wavelength and aggregate amount matched. No idea about the wavelengths, but the aggregate amount was meant for all 43 of us who were brought to this world. There are only 30 of us left, and one is no good. The aggregate amount went under 70% by now. If that amount is a required volume, then there is only 69.76744186% left.

    In that case, at least the remaining 29 have to get over lv100. I don''t know if that will be sufficient, but since the quantity went down, there is no choice but topensate with quality.

    I have no idea why we came to this world, but there might be a meaning to it. If so, there might be some things that can''t be aplished unless the aggregate amount is raised. And, since my level doesn''t grow, I''m the best candidate here. A typical ss cannon side character that is strongest only in the opening chapters.

    And if there is a meaning to using to this world, there is a good chance it has something to do with dungeons. In that case, we have to fight there. We have to fight in the dungeons. In there, we can deal with enemies floor by floor, and since each floor has monsters of only one kind, adapting to them is easy. But we won''t be able to win if a dungeon overflows and the dungeon master of Lv100es at us leading an army of monsters of different kinds. Being able to pick them off one by one as we can do in a dungeon is incredibly advantageous for us. It would be a problem if they went outside.

    And if someone has to risk, there is no better candidate than me. Allowing the president and others to fight the boss is a high-risk low return gamble, considering the chances of victory.

    And while I might be the weakest, my Epic Luck boosts my survivability by a lot, and my array of skills also gives me the best chances of winning. It is a high risk, for me, but also a high return.

    Perhaps, we were teleported here because the frontier is the most dangerous ce at the moment.

    The dangeres from the Evil Forest, the Great Dungeon and other dungeons, plus the war.

    Two viges already disappeared in the stampede emerging from the Evil Forest.

    Right now, the Evil Forest, the Great Dungeon, and the war are not a problem. What remains are other dungeons. If we seal them we should be able to avoid the war. But if we allow an overflow the damage to the frontier will be immeasurable. And if its military power weakens it will surelye under attack, meaning, a war.

    No matter how many words I use and how hard I exin they won''t get it. This is something I can do nothing about ever since we came to this world.

    No matter what I think about it, those teleportations to the other worlds are the worst. Even in novels, there are no stories where the protagonist got to live in peace without fighting or struggling. Nothing good everes of them.

    Actually, why do you look like you are about to cry? That''s just ominous! It''s not like I''m going to die, okay? Or rather, until now, I didn''t die even once, right? Probably? So I''m like, the right person for the job? I''ll do my best until you get stronger, and then have my peaceful retirement, that''s all there is to it, you know? I probably will be nothing but a hindrance when you get over Lv100? So I''ll go for retirement. And for the sake of myfortable retirement, I have to work until you get stronger. So it''s nothing to make such a fuss about? It''s a safe bet with a vision for the future. I''m telling you, it''s gonna be okay! I mean, the most unsafe and not okay I''ve ever been was during that time with Armored Pres-san? And then Slime-san? And yet I''m alright? My food and cloth expenses are not alright though? That''s sort of how it is, so it''s okay.

    Yes, there is a risk, but the chances are much betterpared to everything that happened before. Thinking normally, if I managed to survive all that, there is nothing that can kill me now, is how bad it was.

    Compared to what happened until now, fighting a level 100 Dungeon Master is a piece of cake, a walk in a park, easy-peasy? I mean, the most dangerous opponents number one and number two are with me now? Number three and below might as well be dismissed with constion prizes? Seriously.

    Well, there won''t be an easy victory, after all, numbers one and two are greatly weakened from having their levels reset. But I also became a little bit stronger.

    And annihting Armored Chameleons Lv49we proceed to the 50th floor.

    Looks like this is thest floor.

    By the way, Armored Chameleons were all massacred while they were hiding, apparently nning to remain unnoticed, despite all of the girls having Improved Detect Presence. You were already exposed, you know?

    It''s a promise! We will go back as you told us, but you also must not do anything risky! I''m going to give allowance only to Angelica-san and Slime-san if you lie to me!

    No, wait? Among these three, I''m pretty sure I''m the most prudent one with money? Those two are avatars of avarice and gluttony? I have only sins ofziness and lust, so it''s not like I''m wasting any money? Moreover, I''m the hardest working slug of this world? Making an order, buying clothes, and then confiscating the money you paid but leaving me without even an allowance? What kind of fiendish shopping is that? That won''t be even a home industry anymore?

    And so we enter the 50th floor.

    Oh my, a hunch cane true.

    Cerberus Lv100

    A dungeon master of level 100. The guard dog of the Underworld.

    Orthrus-san''s elder brother. It also has one head extra, having a whole three of them.

    The past. The little brother Orthrus-san was doing its best trying to cover two of its noses with its front paws. It died though.

    The present. The elder brother Cerberus-san couldn''t cover all three of its noses with only two front paws. It died though.

    What a stupid hunch that was.

    Eerhm? Retreat?

    And why would we retreat now! Cerberus-san is dead! The middle head couldn''t cover its nose and looked really pitiful! And just how strong is that vinegar! My eyes and nose hurt insanely bad!

    The air is so sour. It stings my eyes. My nose hurts too. Ah, it started dripping. Let''s hurry home. Even Slime-san hates it, despite having no eyes or nose.

    It might''ve been a level 100 dungeon master, but since it was a doggie it was easy to deal with. It was strong, but that''s all. It would seem that Slime-san was a special dungeon master after all? Well, it is a SlimeEmperor. All bouncy and jelly-like?

    I was worried, expecting a battle-ready version of Slime-san ss monster to show up, but all this one did was yelp? Yelp, you know?

    Slime-san''s biggest menace was in itspleteck of any weaknesses. A doggie that has its weak points written on its face can be handled with ease. As long as I have vinegar.

    Just what was that? Shouting at us You must retreat!and then throwing vinegar at the boss out of the blue? That was the famous Cerberus-san, right? And that''s the end of its screen time? The guard of hell seemed to be in a hell of anguish?

    But you''re right, if it were us, we would''ve been wiped out. Its stats were amazing. There was no way for us to defeat it. The retreat was the correct idea. The idea itself. There is nothing wrong with the retreat itself, the issue was with the person insisting on it.

    I know, in my mind I understand it? But even so? But hearing that pitiful yelping I hardly care about the retreat anymore?

    With that giant body The Dungeon Master Cerberus hadExtraordinary StrengthGodspeedLeapingEvasionHell me Magic, a bnced high-speed type. I guess?

    It also hadsh Immunity,Spell Evasion,Physical Evasion,Extreme Heat Magic,Extreme Cold Magic,Super RegenerationandVorpal Fangs. It seems?

    No idea though. Since it died without doing anything. But they can''t beat that. The retreat was the correct choice. I wasn''t wrong.

    I think there is probably a giant wall at level 100. That''s why the monsters of Lv100 dungeon master ss can''t be beaten without level 100 or higher. Stats of level 100 or higher are needed to get through those immunities.

    But didn''t you just kill it? Crying Yelp, yelp, it lost all three heads?

    I''m pretty good with bugs and dogs after all. Vinegar and insecticide can resolve the problem in most cases? But this vinegar was something else. I think it had the same power as a tear-gas bomb. Everyone''s noses are running.

    (Bo~unce, Bo~unce)

    Looks like even Slime-san felt the sourness. It''s pouting now. To remove the aftertaste I give it jerky.

    Since it had Super Regenerationwe finished it off in an instant, with Armored Pres-san, Slime-san, and me jumping in and cutting off all three heads. Even upwind the smell was hard to bear, but around Cerberus-san''s head the sourness was awful! Who the hell made such vicious vinegar! I want to ce an order for an additional party! It can be sold at a weapon store, but it won''t be as popr at the general store.

    Taking stats alone, it might''ve been only slightly above minotaurs, but in terms of skills, Cerberus was overwhelmingly stronger.

    If possible, I''d want the president to Plunderthem, but for now, it''s too risky to attempt.

    As I thought, I can''t allow them to fight such enemies, it is far too dangerous. That''s because the president and others don''t carry vinegar around! How can they be so careless?

    I don''t want to agree, but what you said makes sense, Haruka-kun. We can''t beat that. To be frank, I''m not sure if we can do that even after reaching level 100. That''s why we will withdraw if we encounter such dungeon masters. But you also have to keep the promise! You must not risk!

    We should make the 50th floor banned for the ssmates as well. The idiots might forget which floor is that and go in anyway though. Can they even count to 50? This makes me worry. For their intelligence.

    Peeking into the 50th floor from the stairs, Cerberus seems to have finally turned into a magic stone.

    Since no one was keen on going back, they pressed me with,The one who scattered vinegar should take responsibility!, and so I return to the sour room.

    It''s huge, and the color is very clear, this must be a high-grade magic stone.

    And the loot isMagic Beast Hide Armor  SpE 50% Up, ViT 30% Up, sh Immunity, Spell Evasion, Physical Evasion, Skill: Clone, a jackpot. Two evasions, one immunity, SpE 50% , and ViT 30%, even one of these would''ve made it an amazing item. A Cloneskill. Sounds cool, but there probably won''t be any chances to use it. That''s how it went until now, the cooler it sounds the less use it gets. Trying to raise a g probably won''t help anyway. Seriously.

    And there is a hidden room as well. And it is also sour as heck. With teary eyes, I step into the room, and inside it is also sour. The chest had Ring of Commander  Command, Leadership, Share Bonuses with the entire group, this is going to the president for sure. Command and Leadership are great on their own, but Share Bonuses with the entire group must be a super rare effect. It gives the bonuses the leader has to everyone under theirmand, in other words, if she has 30 allies, then every one of them will get effects of Cheat Skills the president has. It will strengthen the whole party. However, it will also give everyone under hermandHigh Sexual Vigorand Insatiable Libido.

    It''s a shame that it doesn''t work for Special skills. If everyone fought having the president''s Plunderthey could''ve learned monster skills. LikeHigh Sexual VigororInsatiable Libido. Then we all would''ve beenrades.

    Let''s leave before the items turn sour too. My eyes hurt.

    As a result of the discussion, I gotMagic Beast Hide Armor. In return, each of the ten girls had the debt forgiven for 3 of the rings they bought by agreeing to pay in dungeon items. The debt of 30 rings is not small, but it''s cheappared to such a great item. Getting two rare evasions is really nice, for real.

    Ring of Commanderunanimously went to the president. I mean, I can''tmand anyone, and if they got the effects of my skills they''d probably be only troubled? LikeBody Control, one has to merely think, and the body will move to execute the action on its own? AndSwift Foothas to be practiced or you''ll end up tripping? I''m pretty sure suddenly getting something like that duringbat will be a problem? Seriously.

 Chapter 100: Wouldnt it mean expulsion if a highschool boy stopped doing highschool boy things?

    Chapter 100: Wouldn''t it mean expulsion if a highschool boy stopped doing highschool boy things?

    Day 39  Morning, The Cave.

    I''ve been getting beaten up since the morning.

    With what happened yesterday, she woke me up today and we had breakfast together, you know?

    I then thought I''d tease her a bit, and said You were very cute yesterday, after which she turned red and began donning her armor. I was wondering what she was doing, and then she immediately started a morning practice! Instead of morning cuddling, it''s morning stomping!

    And to begin with, she looks sexy even in her armor. She has such an amazing figure the armor even looks somewhat lewd.

    I can''t do this, the impact from yesterday is too great. One look at that hot armor is enough to make me recall what happened. I can''t focus at all. She looks very dignified right now, but yesterday she was so lovely. The way she acted a bit embarrassed made it even more alluring. The way she seemed a bit hurt was also lewd. I''m being very hurt right now though. Because I''m getting beaten up. Is it revenge for thest night? Did I go overboard after all? Yup, when I checked my status in the morning I got both High Sexual Vigorand Insatiable Libido, so I surely must''ve went overboard. Now I''m the same as the president.

    I''m gonna die. Or actually, I''m dead, HP-wise. If it wasn''t for Soul Ringthen it surely would''ve been 0 already. It''s beyond beating already? I''ve even seen the geeks waving hands at me from the other side of the river? I burned them though. Along with the river.

    It''s impossible for a highschool boy, the image is already burned into my eyes. Because of Rajingan I saw everything very well. Thank you very much. Apex Thinkingmust have some sort of Perfect Memory function, as I can recall it in vivid details. Fighting in this state is just too much. The best I can do since a while ago is evading her bloodthirst, I also did the best I couldst night. No! I''ll die if I keep thinking of such things! I''ll die for real!

    And it seems she has a voice. She probably simply forgot how to speak after spending so much time all alone. I''d like to practice with her, but I first have to survive THIS practice. She let out so many lovely voicesst night, wait, WHOA!!

    That was close?! I almost lost my head there? For some reason, the armor''s visor looks red. And there is also steaming out? Was the armor actually running on a steam engine? I''m pretty sure I just heardPSHHHHH? No! That''s not what''s important right now! Didn''t I just teleport? Just a bit? If I didn''t my head would''ve been rolling on the ground? I was unable to avoid the attack, but the next moment I was out of range? That must be teleportation. For some reason, every time I get any funny thoughts, a fatal attackes my way. The faceof the armor also appears red. Since she doesn''t speak she gives off an impression of a cool beauty, but in reality, she is very shy. The type that goes on a rampage from embarrassment. And she is currently running amok. I most likely will die if I don''t stop this.

    Sorry for teasing you? Kind of? But it''s true? You were really cute?

    Saying that I very carefully pat her on the head.

    I recall patting her on the head in the dungeon, and she seemed very happy about it, so I tried to do that again. I''m a bit scared about losing my arm, but since it will regenerate anyway, I guess it''s fine? Is it though? However, the head is impossible. Or at least that''s what I''d like to think. If I managed to grow back a lost head that probably would mean that I''m no longer human?

    The silver armor turned red. Looks like she stopped functioning. It seems I managed to survive somehow. Let''s keep teasing in moderation from now on. Or someone might get hurt. Namely me.

    For starters, we enter the forest with me leading the way. It''s a secret that I can''t walk behind because her figure the back is too much for me to handle. Okay, next time I should take her from behind Cough, cough, no, I wasn''t thinking anything? Honestly? There is blood thirst flying at me from behind? You can''t go for my head, okay? It probably isn''t going to regrow? I''m not joking.

    As expected, the forest is filled with dangers. I should focus. Even though I''m a highschool boy, highschool boy-like things are sealed from now on. More than a month passed already, I wonder if my attendance still allows me to be counted as a high school student? Is being summoned to another world treated as absence without leave?

    Thinking about silly things I''m trying to somehow distract myself. My mind immediately gets filled with images of that mesmerizing white skin the moment I close my eyes, so even blinking is a matter of life and death. But my Her legs were so long, so beautiful, and those thighs, eh, WHOOSH!. Thank you, Teleportation-san. It seems I became able to use Teleportation after all. Though it bothers me a bit that the activation condition seems to be a threat to my life. Well, considering that my life is endangered every 5 minutes, I''m fine with whatever will allow me to stay alive.

    But isn''t it too much to ask a highschool boy to stop doing highschool boy things?

    Goblin King wasn''t home, so we are currently in a meeting with Kobold King-san. It''s Lv 37 and is super fast. Its SpE stat is over 300. Though it is still slower than me, however, since its movements are sharp, akin to those of a wild animal it is hard to deal with, but I still manage to dodge them.

    Fending off the storm of w swipes from the kobold king with the gauntlet on my left hand and the staff in my right I step in.

    And then stab the kobold king from behind with my staff, piercing it through. It went right through its neck, it''s over.

    While probing for signs of life with Sense Presence I breathe a sigh.

    Using teleportation during the battle is a dangerous bet. The failure would mean stumbling defenseless right in front of the enemy. I''m pretty sure I''ll immediately have my head bitten.

    Armored Pres'' armor also returned to silver color, and she is now nodding to the results of the battle. Looks like I passed.

    Okay, enough of Teleportation. It''s not a skill I can repeatedly use without considerable concentration. And today I have the least amount of it in my whole life. I can concentrate as much as humanly possible on another matter, but it would put my life at risk. An attempt to hide embarrassment more dangerous than the Evil Forest might be the end of me? Since this morning my life is in constant cat and mouse with death! It''s really close!

    There was only one king, so the rest of the training is to be conducted with normal kobolds, and it should be done ASAP, since there is a serious extinction threat to them? A silver sh is sparkling all over the forest? It''s training, you know? Leave at least something for me? Please? Just a bit? Just a little? Just the tip Ah, no, it''s nothing. This t Gaze is so bloodthirsty it''s scary. Kobolds are fainting from it? Just now, 3 of them that were standing behind her dropped to the ground.

    With this and that the kobolds seem to have gone extinct. Let''s go up the river, sweeping trash monsters, and then check on orcs. One shouldn''t drop their guard, but it should be fine to try out new skills a bit since those are weak monsters. Experimenting is important.

    The sun is about to set, so it''s about time we go back to the town. We hunted more than enough. Especially Silver Armor-san. While I did get to practice and experiment, while I was dealing with one monster, every other one would be annihted in the meantime. Efficiency is one problem, but it was like I was training in the middle of a murder scene, which created a very awkward atmosphere, to which kobolds and I would from time to time sigh, unable to say anything. Orcs also were on a brink of extinction, with barely a few of them around, but they werepletely annihted. All while I was practicing with one of them? What about my spar partners? As I thought, the monster deficiency of the forest is very grave. But it goes without saying that because of that, there is a massive quantity of mushrooms.

    I once again collect a whole bunch of paralyzation mushrooms. Is this a foreshadowing? I also collected a lot of Deadly Poisonous Mushrooms, are these meant for a dungeon? Am I going to fall once again? Is this a g? I don''t remember it even working out?

    Now, let''s go back to the town. I might get scolded if I don''t go back for more than two days, and going back to the cave I might get in trouble in a highschool boy-like way. Or actually, I surely will. There is no way I won''t. It was pretty close even during thebat. No, I actually, restrained myself to only sneaking peeks at her? Even if I peek, it''s just armor? It''s not a big deal if I look at it, right? It''s lewd though

 Chapter 101: Very nice, no idea what exactly, but Im sure it is.

    Chapter 101: Very nice, no idea what exactly, but I''m sure it is.

    Day 39  Night, White Weirdo Inn.

    Returning to the town we run through tailors before the stores close for the day.

    Since Armored Pres-san now has flesh, it would be cruel to leave her with nothing but armor. She is also a girl, after all, so she probably has an interest in dresses and stuff. Armored Pres-san seems to tend to act reserved, so she keeps looking at this and that,paring clothes and deliberating on her choice, but since she seemed to have fun I make her buy one thing after another.

    She is trying to hold back, but I show no mercy and make her buy! That is because it is a feast for my eyes! Her appearance had something so divine about it that a good look at her could make one want to drop to one''s knees in a sort of religious fervor, however, art is something meant to be seen and appreciated! That is the truth! We went through many stores, but sadly, none had anything lewd. Very disappointing. Well, even if they had something, it probably would''ve only meant more highschool boy-like troubles for me, but it is still disappointing.

    Armored Pres-san is happily carrying a mountain of clothes as we walk through the street. Can she even see ahead of her? I tried to offer her to put them into Item Bag or at least carry half of them, but she refused, energetically shaking her head. She enjoyed the shopping, so she might enjoy carrying so much stuff after that. I mean, she looks so delighted. She had no chance to do this until now, so I want her to have a lot of fun and pleasant things from now on. In other words, there is no problem with buying her a bunch of stuff.

    After going through the cloth stores of the town we finally got back to the inn. The name seems to remain unchanged.

    We''re home~? Sweeping the cave and the forest took a while? I neglected it for quite a bit so I had to get it cleaned. It''s nice and sparkly now? So that''s a relief? Kind of?

    For some reason, I''m greeted by 20 t gazes? The mood seems kinda weird? The strangely tenacious t gazes. Okay, fried rice time! Finally, the moment hase! Fried rice invoked! Hereeth the fried rice''s decree! Fried Rice-based t Gaze Interception n!

    Wee back. Is that so? A relief, huh?

    Sounds about right? Haruka-kun, you look very relieved?

    Yeah, I got everything cleaned?

    Spending the night there, cleaning, must''ve been tough, huh? And you came back on the night of the next day.

    You must''ve worked very hard? Until veryte.

    And this! And that!And so on and so forth

    I hurriedly shake the iron pan. Fire Magic should be enough for cooking, I have plenty of tools and tons of rice. Only eggs are somewhat a valuable rarity here. As I thought, long grain rice works the best for fried rice. But the luckiest thing is that this world also had sesame oil. That decided it. Having no white pepper I had to settle for ck pepper, but it still should be delicious. If I had nori I would''ve gone for fried rice with nori, but there''s nothing I can do about that. Shaking 6 huge frying pans I also prepare soup in a stockpot. Meanwhile, the meat is deep-fried in the oil. My preparations are perfect. The fried rice set special is about to descend into this world! [1]

    Pouring some soy sauce into a cauldron and letting it burn there for a bit spreads the smell of fried soy sauce through the dining hall. The girls that were mumbling something immediately went silent, fixing their gazes on the rice dancing through the air as I stirred it over the fire.

    Fried rice is ready. Take your te ande for it? There is also deep-fried meat of some unknown bird? It evenes with a soup? It''s a fried rice set meal? Well, once again with mushrooms though.

    The students form a line, carrying tes in their hands. As soon as I pile up a whole te of fried rice they beam with smiles. The girls got back to their seats with chatter and giggles and immediately began stuffing their mouths with food. The idiots brought a giant tter from somewhere so I first clubbed them with thedle. When I piled up arge serving of fried rice with extra deep-fried meat they rushed back to their table with the tter, but unable to wait until they reached it, they began munching on the meat as they ran. As expected, fried rice with meat is popr with boys. Since it seems everyone got their share, I beckon Armored Pres-san and hand her a te with fried rice as well. She might not need food, but if she can eat it, it would be a waste not to enjoy delicious stuff. If she can taste then that is a blessing in itself. So I gave her an extrarge serving. Okay, finally, fried rice set in a different world.

    Sooo goood!!!

    It seems they liked it. Actually, there are a lot ofints one could make for ingredients and voring, but everyone is too nostalgic for that. Only a bit over one month passed, but they are already missing it. It''s not about this or that world, they are missing the ordinary everyday life. I also miss bookstores, but I don''t feel like I will ever find them here? Should I try summoning after all?

    Armored Pres-san seems to have trouble eating in the armor, so she went to change. As expected, getting food through a faceguard is a bit difficult. Simply removing the helmet would''ve solved the problem, but she probably wants to try on new clothes as soon as possible. In short, she couldn''t wait anymore. After buying so many clothes that she couldn''t hold them all anymore, she now can''t hold herself back from wearing them. I guess I will have to tribute more stuff to her when we get out into the town again?

    While everyone was making a ruckus, munching on their food, armorless Armored Pres-san returned to the dining hall after finally changing her clothes.

    Although she was now wearing pretty normal clothes for a resident of this town, the roompletely froze, as one would expect. No one cared about the food anymore. It''s fried rice, you know? It''s delicious?

    Although her attire was an utterly mundanebination of a simple tunic-like top and loose pants, on her it looked incredibly stylish.

    The clothes were as everyday and mediocre as they get, but with her incredible figure, she appeared like a fashion model in them! If I were to set up an online store with her as a model I''m sure I''d be able to sell literally anything! Anything she wears instantly bes the most fashionable thing possible. Since even in and simplistic clothes appear like some kind of stylish casual attire, her power as a model is too high.

    The loose tunic swayed, going in parallel to the bodyline, emphasizing her figure. Even loose pants, which would usually be unfashionable, looked smart and even sexy thanks to the marvelous length of her legs. That''s just unfair! And her face is even more amazing. The poster girl that got her first look from up close even forgot how to breathe. Rescued by the other girls she is now taking deep breaths but still cannot take her eyes off her. The beauty went beyond tempting, straight into the lethal territory. The boys froze along with the atmosphere in the room, but who cares about them, it''s not a big deal if they were to stop breathing as well. They can''t read the atmosphere anyway, so why pollute it with their breath. Or rather, stop looking!

    The girls should''ve been aware of this since they even took a bath together, but they are staring at her in a sort of trance anyway? I''m pretty sure the impact was far bigger when she wasn''t wearing clothes? Yup, it was. For real.

    Armorless Armored Pres-san came this way, apparently intending to eat together, and taking the seat opposite me she began eating.

    I was wondering how a person from this world would see this fried rice, but since she seems to like it, nodding as she eats, I guess it''s a pass. That''s nice, so the greatness of fried rice is understood even in this world.

    Want to sweep through the dungeon tomorrow? My remodeling of the 1st floor was interrupted midway?

    ?

    She tilted her head, puzzled. Well, she surely didn''t think that the dungeon where she stayed was undergoing an arbitrary reconstruction.

    In a way, that''s the ultimate approach to beating a dungeon. Invade, upy, and remodel the ce while living there, turning it into the base of operations, gradually capturing the dungeon. The monsters were surprised as well. They probably couldn''t even imagine that someone already made ns to turn their 100th floor, where they lived all that time, into a hot spring. But hot springs are nice, you know? It probably would be even nicer if I entered it together with her? I don''t know which part of it would be nicer exactly, but I''m sure of it! But if I actually made one, I''m certain I''ll end up confining myself to the 100th floor. I have absolutely zero confidence that I will ever leave the ce! Developing an elevator might be a real necessity.

    There might also be treasure chests that I missed, so in any case, it''s worth going back. [TL Notes: [1] Nori () is a dried edible seaweed used in Japanese cuisine ]

 Chapter 171: As I thought, Halloween doesnt suit the other world.

    Chapter 171: As I thought, Halloween doesn''t suit the other world.

    Day 52  Daytime, Pic.

    Everyone is extremely energetic when Haruka-kun is around. But seem lonely when he leaves. Having friends around, we are fine, but everyone is hard-pressed. Haruka-kun is the only one with whom they can act spoiled, so they can''t help but act spoiled with that Haruka-kun, who all on his own managed to survive, all on his own he fought his way through everything, all on his own he came to our rescue. That power makes them yearn, depending on it.

    Separated from the parents and families that were spoiling them from childhood, they ended up ovepping those feelings on Haruka-kun.

    He went and left? Even though it''s a day off?

    Yeah. And he said that he also finished with the excavation.

    Since he handed stockings to us in the morning, he was also working at night?

    Or rather, he went there to dig more mithril because he is busy with upgrading equipment too?

    Aaa~h. Today it''s my robe''s turn for a mithril upgrade~? It was too tight in the chest area~, so maybe I should ask to fix that as well~?

    Oh, really, what, a, nightmare.

    Haruka-kun left to set new traps in the Fake Dungeon. Getting a day off he is off to do even more work, trying to take care of him we end up getting taken care of, and he isn''t sleeping at all. All this time.

    He is iming that it is the effect of his titles, and that is probably true. But he stopped sleeping a long time ago.

    Tonight he is probably going to spend the whole night working again, while grumbling how busy or sleepy he is. And when we are feeling down, and about to cry, he is going to sayNew products? Come, my profits!, again, cheering us up.

    And apparently, he barely ever sleeps.

    Ever since he killed Tanaka-kun.

    Ever since those two viges were destroyed.

    He acts cheerful when everyone is smiling.

    He also seems to be having fun fooling around with Oda-kun, Kakizaki-kun, and others.

    Angelica-san and Slime-san are always staying by his side.

    Time might be able to solve this.

    But as time goes, the number of things Haruka-kun wants to protect is also growing. By now he is trying to protect even the frontier itself.

    Haruka-kun, who lost one family member after another since he was just a child, can''t endure someone else dying.

    It''s painful for him unless everyone is smiling, so he chose not to make friends at all.

    These days he seems to be happy, surrounded by everyone, but because of that, he works extra hard to make everyone smile.

    Unable to endure others dying, he ended up having to kill someone, and as a result, he reverted to the way he was when he lost the entire family.

    He is torturing himself with reckless abandon, just like back then, trying to save everybody and solve everything.

    It''s good that Haruka-kun, who was all alone until now, managed to find something to protect, but he is willing to do anything to aplish that, so he has no hesitation about throwing away his own life.

    Even if it is something that can be fixed with time, there is not enough of that time. This world has too many things that can cost one their life.

    The girls, who act spoiled with him as they did with their family, and Haruka-kun, for whom that oveps with his own lost family, is driven too far to protect them.

    There is probably no other way to resolve this but to be stronger and protect Haruka-kun, but there is too little time. Too much happened in just two months.

    Most likely, when he returns to the inn, he again will goIt''s dinner time~, trying to make everyone happy, while pretending that it''s nothing but a bother.

    And to avoid being thanked, he will try to paint himself as a bad guy, acting as if he is making a great profit from that.

    He is adamantly against being thanked. He simply wouldn''t permit that, telling himself that he is not deserving of gratitude, probably, still unable to forgive himself for his powerlessness.

    So that must be why. He was able to prevail over everything despite his weak stats and skill. He is using all means necessary to protect what he wants, using every method avable to continue struggling. He absolutely wouldn''t forgive his own powerlessness.

    It might be best not to allow him to fight any further, but if someone loses their life as a result, Haruka-kun will break.

    But if Haruka-kun loses his life, then the girls will break, I will break.

    When hees back we must pass a resolution to increase the amount of sweets. I wonder what''s for the dinner?

    I wonder what''s the next new product? Let''s ask Angelica-san to investigate!

    Why is he fine with making stocking but can''t make underwear?

    I have to be able to protect them. That''s why I have to get stronger, as Haruka-kun showed us. Being weaker than everyone, he still managed to save anything and everything.

    I''m sorry to say, but for a while, equipment is going to take precedence. Mifrilification of everyone''s equipment is the number one priority, got it?

    Eeeeeh~? How cruel!

    Slowly, but everyone is recovering. They aren''t resigning to fate, they are beginning to resolve themselves.

    Little by little they gain the resolution to live in this world. Because Haruka-kun managed to protect us, this time, we will protect him.

    But I don''t think this spoiledness will go away any time soon? These sweets and clothes are way too tempting!

    I''m baack. Sort of? Or rather, I''m back for dinner? I found pumpkins in the vige on the way back, so it''s pumpkin festival? Trick or Trident!

    Wee back. What are you going to make with these pumpkins?

    Why is the choice between getting pranked or stabbed? Being stabbed would make it just abat? And also, if you go around distributing sweets while asking if it''s alright to y a trick on them, you might get reported? Everything is just wrong, as always. In the first ce, why I''m backis followed by Sort of?with a question mark? Couldn''t you apply that question mark to Trident!and answer it yourself? He just can''t wait to stab someone.

    He is back. Everyone is in a huge uproar again, teased by the girls Haruka-kun is running around the ce. He is the same Haruka-kun as always.

    With the pic over everyone is returning to the inn, walking through the town noisily and morously.

    The pumpkin festival started when we got to the inn. Looks like he bought a whole load of them for mushrooms. Which means he spent all of the allowance. A lecture is in order.

    Pumpkin pie~! A Pumpkin Festival~!

    He must''ve heard everything from Angelica-san and is trying to cheer us up. After all, pumpkins are Vice President C-san''s favorite.

    Today we had fun shopping, as usual, Vice President C-san also was enjoying it, humming a song as she was going through clothes. Yes, humming a song.

    A song about loved ones far away, she ended up humming it to herself. That''s why I remembered them as well, I couldn''t stop myself.

    Others who heard it sobbed, enduring, holding the smiles as best as they could.

    That''s why this pumpkin festival happened, although he is trying to pass it as a coincidence,One slice 500 Ere, ooh, my profits!, is what he is saying.

    He must''ve heard everything from Angelica-san, and went to search for pumpkins. Though he will never admit that in his stubborn pretense of evil. But this is certain, he is always the culprit, and always does it with full knowledge.

    There is also boiled pumpkin? I sort of think it doesn''t go well with pumpkin pie, but I have it? Well, I was the one who made it, but don''t me me? I don''t know anything about theplex antagonism of pumpkin pie and boiled pumpkin, okay? So I''m innocent.

    It was delicious, but we were unable to resolve theplex antagonism of pumpkin pie and boiled pumpkin. However, pumpkin chips were a huge hit! Pumpkin soup and pumpkin cake also were very popr andpletely sold out. But ording to Haruka, without cheese, cream, or mirin, or red wine, he is troubled with the menu. Even though everything is so delicious?

    Vice President C-san was eating boiled pumpkin with tears in her eyes.

 Chapter 103: There seems to be a horrible gap between the way society and my comrades see me.

    Chapter 103: There seems to be a horrible gap between the way society and myrades see me.

    Day 39  Nighttime, Omui Guild

    We are incredibly busy, and because it''s like this for several days already it is even more tiresome. It never was this crowded and hectic at this faraway guild. So I appreciate this busyness. I never felt this good about being tired. It seems that today as well the whole guild is going to work overtime thanks to just one boy.

    Every day, from dawn to dusk we are under a constant onught of merchants with orders for magic stones. The merchants, whose numbers are increasing with each passing day, crowd the bargain area, buying magic stones in a chaoticmotion, and in return, the pile of coins keeps growing. The local lord was so desperate to advertise the ce, and yet no one wanted to even approach the region, but now, trading associations and merchant guilds are making lines, bowing to him to get authorization to operate in the area. And thriving business brings enormous profits to the guild and the town.

    Until now the guild couldn''t even properlypensate adventurers that were risking their lives to decrease the numbers of monsters in the forest and the dungeon. So adventurers kept fighting with poor equipment, which didn''t match their skills. But now, we can finally reward them properly. Atst Just how many adventurers lost their lives until now, if only we could provide them with proper equipment, if only we could gather more people, then those lives could''ve been saved. Just how many have we lost until now?

    Even so, as a guild As a guild master, I kept sending them to fight monsters, protect citizens, defend the town and viges. I had to give those orders regardless of how dangerous it may be. I''m not allowed to say that it''s fine already and they don''t have to work so hard. The local lord, Omui-sama, was bringing as many troops as possible, and even fought at the head of the army himself, trying to protect this remote region. He kept supporting the guild, even if it meant that he will have to live frugally. But even so, the number of troops was insufficient. And it couldn''t be any other way. There is no way there could be enough troops to defend from the forest of demons and the oldest dungeon. Many more died venturing to fight monsters than in defensive battles, and yet we couldn''t repay even for those deaths. Only tragedy and despair were awaiting this ce. To think that would change to days filled with happyughs and tears from busyness.

    The boy destroyed the tragedies of this frontier and brought tremendous profits to the city and its citizens. As a mere level 9, he destroyed the pack lead by an atrocious big green wolf and saved my friends, Ofuta and his party. At such a low level he wouldn''t even be able to join the guild, yet he entrusted us with arge quantity of magic stones. Moreover, he even rescued Omui-sama''s family. A true savior of this town, the ck-haired boy, unknown to everyone, never speaking of it himself.

    The worst monster stampede in the history of the guild. The worst-case the likes of which couldn''t even be found in the records. In addition, ording to what we heardter, the iing horde was led by an Orc King. This is too much, there is no way we could defeat that. The town and surrounding viges were bound to be destroyed, but ck-haired adventurers, youngrades of that boy, joined our forces. A mysterious group of boys and girls every single one of which had ck hair and dark eyes, and possessed high levels and incredibly rare skills. Every one of them is incredibly strong, but none had any connection to his town, or most likely, even this country, yet they were willing to put their lives on the line to protect this ce. From what I''ve heard they are only 16 years old. No one would me them if they ran away. Quite the contrary, I had to fight the desire to yell at them to escape, when I bowed my head, asking for their help.

    For quite a while after that, we stood strong, prepared for hell and death. However, not a single monster showed up. All because there was that ck haired boy. Thanks to him we didn''t have even a single casualty, since he annihted all of the monsters on his own. And he didn''t ept countless weapons and magic stones, acting as if nothing happened at all. The boy ended the worst stampede without any death or injury, and yet made no effort even to talk about it, much less brag to anyone.

    And that''s the cause for this hectess.

    The equipment of adventurers drastically improved. Instead of their previouscking gear, what they had now was far more than just adequate, as they carried rare items and weapons with skills, which were worthy of first-rate adventurers. Seeing such a scene in a remote frontier guild I can''t help but doubt my own eyes. Everyone teared up upon seeing this, unable to hold back tears when they thought just how many of theirrades they could''ve saved if they had this gear and weapons back then. No guild employee can remain unaffected by this.

    The boy handed us equipment, saying that it is gratitude, and then also left a huge number of Frogman harpoons for the lord, moreover, the harpoons were of Lv58 ss. The boy that killed the dungeon and escaped from the 100th floor before we could even prepare for the rescue mission. Bringing a colossal amount of magic stones to the guild, spreading potions which ended up saving the lives of many adventurers and citizens through the town, selling countless clubs at such low price to the weapon store that even the poor could afford to buy them for self-defense. All of it was done by just one person. The ck-haired boy that single-handedly changed this town.

    Praised by no one, hailed by none, unknown to gratitude or reward. Even so, this boy doesn''t hesitate toe to the rescue.

    For now, only those that directly interacted with him or saw his deeds with their own eyes, know about that.

    Omui-sama was crying when I delivered that huge volume of Frogman''s harpoons to him. Just how many soldiers could survive if they had these weapons How many people could''ve been saved And thinking about all of those he couldn''t help but simply crying, grateful to that boy, whom no one knew.

    And I was the same. Receiving that number of weapons as gratitude, I protested, refusing to ept such an expensive donation, yet he simply pushed them onto me and left, leaving me bowing over and over in gratitude.

    I''ll never forget the words Omui-sama said at the time.

    Without anyone noticing the town that was heading for ruin, knowing nothing but tragedy, became one filled with happiness. We witnessed a miracle for the first time.

    The words he said while overlooking the town filled withughter.

    Because of the unfortunate skills, that boy is yet to reach even level 20, and because of those skills, he also can''t form a party. Fighting so much, defeating all kinds of monsters, and yet not reaching Lv 20. Unable to equip proper gear he is forced to fight with a stick, wearing simple clothes. Unable to form a party he is suffering all alone with those skills.

    Not only can we not repay this debt, we cant do anything for the boy that keeps struggling all alone, unable to even register as an adventurer.

    For the boy that saved this town and the region, which, thanks to him has been reborn, bringing happiness here.

    Even if we cannot repay this great debt, there is no way we can allow him to struggle all alone without doing anything for him, such a thing absolutely cannot be forgiven. Just what can we possibly do for the benefactor who seeks no fame or fortune, who obtains everything with his own power and yet holds to none of it, just how can we repay him, even in the slightest?

    Just what can we possibly do for the boy who doesn''t desire anything?

    Every time he appears with wordsI have no cash, but in the end he pours all of it back into the city. Vast fortunes, weapons, equipment, medicine, everything And while the town grows more and more prosperous, he is still walking around with nothing but a stick in his hands, wearing only leather and cloth, continuing to fight on his own. Just what can we do?

    No matter how hectic things get, no matter how busy we are, that thought alone sits in the back of my head, not leaving me even for a second as another day of workes to an end.

    The thought about that ck-haired boy. While everyone found their reward and their share of happiness, the boy that made all of thate true had nothing, still struggling all alone

    Day 39  Over.

 Chapter 104: Pheromone wouldve been enough, this is going straight into crime territory.

    Chapter 104: Pheromone would''ve been enough, this is going straight into crime territory.

    As I left my room I noticed that the doors to the other rooms were slightly open, and through the gaps I saw t Gazes?

    Wha A corridor filled with t Gazes? Just what is going on here? Could it be that this inn is now running a Morning t Gaze service?! May I know how much a monthly subscription would cost?! No, I''m fine even with a year, or even 3 years long contract!! Anyway, let''s greet them for starters?

    Good morning? I guess? And, what?

    Good morning! Had funst night, huh*SLAM*

    All of the doors closed at once. Hmm, looks like they noticed?

    But why? Armored Pres-san still cannot properly let her voice out, so the sounds she makes are very faint. Yes, those sounds as well. And yet, why? N-no way, could it be that all of the girls were peeking with Detect Presence?! They couldn''t see or hear us, but they could read the presence with a skill Hey! That''s a privacy vition! T-that''s a breach of manners! I also have Rajinganbut I''m not using it to peek on you in the bath! Yes, I''ve endured in anguish all this time, you know?

    Well, it was obvious anyway since we are leaving from the same room? It''s not like I had any intentions of hiding it? But I would be very, very troubled if I had to exin the situation as it is now.

    At the moment, Armored Pres-san doesn''t want to cancel taming. She is absolutely against it. And in the end, it seems she is just my follower and not my girlfriend But it''s not like she is doing it because she is my servant? I heard her saying in a faint voice Love you, I really did!!

    Even so, she kept talking about the difference in position and status or something, what does status have to do with anything? I''m a jobless NEET shut-in loner, and though it''s not the case anymore, she was a dungeon emperor. Yeah, no matter how you think of it, not someone to get tamed?

    But even so, she seems to insist on a concubine-like position? I didn''t even have a girlfriend until now, so why am I getting a lover first?! But it seems she wants to stay by my side forever, or rather, serve until death?

    Well, since she has problems talking we also have problems discussing this, so in the end, we didn''te to any resolution. So there is no way to exin the situation?

    Well, if she wants to stay with me forever, then I don''t think the details matter that much. Though they do matter a lot for my public image. Yeah, my Affection Rating with the opposite sex certainly took a fatal blow! That I can say for sure because even I took a fatal wound when I heard that, especially that part about Not a girlfriendwas a critical hit, and overkill, basically a kick to a dead body level!!

    Well, I had fun so I have no objections. I actually enjoyed it so thoroughly that I don''t have even a shred of objection! Yeah, and also ended up getting scolded in the end.

    Since everyone is staring with reproachful eyes even Armored Pres-san is troubled, fidgeting in embarrassment. Do we have a bullying problem now? It''s a mystery to me how it is even possible to bully the strongest ex-dungeon emperor, I hardly ever heard about bullied people who were regrly and casually beating their bullies? Do bullied people in the other world cleave through lines of enemies? Is that how it is here? The geeks seem to be getting quite close to that I''m still going to bully them though?

    Or rather, the atmosphere in the dining hall is so heavy! But breakfast is a breakfast! Treating them to a grilled fish set meal as a countermeasure to t gazes seems to have robbed them of theposure to stare at us like that. After all, it''s grilled fish and rice with soy sauce. There are talks about youngsters losing interest in eating rice these days, but in this world, they are devouring it with a great appetite. At this point, I''d also like some miso

    After all, my ssmates, who earn their money in dungeons every day, have plenty of cash on them, which allows me to make a killing every day from food sales. Since I''m buying up foodstuff I have tons of it, and the cost price is low. And if I cook utilizing the magic ofHoldingI can easily make many portions at the same time without any problem. And yes, I''m overcharging.

    So I think of going back to the dungeon, wannae along? You can stay if you don''t want to? I mean, you probably don''t have many good memories of that ce? And the stairs are annoyingly long?

    I suggested that she can stay, but as expected, she decided toe with me. I don''t think that darkness will appear even again, but there is something I have to confirm. If things go south I can just send Armored Pres-san back alone.

    Armored Pres-san is staring at the entrance to the great dungeon with a t gaze? I have a lot of confidence in this piece, could it be that she liked it?

    Well, since the ess point is the stairs it kind of ended up going into the depths like this? Don''t you think this imposing-looking stair entrance that only gradually expands as you continue your descent is really nice?

    Hmm? The reception is not that positive. The reply is t gaze again? So arbitrary remodeling was no good? But it''s just 1F, isn''t that fine? That much? Her post was on 100F, right?

    Going down to the 30th floor, which now was devoid of monsters, I probe lower floors with Detection skills. Nothing?

    I heard that monsters still remained on floors from 30 to 46 But there is nothing?

    (Nod, Nod)

    Searching through the lower floors with Detect Presence doesn''t pick up anything, so someone already killed them all? Well, adventurers would being here to make money, so it''s not that strange, and since I came for treasure chests the absence of monsters isn''t a problem.

    There was a hidden room on 30F which had a chest. Inside we found Profession Medal -Job Specific Trait Up, and both of us are jobless! Is it going to up our specific jobless trait? What kind of trait is that even supposed to be?! Some kind of boost toziness? Never mind, let''s go down.

    Another one was on the 36th floor. It seems that hidden rooms remainedrgely undiscovered. We also found a few treasure chests outside of hidden rooms, but they contained only potions and other consumables, and no rare items at all. As I thought, what we need are hidden rooms. and as always, the room on 36F had no traps or locks. Opening the chest I sawDemon Ring:Dominate Demon (3) I killed them all already!

    Going by the scenario, I guess this ring was supposed to be used to dominate the swordmaster and have it fight in theter fights! That was a foreshadowing FOR AN EVENT THAT''S ALREADY OVER!!! There is no foreshadowing of what already happened! If you don''t like it then don''t drop people!!!

    The progression makes sense if you descend from the surface, but since I was going in reverse all of the event gs were broken. Yeah, so the proper course of actions should''ve been receiving the divine sword from the dominated swordmaster and then using it to fight, but I, instead, was first attacked by that divine sword and only after bludgeoning the swordmaster to death found the ring! That''s a sad mess.

    In that case, since I have no idea if I will ever get to use it, I guess I should refrain from fusing it? Soul Ringhas 7 slots, but the only thing that was fused with it is that Trap Ring  Automatically Disarms Traps, which has no use whatsoever at the moment. Well, if I don''t need it I can just take it off, but what worries me is that if I put it away I suspect I willpletely forget about it. For now, let''s fuse it.

    Well then, at the moment there is nothing the apostle of Avarice Armored Pres-san would desire. If we won''t find anything that she likes then I''ll buy her something in the town when we get back.

    On 41F was another questionable item de Shield  Attack Bonus (Lesser), Defence Bonus (Lesser), Magic Defence (Lesser), Shield Bash +ATT. The effects are nice, but all of them are (Lesser). With Shield Bash +ATT one would be able to cut and pierce with this shield, after all, it has des on the edges and the surface. Is this meant for attack or for defense? Okay, let''s sell this.

    Andstly on the 45F was Temptation Shirt  Allurement (Great)This might be good, but it''s out. It smells of crime. No matter how I think about this, it seems like a close friend of Charm skill. Pheromones would''ve been enough, this is too much. Simply raising my Affection Rating would be fine, but this thing might actually lower it? There might be a demand for it, but it''s sealed, selling it sounds too dangerous.

    In the end there wasn''t a single monster? What do we do? Want to go down all the way to the 100th floor? It''s been a while?

    Looks like she isn''t particrly interested. Well, as expected, she has no nostalgia for that dark ce. At this rate, she probably wouldn''t be angry even if I were to remodel it into an underground bathhouse?

    From what I can tell, not only is there not a shred of darkness left, the dungeon itself seemspletely dead. Theck of presence here is absolute. A dead stillness. Fine, if that darkness disappeared then it''s all the better.

    Well, I didn''t find anything great, but I should be able to sell those for quite a sum. I won''t sellTemptation Shirt, but the medal and the shield are nice. If it wasn''t for thebination of the Divine Sword and wooden stick exclusive to my jobless self it could be called a good result.

    That being the case, I didn''t find anything for Armored Pres-san, so let''s shop in the town before returning to the inn. I think it''s a bit past noon, but I wonder how everyone is able to tell the time?

    Killing time in a town bustling with the life we are walking around, buying various misceneous goods and daily necessities for Armored Pres-san. Then, dropping by the guild, we found out that just recently adventurers and regr troops went to confirm the death of the dungeon, and while they were at it swept through the floors, wiping our remaining monsters. That exins why there was nothing left but hidden rooms. Not like I''m going toin since it turned the trip into a casual walk.

    Using this chance I also got information on other nearby dungeons. Only adventurers can enter them, but I got the info anyway. I guess bribing with fruitcakes proved effective. Instead of going for a tight-lipped Receptionist President, I asked the clerk in charge of appraisal, who often made slips, and thus the result. I''m pretty sure she will be exposed and scolded soon enough, but for now she seems to be extremely happy Ah, she is already behind her

    Going through the town while shopping at leisure we returned to the inn. Since it seemed that everyone is here I pulled out de Shield  Attack Bonus (Lesser), Defences Bonus (Lesser), Magic Defence (Lesser), Shield Bash +ATTandProfession Medal -Job Specific Trait Up, and asked if there is anyone interested in buying them. Unexpectedly quite a few. Especially popr was the medal, apparently Job Specific Trait Upis hyper rare stuff. Well, even if you tell me that, I don''t want to upgrade my special jobless trait!

    Then, let''s start an auction, I guess? Anyway, the starting price is 1,000 ere, kind of?

    3,000!5,000.6,000!9,000!10,00012,00015,000kuh 20,000!

    Everyone got so caught up in the auction mood that even the girls that wouldn''t use the shield began raising their hands? No, you are using a two-handed sword, aren''t you? And that girl is using a pair of matching des, if I remember correctly?

    105,000!110,000120,000!125,000140,000!155,000200,000!

    Weird The geeks are being quiet. Those weapon maniacs aren''t participating. They have pretty tense expressions, as if they are holding back, and even when someone asks them something they remain silent?

    250,000!260,000. 280,000 ugh, 290,000!295,000300,000!!Guh!

    And the winning bid belongs to the volleyball club''s Twin Light Poles! Ah, now I remember, this girl was swinging a shield around, so this item suits her perfectly. But to think I''ll make 320,000 ere from the shield alone. Since it seems the two pooled all of the money they had to buy it, I guess I''ll add something extra.

    And the medal was bought by the geeks who got very serious about it. The starting bid was only 1,000 ere but it immediately rose to 1,000,000 ere. And with no one able to outbid that, it was sold in one bid. It seems they also pooled all their money. I''m certain that their goal is to give it either to the guardian or the magician to protect their heads. Looks like I will have toe up with a new technique!

 Chapter 175: It seems that heading off while apologizing is called running away in some places

    Chapter 175: It seems that heading off while apologizing is called running away in some ces

    Day 53  Daytime, Dungeon, 68th floor underground.

    It feels vain to work hard and get nothing in return, you know? It does nothing to heal the wounds of my soul? Let''s at least jiggle Slime-san I''d like to jiggle Armored Pres-san, but it''s life-threatening, so I''d rather not. I mean, a mere thought is enough to fill the entire floor with bloodthirst?

    Hmm, it''s sort of meh? No, it''s just that the items until now were too good? But finding something better than too good is the great and giant expectation from the lower floors? I''ve never been to Tokyo Dome so I can''t say how many Tokyo Dome''s that expectation is, but my expectation was very big? I''m sure Tokyo Dome is quite huge as well? Probably? No, I mean, I''ve never been there, so how would I know? But, I guess?

    So meh, that I couldn''t help but grumble aloud. I mean, enemies of the 68th floor were very formidable! The very staple of formidable enemies, Doppelganger Lv 68! Since they looked the same and had the same strength they were extremely tough! That has to be the case. I mean, There were numerous doppels that looked just like Armored Pres-san? Isn''t that unbeatable? isn''t that amazing? Yeah, they died in one swing though? Extremely tough enemies of the same strength died with just one swing of her sword? And here I was getting excited all on my own? SayingWhooa, no way! Doppelgangers?!, and getting all hyped up?

    And when I checked if Slime-san is alright, it was busy with a meal. Well, the doppels did their best, you know? Like, they tried really hard to Mimicry? But how do you mimic something with an irregr form like Slime-san? And while they were busy, doing their utmost to adapt, they got eaten. The doppels didn''t get even one chance? Were they tasty?

    Meanwhile, Im.

    Don''t screw with me, Don''t screw with me, Don''t screw with me, Don''t screw with me, Don''t screw with me, Don''t screw with me! Haah, haah, haaah.

    Surrounded by people in ck robes that were supposed to look exactly like me, but for some reason have incredibly wicked and fiendish eyes akin to the very depths of the abyss itself. Who the hell is that! There is no such a person! If there was such a person walking around, all of the passersby would be getting heart attacks! How can it be? I definitely don''t have such a look? This is just too cruel! I mean, it''s not even human eyes! That''s not how I look, right? Such eyes are too much? Having such eyes will forever prevent one from making any friends, you know? Wait, I don''t have any, don''t I?! Yeah, that reminds me, I''m a loner. No, that''s not true? That''s definitely wrong. Really? It''s really not like this? Like, seriously?

    For some reason, there is someone patting me on the back? Slime-san is also nearby? Did they prepare for this? Ah, then, I''ll be in your care. (Pat, Pat, Pat, Pat, Pat, Pat)

    And despite going through such a nightmare, all I got from the treasure chest was Estoc of Destruction  PoW SpE DeX 30% Up, Weapon and Equipment Destructionthe potential is good, 30% buff to three stats. However, the effect of destroying weapons and equipment is really dubious? After all, most of the monsters arerades of Nudist Girl, strolling aroundpletely naked? No equipment on them at all. Well, in that respect, Nudist Girl is wearing equipment, she just takes it off? Well, anyway, it''s questionable. And what makes it even more questionable is that it is an estoc, a thin sword made almost exclusively for stabbing. A thrusting sword meant to attack gaps in defenses, an antipersonnel weapon unfit for blocking or cutting? And speaking of antipersonnel, the geeks are probably the only people around asking to be stabbed? Well, since it''s a rare opportunity I might as well use it on them when I get back.

    If the effect was Clothes DestructionI might''ve wanted it, how regrettable, however, all of my antipersonnel fights until now were against middle-aged men? It would''ve gotten very bad if their clothes ended up destroyed? For me? Assured destruction of my mind? Just why on earth do I have to fight naked middle-aged men? It''s a fantasy world, so why is it swarming with middle-aged dudes? Teleported to another world but every character is a middle-aged man? It''s fine to just destroy such a world without bothering teleportation, you know? Yeah, total annihtion works just fine? Should I go for it?

    Aagh~ it pisses me off! What the hell are those repulsive eyes that look like pits to the void? Such a person doesn''t exist! If he did, he would be wearing eyepatches over both eyes! But that''s a blindfold! Hmmm, a blindfold y No, it''s nothing, so don''t even think about stabbing me? Also, with the morning star in the right hand and the estoc in the left hand evasion is impossible, you know? Like, literally not possible? Don''t even try? Seriously. I''m not kidding or pretending? So please, spare me from this!

    I tried to apologize. It''s fine, I''m good at apologizing! I mean, that''s what I pretty much always do! I''m so good that I end up abusing it, apologizing even for misunderstandings? I''m quite serious?

    Gracefully evading all of the continuous stabs I proceed to the 69th floor, while apologizing. In some regions, such behavior is apparently called running away, but by no means that is true, I''m pressing forward, running ahead if you will! Onwards to glory at full speed! I have to, or I''ll be in real trouble! I mean, can I be med for this? Turns out, the impact of yesterday''s full-body fis suit turned out to be a hazardous mix with a high school boy! Really dangerous? Absolutely not to be mixed together? Oh yeah, if we take that, and add a blindfold y to the mix, it will be even riskier and stirring! eh, Guaah! (Undergoing medical treatment)

    That time I thought I was about to get stabbed, but it turned out to be an iron ball? It really hurt, you know? I got blown away, even though it only grazed me? And I even negated the attack with the left Gauntlet of Contradiction? So it was an item for protection from Armored Pres-san''s attacks? I see! Come to think of it, all of the items that I found in the Great Dungeon were meant for fighting Armored Pres-san, so there is nothing wrong, that is the correct approach? It hurts, you know? Is she going to keep attacking me? Then, I''ll counterattack tonight! We are doing this every day, but it''s a counterattack anyway! I''m going to mix them all! And then I''m going to No, it''s nothing? Now, let''s go? Our fight has just begun? Sort of?

    Wrap and sh. Wrap the magic in one breath, step forward, and by the time the step ispleted, sh, I mean, Kyojitsu is the only thing I can use? After all, monsters close to level 70 refuse to roll over and die after taking a few hits? Oh, again doing nothing but that, well, that''s the only thing I can use? Actually, since I got level 20, I can now use sh, I actually can, you know? I also should be able to use that Whatever Stab or something weapon skill as well, but I can''t remember the name? It won''t activate unless I dere the attack, but I don''t know the name, so I can''t activate it, but it can be used too? Well, it can''t be used though? But not because of that? I can use Weapon Skills, but I can''t use them? No, wrong, I can use them. It''s just that I''ll die if I try? But I can use them?

    I can''t use Weapon Skills. I can activate them, but I can''t activate them? No, that''s the same as before! Eehm, upon the use of Weapon Skills, the user''s body moves on its own. Weapon Skills would forcibly move it, preventing one from making any other movement, and for a moment, the user will freeze in ce. Weapon Skills are basically meant for exchanging hits with the opponents, but if taking one hit is all that it takes one to die, they are too dangerous to be used. So I can''t use them, I''ll die if I do. I seriously can''t be using them!

    That''s why I step forward as I dodge the iing attack and at the same time, finish a cut.

    After all, that''s the only thing I can do, I have to kill my opponent with this first, or I''ll be the one to get killed.

    Therefore, I advance, swinging the staff, step by step.

    Since it''s the only thing I can do, I stick to it, since I''ll be killed unless I kill first, I keep at it.

    A step, followed by another step, I keep on killing. Omitting, chipping off all of the unnecessary motions, precisely, urately.

    Since this is the only thing I can do, I perfect it, one step at a time, I press forward. Because stopping will mean death.

    We are done? At level 69 things get quite scary, their stats were near 700? Twice as fast, strong, and sturdy as me? And on top of that, they are monsters, isn''t that crazy? Monsters are stronger than humans with the same stats, you know? Since humans are frail to begin with? Moreover, me Cougaris too much! Fights between cougars and humans don''t happen, okay? That''s just a human being attacked. And yet they are burning and also have twice my stats? How am I supposed to fight that? If they were burning cute and twice as soothing, it would be another story? Yeah, let''s post posters for that!

    I wonder if healing-type monsters will see the posters? As of now, the only source of sce is Slime-san? What''s left is the girls, the scythes, and the rocks? I think finding emotional support with scythes or rocks might be a problem? A highschool boy smiling while gently stroking a scythe would look nothing short of insane to others? This leaves only Armored Pres-san, but she is in charge of the other sort of constion, and she is doing quite well at it No, it''s nothing? Now, everyone, let us move forward? (Stick)

    As expected, or maybe it should be said, naturally, but the lower floors are tough. me Cougar Lv69were big burning cougars, possessing extraordinary speed and agility, they exploited their powerful muscles in their attacks with sharp ws and teeth to the fullest. Yup, they are strong butpared to the person staring at me from behind while spinning the morning star, they are much more manageable? It keeps making that whooshing noise with every spin? Did she like it that much? No, I''m really not thinking of anything! Really! Only a tiny bit? No, I meant, isn''t lotion a fine addition too? To the fis suit? There is a blindfold as well? Yup, I already made it. When did I manage?

    (Jiggle! Jiggle!)

    Yes. Yes, I''ming right away, yes, I''m sorry. It got mad too? Eh? Just where is my heart''s sce? Is it somewhere in the cliffs? Let''s try petting rocks next time, I wonder if it will soothe me?

 Chapter 176: Shopkeepers girl days ended a veeery long time a……No, its nothing!

    Chapter 176: Shopkeeper''s girl days ended a veeery long time a����No, it''s nothing!

    Day 53  Morning, White Weirdo Inn.

    He got away. As I thought, he was throwing money to the wind again. Even though it is obvious that it will be exposed since Angelica-san is with him. Or rather, we are staying in the same inn, isn''t it obvious that we will instantly learn that he hadn''t paid for the stay?

    He found a vige, but it seemed like pumpkins were the only thing they had, all other crops died from a disease. And he again bought up everything, including even their future harvests, he reserved and bought it all Going for forward trading in another world, just what is he thinking! Making deals on trust in a vige that he''s visiting for the first time. Using arge amount of wheat, mushrooms for medical use, and various different foodstuffs in addition to all the money he had on hand, he made an advance order for pumpkins for who knows how many years ahead. And that''s why he had nothing to pay for the inn,ing back without a penny again.

    How many viges does that make already? It went over a two-digit number a long time ago. He keeps doing absurd things without any thought, but I can''t get angry at him, after all, that vige had nothing to eat aside from pumpkins as well. It seems they were as poor as that potato vige,cking even basic remedies. And the same goes for that vige with nothing but cabbage, there is no cirction of goods, so many viges end up poor and deste, then he buys up goods inrge quantities, parting with enormous amounts of money each time. And another reason why I can''t get angry with him is that it brings enormous profits. Haruka-kun''s bulk purchases are beginning to create goods cirction centered around the general store. But even that enormous profit all ends up being used as well, just as the local lord worried. He is trying to enrich the frontier on his own. That''s why he remains broke. He again was staying on the tab! He wanted to avoid confiscation, so he tried to keep it a secret, howe he gets millions of ere every day, but can''t find 10,000 ere to pay for the inn? It''s a special price for all 3 of them? And yet the recidivist did it again, that''s why I have to confiscate his money for safekeeping He works so hard, and yet never has any cash on hand.

    At first, I was collecting 20% of everyone''s profits from magic stones selling to cover for living expenses and emergency funds. Then, Vice Pres B-san, Vice Pres C-san, and Haruka-kun went bankrupt. On the very first day.

    So for the three of them, it was raised to 30%. Even so, on the next day, Vice Pres B-san and Haruka-kun went bankrupt. They didn''t learn their lesson. So it became 40%.

    After that, every single day, without exception, Haruka-kunes backpletely broke. I keep confiscating money from him when I find that he is concealing his ie, but he keeps repeating it over and over.

    Food expenses are covered for everyone equally, but deserts are sold separately by Haruka-kun, then, he also sells clothes, weapons, and armor, most likely, all of the money earned by the girls flow to Haruka-kun, after all, even the general store is Haruka-kun''s source of ie too.

    The boys are getting ripped off quite mercilessly as well, ording to the information from the Stalker Girl, striped kneesocks were sold to them at 10 times increased price. What are you doing, Oda-kun!

    He is receiving a terrific sum every morning. Taking even dungeons alone, since he is faring ahead of everyone, he should be earning several million daily at the very least And on the days of the auction, it is very possible that another zero is added to the end of that And yet, he is broke.

    Hees back broke every day and pays for the inn either with morning allowance or with confiscated funds. He also seems to pay through barter from time to time. Just what is a Bucket Pay?

    Earning big he spends even bigger, a colossal profit is followed by infinite spending.

    He probably buys up a lot of other stuff as well. The weapon store must have a simr situation as well. It suddenly became sorge after all. But he uses up even that.

    After all, the frontier is vast, and until very recently it was also very poor. So even though there is no way it could get rich and wealthy overnight, it became so.

    Looking through the ount book, one way or another, all of the girls'' earnings are flowing to Haruka-kun. A natural result since he currently holds the monopoly on clothes and good food. To be frank, by now, our earnings are also reaching an enormous sum, after all, we are diving up to the middle floors of the dungeons, which no one else can reach. And yet, even that is not enough, he probably didn''t buy anything for his own sake.

    When someone is feeling down, he gets delicious food ready, if there is a vige in trouble, he doesn''t mind spending all of the money he has on hand. If someone is sad, brand new clothes will pop out, if the town where he went to buy fabric for that was in trouble, he wouldn''t hesitate to invest his entire fortune again. No matter how much he profits, he remains without a penny. No matter how hard he works, there is no way that will be enough, the frontier is too big and its poption is too numerous for that Although it''s being enriched at an amazing pace, there is no way its effect will instantly reach every corner of the region, but that is not something he should shoulder all on his own! That definitely will crush a person.

    The money I confiscated from Haruka-kun is slowly umting, but if I were to give it back to him, he''ll spend it all in an instant. Including the funds that should cover his food expenses and the inn.

    Well, he probably carries enough foodstuff tost him a lifetime, and if he goes back to the cavern there is no need to pay for the inn. That''s what he''s probably thinking, he doesn''t care about money at all! He simply keeps scattering it. As soon as he sees something he wants he throws it to the wind.

    And he doesn''t care no matter how much we scold him.

    Were he to find a poor vige or someone secretly crying he probably would do the same thing again. He won''t skimp on money or hard effort to fix that. Is he nning to forgo sleep until all of the girls stop crying and the entire frontier bes wealthy? Is that what he is nning to do? That definitely will ruin his health! There is no way that can be good for him? But no matter how much I tell him off, he just ignores it.

    And in the end, he will goI did nothing wrong?, refusing to listen. We know that! Everybody knows that! As much as he can keep pretending, saying stuff likeRipped them offorProfits, everyone knows it anyway? That there is nothing wrong with what he is doing. But why does he keep saving and helping everyone and everything but neglecting himself like that? Why is that?

    We are fine, it doesn''t matter if we spend all our money to buy clothes and delicious food from Haruka-kun. We are paying to Haruka-kun after all, and even if we spend all of the money we got from the dungeons, we still gain levels from that. That is the greatest asset of any adventurer. It allows one to earn even more. So that''s fine it is? Wait, aren''t we spending too much?

    But Haruka-kun''s level barely grew at all, he didn''t even be an adventurer. Even after fighting so recklessly he barely reached level 20, so registering as an adventurer is possible. But since he can''t join a party, he won''t be able to take upmissions. In truth, he doesn''t actually even have the permission to enter dungeons.

    And yet, he doesn''t have a single coin left from the vast fortune he earned from dungeons and the Evil Forest. Even though he doesn''t enjoy the benefit of raising his level from that.

    He is continuing deforestation of the Evil Forest for the sake of the frontier. However, that should also mean destroying his greatest source of ie, mushrooms. After that, he really won''t have anything left. And yet, he doesn''t stock up on anything.

    In fact, the girls have no goal and no objective. The only reason why we keep diving into dangerous dungeons and earnestly raising levels is to be stronger and make money. Haruka-kun is trying to make everyone raise their levels out of consideration for their safety, but that is nothing but a bonus. Everyone is working hard to get stronger and earn more, because everyone is full of intentions to provide? Nothing has changed since the time in the cave, everyone wants to support him, even if it will end up giving him the title of Kept Man. We want to repay the kindness we received.

    But it''s still going to take a while, it''s going to take a very long time to exceed level 100 and get strong enough to protect Haruka-kun. There will be a lot of time needed even until the frontier can be truly wealthy, the lord and his associates are desperately doing their best for that too! Everyone is working hard to not burden Haruka-kun any further, but no matter how much they rush, they can''t catch up. They can''t keep up with his terrific speed, vast budget, and explosive production ability.

    After all, internal administration and finance of the entire domain can''t catch up with the home industry and bulk purchases of one person. Even taking the whole revenue of the domain, it stillpletely loses in the budget byparison. The financial scale is so different that there is no hope of catching up, and the administration can''t keep up with an abnormal development speed.

    Quoting Oda-kunHaruka-kun is basically a one-man nation? His military power, and production and trading capabilities long since exceeded an individual level?, like it doesn''t concern him at all, even so, he made a ship and is preparing for something.

    And Kakizaki-kun saidChasing after Haruka-kun is useless, you''ll end up tripping, better just pull him back, despite spending all his time onbat training.

    The girls are attempting crafting via alchemy and sorcery, but for now, a handkerchief is the best they can manage, mass production is a pipe dream. However,tely, a textile workshop, or rather, a factory, seems to have popped up? Who? Who was that person that started an industrial revolution as they pleased?

    The general store''sdy and Haruka-kun are way too dangerous of a duo, after all, they are much too simr.

    This is the story I heard from the local lord.

    A long time ago, there was a sickly girl in this town, prone to illness and with a poor family she spent most of her time confined to bed.

    But she was saved by a band of adventurers that brought mushrooms. The family couldn''t possibly pay them, but the party gave them expensive mushrooms, saying that she can pay back when she gets ahead in life.

    And so, the girl recovered and did all sorts of things in order to be able to pay them back.

    She performed grueling training, as if to torment her frail body on purpose, and sought knowledge like she was possessed.

    And became an adventurer. Saying that she wanted to be of help to the people that saved her, that it''s now her turn to save someone.

    Then, the girl joined the party that saved her and quickly began distinguishing herself.

    Gathering mushrooms in the dangerous Evil Forest, she handed them out to the poor.

    Then, one day, that party was wiped out.

    That girl was the only one who survived.

    She was only identally found and rescued at the edge of the forest by another party of adventurers, unconscious and more dead than alive.

    No one else returned.

    To save that girl, the people to whom she handed out the mushrooms gathered the little mushrooms that they still had.

    And she barely managed to regain consciousness.

    By then, the people that brought theirst remaining mushrooms to her, were already dead.

    Using thest mushrooms the town still had to save the girl, the town was left without any.

    She trained as if to torture the body that was yet to fully recover, and like she was crazed, began dangerous peddling.

    Selling all of her equipment, she used the money she got to open a small store, starting a business.

    And handed out food and medicine to the poor.

    And even after bing impaired, she continued training, as if to be able to go into the Evil Forest again, even with a body that can no longer move freely.

    Even though everyone was trying to stop her, she ignored it all and continued with preparations, gathering equipment. By then, she wasn''t a girl anymore.

    She couldn''t tolerate getting saved over and over and yet saving no one in turn. She was unable to forgive herself for that.

    Then, one day, a ck-haired boy visited her store.

    The boy with mushrooms appeared in front of her.

    She ended up meeting him.

    The boy with such a colossal volume of mushrooms she has never seen before in her entire life.

    And she bought mushrooms from him, using up all of the money she had. A vast volume of mushrooms, seemingly enough to save all of the townsfolk or even the entire frontier.

    And then, that boy apparently said. If you hand them out that''s it, you know? But if you can properly bring profit, I can give you even a hundredfold this many shrooms.

    There was no lie to these words. Handing profits to him every day, she received even more mushrooms after that. So many mushrooms, that there was no hope to pay for them all no matter how much she earned.

    And, the girl, that long since turned into a woman by now, once again sold her equipment. She no longer had any need for it.

    She finally managed to save someone, she finally was able topensate for the favors she received. She finally didn''t need it anymore.

    And thatdy is still working like crazy for the sake of profits, and still keeps sharing with the poor.

    Thatdy is the general store''s shopkeeper.

    That''s why the duo of her and Haruka-kun is so dangerous, they have too much inmon.

    A person that can''t tolerate not saving everyone and the person who can''t calm down unless everyone is smiling have met each other.

    Thatdy must be broke as well. That is obvious without asking. She has be the manager of the biggest tradingpany in this town, no, possibly, in the entire country.

    But she is definitely broke. I mean, she orders food from Haruka-kun on the tab every day. They are way too simr.

    And the local lord who is so earnestly worried about them is also suspicious He is supposed to be the count of the frontier, but there is not a shred of gaudiness about him.

    He isn''t just down to earth and sincere, going that far it should be called simple and frugal. And that onught of problematic statements like Even if it costs my lifeorWith my life at stake, really bothers me. However, he alsoes from the noble house that has almost a tradition for the sessive heads of the family to be killed by monsters in the evil forest So he also has too much inmon, making it dangerous as well!

    But, the people of the count''s household aren''t leaving his side even for a moment, bent on protecting him.

    And all of the townsfolk were trying to stop the general store''s shopkeeper.

    So today, we are heading off again, to be stronger as well. Strong enough to protect and keep Haruka-kun in check. Strong enough to stay by his side.

    We probably will end up getting spoiled by him again, but we certainly will catch up to him. And eventually, overtake him as well.

    If we get strong enough to surpass him, we will be able to protect Haruka-kun and provide for him! We made a promise with Angelica-san, and she also promised that she will definitely protect him until then.

    So today we are exploring dungeons again. Earn a whole lot and have Haruka-kun make clothes and sweets. And eventually, get him topletely devote himself to the safe role of full-time househusband! If we can gain enough power to protect him and make him happy, there will be no reason for him to fight anymore.

    The question is, what will happen first, will we be able to provide for Haruka-kun first, or will we have to sell ourselves to him for our debts The most dangerous thing is getting Tamed! Everyone is actually checking for it every morning. After all, Angelica-san and Slime-san seem to be very happy, so everyone is a bit envious of that. We have to get stronger to wake up from the dreamlike days and properly face reality. That is my real dream.

 Chapter 177: No idea who that was, but it must’ve been some spellcaster with common sense.

    Chapter 177: No idea who that was, but it must��ve been some spellcaster withmon sense.

    Day 53  Evening, the White Weirdo Inn

    The lowest floor of the dungeon held mortal danger, that peril and horror had to be properly exined during the dinner meeting. Because it was that scary.

    Armored Pres-san is really scary! And Morningstar-san was crazy! I was running for my life, desperately evading, and frantically teleporting, you know? And then, the Dungeon Master-san got caught up in that, and became a casualty! Combining Armored Pres-san and a morning star leads to enormous damage! The passing-by dungeon master, who identally happened to be on the lowest floor, got caught up? And passed away? Yeah, I was about to appraise it, but it already became a magic stone? Sort of?

    Why is it? t Gazes areing at me from everywhere?

    Eehm? So while you were having a lovers'' quarrel, the passing-by dungeon master, who identally happened to be on the lowest floor, got caught up?

    Eerr? I''m pretty sure dungeon masters always stay on the lowest floor, without passing by? So there is nothing idental about that?

    Yeah. More like, isn''t the fact that a passing-by dumb couple''s quarrel was dangerous enough to instakill a dungeon master the main danger here?

    That, and Passed away?, you are the culprit, that was the original objective. Don''t tell me that you went there only to mess with each other?

    Just why is it? Is this some sort of t Gaze Armageddon?

    Eh? I fought with my life at stake, you know? With the steel ball that wasing at me with a thunderous roar? Running around with instantaneous movement and clones was really tough, you heard that? Yeah, I did say that. And since I said it, that''s definitely what happened? For real?

    In other words, there was a dungeon master on the 70 floor, but it passed away from an unfortunate ident, so you have no idea what it was? This again?

    Or rather, they went from the 50th floor to the 70th in one day and killed the dungeon master? A dungeon dying from the metal ball y of a stupid couple?

    Yeah. Another one dead, moreover, they went specifically to kill the dungeon, but the dungeon master became coteral damage.

    Yu~p. The dungeon master probably~ was about to say~Explode~ you normies, but got exploded instead~.

    In the end, the dungeon spanned 70 floors. Aside from the dungeon master it had two floor masters, and 70 floors worth of monsters. Overflow from such a dungeon would''ve been ruinous, the frontier would''ve beenpletely destroyed before the monsters could be fully exterminated.

    While stampedes from the Evil Forest asionally happen, they usually have a small scale. Apparently, an orc king is considered a huge disaster, let''s keep it a secret that in the depths there was also a goblin emperor.

    And dungeon overflow is an extremely rare event. But when it happens, the entire region is obliterated. And the great dungeon would have destroyed the entire continent. The duo of ex-biggest suspects for that is nodding along as if it has nothing to do with them, but let''s not mention that as well.

    No idea who it was, but since the drop wasRare Treant Cane  Magic Power 30% Up, Elemental Affinity Increase (Intermediate), Mana Control Increase, it probably was a person with some sort of magic-rted job? It probably was casting spells with this staff, I mean, monsters, unexpectedly, havemon sense? A lot more than a certain someone swinging that giant thing around?

    Aah, a spellcaster can''t survive a direct hit from a morning star, even being a Lv70 dungeon master.

    The loot this time,Rare Treant Cane, seems to be the lower rank version ofElder Treant Cane  Magic Power 50% Up, Elemental Affinity Increase (Greater), Mana Control Increase, it''s pretty good for a drop from a level 70 enemy, but after theparison, it doesn''t look as good, even so, it''s a great find, you know? Elder Treant Caneis just too good, additional evidence of how incredible the Great Dungeon was. I''m pretty sure even a tank wouldn''t be able to survive a hit with a steel ball from someone who was the dungeon emperor of such an incredible ce. Speaking of incredible, the same can be said about her figure as well? It''s so incredible that I always end up overdoing it?

    Now. The Magnate-sama is going to give handouts to the poor pleb masses of riffraff students, sort of? Or rather, it''s pudding? It might be my Rich Man Oblige, but it''s a limited charity event, one portion per person only? Any additional pudding is 1,000 ere per serving? It''s a secret that by eating your second portion you make the magnate even richer? Kind of?

    PUDDING! Or rather, we aren''t masses, we have names! When are you going to remember them!

    Just in case, I made 180 portions. Three extrarge portions are meant for Slime-san, who is now jiggling together with it? Did they reach a mutual understanding? Deepening bonds far beyond those of strangers? Eh? Slime-san is turning yellow, but the top part is ck? Did it absorb Mimicryfrom doppels? There are now two giant puddings jiggling together. But I don''t think there is any use in mimicking a pudding? The girls might munch on you? The bitches might actually even bite?

    It''s better than the one I had in the original world? Harmony of taste brought by the ingredients of this world?

    Yes. The taste is somehow rich, but not overwhelming?

    It''s delicious. It''s really good! Aaah, and it''s so jiggly~!

    A favorable reception. Looks like the deep taste born from the mix of all kinds of mysterious eggs and all kinds of mysterious milk captured their hearts. Some already went for the third serving. It''s a secret that sweets have an extremely high profit ratio, okay? They are also extremely high in calories, but everyone knows that, and even so, they are going to make a fuss after eating up everything anyway?

    And after ripping off all of their pocket money with pudding, it''s time for an auction to rip off all of their savings too.

    Everyone is lining up to the president. They are making loan applications. I tried to queue as well, but got scolded? Is this some sort of discrimination?

    As expected, or rather, does she have a hobby of collecting weapons? But Shield Girl outbid everyone forMorning Star of Weight Alteration, spending a hefty sum.

    Looks like the girls found some items as well, so they were having fun as well, putting them on auction they sold them off, and those that won the bid now put their old items for sale. With 30 people exploring dungeons every day they find quite a number of items, but for some reason, there is not a singlePheromone Ring, or any other impression-improving item?

    My lots all sold out. All of them were in high demand, even the estoc went for a good price. But what''s most important, I was able to part with the morning star! It''s too dangerous. Armored Pres-san is too good at handling it despite being a genius of the sword? Yeah, it''s too risky to let her have it.

    Indeed, thinking about lewd stuff inside a dungeon might be dangerous by itself, but if Lewd was taken from a male highschool student, there probably will be nothing left but a student handbook. And the danger of thinking lewd thoughts is far safer than a steel ball? That thing is the Ultimate Weapon (Sermon), that absolutely shouldn''t be given to Armored Pres-san!

    Now, getting out of the bath with Slime-san, it''s time for the home industry, anklet manufacture! First, Armored Pres-san''s share! I have to hurry, this is the Ultimate Weapon (Fetish) of tonight''s showdown! But I''d also like to give it some sort of enchantment? Going for an anklet made of magic stone is a safe option. Just imagine an anklet on those toned slender alluring ankles? The design is also important! Yeah, a prototypees first.

    Hmmm, a chain or a string would be prudent, but considering the effects, maybe a spiral anklet would work better? All of those would fit her, so perhaps I should make them in different versions, for casual wear, and as gear pieces? But increasing the variety is bound to summon a tide of extra orders. By now, my home industry is as dangerous as a boat in a storm, the danger is so big that I''m basically left to wonder, didn''t that boat sink and convert to a submarine? I mean, by now, the general store''s orders look like a dictionary, a special unabridged issue? Just how many pages are there? I''m actually amazed that she managed to write all that in just one day! Merely reading this can take an entire day! There will be no time left for work by the moment I read to the end of the list? And as expected, roasted mushrooms on skewers are on the first page! And once again with an Urgent mark! Did she make a stamp for this? If she has time for that, how about working instead?

    Quickly lining up some prototypes, I add finishing touches. The one with a chime is nice, but the multyered version is also great! These are good!

    There are already more than 100 anklets, but there might be other marvelous designs that I didn''t think of yet, the chain and the T-strap also look nice!

    Having Armored Pres-san try on all of them first will help to visualize things, but if she tries on any of them, it will raise more pressing issues than work. Yeah, we will be too busy for that? It probably will turn into something absolutely amazing! These are just marvelous!

    (Jiggle! Jiggle!)

    Sorry. Looks like I was too noisy? Wait? Was I saying that aloud? But at which point did I begin speaking? Was it from Lick all over~? Or maybe Isn''t that fine, isn''t that fine~? No way, was it from I know, you like it here~?! Yeah, these are banned from selling.

 Chapter 180: The people of this world should try to act with a better understanding of the flow.

    Chapter 180: The people of this world should try to act with a better understanding of the flow.

    Day 54  Morning, Fake Dungeon.

    The orders given to me were to kill the dungeon blocking the way to the frontier and to deliver the ultimatum to the count of the frontier, who is hiding there. The Kingdom has no time left to spare anymore.

    However, the Kingdom is taking the frontier and its count way too lightly. If this won''t be enough to bring them to the negotiation table, the Kingdom will be ruined.

    That''s why I will first kill this dungeon.

    Leading a group of dungeon experts with A rank adventurers forming the core I step into the dungeon, with numerous B rank adventurers filling supporting roles. It''s quite a grand expedition.

    However, what awaited there was neither fierce fighting nor desperate life or death struggle. To be frank, one had to do their best to avoidughing there.

    At the Kingdom''s request, free high-ranking adventurers were gathered. Promising arge reward, the Kingdom gathered everyone it could.

    That''s how pressing an issue it is to take down this dungeon. This is an exceedingly serious matter that can decide the fate of the Kingdom. The kingdom is holding back on nothing, be it adventurers, military personnel, or the war force.

    And yet, those crme de crme elites are No! I mustn''tugh! They are doing the best they can to fulfill the Kingdom''s mission Bhahaha!

    A narrow path hanging over a seemingly bottomless hole, a steep mountain path bending and twisting at many points.

    Arge army cannot pass here, they''d be simply knocked down by the boulders shot from the walls on both sides. That''s why stopping all of the traps and devices by killing the dungeon is the duty of the vanguard.

    There, gracefully dodging the iing rocks, an adventurer nimbly made his way forward slipping and falling into the chasm.

    Another one grasped a boulder on the ceiling to avoid the slippery pathway And fell down along with the boulder.

    Another one, trying to save hisrades, halted in ce, extending his hand to them, and was shot down by a boulder, and if one isn''t paying attention, they can also be caught by stones that at some rare asions fall from above as well.

    Regardless of their skill with the sword or their magic prowess, the adventurers keep slipping, falling, and tumbling away. Another one, almost making it, buffed himself to take a long leap to the rock on the other side and Got caught by an invisible wire and fell down as well.

    Sounds of water can be heard from the hole, so there must be no danger to their lives, but the sshes are also apanied by the shouts The gear, the clothes, they are melting!!, and agonized cries.

    In the hall that was lying ahead, I gathered those capable of magic to attack spider-type monsters on the ceiling, only for it to copse immediately after that, burying a mercenary band beneath. Moreover, the spider monsters on the ceiling turned out to be just a drawing on the ceiling.

    Before that too, trying to get over a pitfall, the adventurers jumped collectively to the other side, and ended up crashing into what turned out to be a wall. Taking a gant leap with an approach run only to find out that the passage was a painting. After which, everyone disappeared into the pitfall.

    Avoidingbat with golems, that for some reason act in groups akin to military units, we made it through with a small group, but we can''t break through normal corridors. Rather, it is the ordinary passages that are the most terrifying.

    And speaking of what exactly is terrifying, it''s that more than half of the remaining members had their weapons and equipment destroyed, clothes melted, and were close to beingpletely naked. They can''t be counted as a fighting force anymore.

    Challenging the dungeon master in such a state is impossible, all of the female adventurers have already run away. Hey, wait a bit bit, bit, bit. They safely made it back.

    Retreating is prohibited, but proceeding like this is simply heading towards annihtion. There is no other choice but to let the adventurers escape and take on the dungeon master by ourselves. Take weapons and armor from the young soldiers and send them back. We don''t need meaningless deaths.

    Roger.

    Without weapons or equipment, one cannot be counted as abat force, even if I were to send them back, they won''t be held responsible.

    Is that really alright? At this rate

    As long as I remain there is no problem. If themander doesn''te back it will be seen as the force being wiped out.

    The Kingdom has no choice but to face its destruction. Considering what the Kingdom, what the nobles of the Kingdom did to the frontier, there is no doubt that the frontier''s count will not forgive that. Rather, that is only natural.

    It won''t be surprising even if he demanded the heads of every noble in the kingdom, after all, we, the Kingdom, ordered the frontier to die. Instead of helping them, the Kingdom was tormenting and exploiting the frontier, surely, even an attempt at an apology would not be epted. However, even with the Kingdom hanging on the verge of destruction, there is no way the scum, that are the nobles of the minds, would consider presenting their lives or wealth. Now, the only path left for the Kingdom leads to ruin.

    We advance with the few remaining soldiers, but there are only traps, no monsters, or even stairs to the lower floor. Is this some sort of a unique passageway-type dungeon? In that case, the dungeon master must be somewhere ahead Only 8 people left.

    I don''t expect that we can defeat them with this force at all, not even the slightest bit, but were I to perish here to a trap, without evenying my eyes on the dungeon master, I''d be unable to face the troops that fell protecting me. Still, there are only 5 of us left.

    Despite being fully prepared, the soldier that opened the door was gone from my sight. The door''s handle itself was a trap, unable to remove his hand from the handle he was then dragged underground by the door.

    And now, only I remain.

    But my luck has run out. I''m already unable to move, on all fours, with both hands and legs glued to the floor, groveling on the ground like some sort of a beast, not only can''t I advance, fight, or retreat, I can''t even stand, left to await my fate in such an unsightly state.

    It''s impossible for me to wield a sword now, and my armor waspletely destroyed by corrosion.

    Then, all at once, the stone walls began to move, one after another, puppets of stone Stone Golems tore themselves off the solid rock!

    To meet my end in such a miserable state, unable to put up any resistance at all, is humiliating, but dying here, I at least won''t have to see the downfall of the Kingdom, so that might be a blessing of its own.

    Completely unaware of my turmoil, the stone golems lifted the floor, to which I was stuck over their heads along with myself?

    I thought that they were going to m me into the ground, but they only kept lifting me up and down, not dropping me, nor making any attempts to attack?

    They simply marched on, continuously swinging the floor with me up and down, are they perhaps going to sacrifice me to the dungeon master? Unable to put up a fight, I''m going to be devoured alive by a monster? But regardless of what I think, there is nothing I can do to resist at this point.

    Endlessly swung up and down, slowly spun around, I''m being carried onwards. Is this some sort of a ritual? I''ve never met a dungeon master, nor have I any experience of being caught and eaten by monsters, so there is no way for me to guess.

    A glimpse of light. Is that the destination?

    Stone golems continued walking, and as if to show off, raised me higher, exposing the sight of me cowering on the floor on all fours.

    The light blinded me for a moment, but even if I''m to be devoured, unable to give them a single cut with my sword, I at least will give them the best death stare I can.

    The outside?

    At a distance stood a rampart, surrounding the area, and in front of it the frontier''s army was deployed, the one feared as the strongest in the Kingdom. Leading it was the current head of the House Omui, which through the numerous legends it created came to be hailed as the n of heroes. Called the King of the frontier by the people of the Kingdom, universally feared as a god of war by the foreign armies, known as the undefeated swordsman in the capital, the legendary hero, Mellotosam Shim Omui.

    Everyone''s stares fell on me, eh? I''m half-naked right now Or rather, the scraps of clothes are barely hanging on me, and I''m being lifted up for everyone to see as I stand on all fours?

    Ku, ka, KYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!

 Chapter 109: Too scared to admit that its certainly my fault.

    Chapter 109: Too scared to admit that it''s certainly my fault.

    Day 41  Evening, White Weirdo Inn

    It was revealed when everyone was reporting today''s finds from their respective dungeon surveys.

    Since listening to him usually doesn''t bring any good, we put off his report, and so, for closure, we ended up listening to an absurd person that never makes sense. Of course, his story didn''t betray our expectations, and was absurd, making no sense whatsoever.

    It appears that he killed the dungeon that he went to inspect. Or rather, flooded it.

    The person thatmitted the inundation testified I kind of flooded it?. Kind of, he says.

    And then, he made no confirmation or follow-up check, stating as the reason Well, it''s damp in there, chests can wait until tomorrow, right?, and went back just like that.

    And? Did you drain the water before going back?

    Yes, so I have to return there tomorrow. Aquatic monsters should still remain there, and I think undead also didn''t die? Probably?

    Looks like the new dungeon at a nice spot not so far from the town didn''t match Haruka-kun''s criteria, so he flooded it with river water, killing the dungeon and its dungeon master. Though half of the story was about BBQ?

    After that, followed a talk about humidity, difort levels, mold, and water damage?

    It seems that he is seeing dungeons through the prism of construction.

    What we are seeing is an issue with Haruka-kun though?

    An issue with his criteria for dungeons.

    And then there is that dungeon master, that died without us finding out even their species or even seeing their face.

    By the way, Haruka-kun''s friends, who knew him for a long time,mented I knew he''d do it one of these days.

    Not even one person could be found saying Never thought he''d do such a thing. Because everyone knew he would do it eventually! And he, after all, did it!

    Even the reason he didn''t enter the dungeon It''s wet, and damp in there.? I''d really want to press him  just who was that person that flooded it in the first ce! But it''s probably useless?

    I mean, imagine having an entrance at such low height, right beside a river? Of course, I will flood it? Anyone would? Even Toyotomi-san would agree? I guess?[1]

    Is what the perpetrator ims, so it is almost certain that he will soon repeat this offense, not reflecting at all. And as for Toyotomi-san, he actually advised a capittion and ended the affair by epting opponents'' surrender? It''s only Haruka-kun who would suddenly flood the ce with water, annihte everything without any warning, and then go home without even checking the results!

    Rather than wasting time, seekingmon sense from Haruka-kun, it would be better toe up with some kind of sensible exnation for the guild. That certainly would be much wiser.

    After all, it is me who always ends up exining everything.

    To begin with, it would''ve been fine to tell him off since he is not an adventurer and thus shouldn''t even enter dungeons, but since he killed it without taking a step inside Does it technically make him innocent?

    Beside him, Angelica-san is making foreigner-like good griefgestures, as if it doesn''t concern her at all, but you are an aplice, okay?! Just a short while ago she was saying stuff like I will follow him to the bitter end!, deeply moving all of the girls, so why is she acting like she has nothing to do with this?

    She should''ve had a lot of responsibility at the previous ex-Dungeon Emperor position, so I had high hopes for her, certain that we can entrust handling Haruka-kun to her Bute to think of it, she also irresponsibly ditched the Dungeon Emperor post. Teaming up with Haruka-kun she destroyed that dungeon, and today she helped him destroy another one. Yeah, Angelica-san appears like amon-sense person, but actually is his aplice.

    And for the dinner we had croquettes. Presented with those freshly fried, hot, and crispy crockets both boys and girls made a huge uproar, scrambling to get the first serving. Everyone was beside themselves,pletely forgetting about the sermon and everything, eating until they got sick from overeating. That''s dangerous! We must not forget that potatoes are the natural enemy of girls!

    Apparently, he got a huge volume of potatoes from the vige. And it seems he also bought as many potatoes as he could. This is the specialty of that nearby vige, but the poprity doesn''t seem to have spread to other ces, so they were troubled, unable to sell a huge stock they had. Both Haruka-kun and the vigers were overjoyed with him buying up their whole stock.

    You see? There is a point to sightseeing as well? Trading is also important? And also records of agricultural information? I''m sure even Marco-san would''ve been impressed with my observations? [2]

    And so he kept bragging, talking about the farm vige, and with the talks about the vige and croquettes, the matter with the dungeon waspletely forgotten. Yeah, looks like the dungeon really was killed just incidentally, while he was at it.

    I mean, more than half of the remaining story was about potatoes. The first half was BBQ, the second half potatoes. During the course of a long, long story of today''s events, the only line about the dungeon wasI kind of flooded it?.

    Just in case we also tried to get testimony from his aplice, Angelica-san, but all we got is her awkwardly and yet happily saying stuff likeThe scenery was beautiful, or I never tried barbeque before, but it was very delicious, or I tried grilling meat for the first time, or Cold river in such nice weather felt really goodand so on, just speaking joyfully. Yeah, looks like they were just having a pic. Well, good for them?

    What we managed to understand is that while the newly made dungeon lot he went to see was very shabby, the nearby vige was nice and had a lot of potatoes, so the trip was worth it.

    And that the person that went with him enjoyed the pic, and is very happy about today.

    And also, the dungeon was destroyed through flooding.

    I guess thats all? I wonder if the guild will be fine with this? Will the lord understand what they are talking about when they report this to him?

    Even so, the meeting was over.

    And the lecture on the outrageously outrageous matter with the dungeon was avoided. Everyone had their mouths sealed with sweet potatoes. Potatoes are girls'' enemy!

    Yeah, one more set? [TL Notes: [1] Toyotomi Hideyoshi was a Japanese samurai and daimy of thete Sengoku period regarded as the second "Great Unifier" of Japan. [2] Marco Polo, Vian merchant of XIII''s century most famous for his travel records. ]

 Chapter 110: I was warned, reminded, and coerced!

    Chapter 110: I was warned, reminded, and coerced!

    Day 42  Morning, Dungeon near the vige downstream.

    What a pleasant morning And that''s because it follows a pleasant night! Yup, it was quite an enjoyable experience, I''m sure, this would mark the beginning of an equally nice day Or so I thought, but it wasn''t nice at all?! Ipletely forgot about the dungeon

    Well, to be more precise, it was unpleasant, or rather, high on difort index. Every bit of the dungeon was wet, damp, and humid, I don''t enjoy this kind of wet at all.

    This dungeon doesn''t even have a proper venttion or drainage system, let alone any countermeasures for humidity. I''d really like to see the face of the dungeon master of this ce, though they are probably dead by now?

    They probably turned into a magic stone already, so there is no face to look at. And since they are a magic stone now, they wouldn''t be able to receiveints.

    Damn, the great dungeon was too big to settle there, but it was incredibly well built.

    And the dungeon master of that ce turned out to be really cute as well.

    And with an amazing figure on top of

    *Cough Cough* I''m not thinking anything, alright? Okay, why are you drawing your sword? It''s dangerous? Yeah, it might be the right thing to do since we are in a dungeon, but at the moment, all of the monsters are nothing but magic stones, so you don''t need a sword, right?

    (Stare)

    Both the floor and the stairs are all slippery from the water covering them, making it hard to walk. And there are no handrails or anything, really, don''t they have the Building Standards Act for Dungeons or something? Yes, this is a dangerous dungeon that has no regard for the safety of invaders, creating an environment with a high risk of idents from slipping and falling.

    The safety andfort levels of this ce are the worst. That''s why you are so unpopr, dungeon-san, since you paid no attention to adventurers'' safety in your nning no one wants to adventure here. And of course, such an unsafe, diforting, and damp ce would also be disliked by the vigers. At least make an effort to build good rtions with your neighbors? What an antisocial Dungeon Master-san.

    I kept endlessly grumbling, muttering, as we kept going down the stairs. Hmm, no reply, huh?

    We keep picking up magic stones, but they all look kind of cheap. But I''m already out of money, broke to the point of having Pres pay for my lodgings from the deposit. Even if they are cheap I still have to gather them!

    But at the very least, can we have at least some treasure chests here? Or I''ll be in red after purchasing all those potatoes? No, I do need potatoes as well, but

    After walking through such a damp and humid ce it''s a huge loss. So not worth it. But can I at least have something to cover the potatoes'' cost? Well, I already made a huge profit from massive rip-off sales of sweet potatoes But since I already spent it all I don''t have a penny?

    That''s why I was pressed into checking such a damp and wet ce even though I wanted nothing to do with it.

    And by the way, I also was warned about doing lewd stuff inside dungeons. Yes, I''m being pressured!

    I mean, that''s the type of wet and slippery I''m down for No, I''m not gonna do anything?! I didn''t do anything?! Someday I''d like to try lotion y though *Cough, Cough*! No, it''s nothing. Now, let''s go down!

    The stairs are all slippery, so let''s sheathe the sword, okay?

    However, what if with all this humidity I got rheumatism, or arthritis, or neuralgia at this young age of 16? I probably would immediately recover from that due to my skills, but I still hate the idea. A young man shouldn''t have such diseases.

    We finally reached 5F, but it''s no fun at all. If we were going up I''d be able to enjoy the view from behind, but going down is not fun at all. There is nothing interesting in staring at the top of her helmet! If looking at the top of her helmet felt fun I think it would be a problem in itself, but dly, it''s not fun at all.

    Looks like there is something below us, on the 6th floor, what do we do? Should I just copse the ceiling and crush it?

    Im-possible G-hosts?

    Armored Pres-san told me, shaking her head. G-hosts Does she mean ghosts? Which means the enemy is incorporeal, so physical attacks won''t work on them. I mean, I doubt there are hosts there, the location is way too bad for such business.

    I can''t get into the mood because of this humidity. At this point, I just want to leave it as it is and go home. On top of this dungeon being trash as a real estate property, the treasure chests are trash as well. The hidden room on 5F for example, hadFreeze Sword  Ice Attribute (Lesser) PoW 10% Up, SpE 10% Up The effect is (Lesser) and the bonus is only 10%. I know that the great dungeon was just too good, but even so, it is incredibly underwhelming when youpare them.

    Yet, even this can be sold for a hefty sum. Or rather, it seems that if the item is too good it bes hard to sell it through ordinary channels, so somewhat dubious items are just right. Yeah, I want good equipment, but I also want money, so this is fine? It''s profitable? But even so It''s a dungeon?

    Won''t someT-this is the legendarytrope-like development happen? Well, I already have a legendary sword that just popped out of nowhere, so I don''t think I will be surprised by swords, but I want a weapon toe out with a hype appearance scene, clearly pointing to aplicated history behind it No one will get excited from just Oh, there is a holy sword on the ground! Isn''t there something like Only the chosen one can pull this out!?

    Considering my and Armored Pres-san''s equipment, I don''t think we will ever find better swords or armor, but I''d like something with special skills attached. Ice attribute is okay, but I don''t need (Lesser). If anything, I''d prefer something to burn enemies, because the geeks powered up! Isn''t there something?

    And 6F hadPhantom Lv6, no idea how it is different from spirits, specters, or ghosts, but the shape isn''t that of a human. I wonder what kind of spirit this is? Armored Pres-san switched her weapon from the rapier to a sword and taking a graceful stance began cutting through the enemies at blindingly fast speed Can you even cut spirits? Can this be resolved through physical means?!

    And what should I do? Maybe stretch the wooden staff that Im carrying, to about 2 meters length, gantly fly through the air, and then? And by the time I thought that it was all over. Could it be that all I''m going to do is go down the stairs? No chance to do anything else at all?

    In conclusion. Yeah, it seems that''s all I''m going to do here? The 7th floor''s hidden room had a vestige of a monster in the form of a magic stone, and the treasure chest had Thunder Spear: Lightning Attribute (Lesser) PoW 10% Up, SpE 10% Up, a shabby weapon. No, as merchandise, it should at least cover the cost of lewd outfits. I''m sure we will be able to buy a whole lot! The backless dress from yesterday was great, but the dress we saw the other day, with deep, deep cleavage, so deep in fact that it showed the navel, was also stirring. Well, with a figure that good, even outright lewd clothes look stylish on her. I was under such a deep impression, that went too hard at it, and she ended up scolding me in tears. No, I''m a highschool boy, and my levels of High Sexual VigorandInsatiable Libidokeep growing So it can''t be helped?

    Oh, 9F had another hidden room and a normal treasure chest in a corridor. The hidden room had Spiked Mail, Defense Up (Lesser) + ATT, I only showed it to Armored Pres-san and she immediately began refusing with all she had. So she is choosing items based on appearance after all?

    Well, wearing this would have you mistaken for a viin without a doubt. The entirety of armor is called in sinister-looking metal spikes. With this design, she would be safe and secure even in a post-apocalyptic world, but looks like she doesn''t approve?

    And the chest that was just sitting in the middle of a corridor had Earring, Decoration (B Rank). This is not even an equipment anymore, but let''s tribute it to Armored Pres. The earring with a blue jewel will surely match that blue dress with a slit. And it will look fine even when she takes that dress off! Alright, tonight is the night for that slit dress. Okay, I''ll do my best! I mean, the slit on that dress goes all the way to the upper part of the hips!!!

    And earrings should fit her in general. Despite being so cute and pretty she spent so much time as a skeleton, unable to dress up, so I think there is no problem at all with having a bit of luxury until she recovers.

    As we descended we kept finding somewhat better magic stones, but all of them still seemed like F rank. Or rather, the range of F rank is so huge that I still can''t get a proper grasp on the prices?

    On top of that, prices are beginning to fall, so even F 10+ is only 5,000,000 ere? Less than half of the previous price. Previously, the prices were up due to a deficit of magic stones, and on the contrary, now they are trying to stabilize the supply to prevent the price copse. So since they won''t readily buy up magic stones I have to make money from equipment. Sadly, there are no lewd clothes or underwear in dungeons Or is there? Yeah, if we find any I will make a temporary resting area!

 Chapter 111: Why do villagers keep giving me stuff until I cant carry it all anymore?

    Chapter 111: Why do vigers keep giving me stuff until I can''t carry it all anymore?

    Day 42  Morning, Dungeon near the Vige downstream.

    We finally reached the 12th floor. Although there is loot, as meager as it may be, this was of no use for the training at all.

    I guess it''s only natural that in a brand new dungeon both quality and quantity of monsters would be insufficient. Naturally, the same applied to the magic stones.

    Treasure chests are the only saving grace, yet there are no rare items that would make me want to equip them. The great dungeon was special after all. As expected of a dungeon with such a peerlessly beautiful dungeon master. Well, she was nothing but bones though?

    Or rather, the dungeon master was the greatest treasure of that dungeon. For that alone, I''m thankful that I was brought to this world. Yes, I''m affectionately thankful every night!

    Even so, I have nothing to do? Since the monsters are no match for Armored Pres-san at all, I don''t get any left for myself. I guess from a third-person point of view this is what could be objectively called An attendant of a knight in silver armor! I''vepletely be a minor character! I won''t be surprised if I find Kept Manamong my titles! Well, I will be mad though? Quite mad! After all, I already have Loner, NEET, and Hikikomori.

    However, I really have nothing to do. There are barely any monsters remaining in the first ce. Monsters of this dungeon were in serious danger of extinction. After all, there are magic stones everywhere I look. The cause of death is either inability to swim or withstand water pressure Hm?

    There is something on the 13th floor, can you tell what it is? The numbers are not great, but they seem to be moving around a lot? Kind of?

    De-demo-n''s, ka-ma.

    Demon''s kama it seems? Yeah, the way she struggles with words despite her supreme beauty makes her even cuter. Ah, how I''d want to *Cough, Cough!*

    She is ring at me! Ehm, kama? Like desire? Demon desire? Or kama like for tea? Maybe Demon''s naKama? Just demon''s what is that? I hope it''s not a demon okama. If so, then I''m running away. Absolutely! [1][2]

    But they seem to be swinging something? Or maybe they are gesturing?

    Well, I''ll know the answer when I go down to that floor. With those thoughts, I went down the stairs and it turns out the correct answer was Demon Scythe Lv 13. I thought it''s Demon Nakama, but turns out it''s just oversized kamas.

    Or rather, flying scythes. I guess it would be more urate to call them Scythe Demons. Enemies possess an eerie appearance that seems like abination of a kama and a spear. Quite an appealing form for someone with an 8th grader''s syndrome? [3]

    Spinning, three scythes areing this way. Flying weapons, huh, quite cool. If people who actually suffer from 8th grade syndrome were here they would''ve swooped down on those scythes and made a bloodbath fighting for them!

    Eeehm Dominate?

    (((ng)))

    It worked, it seems? Suddenly rememberingDemon Ring:Dominate Demon (3), I pointed to the flying scythes and tried to use it on them, after which they fell to the ground and stopped moving. What is this? Are they on standby for orders?

    Eehm? Fly?

    Wooow, they flew up! The three scythes are now floating in the air! Very in line with 8th grader''s fantasies.

    The demon scythes spin around me, following the trajectory that I picture in my mind. Since they obey a mere thought they might be quite useful? But at Lv 13 they are too weak unless I train them.

    Well, I can just think about it as I use them. Their levels will rise gradually. If only I had 4 scythes I would''ve had enough for the head of every geek. Unlucky.

    I keep ying around the scythes, spinning and circling them, and it seems they really move ording to my thoughts. Quite useful. Perhaps thanks to my Apex Thinking Lv 3I have no problem with controlling them separately, no difort or confusion at all. This is useful, or rather, very cool! But isn''t this kind of viin-like? And I''m already wearing a ck mantle with a hood? If I fused Spike Mailwith it, then I''d probably be attacked on sight by adventurers if they spotted me inside a dungeon!

    However, I wonder howDemon Ring''s control is different from the control of my Taming? Probably, my Tamingdoesn''t have apelling force behind it, while Demon Ring''s control is forceful. But what about the bitches who forced their way into being Tamedby me?

    This reminds me, sinceing to this world I''ve yet to encounter a proper mirror, so I didn''t notice it myself until now, but apparently, the color of my eyes tends to change from time to time? It seems, sometimes, they turn golden. A 16 year old boy in all ck with golden-colored contacts, swinging a scythe would be an incredibly cringy sight. No doubt, a mere look at that would be physically painful. Perhapscking a mirror is for the best?!

    However, with this, I will finally be able to cut the grass around the cave. Revolving scythes with automatic control and auto spinning function. Now, I''ll be able to create my own park! I also should deforest a bit of the woods. Thinking so, I might''ve gotten pretty great stuff. It''s good that I came here After all, I got potatoes and awnmower?

    As I was ying around with the scythes, spinning them, we continued our advance. I thought that the scythes will be hard to handle in confined spaces but it turns out their des can be folded, basically turning them into spears. Spears with a de attached to the handle. Might be good for charging attacks as well. Can''t wait to try it out.

    And even though I''m trying to raise a g here, there are no monsters around! The monster in the hidden room of the 15th floor also was a magic stone, while the chest contained Counter Shield  Returns magic or impact once the damage reaches a certain thresholdDeF 20% Up. Let''s sell it to ssmates. I''d prefer to give them a priority on purchasing good items. Also, the items that are too good get a bit too expensive to sell otherwise. There was fiercepetition to buy de Shieldso there will be someone who''d want this as well. Maybe I should hold another auction?

    As we reached the 15th floor magic stones'' quality somewhat improved, but there are still very few of them. Must be because the dungeon was yet to fully develop. How dull

    Eem, is this thest stop? Kind of? I guess?

    (Nod, Nod)

    Well, as expected, my Affection Rating won''t be found on a mere 17th floor. After all, I went all the way to the 100th floor earlier and didn''t find it So the chances of it being here are slim to none?

    It seems that the 17th floor was the residence of the dungeon master. A single conspicuouslyrge magic stone is lying on the ground. Beside it lies a set of armor. Must be the equipment of the dungeon master. An armored dungeon master But would a living armor or a skeleton knight die by drowning? Just what was this dungeon master''s job?! There are no other items, so nothing to deduce from. This means the culprit will remain unknown!

    Ah, there is a passageway in the back A hidden room spotted! Thanks to Space PerceptionI discovered another hidden room. This skill could be the most useful one in the dungeons, but before I noticed it was absorbed byRajingan. I still can use it, but it disappeared from the list of my skills. You are helping me so much, yet you had so little screen time, Space Perception-san.

    This way, over here, it''s a hidden passage? A hidden room? Which is it? That sort of thing?

    There is a very obvious rock, but pushing it reveals a passage. This arrangement boosts expectations but considering everything we saw here so far, getting my hopes up would be very foolish.

    At the end of the passageway was a treasure chest. Well, I guess this can be counted as a hidden room. But once again, no lock. Just what the hell was that Magic Keyfor? Is it hinting me to turn to burry? Is it because I''m an unemployed 16 year old (male) living in a cave? Hmm, can''t argue, that is reasonably suspicious.

    Inside the chest was Ring of Dungeon Master  Dungeon Creation, Dungeon Controleh? Eeeeeeeeeeh?

    Why wasnt the dungeon master wearing it? Why did they have it locked away?! You have to wear it! You are a dungeon master. Could it be they didn''t like the job? Well, it indeed seems to be pretty exploitative Both in terms of duties and the post itself. I mean, even their superior, Dungeon Emperor, resigned from the office?

    However, does one be a subordinate of the dungeon emperor upon equipping this? Or rather, was there an inauguration of a new dungeon emperor? Yeah, equipping this might lead to problems with dungeon hierarchy.

    However, with dungeon creation, I will be able to not just remodel but create brand new dungeons. I''d better keep it, just in case.

    The armor is Armored te  DeF Enhancement (Great), Magic Resistance (Intermediate), Auto Heal, quite bulky. However, the effects are nice, and Armored Pres-san doesn''t want it. This is going on auction when we get back.

    Now, let''s go home. There seems to be nothing left, and despite the dungeon being so dripping wet, no lotion appeared among the drops. No need to take a rest at such a ce. Yeah, no Rest, huh tch?

    When on the way back I told an old-timer from the vige that the dungeon was dead and had no monsters, he, for some reason, was extremely overjoyed, and even went to call the vige elder. Yeah, being called, he came, and as expected, it''s another old man. No need to call something like that!

    After bowing over and over they then gave me a whole ton of vegetables. ording to the old-timer who is the vige elder, the walls and some of the structures were destroyed by a flood a few years ago, so they arepletely defenseless from the monsters. Which reminds me, when I first came here they had nothing but a wooden fence around the vige, but it seems they are working on a new wall? Indeed, being attacked by monsters under such conditions would be scary. After all, this ce is different from that terrifying town of brutes, where every citizen is armed with a club.

    But I received vegetables from the whole vige, and it''s not like it''s that big, so it doesn''t need much of a lengthy wall. On top of that, I didn''t do anything today, so I have full mana. Yeah, after all, I really didn''t do anything at all!

    Putting my hand to the ground I pour magic power into it. If I properly set up the area of effect first, then I will be able to easily handle the rest with visualization only. The thickness and the height can be adjusted ording to my mana reserves.

    Come forth, walls? I guess? You don''t need a ditch for it, right? Traps would be dangerous for the people of the vige? Kind of?

    The height doesn''t even reach 2 meters, but it''s reasonably thick, so the likes of a goblin leader won''t be able to destroy it. Kobolds and wolves might be able to jump over it, but making it higher will turn it more fragile Let''s dig around it a bit? Yeah, looks pretty good now?

    Well, I felt bad just taking all those vegetables for free, so I made a small wall? Kind of? I guess?

    Eh?!

    For some reason, they gave me even more vegetables. I probably wouldn''t have been able to hold all of them if I didn''t have the item bag.

    Well, they seem to be happy? The vige elder even had tears in his eyes. Making a big deal out of nothing? Was there no one in the vige who could use Earth Magic? Getting even more vegetables from something like this, I might''ve profited from it even more from the dungeon? As expected, sightseeing is important. Let''s have a hot pot today The only question here, can earthenware pot be made through Earth Magic? [TL Notes: [1] Kama ()  means "desire, wish, longing" in Hindu, Buddhist, and Jain literature. [2] Kama ()  a type of metal pot or kettle used in Japanese tea ceremony. [3] Kama ()  a traditional Japanese farming implement simr to a sickle used for reaping crops and also employed as a weapon ]

 Chapter 196: Unmatched even in this world, their PoW cant be measured in stats.

    Chapter 196: Unmatched even in this world, their PoW can''t be measured in stats.

    Day 56  Daytime.

    This is the worst! I waspletely unprepared, even though I''m all on my own today, without any allies around, I was totally off guard and careless. Having a day off from the dungeon exploration and with the cksmith beginning to smith too I was finally released from work and was taking it easy,pletely unaware of what wasing.

    They already surrounded me, blocking all escape routes, and there is not enough distance from them to get away with Air Walk. It''s a checkmate.

    But the worst part is the weapons in their hands.

    I never thought that I''d encounter this. I was negligent. I was sure they are a thing of the past.

    That''s why I let my guard down. I removed them from the list of the enemies I tracked with Detect Presence. Because I thought they were no more. Because I thought that no one had these anymore.

    That is Without a doubt the worst weapon. That''s right, order forms!

    I was working through the night to construct the vige? I kept working, despite how horny I felt? I was working basically locked in a fierce battle with the horniness that burned akin to the raging mes of eros? I was pretty sure I''d get scolded if we started doing it in the fields, so I held back? Doing my best until the morning, fighting off the 108 spirits of worldly desires, all 108 of which turned out to be Lust. And the 109th immediately popped up as well? Lust-san was really stacked on those spirits? Like, even if the purifying bell was rung every 0,00001 seconds, it still wouldn''t be enough to purge them all! Or rather, if it was rung that much it''d be an annoyance! Like, anyone would be sayingwho the hell is ringing that bell, stop it?!!

    Why do orders still remain? That is the biggest question, but the key to that mystery is right here! That''s right, I was so caught up in making that vige that I forgot about other orders, or rather, there is no way I could''ve done them! Making 1 vige is bound to eat up all of the avable time! If a night shift took more than 24 hours, then it has nothing to do with the night anymore. It''s just an around-the-clock operation! I don''t do such services, but a lewd midnight room service sounds nice? Very nice. But it has nothing to do with my side job. I like the rewards, but it''s not like I like thebor itself.

    Look at this! There is Urgent written here. The women of the town are awaiting new dresses! re skirts and blouses too! And I also marked mushrooms lunches as extra urgent!

    Why are you ordering food from me?! And every day on top of that! Didn''t they open an eating ce right next to your store?! And also There is urgent written here, there is urgent written everywhere, on every order! If you write it on everything, then the entire point of writing urgentis lost. And why do lunches get extra urgent every time?!!

    Speaking of which, I now remember that there was an order for an insane amount of women''s clothing. However, it was for long skirts, long re skirts, and just ordinary blouses. If that order was for miniskirts, sexy dresses, or fis stockings, I would''ve made them right away, instantly, and delivered them the first thing in the morning! And then I would''ve sat down in the middle of the street to spectate the fruits of mybor! But since the order was for long skirts it could not set my soul aze, you know? There is nothing to get passionate about. Can''t I at the very least add a slit? Like, 1 meter long?

    I see, so this encirclement was aplished by the aunties of the town? That exins how they managed to block even the smallest of the alleyways, showing their thorough knowledge of the town. A wless encirclement. As expected, their PoW can''t be measured in stats, most likely, they have enough ability to participate in Maidens'' Bargain War with our girls, each of which has cheat skills, what a fearsome Auntie Power! So Aunties are Unmatched even in this world, huh.

    I got caught.

    Rather than working at the inn or the general store let''s do it here.

    Going to the textile workshop I begin the production. If I''m going to do this, I might as well use the chance to show a finished product, this should help them with production. Moreover, the articles mass-produced here will cost about half price. Aunties will surely prefer to buy there. Drawing out the pattern paper at once, I cut the cloth ording to it, and immediately get to sewing, well, Evil Hands do. Since it''s a simple model I quickly finish it. The frontier is still going to have a preference for simple and chic models Well, those are aunties after all.

    Additionally, gathering people from the workshop we get to mass-production, as I coach them along the way. A kind, gentle and attentive coaching. After all, there are so many young girls here! If I managed to boost my Affection Rating here, it just might recover from elementary particles level all the way up to the atomic level? With a strong heart, I conduct cordial no-touch coaching. The worldly desires that I couldn''t let out tomorrow are whirling akin to a centrifuge, but this is the critical point from my Affection Rating!

    Not like this? Don''t stab with the needle, pass it through instead? Also, you shouldn''t pull the thread here, you must spin it to align the seam. Yes, like that, and when you pull you have to pull the cloth too. The same force as the thread, ah, this is too loose. Sort of? Properly sewn it is less likely to end up with wrinkles and won''te undone that easily. Yes, like that, the threads and the cloth have to be one, then it''s perfect. Yes, that''s really good. If you manage to make a set like that it will be the best dress possible.

    Yeah, coaching beauties is fun. Back in the days, I thought about bing a librarian, spending time reading books, but bing a school teacher and teaching only cute girls might be nice too. Well, no chance for that anymore.

    It''s bing possible for aunties to buy new clothes, but it''s still tough for young girls, therefore, workshops. Textile workshops and sewing workshops provide employee discounts, which are pretty huge on their own, but the number of items one can buy also increases based on the output, moreover there are bonuses and sry raises depending on productivity, so naturally, young girls, who don''t have much money, tend to gather there. I''d like to apply too! Why do they refuse to hire me even though I was the one who established that ce?

    While coaching, I continue the production with Evil Hands and Holding. I already crafted more than enough, and if I make too much, it will take away work from the workshops, so limiting the stockpile to 1,000 for each article should be alright. But rather than that, it''s a chance to coach cute girls! I bet I''d get scolded if I used my hands, so it''s instructions only! Regrettably!

    This amount should cover both the stock and the orders, right? Or rather, why are the clothes selling so well all of a sudden? Did you have an invasion of a naked tribe or something? I wonder where are they, this calls for a thorough investigation!

    As if! Why would a naked tribee to the city? To buy clothes? My, that would be a jackpot! But where would they be carrying wallets?

    Looks like that''s not the case. And thus, the general store''s shopkeeper returned to the store, carrying clothes. Naturally, she didn''t forget the lunchboxes as well. Even though she almost forgot the clothes!

    Now then, this settles it for the time being? The bucket workshop definitely doesn''t need any coaching, after all, there is nothing but dudes working there. And it seems they are managing just fine. The foundry has only middle-aged men. So this ce is the only sce for me, but apparently, they won''t ept my job application. Even though I''m an investor?

    Well, let''s go back and make equipment and dinner? Although it''s a bit troubling since it''s still too early, even more troubling is Armored Pres-san''s figure, it won''t leave my mind so it''s a big trouble? Sort of? But since she is still not back, it''s not a fun sort of trouble?

    Having things I want to do but nothing I need to do, I head back to the forge and borrow some space there to try my hand at smithing. The stuff I made as a practice I gave to Royal Girl and Meri family. That family has the highest probability of getting targeted, in fact, they already were attacked in the past. They probably wanted to get hostages and threaten Meripapa-san. Even Royal Girl is in quite the danger. Since I used good materials, even though it was only a practice, it turned out like that. It''s better than what''s avable on the market and it also has bonus effects.

    Old maan. Why do you have to hammer your swords? Don''t you have Alchemy? Can''t you mass-produce an item with Alchemy once you make one manually? Is it because you are bald? Or is it because the only hair you have is your beard? Wanna transnt them?

    Don''t transnt people''s beards on their heads as you please! I can''t mass produce anything with Alchemy, magic stones fusion, bestowing enchantments, and then refinement is the most I can do. And when ites to transmutation then just doing things by hand will be faster and give better quality. Your Alchemy is the weird one. Even alchemists can''t do that. Good grief, just what do you think my precious beard is

    After all, I should learn the katana manufacturing method from the Geeks. Most likely, if trained, this old man should be able to make some amazing stuff. However, the result of allowing them to work on katanas was a steamship, and what is really irritating, it now does an awfully good job at transporting. Let''s make a torpedo next time.

    It''s kind of meh? It somehow feelscking? Why do I have this This isn''t itfeeling? Am I doing something wrong? But can I even spot a mistake without sufficient knowledge? But it somehow feels off anyway? Just what is this? Hmmm, is it because regardless of my understanding, I have read about this before and seen real articles?

    What is this fancy talk! You are definitely the only person in the whole world who can mass-produce items of this quality! If something like this were made inrge quantities every single cksmith would go out of business. Man, this is outrageous.

    The quality won''t improve from mass production, you know? Hmm, well, if I enchant and mithrilify them, it should be about the same level as the items found on dungeons'' middle floors. However, if I mithrilified items from the middle floors they would turn even better. It''s a bit questionable, but it should cover the shortage of ssmates'' equipment. This is a very important point, gearing 30 people was a problem, but this should solve it, and this can also be used as a base standard for gear. And an even more important point, is that the ones with the most cash in this remote region are my ssmates, who are raiding dungeons'' middle floors! Let''s rip them off!

 Chapter 113: Why is it so hard to believe that I didnt do anything bad?

    Chapter 113: Why is it so hard to believe that I didn''t do anything bad?

    Day 42  Nighttime, White Weirdo Inn.

    Gathering for Girls only meeting in the baths, we ask Angelica-san about today''s events.

    Apparently, it was a very small vige.

    And a poor one at that.

    Even so, the vigers were kind.

    A small and poor vige thatcked a defensive wall or even a fence, despite the proximity to the Demon Forest, yet peaceful, with kind and gentle inhabitants.

    Being the usual Haruka, he didn''t say a word about it, but it seems he also gave away wheat and potions as thanks for the vegetables.

    That''s why the whole vige was crying.

    That''s why the vigers were so grateful to him.

    Angelica-san happily and proudly spoke about Haruka-kun, almost shining, as she did so.

    How the whole vige was overjoyed with that splendid wall.

    How he bought all of the potatoes that theymented they cannot sell from them, and even taught them cooking techniques for it.

    And how he took a detour, cutting down the nearby demon forest.

    Angelica-san was delighted over being thanked over and over together with Haruka-kun.

    She told us a lot of what Haruka-kun usually wouldn''t mention.

    Everyone''s eyes were red as we were unable to stop crying.

    Haruka-kun has only a pretense of evil.

    I knew many people who put up a pretense of goodness, in other words, hypocrites, I saw a lot of such adults.

    Sweet and pleasant to the ear, splendid wise-sounding words devoid of any substance, and the people that unt that, profiting from making fools of others. There were plenty of such in our previous world.

    But Haruka-kun puts up a pretense of evil, constantly saying ridiculous and mean things, and only making public his absurd or outrageous actions.

    That''s why we never heard of him doing anything good.

    Even though good things constantly happen around Haruka-kun, he keeps saying that it''s just an ident, a coincidence, that he has nothing to do with that, that he knew nothing, that he didn''t do anything, that''s it''s a surprise to him as well, painting himself as an offender, iming that he is not to me for that, despite making all of it happen.

    In other words, he is a fake baddie.

    Always acting as a bad guy, he is constantly helping everyone, but then acts as if he is unrted to any of that.

    That''s why he kept his usual front today as well and ran away from people who thanked him in tears.

    He can take on a horde of monsters or a great dungeon, somehow handling it all on his own, and yet he has to escape from people thanking him.

    Because he only knows how to act as a rogue.

    That''s why everyone''s eyes are red.

    After we got out of the bath and took our girls-only gathering to the room, Angelica-san, looking all delighted, brought clothes that Haruka-kun bought her. Everyone looked with hints of envy at dresses and underwear, that had such borate and fine design and ornaments that it was hard to believe they came from this world, which hardly had any fancy clothes, but The more we looked, the lewder they got. The objective is clear, he is GUILTY. I mean?!

    Kyaa! What is this? Slit goes all the way to the top of the hip bone! Wait, is this a china dress?This red dress is cute though Eh? The cut is so deep that it goes all the way to navelThe ck dress looks sexy, and it has an open back Eh! It''s so open that even butt might show! How indecent!What is this string? A dress? It covers nothing! It''s just one big opening!?Hmm, and this is a, right?

    The dresses are colorful, and the fabric is good, but just when you''d think that and pick them upIt turns out that every single one of them has some kind of huge opening, showing parts that shouldn''t be seen!

    So this world had it as well, lewd underwear. This one is cute, but it''s super low-rise? It only covers half of the butt!But this one is nice? The sides are strings though Sexy, but cute? No, I feel like this might be just lewd?The area the cloth covers It''s like it''s not trying to hide anything? Just look at this? Or this?No frill orce it seems~, but looks like they have ribbons~? If they were a bit more normal, I''d want something like that for myself, too small for me though~.

    At first, we rejoiced that this world also has cute underwear, but taking a closer look Is it even trying to cover anything at all? Take this for example Isn''t it the same as wearing nothing at all? And pretty much all of it was like that.

    So she wore this and did that, did, that, doing that. In this, this or rather, just where did Haruka-kun buy such a thing?They seem to be sold at that general store! We had to check it! We have to buy them!Yes, but they don''t seem to be capable to endurebat, they might just disappear somewhere during a fight?Well, yeah, they are for lewd purposes only?They are cute, but where am I supposed to wear them? Whom would I show that? Having luckyunderwear is all good, but there is no chance to even try that luck?

    Each and every single one of them seems to have zero practical use, but apparently, they are being put to use every day, or rather, every night. Fully!

    Even so, that Angelica-san, with such an innocent smile on her face Keeps going how hands slip through here or there and then follow with such, or how he does this or that, passing his fingers through that gap or this slit Aren''t her exnations just way too lewd?!

    All of the highschool girls long since passed their limit, copsing in droves! It''s also because her face looks so sexy. I understand that it''s because she recalls what happened as she talks about it, but isn''t she recalling too much? Her face and eyes look as if she is in some kind of ecstatic trance, melting in pleasure?!

    By the way, it seems today she received earrings with blue jewels. Just when we thought that it''s a nice story and asked for more details, it turned out that those earrings go along with that blue dress with a super deep slit. The earrings are just a bonus, I''m sure the dress and underwear will be just as insignificant soon enough!

    And even so, with a smile as pure as that of an angel she continued talking about how he bit her while licking here or there, or how he inserted his tongue and sucked, or moved it around, or rubbed, or caressed It''s a red card! A risky description that made even the girls who were just listening feel weird! Everyone got a strange look in their eyes!

    Everyone''s eyes were red. Bloodshot from excessive excitement.

 Chapter 114: I think revenge breeds revenge, but in this case, a pleasant one instead of painful.

    Chapter 114: I think revenge breeds revenge, but in this case, a pleasant one instead of painful.

    Day 43  Morning, Omui''s Guild of Adventurers

    Before going on a morning walk I have to drop by the guild for the usual stuff. After all, morning t gaze starts from here. A highschool boys wholesome morning routine begins with a t gaze and ends with a t gaze.

    Nonono, just how, why, for what reason are the requests still the same? Is this guild even trying? The person in charge of this board doesn''t work at all, no? They work even less than a NEET. I''ming here every day, and every day it turns out to be a waste of time? Why didnt the request change even once? Just when will you post a request that can make me a rich man? Just where is my chance to get rich quick?

    Really, just when are you going to start keeping low-profile? Why are youing here every day? Aren''t I telling you every day that only adventurers can take profitable quests? You are still not an adventurer, right? Then why are youing here every single day? You must being just so you canin about the bulletin board!

    Today''s share of morning t gaze from Receptionist Pres. My, t Gaze from the girls at the inn, a portable t Gaze from Armored Pres-san, and a mufufu-type t gaze at night. Calling this world a t Gaze Paradise wouldn''t be an exaggeration at all! Okay, I got the stare, so it''s time to set out.

    Leaving magic stones that I had stored quite a lot of by now, at the purchase counter, I, just in case, exin that I killed the dungeon near the vige downstream. Even the old man guild master came out, so I just said that I had to say and escaped. I mean, I said a few times already that Dungeon drowned, but for some reason, they just don''t get it? Well, I exined it like 3 times already, so I think that''s quite enough.

    Now, to the forest. Home, sweet home, we can decide if we will spend a night there or not after we see how the situation goes. As a healthy highschool boy I, of course, find it hard to give up on Jacuzzi y, but if we go at it there, then it will take a while for us to leave, so we won''t be able to return back to the town before dark. Oh well, let''s worry about itter.

    First iswn mowing! Let''s aim for a one-house cave with a garden!

    Yesterday, I already testedDemon Scythes on the way back from the vige, and they easily cut even fairlyrge trees, so cutting grass should be extremely easy.

    With this, I will finally be able to mow the grass around the cave. It was bothering me for quite some time, but it seemed like a huge pain so I didn''t touch it until now. But Demon Scytheis a fully automatic scythe with self-propelled des. One order is enough forplete deforestation, and degoblinization. Will I be finally able to celebrate adding gardens to the cave? Maybe someday I can also add fields? Anyway, let''s start with ordering them to cut the trees around the cave.

    We swiftly move through the forest, but with threeDemon Scythesflying around and cutting down all of the goblins and kobolds, Armored Pres-san seems to be bored. Aren''t you doing the same thing to me all the time? Every single day without exception? Just yesterday you had a lot of fun doing this, no? I had absolutely nothing to do during our Dungeon Capture yesterday? In the end, I literally came there just to go down and up the stairs?

    I was extremely sad when I was all ready for action, and by the time I finished saying Phew, so they are finally here Let''s do it, all of the monsters were dead. It ended with me extending my staff for no reason at all I even took a cool pose, and it was all over That was all I got to do yesterday.

    But monsters in the Demon Forest really became scarce. Apparently, even adventurers and regr troops areing to cull the poption, so unless you go deep into the woods there is no profit to be made. And not to mention that there are much fewer mushrooms on the edge of the forest, so we should hurry to the cave. However, from time to timeDemon Scytheswould bring magic stones to me, but just how are they doing it? Do they have hands or something?

    With this and that we finally came back home. Leaving Demon Scythes to deforest the surroundings, Armored Pres-san and I head for the forest depths. The main purpose is mushroom gathering and goblin sweepings. Coincidentally, kobold sweeping as well. I finally will get to train. While getting beaten up by Armored Pres-san behind the inn can serve as practice, you can''t call it a training. That''s not a martial art practice but more of a practice to stay alive Yeah, basically, just getting beaten up.

    It seems the president and others are also getting beatings under the guise of practice, so I once went behind the inn to check on them and saw a very surreal sight of 29 bodies piled up in a mound under a starry sky, with the Poster Girl, in a panic, doing some kind of mysterious dance around them That was seriously bizarre.

    It''s training time,Magic Wrapping. Forcibly enhance my body by forcibly wrapping it in skills and magic. A very radical enhancement technique, awkward movements which would deal damage to me. Synchronize the body, mana, and skills, integrate them with each other. It can be considered perfected when I can do that as naturally as I breathe. Everyone would be doing it if it could be done that easily, but unless I have proper control of my movements my muscles tear, and even my bones break. That damage is endlessly restored through Regeneration, repeating the cycle of breaking and healing over and over. That''s why I have to keep training to improve my movements until I break to the point of being unable to move Wait, isn''t that absurd?!

    Aaagh, as I thought, when the feeling for the body changes, it also ruins techniques? Too strong and too fast, yet too weak?

    My low physical abilities are being forcibly enhanced from outside, a reckless enhancement skill, enforcing movements on the body from the outside. Using it deals damage to me, but failing to use it puts me at risk of being killed by monsters. That''s why I''m making do with what I have, forcibly creating such a makeshift technique, picking the best part from every skill to somehow get by, and I''m shifting and adjusting things, trying to get the hang of it. As long as I can bear the pain I will eventually get used to it and wille to be able to properly make use of it, if I don''t, I will get beaten up under a pretext of training, so in either case, what awaits me is pain.

    Even Lv 15 goblins take only one hit Well, it always takes only one hit, but being able to take them in one hit without ambushing them from behind is a huge improvement. I don''t have to erase my presence and sneak around like I did until now. I can just take them head-on, so it''s remarkable progress, but at the same time, self-destruction is progressing as well, gradually depleting HP with self-inflicted damage. It''s not too bad, but it still hurts.

    Somehow, while unable to fully masterMagic WrappingI''m still somehow making use of it. The problem is whates after this. Most likely the real hurdle is going to be Teleportationskill. Magic Wrappingis a martial art type, while Teleportationis magic, and Magic Wrappingis probably a skill that allows wrapping not only mana but also skills and magic In other words, evenTeleportationcan be wrapped.

    I beat a fast-moving kobold with my own speed Fast, but since teleportation is a part of the movement, control bes incredibly difficult. But the movements are blindingly fast, it''s almost as if I vanish for a moment. Or rather, I actually do disappear for an instant, don''t I? If I master this I will be able to vanish from sight, allowing for an indefensible attack, getting the hang of this I will be able to teleport, delivering an undodgeable fatal attack. The problem is that the skill is heinously hard to use, far from allowing me to easily learn it!

    But if I manage to get all of that in order, merging it with Kyojitsuthen I''ll be able to fight even the dungeon emperor. If so, then I might be able to avoid at least some of the beatings! But just why do I feel that I won''t be able to win?

    I activated Teleportationduring our spars as well, but I was beaten anyway. I can vanish or teleport all I want, and I will still get beaten up. Yeah, if she werepletely swallowed by the darkness in the depths of that dungeon then she would''ve be not just Demon Lord but Supreme Demon Overlord, and easily destroyed the world. I mean, she is like this afterTamingreduced her to the first level, if she was in herplete form, no one would''ve been able to defeat her. For real!

    However, right now she is happily springing through the woods, like a dance. She must be smiling under that helmet. Ayer of gob and kobold corpses is covering the surroundings, but she seems to be having fun so it''s okay. I just had to take my eyes off for one second, and my practice partners are going extinct again, but it''s fine. Coincidentally, her cheerful shing attacks are also destroying the woods, almost turning the whole area into an empty lot by now But it''s fine, I guess? Hmm, but I won''t be able to collect mushrooms there after this, so I wish she would keep it in moderation.

    In one go close the distance with an enemy and sh, all in one motion, merging everything in one action, and repeat it over and over Was my n, but all of the monsters were annihted. Okay, let''s go upstream. There is nothing to do here since there are no kings around anymore, but since upstream at least has numbers, they should be able to hold off Armored Pres-san for a bit!

    Well To be honest I didn''t expect anything But at least struggle a bit harder! Why do all of you jump in just to get easily beaten back? Are you idiots? Are you goblins? No! You are kobolds! So act the part! Cooperate, make joint attacks! Why are you just jumping at Armored Pres-san head-on? Is this a group suicide? Well, looks like it indeed was one act of mass self-destruction, the result is obvious the moment they charge at her, couldn''t even buy time, useless monsters.

    Only the orc area is left, but we spent more time picking mushrooms than fighting. At this rate, I might get a Mushroom Hunter ss. While it might be better than Jobless, doesn''t mushroom gatherer in all ck armed with a wooden stick sound super suspicious?

    Good grief, while I''m doing my best, dding Teleportationand tripping at super high speed, rolling around, bumping into trees, falling to the ground with said trees, and rolling on the ground, all of the orcs were killed as well? I crushed a few, running over them as I was rolling on the ground, but I didn''t get to properly face even one! They just died instantly. While I was rolling through the woods everything was finished.

    My attempts to havebat training ended up with rolling training. No, I don''t need such training? Eventually, she gave me one orc king out of pity. I really begged her for it! Everyone else was dead by then. The culprit, that person in silver armor, then observed my fight while nodding in satisfaction. And when my wrapped magic screwed me over and I went flying she would go Oh my, slowly shaking her head It''s sooo distracting!

    Finally On the 7th try it finally became something resembling Kyojitsu? I think it worked because Orc King went down in one attack, but it just went Pewand by the time I thought I''d move, I already finished the sh Is it done? I don''t really feel that way, but even if I want to practice more there are no opponents left.

    Since I had no other options, we stayed for the night, and I got beaten up. Beaten up in the garden that Demon Scythesjust finished cutting out! Unable to go pew, I was getting repeatedly beaten up, and when I finally was about to go pew, I couldntnd the blow, and was beaten up. While the instantaneous speed of teleportation cannot be evaded, it seems that simple movements still can be read and predicted. And as I was beaten, battered, and pounded, the night came.

    Yes, and since the night came, I went all out in my revenge. All the way untilte night! Well, I''m pretty sure that tomorrow I will get beaten up again in revenge for that revenge.

    But I have no regrets. After all, it was a very nice revenge. I suspect that revenge breeds revenge, but since it is so good, I think it''s okay. Yeah, it was amazing!

 Chapter 115: Why are you taking back the materials that I worked so hard to gather and bring there?

    Chapter 115: Why are you taking back the materials that I worked so hard to gather and bring there?

    Day 43  Morning, Omui''s Guild of Adventurers.

    There is a small vige called Shimomui. A very small vige, formed as the result of farmers of the farnds downstream from Omui town gathering together for the sake of security.

    Shimomui Vige is in a vicious circle of slowly growingrger, getting attacked by monsters, its fields falling into ruin from theck ofborers, and then recovering and slowly growing until it gets attacked by monsters again. Adventurers and guards are patrolling the area, and the monsters are regrly culled, but it seems to have little effect, so the circle keeps repeating.

    Fences built by the vige just get destroyed by monsters, and their first defensive wall, which they began building several years ago, was destroyed by a flood. Having no proper fence is the current reality for most of the surrounding viges or even towns. When a period of prosperityes, creating leeway in the budget, manpower and materials to resolve the problem are not there. Despite being surrounded by woonds, even lumber is hard to get, since the woods are infested by monsters.

    However, today, arge quantity of wood suddenly arrived. Or rather than say arrived, when the boy, whoes to the guild every day while not even being an adventurer, saw the request for lumber he askedYou are buying wood? Even though you are surrounded by woods? For real?and thenYou can pay in installments, so just buy it., and with those words it was left here. And not just any wood, but a huge pile of properly driedrge squared timber.

    We immediately sent a messenger to the lord. Buying up all of the wood, he gathered adventurers and carpenters with a goal of making at least fences for nearby settlements, and first, sent them to the nearest Shimomui Vige.

    However, Shimomui Vige was no more. That tiny defenseless vige disappeared.

    What stood there was a small fortress-like town surrounded by strong walls. As we neared it, the vige mayor immediately came out and told us of what had happened. The story sounded like a fairytale or a legend from some farawaynd.

    Previously, we received a report that a new dungeon appeared downstream from Shimomui Vige. Since the dungeon was still young we nned to immediately squash it as soon as we gathered enough force, but being constantly short on people we kept postponing it. And then, the day before yesterday, a knight in silver armor came to the vige, apanied by a young man in a ck robe. The young man in a ck robe bought up all of the grain and vegetables they couldn''t sell until now and bartered much-needed wheat and medicine that they couldn''t afford After that, the two entered the dungeon.

    Then, they entered the dungeon on the next day as well, anding back a few hourster told them that the dungeon is dead. And since the young man was holding the legendary Ring of the Dungeon Master in his hand there is no room for doubt. Grateful for the grain, medicine, and on top of that, having the dungeon destroyed, the vigers gathered all of the agricultural produce their poor vige could spare and gave it to the two as their thanks.

    epting that, the young man rejoiced and putting his hands to the ground said the following. Come forth, Walls?and with that single utterance, the rampart was made.

    Having no idea how to thank such an amazing sorcerer, they gathered even the vegetables they nned to sell and gave them to the young man, then, he gave them numerous weapons, medicine, and money, saying that it is his gratitude. The vige didn''t have anything valuable enough to repay him, but he only smiled and replied that receiving so many vegetables is enough for him. Unable to calm down, since it didn''t sit right with them, the vigers began gathering the little precious metals and jewellery they had in their homes, but the expression on the young man''s face turned to a troubled one, after which he said Thanks for the vegetablesand left. And just when they thought why the two went in the direction of the Evil Forest, the two began felling trees and even killing monsters at a blinding speed, leaving the vige just like that, without turning back even once.

    What remained was a splendid wall, cleared out woods, destroyed dungeon, and plenty of money and wheat. They also were told the ways to store and even cook the grains that they struggled to sell, and the suddenly prosperous vige now even had weapons and medicine. All of a sudden the vige became a safe and flourishing one, bringing happiness to everyone.

    The vige mayor and the vigers continued in tears. Saying that even they can hardly believe it. Even though they saw it all with their own eyes it all seems more like a dream. And despite all this, they couldn''t even ask for their names.

    It''s like a fairytale.

    In this harsh world, such a thing is possible only in folk tales or legends.

    Normally, hearing such a dream-like story, one wouldugh, dismissing it as silly gossip or an old fable.

    But we couldn''t do that.

    Since sturdy walls stood right in front of our eyes.

    And we were also very familiar with the town that was suddenly filled with happiness one day.

    So we couldn''t bring ourselves tough.

    Even more so, because we had a very good guess of who that young man in a ck robe was.

    After all, I just met the boy in a ck robe this morning.

    That ck-robed boy certainly said that the dungeon was dead. We had no idea what he was talking about, but he did say that. Confirming that was part of the reason I came here.

    And he also left arge amount of wood. The young man that cut parts of the Evil Forest that were too close to the vige would naturally have a lot of lumber.

    But the ck-robed boy left without saying a word about the vige.

    So no one knew about this.

    It''s all like a fairytale.

    This story will probably be a legend or a fable in the future and will be passed down in this vige.

    With all the joy, delight and gratitude that they have, they don''t even know to whom they should be thankful, so all those feelings will fuel the legend that is about to be born. That might be how such folk tales are created and transmitted in the first ce.

    That boy will most likely say nothing about this himself.

    So this story will end without bing known by anyone.

    But in this vige, it will be told for generations toe.

    They probably will be startled when they see him in the town, but until then, it can remain a happy fairytale.

    Let''s not tell them that the great sorcerer with a wooden staff is walking around beating monsters to death, using that staff as a wooden stick.

    For all that, the boy has to me no one but himself, never talking, introducing, or giving necessary details.

    So he will have to bear with them creating a fable out of gratitude.

    A fable about a travellingGreat Sorcerer in ck RobesandSilver Knight.

 Chapter 116: If someone saw it theyd think she is insane, but since she is having fun, its alright.

    Chapter 116: If someone saw it they''d think she is insane, but since she is having fun, it''s alright.

    Day 44  Morning, The cave.

    Unusually, it is raining. Did the rainy season start here? It''s raining buckets for an annoyingly long time. Until now it barely ever rained, and even when it did, it was only a light drizzle in the middle of the night. Well, it does seem like it is going to stop after a while, so for now, we are taking shelter in the cave. Continuing night activities the first thing in the morning is not a good idea. It sounds very appealing, but it is not a good idea Yeah, I actually thought about that, but she gave me a re?!

    So I''m killing time remodeling the cave without much of a n and making new furniture.

    Getting into the mood I made a hammock, where we then spent a while snuggling. It''s a secret that we then took things further and went for round two.

    Preparing the garden through magic while sitting in thefort of the cave, nting the fruit trees, which I purchased in the town and the vige, adding a terrace and connecting it with a room, branching the river and making a small pond, creating tables and benches around it.

    Creating stone pavement along the riverbank, making an arch bridge across it, cing benches on the opposite shore as well, and as I was ying around like that, the rain finally turned to drizzle.

    Looks like it''s about to stop? Since it''s light rain we can both stay or go back if you want?

    She is hesitating, but it seems like she leans towards going back? At night she ising at me on her own, but in the morning she, for some reason, is angry and gives me a t gaze. Probably means that I''m overdoing it. But well, I''m a highschool boy and I can''t win during the day? So the night is my only chance to shine?

    Yeah, since I have no highlight scenes, I have to do my best during love scenes, so it''s not my fault at all.

    Now, it looks like Armored Pres-san has the girls on her mind, so we are going back. Spending time with just the two of us is great and all, but she seems to be happy to finally have female friends to talk with, and we cane back here any time anyway, so let''s return. But I wonder, just what are they doing during those girls-only gatherings? Even if I try to ask her, she always replies that it''s a girl secret, and doesn''t tell me anything?

    Picking up speed We are going to leave the forest without stopping for rest or whatever. The monsters are already extinct, and mushrooms are experiencing results of excessive foraging, so there is nothing to do here. While surprised by the effect of Swift Foot I spring through the forest. Thebination of effects ofWalkingand power-ups from level-ups greatly increased my movement speed. Armored Pres-san is following me without a problem. The trip takes less than an hour if we don''t hunt. It''s already in sight, emm, Something-Something Town?

    Did you get any good wares? I''ll buy them, I will, I''m a rich man now, can you hear me, General Store Peasant? Kind of?

    Returning to the town we drop by the General Store. Armored Pres-san is going nuts over newly arrived clothes. Mm, the aura she gives off almost feels threatening, so I''ll leave her alone for now.

    The variation and quantity of goods seem to be growing, but how should I put it, very gradually? And the merchandise is all over the store, so it feels kind of cramped.

    You aren''t making that much profit? I gave you plenty of investments and mushrooms, so why is the store still so small?

    The mushrooms are selling well, but the suppliers can''t keep up, and I just expanded the store, but already have nowhere to ce goods, because of a certain someone.

    She bought the building next door and connected it to the store, breaking the walls. There is a difference in ground levels, and the whole thing doesn''t look great at all. Since she is trying to cram everything here, the goods are in chaos, lying in plies without any logic.

    You bought the lot behind the store, right? If you don''t have enough, I''ll lend you money? You can pay me back in lewd underwear? Naturally, I''ll ept lewd dresses as well! That one was amazing!! Really!! Like REALLY!!!!! Thank you very much, sorta!!

    Whoa, whoa, whoa, we have new arrivals, so calm down. I bought thend, but there are no carpenters avable. And I didn''t even decide if I should put a warehouse or a store there, so until the building is made we will have to operate in this state, thanks to a certain someone. Somehow, every day is very busy Just what happened to this town? Thanks to a certain someone?

    She bought the store next door to expand, but since it still wasn''t enough, she bought the lot behind the store as well, I even refrained from taking all her money, since she said that she needs it because of that purchase, and turns out, she didn''t even begin construction there. I mean, I even invested money, shrooms, and magic stones? All for rice and eros. I''m throwing all of my energy to indulge two of the three primordial desires,pletely sacrificing the need for sleep to keep at it every night untilte?

    Since you already bought thend, shall I erect it? The limit of stone construction is 4 or 5 floors anyway so it will take only a moment? Do you need a basement? Or maybe a dungeon?

    Haaaah, what do you mean by erect? Why is it going to take only a moment? And why would a general store need a dungeon underground? Just what do you want from a general store? Outside of lewd stuff? I do want a basement, but I certainly don''t need a dungeon.

    Well then, I will remodel the interior after I connect the two buildings, so please move the merchandise away from that wall. Armored Pres-san, please help her as well. You can take some clothes as paymentter.

    With thend behind the store we should get pretty much a square shape, A standard building should do, 1-2F are sales floors, 3F in reserve, and 4-5F are warehouse/office/and general storedy''s residence. Then make one basement floor as a warehouse, and it should be enough space for starters. With a standard multi-story building shape, it will be possible to add new floors on top of this or expand the basement at any moment. Yeah, let''s do this.

    Measuring urate dimensions of the current store withRajingan, I remember them and making necessary calctions offset for that. Then, pouring my mana underground I create a foundation while gathering soil and stones, pulverize and mash them together, then erect walls, encasing the current general store building, following, create supporting pirs. Hmmm At this rate, I might just barely have enough mana for 5 floors? Slowly pouring mana in, I useHoldingto bind earth and sand together solidifying them into one structure. Making especially thick and strong pirs in four cardinal directions and the center, I also add arches, to support the upper floors. Create stairs spiraling around the central pir, and rocks to reinforce the pirs and the walls. Make a designated entrance for unloading goods into the basement, and it''splete.

    It was more difficult than I expected I''d feel scammed if I don''t get new lewd stuff after working so hard! Yeah, a male high school student can do anything for lewd stuff! Possibilities are unlimited? And there is also no limit to the number of clothes we need. After all, she is a great beauty, so she looks amazing no matter what you put on her. That''s why I want to dress her up more. Well, and I also want to undress her. Although I keep dressing her up in lewd clothes only But it can''t be helped? I just want something as sexy as her? Yeah, in a highschool boy sort of way? Kind of? Sort of?

    With this and that, I went back to the store, and they are moving the goods at a very slow pace, they are only half done, even though I worked so hard?

    I already finished, and you are still not done? Anyway, I''ll connect just this part then, and I will do the rest tomorrow. It seems my mana is pretty low as well?

    Reinforcing and strengthening the back wall of the general store I merge it with the wall of the new building. Then, expand it, widen, and connect it The mana I have a little left. I need just a bit more Barely, but I managed! Yeah, decoration and remodelinges tomorrow. I''mpletely spent.

    What do you mean still not done? What did you finish? Ah AAAAAAAAH! What is this?! Where is this?! What have you created!

    The general storedy jumped outside in panic and is now looking up at the building with her mouth wide open. Perhaps multi-story buildings were still a rarity, but other citizens also gathered around it, looking up. It''s just earth and stone walls, it''s nothing special? Stare as much as you want, it''s just a rectangr box? Yeah, painting and decorating it is for tomorrow. I''m getting hungry so I''m going home, okay?

    Being low on mana makes me incredibly hungry, and also, my head is spinning. I''m hungry and want to leave, but why is the general storedy standing frozen there, with her head turned upward? Mm, what about my lewd goods? Or rather, if she doesn''t go back to the store as fast as possible, Armored Pres-san might carry away all of the clothes from there? I''m serious? She is already holding an armful of clothes? Are you okay with that?

    We are beaming with smiles, Armored Pres-san is delighted since she got cute clothes, I''m delighted since I got lewd clothes. Alright, I''m going to have her try all of those when we get back. I kind of suspect she won''t be able to put on anything once she undresses, but we are going to try. I can think about the details after I undress her. I probably won''t be able to think about anything once we get to that point though. Probably something very different will begin, and we will have no time for dressing up, but to strip her, I first have to dress her! Well, there is no doubt about what will happen though.

    I''m back. An extra extra huge serving, please? Super urgently? I''m very hungry. Very very? Really.

    Wee back, how is the garden? Eh, what is that mountain of clothes? Are you gonna open your own store?

    The girls dashed out of the building as soon as I told them that the general store had a new arrival of clothes. A few were even usingsh StepandShukuchi. But the best stuff was already bought up? By this jolly person next to me?

    I asked for additional servings until I was stuffed. The Poster Girl seemed to be very busy, running around the ce, so I presented her one of the dresses that I bought at the general store, after which she began happily dancing that mysterious dance. If a stranger saw her they''d think she is crazy, but that''s fun in its own way, so it''s okay I guess?

    Now, let''s take a bath and sleep! Sleep very hard! Sleep so hard I''d have no time for sleeping! Sleep over, and over, and over again! Well, in a highschool boy sort of way?

 Chapter 117: Even though it is always me who gets scolded for wasted money?

    Chapter 117: Even though it is always me who gets scolded for wasted money?

    Day 44  Nighttime, White Weirdo Inn, Girls-only Gathering.

    Rush into the bath and immediately fly out. While it''s ill-mannered, it can''t be helped today, after all, we finally bought cute clothes in this world, so everyone can''t wait to try them on. In such a case, a quick bath cannot be avoided.

    Usually, the clothes here were either undyed or dark green in color, asionally, since it is expensive, dark gray or deep blue. No red, blue, light blue, or pink, and no pure white as well. And now, while pale hues, far from pastel colors, but we finally had clothes with color variation, somewhat borate designs, cute details, ribbons, and frills.

    We got them~, thank goodness~. But wasn''t that a modern building~?They had a lot of cute clothes, right? Yeah, but the building was modern?Let''s save money and go there again? It was just a small shop in the morning? A normal one-story house? There barely were any colorful clothes, now we have some variety! Yeah, it had 5 floors though.Most of it is cotton, but the fabric is good, It''s not stiff nor rough. And it seems there is also a basement?They are going to have new arrivals soon, so we should check it from time to time. The townsfolk were staring at it The building.There even wasce! It seems to be considered a high-ss piece, so I''ll need to save money! But did this world have such buildings? It''s the first time I saw one here?Yeah, I know who''s responsible!

    No, we knew who was the culprit since the very beginning? We just ignored it, too focused on clothes. After all, even a mere nce from far away identified it as a piece of modern architecture. There was even a crowd outside, and we stormed past them without hesitation, but there is no way anyone could not notice that. Everyone rushed towards the clothes, trying on everything, anguishing about the choice, and buying everything we could Yet we all realized what the building looked like only when we left the store!

    They even had hair sps! Hair sps! They were made of wood, but they are essories! essories I say! The not an equipment type of essory!I can see jewelry from time to time, but most of the time it is some kind of equipment, and it''s gorgeous rather than cute.Yeah, that shiness is a bit too much for highschool girls.Unexpectedly, wooden rings are cute too?

    But the general store finally had cute and somewhat fancy clothes and essories. They even received cosmetics. The general storedy was crying as she was lining up the goods, which immediately would be bought out, and she''ll have to line them up again momentster. Must be pretty tough At that scale it can''t be called just a store anymore, she has to hire people. Trying to operate a department store alone Is just reckless.

    And there is no need to even ask who brought that store to that scale. The answer is clear. There is always only one truth! After all, Angelica-san was carrying a mountain of evidence. [1]

    It will take time, but they are going to order goods from the capital as well. She said it''s gonna be the best clothes in the country!

    Kyaaa, do want! Totally buying!

    After that began a fashion show by everyone. Trying on, showing off, exchanging and borrowing, a fashion show with giggles and lively chatter.

    Usually, it''s all about armor and armaments here, robes and mantles are still somewhat bearable, but leather, iron, or whatever armor, has not even a shred of charm. What we wanted was not equipment, but clothes. Everyone wanted nice clothes.

    Certainly, in this world, we might not have many opportunities to wear such outfits. One has to be under arms on a routine basis, and the clothes have to be durable and easy to move in.

    Cute clothes won''t be visible under armor, and would immediately get dirty and torn. Even so, we wanted to have something in reserve, something in which we can go out. After all, any girl would want that. Adventurer might be abat profession, but we still want to remain girls.

    That''s why there was a fashion show thatsted the whole night. Today, everyone finally gets to be a girl.

    Were it our previous world, these probably would''ve been considered inferior goods, that we wouldn''t even notice, but right now, they are treasures. Haruka-kun financed this, built the store, and ordered lots of lovely women''s clothes. He even made sure that there will be all sorts of sizes. Well Although he also seems to have been ordering lewd clothes as well

    The general storedy also said that there is a special discount for ck hair and dark eyes, and sold everything at very low prices. And for the girls who didn''t have enough money, she said they can pay the restter. Must be instructions of the secret owner.

    Everyone probably was crying when no one was looking. And he must''ve noticed how emotionally unstable everyone became, and was trying to please us, and make usugh. As the result, Haruka-kun blew all of his savings on fabric and building materials. He must''ve been doing this for everyone''s sake But please, could you stop spending all of your money to the point you have to stay in the inn on a tab? And then even hiding it since you thought we''d be angry? The sum piled up to a scary number!

    Angelica-san was also delighted about all the dresses she got, actively showing off new clothes with everyone. Hmm, at first she was just trying various clothes but midway, it turned lewd! Aah, they bought even more of those! Is she going to wear such a thing today as well? Just look at that, bare shoulders, deep cleavage, and the bottom, the bottom part! The things are so exposed that the crotch area is almost visible! And she seems to be totally okay wearing it! She seems so happy! The model being too beautiful makes it extra sexy.

    Everyone''s Detect Presence will level up tonight. Mine will probably hit MaX level. That is already a cause for theck of sleep for everyone All because Haruka-kun is trying too hard! But Angelica-san seems to be happy.

    Then, the conversation turned to what happened yesterday at the cave, eventually, about the night there And once again everyone was knocked out. Copsing en masse, like they were mowed down! An utter defeat! I mean, a hammock Doing such a thing in a hammock!!? KYAAAAAA (Followed by a frenzied confusion)

    Looking satisfied upon finishing her story, Angelica-san then headed to Haruka''s room with an entranced smile, wearing a super lewd dress.

    Her delight could be felt even through the sound of her footsteps. And today again, she finished her story withSome-day, we''ll, all do, it, together, some-day.

    Even if she says it with such delight, such relish She wants to do it, together? With all us girls? Just what is it that she wants to do together? A hammock with everyone?! No, a hammock itself is not weird at all If it''s just a hammock.

    Today as well, no one could reply to her. I mean, together? Is Angelica-san aiming for a Harem Dungeon Master?

    But if we were to intrude into his room wearing lewd dresses, Haruka-kun would most certainly run away? He might be a perv, but a harem is absolutely impossible for such a wuss as Haruka? After all, he even escaped from his own home, the cave. Escaped, and lived in a tent all on his own.

    Yeah, he is very shy and timid I think if he ever got a harem, he''d run from it himself? [TL Notes: [1] Conan Edogawa''s catchphrase. ]

 Chapter 118: In the limited space the sales area is bound to compete for room with the show area

    Chapter 118: In the limited space the sales area is bound topete for room with the show area

    Day 45  Morning, the general store

    Leaving early in the morning I went to finish the exterior of the general store and the reinforcement of the building. Thinking that I''d also decorate the interior and arrange the merchandise I stepped inside And saw the general storedy with dark circles under her eyes, working, as she wobbled from side to side? Hmm, I suppose that''s not a ghost?

    Good morning? I guess? Does this count as one? Kind of? Panda?

    Who are you calling a panda! Morning! Thanks to a certain someone I didn''t sleep at all! Even though I worked for the whole night, lining up wares, I barely got any closer to setting everything up. I don''t even know how I am supposed to arrange the goods. I have to open the store soon, but I''m nowhere near the end!

    Yeah. Well, you have no shelves or tables, so of course, you won''t be able to? I will create them now, so there is no point trying to set things up before I do? I''d move the stuff anyway?

    Ah, she suddenly got crestfallen. And really bad on top of that. I only made one basement floor, so please don''t fall that deep into depression? If you fall too low, you might identally stumble upon a dungeon emperor? I''m saying this from experience. Look, she is right next to me right now?

    Since I felt bad for the shopkeeper, I create racks right on the wall, while Armored Pres-san is lining up wares on them at high speed. As expected, though formerly, she is still a dungeon emperor, an amazing product cement speed, her hands leave 10 afterimages as she moves! S-so that''s the true ability of the lord of the lowest floor? ATATATATATATA And while we were ying around, the shopkeeper finally returned to her senses. Looks like she somehow managed to crawl out from that pit of despair? [1]

    We cleared up most of the stuff, as for the detailedyout of the store, it would be better to do it while discussing with the manager.

    Look, about the walls, I don''t really want to give the ce a too high-grade look? I mean, it''s a general store, so it might scare some customers away? But I also want to make the ce brighter, so I''d like to increase the number of windows, but sunlight also can damage some of the goods, and it can also be the reason for colors fading, so I thought that making the interior white is a safe choice. Yeah, and the shelves, having more of them is very merchant-like, since you will be able to disy more goods, but having more useless space also makes the ce look more fancy? I mean, giving off the right atmosphere is important to stir up customers'' desire for purchase. Also, I think instead of cing cheap trinkets somewhere further in the store, it''s better to put them near the counter, since people might just buy them without thinking. Yeah, and for clothes and essories let''s use that wall, and in turn, put a lot of shelves over here, and show off the abundance of goods, sort of? But for appearance sake, I think it''s better to restock on tablewares? And also cookware? I mean, you are making a trade of providing a steady source of necessities, so recements are also important, and also the prices Ah, it would also be nice to feature some kind of ssware, right? Even if it''s expensive, people might want to buy it someday, and it would also make prices on other goods look more reasonable. Yeah, there has to be an assortment of goods of a wide price range. And also, I think

    SHUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUT UUUUUUUUUP! AAAh! ENOUGH!!! I want to sleep, okay? I didn''t sleep all night! And even so, I couldn''t set all of the wares! Because the ce is too huge, toorge! Why is there so much pomp? What kind of big-time firm is this? Even the capital doesn''t have such stores. Just what is this building? You know, since yesterday, people from all over the town are flocking here to see it? This is just a general store! Just what do you all expect from it? You especially! Just what are you trying to do? In the first ce, do you even understand what a general store is? Why do tables and shelves keep popping up right as I''m saying this? Why does everything fit so well as if you took measurements beforehand? Why are you arranging wares as you please, even though it is my store?! Wait, you are going to do the second floor as well? Are you? Large merchandise? Like beds? Sofas? You are cing them there? In a general store? Even though this is a general store? Your own creation?! And even tables and chairs the likes of which I''ve never seen before Eh? Are you sure about selling them this cheap? Eh? You are the one who made them so you basically got them for free? Were you actually a furniture craftsman? But didn''t you construct this building? Wait, you also dived into the dungeon, right?! Just what is Jobless?! Rather, aren''t you getting involved in all kinds of jobs!? You also were cooking and making potions. Why is your self-made stuff of such high quality?!!

    Aaah, what a pain. The shopkeeper is angry, seriously angry. With theck of sleep, her wrinkles are even more prominent, at this rate calling her ady might be a stretch No, it''s nothing. I''m gonna do my best.

    With this and that we kept working onpleting and furnishing the interior until the opening hour, finishing cing all of the goods, and to conceal theck of wares, putting furniture made by me into an empty area for which we didn''t have enough items. And also, medicine, cookware, and mid-century modern-like art objects, all of my own making. Of course, I can''t deny that a lot of my own preferences went into it.

    Okay, this looks like a stylish shop now. This is it. Let''s go back.

    Soo, good work? Hm, good luck with sales? There is a huge crowd outside? A general store that people line up for? I guess? Well then.

    The shopkeep waved her hand with a nk stare. She must''ve given up, realizing what is going to happen as soon as the store opens After she saw that long, long line.

    Now, let''s hit dungeons.

    Actually, today I''m going as an aide, a helper. Among the dungeons that we were attacking while split into groups was one which the capture wasn''t progressing at all. It took me, in essence, only one day, can''t they take it more seriously? I entered two dungeons so far, and both were dead on the first day? Why aren''t they making any progress? Killing the dungeon master first must be the trick, probably?

    And so I came to help? Everyone, get along with me? Kind of? Or rather, you are still yet to beat it? Sort of?

    Dungeons don''t usually die on the first day! We aren''t that slowpared to normal!

    The president and Vice Presidents said in sync, one of them is left out though? Ah, it''s one of the front liners, the one that always gets blown away.

    What? Board members are all in harmony and Shield Girl is left out? Is this bullying? Is it because she is not on the board? Can''t she run for Shield President or something?

    It''s not bullying! And also, Miwa-chan was Shield Girl? When did you give her such a name?! Also what do you mean by board members?!

    I was Shield Girl?! Do I really have to be a Shield President?

    She will go for it, I guess? Shield President sounds like someone who will get along with Armored President, speaking of which, isn''t the armorpletely useless for her? No one could even touch her yet? At this rate, she might lose the next elections of the armored president. Looks like they might not be able to get along? Well, no idea though?

    You shouldn''t take Haruka-kun''s words seriously. It is worse than devil whispers.Yeah, he is a viin that butchers demons!Hey! Isn''t that cruel? Is this bullying? Isn''t killing demons something one usually gets praised for? I''d cry if you say that killing demons makes me worse than them?

    The demons are the ones who should be crying. In your case, you kill them in such a way that it makes them appear less evil inparison. It even makes demons look pitiful.

    Is that the problem? Didn''t you rush to buy swords that I plundered from Demon des? You are carrying them on you right this very moment? Yes, I caught them with the and skewered them, getting a whole bunch? But since you rushed to buy them, aren''t you an aplice? I didn''t do anything wrong.

    But you are only on the 9th floor after 3 days? With a Lv 90 party? And you are trying to set aside that you were cking off? What were you doing? Having a dance party? In a dungeon? Dance till you are dead? It''s dangerous, you know?

    We weren''t dancing and we weren''t cking off! This dungeon is just difficult. In the first ce, what kind of maniac would dance in a dungeon? It''s not just dangerous, it''s more like something a dangerous person would do!

    There is nothing but tough golems in this dungeon. A hit from them sends me flying. Like, swoooosh.

    Looks like Shield Girl was getting blown away here as well. I remember how back in the forest she would often be sent flying by orcs. She is fairly tall, but she doesn''t seem like a power type, and despite being delicate she is a shield user. How did she end up being a tank? But she is also a very good customer of mine, who bought Counter Shield  Returns magic or impact once the damage reaches a certain thresholdDeF 20% Up and Armored te  DeF Enhancement (Great), Magic Resistance (Intermediate), Auto Heal, a good shield girl. Yes, a regr high bid winner.

    Hey? Don''t golems break when you drop them? No? In my experience, they usually break and die upon the fall? Mostly?

    You must be the only person in the whole world making holes in dungeons! Ordinary people can''t do that and they normally don''t even try! Also, this dungeon is still alive, so you wouldn''t be able to make a hole here.

    Hmm, looks like it can''t be done in a functioning dungeon. Until now I had an easy time because I first killed a dungeon, but it looks like a dungeon can''t be damaged without killing its dungeon master first. I was able to remodel the great dungeon but probably wouldn''t have been able to open a hole. Would it have angered the dungeon emperor if I tried? Well, she is getting angry at me every morning though.

    For starters, we went to the 10th floor, and it was really golems. Stone Golem Lv 10, which we whacked all together. But they aren''t breaking. Oh, herees the Great Sage from the backline, Vice President B-san, and hitting it! Hitting it! Hitting it! Hitting it! Continues hitting it!

    Somehow, this doesn''t look very smart, despite her being Great Sage? What about the magic? And they are shaking with every hit! Shaking! Shaking! Shaking! Shaking freely as they please swaying left and right! Is this great size somehow linked to her being Great Sage? Ah, no, I''m not looking at anything? No, no, I saw nothing! The enemy is the golem-san over there! I''m an ally? Is this The ally of my ally is my enemy? They are ring at me so hard Even though I came to help?

    The staff that Vice President B-san is wielding is a long one, with arge mass of metal on one of the ends. That''s quite an unusual shape. It''s my first time seeing one like this. Though I often see hammers of this shape? But she is proudly iming that it is a staff. Ah, but the clothes are struggling so hard, that sizeCough, cough, so it''s a staff, it would seem. She is using it for striking, but it''s a staff. Well, I''m using my staff for cutting, so it''s fine. For now, let''s move onwards since it is getting scary. I mean, there is no way golems can scare me? They are nothingpared to that bloodthirst I feel behind me? Seriously. [TL Notes: [1] The Hokuto Hyakuretsu-ken (, tranted as Hundred Cracking Fist of the North Star) is a fictional martial arts technique used by Kenshiro, the main protagonist from the Japanese manga series "Fist of the North Star", which consists of numerous rapid punches that result in the illusion of several arms appearing at the same time. It is also known by Kenshiro''s trademark battle cry "AH-TATATATATA!". ]

 Chapter 210: No hassle, no waste, simple, swift, and very ecological.

    Chapter 210: No hassle, no waste, simple, swift, and very ecological.

    Day 58  Morning, White Weirdo Inn

    We received a message from the lord''s mansion the first thing in the morning, they were finally able to get the details out of Royal Girl''s Maid-san, and afterparing them with the information Stalker Girl''s n was able to gather, began to understand the rotten war currently ongoing in the capital.

    In the end, it was the same usual clich that is constantly repeating itself somewhere, tireless strife of foolish ipetent idiots also called power struggle, extremely dim-witted and dumb infighting.

    Alright, let''s kidnap every single aristocrat and royal, arm them with swords, and force them into a death game! Problem solved. This way they can resolve their squabbles among themselves with no unnecessary casualties, a very ecologic, simple, and swift deathmatch, and if all of them manage to die it''s even better? It''s the douche king and douche nobles we are talking about anyway, even butchering them all is not enough. We should wait until they are weakened from killing each other and then throw Bitch Queen into the arena to bite them to death! They should have a taste of true horror! Sort of?

    I''m not biting anyone and they don''t need any taste either! In the first ce, why are you trying to throw me into the arena? Why am I being treated as a true horror?! And also, I told you that I''m not evolving into Bitch Queen! Wait, in the first ce, I''m not even a Bitch Leader or even a bitch! How many times do I have to tell you that before you finally understand?! Remember my name already! Why do I still have Bitch in my status?! Why do you refuse to memorize my name and keep trying to evolve me into Bitch Queen? Why are you not even trying to remember my name, but trying to throw me to bite someone''s head or evolve me into bitch queen!!? *Pant, pant, pant*

    So after all, she can''t evolve without getting level 100? Are there other sorts of walls aside from Level Wall? Like Race Wall or Evolution Wall? Well, if it''s just a Bitch Wall she should be able to bite her way through it. I mean, she is looking at me with the face as if she is about to jump me any moment now? It''s very scary? Even though it''s the nobles and royalty who are to me and I''m totally innocent?

    The war is a bit that, but nobles and royalty must have their own viewpoints too? Don''t you think that gathering them up to have a death game and then ughtering the survivors is too much?

    Power struggle, temper struggle, or whatever they are having, if they want a fight to the death they should do it on their own without involving other people. If they aren''t dragging others into their crap then they are free to kill each other as much as they want, and they drop dead on their own too, no one will stop them. Quite the contrary, I strongly endorse that, and if they encounter a miserable end, I''ll evenugh in ridicule? Be it royalty or nobles, as long as they are not dragging other people into their fights, they can kill each other to their heart''s content. And that resolves it, simple and easy?

    It doesn''t matter if those that want to kill each other do it on their own, but turning it into a war and dragging many unrted people into it greatly changes things turning into a royal pain in the ass. There is no issue at all with them killing each other by themselves.

    The church faction, nobles'' armies, and the first prince''s loyalists of the royal army formed an allied force, naming it Frontier Subjugation Force . Their goal is to take the head of Omui-sama for his opposition towards the kingdom, deliver the dungeon master''s treasures to the kingdom and the church, and make the frontier supply the royal family, the church, and the nobles with magic stones pretty much free of charge. Currently, more than one-third of the kingdom''s military is part of this faction, plus numerous small nobles from various regions.

    That was all information that they gave us, nothing particrly crucial it seems. Well, even so, we now know their objectives, looks like they want Meripapa-san''s head, the dungeon master''s riches, and envement of the frontier. Since we have regeneration mushrooms Meripapa-san''s head is not a big deal, but they also want to take the dungeon master''s treasures, that''s very bold of them.

    They might be idiotic, ignorant, and ipetent fools, but their courage is worthy of praise. Going this far, it can''t even be called foolhardiness, but one can''t help but be impressed since they willingly want to experience horrors so great that even thinking about them is revolting.

    I mean, the dungeon master in question is no dungeon master but dungeon emperor, or rather, that''s Armored Pres-san, moreover, if we are talking about dungeon masters we also can''t forget Slime-san. And they want to deliver that to the church and the kingdom. The world is going to perish in an instant. Everything will be destroyed the instant they receive such a donation, be it a capital, a kingdom, or a church. They are happily eating hamburgers for breakfast right now, but they are the scariest, the strongest, and the most destructive duo of weapons of mass annihtion in this world, and they want to present that? Even if one has the desire to end their life, they''d still run away crying from that, and they want to send this in? Could it be that their aim is the downfall of humanity? When they have no weak point in the form of myself around they can be so terrifyingly strong that even thinking about it is a bit scary, you know? So much so that I''m impressed that humanity and the continent managed to survive to this day? It''s not a joke at all. I''m absolutely serious about this.

    Such recklessness~, and such ipetence~? And if on top of that they also have no n, it''s gonna be GRAND SLAM at this rate? After all, Angelica-san and Slime-san are a danger to this world on their own but were they to try to make a move on them, the worst and the strongest unreasonable master will massacre them with a sinister smile~?

    Right? Were it Angelica-san and Slime-san alone, they might''ve gotten off with only their armies and country destroyed, but if their master gets involved, then even theirmon sense and minds will be shattered?

    In the first ce, I read epics from the Theocracy, but the best I could find was how a god-chosen hero, shielded from Instant Death by Divine Protection, finally defeated an Evil Eye after 3 days of battle? If that''s all they have, why would they even think about challenging the guy who made that god kneel, lecturing him, and then instantly killed an Evil Eye by ring at it?

    Hm? They were supposed to be worried about me, but at some point, they began simply dissing me? I mean, they are clearly dissing me super hard! They even began referencing some religious epics, and ended with badmouthing me! I mean, back then, Instant Deathjust got Reflected, probably! I didn''t kill it by ring at it! I mean, it died the very moment our eyes met, I didn''t re at it at all? So I''m innocent?

    Looks like they already began preparing for the march, while all organizational and expeditionary preparations werepleted. But it seems they weren''t given the n, the army apparently was not informed of the strategy? Are they keeping it secret fearing that the information might leak? Or perhaps a different top-secret n is currently being carried out at some other ce. But neither Stalker Girl''s n nor Maid Girl have any information, nor did they hear of any sort of secret weapon. Maybe they got some sort of big shots on their side? If they have Lv200 adventurers, breaking through the fake dungeon should be possible Probably? Ability-wise it should be enough. Well, hang in there? I guess?

    I was sure that they would try to cross the mountains on a flying ship or something and was actually looking forward to that, but apparently, there is no such thing. I already began preparing, fully intending to capture it, but apparently, there is no such thing? I mean, what boy wouldn''t want to get a flying ship?

    And so, receiving thetest information we were trying to discuss it, but talking about ns or countermeasures is difficult when it all makes no sense, just what the hell are theying for? No, I mean, I heard their goals? I remember them, there is no way I can forget something that I heard some moments ago? Yeah, I definitely remember hearing something. But I don''t get the meaning behind the actions of their army. At all.

    They are simply marching with a great force? That''s it?

    Alright, okay, but I don''t understand what their countermeasures for the fake dungeon and gueri warfare are. It seems that nothing could be found no matter how much they investigated. What are theying for?

    Well, let''s scout things out with my new weapon, heavily armored remote-control reconnaissance-in-force-type golem-kun num.1, when they get closer. Since it''s not a monster I''ll have to remotely control it, but it''s just a disposable lump of stones. It''s a slightly fortified dirt cheap weapon operating on cheap magic stones. It being wire-controlled is the weakness, but it wouldn''t trouble me at all if it got destroyed or captured.

    But on the other hand, it also means that there is nothing to do until then. I mean, it''s just an army walking from afar, there is nothing to countern or countermove. Since they are walking from a distant ce, their shoes might get damaged, so maybe I can profit by opening a shoe store? No, wait, they areing to visit us from so far away, so selling souvenirs might be even more profitable. How about a pennant with Frontierwritten on it? For the shape, I guess, triangr is the best? Good grief,ing up with adequate measures is not easy.

    Hmmm, it doesn''t seem like there is anything we can do at the moment. No matter how much we ponder on it, there is no information that we can build countermeasures upon, so let''s wrap the meeting and go raid some dungeons?

    Agreed.

    This time we will get the passing mark!

    That''s right, down with the dungeon masters.

    Putting that futile thinking aside still doesn''t mean that we are getting to rest, huh. Is she trying to be a hardworking workaholic girl? At the very least, it seems that no one is trying to be a neet. Well, I became one even before I got any ideas of bing one, but despite that, I don''t seem to get any days off. What an unwee title. Fighting three 50F bosses today is impossible, two boss fights might be possible, but regardless of whether they pass or not, if there are floors below 50 I''ll be taking over. Dungeon items are a shortcut to strengthening. Since we have no idea how to break through the level 100 wall, there is no other option but to try toplete our equipment while fighting and earning experience. There is nothing bad about being over prepared. As they say, have a walking stick ready before you stumble, and if you beat the obstacle to death with it, there is no need to worry about stumbling anymore.

 Chapter 215: Sadly, the stat boost seems to have had no influence on the intelligence – (1)

    Chapter 215: Sadly, the stat boost seems to have had no influence on the intelligence �C (1)

    Chapter 215: Sadly, the stat boost seems to have had no influence on the intelligence - Part 2

    Day 58  Afternoon, Dungeon, 38F

    Hmm, since I''m going to eventually remodel the ce anyway, this is good enough to give it a passing mark, but the ceiling is too low. It might be because there are only a fewrge monsters, butck of height creates a feeling of oppression? For private rooms that might be fine too But I can''t help butpare it to the Great Dungeon. To that degree of perfection and its refined architecture. And then all the rough parts end up standing out, and theyout doesn''t appear that great as well. However, location-wise this ce is better.

    Vanguard, get ready, charge at the same time with the arrow volley! Release! Also, the trio in the back, stop remodeling!

    Roger! Moving out!

    Level 38 Bears are losing to them in strength and go flying. The heavyweight-ss equipmentbined with a high-speed charge scatters enemies with a terrible sh, the collision alone eliminating most of their HP.

    This is the level wall, the irresistible overwhelming power.

    It''s unfortunate, but it seems it did not reflect on their intelligence. Why would they go out of their way to bring boomerangs to a high-speed heavy infantry charge? Since when did this be a charge weapon? And just when are you going to throw it? Why would you switch to boomerangs without a hint of hesitation after I went through the trouble of making halberds and arming every frontliner with them? And they actually went and wiped them out with boomerangs. Just what are boomerangs supposed to be?

    In this case, the boss fight on the 50th floor also shouldn''t pose much of a risk. As they are right now, they''d be able to overwhelm even the rafflesia, and even break through the sea of mummies. Well, Slime-san shouldn''t be viewed as the same category as other dungeon masters anymore, and even if they happen to encounter something like the Sand Giant, with their current strength they should be able to retreat.

    They can withdraw while defending together, and that is the most important thing. Running away is perfectly fine in order to make it home alive.

    And since I put simple barrier devices inside the fancy item bags, they should be able to buy them some time. It''s just that they are toorge and can onlyst for a short amount of time, but they can help in an emergency. Meanwhile, there is no hope at the moment for the emergency escape devices. After all, I''m the only person who has Teleportation, and even I can''t control it at all, which makes it too unreliable to assign to items.

    It''s amazing that I managed to teleport to Stalker Girl back then. Since then there has been no sessful mid-range jump, let alone long-range ones. Maybe it works better if there is a target?

    But as I thought, this dungeon is deep, nowhere near 50 floors. How far should I take them? Yes, they are stronger than me, but eventually, they are going to be pushed back. Aside from the level difference, humans and monsters also have a difference in resilience and physical build, so eventually, they definitely will face pushback.

    While they are on their way to bing the greatest of heroes, they aren''t killers, if they can''t overpower the enemy, they lose. They can''t eliminate the enemy before the enemy resists. Because that''s cheating.

    It''s possible if it''s us alone. Here I have Armored Pres-san with her unfair technique and Slime-san whose entire existence is like cheating. And then there is me, praised by the girls day and night as the winner of the triple crown of sneakiness, scumminess, and underhandedness. I''m exceedingly good at it. Wait, a moment? Now that I think of it, it''s not a praise at all!.. Let''s rip them off again tonight. And I was getting happy like a fool.

    With this and that, we finally encountered the first hidden room on the 43rd floor. The monsters were already routed, battered, torn, shredded, and scattered to the wind. Everything is being resolved through an arrow volley followed by a charge. They are unrecognizably stronger. This is level 100, anyone would call them the strongest, this is the realm of strength that can be called transcendent.

    I''m ba~ack? The treasure was Windstorm Mace  PoW MiN InT 30% Up, +ATT, Windstorm, Shattering Impact, Weapons and Armor Internal Destruction, isn''t this nasty? It probably won''t only destroy the armor but will also turn what''s inside it into a mashed ground meat hamburger or dumpling. This is harsh! What do you want for dinner today? Kind of?

    Apologize to Hamburgers and Dumplings! And don''t bring up dinner after drawing such a scene! No ground meat today!

    With the deficit of hammers and maces this is a precious weapon, plus, since it came from a dungeon, it has good bonuses as well. I''d like an axe next, but we still need more gear too. The amount of swords is adequate, and armor or light armor is so-so. Gloves, boots, cloaks, are all in shortage, there were a few essories, but that''s not enough. Even assuming that Armored Pres-san who already has ultimate equipment doesn''t need anything new, I still would like to fuse new items into my equipment if I find anything nice, so we need to gear more than 30 people. We might never have enough. Even so, there is no other choice but to gradually keep strengthening the equipment. As there is no such thing as absolute safety, there is no other choice but to keep going towards even greater safety. Therefore, dungeons.

    And on the 48th floor was an axe, did I set a g? Should I decide beforehand on what I want to find? However, to this day, no matter how hard I desired, there wasn''t a single Affection Rating boosting item! Did I block this g somewhere?

    But, conveniently, or perhaps this is the specialty of this dungeon, this is the second weapon in a row thates with Weapons and Armor Destruction attached. I shouldn''t let that Internal Destruction part bother me. These weapons could be considered extremely useful in anti-human fights, or a war. Basically, if one can render the opponent powerless or weaken them by destroying their equipment, then it would allow carrying the fight in a favorable direction. Well, if insides get destroyed along the way too it''s a bit that, but these are still unmistakably strong weapons. And it seems there is a need for protection items for the lower half of the body, that Inside Destruction is scary! Actually, can the lower part properly Regenerate if crushed through the Internal Destruction? I don''t want to test that! Not only as a highschool boy, any man would be against that! That ce is off-limits.

    But well, even if we found some useful equipment, I have no intention whatsoever to let them go to war, but they became too strong. They aren''t going to obediently stay behind anymore. It felt long because they were stuck at level 99 for a while, but it''s been less than 2 months, the growth speed of Cheat owners greatly surpassed expectations. This was a miscalction.

    And this is another great findShattering Long Axe  ViT PoW DeX 30% Up, Physical Resistance (Greater), + ATT, Fracture, Weapons And Armor Destruction, not only does it have good stats but also resistances, a skill, and on top of it weapon and armor destruction. This dungeon seems to be a jackpot in quite a few ways. That''s why it might be dangerous.

    Now, the most efficient option would probably be to give the gear destruction weapons to Rhythm Gymnastics Girl, who can be seen as specializing in anti-personnel fighting, but she already has some sort of a weird personal weapon, which also had pretty good stats after being upgraded with mithril. And what''s more important, it goes well with her fighting style. A weird weapon that can freely change form. From a ball to a club, from a ribbon to a hoop, a Rhythm Gymnastics weapon. The hoop was the only form that I haven''t seen in use, so I thought that maybe she can''t fight with it, but as it turned out, it was the most vicious one. Even during sparring she was trying to catch the neck with it and then break it by throwing the opponent to the ground, or trying to catch an iing sword or a spear to trap the arm so she could break it or the neck, it was really terrifying! That''s scary, the ribbon was crazy too, but when dealing with other humans the scariest one is the hoop. It was so brutal that it even got a nod of approval from Armored Pres-san. It didn''t even ur to me that a mere hoop can be this scary when handled with mastery.

 Chapter 121: No one ever told me that, so of course I dont remember. I wasnt listening though.

    Chapter 121: No one ever told me that, so of course I don''t remember. I wasn''t listening though.

    Day 45  Nighttime, Mansion Omui''s lord.

    Finishing a meeting with the envoy from the capital I rush to the mansion and give out orders to the subordinates.

    So the news finally reached the capital.

    It was only a matter of time, but it was surprisingly quick.

    I already notified the capital about the investigation into the death of the great dungeon, but I kept the precise details a secret, reasoning that the investigation was still in process. But the death of the great dungeon finally became public knowledge.

    And the only thing they do is make demands, Present equipment of the dungeon master of the greatbyrinth, orThe Magic stone of the dungeon master belongs to the royal family, or Hand over the person that defeated the dungeon master to be the retainer of the royal family

    Since it finally got to my head, I bluntly told them If you wanted it, then why did you not subjugate the dungeon yourself? Why have you not done so?, and left, but they surely won''t stop from just that.

    But I can''t afford any inconvenience to befall the benefactor of our family and the savior of ournd. Repaying the favor with ingratitude is something I absolutely cannot do. I stake my pride that I will definitely protect him even if it will put my life at risk.

    Yesterday, I heard the story of the Shimomui Vige Miracle. Just like it was stated in the report from the guild master, this time, a vige was saved. Apparently, every viger was crying, being so full of gratitude, they had to tell the story in tears.

    And then, there is the matter with the small general store of this town. Its manager, a former adventurer, had to venture out to fight monsters to keep the supply, distributing goods to the poor at a small price, making only a meager profit. That was a small store, which supported the town that couldn''t be fully supplied by peddlers and traveling merchants alone.

    There is no telling just how much the town was saved by that. Many times I offered my support, yet every time they refused, and kept risking their life to procure the goods for the sake of the townsfolk, keeping this town a town. Everyone is grateful to that store. And that general store now grew bigger, raising almost to the status of its symbol. With the citizens being greatly moved and delighted by the great assortment and previously unseen abundance of goods.

    A symbol of the town''s prosperity. That mountain of merchandise, shiny ornaments, plentiful food and vorings, that is the symbol of prosperous livelihood. That''s why the people flocked to it, moved to tears by the mere sight of it. Finally, the people of the frontier were allowed to dream. Everyone finally began dreaming of a happy life.

    There is no way that a store, that even now sells food and medicine to those in need with little regard to money, can reap enough excess profits to grow that big. However, that giant building that now became the town''s symbol is a deration of the rebirth of the town.

    And I know even without asking anyone. It''s so obvious that there is no need for that. That symbol was also created by that boy. Rather, I''d be surprised if there was anyone else besides him capable of such a feat!

    In fact, just what did the royal family do for this town? What right did the nobles from the capital have to make demands? No matter how much fuss they make, I have no reason to give anything to the royal family or nobles from the capital, who sent only a trivial amount of money, and even that, they were always was hesitant to give, decreasing the sum year after year, skimped on reinforcements, and didn''t ever set a foot inside the Great Dungeon. Not even to mention that it belongs not to me, but the boy who subdued the dungeon all alone. No one else has any rights on that.

    In the first ce, that boy doesn''t even belong to this country. He is not a subject of this kingdom.

    He received no help or rescue from the country.

    Quite the contrary, by all rights, the kingdom, and all neighboring countries of this continent are indebted to him. That is the only way to look at it.

    No one could beat the Great Dungeon. He subjugated the Great Dungeon, while no one could reach even the middle part of it before. He saved them. If this is not a debt, then what would that be?

    Were the Great Dungeon to overflow, not only this kingdom but the whole continent would''ve been swallowed by it. Why can''t they see that they were saved from such a cruel fate?

    Instead of being endlessly thankful to their benefactor, they even want to rob him of what rightfully belongs to him, there is a limit to how insolent, how shameless one can be.

    How dare they demand their benefactor to hand over the treasures? They should lower their heads in gratitude and make offerings to him, not speak down to him while trying to rob him like lowly thieves!

    You absolutely must not let anyone know about the boy or hisrades. Bothering our benefactor will not be allowed, everything else doesn''t matter.

    Aye!

    Shameless inept and greedy bastards. Trash, that can''t think of anything but plunder, without doing anything themselves. The lowly royal family which has nothing but royal authority to them. The spineless nobles of the central region are nothing but rabble even if they form a bunch. I won''t allow them to interfere even if I have to mow them down.

    Make the military preparations. We will protect the frontier. Be it monsters, or fools blinded by their greed, I will allow no one to trouble our benefactor.

    We already made the necessary arrangements.

    Even if they pressure us with military power, the frontier is not soft enough to let the royal troops or forces of nobles, who fought no monsters and neglected dungeons of the realm, having nothing but gaudiness to them, to do as they please.

    Equipment of our forces is subpar, even the supply of medicine could hardly be called sufficient, as expected of troops of a poor domain, but they are elites, who fought day and night with monsters of the Great Forest and were continuously culling monsters in the Great Dungeon. And now, while still somewhatcking, they had new gear arranged, weapons enhanced, and medicine and potions stocked. A mere 10 or 50 to 1 difference in numbers will not be enough to make them falter.

    And all that was also given by that boy. If we don''t fight here, then what''s the point of having all that gear, where are those this sword is supposed to protect, and what''s the point of having such a lord?

    Unable to protect the safety of the subjects, unable to lift them out of poverty, it would be only fair to call such a lord ipetent.

    But I would let no one call me a coward who couldn''t even protect the boy that brought my subjects wealth and removed the dangers threatening them. That alone I will not allow.

    Most likely, we won''t get to have negotiations. Put more people on the lookout. Don''t allow dogs of the nobles to approach the boy or hisrades.

    I already posted highly capable individuals at the gates.

    I will stand firm against authority.

    If theye in force, I will ept the challenge.

    The real danger is spies.

    To be honest, I''d like to see a spy capable of harming that boy. If such an agent exists, they should be busy fighting in dungeons instead of doing whatever this is. Well, there is no such person though.

    On the contrary, the boy probably needs no protection and will be able to defeat the king''s army on his own.

    Compared to the stampede led by an orc king, a royal army would prove disappointing.

    Doesn''t the kingdom realize just how dreadful the boy capable of beating the great dungeon on his own is?

    And in the first ce, if they had the power to handle that boy, they surely would''ve been able to deal with the Great Dungeon.

    How do they imagine an army incapable of defeating a dungeon master will be able to defeat the one who defeated the dungeon emperor?

    Such utter ipetence.

    Such boundless stupidity, that I even pity them.

    Just what makes them believe it is a good idea to meddle with the boy who possesses more power than the kingdom itself?

    What can possibly make them realize that they are the ones who will meet their destruction?

    I cannot even fathom what makes them think that they can give orders to someone who wields a power greater than that of the kingdom.

    Maybe they willingly seek their own downfall?

    If so, then it all makes sense.

    Surely it won''t take long to have that desire granted.

    They will perish before they even realize it.

    Just like it happened to the Great Forest of Demons.

    Or even the Great Dungeon.

    The annihtion wasplete by the time anyone noticed it.

    Were that to happen, he might not even notice.

    After all, he doesn''t even remember what the kingdom is called anyway.

    And he couldn''t care less about the name of the King.

    And so even the name of the nameless King of the nameless kingdom will perish without getting known by anyone.

 Chapter 218: Im sure we are on the same wavelength, but somehow not on the same page

    Chapter 218: I''m sure we are on the same wavelength, but somehow not on the same page

    Day 58  Afternoon, Dungeon 70F

    Jotun Lv70, a frost giant from the Norse mythology. A spirit of nature and an ice giant of extraordinary strength, who also happens to be the boss or the ancestor of trolls as some theories say. And he is apparently delicious.

    No, the legends had nothing on the taste? Frost Giants are usually not for eating? Well, even though it is being devoured right now Seems to be delicious?

    (Jiggle Ji~~ggle~)

    Oooh? It''s in high spirits, and bouncing in delight. Seems very happy.

    I was surprised when it froze the floor with a wave of cold air, but I can walk on air with Air Walk, Armored Pres-san can just slice through, wave of cold included, and naturally, Slime-san devoured that chill without being picky.

    Then, the giant that wielded a spear of ice had the hell beaten out of him. His physical ability is surpassing that of the pres and the others whose level is over 100. His strong, fast, and tough physique is wrapped in mana producing an oppressive cold aura, and d in armor of ice. His ability is easily rivaling that of a level 100 dungeon master, and if taking only strength in consideration, his terrifying might could even be eclipsing it. But that''s all.

    No, he''s really strong? But, look, even if he can rival and surpass a Lv 100 dungeon master? Dealing with two Lv 100 Dungeon Emperor ss opponents is too much. Yeah, that''s just impossible?

    She must be an envoy of beating that brings beatings to all people, an angel of beating. Even though she is an angel, shell probably bring equal beatings to gods as well, the evangelist of beatings. To put it simply, shell beat the hell out of anything, to put it in a moreplicated way, her existence itself is the Beating? Well, in either way the beating is inevitable. One might even say that she is a goddess of beatings. While at night she is the goddess of beauty and eros, I worship her every night so there is no mistake about that. I''m also sucking and licking her too, so it''s certain.

    But I finally feel like I was able to Magic Wrapproperly, I might''ve even been moving normally in the previous fight? HP also hardly decreased. Previously, my body couldn''t withstand being forcibly moved with Magic Wrap, so I was constantly losing HP. But it felt like it went smoothly this time. I finally grasped the form?

    Well, evening after evening I was enduring beatings called Practice, and at night, was taking my revenge, even going as far as to use Magic Wrap. Finally, the effects of that might''ve begun showing. Or maybe it''s the effect of me evading Armored Pres-san''s attack for some time now? I mean, I might''ve touched her butt, but it''s only an armor? But that armor is so lewd! For a highschool boy this is a trap! I mean, the hipline is so sexy Whooooa! Yeah, I definitely can keep the wrapping up. No, that''s not what I meant! How should I put it, a sudden impulse, or maybe a highschool boy-like sincerity, or maybe a highschool boy spirit? So it couldnt be helped? Wait. Yes, I''m sorry. Why do you have a morning star? Eh? I left new goods lying around, aaah~, I forgot about that~, wait, ah, thats my bad!

    We were acting as a group a lot, so in a way it couldn''t be helped. As expected, there is no way I can do that in front of the girls, thatll definitely send me on an extrarge sermon course with a side of trial for sexual harassment, a luxurious and gorgeous scolding spiral away. For some reason, I''m always Away, regardless if it''s in our world, or in this world, just where is my Home?

    Just as I thought of going down, Slime-san brought magic stones, those are pretty good.

    High-grade magic stones are too expensive, so selling them is difficult, but if turned into items they can produce nice results, hence they are a great part of equipment manufacture, and if I have a surplus, they can serve as mana batteries inside the Item Bag, so no matter how many we''d find they will be put to a good use. As I thought, dungeons seem highly profitable after all. No matter how I think about it, a war is a highly unlucrative endeavor. If you have that muchbat potential then go and hit dungeons. Good grief.

    Oh, a spear.

    Even though it''s a drop from the frost giant, it''s of a normal size, how nice. Moreover, Spear of Eternal Ice  PoW SpE DeX 50% Up, Ice Attribute Affinity Increase (EX), Ice Spear, Ice Shroud, Freezing Cold Seal, +ATT, its on the level of gear that the geeks make on freak idents, and this is even before I upgraded it with mithril. On top of that, it seems easy to use, while it''s a spear, it has a de of about the same length as a halberd, so in a way it''s close to a halberd too. sh, stab, cleave, strike, any form of attack will work, I should pick a buyer for this one myself. The candidates are either Bitch Leader or the girl with braids from the librarian''s group? Errm, she is from the handicrafts club.

    I got taught quite a bit by the Handicrafts Girl aboutce, knitting, and sewing, so I''d like to favor her, but Bitch Leader clearly has a greater aptitude for it. Well, any bitch would be able to master it, but her name is Bitch Leader, so she has to be the top dog.

    Now, let''s actually go down this time, and test Magic Wrap, if I can''t raise my level then improving the technique is the only way. I knew that I would be overtaken by my ssmates, but bing a burden is not something I''d want, you know? Well, even though I was cheating from the very beginning since there was no chance I could keep up with them, in this case, I have to make something even more crafty.

    That''s why after Magic Wraes Kyojitsu, and I need something beyond that too. There is no end to this, but I have no intention of giving up. I mean, were I to give up I''d definitely get Kept Manin my titles! The current three are enough to bring me to the point of tears, if I get that fourth one there is a real possibility that I will cry for real, I might stop ever checking my status after that? Seriously?

    Went down.

    The 71st floor had snakes. I''m pretty good with snakes, but these are re Snake Lv71, I doubt they''ll go into hibernation if I freeze them, so this is a perfect opportunity to practice Magic Wrap. With the floor entirely covered in snakes and even the air filled with them as they threw themselves at us, creating a world of nothing but snakes, I tread through it, where I had no room, I created it by cutting my way through. Finding a gap of about one foot size, I step there with a sweep, annihting the surrounding enemies with a simultaneous swing.

    The result. While the wrapping is working, I don''t have a mastery of it. It''s somehow somewhat working with all of the skills wrapped in a disarray. In this case, there is less worrying about self-destructing, however, since I can''t manipte each individual skill, my movements are unpredictable even to my own self. Control is still far out the reach, but well, if I can manage to controlTeleportationandGravityeven for an instant it can exhibit Cheat-like performance. It might be too much, but I have no other choice but to keep trying.

    ButKyojitsuwhile usingMagic Wrapis still terrible, a single mistake and I can easily lose an arm! Well, it''s fine since it willRegenerate, I''d rather bear pain than be a burden.

    I finally began to slightly understand why pres and the others are so desperate, indeed, being protected all the time while unable to do anything yourself is unpleasant. And it would be even worse if those protecting ended up dying on top of that. There is nothing more aggravating than sitting in a safe ce while others are exposed to danger. I finally got it.

    Well, they won''t be able to do anything more today though, their eyes were dead.

    Even so, they managed to defeat a floor master on the 60th floor, so they''ll have to be content with that. That''s why I sent them back. Jotun Lv 70 is too dangerous. If stopped by the initialIce Bound, they will be in trouble. I won''t say that they couldn''t beat it, but it would be far from just difficult, and the worst could easily have happened. It''s better if we handle this. And we don''t want to deal with flies. Seriously.

    Hidden Room-san, where are you~? Well, I know the exact location but I''m at the age when one sometimes wants to explore? Probably? Im doing lots of experiencing and exploring, enjoying deep dives into the mysteries of Armored Pres-san at night, but I also want to explore dungeons too, of course, Im still doing night time dungeon dives (eros), going in and out, in and out, but Really? Im in trouble?

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    Looks like I''m in trouble. I seem to have stepped over the line, and there is a demon with a morning star behind me. I mean, Slime-san is terrified, time to run! Teleportation!

    I got beaten up.

    A repeated super short distance teleportation with Magic Wrap. Appearing for a split second only to immediately blink away, but even with this instantaneous high speed movement method I still couldnt escape the beating? As I thought, she is none other than the Goddess of Beating. This calls for another night of worship and ecstasy.

    While getting beaten up, I reached the hidden room, and thanks to there King Snake Lv 71that was there I was saved from the Armored Pres-san beating, that was now directed at the re King Snake. I lock eyes with the re King Snake as it is being destroyed by the vicious morning star pounding. I''m sure that at this moment we are on the same wavelength with our hearts united by the same thought. That''s scary!

    As expected, this is another one from the equipment destruction series, huh? It''s a shield though.Mirror Greatshield  ViT PoW SpE DeX 50% Up, All Resistance Up, Physical and Magic Reflect And Absorption, Weapon and Equipment Destruction, Absolute Boundary, Super Shield Bash, +ATT + DEF, isnt that amazing? Thats already a weapon. This is reserved for tanks~.

    (Nod Nod) (Jiggle Jiggle)

    The Geek Guardian hasGreat Sweeping de, so he can wait, plus he is a geek anyway.

    The Pres who was in the middle of changing to a tank is now an admirable Pres-sama with a pinch of M thanks to obtainingChain Whip of Savage Lightning.

    Well, it should go to either Shield Girl or to the Twin Lightpoles duo. The culture girls want something with InT bonus, so vanguard is preferable. Lets mithrilify it first, and then think if anything changes. If we cant move faster we might return prettyte This one is quite deep? Sending everyone back was the right call.

    After that I continued with swift attacks, reckless attacks and poor attacks, just Wrap the skills as fast as possible and charge, then think of whates next. Oh now, I mightve gotten infected with the idiocy! But I wont make it in time otherwise, Armored Pres and Slime-san probably leveled up with the enemies on the lower floors being stronger than expected. The speed of annihtion is crazy! I wasnt able to keep up with their outrageously high specs and stats, and yet with just a bit of a level up their abilities receive a major boost. And since they are in very high spirits their momentum is unstoppable. And as per usual, theypletely ignore the pleas of their master!

    I mean, every time I sayLeave some for me? Please, share?, they do (Nod-nod, Jiggle-jiggle), and then continue to obliterate everything in sight? And when I ask againPlease give me some too?they go (Nod-nod, Jiggle-Jiggle), and proceed with a brutal wholesale ughter? What were those nods and jiggles about?

    With this and that we reached the 80th floor, and it''s still not thest one. It''s deep.

 Chapter 223: A bus guide is essential and indispensable for the tour known as DESIRE.

    Chapter 223: A bus guide is essential and indispensable for the tour known as DESIRE.

    Day 59  Morning, White Weirdo Inn.

    Stalker Girl''s report came in the morning.

    It seems that an army led by this kingdom''s prince was assembled and departed for the frontier. Royal Girl tried to leave to stop that, so the lord''s mansion is in a huge uproar. I actually wanted to collect coins from massage chairs, but it looks like it would be better not to get near that ce. Well, if she was wearing that marvelous lewd dress I''d be willing to visit them everyday to gaze at it, but regrettably, she bought ordinary clothes at the general store.

    But they are sluggish. Well, they seem to be moving with a force, in addition, consisting of low level soldiers without quick movement skills, so their slowness is understandable, but it seems like it is still going to take more than 10 days. Like, it''s so slow that it makes me want to ask them to notify us 3 days before the arrival? At this pace I might forget all about them while making preparations, or rather, I actually did forget.

    To begin with, the messages are moving through ry, but Stalker Girl''s n''s information takes less than 3 days to reach, 5 days tops at worst. And yet there is still about 2 weeks until their arrival? Are they perhapsing with a tour? Like sightseeing or something? I want to participate as well! I wonder if the bus guide-san is cute?! No, it is because there are no buses that they need more than two weeks to walk here, in other words, there is a high probability that bus guides dont exist in this world! Alright, lets make a uniform for Armored Pres-san and have her guide us on the trip into the world of ecstasy on the nighttime tour named lust on a bus named desire!

    Heeey? Haruka-kun. Why are you triumphantly shoutingDoing this and that in a bus tour guide uniform~.when we are listening to a report on military movements of the kingdoms army? Would you be inclined to give us a detailed 1-hour exnation of what sort of a military strategy that is while kneeling over there? Also, this world has no buses, so what are you trying to do by creating bus guides? Well, its obvious what exactly you wanted to do, thats GUILTY, so seiza over there.

    There is a saying from the olden times, that The enemy of my enemy is my friend, but what if the friends are enemies, and Im surrounded and isted on all sides, bombarded with a concentrated t Gaze for annihtion, where should I go to meet my allies? As I thought, if Im looking for encounters, I need guidance from the bus guide-san! But what if the bus only makes a regr trip around the town? Isnt there nothing to see besides the bus guide-san then? Well, Im still going to look though.

    I got scolded.

    Today, pres and the others are nning on beating the boss of the 50th floor and then heading for the 59th floor. That should be alright, they were able to beat the floor master of the 60th floor yesterday, so handling middle floors should be easy. Well, the bug juice incident was the only problem yesterday, so they should be fine. As long as they don''t get sshed with anything.

    We also thought about continuing where we stopped yesterday, but I''m slightly anxious to jump into realbat like this.

    The problem is Wooden Staff?that finally revealed it''s true form asStaff of the World Tree.

    The wooden stick that already hasHeavenly Sword of Gathering Clouds (Sword of Kusanagi)  Divine Sword, Eradicates Evil, PoW SpE DeX LuK 30% Up ? ?. I was too scared to mithrilify the divine sword, but now my worries became meaningless.

    PlusDimension de  Cutting Power and Cutting Range can be changed with mana, Dimension sh, Level 100 Required, Elder Treant Cane  Magic Power 50% Up, Elemental Affinity Increase (Greater), Mana Control Increase, andSpatial Staff  Greatly Effective for people capable of using space magic, are the four items that it is slotted with. Well, if I could effectively use it, then it already wouldve been more than a cheat-grade weapon.

    The vine twined aroundWooden Staff?isParasitic Vine  Strengthen Wooden Sticks and Staffs Magic Absorption ? ? ?, which in fact was the Spear Mistilteinn from Norse Myths. It was hiding, deceiving me.

    And when Ibined that withEntwined Trees Branch, among the effects appearedThe Seven-Branched SwordIts beyond being even a monstrous weapon by now, no matter how you think about it, its totally on the route toThe strongest weapon I came up with~, whats left is to p Excalibur and Longinus on it?

    And the natural problem is the control and mana cost. I almost fainted from using it just once yesterday, if I can''t control it then I''ll end up copsing duringbat right in front of monsters. If I were facing kobolds or bitches they''d gnaw on my head, I don''t want that at all.

    And the biggest concern is the skillMagic Wrap, I was able to wing it with this ability until now, which takes skills, mana, spells, techniques, and even abilities of equipment and shrouding oneself in them forcibly converting them all into physical abilities. Wouldnt it be dangerous if I tried to move around while wrapping myself in the abilities of The Stro~ngest weapon that I thought of~, a monstrous item that I cant even handle properly? In fact, I already took self-inflicted damage by trying to forceKyojitsuwith my current abilities, which threatened to tear away my arms at times.

    Firstes practice, and before practice, testing.

    Even though I have no other weapons I can use, why did it turn intoThe strongest weapon I came up with~? Or rather, who the hell was that person that came up with this weapon? The strongest damage from it is hitting me as well, so please kindly stoping up with anything else?

    And it even kept the name and itself hidden until now, just what was it trying to do?

    I''m sure this is the only weapon that got tricked by a bluff and carelessly revealed itself?

    Leaving the town I look for an empty area. This one will likely be very dangerous if it gets out of control.

    A in as far as the eye can see. Nothing all around, and I also had Armored Pres-san and Slime-san move away.

    Begin the experiment? Or rather, doesn''t this count as human experimentation with myself as a test subject? Crap, I should''ve lent this one to the geeks? Well, it would be a problem if pres and the others got struck by this, so I''m not doing that, and I don''t think anyone else can use this. It can''t be activated with skills, full-manual operation, as inconvenient as it can possibly get.

    Taking a deep breath I take Staff of the World Treeinto my left hand, everything is alright. And now the main part, controlling it withMana Mastery, I begin pouring in mana bit by bit, everything is alright?

    Although it was supposed to be supplied with only a minimal amount of mana,Staff of the World Treebegan weakly pulsating? Nothing out of the ordinary?

    I tried swinging and waving it, but there is nothing out of ce or otherwise suspicious.

    I gradually increase the quantity of magic I''m pouring in, but there are still no abnormalities. In this case, as long as I can keep it under control, there shouldn''t be any problems with running out of mana.

    Now, the biggest issue,Magic Wrap.

    Slowly, without rushing, I nonchntly d myself in it. Ah~ this might be bad? If I move carelessly I''ll probably end up wrecking my body.

    Slowly, I undo Magic Wrap That was pretty bad, I''m all drenched in sweat.

    I think were I to try to useKyojitsuwithStaff of the World Treewith activeMagic WrapI would''ve at least lost an arm in the best case scenario, and died instantly at worst.

    Currently, I feel nothing fromStaff of the World Tree, but that pulsating sensation, is it perhaps growing? I can''t control it as it is, if it grows even further it wouldn''t be aughing matter.

    For starters, I''ll move with Magic Wrap, and ustom myself to the level that can be used inbat. Ah, I broke a bone!

    Looks like before turning Armored Pres-san into a bus guide, there will be a need for her to be a nurse. Yes, there is a need, so I''ll make it! Well, both outfits are going to be made anyway, I mean, there is an overflowing desire to make them?. ording to my own personal testimony?

    But while the damage to the body is great, the Regenerationis also fast, not sure if it''s an effect of skill synergy or something else.

    But it gets immediately wrecked again. Looks like my muscles snapped, and speaking of snapping, I think my bones also crumbled a bit? That''s the sort of pain I''m getting here? GUAH!

    In the end, while it took me until lunch, with lots of trial and error and subsequent self-destruction, I was finally able to get it under control. Even with Apex Thinking-sans full management I still cant prevent asional self-inflicted damage, but there is no other choice but to keep going and cover that with Regeneration.

    Even with the effects suppressed, the destructive power still went up a notch, but the biggest effect has to being from MP Absorption, MP is recovering at an outrageous speed. The mana battery that waspletely drained yesterday has almostpletely recharged as well. Regenerationis swift too, and I think evenApex Thinkingreceived a buff? Since my control also rapidly increased, I managed to somehow be able to use it, so perhaps there is some sort of synergy effect?

    I tried it a bit on the gobs inside the forest, but the gobs, that drastically dropped in levels recently, can''t even serve as practice anymore, I mean, gobs in this area are all of level 5 or even lower? They disappear in one hit, first their heads or limbs are blown away, and then they vanish out of existence. A clumsy attempt at shing could cut a wide area of the forest too, without proper control I can easily hit allies.

    Armored Pres-san or Slime-san should be fine, but I don''t think I''ll be able to team up with Pres-san and the others for a while.

    Armored Pres-san''sFull Silver Armorhas a cheat skill Complete Immunity, and Slime-san should''ve eaten Greater Guardian''s Complete Immunityyesterday. It also ate Phoenix''s Self-Resurrectionso it should be alright. In the first ce, I can''tnd an attack on Armored Pres-san even when I try, so there is no worry about identally hitting her, although there is no end to worries about getting beaten myself. Yup, no end at all?

    I''m not sure if I should go back to the inn and make items with bonus to ViT first or should I search through dungeons instead, but for now I guess I''ll start by checking the general store and the weapon store for ViT-rted items.

    However, for a skill that was originally meant to strengthen the users body to be so strong that it was now breaking it, just why are all of my skills so weird? Isnt the buff meant to prevent taking damage? Isnt that putting the cart before the horse? Sort of?

    (Spring Spring)

    I see~. That''s deep, quite a profound thought.

    In the end, the only thing I could find was Tough Boots  ViT 10% UP, but they were pretty cheap, so might as well slot them, even as a mere constion. I''m quite sure that this was pawned off by one of the ssmates since they didn''t need it anymore, so I can''t get rid of the feeling that this is a big waste, but it can''t be helped. There also were iron helmets, but the head being the only armored part while I''m wearing full cloth would''ve looked weird, and in any case, metal equipment requires level 30 at the very least to equip. At times like this having limited options bes a problem.

    And in an attempt to get ViT stat, I also decided to mithrilify a dubious piece of equipment that I was hesitating to upgrade previouslyck Hat  Defense + 30, Erase Presence, Stealth Up.

    Aaah, as I thought, crappy equipment is easy to do, but it has no room for growth. But it seems there is a room to apply new effects, and it wont take that much mithril, so it might be more convenient this way? And while I was saying that its already done. Whats left is to find a suitable magic stone to enchant, there is no way I can use anything good on it, so probably upper F tier should be enough?

    Infusing a magic stone with +ViT, I apply it to ck Hat. While its twice the hassle, but since the magic stone dust is going to infuse the material itself, the effect is also going to be high, and easy to load it with mana. Considering the effects, its well worth the effort. Alright, ck Hat  ViT 20% Up, Erase Presence, Stealth, + DEF, with the boost to the base stats it can be considered a profit.

    And nowTough Boots, basically a disposable stopgap item, using mithril on it would be a waste, so Ill just slot them as it is. I can just rece them if I find something better.

    The only thing left is live practice, or rather, livebat.

    However, should I really be going to the 90th floor all of a sudden? Maybe it would be better to find some easy dungeon out there? Or maybe I should proceed with the mithrilification of equipment that was halted due to the raw bra panic? But as slow as it may be, the way is inching closer too, I have to get my priorities straight. As difficult as the choice may be, I guess choosing between nurse and bus guide can be left until the night. So ssmates equipment? Or my ownbat potential? Well, both are essential, but which one is more urgent? Nurse?

 Chapter 124: Was perpetual Highschool boy-like motion supported by regeneration?

    Chapter 124: Was perpetual Highschool boy-like motion supported by regeneration?

    Day 46: Nighttime, White Weirdo Inn

    After finishing the dinner Armored Pres left for the bath, surrounded by girls.

    In the end, we went back after reaching the 36th floor. Since there would be no point to this if the president and the others didn''t get to fight we couldn''t increase the pace. If we left it to tinum Armor-san then no one would get to do anything. I have first-hand experience with this, so I know what I''m talking about. Seriously.

    Armored Pres-san probably will join the girls-only gathering today as well. She seems to be having fun doing this every day. She is shining with happiness all day long. Be it shopping or eating, she is shining, and shees with a smile after every girls-only gathering. If she is to stay by my side forever, then I have to keep her smiling forever. Though finding new offerings for the Avarice-sama is a difficult task.

    During the meal, we discussed our dungeon dives, and it seems the board members caught up to the other teams, or actually, were now slightly ahead.

    For now, no team seeded in aplete subjugation of a dungeon. Reaching middle levels it was about time to join up to increasebat potential. It seems that we were the only ones who got a small dungeon, everyone else reached around 30th floor, after which their pace dropped. This time it''s the idiots who aregging behind, but it must be for some very stupid reason. They must have had no problem withbat but forgot which way to go or something of that sort. I''m absolutely convinced of it. Because they are idiots.

    Tomorrow is a day off, everyone will be resting. Although it seems that only the girls are suffering from fatigue? Lack of sleep? They have to sleep properly. This morning they appeared especially miserable. What were they doing the whole night? Secret side job? Are they in need of money? Well, so am I.

    It is because I have no money that I wanted to sell clubs, and while I''m at it I might also check on the general store. She is probably crying, just hire workers already? Why is it that thatdy never has money despite doing so well? And why am I still not released from the allowance system despite making so much profit? 50,000 ere is not enough at all. Well, the general store is good since I can pay with mushrooms there, but I want to browse other stores as well. When will that suspicious merchant return to the town? Aren''t there any new ces? Just where are those night-type establishments? Anyway, what should I do tomorrow?

    I wonder how things are at the cave, but at the moment I need neither mushrooms nor gobs. And we also will end up spending the night there, so it''s probably better to pass on it for now. That Jacuzzi is too dangerous, the beauty of slender female legs enveloped by those bubbles is (Censored for publishing reasons)

    But the town''s too small to spend the whole day wandering through it. Well, its not actually small, it''s pretty big, but there are only a few stores. Hard to kill time there. Even though I could''ve spent hours in a bookstore. Well, Armored Pres-san likes shopping and takes her time with it, so it might be just fine to spend time at leisure. It''s been only 10 days since Armored Pres-san came to the town. Before then she was all alone. It was a long time since she visited any settlement, yet we hardly tried to explore it slowly, so tomorrow might be a good chance to enjoy ourselves at ease. Enjoy it for all the time that was lost until now. I can''t be the only one having fun, so I''ll do my best to finance her.

    A rare moment of free time. I don''t want to look at it, but I guess I should check it while I have time. After all, everyone seems to be checking their Status daily.

    Well, usually, people don''t get sad from looking at their status. I also wouldn''t mind checking it even without level-ups if I didn''t have insults like Hikikomori,NEET,Loner,Muppetwritten there. It actually hurts pretty bad. And every time I check it I''m terrified of getting a new one. ReceivingKept Mansounds so real it''s scary! Well, I understand the reason for High Sexual VigorandInsatiable Libido, so that is fine. Ipletely agree with it. It only makes sense that I''d get these. Yup

    Status.

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human AGE 16 Lv 19 (Up) Job

    HP  Up MP  Up ViT  Up PoW  Up SpE  Up DeX  Up MiN  Up InT  Up LuK Max (Limit Break)

    SP 3,747

    Martial Arts:Path of the Staff Lv 7(Up)Uncanny Dodge Lv 5(Up)Mana Wrapping Lv 4(3Up)Kyojitsu Lv 9Instantaneous Movement Lv 9(Up)Fluidity Lv 5(Up) Djutsu Lv 1 Adamantine Fists Lv 2(Up)

    Magic:Temperature Lv 9Teleportation Lv 6(Up)Gravity Lv 5(Up)Holding Lv 4(Up)Elemental Sorcery Lv 5(Up)Wood Magic Lv 8 Lightning Magic Lv 8Ice Magic Lv 9Vibration Magic Lv 5(New 4Up)Alchemy Lv 1(New)

    Skills:Health Lv 9Sensitive Lv 8Body Control Lv 7(Up)Swift Foot Lv 6(Up)Command Lv 9Improved Detect Presence Lv 4(Up)Mana Mastery Lv 6(2Up)Erase Presence Lv 8Stealth Lv 9Concealment Lv MaXEmpty Mind Lv 5(Up)Physical Damage Negation Lv 2MP Absorption Lv 4(Up)Regeneration Lv 3(2Up) Apex Thinking Lv 4(Up)Rush Lv 8Air Walk Lv 7Extreme Velocity Lv 9Rajingan Lv 3(Up)High Sexual Vigor Lv 5(New 4Up)Insatiable Libido Lv5(New 4Up)

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv 8NEET Lv 8Loner Lv 8Grand Mage Lv 3(Up)Swordmaster Lv 2(New 1Up)Alchemist Lv 1(New)

    Unknown:ReportInformConsult Lv 7(Up)Jack of All Trades Lv 9Muppet Lv 9

    Items:Staff?in Clothes?Leather Gloves?Leather Boots?Cloak?RajinganSoul RingItem BagBracelet PoW44% SpE +33% ViT +24%ck Hat

    My level went up at some point. I didn''t notice at all. Hm? Just a bit more and InT would''ve gone over 400, so close. Meanwhile, it seems PoW and ViT aren''t growing that much. HP as well. So I''m getting stronger while remaining just as fragile. And getting Lv20 will take a while. I remember that going from level 9 to 10 took quite a lot longer.

    Eh? I gotSwordmaster? Even though I can''t even equip a sword yet? I became a swordmaster by swinging a stick around? I can already hear people calling me a pretend swordmaster.

    AlchemyandAlchemistmust be the result of cooking and scientific experiments. I mean, there are no appliances or tools around, so I have topensate with magic to make things easier. But I still can''t color the furniture that I make, and having everything being one and the same wooden texture is boring. I''d like to confine myself to the cave and extensively research this subject, but I can''t go back to my sweet home despite being a hikikomori.

    And then there are three skills that immediately went up 4 levels. And all three of them Noments. But it is these 3 that see the most use. Helping me day and night. Especially at night. Today I will do my best as well.

    However, Regeneration Lv 3went up 2 levels even though I''m not getting any injuries? Just what does it heal? What is being regenerated? I was wondering how I gotHigh Sexual VigorandInsatiable Libido, but maybe regeneration assisted in that type of recovery as well? That''s why I could go for several hours no problem? So Regeneration-san was the culprit! She will be really angry at me if I try even harder For real.

    SP keeps umting on its own, but is it used for something? I can understand it increasing, but at times the number is going down? Well, if there is no use for it then it doesn''t matter.

    There is no point in pondering over it since I won''t learn anything from that anyway. Tomorrow is a day off, so let''s take Armored Pres-san shopping since she likes it so much. It feels like we are always together, but it''s been only 10 days since we returned to the town. She seemes to be happy all the time being constantly by my side, enjoying every day, so I might as well follow her tomorrow, as she does what she wants. It looks like she had no day off in forever, so we gottapensate for that time now.

    And since tomorrow is a day off, it might be okay to go a bit harder at it tonight? It is, right? If Regeneration is involved, then there will be no end to it, is it really okay? Was Regeneration actually that kind of skill? Meant for lewd purposes? Really?

 Chapter 125: Rules exist to be followed, so isnt it all good as long as its within the rules?

    Chapter 125: Rules exist to be followed, so isn''t it all good as long as it''s within the rules?

    Day 46  Nighttime, White Weirdo Inn, Girls-only Gathering.

    We made tomorrow a day off.

    A day of rest, the time to have fun and recover. The girls'' sleep deprivation is terrible. And the rate at which their Detect Presence is growing is also terrifying! And the higher the level gets the more minute details are revealed by the skill, making the matter progressively worse! And then he taught us Vibration Magic at such disastrous timing! It already went up a few levels! On everyone! In just one night! We can''t go on like this. We have to rest. Mornings are so tough.

    We decided that tomorrow we will go to the general store together. We also invited Angelica-san, so she is currently wavering, trying to choose between a female friendship and a date. It seems she wants to ept both, and can''t choose, but apparently, both options lead to the general store? Is there a point in racking your brains so hard if we are going to the same ce anyway?

    We made good progress through the dungeon in the past two days, and even though most of the monsters were defeated by Haruka-kun and Angelica-san they still split magic stones with us equally. As such, we have plenty of funds, so I''m looking forward to shopping tomorrow.

    Did they get new clothes? Thedy was saying that they will get new items soon, right?

    She did, but that was when we went there just the day before yesterday? Though tomorrow we can take things slowly.

    I want new clothes, new gear, and new delicacies, but I don''t have money for all of that? I''ll end up in debt at this rate!

    Since Haruka-kun didn''t take any independent actiontely, there shouldn''t be any bargain sales or auctions in a while. So we should be fine focusing on clothes for now. Probably?

    Yeah, and as for delicacies, they can''tpare to Haruka-kun''s stuff, so it''s all about clothes and essories now! Ah, but that general store is cooperating with Haruka-kun, so they might start selling his sweets?

    You are right! Won''t we go bankrupt? We will definitely buy them!

    It seems Haruka-kun will make a box lunch tomorrow. Angelica-san said that she saw him making something!

    Kyyaaa! Is it sweet? Is it tasty? Are we going to be fat?

    Haruka-kun is pretty diligent despite how irresponsible he is? He seems to be enjoying the process, but it usually turns out to be something for everyone''s sake.

    At school he was much less talkative, or rather, scary even?

    It''s not like Haruka-kun himself changed, it''s more like everyone''s view of him changed. He simply was exposed as a soft heart who''s only feigning ignorance. He is still the same Haruka-kun.

    Yes, at school he was always reading something, so it was hard to start a conversation with him, and so he had that silent quality to him, but in the end, he is just the same as back then.

    As Oda-kun''s group was saying, at school, when they were about to get bullied, he''d often cut through and say something like You are in the way. What''s wrong with you? Why are you such a nuisance? Are you dumb? Are you as dumb as you look?he would then kick the hell out of delinquents. And then, pretending that it had nothing to do with anything, would just continue on with his business.

    Aah~. Speaking of which, it always looked like a coincidence, but it happened a lot.

    Yes, it was always someone else''s fault that he appeared scary. And since the person in question isn''t saying anything he ends up being misunderstood. And even then, he still makes no effort to clear that up.

    Which reminds me, didn''t he somehow have the biggest presence, despite not standing out?

    Yeah, he didn''t catch an eye during events orpetition so I thought he might be bad at sports?

    Yeah, Kakizaki-kun and others were saying this for a long time. Like, they feel some kind of terrible presence around him, or that they don''t feel they can win, so be it ser or basketball, they always end up driven away from Haruka-kun.

    Yeah, makes sense that he won''t stand out like that. And he doesn''t seem to care about this anyway. But doesn''t that mean that he is basically not taking part in games?

    It seems he was avoided due to some kind of primal instinct. Since the time he was a kid, Haruka-kun did whatever he pleased, as long as it wasn''t against the rules. Since he has nomon sense he will use everything that wasn''t explicitly forbidden. I never heard of anyone disguising themselves while ying hide-n-seek aside from Haruka-kun. The same goes for using traps in a game of tag. He was too invincible.

    Back there, rules existed, andmon sense was demanded. But without all that he naturally would stand out. Well, though it seems hecksmon sense by the standards of this world as well.

    Angelica-san vigorously nodded in agreement. She probably recalled what happened in the Great Dungeon. And the fact that he chose to save a Dungeon Emperor.

    A world where Haruka-kun''s actions won''t be consideredcking inmon sense would be an absurd ce. A world where everyone is like Haruka-kun probably would be a very peaceful ce. Everyone would be too scared to cause any trouble. A world where ordinary people are the scariest and the strongest will has no room for viins.

    Even in this world, it will be a huge uproar if they learn that he actually has a Dungeon Emperor under his control. It will be a great mess.

    But in this town, everyone is already used to the armored person following Haruka-kun everywhere, so while they would be surprised by such a revtion, that would be the extent of it.

    After all, they have to deal every day with someone a lot more outrageous than a dungeon emperor. Rather, everyone knows that the armored person following him around is a much more decent person.

    Being absurd even for this world, he managed to change themon sense here without anyone noticing. And all of that must''ve been for Angelica-san. Though I don''t think he is aware of that himself? Probably?

    If only they have some cute shoes or boots, right?

    Yeah, shoes are a problem here. Let''s ask the shopkeeper.

    I can''t wait for tomorrow. Meanwhile, Angelica-san is actively gesturing, exining that she wants a cute hat. Somehow, it seems she is getting better at gesturing rather than talking? Even though she improved a lot when ites to lewd topics? Is it because she is being constantly asked about that? There are too many reasons I can think of why things turned out like that.

    And bags as well! It''s an indispensable fashion item! And all they have here are beige cloth bags.

    Aah, you are right. It''s awful,tely, we''ve been thinking of nothing but durability and capacity? Our femininity is in danger!

    I hope they got a lot of new items Being too excited, everyone was in an uproar. Even the girls of this town were enjoying their first fashionable items. That''s why Haruka-kun was frequenting that store. Buying a lot, selling a lot, and since it still wasn''t enough, investing into it, and even constructing the building for it. And what he did to the shopkeeperdy? She was talking about the merchandise turnover rate, stockpile items discounts, supply base optimization, in this world that hardly was any different from medieval times. He totally trained her in business administration and economics. At this rate that ce is bound to be a hugepany, the first department store of this world. And probably because he understood that, he made a pretty ordinary-looking building. He must be nning to further expand itter. Without telling to the shopkeeper anything.

    From cosmetics they had only lipstick, right? And it was a bit too red.

    Yeah, not even mentioning basic skin-care products. I guess for now, while we are still in our teens, it''s gonna be alright, but

    Rather than skin-care~, wouldn''t it be better to just get Regeneration like Haruka-kun~? The skin will regenerate by itself?~

    That''s it! And here I wondered why Haruka-kuns face was so smooth and glossytely! I thought it was because of his perv nighttime activities, but he actually had Regeneration!

    I have it as well, but let''s keep silent, it''s too scary. I think regeneration has nothing to do with this since we are only 16. I''m pretty sure it is because of the night activities.

    Coming to this world, everyone gave up on everything. Everyone tried their best to forget since they thought there wouldn''t be a chance to obtain those things ever again. But now, everyone is overjoyed since it seems that Haruka-kun can solve everything? And he must be working on something new again. ording to the information from Angelica-san, he gathered various materials and he seems to be tinkering with magic in his free time. So I can''t wait for tomorrow. Because it might bring even more joy.

    Good night, see you tomorrow.

    Everyone is spending their days happily. Just as Haruka-kun said, living every day with smiles. Thank you.

 Chapter 232

    Chapter 232

    Chapter 232

    Day 60  Evening, White Weirdo Inn

    Exploring up to the 50th floor and beating the dungeon master there, we triumphantly return to the town, but the inn is gone?

    Well, there is one, but its more of a luxurious resort hotel? Numerous pure white floors are stacked on top of the massive stone walls of the lower floors, in addition, ss, which is still highly valuable and shouldve been far from cleanly transparent in this world, is abundantly used in construction.

    But the signboard is saying White Weirdo, the culprit is obvious without thinking.

    As an attempt at exploring the interior sent us into confusion and shock over its astonishing marvelousness, the true culprit appeared without a shadow of guilty consciousness in his expression. While the family of innkeepers is on the verge of crying, he shows not a hint of remorse.

    Wee back~? Actually, that one is the main building, everyone should go over here, the ce remains pretty much unchanged? Well, it got more spacious and also gained some additional rooms, but its rtively the same, and basically fully reserved for us? Sort of?

    The usual entrance, the usual dinner hall, and everyoneing in with the usualWe are home, that is our ordinary life in the town.

    Although the extravagance of the main building did attract our interest a bit, this here is our sweet home. Thats why he left it unchanged.

    After all, this is the ce that everyonees back to.

    Looking closely, he did quite a lot of work here. Its more spacious now, and even the ceiling became a bit higher.

    However, despite all of the improvements, there is no sense of being brand new to it. Since he used the same materials, it all meshes well together without feeling out of ce.

    Im sure expanding while retaining that feeling of familiarity was far more difficult than just building it anew.

    Since we have more rooms now, well have to discuss if we are going to settle with single or double rooms. While it might be nice to spend time by yourself at ease, being alone is after all lonely.

    Girls baths became more spacious, have magic-powered showers now, and even a fully equipped sauna, plus there are also training grounds underground.

    I see~, the backyard where we trained all this time is no more.

    It was turned into a brand new inn.

    The inns master, his wife, and the Poster Girl-chan were all moved to tears by how splendid and strong he made it.

    That, finally made me understand, those tears werent because of how WonderfulorAmazingit was, but because of the outrageous and unthinkable toughness of the construction, that clearly was done with their psychological trauma in consideration. Those actually were tears of overwhelming relief.

    Even if the entire town was destroyed in a monster stampede, this inn would probably remain. One would be able to survive just by evacuating here. Thats the message behind it.

    He made an inn that instilled that sort of confidence. Well, putting aside the question isnt it not an inn anymore?, he did it.

    What he made was not a gorgeous and beautiful inn, but an ind of tranquility. Stay here and youll be safe.

    Im sure even monsters would be surprised to have the inn stand tall while the town walls, fortress, and even the castle are reduced to dust, but nowhere as shocked as the family owning the ce.

    However, despite being so amazingly tough, sturdy, and fortified, its still fully gorgeous, elegant, and luxurious. Moreover, the insane number of art pieces decorating the ce put even the Louvre to shame. He couldve made money with that alone. Even though every single one is a forgery, they have the aura to them!

    Were there that many sunflowers? Also, isnt Venus-san a bit off?

    They werent that huge, but the sunflowers were a series of paintings? And Venus-san got dressed up?

    There also were quite a few Mona Lisas, looks like he stopped at impressionists? Well, his cave room had A. Warhol in it?

    I think the current culture of this world didnt allow him to put nudity? I mean, Venus-san is all dressed up?

    Townsfolking to take a look were deeply impressed. The culture of this world mustve shifted today.

    It isnt some industrial or cultural revolution, the art reached the very hearts of the people that saw it.

    The culture of admiring beauty has taken roots in what until now was a life only for the sake of living, Im sure the town will be more beautiful.

    And this inn is a symbol of that, after all, it is excitement that gives birth to happiness and joy in the midst of ordinary everyday life.

    We were previously surprised by that church-like orphanage, which was then followed by that museum-like school, and now here is a hotel which at the same time is an art gallery?

    Before anyone noticed, the people that previously thought of their homes only in terms of sturdiness andfort, began painting their walls white, arranging the shape, and creating gardens. The town is already changing.

    I see, the other world was giving me this savage and brutal impression, but art and culture were yet to spread around, huh.

    But clothes and furniture are beginning to sell? It will only pick up the pace, the frontier was so poor after all.

    And the dinner awaiting us upon return was Meat and Potato Stew-san! He has a firm grasp on the stomachs of the girls!

    Fried fish, white rice, stew, and lightly pickled cucumbers, it was very delicious. But howe he can create such a deep vor in 2-3 minutes? Even being able to cook rice in 2-3 minutes is very strange by itself, but making pickles in just a couple of minutes is insane, no matter how lightly pickledthey might be, they wont be pickles in such a short time.

    And yet why does he keep properly frying fish every time?

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.For someone who supposedly has no useful skills he makes the most convenient use of them. Im sure even with a crafting-type cheat skill it still would be impossible to do something like this. After all, this very concept of disassembling and reassembling skills of his, no one has any idea how to take skills apart, and of course no one knows how to assemble them too. Just what is that?

    This just perfect seasoning, and the Potato-sans soft and ky texture make for an ultimate culinary gem. But apparently, what Haruka-kun really wanted were konnyaku noodles. His cooking long since surpassed the standards of our original world, and yet he is still unsatisfied.

    And the bath was amazing.

    Woooow! Is this a gorgeous resort? Eh, water ising from an artistic engraving!

    A marble bath~! Ah, and there is a separate wooden bathtub too. And that over there is a cold bath?

    And here is a waterfall shower! Discover new skills through waterfall mediation?! Go for supreme perfect enlightenment?

    The baths were huge, apparently only the girls side is like this.

    As for the boys, they are separate, sincebathing with dudes is no fun, but being unable to press for mixed baths despite that is very like Haruka-kun.

    Its been such a long time since I had shower~.

    A jacuzzi~, is this a deluxe version of the one from the cave?

    I wonder whats with this obsession with baths. He made a wfoot bathtub during his first week in this world, and then made jacuzzi too.

    And now burn calories in sauna~!

    Looks like they were aware of the danger that came with asking for extra servings of meat stew with potatoes. 20 schoolgirls covered with towels + 1 extra person immediately crowded the ce. Whoooa~ so hot~? Well, I did eat plenty of it too.

    Slowly, thoroughly, and deliberately we shed buckets of sweat. Its like heaven, but its hot, its hot, but pleasant.

    Shield Girl, who is now formally Shield Pres, was shining during the training before the bath, even Angelica-san was impressed by her growth, smiling fondly while observing.

    The girl that so desperately fought trying to protect gained a resolve to make the protection she is giving to everyone a definitive fact. And became Shield President.

    Haruka-san gave me a shield. He recognized me as a shield pres. So I will protect everyone., is what she said, and she definitely did a good job defending everyone both in dungeons and during the training. WithMirror Greatshieldthat Haruka-kun gave her, in her hands, she became an Aegis shielding everyone.

    Shimazaki-sans new equipment had incredible destructive power, but whats more important, the increase in speed it gave increased the number of attacks she could perform at a given period of time, which drastically boosted her strength, moreover, armed with Spear of Eternal Ice, d in armor of ice, and carrying tower shield of ice, she looked just like an Ice Queen,manding icy swords and arrows, extremely beautiful and stern.

    But the instant thebat was over, the ice queen that reigned supreme through sheer violence and overwhelming destructive power, turned all cute, gently rubbing Spear of Eternal Ice with a delighted look.

    The librarian-chan didnt reveal all of her cards until the very end, but all of the culture clubs girls became remarkably better both at debuffing enemies and empowering allies. That alone allowed the current exploration to progress much smoother than usual, as the monsters were thoroughly getting weakened one after another. But thatRipple Newas handed to the librarian-chan after a very long discussion with Haruka-kun. There must be something more to it.

    The next one is probably equipment for Kakizaki-kuns group? But when Haruka-kun is not around they are properly throwing boomerangs, setting up feints, keeping monsters in check with halberds, or going around shing them with swords, just what is going on with their weaponry? Or rather, their real weapons must be that physical ability, swiftness of decision, and superhuman intuition. But the moment Haruka-kun joins them they be idiots?

    But rather curiously, the usual morous duo that is treated as Volleyball girls A and B, Haga-san and Shisui-san are utterly silent, they seem to be nervous before the danger to maidenhood in the guise of measurements for bras and shorts. Id like to give them some words of encouragement But I honestly cant bring myself to say that its going to be all okay. By the end of it my knees gave way and I couldnt even stand up. And when I recall what happened back there, what happened there, it gets all hot, and (Thud)

    Medic~! The pres copsed in sauna~, her face is all red~, it might be bad~? And she seems to be muttering something Lewd?

    Carry her out, hurry. And cool her. No, using Blizzard for that is too much? Youll turn her into an icicle.

    That measuring session is a danger to maidens, or rather, its like its making a depraved girl leak out, overflow from a pure maiden. That is definitely not okay!

 Chapter 127: Knowing the wish, the size, and the color, the sale is but a certainty.

    Chapter 127: Knowing the wish, the size, and the color, the sale is but a certainty.

    Day 47  Daytime, Streets of Omui

    We''re loitering throughout the town.

    Peek into this store, search through that store.

    Aside from conventional stores there are also stalls selling foodstuff. A short while ago we even saw a ce that was selling croquettes! And they were pretty good. The name was Croquettes of ck Mantle Crest. The business was going so good they had people queuing for it.

    Munching on croquettes and being just generally noisy we continue our tour through the town.

    We couldn''t get inside the general store because of the crowd, so we ended up strolling through the streets.

    The general store was literally jammed with people! But they still have plenty of clothes in stock. Looks like high price outfits are still out of reach for many of the townsfolk.

    But the general store is not the only ce with new wares. The whole town is overflowing with new goods. Both quality and quantity are on the rise. That must mean that the town is flourishing, as townsfolk and merchants seem to be beaming with smiles.

    As one would expect, those goods lose inparison with what can be found at the general store, but everyone is enjoying browsing new goods and sales.

    While there is a lot of mor, there is nothing we can do about it, after all, how can 21 girls be quiet during shopping.

    As we were having fun, going peeping into various stores, Haruka-kun came around.

    It''s about time for lunch~, so I brought a potato lunch box~? Also, the general store is not as crowded anymore? And, Armored Pres-san, do you have enough money? Here, allowance.

    With those words, he gave lunch boxes to everyone. Inside were rice balls with mushrooms, deep-fried meat, fried potatoes, and sweet potatoes for a desert. A potato lunchbox. It was delicious.

    But he is really tributing to her The bag with her allowance looked pretty heavy. He was very serious worrying that he might get the Kept Mantitle, but I think there is absolutely no such danger at all. Quite the contrary, shouldn''t he be worried about getting Simptitle?!

    As hazardous as abination of deep-fried meat and fried potatoes may be, everyone was too thrilled to have them after such a long time, so we walked through the town, while happily munching on them. There is no way we can pass on something this tasty. Even if we have to face super devastating sweet potatoes after that, we are going to eat that anyway. But we also ate croquettes After we get back we''ll have to learn some Calories Burning Magic, or we will be in serious trouble!

    It seems Haruka-kun is going to nap after we return to the inn. Last night, he was working hard again. And even without asking, it''s very clear what he was doing for the whole night instead of sleeping. Is Angelica-san going to be alright? Let''s ask her when nightes. In details.

    Now, we have to hurry! With our stomachs now full, we head to the general store. Looks like they just received new clothes, lucky.

    In a disy at the entrance to the store was a lovely woven wood basket. Chic and with a somewhat an Italian feel, it caught the attention of both simple town girls and married women, captivating them. I want these. Is this some kind of tallow tree and reddish mahogany? Brown and light brown, the ck one looks cool as well! And they have a few different sizes and designs! I can''t pick one! They all look nice!

    Kyaaa! The boots! And even mules! And such cute sandals!

    What about the size?! I want to try them! The yellow is mine!

    ck boots! I''m an adult woman! An adult-san! Sexy-san!

    Mules, mules, aaah, all of them are so cute! How much? I''ll buy all of them? Aah, why do I only have two legs?

    You can''t buy all of them! What about me! Or rather, these are mine! It''s been decided so! By thew!

    Aa~w, it''s toorge, don''t you have smaller sizes? Like my size! Where are the other sizes?

    Leather strap boots are ssic, but look great anyway. Since they have no metal buckles, so one will have to tie them up instead, but that, in turn, makes them even cuter! And leather sandals look cool as well, the woven mesh gives them an adult and somewhat European look. tform mules? Northern European style? So stylish! The use of nails provides a highlight, I really want them! But the design of all of the items is modern? In this world, the boots were more like wellies? Just where did they get those?

    Leather clothes! Fashionable! A~aw, this skirt is nice! I''m totally buying it!

    Leather vest and leather re skirt, everything looks fancy, almost as cool as brand items? And the design is quite modern. All of those wouldn''t be hard to make, but they look stylish and cute. Yes, there is no mistake about it, everything is too cute and stylish. There is no way such a thing could exist in the middle ages. And there is a certain mix of local influence. In other words, all of those were made with modern knowledge by using the materials that could be obtained in the town. And all of those they received only a short while ago.

    A certain someone must''ve been working on them during the night, and after hearing that everyone is going shopping tomorrow, hurried toplete them. To please everyone, to make sure that everyone will enjoy tomorrow, he was secretly working on his own. So that''s why he is going to sleep during the day!

    TO THE DRESSING ROOOM!

    Quicker, faster, hurry, are you done yet? I''m going to start stripping right here!

    No, you can''t have this! It was love at the first sight! Please let me have it!

    AAAAAAaah, my budget, I don''t have enough money. But I want both of these!

    Please switch with me! I want the white one! The whiite one! Please take the blue one instead, pleease.

    Everyone is pleased. Thank goodness, but even so, I cannot yield this one! It''s mine! Argh, since it came to this, I''ll just break through with Shukuchi! elerate (A carnage ensues)

    Completely satisfied. We wanted even more, but we arepletely broke now. Does everyone even have enough to pay for the inn? There are quite a few girls that bought items on credit Aren''t we quite close to actually going bankrupt? Are we about to take a dive into debt hell? Even so, we couldn''t resist buying stuff that we could only buy here, special-made limited edition items for our day off. After all, he worked so hard on them, so there is no way we aren''t going to buy that. That''s only natural, we''d incur a divine punishment if we didn''t buy those.

    Everyone is trying on the items, while the former model and fashion authority Shimazaki-san and her group are helping to coordinate the clothes. As I thought, the bag is an important point after all? Then I have to buy it! Where was that woven one! Where is it!!

    Angelica-san also bought quite a lot, but it seems she couldn''t find what she really came for, the hat. But Haruka-kun presented it to her, when we came back to the inn. Probably just finished it. Angelica-san looks so satisfied and content. Must be nice And it''s custom-made by him

    However, isn''t Haruka-kun too knowledgeable on women''s fashion? And he has a pretty good idea of current trends? Could it be that he is secretly a fashionable person?

    While everyone was as pleased as they could be with today, the end of it had a bit of envy. Angelica-san is so lucky

 Chapter 234

    Chapter 234

    Chapter 234

    Day 61  Morning, White Weirdo Inn.

    The princess seems to have left for the capital, taking the maid with her. She disappeared from the lords mansion under the cover of the night, or so they say.

    The letter she left behind contained onlyThank you for everything. As one belonging to the Royal family, I swear on my name, I will definitely protect the kingdom and the frontier. Shariceres di Diorer, and thats all she had to say before leaving to stop the war with only two people.

    Meanwhile, back at the mansion, they quickly assembled troops, sent out a search party on fast horses, and also made Murimuri castle deploy personnel to watch the Fake Dungeon. Everyone is in an uproar, trying to bring them back, worried about their safety.

    Did they leave?

    They did, huh?

    Well, no surprise, huh.

    Thats so like them.

    But we are worried.

    It will be a tragedy?

    Possibly even a gruesome one?

    But certainly a tragedy?

    Im more worried about it bing aedy.

    How many times, it keeps repeating, and we have the same worry every time.

    When we woke up in the morning the self-proimed weakest one, who is under pretense of being a human, disappeared, taking his servants, the strongest dungeon emperor and the powerful dungeon master, with him.

    He mustve left to escort the princess.

    The absolutely unsuitable for the role, the worst man-eating fiend, that should be thest person in this world to be escorting anyone has assumed the position of her escort.

    The trio with ultra-excessive firepower, who might destroy the world in an attempt to protect someone, went as the guards.

    Destroying the world is not unlikely if its about those three, I honestly pity the unfortunate would-be attackers.

    Well, while I say this, everyone is in fullbat equipment already. Turns out, Kakizaki-kuns group got five giant swords from Haruka-kun. He left, entrusting them to the Poster Girl.

    Who handed them to Kakizaki-kun and the others first thing in the morning. Give them to the group of five idiots with really dumb mugs.is what he apparently said, and she gave them to Kakizaki-kun and others without even a hint of hesitation.

    The Poster Girl probably thinks that Idiotsis how they are actually called.

    Volleyball club girls also were given a package. The bag sent to them hadFreshwritten on it. Well, its obvious whats inside. Looks like he left after diligently finishing his nighttime work.

    And unlike thetter overflowing with resolution and determination that was left by the princess, the one he left made no sense at all, as usual.

    I mean, I bet souvenirs will sell like crazy? Its a chance for profit! Its magnate time! Sort of?is all it said.

    He departed leaving a letter overflowing with greed and a determination to make a quick buck, or rather, since nothing can be understood by reading it, thats not even a letter anymore but a cryptic note. But this is not a dying message, its a deathing (killing?) message, brimming with desire to solve the problem with a bit of ughter, thats basically a crime notice.

    Haaah, well, we are curious too, so lets go?

    Yup~.

    Well, that was bound to happen, with two girls putting their lives on the line to stop the war, there is no way he wouldnt go along. They certainly went with them. I have a whole lot of issues with this, but at the same time, I also wouldve hated it if Haruka-kun didnt go with them. Then, if we cant stop them, we should just go ourselves, thats what we fought to get level 100 for. And we also had excessively great equipment prepared, as if waiting for this moment.

    At the very least, there is no doubt that they went to the Fake Dungeon. That is the only existing passage, and the princess wont be able to get through with just her and the maid.

    And then there is evidence left in Haruka-kuns room, a packaged Frontiers Specialty, Dungeon Manju, Kind of?. They were delicious, so he finally made red bean paste.

    The fact that there was a share for everyone points to it definitely being a premeditated crime. There was also tea and the matching number of cups.

    We involuntarily sat down for a tea with manju, which dyed our departure. But was it necessary to writeKind of??

    With those threeing along, there might be no reason for rushing. We just have to catch up to them before the war beginsandThe biggest threats to Haruka-kun are wars, man-made traps, schemes, and unique skills.

    Is what everyone was saying, hurriedly preparing for the departure, but upon entering the dining hall we were met with oyakodon and mushroom soup.

    Looks like Haruka-kun prepared this for our breakfast before leaving. Lets dig in?

    Alright, now we are definitely going, destination  the Fake Dungeon.

    The high-speed 8-person group is going to leave first, which then will be followed by the remaining group of 21 people.

    With Lv100s movement speed it wouldnt take even an hour to reach the Fake Dungeon, but traveling with no caution is dangerous, and usually, traveling at high speed means that Detection and Search wont be able to pick up threats in time. The speed is so high, that we would bump into the enemy by the time we detect them. Thats why we are going to travel while having plenty of safety margin.

    Nowhere to be found~.

    Yeah, they mightve already stepped into the Fake Dungeon.

    If they left during the night, then it wouldnt be strange for them to enter the Fake Dungeon by now, even if they are traveling together with the princess. That princess should have a considerably high level too.

    Slow down! Be on your guard and halt!

    Aye.

    Soldiers, its probably the local troops, but we still should be vignt.

    Decelerating, we slowly approach them, making sure we will be noticed.

    Since the wagons have OMUIwritten on their sides in a huge, HUGE letters, they should belong to the local lord. After all, usually, one wouldnt use suchrge and shy letters. Even though Haruka-kun wouldnt remember the name no matter where and how it was written, the lord is still trying his hardest, but if that was all it took, then even we wouldve been walking around with cards. Its simply not possible.

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.

    A single horseman ising our way, raising one hand, aah~, its the lord riding off on his own again. His aide is desperately trying to catch up.

    Omui-sama, excuse me, but we need a moment of your time. The thing is

    When we exined the situation, Omui-sama first gave a broad smile, and then began convulsing withughter. Looks like he understood the way things are about to go for the royal army.

    My, Im sorry. I feel guilty for once again having dragged you into the squabbles of the frontiers army. Having concerns about the Princess safety, we already sent out the message with our fastest horsemen But, I see, so Haruka-kun is apanying them, and even took the monsters under his control with him. Then the Princess ispletely safe, however, we cannot afford to inconvenience Haruka-kun any further, putting an evenrger burden upon his shoulders. We have to make haste, I notified our troops, so you will have free passage into Murimuri Castle as well. Excuse me, but I will be going ahead.

    Having said that he rode off, his aide also made a short bow and immediately rushed after him. He seems to be having it tough.

    What do we do now? Follow after them? Overtake and hurry ahead?

    Hmmm, how about we follow them while we wait for the main group?

    No objections.

    The main force of the kingdoms army is likely yet to arrive. It should take them another week to get here.

    Are they nning to intercept them in those wastnds ravaged by sandstorms with just five people? Or do they want to pull them to Murimuri Castle? Or perhaps destroying all of them in the Fake Dungeon, going out to meet them on our own should be nothing but a disadvantage. And just where is he trying to put up that souvenir stall of his? How much for manju? How many is one person allowed to buy? They were super delicious.

    Rejoining with the rest we arrived to Murimuri Castle without any issues. And now we are making preparations for reconnaissance in force with our group spearheading it.

    Well, preparations are pretty much limited to getting ID cards in order. Passing around special ID cards for passing through the Fake Dungeon.

    Those ID cards are made out of magic stones, if you have one, master golem will guide you through the ce. The Stalker Girls nsmen are also provided with them. ButFake Dungeon Co. Ltd? Their shares are not avable for trade and they arent listed anywhere, what an utterly suspicious ID. He apparently was really against making it aPass, but what is the difference?

    Forming a file we enter the Fake Dungeon. While we can safely pass through, it still doesnt mean that there are no hostile adventurers or soldiers inside, so we are advancing while maintaining a level of caution, constantly probing the area around us with Search and Detection.

    For some reason, there are even more unfamiliar paths and new traps. Looks like he regrlyes for remodeling.

    Lets use the slide to go all the way to the entrance?

    No, we might miss them if we do that. This thing is a one-way trip.

    On the frontiers side the Fake Dungeon has a pitfall signed Back to the Entrancewith the slide that will take you all the way to the kingdoms side, but since it passes underground, there is a chance that we might pass them without noticing. By the way, Slime-san seems to really like it. A few girls also seem very eager to slide down, you understand that it is sort of a trap, right?

    Be careful from here on~, we wont trigger traps, but oiled ces are still going to be slippery~, one wrong step and you are stark naked~.

    Oh~, no~.

    Even without active traps, this ce has plenty of evil devices, and falling for one, means losing equipment and clothes.

    I cant help but admire the courage of the kingdoms troops willing to storm this ce. Beating a normal dungeon is definitely safer than passing through here. After all, Dungeon Masters are more honest and sensible than Haruka-kun. Their ces have a much kinder and considerateyout than the dungeon designed by this viinously crafty and morally-challenged person.

    Do you think they mightve reached the neighboring Narrogi by now?

    Hmm, I wonder, if it was Haruka-kun and co alone they would be there a long time ago.

    Gosh, the Fake Dungeon now even has contraptions that screw with Detection, so passing it bes even more of a drag, Id like to just get through in one go, but one misstep and it will be a disaster.

    Most likely, items on the level of our equipment wont be destroyed by Weapons and Armor Destruction, but if by some chance they did get destroyed it would be a huge loss. The same goes for clothes, they have resistances, so they should be fine, but if they do melt it would be a tragedy for us as maidens. Lets proceed with care.

    Whooa, it looks so real, anyone would attack it.

    A picture on the ceiling, depicting numerous spider monsters, the ceiling would copse if someone was to attack it. One pointless attack leads to a catastrophe, and since youd have no one to me but yourself for making that self-destructing attack it will also break ones spirit, how malicious!

    Since they went with such a small group, they must be nning to bait the kingdoms forces, so we cant simply catch up to them with no consideration, but if we take things too slowly the battle might begin without us.

    However, he did everything he could in the town. Remodeling the inn, restocking the weapon store leaving tons of items, establishing new workshops and stalls here and there, and even secretly reinforcing the town walls. As if trying to get done with everything he could do in the frontier town. As if trying to settle everything.

    Thats why we are anxiously chasing after them. Just how far is he intending to go? Even if he was sure toe straight back after this we still wouldve followed, and he probably doesnt have anything in particr on his mind anyway, but we are still too worried not to chase after him. I mean, Haruka-kun also has no idea of what the kingdom is up to. He is rushing into the war without a proper read of the situation. But future predictions, results, victory and defeat, are all irrelevant, we are simply going to protect Haruka-kun. Even if he doesnt need our protection, we still have to be at his side, so that if the time when he needs the protectiones, we can help him! Even if we are yet to catch up to him, we got strong enough to stand proudly beside him, thats what we were striving for all this time! And thats why this time, we are all going to where he is.

 Chapter 235

    Chapter 235

    Chapter 235

    Chapter 235: Is it possible to sell manju to the people that dont understand even manju are scary?

    Day 61  Morning, Narrogi Town.

    We are wandering through a town that looks more like abandoned ruins. The princess and me, just the two of us.

    Its clear that we are being observed, but I walk nonchntly, pretending not to know. Actually, Maid Girl is hiding in the Royal Girls shadow, and Slime-san is currently sitting on my head in its mini-version, hidden by the hood, so there are actually four people, but visually, only two. Armored Pres is away on an errand.

    Even though Im walking alone with a girl, at least appearance-wise, the moment I get even a bit close to the Royal Girl, Maid Girl begins stabbing at me with a sword from the shadow? Its no fun, she is even wearing the lewd dress, but its not fun at all. Well, she is wearing armor on top of the dress, so skin exposure is limited, however, the back, navel, and leg slit are still exposed, truly a marvel of design! So wouldnt it be against the rules to cover that with a shield?

    Are you sure about apanying me? We are about to walk into the very midst of enemies, my life might not be in danger, but nothing can guarantee your safety? Why would you willingly expose yourself to such a danger?

    You are asking if Im sure, but I just have business in this area? I need to make money, but at the same time, it would be a problem if there is nothing to buy with it, you know? So Im just tagging along and having some lewd dress appreciation time? Kind of! Sort of? Well, just think that I came to simply take a look?

    ording to Stalker Girls nsmen, the main forces of the nobles army are still far, but smaller forces of nobles already began arriving, which includes mercenaries as well. While they are called mercenaries, some of them are no different from bandits. Isnt it risky to let two girls go to such a ce on their own?

    And also, the First Prince Something is supposed to being with the main force! And also that dude, and some other dude, and also that other dude, and it seems that the other other dude will be there too! I wonder what its all about?

    I heard the exnation, but the prince is supposedly a prince, and ording tomon sense, princes are generally male? Moreover, its a pretty middle-aged prince, and since I couldnt be bothered to listen to something that boring, I ignored all of that talk about somebody of somethinging to whatever with who cares, so I slightly lost the plot of this entire thing. Even so, its a brother and sister, letting them have a direct murder contest with each other is in bad taste.

    In addition, there have been multiple cases of attacks on merchants supporting our contraband effort. At first I thought that they mightve found out about the smuggling, but apparently the deterioration of public order, nasty mercenaries, and mischief by lesser nobles are to me. If they want to loot and steal on the kingdomsnds its their freedom, but I cant allow a contraband route to be destroyed. Rice deficit will directly impact my meals! The rice grudge is heavy! About the weight of seven dead bodies for one rice grain? Ah, no, seven was the count for gods, if its bandits then 70,000 for one rice grain, so might as well massacre them all. Yup, that sounds like a n! [1]

    There are most certainly assassins around. Their threat is not in their strength but in their proficiency in killing people. Haruka-sama, you might possess the strength to kill monsters or even dungeon masters, but they are specialists in handling and killing humans. Taken under the wing by the royalty or ancient noble houses they kept honing their assassination techniques for ages. What is awaiting us is not even going to be a battle in the proper sense of the word.

    Oh, no~, Im so scared of sexy female assassins~! Let me say it aloud, or even shout, Im very~ scared of sexy female assassins~! Can you hear me~? Im super duper scared of ultra beautiful sexy female assassins~? Kind of~ My worst enemies?

    I tried to y it up! This shouldve raised a g! Sexy female assassins should already be gathering, amassing here inrge numbers from all over the kingdom! Finally, my true highschool boys battle is about to begin. Will it be a beautiful kunoichi-san? A bewitching assassin? But the most important point, is honeytrap! Yes, it must be dripping and sweet like honey! Thats right, I have to let them know that Im afraid of honeytraps too! Thats very important, I wonder if shouting about 2,000 times would be enough? Lets make cards too, Honey Traps Are Essential!.

    Why would you start yelling like that when we are in the middle of a covert mission! We are trying to keep a low profile! We are sneaking! Please, dont attract attention by shouting! And dont start nonchntly singing too! You are clearly brimming with expectations, and arent afraid at all, right? Id be shocked if any intelligence operative thoughtThats his weak point!after hearing that! There is a very real danger! Even though there is no reason for you to put your life at risk Even though the kingdom and royalty should be bearing the responsibility for those wrongdoings, just why

    Eh! No good you say?! Looks like in this world they dont even get Manju are scary, can I really make money off selling manju like this? Good grief, thats why other worlds are other, what a useless world, even though they are so tasty. [2]

    Walking through the ruin-like town, we passed a slum-like area covered in debris that doesnt have a single soul around, and entered an alleyway that not only has not a single passerby but is also devoid of any and all signs of human presence. Now, ifing this far, they are still going to throw middle-aged men at me, I will throw them to a pack of kobolds and bitches! That is a hellish nightmare! Even kobolds were scared.

    The group that was following us split up and moved to surround us. Are those bandits looking for gold? Or maybe noblesp dogs, targeting the princess? Or maybe lewd people lured by the lewd dress? If so, we might get along! If they are able to understand the magnificence of this lewd dress, they have to be lewd people of very cultured tastes. Well, since its this lewd, they might attack regardless of their tastes though? Yeah, its so lewd, that the very idea of walking around in it is questionable.

    Hey, you two. Stop right there!

    They surrounded us, which is cool, I knew this wasing? There are seventeen of them, seventeen middle-aged men! Those bastards went and broke the gs that I was so earnestly trying to raise! Alright, lets break them. Utterly, thoroughly, club them into pulp, a mess, mush, after all, this is revenge for the broken gs! Im going topletely break them!

    Who are you people, if you are calling someone to halt, how about introducing yourself?

    Royal Girl is angry. The surrounding middle-aged men are staring at her, mutteringSexyorLewd, so she is super pissed! But well, it is sexy? Yup, very.

    No doubt, its Princess Shariceres. Capture her.

    Ooh, a jackpot out of the blue? Dont let her get away.

    Looks like its middle-aged male mercenary-like bandits who also happen to be middle-aged malepdogs of some nobles, well, basically, middle-aged men.

    Kuh!

    Royal Girl immediately pulled out the sword, raised a shield, took a low stance spreading her legs, and went into a seriousbat mode. That is a good stance. Lowering her center of gravity and taking such a wide stance would allow her to swiftly move while surrounded and maintain the bnce between offense and defense while keeping control over a considerable space around her. In other words, the slit on the dress is wide open, revealing not only her legs, but also allowing a glimpse at her inner thighs, this is a very nice stance! This is some good stuff!

    Wait, Haruka-sama? Why are you turning your back to the enemies, and staring at my legs while squatting? Can I cut you down?

    Well, those are just scoundrels, if fought, Royal Girl can beat them on her own, and running away is also easy. Even so, they are scoundrels specialized in fighting other humans. So pulling a sword on them is pointless, it will only get you caught without allowing any resistance. See?

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.Kuh! You cowards, using such underhanded Wait, Haruka-sama, why are you getting yourself caught, squatting like that, as if you wanted it to happen! And where are you sticking your face!

    A casting. And since they have chains weaved in, I was caught without a chance to cut through it. In other words, there is no way out of this predicament! Im not to me! Also, if you ask me where I am sticking my face, the answer is obvious? Thighs? Yup, it was totally worth waiting for it while squatting. Those are great thighs!

    But Maid Girl is aiming to stab me from Royal Girls shadow! Moreover, its a t gaze maid girl in a lewd maid uniform! Well, getting stabbed sounds painful, so lets give up on the thighs, my happiness didntst, but those were great thighs! After all, its the thighs with absolute territory!

    Unfortunately, this wouldve been much better without the armor? Well, even so, I have to take revenge for the broken gs, so as much as I regret saying goodbye to this moment, it was very nice, thank you for the meal? Sort of?

    We dont need that brat, off him. But dont you dare wound the princess.

    A jet ck scythe is spinning in mid-air, over my head, the instrument of the soul harvesting reaper. And only now, for a limited time, we have a special offer, two more scythes wille as a bonus, what a steal, avable at a wonderful discount, it will cost you only all of your money! I mean, you have to cover for the damages done to my precious gs, that I earnestly raised with such affection, Im taking everything!

    Still ensnared in the, Royal Girl and I entangle with each other, having this and that ce touching, rubbing together, all while engaging in a boisterous dance with scythes. As if in a rondo, I spin around with this well trained dynamite body while hunting down everyone around, cutting my way through as if in a deadly waltz. And then tango! Dishing kicks all around we stomp the middle-aged men.

    The softness of her body was too pleasant, so I ended up overdoing it. This squishiness ranks at the top of this world. If I ever encounter a squishiness association Im definitely going to endorse her.

    And since we moved so wildly while still caught in the, we entwined even harder, which also made the dress slip from the shoulders, exposing her cleavage, the skirt creped up, baring her legs, and had us glued together. For some reason, I sense a sudden rush of kindness towards the middle-aged men that attacked us, so Im willing to let them off with just burning their heads. You should be grateful for that half exposed voluptuous dynamite body! Im grateful for this too, thank you very much.

    Damn, you bastard(*Whack!*)This little shit(*Thud*)You m(*Bam*)Oh(*Squash*) (*Crack*)

    Promptly taking their wallets and valuables I put away the loot into the item bag. Sadly, the that provided such a marvelous time, was removed by Maid Girl? Well, lets take the too, this is good stuff.

    Why are you robbing the bandits? Moreover, you are taking everything from weapons to items, no mercy at all! You even took the!

    No-no, you got it all wrong? Robbing normal people would indeed make you a bandit, but robbing bandits makes you a normal person? Probably?

    Good grief, what an awful thing to say, it almost makes it sound like Im doing something wrong? They are the ones who did something bad, so naturally, that makes me a good person? Yup, no doubt about it, a perfectly logical and absolutely irrefutable line of reasoning. In other words, no matter from which angle one approaches it, Im 360 degrees not to me? I mean, they are the bad guys here?

    Why double t Gaze? Wait, since body double is involved, maybe its Twin t Gaze? For some reason, every time Im trying to approach things logically, and argue that Im just an ordinary human, I get dissatisfied looks? I thought that there might be an issue with the trantion tool for the otherworldlynguages, but even my ssmates are giving me the same t gazes? Its just sad that they are unable to understand my well-reasoned logic. By the way, my exnations are so logical that the pres even praised me, saying Haruka-kuns exnations are gxy brain.. Wait, was that a dis?

    Anyway, lets bait another group, its pretty profitable. If 50 more bands were to attack us, bing a magnate might not be out of reach! Alright, lets get attacked! Naturally, I still suggest, rmend, and strongly endorse the use of sexy female assassins. Like, Im waiting?

    [TL Notes:

    [1] There is an old belief and a saying which is sometimes used to admonish children for wasting food. Every grain of rice has seven fortune gods.

    [2] A famous Rakugo story.[2] Manju are scary The gist of it  a group of young people talks about what they like, each gave some example, then the leader asked what they were scared of, everyone gave something quitemonce like snakes or spiders, and then one of them says that he is scared of manju, others, naturally, were bewildered, how can anyone be scared of desserts, but he assured them that he is absolutely terrified of manju. So, of course, they decided to y a prank on him, bought some manjus, and ording to different version either threw manju at him or left them by his bedside, Im sure there are other version too, but what they all they have inmon is that when confronted with the red-bean-pasta-filled desserts he begins eating them. Other boys realize that they were deceived and demand him to tell what he is really afraid of, to which he shyly answers that he is very scared of delicious tea.

    [3] Rakugo  https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rakugo

 Chapter 130: Forbidden writings or prohibited literature sounds cool, but the title bears a problem.

    Chapter 130: Forbidden writings or prohibited literature sounds cool, but the title bears a problem.

    Day 47: Nighttime, White Weirdo Inn

    I was kicked out Everyone gathered for a conference in the dining hall.

    Apparently, some lord or a noble from somewhere was investigating me.

    Well, at the moment there is no harm, but in this world, ck hair and dark eyes are pretty conspicuous.

    And I''m not the only one with ck hair and dark eyes, so there is a danger of dragging my ssmates into this. The risk of them being targeted for simply being myrades is high.

    There is no actual reason for me to stay in this country, and I can always go to a faraway ce and live there without attracting attention, but that feels like running away, and somehow pisses me off. Like, seriously and grandly pisses me off.

    If it was about me alone, I don''t need a country, I''d be perfectly fine with a cave alone, but for some reason, I seem to be forbidden from confining myself to the cave despite being a hikikomori? A lovely cave life with Armored Pres-san sounds nice as well, but I can''t help but think that it will ruin me as a human. I mean, there is a Jacuzzi there. Bubbles all over the body, it''s amazing, you know? For real!

    But be it exp grind or equipment strengthening, diving into dungeons seems to be the most efficient approach. It''s better to collect items from dungeons.

    For the time being, this town seems to be safe. Nobles or lords or whatever from othernds sound like a pain, and they might not be such nice entrics as Meri''s father.

    This town is going to be the base of operations until there will be no more dungeons in the surroundings. It''s also the closest to my home. I''d like to have a Jacuzzi within a day''s travel distance.

    Even so, is it the neighboring town that is investigating me? They are far, but still neighbors. Or rather, there is only one neighboring domain? So that can''t be anyone else, no?

    The territory of this remote region is surrounded by a monster-infested forest and high mountains. To put it bluntly, a giant isted area. The only way to the neighboring territory is a narrow path with cliffs on both sides. Beyond that lies the domain of the lord something-something and beyond that the royal capital. Aside from that, there is nothing but woods with monsters and rocky mountains here. That''s why the ce was so poor and starved for goods.

    In short, the neighboring domain is taxing the traffic, stealing profits. But there is no way to do business without passing through them. That''s why they are free to do as they please. That''s how they acted until now and this is how they must be nning to act from now on as well.

    That''s why they are so interested in the affairs of this town, as soon as something happens they investigate it. After all, that''s the region that steals the money of the frontier for the sake of their own prosperity.

    This development Is there going to be trouble with the neighboring domain? Political friction? I like friction, but not of this kind. For the other kind, I''ll be right there the next moment! Where should I go?! The neighboring domain? No, the other kind of friction is awaiting there

    Well, the lords are probably doing something among themselves, and there is nothing I can do without information. I can respond if they try to take some kind of action affecting us, but I should make sure the girls don''t act solo.

    Combat shouldn''t be a problem for the girls. The problem is underhanded methods, poison, mind control, maniption, traps Wait, isn''t that my field of expertise? Well, since it''s my field, I cane up with countermeasures. I''m good at underhanded methods and dont mind getting my hands dirty. In more ways than one.

    Well, for starters, manufacturing, and trading. This will raise skills, bring money, and also serve as a countermeasure, what else can one ask for. Aah, another shift tonight, huh? Are there no days off for me? Even though I''m a NEET?

    The general store''sdy finally procured books of this world as I requested.

    No novels among them.

    Had a banned book though.

    The book managed to survive precisely because this region is so remote. Forbidden writings, the name isHow To Magic Tools!, who the hell gave such a name to a forbidden book?! No, obviously the author, but What got it banned? WasHowa problem? Or maybe To?

    But the contents were exceedingly normal, densely filled with information on magic tools, skill items, ways to create them, and materials required. Contents capable of saving poor towns and viges or a frontiercking in proper equipment. In fact, many pages were dedicated to monster repents andbat support effects. Also, many utility items, useful in daily life. It seems the author made sure not to list any harmful or abusable items. Isn''t it an essential book that should be a must-read in this dangerous world? Why would it be banned? It didn''t even have anything erotic? Why forbidden?

    However, while people of this world know the alphabet, they are prone to illiteracy, while they can read, most people can only read numbers, simple words, or short phrases, so there is no demand for books it seems. On top of that,How to Magic Tools!is basically an alchemy book. But the alchemy of this world, or rather chemistry, is not only undeveloped, it even tends to be shunned. Sale prohibition aside, it probably simply couldn''t find a buyer.

    With this, I can make new items, though only with minor effects for now. Or rather, all of the items that the girls bought at the general store already had some kind of effect attached. While I don''t think that they noticed, since it''s unlikely that they used appraisal while shopping for clothes, the items had defense buffs, evasion, and status effect resistance. I attached them to every item. Compared to items from dungeons they are pretty shabby, but it''s better than nothing at times when they aren''t wearing their equipment, and they also should have better effects than items of adventurers and guards of this town.

    However, high levels of abnormal status effects resistance and trap detection are about to be more important thanbat effects. Magic stone-encrusted rings should work for that. I have enough magic stones to even sell them, and high-grade magic stones also should give greater effects. I didn''t touch it until now since it''s difficult, time-consuming, and just a pain, but looks like it would be better to make them, just in case. Well, I thought about making essories eventually, since it seems like a very lucrative idea. Materials are basically free, and they should sell for a hefty sum, so it should make me a rich man. Let''s give it a shot. Oooh, the color changed? This will sell! This will be a big hit! The problem is design. Having the stone limits the possibilities, and since its meant to be practical, it has to be simple, sturdy, and not get in the way?

    Just farming and selling magic stones will me only the usual market price, but with this method I will be able to give it an added value, allowing me to decide the price. If the price of magic stones goes down I can just refrain from selling them, going for the manufacture route instead, thus avoiding having to sell them cheap. Aaah, that might be the reason why the book was banned and burned.

    The main producing area for magic stones is the frontier. Every other region would preferfortably low prices.

    In that case, having processing technology in the frontier would be a problem. Most likely, someone is monopolizing it, increasing their profits. That''s why the frontier was this poor. Despite magic stones being their main product, the prices were kept low, allowing for only meager profits. And even those profits were stolen by the neighboring domain as goods went through it.

    And being too poor, they couldn''t afford proper equipment, hindering their ability to collect magic stones, leading to a further deficit.

    As a result, the military strength also fell, making them unable to prevent the demon forest from growing, leading to attacks on the town and viges which had decreased poption, making the region even poorer. If this is the result of the government policies then they are not only trash but also incredible fools. Even if they can profit from this now, the end result will be destruction. The monsters are free to multiply as they please.

    Maybe a simple jewel ring? Would look pretty gorgeous? But then the stones would be too big for everyday use Aaah, might as well make stones into the ring shape? Like ancient jade rings? Since I can process them, why not? In that case, can an entire ring be made out of shone? And since the color can be changed they should sell well! Riches, I''ming! HyAHAAH! Kind of?

    This smells like a big hit. Not only is it a monopoly but the items also have an added value. On top of that, the color and design can be changed, so having repeating customers is also possible, making for a long term business. This is a long rich man''s life without a doubt!

    Mass production after mass production, mass manufacture of the same type can be all handled at once with Parallel Thinking, allowing for a one man magic-based mass production assembly line. With Parallel Thinking ofApex Thinkingying an active part, Alchemy, and magicbine into a solo controlled parallel assembly-line system.

    I think it would be quite hard to find a home industry that was this industrialized. Magic stones, forming a line like on some kind of a conveyor belt, move one after another, floating around me in a spiral, and one by one, are processed, turning into rings. As I got used to the process the speed also grew, increasing the number of rings created. A one-man factory? It wouldn''t be an exaggeration to say a one-man industrial area. But there is no one to give me a sry for this?

    I work and work but my life has no signs of improving? I probably could easily get the title of high school champion ofbor? And yet why do I remain penniless? Sort of?

    Day 47  Over.

 Chapter 131: Verbally abused over my overwhelming acting ability.

    Chapter 131: Verbally abused over my overwhelming acting ability.

    Day 48  Morning, White Weirdo Inn

    Despite my drowsiness, the morning already arrived. For the whole night, I was busy with my side job. While the manufacturing process for each ring was time consuming at first, midway it turned into a smooth conveyor-like mass production, and before I noticed, it was already morning! Well, midway I was also busy doing other secret stuff with Armored Pres, but for the most part, I was working. One shouldn''t let a business opportunity slip by. But now that I think of it, I already ripped off all of the money from the girls through clothes, so they probably don''t have anything. If anyone has money, it is the geeks and the idiots, but would the boys wear rings? Well, let''s rip them off anyway.

    Using cheap magic stones I mass-produced rings meant to be sold to the townsfolk, attaching Warding and Healing (Petty). Let''s sell those to the general store. It''s about time that the suspicious merchant returns to the town, so it''s better to save up money for then. Just how far did my Affection Rating go? Speaking of which, Temptation Shirt  Allure (Greater)from the dungeon, should sell for quite a price, but that''s not something that should be allowed into the big world. Sealed it is.

    Today we were to continue in the golem dungeon from the 36th floor, if I remember correctly? The lower the floor the better the loot from the treasure chests get, and middle floors already have a lot of promise. On the way, I check viges here and there, buying their specialty products, and oh, how mysterious, all the money disappeared? I''m going to use those ingredients to make dishes that I sell at rip-off prices for great profits, so it can''t really be helped, but as soon as I waste money even a bit they all disappear like the mist This world is filled with mysteries.

    But since there is nothing but golems there is no room for Death Scythes. At this rate, they might end up as glorifiedwnmowers. Maybe I should deforest the evil forest? Wood sells for a good price and there is not enough of it.

    I wanted to get Abnormal Status Nullification rings out there as soon as possible, so when I showed them during breakfast they immediately sold out. Introducing a new payment method ofPay when you find a new dungeon itemI sold them even to the broke girls as well, and just like that all of the rings were gone, despite the number I initially prepared. Well, wearing two rings won''t double the effects, but it should strengthen them to like 150% power, so it''s fine But why should I be lectured by them about my unnecessary spendings? This is absurd! I merely stayed in the inn on the tab a bit because I couldn''t pay for it, having spent all the money I had and going into a bit of debt. Absolutely baffling.

    Now, it''s time. Onwards to the dungeon.

    And once again golems. A Harem in the Fantasy World Dungeon would''ve been wonderful, but we are stuck with golems instead. Not fun at all.

    But since I need both money and dungeon items I have no choice but to work my butt off every day, and yet, I''m stuck with no Job, NEETtitle and no money. No matter how much I earn, they disappear when I use them, just why is it?

    We are off!

    It seems Tailing Stalker Girl is going to stick to me all of the time. Don''t really want to reveal my abilities or skills to her. And she is also going to write a report on me, so there is a possibility that if I do anything weird the information will spread. On the other hand, if I take actions that will improve my image, and spread that report, it might explosively boost my Affection Rating.

    Okay, actions that can raise Affection Rating. But what exactly are those actions? I kind of suspect that if I knew that my Affection Rating would''ve been quite a lot higher, but generally speaking, doing things that are considered by society to be good, should naturally lead to a more favorable image. What would be good? Distributing sweets might give a good impression, but doesn''t a person that gives sweets to girls every time he sees them sound incredibly suspicious? Wait, that''s me!

    Well, what actually shouldn''t be known by Stalker Girl is Armored Pres-san''s existence. There is a matter of her previous upation, but what''s even more important, that strength is not something that should be seen by other people.

    Moreover, bringing Armored Pres-san together will put Stalker Girl at risk. Even during yesterday''s meeting, it seems she was overflowing with caution, half ring at the girl. Wish I could see that, a t Gaze showdown!

    That being the case, today we are acting separately. The injury rate of the girls from culture clubs is too high. The dungeon exploration itself is going well, but they seem to be taking too many hits, and going through potions way too fast. Not even to mention that with a Holy Magic-user in possession ofCurethat potion consumption speed is no good. It''s fine while the damage is limited to wounds, but when something happens it will be toote.

    They should greatly improve under the protection and guidance of Armored Pres-san, so I asked her to go with them as a coach. Most of the culture club girls lean towards middle guard or rear guard, proficient with the sword, control, and debuffs. Their party has almost absolute strength over favorable opponents, but as soon as they encounter someone resistant to magic or status effects they begin to struggle. Well, since they have the librarian they should do fine, but they still should level up their closebat skills, or things might get dangerous.

    Sending Shield Girl to them should''ve been enough, but Armored Pres-san can also coach while protecting them at the same time. Plus I also want to get Armored Pres-san away from the Stalker Girl and allow her to get along with other girls as well.

    She probably will get happier the more friends she gets, and I want to avoid her sacrificing herself for my sake or following me in death. So I want her to form bonds with more girls, so she wouldn''t be lonely even if something were to happen to me. And in the first ce, I think there is a problem with having her Tamed all of the time. Especially in terms of my public image. Seriously.

    Armored Pres-san was objecting, vigorously shaking her head, but after pleading, giving her sweets, and a ring, I was able to send her off with the culture club girls. That''s Master''s dignity for ya I also promised that I will make her a new hat when I get back, so tonight I''m going to be busy with work again. The girls act as if everything is fine, but unlike the boys, this is probably mentally taxing for them, so it''s better to not press them too hard.

    So today I''m going to act the part of a harmless nice highschool boy who isn''t that strong on his own, trying to make a favorable impression in order to raise my Affection Rating!

    Whooa, that was super close, right? Aaah, somehow we got them? Or kind of like something like that? Everyone, are you alright? Are you injured? Are you hungry? Want sweets? Is the kind of impression that I give? I guess?

    Show off doing my best to ovee foes in a hard struggle. Now I will be reported as a fine young man, and my poprity will be boosted.

    Haruka-kun, the way you speak is incredibly weird? On top of being monotone, what did you even mean by thatIs the kind of impression that I give?! You talking nonsense is nothing new, but today your weirdness is off the charts.

    Eh? I didn''t appear like a fine young man? Doing his best during a hard battle and yet worrying about everyone, giving away sweets. Hey, look, ain''t I a nice guy? Like, a super good person?

    Hmmmmm? I~ think the problem~ is that for sayingWhooa, that was super close, right? Aaah, somehow we got them? Or something like that? you didn''t struggle at all~, and easily~ were annihting golems~? Rather~ than showing how earnestly~ you fight, it turned into a golem abuse demonstration~? On top of that~, you keep mutteringFine Young Man yor~Affection Rating Up~for everyone to hear~? The npletely failed~. The role was too much for you~. You are more of a erophiliac type of character?~

    That was a no. And what type of character is that? That''s my first time hearing that? Is there such a thing?

    OOOOoooh! Yeeeeeeah! I found an amazing hidden room at such a ce! What a surprise, what do we do? How about this? Kind of?

    40F had a hidden room. Yeah, very natural acting of being surprised after identally discovering a hidden room by identally touching a wall. Hollywood-level acting, how terrifying.

    You are voicing all of your thoughts aloud. In a way that''s indeed a terrifying way to ruin everything. Also, going in a straight line to a wall and then goingOOOOoooh!, even we are troubled about how to react. AndYeeeeah!waspletely unnecessary.

    The acting coach is strict. Stalker Girl is looking at me with a t gaze. Well, she said that she is going to report what she saw and heard, so it''s fine as it is at the moment.

    A-A treeasure chest at such a ce~? What~ an ama~zing find~? What do we dew?

    Acting stupid won''t help as well, okay? What even made you think that it will give an image of a fine young man? What exactly? Did you ever see such a person anywhere?

    Finally, even Vice President A-san joined with criticism? But I even said it with a sparkling smile? Still no good?

    H-How long have you been under the delusion that I''m not a fine young man? Hmm? Isn''t that weird? Am I not giving away sweets? Am I not?[1]

    If anyone sees you as a fine young man that''s not a delusion but a legit hallucination! Even hypnosis won''t help, one has to be sleeping to see that!

    If there was a Fine Young Man Haruka then he undoubtedly would be a fake one! A sham! A fraud! I mean, all he would be doing is giving away sweets at random!

    Look~? If you go for a lustful young man, I think you might make it~? Or actually, you are already making it in a present progressive form~?

    Yaay, sweets~. Yaay!

    For now, everyone rejoiced when I gave them cookies, so I guess I''m a fine youth? I mean, they are happily munching on them? No one is even looking at the treasure chest at this point. For real.

    Opening the chest that no one was interested in I findCowing Hat  ViT 10% UP, Intimidation Effect (Greater), not an Affection boosting item? Read the mood. Shouldn''t the skill beFine Young Manor something? Isn''t this the time?

    What am I supposed to do with Intimidation when I''m trying to raise my Affection Rating? I don''t need it. And it looks kind of like a cowboy hat? There are no gunfighters in this world. Is it because they use magic instead? Speaking of using magic No! I shouldn''t look at the Great Sage that instead of using magic keeps hammering enemies to death in a grand massacre with great jiggling and swaying and boing boing. If I look at her I will be reported.

    I can take it! It''s cute, and it''s intimidating! I''m gonna be like an adult woman!

    What is this shrimp with cookie crumbs around her mouth talking about? Cowboy hat makes her an intimidating adult woman?

    As a result, we now have a mysterious small animal in a cowboy hat and leather armor, that holding axes in both hands spins all over the ce. There is nothing adult or intimidating about that. [TL Notes: [1] Reference to BLEACH chapter 392. Haruka is using almost the same line as Aizen when he was asked since when he was using Kyka Suigetsu. It seems that frame became a bit of a meme over there. ]

 Chapter 238

    Chapter 238

    Chapter 238

    Day 61  Daytime, Narrogi Town

    As I thought, the most effective and economically sound strategy to minimize damages from banditry is to cause damages to bandits and thoroughly plunder them. Such a perfectly logical economic approach. Yup, its perfect.

    Are there any super rich bandits with tons of female underlings? How about we just go directly to them to get attacked? No decent bandits are showing up, and all of them are middle-aged men! I was raising such a massive number of gs for sexy female assassins but all I got is an evenrger number of middle-aged men! What is this? Just how far is this infinite middle-aged men world spreading? Back in the frontier there was nothing but middle-aged men too, dont tell me that the entire kingdom is nothing but middle-aged men?

    First of all, since you are guarding me, please dont be so assertive and happy to get attacked, much less, dont go out of your way to proactively get assaulted. What is the meaning of going to the enemy camp to get attacked? Doesnt that mean that you are the one attacking them? Why would a bodyguard be taking his escort target to assault an enemy camp? Arent you simply rearing to rob them with no intention of protecting me? Arent you just using me as a decoy? Or rather, as bait? What was a guards job again?

    This world is behind the times. Grasping the business chance (getting assaulted by bandits) is all about firste, first served. Thats right, in the modernpetitive worldKill before the others do!ismon sense, you know? If you keep waiting, others will take the initiative and it will be impossible to catch up with them, its all over if the front runner manages to get away with the lead. It was written in the financial newspaper that was wrong on almost everything, so it has to be true.

    This town has no eating ces left, so lets have dinner outside? The town is swarming with middle-aged men, so I really dont want to eat here? I hate the thought so much that Im ready to roast the towns middle-aged men instead of BBQ! Alright, lets have BBQ tonight?

    There are no movements among the people still spying on us. If they are merely looking from afar then they are not much different from innocent stalkers or peepers. Now that I think about it, that sounds sort of suspect, or rather, criminal, but regardless of whether they are guilty or not, they are still middle-aged men. That alone is basically a crime, so nothing changes. Be it monsters or middle-aged men, I can just sweep them if they get in the way.

    Dungeons apparently dont spawn as frequently outside the frontier, and there is no Evil Forest around, so it should be alright outside. There are also ordinary monsters from which materials can be extracted, unlike those in the frontier that spawn from highly-concentrated mana, but their numbers are overwhelmingly small. Since they dont spawn spontaneously, hunting them prevents them from multiplying.

    This is a pumpkin pie-san, highly rmended by the people whose horizontal growth wont stop but who are unable to control themselves regardless, so please dont me me if coboration with pumpkin chips will elerate your growth too? Its delicious though? Have a whole lot? Kind of?

    Thank you very much, well dly try it.

    And the gist of what they told me during the meal is all of the work was for nothing. Looks like the culprits werent the patrols, but nearby mercs, or rather bandits, and small nobles from the neighboringnds that arrived early. Thats why they had neither goods nor gold, in other words, they wont yield profit!

    But this bandit hunt should lessen losses by merchants, and as for that assassin Tajima-kun? Was that old man sent to get the princess after all? And he was the only assassin? Its hard to take measures if we dont understand what the opponents aim is. I was pretty sure someone woulde to abduct the princess, and an assassin showed up instead. But the guys in tidy clothes that were giving orders to bandits were trying to take her alive? So there are two factions? White team and red team? I cant care less which one wins!

    However, it wouldnt be strange to see the armys scouts, but there are no movements from them, it seems that the only ones acting now are the nobles alliance and the first prince. Then the assassin is from the prince, and kidnappers from the nobles? I wonder which one is white and which one is the red team? Well, doesnt really matter? Honestly.

    Them having no unity or proper chain ofmand in a way makes them more difficult to handle. Well, for the time being, I guess its fine to just crush them as we find them? Im not very familiar with military affairs, but taking down an enemymander should probably settle it? Since he is the first prince, he must be the son of the douche king, then its probably the douchiest guy of them all? But nobles are probably pretty douchey too?

    Slime-san, you might getDoucheskill if you eat a noble, so you absolutely shouldnt do that? Im quite serious right now!

    (Shake Shake)

    Yeah, looks like he doesnt want any douches either, which includes the skill too. Thank goodness he isnt interested in eating them. Its hard to imagine what a douche slime would be like, but Im d I wont have to see it. What if it turned out to be cute?

    What were you nning to do? If your n is good I might rip it off and use it?

    Im nning to stop the army, if it doesnt work Ill settle things in a duel, what about it?

    Yeah, I knew it. I wasnt expecting anything since the moment I heard that Meripapa-san taught her in military affairs and swordsmanship, but as I thought, charge in with an orthodox frontal attack, do you even need an instructor to arrive at that idea? Even our idiots could do that? Or rather, thats the only thing they can do, so I dont think you have to learn it? I mean, thats just running in?

    Waiting in this town doesnt seem fun, its basically a ghost town by now, no stores or anything, only empty buildings. ording to the map provided by Stalker Girls nsmen, if we follow the road to the capital there should be another town. Should we go over there? Well, Royal Girl is definitely not turning back, so there are only two options, wait here or go forward, but what do we do?

    Maid Girl, do you have any of those flying monsters left? Its not like we have anything better to do, and I wanted to try them, and also walking is a drag? I think I heard that you can fly by using some sort of round bats, dont you have them anymore?

    We used them all for infiltration and all of them were confiscated by the frontiers army. Surely, there are more of them left in the capital, but we have no means to obtain them from here, and please dont ride them just because you are bored. They are very valuable and expensive.

    Well, it should be fine to just follow Royal Girl from behind. I mean, the slit on the dress is opening as she walks, giving glimpses of her smooth, white thighs! Id follow those anywhere, but there is a stare on meing from her shadow? Pleasee out and then give me a t gaze, okay?

    Slime-san is also bored, arent there any lovely profitable sexy bandit bands around?

    The reply is t Gaze! Both from the Royal Girls main body and from her shadow! That must be a skill! But waiting for the arrival of the main force, which might still take over 10 days, is too much of a drag. And since their forces are in disarray, and marching here separately, waiting for them to assemble is foolish. Moreover, we have only one aim, the rest doesnt matter.

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.Once Armored Pres-san is done with the errand to Murimuri Castle, she should be awaiting Pres and the others while remodeling the Fake Dungeon. We dont want another force to move into the frontier while Im away, if we miss them here by ident. And there shouldnt be any civilians trying to enter a dungeon where a battle is about to break out, thats why we are preparing a wee.

    But it will take forever for the enemy leader to arrive, so we can crush him. I tried scanning surroundings withFarsightbut there is only a bunch of horses running far away, they seem to being this way though?

    Hey, Royal Girl, do you happen to have acquaintances among horses? There seems to be some running, or rather, galloping this way? There is a huge cloud of dust, so they must be in quite a hurry? They might be running away from something, but what if they are running from themselves and dont want to be found? Should we pretend we didnt see anything?

    Horses? Isnt there something riding them? Are there gs, or special symbols on the armor? Ceres, my weapons!

    Hmm, they are still pretty far, I can tell that there are some horse-like characters approaching, butA g? But thats A red diamondShingen-san?! [1]

    On a g-like something there is a red diamond on white background? But there is no furinkazan Should I make Bishamontens helmet in opposition? [2]

    A red diamond?! Why would His Excellency Royal Prince be heading to the frontier? Where are they? We must immediately hurry to the rescue, is there a pursuit? His Excellency is currently acting as the regent, its unthinkable that he would leave the capital, what could have happened?

    Is that an ally? He is in a serious hurry, so maybe he is being pursued, but the cloud of dust prevents from seeing whats behind him. But isnt this country done for if even the acting head of the state is getting attacked? The king copsed with a sudden illness without picking the crown prince, and is currently unconscious. If the regent is being attacked then its either treason or a rebellion.Is that really the time to be attacking the frontier? But even so, the kingdom will fall without magic stones, so they have no other choice but to head to the frontier.

    The guys behind him have no gs, but they are wearing green armor with a white stripe. Hmmm, looks like he is being pursued? But all of them give a strong middle-aged men vibe, even if there are women among them, I dont want to do anything with such gori-likedies, so would you mind if I incinerate them all together?

    Deep green armor and a white line, what is a foreign mercenary band doing in the kingdom?! Its Theocracys mercenary unit specialized in fighting beastmen, what is it doing on the kingdomsnds, and even assaulting the Royal Prince?! This is an act of war!

    Theocracy, in other words, followers of that geezer (god). In that case, no idea about the Royal Prince, but the church is definitely an enemy. iming the frontier to be a corruptednd, they provided no support at all, and yet monopolized magic stone processing under bullshit pretext of Divine Purification, fair tradew and antitrust act breaking bastards.

    And they are also my personal enemies, iming to have sealed the viiness, who opposed the god, in the depths of the great dungeon. If they like calling themselves the gods justice so much, Ill give them a proper and clean massacre and deliver them all to that white room, to the god that they like so much.

    If they say that Angelica-san, who fought with the darkness all by herself for what mustve been an eternity in the earths depths and still resisted until the very end, is evil, then Im on evils side, you know? Yup, such justice (trash) should be incinerated and dumped into that white room on top of that old farts (gods) head. If they like the god so much but are dissatisfied with everyone else, then they should just scram off to his side or wherever, damn pests of this world!

    Ah~ shouldve called the geeks too.Thats apparently an anti-beastmen mercenary unit of a lovely Justice (religion) that enves and sells off beastmen, iming them to be tainted animals. Im sure even after butchering them to thest they still wouldnt forgive them. After all, they are very big fans of animal ears and hate oppressors and bullies.

    Well, I dont think Ill be able to leave any for them, so lets forcibly deport this lot to the geezer. The shipping is PRICELESS? Pay on delivery!

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Frinkazan (Japanese: , Wind, Forest, Fire, Mountain), is a poprized version of the battle standard used by the Sengoku period daimy Takeda Shingen. The banner quoted four phrases from Sun Tzus The Art of War: as swift as wind, as gentle as forest, as fierce as fire, as unshakable as mountain.

    [2] Bishamonten  In Japan, Bishamonten (), or just Bishamon () is thought of as an armor-d god of war or warriors and a punisher of evildoers. One of his famous followers was Uesugi Kenshin a rival of Shingen. Many of his followers and others believed him to be the Avatar of Bishamonten, and called Kenshin the God of War. So its sort of if you have Takeda we are going with Uesugi logic on Harukas side.

 Chapter 239

    Chapter 239

    Chapter 239

    Day 61  Wilderness

    I single-mindedly gallop towards the frontier. To think theyd attack a regents unit. Theocracy is clearly trying to make a vassal state out of the kingdom, turn the royal family into their puppets, enve the frontier, and single-handedly dominate the magic stone industry. Is this how far we have fallen?

    Our kingdom is one of the few states recognizing beastmen rights and the Union of Beastmen Nations, bearing the constant enmity of the church for it. The nobles coaxed by the church are trying to overturn thosews, but as long as the covenant with the royal family exists that wont be permitted, and they have no means of actually changing thew. No matter how pushy the Theocracy may get, they cant afford to antagonize our kingdom, as without magic stones supplied by us, the church will be unable to maintain its influence. The church is monopolizing the magic stones processing industry, iming everything besideDivine Purificationto be devils arts, those that try to work to work with the stones on their own to be witches, torturing them before execution as a warning to others. Even if one tries to hide, they would hunt down the entire families and rtives, killing and wiping them off the face of the earth, protecting their monopoly on magic stone processing techniques and the riches thate with it. With those tools and magic appliances the church keeps permeating and expanding its influence on the continent. And with aplete domination of magic stone processing they obtained power that even entire nations cant easily defy.

    With so many nobles taking the Theocracys side and now even the first prince swallowed up by them, there is no hope left. Because it means that even our intelligence bureau was on the churchs side all along. Its too much even for a bad joke. After all, its proof that the kingdom was led by false information it was fed without knowing anything.

    Looks like Im not making it to the frontier. I heard that that mercenary unit with a white line on deep green armor are forest warfare specialists, so being attacked in the woods we rushed to reach the nes, but by the time we managed that our force was almostpletely decimated. There is no way to recover from this. The information is clearly being leaked to the Theocracy, or, I guess, it would be more precise to say that I myself jumped into the trap prepared by our own intelligence department, that was colluding with the Theocracy. To have myself killed before I can present this head of mine to count Omui is the height of disgrace, but it would seem that this is the end of the road for me. I couldnt fulfill my role as the brothers representative, nor could I apologize to Count Omui.

    I keep desperately galloping to the frontier. At the very least, I have to let them know that the forces of the church are on the move, at the very least

    A person ahead! Alone, unarmed, a civilian.

    Its a pity but we cant avoid them, run straight ahead!

    I wont ask not to think badly of this, but we will have to run over him, if I can at least get killed near the frontier, their forces might notice the church movements, thats the only use of my life that I have left. And thats the only way I can leave any hope for the kingdom, thats why Vanished!

    I saw a figure in a ck mantle ahead, but it suddenly vanished? A trap? But there is no other choice but to push forward. There is no option but to die as close as possible to the frontier.

    Combat in the back! The ck mantle has engaged enemy forces, the enemy halted?!

    What happened, is this a counterattack opportunity or a chance for escape? No, we have to reach the frontier no matter what.

    A g ahead. White and red, a sword and a heart. Shariceres-sama! Alone, but in full battle gear!

    The allies immediately be animated at the sight of the Sword Princess g. That is the biggest reason why the princes fear and hate Shariceres. Charisma of the strongest.

    Merely the sight of her standing with the sword in her hands, not even mounted, is enough for the soldiers to reach coherence and begin organizing. A true descendant of the royal bloodline, possessing the spirit of a ruler, that is the Knight Princess, Shariceres.

    Even unskilled soldiers can crush a force 10 times their number if Shariceres takesmand. Thats why soldiers idolize her, readily entrusting her with their lives.

    Shariceres, you were alright! But there is a pursuit, those

    You Excellency, please hurry ahead! Leave the rearguard to me. Well, doesnt seem like there is any need for that

    Turning around, I see a quiet hell behind us. A grim reaper in ck robes is one-sidedly harvesting lives of an overwhelminglyrger force inplete silence.

    Vanishing as if in a dance, dashing only to disappear, and erasing numerous soldiers upon materializing, he leaves only quiet behind.

    Their unit is copsing as abat force as those battle-hardened soldiers are panicking, frightened beyond belief, ughtered by just one person.

    The enemies, whose number was close to 100 horsemen, were half annihted by the time I turned around, and a few momentster, werepletely crushed. That is hell, a nightmare incarnate.

    What brings Your Excellency to the frontier? Did something happen in the Capital?

    She is unfazed after seeing that. Is she the one who brought that person?

    What in the world is that? Is that A human?

    A bodyguard, of sorts? He keeps exterminating enemies, making not a single attempt of actually guarding me so far, but its probably a bodyguard?

    That is a bodyguard! Did Count Omui send him? But thats I cant evenprehend what it is. That is far too removed from what is called a battle.

    He walks through the madness of war horses running amok in terror, silently disappearing as if slipping away, he reappers to drag more soldiers into oblivion, turning shrieks, bellows, and screams into silence.

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.

    The shadow in ck robes is passing unhindered by the frenzy of rampaging horses, flickering like a mirage as it makes its way forward. And before I knew it there was not a single horseman left. They simply vanished, not even leaving corpses behind.

    The mercenaries appeared to be making attempts to escape, but they only kept running in circles as if trapped in a cage.

    Only horses are managing to run away. The riders disappeared while horses got away.

    An empty wastnd is all thats left, as if there wasnt anything there in the first ce. The horses ran away, while the people vanished without a trace, leaving the man in the ck cloak standing all alone.

    Everything disappeared as if nothing was there to begin with.

    He ising closer, the face, still retaining some childish features, looks like that of a young boy.

    Thank you very much, Haruka-sama. His Excellency Royal Prince, currently serving as a regent, made it out unharmed, for which you have our sincere thanks.

    Ah? Nah, it doesnt matter, so no need for thanks? They were decided to be delivered to that geezer anyway, and I also wouldnt have heard the end of it from the geeks if I didnt carefully pack (beat) them? So, likeTehe, I did an oopsie~?

    It was just an insolent brat. Id like to rebuke him for rudeness, but there is no way I can do it after witnessing that. Shariceres is continuing the conversation without making an issue of it, and even that nagging shadow maid is keeping her mouth shut. I cant grasp his identity.

    Your Excellency, eehm, this is Haruka-sama, a traveler hailing from a distantnd, and an honorable guest of house Omui? Or rather, he is a bit of a That sort of person, so his words is not an issue? Well, he is That, so his etiquette andmon sense and also everything aside from that are That too, but please show him leniency.

    What is everything is That is supposed to mean? Which that is that? But if he is house Omuis guest I cant treat him harshly. He might be extremely rude, but we are still indebted to him, but looking closely, he is still a kid, a snot-nosed brat of merely level 21. Was that some sort of a magic tool? But it doesnt change the fact that he is dangerous. That was a terrifying sight.

    You rescued us and even assisted Shariceres, you have our gratitude. And, is count Omuiing too? Have you received any orders from lord Mellotosam? Wee in peace, we simply need to talk with the count, where is the headquarters of the frontiers army?

    He isnt listening! I went as far as forgiving the rudeness of not kneeling before the King, even if merely the Kings proxy, thanking him, but he isnt listening?

    If he wasnt count Omuis guest I wouldve cut him down on the spot, but its not like its possible to do that either, and the identity of this brat isnt clear. But there is absolutely no way that insulting the Kings dignity can be forgiven.

    Courteously arrest and put him in jail. Make sure you cause him no harm.

    Please wait! This per

    On this alone I cant budge no matter how much Shariceres sticks up for him. Im the proxy of my brother, the King. I cant allow anyone to insult the Kings authority. Otherwise there would be no worth to this head of mine. I still have to deliver it to the frontier as the representative of the King. Otherwise what will I have left to offer in apology to lord Mellotosam?

    I have to embody the King until this head of mine is separated from the torso. That is the gravity of the royal family and Omuis rtion. It wont even be an apology unless the king himself bows and has his head chopped off.

    Ahead is the frontier, Omuis domain in the farthestnd. My ce of death.

 Chapter 134: A whole monologue by Stalker Girl? She barely had any lines until now?

    Chapter 134: A whole monologue by Stalker Girl? She barely had any lines until now?

    Day 48  Daytime, Streets of Omui

    The report wasplete. Submitting something like this to that lord cannot possibly end without consequences.

    But even so, I definitely have to do it.

    After all, Haruka-san was outraged.

    Usually, he speaks inly, sounding even somewhat disinterested, but at that time, he was clearly angry.

    Being this poor, this region cannot fully protect its people, which results in deaths. Apparently, almost none of the previous lords of this domain died in their mansion, and their tombstones stand over empty graves. And one of the reasons why the domain remained poor despite having such fine rulers is the neighboring domain of Narrogi. Originally, it was founded to supply the armies locked in the fight against monsters on the frontier.

    But at some point the town began embezzling supplies from the capital, meant for the frontier army, and taking a percentage of the magic stonesing from the frontier, growing as a result.

    Everyone in the town knew that, and everyone condemned the lord for that. All pitied the people of the frontier, but no one did anything.

    Everyone would be surprised if tomorrow they were to wake up to a rain of fire. Of course, no one will think that they had iting. Regardless of whether they are aware of what they are doing or not, no one considers it as enough of a reason to be killed. Even I never thought of it until I had that said to my face.

    But even so, I want to save the townsfolk. Because there are people that were good to me, my friends, and my beloved ones. Even if we deserved that, I still want to save them.

    I too want to save those dear to me.

    The ck-haired girls said that they definitely will stop Haruka-san, so it is going to be fine, while the poster girl, hearing that I''m leaving, gave me lots of sweets. She probably took them from Haruka-san or he gave them himself. To a spy from a neighboring town.

    But I know it is not fine, and it shouldn''t be. After all, even if they manage to stop Haruka-san, I can''t stop our lord.

    A long time ago, the poster girl and her family lost their home along with their hometown, and only after wandering for a long time finally settled in this town and built an inn. And it seems if it wasn''t for the person that fought for them they would''ve been dead.

    Even if they manage to stop Haruka-san, since Narrogi-sama cannot be stopped, Omui will be invaded anyway. Then, the poster girl and her family will once again lose everything they have and will end up wandering thend. Or maybe, even die. Despite staying in the neighboring domain all the time I never gave this a proper thought.

    Narrogi-sama attacked Omui-sama a few times already, so it wouldn''t be strange for a war to break out or a rain of fire toe any moment. I didn''t know anything and didn''t try to think about the meaning of any of that. However, it was our n that was spying and reporting on Omui-sama and thedies of the house. We aren''t unrted to this matter. Ignorance was not allowed to me.

    After all, my n are descendants of the unit that was historically scouting for the sake of the frontier army. Originally, we should be working for Omui''s benefit.

    Butcking inbat strength we were located in the rear, and ended up being taken in by Narrogi''s domain. While holding dear the desire to go to Omui, ourck of strength held us back, leading to us being swallowed up by the Narrogi domain. And with our families and friends being now held hostage, we were forced to assist in tormenting Omui.

    The moment Haruka-san saidGathering information is the first step in the war, I understood. It would''ve been but a matter of course if I was killed right on the spot.

    After all, those were the same words that were handed down from one generation to another in our n. Information saves lives of allies and is the first step to defeating the enemy, I should''ve known better since those were the words I grew up with. And yet, I didn''t think of what I''m doing or the meaning behind it.

    See with your own eyes, hear with your own ears, learn of everything, be it lies, truth, mistakes, or secrets, and reflect on it yourself.is what I was taught, yet I saw nothing, heard nothing, and just kept missing the most important, without thinking anything at all. I didn''t even notice that until I was told.

    That''s why I''m going to deliver this report.

    To the n.

    To Narrogi-sama.

    After which I most likely will be killed.

    It''s almost certain that I won''t survive submitting such a report.

    Even so, I''m going to do this.

    After all, it''s only natural that I will be killed. It''s only natural that I will be punished for what I''ve done.

    The people of Omui Town were very kind.

    That''s where we were supposed to be. Despite the poverty, the danger, the misery, and the despair, everyone was nice.

    That ce is what really ought to be protected.

    The front line is locked in a fight with monsters in order to defend towns and the country that lies behind it.

    And we didn''t evenprehend that all this time we were protected by that town.

    We forgot that it was that town that was guarding us.

    We pushed everything on the people of that town and forgot about everything that we found inconvenient, paying it no heed and sparing it no thought.

    We deserve their ire.

    We deserve the fire.

    But even so, I want to save the townsfolk. After all, that''s where the people that treated me kindly, my friends, and my beloved one are. Even if the town deserves to be burned, I still want to save them.

    All I can do now is to report.

    That''s why I wrote there everything I saw, heard, and thought. The full andplete report.

    And most likely, myst one.

    But it''s my first real report, where I wrote what I truly saw, heard, and thought.

    After all, Haruka-san told me all that.

    While he could''ve killed without saying a word.

    Yet he spoke to me, and scolded me, an enemy.

    And even though I''m an enemy, he gave me lots of delicious sweets.

    And patted me on the head when I cried.

    Yes, I received a lot from him.

    I can''t pay him back, but at the very least, I can return at least a bit of my debt to Omui.

 Chapter 135: I think there was a better way to put it.

    Chapter 135: I think there was a better way to put it.

    Day 48  Evening, White Weirdo Inn.

    Thank you very much. Thank you for your help. I will do what I can. I''m really grateful to you.

    Having said that the Stalker Girl ran off.

    Is she going to be alright?

    Most certainly not. Those eyes filled with resolve that she showed at the end. She is determined to die.

    These are not the eyes a girl of middle-school age should make. It''s not alright.

    The poster girl, who became friends with her by now, was also flustered, with tears welling up in her eyes from worry.

    That''s why I gently embraced the poster girl and firmly told her.

    It''s fine. Even if it''s not alright at all, it will be alright.

    Yeah, it''s not alright at all, but that''s most certainly alright.

    After all, Haruka-kun isn''t here to see her off. Even Angelica-san is absent.

    So even though it''s the worst kind of not alright, ultimately, it''s alright.

    The duo of worst enemies of Tragedy-san isn''t here. They are already on their way.

    To be frank, from our perspective, the very fact ofing to this world was a tragedy.

    And then the world weed us with a whole banquet of tragedies. It was nothing but tragedies all around no matter where we looked.

    But even now, while looking worried, everyone believes and trusts. Believes that the tragedy will be beaten to death anyway.

    On top of that, this time, the serial clubber of tragedies is also apanied by the strongest sher of disasters.

    The two, that mercilessly butchered the nightmare-like tragedy, that engulfed the entirety of the great dungeon with unfathomable despair and disaster.

    The murderers of tragedies, that trampled down that endless sea of monsters and exterminated the nightmare covering the great dungeon. And they are always in the process of making a repeated offense.

    A great tragedy must be awaiting the Stalker Girl.

    Poor tragedy. After all, the worst serial clubber of tragedies and the strongest sher of disasters are already on their way? It has no idea what''sing for it.

    The tragedy is as good as dead. That''s how much danger it is in now.

    I mean, we werepletely surrounded by tragedies, with a tragedy waiting no matter where we would turn our eyes, and yet we never got to personally meet one.

    That''s why

    It''s alright. The Stalker Girl already met Haruka-kun. And anyone who meets Haruka-kun is bound to find happiness. Regardless of their will. So it will be alright.

    Hearing that, the poster girl nodded energetically, still having teary eyes.

    I''m pretty sure that the Stalker Girl''s destiny was already shattered by now, with her misfortune and doom running out.

    But Destiny-sans a tough one, a heavy one, a tragic one, or even a hopeless one, the opponent is too unfortunate.

    How unlucky of Destiny-san.

    The oneing there is a Super Ultra Lucky crusher of destinies, that won''t hesitate to smash another one.

    Destiny-san, run away.

    You have to run or it will be toote! The person that keeps destroying the destinies of this world without a shred of care for them must be heading that way. Bringing with him the strongest, the worst, and the most excellentpanion.

    I mean, they aren''t around.

    Which certainly means they areing for you.

    So you have to run.

    That person is going to endlessly massacre you until even the worst of luck turns into a blessed fortune.

    Obediently giving up now will ease your suffering, Destiny-san?

    That person definitely is not going to give up, so you should just give up yourself.

    After all the frontier that had nothing but tragedies all around, had tragedies exterminated, bringing happiness. Tragedies were hunted so excessively that they are about to be designated as endangered species, you know? Though they might gopletely extinct before that happens. Lately, it was questionable if any still survived. After all, the whole town is filled with smiles.

    Destiny-san, it''s futile to struggle or resist. He is going to keep killing you until happinesses.

    After all, there is no way Haruka-kun can just leave a girl that has such a look.

    After all 21 girls that had the same eyes in the past were forcibly turned happy and are smiling every day ever since.

    Destiny-san is really unfortunate.

    He isn''t going to stop until everyone will be smiling, so making a job change from Misfortune to Good Fortune is for your own sake?

    He crushed all of the frontier''s tragedies, so now the chummy duo is going to the neighboring territories to massacre misfortune there.

    He will certainly do something.

    After all, when our lives were in danger he appeared no matter the time or ce.

    Although his entrance is not gant or cool. After all, he is not a hero or anything.

    And he doesn''t appear shrouded in fear and dread. He is not a dark hero as well.

    And he doesn''t use evil to crush evil. He is not an anti-hero either.

    He is just crushing it because it''s in his way.

    Having someone crying, despairing, or dying is a nuisance to him.

    Misfortune, disasters, and tragedies are simply an eyesore to him.

    And since it''s an eyesore he forces them to convert to happiness, bringing smiles. It simply happened that misfortune and tragedies were an annoyance. That''s why he erased them.

    That''s why, Destiny-san, stop being such a misfortune and turn to a fortune, or you will be treated as a nuisance. Being an annoyance is enough of a reason for you to be destroyed without a fight.

    So hurry up and reform and be Fortune-san.

    Or very very scary people wille for you.

    So please, make it alright.

 Chapter 136: For the most part, it should go well, but thinking back on it, it never does.

    Chapter 136: For the most part, it should go well, but thinking back on it, it never does.

    Day 48: Late night, On the way to Narrogi.

    Just a bit more and I will get back to the town. Just a bit more and everything will be over.

    The error has to be put to an end no matter what.

    Even if the whole n went into exile to Omui they won''t trust us, which is only natural, no one would believe that, considering the incredibly suspicious timing of this sudden defection.

    But that''s fine.

    Even being treated as sacrificial pawns on the frontlines is fine.

    As long as we can meet our end fighting for Omui.

    The ancestors will certainly scold us, but if we tell them that we died fighting for Omui they surely will forgive.

    Conveying to Omui-sama movements of Narrogi''s army, its battle potential, and location of traps, should be our n''sst job. That alone is enough, that is my first and thest real mission.

    What Haruka-san said is correct. Even I was taught in the ways of war.

    To win, Omui has to attack, otherwise, they will lose due to the terrain, no matter how fierce their troops are.

    They might be able to prevail if they draw Narrogi forces deep into Omui''s territory, abandoning the people, but Omui-sama and Omui troops will definitely try to protect them.

    Just like all of the previous lords of Omui did, dying, trying to protect their people.

    And from that gathering of protected people, not fit forbat, our n was born.

    At some point, that n that was formed to repay the debt, began paying it back with evil, but that is precisely why we have to properly repay them in the end.

    The decisive piece of Omui and Narrogi''s fight is the long long narrow path connecting them. 20 meters in the widest parts, and less than 10 in the narrowest area.

    A swift advance through it is impossible and arge force is bound to stretch and halt there.

    If one has control over the cliffs on the sides they are free to throw boulders and rain arrows at them.

    And those cliffs can''t be essed from Omui''s side, due to their steepness. But they can be climbed on Narrogi''s side.

    All Omui can do is encircle the exit. But with frontier''s forces stretched like that they will be broken through due to the sheer difference in numbers.

    Conditions are far too different for Omui-sama who has to defend everything, and Narrogi, for whom it''s enough to prate at any spot they''d like.

    That''s why Omui forces have to strike the town of Narrogi first. Although that will expose the townsfolk of Narrogi to the attack as well.

    But that is the only path to victory for Omui.

    And Narrogi''s sins are heavy enough to justify that. The sins of not realizing and not caring.

    Haruka-san can easily put an end to it on his own.

    Just hurl balls of fire from the mountains. Even if an army were to chase after him they''d have no hope of catching up with that speed.

    If the whole army deploys on the mountains the town is open for invasion, and if they act separately they will only get killed one-sidedly.

    If Haruka-san fixes his aim on a target there is no way to stop him. Yes, it''s impossible without at least as much strength as those girls have.

    But even so, I want to protect the townsfolk.

    That''s why I''m going to reveal the position and deployment situation of Narrogi forces, as well as locations of traps.

    Our n will take full responsibility. I know that we can''t possibly atone for everything we''ve done, but that''s all we can do. After all, this is going to be the n''sst job.

    I did everything I should. The n members are already on the move. By now they probably told the townsfolk everything, so this concludes my work.

    I brought the report on the man that appeared in Omui''s territory.

    I handed over the report to Narrogi-sama. With this everything is over.

    It''s a pity that I didn''t get to say goodbye to Haruka-san, but even being such a dummy as I am, in the end, I managed to do what was right.

    Thank you, Haruka-san.

    As Narrogi-sama read the report the hand holding the paper began to tremble, while his face reddened from anger.

    You bitch! What is this!

    It''s just as the report says. Causing harm to that town means ruin for Narrogi. Both the domain and the lord will perish. There is nothing to report other than the necessity of apologizing,pensating, and swearing fealty to them. There is no other option but to fall under their authority and act as their logistical support, as this town was originally supposed to. Our nsmen are already heading to Omui to report on everything from Narrogi Castle''s secret passages, hidden entrances, underground tunnels, to even the most remote of hideouts. Structure of the town''s defenses, troops equipment, strength of each unit, chain ofmand, special forces, and even secret units, all of it will be reported to Omui, as well as hidden mountain passages, hidden bases, and their positions, all of it. We already notified the townsfolk that they have to abandon the town for the iing danger. And there is absolutely no means for Narrogi to defeat the monster-like man. That''s because he isn''t monster-like or anything, but actually a very kind, strongest invincible young man. This concludes the report.

    This is the end.

    I did everything I should as the chief''s daughter.

    Now Narrogi won''t be able to attack Omui so easily.

    Even if they now try to force their way through, the casualties will be tremendous, and if the offense fails, then the town of Narrogi will be taken instead.

    And during that time, the townsfolk will have time to escape.

    I did everything properly.

    Thank you, Haruka-san.

    How dare you, a lowly spy!!!!

    A sword ising right at me.

    And I''m surrounded by soldiers on all sides.

    I have no way to escape, and no desire to even try.

    After all, it''s painfully obvious that there is no way for me to survive this.

    But my work is done.

    This is the end.

    I''m d I went to Omui Town in the end.

    I met so many nice people.

    And got to know Poster Girl-chan.

    I was so happy that we became friends.

    And I got to try incredibly delicious sweets the likes of which I never had before.

    And I also was treated to amazing dishes and was pampered a lot by the girls.

    And also met Haruka-san. He gave me sweets and gently patted me on the head.

    I was really happy.

    I had a very great time.

    I received a whole bunch from Haruka-san.

    So I''m happy enough.

    Aah, but I wish I could''ve at least gotten one word of farewell with him.

    Would he have patted me again if I started crying?

    That''s my only bit of regret.

    Being so happy after meeting them, I can die with a smile on my face.

    Thank you, Haruka-san.

    By now the only thing I can see is the sword.

    I''m about to be cut down.

    The tip of a sword is almost touching me.

    And yet?

    Long time no see? Although you stalked me all right until the evening? Or rather, why do you have a sword sticking to your forehead? Is this a hobby of yours? Wait, I got it, you are puncturing pimples? You shouldn''t do that, it''s better not to touch them? For real.

    And yet why is Haruka-san here?

    Why is Haruka-san holding the de pinched between two fingers?

    Why is he stepping on Narrogi-sama?

    And why can''t I stop crying?

    And And he is patting me again.

    I thought he''d never pat me on the head again. It shouldn''t have been possible.

    And yet here he is, gently brushing me on the head. While still standing on Narrogi-sama?

    Y-Y-Y-Y-You BASTARD! Who do you think you are stepping fugueh!

    Standing on Narrogi-sama he keeps patting me on the head.

    Its Haruka-san.

 Chapter 243

    Chapter 243

    Chapter 243

    Day 61  Nighttime, Murimuri Castle.

    Overwhelmed, I feel smaller. It might be embarrassing for a regent, acting in the Kings stead, but the other party is the head of the legendary House Omui, none other than the god of war lord Mellotosam himself. His caliber is different from someone like me, who merely happened to be born into the royal family.

    Furthermore, the conference room to which we were guided had not only the civil officials but even the military staff in awe too. This is the frontiers king, Omui.

    But as impressed or intimidated as I might be, I already gave up on my life. I came here to deliver my head. I came to make a deal, with my head as a payment.

    Is it impossible even in exchange for the regents head? I dont see any other option to bring it to negotiations with the nobles. The war will destroy the frontier, and the Kingdom will be forced into being the Theocracys vassal state. And yet you are still going to insist on starting a war to protect a mere adventurer? There is no other way left.

    He is too obstinate. I dont understand his need to cover so much for some weird insolent fellow. Even if this head is not enough to make it up to the frontier, are you saying its not enough to bnce out for even one brat? Is he nning to exchange the kingdom and his domain for the life of just one person?

    First of all, possible or not aside, by what authority do you want to make that happen? How are you going to justify his arrest and seizure of assets, Your Excellency? Pray tell me. You realize that the boy fought all on his own, and brought us peace and wealth, we have absolutely no rights neither on the boy nor on the treasure?

    My goodness! Even lord Mellotosam, hailed as the King of the frontier is fooled by this. Certainly, I was surprised by the wealth of the frontier. It might be even more prosperous than the capital. But thats a hindsight-based approach. What is the need to feel so indebted over something that some foreign brat did on his own, much less even having to weigh it to ones own domain and the kingdom?

    This is very true for lord Mellotosam, but it also applies to House Omui in general  they cant be moved with money or power. Tenacious self-reliance is the core of House Omuis way. And if needs be, they would even go against the Royal Family authority. Thats how Omui came to be called kings of the frontier.

    Do you need a pretext or a just cause to arrest a kid for the sake of protecting the kingdom and the frontiernds? We dont even have any other options than to exchange his head for this. Unless the Theocracy draws back, the nobles also wont pull back.The only thing we can do is to drag it to negotiations, and for that, we need his head. If you can at least ept that, then Im willing to offer you my head as an apology. Please make the correct decision, Mellotosam-sama!

    That boy. Thats right, that brat was the one that had a cave-in ident in the dungeon, and through insane luck, obtained the huge fortune and treasures of the dungeon master.

    That insolent and ominous person in a ck cloak was the aforementioned dungeon killer. That uncanny technique that had the entire mercenary squad of the theocracy ughtered must be the dungeon masters treasure. If only he didnt have that he would be nothing more than a level 21 brat. All we have to do is catch him in some sort of a trap, confiscate relics, and hand him over to the nobles. That should create an opportunity for negotiations.

    I was honestly suspecting that both Mellotosam-sama and Shariceres are under effects of some sort ofCharmorPuppetrybut the investigation showed that they had no abnormal status effects. Then he must be leading them by the nose with that cryptic flippant speech of his. He must be currying favor with eloquent and clever use of words. He is the frontiers parasite that attached himself to it with money and connections.

    Then, as he is a captive of the Royal Family, I request his hand over.

    No can do. And you may call him a captive, but to me it appeared that he was walking on his own two legs? Certainly, Your Excellency wouldnt im that is a prisoner, right? And even if that was an order from the Kingdom, that boy is an important guest, and is under House Omuis protection. We cannot hand him over, regardless of possible reasons.

    A deadlock. I thought that by meeting him directly and lowering my head, Ill be able to make a deal in exchange for my own life, but he wont budge.

    Then, we entered a break during which we were led to a gorgeous guest room. Indeed, the frontier was reborn. Not even the greatest of the states would be able to prepare a guest room of such extravagance and splendor. But cant he see that if the frontier is turned to ashes then all of it bears no meaning? Sure, things might have be safer thanks to that brat, and his absorption in self-indulgent pleasures enriching the town. But why does the Kingdom have to fall for the sake of one snotty brat who simply got lucky?

    *Siigh*, he is stubborn, way too stubborn. Why go that far to protect him?

    House Omui is famous for their adherence to the principles of loyalty and gratitude. He must be feeling that they have a debt of gratitude towards the boy. After all, subjugation of that ancient dungeon was the dearest wish of every sessive head of House Omui.

    However, there is no way a level 21 kid could do anything about it. Isnt he nothing more than an insolent brat that painted the idental death of the dungeon master in a cave-in as his own achievement? I dont understand why Mellotosam-sama, known as Undefeated Swordsman, and even Shariceres, nicknamed Sword Princess, make so much of him.

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.Did you get information? For now even unconfirmed rumors will do, anything is fine, but give me information!

    If things are this hard toprehend, it means there is a blind spot in our information. Is there some sort of hidden merit to that kid? Maybe something that necessitates his presence?

    ording to the current intelligence, he is buttering up women with unusual delicious foreign confectionery, this seems to be the current talk in the town.

    Sweets? Certainly, just as rumors said, he had 20 beautiful maidens swindled, having them serve him. Is he a gigolo? Was Shariceres ensnared by him? But then how to exin Mellotosam-sama? I see, he first got Miss Meriel and through her deceived the entire family!

    Its always like this with women and children. To think they would fall prey to a gigolo after being enticed with some candies. However, could that straightced Shariceres be so easily ensnared? Much less that annoying maid?

    But if left alive, he will end up nothing but a hindrance. And if dead, his head wont be needed anymore. Ill have to take responsibility with my life, but I was nning to leave this head of mine here anyway. It greatly pains me that I will have to apany that boundlessly insolent brat to the other world, but even so, we need his head.

    *Knock Knock* After a light knocking Mellotosam-sama appeared on his own. Perhaps he wants a private conversation?

    Excuse me. Your Excellency, are you really intending to hand that boy over to the nobles army? Is there no mistake?

    Mellotosam-sama? There is no way we, royalty, would talk in falsehoods to House Omui, and thats not mentioning that if I tried to deceive Omui-sama I wouldnt be able to face my brother even in death. Its nothing but truth.

    Since Mellotosam-sama came alone, it must mean that Miss Meriel was indeed ensnared by that kid, so he couldnt publicly agree to his handover. Such an irritating brat, even though Im still unmarried, he is dragging 20 beautiful ck-haired girls around as if making a disy out of it, but then, who wouldve believed that, he had to spew sweet lies to the youngdy of the counts house, and then, finally, even trying to sink his poisonous fangs into the princess!

    Even the troops couldnt hide their astonishment at Shariceres indecent armor. Since the equipment was rivaling or even outperforming artifacts of the kingdom treasure ss, everyone convinced themselves that thats it, but as it turns out, even that was that brats doing. I dont n on surrendering the country to the Theocracy, but I also have no intentions of letting a womanizing brat do as he pleases! As I thought, an assassination is

    House Omui, The Frontier, and personally I myself cant hand him over, however? He seems to be raring to go? No, we are actually trying to stop him? But for some reason, he is very eager?

    He himself? No, I wont be deceived. He is trying to curry favor by pretending that he is willing to sacrifice himself and go through with his hand over to the nobles army, but in reality thats all talk. So thats how he is tricking girls, making a tragic hero out of himself as if this is some sort of a stage y. The mere thought disgusts me.

    Even if this is a cheap drama from a low-life brat, since he made that statement, I wont allow him to walk it back. Im taking him with me even if it means Ill have to drag him.

    With this, the negotiations are finally at the starting line. The negotiations (war) with the fate of the kingdom on the line.

 Chapter 138: There seems to be no law prohibiting construction on the way back, so its alright.

    Chapter 138: There seems to be now prohibiting construction on the way back, so it''s alright.

    Day 49  Morning, On the way to Omui.

    Steep mountains towering over a wastnd and a long mountain pass, so narrow, it might even be called a crevice. There, deep down the path where the way ahead can be barely seen

    All troops, take formation! Hold your position! We only need to halt the enemy! Don''t leave your posts!

    The town that lies on the other end of this pass, Narrogi. The only domain neighboring thends of Omui, the treacherous town of Narrogi.

    By now, it''s no different than an enemy territory, and that boy ventured there alone.

    He surely can destroy the town, and erase the lord of Narrogi along with their castle.

    But we cannot allow him toy hands on the town or its lord. Were he to go against thew of the state, the kingdom itself will take action.

    I will allow no one to get to him, even the King himself. But it will be an all-out war.

    In battle, we won''t lose no matter how great the enemy force is.

    But I had no counter to his words.

    Even if you win the battle, you won''t be able to protect them? Many townsfolk and vigers will die, you know? For real. If it''s about winning alone then a small force is enough, but you have nowhere near enough numbers to protect? Kind of?

    Were the town to be targeted, we would have to station troops for defense, and if the enemy goes for viges, we will have to split our forces even further. Having enough forces only for fighting, we don''t have the numbers it takes to efficiently defend.

    But even if it is to avoid the war, heading to the enemy town with no intention of touching either the lord or the town itself is suicidal. As strong as he is, what good is that strength if he can''t even fight them?

    Yeeeah? Looks like things progressed way further than I expected? Somehow. So I think if I just bring Stalker Girl out and return, the citizens will take care of the rest? Probably?

    I couldn''t fully grasp what he meant, but even so, it certainly was a huge risk.

    He has to reach this ce without fighting, while also bringing another person with him, constantly defending from attacks of pursuers.

    Even so, he went there.

    Trying to stop him is pointless.

    After all, he only informed me, the local lord, out of obligation.

    He wasn''t seeking help or assistance, he simply wanted to avoid inconveniencing us.

    Informing me of an already made decision, and yet heeding my request.

    As a result, he ended up having to jump into the heart of enemy territory unable to kill any of the opposing soldiers or attacking the town and its lord.

    In a low voice, I say to my aides.

    It''s kind of getting tiresome already? We are also pretty pissed, so how about just charging in? Like all forces going GAAAAA! And just DODODO swooping in?

    That''s a no-no it seems.

    Well, I wasn''t serious anyway. I promised that boy that we definitely won''t enter the pass.

    Even so, thinking that our benefactor is there, unable to fight, I''m beginning to get the feeling that maybe it''s fine to take some kind of action.

    But waiting impatiently is the only thing we can do.

    For some reason the boy also made me promise that I will listen to my aides. I can''t possibly break the promise with our benefactor.

    That''s why the only thing I can do is wait with impatience and irritation.

    He managed toe back from the Great Dungeon, so I wait, having faith that returning from the neighboring town is no different from a pleasure jaunt for him.

    All we can do is wait for the boy that is trying to rescue someone from the enemy territory without fighting.

    How about taking the whole army on a bit of reconnaissance in forceNo! In which world would the whole army go on reconnaissance in force?! How is that different from an all-out attack? No!kuh, so stubborn.

    And as I continued to wait, unable to do anything, an orderly ran up to us. A movement from the enemy?

    Residents of Narrogi areing this way, carrying their belongings and household items with them! How should we deal with them?

    Okay, everyone, prepare for a chaFind their representative at once and bring them here. Carry this out immediately. You heard him

    For the residents to be escaping to the frontier with their possessions, something extremely extraordinary must be happening. Didn''t he say that he won''t attack the town? No, if he attacked it, then the town of Narrogi would''ve been obliterated without any chance for the residents to escape. Then what is going on? Asking them seems to be the only option.

    Allow shelter to the residents! Treat the wounded, prepare wagons for the ill and weak. What are the enemy movements?

    The enemy force took no action! No action, and yet there is a movement! There is a movement, but the enemy force is not acting!

    What is that report? Normally, such an unintelligible report would earn them a strong rebuke, but if that is an urate description of an iprehensible situation, then it can''t be helped.

    The boy that makes the iprehensible happen is currently over that pass. If that is his doing then they can''t be med for such an iprehensible report.

    I already had that experience. When I received the report on the monster raid, the incoherent exnation of puzzling events and their baffling resolution left me in utter confusion. That''s just iprehensible.

    I''m leaving this ce to you. Report to me as soon as you understand the situation.

    Yes, there is no way toprehend an iprehensible event without seeing it with my own eyes. And if the boy is safely making his way here I cannot possibly loaf around in the rear. At the very least I must wee him back awaiting at the front lines.

    Going on my horse at a gallop, I head to the frontlines. Something is happening there. Some sort of event is taking ce there.

    The movements Or rather, what is moving? Report only what you understand at the moment.

    Currently, we are trying to confirm the situation while maintaining the encirclement, putting priority on sheltering the escaping Narrogi residents. The circumstances currently under investigation are too unclear, we don''t understand anything!

    So even on the frontline, they don''t understand what is going on. At the very least, I hope it''s the boy doing something iprehensible again.

    Climbing up a watchtower, I take a look at what is happening with my own eyes.

    I saw it. Yeah, no idea.

    If I were to put what I saw into words, the pass leading to Narrogi no longer existed. Yup, I don''t get it.

    What I saw was a giant cave No, since residents of Narrogi are making their way here, it should be connected with Narrogi''s territory. Then, a tunnel? But the ones leading the residents of Narrogi, while also protecting them, are monsters. These are stone golems. And if there are stone golems, that means it''s a dungeon. As proof of that, new golems are emerging out of the tunnel walls one after another and Join the evacuation effort? Yeah, perfectly iprehensible.

    Using a far-sight magic tool, I peek into the depths of the tunnel. What I saw there was a stone army that held back Narrogi troops while protecting the people, allowing them to escape. Its first line held giant stone shields, defending against iing attacks, while back rows held very long stone pikes, sticking them through the gaps between the shields, forming a spear wall, keeping Narrogi troops at bay. That formation is impossible to break through. This is a dungeon protected by the strongest stone army. And right now, that army is sticking to organized retreat while defending the people. Yea, iprehensible. I wouldn''t dare to ask anyone to exin that. If I can''t understand what is going on even after seeing it myself then there is no way anyone can give a coherent exnation.

    The enemy force is not acting, but there is a movement, that movement is sealing enemy force from taking action, so the order wasn''t wrong. The report was correct. Simply iprehensible. The reason for this is simple, something iprehensible is taking ce.

    And that is something that dungeon monsters are doing on their own. And there is nothing in thews of the kingdom that prohibits monsters from fighting or attacking troops. Yeah, no problem at all.

    Reporting. The representative is asking for a meeting. We already heard the gist of what is happening from them. Your orders?

    Yes, I will meet them.

    It''s not like I can learn anything by watching this iprehensible situation. Hearing an intelligible story would be much more beneficial. And as I was heading here, I saw the ck-haired gangughing, while pointing their fingers at that strange scene. Therades of that boy. They must''vee here to assist him, but witnessing a bizarre sight that they didn''t even imagine, they couldn''t help butugh. All of them must''ve instantly realized what was done and by whom the very moment they saw it, which brought them toughter. Then, the boy must be alright. That''s why they canugh in such a way. [TL Notes: Changed Tailing Girl to Stalker Girl because it sounds better. ]

 Chapter 139: Being too unprepared I ended up getting scolded when I asked for serious advice.

    Chapter 139: Being too unprepared I ended up getting scolded when I asked for serious advice.

    Day 48  Morning, Tunnel?

    Finally, thest group of refugees left at the Omui''s side of the tunnel. It''s already morning outside though? I don''t remember when thest time I had a proper sleep was? On top of that, today, I didn''t even get to have Privatetime with Armored Pres-san? Okay, let''s ask her when we get back. Absolutely!

    Stone Golems are covering our rear so there is no need to worry about that. It''s a heavily equipped phnx with greatshields, so there is no chance of a breakthrough. And I can still increase their numbers so there is no way to get past them.

    While the Stone Golems were made with Ring of Golem Makerand are controlled throughmands, they are very real golems. Yeah, not even monsters, so they don''t have cores.

    They are lifeless puppets, hence immortal, andcking actual life, they also can''t be killed. If they have no orders they will turn to simple stone statues, so there is no possible damage. They are just stones after all. That''s just a horde of stone statues that can be infinitely produced as long as I have mana. The very idea of fighting them is idiotic.

    The Stalker girl thatpletely calmed down by now is happily stuffing her cheeks with a steamed bun imitation of fruit cake. Apparently, it''s tastylicious.

    Armored Pres-san, good job there? But are you sure that the guards are alright? Mainly in the physical sense? It''s inly obvious that mentally they are definitely not alright, but it seems it''s not a problem as long as they are alright physically? Well, who cares. They all were middle-aged dudes anyway.

    Armored Pres-san is nodding, so I guess they are okay. Means I won''t get scolded by Meripapa-san.

    Okay, I didn''t attack the town, I didn''t harm the troops, and I also didn''ty hands on the lord. I did absolutely nothing wrong this time, no need to worry about false charges as well. See? I''m Innocent!

    Why t Gaze? A crossfire of Armored Pres-san''s and Stalker Girl''s t Gaze. And the barrage is by no means weak, is this a focused fire?

    You didn''ty your hands on him? How about stepping, stomping, forcing him to faint, and then leaving him to lie on the ground? I think he was even leaking something? That lord?

    Stepping and stomping are both done by feet, there is no way I''d touch something that filthy with my hands. And it''s not like I stepped on him because I wanted to, he was simply lying on the floor? I just stepped onto him when I tried to step on the floor? Nothing wrong on my part, right? There is always only one innocence. What was Grandpa''s name again? [1]

    Looks like false usations were resolved. However, the t Gaze Crossfire seems to be still continuing. Well, I just left that dirty orc that fainted in the puddle of its own pee. I don''t need it and I don''t even want to touch it. So I didn''ty hands on it. Why can''t everyone understand that I didn''t do anything wrong? Is that the Affection Rating issue after all? I can''t think of any other reason? None at all?

    Meanwhile, this tunnel was made merely through a bit of remodeling. Getting attacked from above would''ve been dangerous so I added a roof. So I didn''t use my Ring of Dungeon Master  Dungeon Creation, Dungeon Control, so there is no danger of getting scolded for turning it into a dungeon. I didn''t tell the troops of the neighboring domains, so they are free to kick up as much fuss as they want, unable to realize the difference. All I need is to keep them at distance, hence a dummy dungeon to keep them at bay. If I move too far away the stone golems will turn into stone statues, so I will either have to seal them away behind the walls, or imnt magic stones and make monsters out of them, but this can wait until after we discuss this outside.

    After all, whates after this is of no concern to me. That''s Meripapa-san''s job His aides must be working very hard right now. Hmm, keep it up?

    Now the question is what will the kingdom do after losing its supply of magic stones. The frontier is inching ever closer to self-sufficiency in wheat, and since they also have potatoes this is far more than just enough. As for salt, I secured a huge volume of it after stumbling upon a giantyer of rock salt in a cave, and there are also no signs of Viger A''s reserves of salt dwindling. Even metal is not an issue, there are enough discovered ore veins to make a mine, though all of them are neglected at the moment.

    The problem is sugar and cloth. Having a supply of livestock cut off also hurts, but none of this is urgent, so it should be fine for a while. If this bes a real problem I can just fly to purchase those myself. Between the two economies, the kingdoms economy should be the one to give out first. The kingdom has no other sources of magic stones, and yet theyrgely abandoned the region, denying them reinforcements, driving down the price of magic stones, and coveting aid. Rather than not doing anything, they were actively exploiting the region, so it serves them right. No need to take steps to help them.

    The cliffs around the tunnel are also under remodeling. Those rocky mountains should be an indestructible wall surrounding the frontier, while the tunnel will be an imprable dungeon-style fortress gate. This will make for an impregnable frontier fortress. The garrison is an immortal army of Stone Golems, and if that is still not enough to hold back the enemy, then I can useRing of Dungeon Masterto turn it into a real dungeon.Ring of Golem Makeris the only way to defend the frontier with its few troops. Well, the control is difficult so there is a limit to fine maniptions, but since they are still capable of carrying out simple orders, a mass-produced heavily equipped phnx is enough of a force to reckon with. That impossibility of precise control forces the use of outdated phnx with shields for defense and a wall of spears. Well, if I add a castle at the exit then it will bepletely safe, secure, and serene.

    This should make things peaceful for a while? There was no peace in forever, so getting at least a bit of it is important. If the economy grows and the town develops in the meantime it should reach prosperity. Prolonged istion is also a problem, but that''s not my problem, that''s the job for the local lord. So don''t me me?

    But wouldn''t it be considered an attempt to break away or be independent from the kingdom? It might turn hostile?

    After some talk, I found out that Stalker Girl was not a simple stalker girl, who only knew how to stalk, but a Clever Stalker Girl, who was taught in the ways of war and economics for the sake of investigations. And on top of that, she is also a daughter of the chief of a n of stalkers, a very remarkable stalker girl. By the way, at the moment she is munching on a fried potato. Apparently, it''s saltylicious.

    What break away? What is there to do if no one can pass the tunnel? And if we have any business we can go there on our own? In the first ce, if the kingdom wants to me anyone, they can start with themselves for allowing the neighboring town to do as they please for so long. In fact, the kingdom was taking hostile actions towards the frontier, so the frontier might as well really dere independence. If the kingdom doesn''t want the frontier to dere independence then they should conduct themselves ordingly. What''s most important is that now the frontier cannot be threatened through force or food supply? Now they can finally negotiate with the kingdom on equal grounds, now it''s all in the hands of the local lord. Yeah, I didn''t do anything wrong. I didn''t touch anyone, so legally there should be no problem. So I''m properly innocent, okay?

    At this point the kingdom should have no advantages, so the negotiations should go all the way in the frontier''s favor. And since the kingdom can''t step into the frontier on their own, even having negotiations or not is entirely up to the frontier. Well, now the frontier surely must be probably okay? No idea though? Well, I mean, I''m not even a citizen? How would I know? I didn''t even hear its name? Or did I? Meri, was it? Well, Meripapa-san s aides will probably manage I guess?

    Finally, outside Eh, it''s so bright! It''s morning already! Ick both sleep and Private Time?!

    The soldiers seem to be taking care of refugees, so that can be left to them. Aah, looks like the president and the others are here as well. They are all waving their hands, so let''s check on them. Well, and it also would be a pain to exin everything to Meripapa-san if he finds me. It seems that there are some difficulties inmunication with the people of this world. Do my words get properly tranted? I can''t help but doubt that.

    Wee back, Haruka-kun. Stalker Girl-chan. Thank goodness you are alright. Well, not like we were worried. We were pretty sure nothing will happen to you. Wee home.

    I''m back? I guess? And I also kind of abducted the Stalker Girl? Yeah, she was crying, about to have a pimple popped by an orc, so I sort of snatched her? Rather than that, I need serious advice. What do we do about breakfast? I don''t have anything prepared, but going for BBQ right in the morning sounds like a bad idea?

    You need serious advice on BBQ?!

    For some reason, they got mad at me after I earnestly exined the importance of breakfast? No, it''s really important? A good breakfast is the firstponent of a healthy life?

    In the end, after discussing it with the geeks, I made 2 Master Golems. Is what I guess they should be called? Well, anyway, there are two of them.

    The Master Golems'' duty is to control and manufacture Stone Golems, They barely have anybat strength or defense, but there is simply no way to cram it there.

    I buried level 90 magic stones into cliffs on the right and left sides, and turned them into Master Golems by infusing them with my mana. So the cores can''t even be destroyed without excavation. For offensive abilities, they can shoot Ice Needles at those that climb the cliffs and throw down boulders, which should be enough. Their main specializations aremand, manufacture, and restoration. And since they can regenerate, one can''t even dig a tunnel here, so this should be plenty for defenses.

    Now, let''s go back and sleep. A lot of adult sleeping. So much that we won''t get even a wink of sleep! I''m going to sleep super hard! For real!!

    Day 47 continues into Day 48. [TL Notes: [1] Reference to Detective Conan  "There is only one truth", and then The Kindaichi Case Files "I swear on the name of my grandpa!" ]

 Chapter 246

    Chapter 246

    Chapter 246

    Day 61  Nighttime, Murimuri Castle.

    With the war about to break out, there is no such a thing as going too far with equipment which one will have to entrust their life to. If ones fate depends on it, then no matter how slim it might improve the chances, Ill still ept any order that might help to make that improvement. But this has nothing to do with it, does it? With the war I mean?

    Im telling you its impossible, why would anyone demand amphibious functionality from a bra? Thats just a bikini! Just change your clothes? Why are you trying to live an amphibious life with nothing but one set of underwear? Were you not so secretly amphibian? But Fish Girls parents were fishes, so she should be a sea creature? Are you sure its alright to suddenly go out onnd like that? Well, humanity also evolved from fishes that came to thend? So do your best? I guess?

    We are terrestrial! Just like everyone else!

    I mean, for a bikini Ill have to consider water resistance in calctions too, but more importantly, a highschool boy measuring girls in wet underwear is too crazy! And speaking of water resistance, wardrobe malfunction is a certain possibility too? Sudden exposure is a problem, butDripping Wet Underwearby itself is a good enough cause for concern. Even if its for the sake of bikini development, getting two high school girls in underwear wet for the sake of it is already no good. Yeah, Im pretty sure there is an issue? I wonder what Affection Rating is? Is it edible?

    And while the Nudist Girl is fine, the Fish Girl is quite big, in other words, the water resistance isrge too. Creating a prototype will be extremely hard. And a big schoolgirl in dripping wet underwear will surely make a highschool boy extremely hard too. Well, anyway, this can wait until after we are done with measurements and making bras and shorts. I mean, making them amphibious all of a sudden is impossible?

    Well, I did want to eventually make swimsuits for those two. I did, but there are still no pool or sea, and the river is too close to the Evil Forest to be considered safe, although goblins arenting anywhere near the river, and if its on the outskirts of the forest, being over level 100 they should be able to beat monsters of about level 5 even barehanded. But they will be too defenseless, and there is also a threat of wardrobe malfunction, and Im sure if it were to take ce theyll surely rush to lecture me! That definitely would be gobs fault, but the one who will end up getting scolded is me?

    In fact, swimsuits material is quite a mystery? I dont quite understand the structure too, but the material is a total enigma. It wasnt waterproof, and Im pretty sure its not water repelling either. What was the purpose for which such material was chosen? Does it have to be non-transparent? And also stretching? But I also heard that if it absorbed too much water this could lead to drowning? So water repelling material might be needed? It might also be necessary for it to dry quickly to reduce chilliness, or have some sort of warmth preservation function. Lets have Armored Pres-san participate in the trial manufacture, study, and experimental use. Definitely.

    Would it be enough to apply magic stone dust coating to a cloth and add WaterprooforWater Repelling? But sticity must be important too. It mighte off if its too loose. As for the design, since those two are going to swim for real, it should be either apetitive swimsuit or a school swimsuit. Thinking normally,petitive swimsuits should be just fine, but the order that came from the Nudist Girl was for a school swimsuit? Does she have some kind of obsession? The geeks certainly would obsess over this, but if asked for an opinion theyll keep talking for three days non-stop, so its better not to. I mean, they are usually no different from air, but when knee socks came up they kept talking for 7 days straight?

    Thinking such things I distract my mind from the information fed back byEvil Hands. For a highschool boy the tactile sensation called information is pretty crazy. And the 3d model created by Apex Thinking-san throughSpace Perceptionis an issue too. Im sure the craziness issue is about to explode tonight, which mustve been prophesied as a great high school boy eruption. Not sure if its going to be the greatest one in history, since Im not measuring or observing, but considering that High Sexual Vigoris about to level up, it might hit the greatest level so far.

    Cant you make something that would push up or make it appear bigger? Maybe pumping up with air? Rather, a magic-powered bra sounds so strong!

    As a highschool boy I can barely forgive push up bras, but inting or magic-powered bras are absolutely out of the question! Those are heinous and deceitful camouge tactics that trample highschool boys pure and fleeting dreams! Kind of!

    Magic-power bra, huh Sounds like it might be capable of transformation or gattai! But if bras from five girls were to merge into one big bra, then the remaining four will remain no bra? If they pull off something like that duringbat all of the boys will be out ofmission? Yeah, too dangerous, has to be banned! [1]

    Now, its been five people already, with those two it makes it seven. By now its fine to say that I got used to this. Even if they go AhorHyanorKyaorNmmorAhhhorUnmorMmmorAun!orAh, ah, ahorKYaan!during the measurement, Im already used to as if its ever possible to get used to this!Kyan!is quite something, butAh, Ah, AhandMnmare really bothering me! Also, Armored Pres-san, could you kindly stop moving the fingers that cover my eyes at that timing? You are definitely doing this on purpose, arent you? I mean, the timing at which you are opening the fingers is too perfect every single time? Thats surely a trap to set me up for another sermon!

    And like usual, when it came to the lower body measurements, the great hardships that cant be expressed in simpleKyaun!had to be ovee, until we finally arrived at the correction and adjustments phase, but both Fish Girl and Nudist girl are bright red by now, faces and bodies alike, steam is almosting from them? A steam engine?

    If no issues surface during correction and adjustments then well go with this, okay? And since I understand the form now, I can make some swimsuit samples, if you are fine with trial products? I can do only racing swimsuits or school swimsuits, but I dont know the design at all, so exin it to me, even if only in rough detail?

    Really?!

    They are happier about this than the underwear. They had already sunk to the floor inplete exhaustion, breathing heavily, but one word about swimsuits and they fully recovered.

    As I thought, they really wanted to swim all this time. This must be the first time in their lives that they were unable to swim for so long.

    They were in water every day, spending all their time swimming. After all, even their parents are sea creatures.

    For starters, Ill try to make prototypes with the provided designs. No idea if this is a school swimsuit with open backs or a racing swimsuit, but Ill give it a shot. Jersey knitcks sticity and will also stretch? A tighter knit~ hm, I guess this will do? It does kind of resemble a swimsuit?

    Try these on, Ill get a bucket and water, try getting them wet too and tell me your thoughts? Ive never made them before, so I have no idea how it turned out? Or rather, if a highschool boy had experience in making school swimsuits it wouldve been an issue worth reporting to the police, wait, and no I do have that experience! This is an issue!

    The two immediately tried them on, and I diligently make adjustments with Evil Hands. Since those are swimsuits the blindfold was released, so I confirm the results with my own eyes and the shrinkage rate might be too much? They stick to the body too much, revealing outlines of various parts I wonder if the material was too thin? This might be a problem, but the person in charge of blindfolding is ignoring this?

    The size is perfect. Design is perfectly ording to the order. I think it should be nice for swimming?

    Looks great! I want to go for a swim in this already! Isnt this fine already? It looks properly done?

    Is it? Making a bucket of about two meters in diameter, so both of them can lie down, I pour water into it. Its not big enough to stretch the arms out, but thats the most that can fit into this room, so it cant be helped.

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.A pool!

    No, a pool is too much. The room isntrge enough for that?

    The water rose to 50cm at best, but the two already got in and were lying down sshing around, checking how it would be to move in those. Those are swimsuits, so the blindfold was no more But we totally didnt think this through. I was taking swimsuits way too lightly, thats right, those are swimming suits, so they are meant to be submerged in water! To inly state the summary of the conclusion as it is They be transparent and shrank, they are tightened, totally biting into the skin. So swimsuits be see-through as they shrink? Yeah, that was very educational But it became a bit of a situation? For starters, lets call back the person in charge of blindfold. Im sure this is R-18 stuff, so its risky in highschool boy terms? Yeah, and when she keeps making gaps between fingers? Well, its a bit toote for this anyway?

    Kyaaaaaaaaaaaa!

    (Currently being scolded)

    Im under a super heavy t Gaze. While being stared at I use the acquired experience to make another attempt. The Fish Girl is ring at me with a t gaze full of tears, but Im super diligently working on using the umted experience. I mean, its Crying t Gaze.

    The fibers became thinner by absorbing water, and with the addition of shrinking vertically, that outrageous School Girls in Dripping Wet See-Through Digging Into Those and Such ces Swimsuits Incidents took ce. Then, it bes necessary to add the waterproof property to the fibers themselves, leaving the material still perfectly stic, but preventing it from shrinking from water contact. No choice but to make some samples and test their performance.

    Making the fabric twice as thick to counter transparency and shrinkage, I try a few different knitting approaches to prevent shrinkage while still retaining sticity, soak the samples in water, then calcte and memorize contraction rate for each one of them with Apex Thinking-san. Could it be that school swimsuits actually were incredibly hi-tech? Combining a few different fibers of various sticity I continue trial and error withApex Thinking, searching for the most optimal one, looking for the perfect cross between thefort of use and wear.

    I guess this is the best one? Combining around five patterns in the fabric, I tried pulling and stretching it in water, but this seems to be the most suitable one as swimsuit material. Cutting it up, I sewed it into swimsuits.

    And now, trying them on. This time, ounting for the possibility of failure I equip the standard Blindfold Pres-san. But it should be alright. The calctions gave pretty good numbers. I even employed mana coating technology, so I think the result isnt that inferior to the ones from our world?

    (Ssh-Ssh, Ssh-Ssh)

    Its amazing! Its totally fine even in water, this couldve sold even in our world! You could be the exclusive supplier for swimmers!

    Exclusive supplier, huh, do you know just how tough those measurements are? Werent you on the floor,pletely drained, after experiencing it first hand? Also, male swimmers are an absolute no! I refuse! I mean, butt-naked measurements? If a man showed up Ill tear it off!

    Yeah, this looks amazing! Its easy to move, and it doesnt feel heavier from soaking up water? It might be even better than the material used for racing swimsuits?

    Well, Im pretty sure magic or skills are forbidden on racing swimsuits. However, those swimsuits should neither absorb water nor suffer from behind dragged by water current, inhibiting movements. Alright, now lets make some for Armored Pres-san for the sake of our nighttime swim. Naturally, using the very first material? That, in a certain way, or rather, in a highschool boys way, was pretty amazing too! And coincidentally, there is a huge bucket awaiting its turn, so from a highschool boys point of view, I guess its finally lotion time! The War of The Bucket is about to begin!

    Im d that both Nudist Girl and Fish Girl liked the swimsuits. I also can understand that they are so overjoyed at the thought of being able to swim again that they cant help themselves, but lets not horse around in wet school swimsuits in front of a boy? Its pretty crazy? I mean, its really crazy in highschool boy terms. Im rather serious. Well, they left while still happily wearing them, so its fine, I guess. But is it really fine to roam around the castle in wet school swimsuits though?

    And the wet and slippery nighttime battle of the bucket with the shrinking and transparent racing swimsuit in the slimy lotion pool was absolutely wonderful. The paradise was here all along! And as was predicted beforehand, she was super mad afterwards. But Im going to treasure this heavenly bucket until the next time!

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Gattai  Poprized by Japanese giant robot type shows, the term literally refers to the act of merging two separate entities. It is often interchangeable with simr terms such as fusion,bination, joining, etc. Just think of thebination sequence from power rangers.

 Chapter 141: Perhaps I should make fliers on recruitment of a honey trap.

    Chapter 141: Perhaps I should make fliers on recruitment of a honey trap.

    Day 48  Nighttime, White Weirdo Inn.

    ording to the report, this person apparentlyshes Heaven and Earth, Puts down man-eating fiends, annihtes devils and demons, lowly riffraff is but a dust to him?

    More like, Feigning Ignorance, Pretending like nothing in Heaven and Earth involves him, a loafer always rolling around, all he does is outrageous. I think that would be more urate?

    Isn''t this pretty harsh? How can you say that a man that just beat the Great Dungeon is a loafer that does nothing? For real?

    Hmmm? As I remember, he made holes~ in the ceiling and floor, tricked the dungeon emperor, and made his way up through trickery?~

    Tricked ? What a terrible thing to say, I did nothing of that sort. I only tamed her a little bit? Seriously.

    The report that went to the capital said that it was a giant of a man with kind eyes? Just who could''ve seen such a thing?

    Hmm, maybe they misheard it? Maybe it was a giant pain in the arse with lewd eyes? Probably?

    Or maybe, a lewd man with sharp eyes? Ah! There was that time when he made a very scary look and it turned into a bit of an incident, so it must be that!

    Why is everyone trying so hard topletely shut down the kind eyes part? Some people already started crying because of that? Namely, me.

    Also, the frontier has a rumor of a ck magician going around? Who also seems to be called the croquette missionary.

    Aah, after reading so much we finally found something that is actually true. The croquette missionary is a real thing. Eh? Wait a moment? So Haruka-kun was the ck magician from the emblem of the stall of Croquettes of ck Mantle Crest!

    I heard that one~? That''s like~ there was a poor vige~, which was saved by a great wizard in a ck mantle that suddenly appeared there~? The old man at that stall was crying~ telling that story~? At the vige, they seem to be praying to the ck wizard every morning and evening~. I doubt there would any help from that though~?

    Yeah, that person is more in the cmity department, either being rted or directly causing them? But you know, that worship might actually spook misfortune, causing it to stay away!

    We should be examining the info gathered by Stalker Girl''s n, but for some reason, to me, it seems like a badmouthing contest? They should be going through the reports, not through their list of insults.

    Through a dungeon into the depths of terror with one nce, that sounds quite close to the truth? Wasn''t the Dungeon Emperor shivering in tears? She even said that it probably was the scariest she felt in her entire life? They almost got it right.

    Okay, that Dungeon Emperor is in for a good punishment tonight. Oh, how I am going to punish her with this, and this, and also with that. I''m going to punish every inch of her body from head to toe. I''m going to do my best.

    Stalker Girl''s report continued, and my mind continued to take damage. Apparently, Stalker Girl''s n was originally meant to act as intelligence agents for the frontier, but when the neighboring town turned against the frontier, with their base located in the neighboring domain, they ended up with their families basically taken hostage, and before anyone knew, turned into spies working against Omui. That seems to be the reason why in the end, in what can be seen as an open revolt, they moved as a whole n and prompted the citizens to evacuate to the frontier. For the whole n to get so desperate is just idiotic, but well, since Meripapa-san scolded them pretty hard I guess it''s fine.

    They asked lord Omui to send them to die on the frontlines for betraying Omui and gotmbasted incredibly hard for that. Where is there a fault in protecting your family or n? If that is a crime, then all of the frontier are criminals. Rather, were you toe to the frontier''s rescue, abandoning your family and close ones, I would''ve cut you down myself! In the frontier, you should have pride in managing to protect your family! Is what he shouted at them. Not only did he not call them traitors, he praised them for doing well, and even asked them to serve Omui himself, they told me crying.

    Stalker girl also was in tears from just talking about that, so they must''ve been really happy to hear that. However, who is that lord Omui that they are talking about? I don''t recall ever meeting a person talking in such a fine way, so it must be someone I''m not familiar with.

    But now there is surely no need to worry about any assassins being sent after Haruka-kun. There is no way they can find or get close to him with such info.

    Yeah, unless he wanders around in a ck mantle with croquettes in his hands no one will recognize that it''s him? That point about kind eyes alone makes any attempt to find him impossible.

    Yeah, and other reports are even worse, ck armor, or giant sword, or long blond hair and almond eyes, or silent and all covered with scars, or a man with a thoughtful gaze, or whatever, are all justpletely off.

    But you know, don''t assassins often attack at night, when the person is asleep? Imagine how much danger assassins will end up in if they intrude into the room where Angelica-san and Haruka-kun are together at night!

    It''s risky in a lot of ways!

    How rude, but if it''s a beautiful female agent, then I''m fine with being targeted. Let''s put a guideboard outside the inn. I also love honey traps from beautiful female agents? Never tried one though. Perhaps I also should make fliers on the recruitment of a honey trap? Even more side work, huh.

    Also, this is still unconfirmed, but there is information that the royal family wants to obtain the treasures and equipment of the dungeon master of the great dungeon. So there also might be a threat from thieves.

    Can thieves steal Armored Pres-san? Treasures and equipment of the dungeon emperor That''s just her? The entire person? And she herself is the strongest and the scariest crime prevention device? An absolutely invincible trap. I''m pretty sure, beating a dungeon would be a lot faster, and what''s more important, easier, than stealing her? For real!

    And somewhat unrted to this, but there are also reports that first-rate adventurers and skilled mercenaries are heading over here. It is not clear if they are heading for the frontier, but there were numerous messages of them moving this way.

    Aaah, challengers for that Fake Dungeon? Uwaa, they are going to enter that ce,pletely oblivious I feel sorry for them.

    But they should do better than regr troops? They might reach pretty far? They might even set a new record.

    I don''t think they will be too thrilled if all their hardship results in only a new record? Since they can''t get through it, they are already pitiful. And they will probably lose all their equipment as well?

    Poor guys!

    I think destroying equipment instead of killing should be more effective? After all, one cannot fight without items, and if theye back alive they will spread the word that the dungeon is destroying equipment? And if people hear about that, they probably wouldn''t want to enter. And if someonemissions to go there anyway, the payment for such a request would include the price for high-grade weapons and armor, so the client would soon go bankrupt.

    I also received a few papers with ideas for the fake dungeon? One of them was filled with nothing but lewd traps, probably written by the geeks. Let''s discuss it with themter. A sticky trap, and then a Corrosion attack followed by a tentacle monster Genius! This is worth discussing! Well, that aside, if I also change the traps from time to time, everyone will probably get fed up and will eventually give up. And probably lose all their weapons as well. I wonder where tentacle monsters live? If no onees, we can focus on the internal affairs in the meantime. While things are peaceful here we can proceed with dungeon exploration and economic development. People won''t just multiply overnight, but since citizens of the neighboring town already came here and we have plenty of magic stones, the industry should soon develop. Until now the poverty andbor shortage prevented evenmercialization, but how that things are safe and the situation is good, the division ofbor and specialization should advance on its own, and if it goes too slow, I can just make and distribute magic tools for industrial use. If that makes goods and money go around, then the town and surrounding viges will do alright.

    That''s why from tomorrow we are back to dungeon exploration, they are a safety risk and an obstacle to development, plus there is a possibility of finding other artifacts likeRing of Golem Maker. And I''m sure, my Affection Rating is probably hiding somewhere there as well? There is no way it won''t be found anywhere, right? Seriously?

    Then we kept exchanging information on the dungeons currently in the progress of exploration, untilte at night. Discussion of possible partypositions and ns for the union. In the end, it seems the only dead dungeon is the one that the Board Members and I went through. Everyone else is currently struggling near the 40th floor. Well, making it through with only one party is pretty difficult. Additionally, strengths and weaknesses, likes and dislikes, andpatibility also seem to be huge factors.

    The discussions of formations and capture order continued into the night, so I served everyone french fries with ketchup, and got scoldedHow cruel you are to offer girls fried potatoes before sleep!? Is what they were saying while eating all of it? How is that my fault?

    Since it got prettyte we decided to stop for today and leave for our rooms. Nice, time for some side work. And also a second battle. Time for a showdown, I also want to take a bath, so we are locked in naked wrestling in the room. For my strategy, I decided to go with repeatedly thrusting at high speed like a woodpecker. A decisive battle! The Ecstasy of Red and ck! [TL Notes: [1] Reference to Heaven and Earth (1990), a movie about a conflict between Uesugi and Takeda ns, the advertising slogan for which was "Ecstasy of Red and ck". ]

 Chapter 142: Abusive and Unethical work environment of my self-employment is forever exploitative.

    Chapter 142: Abusive and hical work environment of my self-employment is forever exploitative.

    Chapter 143: I thought they were ssmates summoned with me, turns out - no.

    Day 48  Nighttime, White Weirdo Inn.

    Side job in the process? Once again, there is a working workaholic NEET? At the moment, I''m strengthening Shield Girl''s shield with mithril. Actually, aside from Shield Girl, every other board member asked for custom-made clothes? Is it alright to be socent in the world where you have to fight monsters through sword and magic? And who the hell ordered abat dress?! Ah, it''s the small animal, let''s ignore it then. She is too tiny, so it''s just impossible to make anything sexy for her? And how is it supposed to protect with that much skin exposure? Did she even consider protection? Rejected.

    And then I proceed with the creation of magic stone batteries and umtors, and their charging, or rather, mana infusion.

    A new discovery. A new product, undoubtedly amercially sessful item. Preserving magic power to use it when necessary. A perfect countermeasure for running out of mana? It goes without saying that the rear guard would be interested, but everyone else also uses mana for enhancement, so it will undoubtedly sell. I''m going to be rich.

    In fact, running out of mana and going back for rest was one of the reasons why the progress of exploration was so slow. Being able to store mana should allow fighting safer and longer. This should be distributed as fast as possible.

    The mechanism is simple, apparently, lining up numerous magic stones allows for the cirction of magic power to be contained in them, invigorating it, using that principle, magic stones can be arranged andbined to create battery cells and umtors. The principle was described in How to Magic Tools!, but since the people of this worldcked knowledge of umtors or batteries, it wasn''t put to practical use. In short, it''s a mana bank. Having a battery where MP can be saved should allow people to avoid running out of mana, as well as using normally impossible heavy mana consuming techniques. Everyone needs them, it should sell, it should bring profit.

    But because the connection method and quality of magic stones impact the efficiency, I now have to do all of it manually while probing and verifying various points. Without the proper know-how, I can''t proceed to mass production. Maybe there is a second volume of How to Magic Tools!somewhere? It''s most likely banned though. Maybe there is some kind of a book written by an ancient schr? For starters, a set for everyone. I don''t need one. Yeah, I had no idea but turns out, I already had one? Or rather, I was using it. The method of creating magic stone umtors and magic stones batteries requires arranging numerous magic stones and pouring mana through them. And I have a whole mountain of high-quality magic stones just lying in my item bag. An item bag is constantly absorbing the magic power of its user and pouring it inside. In other words, it turned into a super enormous umtor? Which exins why I seemed to have almost bottomless reserves of mana no matter how much of it I used? As well as the reason for the rapid growth of MP Recovery. I was repeating the circle of umting mana and using it and then umting it to use it again. All the time without my knowledge. And when I was running low on mana, I was absorbing it from the battery inside the item bag. That''s why MP Recoveryevolved intoMP Absorption. I had no idea until I read How to Magic Tools!. As expected, books are essential. I should summon a courier!

    And since I now have a Mana Absorption skill, I guess I''m now constantly absorbing mana from my surroundings and charging the umtor with it? I mean, I had enough mana to remodel mountains stretching for a great length. Thinking for a bit, it should''ve taken an insane amount of mana. But I didn''t notice anyway.

    Sote into the night, I''m busy sneakily working. Armored Pres-san is in a knocked-out state, sleeping. Long white legs of divine beauty are peeking out of the nket, exposing even the most captivating and alluring pure white thighs, but that is a trap! Most definitely a trap! Many and many and many times I got caught into that trap and had a terrible time. It''s a trap meant to have me endure a scolding in the morning without getting a speck of sleep! For real!

    Hmm, I''d like to go back to the cave to make a sauce workshop, and I still haven''t even began work on poultry, with the whole idea verging on the brink of copse, and the garden was just left as it is after creating it, and I also want to enjoy some bubble y in the jacuzzi. I do have my own home, why dont I get to stay there?

    The stable supply of eggs and bird meat is an urgent business. Both for omurice and for oyakodon. Aaah, I want nori, and we alsock Katsuobushi, greenver, and simply marine products? I don''t see us getting to the sea any time soon, then ind Right, corn! Even though I served omurice, I couldn''t add potage to it. Let''s search for corn. We already have onion and spring onion, so what''s left is Butter, I guess? Ah, I''d also like cheese! Agriculture demands innovations, and it is also urgent! I''m not even a part of the fief poption, so why do I have to reform agriculture? What kind of side job is that? [1]

    Grumbling, I stick to the work. Is it the effects ofLoner,HikikomoriandNEETthat allow me to stealthily act at night without sleeping? No, I want to sleep anyway? But there is still work left? Perpetual abusive self-employment?

    During today''s meeting, I understood the issues of each party, so I''d like to make items to counter them, so sleepy, when I''m done, the geeks will get their share at the special rip-off price, after all, right now they are sleeping happily. Let''s rip them off, absolutely!

    For starters, I made 60 mana umtors, and specifically for the rear guard, 90 mana batteries, so I will be able to start selling from the morning. With this, I will be a rich man when everyone wakes up. The problem is that the girls went bankrupt buying clothes and don''t have any money. And they are already in debt from buying rings yesterday? Ah! If I make mana umtors in the form of bracelets they will sell! They will probably end up resembling praying beads, but if Ibine various colors nicely they should sell! Hehehe, with this the girls are bound to sink even deeper into debt. They should suffer the same poverty that I do.

    And for some reason, I have tons of requests for custom-made clothes, even though they have no money? But all they have is design and color, no mention of sizes and dimensions at all? Am I supposed to take measurements? They won''t make pattern paper or something themselves? Do they want to make a healthy highschool boy take highschool girls'' measurements? But I want to make Vice President A-san''s order, which is a long tight leather skirt with a slit. So much so that I''d like to go and take measurements right now. Next time, let''s make it for Armored Pres-san. I''ll strip her immediately after she puts it on, but I want her to try it on anyway. Rather, she should wear it precisely so I can take it off! No, I''m fine with going at it even without stripping? Seriously.

    Should I also upgrade Armored Pres-san''s and my equipment with mithril as well? The items are already cheat-grade, so I don''t think it will boost their performance any further, so I guess it''s fine to leave it forter? Ah, but Armored Pres-san''s Mantle of Storageis shabby, so let''s add mithril to it. Yeah, but in that case, I will have to disassemble all of my equipment and upgrade it as well? Eehm, the staff has Spatial Staff,Magic Katana,Heavenly Sword of Gathering Clouds, which won''t benefit from this so whatever, it''s a Divine Sword after all, and then Elder Treant Cane. The mantle gotInvisibility Cloak,Cloak of Magic ReflectionandCloak of Evasion, and then boots with Boots of eleration,Enduring Greaves,Sticky Boots, the gloves Gauntlets of ContradictionandMagician''s Gloves, and what is going on with the rings? Trap Ring,Demon Ring,Faerie Ring, andRing of Golem Makerthat I left with Master Golems, plus still unusedRing of Dungeon Master. Ah, there are clothes as well, Garb of Herculean Strengthseems like it could be upgraded, and ck Hattoo, BUT LIKE HELL I CAN DO IT ALL IN ONE NIGHT!

    It''s an excessively heavy workload. A side job with an excessively heavy workload? Is there no end to my self-exploitation? Even though it''s just a side job? How does a side job on self-employment end up as an exploitative enterprise? I don''t even get who is exploiting who when all I do is work alone at home for myself!

    And I also got a lot of additional orders from the general store? I have to hurry up and develop the town already, or I will end up supporting the whole town economy with my nighttime work? I''m so sleepy. Our naked battle dragged out for longer than I expected? I didn''t even get to carry out my woodpecker strategy? After continuously going up and down the Dungeon Emperor ended up going down and sinking into the bed. But without the side job there won''t be any money for me? And there are tons of orders. Isn''t it weird for the entire town''s economy to be relying on my little cottage industry? There is just no end in sight? Even though white thighs are inviting me? Aaaah, this one is marked as urgent! Wait, isn''t the general store shopkeeper writing urgent on everything?! And what the hell is that rice with mushrooms for three people ASAP? That''s just your meal, isn''t it? Am I a restaurant or something?! Aaah~ and I have to leave for a dungeon in the morning

    On and on I kept molding and manufacturing merchandise flying through the air, with one process linked into another like in some sort of a conveyor, putting the finished product into the storage, but there is no end to it, not even a sign of it, order forms are still just as numerous, their number didn''t just go over the limit, it spiraled through the roof, turning into a drill piercing the heavens! That''s just way too much!

    Enough! I can''t take this anymore! Limit break! Onward to round three! To the bed! I shall be the woodpecker!!!

    (Third round in the process. Cannot be shown~.)

    I got scolded the very first thing in the morning.

    Day 48  Over. Currently getting scoldings on Day 49. [TL Notes: [1] Oyakodon is abination of chicken and egg on rice. ]

 Chapter 143: I thought they were classmates summoned with me, turns out – no.

    Chapter 143: I thought they were ssmates summoned with me, turns out �C no.

    Day 49  Morning, White Weirdo Inn.

    Putting aside whether a morning or cottage industry worker starts early or not, I have a morning fair open first thing in the morning?

    Here is today''s featured product! Mana umtor bracelets for sale! Firste first served~? It''s a limited edition item with only 60 avable~? Struggle~? Fight for them~, kind of?

    A hellish picture of girls'' frenzied madness, capable of scaring away all of the morning freshness. If they approached dungeon exploration with the same terrifying drive, they would''ve already killed all of them? Also, it seems there is no wardrobe malfunction to be expected.

    The backline girls that usually would be pushed back by frontliners werepletely different today. After all, these are not some healing stones of unknown effect, but mana stones of certain effectiveness. And not just any stones but magic stones.

    There are two types, the first one is a power stone bracelet, somewhatrge magic stones linked together, excelling at high power output, which should be very effective during one battle, I guess most suited for frontliners? But the one I''d rmend is a 5 wrap bracelet that has great performance. Instead of blowing a lot of energy each time, it slowly consumes the charge with high efficiency, a very practical item. The design is a straight-up rip-off, but I don''t think Luu-san will notice what I''m doing in this world. If she does, I''ll apologize. [1] But I''m yet to receive angry letters from the Shint Mus-ry branch of this world, and since I blocked the passage with the fake dungeon, it should still be alright for a while. It will take some time for Luu-sans branch store of this world to be aware of this.

    Don''t touch it! I''m going to buy it! No, it''s mine. It''s a fated meeting? Ah, I''ll buy this one too.

    Let backliners have it! You are a vanguard! And we are even in the same party! Cooperate with boosting the rearguard''s firepower!

    Frontliners need mana too, and there is only one bracelet with this design, so it''s mine! I have wanted this since a long time ago! It''s a knockoff though

    That''s all your limited quantity is to me! That''s not enough. I got only two bracelets? Make more! And scale up ring production!

    Am I going to have even more work pushed on me? Or rather, with two bracelets per person, wouldn''t it usually be more than enough? Just how many arms do you have? And also rings, why did they end uppletely sold out? Didn''t the danger of getting hit with debuffs pass for a while? I even wrote in the fake dungeon that no one shoulde? I also added a warning right above the entrance that anyone who enters this gate should abandon all hopes, dreams, and friendships, so it should be fine? That dungeon can melt clothes, so it''s a danger to intersex friendship, you know? Seriously.

    Haruka-ku~n! There is no purple. If you have a 5 wrap bracelet with abination of purple and red then give it to me, if you won''t then make it! For goodness'' sake!

    Why are they so full of themselves despite buying all of this on credit? Are we in a buyer''s market situation despite the obvious scarcity of goods? Is this again an Affection Rating issue? Without sufficient Affection even market principles are going to be ignored? I mean, I''m getting shouted at just for having no purple and redbination? Abination of purple, red, and blue won''t do? Don''t you feel bad for Blue-san? Don''t you feel bad for me? I''m quite serious.

    In the end, on top of selling all 60 pieces, I got requests for 20 custom bracelets? Isn''t it strange? Aren''t those numbers just weird? The geeks and the idiots didn''t even buy anything? They are just sitting along the wall,pletely burned out? Well, whatever. On top of that, all 50 rings with Abnormal Status resistance, that I made after requests from the previous time, sold out as well? Just how many debuffs do they want to catch?

    It''s not a problem, since I made a profit from that, but I received only a bit of currency? I''m working all the time yet can''t break out of poverty? Has anyone ever seen such a super hard working NEET? Death March isn''t just the beginning here, it''s still going non-stop in Present Continuous. Looks like there is no saving in this world.

    Now, let''s go to the dungeon. Recently, I''m beginning to feel like the ce where I can rx the most are the dungeons? Just why is that? I''m even beginning to consider seriously settling down in a dungeon for the sake of peace and quiet? But I''m yet to find an excellent dungeon lot that has both satisfactory room arrangement and a good environment. And the dungeon we are about to explore today can be called the worst possible dungeon lot. After all, every single monster is an insect-type. I absolutely refuse to live in a ce swarming with bugs!

    Dropping by the general store to deliver the goods, I also gave them 3 portions of rice with mushrooms, following it by pping the shopkeeper on the head with a paper fan. I''m insanely busy, yet I ended up cooking rice and even making a paper fan? Good grief. And after being done with buying, selling, and bartering, I left for the dungeon.

    Oh! What a gloom, my enemies are insects and my allies are idiots. This is depressing, let''s just kill them. And since I lent out Armored Pres-san, it''s nothing but dudes here.

    The girls pushed this dungeon on us because they didn''t want to deal with bugs! And chasing after bugs to kill them in melee eats tons of time! They are flying, running, and there are hordes of them!

    Yeah, the affinity is the worst. After all, they are dumb idiots specializing solely in closebat with pretty much no ranged attacks. On top of this, they are most suited for dealing with humans,rge monsters, and beasts. On the other hand, they are weak against insects, ghosts, and magic-type enemies that prefer to keep their distance. Or rather, they simply need a lot of time to kill enemies in such an unfavorable match-up. And in addition, since they don''t learn, they end up chasing after bugs every time. The bugs that keep running away appear to be more intelligent than them.

    For starters, we begin from floor 39, withParalyze Moth Lv 39, moths with paralysis attack. I already pushed rings with resistance to them, yet they keep struggling here because moths keep escaping by flying. And yet, today again, they showed up carrying swords and spears

    Even 1st graders would''ve prepared butterflys or something? Why are youing here with swords right after saying that they didn''t really work? Why are bugs smarter than you? Why doesnt the idea of preparing tools or learning magic even cross your minds?

    Ooh! There was such a secret trick!

    I can''t do this, they are real idiots How is it a secret trick to use an insect to catch insects?! And all five went oooh!hearing that They even added an exmation mark. They really didn''t think of it. It''s not that it didn''t ur to them, they didn''t even try to think at all?

    Using suspicious grass that the shopkeeper rmended to me, I fumigate the ce. For bugs, THIS!, is how heavily rmended this item is. Buying all of it I then ced a bulk order for more.

    AndParalyze Moths Lv 39 are dropping like flies You are dungeon monsters, don''t die instantly from an insecticide herb sold at a general store! How are you different frommon bugs? Perhaps it was possible to beat this dungeon in one day by thoroughly fumigating it from the first floor?

    And the idiots shouting Woooow! Such an original idea! I can''t take it anymore, honestly, didn''t you guys ever see an insecticide? You did hear how I fumigated the great dungeon, didn''t you? Why would a modern person chase bugs around with a sword? This is the actual surprising part here. I''m pretty sure even cavemen, our ancestors from the stone age, were still brighter than that? How far do you have to go back to get such idiots? It''s one thing if they tried and couldn''te up with anything, but the fact that they didn''t even try to think disqualifies them as a sentient life form? What kind of creatures are they? Can''t I fumigate them as well?

    Oh man, and we were going around, running up the walls to strike down giant moths flying 10 meters above the ground?

    Or filling up the area with countless shes topletely seal the escape of flies that instantaneously moved around at ultra high speed at unpredictable trajectories?

    Or showering giant beetles with a series of blows,pletely overwhelming them until we could pierce through their defenses?

    Eh? It does sound like your typical fantasy stuff? Eh? Is this actually the correct approach? No! They just make it sound cool!

    Phew, that was close, I almost was tricked by their wording. It''s really not what you say, but how you say it, huh.

    In other words, they were chasing moths until they got near walls, the flies were evading attacks so they swung their swords around like maniacs until they hit something, and the beetles were too sturdy, so they just kept stabbing them at random until bugs died? Their way of thinking is absolutely barbaric, or rather, there is no thinking involved at all.

    Hmm? Did you guys reallye from the modern era? I was pretty sure you are my ssmates, but could it be you are just some strangers?

    We are! We were in the same ss! We aren''t just strangers!

    Unfortunately, they are modern people. If modern-day people of our previous world were to hear this they''d surely grieve and moan, asking if these really are their contemporaries. Yeah, it saddens me as well? Seriously.

    And while continuously making fools of the idiots, I keep burning the insecticide herb, while sending the smoke further with wind magic. Hmm? For some reason, I''m beginning to feel as if it''s my approach that''s wrong? How utterly baffling.

    Okay, let''s go down. If they are still not dead I can fumigate them again? They also might drown if flooded? Well, let''s think after we see what''s going on down there.

    Just what were our struggles until now? Our war versus an army of bugs?

    Even though I had to go through a life and death battle when crossing des with praying mantis?

    And it was so hard to deal with that swarm of charging spear locusts?

    And we had to fight caterpirs while running around the dungeon, constantly avoiding their spit?

    A bit of fumigating couldve put an end to all that fighting?

    No, would a modern person even fight giant bugs with a sword? Normally?

    I think they knew about insecticides even in the middle ages? And wasn''t lime used even in ancient times? Even Dalmatian pellitory is used for quite a long time already? From which era did you guys get summoned? Jurassic Period?

    Were they really living in modern society? On the other hand, the geeks were poisoned by it? Am I the only normal person here? How deplorable. [TL Notes: [1] Chan Luu, the creator of the iconic wrap bracelet, and a trendsetting jewelry designer from Vietnam. ]

 Chapter 250

    Chapter 250

    Chapter 250

    Trantor: Pink Tea Editor: Ryunakama

    Day 62  Daytime, Murimuri Castle

    The monsters fierce battle was akin to a beautiful yet terrifying waltz that took ce in aplete tranquil silence as the two were almost gliding around like in a dance, producing no sounds in the process.

    Both wield wooden swords, one casually closes the distance, as if walking through a park, the other stands without taking a stance, but as soon as they nonchntly sh a rondo of madness silently and violently repeats.

    These are monsters.

    This is what monsters are.

    Smoothly as if swimming in the water, they move in a graceful dance, an eerie disparity in speed was present there.

    They are fast, but it doesnt seem that way, slow, but impossible to track with an eye, flowing through a heavy, sluggish stream of time as if it was stretched by some means.

    Makes sense that the strongest cutthroat expert in killing humans was powerless to do anything. Taking a step inside that dance would instantly shred one to pieces.

    Movements of techniques perfected for the sake of killing humans are no different from those of clumsy dolls in a marite y. This is different. This is pure and simple shing.

    True shing, to which humans, anatomy, monsters, magic, and all of that arepletely irrelevant.

    Bare shing, stripped entirely of murder, protection, theory, logic, and all other baggage. A technique that exists for nothing but cutting.

    Different from sword techniques where one moves their body to cut, there is no other purpose to their movement but shing. Pursuing nothing but the result which is Cutting.

    That boy has vanquished a dungeon, he is a monster.

    Then who is that beautiful woman? A servant of a dungeon killer stronger than a dungeon killer himself? A short while ago the princess and I had a spar with her, but I couldnt gauge her strength at all, the only thing I understood is that she is strong.

    And what I understood after fighting a monster, is that to fight a monster one has to be a monster too.

    Too weak to be called strong.

    Too crude to be called skillful.

    Too slow to be called fast.

    Too simple to be called sophisticated.

    But that is a monster, having received training in assassination techniques I can fully understand his scariness.

    I cant kill that, my sword cant reach him, if I lost an arm back then I still could consider it as getting lucky. He is deadly.

    With the movements where all of the unnecessary motions were eliminated to the limit, he is moving in the utmost meaningless, bizarre, and strange way.

    Those movements arent human but something else entirely. Seeing that before ones own eyes would have everyone dead before they have a chance toprehend what they witnessed.

    And yet she precisely and urately dodges and evades all that ising. Going this far, its impossible outside of a rehearsed and carefully choreographed demonstration.

    The world of these two is insane, something like this is only possible in the world of madness. They hadmon sense, providence, truth, all cut down as unnecessary in their dance of death.

    Like two swords, that were forged, tempered, and sharpened for the sole purpose of cutting. That is what monsters are.

    Thats why it feels beautiful to the point of cruelty, effective to the point of ruthlessness, and acutely calm.

    Beautiful and frightening They are showing this for us, if you are to fight, then win, even if you have to cut down more enemies than you can count. What a cruel sword dance.

    Likely so. Instead of that iprehensive fight that they showed earlier, this time they are performing on a level matching ourbat style, as if acting out some sort of a dance y.

    If you are to be the princess shield then sweep away everything, if you are to be the princess sword then cut down all, if you are to throw your life away, do it while killing the enemy, if you are to put your life on the line, then put it on the de of your sword, is what they are saying.

    I knew that what we were trying to do wasnt something humans can aplish, but they showed us that if so, we just have to be monsters that arent human.

    The princess said that she wont give up. So it seems the very idea itself wont be allowed anymore.

    This is what not giving up truly means. Risking ones life or throwing it away are nothing but excuses, no different from giving up, is what they imply.

    This is the fight of those for whom nothing but victory was allowed, for whom surrender or even death werent permitted. This is what a battle is.

    Thats right, a mere level 21 boy has shown, taught, and told us so much. As if saying that he wont let us im that we cant do such a thing with our levels, even if you are weak you will win if you kill your opponent.

    Aah, what a monster he is.

    How much does one have to suffer to wield such techniques?

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.How many unimaginably dangerous situations does one have to go through to master such precise movements?

    Merely tough, harsh, or cruel wouldnt cut it. One has to go through something far beyond that.

    These monsters wouldnt give up even fighting on the battlefields worse than the deepest depths of despair that surpass the most wretched pits of hell. They wouldnt permit themselves to give up, and thus continued walking through hellishnds of death.

    With mere level 20s stats he kept fighting and struggling in a nightmare worse than hell. That is the true identity of the monster.

    .

    The strength to survive with that meager power that he had, the strength to obliterate all of the perils without giving up, that Will that allows him to be strong despite his weakness is the real monster.

    There is no way in which I can retort to this boy (monster). No excuses orints are allowed. Not when facing this boy that nonchntly survived hell.

    The weakest boy, who even when surrounded byrades akin to heroes from legends, is still being looked at with eyes of admiration.

    His strength is hardly different from that of a run-of-the-mill viger, yet that insane strength overwhelms everyone, be it a hero, the King of the Frontier, or the Sword Princess.

    Looks like even if we end up facing 10,000 enemies alone we still wont be allowed to give up. After all, we simply have to kill 10,000 by ourselves. Kill them before they kill you and its your win. This is what they must be telling us.

    There is no point screaming or wailing that its impossible or cant be done, because the answer is right in front of us.

    The princess is gripping the sword tighter and tighter. She saw it. She finally found it, Her goal. The guiding light to achieve her objective.

    And before I noticed, my hands were also tightening their grip on the sword, entranced and fascinated by the monster that survived hell, fighting like a maniac to protect everyone and everything.

    They are telling me. If you resolved yourself to protect the princess, then kill everything. Throwing your life away to shield her is useless, rather, use that body to kill every threat. That is what protecting means, is what they are telling me.

    This is insane. But without going mad, one cannot be a monster. The true meaning of truly not giving up is bing a monster, achieving the goal even if you have to go mad for it.

    For someones sake, they tried to protect something, someone they were forced into a fight where losing or dying was not permitted, if those two are the monsters that emerged from that, then we havent been struggling at all, no, we havent even started struggling.

    Betting our lives was pointless, lives didnt have any inherent meaning or worth to them. Only when the goal is carried through, the meaning and worth appears, so dying waspletely meaningless.

    I stand up with the sword in hand. We are yet to aplish anything, and we dont have the strength to do that either.

    If dying is not allowed, then we need strength, and that strength is right before our very eyes.

    Even if its far beyond our reach, giving up will not be forgiven, can not be forgiven anymore.

    Reaching my hand for that ideal, I will make sure to grasp it no matter how much I will have to crawl or writhe in pain, I cant back down until that moment.

    It most likely will mean that I wont be able to lower this hand of mine as long as I live, after all, I already reached out for that boy (monster).

    Ill be in your care

    If ones lifetime is not enough to catch up, then there is no other choice but to keep chasing the entire life, desperately reaching ones hands for it. Only there can that boy (monster) be found.

    Thats why he is so adored by his hero-likepanions. Everyone is pursuing him, stretching their hands.

    They want to stand by the side of those two lone monsters. To prevent them from going alone to a ce they might not return alive from. Thats why they keep reaching for them.

 Chapter 251

    Chapter 251

    Chapter 251

    Day 61  Evening, Murimuri Castle Premises.

    Splitting into 3 teams with 2 parties each, we hit 3 ces for light exploration, just to check things out and train for a bit while we are at it. However, all three groups ended up killing dungeon masters on the 50th floors. Whats left is to check for hidden rooms.

    Everyone went back seemingly stunned and dumbfounded, as if this was some sort of a mistake, and I was not an exception.

    It took us a long time before we became able to beat dungeon masters. Getting caught by tentacles and throwing in the towel as it devolved into a real threat to our chastity, thinking that we finally beat one, only to fail because of a hot pot, and only recently we managed to take one down with 6 parties and received a passing mark. But this time, every group managed to overwhelm their boss with just two parties this time. Everyone came back afterpletely demolishing it.

    The new weapons given to each party were way too good, way too strong,pletely overwhelming. The increase in firepower shortenedbat time, so it took only half a day to kill a dungeon with two parties. Even dungeon masters, with which we previously struggled so much, were easily beaten.

    Did we get stronger? We did, right? We have gotten stronger, didnt we?

    We challenged dungeons with only two parties each andpletely crushed it! Its amazing!

    Everyones goal is too far, even if chased at full speed it keeps rapidly getting farther,tely, that Goal-san is even teleporting away moving at ultra high speed, because of that we felt disheartened and were losing confidence, but this boosted our confidence a bit.

    Well, its definitely getting stomped into the dust again during the night training, but its fine to celebrate for now. It will soon turn into despair (X_X) anyway.

    To think that shortening fights with increased firepower will change things this much~.

    Well,pared to the One-hit sure kill walking nightmare (Haruka-kun) and his buddies this is still slow

    You shouldnt even try topare yourself with that, okay? He isnt exploring dungeons, he ising tomit atrocities on dungeon masters. No good, ordinary, or even bad girls should imitate that. That is an inhumane dungeon abuser.

    Kakizaki-kuns party is super excited too. Not sure if Excitement is some sort of abnormal status effect but they keep repeating the same line.

    This sword is cool! Like really cool! It so super cool!

    Looks like the zweihanders destructive power was amazing, but it seems to possess an equally amazing destructive power for the ability to speak. It apparently has a minus to INT among its effects. Theyve been speaking of the zweihanders power for quite a while now, but the only adjectives that were used areCondSuper. Looks like its over for them.

    But we got a profound understanding of the significance and meaning of being able to defeat enemies in one hit. With enemies vanishing in the blink of an eye its immensely easier to ramp the difference in numbers to our advantage. In fact, everyone still has tons of MP left. Everyone is still inbat-ready condition.

    With improved equipment we also barely took any damage even on the middle floors. Those bras are so easy to move in!

    The bigger girls were really troubled by this. The not-so-big girls are still very troubled. Anyway, its very easy to move, doesnt add to exhaustion or gets in the way, no difort from rubbing or stuffiness too! These are the best bras in the universe! Even Sci-Fi worlds have nothing on this! With this we can expect a lot from the hip-up effect for the bottom too.

    And since defense power received a solid overall boost too, with tons of various skills and effects, everyone took pretty much no damage, safely finishing their fights. And this is the greatest aplishment, everyone is confused, but we properly got stronger. This was given to us by Haruka-kun, this is what Haruka-kun was aiming for, safety of our lives.

    Reaching level 100 and finally catching up to the strength of our equipment, we could finally put it to good use, finally able to properly wield what Haruka-kun gave us. Thats why we were so strong. After all, having so much done for us, getting protected for so long, if we didnt get stronger it wouldve been a bad joke, there is no excuse for that. Thats why we have properly gotten stronger.

    Returning to Murimuri Castle we found it noisy and animated, and were immediately told the reason. The Second Prince rose in rebellion at the capital. Seems like this is the case of the enemy of my enemy is another enemy.

    While the royal troops are worried for the safety of their rtives, the frontier troops are busy working on how to cope with an ever increasing number of enemies. The Kingdom is thrown into disorder and is beginning to copse.

    But isnt it a good thing if the enemies split? Like force division?

    Ehm, certainly, there are some advantages to the division of enemy forces. But

    But it can also be said that the number of enemies now increased twofold, like, fighting on two fronts?

    The Royal Prince-san He didnt even prepare for this? And left the capital just like that?

    The situation is unfavorable for a three-way deadlock, both parties want to capture the frontier. And with the massive difference in forces there is almost no chance that they will agree to negotiations.

    Well, its not like we have any say in this, so lets take a bath and then dine!

    Thats also true, we are only tagging along with that certain selfish self-indulging someone who cant help himself but go around ruthlessly exterminating misfortune and misery out of pure hate for tragedy.

    Checking the training grounds in search of Haruka-kun

    Royal Girl and Maid Girl were lying there out cold. Looks like there are preceding visitors. Was this practice or they over ate manju and this is a result of ONE MORE SET?

    Angelica-saan. We beat a dungeon! We actually got stronger!

    That one line made Angelica-san beam with a smile, so lovely that it looked like it could make flowers bloom.

    And

    GYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA GIVEUP

    GUAH!!! NO MORE!

    But she had no mercy, rather, as we tried to rely on items and weapons we showed even more openings. Our fighting styles were thrown into disarray. Thats why a mountain of beaten up girls with X_X eyes is swiftly piling up.

    The short-lived Confidence-san was smashed to pieces and passed away. Despair is in process.

    We were too deluded by huge firepower~, thats whats called recklessness, huh~?

    Yeah, we were trying to just hastily finish it in one go. If she saw that she probably wouldve scolded us with something likeSelf-conceit of overestimating your ability is fatal!

    A review meeting, today we have a lot of points to reflect on. As much as we thought we had gotten stronger, we were beaten up equally hard to realize our conceit. She had beaten us into pulp, teaching us the looming dangers.

    Without realizing, we began relying on weapons, trying to cheat our way around the problems with equipment. Thats why we were beaten. Reminded that we shouldnt lose neither spirit nor caution, that we should be improving ourselves first, not our gear.

    The training by the best and strongest mentor was the scariest and harshest, but we surely got stronger again. Since we cant give up we just have to get stronger.

    And yet, Angelica-san said that no matter how much she beats him up, Haruka-kun is the one who is actually strong.

    To beat a strong opponent, one has to be even stronger, then, Angelica-san is obviously the strongest. And yet she says that there is no meaning to simple strength, that only Haruka-kun can kill what cant be killed by anyone. Thats what true strength is. That must be what she couldnt obtain no matter how strong she became. That is the strength to prevail over a strong opponent even if being weak oneself.

    Well, in that meaning Haruka-kun is the top-ss leading contender for the strongest, the foulest, and the craziest. But that evilest, most terrifying money-grabbing top contender is on the verge of being eliminated in the body pile pt 2 that is swimsuit order craze.

    Well, it might be toote to say on the verge?

    Squished and squashed and crushed he is in the process of sinking in the wild tide of highschool girls. He was probably going to the bath and took off his items. There is no chance of surviving a level 100 schoolgirls body pile with such light equipment. His arm reaching for the sky was the only thing that was still visible, but finally, even that vanished from sight. He sunk? Looks like he didnt get Unsinkableskill.

    After all, in the previous world we were shy and also cared about what others might think, but this is another world! The only people that know us are fellowrades, in other words, its bikini debut time!

    A huge heap of request forms is piling up on top of Haruka-kuns corpse. ck bikini for me! Wait, since its Multicolor just a in one.

    For patterned cloth we still have to choose from a number of avable patterns, but there seems to be a technique for applying a specific design to Multicolor items. And since Haruka-kun seems to be the only one who possesses that skill there is a fierce battle for swimsuit orders. Actually, it seems that Haruka-kun was taking swimsuits way too lightly. He didnt expect such a lethal flood of orders, so he let his guard down, walking around without equipment. So naive.

    It seems that the original te of floral flower tone is being made by girls, so the floral dress is no longer a dream and Im looking forward to it, but the heat press seems to be expensive so we have to save money for it, but we also want swimsuits. Apparently, after the flower tonees the check pattern. And here Haruka-kun showed up wearing work pants with a houndstooth pattern, so of course he was interrogated, exposing his n for patterned cloth items, so he has no one to me but himself. Everyone is thrilled for this.

    Currently, Shimazaki-san and the others are providing designs, while culture club girls working around Amou-san of the clothes and apparel club are pouring all of their efforts into preparing original tones. There are already pretty good original tes for polka dots and stripes, and we only had to wait for the machinespletion, but this time swimsuits popped up, so there is a new uproar, leading to e night girls-only meeting after another.

    I also left the request form, but there is no response. Its just a corpse (Haruka-kun). The girls also removed their equipment before the bath so he doesnt seem to be injured. After all, the corpse-san has a very blissful look on his face.

    Now, time for the bath girls-only gathering. The direction the war is taking is bothersome, and we are also curious about the maidens war (bargain sale) date. We received information from a certain source, that the next sale is going to have trial products from his patterned cloth project. It definitely can be trusted since the origin of that information is the strongest person that ends up in tears every night, after challenging wearing clothes with a print!

    [TL Notes: Im not entirely confident in printing or textile industry terminology, so if you see some points that should be corrected in this or the next chapter, let me know.]

 Chapter 146: Its not time to be rash, but it seems there is no time for sleep as well.

    Chapter 146: It''s not time to be rash, but it seems there is no time for sleep as well.

    Day 50  Morning, White Weirdo Inn.

    Today we are going to split into regr dungeon teams and floor master teams. Don''t mix it up? Especially Haruka-kun over there who is sleeping while standing? He isn''t listening to anyone even awake, and now he is asleep? Heeeeeeeey? Wake uuup?

    What a rude thing to say, I am listening, you know? Today we are delving 50 floors underground in three dungeons. Yeah, I heard that? I was simply unconscious with my eyes closed? I wasn''t sleeping, okay? I was even puppeteering myself withMuppetso I wouldn''t fall, so it''s alright? Zzz? Zzzz? Kind of? Zz?

    Wake up, we are leaving, okay? Come on, Angelica-san, how can we get him up? Eh, EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEhhh! No-No-No, why does it have to be a wake-up kiss? Wait, why am I the one who is supposed to do that? Why is everyone staring at me? No, nope, no way, I can''t do such a thing with everyone looking! No, wait, everyone, please don''t turn the other way! Are you telling me to do it? I can''t? I''m too much of a coward for that? No way? Please, wake up!

    Hmmm? How noisy? You are disturbing my sleep? Lack of sleep is bad for the skin, you know? Basically, the enemy of good skin? I can''t have it? But I can have that? Kind of?

    Aaaan, no, you can''t! Why is everyone ncing here? No, don''t go back to sleep? Wake up! How did the morning turn out like this? Ue~en

    Hmm? The president is crying, did something happen? She is crying with her face bright red?

    There, there? Are you having colic from theck of sleep? Are you getting cranky? Maybe you are hungry? But you just had your breakfast? Wait, did you? Seriously?

    Why am I supposed to get cranky from being hungry and have colic? And I had breakfast! I''m not senile! Or rather, you had it as well!

    So lively. Is there no chance for me to enjoy the serenity of a peaceful morning?

    Aa~ah, she chickened out.

    Traitors. Why did no onee to help? Why are you all looking away? What do you want, there is no way I can do that! Of course, I will! I''m a chicken!!

    Hm? But what''s for breakfast? It''s a dining hall but there is no food? I''m not interested in dieting, alright? Rather, my brain craves nourishment and doesn''t work properly?

    And when I woke up I was in a dungeon?An unfamiliar dungeon, actually, what is going on? Just what has to happen so one would wake up in an unfamiliar dungeon? Or rather, where am I?

    Aaa~h. He fi~nally opened his eyes~. It''s impressive how you can walk while asleep~? You didn''t wake up even when touched~?

    Errr, so I walked here while sleeping? And who touched me where you say? What did you do to me while I didn''t wake up? Why is everyone averting their eyes? What did you do!?

    Suspicious circumstances came to light? There is no letting my guard down around them, we now have sexual harassment allegations on our hands? What did they do to me, where did they touch, who is the perpetrator? Why is everyone looking away?

    Noow, dungeon time! Let''s do our best, everyone?

    Yaaaay!

    Even the shouts sound fake? Suspicions keep growing, right at this very moment. Suspicions might soon get bigger than the dungeon.

    There is a hidden room on this floor. Wait, actually, which floor is this?

    The first one? We just stepped inside. Aren''t hidden rooms usually located deeper?

    Hmm? I don''t think I ever saw hidden rooms on the floors above the 20th? Much less on the very first one? But it is certainly a hidden room, it''s located in a pretty weird spot, but there is no mistake about it.

    I press on the wall of the dungeon entrance.

    Eh?! That''s the entrance we came through? A hidden room right at the entrance?

    That revealed a small room. No treasure chests inside, only one lone book. A book? Is this one of those legendary porn books that get randomly discovered on riverbanks or in the bushes of public parks? So in a fantasy world, they are inside dungeons? But the percentage of prettydies in this world is very high, this is promising!

    Eerm,Know How Magic Tools!, huh, they really published it! So my midnight mumbling was a foreshadowing! A g that no one knew about? Raised it myself, and then collected it myself! And also, give me back my highschool boy-like expectations!

    I did say that it would be nice if it existed, but why was it inside a hidden room in a dungeon? Even so, these series are banned, so someone could''ve hidden it here. They probably thought that this book could help the frontier, so they probably hid it here to save it from fire. The thickyer of dust indicates just how much time it spent here.

    From a quick skim, Know How Magic Tools!seems to be a continuation of How to Magic Tools!, what''s next? How many books are there in total? The contents are more advanced techniques of magic tools creation and detailed exnations of the theory behind magic and skills. The title aside, it''s a pretty serious book. The pages filled with fine letters convey the passion for the safe andfortable life of people. It''s impossible to measure just how much of a loss to society the ban of this book was. Considering just how much more convenient it could''ve made the lives of the people, and how much safer it could''ve made things not only for troops and adventurers but for merchants and even simple farmers, it, by all means, should''ve been rmended and endorsed, while banning it is nothing but a disaster? Huge damage? Truly a royal pain in the ass.

    Do you mind if I have this book? It''s a book on magic tools creation, so I''d like to read it and experiment. Kinda?

    Sure. That''s a book you need.

    Got it. Okay, now, to avoid missing everyone''s share I''ll have to thoroughly search for hidden rooms. It''s a treasure hunt.

    As monsters of the upper floors are ughtered and turned into magic stones before I get to see them, I pick the stones off the ground. Armored Pres-san seems to be in a good mood, happily butchering monsters. I recognize this pattern. It''s I''m not getting anything to doscenario. A verymon one. Going on dungeon exploration and just walking all the way to the lowest floor without doing anything should be a pretty unique experience, yet it''s a verymon one. Seriously.

    Hm? Another hidden room. Isn''t this the 5th floor? Is it a dungeon with extra hidden rooms? Maybe it''s a bookstore dungeon! Okay, let''s remodel the ce and settle here.

    You are saying this after finding just one book?

    So he didn''t give up on remodeling yet.

    Mmm~nm? But~ the location is pretty dubious~, far away from both the town~ and any viges~?

    I see, yeah, it''s not the time to be rash.

    You are right, I have to calmly go one by one through each and every property andpare them.

    Dungeons are not properties and they aren''t for sale!!

    For some reason, they seem to be very opposed to the renovation idea. Looks like they prefer brand new ces.

    Eeeh? But building from scratch is going to be a huge pain? Without digging I won''t be able to understand the foundation and soil, so it will be full of holes? This world I mean?

    Yeah, as expected, t Gaze in a dungeon feelspletely different. On top of that, aside from me, all other members of the three merged parties are girls. The thickness of this t Gaze ispletely different. But I''m visiting the adventurers'' guild every morning, getting t Gaze from the Receptionist President? Without fail? It seems I did the same today as well, even though I have no recollection of that? I entered the guild like I was sleepwalking,ined about the quests as if sleep-talking, and getting my fill of t Gaze, apparently left? Really?

    Here? Eehm,Let''s Go Magic Tools!, why did you have to hide them separately on different floors!? What a pain! Or rather, aren''t there any other books? Also, are you still going to drag on that naming theme?

    A third issue. This one seems to be an advanced-level edition, with everything having a much greater difficulty level. Many required materials seem hard to obtain as well? What is this?

    Oh, it has clothes,Multicolor Dress, a dress which color can be changed through magic power. Whoooa, making this one would be such a pain? It requires no special materials, but processing magic stones for this form will be very tiresome?

    Make it! Blouses and skirts as well! The book is yours, just make it!

    Making a dress, a blouse, and a skirt version of this? For 21 people? So 63 items? Who is going to make those? When is that person going to sleep? Even this morning, I was extremely sleepy from going to sleep sote with all those custom orders yesterday? But I was awake when taking measurements? Wide awake, especially with Vice President A-san''s straight skirt, and Vice President B-san''s apron dress, not only did they wake me up, but I burned what I saw into my Rajingan. The measurement tape went BOING! Like, Pyon! And as a result, I was lectured until deep into the night, getting only a bit of sleep? And for the shrimp, I went with a western jacket with a fringe, which got Dazzle Effect attached. Here I thought that I''d be able to take things easy after making a one-piece for the president tonight, but I got even more troublesome orders? At this rate, I might get InsomniaSkill? Before long I might even start singing Nessun Dorma? Talk about public annoyance.[1] [TL Notes: [1] "Nessun dorma" (Italian: "Let no one sleep") is an aria from the final act of Gio Pini''s opera Turandot and one of the best-known tenor arias in all opera. It is sung by Cf, il principe ignoto (the unknown prince), who falls in love at first sight with the beautiful but cold Princess Turandot. Any man who wishes to wed Turandot must first answer her three riddles; if he fails, he will be beheaded. In the aria, Cf expresses his triumphant assurance that he will win the princess. ]

 Chapter 252.2

    Chapter 252.2

    Chapter 252.2

    Working in silence is tough, but what do I even speak about with the bitches Clothes? Aah~ which reminds me, there are very popr requests.

    How is the manufacture of original tones going? We might need some crazy number of them, actually, there was karakusa among requests too, do we really need that? I cant think of any other use for it but wrapping cloth? What are you going to wrap?

    In the marketing questionnaires (coercive sale intimidation letters) that were forced on me by a certain two dozen schoolgirls, flower pattern, polka dots, border, stripes, and check were listed among the top requests, so they were given top priority and are currently manufactured. And then also some requests for animal, camouge, vegetation-type, paisley, and then even some for native american and ethnic motives, and among all of that, even karakusa popped up. Who is going to wear that?

    It will have to wait but well make it. Karakusas image is a bit that, but the pattern itself is super pretty and cute? Since its another world people here wont have weird preconceptions, so it definitely will sell?[1]

    Karakusa is a Japanese designation for a vegetation-based pattern depicting various leaves, stems, and vines stretching and entwining, which isnt that different from European ivy patterns.

    Looks like Karakusa-san is fashionable. Certainly, European ivy patterns look fancy both in design and furniture, and is a super staple selling merchandise. Wrapping cloth loop pattern is the only thing that came to my mind when hearing karakusa, but it seems to be deeper than I thought.

    The culture clubs girls are now working all together around Amou-san from the clothes and apparel club to make patterns. The pictures are drawn by the art club, and patterns are then handled by the handicrafts club. The cultures clubs girls are good with their fingers and also understand design, so things are going well.

    They said that they will work on tes for clothes and then fabric when they are done with designs and art tes, so it seems things are going smoothly. The only problem is that designse with endlessbinations of sizes, forms, and patterns.

    Clothes and apparel club and handicraft club are a pair of clothing specialists whom I know because they originally made pattern papers and taught me the basics of clothes making, and then there is cooking club girl from whom I learned recipes, and Librarian was always a librarian so naturally, I knew her too. Thest member remained a mystery all this time, but turns out she was from the art club. Which reminds me, she kept gazing at the artworks from the main building of the inn, but looks like that was her area of expertise. Shes probably going tombast them!

    But the conversation is pretty normal? Yeah, its just the usual bitches, but I can see them fidgeting throughSpace Perception? Even though moving around makes it harder to measure and needlessly sends additional tactile feedback, they are still fidgeting? But they are talking normally.

    They must be pushing themselves to act normal despite being embarrassed. Even the Pres has told me over and over that while their speech and attitudes might be harsh, they are actually nice girls, just like everyone else. Standing out due to their good looks, and even doing some amateur modeling for fashion magazines they seem to have had their share of envy, spite, and even bullying. But hating to lose they kept a tough front, and thus got on with their lives.

    But the part where they immediately start yelling hasnt changed at all, by the way, Im apparently the only one who gets yelled at. Just what is a master?

    Finally finishing temporary models I can feel them trembling as I put them up and adjust them. That might be a normal reaction for being naked in a room with a man. They are doing their best to keep their voices the same as usual, but its only natural for them to be scared or embarrassed.

    They are probably the mostpetitive among the girls. They are the ones who are living earnestly doing their best. And they are also the most ordinary and weak ones.

    That ss, that got teleported to another world, was calledCuties ssorPublic Entertainment sseven by other school years, due to its extremely high ratio of beautiful girls. They probably just collected all of the girls that they were afraid would have bullying problems due to envy or them standing out under the pres. Thats why even the boys had only the wannabe delinquents, the geeks, prone to getting bullied, and the rest filled by various big name folk from various clubs, basically lumping all of the celebs into one ss. The biggest mystery is why such an ordinary person as myself was put into that ss?

    But other girls didnt put up a front or pretended to be tough, and just acted normally. They are the strong ones. Compared to the other girls, who were strong enough to act normally even if others were envious or mean, the bitches are emotionally weak. Even now, they are still weak enough to have to put up a strong front, weak enough to be unable to show their vulnerable side.

    Speaking of which, still dont want to releaseTamed? I mean, being Tamed by a highschool boy probably doesnt look good in the eyes of society, and might even be a source of rumors? It also has an immense offensive power for my Affection Rating-san? The offensive power is so great that Affection Rating-san ran away and isnting back. Do you think I should pasteHave you seen?flyers for it? Where should I paste them though?

    They should be frightened, but they wont release it anyway. Being in servitude to a highschool boy, unable to refuse an order from him, regardless of what that order might be, should be terrifying to them, but they obstinately refuse to cancel the taming.

    Absolutely no! No way! We havent paid back our debt we are still to Actually, you are yet to remember our names too! First remember our names and then talk!

    Even embarrassed and bright red from theEvil Handsfitting (tentacle attack) they are still acting tough. Acting strong they are trying to be strong, to make it more than just a pretense. As I thought, they might be weak, but they wont lose to anyone in theirpetitiveness.

    But You know~? Next is bottoms? Even the most self-conceited and unyielding girls of the ss had their back give out on them, so its probably amazing? Yeah, I really hope you are as tough as you are hoping to be. Hang in there?

    It was impossible.

    But it really was an unexpected turn of events. To think Id hear Shtap~from the bitches mouths! But even such cultured enthusiasts as the geeks wouldnt have been able to predict that it will be apanied byNm~nyoo~. Its nyoo? Lyooks lyke it was nyoo~ gyood?

    And they are dead?

    The bitches turned into corpses, there is no response, so there is no mistake about this.

    Oh crap! THE closed room. Serial murder case of naked schoolgirls. A highschool boy has entered the room., and the mystery had solved itself! The culprit is already inside! In the first ce, if he just strolled inside then its not a closed room or anything! There is such an obvious suspect that there is no need to even look for evidence, just grab the culprit, he is right there!

    The highschool boy that is hurriedly putting clothes on unconscious naked schoolgirls in the middle of the night is supposedly doing a good thing, but why does it sound like nothing but a crime? No, Im actually dressing them up, okay? It might be criminal if I was undressing them, but Im dressing them up? Its not what it looks like? No, I cant look! Or actually, Armored Pres-sans blindfolding also disappeared, is it just my imagination or is the blindfold not fulfilling its blindfolding function in the slightest? Having dressed them up while keeping the eyes shut, and even carried the girls to their rooms, such a hardworking highschool boy surely has to be innocent.

    But to think Id get Shta~pfrom them. Yeah, a strap dress sounds nice too! Yes, lets put a strap dress on sexy Armored Pres-san and then do nyoo good things to nyoo good ces until she cries out Nyoo~! Yes, sounds great!

    The girls that tried to act tough tried too hard, there is still steaming from them.

    But everyone trying too hard and overdoing it is pretty much how it goes in this world these days.

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Karakusa pattern  A variation of scrollwork pattern. The pattern consists of various spirals, and these spirals take their shape from vines and other natural forms. But, karakusa is a typical design for wrapping cloth and is often used in Japanese visual media for thief/burr type characters. Which are probably the image issues that Shimazaki is talking about.

 Chapter 148: What can be more rural than the frontier of human habitat?

    Chapter 148: What can be more rural than the frontier of human habitat?

    Day 50  Morning, Dungeon.

    And with this and that we continued to the lower floors of the dungeon.

    Rather, that''s all I do? Go down some stairs, pick up books, proceed to the next staircase? And the raid group formed to challenge a floor master in a currently alive dungeon is engaged in a lively conversation on fashion. The Armored Pres-san, who by now finished her cheeky bloodbath, also joined the girls'' talk about clothes. Well, she even took off her helmet and is chatting happily, so it''s fine, I guess? But is it, really?

    On the 30th floor was another room with a book from yet unseen series by the name ofLiving a Country Life, I am! It''s enough of the countryside already! Is there anything more rural than a frontier? The Evil Forest? That''s where my home is? I don''t think it''s possible to go more rural than that? But I don''t get to enjoy the slow life at all? I''m working every night like some kind of work-horse? Do I have to go to the end of the world for my shut-in life? Hmm? Maybe that''s what I should do? Retire and live a slow life? Come to think of it, there is nothing better to do? Can I just retire already?

    But reading the contents, it seems to be a manual on agriculture and animal husbandry. A book schrly enough to be called a textbook. A perfect manual for the agricultural renovation of the frontier. This surely must be the result of raising the g earlier! It wasn''t without a reason that it spent all this time here! When we get back I should have the geeks, who are knowledgeable on administration cheats as well, read it as well, and then consult with them. With this, we will be able to incorporate animal husbandry into agricultural reforms. However, I can''t help but feel that there is a bit of a problem with the way they name books in this world. They should''ve published How to Name Booksfirst. I especially want the author of Know Howto read that. Seriously.

    And without anything exciting or interesting happening, we reached the 35th floor. Armored Pres-san, you are way too much into this? Dungeon exploration kind of turned into a cave excursion? And another hidden room. At this point, it is pretty much confirmed that there will be a hidden room every 5 floors. As expected, the room on the 35th floor had a book,Weapon Skills Encyclopedia, yeah, useless.

    I mean, Weapons Skills are meant for a serious head-on face-to-face exchange of blows, right? There is no way I can do that brawl-likewhoever copses first  losesthing? I''ll die? On the other hand, since sting each other with weapon skills is the norm here, Level Wall bes a huge factor. Since the motion for Weapon skills is toorge, it prevents dodging and evading attacks. They hit hard and fast, but also leave one wide open, that''s why I can''t use any of that, so I don''t need this thing. Well, if we share it, everyone will read it, and the geeks have already begun researching club techniques, so this is perfect. Looks like there are some pretty dirty attacks as well, so it might be fine to learn them, but at level 10+ it might be pointless.

    And the clothes talk still goes on. Just how many more clothes do they intend to have me make? Am I going to continue my small production until I get the town to the modern era level of industrialization? Let''s send a new n to Meripapa-san. I have to make him prioritize daily necessities and clothes! The food situation should gradually improve as more and more surplus appears with agricultural innovations, for housing, we already went over the basic stuff from modern architecture and submitted ns for it, but clothes are falling behind. First of all, we need to begin an industrial revolution from weaving and create a supply of a rich variety of fabrics. The designs they can learn and imitate on their own. But we need arge-scale magic-powered weaving machine. In which world would a person have a pressing need to create a blueprint for a huge weaving machine to start an industrial revolution for their nighttime side job?

    I mean We have 21 girls and only 10 boys, among which 4 geeks, who can''t read the mood and thus have no right to speak during the meetings, and also 5 idiots. The boys have no voice at all! In the first ce, there is no way highschool boys can go against cute girls, and there are 21 of them. Even now, there are 11 girls and 1 boy, which might look like a harem party to an outsider, but in reality, it''s suffocating? I mean, I''m getting overwhelmed? By numbers? On top of that, since they are better with words, they have an edge over the boys even with even numbers. The power bnce is devastating. That''s how we got this atmosphere where the girls cannot be opposed. This is harassment of the lonely home industry? Well, there is no way I''d feel bad about being surrounded by a bunch of charming girls, pleasing to the eyes. It is nice, but it takes a lot of work. Seriously.

    And I''m probably easily swayed. Even so, since it''s nice to seeughing and smiling girls, I end up making sweets, food, clothes, and essories.

    Even so, I still remember their faces when I encountered them in the Evil Forest, frightened, tired, warped by sorrow and despair, nk andpletely disheartened expressions, faces saying that they gave up on everything. I still can''t forget them. That''s why I don''t want them to make such faces again. I don''t want to ever see that.

    That''s why I want them to keep smiling,ughing, jolly and happy.

    And that''s why I''m in this endlesspulsory overtime home crafting

    I should vent my anger on useless geeks and idiots when we get back. Definitely!

    As I thought, there is another hidden room on the 40th floor as well? So this is a bookstore dungeon after all? Is there going to be a bookcase on thest floor? Okay, let''s clear it today! We are going all the way down! I prohibit flooding or burning the ce. Or rather, you might ruin the books if you go wild, so maybe we enter the lowest floor with just Armored Pres-san and me? Vice President B-san absolutely can''t go there.

    Yes, she is a Great Sage. Arge-scale magic used at such a ce can ruin the books, but that''s not what I''m worried about. The real problem is that inbat she is basically lord of destruction. She smashes, she crashes, she bashes, she throws, utterly destroying everything around her? And she is also swinging them around, destroying my concentration too. For some reason, asionally, despite staring directly at the enemy during thebat, I keep seeing Vice President B-san chests with my Rajingan!

    Hmmm, if there are books we are fine with leaving it to you two, but we are worried about you, so we wille along anyway. Also, did you just have some kind of a weird shback during thest part of your sentence? Guilty?

    AAAAAAAh, oh my, a h.i.d.d.e.n. rooom at suuch a ce? Another boook? LookHerbology? I woonder what is it about? Kind of?

    Yes, that''s a good book, was every book we found so far banned? This one is all about medical nts and medicine creation. Particrly, about pharmaceutics for dealing with all sorts of diseases. Speaking of medieval medicine, it''s herbal solutions. Magic and shrooms can help recover, but they don''t actually heal. Mushrooms and potions that do heal are rare and thus cost a lot. That, of course, is not enough. This book should be immediately copied and distributed. There is no point in me being the only one learning this. There is a limit to what one person can do, but a book can bestow its knowledge upon many people. If many were to gather herbs and makerge quantities of medicine from it that would save that many more people. So I now have even more work on my hands.

    Armored Pres-san, the monsters are getting stronger, so don''t run off solo, okay? Well, I know that you are going to be alright, but don''t do anything dangerous? Sort of?

    She is nodding, so I guess she agrees. We are on the 45th floor already. Armored Pres-san is about to hit level 30 soon, but her stats are still low enough for getting immobilized and hit to be a real danger. On top of that, the monsters show up in packs, eaching with tricky attacks, so we cannot let our guard down.

    There are 5 monsters on the way to the hidden room, no, there are 2 more after those five, so it''s 7 monsters.

    There are 7 monsters ahead. Since it''s 45th floor, they should be Chimera Beast Lv 45, a pack of animal-type chimeras, so it''s a bit annoying. They are quite hard to kill. So everyone, be really careful.

    And they are also the most dangerous of all monsters here up to the 49th floor. Animal-type chimeras,Chimera Beast.

    Being a fusion of several different animal-type monsters, they also have several heads, hearts, and even magic stones. So often it''s impossible to kill them in one attack. For such opponents, tough brawler types are more suited than evasive one-hit killers. The risk is much lower.

    And the most troublesome point of chimeras is their power to absorb the abilities of the enemies they ate. Just because it''s a Chimera Beast, there is no guarantee that it can''t use magic, and there is no telling what else it can hide. The danger of an unlikely worst-case scenario is very high here.

    Luckily, these are just mobs that recently respawned, so there are only a few of them, and I''m pretty sure they don''t have any control or special attacks, but there is no telling what might happen during a prolonged melee, so it is still dangerous.

    So we are going with a safe approach of the ss cannons Armored Pres-san and I staying in the rear and supporting with magic and hit and run attacks. A safe approach it was.

    Haruka-kun! We even went as far as to advance in a defensive formation, so why are you insta killing all 7 of them!? Who was that person that talked about no dangerous stuff?!

    Well? I just wanted to testDimension debefore the actualbat? I took it pretty easy, like Hey, would be nice if that did any damage? It wasn''t on purpose?

    All I was nning is to jump in for a bit, do one attack, and retreat? I was nning to go back to the defensive formation even if I managed to knock them down? Although I ended up charging into them.

    Dimension sh. I might''ve poured too much mana into it since it was my first time using this thing. It shed chimeras along with the walls There is a half-circle of about 30 meters in radius, gouged out in the walls. Along with the dungeon itself, huh

    As expected,Teleportation, is a subtype of spatial magic, so it seems to have cut the space itself? This one is dangerous, it can''t be easily used around allies. It''s a potential hazard without proper control.

    An instantaneous teleportation sh through Kyojitsu, utilizingTeleportationthat I can''t fully control yet. An unavoidable strike. It''s safe as long as I don''t fail. But since I used teleportation along with the Dimension sh I ended up jumping too far, unable to fully control it. For some reason, all of my skills are all about plunging ahead? For real?

    However, it seems to be a one-hit attack that cannot be used in session. If I were to try to chain it, I''d probably have to keep mana output much lower. This is a type of technique that cannot be used without prior practice.

    Even now, I was barely able to control it.Mana ContrndHoldingcontained it, allowing me to keep it in check withApex Thinking, but it was inches away from going wild. And even after all restraining, that destructive power. With a divine sword involved as well, it creates an extremely dangerousbination. Ah, there also was Spatial Staff! So it must''ve contributed to cutting through space too. Such an uncontroble technique.

    And since it cut apart the chimeras, it must''ve ignored theirshing ImmunityandMagic Immunity.

    I can''t sell this weapon to anyone. This can be used to cut even us. And there is a high probability of instant death as well.

    It''s so dangerous that I can''t even use it for practice with Armored Pres-san? After all, even cheat items won''t be able to protect her if space itself was cut.

    This is a dangerous weapon, maybe I should seal it?

 Chapter 149: There is not a tiniest little bit that I even remotely dislike about it.

    Chapter 149: There is not a tiniest little bit that I even remotely dislike about it.

    Day 50  Late Morning, Dungeon.

    I proceed to the hidden room while getting scolded.

    I mean, I had no idea it would turn out like that? I just wanted to try it since the name Dimension shsounded so cool? Who would''ve thought it would cut through space itself? If the magic power went berserk it could''ve turned really ugly, so I can understand getting scolded for that, however, what they are actually angry about is me jumping in front of the chimeras? What''s dangerous about that? I was nning to go back right away? I was going to use Kyojitsu to sweep them off their feet and then retreat after making an attack? It waspletely safe? Although I ended up charging into them.

    However, since the Dimension sh is a teleporting sh that ignores the distance, I thought that it''s a long-range attack, but it''s too hard to control unless used point-nk. So in the end, I''ll have to charge into the enemies anyway. Somehow, teleportation magic is beginning to look like it was meant for reckless charging? I thought it was something more smart but looks like it''s all about going in.

    The hidden room  reached? Or rather, this is the book? True Herbology? Then what was Herbologywe found earlier? Is that a fake one?! A book of deceit!?

    Is it going to be followed by Extreme Herbology,Untold Herbologyand ending withUltimate Herbology? IsFinal Herbologygoing to show up as well? I wish they''d write how many volumes there are in total. And that''s even more work for me.

    Thus, we are done with the 45th floor. Just a bit more until the floor master on the 50th floor. It''s time to pull ourselves together and prepare for battle or I guess not?

    That''s right! Pants outfits are much more functional!

    Yeah, but after all, skirts are cuter.

    One piece is unbeatable, but it alone is kind of lonely?

    I''ll, ask, him, to, make, a hat, with, mul-ti-color.

    Yeah, additional orders are necessary after all!

    Instead of bracing themselves, they are passing notions to make me brace for even more work. An extra orders bill was just approved? And I probably don''t have the right to veto it? Let''s make the hat tonight. Armored Pres-san seems to really like them.

    After all, I asked the general storedy to purchase women''s underwear at maximum priority, so other stuff isgging behind. It''s impossible for me, okay? The hurdle to making female underwear is too high for a highschool boy. Merely handing over designs and pattern papers for it was enough for my Affection Rating-san and Public Image-san to just barely make it with only fatal injuries. That''s why seamstresses are currently prioritizing the production of women''s underwear. Well, I''m pretty sure that for a highschool boy to provide designs for women''s underwear means a lot more than a fatal injury, but I can''t be bothered by that. It''s game set if I do! If I ignore the game end''s whistle then I can keep going and going! As long as I don''t get caught by the judge there is no defeat for me!

    I never heard or read about that before, so I think that should be the case, but I''m pretty sure it''s quite unusual for someone to be exploring a dungeon while designingyouts of pattern paper for clothes in his head. Rather, for home industry to be more challenging than dungeon exploration is already unusual enough? I already learned the true nature of sorrow, so I feel like I''m ready to get an ultimate technique. A crafting one that is. [1]

    I hadBomb Bat Lv 48of the 48th floor self-destruct. It seems Athletic Girls struggled quite a bit on this floor, but the enemies'' weakness seems extremely obvious? It''s a bunch of bat-shaped bombs flying throughplete darkness while erasing their presence, but they haveUltrasonic Wave among their skills? I mean, they are bats after all?

    So grasping the air inside the dungeon withHolding, I thenVibrateit with Vibration Magic. Shaken with a frequency high enough to produce ultrasonic waves it eventually leads toBomb Batsbumbing into each other and exploding on their own. Annihted. Picking up all the magic stones was a real pain. It might be better to think about some kind of magic stone collection magic.

    And we were desperately running away from the bomb bats, weren''t we? While shoving them away with wind magic.

    Didn''t it take us like two days to get through this floor because we took too much damage?

    Normally, you wouldn''t think of this even after being told hey, they have Ultrasonic Wave in their skills?!

    The bats became victims to their own bombs without being allowed to even approach their targets.

    For some reason, everyone seems dissatisfied? The basics of bomb disposal is detonation from a safe distance, okay? Disassembly or dismantling is usually too dangerous? This is amon-sense approach to bomb disposal. This is to be expected since I''m an ordinarymon-sense person. Seriously.

    The 49th floor is next, and after that, the 50th floor with the floor master is awaiting! But as expected, the fashion discussion resumed. For some reason, the topic changed from Vice President B-san''s apron dress to maid outfits? Well, it''s not like I have anything against that? Rather, I like it very much, it wouldn''t be an exaggeration to say I love it? But even so? You must have more consideration for Affection Rating of the person who will have to be seen walking around with a bunch of girls in maid outfits? Affection Rating-san is already so ephemeral that even a precarious state would be an understatement for its current condition? It might not even be breathing anymore?

    There is not the tiniest little bit that I even remotely dislike about maids, but sewing that is very difficult. You are adding to my nighttime workload? I don''t dislike maids, but I''m absolutely not fond of making maid outfits? It''s not like I hate it, but it''s a real pain? And taking measurements for it is a challenging task for a highschool boy? And there is even more highschool boy trouble after taking measurements?

    We reached the 49th floor. This floor hasTerror Knights Lv 49. It was really scary getting chased by them all over the ce!

    For some reason, no matter what Fish Girl is fighting, she ends up being chased around, while Shield Girl ends up blown off? Is it some sort of tactic?

    AndTerror Knightsare knights armed with abnormal status attacks of a mental type. Well, basically, evil spirits. They are weak against Holy Magic, but the Great Sage is probably going to simply smash them anyway. I mean, I already saw her chasing phantoms on the upper floors and beating them, so there is no doubt about that. Terror Knights fight by using Intimidation, Fear, Panic, Confusion, Paralysis, and then following up with attacks. The girls have tons of Abnormal Status Resistance rings, so as long as they keep their distance there should be no problem. The only danger would be meeting eyes with them at point-nk distance. Well, I have Rajingan, and before getting it, I never caught any debuffs even on the lowest floors of the great dungeon. Furthermore, attacks from my staff seem to have the Holy attribute, so with it being a favorable match-up for me, I can fight in the front row.

    Ayeeee! It''s a massacre! Just butchering all of you is not enough! I''m going to bludgeon you within an inch of your lives, so you will have no easy way out through annihtion! So that was your n after all! Not abnormal mental status attacks, by attacking my mental status directly! I knew something was up when I heard that exnation about knights intimidating, scaring, confusing, and paralyzing victims with their gaze! Why are the knights of dread, Terror Knights, averting their eyes in fear, panic, and confusion? Crap, my Affection Rating! MY AFFECTION POINTS!!!!

    Evil has perished. Although my Affection Rating might''ve died along with it. My heart''s HP probably reached 0 by now.

    Massacring Terror Knights, who are running around, trembling in fear Is this theing of the King of Terror?

    So Terror Knights can cry as well~? The moment their eyes met they began screaming in panic~? Even though they are evil spirits~.

    And a few of them died the moment they looked him in the eyes, right? Can that be considered suicide? In the evil spirit sort of way?

    Evil spirit knights were trembling, you know? Crying and shaking like chihuahuas?

    Again, this again? All those demons and evil spirits are always trying to attack my spirit and affection rating. And every time they manage to score critical damage. Right now, Armored Pres-san is patting me on the back, trying tofort me, but while it might be just my imagination, didn''t she sheathe her sword even before the terror knights and I looked each other in the eyes? She was getting ready to console me? Is it just my imagination? Why is she looking away?

    Flying into a rage, I ended up activating Dimension sh. I don''t regret it, but I didn''t kill enough.

    Okay, the floor master, it''s the superior''s responsibility. I''ll have the boss of those terror knights take responsibility for this. To put it bluntly, I''m going to vent my anger on it! And if taking it out on the floor master won''t be enough, I will take out the dungeon master as well! Definitely!

    You seem so fixed on killing them that taking it out on became taking them out? Dungeon Master-san didn''t do anything? You didn''t even meet them yet, and you already decided that you are going to kill them to satisfy your rage?

    For some reason, I''m getting t Gazed despite the bullying that I just went through? Although this t Gaze from 22 eyes happens to heal my wounded heart. Looks like this world has a thing known as t Gaze Addiction. Withdrawal symptoms probably exist as well. And I don''t think it can be cured. [TL Notes: [1] The ultimate secret technique of Hokuto Shin Ken, Mus Tensei can only be learned by the one who embraces the true nature of sorrow. ]

 Chapter 255

    Chapter 255

    Chapter 255

    Day 63  Late Morning, Murimuri Castle.

    It probably wont take them a week, having the capital seized they should move in a hurry.

    The initial estimation is seven days Four days is too much I guess? Maybe five? If six then is it the same thing? Whats the point? But three days are impossible with that slowness.

    The prince and the third division have separated. The nobles too.

    Splitting into groups of several thousands they are making their way. The army that is following the prince belongs to the great marquis house.

    He might be called a prince, but he is a stupid prince that together with his mother, whoes from that great marquis house, is glued to it. I mean, if you are going to stick that close together, you naturally wont get chosen as a crown prince even if you are the oldest son? A real dumbass.

    Even if the army of that prince rushes as much as they can it probably wont amount to much. I had given Remote Control Armed Reconnaissance Golem-kun to Stalker Girls nsmen, so even if they switched to a forced march, they are probably stopped in their tracks every time they get harassed. And it seems that even after reconnaissance in force, there are no signs of a hidden ace for the first prince army. At the very least, no hidden units revealed themselves.

    I wonder what he was thinking when he decided to attack? Well, probably nothing, in other words, he is being manipted. But is he a distraction or a disposable pawn used for scouting? Well, probably both.

    I dont know what sort of countermeasures they prepared for the Fake Dungeon, but if he ising with military might alone then he is a sucker. And not of the good kind that tentacles have, but apletely useless one. Being attached to some sort of an interesting monster couldve given him at least some merit, but I have no need for him otherwise. Lets pulverize him into dust and forget.

    Even if I reach the capital in one day, Ill have only five days to demolish the forces of the second prince that holed up there. But to think theyll shut themselves in before the person with an actual Hikikomorititle? Are they looking down on Hikikomori? We are short on time, but the middle-aged men are having another useless chat (meeting)? It wouldnt take us even one day, the Pres and the others too should be able to easily reach it in two days with time to spare. But armies are slow, even elites on a forced march might barely make it in two days.

    And even if they make it there, they definitely arent making it back in time.

    ording to the Stalker Girl ns information, the elite royal guard under the directmand of Royal Girl who were driven away by the Fake Dungeon, are currently reorganizing in one of the towns located along the way. Taking into consideration the time required to rearm them, even two days might be not enough. I wish theyd just get moving since we dont have time.

    In that case, maybe I should take the Royal Princes idea and have him send me to the firsts ce, crush it a bit, and then head to the capital at once. Then I will be able to rejoin others in less than two days. But the first might slow down from that small attack, possibly requiring more than a week to reach the frontier. If he takes too much time, then the hiding main target might make a move. So this is the fastest?

    Its bothersome and will probablyplicate things, throwing calctions out the window, but Id rather take that than be dyed by this. Promptly writing down the n as E + B + Abination I hand it to the aide person. Whats left is to await the reply. I made it look like abination of the ns from both middle-aged men, so it should be a goodmon ground.

    Which is just perfect, since even by Stalker Girls n information the prince seems like nothing decent, so it might be better to head out to him by ourselves.

    The other party still hasnt shown themselves, so there is a chance that they arent even there. I sent out the geeks to at least get them out there ahead of time, but if it ruins the sequence it would be a problem Well, giving them instructions is useless anyway, and I gave detailed directions to Slime-san, so lets just leave them be.

    Now its the matter of being able to concentrate our forces until their trump cardes into y, if we wont finish it in seven days it will be a problem, if it takes more than ten days it will probably be toote. And Ill have to be ready by then too, thats when the real wee begins. Everyone does as they please, so I dont think anyone willin if I do as I please as well?

    Aah~, I cant get their hidden trump off my mind. If its nothing special then we can take it easy, but underestimating them and getting destroyed by our own negligence is way too foolish. I have some preparations in ce, but no matter how much I prepare it will always be far from perfect, in the end, there is no way to fully prepare for everything. In that case, I have to finish them before they make their move or it will be the same as defeat. I mean, Id totally do it, in that case I need countermeasures in case theyd do it, and a n to prevent them from doing so~.

    (Nod-Nod)

    Librarian was the only one who predicted the war and factored in for that, and yet to think that Id end up getting ate start, what a blunder. My Affection Rating is currently missing as it is, if I add a slip of my own on top of that, making some sort of error, then Affection Rating-san will vanish into oblivion!

    Looks like I have no other choice but to bet everything on bamboo shoots. To think that after finally leaving Mushroom Forest Ill have to create Bamboo Vige with my own hands Life was unpredictable in the original world, and that didnt change here.

    So Ill go bamboo for a bit, when the replyes ryPrepare to leave immediately, okay? Then, Ill be off, I dont think it will take even two hours, but Im counting on you for the rest?

    (Nod-Nod)

    Since it is in the castle premises there is no need for the escort, and the setup itself is pretty easy, requiring only to observe the result afterwards, so lets quickly get done with it. Pres and the others went on dungeon exploration, even inviting Royal Girl and Merimeri-san with them, so Ill have to check for hidden roomster. There is so much I have to take care of, and yet Im stuck waiting for middle-aged men, which kind of pisses me off.

    Unexpected Farming Life in Another World? But since its not for harvesting but for Reaping, so this bamboo nting is food waste in a way? But its also an energy friendly cost friendly weapon?

    The main force of the first princes army is the third division and nobles armies. The core of the army is heavy infantry equipped with enchanted heavy armor, great shields, and more than three-meter-longnces, and mage corps. Thats why they are so slow. Like, really slow. Slow enough that even Turtle-san could easily overtake them, pull off a drift, and leave them in the dust. And Rabbit-san would have to wait for so long that sleep out of boredom will transition into an eternal one. Ignoring them would make it easier, but the Royal Prince is still fixated on negotiating with them. Meripapa-san is also worried about simply letting them pass, so its worth messing with them a bit. And also

    Middle-Aged Men needlessly burden themselves with various things in proportion to how long they live, so they seem to be incapable of fast travel. But no matter how much they shoulder, if the weight slows down their movements, then in the end, the destructive power is no different from lightweight but fast. And speed is power. After all, the one who kills the other party first  wins, and with swiftness, one can kill one enemy after another. In war, its better to destroy the enemy faster rather than cower under heavy defenses.

    One can do only what one is capable of. Thats why, since I cant protect, I will go around killing, or, in the worst case, intimidate them into behaving themselves. Gueris are the strongest force. They can only huddle together and walk straight to the Frontier. Weing Preparations are such a pain though? Like, bamboo shoots nting? I thought wed have them with rice, but an unexpected cultivation n came up, even though they look so delicious.

    Haruka-sama, Omui-sama wishes to talk with you, do you happen to have time? If it suits you we can bring him to you or even have him wait somewhere.

    Its Aide-san. I wonder if its just my imagination, but it feels like every time we meet Meripapas treatment gets worse and worse? Well, all he does is have useless meetings all day long, so he definitely has lots of free time. Even though Im dripping with sweat, working hard at nting bamboo, well, Evil Hands do.

    Im done here, so I dont mind, is it finally over? Middle-aged man vs Middle-aged man useless discussion?

    A conclusion has been reached. Are you truly fine with this? His Excellency is

    He wants to do the same thing as me, so why not? Actually, that is his earnest and desperate attempt at acting with the best intentions. This is the only option he had left. Most likely.

    Mellotosam-sama surely will not give up on the Kingdom, or his friend the King, or the Kings younger brother, but what about you, Haruka-sama? Do you have a reason to help? Going through with such a nonsensical farce When you could simply

    I see, so he has a problem not with Meripapa-san but with the royal middle-aged man, and so he is displeased with Meripapa-san who is covering for the Royal Prince. And probably displeased with the fact that Meripapa-san doesnt work at all too. I mean, every time I go to the lords mansion he is just sitting in a massage chair?

    Well, that royal middle-aged man seems to be universally hated, no matter who you ask. But even so, that is a pitiful powerless and ipetent hero who is very desperate to save the kingdom. A good for nothing hero in motivation alone, who has no ability, no power, and no talent to be one.

    A foolish hero, that keeps struggling, thinking Lets do something and Something must be done, knowing well enough that hecks the power or ability to do anything, and keeps blindly fumbling around with the only thing he can offer, his worthless head.

    Its meaningless, but there might be worth?

    Without anyone counting on him, abandoned and deserted by everyone, without a single ally to speak of, he keeps needlessly wrecking his head for the sake of the kingdom, pointlessly agonizing, and ipetently floundering, sticking to it no matter how helplessly he might get beaten up. The ipetent hero that continues his meaningless lonely fight, likely unable to ever aplish anything or to see his efforts rewarded.

    Meaningless, useless, powerless, and ipetent, but there was the pride? I guess?

    Inept struggle that worsened the situation the more he struggled, strangling his own neck with his own hands. Even so, he couldnt find it in himself to give up, even willing to give up his own life. He mightve been nothing but a useless stand-in substitute for a king who couldnt but keep sinking deeper into the quagmire with every step he took, and even so, he tried to act the King. Even though he cant do anything even if he were to throw that head away and crawl his way to the goal, he still keeps crawling.

    A ruler on the verge of bing headless on top of being brainless. Useless, meaningless, worthless, and helpless, but even so, that pitiful thing is the king.

    Thats why even if no one acknowledges him and all he has is the ridicule, scorn, and disdain of others, he is still a hero.

    Even though he cant do anything, or rather, it wouldve been better if he didnt even try, as everything he does is nothing but a nuisance, he keeps fighting. Unable to hold anything, not acknowledged by anyone, he keeps meaninglessly struggling in vain.

    Although his recklessness goes beyond helpless and ipetent futility, and is more of an actual disaster, even if no one knows, even if there is no meaning to it at all, that is a hero (king). Im pretty sure thats how heroes are?

    Thats why the kingdom will be saved. To be honest, I couldnt care less and it wouldve been faster to just smash it. Royal Girl seems to have no interest in the throne too, so there is no merit to keeping this finished kingdom, and getting it over with surely wouldve been quicker and easier.

    But even if he seems to possess nothing, it seems there was something. Royal Girl and Futile Hero were both saying the same thing For the sake of the people, the turmoil has to be avoided, even though its far toote for that, and armies are marching with weapons in hand, they still tried to jump in front of them to stop it. Astonishingly ipetent, inadequate, inept, and ignorant royalty.

    But that is why Meripapa-san, the lord of the frontier, that suffered the most from that ipetency and powerlessness, is trying to fight for the royal family. The recklessness of this royal family is so infinitely great that its awe inspiring.

    So inept that they lost to the foreign pressure, were betrayed by nobles, and lost control over the budget. And yet they continued assistance, even if they had to sell the royal familys heirlooms? Then it cant be helped, investment (favor) requires repayment? I guess?

    Thats why the kingdom will be saved it seems. As inept, futile,cking in nning, power, and knowledge, as they might be, they still recklessly tried to stop the civil war, so who can tell them that its impossible. Thats why the kingdom will be saved, an inept nuisance that he may be, and likely will remain for the rest of his life, the foolish ruler filling in for the king, unknowingly to anyone, probably even himself, will be an unsung hero that saved the kingdom.

    After all, at that point he is on utterly the same level as Meripapa-san. So if both are the same thing, then who cares if thats how the royal family is. Even if they inherited no ability or talent, as long as they inherited the heart they might as well be inept and helpless. In all their worthless futility, they managed to show the principle, the most priceless thing among all the worthlessness.

    Thats why there is no civil, I mean, they aint going to fight? With such a pathetic and helpless hero that is so ineptly, unwittingly, and valiantly crawling through the dirt, it wouldnt be a big deal if a random side character capable of nothing but killing passed by.

    A coincidental pass by along-the-way extermination it is.

 Chapter 256

    Chapter 256

    Chapter 256

    Day 63  The Kingdom, Roadway.

    I was finally able to send out an envoy to theFrontier Subjugation Force, the army led by the First Prince, getting the word through.

    I made the point to put the me for disobeying the Church and the nobles entirely on that brat, asserting the Frontiers innocence. I even obtained their agreement to sign off on keeping their hands off the Frontier in exchange for the brat and the treasures of the dungeon master.

    This is where the battle, the negotiations, begin.

    They will likely want me to yield the throne to the First Prince as the Kings stand-in, but it wont go that way. In the first ce, the Second Prince has rose in rebellion, upying the Capital, so I can im that Im unable to make it official until its retaken, and have the First Prince liberate the capital, after which I can establish a proper regency to limit his powers, and then make moves to prevent the Church and Great Nobles Houses from controlling him.

    And once they sheath their swords,mon soldiers wont be able to find it in them to point their weapons at the royal family again, much less at Princess Shariceres. Use that opportunity to dismantle and then reorganize the royal army, and have the nobles pledge their fealty anew.

    I ruined everything after the brother fell ill, so at the very least, I have to return everything to the way it was before, or I wont be able to show my face before the brother.

    As much as I dislike that brat, since Ill be handing a young man of a foreign country, moreover, one that has Mellotosam-samas favor, Ill make it up with my life once everything settles down. Im sure no one needs a head of an ipetent kings substitute, but this is the only thing I can offer inpensation, not as royalty or a ruler but as myself. Ipetent, inept,cking in talent in ability who simply was born into the royal family, the only thing I have left to offer in apology is my life. I wont ask for forgiveness, not like I could even if I wanted. Its only natural that I will be resented, hated, bashed, and condemned.

    But the Kingdom needed that brats life. Even without begging for forgiveness, I will pay with my headter.

    Its as if he doesntprehend the situation in the slightest. The brat is standing aloof.

    The insolent irritating cheeky brat. Through sheer luck he obtained a nice life and even a status. The Kingdom was thrown into disarray, suffering because of those treasures. That brat is a blight of thisnd. But Lord Mellotosams words are also true, he is innocent, but he will have to die. That is a crime of my ipetence. As displeasing and infuriating as he might be, his death is the fault of my ipetent self.

    The gorgeous silver armor is beside him. That has to be the dungeon masters relic. The very source of this conflict.

    Handing it to the church is vexing, but I cant allow the blood of the frontier, of the Kingdoms subjects to spill.

    That thought alone has brought me this far. Ive finally reached this point.

    But it all was for naught.

    Regardless of whether we are willing to hand over the brat and the armor or not, we have ourselves surrounded. Negotiations and agreements were all lies. Soldiers that were lying in ambush cut off all our escape routes.

    So from the very beginning, they had no intention to negotiate. Andpared to the few dozen soldiers that we brought, they came with an exaggerated force of hundreds, no, maybe even a thousand? A thousand soldiers that appeared out of thin air, were they concealing themselves with some sort of a magic tool from the Church? Well, even if we established that, it doesnt matter anymore. Everything was toote from the very beginning, and Im a clown who came on his own to have the finishing blow delivered to the kingdom.

    A disgraceful end, not only what Ive done had no meaning, but it also only pointlessly erged the damage, as my ipetence paid with evil for good, aical end fitting for an ipetent person like myself.

    I even forced my own way against Mellotosam-samas objections to take the brat with me all the way here. Thinking that it will finally mark the beginning of negotiations.

    Confirming the figures of the brat and the beautiful silver armor, their only response was a single world ofKill. There wasnt any talks (start) to be had, Im just a stupid fool that unwittingly came to his death (goal).

    And I even dragged the brat that Mellotosam-sama considers his benefactor into this. A stupid idiot that came to hand over dungeon masters weaponry to the enemy.

    The First Prince Gvaday is looking down on this with a look of contempt. You are an inept fool too, you pig-faced failure of a prince!

    For the onecking in talent or ability, being born into the royal family is a tragedy. Despite being blessed with life of abundance and splendid education, it is precisely that exceptional guidance and training that allows one to truly grasp the depths of ones incapableness, ipetence and powerlessness. Thats why I at least did what I could to be a good tool for the brother, the King. Even if I couldnt be an outstanding tool, I wouldve been content with being useful, an easy to use instrument. Since that was the only use I saw for myself, I single-mindedly devoted myself to being loyal, diligently doing my work, doing my best to avoid bringing shame to the royal family.

    But the First Prince borrowed the power of his mothers Great Marquis House, seeking authority without realizing his ipetence. He didnt even have the pride of royalty.

    But in the end, it was I who brought shame to the royal family, sullying the kings authority with my disgraceful ineptitude. Obeying without thinking for Ick in ability, doing nothing as I was afraid of doing anything unnecessary for myck of talent, its only natural that I couldnt fill the kings role. I knew it, I understood it painfully well. Thats why I kept struggling, at least until the brother recovers, I thought, as I thrashed around until I finally chose the worst possible finale and jumped into it head first.

    So my foolishness is going to be the end of the Kingdom? Even if a puppet kingdom remains, with that pig prince as a king the royal familys pride is no more. He wont bother with governing for the sake of the subjects.

    Royal Family, founded for the sake of people with support of the people and vassals, will see its long legacye to an end with my ipetence. Helped by its subjects and sustained by the vassals, it will end up repaying that debt with ingratitude. Everything is over. Thest foolish ruler destroyed it all.

    Its silly regretting this now, but if ites to a meaningless end, then lets at least put up thest futile resistance.

    Hey, brat! Run away. And sorry.

    Looks like thest folly of the kingdomsst foolish ruler is going to be covering for a rude, impudent brat. If it wasnt for me bringing him here, he wouldnt have died, the only thing I can do now is to die while trying to shield him! Im a no good knight, who has no proper swordsmanship, talent, or even sufficient Skills. A useless feeble knight who cant even protect a level 20 kid, even stalling for time is too much for me. But I cant die after him.

    Wait, what?

    Eehm, Old man substitute? No, you arent a substitute, you yourself are an old man enough, but you are standing in for another old man, so old man substituting old man? Anyway, old man. Dont get in the way, okay? The handover isplete, so its toote, the delivery was epted, returns are not possible. Its payment with life on delivery, so Im going to charge it from them? Kind of?

    The brat stepped out. Dismissing my words by iming that its toote. Its only natural that I would be disparaged, I dont even have words to apologize to him, and even if I died trying to cover for him, there is no way to survive. It is a matter of course that a foolish ruler that couldnt save his kingdom, his subjects, and even dragged a foreign brat into this, would be cursed, bashed, and resented. But why would he step in front?

    Can you get any dumber? Why would they diligentlye withnce-armed heavy infantry to ambush unarmed envoys? Why wouldnt you scout ahead and confirm the terrain? There is no such in in this area, you know? Fighting a war without a map is way too stupid, ah, damn I really hate this! Like, what was the point of all the preparations that Ive done so far? Is how staggeringly dumb it is? And the prince is a pig? Hey, why did you even make a pig into a prince? Previously there was an orc mayor or something, and now a pig for a prince? Are you that starved for personnel? Didnt you have at least an orc around? They are at least humanoid, sopared to a pig Hm? Wait a moment, I sort of feel like it doesnt matter at all! I guess?

    Tear that brat with a nasty look to pieces! Chop off his limbs, and leave him alive! He dared to call my Noble Self, the future King, a pig. I wont let him die so easily. Ill torment him to death, torturing him until he weepsPlease have mercy and grant me sweet release of death!

    An insolent brat until the end, but for that pig its just perfect, I excuse him that one! Well done! Rather, a pig is too nice for him. We are both stains on the royal familys name, but possessing no pride of royalty being a pig is enough for him. But I cant let this brat suffer, first Ill be your opponent? Opponent? Where did the opponents go?

    Below. They are in the ground, sinking into the soil What is this?

    GYAAAAAAAAAAH, help, help me

    Sa-sa-save me, please

    GUWAH, I CANT GET OUT! I CANT!

    Pull me out! Im sinking! Hurry

    Gyaaah! Breathe! I cant bre

    Someone, help me, someone! Shit, dont pull me!

    Why! There was no swamp here a moment ago

    My armor! I cant take it off! Someone, take it off! Please

    A, AAH, GAH. Guobughbugh

    Heavy infantry that were surrounding us are helplessly sinking into the swamp in their prized heavy armor. Rather, its that heavy armor that they are so proud of that is killing them, preventing them from escaping with its weight. The negotiation site that until a while ago was just a t in, turned into a deep swamp, and that swamp became hell for the soldiers.

    Help you? Save you? Well, did you? Helping the people is the armys duty, but did you help the people from the viges that you attacked when they were crying for their lives? No, you didnt, far from that, you killed them. Do you seriously think that after doing that someone will save you when you cry for it? You fell so low in the military that you are no different from bandits now, so how about you go even lower and just sink to the ground? I mean, it would spare the effort of burying you, so everyone will rejoice? What? Dont tell me that you thought that anyone would mourn your deaths? No no no, you cant beining about getting cruelly killed after murdering others like that? If you dont like that, you should have stuck to being proper soldiers, but its toote for that. Yeah, Im not saving you, okay?

    The brat is talking, but there is no one left to hear him or answer. They dont have such luxury, raising heartbreaking screams they are miserably buried into the ground, sinking, drowning.

    Swallowed by the quagmire the soldiers are trashing and struggling, crying in terror as their bodies are devoured by muddy soil. Without a chance for a fight, they sink and vanish, unable to escape the weight of their heavy armaments.

    What! What is this! What have you done, you bastard, WHAT HAVE YOU DOOOOONE! GUbah!

    All of the troops are sinking into the ground. And only that brat is standing there aloof in his ck mantle. Standing there without any changes to his look, as if nothing happened at all.

    No, it was a swamp from the very beginning, you know? If you jump into the middle of a swamp that merely had its surface hardened a bit, wearing heavy armor, youd usually end up drowning? The surface isnt solid anymore, so the more you struggle the faster you will sink, and if you dont struggle you will sink anyway, and if you dont sink, Ill drown you? Well, you are sinking. Or rather, go sink yourself.

    A serene silence had descended. No shrieks and no wailing could be heard anymore. Only us and the First Prince are left in the quiet swamp. The Pig couldnt bear the terror and lost conciousness, but he has sunk only up to his neck. His head is burned. I have no idea what just transpired, how it came to be, and why it turned out like this, but I understood that we survived, had the First Prince captured and the meaning of Lord Mellotosams words.

    If you are going to take him with you, please keep this in mind. True terror is iprehensible. The ability to bring to life events that cannot even be understood is the most terrifying thing of all. While simple strength can be gauged, the true strength is terrifying only. And that is indeed unfathomable. Being unable to understand is what strikes true fear into the heart. Please be careful, I wish you luck.

    Those were the words that Lord Mellotosam gave me before the departure. I didnt understand back then, and I still dont understand it now, but at least now I understand that I dont understand. And that its terrible enough to scare the God of War himself.

    That brat is dangerous. Even destroying a country isnt out of question for him.

 Chapter 257

    Chapter 257

    Chapter 257

    Trantor: Pink Tea Editor: Ryunakama

    Day 63  Late Morning, Murimuri Castle.

    The time ran out. I had Armored Pres-san leave beforehand too.

    (Shake-Shake)

    She was really against it. She was fine with going but didnt like the outfit (armor).

    Ill have her do some gueri warfare to protect towns and viges under Stalker Girls ns guidance. The assumption that they are safe since thend belongs to a noble allied with the First Prince backfired.

    Apparently, forces of the First Prince attacked a vige, furthermore, it wasnt some fringe case of rampage, but done by a unit under the First Princesmand. Sensing that something was amiss Stalker Girls nsmen tried to evacuate the vigers, but the vige chief and men that were tending the fields were murdered while food and valuables were carried off. Moreover, it seems that they actually were after women. At this rate, all of the viges and towns on the way to the frontier might end up piged. To think that he cares nothing about whether thend belongs to an allied noble or not, I heard that he was no good, but this is a good match for actual bandits.

    Keeping Armored Pres-sansFull Silver Armor, I gave her the leftoverSpike Mailfrom previous dungeon explorations, and she really hated it but It looked super good on her.

    No, I mean, you get it, right? An evil-looking viinous armor will have a better effect, right? Like, for intimidation purposes? If you sayAny bad kids around?wearing this with the morning star in your hands most people will immediately run away? Yeah, definitely, anyone would run away without hesitation. Whoooa~, no, nevermind? It suits you Is that a good thing though? Well, you are looking great, so go break a leg! Be careful, Im counting on you? See you.

    Half-crying, Armored Pres-san left, wearing a viinous spiked ck with crimson armor of such a brutal look that even the supreme ruler of the post apocalyptic world wouldve been freaked out by it. If she identally encountered a Demon Lord, they wouldve immediately gone back home. Defensive power is in the gutter, but there isnt anyone capable ofnding a hit on Armored Pres-san anyway And seeing that, no one will even attempt to fight anyway, yup, that was scary! The armor had more impact than the Dungeon Emperor herself, thats some really scary stuff! Makes sense that I couldnt sell that thing no matter what? Of course no one would buy that! [1]

    Taking the royal guards capable of fast travel and borrowing horses with Skills from Meripapa-san I make preparations. The luxurious and gorgeous carriage with bed for weing Sexy Female Knights is ready too. Whats left is to load the royal middle-aged man into the other, irrelevant, modified carriage, and we can go. Enemies seems to have scattered, but the worst unit seems to be the one with the prince, so if we crush that one first, they will stick to the churchs wishes and will head straight for the frontier.

    I have to end this as soon as possible, otherwise, with nothing but middle-aged men around, and now even the prince being another middle-aged man, we are one step away from a middle-aged men saturation phenomenon urring, breaking through the worlds middle-aged men allowed limit, causing middle-aged men overflow, an extremely precarious situation. So lets erase some of them.

    An army that assaults viges for women and valuables is basically just bandits, so they dont need a military tribunal. Military is supposed to protect citizens, if they dont, then they arent needed. An army that, on the contrary, assaults people, is better to be erased. For the sake of the world and my own. I mean, its a bunch of middle-aged men anyway.

    Finally, the Royal Middle-Aged Man is stuffed into the carriage by Meripapa-san. He seems to be confused and flustered by the abruptness, but he has a determined look. He probably intends to save the kingdom with those negotiations. He mustve resolved himself. Well, the likelihood of negotiations happening is about as high as for the existence of intelligence for the Idiots. Nil? None at all?

    We gallop to the destination.

    At this point, it wouldve been better if I went on offense from the very beginning. Im behind on everything now.

    All of the horses have sashes withelerationeffect. The horses didnt get a chance to practice with them, but since we are going simply in a straight line this shouldnt be a problem. Two hours should be enough to get there, and that ce seems to be the most well-suited location. A great spot to have deep, deep discussions, getting to the very bottom of the issues. Id like to reach it first and make preparations, so lets hurry.

    Dammit, just whats up with all the beautiful female knights going to the dungeon with the pres and others? They even took Merimeri-san, that leaves nothing but middle-aged men! Why did they have to create this 100% middle-aged men state? What are they going to do if I get infected with middle-aged man too?! What is this high middle-aged men concentration phenomenon? What if it leads to Middle-Aged Men Fusion from Middle-Aged Men Enrichment? If Middle-Aged Men Fission urs the world will be destroyed by Middle-Aged men, you know? Thats definitely something that shouldnt be divided. I mean, its middle-aged men?

    I can grumble all I want, but since there is nothing but middle-aged men around there is no one to reply to me. Im just muttering aloud, riding the carriage by myself. It feels rather lonely without Armored Pres-san or Slime-san around. I was always alone, but it seems I was corrupted by this worlds liveliness and noisiness without noticing.

    And thus we reached the forces of the First Prince. We actually arrived earlier, but they seem to be wasting time on something useless again.

    The Royal Middle-Aged Man and others are endlessly negotiating the negotiations, promises, conditions, and whatnot. Well, whatever? I already gained the terrain advantage. I couldnt get the timing or the people, but if I sink the people and the timing into the terrain it wouldnt matter anymore. [2]

    The middle-aged men just keep talking on and on. And finally, I was handed to the prince along withFull Silver Armor, although the armor doesnt have the dungeon emperor inside, so it has a normal shape. I mean, it looks super lewd with her in it? Like, seriously. The sensuality of those curves is crazy enough to open new doors in highschool boys preferences, its super serious!

    Kill.

    Finally, meaningless and pointless make-believe negotiations seem to be over. Ive got tired of waiting. The fools have long since surrounded the fool (royal prince) making a total fool of him, and yet they still kept dragging this on for so long? It was getting so long that it felt like one of those Girls-Only Meetings, but those meetings at least have schoolgirls, and this here has nothing but middle-aged men. Lets sink them. Filth (middle-aged men) has to be flushed!

    Hey, brat! Run away. And sorry.

    Nonono, old man, dont move, you are getting in the way? If you move around and fall you are going to sink? And Im not going to save you? Since you are a middle-aged man? Im serious.

    Eehm, Old man substitute? No, you arent a substitute, you yourself are an old man enough, but you are standing in for another old man, so old man substituting old man? Anyway, old man. Dont get in the way, okay? The handover isplete, so its toote, the delivery was epted, returns are not possible. Its payment with life on delivery, so Im going to charge it from them? Kind of?

    With the handoverplete its already finished. If this silver armor came with contents then it wouldve been over before it ever began, you know? Well, since the handover isplete, I have to make sure that the package is epted. Just a small token massacre to give a taste of local hospitality.

    Can you get any dumber? Why would you diligentlye withnce-armed heavy infantry to ambush unarmed envoys? Why wouldnt you scout ahead and confirm the terrain? There is no such in in this area, you know? Fighting a war without a map is way too stupid, ah, damn I really hate this! Like, what was the point of all the preparations that Ive done so far? Is how staggeringly dumb it is? And the prince is a pig? Hey, why did you even make a pig into a prince? Previously there was an orc mayor or something, and now a pig for a prince? Are you that starved for personnel? Didnt you have at least an orc around? They are at least humanoid, sopared to a pig Hm? Wait a moment, I sort of feel like it doesnt matter at all! I guess?

    The opponent was way too much of an idiot to begin with, or rather, a pig? Looks like this world has deep-rooted personnel issues. It seems to be oinking something though Something about eyes? This pigs vision is no doubt clouded if it has problems with my eyes overflowing with kindness andpassion. Alright, lets cleanse it with the muddy swamp water.

    I undo the Holdingand Earth Magicthat were covering the ground. I mean, if the surface is not hardened then its just a swamp? Kind of?

    They are yapping something though? Well,munication is important, they probably want to convey some point, so lets hear them out.

    Help you? Save you? Well, did you? Helping the people is the armys duty, but did you help the people from the viges that you attacked when they were crying for their lives? No, you didnt, far from that, you killed them. Do you seriously think that after doing that someone will save you when you cry for it? You fell so low in the military that you are no different from bandits now, so how about you go even lower and just sink to the ground? I mean, it would spare the effort of burying you, so everyone will rejoice? What? Dont tell me that you thought that anyone would mourn your deaths? No no no, you cant beining about getting cruelly killed after murdering others like that? If you dont like that, you should have stuck to being proper soldiers, but its toote for that. Yeah, Im not saving you, okay?

    Well, the pig seems to be a pig prince, which sounds like a rare one. It would be a problem if its an endangered species, so Ill keep it alive. The Royal Middle-Aged Man can handle the rest.

    The pig is still squealing though?

    What! What is this! What have you done, you bastard, WHAT HAVE YOU DOOOOONE! GUbah!

    It was annoying so I tried burning his head a bit. Your hair roots are already dead, like, literally? The Geeks heads wont burn at all, but at the same time, if its this easy to burn there is no fun to it.

    No, it was a swamp from the very beginning, you know? If you jump into the middle of a swamp that merely had its surface hardened a bit, wearing heavy armor, youd usually end up drowning? The surface isnt solid anymore, so the more you struggle the faster you will sink, and if you dont struggle you will sink anyway, and if you dont sink, Ill drown you? Well, you are sinking. Or rather, go sink yourself.

    Even if you ask what I have done, I didnt do anything, or rather, I merely stopped what I was doing, and yet he makes it sound like this is somehow my fault, what a terrible pig. It is because of such despicable bastards that keep trying to falsely use me of everything that I keep getting misunderstood and cant escape the ENDLESS hell of ETERNAL sermons! In other words, it must be this pigs fault that Im getting scolded!

    The piggies army finally calmed down, but for some reason, our people arent saying anything as well?

    The Royal Middle-Aged Man seems to be stunned, so lets deliver him to Meripapa-san, he should be getting ready to depart for the capital too.

    In a way its convenient that he is too stunned to move, but its kind of disgusting to be stared at like that by a middle-aged man? No one wants that, okay? I absolutely wont tolerate BL with Middle-Aged Man in the Other World-like development! Or rather, I cant tolerate this situation of being surrounded by nothing but middle-aged men! Lets hurry and rejoin Armored Pres-san, restocking on t Gaze and Highschool boy passion. I mean, who benefits from middle-aged mans stare?

    Since she would be really mad if I forgot it, I make sure to put awayFull Silver Armor, and while Im at it, also storage all of the valuable weapons that the forces of the first prince brought, which I was already grasping with Holdingmaking sure they wont sink. The armor that the sunken middle-aged men were wearing is dirty with swamp water and middle-aged mens body odor, so schoolgirls are unlikely to buy it, lets leave it be.

    The Royal Middle-Aged Man is being tossed into the carriage while still frozen. His bodyguards seem pretty rough As inept as he might be, isnt he basically the current king, even if he is just a temporary stand-in? Well, since its a middle-aged man its fine though.

    Then, Ill leave the rest to you, or rather, Ill leave the delivery to you, or rather, Ill leave the old man to you?

    He is still staring? I told you no one wants that, okay? Ill burn you?

    He is in a daze. He probably doesnt get it. This old man must be a brainless old man that only keeps running around stirring trouble everywhere without thinking. He cant do anything but make things worse yet keeps struggling, struggling, and struggling. So he must have no idea that he saved the kingdom. He doesnt understand that there was honor in his unsightly struggle.

    He doesnt realize that that stupid, ugly, pitiful and disgraceful floundering was pride.

    Without pride, royalty is as fleeting as the wind. But it is that king stand-in, who knowing his ineptitude, ignorance, and powerlessness couldnt do anything but unsightly crawl around, who showed that the pride was still there. While shunned, hated, and ridiculed by everyone, he still proved that its passed down through the royal family.

    If ipetent, then one just needs apetent aide. Meripapa-sans approach.

    If one has no talent, one just needs to gather gifted individuals. Im actually trying to gather Sexy Female Assassins, but no one is applying? Or rather, no one ising to attack?

    If foolish and powerless, then forge vassals and retainers into reliable assets. Generally, if you force some beating under the name of exercise on them they will get stronger regardless of their wishes. And it also would provide for a nice weight loss effect?

    Its enough for a king to take pride in their concern for the people. At least that has to be there, otherwise, its total nonsense.

    And its the tradition to pass that pride down the line. If that tradition ceases, if the pride isnt passed down, then the royal house ceases to exist with it.

    As pitiful and miserable he was in his crawling, he didnt forget the people. As inept as he could be, this much was merely natural for him. A stupid and futile pride. But it is what will allow the kingdom to survive.

    Neither Meripapa-san nor Royal Girl had given up on it. Even that foolish younger brother showed pride in the royal familys ways, in such a case, as long as treasonous nobles are gone it should be possible to get back on their feet.

    Well, if it doesnt work we can just crush it, but if the nameless kingdom whose name I didnt hear yet disappeared, it would be very troubling if more countries popped up with new names, so Id like to keep it if possible. I mean, adding even more names is nothing but a nuisance? I mean, I cant even remember this Something-Something Kingdoms name?

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Meaning Raoh, main antagonist of Hokuto No Ken.

    [2] Reference to  (ten chi jin) principle, Opportunity, ce, People. One wouldmonly find it exined as listing the order of importance of those things, that no matter how great is Ten  Luck/Opportunity it cannot prevail over Chi  ce/Position, which in turn is also beaten by Jin  People or their Unity. But in this case its about another application of it. When one is to consider engagement, one has to have Timing (Ten), Geographical Advantage (Chi) and Support of the People (Jin) to ensure sess. Having all three will bring victory, having none is a recipe for disaster.

    ]

 Chapter 153: Stripping yourself is good nudity, while wasteful stripping is bad nudity.

    Chapter 153: Stripping yourself is good nudity, while wasteful stripping is bad nudity.

    Day 50  Daytime, Dungeon.

    As heavyweight ss monsters charged with a booming rumble, they were met with a shield wall that seemed to also be moving to meet them.That''s Shield Bash, and you can''t afford to halt like that, you know? Look, she ising from the side? Jiggling,ing with a swing? And it''s over. Well, it was decided the moment they stopped. That''s because we have approximately two dangerous tanks here.

    One is bound to get trapped by their style if facing them without any prior knowledge. Block with the sword, cut with the shield. Parry with the sword, crush with the shield.

    Offensive became defensive, and defenses are used to attack. A continuous joint offense tears into the enemies with repeated strikes.

    The reason for the effectiveness of their coordination lies in the fact that it was born even before we came to this world. In the first year of high school, their names were already sending waves throughout the country.

    As expected of Twin Lightpoles!(Bam! Thud! Crash! Thud!)

    We told you not to call us that! It''s Twin Towers!

    Really? But I heard them sayingTwin Lightpoles!on TV? Sort of? Or rather, it hurts, you know?

    We would''ve burned that TV station if that was true!

    Looks like they are unsatisfied with the approach of the modern media. Is it the media bias that got them so angry? But wasn''t it Twin Lightpoles!on the banner in school as well? Was it not?

    The shield team seems to be changing their weapons depending on the enemy, swords, axes, spears, hammers, buttely, they mostly use swords, and after that, spears? They can''t get their hands on any good axes or hammers, so they tend to favor swords these days. I guess I should get into weapon production too. It would''ve been better to use hammers or axes for the previous opponents, and having a weapon with reach, like a spear or a halberd, will allow to choose the distance. It''s a group battle, but with everyone using swords it limits the avable tactics. I should think about weapon manufacture when we return. I might not be able to begin it right away, but I can at least make preparations. A strife to get to the edge of the never-ending night, or in other words, there is no end to overtime work!

    Looks likePanzer Rhinoceros Lv 49, that charged at us all at once, are already annihted.

    Panzer Rhinoceros, basically armored rhinos, were stopped by Shield Girl and the volleyball club''s AB duo. Yes, their defense was high, but that''s it. While they had shing Resistance, a nking attack by Great Sage easily flipped them over. Of course, it goes without saying that Great Sage used physical attacks for that.

    After that, they simply got showered with blows. Slime-san and everyone seemed to have fun beating them. And so Rhinos got mauled to death. The shields of the tanks were the very first to be upgraded with mithril, greatly boosting Impact Resistanceand Reflection. Merely crashing into them won''t do anything.

    One of the few in possession ofAlchemy, Febreze-san of rhythmic gymnastics, also bludgeoned them with a barrage of club attacks. She is using some kind of strange alchemic weapon, which can transform into a ribbon, a hoop, a ball, or a club, but I''m yet to see hoop being ever used. Is there even a way to use it? Perhaps spinning it to make the enemy dizzy? A hypnosis type?

    Now, it''s Hidden Room-san, inside isPower Glove  PoW +30%, +DEF, it doesn''t seem particrly unique, but this type of item is in high demand and upgraded with mithril will probably turn into a pretty good piece. For now, I''m just blending in bits of mithril, so it''s fine, but eventually, I''m going to run out of it. Is there a ce where mithril is lying around outside of dungeons?

    This one isn''t half bad? Does anyone needPower Glove  PoW +30%, +DEF? Seems so I guess?

    Apparently, Shield Girl already had a simr item, so Twin Something are trying to decide it among themselves with rock, paper, scissors. Well, it''s clear that the item is going to them. Actually, the one who might benefit the most from it is Great Sage-san, but she said that she doesn''t need it. For some reason, her gear is all magic-oriented? Even though she doesn''t use magic at all.

    Then? To the 50th floor? The boss battle? It might be another dungeon master though? So, we fight, we win, we cutlet, sort of?

    Cutlets!

    For the sauce, we are going to have Aurora sauce. Kind of?

    Aurora sauce! To think that in this world Sauce-san, Mayonnaise-san, and Ketchup-san all joined together in such a marvelous fusion!  [1]

    Yeah, only soy sauce is left out? Since it''s too pitiful, I added a bit of it as a secret ingredient? It''s delicious, you know? Seriously.

    KYAAAAAA!

    They seem to be motivated. At this rate, they might turn the floor master into cutlets. I wonder what cutlets from a floor master would taste like?

    Probably, not very good, as it turned out.

    It''s that, that?Paralyzing Jellyfish Lv 50, Man o'' war-san! And it''s not a dungeon master!

    Roger.

    A huge jellyfish floating in the air. It''s a cool feature for interior design, but it''s also a nuisance. It''s too huge.

    As the tentacles are repelled by the wall of shields, the middle guard is unleashing an onught of attacks, meanwhile, the rear guard Doesn''t exist, yup, as expected. Yeah, they are beating it hard. But it doesn''t seem to have much effect?

    Beautiful girls jumping through the air, and jellyfish intercepting them with its countless legs? Tentacles? Yeah, tentacles.

    If the geeks were here they probably would''ve been crying tears of joy and gratitude to this scene of schoolgirls fighting tentacles. Doing nothing but watching, they''d eventually get scolded for not helping. No, knowing them, they probably would''ve started rooting for the Jellyfish-san? Seriously!

    Bringing attention to the fact that I''m also participating, I pulled out threeDemon Scythesand had them join the tentacle hunt. Phew, thank goodness I didn''t forget about this.

    Wait? Isn''t this a no-good one? Looks like neither shing nor other physical attacks are working? It has Magic Reflection, but magic seems to be its only vulnerability?

    What should we do then?

    What do you mean what? Use something aside from physical or magic attacks? Or rather, go for the jellyfish extermination approach? I think?

    Yup. That''s the only way, right?

    Meanwhile, Fish Girl was getting chased around, drawing the tentacles away from everyone, there, Nudist Girl jumped in, shing at the tentacles with her dual swords. They can''t be cut, you know?

    She got caught. Yeah, the geeks would''ve been overjoyed. I''m d we didn''t take them with us.

    You can resist poison andmon abnormal status debuffs, so it''s alright? Just take care not to get paralyzed and hang in there, okay? Ah! It also has no weapon destruction, so don''t worry about that? But it has Dissolveso you will end up naked? Well, you are a nudist anyway? So I guess it''s fine?

    No, it''s not! It''s not fine at all! It''s not the case where we can allow her to stay caught at all!

    It''s not fine it seems? So getting naked yourself is good nudity, and bing naked from having your clothes melted is bad nudity? Aaah, that''s because ruining clothes is a waste! And it will also increase my workload!

    It doesn''t seem to be doing anything, but just in case, I actually have the main body of the jellyfish caught withHolding. Basically restrained? The tentacles are doing as they please though.

    Hence, I use Kyojitsu to close the distance and cut off a bunch of tentacles holding Nudist Girl with Dimension de.

    And crash into the jellyfish. Aaah, it''s the first time it doesn''t hurt upon crashing into something? GJ Jellyfish? Not sure if this is really GJ or not, but JK retreated. They dont want their clothes dissolved it seems.

    No, it''s not like I crashed into it because I wanted to? But I can still barely use Kyojitsu and Magic Wrapping, and adding Dimension de to the mix makes it all a bit uncontroble? Well, while I didn''t have any intention of crashing into it, since I already did, let''s roll with this.

    Allow myself to get caught by the innumerable tentacles of the jellyfish? Captured? Captured.

    Actually, keep tentacles away from boys! There is no demand for that! No one wants to see that! And even if someone wants, I don''t! It''s pointless! And why do the girls look kind of happy?!

    Eerhm? First,Holding, then riseTemperature? Adding HeatVibration? Followed by dehydration throughAlchemy, and drying it withWater MagicandHolding? And since I haveGauntlets of Contradiction, stripping it of immunities with my right hand? And the dehydration isplete? Wither, wither more, sort of? So, dried jellyfish? Jellyfish jerky? And then fry it I won.

    Haaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah.

    Eh? What is that Haaaah?Ah, would''ve been enough? Don''t Haaaah me? Why does no one say anything?

    Ooh, the jellyfish''s magic stone and loot? Is this the jellyfish''s equipment? But it didn''t seem to be carrying anything? Eehm, Infinite Tentacles  Create and Control Tentacles, isn''t this that type of a thing humans shouldn''t have? Ah, but the geeks would probably like it? They surely will be willing to pay good money for this, but why do I feel that they are the only ones that absolutely must not be allowed to have this item?

    However, now I have the three sacred treasures of the worst public image possible?Cor of Submission  Forces into a state of absolute obedience,Chains of Prometheus  Binding, Disable all Powers, and nowInfinite Tentacles  Create and Control Tentacles

    Why do all these Brute Vitor-type goods keep drifting to me? Is this an attack on my Affection Rating? It''s on the verge of death already? Lately, it''s not breathing anymore? Or rather, I don''t remember when was thest time I saw it? What could be the reason for this world to so persistently target my Affection Rating? C''mon? Controlling tentacles? Ah, Armored Pres-san is hiding behind the girls? [TL Notes: [1] Japanese Aurora Sauce is quite different from the original recipe. Yes, it actually involves mayonnaise and ketchup. ]

 Chapter 259

    Chapter 259

    Chapter 259

    Day 63  Evening, Murimuri Castle.

    As we came back to the Murimuri Castle after beating two more dungeons, thinking that wed ask Haruka-kun to check them for hidden rooms, he apparently already left in great haste to get himself handed over to the First Prince?

    I wonder why he is so casually hurrying to get himself handed over to the enemy. An idea from that Royal Prince definitely wont lead to anything good, and that person that is going to be handed over is up to far greater no good as well! After all, he is a Pandoras Box (Hope Not Included) of 100% unadulterated cmity, a condensed no good of ultra high concentration. The one that wants to hand him over, the one that wants to have him handed over, and the one that really wants to get handed over, make for a dangerous trio ofponents that absolutely shouldnt be mixed, a recipe for disaster.

    Is it going to be alright~? Well, it definitely wont be, but still.

    To have himself handed to the enemies Poor enemies Hm?

    That Royal Prince definitely cant do any good, how could he even think of handing Haruka-kun to the enemies! That definitely will lead to something terrible. I wish he would consider how troubling it can get for us or the enemies. There is no way talks can be had after handing over such a thing. There is no way enemies will have a leisure of discussing anything after being given such a thing. Thats setting up your negotiations for a failure at the nning stage. The very possibility that they will live long enough to talk is slim to none.

    A message from Haruka-sama, Tell the Pres and others to gather at the Capital, the first 30 get the new tsubuan manju as present? I guess? Ry it to them? Sort of like that?, is what he wanted to tell. [1]

    Meriel-sama seems to have gotten the details from the Aide-san. He is heading for the Capital? Why is he heading for the Capital, where the Second Prince is, despite being handed over to the First Prince? And thetter half of the message was totally unnecessary, wasnt it? Why did the Aide-san diligently remember that part and ryed it as well? What a puzzling message.

    We have to go, dont we~? We wont get what it all means unless we go, and tsubuan is waiting?

    Yeah, rather than worrying, lets go there! For the Capitals tsubuan!

    If asked why we are going? Because tsubuan is there![2]

    Looks like no one has any objections to going. Because tsubuan is there it seems. But Im pretty sure its quite unusual for a n in wartime to be decided by a bean paste. The Princess Duo ispletely stunned, you know? But they seem to be on board with new manju. They never heard of tsubuan, so they were merely bewildered by everyones excitement.

    ording to the map, if we head straight to the Capital well have to pass the site of Haruka-kuns handover? Want to go straight or make a detour around the crime scene?

    Haruka-kun took with himself only Royal Guards capable of fast movement. There is a high probability that the incident is already over. Thats why it would be better to hurry for the Capital (tsubuan). If we move as fast as we can in the shortest distance we should be able to make it by tomorrow night. And the local forces have already departed, we might miss out on the first 30 campaign!

    We hurriedly eat dinner, jump into the bath, and go for a nap, we will depart four hourster,te at night. In terms of safety it mightve been better to depart early in the morning, but we are a group of over level 100, and as the difference is only that we will either have to leave during the night or run through the night, we decided to leave as soon as we can since its pretty much the same thing. The Princesses seem to be interested in going as well, so they seem to be in the middle of heated talks for that.

    Meal, meal, meal, meal, meal, bath, bath, bath, bath, midnight snacks?

    No, snacks would be overeating. There is no boot camp today, you know? There is no point in rushing, but we feel uneasy without Haruka-kun around. He saw us off when we were leaving, but he didnt wee us when we came back, this is nothing short of dereliction of duty!

    Will you be sending the advance party? In which one am I? Im not yielding the spot on the first 30!

    We are not familiar with thends in the direction of the Capital, while there are likely no monsters or troops waiting in ambush, Id still like to be careful.

    We are better to periodically send out an advance party for scouting, but generally, we will travel in one group without splitting up! There is less than 30 of us so it will be fine!

    Yeeeah!

    Everyone is fired up and excited. We should be sleeping by now though?

    Our goal is the Capital of this Kingdom, Tsubuan!

    Yeeeeah!

    You got it wrong, okay? While we indeed are going for tsubuan, people will be angry if you change the name of the Capital on your own, the Princess seems to being too.

    Since we went to bed in such excitement we didnt get enough sleep, but in this world, levels can make the body stronger. I even heard that level 100 wont have an issue not sleeping for more than a week. It sounds like its bad for the skin, and is also tiresome, so Im not going to try it, but youd only feel sleepy, without serious difficulties otherwise.

    Leaving Murimuri Castle while its still dark, we run. We could borrow horses or carriages, but if its just a day trip, then running is faster. The travel speed of level 100 is overwhelming. For some reason we aregging behind a person of level 21, but that is a weird one, we are legitimately fast! Probably?

    There are 23 people with the Princess Duo and the Maid. The Princess Duo, although not level 100, is still faster than those with backline jobs. Their levels should be pretty high.

    So lets hurry, because they are waiting there, our tsubuan manju!

    A single party goes out to scout ahead in turns, but we havent met any monsters or enemy troops along the road. The destination is pretty far, well, our starting point is the furthermost Frontier after all.

    Reporting~, no signs of the enemy ahead~. There were quite a few towns and viges, but looks like there is no issues.

    Roger, we will scout ahead after regrouping. Ill leave themand to Librarian-chan or the Princess.

    The sky lit up with the break of dawn, and the Sun began its steady ascend. Its going smoother than expected, I wonder if we maybe can make it before the night?

    Haruka-kun addedelerationandSpE Upto everyones equipment, so the travel is surprisingly fast. Well, Haruka-kun considers escape and protection to be the main points when making equipment, so everyone is pretty quick. Anklets also have speed-type effects, and the Princesses seem to be wearing them too.

    All clear ahead. Can Shimazaki-sans group scout ahead next?

    Sure. We are about to enter the Capitals sphere of influence, are you sure we dont need wide-area reconnaissance?

    The nobles domains are going to be moremon from here on. Even if we are discovered, as long as we pass through I think there is zero chance of them catching up with us, but Lets keep going.

    Just check what lies in front. Even if you are discovered or pursued its fine to ignore it. Lets move.

    Roger. Well be off.

    The tamed group went. In the morning we had hamburgers, that Haruka-kun prepared, while traveling, but what are we going to do about lunch? High-speed mobile Girls-only meeting was called. Rice balls and deep-fried stuff can be eaten while running, but why Haruka-kun had to make beef bowls for the road? Eating that on the run sounds like a serious danger to our girl power. Could it be that Haruka-kun considers a beef bowl a portable food? Well, beef bowl is indeed fast food too, but the meaning is different.

    The result of the girls-only meeting, we are dashing ahead while stuffing our cheeks on the way. No one is watching so our Girls Power (femininity) shouldnt be in threat, although I do feel its questionable behavior for youngdies. Eating a beef bowl while standing mightve been borderline alright, but we are running? At high speed?

    The Capital is right ahead~, its visible only because its so huge~, so there is still quite a way to go though~, wanna search for Haruka-kuns presence~?

    As the dark fell and the night was growingte, we finally caught the sight of the Capital in the distance. After all, rather than camping in tents, it definitely would be morefortable to stay at Haruka-kuns ce. Not only does he have that tent that can freely change size, but also carries furniture in his item bag, basically staying in the constant readiness to change residence. I mean, he is even carrying bathtubs? Three different varieties of them.

    No signs of him nearby! Want to split?

    Its fine even if it takes longer, so lets go in one group without scattering too much, and make a big circle around the Capital?

    Roger.

    Everyone is getting excited when ites to Haruka-kun. He has a firm grasp onfortable life, delicious food, lovely clothing, and necessities. At this rate we soon might really get Tamed!

    And behind the Capital was standing a fortressSouvenir Store, Capital Outskirts Branch, Kind of?, the culprit is right there! Yup, no doubt about that.

    And the girls that probed inside with Detect Presence are dropping one after another with steaming out of their heads. Aah, its in the middle of the night, so its risky, you know? Good girls, dont try this at home? Well, not like its possible.

    Like, wee, wee? Or rather, arent you crazy fast? To make the trip in one day your average speed had to be over 100km per hour? Youth running wild? Sort of? But please dont break the windows of my store? Anyway,e inside~.

    Inside, we were weed by Angelica-san Who while seemed utterly exhausted, had a blissful, bewitching, and even somewhat obscene smile on her face. Looks like she was enjoying the afterglow. Today she is wearing a see-through ck minidress, naturally, very lewd!

    Angelica-san is beckoning us toe over, but that area emits danger for maidens, so we arent going anywhere near? I mean, there is nothing in that room except for a giant bed? The entire floor is one huge bed, getting onto that bed means stepping into Maidenhood Kill Zone, so please dont call us there? Its off limits for maidens!

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Tsubuan ()  Coarse sweet red bean paste.

    [2] George Mallory is famously quoted as having replied to the question, Why did you want to climb Mount Everest? with the retort, Because its there, which has been called the most famous three words in mountaineering.

 Chapter 260

    Chapter 260

    Chapter 260

    Day 64  Morning, Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch

    Yesterday we were too tired from running day and night, and it was already toote, so we went to bed immediately after bath. As expected, he had the bath for girls prepared. Naturally, we went to sleep in a normal room, not that dangerous room with nothing but a giant bed covering the entire floor, a step on which would pull one into the Maidenhood Kill Zone. We are maidens.

    Good morning, Haruka-kun. Also, it was so natural that I forgot to ask yesterday, but what is this fortress? Putting such a thing right in front of the Capital, are you trying to have a Castle VS Castle brawl? Why would you want the castles to fight by themselves? Also if a stranger sawSouvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch, King of? theyd think that King ofis the name of the store, you know?

    Ah, morning, pres, you are a prez today too, huh. The breakfast is ready and there are tsubuan manju for the first 30 too, the Boot Camping person seems to be epting reservations, looking very ONE MORE SET. Actually, the store is going to close up pretty soon, so does it even need a name?

    He just made it yesterday, and he is about to close it already? Well, its true that the original n was to hole up back in the Frontier, since Haruka-kun is going to wee them alone, he must be nning to go back. And he has no intention of remembering even the name of the store that he himself made!

    But before us stands the Capital, its gates shut, prepared for defense. Inside is the Second Prince and the Second Division of the Royal Army, who will have to be either persuaded or eliminated. We might be unable to suddenlyunch an attack on it, but we have the Princess here, so at least attempting negotiations should be possible, but we cant make any moves on our own until Omui-sama arrives. However, the Royal Prince will alsoe, which smells like a bother.

    Waking up one day and finding out that a fortress popped up right under your nose overnight, most people woulde to take a look or investigate what happened. Or rather, they actually came. A government official came with a group of soldiers for protection.

    Here is a written permit personally issued by the acting King, His Excellency Royal Prince, the store was made with the purpose of distributing magic stones which the Capital currently has in deficit. As we are expected to weerge merchant groups the size reflects that, and having to handlerge quantities of magic stones we are also equipped with defensive walls as a safety measure against bandits. Naturally, if the Second Prince Kzaryusveli-sama, who is about to ascend the throne as the new King, would say that our presence cannot be tolerated, we will humbly obey, close down the store, and immediately return to the Frontier? After all, we merely were entrusted with selling magic stones andmodities to the Capital at reasonable prices.

    A wless script. The Capital must be starving for magic stones, and they also cant argue against a permit issued by the current King. And whats the most important, they seem to be in the urgent need of provision and arms. Thats why even if they want to shut down a suspicious store, they cant afford to do that. Even if they managed to loot it, that would be the end of it, forever cutting off new supply of the goods. In that case, epting the deal is more profitable, or rather, is the only choice they have.

    Im d we came in such a hurry. The script might be perfect, but Haruka-kun was nning to handle those negotiations. The envoy from the Capital probably wouldve ended up as the Kingdoms official envoy to the Shadow Realm. What made him think that he can negotiate with hisnguage and logic destruction ability? And howe the person capable of writing such a perfect script bes like that when he opens his mouth? Thank goodness we made it in time.

    And by the time the officials were done with the inspection, or rather, negotiations, Haruka-kun andpany came with new stock. They apparently secured a reliable supply route.

    However, the girls that went to assist with stocking up are looking at him with a t gaze? This is a t gaze from being taken aback.

    No, I mean, since there is a lock, wouldnt you want to open it? On top of that, the enchantment givesplete protection from invasion and then there is a device infinitely spawning traps? I felt that if I dont go now, there wont be a chance like this ever again. I mean, if a keyhole appears, you will stick a key in it, right? See, I did nothing wrong? Stockpiles are there, so of course Im going to restock~! Kind of? No, you got it all wrong, I merely walk in, take the stuff, and then sell it. Its the basics ofmerce. And its not like Im breaking in, Im properly using a key to enter, being able to open the ce with a key certainly must mean that its fine to enter? If it opens you open it, and if opened you go in, and if there is something youd take it with you, so I didnt do anything wrong? This is a natural economic activity, stock up, sell, when run out, restock? I mean, they just bought it, so they definitely have it in stock? And since I have a key it must probably mean that its fine to freely take it? I guess? For sure? Probably? For surent? Kind of?

    The biggest obstacle to capturing the Capital and thergest issue, the absolutely impregnable Capital Diorer and Diorer Royal Pce, the cause of that is magic protection. The Kingdoms greatest artifacts and the Royal Familys most prized relics, Ultimate Lock (Protection)  Complete Blockade of Designated Area, Complete Protection, Complete Intrusion DenindEvesting Trap  Continuously Creates Traps in Designated Area, these two ultimate defensive systems.

    When blockaded, it bes impossible to infiltrate the Capital or destroy it. And if one somehow managed to slip inside, it still will be impossible to get through the infinitely spanning traps. There is nothing one can do without the key toUltimate Lock, a perfect hole-up strategy. A drawn-out siege in an attempt to starve the defenders is the only existing option.

    And yet he went in, took food, arms, armor, and came back. Its that Magic Key  can open any lock of level MAX and lowerthat he found in the Great Dungeon and wasining about having no way to use it. It seems he used an item from the lowest floors of the Great Dungeon to unlock their greatest artifact and the most prized relicUltimate Lock.

    Here we thought that the strongest dungeon items found on the lowest floors of the Great Dungeon are to be used in dungeon exploration, but turns out, it was for the purpose of the souvenir stores inventory replenishment, which is actually a in piging.

    And then there are perpetual traps, that wouldnt let unauthorized pass, spawned byEvesting Trap, covering the entire area, that wont trigger because he has Trap Ring  Automatically Disarms Traps. The assault souvenir stores supply supervisor, who cannot be denied from entering and whose intrusion cannot be blocked, turned out to be their worst opponent imaginable!

    He simply walked in, simply opened the lock, and was simply taking the stuff, so we simply helped him, but if you think about it, that was simply a crime!

    When one approaches the magic barrier surrounding the Capital, a keyhole would appear. Its impossible to enter without unlocking it first, so they probably didnt have any guards on alert. The only person capable of unlocking it or granting ess for passing is the one in possession of the key, is what they mustve thought. The keystone of the Kingdoms defenses, hailed in legends and passed down through generations of the Royal Family, these are counted among the best artifacts on the entire continent.

    Thinking about it normally, no one should be able to enter from outside, but sometimes, an irrational supply manager can appear out of nowhere, so you should keep guards around, or its in carelessness. But well, even if there were guards around, the only future that wouldve awaited them is a very pitiful one, but having absolutely no one around is just negligence.

    Casually walking all the way up to the location where Evesting Trap  Continuously Creates Traps in Designated Areawas installed, he apparently went andidentally picked it up? Kind of?and brought it with him as if its nothing. The Kingdoms most prized relic and the greatest artifact was forcibly passed through and picked up. If this is not piging, then everything in this world is a lost article.

    And so, with free ess to the impregnable Capital Diorer and Diorer Royal Castle, he went around, casually plundering it. Looks like his talk about securing a reliable supply route was about securing a reliable invasion route, hm? It isnt really wrong?

    I mean, he seized the throne, so those must be seized goods? Since the goods are seized they dont really belong to the Second Prince? Thats why I confiscated the seized goods, diligently carrying them off bit by bit, dripping with sweat? If this is a crime then worker ants are a bunch of international criminals? I mean, I worked very hard carrying everything? See? I did nothing wrong? Im just a highschool boy doing honest transportation work?

    Haruka-kun seems like he is tough on criminals, but in fact, he is performing criminal acts on criminals. At a nce, it might seem like he is doing a good thing, but its the same thing as scamming swindlers out of their money, and there is actually no virtue involved at all, but since he is using that money for good it appears as a nice thing, a terrifying psychological illusion.

    And with crowds of people arriving, the sales have begun. The girls, tempted by dresses, and sweets were all hired under payment-in-kind agreement. I mean, he was making crepes! Its apparently a trial product without fresh cream, but it was avable only to the people that signed the employee contract! So everyone was hired. Thats how everyone will end up eventually Tamed, you know? The crepes were delicious.

    The business is booming! With bulk purchases from the Capital even souvenirs are flying off the shelves. Commoners, soldiers, nobles, people are bustling out from the Capital, which is supposed to be on lockdown to prevent invasion.

    No more than one manju per person! No buying up!

    Here you go, the Frontier Wooden Swords 5 Set and a mushroom doll as a gift. There are six different mushroom dolls in total, do your best to gather them all.

    Handlerge scale orders from the officials in the back. Send bulk purchases from the general public at the counter in the back too.

    Thank you for waiting. Here. Three hamburgers, two potatoes. Your reservation voucher please.

    Todays Special~, Medical Potion (F) for only 3,000 Ere~? The usual prince is 4,000 Ere~ Probably?

    The flow of people doesnt stop at all, one after another they line up and make purchases.

    Its different from the Frontier, or rather, its the opposite of it. They have money, but no goods. The supply cant keep up with the demand. Meanwhile, weapons and gear are needlessly piling up, some people areing to sell pretty good stuff. Just how many lives would have been saved if the Frontier had those, just how less miserable the livelihood of the Frontier couldve been if only they bought their goods.

    Financial Capital isnt circting properly, pointless regtions and taxes from nobles are killing the flow, and without it everyone is bound to suffer. Thats why me still being penniless, despite all my hard work, must be the nobles fault, so there should be no issue with taking from the Capital. Im going to sell it back anyway, making for a proper cirction, so its a good thing, you know? I mean, everyone is dly paying up? And Im very d about getting richer? Sort of?

    The most terrifying thing about this, is that for a moment, he might sound like he is saying something nice, but when one properly listens to his words, its just an irrational rambling about ripping people off, and yet in the end, it for some reason seems like he was doing the good thing, which somehow trantes into positive results. Thats whats really scary!

    The Frontier pennants are all sold out! Only a few mushroom pennants left.

    Deep-fried mysterious bird meat 4 packs, croquette 2 packs, the total err, is 5,200 Ere.

    We got buckets, baskets, tubs, and pots. They are on disy at the right corner in the back. The stock is limited.

    Crafting at ultra-high speed Haruka-kun mass-produces the goods that are in shortage, fulfills individual requests, cooks, and when he has time goes to the Capital to replenish the inventory. The giant flour barrel that was purchased by the Second Division, found its way back into the store, thats why the stock doesnt decrease. Or rather, it was taken from the Royal Pces storage to begin with.

    The merchants alliance, the Confederation, must be backing them. Otherwise, the Capital, with that huge poption and no ability to produce food by itself, wouldve immediately dried up the moment they shut the gates? In other words, the Confederation is smuggling provision into the Capital to support the Second Prince, which I will receive in turn, so it makes me a happy man too? What a nice thing?

    In that case, the Confederation will end up shouldering all the losses alone. Even if they support the Capital by smuggling, Haruka-kun is the one who will end up profiting. And the Capital too doesnt have any other choice but to purchase more from Haruka-kun. They are going to run out of money and goods, so more aid will be necessary. But that also will be stolen by Haruka-kun. Thats why the Confederation will end up having their resources endlessly devoured by Haruka-kun until they decide to pull back from the Kingdom.

    They will end up taking huge losses even from a short term support for the Capital. Long term, the Confederation will have its assetspletely devastated. What makes this especially nasty, is that the Merchant Confederation is going to lose money over the scheme that they started up to make money. Military involvement will have the force annihted, economical involvement will have them robbed, and if they try to put pressure politically they will be simply ignored. Nothing but grief wille out of getting involved with this. The best approach is staying away, I mean, there is a god of poverty specializing at ripping people off. He is capable of snatching everything without taking a thing. He is neither a raging conqueror nor a vicious demon king, nor an immoral cult leader, simply a rip-off specialist. Getting involved with him can lead to only one obvious result, if that is not to your liking, not getting involved is the only option.

    The Confederation is amercial union, so even if I keep ripping them off, it will amount to nothingpared to the funds they possess? But its important that they take losses, no one is going to give money if all that means is losing it, you know? LIke, obviously? They invest because they think they will profit from this, if they take a hit from that, anyone would lose the desire to invest. And losing money will also impact their ability to fight. Not to mention, that since its amercial union, if they lost money due to someones orders, it will naturally lead to infighting? If we want to put pressure on the Confederation, then making them take losses, and preventing them from profiting is the way to go. Despite calling themselves the Merchants Confederation they are using too much political strength in their business, thats why they are going to suffer frommerce, thats why they are going to get ripped off with trade, and lose even their political power. They are takingmerce too lightly. After all, profiting andmerce are two separate things.

    He is making profits by trading. Rights, interest, funds from other people, his business needs none of that. Thats why he cant be shut down. So the only choices are two: crush him through military or political power, but even if attempted, it will only result in misery. I mean, that girl that is earnestly stuffing bags is the Dungeon Emperor, that one hurriedly carrying merchandise is Sword Princess, the one selling hamburgers is the youngdy of the Frontier, and then there are shop assistants of over level 100. This has to be the strongest souvenir shop on the continent. Rather, if a souvenir store more powerful than this exists, there is an issue there.

    Thatll be a peerless souvenir war of souvenir stores!

 Chapter 156: Going extra long is nice, working extra long is not

    Chapter 156: Going extra long is nice, working extra long is not

    Day 50  Nighttime, White Weirdo Inn.

    Aah, just what do the girls think of showing so much skin to a highschool boy and clinging to him like that?

    Well, they probably did that on purpose. They probably were trying to get my mind away from the destroyed viges.

    Being too flustered, I ended up making all of the clothes multicolor with the exception of denim ones? I charged quite a bit for that too, but it''s better that way.

    Even though I''m not dwelling on that. They are such worrywarts. It''s toote to change anything, so worrying about it now is pointless anyway. I simply don''t want to forget.

    Viges, where numerous people lived, once stood there. I just don''t want to forget that the responsibility for their destruction is on me.

    So I''m not dwelling on that at all. I know for a fact that it won''t be forgiven no matter how much I worry about that now.

    However, with the girls struggling so much it was really difficult as the tentacles kept squeezing or rubbing them, you know? In a highschool boy sort of way.

    After all, our senses are synchronized for the purposes of control, so all tactile sensations are transmitted to me. That''s why I made sure to tell them not to move too much.

    On top of that, in the middle of it, their breathing got rough while their faces began turning red. They began giving off a kind of a lewd aura? It''s too much for a highschool boy to bear, okay?

    Although I worked in a great rush, I think the result is pretty good. The way tentacles move with unmatched precision and uracy is simply divine. And there is nothing lewd about that, okay?

    And yet they kept leaking weird moans from time to time, so I panicked a bit there. The more they kept twisting and wriggling the more I felt it.

    I''m going to lose sleep again. Even though I was finally able to get rid of all extra orders. Although it''s for clothes alone, but it''s finally over? It''s my loss if I start thinking about essories or equipment. But that too can be somehow handled with thebination of tentacles and Holding. As for the required mana, I doubt I will have a shortage of it any time soon with the mana umtor in my item bag.

    Slime-san is fast asleep.

    I wonder if it''s happy? Did it find today to be enjoyable? Is it seeing good dreams? Is it d that it tagged along?

    I don''t know, but Slime-san is sleeping well.

    Apparently, Armored Pres-san is fine without sleeping or eating, but Slime-san is taking time to sleep. Well, while Armored Pres-san might not require sleep or food, she is still eating every day with a great appetite and sleeping soundly as well, so I hope Slime-san can find happiness too.

    Armored Pres-san got caught up in there along with the girls, and is now lying in the girls'' meeting room, however, she seemed to be satisfied, holding new clothes and a hat with a smile.

    I''m pretty sure that even if she recovers early, they are still going to try clothes on, showing off to each other, so she will returnte in any case. Thus, home industry time it is. There is no end to this side job, you know? After all, I also got tons of orders from the general store! On top of that, just as I suspected, thatdy is marking everything asUrgent! And she once again put an order for a mushroom lunch set! Why am I being treated as a food delivery service? And why is it mushrooms every day? Just how much does she like mushrooms?

    Ooh~, as expected, using tentacles for work makes things quick, and the quality is pretty good as well. This is master craftsmanship level! If the work can be done in such precise and minute detail, then it might be possible to reach even modern era level?

    Or rather, why is she sending me orders for buckets or tes? And pots? What the hell is this? A wood-burning stove? Wait, it''s A clothes iron! Go to the cksmith for that! Why are you ordering iron, lunches, buckets, and clothes at the same ce?! Why is all of it Urgent? Why are you ordering lunches every day ASAP? Why did you start selling sweets as well? And why are you asking me to make them as if it''s a matter of course?! On top of that, sales and the inventory don''t match up! You are eating them yourself, aren''t you! And you are eating way too much! How did you eat 7 boxes with 3 people?! Which one of you ate 3 boxes?! Aaah~, and why did she sell furniture that I made as a decoration for the store? Eh, and it went for such a fortune! Let''s mass produce it. However, how is she working after selling a sales counter? Is she packing things on the floor? Is she an idiot? Why can''t she sell it after I make a new one? But this sum is an insane rip-off! Let''s mass produce it. Let''s rip off.

    Yeah, I should mine some iron ore after all. Buying it sounds like a waste, and the town doesn''t have enough iron anyway. But when am I going to get my rest? At first, there was some semnce of a n, but now everything is just going with the flow? I actually have a schedule for the side lining as well? Although Undecided is all the schedule for it is saying. But there is a n? I made it only yesterday though.

    Slime-san is sleeping deep and seems to have no intention of replying to my mumbling.

    Why am I making buckets in a fantasy world? But arrangements for mass production are all put in order already Will there be something good for me if a bucket store makes a profit? Why would it make a profit and not me? That''s unfair!

    A highschool boy sitting alone in the middle of the night, surrounded by countless buckets Just what is this? Even I don''t get it. However, I now have a massive quantity of buckets in a variety of shapes and sizes. There are even versions with handles or lids. A great performance by Wood Magic-san and tentacles. And? Why are there so many orders for buckets? And why are all of theming to me? And there are even orders for baskets? And they are alsoing to me as if that''s how it''s supposed to be?

    Don''t tell me what the general store shopkeeper thinks that I''m a carpenter? Then why is she sending orders for mushroom lunches to me?! Why is she putting orders for sweets to me? The evesting side job is never ending?

    I remember hearing somewhere that an increase in talking to oneself is a signal of deteriorating mental health, but if there is such a danger, isn''t asking one to keep it to themselves kind of cruel? I''m going to mumble to myself. There is no one who would listen, but I''m going to do that anyway. Working in silence is boring.

    What would you need so many baskets for? Couldn''t I catch fish on day one if I was using this from the beginning? Before I noticed, I was working on my handcrafting skills in a fantasy world! And with establishing a production system, a mass production of baskets also became possible! An inspirational story of a home industry factory in a fantasy world!

    And then there is an order for a huge amount of women''s clothes and a moderate amount of men''s clothes. Well, that''s what men get even in a fantasy world. I remember how in the previous world, I went to a bookshop in a department store and tried to use a toilet only to find a sign Toilets On This Floor Are Women-only? Such discrimination, even though it''s a department store? Naturally, I never went there again. Seriously.

    In the end, it''s the same even in this world. I''m sure even in the general store the men''s clothes section is small and shabby. Just because men''s clothes supposedly don''t sell You are a store, so put something there that people will buy! If you put worthless crap there and then further reduce the selling area there won''t be anything to buy at all! Obviously?! Just quit the business! For real!

    So no matter how hard I will have to work, I will make clothes for men too. But why can''t I think of other items that might be needed aside from cargo pants and jeans? Wait? There is really no demand! If it were me, I probably could live with one pair of multicolored pants!? Laundry would be a problem though.

    The other stuff is fine, I can mass produce it to build a stock? I''m fine with doing this home industry until the town develops its own, but why do I have to make lunches every day?! Go and ask an eatery for that! And you are too obsessed with mushrooms! Why is it mushrooms every single day? No matter how developed this town gets, there won''t be a ce serving exclusively mushroom dishes! That''s too niche to operate, okay? Eat some normal food too!

    I mutter to myself while making an extrarge lunch set with mushrooms. While I grumble, my item bag from Viger A set can preserve things for a very long time. Or rather, as far as I tested it, I''ve never seen any signs of deterioration. Is the time stopped in there?, is how fresh things remain. In fact, I mass produced lunches as well. If it turns out to be too much I will just give them to Slime-san.

    With high-speed processing power ofApex Thinking-san, maniptors from tentacles, and support ofHoldingmagic I can produce anything in the blink of an eye. It''s aplete one-man factory! Real mass production is possible now! Can this be called a home industry anymore?

    I built a somewhatrger quantity of requested furniture and also made a lot of new products. What''s left is a loom and a spinning machine, ah, I have to make an iron too. Or rather, it doesn''t have to be an iron with a stove like that? Making it so primitive is actually more difficult? It''s a waste of iron. Let''s make apact iron running on magic power supplied by a magic stone. That being said, I''m renting a room meant for 4 people, but it''s getting cramped in here? In terms of industry space. Finished products are put into the item bag, new items are made, and also put into the bag. Or rather, the bag became the starting and ending point of this magic-powered conveyor belt. The whole room is an industrial area and assembly line. Home industry, huh. But I''m in a good rhythm.

    I should be done before Armored Pres-san returns. The manufacture must''ve be ultra-high speed. Infinite Tentaclesare useful, let''s upgrade them with mithrilter.

    And upon upgrade with mithril,Infinite Tentacles-san turned intoInfinite Evil Hands  Create and Control Tentacles and Evil Hands, Shape and Property Alteration, Hardening, Weaponization, evil hands? Did they be hands? I will have a helping hand now? No, tentacles were helping me a great deal as well? However, I''m all out of mithril now, huh? Hmmm? Can''t tell how good they are without trying them out though? Ah, Armored Pres-san came back! Let''s try them! Let''s endlessly do our best with endless Evil Hands. Let''s put these evil hands to a bad use. I already had it tough in a highschool boy sort of way after the tentacles measurement incident, so I''m going to test them to my heart''s content! Yes, this is an experiment and a practice! So if anything, its not my fault! Fault! Fault! (Echoing)

    It goes without saying that on the morning of the next day she scolded me incredibly hard while crying.

 Chapter 262

    Chapter 262

    Chapter 262

    Day 64  Midday, Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch

    With an appeal from the Royal Girl and a request from Merimeri-san he gave in. The Middle-Aged Man of the Second Division will stick to the defense of the Capital, openly siding with the Second Prince. He seemed very against the idea, but hearing the condition No harm shoulde to the citizens, he went deep in thought, and then finally nodded in agreement.

    This should get the Second Prince motivated. The nobles that were still on the fence will also side with the Second Prince. And with this the Confederation will act as well. We can bait them.

    Keeping a souvenir store is a tough job. Even now, Im dripping with sweat, as Im procuring goods from the Royal Pce. And what good timing, the barrels of oil and wine that were bought at the Souvenir Store a short while ago were carried in. Lets bring them back and sell them again.

    Armored Pres-san, could you please pack up all of the barrels? Ill go and restock on the flour a bit. We just sold some so the stock is running low? And since they were just sold, they should being soon? Honest work is so tough, right? It is such diligent umtion of hard work that makes the difference~.

    Hm? The answer is a t Gaze, even though Im toiling away to keep the transportation industry running? Im working super hard, you know? I mean, its the third time Iming to restock today, its really hectic? No matter how many times I restock, the stuff gets bought and carried back, so I once again have toe to restock, but even if I take it back, it will be sold again and return here, so I have to restock again, its a perpetual cycle of transportationbor?

    Taking a hidden passage I procure the merchandise and carry it back. By now I know my way around pretty well. Hidden passages also get recorded by the skillMap, so things get more convenient with each new visit. But even if I spot a hidden passage, finding the entrance is another matter entirely, so quite often Id spot one with Space Perceptionbut cant get inside, so its pretty tough.

    The castle seems to be buzzing with rumors. The Middle-Aged Man from the Second Division has just dered that they wille under the Second Princemand to defend the Capital, as long as the promise ofNo harm shoulde to the citizensis kept. This will give sweet dreams to the Second Prince and his backing. This will give them hope.

    I tried to investigate the situation in the Royal Pce, since Im already here for restocking, but everything seems quiet for now, rather, with the Second Divisions pledge to provide defense an air of tranquility can be felt. Nobles and officials of the Second Princes faction, and the Merchant Confederation agents are happily conspiring together. What a heart-warming sight. I mean, it will ultimately lead to my pockets getting filled, so it is a good thing.

    The Confederation is transporting goods to the Kingdom through a canal. With this,rge quantities of goods will be carried by merchant ships into the Capital.

    Now the Kingdom will enter a stalemate, and the Theocracy will be forced to shed blood. The only one winning is the Confederation, is what they will think. That source of those hopes is the Second Division. Now, they absolutely cant afford to harm the citizens.

    The Capitals formidable defensive powerbined with the forces of the Second Division will turn it into the strongest fortress. If the Merchants Confederation also takes care of provision the city will not fall. Thats the dream that they had, seeing the ray of hope for it to be reality.

    People love to dream, thats why they cant give up. Even though an unreachable hope is nothing but despair? Even though that is bait, a trap? Lets dig in? Sort of?

    Pirates! Pirates appeared in the canal. A few ships had their cargo stolen. It apparently was an absurdly fast iron ship.

    Looks like they began, Pirates of Geekean! Somehow, hearing that name alone makes me want to sink them, but well, with Slime-san tagging along they are unsinkable.

    Immediately send an urgent request for additional supplies with priority on foodstuff. Without food the Capital will fall.

    Request the Confederation to send ships for navalbat. Letting the pirates roam free will further increase damages.

    If they arent willing to give up, there is no choice but to send more. Naturally, Ill be taking that too?

    Of course, even if ites to navalbat, they wont be able to catch up to the Steam and Magic-powered hybrid armored vessel, nor win in battle with it. That is a mysterious high-power warship that cant really be made even if one tries. Yup, we tried, and got a catapult instead, so we loaded it on the ship as well. A 5km range catapult firing high-speed warheads. Someday, Illunch the Geeks with it!

    Over here too, there is no one who can stand up to my Magnate System! I mean, I can restock as much as I want withpletely free passage, and the goods that I just restocked are immediately sold, making me richer, while the imports are currently being plundered in the canal. This has to be the perfect supply system.

    If this continues for a long time, the Confederation will fall, if it stops sending supplies the Capital will be recaptured. If that happens, profits will disappear, but if they refuse to give up, they have no other choice but toe to the Souvenir Store for purchases. A wless business model.

    Stored goods have disappeared again! We are currently searching for them.

    Its impossible to enter the pce, so search inside. Make sure to avoid causing any harm to the citizens!

    Interruptions in transportation and storage could lead to dys in distribution for the people?

    This must be avoided. We finally got the Second Division on our side. Distribution shouldnt be stopped.

    Seems like an uproar. In other words, this could bring me profits. The Second Divisions promation seems to be effective after all. Now the Confederation lost their way out. They can only keep sending and buying more.

    If they wont preserve the Capital, then everything they already invested will be for naught, after all, they havent seen any returns on their investments yet. And the more they drag this one, the higher their losses will mount, in other words its a marvelous and gorgeous n where Im the only one who continuously gets richer? Thank you very much?

    However, there are this many hidden passages in the Royal Pce, but no one ising to investigate them, is this alright? Find one withSpace Perceptionand you are free to go wherever you please? Not only do I have free ess to secret information, but it evenes with Live Feed of events? The entrance looked worn out and not maintained properly, so those might be forgotten hidden passages. Lets make a map while Im at it and sell it to Royal Girl.

    The people from the Confederation are still making a fuss, but they dont have any choice but to keep supplying? After all, there are only two options. If they pull back  fine, if they dont  thank you for the treat. No matter how much they are going to bring in Im going to take it all, so they can only keep bringing in more? Yup, it will never end. If anything is going to end it will have to be the Confederation.

    But merchants are sly. They must surely have some sort of insurance in ce.

    If things go well, both ns will work, if one fails, they will still be in profit due to the other one. They are incredibly talented when ites to money-making schemes, if only they stuck tomerce there wouldve been no issues, but they just had to poke their heads into politics. Judging that they will profit more from authority and rights, they decided to start handling lives instead of money. But those things actually dont have physical substance? Merchants without wares on hand. Merchants that have nothing but money and authority can be destroyed with goods. Take away their wares, exhausting their funds, sealing away their power. Merchants that dont trade in anything can just die while still having nothing on their hands. Its a natural course of things that the only thing awaiting merchants that have nothing to sell is ruin.

    But they must have some sort of back up n. Getting twofold or threefold returns on their investments from it, they are definitelying for their profits. That wont work. Allowing them to profit will be our loss. Victory or defeat doesnt matter. Making them go into the red is whats important. Thats what will divide the Confederation, diminish their power, and will make them hesitant about getting involved with the Kingdom ever again, the strongest threat.

    They must have some sort of a scheme that would allow them to salvage profits from this situation. Even if this one fails, they will certainly make their profits from there. Thats why its insurance. And they should be distributing the risks. Right now, when the Kingdom and the Theocracy are so busy with each other, is a perfect chance to infiltrate the beastmens country.

    On the waterway they will be devastated by the pirates, even losing their cargo to them, that being the case, they will have to give up on the Capital. They must be nning to plunder the beastmens country until then, capturing as many ves as they can. Surely, they must already be acting on that.

    But those Pirates are going to Job Change to Bandits? After all, the owners of that ship are the geeks? And its prettymon for those who are called geeks to be huge fans of animal ears. Thats why they will go into the woods. Piracy is just a bonus, their main goal is there, so they are definitelying.

    After all, the opponents want beastmen ves. Therefore, they will definitely attack beastmen settlements, killing those that resist, and selling off the rest. A ve hunt.

    Then they can get screwed. The geeks might be big fans of animal ears, but its not like they have any attachment to merchants or soldiers? After plundering contraband as pirates they will turn to hunt ve hunters, you know?

    Thats why the Geeks were sent away on this errand, and thats precisely why it had to be them.

    The Confederation seems to want to attack the beastmens country to get ves, so I want to do some ve hunters hunt, wannae? It will be a human versus human situation that will certainly lead to humans getting killed? Its fine if you dont want toe, since Slime-san is going anyway, but there is a chance that Slime-san might not make it in time to meet the real target after that, so Im inviting you just in case? Or rather, youd probably be madter if I didnt tell you? I guess?

    Thanks for telling us, we are going. Otherwise,ing to this world and getting stronger was all for nothing.

    And having said that, they left. Naturally, I had Slime-san and the Idiotse along as well. Each beastmen has extremely high individualbat ability. There is no way a unit attacking them could be weak. Without a doubt, they will be far more dangerous than the Kingdoms troops.

    But they went despite hearing that. They are already there, you know? And they are angry? They seldom get angry, but they were furious? They even had serious looks, which couldnt be more unusual. After all, they understand the pain of being bullied, mistreated, and abused. They also understand the bitterness of having that which belongs to them snatched away and destroyed. Yearning for another world all the time, they finally got the power aftering here. Enough power to reach herohood. But whats more important, they lived while constantly having their eyes on another world. I mean, they love animal ears? Yup, they are angry? Very angry.

    They almost certainly will have to kill people, even so, they said that theyll go. Its nothing as cool as having resolve, they simply cant tolerate or forgive this. Thats why they went.

    The only condition is that you dont hold back. The Idiots areing too, but dont conceal anything and go all out, okay? Or rather, you said that Youll Go All Out If You Go To Another World, so do it? Sort of? [1]

    Got it.

    They dont push themselves when they are on their own, but they also cant get serious when in a group. They arent defense specialists at all, this is the reverse of that. I mean, they were bullied all the time? There is no way they arent angry? There is no way they arent crying? There is no way they arent suffering? There is no way they arent vexed? There is no way they arent bitter? There is no way they dont hate it? There is no way they can give up? And here is finally the strength that they wished for? Its the guys that seriously came to the very real another world for it? They are definitely angry. Deep inside they are enraged by unjust suffering.

    So finally, they are getting angry, huh. But well, one day, they had to get that out? As they say, silence makes irritation grow, so its about time they stop fuming in silence? For real? Thats why its better for them to get angry for real, they kept enduring it for way too long. Enduring it for so long, they got used to it, and cant get angry for their own sake anymore, by now, they probably can get angry only for the sake of others (animal ears). They are too afraid of giving in to the rage? Thats why its better for them to get angry, right?

    (Nod-Nod)

    Moreover, I had the Idiotse with them just in case. Im sure those Idiots will be set loose in the woods, allowed to run free. With no one watching, they have nothing to worry about. Letting the idiots actually do as they please. They definitely will do something idiotic. Thats why its definitely going to be alright.

    And there definitely must be some sort of an ace with the hunting party. After all, beastmen are strong, strong enough for people to say that there is nothing scarier than a beastmen protecting their family or friends. There is no way there wouldnt be anyone in that squad capable of overwhelming that, there is no way they wouldnt have weapons or traps for that. Yeah, but there is also no chance they can beat Slime-san? That cant be done? Thats like, how should I put it, impossible? After all, that is a serious Slime-san.

    Thats why I entrusted the beastmen to them. And since they were entrusted with that, it is as good as over.

    I can stick to just ripping them off over here. Will they give up or will they run out of money first? Thats the question. But until then I can just keep ripping them off. And that is the heaviest blow to those greedy money-worshipping cheap bastards that call themselves merchants. Were they actually trading it wouldnt be an issue at all, but since they are fake-merchants who can only move money and people around, without creating or dealing in anything, losing money would lose them the ability to influence people, after which they can only self-destruct. I mean, people that do nothing, only profiteering from intrigues are not merchants at all? Since they arent dealing in goods, it makes sense that their wares disappear? And no one would be bothered if people that dont create, transport, or trade in anything were to suddenly disappear.

    It is because they thought that war and finances are separate things that they get targeted. They never considered that someone might do to them what they are doing to others. Even though they kept manipting war with finance, and coercingmerce with military power, they were convinced that they are fine, after all, war and finance are two separate issues, or so they thought.

    You started the war, you know? So you will have a war (economical destruction)?

    [TL Notes:

    [1] *Cough* mushoku tensei *Cough*

 Chapter 263

    Chapter 263

    Chapter 263

    Trantor: Pink Tea Editor: ryunakama Proofreading: Reader A? Kind of? Maybe?

    Day 64  Nighttime, Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch, Girls-Only Gathering

    We made huge profits. IFrontier series sold out no matter how many more goods Haruka-kun would make. The Capital seems toFrontier? Head-over-heels for it? But feeling lonesome from this long-distance rtionship it began an affair with the Merchants Confederation! On top of that, the Theocracy is also trying to get closer with the Frontier with a pushy approach! Thats just like one of those soap operas! Its on the same level of messiness as that title that despite beingbeled Shoujohad nothing adolescent about it at all? I dont want such shoujo! [1]

    Good job~, we made super big profits by super ripping them off, a great opening day? Kind of? The sry that youve been looking for is going to be paid in kind on a daily basis. Today, we have new bags of all kinds. Well, its actually Item Bags? So herees three items per person firste-first-served battle royale-like sry? If anyone wants to be paid in cash or manju do tell me~? FIGHT, START? Kind of?

    Kyaaaaaaaaaa!

    A bustling and lively uproar. Completely exhausted after the crowded business hours, everyone entered the Maiden War, Battle of Payment in Kind!

    Backpack! I need the backpack! Im of the backpack faction! Thats what I decided today!

    Hey! Trade that with me! I want the yellow one, the yeeellow, it goes with the shoes.

    Oh no, thats mine? Fate brought us together, but we are being torn apart!

    It seems to be Multicolor, so you should be able to change the coloration? I want the yellow too! But the shape is important! After all, one can pick only three! Handbag, backpack, and shoulder bag. Since its just before the bath, no one is wearing their battle gear. Certainly, if everyone was armed it couldve been too dangerous for a bargain war. Kuh, only a few backpacks left.

    Dont pull it~, I got it, I took it first!

    Where is the register? Where is Haruka-kun? Or rather, where is Haruka-kun (the register)!

    A storm-like battle has ended. Everyone is lying on the floor, holding bags in their hands.

    Everyone is utterly exhausted, but has a blissful smile on their face, holding the spoils of war (bags) in their hands.

    It seems Item Bags are incredibly difficult to produce, moreover, Item Bags made by Haruka-kun have iparablyrgerStoragethan normal, which gets bigger with every new edition that he releases, and they evene with various effects now. Thats why he cant mass produce them. In other words, he was making new ones every day, stockpiling for the sake of this moment. Thats why everyone is so happy, thats why its everyones treasure.

    Go into the bath first? Ill prepare dinner in the meantime. Today is viking with omusoba, jumbo gyoza, rice balls, sd with fried stuff, and vegetable skewers~. Something to scramble for after the bath? Sort of?[2] [3]

    Viking! Is it a sea robbers anniversary day?

    Oda-kuns group seems to be currently doing some piracy at the moment? I wonder why the side that is supposed to be protecting, ends up engaging in piracy, burry, and robbery? Hearing this out of context would totally make us look like the baddies.

    Today was an exhausting, but very fulfilling day. Everyone is delighted, carrying the bags they got as their rewards. No one probably remembers about the war anymore. Everyones head is filled with Souvenir Stores sess story. Sales goals he said There are even bonuses for that! There is no time for some silly wars anymore, we have to sell out and sell off!

    Over there, the Princess, the Young Lady, and Maid-san are all smiling, gazing at the bags. Grinning even. After all, these are artifact-tier items that would never be avable for purchase by the general public. A highest-quality equipment granted only to close allies. Their value easily exceeds that of the national-treasure-ss items, but more importantly, they must be happy to have received such special equipment, restricted only to the friends like its a matter of course. All three of them are sitting with teary eyes. They probably didnt notice, but their equipment is long since of the same level as highest quality items meant for the friends. They have already been considered asrades for a long while? They were recognized a long, long time ago.

    But the War of Maidens seems to be still too much for the people of this world. The Princess and others hair is disheveled while their clothes are undone, partiallying off. Alright, lets bathe! The first experience mustve been tough for them.

    Its bathing time. Scrambling for the bath everyone shines up their bodies and then jumps into the water. The Princess andpany are also here, so lets behave a bit The Princess jumped in too?

    Its big, but its not that impressivepared to the White Weirdo or Murimuri Castle, right?

    He seems to have no intentions to operate here for long? So he didnt bother with it that much.

    Ehm, Im pretty sure this is the most splendid bath in the Capital? Even the one in the Royal Pce is smaller and more dull.

    Oh no, ourmon sense has been corrupted!

    We shouldnt consider the usual to be the ordinary. That act of Creation he calls a side job is terrific enough to destroy a civilization.

    The Frontier has passed the middle-age period and began modernization. The eras are going too fast. Our surroundings are already in a magic version of industrial times, simplycking in mechanization, or rather it might even be a modern era. In some areas things have in a way already surpassed our modern times. This ce, this ce alone is like another world. Only Haruka-kuns surroundings are in some sort of a different civilization. He is trying to get back what everyone has lost, but he is mercilessly taking back a lot of extra stuff? None of us lived such an extravagant life there? We are just ordinary people, you know? This is already surpassing the royal lifestyle?

    He also recovered in excess what was taken away from the Frontier. This time, he mustve been nning to take back from the Merchants Confederation, making absurdly excessive profits along the way. A rip-off king hell bent on taking back everything. A murder attempt would leave the opponents massacred instead, stealing would lead to getting robbed, and evil deeds will result in a slew of all sorts of brutal and heinous acts enacted upon the evildoers. While he may be a tyrant ruling through fear, he is also a rip-off king who doesnt know how to give up. He is probably the natural enemy of the Confederation, but if they oppose him they will get ripped off?

    Id like to go out and start with the Viking, but the bath is nice too~.

    Right~?

    Unless we leave the bath all together Viking War might break out, so the timing bes important. The Princess and others still seem unable to keep up with Maiden Wars. Maiden Wars are too soon for this world, certainly, the influence is corrupting!

    I thought that he will either kill or kidnap the Second Prince, but he decided to fight a trade battle through the souvenir store?

    His target is the Confederation backing the Second Prince, so he is setting up economic warfare against them. Its a warning that screwing with the Kingdom will ruin them.

    iming that the Confederation, who supposedly specializes in the economic side of politics, warfare, and finance, has its weakness inmerce, heunched a pin-point attack. Because the Confederation is profiteering off politics and military affairs, their finances cant cope withmerce. If money is taken from the country that makes money without selling actual goods, it will create a deficit, destroy the military, and crush their politics. They will lose tomerce.

    ording to Haruka-kuns exnationMary economy, or rather, credit economy is fragile and has its limitations. While its convenient, ites with its own dangers in exchange. I mean, its merely a promise that one can buy stuff with the coins? If no one agrees to sell then its pointless. Military and politics be a guarantee for the credits, mixing all three gets you profits, but you cant go back to the way things were before. The Merchants Confederation cant fight throughmerce anymore, you know? They are simply profiteering without manufacturing, transporting, or trading, so they dont have crafters, transporters, or traders. So if they be unable to solve their problems by throwing money at them, theyll have nothing left.is supposedly how it is?

    Make them unable to guarantee the money huh. Does that mean the actual merchants will take back their country?

    That is the Confederations own internal problems? But they will lose their real power. After all, it seems that even merchants have issues with the way the Confederation does business.

    Its because they had such an easy time making money by putting pressure through politics and military threats that they lost the strength to properly domerce, and thus are resented by the proper merchants. If they lost the only money they had in such a situation, even if they took only a slight loss, it would put cracks into their coalition. They are working together because its profitable, but what will happen if it leads to losing money? What if they are made to take losses? Losses piled upon losses to the point of copse? After all, he is definitely going to press them that far. Trying to make money with the military and politics, only to have both crushed. Their finances cant prevail overmerce, thats why they were targeted there.

    President-sama, Ill wash your back. You have such a beautiful clean skin, so smooth and lovely.

    Hya. T-Thank you very much, Shari-sama, but its a bit ticklish, eh, no need to go there.

    After getting warmed up we shine up the skin once again. This bubbly soap is definitely addictive, a product highly endorsed by mushroom addicts. I feel like the more I use it, the prettier the skin gets!

    The Princess seems to really like washing backs, so every time we get into the bath she gets very excited. She mustve always been in the position of the one getting washed, and never could scrub others.

    But Somehow, the way she rubs is Weird? Weirdly good? She is strangery skillful, but there is something off about it? Is it because she isnt used to this yet? But why isnt she using a body brush and is doing it with her bare hands instead?

    I wonder if Oda-kun and the others are okay. He mentioned that they are dealing with the actually dangerous stuff, so wouldnt it be better to go there together?

    But there arent enough people here as well~. With this uproar, Im sure there will be a line outside by tomorrow morning?

    Whooa, the business is booming.

    The Confederations aim is to take the Capital, restrain the Theocracy, take over the supply of magic stones, and make a deal with the Theocracy. The bargaining chips are magic stones and the Kingdom.

    And while the Kingdom and the Theocracy are ring at each other, theyd attack the country of beastmen. The Kingdom, that wouldvee to aid the beastmen, cant act, and their business rival, the Church, is also too busy. This is the perfect opportunity for them.

    If even one of those ns goes well, they will make more than enough profits, and if both do, theyll hit a jackpot. This is arge profit on a national scale. Someone, somewhere, is going to have something taken away.

    Thats why crushing both will lead to huge losses. They might be a merchant confederation, specializing in making money, but here we have the Great Demon King of Ripping Off? A regr great Demon King is bad enough, but this goes straight for the money? Thats scary, you know?

    Looks like Haruka-kun wants to settle the fight in three days. Once it settled, the Confederation will either keep continuously bleeding money, or will have to run away with a heavy loss. Apparently bleeding them forever is more delicious, but it wont continue for long. Thats why its a short-term souvenir store. And once the Confederation pulls back, the Capital will lose its supply and dry up. After thates recapture of the Capital.

    And Haruka-kun will return to the Frontier on his own.

    For the next thing, that no one knows about yet.

    Preparing to face the real opponents, still lurking in shadows.

    All alone, Haruka-kun is going to defend the Frontier.

    And we still havent decided whose bras are going to be made today.

    All alone, he is going to work on making bras Wait, thats just how it usually goes?

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Shoujo (from Japanese   Girl) is a category of works targeted at a young female audience, typically characterized by a focus on personal and romantic rtionships. Also, not 100% sure (only 98%) but that description sounds very much like NANA.

    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nana_(manga)

    Its literally how the manga opens. And with all of that, it somehow wasbeled shoujo despite being more adult-oriented in plot than many josei titles. It also fits year-wise with many other references, being early 2000s.

    [2] Omusoba  yakisoba served with a thin omelet on top.

    [3] Viking ()  is how they call all-you-can-eat buffet in Japan. Apparently, the idea traveled to Japan from Sweden after a certain hotel manager saw it there, but as one might expect smrgsbord was a bit much so they went with an easier to pronounce viking, its not hard to make the connection between Sweden and vikings, so no need to exin how that idea came up.

    ]

 Chapter 159: Just because two became three it doesnt mean that the overall strength increased.

    Chapter 159: Just because two became three it doesn''t mean that the overall strength increased.

    Day 51  Late Morning, Dungeon.

    Since getting to level 90 it takes a while for everyone to increase their levels. They will probably spend a long while as Lv99. But going over level 100 should make one exponentially stronger.

    And it is possible to do that. While Lv100 is the limit for monsters, humans can go over that. I guess that is the point from which one can actually challenge the dungeon.

    There is no need for the girls to risk right now and force the fight. Because they are guaranteed to be strongerter. The path to the strongest is open to them.

    In that regard, levels have nothing to do with me. Because me getting level 100 is absolutely not happening ever. Farming every monster in the Evil Forest toplete extinction and even killing Goblin Emperor only got me over level 10. I won''t get to level 100 even if I spend my whole life on it. It''s not even a time problem, but more of an experience issue. If annihting all monsters of the Evil Forest got me only level 10, then I doubt there are enough monsters for me to reach level 100. Even if I were to kill every single monster in the world by myself, I probably still won''t get there.

    Massacring everything on the lowest floors of the great dungeon with the following dungeon-busting expeditions still didn''t get me over level 20, so there is no way a colossal amount of XP required for me to reach level 100 exists. If there were so many monsters around, the world would''ve been destroyed a long time ago.

    Immortal Armored Pres-san and Slime-san of unidentifiable lifespan might eventually reach it, but not me, since I have a finite life span. There is no way I can make it in a limited amount of time. I''m a human after all. Honestly? It''s even written in my status, okay?

    I don''t know what I came to this world for, but there might be some meaning to it?

    I certainly remember the geezer talking about that. That wavelength and aggregate amount matched. No idea about the wavelengths, but the aggregate amount was meant for all 43 of us who were brought to this world. There are only 30 of us left, and one is no good. The aggregate amount went under 70% by now. If that amount is a required volume, then there is only 69.76744186% left.

    In that case, at least the remaining 29 have to get over lv100. I don''t know if that will be sufficient, but since the quantity went down, there is no choice but topensate with quality.

    I have no idea why we came to this world, but there might be a meaning to it. If so, there might be some things that can''t be aplished unless the aggregate amount is raised. And, since my level doesn''t grow, I''m the best candidate here. A typical ss cannon side character that is strongest only in the opening chapters.

    And if there is a meaning to using to this world, there is a good chance it has something to do with dungeons. In that case, we have to fight there. We have to fight in the dungeons. In there, we can deal with enemies floor by floor, and since each floor has monsters of only one kind, adapting to them is easy. But we won''t be able to win if a dungeon overflows and the dungeon master of Lv100es at us leading an army of monsters of different kinds. Being able to pick them off one by one as we can do in a dungeon is incredibly advantageous for us. It would be a problem if they went outside.

    And if someone has to risk, there is no better candidate than me. Allowing the president and others to fight the boss is a high-risk low return gamble, considering the chances of victory.

    And while I might be the weakest, my Epic Luck boosts my survivability by a lot, and my array of skills also gives me the best chances of winning. It is a high risk, for me, but also a high return.

    Perhaps, we were teleported here because the frontier is the most dangerous ce at the moment.

    The dangeres from the Evil Forest, the Great Dungeon and other dungeons, plus the war.

    Two viges already disappeared in the stampede emerging from the Evil Forest.

    Right now, the Evil Forest, the Great Dungeon, and the war are not a problem. What remains are other dungeons. If we seal them we should be able to avoid the war. But if we allow an overflow the damage to the frontier will be immeasurable. And if its military power weakens it will surelye under attack, meaning, a war.

    No matter how many words I use and how hard I exin they won''t get it. This is something I can do nothing about ever since we came to this world.

    No matter what I think about it, those teleportations to the other worlds are the worst. Even in novels, there are no stories where the protagonist got to live in peace without fighting or struggling. Nothing good everes of them.

    Actually, why do you look like you are about to cry? That''s just ominous! It''s not like I''m going to die, okay? Or rather, until now, I didn''t die even once, right? Probably? So I''m like, the right person for the job? I''ll do my best until you get stronger, and then have my peaceful retirement, that''s all there is to it, you know? I probably will be nothing but a hindrance when you get over Lv100? So I''ll go for retirement. And for the sake of myfortable retirement, I have to work until you get stronger. So it''s nothing to make such a fuss about? It''s a safe bet with a vision for the future. I''m telling you, it''s gonna be okay! I mean, the most unsafe and not okay I''ve ever been was during that time with Armored Pres-san? And then Slime-san? And yet I''m alright? My food and cloth expenses are not alright though? That''s sort of how it is, so it''s okay.

    Yes, there is a risk, but the chances are much betterpared to everything that happened before. Thinking normally, if I managed to survive all that, there is nothing that can kill me now, is how bad it was.

    Compared to what happened until now, fighting a level 100 Dungeon Master is a piece of cake, a walk in a park, easy-peasy? I mean, the most dangerous opponents number one and number two are with me now? Number three and below might as well be dismissed with constion prizes? Seriously.

    Well, there won''t be an easy victory, after all, numbers one and two are greatly weakened from having their levels reset. But I also became a little bit stronger.

    And annihting Armored Chameleons Lv49we proceed to the 50th floor.

    Looks like this is thest floor.

    By the way, Armored Chameleons were all massacred while they were hiding, apparently nning to remain unnoticed, despite all of the girls having Improved Detect Presence. You were already exposed, you know?

    It''s a promise! We will go back as you told us, but you also must not do anything risky! I''m going to give allowance only to Angelica-san and Slime-san if you lie to me!

    No, wait? Among these three, I''m pretty sure I''m the most prudent one with money? Those two are avatars of avarice and gluttony? I have only sins ofziness and lust, so it''s not like I''m wasting any money? Moreover, I''m the hardest working slug of this world? Making an order, buying clothes, and then confiscating the money you paid but leaving me without even an allowance? What kind of fiendish shopping is that? That won''t be even a home industry anymore?

    And so we enter the 50th floor.

    Oh my, a hunch cane true.

    Cerberus Lv100

    A dungeon master of level 100. The guard dog of the Underworld.

    Orthrus-san''s elder brother. It also has one head extra, having a whole three of them.

    The past. The little brother Orthrus-san was doing its best trying to cover two of its noses with its front paws. It died though.

    The present. The elder brother Cerberus-san couldn''t cover all three of its noses with only two front paws. It died though.

    What a stupid hunch that was.

    Eerhm? Retreat?

    And why would we retreat now! Cerberus-san is dead! The middle head couldn''t cover its nose and looked really pitiful! And just how strong is that vinegar! My eyes and nose hurt insanely bad!

    The air is so sour. It stings my eyes. My nose hurts too. Ah, it started dripping. Let''s hurry home. Even Slime-san hates it, despite having no eyes or nose.

    It might''ve been a level 100 dungeon master, but since it was a doggie it was easy to deal with. It was strong, but that''s all. It would seem that Slime-san was a special dungeon master after all? Well, it is a SlimeEmperor. All bouncy and jelly-like?

    I was worried, expecting a battle-ready version of Slime-san ss monster to show up, but all this one did was yelp? Yelp, you know?

    Slime-san''s biggest menace was in itspleteck of any weaknesses. A doggie that has its weak points written on its face can be handled with ease. As long as I have vinegar.

    Just what was that? Shouting at us You must retreat!and then throwing vinegar at the boss out of the blue? That was the famous Cerberus-san, right? And that''s the end of its screen time? The guard of hell seemed to be in a hell of anguish?

    But you''re right, if it were us, we would''ve been wiped out. Its stats were amazing. There was no way for us to defeat it. The retreat was the correct idea. The idea itself. There is nothing wrong with the retreat itself, the issue was with the person insisting on it.

    I know, in my mind I understand it? But even so? But hearing that pitiful yelping I hardly care about the retreat anymore?

    With that giant body The Dungeon Master Cerberus hadExtraordinary StrengthGodspeedLeapingEvasionHell me Magic, a bnced high-speed type. I guess?

    It also hadsh Immunity,Spell Evasion,Physical Evasion,Extreme Heat Magic,Extreme Cold Magic,Super RegenerationandVorpal Fangs. It seems?

    No idea though. Since it died without doing anything. But they can''t beat that. The retreat was the correct choice. I wasn''t wrong.

    I think there is probably a giant wall at level 100. That''s why the monsters of Lv100 dungeon master ss can''t be beaten without level 100 or higher. Stats of level 100 or higher are needed to get through those immunities.

    But didn''t you just kill it? Crying Yelp, yelp, it lost all three heads?

    I''m pretty good with bugs and dogs after all. Vinegar and insecticide can resolve the problem in most cases? But this vinegar was something else. I think it had the same power as a tear-gas bomb. Everyone''s noses are running.

    (Bo~unce, Bo~unce)

    Looks like even Slime-san felt the sourness. It''s pouting now. To remove the aftertaste I give it jerky.

    Since it had Super Regenerationwe finished it off in an instant, with Armored Pres-san, Slime-san, and me jumping in and cutting off all three heads. Even upwind the smell was hard to bear, but around Cerberus-san''s head the sourness was awful! Who the hell made such vicious vinegar! I want to ce an order for an additional party! It can be sold at a weapon store, but it won''t be as popr at the general store.

    Taking stats alone, it might''ve been only slightly above minotaurs, but in terms of skills, Cerberus was overwhelmingly stronger.

    If possible, I''d want the president to Plunderthem, but for now, it''s too risky to attempt.

    As I thought, I can''t allow them to fight such enemies, it is far too dangerous. That''s because the president and others don''t carry vinegar around! How can they be so careless?

    I don''t want to agree, but what you said makes sense, Haruka-kun. We can''t beat that. To be frank, I''m not sure if we can do that even after reaching level 100. That''s why we will withdraw if we encounter such dungeon masters. But you also have to keep the promise! You must not risk!

    We should make the 50th floor banned for the ssmates as well. The idiots might forget which floor is that and go in anyway though. Can they even count to 50? This makes me worry. For their intelligence.

    Peeking into the 50th floor from the stairs, Cerberus seems to have finally turned into a magic stone.

    Since no one was keen on going back, they pressed me with,The one who scattered vinegar should take responsibility!, and so I return to the sour room.

    It''s huge, and the color is very clear, this must be a high-grade magic stone.

    And the loot isMagic Beast Hide Armor  SpE 50% Up, ViT 30% Up, sh Immunity, Spell Evasion, Physical Evasion, Skill: Clone, a jackpot. Two evasions, one immunity, SpE 50% , and ViT 30%, even one of these would''ve made it an amazing item. A Cloneskill. Sounds cool, but there probably won''t be any chances to use it. That''s how it went until now, the cooler it sounds the less use it gets. Trying to raise a g probably won''t help anyway. Seriously.

    And there is a hidden room as well. And it is also sour as heck. With teary eyes, I step into the room, and inside it is also sour. The chest had Ring of Commander  Command, Leadership, Share Bonuses with the entire group, this is going to the president for sure. Command and Leadership are great on their own, but Share Bonuses with the entire group must be a super rare effect. It gives the bonuses the leader has to everyone under theirmand, in other words, if she has 30 allies, then every one of them will get effects of Cheat Skills the president has. It will strengthen the whole party. However, it will also give everyone under hermandHigh Sexual Vigorand Insatiable Libido.

    It''s a shame that it doesn''t work for Special skills. If everyone fought having the president''s Plunderthey could''ve learned monster skills. LikeHigh Sexual VigororInsatiable Libido. Then we all would''ve beenrades.

    Let''s leave before the items turn sour too. My eyes hurt.

    As a result of the discussion, I gotMagic Beast Hide Armor. In return, each of the ten girls had the debt forgiven for 3 of the rings they bought by agreeing to pay in dungeon items. The debt of 30 rings is not small, but it''s cheappared to such a great item. Getting two rare evasions is really nice, for real.

    Ring of Commanderunanimously went to the president. I mean, I can''tmand anyone, and if they got the effects of my skills they''d probably be only troubled? LikeBody Control, one has to merely think, and the body will move to execute the action on its own? AndSwift Foothas to be practiced or you''ll end up tripping? I''m pretty sure suddenly getting something like that duringbat will be a problem? Seriously.

 Chapter 265.1

    Chapter 265.1

    Chapter 265.1

    Chapter 265: Absolutely perfect, providing exactly the same result, without wasting unnecessary effort, while being considerate of the environment and myself.

    Day 65  Morning, Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch

    Morning, the beginning defines everything! There is even a proverb If it starts well, its fine to slip away! The time to inspire the staff, and unify team spirit by outlining the objectives!

    Today, today we are to warmly wee the customers and graciously rip them off? Is the spirit Id like you to have ripping and ripping into their wallets, doing your best at rip-off sales~? Sort of~?

    Tight instructions to start the refreshing morning after the night of tender grappling! No, actually, the night was pretty tight too? It was pretty crazy? Those straps biting into the Nevermind, its nothing? A morning star for a nice morning start Hm? The name is morning-themed, but it actually ushers the night of eternal slumber, so lets put it away? Alright, lets ban wielding morning stars inside the store! Time to rightfully abuse my authority as a shop manager! Yup, lets do this, otherwise, Ill be in danger. Ill need to have it reced with a paper fan.

    You probably intended to give out instructions on what seems to be a morning assembly, but all of the supposed instructions have question marks attached? The instructions in question are very questionable, so in a way, that actually fits, but These arent instructions anymore, no?

    And yet, they were rejected. Even though I did my best to convey the main point in the short, yet pleasant to the ear form, it was rejected? I guess schoolgirls these days really do dislikeplicated conversations.

    The Geeks and Idiots mustve discontinued their pirating business and had their debut as bandits, so there should be tons of new goods smuggled in by the Merchants Confederation, lets crack down on it! We have to confiscate those goods and use them in the sales called distribution to the popce! Its enough to rip off just the Kingdom, the Confederation, and the nobles. Thats what the gorgeous reception office with an extravagant tenfold charge rate is for.

    From today we are going to have an Soup kitchen squad as well, so things are about to get busy? Like, well have to cook, and cook, and cooklike hell? I mean, the slums are sure to have lots of cute orphan girls, an encounter with a beautifuldy overseeing the orphanage is awaiting, or rather, calling me, or rather, since no one ising to hand me an invitation, Im going there on my own? Sort of? But if a middle-aged man is awaiting me there Im burning the ce without rationing anything? I mean, if a middle-aged man is in charge of the ce, then even orphans are bound to be a bunch of middle-aged men, so lets burn it!

    There are no middle-aged men among orphans at the orphanage, so you cant burn it! Even if the person in charge is a middle-aged man, he is a good middle-aged man, taking care of an orphanage, okay?

    We have no time for trickle-down economics, you know? For the ones on the bottom to get any resources, theyll have to wait until the ones on top are full, okay? No one has that eternity to spare waiting until stuff reaches the bottom, and some of it even disappears along the way. Moverover, if the top sucks up stuff from the bottom in a straw-like effect, it wont ever reach the very bottom.

    Direct distribution has a lot of impractical points, but its certain. A true rip-off is impossible without securing the minimal living standards. I mean, if everyone is broke, then there is no one to reap money from? There is no such a thing as Win-Win in this world, you know? Resources are limited, once collected, they have to be appropriately distributed, if they wont do that, then I can just rip them off and scatter the stuff myself, and if everyone bes wealthy I can rip off everyone! This is my Forever Rich Man n! And now, it looks like beautiful female orphanage managers will be included as a bonus? And cute orphan girls hold promising future prospects Nutrition, nutrition is necessary! As a certain lewd person of old once said, Proper nutrition is essential to voluptuous forms, nutrients have to be delivered!

    Here, the pass to the Capital and distribution permit provided by Terrysel-sama of the Second Division. Please confirm them yourself.

    For some reason, a certain trend can be observed, where everyone denies me an opportunity to lead negotiations? Things are going right ording to thepletely perfect wless scenario, but there seems to be no opportunity for my ad-lib negotiations to shine?

    My acting ability shouldve been confirmed during the time when the Stalker Girl was investigating me, as my captivating and impactful performance captured the hearts of the audience, as I made not a single slip during that time, and yet I dont get even a single line? Good grief, what a way to treat the one in possession of ability great enough to deserve theW-What a terrifying child![1] line, the talent that was recognized all the way back in the childhood, earning me a major role ofTreeon countless asions, leading to me fully usurping the role until I graduated from the primary school? Wanna see it?

    No, we dont! Didnt you find the role ofTree too much of a bother, leading to you causing afforestation of the gymnasium? Forget about perfectly acting the part, that was actually a tree, right? An actual very real tree, wasnt it? As a result, there always was a tree standing right in the middle, be it Cinderes ball or the Little Mermaid sea, it was a real nuisance, you know? Why did you keep nting it year after year? Why did you think that no one caught on? That was so terrifying that you had people actually scared!

    The Capitals first t Gaze, as expected, came from the t Gaze President. And looks like she knew that it was a tree. No, I mean, my acting ability is most certainly perfect, so Id wless act the part of the tree, if so, why not just use a real tree? Since the result would be the same, but without wasting my efforts and afforestation being a positive for ozoneyer, a splendid substitute, great both for me and the environment, however, it seems they were dissatisfied with it?

    But as expected of the Capital, it has buildings and style unlike that of the Frontier, there is even a sense of uniformity to it. But all of it is in stone. This city nning allows to easily create an army of stone golems with Earth Magic? That sounds pretty strong, but if it came to battle, homes would end up sort of walking away? Is that really alright? And if it happens when one of the local girls is taking a bath, Stone Golems would be Fan-Service Golems! Alright, lets boot them up, but Fan-Service Golems? If I spot a golem that came with a middle-aged man bathing scene Id burn it along with the capital? No need for reveals of that sort, okay? Wait, what you were actually thinking of revealing, old man! Alright, lets burn it to cinders, leaving nothing but ashes.

    Heeey, Haruka-kun. Dont start remodeling the Capital on your own, alright? Some sort of a pulse was going through the streets, what are you trying to do? Also, I have no idea what you are trying to do, but you were muttering Kya, you perv~, so you are definitely getting a scoldingter, okay? Why are you openly releasing your mana in the middle of enemy territory infiltration, seeking some sort of Kya, you perv~? Thats GUILTY for you.

    Was I saying that out loud? But Kya, you perv~shouldve been permitted nationally? But Creative Work Murderers (Busybody Aunties) were throwing a fuss in an attempt to save 2D girls, so perhaps Kya you perv~got banned? If anything, Id prefer if they focused on saving 3D or some other worlds? But well, even if they got summoned to another world, theyd probably throw a fit to ban offensive magic or swords for being dangerous, and then will get their heads chewed off by kobolds, which would be an instantthank you for the treat, so they might as well not bothering? I mean, kobolds probably wouldnt want to get involved with them either?

    We are about to step into the slums, the public order seems to be a problem here, so everyone Watch out for Haruka-kun!

    Okaay!

    Why am I the one they are watching out for because of the public order issues? I see, so they finally realized my virtuous qualities, and are paying close attention so no harmes to me. Although Id pocket the stuff back from the pickpockets without allowing them to steal anything, mug back the muggers, and cut down violent fellows before anything can happen, so being a perfectly safe and secure virtuous victim, Im sure everything should be fine? Well, the only issue is that since its a slum, there isnt much chance to profit. No, if its a cute female pickpocket then possibly? Those dexterous fingers sound very tempting! Alright, lets invite some. And some Beautiful Female Robber-san and Beautiful Female sher-san too? They definitely would be worth stripping of all possessions! Regardless of them having anything of value or not. The slums might be a lot better than I initially thought.

 Chapter 265.2

    Chapter 265.2

    Chapter 265.2

    The buildings changed from stone to wood, progressively looking more and more squalid as we proceeded deeper Hey, Another World! Are you perhaps looking down on wooden construction? Whats up with this treatment of wooden buildings? Is stone that great, huh? Why is wood somehow treated as a material of poor people?! Good grief, thats why this world is no good. It seems to have no understanding of oriental esthetics and construction techniques. By the most modest estimations, its 3,000 years too early for them to challenge wooden constructions with such architecture, no different than a pile of rocks stacked up on top of each other. In 5,000 years they might have a chance? Nonono, even in historical terms its

    Heey, Haruka-kuun. I told you that you cant remodel the Capital as you please, didnt I? Somehow, the townscape is turning into something like traditional temple architecture, just what are you trying to do? Or rather, actually doing? Importing Buddhism? Also, I have no idea what you are up to, but why are you building a five-storied pagoda with your mana fully leaking while we are infiltrating enemy territory? You do realize this is another world? Others will mistake this for a Kyoto sightseeing tour, you know?

    Looks like Ive gone and identally did it. Well, now even denizens of this world willprehend the beauty of oriental architecture and sophistication of wooden construction. The ce looks a lot better after all?

    The slums now look as if millionaires live here? We couldnt go on the field trip, but is this a fake Kyoto?

    I mean, its vexing that people would consider those miserable shacks to be examples of wooden architecture. I had to properly demonstrate the splendor of wooden architecture here. But unfortunately, its not a fake Kyoto? I mean, there are no geishas or dancing girls! Every highschool boy is attending school believing that one day he will kya~kya~ ufufu with geishas or dancers during the school trip! Dont just go and summon people to another world before the trip! And if you do, at least send some geishas along as well! Ill be sure to treat them well? Like, I bid you wee? Sincerely?

    No one showed up.

    Somehow, the slums look more extravagant than the rest of the city? The nobles district over there looks like some ordinary stones?

    The warmth of wooden buildings? Theforting feel of it? I was admiring European-style but there is a special familiarity to this.

    Yeah, the Royal Pce is doing its best But even Nigatsu Hall of Todai Temple was erected here [2]

    That district looks poorer! It began resembling piles of rocks crudely stacked on top of each other! Are we going to distribute emergency rations to those pitiful nobles too?

    A favorable reception from modern-day school girls too. But with the area being as level ground as it is, Kiyomizu Temple [3] would be impossible to pull off. As a fire prevention measure I also added some stone walls too. These should allow for way morefortable livelihood than stone-made dwellings. How dare the likes of this world look down on the modern-day Orient? Go and sit in stone buildings, getting steamed and frozen!

    With this, the nobles so proud of their aristocratic district will feel ashamed and behave more quietly. The sight of nobles, who originally were supposed to serve the people and help them in times of need, living in luxury right beside the slums is an eyesore, you know? But now they wont be able to act so arrogant. Even if they say anything, replying withhaha, this guy lives in some stones, isnt he just a beggar golem?will probably send them running back in tears. Well, I also would feel bad if they were bullied because of this, so lets distribute some Frontier Wooden Swords as well. Their performance might not be top tier, but it would be a problem if being too powerful they turned the ce like that town of clubs. Im sure both gobs and kobolds are troubled by that town. Thats one ce one wouldnt want to attack.

    And so, a certain someone arbitrarily remodeled the ce, and also took a permit to set up a store in the capital along the way. We are moving, but since there is no baggage we only have to walk there. Im sure everyone has forgotten, but this is still more or less enemy territory, alright? The poor capital officials gave passage permits and operation licenses for everyone in a nk daze, so there is no issue, but since the most problematic walking issue of a person is with us, we should watch out Which surely wouldnt do anything, it never had any effect at all, but lets still try to take care, okay?

    And heading to the orphanage marked on the map, well, poor orphanages are a staple of isekai stories, helping which earns one the gratitude of a pretty youngdy watching over it, which she then would passionately express through this and that and also that, but even so, isnt it way too run-down? Decaying wooden ruins with various spots covered by tattered rags, in a way, its actually impressive that they managed to keep it from copsing, which borders on being a miracle with how decrepit it is?

    A swarm of little kids poured out of the building, however, all of them malnourished and wearing tattered clothes, or rather, actual rags? Eh? Matching outfits with me? No no! Their clothes werent ck by design, they darkened with time, and with holes here and there from being so worn out, they are now pitch ck.

    Haruka-kun, please. Well pay from our sries! Please, these kids These kids

    The pres and the others burst into tears. Well, this world has many western-style beauties, which makes it even more painful to watch. I mean, that little girl with unkempt blonde hair and dirty face has the features of an angel from paintings, that dirty urchin with red hair, would be annoyingly good-looking once his soot-smeared face is washed and hairbed. But they are dressed in terrible dirty rags, living in derelict rubble that might copse at any moment. Thats why the girls are crying from the shock. Even back at the Frontier, as poor as it was, it wasnt like this. As worn out or poor things might have been, it still was tidy and orderly, everyone was helping each other. The first thing that Meripapa-san asked for, despite the direck in money, was a splendid orphanage. Back at the Frontier, everyone, be it an orphan, a wounded, or sick, everyone desperately did their best to help each other.

    But this ce is abandoned. These kids are abandoned.

    Royal Girl said that this ce is operating with donations from the royal family, which makes me really curious exactly which part of this had any money spent on it? Royal family is donating money, but this ce is supposedly under the jurisdiction of the aristocratic district, and customs seem to prevent the royal family from interfering with it. Thats why Royal Girl hadnt visited this ce, and only somehow managed to draw a map. I wish I could show her this sight. And I also really wish she would kindly introduce the nobles involved with this to me. I would like to implore a thorough and detailed exnation of where and how much of the donations were used on this abandoned wreck of a building, tattered rags of clothes, and malnourished kids.

    But for now, lets take care of the orphanage first. Its not toote to turn the aristocratic district into a hellish district after that. The streets built with the money donated to this miserable shack can wait. They can wait, but they cannot hope. But first, the orphanage. The orphanse before that.

    [TL Notes:

    [2] Nigatsu-d (Japanese:  lit.The Hall of the Second Month) is one of the important structures of Tdai-ji, a temple in Nara. It includes several other buildings in addition to the specific hall named Nigatsu-d, thusprising its own subplex within Tdai-ji. The current main hall of Nigatsu-d is a designated National Treasure.

    [3] Kiyomizu-dera (, Kiyomizu Temple, Pure Water Monastery) is a Buddhist temple located in eastern Kyoto, Japan. The temple is part of the Historic Monuments of Ancient Kyoto (Kyoto, Uji and Otsu Cities) UNESCO World Heritage site.

 Chapter 162: I keep falling for traps, but since those are traps, its too late when you notice them

    Chapter 162: I keep falling for traps, but since those are traps, it''s toote when you notice them

    Day 51  Night, Dungeon.

    I killed the greatest menace, the Great Dungeon, I exterminated the most terrifying Evil Forest, I blocked the worst war, thest issue, the dungeons, are slowly being resolved as I go around killing them off. I actually ended up thinking that things are going well. I thought that I somehow have the dangers of the other world under control.

    That is conceit. I took things too lightly, thinking that even if I''m weak, if I make the frontier safe, everyone else will be strong in the meantime. However, if I went to that 60th floor with the pres and everyone, someone would''ve most certainly died. And if I tried to protect them we could''ve beenpletely annihted. This fantasy world is still the worst thing possible all the same.

    It was because the other two were a dungeon emperor and master duo that they managed to obliterate everything in sight and protect me. Because we can''t protect, we had to opt for an endless carnage. They could pull it off because they had only one person to protect.

    That thing was dangerous. I still can''t think of any other way to kill it aside from nuclear disintegration. In other words, any other party would''ve been annihted.

    As I thought, exploration should be kept to the first 49 floors. Everything beyond that shouldn''t be dared until taking level 100, otherwise, it is way too impossible. Everyone should get drastically stronger after getting level 100, but even so, it still might be too dangerous to challenge a level 100 dungeon master even with everyone fighting together. And with the possible existence of other special dungeon masters like the sand giant, it is too risky.

    I can think of it all I want, but there is no way to counter this at the moment, and I''m also hungry. A strange, extreme feeling of hunger. If it is because of running out of mana, then that atomic vibration is very dangerous. If I managed to exhaust my mana even with the mana umtor that I thought to have an infinite charge, then it means it was just on the brink of going out of control, and since I kept forcibly suppressing the magic that was about to run amok, restraining it, the mana rapidly depleted. Which means if I did run out of mana it would''ve gone berserk? Let''s seal it, this is way too dangerous.

    Thank you. You saved me. I''ll have to reward you when we get back to the town, right? Well, it''s gonna be clothes and food again though? Or rather, what time is it? Are stores still open? Sort of?

    Today demands a reward. I mean, usually, having someonepletely unmoving in the middle of a monster-filler floor is nothing other than a nuisance. Even so, they protected me to the end. If it was me I''d kick that guy, and undoubtedly proceed to stomp on him, I have full confidence in that. Yes, this calls for a reward.

    It turned into a proper magic stone. I was worried that it might turn into a sea of sand grain-sized magic stones, you know? I even prepared a shovel already? It nearly turned into a case of public disturbance with a highschool boy ying in the sand with a shovel? Seriously. Yeah, if I saw such a person I might report him myself.

    The magic stone from the level 60 dungeon master. It''s big and transparent. This one is probably too valuable as well and will be refused for purchase, but since it will be a part of the mana umtor it is fine. I used up almost all reserves today, so it wouldn''t be bad to get such an addition. Magic stones are needed for the creation of magic tools, and revising current equipment requires them as well. At the very least, I have to make equipment that will allow the pres and the others to make an escape in case of anything, or they are in huge trouble. If they tagged along they would''ve been dead by now. Not a joke, with quite a lot of certainty.

    Wait? It''s a drop item. Since the Sand Giant was a butt-naked giant there is no equipment? Maybe the Sand Giant was an exhibitionist? Thank goodness I didn''t bring Nudist Girl along, we almost got an exhibitionispetition on our hands. Eh? But if it was an exhibitionismpetition Nudist Girl could''ve won! So to defeat the Sand Giant we needed the Exhibitionist Power of Nudist Girl! What kind of power is that!? The hell is that Exhibitionism Power?!

    Is this a precious stone? If it is, Avarice-san might want it?

    Uhh?Treasure of Monster Core  Create and Manipte Monster Cores, why would we want to make more monsters after going through so much effort to exterminate monsters even in dungeons? That''s just counterproductive! There is no point in killing dungeons then! I don''t even know why we came here!

    Anyway, let''s return. I want to eat, and a hungry brigade must be awaiting their Salisbury steaks at the inn.

    I''m back, or rather, the dinner is here! I''m soo hungry, I couldn''t wait so I was making burgers on the way here. I couldn''t endure it and began frying them right as I walked through the town, you know? Seriously fresh-made Salisbury steaks!

    Wee back & Let''s dig in!

    Looks like they really were waiting while hungry all this time. Just why would they sit starving in the inn''s dining hall? Instantly consuming everything, they formed a line for another serving. And why did the Poster Girl join that line with a te in her hands? An inn employee who makes her guests work! And then, there is also Stalker Girl, casually joining as usual. Everyone is devouring Salisbury steak set meals with an appetite. I''m too busy frying new ones, so I''m having hamburgers. But even they are being snatched one after another right as I fry them?

    A hamburger! I missed this taste! Hamburger was thest thing I had with my pocket money.

    Aah, I want to have white rice and bread too! There are not enough Salisbury steaks! Hurry up and fry more!

    This is good too~? Salisbury steak with mushroom is a masterpiece~, if this was sold at a restaurant people would be lining up for it~?

    No, enough of the lines, okay? Your endless queue prevents me from eating anything myself, you know? Actually, just how many times are the idiots going to line up?! They areing back once per minute! This is too much of a heavy rotation! Since there are 5 of them it''s 1 idiot per 12 seconds! Too much idiocy! I want to eat!

    Howe I get only 1 Salisbury steak after preparing 100 of them? Why is there nothing left? I was working so hard, mincing meat while climbing stairs of the dungeon? Walking home while shaping them? Frying, as I made my way to the inn? And yet there is nothing? Really?

    How did ite to this? Since there were no more Salisbury steaks left I ended up frying fish for myself, you know? Well, it was delicious though?

    Slime-san also jiggled through eating more than 10 hamburgers. Well, it''s a reward so it''s fine though.

    Getting sulky I thought I''d go to the baths with Slime-san, but Poster Girl and Stalker Girl already went in there, taking Slime-san with them. I''m an actual loner? Quite for real.

    Now, it''s time for an endless hell known as the home industry. Originally, Hell was meant to be a ce where sinners go to atone for their sins and eventually move to Heaven, but the hell known as the home industry has innocent me endlessly receiving additional orders. And since I can''t go to Heaven, I will create Heaven myself! Yes! Kneesocks!

    Stockte stitch. Basically, the same pattern as for jerseys. Jersey stitch. Jersey stitch provides sticity, but having to knit that was an issue, however, having Evil Hands there is nothing to worry about. It''s a precise ultra-high-speed knitting machine.

    To think I''d meet Kneesocks in the other world, well, this is my first time actually meeting them though? Come to think of it, thats Nice to meet you? I already saw you a few times, but I couldn''t afford to take a close look at you since it would''ve been a cause of public concern. Well, although it is enough of a concern for the first kneesocks met by a highschool boy to be knitted by him though?

    As practice, I started with making a school jersey. Armored Pres-san seemed envious looking at everyone. She probably felt left out seeing them on everyone during girls-only meetings. However, I had my doubts that a school jersey would suit her with that super nice body and tall model physique, but it unexpectedly looked quite good on her. She also was overjoyed, leaving for a girls-only gathering wearing it, so it should be good. But there was some kind of lewd aura to her?

    And as I was making kneesocks, something got hold of me, and I ended up mass producing them as well. And when I noticed it, stockings also joined the mass production line and also were dancing through the air. I can''t help but think that there is no saving a highschool boy sitting in the middle of the room with numerous stockings and kneesocks floating in the air? He seems pretty doomed? Like, in all sorts of ways?

    This is a trap! I keep falling for it every time, but it''s a trap! Do your jobTrap RingandTrap Detection! But it''s toote? Ahh, I went and did it! I made it! It is done! No, let''s have her wear them? Since I have them, let''s put them on Armored Pres-san? But today it''s kneesocks.

    The reason for this blunder most likely lies in my attempts to change this and that in the knitting of stockings as I tried to add a pattern to them, and then it was toote. Changing theplexity of the stitch, and increasing and decreasing threads a pattern could be created, so unintentionally, I ended up making a lot of variations? From check pattern to stripe pattern? Chain pattern too? I worked hard for the argyle pattern, you know? And then~? I ended up making these? I mean, I''m a highschool boy, and saving on threads is very eco-friendly? I merely wanted to have Armored Pres-san wear them? Why did I mass-produce these too?

    And one after another, while making a spiral through the air, fis stockings are being knit by Evil Hands, and orbit around me. I repent, but I have no regrets.

 Chapter 267

    Chapter 267

    Chapter 267

    Day 65  Evening, the Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch

    It has been decided that we are going to move. We just settled outside the gates of the Capital, but we are changing locations already. Why does he have to do construction every day? And why is Angelica-san dressed as a bus guide? Could it be a sightseeing bus tour (no bus) through a fake Kyoto?

    And Haruka-kun is narrating. Naturally, no one is listening.

    Digging into the depths of the enemy camp and tearing them apart from the inside, destroying from the vulnerable inner side, and since the enemy is already inside their lines, rendering them incapable ofunching a proper counterattack as they are getting devoured. Yes, thats what moving is all about! I guess this is a promotion to The Capital Branch?

    Thats not a moving, alright? People who moved to a new ce dont tear apart after digging in or destroy from inside to devour? Just what on earth is Haruka-kuns idea of a moving? Perhaps its better to sit down and have a proper talk about this Or maybe not?

    And so, a going-out-of-business sale was opened out of the blue.

    And so, with the opening of the Capital Branch Store, we aremencing a liquidation sale for the Capital Outskirts Branch Store! A special offer only for today, how special is it? You will find out tomorrow? However, its a special store closure sale, moreover, its a time sale with only one hour left before its over, it might be super great value? Or sort of like that, everything is 10% off, actually, its 10% off after a bit of price hike, but its still 10% off, so even though its a rip-off, it feels sort of like a good deal! Only feels though?

    KYAAAA!

    Atst, maiden wars (bargain sale) havee even to this world! Finally, even still medievaldies of this world became prey to the maiden wars (bargain sale). Lured in by the promises of good value and discounts they couldnt withstand the appeal of time-limited offer.

    Men and women of all ages are jumbled together, scrambling and fighting for the goods, but for now this is a meremotion.

    It is yet to reach the scale of a true maiden warfare (bargain sale), still way below the critical point.

    But the rumors will definitely spread. In fact, word of mouth shouldve already spread the news. They wille, they will definitelye!

    And then, They showed up.

    Finally, the True Champions have arrived. The menace and demise of maiden warfare. Veteran maidens of thousand battles. The people are calling them Aunties, with fear and respect!

    The aunties boldly jump into the fray. Freely traversing the bargains battlefield that by now utterly transformed into a scene of tragedy, they trample the weak, snatching away the spoils of war without care,pletely dominating their surroundings in peerless merchandise plunder spree. Dashing through the battlefield the Aunties capture all that is there for purchase.

    That is the true hell, that is onught, after all, even the Ex-Dungeon Emperor is afraid! Scared to the point of tears, the Ex-Dungeon Emperor is trembling with teary eyes, witnessing for the first time the terrifying image of bargain sale. Yup, a mere maiden has no chance of winning against that.

    Wepletely sold out.

    Good job~. We totally sold out, so time to move? Or rather, what do we do with the Capital Outskirts Branch Store? Ah, might as well just give it away to Meripapa-san, he so conveniently arrived after all?

    A lone horseman approaches. Again, riding ahead all alone.

    My, we arete, huh. Reshuffling the royal guards wouldve dyed us even more, so I ditched them and went ahead on my own. So, why is there a fortress right in front of the Capitals gates~? Is the Royal Pce safe? It wasnt destroyed or demolished, right?

    Once again, Omui-sama arrived without any escort. That person behind, desperately trying to catch up, must be his aide-san. It seems that taking pity on aide-sans situation, having to constantly deal with Omui-samas antics, Haruka-kun couldnt help but make exclusive equipment for him, but looks like he was unable to keep up even having eleration bonus. Bute to think of it, Omui-samas equipment is also made by Haruka-kun, so Haruka-kun is the reason why aide-san cant catch up to Omui-sama to begin with! In most cases, when you think carefully about it, Haruka-kun is always the culprit.

    How should I put it, what a great timing? This fortress just became vacant, so I was looking for someone to hand it over, wanna garrison it? I mean, I just put it up, if I had to tear it down now, it would totally ruin the nice feeling from recent profits, but since I got the business permit from the Second Divisions old man we now have to move inside the walls? Or rather, there is a super good property thates with freemercial space and dirt-cheap live-in workers, almost literally dying to have us move in, so I must show the true power of magnate and properly educate them, so yeah, you can have it? Like, its free real estate? Kind of? I mean, I have no use for it?

    Looks like Omui-sama is going to garrison it, of course, Omui-sama couldnt fully understand the situation, but he seems to be quite used to this by now, and he understood that he is being given a fortress. Is this really alright? I can clearly tell thatprehension of Haruka-kuns wordses at the price of own word concepts crumbling down, in fact, everyone has reached a pretty dangerous point already? Its like an infection. At this rate, it will soon get Omui-sama too sort of?

    The Frontier troops and the Royal Guard are gradually gathering, and to match that, the building is also getting rapidly expanded. Librarian-chan is standing on the rooftop of the old Souvenir Store, thats why no one in the Capital is aware of the troops flocking in, no one can see them.

    An entire army remains unnoticed despite being under the very gates of the Capital. This is the power of Ring of Absence  Forced Concealment, Block Identification, Deflect Perception, the magic tool from the Church that hid the thousand troops that attacked Haruka-kun and the Royal Prince. And its further boosted by Ripple and anti-resist effects from Ripple Ne. Its Librarian-chans exclusive equipment, that Haruka-kun even said will be the trump card of this war. The ultimate tactical (stealth) weapon.

    Now, we are done here, its time to get moving. The children at the orphanage are waiting. For some strange reason, Haruka-kun is as well liked by kids as usual? This makes me worry about the possible bad influence he might have on them. Even though he is the deluxe ultimate educational example of what one shouldnt do, all-in-one, full andplete version, and yet, he for some reason is very liked by children.

    We have to tell them that they shouldnt act like that when we get back! A town with lots of children like Haruka-kun is way too dangerous of a ce, no matter how one looks at it, a battlefield or a dungeon would be way more peaceful!

    But surely, no matter how much they like him, they wont be able to imitate that. Surely, that must be impossible to imitate for anyone, so lets believe that its going to be okay. And if not, just iste the problem!

    Led by the Bus Guide we head to the orphanage, on foot.

    With everyone in mute amazement at the sights of pseudo-historical buildings, we walk towards the orphanage. As themon mood of You retort  you lose gripped the party, we somewhat nervously enjoy the sightseeing tour of the mini-school trip. then

    Why Byodoins Phoenix Hall!

    Thank goodness, everyone retorted to that.

    The members that came here in the noon grew too tired of retorting to have any strength to react left. Everyone felt actually exhausted after retorting so much. After all, they used up all their strength in attempts to stop rampage of the person, who says stuff like Kiyomizu Temple doesnt suit level ground or There isnt enough space to put Eastern Grand Temple, repeatedly retorting and retorting and retorting until they couldnt retort anymore. It was just too much. Merely stopping his Alright, Im building the star fort and burning down the noblemens district was the best we could do. Thats why it cant be helped, even if the orphanage is Byodoins Phoenix Hall, noke however. After all, we wanted to give those children food and a ce to live as soon as possible. Thats why we couldnt care less if it was the Phoenix Hall or Edo Castle or Izumo Oyashiro or Horyuji as long as it was a safe, warm, and nice ce where they could feel at home.

    Well, looking at it once again, it might not be okay at all, but back then, it somehow felt fine? Yeah, the sign Souvenir Store, Sort of Orphanage Branch? Kind of? hanging from the roof of the Phoenix Hall, which is said to be built in the image of Sukhavati, probably wasnt a great touch. I mean Its neon? It looks kind of indecent?

    Wee back!

    A wee from the children and the group that stayed back.

    The children changed beyond recognition, clean and lovely they shine with angel-like smiles. There are still hints of exhaustion, malnourishment, and illness that can be noticed But everyone is smiling. Happily, delightfully, they are waving hands, calling us.

    They no longer have those utterly exhausted expressionless faces of despaired resignation. They are beaming with smiles.

    The children are smiling like angels.

    We are back.

    Everyone reunited with smiles. Except just one person.

    Only one person was unable to smile.

    Upon reaching the orphanage, the Princess, Shari-sama, kneeled, bowing down. Almost mming into the floor she lowered her head, crying.

    Its because we told her everything on the way here, in what state the children were in and in which conditions they lived. Everything. Haruka-kun didnt say anything. The Princess also remained silent.

    Having nothing she could say back mustve been the most bitter part, as she felt like she abandoned them. She made her way here despairing over herself, the Kingdom, its Nobles and the Royal Family. The children that no one helped, the children that werent offered a helping hand by anyone. She came to atone as the leader of the Kingdom that abandoned them.

    There is no point to apologies, and even if she apologized, she wont be forgiven, thats why the Princess kept rubbing her forehead on the floor, crying, without saying anything, as if carving this moment into her heart.

    She learned the true nature of the Kingdom that she tried so hard to protect. Despite the Royal Familys pledge to protect its people, she didnt even know how the people were abandoned. There was a pitiful Royalty that couldnt do anything but bow down before those abandoned children.

    But in this alone no one can cover her. This alone cant be forgiven. Because it would mean insulting the Princess herself, who even risked her life to protect her people. Because it would mean mocking the pledge of protecting their people, inherited by each sessive generation of the Royal Family.

    Thats why we told her everything as it is. That the orphans were on the verge of death, that sickness was rampant, that they were malnourished and exhausted to the brink of dying. It couldve turned really bad if not for Haruka-kuns medical mushroom potions. We told her that the most vulnerable of the people of the Kingdom, the orphans, werepletely abandoned.

    Because not knowing what is going on is a crime in itself for the Royal Family for they swore to protect its people.

    Crying,menting, and repenting while groveling on the ground, she has no choice but to stand up on her own. She cant find pardon for the sins of the past, so there is no choice but to deliver from now on.If she cant stand up and face forward, then even the future will turn unforgivable, you know?

    Well, fortunately, the Princess didnt see Haruka-kuns face yesterday. She didnt have to see that tender smile as he was gazing at the aristocratic district. Such a soft and gentle smile. Such an infinitely kind smile, as if he was gazing at the poor souls about to descend into the hellfire while pleading for their lives.

 Chapter 268

    Chapter 268

    Chapter 268

    Day 65  Evening, The Capital

    The darkness of the Capital, slums, hidden in the shadow of the fabulous aristocratic district. The final destination of the weak and poor to be exploited at the business district, while financial aid from the kingdom gets plundered for decorations of the aristocratic district.

    Once one winds up in the slums, the only ce where they can possibly get any work bes themercial district, tightly tied with the merchant confederation, dooming them to be worked akin to ves for the rest of their lives, but even that aplishes nothing aside from making nobles even richer.

    The favoritism for nobles and royalty and the agreement for invibility of each others residential areas created the situation where no one could extend a helping hand to the slums, and the little aid that went there would get snatched away. The living ce for the people who are exploited by the Confederations merchants instead of ves, since the Royal Family does not permit very. The slums.

    But someone sought that ce.

    Bringing a voluminous donation of provision and numerous much too appealing presents the ck-haired dark-eyed boy sought to obtain a license to operate that area. While the conditions are absolutely perfect, the will behind it is hard to understand, but Im not arrogant enough to think I can perceive the farsighted and deeplyid ns of that enigmatic boy. All I have to do is obey and respond to the best of my ability to what is asked of me.

    Immediately obtaining approval from the Second Prince and the chairman of the aristocratic council I promptly had authority transfer for the slums district, trade permit and passage permit issued. Its a dirty contract full of favorable terms bought through bribes, but my responsibility is merely obtaining the contact for that person.

    Deep down, Im captivated by the hope that if there is a person, who might shine a ray of light on the slums that no one wants to touch, it would be him. We exchanged only a few words in a short conversation, but there is no one else capable of ignoring the intricate bounds of the Capital or treating its nobles with silent contempt.

    And without even a momentary pause,motion followed.

    As by the time reports from the slums came in, the nobles were already in a state of frenzied uproar, it mightve been presumptuous of me to think of that person in terms of hopes or expectations.

    If no one canprehend the state of affairs, its safe to reason that the other party is of a different caliber. The difference in caliber makes it impossible to fathom notions going through their head.

    With the different point of view and the height from which one observes the situation they are able to see what we, crawling on the ground, can not, and aim for the goals that no one can understand. Trying toprehend that is nothing but foolishness, and if aware of that, there would be nothing puzzling about this.

    But there are plenty of foolish nobles unable to understand that, especially in the capital, which is crawling with them.

    Seize that property! Why would it be left to filthy beggars whose mere presence in the capital is sickening! Immediately drive them out and hand it over to us.

    That is a part of the aristocratic district and aristocratic domain. Obviously, property rights to it also belong to the nobles. Hurry up and move the troops.

    How dare they dere the area off limits for us, nobles, what insolence. How about forcing them to apologize after arresting them and confiscating their assets?

    The idiots (nobles) keep yapping. Its such a mess because they dont even understand that their lowly noble selves have no ways of dealing with him. They dont understand the meaning behind that building suddenly emerging out of thin air right under their noses. The Capital has fallen. A sword is being pointed at the pce from the aristocratic district.

    Under the approval of the Second Prince and the Chairman of the aristocratic council the authority over thend in question was transferred to the Frontiers Souvenir Store, along with the license for business andmercial operations they all also were issued with passage permits.There is no cause to seize any of it, and dering it off limits is only reasonable, that area is under extraterritorial jurisdiction of the Frontier. If you are willing to return the already epted provision andpensate construction costs then how about opening formal negotiations?

    I wonder if the trash only capable of using their authority as nobles for in banditry is even capable of holding negotiations. Moreover, they dont understand who they are dealing with. Forget being out of their depth, they are entirely unfit to even consider making such attempts.

    If its about provision, then even more was given by the Merchant Confederation, are you saying you are not going to listen to instructions from the Confederation in spite of that?

    Even if you talk about supplies or aid from the Confederation, the storage is empty, where did all of it go? You might say that it arrived, but the only goods we have seen were those bought from the Souvenir Store, and even those have vanished, so did the Confederation bring any goods? Or did it carry them away?

    Did they think that anyone would be thankful if they point at the empty storages and call that aid? I dont know if the goods are being stolen, sold through back channels, or never were there to begin with, but without the stuff there are no obligations either.

    This is the Second Princes order, if you made a pact, you ought to obey it!

    Us, the second division, have agreed to defend the walls of the Capital from any that might seek to invade it, Internal affairs, like dealing with merchants, should be dealt with by your military police, and upon making our pact, we were also ordered not to interfere with the merchants of the capital in any capacity. Moreover, the citizens are equipped with frontiers wooden swords and also were purchasingCloaks of Protection, so can they hardly be considered unarmed anymore. By now their equipment is on par or even better than that of regr soldiers. Whom would you imagine toe out on top if the tiny military police force were to sh with the huge poption of the capital? We are not going to act, and if you harm the citizens it would mean that our pact is null, turning us into your enemies as well.

    Good grief, outside there is the recently returned Shariceres-sama and even Omui-sama is said to have arrived, why for goodness sake do I have to step on a tigers tail for some Second Prince?

    I was surprised when I first heard that Omui-sama arrived with an army, but seeing the current slums, it all makes sense.

    He rushed to the side of the boy, who is concealing his true status. Something apart from the Theocracy and the Confederation is beginning to move.

    And thats because they dont realize that, yet they are making this racket, having their attentionpletely captured by thetest incident. In the end, the position, the heights from which that boy observes affairs are way too different.

    Then, we will send out military police, following the pact, you wouldnt interfere, would you!?

    If we dont interfere the Capital will fall, are you sure you want us to stay on the sidelines?

    So despite the situation changing this greatly, they are stillpletely oblivious to what is going on.

    Is this your idea of a threat? If you abandon your agreement to defend the Capital then following the Life Contract your life will Cease.

    I simply stated the facts without any intention of threatening you. Besides, if you use military police to oppress the citizens, get into conflict with them, and end up having them open the gates from the inside, wouldnt it ruin everything? Look outside. There are banners of Omui-sama of the Frontier and Sword Princess Shariceres side by side. Facing two of those banners, would any citizen of the capital, any subject of this kingdom, choose to follow the Second Prince? Makes you wonder before which banner one should kneel.

    Without thinking or even considering the results they are merely kicking up a fuss out of sheer avarice. The oue is clear as day even without a fight.

    The noblespletely blinded by their greed, the Confederation who has its eyes on prospective profits, and the mysterious boy who is gazing in boundless vastness on impossible to envision far away from unreachable heights.

    If you harm the citizens we are your enemies. Otherwise, we will stick to defending the walls. That was our agreement. And we are intending to stick to it.

    Judging by the way they refuse to back down and still re at me, they really want that property. Well, thats hardly surprising. That marvelous wooden architecturalplex likely has nothing that can rival it on this continent.

    And the ones living there are the poorest and the most helpless of the capitals slums. Its hard not tough.

    Asking about the origins of that enigmatic boy is not something one should be doing, nor is investigating it. If the Princess and Omui-sama have acknowledged him, then there is nothing more to ask.

    An enigmatic boy of unclear origin, status, or even stance towards us, unknown if he is even a friend or a foe, and yet I cant help bute to like him even if he were to turn out to be an enemy in the end.

    How amusing.

    The poor abandoned by the capital are now looking down on the noblemen from the aristocratic district, while the nobles are looking up at them with greed and envy.

    How thrilling.

    The best sight one could imagine. This is the first time I saw something this delightful in the Capital. If this is an enemy, then he deserves the highest praise and admiration, and if he is an ally, then there would be no time for me to shine.

    How was the orphanage?The subordinate that I sent to investigate the slums came back.

    They were getting ready to open the store. The orphans, now neat and clean, were happily helping around in nice clothes. Laughing, despite being in the slums.

    With this alone I can smile and forget about the annoying and unpleasant exchange I just had with the nobles. With just one permit he aplished what no one else could.

    Its fine to obey him. I cant understand him, but he showed enough worth and meaning to obey him.

    He must be pursuing heights that cant even be seen from my level. In that case, I should just blindly ept it.

    If denizens of the slums were smiling, then there is more than enough worth and significance to that.

 Chapter 165: I mean, unless someone gives me an actual job there is no escape from the home industry

    Chapter 165: I mean, unless someone gives me an actual job there is no escape from the home industry

    Day 51  Nighttime, Local Lord''s Mansion.

    Send the messenger to the inn first thing in the morning. You must confirm when that boy has time and have hime to the mansion. That must be done politely.

    Dungeons are dying one after another. There is a new announcement from the adventurers guild almost every day. Furthermore, all of those are dungeons that grew past the middle stratum and had a high risk of overflow.

    It is that boy and hisrades. Originally, we should be providing them with all the support we can, while hindering them is inexcusable, however, we require his assistance. Our resources can''t keep up with the speed of development. Especially metals, in a few days the reserves will bepletely depleted. There is an oversupply of wood.

    The Evil Forest is being cleared and felled at an incredible speed, far greater than was expected.

    There are reports of giant scythes spinning through the forest, slicing both trees and monsters alike.

    He kills dungeons daily, clears the Evil Forest, and in between even manages the fake dungeon, protecting the frontier. Even now he is more than too busy, however, the development ns had the priceTunnel excavation 1,000,000 Ere/Hourlisted, so it should be fine, right? There also seems to be an option of payment in mining rights on new deposits? Thats quite favorable. Moreover, the estimated time forying tunnels for the mine seems to be 3 hours. At 3,000,000 ere it''s a cheap price. Not to forget that usually, such work has the estimated time listed in years, not hours, but there is no such time with our current supplies. So there is no other option but to turn to the boy. We once again will have to burden him.

    By now, I''m at aplete loss for words, what can I tell him, pleading for his help this time.

    I''ll have to do such a disgraceful act as asking for help from the boy who already shouldered all of the hardships that originally, I, the local lord, should be carrying. There can''t be a more shameless disy of ingratitude than this.

    Despite already receiving a debt I can''t hope to return no matter how many times I lower this useless head, I have to rely on that boy yet again. I don''t know how I can possibly ask him for help again.

    Even so, this is nothingpared to the livelihood of the people.

    The happiness that finally came around.

    The cheer this frontier has never seen before.

    I''d like as many people as possible to learn this happiness, to reach it, even if it''s just one day earlier.

    Just like this town, just like its citizens. I want them all to live joyful lives.

    If there is anything that I can do, I''m willing to do it all, but the number of things that only that boy can aplish is far too great.

    Originally, that heavy burden had nothing to do with that boy. Originally, he should have had no need to do any of that.

    Even though there is no way to truly repay him? At this rate, we are just forcing sacrifices on the boy for the sake of the people of the frontier, but then, isn''t his happiness nowhere to be seen?

    Well, no, as I mentioned earlier, that boy regrly shows up Do you have any work? I''ll make it cheap, you know? For real., looking to make profits.

    Not only did he write a program to bring rebirth to the region, but he also provided us with arge number of manuals on agriculture and even books on herbology, even so, he is probably worried about the progress. Just how much exhausting work is he trying to shoulder? Even so, there is no other way, there is nothing that we can do.

    Mellotosam-sama. A messenger from the guild has arrived, will you see them?

    Let them in.

    The messenger from the guild was a female receptionist, and the news she brought was terrifying.

    Omui-sama. Two more dungeons reportedly died, the guild will start confirmation procedures tomorrow. However, there is an issue with one of the dungeon masters.

    That''s more than just an issue. An unkible monster was there. Sand Giant, a monster that will keep creating sand soldiers infinitely, unless it''s killed.

    Although, it appears to be already resolved, quoting I couldn''t kill it so I destroyed it? Sort of? But normally it can''t be killed at all, so be careful, okay?. The part about being unkible seems to be correct, I already confirmed it with the interpreter.

    It seems that boy alone could destroy it. For now, no one else managed to figure out the way to kill that. Once again, we pushed all of the danger on a single boy. By now there is no telling just how much weight is piled upon him.

    However, the receptionist, who was very familiar with the boy, confidently stated.

    If that boy says that he wants work, then he really wants it. He quite simply doesn''t have money, and even if he gets any, it immediately disappears. So it''s fine to just put him to work.

    Just how is it possible for him to have no money? Even though killing a dungeon master, or killing even a single dungeon, should''ve brought him an immense fortune?

    Moreover, in the past few days, he killed several medium-sized dungeons, and in the first ce, if he killed the great dungeon, he should''ve obtained treasures enough to buy a country?

    The boy is bringing wealth and goods into the town as if scattering them, but does he have nothing left for himself? Everything is going into the town?

    The current town of Omui can be called a transformed one.

    The streets are filled withughter and smiles.

    That very sight itself is a symbol of abundance.

    Especially when ites to women. They can be seen wearing fine quality clothes that can''t be found even in the capital.

    They alle from the general store that grewrge through that boy''s investments. Bringing abundance to the poor viges by buying up all of their special products and selling a never-seen-before diverse array of goods at affordable prices, that tradingpany became the heart of this town, and the region itself. Buying out what people couldn''t sell and selling what they couldn''t buy cheaply, a miracle-like tradepany bringing fortune and abundance.

    For that boy, who brought all of this, and poured in such a vast fortune for the prosperity of the frontier to remain broke himself is absolutely intolerable.

    Please, do not be misled. Despite receiving enormous sums of money every day he is spending it at an equally enormous rate, that is why he has no money. No matter howrge the sum we hand over to him in the morning is, by night he is penniless. He can easily squander even inexhaustible riches. You care, you lose, is what interpreters insisted.

    As poor as it is, the frontier still has vastnds with numerous towns and viges scattered through them. Trying to supply each of the settlements with funds and goods is bound to require an absurd amount of money.

    Certainly, he wouldn''t be trying to provide for all of the frontier from his own pocket? But in practice, the money and goods are circting in the frontier, bringing it to the verge of establishing a proper cirction of goods. There are also reports ofRevitalization of economic activityhappening, which was described in the papers given by the boy. Did he cause all of that alone?

    Officials reported that while they understand the mechanism they can''t quite grasp the nature of it, so we tried asking him andSince their stuff got sold people get money which they now can use on buying stuff? If the stuff doesn''t get sold, then stuff can''t be bought, so even if it''s made, if no one buys it, everyone will remain just as poor. Just think that buying and selling generates wealth., was the reply we received, so isn''t that it?

    So since being unable to sell goods leads to poverty, the boy bought all that was for sale? And is also making wares that the people will be interested in buying? A mere 30 boys and girls are managing all of that, transforming the frontier into thend of prosperity? That''s why they are still living on exhausted funds?

    Then no matter how great of a reward we pay them from the fief''s tax revenue, it still won''t be nearly enough. Taxes, being levied from the frontier''s riches, amount only to a trivial sum,pared to the colossal fortune poured into the whole region.

    Just how can it be, still not repaying them in any fashion, we only keep pushing dire responsibilities upon them. And day by day, it only continues to mount, trying to return the debt, we end up receiving even more of an enormous debt, and trying to repay that, we end up with even more of a colossal debt.

    I''m pretty sure there is another huge misunderstanding, but that boy merely wants to live a happy and carefree life, okay? It''s just inconvenient for him if everyone around is poor and miserable, so he simply improves their lives along the way. That''s how the town ended up so prosperous. And since he doesn''t feel good if the town alone has it good while the rest of the region is still miserable, he is going to improve the rest of it as well. There is no deep meaning to his actions. He is simply going around crushing misery, poverty, and disasters because they are in the way., is what they told me? If one goes around removing misery, poverty, and disasters, it usually results in happiness. There is no meaning to it at all. Thinking is pointless when ites to that boy.

    She said and left.

    Is it possible to bring happiness to the entirety of the frontier without any purpose to it? Is it possible to make the town and the entire region prosperous simply because it''s inconvenient otherwise? However, even if there is really no meaning behind the actions, there is a meaning to the happiness that they brought. There is a meaning, worth, and more than plenty of debt.

    Even if he did all of that without any thought, even if he seeks no rewards, I will still bow this useless head to him over and over. Even though I can''t find the words to shamelessly plead for his help, I still have lots of words of gratitude.

 Chapter 270

    Chapter 270

    Chapter 270

    Day 66  Morning, the Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch

    What do we do? We now have a base inside the Capital. If taking the city is the only goal then there is nothing left for us to do.

    And there is even a fortress standing outside. Its packed with the Frontiers troops and the Royal Guard so we are free to take the Capital and the Royal Pce as we please.

    Inside the walls there are 20 girls with levels over 100, or rather, with a Dungeon Emperor inside wouldnt it normally be considered over for a city?

    For the Kingdom, for the Second Prince himself, its already a checkmate. But I have to continue plundering the Confederation, and when it finally bes unable to sustain the support the Capital will automatically fall. Thats where Meripapa-san and Royal Girle in. Until then there is no reason not to continue economical warfare(ripping off) and expanding the Confederations losses? and I mean, its a business opportunity?

    But the First Princes Army without the First Prince, or rather, thats Church henchmen army, or rather old man fetish army? Anyway, it seems it will still take a while until the army of old men fetishists arrives, or rather, Advent of the army of old men fetishists  sounds too scary! It sounds so dangerous, that it involuntarily makes one want to shout for every old man in the Frontier to run away! They are taking so long I might forget all about this in 18 seconds or so?

    Now, for the two days until the Churchs Something Army arrives I should be able to stay here, if the Churchs Something Army gets dyed even more we will have additional leeway.

    But since I still cant get a read on the movements of the real force we cant afford to just keep Murimuri Castle undefended. After all, even Meripapa-san is here now. What else should I do at the Capital? They had no bookstores, and with provision rations there are no food stalls, rather, the souvenir store has a total monopoly on the industry at the moment. The girls went through the stores, buying up any rtively good equipment, but clothes and stuff seemed to be pretty shabby. The ce has already lost to the Frontier in development.

    Today, Souvenir Store, Sort of Orphanage Branch? Kind of? is in the middle of a rip-off called Opening Sale, and thanks to orphans doing their best, there is no problem with staff shortage, despite the number of visitors, or rather, the kids are super popr? It seems that even in the Capital, while the nobles and the Confederations merchants and their associates are like that, themon people are not that different from the Frontier in the way they carry themselves?

    Hearing that they can now enter the slums, the entrance to which was previously barred to them by the nobles controlling the district, they brought a huge volume of supplies, meanwhile, the children were inplete confusion asdies that came for shopping were hugging them in tears, and giving them candies and pocket money.

    In other words, it means that those lovely nobles were also taking care of the donation from the citizens. The culture clubs girl with Librarian at the head were so pissed when they heard that yesterday that they spent the entire night sending gifts to the Aristocratic District in the form of Nightmare, Hallucination, Phantom Pain, Confusion, and Upheaval. Making them angry seems really scary, so lets be careful. Failing to resist that is a huge problem.

    Anyway, now we know the enemy, the issue is the Royal Family.

    Thats why I came to ask them, hence the gathering.

    Well, the Royal Prince is noisy, so he seems to be in quarantine outside the Capital. For some reason, I feel a lot of sympathy for the way he is treated, I wonder why?

    The Second Prince sitting in the Capital is just a yes-man of the Confederation, so that can be released into the wild, the First Prince sitting in the storage might also be released back to its pig friends in the woods, the problem is that there also seem to be other Princes, from the Third to the Fifth? Should I actually finish off this yboy King? I mean, he has five wives, just who does he think he is? And because of such stratified society feeble highschool boys without Affection Rating cant meet any beautifuldies and are forced to deal with middle-aged men every single day! Hogging five all to himself is a death penalty ording to the Highschool Boys Antimonopoly Law, a transgression that hardly can be forgiven!

    Royal Girl is fine. She shouldve realized it yesterday. To save the Kingdom it has to be destroyed first. If the Kingdom is to continue to exist the Kingdom must be eliminated. And she mustve resolved herself. Getting liked by the orphans she was ying with them and going around hugging them in tears. It somehow felt like she was picking only girls, but it surely is alright? Or is it better to report her? Public safety concern?

    Since the Middle-aged Royal Prince is a middle-aged man I have no idea about him, so Meripapa-san can deal with him as a fellow middle-aged man. He is still running around with his worthless head trying to turn it in somewhere to save the country and protect the Kingdom, you know?

    ording to the Stalker Girl ns investigation the Third and so on Princes have no connections abroad, their mothers do note from great noble houses, and dont have any other suspicious backing. Also, as the remaining Princes are still young, their future disposition depends on the education theyll get. In addition, the Fifth Prince is a full brother to Royal Girl, sharing the same mother. With the influence from such a sister he might be an Assault Prince but he definitely wont be corrupt. Alright, lets make sure he wont be sent to study under Meripapa-san. He must be the cause of that! Just what did they think there is to learn from him?

    And the biggest issue is that Douche/yboy King. After he fell ill the Kingdom was engulfed in turmoil, with foreign nations exploiting it as they please, bringing it to the brink of ruin, in other words, before he copsed he actually managed this entire situation somehow. Even though he is ying around!

    The path is going to differ depending on whether we should restore this King or enthrone a new one. History depends on it, so we cannot afford to let emotions influence the decision. We have to objectively review only the facts, and make a logical decision. His achievements are numerous, fighting with nobles he was able to obtain concessions from them, and sought to provide for his people, even trying to touch up on the slums situation. The reason for the Kingdoms economical struggles seems to be his open challenge to the Theocracy and the Confederation, as recognizing the Beastmen Country he also was raising objections to the Churchs technological monopoly and the Confederations unsavory trade practices, which lead to economic blockade, but he still refused to bend, and protected the Kingdoms pride, also making sure to chip away at the power of the greedy nobles that were colluding with the foreign states. However, unable to work out the solution for the Frontiers funding, he was forced to sell even the Royal Familys treasures to provide aid, and then one day, he suddenly copsed. And everything took a sharp turn for the worse.

    While what he was doing ismendable, he made too many enemies, and it is also the fact that in the end the economic blockade was weakening the country. What also bothers me is his softness, despite the circumstances no nobles were stripped of their titles or parted with their heads. This might be harsh, but this is a decision based on objective reality. I mean, he has five wives, you know? Yeah, since he is a ya King he was ying around, ying arguing with others, ying fighting, and then ying copsed? Im sure if he gets healed he will first ask if there are any cute girls around!

    Alright! Not only is he a middle-aged man but he also has five wives, definitely not a decent person, thats what I decided. This is a cool, objective, and just decision. I mean, he is too much of a yer~.

    Wait, Haruka-kun, he might be a little entric but he is not ying around? He was a proper King, without a single ally around, as myself too was unable to move away from the Frontier, he still kept protecting the pride of the Royal Family, always keeping his subjects in mind, yes he is a bit short-tempered and was in dispute with the great nobles, the Church, and the Confederation, but he was still working hard. He has both wits and talent, he is a bit prone to snapping, but deep down he is a kind person, he might be a bit frivolous, but he is capable of properly estimating the situation and well He is a bit of a yer but he is a good person?

    So he is a yer!

    Aight, lets burn the yer King along with the silly nobles. Surely, if turned to ashes there wont be another outbreak.

    Father, the King, is an admirable person. I beg you, if you save the King I will devote my life to Haruka-sama. No one but the Kingdom can save the Kingdom. And if its the King, he surely will be able to create a great kingdom that the predecessors were aiming for, surpassing good kingdoms of old. He copsed before he could fulfill that ambition, but please, Haruka-sama Please, save the King.

    Haruka-kun, I also ask you the same. Im well aware that Im in no position to ask anything of you, as well as I understand that there is no value to the word of an ipetent lord that almost destroyed the Frontier, even so, please. I will do anything that I can. If you tell me to charge into the Theocracy or the Confederation I will do it immediately, just say the word, anything! So please Haruka-dono, save our King, save my friend

    Hm? The yer King supporters faction is in majority? No, in democracy numbers are the power, and we have 21 girls on our side!

    Haruka-kun, they are asking this hard, lets help them? If we have an issue after saving the King, then we can think it overter?

    Even the girls took the other side! So this is the power of the yboy King! What a terrible power, waking up this yer King is dangerous.

    I should properly point out issues right now. Royal Girl is his daughter and Meripapa-san is his friend, in other words, they are personally invested. The girls are simply sympathizing with them instead of making a conscious level-headed decision, so with their clouded vision they are missing the biggest problem. This is not the issue here, you know?

    Everyone has too many personal feelings involved in this. This is about the Crown and the State, so instead of getting swept up by emotions we have to consider this matter in terms of political judgment, economic merit, and military advantage when making a decision? There is no room for feelings there, and if you do allow them toe into y you wont be able to make the correct decision? Everyone is averting their eyes from the main point of this issue, overlooking, and closing your eyes on the problem, but this old man has five wives! Its outrageous, infuriating, Im burning with rage! I mean, its five, FIVE wives!

    You are the one who is super emotional about this! Actually, there was nothing but personal feelings!

    I got scolded?

    They even started a sermon. Howe they cant understand the issue shaking the very foundations of this country?

    If all of the people of this kingdom were highschool boys then immediate execution for having five wives would still have been cute, highschool boys wouldve risen in a huge violent revolt, crying tears of blood? To think this is where an adverse effect from sending the geeks and idiots on an errand will show up, I mean, I am the only highschool boy here! Surrounded by enemies on all sides huh, speaking of which, Id like soba as a side dish, but first we need to expand on dairy products. Mainly cheese and fresh cream. Aah, I want pizza, sausages would be nice too? I wonder how smi is made? But in terms offort food, its miso and tofu, and also seafood. They had soy sauce, so there should be a chance of miso being around too. And with that many pieces present, there should also be a food culture close to Japanese cuisine. But if thats the case, then

    Why are you muttering about miso soup in great detail when you are being scolded! Also, put seitan in there too!

    Seitan, huh, I thought more of a clean broth soup, but I can make do with that too? No, its precisely because we cant, since there arent any around, that Im looking for it! But fugashi sound very appealing too?

    No! Forget the broth, we were talking about the King! Why are you worried about ingredients for miso soup in the middle of the scolding about the King!

    Ah~, totally forgot? I vaguely remember hearing or not hearing or not caring about hearing something of that sort a long time ago? But wouldnt you agree that putting white noodles in miso soup is a heresy?

    Forget about miso soup! And please think about the King!

    Well, whether the King should return, abdicate, be beaten up or burned can be consideredter. He is Royal Girls father so I would feel bad abandoning him. While he might be an irritating old man of a king with a harem of five wives which super pisses me off, even so, Royal Girl is a good princess who gave a lot of enjoyment with those nice thighs, lovely back, and alluring cleavage, and even brought Maid Girl with her, so Im particrly reluctant to help one or two old fools, but I wouldnt go as far as to say that I doesnt piss me off. Well, lets burn him if he pisses me off after recovering.

    But not now. Now is not the time. It is still too early for that. For now, to make sure his condition doesnt get worse I give them only a mushroom potion to recover strength, an antidote, and health potion (weak).

    After all, the Confederation is still unharmed. Even if they pull back here, there will be a next time. Until I carve a deep, deep wound, deeper than a fatal one, one that will shut down any prospects of a next time, its far too early to end this. I still have to plunder all of the money from the trash nobles and the Confederation and then even their pocket money, and kya kya ufufu highschool boys dreams, hopes, and adventures in the lonely night stores of the capital, going on a great adventure to have an action-packed magnate time in the night of the Capital where whirlwind of highschool boy desires rages? I still have to be a rich man?

    Well, in any case, ripping off can never go wrong. Ripping off is justice. Getting ripped off is a great evil, if I get to do it then its justice. That is the very message of my attack on the Confederation.

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Seitan is a mildly vored, high-protein meat substitute made of wheat gluten.

    [2] Fugashi is a candy made from dried wheat gluten coated with muscovado. Very popr through the 20th century but are known to exist all the way from the Edo era, so from the 17th century. ]

 Chapter 271.1

    Chapter 271.1

    Chapter 271.1

    Day 66  Beastmen Country, Woond

    Setting fire to the beasts filthy vige we burn it down. Then, capture the beasts as they are running around from the mes. Those are the simple basics of hunting.

    And if one manages to capture even one little shit or a female, males will jump into any trap on their own. Even if they try to imitate humans, in the end, they are still beasts, rushing into a trap they just die by themselves.

    Adult males cant be sold for much anyway, so they can just drop dead.

    Drop your weapons. If you try to run away we will kill the brats one by one. Put the cors over there on yourself. We aint gonna kill those will cors, but everyone else is a dead meat. Faster!

    Shit, first roon tribe and then boar tribe, nothing but cheap crap. Damn it, going into such an animal stinking forest to hunt them isnt worth it if we aint getting even one good merch.

    Hey, you know where other viges are, right? Spill it, Ill let one of you go for every rabbit, wolf, or fox tribes vige that youll reveal.

    Silence, huh. And thats why even though they are calling themselves beastMEN, they are nothing more than animals incapable of simple loss and gain calctions.

    Ill also let one of you go for revealing three viges of any other tribe. The one to speak up first gets to escape, you know?

    Fucking useless. Well, I just have to make sure they wont kick the bucket before I can sell them.

    Torture them a bit without leaving scars and they will definitely give a few locations, such stupid animals. Well, what I said about letting them go is also a lie, so they are getting sold in any case.

    Hey, aint there too few people? Dont tell me they got themselves done in by beasts?

    Aah? Ah, they mustve pulled some bitch aside to y. You know how they like it~.

    So they just went to have fun in secret, huh. Shit, and all we have here are dirty brats.

    Well, Beastmen Hunting Corps are taking care of dangerous wolf or bear tribes, but even so, getting nothing but crap wont earn me any money. I can make a quick fortune if I find rabbits or foxes, allowing me to have fun for a while, but suppose roons aside, boars aint even worth killing. Damn it, so unlucky.

    Why arent the scouts back yet? Dont tell me they are also fucking some sow? We aint making any gold at this rate.

    No choice but to make it up with quantity, just make sure to cull some to prevent the price from dropping. But yeah, with boars its sorta~.

    So I wont have any gold left after paying back the debts. Damn it.

    Round up the beasts and lock em up. We will pick them up on the way back so dont screw around too much on lookout.

    Well, no choice but to split up and search the area by ourselves, but there is something gross about this, isnt the forest too silent?

    Well, to make up for that the beasts are too noisy though, wailing, crying, and all that shit. They finally shut up after I sted them with Fire Magic. Damn it, their price will go down if they get burns, so keep silent for the fucks sake. Such stupid animals.

    Dont scatter too much. And dont separate from the guys with Messaging Bells

    It wouldve been easier if we had better magic tools, but bastards from the Church keep them all to themselves, so we, merchants, are having it tough.

    Aint it too silent though?

    A kid? No, an adult, huh. It seems young, but since its male it aint going to sell for much, which tribe is it though? Cant see ears over the hood.

    Dont move, Ill kill you if you try to run.

    Im not running anywhere. I didnte all the way here to run away. This is what I came to this world for. I finally reached this ce. Thats why Im not going to run away anymore.

    A nutjob? Doesnt seem to understand human speech. Yeah, this aint gonna sell, lets kill it.

    Hey, where are yourrades? Or your vige? If you tell me Ill spare you and let you run away.

    Myrades are scattered throughout the forest, I cant let you go to the viges, nor will you be able to? There is nowhere left for you to go, you know?

    Yup, thats a nutjob, it doesnt understand words at all. Damn it, Im so unlucky~, lets kill it and move on asap.

    Im approaching it in abat stance with sword in hand, but it doesnt move at all, too scared to move, huh.

    I stab it into the throat. Stab it? Eh?

    Those beastmen were fighting. They knew its a trap, and even so, they wanted to protect them and came to the rescue.

    Eh.

    (Snap)

    A monster.

    We were having a bit of fun during the hunt, then suddenly, a fewrades got killed. All of a sudden something invisible tore them to shreds.

    They are being torn to pieces as if something was shoved inside them, tearing them apart from inside.

    Crap, its all because that bitch kept struggling and making so much noise. Shouldve killed her right away.

    Guuauahh, GAAH, AAAG, My leg, AAaaH!

    The entire Beastmen Hunting Squad is equipped with magic items, and yet all of them are being killed one after another.

    Even the escort of former A-rank adventurers was torn to pieces. That is a monster for which fighting techniques dont mean squat.

    What the hell is this? Just what did I do? Why do we have to get killed, you MURDEREE

    Damn, I only came all this way because the stock of beastmen ves was so low, that getting them this way is cheaper, plus it has its own side-benefits. Its all because I came here.

    Dont screw with me. You are a human, why are you siding with animals? Im a human, why do I have to be killed, dont fuck with me!

    Im a human, but everyone I hated also were humans, you know? I have no grudge for beastmen, but I have tons of it for humans, so, die.

    Aaggh, why, why do I, my body Something is inside

    You had lots of fun with torturing, tormenting, and killing didnt you? Go ahead, enjoy it, Ill kill you with plenty of torture and torment.

    Why

    (SPLAT!)

    Its a human, the Kingdom is currently in the middle of civil war, no way, the Theocracys dogs were already here?

    We are from the Merchant Confederation, there are other units following us, and the main force is here too. If you touch us it will be viewed as an act of hostility, are you trying to pick a fight with a country? AaAAAh.

    Huuuh. There arent any units following you anymore, and the main force is probably no more as well. I actually never was in a fight. So I thought, maybe I should try picking one?

    Where the hell did hee from? I didnt sense his presence at all, and there are beastmen hunting units spread all throughout the area. How did he show up in such a ce?!

    He vanished.

    Waitwaitwait, I got it, Ill hand you half of the beastmen. Deal. In exchange, dont interfere with us until the end of the hunt.

    He vanishes and then materializes again. And every time one of therades is killed. Even if I try to run away, which way are the allies?

    I unsheathe an enchanted de. Its a sure hit weapon that never misses the target.

    Group up, dont scatter.

    No answer?

    I told you, there is no one left. Farewell.

    The moment the voice came from behind I lunged at it. Its my trump card with Surehit effect. Hes not there? Ah.

    (Stab)

    Gathering, we share information. We arent invincible, we cant join the ranks of the strongest. So grasping the information we review the situation.

    Killed from A-2 to C-5, no one escaped, the two viges were empty.

    I cleared up till D-3, four viges over there were fine, but I didnt make it in time for A-6, everyone was dead and the vige burned down.

    I just rescued and released some roon beastmen at E-7, but it was toote for the boarkins vige too. Also, the three viges at E row are fine.

    I set everyone free up to G, but going further there is a mercenary force. That unit must be targeting defenses of Beastmen Country.

    We freed all of the targets. Rescued all of the viges we reached in time, killed all of the enemies there were to kill. We all, together, killed humans. Well, unexpectedly, all of us took itpletely fine. The ones we hate are humans after all. Im sure killing beastmen would be a lot more traumatic.

    But Haruka-kun is different. Haruka-kun alone is different. Haruka-kun kept killing for our and everyones sake, and he waspletely not fine.

    Thats why I tried to kill as well, but I felt nothing. I simply obeyed the rage I felt from seeing them kicking corpses of beastmen, and killed until there was no one left.

    Haruka-kun was saying that Kakizaki-kun and his group belong here, but it looks like the same goes for us. But the girls dont belong here, they simply were unlucky enough to be transported to this world. And Haruka-kun too, while there is nothing he can do aside from killing, he doesnt belong to this side, and yet he kept killing. A mass murderer, who hates murder more than anyone.

    How about rejoining with Kakizaki-kun and others? Well, I doubt they need reinforcements, but we can take care of those running away.

    Mercenary forces from the Confederation must be wiped out by now. The distinguished veteran mercenaries of the Confederation were swallowed up by the massacre and were torn to shreds.

    The true nature of the athletes famous not just in our school but nationwide, was that of battle-crazy berserkers, just as Haruka-kun said.

    Even in pirate warfare, the moment they came aboard everything was over,bat, lives, everything was being crushed in an instant by them. While the Confederations fleet consists of what they call merchant vessels, they are still armed, supposedly for the sake of self defense, but in practice, they are attacking civilian vessels, in other words, they are not only merchants but also pirates of their own. And the mercenaries specializing in navalbat who were aboard those ships were getting obliterated in a sh. Striking swiftly and precisely they did exactly what it took to destroy human bodies in the most effective and efficient manner.

    If their opponents are humans, then it might be easier for them to fight with just the five of them alone. Group fighting is one thing, but when ites to melee in a forest, then not only us, but even pres and the others wouldnt be able to keep up with them. We will only get in their way.

    And by now there are barely any presences left in the direction where the mercenaries were. All of them were hunted down and exterminated.

    Berserkers, the ones who find joy in the very act of fighting at full force with their lives on the line. They have no need for things like reason or meaning when ites to fighting. They live for the battle. The berserkers that were merely smoldering in the world without battles are scorching through the forest of another world like a wildfire. Thats why there are no presences left anymore.

    This leaves the main force only. The regr troops of the Merchant Confederation. The army.

    The main force is meant for killing the most troublesome beastmen warriors and regr beastmen troops. A murderous unit equipped with spells, skills, and magic tools designed solely for killing. They alone are an actual threat, but it should be alright to leave it to Slime-san, right?

    Thest person we should worry about!

    Thats certainly true.

    That cute jiggling Slime-san is enough of a monster not tog behind while tagging along with monsters Haruka-kun and Angelica-san. Its very cute though.

 Chapter 271.2

    Chapter 271.2

    Chapter 271.2

    The forest was too quiet.

    At first we encountered only a single slime, the weakest monster.

    Since it wasnt even worth going out of our way to kill it, we ignored it.

    Another one? There are quite a few of them.

    As if due to a sudden mass outbreak, there were slimes all over the ce. Nevertheless, regardless of their numbers, mere slimes couldnt pose any danger, so we pressed forward.

    But no matter where we went it was nothing but slimes as far as the eye can see. It was way too abnormal.

    Is there a stampede happening? Lets incinerate them with magic.

    Gather them up and dispose of them all at once. Surround them from the sides.

    There were so many of them that it became impossible to ignore. Even slimes could be dangerous if attacked in such numbers all at once.

    Just as wemenced action, thinking that even if its a stampede if its only slimes then it should be fine, they appeared.

    Horde of slimes covering all of the forest. A sea of slimes that made it impossible to even see the trees.

    This battalion, the main force of this operation, consists of sixpanies and several auxiliary groups, thisrge force of more than three thousand soldiers scattered through the area is surrounded on all sides.

    Defense! Take a defensive formation, sweep them with mage units, just focus on decreasing their numbers first.

    Scatter poison, downwind alone is fine. Just focus on reducing their numbers.

    T-They started moving. Magic Wall is being eaten?

    Anti-Monster Weapons dont work either, mes are being eaten too!

    Mage units attacks have no effect, the same goes for arrows and spears too. And we are nowpletely surrounded with no way to escape.

    None of the magic tools are working on them, poisons are useless too.

    Shit, so its a swarm of unique specimens. Anyway, lets break through and escape. With those numbers they will eat us all.

    The elites of Merchant Confederations army and first-rate adventurers are being eaten one after another by slimes. There is no other choice but to abandon them to escape.

    I cant help them, but on my own I can get away. Ive been through hell more than once, defeating my share of monsters.

    Even if Im in the position of amanding officer at the moment, Im originally an S-rank adventurer. Moreover, my equipment is different from others.

    However, not only are there too many of them, if I tried to make my escape it would be Am I being guided to this area? I cant sense anyone behind me anymore, they were wiped out this fast?

    Ahead stood one slime.

    Only one.

    But it was different. Even so, Im a former S-rank Adventurer, after my health declined I was picked by the army where I learned techniques for killing people too. And with the bloody money that I earned I even purchased equipment with special effects. And all of the vast experience that I umted after countless battles is telling me, its strong.

    This is the first time that Ive ever thought of a monster as scary since encountering that dungeon master. Ive lost all of myrades to it and had to retire as an adventurer, but to think there was an even crazier monster out there.

    Well, you reap what you sow, its toote to turn back now, huh. After all, having ruined myself with alcohol and drowning in debt I joined the military and killed, raped, and burned quite a lot until now.

    Looks like there is no other path but to kill it.

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    Im definitely going to die here.

    If so, time for thest resort. Pulling the medicine from the hidden pocket at the back of the cor I swallow it.

    Its a drug with a shady history which shortens lifespan and causes side effects for the rest of the life, but it gives an explosive boost to stats. Some say that if only for a short while it can give even several-dozen-fold increase, so I either have to kill it at once or make my escape.

    I lived by the sword, my life went crazy after I lost myrades, but even so, what I pursued was the sword, and yet myst opponent is a slime, huh.

    This has to be divine punishment.

    Defeating a dungeon master I was sung as a hero, even though I couldnt protect even my closestrades, I was treated as a hero. After that I lived a life that strayed from the proper path, losing sight of what is important, and finally, its end is upon me.

    By now my soul is so tainted that there is no hope for me to go to the same ce as myrades. But from the beginning to my end, the sword is all I have. The rest I lost back then.

    I slowly take a stance.

    The round slime that was hopping in ce began shaking and then greatly stretching.

    Are those limbs? A mimicry? A humanoid. Is that a human? Its gradually turning into a humanoid shape, but it was way too beautiful to call that a human.

    A sword.

    It swung the sword, so my end wille by the sword too.

    At the end of my garbage-like life, what I saw was one divine stroke of the sword at the very height of swordsmanship, made by a peerless beauty.

    A single stroke that I pursued with such yearning and admiration before I lost sight of everything.

    Gathering together we scan the area with Searchbut it doesnt pick up any enemies, the beastmen are cautious and dont show up either, animal ears

    Gathering corpses of beastmen we dig a hole, the only thing to do left is simply bury them. For gravestones we just left the stones there too.

    Im sure they would hate being buried by humans or having tombstones put up by them. Im sure they have nothing but hatred for humans..

    We merely offer a short prayer, hoping for their happiness in the next world, and bow our heads in respect.

    This should be a noticeable blow to the Confederations war potential. Judging by the strength of the main body of this force it mightve been their main troops. Moreover, even the mercenary units had a propermand, even the vige raiding squads that we swept had equipment with skills and high level escorts. Losing that force should have significantly diminished their war potential. In total, there shouldve been more than ten thousand of them, so it was a huge blow. It is because beastmen warriors gave their lives to protect others that the remaining viges survived, that the others werent driven away as ves.

    Now theyll have to think twice before attacking the beastmen country.

    (Bounce Bounce)

    This is no ce for humans. At the moment the beastmen are fearfully cautious, but we are still being observed from a distance.

    Having their homes burned and close ones killed, there is no way they can trust humans at this point, even ones who approach with friendly intentions.

    We came all the way to another world, but it seems animal ears are out of reach. Lets go back.

    Kakizaki-kun, are you guys fine with going back too?

    Yeah.

    After bidding onest farewell to the dead we head for the Kingdom.

    Even with their viges burned, even with resisting warriors being killed, the men still tried to save women and children, jumping into a trap and getting killed.

    Very unlike us who continuously kept running, hiding, and resigning. The beastmen warriors fought to protect even at the cost of their lives.

    That is courage, something we dont have. We only kept making excuses, that its reckless, that its pointless, that it can only have a reverse effect, never able to bring ourselves to do the same.

    And theyughed at it as they killed them. Mocking even the bravery with which beastmen gave away their lives they sneered at it.

    Thats why we snapped, we didnt care about fear or guilt anymore, and simply couldnt forgive, overflowing with hate.

    And we killed them. We killed all of them.

    And I finally understood. I always thought that we obtained defensive skills out of fear.

    We thought that we are being protected by Cheat Skills because we are weak.

    But it was because we were angry, because we hated it, because it was so vexing, miserable, sad, and empty.

    Those werent the skills to protect, those were skills to vent anger.

    Lets go back, after all, if there was a meaning to using here, then those skills are necessary. Everyone is waiting for us there.

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    Coming to this world, we, who never could find a ce where we could belong, finally found a ce to go back to.

 Chapter 272

    Chapter 272

    Chapter 272

    Day 66  Daytime, Souvenir Store, Orphanage Branch

    The merchandise is overflowing in the workroom of the Souvenir Store, swirling inplex spirals, like what is this anymore? DNA? NBA? Is how many goods are being produced while circling around before being dunked into the gradually growing mountain of finished goods. It was said since ancient times that the one who masters Rebound masters the Diet, and as I thought, its strange that no matter how many manju I make its never enough, it turns out, half of them were bought by the girls. They mustve seen the orphans eat manu that I provided to supplement for nutrition, and wanted to have some too. As expected there was no way they could take them away from the children, so they had to buy them for themselves. Unable to master the rebound it seems they are bound to rebounds from Captain Billys alley-oops. Thanks for the patronage?

    Onii-chan, Almost out of pennants, no need for mushroom-shaped ones.

    Its Messenger Orphan Girl. After being thanked and patted on the head she went back to the store with a smile.Frontier series is in the decisive lead, but pennants are selling surprisingly well too. After all, they arent a staple souvenir for nothing! But mushroom-shaped ones arent selling that much? Well, Pennant points to a triangr pennant, so mushroom-shaped ones might be considered unorthodox. Yeah, I also was somewhat getting the feeling that something is off from the moment I made them? I wonder why?

    However, the original n was to plunder money from the nobles and the Merchant Confederation, infinitely resupplying and causing them huge losses, but for some reason sales for the general poption are getting super hectic!

    After providing the uniform for the orphans and then the girls it seems that the Women Clothes Boom has began in the Capital. Although of simple design but mass produced one-pieces, long skirts, blouses, vests, jackets, and also not particrly popr in the Frontier boleros, are selling like crazy. Skirts is a story of their own too. Making some balloon-type ones to go along with boleros a short while ago, I now have to deal with non-stop flow of additional orders. The capital seems to have both riches and abundance, but isnt well provided withmodities, thats why everything I make is being sold instantly.

    At the moment the bitches are drafting new designs for the aunties of the capital, but no matter how many new products we dish out they all get sold out. The bitches designs cant keep up with ultra high speed manufacturing and aunties power.

    Male customers are doing their best too, picking up lots of clothing and heading to the register. A long line of customers has formed at the register for male clothing by now.

    Naturally, if the uniform of the girl at the register today appears like the one from Anna Millers, it absolutely wouldnt not be not imagination?

    I also have the nobles buying dresses that will be immediately ruined at super rip-off prices through auctioning, so bankruptcy shouldnt be that far for them. They turned out to be super idiots whod raise the price on their own just to show off.

    Clothes, underwear, essories, furniture, and works of art, the more pretentious it looks the better it sells.

    The price of one piece of clothing at the super rip-off price wouldve easily been enough to feed the orphans with delicious food for a mouth. The super rip-off price of one gaudy work of art wouldve been enough to buy a mountain of nkets. And they are selling like hot cakes.

    So Im going to rip all of it back. Im collecting everything theyve stolen with a hyper interest rate of 10000% and returning it to the orphans, okay? The hyper rip-off with ultra high multiplicative interest rate for the suffering of the orphans included. Those idiots think that if other nobles bought something they have to follow suit or it will be their loss, so they keep buying and buying. They believe that the more they buy and the more they pay the greater they are.

    Thats why jewelry is also selling at rip-off prices, the higher the price the better it goes. As a test I tried polishing some random stone I picked up in the neighborhood and presenting it as Philosophers Stonein an ultra expensive limited sale and it was bought it in instant. [1]

    At this rate there is no need to even do anything, they are steering straight towards hell on their own?

    Well then, Im off to resupply~, I restocked the inventory, so work hard like work-horses with ONE MORE SET in mind? By the way, we have leotards, but serving customers in leotards sounds super shady and might hey hey ho us into Law Regting Adult Entertainment Business, anyway, Im sort of getting Yosaku so Ill be off? Well, I already memorized my way around the pce, so even if I take a detour to y for a bit Ill still be right back, so dont look for me? Sort of? [2]

    Enough of that, just go already! Ande back asap! We are busy, there arent enough merchandise, there is no time for hey hey ho! HURRY!

    Harry? Hurry and rip em off? You are a magnate, Harry? Well, I have no objections to high-speed ripping off, but Harry Rippoffer going Hey Hey Ho in a world of magic does not not give me a certain weird impression of giving a certain strange strange impression? But they are ring at me now, so lets not mention it. I went to restock over several dozen times, and then just keep buying the stuff and carrying it back? Even though leaving it here wouldve spared everyone a lot of trouble.

    Going to the Royal Pces underground storage, I find that theyout has changed? What time is it already?

    Aah, so you changed the location of the storage again? If you are going to change the location, at least give me a word when you visit the store, it will spare me the trouble during resupplying, such insensitive walking wallets. But new supplies are delivered from the ships, so there is just one step left until the objective is reached? The road to ripping off starts with one step? And then go ripping and ripping and ripping off at every step? Sound sort of noisy, but since its profitable its fine, I guess?

    (Nod-nod)

    She isnt wearing armor, so why stick to answering in Slime-sans way?

    Eerm, lets see, flour? Oil? Oh, spinach has arrived! In contrast, just what is my ReportInformConsult doing? [3] I didnt have a single contact, report, or consultation until now, I wonder if its doing alright? Well, no news is good news? And if there is a message its a letter of misfortune? [4] But even if you ask a loner to send it to 100 other people there is no chance a loner can do that, but at the same time, bringing misfortune to someone with Luk MaX (Limit Break) sounds like quite a tall task, will it be alright? Well, lets think about it after I get one? I mean, forget letters of misfortune, Im not getting any letters or mail at all? Where should I file a report to change address to another world? Although, I do feel like I wont get any correspondence even if I were to change address, so perhaps not changing it will hurt less (emotionally).

    Moving swiftly I stash goods into the item bag. This world doesnt have a proper census system established so the exact poption numbers are unknown, but by any estimate, the Capital has at least some few tens of thousands living in it. In other words, at the bare minimum, provisions for several dozen thousands people are being sent in daily. Which I am taking. In addition, Cash for purchasing military equipment and magic stones is also being sent, which Im also taking. By now the damage should be nothing to sneeze at. So they will definitely take measures, there is no way they wont do anything.

    I wonder what they are going to do? Traps wont be activated due to Trap Ringeffect, so I wouldnt even be able to tell if there were any in the first ce. The patrols cant enter because of the Kingdoms Ultimate Lock, that being the case, I think its about time for a beautiful female assassin to make an appearance? Diligently resupplying I excitedly head back Ah, there is paralyzing poison in the fish, so thats how they were nning to catch me. Alright, lets generously donate this to pitiful nobles.

    The noble district is in an uproar.

    Im back~, Ive got a whole lot, so today we are having pasta with pig-like somethings meat and spinach? Boiled spinach seasoned with soy sauce is also currently in research? Speaking of spinach, isnt that what that Paipopaipo-paiponoshringan? Like Shringanno-grindai Grindaino-ponpokopno-ponpokonno? Sort of? Chkymeino-chsuke was eating to buff? Isnt that what I got? [5]

    Too long! And from the middle of it Jugemu-san was getting summoned to this world! We will eat spinach, but stop with Paipopaipo! Also, thats Popeye!

    But that was only the second half. They dont seem to understand the importance of someones name, so I thought Id give them a lecture but they are staring at me super hard, so lets not? I wonder why they are so mad? Jugemu-san must remind highschool girls of troubles emerging fromplicated human rtions, like failing to enter the name into the phonebook memory. Instead of increasing the max number of entries, they should revise char limit, Im sure Jugemu-sans from all over the country are greatly troubled by it.

    He doesnt remember Popeye, but he remembers Jugemu-sans full name!

    Howe he was able to memorize that, but cant remember our names!

    Actually, wouldnt the memory required to register Jugemu-sans be enough for all of our names?

    Looks like Jugemu-san was a taboo for the girls after all. They are whispering to each other, and it seems they are shocked that names couldnt be fully registered. Due to the negligence of mobile phone manufacturers, its impossible to make calls in another world, developing into a base station problem. Well, I didnt have a mobile phone, so I had no idea though. I mean, Im a loner after all?

    Theyve been endlessly changing the position of the storage, so most likely there is a trap somewhere. Although they shouldve noticed that traps arent going to work from the fact that I carried off their treasured artifactEvesting Trapwithout getting caught in any traps. Physical traps that dont involve any magic can be dangerous, but in that case Ill notice them with Trap Sense?

    But they surely have something prepared.

    Either some sort of magic tool from deep reserves or an ace fighter will pop up. If its a magic tool then I can just take it home, and if its an ace I can just cut them down, so my countermeasures are perfect. In that case, thest option thats left is Beautiful Female Assassin! I wont allow anything else. Triggering a dangerous adult trap Ill be attacked by a full storehouse of beautiful female assassins and locked in a tight grapple, assaulting and getting assaulted, stripping and being stripped, cant wait to have a taste of that thrilling trap! I wont forgive them if its something else! Should I visit the ce again? I wonder if they are ready?

    Haruka-sama. We received a message from the Captain of the Second Division Terrysel,

    Magic Swordsman Wismregzero, known as the hidden de of the Merchant Confederation, has entered the Royal Pce. Please be careful.

    Wha-whaat. So, do we report this Pretty Women Rerorero McKenzie [6] out of public safety concerns? Or maybe its better to report him as a molester? But even if we tried to report him to the Second Division, it was the Second Division that reported him to us to begin with. Certainly, I have no intentions of falling behind some Pretty Women Rerorero McKenzie-san, but one first has to prepare some pretty women, otherwise there is no chance to disy my rerorero? For quite some time already? Almost like forever?

    The Confederation finally acted. But I also cant be outdone in reroreroing beauties. Expecting something like this to happen,st night, like every night before that, Ive been practicing with the Armored Pres-san, exposing her beautiful smooth skin showing through the chemise, Ill rerorero every inch of her body, starting from the tips of her toes and reroreroing my way upwards, licking her thighs and then sticking my tongue into the Paradise that Ive finally reached Ah

    BUUEUEUBUNUUh! Phew, I already posted that morning stars are forbidden, didnt I? Eh? Sickle and chain! An unexpected great chain and sickle! Where did you get that? A noble came to sell this? Why would a noble of this kingdom be using a sickle and chain in his knight service? You drove a hard bargain and bought it cheaply even though its an enchanted weapon? Fufufu, aint you a viin too~, or rather, why are you buying up items only to equip them yourself! Ah, no, nevermind, Im sorry. I mean, it was Rerorero, Rero-Rero-Rero-Rero Yodel-La-Hee-Hee? Im going to be a Yodel Master! Kind of? No, I wont, actually, but it seems there is a battle that I cannot lose awaiting me there?

    Where did that McKenzie-sane from! Why did the hidden de of the Confederatione to have a lickingpetition? Its Magic Swordsman, Wismregzero, and he is not licking any beauties, he is a monster of the Confederation.

    Since he was sent in to prevent further losses, then he has some sort of detection skills? And he uses magic swords, the swordsman masterfully utilizing numerous magic swords, and his name is McKenzie! His hobby is licking prettydies, which sounds like a very cultured pastime, so he does sound like someone I might get along with, but it doesnt seem like he has any intention of making friends? Well, its probably another middle-aged man so Im not interested in getting buddy-buddy with him either? I mean, a beauties-licking old man should be burned at top priority. Im absolutely not yielding on licking beauties! Thats mine!

    And there is no avoiding that encounter.

    I mean, its about time for restocking? Yeah, the flour is about to be sold out again? They again bought it and went back with it.

    [TL Notes:

    Puns, many puns.

    Also, the aristocratic district was changed to the noble district.

    [1] There is actually a pun between the suggested reading and how its written. Its written as  (kenja no ishi)  philosophers stone, but furigana suggests  (kinjo no ishi)  (lit) neighborhood stone

    [2] Yosaku  popr song by Sabur Kitajima from 1978. The title refers to a man and his wifebouring away. Almost half of the spare lyrics is onomatopoeic (hei, hei, ho.ton, ton, ton) as Yosaku cuts away at the tree. And if anyone wonders why Haruka even went with this hei hei ho, I would guess its because Law Regting Adult Entertainment Business (Feih) sounds simr so they roll well together, Fu Ey Ho Hey Hey Ho, while it also sounds like a motivational shout.

    [3] Spinach () is read hourensou, just like his skill, ReportInformConsult

    [4] Subtype of Chain Letter, basically the grandparent of those idioticments you mightve seen on social media copy paste thisments under 20 videos or your XXX will YYY

    [5] No, thats not just random words. Its a real name as real as names from fictional stories can be. Jugemu  a Japanese folktale and is one of the most famous stories in rakugo, a form of Japanese spoken entertainment. It has a simple storyline, with the most humorous part being the repetition of a ridiculously long name. It is often used in training sessions for rakugo entertainers. By the way, the full name itself is Jugemu-jugemu Goknosurikire Kaijarisuigyo-no Suigymatsu Unraimatsu Fraimatsu Knerutokoroni-sumutokoro Yaburakjino-burakji Paipopaipo-paiponoshringan Shringanno-grindai Grindaino-ponpokopno-ponpokonno Chkymeino-chsuke

    [6] McKenzie is a pun on Magic Swordsman, which in Japanese is Makenshi ().

 Chapter 273

    Chapter 273

    Chapter 273

    Day 66  Evening, Royal Pce

    He is waiting by himself, and he too has noticed me. .

    The Merchant Confederations trump card, the magic swords user called their hidden de. The magic swordsman that masterfully utilizes several magic swords McKenzie, was it? The only thing I remember is that his hobby is licking beauties.

    Thats right, licking beauties is enough of a reason for people to fight, after all, there are no good guys among beauties-licking middle-aged men! Because there is no such a thing as a good middle-aged man? I mean, its a middle-aged man?

    Our thief has finally showed up, huh? Having our goods stolen is a problem, you know~. I might be willing to let you off if you return what youve stolen so far? I will at least ask for a reduction in your punishment. How about it?

    There is aposure to his demeanor, he seems neither tense, nor too rxed. He is strong?

    Ah, McKenzie-san? Long time no see~? Or rather, not sure if its nice to meet you or weve already met before, but Im not a thief? Im a diligently working procurement manager, who is a manufacturer in charge of transportation, and reprocessing? Im working super hard! But my rich-man life is nowhere in sight? Anyway, what Im trying to say is treating me like a thief even though Im working so hard, is not something that perverted old man who is reroreroing beautiful women should be doing?

    Just what on earth is he saying, suddenly making such scandalous ims? N-no way, is a beautiful female thief about to show up? And he is waiting here to capture and rerorero her all over?! What an outrageous middle-aged man, trying to rerorero my Beautiful Female Thief! I want to rerorero her so she is mine!

    Im not McKenzie-san.. You are a procurement manager? Sorry about that, I was convinced you are a thief, and was waiting for you toe, my bad.

    Its fine, as long as you understand. So Id like to procure that Beautiful Female Thief-san too and take her home with me to rerorero her? And I dont want some middle-aged men reroreroing her before me, so could you kindly not rerorero Beautiful Female Thieves? Good grief, McKenzies these days, the moment they see Beautiful Female Thief they cant help but go rerorero and rerorian? Although, I already have prepared leotards for presents in case a party of three Beautiful Female Thieves shows up? Kind of? [1]

    I need to quickly finish restocking and make preparations to wee Beautiful Female Thief. The question is should I procure that Beautiful Female Thief and take her with me, or should I allow myself to be stolen by that Beautiful Female Thief and be carried away? Should I perhaps discuss this question with the Thief-san?

    Wh-wait, that wont do. Im protecting this ce precisely to prevent those goods from being stolen, why are you trying to procure them? And who is that McKenzie? I told you thats not me.

    This again, old man? They are just lying on the floor so they are mine? I already picked them up? Finders keepers? Iming all this way to restock because I know there will be stuff lying around, if you get in the way you are going to inconvenience the Beautiful Female Thief? Or rather, even while Im restocking, my heart is continuously shouting for Beautiful Female Thieves, but no one is showing up? I have to hurry up and make space or there wont be any shipments of Beautiful Female Thieves? Although narrow spaces sound lovely too!

    Such an utterck ofmon sense. Every possible thing that falls to the ground pulled by universal gravitation belongs to me, is what that person that snatched the apple after it fell on his head mustve said too. There are only three seconds after dropping before the transfer of the ownership?

    I see~, thats just theft! Why are you so openly taking items and trying to go back? They arent just lying around, they werent dropped here, why would items be dropped in a storage room in such an orderly manner? They are being put here on purpose!

    If they were put then they are lying! Are you going to tell me they are floating? Flying? No, they are definitely lying on the ground! And since they are lying on the ground, I came to pick them up, treating me like a thief in spite of that is unbelievably deeply rude, like a bottomless chasm deep rude, into which you should be dropped with a meteor on your head as a follow up? No matter who looks at it, the goods are physically lying on the ground? How is it even possible to consider it as not lying? Stop reroreroing for a moment and usemon sense for a change!

    A dark-brown mantle is hiding his movements and weapons, but he keeps unting that there is nothing in his hands as he is gradually closing the distance. He appears to be tall and skinny, but this old man is clearly in good shape, showing no openings in his movements. And since describing a middle-aged mans appearance is no fun at all Id like to go home asap. How tiresome.

    Ah, so they are lying around? Wait-wait-wait, it is not, it was put here, carried in here for storage. Haaaah, so you are the thief?

    How do I have to exin this so you will understand? Since I can enter here it means that I have the key, in other words, it means that this ce belongs to me, and if something was stored here it is also mine? Im not giving it away? I mean, it was just lying around? In my storage? If it was put here then it is mine? Or rather, I already picked it up? Sort of?

    In his hands, that shouldve been empty, he is now gripping two swords. Those are magic swords.

    Sorry about this, Im going to capture you, but if you dont resist I wont injure you, and if you return what youve stolen you wont be treated harshly, is what Id like to say, but sadly cant promise, but I give you my word that I will do what I can.

    Lifting the magic sword in his left hand in a smooth motion he points it at me.

    RestrainBind, ConfineStop.

    Oh! This is wheat. There are also more vegetables, but meat is scarce. No eggs though, just what is the Confederation doing? Such a thoughtless Confederation, if you send spring onions, then send eggs too? Why are theremon onions in the box after the spring onions? Oh, soybeans and adzuki beans. This is definitely ONE MORE SET. I could resume manju production, but they havent sent any sugar. So useless. Since manju crapes also made a sensational isekai debut, sugar supply cant keep up with that at all, so I wish they would send in more and more? Should I write a letter to the Confederation? Send Sugar? Sugar, plz?

    Why do you keep stealing~, I feel like an idiot standing here with swords all on my own, shoutingBINDandSTOP. Howe you can even move~?

    Ites. He doesnt seem like he wants to fight, but he also doesnt seem willing to let me go. He pointed the sword in his right hand at me.

    The legs, PierceSpear, you arent getting away.

    How troublesome, I cant resist it with my level, so I have to either nullify the magic swords effect with left handGauntlets of Contradiction, or absorb it with Staff of the World Treein my right hand. But not only is he strong as a swordsman, his way of using magic swords is also superb. And he is skillful. Moreover, he is a middle-aged man so I dont want to get near him!

    Attacking in silence also doesnt work, huh~. But you are only level 21, why does nothing work? Im losing my confidence here.

    He was reciting skill names and pointing a sword at me on purpose. He was intentionally putting up a show. It was all a setup tounch an attack without saying a word or pointing a sword my way. In addition, he secretly switched the sword in his left hand. Its a magic sword with a different effect.

    He is closing the distance bit-by-bit but he shows neither impatience nor hesitation. He is maintaining a rxed, natural posture.

    Alright, restockingplete? Well, Im busy, so have fun here on your own, yeah magic swords (heh) are so cool, right? LikePierce!(heh)? Ive actually done that a lot in my young eighth-grader days, but when I tried it recently one that actually was hiding got baited, anding out pierced for real, causing a huge uproar and quite a shock, so that dungeon is still sort of being neglected since then? Anyhow, it seems that it might work no matter at what age you attempt it, so keep chasing your dreams and work hard by yourself? Bye bye?

    Wa~it, wait, wait, wait, letting you just walk out of here would be a bit of a problem, honestly. Are you sure you wont let me capture you no matter what? Im telling you, we cant have you carry this away.

    This old man is quite dense, cant he just open a championship for the biggest idiot with him, the Idiots, the Royal Middle-Aged Man, gobs, and sort things out among themselves? That group also doesnt get it no matter how much things are exined to them, possibly having to do something with inability toprehend human speech, so they should be a good match? Kobolds seem to be unexpectedly sensible? It might even be possible to reach a deep understanding of certain issues with them? Like the bitches problem?

    Heey, are you listening? Ill even ask nicely, could you get caught? Pretty please?

    Ill answer with a question of my own, why do you get in my way when I just came to restock? Ille back anyway? No matter how many times Ie to pick up the goods, they keep returning here, Im beginning to feel it would be easier to start selling from here? Should I just open a branch store here? Royal Pce Storage Branch, purchases will be instantly delivered to the Royal Pce Storages, free of charge! And the moment they are delivered they are in stock again!

    Are you selling those? They wille back? Are you saying you are palming these off? Maaaan, so we have our culprit here~.

    His eyes changed. Expression vanished from his face. The presence disappeared too and his breathing cant be grasped anymore either. If only he could also stop being a middle-aged man along with all of those?

    The golden magic sword, that must be Sword-Killing Swordthat Royal Girl mentioned.

    Temporarily silencing effects and skills of the opponents sword or spear, it renders them powerless, in addition, it can also temporarily copy abilities of the enemys weapon, the legendary golden sword! But this here is an iron ball? (SMASH!)

    Armored Pres-san, wee back, found anything nice? Food and gold will pave my way to riches! Whats this, a cloth? Linen, huh, I could make a hat out of it, but it will be rough and stiff? Do you want that? Well, I dont mind, it has nice breathability, so its quite refreshing to wear, and I also think it was difficult to dye? Are you fine with natural style?

    (Nod, Nod)

    Looks like we finally have a morning star assassination case on our hands. While the old man was so focused on bbering, behind him, there was a giant ball spinning with a terrifying momentum all this time, making neither a sound, nor the slightest vibration in the air, giving absolutely no hint of what is happening? I was getting chills just by looking at it. It seems that morning star-killing magic morning star is more necessary than the Sword-Killing Sword, but she also has sickle and chain so be careful? Well, Im also trying to be careful, but its impossible to dodge, so even if one is careful its going to hit anyway, but you have to be careful or its going to hurt? Well, he is already X_X so thats a bit toote?

    A linen hat can be made in no time so its not a big deal, but what do we do with this old man? He was pretty strong so leaving him sounds like a bad idea, but he showed no intentions of killing until the very end, aiming for arms and legs only, what should we do? I mean, its another middle-aged man? There is no fun in carrying home a middle-aged man? If there was, it would be a huge problem!

    Even so, I dont need it, or rather, we already have more than enough? If I needed a middle-aged man, there is plenty under the slums? At this rate even the depths of the earth will be filled with middle-aged men soon. The Capitals underground dwellers must be greatly troubled with the middle-aged men infestation too. I can see theintsing already!

 Chapter 171: As I thought, Halloween doesnt suit the other world.

    Chapter 171: As I thought, Halloween doesn''t suit the other world.

    Day 52  Daytime, Pic.

    Everyone is extremely energetic when Haruka-kun is around. But seem lonely when he leaves. Having friends around, we are fine, but everyone is hard-pressed. Haruka-kun is the only one with whom they can act spoiled, so they can''t help but act spoiled with that Haruka-kun, who all on his own managed to survive, all on his own he fought his way through everything, all on his own he came to our rescue. That power makes them yearn, depending on it.

    Separated from the parents and families that were spoiling them from childhood, they ended up ovepping those feelings on Haruka-kun.

    He went and left? Even though it''s a day off?

    Yeah. And he said that he also finished with the excavation.

    Since he handed stockings to us in the morning, he was also working at night?

    Or rather, he went there to dig more mithril because he is busy with upgrading equipment too?

    Aaa~h. Today it''s my robe''s turn for a mithril upgrade~? It was too tight in the chest area~, so maybe I should ask to fix that as well~?

    Oh, really, what, a, nightmare.

    Haruka-kun left to set new traps in the Fake Dungeon. Getting a day off he is off to do even more work, trying to take care of him we end up getting taken care of, and he isn''t sleeping at all. All this time.

    He is iming that it is the effect of his titles, and that is probably true. But he stopped sleeping a long time ago.

    Tonight he is probably going to spend the whole night working again, while grumbling how busy or sleepy he is. And when we are feeling down, and about to cry, he is going to sayNew products? Come, my profits!, again, cheering us up.

    And apparently, he barely ever sleeps.

    Ever since he killed Tanaka-kun.

    Ever since those two viges were destroyed.

    He acts cheerful when everyone is smiling.

    He also seems to be having fun fooling around with Oda-kun, Kakizaki-kun, and others.

    Angelica-san and Slime-san are always staying by his side.

    Time might be able to solve this.

    But as time goes, the number of things Haruka-kun wants to protect is also growing. By now he is trying to protect even the frontier itself.

    Haruka-kun, who lost one family member after another since he was just a child, can''t endure someone else dying.

    It''s painful for him unless everyone is smiling, so he chose not to make friends at all.

    These days he seems to be happy, surrounded by everyone, but because of that, he works extra hard to make everyone smile.

    Unable to endure others dying, he ended up having to kill someone, and as a result, he reverted to the way he was when he lost the entire family.

    He is torturing himself with reckless abandon, just like back then, trying to save everybody and solve everything.

    It''s good that Haruka-kun, who was all alone until now, managed to find something to protect, but he is willing to do anything to aplish that, so he has no hesitation about throwing away his own life.

    Even if it is something that can be fixed with time, there is not enough of that time. This world has too many things that can cost one their life.

    The girls, who act spoiled with him as they did with their family, and Haruka-kun, for whom that oveps with his own lost family, is driven too far to protect them.

    There is probably no other way to resolve this but to be stronger and protect Haruka-kun, but there is too little time. Too much happened in just two months.

    Most likely, when he returns to the inn, he again will goIt''s dinner time~, trying to make everyone happy, while pretending that it''s nothing but a bother.

    And to avoid being thanked, he will try to paint himself as a bad guy, acting as if he is making a great profit from that.

    He is adamantly against being thanked. He simply wouldn''t permit that, telling himself that he is not deserving of gratitude, probably, still unable to forgive himself for his powerlessness.

    So that must be why. He was able to prevail over everything despite his weak stats and skill. He is using all means necessary to protect what he wants, using every method avable to continue struggling. He absolutely wouldn''t forgive his own powerlessness.

    It might be best not to allow him to fight any further, but if someone loses their life as a result, Haruka-kun will break.

    But if Haruka-kun loses his life, then the girls will break, I will break.

    When hees back we must pass a resolution to increase the amount of sweets. I wonder what''s for the dinner?

    I wonder what''s the next new product? Let''s ask Angelica-san to investigate!

    Why is he fine with making stocking but can''t make underwear?

    I have to be able to protect them. That''s why I have to get stronger, as Haruka-kun showed us. Being weaker than everyone, he still managed to save anything and everything.

    I''m sorry to say, but for a while, equipment is going to take precedence. Mifrilification of everyone''s equipment is the number one priority, got it?

    Eeeeeh~? How cruel!

    Slowly, but everyone is recovering. They aren''t resigning to fate, they are beginning to resolve themselves.

    Little by little they gain the resolution to live in this world. Because Haruka-kun managed to protect us, this time, we will protect him.

    But I don''t think this spoiledness will go away any time soon? These sweets and clothes are way too tempting!

    I''m baack. Sort of? Or rather, I''m back for dinner? I found pumpkins in the vige on the way back, so it''s pumpkin festival? Trick or Trident!

    Wee back. What are you going to make with these pumpkins?

    Why is the choice between getting pranked or stabbed? Being stabbed would make it just abat? And also, if you go around distributing sweets while asking if it''s alright to y a trick on them, you might get reported? Everything is just wrong, as always. In the first ce, why I''m backis followed by Sort of?with a question mark? Couldn''t you apply that question mark to Trident!and answer it yourself? He just can''t wait to stab someone.

    He is back. Everyone is in a huge uproar again, teased by the girls Haruka-kun is running around the ce. He is the same Haruka-kun as always.

    With the pic over everyone is returning to the inn, walking through the town noisily and morously.

    The pumpkin festival started when we got to the inn. Looks like he bought a whole load of them for mushrooms. Which means he spent all of the allowance. A lecture is in order.

    Pumpkin pie~! A Pumpkin Festival~!

    He must''ve heard everything from Angelica-san and is trying to cheer us up. After all, pumpkins are Vice President C-san''s favorite.

    Today we had fun shopping, as usual, Vice President C-san also was enjoying it, humming a song as she was going through clothes. Yes, humming a song.

    A song about loved ones far away, she ended up humming it to herself. That''s why I remembered them as well, I couldn''t stop myself.

    Others who heard it sobbed, enduring, holding the smiles as best as they could.

    That''s why this pumpkin festival happened, although he is trying to pass it as a coincidence,One slice 500 Ere, ooh, my profits!, is what he is saying.

    He must''ve heard everything from Angelica-san, and went to search for pumpkins. Though he will never admit that in his stubborn pretense of evil. But this is certain, he is always the culprit, and always does it with full knowledge.

    There is also boiled pumpkin? I sort of think it doesn''t go well with pumpkin pie, but I have it? Well, I was the one who made it, but don''t me me? I don''t know anything about theplex antagonism of pumpkin pie and boiled pumpkin, okay? So I''m innocent.

    It was delicious, but we were unable to resolve theplex antagonism of pumpkin pie and boiled pumpkin. However, pumpkin chips were a huge hit! Pumpkin soup and pumpkin cake also were very popr andpletely sold out. But ording to Haruka, without cheese, cream, or mirin, or red wine, he is troubled with the menu. Even though everything is so delicious?

    Vice President C-san was eating boiled pumpkin with tears in her eyes.

 Chapter 274.1

    Chapter 274.1

    Chapter 274.1

    Day 66  Nighttime, the Souvenir Store, the Orphanage Branch

    Looks like we had a problem with thetest supply of goods. It seems that the procured merchandise had a middle-aged man mixed in? Back there, I have heard about cases of foreign substance contamination But dont mix middle-aged men in? Especially not in manju, thats just dirty? Well, and he seems to have just gone back with that.

    No, Im telling you, I went to restock, and was harassed in the process, and then there is a middle-aged man contamination, and even though a beautiful female thief was expected, for some reason, I was called a thief, and then the Sword-Killing Sword and iron ball direct impact? Yeah, not a sword but an iron ball? The iron ball was swinging through the air with a terrifying momentum inplete silence, giving off no presence at all, it was basically a silent assassination, but this here is a freshly caught still alive middle-aged man. Even if we do get a middle-aged man in stock, its not like anyone would want to buy that? What do we do? Like, its not a Beautiful Female Thief, you know? But I got lots of magic swords from him, so I sort of decided to spare him head burning, maybe its fine to just throw him away? I mean, middle-aged men tend to multiply if you leave them be, and it seems that if they get any more numerous the underground dwellers will be bothered too. As the rumors in the town have it, the acute middle-aged men increase issue has be a serious poption problem, limited to middle-aged men. Like middle-aged men poption explosion? Kind of?

    The more I listen the less I understand, but Wismregzero, the man hailed as a legendary magic swordsman throughout the continent, also known as a hidden de of the Confederation, is lying on the ground.

    His eyes are X_X so the culprit must be that person! Looks like we finally have the first in history morningstar assassination! She mastered it, she mastered it to the utmost extreme! She finally mastered the sermon (Iron Ball), making it capable of murder As expected of a former dungeon emperor?

    But where did McKenzie-sane from? And where Wismregzero went?

    He is lying over there, you know? He probably doesnt remember his name anyway? Its so unfair that only Jugemu-san has his name memorized!

    Wasnt it a master of magic swords that no one could beat? The Merchant Confederations trump card?

    Well, Angelica-sans iron ball dance is too much to handle. She is performing sessfulbos on Haruka-kun even when he is shrouded in Teleportation magic and is repeating instantaneous movement. Even vanishing cant protect one from getting beaten up, you know?

    So this man is that Wismregzero of Magic Swords. One of the Seven Swords of the Confederation Even though there is only six of them.

    Why are they calling themselves seven swords if there are only six of them? Couldnt they grab one more person?

    Looks like there is a grave personnel shortage everywhere. By the way, only four of them are using swords. Couldnt they go with something like One nk, Two Fighters, Four Swords?

    It sounded sort of amazing at first, but suddenly, not anymore? The seven swords, even though there are only six of them, but two arent even swordsmen Thats just a six randos group!

    But they are strong. So far, they have crushed every assassin and attack group that was sent by other countries targeting the top of the Confederation. They even killed some ordinators of the Theocracys army?

    The Theocracy armys strongest ss of Ordinators seems to be elites on par in strength with S-rank adventurers, loaded with tons of magic equipment. And they are capable of taking even them down. How powerful is that? Yup, I have no idea.

    I mean, we are also S-rank at the guild, we have literally dozens of girls with Cheat skills and loads of extravagant items and weapons on top of custom made bras, and yet everyone is collectively getting beaten up every evening, getting knocked out cold (X_X)? And of all things, he had to run into that serial knockouter, naturally he will end up like that.

    Hmmm, he is strong, his technique is probably amazing too, and he is skillful? But that charade was obvious, and it is because he kept pointlessly wasting his time on it that he ran into the iron ball behind him due to his carelessness and spilled all of his magic swords? No, I mean, they were just lying there? I picked them up so they are mine now? He let go of them and more than three seconds passed, so its toote! They are all mine now, okay? I mean, them being stored in my Item Bag is the proof that they are mine. I mean, they are stored for more than three seconds already?

    Ran into? He got hit from behind, didnt he? Thats totally not an ident. In the first ce, snatching all of the weapons just because they were lying aroundafter the victim was hit on the head from behind Even a very wicked robber wouldnt give such a terrible testimony?

    If there is a lock he lets himself in and takes what he pleases, and if the thing is in someones hands he knocks them out and takes it as well. When he goes into dungeons he picks up Dungeon Emperors and Dungeon Masters without reservation. He probably will eventually im that this continent or the belongs to him since they were just lying around That actually sounds very much like something he might do!

    Are the other five sword people going toe too?Id feel so sorry for them if they do!Yeah, poor them, theyd innocently show up with swords for a fight, having no idea that they areing only to get beaten up, earnestly bringing their weapons with them?Moreover, on top of getting beaten up, their swords will also be forcibly picked up, since they are lying on the ground?!Even muggers might be nicer!!

    Why is it that every time we think of the enemies it pains our hearts so much? I always imagine them in a very pitiful state, but reality always ends up being even more cruel. After all, they surely will be robbed not only of their swords, but of all their other possessions as well!

    And while everyone is troubled like that, Haruka-kun is ying with the children. Or rather, he is being swarmed by a crowd of children that rushed to Haruka-kun upon seeing him, piling up on him. Then, buried under the pile of children, he began spinning at high speed, blowing away the kids But they immediately jump back into the hurricane, some getting blown away, some managing to catch onto him, gradually piling up on him again.

    Onii-chan, food!Onii-chan, Im hungry.What are we having today?Yesterdays potatoes were delicious.Can we have meat again?Rice balls!Will we get to eat today as well?We worked a whole lot!Food! Food!Delicious is justice.I want omurice.Whats up with the crapes research? Hurry up, onii-chan! Onii-cha~n, I~, want a new bag~.Whats for dinner!Onii-chan, extra request!Haruka-kunOnii-chan, Id like noodles.Onii-chan, make mules!Hey, bro! One katsudon!Nii-Nii! Make push-up one too!Onii-sama, when will the new T-back will be ready?Onii-chan, its unfair that only Shield Girl-chan got one with air cushion!

    Looking closely, there is not a small number of those who are not children in the crowd, trying to make requests using the confusion. Good grief, everyone is soOnii-chan, I want to eat chestnut manju!

    Spinning while slowly flying through the air in a circle, thin omelets are being fried, then gracefully swooping down on the tes and getting loaded with ketchup and rice. And the letters drawn with Ketchup-san are Omu? he himself is the one who made it, why the doubt?

    Cutlets are also being done with a sizzling sound, raining on the readied bowls of rice, they are followed with a finishing touch of soup and eggs.

    The children are looking with innocent sparkling eyes as if seeing a dream. Meanwhile, not very innocent girls are tracking big cutlets with eyes glittering with greed. Wismregzero-san is still lying in the corner unconscious with X_X eyes.

    With even stew-san appearing from the cauldron the excitement shot through the limit, spilling over like from an overflowing pot, swallowing everyone in the room! The sounds of rumbling stomachs echoed together in a magnificent chorus!

    Its done~? Or rather, herees katsudon and omurice tastepetition, with a side of mysterious bird stew, and mushroom sd with sesame dressing! Stuff your faces? Sort of? Actually, stop just looking and start eating? Kind of~!

    Lets dig in!!

    Mushroom sdes with a brand new sesame dressing, he is adding mushrooms into every meal for the children for the sake of their recovery, and he probably developed this one in secret to avoid them getting tired of mushrooms. For someone running around sayingDont cling to me~orAnnoying~, he is surely spoiling them. Even now he is stealthily steaming potatoes.

    Its delicious~.

    Can I eat this? Can I eat this too? Really?

    So bread could be this tasty.

    We ate everything, what do we do about food for tomorrow?

    The children are still crying every time they have a meal. Each time they are eating with tears until they are stuffed. They are still probably praying in their heads that if this is a dream it doesnt end yet.

    Day after day, they had nothing but meager andcking meals, living on the verge of starvation for months and years, as if it was the norm. Forced to live such lives.

    Thats why Haruka-kun is going all out making all sorts of dishes and treating the children to them. The tables are overflowing with new dishes added one after another, as if he is telling them to take back their share until now, take back everything and eat delicious stuff until you are full. This is still not enough, eat more, eat everything, he keeps cooking more and more until the children are too full to even sit. The girls are also getting hit with aftereffects of those culinary tidal waves though, what do we do? Hm, I wonder if ONE MORE SET will be enough?

    He also said that there were lots of soybeans lying around the storage, so he is currently researching this and that. Is he going for tofu? Or maybe even miso?

    And it seems our guest has finally woken up. Wismregzero-san is being treated like a middle-aged man, but he is an elf with an appearance of a person in histe twenties. A handsome tall and skinny swordsman. I could tell from the first sight that he is strong. Well, he was unconscious with his eyes X_X, so I had no idea until now though.

    Ah, so I got myself caught, huh. Man, what a blunder, and thats after going through all the trouble ofing all the way to the Kingdom to catch the thief.

    After looking around nonchntly he breathed a sigh Even so, he showed no openings, despite maintaining a rxed posture. Well, he has no weapons though Since they were looted.

    Long time no see~, Old Man McKenzie, was it? Dont get it wrong, I didnt capture you, it just so happened that while I was restocking you got mixed in with the merchandise, and got carried here, but since I cant sell you, I dont really need you? I mean, you are a middle-aged man? What do we do? Should I throw you underground? Perhaps it would be better to first get permission from the underground dwellers?

    At least hear him out first?! And who is McKenzie?

 Chapter 173: Monsters were annihilated before they could bring photos

    Chapter 173: Monsters were annihted before they could bring photos

    Day 53  Late Morning, Dungeon, 50th Floors underground.

    Aah~, this is that pattern again. This is hopeless, only the horse is left.

    By now, the Floor Master of the 50th floorDuhan Lv 50has already been cut to pieces and the said pieces are currently being cut into even smaller pieces. The head that it dropped was eaten by Slime-san.

    Meanwhile, the horse and I are staring at each other, taken aback by the situation. Ah! It ate the horse too! Damn it, I was careless, thinking that they''d at least leave me the horse. That''s right, there is no way the Avarice and Gluttony duo can show any lenience? I mean, it ate the horse the very moment I raised my weapon? It definitely was on purpose, wasn''t it? There is a very real problem of the tamer being bullied. I''m pretty sure if I go to a bullying counseling office, it will get eaten too? Bullying of anti-bullying centers.

    Well done, or rather, I''m so salty about wanting to have something to do too, or rather, do anything at all, but not getting to do a thing, that I might as well express these feelings through a song? Dungeon Karaoke is about to begin? But if monsters were to start copsing when I begin singing it would leave a deep wound on both my heart and Affection Rating, so I''m not going to do that? Do tha~t Sort o~f? (Opera-like?)

    I tried to sing. Kind of?

    Slime-san brought me the drop item and the magic stone. Brought sounds nice, but in reality, it spat them out before me. Are those leftovers? Does it have preferences when ites to eating? Well, I''m d that it didn''t eat them though. And so, it brought me the drops. Naturally, my song ispletely ignored.

    Looks like the drop is an armor, but Armored Pres-san seems to have no interest in it. Apparently, equipment from a mere 50th floor is not enough for her. But wasn''t she a Duhan before? Although it was her side job, and she was doing three at the same time. No attachment to her previous work, it seems. And no mercy too, it seems. She decided not to listen to my song, it seems. Can I cry?

    This one seems quite deep? Well, the deeper they go the better the drop and items, but dungeon diving eats a lot of time, right? And yet we are yet to stumble upon a good property? Yesterday, the inn payment ultimately became a debt? And the new installment from the guild was confiscated too, while I managed to get all the money from the general store, it only made me a little rich. The road to a magnate is long.

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    While asking for life advice from Slime-san and getting consoled, we descend to the 51th floor.

    Armored Pres-san sticks to ignoring me. Is she angry? But why is she angry? There is such a mountainous mountain of reasons that determining the cause among them makes finding a specific grain of sand on a sand sound like a piece of cake, but if I were to guess, is it because she is still embarrassed about the fis bodysuit? Whoooooa!

    No! I wasn''t recalling anything! Please sheathe your sword? Well, since it''s a dungeon, you actually shouldn''t, but please don''t cut at me out of nowhere? Do you know that this is the actual reason why the level of my Teleportation keeps rising? I don''t have any other options for evasion aside from teleportation left, so at least give me a warning before you sh at me? However, I don''t like the idea of getting cut after being told that you are going to cut me as well! That being said, I didn''t do anything? I mean, it''s not like I was recalling anything, so I''m innocent.

    Yes, I''m guiltless. No matter how much you look at me with that t gaze, my innocence is not going to change. After all, that image is burned into my eyes, so there wasn''t a single moment when I forgot it, thus I was not remembering it! I am innocent! But maan, Rajingan is really convenient, it even has a permanent storage function.

    So, as I thought, the return match after 5 rounds that followed that bodysuit was a problem? But please, consider the following, after Armored Pres-san went down, I spent the rest of the night lonely, working all by myself? And there, a back in fis bodysuit was inviting me? Even so, I endured the best I could until the morning, fighting with the worldly desires in a hurricane of passion! And then even the buttocks in fis bodysuit showed from under the covers! For a highschool boy the word impossible is nothing but a misprint! And then there are even omitted characters! At that point, I made up with Worldly Desires-san, found a mutual understanding, reached new heights by helping each other to better ourselves, and then charged in together! Because there was something truly marvelous! Tender voluptuous roundness, jiggling, captured by the Whooua! As I said, at least warn me! I was concentrating so it was really close! I was about to get stabbed. Let''s stab her back tonight. And this is a circle of desire and revenge, which gets repeated every night.

    Despite acting all embarrassed, she was very much into it but were I to say this an inescapable sh wille my way, so let''s keep silent. I can already feel her aiming at me from behind! What''s really scary in dungeons are your own allies.

    As usual, thanks to Space Perception and Map-san it doesn''t feel like a dungeon exploration at all. Listening to others back at the inn makes it sound sort of fun and exciting? Like There was a dead endorIt was so confusing with lots of three-forked paths? And there I noticed, Armored Pres-san and Slime-san never get lost too? They are acting as if they have a map? Well, it wouldn''t be surprising for those two to have the skill, but Demon Scythesalso fly around the forest as if they are aware of the exact location of the cave? Is Map shared with everyone?

    What originally gave rise to those suspicions was Swordmaster. I don''t have any swordsmanship skills, and yet the title is Swordmaster? Isn''t that weird? Well, I''m cutting things, but even so? And the tamed silver knight has Sword God, and likely has the highest title of Heaven''s Sword. so it flowed back to me? Until now, I thought that it is the same as with the normal party, with only my experience points being shared with the tamed, but if they can see the map then it must mean that information is shared too? Then the skills are also shared?

    Regardless of how much I ponder on it, there is no way to check that. However, even when ites to presence detection, the Bitches were the fastest to learn it, but Vibration Magic was learned pretty fast by everyone else too? Do the girls suffer from shoulder pains after all? But then why did a few people, that have absolutely nothing to cause them stiff shoulders, also raise Vibration Magic levels at an incredible speed? No matter how many times I ask they keep getting angry at me? There are too many puzzling things. But leaving puzzling things unsolved is a problem. My skills already have a previous record of hiding, bluffing, and then secretlying out. I have to realize, suspect, and solve, or they won''t emerge.

    But if I were to start doubting, they all look suspicious. Since there are no decent skills, they all appear dodgy. I mean the predecessor ofBody Control, which is likely an advanced subskill of body control, is Gymnastics! Fooled by that I ended up doing radio gymnastics every morning! It was good for the health! Well, that''s alright?

    But even Healththat stopped at level 9 is very suspicious. Falling to the lowest floors of the Great Dungeon and having countless fights with No, I don''t remember actually fighting there, but encountering many monsters there I remained healthy. Encountering monsters, attacks of which I definitely would''ve failed to resist with my level 10 because the Level Wall, I still was healthy. Taking Instant Death attacks of Whatever-kun, for which he fully calcted the probability, I still remained healthy. And I''m the only one who is yet to get any poisoning since we came to this world? Well, since I''m weak it would kill me if I get one, but I very healthily walked through the pollen or venomous secretions of Venom Moth Lv97 and Venom Crawler Lv96? Isn''t that just too healthy? Is that the effect of doing radio gymnastics? Did those exercises work against poison?

    Everything is suspicious, so suspicious that I wonder if this is a plot by Christie-san or Ellery-san? And I definitely remember that old geezer (god) saying that one must understand the skills to fully utilize them. I have toprehend their meaning and their path. The meaning of the souls that turned into those weird skills. I don''t need souls of people cornered to the edge of the cliffs? I personally took a dive into a hole so I had enough of that? Were the development to get any hotter it might lead to atomic disintegration, so no thanks.

    Or rather, why can''t I meet any monsters in a dungeon? There is nothing but magic stones? Is It Wrong to Try to Seek Monsters in a Dungeon? I think the dungeon without monsters is the wrong one though? I mean, that''s just a cave, isn''t it? Also, I don''t need encounters with old men, okay? I already encountered enough of those, that''s pretty much all I meet in this world! Such encounters are wrong! What will you do if one of them raises an event g! Maybe it''s better to cull them a bit? g-wise.

    No matter how deep you delve into thoughts, you will end up slowly walking through the ce, that''s the sort of tranquil dungeon this is. Is this an advertisement? Who''s selling that? Why am I the only one who wasn''t notified? Am I banned from inspecting it? Is it because I arbitrarily remodeled one of the previous properties?

    Since we reached floor 55 without any encounters, there is no floor master. Back in the Great Dungeon, there was a floor master every 5 floors from the 75th one. I also remember that boss floors were sort of easier than the regr ones, but maybe it was some kind of a bonus? Well, this one shouldn''t have 100 floors, it doesn''t have the same oppressive feeling like the Great Dungeon. And it probably doesn''t have a cute girl on the lowest floor as well. No, wait, Armored Pres-san also was a skeleton at first? Hm? Before killing skeletons, should I investigate whether they are beauties or not? I don''t think I can rely on their personal statements for that? Even if the surrounding skeletons are saying that they are very cute, one shouldn''t be deceived! Those will call anyone cute! Photos from photo booths also shouldn''t be trusted! It''s an even more dangerous trap than edited photos! Well, I won''t be tricked even if a skeleton were to bring a printed photo? I mean, they are all bones? Or rather, they get annihted before they get a chance to get a photo? Looks like there are no encounters in dungeons after all? Encounter crushers are left running free after all. With all encounters killed, your master is bound to remain a loner forever, you know?

 Chapter 174: Slime-sans jiggling is cute, but Armored Pres-sans jiggle is exquisite

    Chapter 174: Slime-san''s jiggling is cute, but Armored Pres-san''s jiggle is exquisite

    Day 53  Late Morning, Dungeon, 59th floor underground.

    It''s deeper than I expected. I thought about introducing Slime-san to our cave house if we were done by noon, but it looks like the exploration is going to take a while. The chance to return to the forest cave seems quite hard toe by? It''s a secret that I have a liquid soap developed specifically for bubble baths in the jacuzzi. For that curvaceous figure, that smooth skin, being covered in bubbles and Crap! I feel a bloodthirst. Even though there are no monsters around!

    Wouldn''t this ce be perfect for the president and the others? While high level, the enemies aren''t too strong and quite orthodoxal? Did I screw up? Was Slime-san actually a unique specimen?

    (Nod Nod, Jiggle Jiggle)

    As I thought, it looks like opponents here are easier, Armored Pres-san and Slime-san think so as well. But Armored Pres-san''s replies are slimifying? They are kind of treated as one at this point? I wonder if eventually, she is going to start jiggling too? Well, she is already, every night, oh, that spectacr jiggle is She is raising her sword, so let''s move on, she must be raring to fight monsters. Although she is pointing it at me.

    But was it a waste after all? The duhan, that kept repeating charging attacks, vanishing, and then reappearing to charge again, was strong, but the affinity was probably too bad. If anything, Dark Panthers of the 49th floor were more dangerous with their shadow walking, but if the shadows were erased with light magic, they''ll end up as merely tough panthers. Not hard to beat at all. So in the end, I was too cautious, Slime-san was a special specimen, Sand Giant user the power of Treasure of Monster Core, is that how it is? Reaching the 60th floor is not hard with 3 parties? However, from Lv50 the strength goes up a notch, one should only fight the enemies that one is assured to easily beat, if there is a possibility of defeat then one shouldn''t fight. If there is a chance of something going wrong, then one should run back to the inn, lock the door, and pick up from the previous night! That is the correct technique! Speaking of technique, I suspect it''s about time I end up acquiring Sexual Techniqueskill! I''ll probably get scolded if it ends up getting shared.

    We keep getting great items from hidden rooms'' chests. To be honest, they are so good that I''d prefer to keep the dungeon alive and frequent it regrly? If it also had a suspicious establishment on the lower floors I''d frequent it too! However, once opened, treasure chests from the hidden rooms don''t get restocked. Or, at the very least, it takes more than a while, and dungeons that grew past 50 floors pose a serious danger of overflow. If, for example, Dark Panthers from the 49th floor went outside, fighting them at night would be way too dangerous.

    However, isn''tSpatial Cloak  Evasion (Intermediate), Physical and Magic Attack Absorption, Storage just amazing? I found it on the 57th floor, it''s probably enchanted with spatial magic, which allows it to absorb spells and attacks, and it even has spatial-based evasion. I reeally want it, but it has Storage, the color is ck, but on the other side of that abyss-like jet ck, there is a brilliant deep crimson, or rather, it''s reversible? It''s cool, so she definitely will want it. And it suits her too. I see! She didn''t plunder anythingtely, so that''s why she was getting sulky. Ah, that exins why she shes at me so muchtely? That must be it, as I thought, I didn''t do anything wrong after all. Let''s present it to her, for tonight''s sake.

    Here. This one will suit you better? It also has Storage, and it''s reversible, so it''s like two for the price of one? From the feel of the material this one also seems of a higher quality? Wait? From the feeling of the material, mine seems like the cheapest one? Are we in a stratified society? Well, this world has nobles, and it is feudal

    Armored Pres-san strongly encouraged me to have it, but if I fuse it with myCloak?it will end up as just a ck cloak? The high-grade feel will be all wasted? However, trying on andparing both high-grade jet-ck cloak and my cheap ck cloak, it somehow seems that only the cheap one suits me? Why is it? What does it mean? Does this world have something to tell me? No, wasn''t it sort of like this even in the original world?

    And so Armored Pres-san is boasting her new cloak before Slime-san. That''s immature, you know?

    I can use the oldMantle of Storage  Item Storage, Evasion 10% UP, Magic Defence 10% UP, shing Resistance, Piercing Resistance, Blunt Damage Reductionbut it will probably be better to put it on auction for the ssmates. It''s hard to get items for everyone if you have as many as 30 people, and I also hoard most of the good stuff. Faerie Ring  Dazzle Effect (Intermediate), Evasion (Intermediate), SpE 20% Upthat I got the other day is more than enough, just today I evaded 17 shes! Naturally, none of them were from monsters? The danger apanying my ordinary life must be the reason why monsters can''t hit me at all? There is no attack more dangerous than the strongest and the fastest embarrassment concealment of this world? I''m extremely serious?

    And here is the 60th floor. Still not thest floor, it''s deep, huh?

    A sudden lightning strike. Lightning can''t be dodged, even if I read the future with Mind''s Eye, I still won''t make it in time. So I strike it. Well, I mean, if I know the course and the timing? Since the staff has Spell Absorption, hitting with it solves the problem? In the first ce, most of the problems in this world can be solved by hitting the problem until it stops being a problem? The trick is to keep hitting until it stops moving, okay? Look? Thunderbolt Bull Lv60already stopped moving, so I must be right? On top of that, it is being eaten while mooing? Dona, Dona?

    A lightning-d bull of giant stature, covered in thick dark red muscles, and possessing enormously long twisted horns, had its legs cut off by Armored Pres-san as it was charging at us while scattering lightning bolts around, caught by Slime-san, and passed away after being knocked on the head a few times.

    Looks like Armored Pres-san really likes the new cloak after all. She is definitely trying to show off, making the cloak flutter around. I mean, she usually doesn''t move like that? She is making lots of attacks involving pointless turning around? Even though that bull should''ve been pretty tough? But it vanished just like that, crying moomoo? Was it tasty? That''s nice, it will save me some food expenses.

    And then there is the magic stone and the equipment that Slime-san spat out. Why would a bull carry items around?Stone of Lightning Beast - Thunderbolt, Lightning (Greater), Magic Absorption, a stone? That bull had stones? So that''s why it had so little screen time? Because it was ill? That''s why it was there only for a split second? The first strong-looking magical beast-like monster that I''ve seen in a while, but it turns out that it had stones? Get well? No, it''s a bit toote for that, it was already devoured.

    (Jiiiiiiiiiiigle, Jiiiiiiiiiiiiigle)

    Eh, you want this?! Isn''t it dirty? Won''t you get ill? I mean, won''t stones cause a problem? You are a slime, so no way they would! So there is no issue! Your entire body is a liquid, so there are no worries about stones getting stuck anywhere!

    It''s healthy, it seems. ButStone of Lightning Beast, is Slime-san considered a beast too? This only adds new questions, but since it seems happy, it''s fine, I guess. Surely, when we first met, it was d in electricity when it turned yellow and was trying to ram people, so the item should be of use to it. It also has Magic Absorption, so it might reduce food costs. However, it keeps going for tasty stuff, so there is a chance that this and that are treated differently. Even its size is under its full control, as it sometimes turns giant and sometimes small. The girls were giving it really envious looks, you know? They all eat way too much. Naturally, I''m not going to say that, since it''s too scary? Absolutely? I mean, it''s seriously scary?

    As I thought, this ce is a big hit! A jackpot? A return to magnate? This will sell. It''s auction time? Kind of?

    It just keeps on giving. The hidden chests here tend to have amazing items. Maybe I should just remodel the first floor and settle there until it grows to 100 floors? Aah, but the arrangement of rooms was pretty inconvenient.

    The chest on the 63rd floor hadMorning Star of Weight Alteration  Weight Alteration, PoW 30% Up, +ATT, finally, a new weapon. A morning star, everyone carries a lot of weapons, but no one has a morning star. And there is a good chance a regr high bidder, Shield Girl, might want it, so there is a hope it will be very profitable merchandise! Eh? Am I back to being a magnate? Am I? Let''s hand out candies to the peasants when we get back. That is my Magnate Oblige!

    I guess it''s about time for Pudding-san. The issue here is that the supply of eggs increases only bit by bit. Does it require arge investment? I want to make ice cream too, you know? But first, pudding! This much I won''t yield! I want to feed a nice jiggly pudding to Armored Pres-san and then jiggle jiggle with her all night! Yes, jiggle, and for that jiggle, two people are Daaah! No, wait! Not the morning star, okay? It''s sort of difficult to dodge? Moreover, this attack just now was with the weight increased to the maximum? I mean, it cracked the floor, making a web-like pattern? It probably would''ve cracked me the same way? It''s really dangerous, okay? (Followed by a lecture)

    I got scolded. But I received an important hint from this! Yes, a spider web! A spider web pattern! Alright, let''s make web pattern stocking and tights! Then make a special web pattern full body fis suit and Whoooa! As I said, not the morning star? The timing to dodge this thing is really hard to grasp? Yes, I''m sorry.

    She got mad at me? Like, seriously mad? But how did she find out? Eh, could it be that this also gets shared? All of my fantasies? Yeah, that is bound to make her very angry. This is seriously bad, those are super outrageous adult images. Looks like sharing 18+ content with an eternal seventeen will get me in trouble. Not like I''m going to stop though. Yeah, I''m not.

 Chapter 175: It seems that heading off while apologizing is called running away in some places

    Chapter 175: It seems that heading off while apologizing is called running away in some ces

    Day 53  Daytime, Dungeon, 68th floor underground.

    It feels vain to work hard and get nothing in return, you know? It does nothing to heal the wounds of my soul? Let''s at least jiggle Slime-san I''d like to jiggle Armored Pres-san, but it''s life-threatening, so I''d rather not. I mean, a mere thought is enough to fill the entire floor with bloodthirst?

    Hmm, it''s sort of meh? No, it''s just that the items until now were too good? But finding something better than too good is the great and giant expectation from the lower floors? I''ve never been to Tokyo Dome so I can''t say how many Tokyo Dome''s that expectation is, but my expectation was very big? I''m sure Tokyo Dome is quite huge as well? Probably? No, I mean, I''ve never been there, so how would I know? But, I guess?

    So meh, that I couldn''t help but grumble aloud. I mean, enemies of the 68th floor were very formidable! The very staple of formidable enemies, Doppelganger Lv 68! Since they looked the same and had the same strength they were extremely tough! That has to be the case. I mean, There were numerous doppels that looked just like Armored Pres-san? Isn''t that unbeatable? isn''t that amazing? Yeah, they died in one swing though? Extremely tough enemies of the same strength died with just one swing of her sword? And here I was getting excited all on my own? SayingWhooa, no way! Doppelgangers?!, and getting all hyped up?

    And when I checked if Slime-san is alright, it was busy with a meal. Well, the doppels did their best, you know? Like, they tried really hard to Mimicry? But how do you mimic something with an irregr form like Slime-san? And while they were busy, doing their utmost to adapt, they got eaten. The doppels didn''t get even one chance? Were they tasty?

    Meanwhile, Im.

    Don''t screw with me, Don''t screw with me, Don''t screw with me, Don''t screw with me, Don''t screw with me, Don''t screw with me! Haah, haah, haaah.

    Surrounded by people in ck robes that were supposed to look exactly like me, but for some reason have incredibly wicked and fiendish eyes akin to the very depths of the abyss itself. Who the hell is that! There is no such a person! If there was such a person walking around, all of the passersby would be getting heart attacks! How can it be? I definitely don''t have such a look? This is just too cruel! I mean, it''s not even human eyes! That''s not how I look, right? Such eyes are too much? Having such eyes will forever prevent one from making any friends, you know? Wait, I don''t have any, don''t I?! Yeah, that reminds me, I''m a loner. No, that''s not true? That''s definitely wrong. Really? It''s really not like this? Like, seriously?

    For some reason, there is someone patting me on the back? Slime-san is also nearby? Did they prepare for this? Ah, then, I''ll be in your care. (Pat, Pat, Pat, Pat, Pat, Pat)

    And despite going through such a nightmare, all I got from the treasure chest was Estoc of Destruction  PoW SpE DeX 30% Up, Weapon and Equipment Destructionthe potential is good, 30% buff to three stats. However, the effect of destroying weapons and equipment is really dubious? After all, most of the monsters arerades of Nudist Girl, strolling aroundpletely naked? No equipment on them at all. Well, in that respect, Nudist Girl is wearing equipment, she just takes it off? Well, anyway, it''s questionable. And what makes it even more questionable is that it is an estoc, a thin sword made almost exclusively for stabbing. A thrusting sword meant to attack gaps in defenses, an antipersonnel weapon unfit for blocking or cutting? And speaking of antipersonnel, the geeks are probably the only people around asking to be stabbed? Well, since it''s a rare opportunity I might as well use it on them when I get back.

    If the effect was Clothes DestructionI might''ve wanted it, how regrettable, however, all of my antipersonnel fights until now were against middle-aged men? It would''ve gotten very bad if their clothes ended up destroyed? For me? Assured destruction of my mind? Just why on earth do I have to fight naked middle-aged men? It''s a fantasy world, so why is it swarming with middle-aged dudes? Teleported to another world but every character is a middle-aged man? It''s fine to just destroy such a world without bothering teleportation, you know? Yeah, total annihtion works just fine? Should I go for it?

    Aagh~ it pisses me off! What the hell are those repulsive eyes that look like pits to the void? Such a person doesn''t exist! If he did, he would be wearing eyepatches over both eyes! But that''s a blindfold! Hmmm, a blindfold y No, it''s nothing, so don''t even think about stabbing me? Also, with the morning star in the right hand and the estoc in the left hand evasion is impossible, you know? Like, literally not possible? Don''t even try? Seriously. I''m not kidding or pretending? So please, spare me from this!

    I tried to apologize. It''s fine, I''m good at apologizing! I mean, that''s what I pretty much always do! I''m so good that I end up abusing it, apologizing even for misunderstandings? I''m quite serious?

    Gracefully evading all of the continuous stabs I proceed to the 69th floor, while apologizing. In some regions, such behavior is apparently called running away, but by no means that is true, I''m pressing forward, running ahead if you will! Onwards to glory at full speed! I have to, or I''ll be in real trouble! I mean, can I be med for this? Turns out, the impact of yesterday''s full-body fis suit turned out to be a hazardous mix with a high school boy! Really dangerous? Absolutely not to be mixed together? Oh yeah, if we take that, and add a blindfold y to the mix, it will be even riskier and stirring! eh, Guaah! (Undergoing medical treatment)

    That time I thought I was about to get stabbed, but it turned out to be an iron ball? It really hurt, you know? I got blown away, even though it only grazed me? And I even negated the attack with the left Gauntlet of Contradiction? So it was an item for protection from Armored Pres-san''s attacks? I see! Come to think of it, all of the items that I found in the Great Dungeon were meant for fighting Armored Pres-san, so there is nothing wrong, that is the correct approach? It hurts, you know? Is she going to keep attacking me? Then, I''ll counterattack tonight! We are doing this every day, but it''s a counterattack anyway! I''m going to mix them all! And then I''m going to No, it''s nothing? Now, let''s go? Our fight has just begun? Sort of?

    Wrap and sh. Wrap the magic in one breath, step forward, and by the time the step ispleted, sh, I mean, Kyojitsu is the only thing I can use? After all, monsters close to level 70 refuse to roll over and die after taking a few hits? Oh, again doing nothing but that, well, that''s the only thing I can use? Actually, since I got level 20, I can now use sh, I actually can, you know? I also should be able to use that Whatever Stab or something weapon skill as well, but I can''t remember the name? It won''t activate unless I dere the attack, but I don''t know the name, so I can''t activate it, but it can be used too? Well, it can''t be used though? But not because of that? I can use Weapon Skills, but I can''t use them? No, wrong, I can use them. It''s just that I''ll die if I try? But I can use them?

    I can''t use Weapon Skills. I can activate them, but I can''t activate them? No, that''s the same as before! Eehm, upon the use of Weapon Skills, the user''s body moves on its own. Weapon Skills would forcibly move it, preventing one from making any other movement, and for a moment, the user will freeze in ce. Weapon Skills are basically meant for exchanging hits with the opponents, but if taking one hit is all that it takes one to die, they are too dangerous to be used. So I can''t use them, I''ll die if I do. I seriously can''t be using them!

    That''s why I step forward as I dodge the iing attack and at the same time, finish a cut.

    After all, that''s the only thing I can do, I have to kill my opponent with this first, or I''ll be the one to get killed.

    Therefore, I advance, swinging the staff, step by step.

    Since it''s the only thing I can do, I stick to it, since I''ll be killed unless I kill first, I keep at it.

    A step, followed by another step, I keep on killing. Omitting, chipping off all of the unnecessary motions, precisely, urately.

    Since this is the only thing I can do, I perfect it, one step at a time, I press forward. Because stopping will mean death.

    We are done? At level 69 things get quite scary, their stats were near 700? Twice as fast, strong, and sturdy as me? And on top of that, they are monsters, isn''t that crazy? Monsters are stronger than humans with the same stats, you know? Since humans are frail to begin with? Moreover, me Cougaris too much! Fights between cougars and humans don''t happen, okay? That''s just a human being attacked. And yet they are burning and also have twice my stats? How am I supposed to fight that? If they were burning cute and twice as soothing, it would be another story? Yeah, let''s post posters for that!

    I wonder if healing-type monsters will see the posters? As of now, the only source of sce is Slime-san? What''s left is the girls, the scythes, and the rocks? I think finding emotional support with scythes or rocks might be a problem? A highschool boy smiling while gently stroking a scythe would look nothing short of insane to others? This leaves only Armored Pres-san, but she is in charge of the other sort of constion, and she is doing quite well at it No, it''s nothing? Now, everyone, let us move forward? (Stick)

    As expected, or maybe it should be said, naturally, but the lower floors are tough. me Cougar Lv69were big burning cougars, possessing extraordinary speed and agility, they exploited their powerful muscles in their attacks with sharp ws and teeth to the fullest. Yup, they are strong butpared to the person staring at me from behind while spinning the morning star, they are much more manageable? It keeps making that whooshing noise with every spin? Did she like it that much? No, I''m really not thinking of anything! Really! Only a tiny bit? No, I meant, isn''t lotion a fine addition too? To the fis suit? There is a blindfold as well? Yup, I already made it. When did I manage?

    (Jiggle! Jiggle!)

    Yes. Yes, I''ming right away, yes, I''m sorry. It got mad too? Eh? Just where is my heart''s sce? Is it somewhere in the cliffs? Let''s try petting rocks next time, I wonder if it will soothe me?

 Chapter 176: Shopkeepers girl days ended a veeery long time a……No, its nothing!

    Chapter 176: Shopkeeper''s girl days ended a veeery long time a����No, it''s nothing!

    Day 53  Morning, White Weirdo Inn.

    He got away. As I thought, he was throwing money to the wind again. Even though it is obvious that it will be exposed since Angelica-san is with him. Or rather, we are staying in the same inn, isn''t it obvious that we will instantly learn that he hadn''t paid for the stay?

    He found a vige, but it seemed like pumpkins were the only thing they had, all other crops died from a disease. And he again bought up everything, including even their future harvests, he reserved and bought it all Going for forward trading in another world, just what is he thinking! Making deals on trust in a vige that he''s visiting for the first time. Using arge amount of wheat, mushrooms for medical use, and various different foodstuffs in addition to all the money he had on hand, he made an advance order for pumpkins for who knows how many years ahead. And that''s why he had nothing to pay for the inn,ing back without a penny again.

    How many viges does that make already? It went over a two-digit number a long time ago. He keeps doing absurd things without any thought, but I can''t get angry at him, after all, that vige had nothing to eat aside from pumpkins as well. It seems they were as poor as that potato vige,cking even basic remedies. And the same goes for that vige with nothing but cabbage, there is no cirction of goods, so many viges end up poor and deste, then he buys up goods inrge quantities, parting with enormous amounts of money each time. And another reason why I can''t get angry with him is that it brings enormous profits. Haruka-kun''s bulk purchases are beginning to create goods cirction centered around the general store. But even that enormous profit all ends up being used as well, just as the local lord worried. He is trying to enrich the frontier on his own. That''s why he remains broke. He again was staying on the tab! He wanted to avoid confiscation, so he tried to keep it a secret, howe he gets millions of ere every day, but can''t find 10,000 ere to pay for the inn? It''s a special price for all 3 of them? And yet the recidivist did it again, that''s why I have to confiscate his money for safekeeping He works so hard, and yet never has any cash on hand.

    At first, I was collecting 20% of everyone''s profits from magic stones selling to cover for living expenses and emergency funds. Then, Vice Pres B-san, Vice Pres C-san, and Haruka-kun went bankrupt. On the very first day.

    So for the three of them, it was raised to 30%. Even so, on the next day, Vice Pres B-san and Haruka-kun went bankrupt. They didn''t learn their lesson. So it became 40%.

    After that, every single day, without exception, Haruka-kunes backpletely broke. I keep confiscating money from him when I find that he is concealing his ie, but he keeps repeating it over and over.

    Food expenses are covered for everyone equally, but deserts are sold separately by Haruka-kun, then, he also sells clothes, weapons, and armor, most likely, all of the money earned by the girls flow to Haruka-kun, after all, even the general store is Haruka-kun''s source of ie too.

    The boys are getting ripped off quite mercilessly as well, ording to the information from the Stalker Girl, striped kneesocks were sold to them at 10 times increased price. What are you doing, Oda-kun!

    He is receiving a terrific sum every morning. Taking even dungeons alone, since he is faring ahead of everyone, he should be earning several million daily at the very least And on the days of the auction, it is very possible that another zero is added to the end of that And yet, he is broke.

    Hees back broke every day and pays for the inn either with morning allowance or with confiscated funds. He also seems to pay through barter from time to time. Just what is a Bucket Pay?

    Earning big he spends even bigger, a colossal profit is followed by infinite spending.

    He probably buys up a lot of other stuff as well. The weapon store must have a simr situation as well. It suddenly became sorge after all. But he uses up even that.

    After all, the frontier is vast, and until very recently it was also very poor. So even though there is no way it could get rich and wealthy overnight, it became so.

    Looking through the ount book, one way or another, all of the girls'' earnings are flowing to Haruka-kun. A natural result since he currently holds the monopoly on clothes and good food. To be frank, by now, our earnings are also reaching an enormous sum, after all, we are diving up to the middle floors of the dungeons, which no one else can reach. And yet, even that is not enough, he probably didn''t buy anything for his own sake.

    When someone is feeling down, he gets delicious food ready, if there is a vige in trouble, he doesn''t mind spending all of the money he has on hand. If someone is sad, brand new clothes will pop out, if the town where he went to buy fabric for that was in trouble, he wouldn''t hesitate to invest his entire fortune again. No matter how much he profits, he remains without a penny. No matter how hard he works, there is no way that will be enough, the frontier is too big and its poption is too numerous for that Although it''s being enriched at an amazing pace, there is no way its effect will instantly reach every corner of the region, but that is not something he should shoulder all on his own! That definitely will crush a person.

    The money I confiscated from Haruka-kun is slowly umting, but if I were to give it back to him, he''ll spend it all in an instant. Including the funds that should cover his food expenses and the inn.

    Well, he probably carries enough foodstuff tost him a lifetime, and if he goes back to the cavern there is no need to pay for the inn. That''s what he''s probably thinking, he doesn''t care about money at all! He simply keeps scattering it. As soon as he sees something he wants he throws it to the wind.

    And he doesn''t care no matter how much we scold him.

    Were he to find a poor vige or someone secretly crying he probably would do the same thing again. He won''t skimp on money or hard effort to fix that. Is he nning to forgo sleep until all of the girls stop crying and the entire frontier bes wealthy? Is that what he is nning to do? That definitely will ruin his health! There is no way that can be good for him? But no matter how much I tell him off, he just ignores it.

    And in the end, he will goI did nothing wrong?, refusing to listen. We know that! Everybody knows that! As much as he can keep pretending, saying stuff likeRipped them offorProfits, everyone knows it anyway? That there is nothing wrong with what he is doing. But why does he keep saving and helping everyone and everything but neglecting himself like that? Why is that?

    We are fine, it doesn''t matter if we spend all our money to buy clothes and delicious food from Haruka-kun. We are paying to Haruka-kun after all, and even if we spend all of the money we got from the dungeons, we still gain levels from that. That is the greatest asset of any adventurer. It allows one to earn even more. So that''s fine it is? Wait, aren''t we spending too much?

    But Haruka-kun''s level barely grew at all, he didn''t even be an adventurer. Even after fighting so recklessly he barely reached level 20, so registering as an adventurer is possible. But since he can''t join a party, he won''t be able to take upmissions. In truth, he doesn''t actually even have the permission to enter dungeons.

    And yet, he doesn''t have a single coin left from the vast fortune he earned from dungeons and the Evil Forest. Even though he doesn''t enjoy the benefit of raising his level from that.

    He is continuing deforestation of the Evil Forest for the sake of the frontier. However, that should also mean destroying his greatest source of ie, mushrooms. After that, he really won''t have anything left. And yet, he doesn''t stock up on anything.

    In fact, the girls have no goal and no objective. The only reason why we keep diving into dangerous dungeons and earnestly raising levels is to be stronger and make money. Haruka-kun is trying to make everyone raise their levels out of consideration for their safety, but that is nothing but a bonus. Everyone is working hard to get stronger and earn more, because everyone is full of intentions to provide? Nothing has changed since the time in the cave, everyone wants to support him, even if it will end up giving him the title of Kept Man. We want to repay the kindness we received.

    But it''s still going to take a while, it''s going to take a very long time to exceed level 100 and get strong enough to protect Haruka-kun. There will be a lot of time needed even until the frontier can be truly wealthy, the lord and his associates are desperately doing their best for that too! Everyone is working hard to not burden Haruka-kun any further, but no matter how much they rush, they can''t catch up. They can''t keep up with his terrific speed, vast budget, and explosive production ability.

    After all, internal administration and finance of the entire domain can''t catch up with the home industry and bulk purchases of one person. Even taking the whole revenue of the domain, it stillpletely loses in the budget byparison. The financial scale is so different that there is no hope of catching up, and the administration can''t keep up with an abnormal development speed.

    Quoting Oda-kunHaruka-kun is basically a one-man nation? His military power, and production and trading capabilities long since exceeded an individual level?, like it doesn''t concern him at all, even so, he made a ship and is preparing for something.

    And Kakizaki-kun saidChasing after Haruka-kun is useless, you''ll end up tripping, better just pull him back, despite spending all his time onbat training.

    The girls are attempting crafting via alchemy and sorcery, but for now, a handkerchief is the best they can manage, mass production is a pipe dream. However,tely, a textile workshop, or rather, a factory, seems to have popped up? Who? Who was that person that started an industrial revolution as they pleased?

    The general store''sdy and Haruka-kun are way too dangerous of a duo, after all, they are much too simr.

    This is the story I heard from the local lord.

    A long time ago, there was a sickly girl in this town, prone to illness and with a poor family she spent most of her time confined to bed.

    But she was saved by a band of adventurers that brought mushrooms. The family couldn''t possibly pay them, but the party gave them expensive mushrooms, saying that she can pay back when she gets ahead in life.

    And so, the girl recovered and did all sorts of things in order to be able to pay them back.

    She performed grueling training, as if to torment her frail body on purpose, and sought knowledge like she was possessed.

    And became an adventurer. Saying that she wanted to be of help to the people that saved her, that it''s now her turn to save someone.

    Then, the girl joined the party that saved her and quickly began distinguishing herself.

    Gathering mushrooms in the dangerous Evil Forest, she handed them out to the poor.

    Then, one day, that party was wiped out.

    That girl was the only one who survived.

    She was only identally found and rescued at the edge of the forest by another party of adventurers, unconscious and more dead than alive.

    No one else returned.

    To save that girl, the people to whom she handed out the mushrooms gathered the little mushrooms that they still had.

    And she barely managed to regain consciousness.

    By then, the people that brought theirst remaining mushrooms to her, were already dead.

    Using thest mushrooms the town still had to save the girl, the town was left without any.

    She trained as if to torture the body that was yet to fully recover, and like she was crazed, began dangerous peddling.

    Selling all of her equipment, she used the money she got to open a small store, starting a business.

    And handed out food and medicine to the poor.

    And even after bing impaired, she continued training, as if to be able to go into the Evil Forest again, even with a body that can no longer move freely.

    Even though everyone was trying to stop her, she ignored it all and continued with preparations, gathering equipment. By then, she wasn''t a girl anymore.

    She couldn''t tolerate getting saved over and over and yet saving no one in turn. She was unable to forgive herself for that.

    Then, one day, a ck-haired boy visited her store.

    The boy with mushrooms appeared in front of her.

    She ended up meeting him.

    The boy with such a colossal volume of mushrooms she has never seen before in her entire life.

    And she bought mushrooms from him, using up all of the money she had. A vast volume of mushrooms, seemingly enough to save all of the townsfolk or even the entire frontier.

    And then, that boy apparently said. If you hand them out that''s it, you know? But if you can properly bring profit, I can give you even a hundredfold this many shrooms.

    There was no lie to these words. Handing profits to him every day, she received even more mushrooms after that. So many mushrooms, that there was no hope to pay for them all no matter how much she earned.

    And, the girl, that long since turned into a woman by now, once again sold her equipment. She no longer had any need for it.

    She finally managed to save someone, she finally was able topensate for the favors she received. She finally didn''t need it anymore.

    And thatdy is still working like crazy for the sake of profits, and still keeps sharing with the poor.

    Thatdy is the general store''s shopkeeper.

    That''s why the duo of her and Haruka-kun is so dangerous, they have too much inmon.

    A person that can''t tolerate not saving everyone and the person who can''t calm down unless everyone is smiling have met each other.

    Thatdy must be broke as well. That is obvious without asking. She has be the manager of the biggest tradingpany in this town, no, possibly, in the entire country.

    But she is definitely broke. I mean, she orders food from Haruka-kun on the tab every day. They are way too simr.

    And the local lord who is so earnestly worried about them is also suspicious He is supposed to be the count of the frontier, but there is not a shred of gaudiness about him.

    He isn''t just down to earth and sincere, going that far it should be called simple and frugal. And that onught of problematic statements like Even if it costs my lifeorWith my life at stake, really bothers me. However, he alsoes from the noble house that has almost a tradition for the sessive heads of the family to be killed by monsters in the evil forest So he also has too much inmon, making it dangerous as well!

    But, the people of the count''s household aren''t leaving his side even for a moment, bent on protecting him.

    And all of the townsfolk were trying to stop the general store''s shopkeeper.

    So today, we are heading off again, to be stronger as well. Strong enough to protect and keep Haruka-kun in check. Strong enough to stay by his side.

    We probably will end up getting spoiled by him again, but we certainly will catch up to him. And eventually, overtake him as well.

    If we get strong enough to surpass him, we will be able to protect Haruka-kun and provide for him! We made a promise with Angelica-san, and she also promised that she will definitely protect him until then.

    So today we are exploring dungeons again. Earn a whole lot and have Haruka-kun make clothes and sweets. And eventually, get him topletely devote himself to the safe role of full-time househusband! If we can gain enough power to protect him and make him happy, there will be no reason for him to fight anymore.

    The question is, what will happen first, will we be able to provide for Haruka-kun first, or will we have to sell ourselves to him for our debts The most dangerous thing is getting Tamed! Everyone is actually checking for it every morning. After all, Angelica-san and Slime-san seem to be very happy, so everyone is a bit envious of that. We have to get stronger to wake up from the dreamlike days and properly face reality. That is my real dream.

 Chapter 177: No idea who that was, but it must’ve been some spellcaster with common sense.

    Chapter 177: No idea who that was, but it must��ve been some spellcaster withmon sense.

    Day 53  Evening, the White Weirdo Inn

    The lowest floor of the dungeon held mortal danger, that peril and horror had to be properly exined during the dinner meeting. Because it was that scary.

    Armored Pres-san is really scary! And Morningstar-san was crazy! I was running for my life, desperately evading, and frantically teleporting, you know? And then, the Dungeon Master-san got caught up in that, and became a casualty! Combining Armored Pres-san and a morning star leads to enormous damage! The passing-by dungeon master, who identally happened to be on the lowest floor, got caught up? And passed away? Yeah, I was about to appraise it, but it already became a magic stone? Sort of?

    Why is it? t Gazes areing at me from everywhere?

    Eehm? So while you were having a lovers'' quarrel, the passing-by dungeon master, who identally happened to be on the lowest floor, got caught up?

    Eerr? I''m pretty sure dungeon masters always stay on the lowest floor, without passing by? So there is nothing idental about that?

    Yeah. More like, isn''t the fact that a passing-by dumb couple''s quarrel was dangerous enough to instakill a dungeon master the main danger here?

    That, and Passed away?, you are the culprit, that was the original objective. Don''t tell me that you went there only to mess with each other?

    Just why is it? Is this some sort of t Gaze Armageddon?

    Eh? I fought with my life at stake, you know? With the steel ball that wasing at me with a thunderous roar? Running around with instantaneous movement and clones was really tough, you heard that? Yeah, I did say that. And since I said it, that''s definitely what happened? For real?

    In other words, there was a dungeon master on the 70 floor, but it passed away from an unfortunate ident, so you have no idea what it was? This again?

    Or rather, they went from the 50th floor to the 70th in one day and killed the dungeon master? A dungeon dying from the metal ball y of a stupid couple?

    Yeah. Another one dead, moreover, they went specifically to kill the dungeon, but the dungeon master became coteral damage.

    Yu~p. The dungeon master probably~ was about to say~Explode~ you normies, but got exploded instead~.

    In the end, the dungeon spanned 70 floors. Aside from the dungeon master it had two floor masters, and 70 floors worth of monsters. Overflow from such a dungeon would''ve been ruinous, the frontier would''ve beenpletely destroyed before the monsters could be fully exterminated.

    While stampedes from the Evil Forest asionally happen, they usually have a small scale. Apparently, an orc king is considered a huge disaster, let''s keep it a secret that in the depths there was also a goblin emperor.

    And dungeon overflow is an extremely rare event. But when it happens, the entire region is obliterated. And the great dungeon would have destroyed the entire continent. The duo of ex-biggest suspects for that is nodding along as if it has nothing to do with them, but let''s not mention that as well.

    No idea who it was, but since the drop wasRare Treant Cane  Magic Power 30% Up, Elemental Affinity Increase (Intermediate), Mana Control Increase, it probably was a person with some sort of magic-rted job? It probably was casting spells with this staff, I mean, monsters, unexpectedly, havemon sense? A lot more than a certain someone swinging that giant thing around?

    Aah, a spellcaster can''t survive a direct hit from a morning star, even being a Lv70 dungeon master.

    The loot this time,Rare Treant Cane, seems to be the lower rank version ofElder Treant Cane  Magic Power 50% Up, Elemental Affinity Increase (Greater), Mana Control Increase, it''s pretty good for a drop from a level 70 enemy, but after theparison, it doesn''t look as good, even so, it''s a great find, you know? Elder Treant Caneis just too good, additional evidence of how incredible the Great Dungeon was. I''m pretty sure even a tank wouldn''t be able to survive a hit with a steel ball from someone who was the dungeon emperor of such an incredible ce. Speaking of incredible, the same can be said about her figure as well? It''s so incredible that I always end up overdoing it?

    Now. The Magnate-sama is going to give handouts to the poor pleb masses of riffraff students, sort of? Or rather, it''s pudding? It might be my Rich Man Oblige, but it''s a limited charity event, one portion per person only? Any additional pudding is 1,000 ere per serving? It''s a secret that by eating your second portion you make the magnate even richer? Kind of?

    PUDDING! Or rather, we aren''t masses, we have names! When are you going to remember them!

    Just in case, I made 180 portions. Three extrarge portions are meant for Slime-san, who is now jiggling together with it? Did they reach a mutual understanding? Deepening bonds far beyond those of strangers? Eh? Slime-san is turning yellow, but the top part is ck? Did it absorb Mimicryfrom doppels? There are now two giant puddings jiggling together. But I don''t think there is any use in mimicking a pudding? The girls might munch on you? The bitches might actually even bite?

    It''s better than the one I had in the original world? Harmony of taste brought by the ingredients of this world?

    Yes. The taste is somehow rich, but not overwhelming?

    It''s delicious. It''s really good! Aaah, and it''s so jiggly~!

    A favorable reception. Looks like the deep taste born from the mix of all kinds of mysterious eggs and all kinds of mysterious milk captured their hearts. Some already went for the third serving. It''s a secret that sweets have an extremely high profit ratio, okay? They are also extremely high in calories, but everyone knows that, and even so, they are going to make a fuss after eating up everything anyway?

    And after ripping off all of their pocket money with pudding, it''s time for an auction to rip off all of their savings too.

    Everyone is lining up to the president. They are making loan applications. I tried to queue as well, but got scolded? Is this some sort of discrimination?

    As expected, or rather, does she have a hobby of collecting weapons? But Shield Girl outbid everyone forMorning Star of Weight Alteration, spending a hefty sum.

    Looks like the girls found some items as well, so they were having fun as well, putting them on auction they sold them off, and those that won the bid now put their old items for sale. With 30 people exploring dungeons every day they find quite a number of items, but for some reason, there is not a singlePheromone Ring, or any other impression-improving item?

    My lots all sold out. All of them were in high demand, even the estoc went for a good price. But what''s most important, I was able to part with the morning star! It''s too dangerous. Armored Pres-san is too good at handling it despite being a genius of the sword? Yeah, it''s too risky to let her have it.

    Indeed, thinking about lewd stuff inside a dungeon might be dangerous by itself, but if Lewd was taken from a male highschool student, there probably will be nothing left but a student handbook. And the danger of thinking lewd thoughts is far safer than a steel ball? That thing is the Ultimate Weapon (Sermon), that absolutely shouldn''t be given to Armored Pres-san!

    Now, getting out of the bath with Slime-san, it''s time for the home industry, anklet manufacture! First, Armored Pres-san''s share! I have to hurry, this is the Ultimate Weapon (Fetish) of tonight''s showdown! But I''d also like to give it some sort of enchantment? Going for an anklet made of magic stone is a safe option. Just imagine an anklet on those toned slender alluring ankles? The design is also important! Yeah, a prototypees first.

    Hmmm, a chain or a string would be prudent, but considering the effects, maybe a spiral anklet would work better? All of those would fit her, so perhaps I should make them in different versions, for casual wear, and as gear pieces? But increasing the variety is bound to summon a tide of extra orders. By now, my home industry is as dangerous as a boat in a storm, the danger is so big that I''m basically left to wonder, didn''t that boat sink and convert to a submarine? I mean, by now, the general store''s orders look like a dictionary, a special unabridged issue? Just how many pages are there? I''m actually amazed that she managed to write all that in just one day! Merely reading this can take an entire day! There will be no time left for work by the moment I read to the end of the list? And as expected, roasted mushrooms on skewers are on the first page! And once again with an Urgent mark! Did she make a stamp for this? If she has time for that, how about working instead?

    Quickly lining up some prototypes, I add finishing touches. The one with a chime is nice, but the multyered version is also great! These are good!

    There are already more than 100 anklets, but there might be other marvelous designs that I didn''t think of yet, the chain and the T-strap also look nice!

    Having Armored Pres-san try on all of them first will help to visualize things, but if she tries on any of them, it will raise more pressing issues than work. Yeah, we will be too busy for that? It probably will turn into something absolutely amazing! These are just marvelous!

    (Jiggle! Jiggle!)

    Sorry. Looks like I was too noisy? Wait? Was I saying that aloud? But at which point did I begin speaking? Was it from Lick all over~? Or maybe Isn''t that fine, isn''t that fine~? No way, was it from I know, you like it here~?! Yeah, these are banned from selling.

 Chapter 277: Part 2

    Chapter 277: Part 2

    However, the Shrimp probably doesnt want to part with the orphans as well. She fit in pretty nicely, size-wise.

    With everyone gone, theyd probably start crying again, after all, until now, the kids had no one to rely on until now, having only each other for support. They must want someone they can depend on. I mean, they are still so small.

    No, its not like the size is that diffe Nevermind. I didnt say anything, and although I definitely do think that the orphans are not only about to catch up but also to overtake some of the present here, grow big and tall, or rather, if you are clearly going to lose, might as well go horizontal! Horizontal growth has infinite potential, but it might alsoe with a giant future where hip-up is no longer enough to support it? Sort of?

    The small animal (Shrimp) is the intimidation mode. If I tried to reach out my hand to her, saying that there is nothing to be afraid of, shell probably bite it. Moreover, she is definitely the type of a small animal to never let go once she bites!

    Im still in the growth period, Im about to get a sexy dynamite body! Im going to be big! I dont want to get horizontally big(fat) though!

    Nah, Growth arent going to cut it, you probably should consider taking a skill along the lines of Metamorphosis, Transformation, or MutationLike, I mean, its a different world after all? Im sure Transformation is the growth fitting for another world, and when you get big, you might even unlock R18 ratedbination moves, so go for Fortress-ss, hear my~ voice[1]

    I got bitten.

    Looks like she didnt like Metamorphosis[2]? Well, its not like I like it either? I mean, if I got Metamorphosis in my status and on top of that Race:Human went ciao and another race went bonjour, then my already widely suspicious race question would blow up for real, making Affection Rating flee, and devolving into an crisis that will be televised across the entire universe.

    And they are finally back.

    Armored Pres-san, wee back~. Are the Rerorero old mans little sister and the Confederation alright? Ah~, Im d nothing happened to them. Were you to be discovered, not only wouldve that put the little sister in danger, but it also could have led to obliteration with a morning star smash of the already divided from the economic attack Confederation, making all of my economic warfare useless, so I was really worried? Mainly for the Confederation?

    Im home? Brought her.

    Going through thest night was really painful, so if I could, I wouldve liked to PURGE Armored Pres-sans armor right away, and bringing her in the most immodest state DIVE into the room, continuing with going DEEP INTO THE Armored Pres-san, but apparently, treating the little sisteres first? Yeah, Ill behave myself, so please dont grab me by the nape? Im not a kitten, you know? I wouldnt mind if someone grabbed my very very lost Affection Rating-san like that and brought it home, but its currently missing and WANTED, Alive or Alive, but does everyone really need to re and hurry me like this? Its a simple job of stuffing a mushroom into a girls mouth, does it really have to be me? Rather, I feel like a highschool boy putting a mushroom into a sick girls mouth, saying that its a cure, might be problematic by itself? Im still going to do it though.

    Nice to meet you. You are Haruka-san, right? Im Wismregzeros sister, Erailia. Ive been told of what happened. I apologize for the idiocy of my older brother. Not only was I causing trouble, unaware of what was going on, but even my brother caused a great inconvenience. Im so sorry.

    Oh, turns out, she is a real beauty. Perhaps due to her illness, she gives off a somewhat sickly and fading impression, however, she has clearly beautiful features, and an air of intelligence which leaves absolutely no doubt that she is 100%pletely unrted to Rerorero old man by blood. And also, since Rerorero old man is a dude I couldnt care less, but the moment I noticed how pretty the little sister is, I realized, she is an elf? Like, she has pointy ears and stuff? No, I mean, why would I even look at some middle-aged mans ears? If I actually saw them I wouldve chopped them off? I mean, ears, life, existence, are all things that have no significance or demand when its about middle aged men?

    Aah, in regards to the issue idiots being a giant nuisance, as much as I dont want to get used to it, Im already troubled by that on a daily basis, as the result the issue of idiots being a nuisance have blended into everyday life, so you dont have to worry about that? To cover the cost of mushrooms and the nuisance fee the beauty reroreroing middle-aged brother was already sold off to Maid Girl at a huge profit. To think that dealing in middle-aged men could be that profitable, even the Magnate-san was surprised, but the middle-aged men stored in the basement still remain unsold. What do we do? Kind of?

    You sold him?!

    And not only didnt he remember Wismregzero-sans name to begin with, he had now also forgotten arbitrarily naming him McKenzie!

    He only remembers the beauty rerorero by now, but howe Wismregzero sounds like beauty rerorero to him? Makes me really worried about Haruka-kuns ears, or rather head, or rather humanity, or rather, Im worried if he is even a human?

    By the end it sounded like a in nder though? Howe that mere treatment of a sick person develops into an issue where even my race is called into question? Whatever, treatmentes first.

    I look. Using handy Rajingan-san I observe closely and intently, conducting medical examination. Naturally, since its a pretty elf-san in a light nightdress, I look extra hard? Well, I have to establish a diagnosis.. Or rather, I actually knew it the very moment I saw her, but since I was told that I can look at her, how could I pass on a chance to look at lightly dressed beautiful elf-san, or rather, a wonderful Ero Elf-san, so of course Im going to look, stare, gaze, feast my eyes on her super hard, and now, ording to the reaction from Search, Im surrounded by enemies on all sides and in a big pinch, so lets move on with the treatment.

    This is the same thing as the frontiers disease, you know? I think its some sort of Magical Essence rted sickness that can probably only be cured with mushrooms. But how did you get it when you were nowhere near the Frontier? No way, is it because the big brother is a middle-aged man, so his is emitting Magical Essence also known as elderly body odor, scattering around pandemical odor!? Aight, lets exterminate the middle-aged man after all, and disinfect it with fire. Im sure if we turned to ashes, the Magical Essence also known as the elderly body odor will perish from this world along with the middle-aged man, bringing peace and harmony to the world? Exterminative medical treatment~.

    Im not emitting any odor or magical essence! If you can save my sister Ill do anything, I dont care even if Im to be sold off, but could you please not burn me to ashes?

    Apparently, he is not emitting it? Eeh, looks like I have to look for another reason to incinerate him. I feel like some nice idea would pop up if I gave it a thought after burning him, but apparently, I cant do that?

    Well, this should be easily treatable with mushrooms, so my mushroom will be a simple and tasty cure? Here ites, Eraraiaaan-san? Open your mouth~ here, take my mushroom, Im putting it in. A mushroom is going into your mouth, so swallow it carefully? Kind of?

    Its not like its wrong, but you are making it sound really indecent, so please shut up and treat her without saying anything! Her face is bright red! Or rather, you shouldnt make a maiden swallow the entire thing like that!

    It has immediate effectivity, and on top of restoring physical strength it also elerates blood cirction, so blushing on the face is a good proof of it working, but for some reason, I got scolded? The angle?

    No? Is there a good or bad angle for feeding a mushroom? Im just normally holding it from the underside, so there shouldnt be any problem with the angle? Eh? And this mushroom belongs to me, so there is nothing wrong with calling it my mushroom? Or rather, if I was feeding her someone elses mushroom it wouldve been a case for theft charges, and probably wouldve made herplicit in mushroom consumption without payment. Moreover, it has to be ingested, so where am I supposed to put it if not in her mouth! If I was stuffing it into her eyes or eyes THAT wouldve been a problem and probably wouldve result into an injury despite being a treatment?! Actually, can you imagine how much it would hurt to thrust a mushroom into an eye? I never tried to put it into ears, but I suspect it wouldnt be very effective against the illness, so where are you telling me to put Mushroom-san? I wonder~?

    Strangely, despite me treating the little sister, everyones faces turned red? Did everyone have their blood cirction improved? So its all good? Or, maybe, its a pandemic!

    Well, the siblings are hugging each other. I also wouldve been happy to join in on hugs with the condition that its with the little sister only, but since I can hear the sound of sickle on chain spinning echoing through the room Ill refrain from participation. Just how many sickles and chains did they acquire? Why instead of selling everyone is equipping them? But Armored Pres-sans silent giant sickle and chain is the scariest!

    Alright, time for dinner.

    Lets make a whole lot, the orphans and the little sister are underweight,cking in nutrients. And as for the ONE MORE SET crowd, that has excessive nutri Bloodthirst!

    Its a misunderstanding! I dont know what that it is but it is, so for now, lets put away morning stars, and sickles and chains? I mean No, I wasnt looking at anything! I totally wasnt looking at anyones belly! Even if someone thought that just because Armored Pres-san was absent yesterday, and you werecking in ONE MORE SET, so the calories that werent burned down happily settled there, no one actually said anything, so there is no way anyone could hear the sound of your plump stomaaaah(Smash! Stab! Crash! sh!)

    Its dinner Can I survive?! Everyone,e and get your meals too? Kind of?

 Chapter 278

    Chapter 278

    Day 67  Nighttime, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    They are crying. They are finally able to smile, but they are bawling their eyes out. Just because smiling it still doesnt necessarily mean that they are alright. Just because they are smiling, it still doesnt mean that the wounds have fully healed Thats why they are crying. They are clinging with sobs and tears, desperately pleading, while gasping for air in between wails.

    Iming tooo. Im absolutelying, I will work very hard, so pleease dont leave me here!

    I will work too, I can properly do all the tasks! I will soon grow up and will be able to carry heavy things too!

    Brother, sis, please dont leave, please take me with you.

    NOo, dont goo. Im not going to eat so much anymore, Im fine with just little bits.

    I will be a good girl. I will behave and listen to everything, so please please

    UWAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAh. Dont go, dont leave us, we will work hard, we dont need food too.

    A pandemonium of sobs from seriously crying orphans. They are desperately clinging, refusing to separate, all while wailing and sobbing, so its really noisy? I mean, its a live Surround Sound experience of pure unadulterated shrieking right under the ears!

    Its fine, Im just going out for a bit, so will we see each other again soon enough? I just need to take care of some very very important business. Its definitely going to be alright?

    The pres and others are going around, trying to calm them down, but they arent listening at all, bawling like their lives depend on it, so the situation arent improving at all. Since its not about logic but emotions, the fear, they arent listening to reason at all.

    Looks like someone told them that Im going back to the frontier tomorrow. And after some dy the girls are going to follow too. Well, as expected, I cant charge at an army while bringing the orphans with me? No, I have a hunch that it wouldve been fine if its the former army of the First Prince, but what kind of cozy Bring-Your-Child-with-you event is that supposed to be?

    But I mightve been slightly overthinking it. Looking at aunties or just your average citizens, the Capital has pretty much nothing but nice people amongmon folk. As long as there are no idiots (nobles) or trash (the confederations merchants) its not a bad ce for the orphans. Hence, I thought that it wouldve been fine to leave them here.

    But there is no way thats the case. They only barely managed to survive, living inplete despair on the verge of death. Its merely that their home became prettier, there are more people willing to help, they can eat plentiful meals, and receive actual payment for their work, but thats about it Nothing more. There is no way they wouldnt be scared to be left in the town where no one lent them a helping hand. And there is no way orphans that lost their families wouldnt be scared to be left alone again just because they appear more energetic and sociable now. Since its not about logic but emotions, the fear, there is no way words likeits going to be alrightbear any meaning.

    Even if theyugh happily, they had more than enough pain, suffering, grief, and oppression until now. Even though its not even the smallest tiniest little bit alright at all, even though its extremely obvious that its not okay at all if one thinks about it even for a moment. Leaving the orphans in the Capital, assuming that it is safer that way, I thought of nothing but the future and what is toe after that, without considering what the orphans think or feel at all. Thats why they are clinging to us in tears. I dont know how to answer their shouts and cries. Even so, can you please kindly spare me stereo crying right into my ears?

    Yeah, Shrimp was right. Lately she is slowly evolving into a small tanuki from overeating, but the one who had a proper understanding of their feeling was this tanuki that returned to being a little child running around with the orphans. After all, she would know best since she was the one who was suffering and crying the most after being pulled apart from her family and brought to such a ce But I didnt get anything. [1]

    The idea that its going to be safer in the Capital, applies only when we are talking about monsters. It is precisely because its the Capital that they are so frightened. Even if they were told that it will be alright, even if the happinesssted for a few short days, they cant trust this city anymore. They received that deep of a wound. They lived with ever growing trauma. Getting a nice house, warm bed, or delicious meals, is nothing more than an extra for them. They finally found relief and became able to smile. We cant leave them here After all, thats what they are most afraid of. They were afraid of others disappearing, and ending up all on their own. Thats why they lived while desperately helping each other, thats why we cant leave them here. Tanuki was right, even if her stomach is so plump, even if its because Tanuki herself doesnt want to separate with the orphans, that animal instinct was right.

    If so, lets bring them to the Frontier. We just have to finish everything, and bring everyone to the Frontier.

    So Lets go and put an end to everything.

    The defensive system here is more than perfect. The rest is up to Rerorero old man. Later, I will give him back his swords and equipment, after reinforcing it with mithril, while whats on the inside will be strengthened through forcible power up.

    Or rather, that inside is currently being forcibly strengthened through a coercive beating called training. Undergoing training in both body and spirit he is getting molded into something? Well, he is a bodyguard after all, so there is nothing wrong with making him stronger, and this training will undoubtedly bring him to a higher level. Even going higher than the heavens might not be out of the question, says with a distant gaze a person who had a personal experience of identally almost ending up there on more than one asion. Lets bury him in the basement if he ends up awakening to something weird from this.

    However, that middle-aged man is strong, but Being half-heartedly skillful he has way too much pretense to his fighting style. Even if you try to lure the opponent with an opening, an opening is still an opening, you know? Even if you made it yourself, even if you are waiting for the opponent to step into that trap, its still an opening Well, beating it is! Yeah, it seems to have a high fitness value, but by now even his soul is getting whipped into shape I can hear screams of a middle-aged maning from afar How annoying.

    Or rather, its actually annoying, cant you take your beatings in silence? Not only is there no demand for middle-aged mans screams, there soon will beints from both the neighborhood and the underground dwellers? But before the neighborhood, there is already a flood ofints from the souvenir store, you know? After all, while I love making Armored Pres-san moan, scream, and gasp, I dont need gasping screams from a beaten up middle-aged man? Wouldnt changing gasping screams to a deathrattle make a great improvement? Yeah, breathing yourst breath will surely bring us silence? I guess?

    Haa, haaaa, haaaa, if, I makest breath Id be dead? However I was confident that if my opponent is using a sword, then even if I cant win I will be able to not lose But I was no match at all.

    In terms of pure stats alone, the middle aged man has better specs than Armored Pres-san. He is over Lv100 already.

    Indeed, for a reroreroing old man, he has great technique and vast experience. Possessing his own unique fighting style he is also capable of matching it to his opponent. He has strength, speed, sharpness, flexibility, and precision in both his sword and own movements. However, he doesnt have techniques to swiftly decide a fight in a single stroke, nor the ability to crush the impossible or avoid the unavoidable. He has an unorthodox technique that allows for fluid and transformative style But that is still a fighting style bound tomon sense.

    You think too much for an idiot, old man. You have to act more like an idiot, you know? I mean you are an idiot after all, or rather, it is because you are trying to use your non-existent brains that you end upgging behind. Move before you think, and then use the time while you are moving for thoughts. Unless you track the flow instead of relying on tricks you wont be able to catch up. You have to see the entire picture, or you will end up losing in reading the moment anyway? Yeah, like the way you were when you tried to steal a mushroom for your little sister, its fine like that. It was very idiot-like. A proper form for an idiot.

    He mustve never fought for his own sake. Thats why he unconsciously takes a safe defensive approach For the medicine, forrades, for protection, for the goal, but ultimately, everything is for the sake of his sister. Thats why he should have his ass kicked, after all, Im getting mine kicked every day, so everyone else should be getting beaten even harder! If they get vexed about getting beaten up, if they desire to grasp victory, that will be their de. One cannot bet life on the sword that they didnt wish for. Well, although there is a certain someone who was desperately trying hard every day, but any semnce of swordfight flew out the window, as he became unable to do anything but the most bizarre attacks despite not really wishing for that, so might as well leave them to resolve the question of their de on their own.

    Now then, lets prepare for dinner. Both the little sister and the orphans have to be provided with calories, and the people who had too many calories, since Armored Pres-san is around, will be busy with endlessly repeating ONE MORE SET of calorie burning exercises bat training). And Im also about to be extremely busy in a highschool boy sort of way with lovely nyan-nyan squish-squish time, so lets have dinner ASAP. I mean, there is nothing fun about watching a middle-aged man getting beaten up.

    I also have to prepare some food in advance, so thats a lot of work, but lets make a mountain of delicious stuff, so they can happily stay at home.

    Although Im a bit worried about a certain small animal who have underwent Transformation(growth) into a great tanuki, bing so plump that she might soon be Orangutan Girl, but if I make more food than can be eaten, there at least wont be any concern about them crying from theck of food. If I knew itde to this, I wouldve spent time on establishing proper manufacturing process with Cooling (Freeze)andHeat (Dry)skills. Being still unable to make ramen I was postponing this since I wouldnt have been able to fully harness the greatness of freeze-dry anyway, but I wonder if the orphans will be able to handle cooking? Just in case, lets install some sprinklers for fire prevention. And then Ask for some helper to assist them in our absence. Alright, and also preserved foods!

    There is a whole mountain of food!

    Did I go overboard? The dining hall is notrge enough, and the pile of foodstuff is about to copse.

    Well, in the initial construction I was going for Byodoin, but it turned out to be too small, so the rest is just amon two-storey wooden house. Its not like I was trying to make it particrly huge either, however, I was still under the impression that its quite spacious Did I make too much after all?

    Aah Slime-san and the Idiots arent here. I had them included into the calctions for the daily required amount of food, so the weeks worth of food became such a huge mountain. Thats right, the creatures eating from buckets are still busy pirating, and they should be returning straight to the Frontier anyway Well, its slums, so might as well give out the excessive food. Having more wouldnt hurt, I mean, after all, if they were anxious about having nothing to eat tomorrow, then having more than they can eat should surely put their minds at ease! If they turn into small tanuki from that its their own fault.

    Aight then, Ill be leaving tomorrow morning, so Im counting on you to operate the store until Royal Girl and Meripapa-san enter the city and capture the monkey (the Second Prince), but Armored Pres-san is going to leave beforehand, and you should hurry to the Frontier as soon as you are done here too, okay? The Stalker Girls nsmen will distribute instructions. In the meantime Ill try to curb the enemies progress while also curb stomping them into the depths of hell, gaining us some time while also gaining some fat profits, so dont worry, Ill do just fine?

    We are worried, but cant help feeling that its going to be super alright?!

    The meeting progressed smoothly, and the mountain of food is also being steadily devoured. Looks like at this point there is no stopping giant orangutan girls from emerging! And it also seems that Vice President C will soon need her own personal bowl (bucket) too. Yeah, she seems very stuffed?

 Chapter 180: The people of this world should try to act with a better understanding of the flow.

    Chapter 180: The people of this world should try to act with a better understanding of the flow.

    Day 54  Morning, Fake Dungeon.

    The orders given to me were to kill the dungeon blocking the way to the frontier and to deliver the ultimatum to the count of the frontier, who is hiding there. The Kingdom has no time left to spare anymore.

    However, the Kingdom is taking the frontier and its count way too lightly. If this won''t be enough to bring them to the negotiation table, the Kingdom will be ruined.

    That''s why I will first kill this dungeon.

    Leading a group of dungeon experts with A rank adventurers forming the core I step into the dungeon, with numerous B rank adventurers filling supporting roles. It''s quite a grand expedition.

    However, what awaited there was neither fierce fighting nor desperate life or death struggle. To be frank, one had to do their best to avoidughing there.

    At the Kingdom''s request, free high-ranking adventurers were gathered. Promising arge reward, the Kingdom gathered everyone it could.

    That''s how pressing an issue it is to take down this dungeon. This is an exceedingly serious matter that can decide the fate of the Kingdom. The kingdom is holding back on nothing, be it adventurers, military personnel, or the war force.

    And yet, those crme de crme elites are No! I mustn''tugh! They are doing the best they can to fulfill the Kingdom''s mission Bhahaha!

    A narrow path hanging over a seemingly bottomless hole, a steep mountain path bending and twisting at many points.

    Arge army cannot pass here, they''d be simply knocked down by the boulders shot from the walls on both sides. That''s why stopping all of the traps and devices by killing the dungeon is the duty of the vanguard.

    There, gracefully dodging the iing rocks, an adventurer nimbly made his way forward slipping and falling into the chasm.

    Another one grasped a boulder on the ceiling to avoid the slippery pathway And fell down along with the boulder.

    Another one, trying to save hisrades, halted in ce, extending his hand to them, and was shot down by a boulder, and if one isn''t paying attention, they can also be caught by stones that at some rare asions fall from above as well.

    Regardless of their skill with the sword or their magic prowess, the adventurers keep slipping, falling, and tumbling away. Another one, almost making it, buffed himself to take a long leap to the rock on the other side and Got caught by an invisible wire and fell down as well.

    Sounds of water can be heard from the hole, so there must be no danger to their lives, but the sshes are also apanied by the shouts The gear, the clothes, they are melting!!, and agonized cries.

    In the hall that was lying ahead, I gathered those capable of magic to attack spider-type monsters on the ceiling, only for it to copse immediately after that, burying a mercenary band beneath. Moreover, the spider monsters on the ceiling turned out to be just a drawing on the ceiling.

    Before that too, trying to get over a pitfall, the adventurers jumped collectively to the other side, and ended up crashing into what turned out to be a wall. Taking a gant leap with an approach run only to find out that the passage was a painting. After which, everyone disappeared into the pitfall.

    Avoidingbat with golems, that for some reason act in groups akin to military units, we made it through with a small group, but we can''t break through normal corridors. Rather, it is the ordinary passages that are the most terrifying.

    And speaking of what exactly is terrifying, it''s that more than half of the remaining members had their weapons and equipment destroyed, clothes melted, and were close to beingpletely naked. They can''t be counted as a fighting force anymore.

    Challenging the dungeon master in such a state is impossible, all of the female adventurers have already run away. Hey, wait a bit bit, bit, bit. They safely made it back.

    Retreating is prohibited, but proceeding like this is simply heading towards annihtion. There is no other choice but to let the adventurers escape and take on the dungeon master by ourselves. Take weapons and armor from the young soldiers and send them back. We don''t need meaningless deaths.

    Roger.

    Without weapons or equipment, one cannot be counted as abat force, even if I were to send them back, they won''t be held responsible.

    Is that really alright? At this rate

    As long as I remain there is no problem. If themander doesn''te back it will be seen as the force being wiped out.

    The Kingdom has no choice but to face its destruction. Considering what the Kingdom, what the nobles of the Kingdom did to the frontier, there is no doubt that the frontier''s count will not forgive that. Rather, that is only natural.

    It won''t be surprising even if he demanded the heads of every noble in the kingdom, after all, we, the Kingdom, ordered the frontier to die. Instead of helping them, the Kingdom was tormenting and exploiting the frontier, surely, even an attempt at an apology would not be epted. However, even with the Kingdom hanging on the verge of destruction, there is no way the scum, that are the nobles of the minds, would consider presenting their lives or wealth. Now, the only path left for the Kingdom leads to ruin.

    We advance with the few remaining soldiers, but there are only traps, no monsters, or even stairs to the lower floor. Is this some sort of a unique passageway-type dungeon? In that case, the dungeon master must be somewhere ahead Only 8 people left.

    I don''t expect that we can defeat them with this force at all, not even the slightest bit, but were I to perish here to a trap, without evenying my eyes on the dungeon master, I''d be unable to face the troops that fell protecting me. Still, there are only 5 of us left.

    Despite being fully prepared, the soldier that opened the door was gone from my sight. The door''s handle itself was a trap, unable to remove his hand from the handle he was then dragged underground by the door.

    And now, only I remain.

    But my luck has run out. I''m already unable to move, on all fours, with both hands and legs glued to the floor, groveling on the ground like some sort of a beast, not only can''t I advance, fight, or retreat, I can''t even stand, left to await my fate in such an unsightly state.

    It''s impossible for me to wield a sword now, and my armor waspletely destroyed by corrosion.

    Then, all at once, the stone walls began to move, one after another, puppets of stone Stone Golems tore themselves off the solid rock!

    To meet my end in such a miserable state, unable to put up any resistance at all, is humiliating, but dying here, I at least won''t have to see the downfall of the Kingdom, so that might be a blessing of its own.

    Completely unaware of my turmoil, the stone golems lifted the floor, to which I was stuck over their heads along with myself?

    I thought that they were going to m me into the ground, but they only kept lifting me up and down, not dropping me, nor making any attempts to attack?

    They simply marched on, continuously swinging the floor with me up and down, are they perhaps going to sacrifice me to the dungeon master? Unable to put up a fight, I''m going to be devoured alive by a monster? But regardless of what I think, there is nothing I can do to resist at this point.

    Endlessly swung up and down, slowly spun around, I''m being carried onwards. Is this some sort of a ritual? I''ve never met a dungeon master, nor have I any experience of being caught and eaten by monsters, so there is no way for me to guess.

    A glimpse of light. Is that the destination?

    Stone golems continued walking, and as if to show off, raised me higher, exposing the sight of me cowering on the floor on all fours.

    The light blinded me for a moment, but even if I''m to be devoured, unable to give them a single cut with my sword, I at least will give them the best death stare I can.

    The outside?

    At a distance stood a rampart, surrounding the area, and in front of it the frontier''s army was deployed, the one feared as the strongest in the Kingdom. Leading it was the current head of the House Omui, which through the numerous legends it created came to be hailed as the n of heroes. Called the King of the frontier by the people of the Kingdom, universally feared as a god of war by the foreign armies, known as the undefeated swordsman in the capital, the legendary hero, Mellotosam Shim Omui.

    Everyone''s stares fell on me, eh? I''m half-naked right now Or rather, the scraps of clothes are barely hanging on me, and I''m being lifted up for everyone to see as I stand on all fours?

    Ku, ka, KYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!

 Chapter 280

    Chapter 280

    Day 68  Morning, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch.

    And so the morning came. Although its only for a short while, Haruka-kun is going to disappear again. And the problem is that there wasnt a single time when he wasnt doing something dangerous when left on his own, with a 100% record of anxious suspicionsing true, which might as well be considered a certain conviction by now.

    Ill be going then, but there wont be any issues at the start, so you dont need to hurry too much, okay? But when the calles I want you to rush there. Make sure toe in full battle gear withpletebat readiness? If I call you its probably going to mean that, so if I dont call you it doesnt really matter? Well, thats it, make sure to make your preparations.

    I dont understand how facing an army of more than 30,000 all by himself is not an issue, while what is going to happen after that worries him But he isnt joking.

    Sure, leave this ce to us. And this time we will definitelye to your side when you need us. So call us any time. We were preparing for that very moment all this time. So we could fight together, instead of just being protected by you. Thats why our preparations are long done. Good luck, and please, be seriously careful.

    Ill be heading out then? Or rather, since my home is at the Frontier anyway, its more like, Ill be going home? Thank you very much? Kind of?

    Why thest words of someone heading to fight a war alone are Ill be going home? Thank you very much?? This makes him sound like a very violent wife who goes off to vent her anger on an army? But I think even an army would rather run from such ady.

    Take care~

    Big brother, you promised~

    During the breakfast, Haruka-kun spoke with each child one by one, making a pinky swear that he will take those who are interested to the Frontier. Putting aside the credibility of a pinky promise made by a person whose finger will literally grow back were they to lose it, and the question of their humanity too He did make a promise to them.

    Thats why the children were able to send him off with smiles.

    Now, the children, and also this souvenir store, the cornerstone of provision supply, have to be protected until the countless people living in the Capital are safely liberated. Thats why we have to stay. How frustrating, even though we understand everything, even though we discussed this beforehand, even though everyone agreed to this, its still frustrating. After all, he is heading out all on his own again.

    Once again, without Angelica-san or Slime-san by his side, all on his own, he is just disappearing from sight, like it happened many times before.

    I mean, someone has to protect the people of the Capital? So it needs the heroes (the girls) to stay? At Murimuri Castle its fine to just kill, so I can handle it. The right person for the right job at the right time at the right ce? Put like this it begins to look like an amazing n, which gives me confidence that it will go alright?

    The n, he says. But since it Begins to look like, he must be acting on something that just urred to him without much consideration, but you lose if you actually worry about theck of nning in the n.

    Alright, lets prepare to open the store. If we dont rake profits, the self-proimed magnate, that has less money than beggars in the slums, is going to be angry.

    Ro~ger!

    The third division has copsed, having only a few thousands troops remaining, however, the local nobles have gathered their forces, plus various mercenary bands are also joining them. With the addition of ruffians and vagabonds their numbers reached 31 thousand And they are still growing.

    However, numbers dont matter, the real danger is the support from the Theocracy. Magic tools, arrangements to ovee the Fake Dungeon, and enough force to take Murimuri Castle. They areing because they are confident in sess. Well, it most likelyes from overestimating their abilities, but they still must have something prepared.

    But just like the opponents have something up their sleeve, Haruka-kun has something even more outrageous.

    Good grief, challenging Haruka-kun to a contest of annoyance, this is beyond recklessness and just inly asking to be abused. If the Kingdom or the Theocracy had anyone capable of harassing, trapping, duping, or tricking others on the same level as Haruka-kun, this world wouldve been either unified or destroyed a long time ago.

    There seems to be a belief in foreign countries that apologizing or taking a humble attitude equals loss, but trying to apply pressure to Haruka-kun will most definitely mean self-destruction due to the difference in pressure ratio.

    If they simply apologized and came to honestly purchase magic stones, nothing wouldve happened. Rather, that was Haruka-kuns goal all along for which he was secretly working all this time.

    But it turned into a war. As a result, Haruka-kun ended up having to stand on the battlefield all alone and kill people. He worked more than anyone to avoid the war, he did everything possible to create the opportunity for negotiations, and yet in the end all of it was for nothing. They ruined all of it.

    He worked so hard so there would be no need for a war, sparing no effort to avoid bloodshed, but despite the lengths he went, it still didnt work. If they say that the Church and their god cannot forgive his actions, then they are free to suit themselves. I have no desire to be praised, acknowledged, or forgiven by a god that doesnt raise a finger while Haruka-kun is working so hard to create the future where everyone can live happily and peacefully! We will dly send (kick) back teachings of such a god, with ribbon, wrapping, rhinestone decoration and payment on delivery attached!

    After all, all he was dreaming of was simple happiness for the Frontier.

    He merely wanted to make everyone smile.

    There is no reason for a god to exist if he cant ept even such a little thing.

    A god that doesnt wish that shouldnt exist. We are the ones who wouldnt forgive it!

    If their god is justice and Haruka-kun is evil for going against it, then Im fine with us being evil. I dont want any of such justice.

    If dreaming of happiness for everyone means evil that goes against the will of the god, then there is no need for any talks anymore. I dont care about their teachings, nor am I willing to forgive them.

    We are seriously angry.

    They couldnt forgive even that small bit of peace that Haruka-kun was trying to create. Without having any idea just how difficult it was to bring happiness to the Frontier!

    We are seriously angry.

    Because we know just how precious, wonderful, beautiful, and miraculous the prospering Frontier is. Because we know just how much Haruka-kun fought for it.

    We are seriously furious.

    He was stealthily working to protect the Frontier, seeing a peaceful resolution where no one has to die or fight a war. While feigning ignorance, he was working incredibly hard. And yet it was all put to waste and ruined, and now they are even trying to invade the Frontier.

    There is no way not to get angry at that, there is no way such a thing can be forgiven! Because they stomped with their dirty shoes the feelings of the single good person that single-mindedly believed in the possibility of a happy end!

    Haruka-kun was fighting merely for that small happy end for the Frontier.

    He is getting angry for others, suffering for others, crying for others, and fighting for others. No matter how much he pretends, in the end, he is just making an uproar about the happiness of others. Without any care for himself, casually putting his life on the line left and right. Crying and getting angry for the sake of others, yet doing nothing for himself.

    Thats why we will get angry. If Haruka-kun only gets angry for others, then we will get angry instead. We will getpletely furious. That is way too cruel after all, way too pitiful.

    Thats why we are enraged.

    Haruka-kun was worried about exposing us to danger until the very end. He is regretting pulling us into the conflict.

    But this is long since our fight too, since we are seriously angry about this. And for Haruka-kuns sake we are going to get his share of anger too. This is our anger now! This is our fight now, we werent dragged into this neither does it have nothing to do with us, we are going to fight out of our own volition and rage. Because they absolutely cant be forgiven!

    They trampled and insulted Haruka-kuns feelings, Haruka-kuns wishes, that little Happiness that Haruka-kun was hoping for, his simple hope to merely protect. Thats why we absolutely cant forgive them! Thats why we absolutely wont!

    That was the consensus and the true will of the girls-only gathering.

    Thats why we will finish the Capital here. And then head to the Frontier.

    Getting busy with two stores plus peddling today, we will finish off the Capital with this offensive. There, the capital will fall.

    The conclusion to this y was already written, and both the stage and the actors were prepared, it definitely will go smoothly. After all, Ive never seen such a viinous scenario!

    The Capital will definitely fall with this, there is no way it can withstand.

    The Capital that was famed for its impregnable walls and rock-solid defenses is going to fall to the broiled eel and bargain sales. That is the predetermined ending.

 Chapter 281: Part 1

    Chapter 281: Part 1

    Day 68  Daytime, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch.

    The Merchant Confederation has finally backed off. Theres been no notice from the Confederation yet, but some merchants of the Confederation already caught wind of what was going on, and were trying to escape the Capital in droves, leading to the apprehension of a few of them.

    ording to the information obtained from the captured merchants, not only did the Confederation decide to withdraw, but there are also rumors of their merchant ships being sunk one after another. The Capital wont receive any new shipments from the Confederation.

    Therefore, the Capital has no choice but to open the gates and obtain its provision from the Kingdom. In other words, the Second Princes uwful coup has failed. At the very least he will be stripped of his right of session and will vanish from the main stage. A single souvenir store managed to liberate the Capital from the Confederations influence.

    But the gates are yet to open Its not clear whether they are awaiting rescue from the Confederation, or are simply yet to ept the reality.

    It seems they are going to show theirst vain struggle, refusing to ept the situation, but its quite a nuisance for those who have to watch it. Moreover, they suggested that we should confiscate provisions from that souvenir store, of all things. I knew they were dimwitted, but it looks like they also dont know when to quit.

    Were we to plunder provisions from that souvenir store, from then on and forever after, the Capital would not have anyone capable of supplying provisions from the outside. Or do you perhaps think that after being robbed in such a fashion the souvenir store will restock for the sake of the Capital?

    Guuuh! Then just levy it as an emergency tax.

    Since they cant see past their own noses, they end up trying to sever theirst lifeline, but if anything, this lifeline is more of a noose prepared to hang the nobles by their necks.

    We are not a tax service. Not to mention that since the Frontiers special territorial authority was recognized, its not liable to taxation from the Capital. And regardless of what sort of an order were to be issued, we, the Second Division, will noty hands on themon folk, but were you to harm the citizens, the contract would be void, and we would arrest you. Those were the terms of our contract, correct?

    We already received the information that before they came with this suggestion to us, the military police attempted an attack on the store. And its also well known that all of the attackers disappeared.

    The military police protecting the Second Princes Faction and the Confederations associates is close to beingpletely wiped out. It might be a good idea to crack open the heads of the nobles, who are yet to realize their defeat, to confirm what they actually have in there in ce of brains.

    The boy that honored us with the visit to the barracks earlier, had said the following about the nobles Their heads are stuffed with hopes and dreams while their eyes are shut close, so they cant see anything aside from their fantasies and delusions, therefore it doesnt matter what we say or do? I mean, they literally refuse to see their own unpleasant reality? People who can be convinced by talking, pretty much get it even without it being spelled out for them? Its not like they are mistaken or misguided, they are just old men who refuse to ept the reality, and prefer to drown in convenient delusions and hopes, so talking to them is useless? Or rather, its pointless since they are old men?

    Refusing to face the reality they are still seeing dreams of taking over the Kingdom. Refusing to face the facts, they are still clinging to the vain hope of agreement with the Confederation. Even now, they are doing nothing, and instead keep fumbling around in their convenient delusions.

    If rationing stops the citizens will open the gates. You have to either open the gates on your own, or keep purchasing provisions from the souvenir store and distributing it to the people.

    The nobles that made their fortune by oppressing the people will have to bleed those riches to keep feeding those very people. The gates will swing open unless they keep throwing their capital at it, which means capital punishment for them, so they are getting desperate. What a marvelous, cunning, and vicious trap. Its like handing the rope to the nobles, so they can strangle themselves on their own.

    The discontent among the people was high ever since the blockade and the rationing started. Without the souvenir store, the Capital wouldve had at least some small skirmishes going on by now. But it looks like the rebellion is about to end without any bloodshed, with only the Confederation and the nobles having their wealth plundered.

    What possibly can the nobles do now, after the military police vanished, and they are left with nothing aside from their status.

    Theirst struggle is the height of recklessness. There is no way they could possibly take that souvenir store with a meager force of barely 10,000 military police. Even we, the Second Division, wouldnt be able to take down the souvenir store. Launching an assault on the slums means certain defeat. Even if one manages to actually break through, capturing the store protected by dozens of beautiful maidens of the Sword Princess ss is not possible.

    That itself can be considered a message from that boy, a deration that a betrayal from the Second Division wont be allowed.

    Moreover, even the slums poption is now armed and willing to risk their lives to protect that store. They are prepared to be a bulwark to protect that souvenir store that saved all those people living in the slums from unescapable poverty, and made it into a neighborhood where childrensughter can be heard.

    Thats why we definitely wont allow them toy hands on that ce. We might risk our lives to protect it, but there is no scenario in which we would point our de at the benefactors of the Kingdom.

    Because our Second Division is a shield for the King who protects the people. For we who were entrusted with the defense and given the crest of the shield, raising our hands at the people would mean throwing away the pride of the illustrious Second Division, the Kingdom and Royal Family would lose all meaning to them.

    How its going?

    A number of skilled troops were assigned to guard the souvenir store. As pointless as it might be since it is unlikely they will ever get to do anything, there shouldnt be an issue with us having some eyes there.

    Its business as usual over there. A lively store filled with theughter of women and children at all times. The store had everything that we were striving to protect.

    The people live in peace and the country protects them and their happiness. What the Kingdom couldnt do despite taking shape exactly for that. Everything that we were about to lose is at that store.

    Moreover, its a store directly connected to the Frontier, that was fighting, protecting and suffering for our sake all this time. To attack such a ce one would have to be neither a soldier nor a noble, but a mere bandit. if seeing that one doesnt feel the urge to protect it, then they arent needed in the army. At the very least, I absolutely wouldnt allow such a person in the Second Division.

    To think one could take a capital city in such a brilliant way Without a single drop of blood spilled nor any harm to themon people. Moreover, they even managed to deliver a huge blow to the Confederation without venturing there. To think they managed to cause enough damage to keep them from interfering with the Kingdoms affairs, truly frightening. An army has no hope of defeating them, they are waging war on a higher level.

    However While we were saved, the Frontier is The Frontier became a sacrifice again

    While the First Prince was captured, it didnt stop the nobles armies. In the end, the First Prince was nothing more than a figurehead, with the real power in the hands of the Church faction nobles. And at the moment, both the Frontiers troops and the Kingdoms army are in the Capital. The Frontier that was left defenseless to save the Capital is going to fall victim to their armies. Soldiers of the Third Division withdrew from the nobles army, but its high-ranking officers and scions of the noble houses forming the core of the faction have remained. Perhaps troops of the local nobles saw easy spoils there, since they flocked to join the nobles army en masse.

    There is no time for this. Although I understand that they cant make it back in time, but to have Omui-sama go along with such a farce while the Frontier is under attack Might as well take the Second Princes head with

    Urgent report! The gates were opened. General Shariceres, the Royal Guard under hermand, Margrave Omui-sama, and Frontier troops have entered the Capital!

 Chapter 281: Part 2

    Chapter 281: Part 2

    Ill head out immediately. Watch out for the nobles and military polices movements.

    Did citizens open the gates? It seems a bit premature for that. There still shouldve been time before the rationing stops.

    Its the store outside the walls! It appears they started a big sale at very low prices which includedrge quantities of food, clothing, and various livingware. In response, citizens have opened the gates.

    Kuh Until the very end, huh. In the end, the Capital was fully seized by the souvenir store alone. Looks like there wont be anything for us, the shield of the people, to do. We are going to wee Shariceres-sama and Omui-sama! Everyone is to line up and be on standby. Dont make them wait.

    Yessir!

    All of the actors have gathered, the only thing left is to end the farce. It seems that this ugly y can finallye to a closure under everyonesughter on the stage prepared by the souvenir store. Despite being the best unexpected finale, with the ending in sight, it makes me even slightly disappointed about being unable to see the perfect happy ending written by that boy.

    After all, the best scenario had a story that made meugh from the very bottom of my heart.

    Looked down from the slums and having garbage thrown at them, the nobles copse foaming at their mouths after exploding in fits of rage. Going bankrupt after having their riches plundered, those nobles turn vagrants. Losing the remainder of their riches to purchase provision for rationing, they all be penniless, and join ranks of the poor, who they were oppressing all this time. Finale.

    The one entering the castle is the Princess and a general, Shariceres, leading the Kingdoms elite Royal Guard. Moreover, a living legend Margrave Omui, and the strongest army of the Frontier, have also entered the Capital. The Capital is engulfed in thunderous cheers. Everyone is loudly chanting the names of the two.

    Talk about being outmatched. The two, true nobles beloved by the people, and the monkey (Second Prince) with idiots (nobles), there is nothing to even think about. Simplyparing them feels futile.

    The Capital rejoiced  the heroes have liberated the Capital.

    Everyone put down their weapons, no one could possibly point a de at the Royal Guard and the Frontiers army, regardless if they are a friend or a foe. They can do nothing but surrender without any bloodshed.

    Wee back, Your Highness Princess Shariceres, I shall lead the way to the Royal Pce. We are also grateful for your contribution this time, Omui-sama.

    There is no way merely apologizing to Omui-sama would be enough. Because we allowed the rebellion the Frontier has the people of the Frontier, who deserved help more than anyone

    Long time no see, Terrysel. But for now, smile, the people are watching. No need for sorrowful looks, smile. Im not worried about the Frontier, nor have I given up on it. This is the stage prepared for us by that boy, so smile. The boy said that he will manage it somehow, so we should simply smile. Stop with the sour face andugh.

    The entirety of the Kingdoms military force is currently concentrated in the Capital and at the borders, plus the now hostile armies of the nobles. There are no troops at the Frontier.

    While smiling through force, we make our way to the Royal Pce. There is no one left who would even try to oppose us, let alone provide any resistance.

    To the King.

    But there is nothing that can be done about the Frontier. No matter what sort of ingenious strategy that boy were to devise, there are no troops to carry it out. And yet they say that he went to the Frontier by himself. Alone, empty handed, without anyone to apany him.

    Even so, we have to smile. If that is the role bestowed to us by that boy, Ill smile, even if I grind my teeth to dust and gnaw through my lips in the process.

    What followed was a mere theatrical piece.

    While the Second Prince and nobles were crawling on the ground on their knees with heads hanging low, Her Highness Shariceres and Lord Omui made their way to the Kings side. And reaching his chambers, respectfully offered him a secret remedy harvested at the Frontier. As the King recovered in the blink of an eye and regained consciousness, the Royal Prince, who actually was around all this time without anyone noticing, renounced his regency and returned the seal of state.

    The return of the King that everyone was waiting so eagerly for.

    When it was announced to the citizens that the Second Prince and the nobles were arrested under the Kings order, the Capital erupted with even greater jubnce.

    Then, a bountiful feast with plenty of alcohol was held on the orders of the King and Omui-sama, swallowing the entire city in revelry, creating the Kingdoms revival festival.

    The King and the Princess are waving hands from the terrace of the Royal Pce, apanied by Omui-sama. Even my humble self was invited, which has me currently standing beside them and also waving my hand with a smile.

    All actors are present on the stage, and citizens of the capital rejoice over the climax of the y. The nuisances were already removed from the stage, leaving only the King and the true nobles standing. The ones who tried to remain nobles (sword of the kingdom) despite being pushed into themonfolk. Those who came to the souvenir store carrying their entire modest savings to purchase weapons. Those ruined nobles are all said to have been given swords, armor, and splendid dresses with the words Its a freebie. The ruined nobles that were banished for their attempts to save the slums were recognized by that boy as genuine nobles, giving them the right to be present at this scene.

    Just like a y about a heroic epic, ovations for the King, the princess, and Omui-sama standing on the stage wouldnt stop, engulfing the Capital in feverish enthusiasm. The stage to celebrate the heroes, yet that ck-haired boy is not on it.

    Thunderous shouts of joy shake the Capital, with crowds singing and dancing in celebration. Its finally over.

    Terrysel, sorry for the trouble, you have our gratitude for protecting the people in our stead.

    My King! Such words are

    But the people the most deserving of those words are not here. That boy and his associates, who should be praised by the people the most, are not here. That person went to the Frontier. The true liberator of the Capital went to protect the Frontier by himself.

    My King, Ill be going back to the Frontier too. This is the ce governed by the King, I have my things to do in my own domain.

    Im sorry, Mellotosam. In the end, us, Diorer, are always causing trouble to Omui, having to be constantly helped and rescued. I thought that Id end it during my reign, but this is what we ended up with. Forgive me, Mellotosam.

    The King lowered his head. He is apologizing so deeply, that if werent in front of the people, he probably wouldve gone on his knees. As a vassal and a friend I too lower my head, overwhelmed by emotions. Thoroughly reflecting upon the meaning and significance of the fact that lord of the Frontier left it during the crisis to save the King.

    Dont bow, Diar! You are the King. Raise your head and smile for your subjects. I wont allow anyone to sully this stage, even the King. We had a happy resolution, where everyone was able to smile, prepared for us, and even were given the stage. So smile.

    Wearing a frighteningly serious smile, Omui-sama waved back to the citizens. The one who wants to return more than anyone, the one who wants to rush back this very instant, Omui-sama donned a smile, and replied to the cheers of the citizens of the Capital.

    So ham actors like me can only smile at most.

    ying the role given to me on this stage, I earnestly force a smile. But everyones minds arent here, but at the distant Frontier instead.

    Filled with thoughts of the boy that is facing dozens of thousands of enemies by himself.

 Chapter 282

    Chapter 282

    Day 68  Nighttime, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch.

    It took longer than expected to get in touch with Omui-sama, but we finallypleted all of the discussions and arrangements. We also were able to confirm the situation. The Capital should be fine now.

    The Capital was peacefully liberated, with no citizen blood being spilled nor anyone having to starve. Everything went just as Haruka-kun desired.

    The citizens have already gathered outside. In cheerful celebration they are singing and dancing, drunk on free alcohol and the feeling of freedom. The heavy and oppressive atmosphere of the Capital had fully transformed into one of joy and festivity. Rather than gloomy the true form of the capital was that of a city full of cheerful people happily embracing each other.

    All because it ended without a fight. Since there was no bloodshed or upheaval, they can smile sincerely.

    The idea was to have the aunties open (break through) the gates bymencing a bargain sale beyond the city gates. The military police and private troops of the nobles that tried to intrude into the souvenir store already went straight underground, dropped into what Haruka-kun calls Middle-Aged Men Hell. And there is no way short-staffed guards can possibly stop a rampage (stampede) of countless aunties. Anyone who tried was knocked down, trod upon, and trampled into the dust. The sturdy gates of the capital were breached in the blink of an eye.

    Moreover, men and women of all ages flooded from the gates, lured by the scent of broiled eel. Even we couldnt help drooling. Everyone was eating with great appetite. The samples were delicious, so everyone was busy tasting and selling.

    Its all because Haruka-kun found red sake and eels in the capital! The Capital was doomed that very moment. I mean, its broiled eel! Everyone worked on fanning the cooking eels and sending the smell into the Capital with Wind Magic. Yeah No wonder they will burst outside. I mean, that is the enticing scent. To be able to withstand that aroma one probably has to have no sense of smell!

    And all of this was a farce, it was already predetermined that this uproar would go the way we want. As long as the proper groundwork wasid, it was certain to go smoothly.

    After all, its Librarian-chans Agitation, powered byRipple Ne  MiN InT 50% Up, Anti-Resistance, Ripple, that Haruka-kun has even called the trump card of this operation. As long as some sort of an opportunity was arranged the rest could be done through masterful maniption of crowd psychology. Thats why it was destined to fall from the very beginning, we only had to wait for the opportunity and timing. Everything was decided from the start.

    Thats why it naturally fell. The only thing left was the little drama y.

    Then, carrying banners, the Royal Guard and the Frontiers troops entered through the opened gates, and under the gaze of the cheering citizens made their way to the castle. Thus, the Capital that was considered impregnable and invincible fell without a fight.

    The invincible walls of the Capital, the Kingdoms treasured artifact Ultimate Lock (Protection)s Complete Protection and Complete Intrusion Denial, and infinite traps produced by Evesting Trap all failed without being put to any use. On top of that, one of the Kingdoms artifacts, Evesting Trap still remains in the possession of the unceremonious thief!

    The King, just as was expected by the scenario, recovered, leading to the immediate purge of the Confederations and the Theocracys agents from the Capital. Corrupted nobles are also either arrested, or if they put up resistance, stripped of their power.

    Just as we thought, the King was poisoned. They were able to keep him alive with a heirloom relic of the Royal Family, but it seems he was afflicted with a more than lethal dose of poison. But with the Frontiers specialty giant mushrooms prepared by Mushroom Evangelist-san instantly curing him was an easy task. Just in case, Omui-sama was given a ton of mushrooms for treatment, which led to him thanking Haruka-kun in tears over and over again while gripping his hands. Haruka-kun was super annoyed about having his hands clutched.

    As The Royal Guard and the Frontier Army had entered the capital, making a grand procession with gs and banners towards the Royal Pce, making sure to encircle it on the way, the nobles didnt even attempt to organize a resistance. And the prince (monkey) seems to have been arrested as well.

    And with the King recovered the Capital was liberated. The y was over.

    The Capital was engulfed with ovations and cheers. The people sang and shouted in joy, getting so loud and lively that it even made one wonder if the Capital truly had this many people before. Everyone is overjoyed about the peace being restored.

    The Capital should be fine now. So we are going.

    We are counting on you to watch over the house, you will be good girls and boys, right? We wille to pick you up as soon as we can.

    We will be good, waiting for you! Take care.

    Wismregzero-san was sold as the pce security. His equipment was given to him by Haruka-kun, with Dona Dona written on the cloak. As expected, that provoked some pity.

    His little sister Erailia-san got along with the children, and agreed to look after them in our absence. She apparently was an elven shrine maiden, and although she has a caster job, judging by her demeanor she seems pretty strong so they should be safe with her. The Royal Family also dispatched the Second Division to protect the souvenir store. This store seems to have some extravagant guards prepared since its a benefactor of the Capital. So there is nothing to worry about.

    The children are going to be alright So we can go. To the side of the person doing the most not alright thing all alone.

    Angelica-san left for the Frontier ahead of us. Even if we went together, Angelica-sans travel speed is much greater than ours, and we want someone to join Haruka-kun as soon as possible. Moreover, she was so impatient that she couldnt wait any longer. So we had her leave earlier.

    After all, in the worst case, Haruka-kun might already be at the Fake Dungeon. After all, if he is alone, there is a chance he might attempt to fly. I dont understand why he is so carefree about flying despite not developing a controllednding method yet, but he is outrageously fast during flight, even his crashndings are apparently ultra-high speed. He was speaking about this very proudly, but in the end it seemed to be quite painful.

    Then, is everyone ready? We are going to travel at high speed in fullbat gear, so make sure everything is in order.

    We are good! Ready to leave any time!

    Everyone is impatient. Haruka-kun is fighting by himself, he is waiting for us there. All alone Thats why everyone is getting so hasty.

    Lets go then. Athletic Girls will lead the way.

    Jaa!

    Good luck! Tell Big Brother that we are waiting for him to return for us.

    The children, wearing hand(tentacle)made kids clothes that Haruka-kun distributed beforehand, are waving hands while smiling. All dressed up, with cute frilly dresses and prim short pants suits, they are sending us off. Thats why we have to wave back at them with smiles too.

    Well be off.

    Just as Haruka-kun wanted, the peace was instantly brought to the Capital through a bustling festival, without anyone getting hurt, killed, or any disturbance or fires happening.

    Thats why we leave for the Frontier, where Haruka-kun is.

    We asked Haruka-kun to help the orphans, which created deviation in Haruka-kuns n. Even so, he built an orphanage and remodeled the slums. Although he probably wouldve done the same even without us asking. Or rather, even before we said anything, he already was remodeling the slums, making various excuses as he went. But that probably shifted the schedule by one day at the very least.

    And the reason why ships from the Confederation would note anymore, was because Oda-kun and others went all the way to the Confederations shores to attack them. Haruka-kun appeared to be surprised, but also pleased by that. That Oda-kun and others were angry, that they were fighting based on their own judgment But that also means that Oda-kun and others return will be dyed. Which is another deviation to Haruka-kuns n.

    So Haruka-kun must be forcibly trying to defend everything alone, doing something absurdly risky as he fights to make everyone happy. Thats why Haruka-kun is going to be what we protect!

    The entirety of this world can be left to Haruka-kun to take care of. We will protect Haruka-kun, who forgets to take care of himself.

    After all, we already know.

    When things look grim, Haruka-kun wont hesitate to sacrifice his own life. Haruka-kun would try to protect the lives of others, even knowing that it would kill him.

    Thats why the consensus of endless discussions during Girls-only Meetings is that we will make sure to protect Haruka-kun and the rest doesnt matter.

    Thats why we spent every day endlessly raising levels, preparing equipment, and practicing. All of it was for the sake of fighting for Haruka-kuns sake.

    Thats the Girls-only Meetings decision.

    Vanguard swap. Nothing unusual ahead~, no signs of the enemy either~.

    Got it, the Tamed Group next, please. Make sure not to run ahead too much.

    We know. Maintain this speed, right?

    Yeah. We shouldnt tire ourselves out, Haruka-kun said toe in full readiness.

    Roger.

    Even if we cant be at his side, as long as we can diminish the risks its all good. Even if its just by bing a decoy and splitting enemies, or scaring them, or whatever, a diversion, auxiliary assistance, anything is fine I just want to be of help to him.

    I dont want him to carry everything on his back.

    I want to be of help to him, even if its just a little bit.

    After all, its thebat that is the biggest danger to Haruka-kun. He has many issues like level and HP, but thats fine.

    What I dont want to see is him deciding to meet death by himself.

    I dont want to let him go off to die like back then.

    Haruka-kun most likely will do just that in the end.

    Thats why I dont want to let him face the end.

    We just have to be cards in his hand, the rest Haruka-kun will handle himself,ing up with outrageous ways to trick and destroy enemies.

    Thats why I at least want to remain a useful card to him until the very end, thats enough.

    I dont want to see him running out of moves and going out to die by himself again.

    This is the consensus of endless discussions during Girls-only Meetings, no matter what else we have to leave behind, we will stay with Haruka-kun.

    Are you sure about going at this speed until the morning? Cultural Clubs girls can still take more.

    We were told that there is no need to rush. We didnt receive a summons, so its fine to maintain a safe pace for now.

    Howe the reinforcements dont have to hurry yet when he is facing 30,000 enemies alone? Well, trying to worry about him is a pointless effort anyway.

    Be it opening the way, taking a shot, or running errands, anything is fine, as long as we can expand his options.

    Im sure even now, facing 30,000 enemies by himself, he is doing something that we wouldnt be able toprehend.

    We might be of no use even if we arrived on time. But even if we arent of any use, as long as we can add extra options for the critical moment, its fine.

    We cant do anything unless we remain by his side. But having at least a single duty assigned to us is fine. As long as it can help avoid Haruka-kun bing a sacrificial pawn himself.

    That alone is the consensus of the endless discussions of Girls-only Meetings since we came to this world We will follow Haruka-kun.

    We absolutely wont allow him to risk his life alone again!

    Angelica-san went head, but I dont think she can reach him before tomorrow morning~, I wonder if Haruka-kun already made contact with the enemy?

    Enemy forces shouldve been at the Fake Dungeon already, the question is where Haruka-kun will choose to engage them?

    Our speed keeps increasing unless we consciously pay attention to it.

    He didnt call for us yet, and Stalker Girls nsmen havent shown up either.

    But the closer we get the greater are the chances that we might be of help to him, so everyone keeps running faster.

    Earlier, we followed this path to the Capital, chasing after Haruka-kun. When we arrived, a souvenir store was standing there.

    And now we are returning by the same way, and Im really worried what couldve popped up at the Frontier by now!

    I wonder what Haruka-kun is nning to do with an army of 30,000 people?

    Dont! For the sake of your sanity andmon sense, dont even try to think about it!

    I dont know what was that thing that Haruka-kun was worried about, but that look was the one of uneasiness.

    If somethings up, then wed like to make it in time, everyone is rushing ahead.

    We are so used to it by now, that we are able to eat beef bowls while moving at nearly the maximum speed.

    If there also was miso soup thered be nothing toin~.

    Dont you think traveling at ultra-high speed while eating a beef bowl AND sipping on miso soup at the same time is a bit much? If there also were pickled veggies it would be a real danger to our femininity!

    Lets hurry up and extort more delicious stuff!

    Yeeeeaah!

    Wait? What were we chasing after again? Delicious food? I wonder if there are manju?!

 Chapter 283

    Chapter 283

    Day 68  Nighttime, Souvenir Store, Fake Dungeon, The Neighboring Towns side.

    The noblemens army of the Churchs faction is gathering up in small groups. As terrible as it may sound, its more than 30,000 middle-aged men. A sea of unsightly middle-aged men as far as the eye can see. That is one sea I absolutely dont want to dive into This is horrid. Since the day I was born, I have never seen a sight this ugly and sweaty. I mean, 30,000? Its like a small town with a 100% middle-aged men poption Thats one awful town!

    This better be actually working.

    Why dont you try it for yourself, if it doesnt we are ready to exchange, rece, take it back, or return the money? I dont know how long it takes to run out of power, but if the light disappeared from the stone and it became pitch dark it means that its effectiveness has worn out, or rather the time has run out, or rather magic power. If stone golems inside the dungeon move even a little bit well return your money. They are going to move if you hit or attack them but thats your problem, okay? Since you have so many people, all of which happen to be middle-aged men, I will make a special offer, for every hundred that you buy Ill add a mushroom pennant for free! I actually have a whole load of them unsold, I wonder whats the issue with them? Yeah, even though everything else sold out? Kind of?

    I barely made it to the opening of the souvenir stores main shop at the Fake Dungeon. That was close. Like, it was really tight. If I didnt fly with Air Walk I wouldnt have made it in time.

    And just when will I get a skill fornding? It feels like I might get Crashing skill before that!

    The shop is located in an abandoned town without any stores or anything Which is called Neighboring Town? In other words, since there are no stores anywhere around, I now have full monopoly to conduct rip-off sales, and get dirty rich. I already profited from the Confederation, and now I have to profit from the Theocracy too, otherwise I will be branded and shamed for discrimination, so I have to properly rip them off, since I dont want any drama orints.

    For the provision, tell me beforehand how much do you need so I can buy it, okay? The advance payment is half of the sum, the rest 60% is to be paid on the delivery, plus 10% deposit? Summing it up may be mathematically difficult with variousplicated theorems involved, or rather, since its all split up like that it shouldnt be added up, but Ill supply the stuff you need?

    If thats true it will be a great help. Actually, the unit that was carrying provision was attacked on the way here, so we hardly had enough, can you take care of this?

    Thank you for the patronage? But without advance payment and the deposit we cant stock up on the stuff, so scrape up the needed sum? Well, its actually the purchasing responsible person who is going to get the stuff, Im just operating the souvenir store. And for the limited time of now you can get a mushroom pennant for a very nice price?

    The nobles army must be pressed for provision by now. On the way back from the Capital I picked up all of the provisions that happened to have fallen on top of the nobles armys column of wagons, so they shouldnt have any.

    With the supply cut off we would have been in real trouble if it wasnt for this store. Plus this stuff called manju is real good.

    And this pass thingie can stop stone golems, minimizing the damage.

    Its expensive, but its worth it. And well, you know how it goes. (Grin)

    They probably think that if they can keep the friendly front and treat me as a cooperator they can secure their supply until its all over, and once the Fake Dungeon falls theyll just have to dispose of me and theyll get back all of the money they spent, so they are paying the asking price without arguing as if they have money growing on trees. Its good money, but manju are about to sell out. If the girls find out that those guys ate everything theyll probably end up on the receiving end of Pres-samas whip scolding called ughter.

    But speaking of the pres-san, each time Id see her, shed be munching on manju like a squirrel, holding one in each hand Are her calorie calctions alright?

    Then, with nsid out on top of the table that I prepared for a fee, a strategy meeting began. Naturally, being as considerate of a person as I am, whom it wouldnt be an exaggeration to call considerably considerate, I also prepared chairs, for another small fee. And for another additional fee Im also delivering tea and manju, for almost an oversaturation of consideration.

    Well, even if its called strategy, its just a human-wave tactic. Earth mage corps and engineering corps are working hard to fill up traps. Theyd have a mud golem walking ahead, and once it falls into a trap, have it turned back into soil, burying the trap, gradually neutralizing the Fake Dungeon, is what their n seems to be.

    Mud golems cant fight stone golems, but they seem to be intending to disable them by mass purchasing Fake Dungeon Passes. Well, actually, even if they manage to stop stone golems, there is Rafflesia-san waiting ahead, but since its nothing but middle-aged men, it chose to hide. I mean, tentacle torturing middle-aged men is an actual torture! I dont want to see such a thing, thats definitely a big no for a highschool boy!

    Then, arge number of soldiers advances ording to the n, with mages working all together on creating mud golems and filling up traps as they proceed. But even so, they keep triggering traps one after another to no end. I mean, I keep adding more? No, if they keep discussing their strategy right in front of me, Id prepare some more? Naturally? Like, they keep telling me where they are going to put bridges, which area they are going to fill, which path they are going to take, so it would be rude not to?

    I mean, all of the middle-aged noblemen keep making set ups in front of me, going We are going through here, This way, here, Over there? I gotta read the mood? Yeah, I added traps to all of those ces?

    And so I keep installing traps while listening to their endless strategy meeting conducted right in front of me. All while rip-off tea and manju sets keep selling for 10,000 ere each.

    They surely must be thinking that they are gradually making progress. They surely dont think that the Fake Dungeon keeps gradually stretching.

    And then there is a gang that while participating in the meetings, keeps silent all the time, only taking notes. That is the Theocracys unit.

    The nobles arent even beginning to suspect that they are sacrificial pawns for the sake of destroying the Fake Dungeon. No idea if they believe in the Churchs sincerity, the Theocracys loyalty or the Old Farts justice, but if they can believe in that, theyll believe in the possibility of the Geeks rehabilitation or the future where the Idiots will have meaningful discussions of academic importance. Those are challengers willing to bet on some unlikely odds.

    Alright, fill up the swamp in the left passage and put up a bridge. I permit the use of magic stones if low on mana. Engineering corps. The right side isnt filled up enough, what are you doing! Hey, kid. More tea.

    Once the mages ran out of their mana they began going through magic stones like its tap water continuing to produce mud golems to fill up the Fake Dungeon. They also keep buying passes like crazy to halt stone golems. Stone golems also have it tough, having to pretend that they cant move. It was worth it making them practice with Red Light Green Light. Ah, that one twitched!

    Even so, gold coins keep piling up through theirvish spending. That rear unit that keeps supplying them with magic stones and gold is a knight order from the Theocracy. They are backing this army for the sake of using it as a decoy and a battering ram to neutralize the Fake Dungeon and storm Murimuri Castle, all so they can deplete the enemys traps, weapons, and resources. And they are also our best customers here.

    However, if they are willing to pour such enormous budget, manpower, resources, and magic stones into filling up the Fake Dungeon, they couldve as well given those funds to me and I wouldve immediately filled it up, but no one seems to be willing to make me that offer?

    Without letting them advance too fast, I keep drawing them deeper while ripping them off. Fully stopping or even worse destroying the nobles army runs the risk of the Church resorting to use of their trump card. Its too early for that, so for now its a dying tactic WITH rip-off feat. Magnate. If only the nobles had some sort of a unit consisting of prettydies, then Rafflesia-san and others wouldve had their ce to shine too. They must be very disappointed. Im very disappointed too.

    The fill up was finished, but there seems to be another three-way fork.

    The one with the biggest trap should be the correct one, which one wasrger?

    No? Its actually the left one that looks like nothing but is all smeared with slippery oil? The path is ascending, so it might be a bit inconvenient.

    The passage in the middle has a giant hole.

    Alright, go through the central passage.

    Apparently, its the central passage. Alright, lets connect it to the exit on the right and make a loop. Having someone draw a strategy map before my very eyes makes things immensely easier to understand. These are some pretty considerate middle-aged men.

    The Churchs people keep silently copying the map and handing it to their subordinates. In that case, the Churchs main force must be stationed in the rear, outside the Fake Dungeon.

    And from that rear regrlyes a carriage loaded with gold coins, buying up food and dungeon passes. If they had this much money they couldve as well just bought magic stones without any problem, but they just had to waste all of it at such a ce, good grief, because of that Im taking huge profits? Thank you very much?

    Kid. Sell us weapons. About two units had their weapons melted. Dammit, what an aggravating dungeon.

    Food, weapons, equipment, dungeon passes, all sell like hot cakes, but mushrooms-type pennants have no demand at all? Maybe I should ce them in some more noticeable ce? For some reason the pres and others were trying to put them where theyd barely be visible?

    A middle-aged man from the Stalker Girls n who is pretending to be on restocking duty by pretending to carry goods came. Well, it definitely could be a problem to have a cute girl waltz into a ce with nothing but sweaty men, but even so, further increasing middle-aged men density in the Fake Dungeons closed space could lead to it reaching the critical point and starting middle-aged men fusion reaction, creating a giant middle-aged man? Hm? Were the giants here born through the middle-aged men fusion reaction? Well, Im killing them anyway. I mean, normal or giant, its still a middle-aged man.

    The middle-aged man from the Stalker Girls n said No movements in a low voice, and after pretending to take a load off went back. Looks like we but narrowly managed to avoid middle-aged men fusion reaction. That was close.

    There are no movements, and its still not the time yet, which means the extension of the rip-off draw in n.

    Even now, I keep diligently deepening the hole that they are diligently trying to fill up. They already 40% filled it up, and I sort of do have to allow them to make progress, but its still kind of vexing?

    But unless I draw in the nobles army, I wouldnt be able to draw out the Churchs unit. That is the target I need to draw out and suppress right here, otherwise there will be trouble. If that is unleashed on the Kingdoms side of the dungeon there would be no means to stop it. Thats why I have to force the fight at the Fake Dungeon and Murimuri Castle, the threshold in between the Kingdom and the Frontier. And they probably will use thest resort option too. Stopping them here means it going out of control, so I have to let them make progress and strike them at the entrance, and if that fails, the Fake Dungeon and Murimuri Castle will be thest hope. Thats where the back against the wall rip-off souvenir store with barkers and hospital receptiones in.

    Hey kid, additional provision for 5,000 people, and dont forget drinking water.

    The enemy numbers keep growing. With the inclusion of stray mercs, brigands, and robbers, the gathering of middle-aged men elerated even further. The Middle-Aged Men density ratio grows without stopping, threatening to soon go over the saturation limit. By now they probably could defeat a dungeon master through their middle-aged men smell alone. A doggie-type dungeon master would run away in tears. I mean, even I want to run away!

    They finally were able to deduce the right route, and began climbing the slippery oily slope. The oil is not only slippery but also has Dissolve property so shoes should sell. Lets secretly mass produce some. If they also fall down after slipping then other equipment will get destroyed too, so sales should improve even further.

    Siigh Everything is littered with middle-aged men. Even though its nighttime, its a hellscape with no signs of elements that could entertain one in a highschool sort of way. Good grief, everyone was disparaging the Royal Prince as useless, but he actually brought Pretty Female Knights with him and even had them escort me. The first good middle-aged man I encountered in this world. But those nobles and the churchs middle-aged men are totally useless. If they at least brought beautiful female treasure hunters and had them explore the way I wouldve promptly guided them to Rafflesia-sans room. Just what made them think they can traverse this dungeon with just middle-aged men? The only person who managed to get through was Royal Girl, you know? In other words, this is what it means? The higher the middle-aged men ratio gets, the higher the difficulty bes, and lower the safety?

 Chapter 284: Part 1

    Chapter 284: Part 1

    Day 69  Morning, Souvenir Store, Fake Dungeon.

    After the worst transportation to another world, Ive had quite a few worst days,.. But no morning was as bad as this one. I mean, there is no tragedy worse for a highschool boy than weing a morning with more than 30,000 middle-aged men!

    Kid, you are an early riser. Alright, prepare breakfast for 30 people. No, make it 40.

    Im not early, I havent slept! I mean, with 30,000 middle-aged men around its too sordid for sleep. Moreover, I have to set up traps at Murimuri Castle while supplying the nobles army on the other side, so Im very busy?

    Gathering around the strategy map in the morning, the nobles are getting into discussing should it go like this or like that. Well, thanks to the pointless instructions from those guys Im actually having an easy time, so they have their own use. I mean, there is no way I could keep up with making traps, if the soldiers were allowed independent decision making. After all, 30,000 people are enough to entirely fill the Fake Dungeon. If they tried to make use of their sheer numbers, and attempted tounch a swift attack all at once, then dy tactics wouldnt have worked, turning into simply a retreat battle with stone golems. If theyve done so I wouldnt get a chance to rip them off, and it also wouldve quickened the Churchs movements. And yet those guys keep making orders for every little thing and demanding reports on everything, Truly very useful middle-aged men with self-dy strategic capability and information leak function attached. Moreover, they are great customers (suckers) that I can rip-off as much as I want.

    Id wish we could begin besieging the castle by the night. To think someone as noble as us would have to spend nights in such a hole.

    Now now, just bear with it for today. Moreover, with this our families will also be counted among the heroic lineages that conquered a dungeon, so country bumpkins like Omui wont be able to act so arrogantly anymore.

    Heroic lineage doesnt sound too bad, but to think it willck in sensual entertainment so much.

    You will have more than enough of that once we enter the Frontier. They might live in the sticks, but as rumors have it, the Frontiers women have both looks and charm to them.

    Umu, Id certainly need to taste them myself. In such a case its all the more reason to crush such a hole without dy.

    Umu? As a highschool boy I definitely agree on theck of sensual, but taste? Is he going to bite their heads? Is he perhaps the Bitchesrade? Looks like there was some fearsome enemy hiding in the in sight all along! He looks kind of weak though? Or rather, even if those middle-aged men attacked the Club City theyd just get beaten up and thatd be the end of it? Yeah, that is an actual town of carnage, thats where the actual terror of the Frontier resides. I mean, its a demonic realm where aunties armed with clubs are all over the ce! He will lose his head before he gets a chance to bite anyone? Quite seriously.

    They finally reached the swamp with jumping stones at the halfway point. Its a straightforward course that simply requires one to jump on a series of stones to get across, but liquid in the swamp has Corrosion effect. I really didnt want to see a naked festival of middle-aged men, but it seems there is no need to worry about that, as they are steadily filling up the swamp and preparing to set up bridges. Well, thats the correct decision. I dont want to see any naked middle-aged man, and thest stone there is actually covered in oil For some reason everyone keeps falling for it, getting stuck at this point? I even changed the color of thest stone But everyone keeps jumping on it anyway? Of course you will slip down from it! Why no one tried to understand the thoughts of the creator? Couldnt it be that they actually understand that this is a setup, and reading the mood are jumping on it on purpose?

    I could hinder their progress here by making the swamp deeper, but lets have them pass this area, since I dont want to see any middle-aged mens nudity. I mean, yeah, spare me that.

    And now its the room with trap staircases. Several staircases lined up next to each other, if one takes steps on the wrong step the stair turns into a slide, dropping the person to the very bottom. I actually had quite a hard time making this trap? It also happens to have dissolving liquid flowing out, so falling to the bottom almost guarantees ending up stark naked. I mean, it was a design suggested by Pres-san, she even added a carefully drawn picture, so even though it was troublesome, I couldnt refuse her and installed it? And yet it was a trap that didnt see any use until now since no one was able to reach it. Yeah, Pres-san looked very sad when she heard that Royal Girl and her party didnt pass through here Did she want to make her fall? Could it possibly be that she is interested in melting her clothes?

    It took the swarm of the middle-aged man about an hour of climbing and sliding to understand the mechanism. From there, it took them another hour to find all of the trap steps All while middle-aged men kept endlessly sliding, slipping, and falling, getting their clothes melted, a true picture from hell! Wait, no way, could it be that this is what pres-san wanted to see?! Suspicions of Pres-sama interest in stripping middle-aged men revealed? Yeah, shell beat me up if she hears this.

    And 30,000 lunches are getting sold, they mustve started running out of their reserves Which makes sense, since I keep appropriating them. The menu consists of just a thin water-like vegetable soup, the recipe directly learned from the orphans, and pieces of stone-like hard bread, but at least the quantity leaves nothing toin. The orphans were having such meals daily, but with only meager portions. They were desperately trying to survive on such food, so Ill ept noints about the cooking. Even that is too luxurious for those heading to kill people living at the Frontier.

    All of the Third Divisionsmon soldiers seem to have fled by now. The Stalker Girls nsmen mustve been secretly working on guiding their escapes. However, the children of the nobility, making up the core of the Third Division are all gathered here. They are the main culprits behind the power of the Royal Family over the army waning to the point of losing control over the Third Division. Well, while they are indeed children of noble families, they are still middle-aged men, so there is no issue with burning them.

    However Will they be able to get outside before the night at this rate? Because as things are now, Im about to get a very humiliating for a highschool boy record of spending a day and night in a cave alongside more than 30,000 middle-aged men. I mean, Ive been holding back the urge of burning them for 24 hours, and yet the exit is still nowhere in sight, this is testing the limits of my endurance! Aaaaah, I want to burn, I want to burn, I want to burn them to cinders, even burned to ashes a middle-aged man wouldnt be a good middle-aged man, because a good middle-aged man is the one that didnt get born to begin with?

    Armored Pres-san might already be on her way here. With this, one of them can be stopped, but its still too early. The Pres and others will arrive tomorrow at best. Well, as expected, tonight is impossible, so its most likely going to be tomorrow morning. If normally, they should arrive sometime after noon. And Meripapa-san should take more than two days even if he travels with elites only. And he is probably going to be the veryst one to depart. As for the Geeks and Slime-san Well, they arent going to make it in time. So even if its on time, only three at best, the fourth and the fifth one will be left to me.

 Chapter 284: Part 2

    Chapter 284: Part 2

    The Geeks are well, fine, I didnt expect them to go on offensive, but thats alright. They finally came to another world that they were dreaming so much about, but since they ended up here with ssmates they ended up shutting their feelings away again But looks like they finally became free, they finally got angry, they finally noticed,ing to this world, that they were angry. They finally were freed from everything. So it cant be helped. Sending Slime-san with them in case they try to do something crazy was the correct decision. Yeah, the first group of other worlds heroes have finally awakened.

    The idiots Have not, they probably might spend the rest of eternity sleeping, so lets not bother even thinking about it. Yeah, I mean, as long as they get to fight everything is fine to them? After all, they seek nothing but battle. They were living all that time, yearning for it, without the chance for their desire toe true, but that desire was finally granted aftering here. And they arent even thinking of anything anyway, so whatever?

    And in the end, I once again failed. It was obvious that I cant handle everything, so this is my payment for trying. Since its a payment, I have to make it, but even if I pay in full, its toote for this debt to be forgiven. While Im not a certain headless Royal Prince, I also dont have anything else to pay with? So Im going to stop what I can, and protect as much as I can. There doesnt seem to be anything else that I can do at this point.

    In the end, it alwayses tocking the numbers. But I knew that. Its 43 people. We came to this world with that number. But 13 are not here anymore. I allowed them to get killed, and then killed one of them myself. So no matter how conveniently I calcted, it was bound to be not enough.

    So Ill have topensate for what iscking with myself. Since I have nothing else to pay with. The foolish Royal Prince mustve renounced his rule by now and returned to just being a foolish brother, badmouthed by everyone. The ipetent middle-aged man that ran around the entire Kingdom carrying his head, which ended up of no use to anyone. But thats how that foolish Prince managed to save the Kingdom, so now its my turn. Even if I cant save it like that middle-aged man, I can at least run around with my head.

    Hey, kid. Do you have shoes for sale? Go get some if you dont. Move it!

    I made quite a lot of shoes, but since making shoes for middle-aged men I went with masin boots which I could make right away, but for some reason they became a great sess and ended up having to mass produce a whole ton of them? Yeah, its profitable, but its not fun at all? And there will be no adjustments or fittings. Im absolutely not touching any middle-aged mens feet!

    Im so sick of middle-aged men by now that I might as well copse the entire dungeon and just bury them here, the fastest and the most exhrating option, but with the Church still working on preparations I have to continue drawing them in. The entire thing stinks of trouble and middle-aged men.

    Having finally reached the swamp area, they seem to be nning to pass it by filling it up as well.

    Even though a highschool boy put his heart into painstakingly making this deep swamp, putting ayer of dirt with Corrosion effect on top, in the hopes that dirt-covereddies will be challenging stones golems in a very immodest state, naturally with expectation of wardrobe malfunction incidents too Middle-aged men are going to fill it up. Well, its not like anyone wants to see half-naked dirt-covered middle-aged men, so its fine, but it gives me ennui with this incredibly dreary feeling? Crap, its probably a negative reaction caused by high concentration of middle-aged manium in the air.

    The sun must be already setting outside. With this pace, the middle-aged men rip-off tour through the Fake Dungeon hosted by the Souvenir Store is going to continue until tomorrow morning. I cant take this anymore, I dont want to even see any middle-aged men! I really, really, really hate this, I want to go home, or rather I want to take Armored Pres-san home and enjoy a bubbly bath in a jacuzzi with her! At this rate I might reach enlightenment from too much abstinence and ascending into the gods realm will go around plucking his beard! Although Armored Pres is a much more needed Goddess than that geezer. Like, even if a religious war were to break out, the Beautiful Goddess in Armored Pres-san is bound to win. I mean, with the divine grace, destructive power, and impact of her incredibly sexy appearance shed have an overwhelming victory.

    Angelica-sama has arrived, she is currently hiding outside.

    While I was muttering to myself, the middle-aged man from the Stalker Girls n came with a message. Looks like the goddess had descended. Thats one.

    I need to urgently restock, or rather check the inventory, or rather there are some dangerous highschool boy-like goods that have to be released before its toote, so I need to leave right away to make a great ejection? Can you look after the store for liiiiike an hour? There is a chance, or rather, a desire, that it will end up being two hours Im sure nothing is going to happen here until the night anyway, but can you give me a message if something important does happen?

    Leave it to me.

    It goes without saying that I dashed all the way to the abandoned town, rushing out of the Fake Dungeon at the greatest speed, and the minute I discovered Armored Pres-san, dragged her into the remains of the nearest inn, and immediately removing her armor got to detoxing. No, I seriously was at the limit of my middle-aged men tolerance, I was on the verge of burning them right there? A few of the old men that stated their opinions about my eyes are already under disciplinary arrest for self-reflection at the depths of earth, but I was holding myself back from turning into ashes the rest of them, limiting myself to asionally burying some of them? Yeah, I did my best, so it cant be helped.

    I mean, the highschool boy inside me has regained his original form, and casting away the restraints put upon him through sermon have transformed into something close to a highschool boy to surpass all boys, roaring in the more solid form than ever, endlessly resetting the energy, so it cant be helped? In other words Oops, I did it again. (Tehepero)?

    The problem is that when the real fight is about to begin, our greatestbat asset Armored Pres-san has been defeated? What do we do?

    Im definitely getting scolded for this, so lets prepare and make that hemp hat that I promised her earlier. Well, Im definitely not getting out of sermon, but if she is happy then its all fine. I dont have much to give her anyway, so if she is happy with a hat, then thats fine too.

    After gently brushing her on the head, making sure not to wake her up, I start making the hat by hand. I did bring her out of the dark depths of that dungeon, of which I have no regrets whatsoever, but did Angelica-san be happy? Did I properly Okay, that word aside, but did I do enough for her? There are the girls, with whom she seems to be getting along, the kids also seem to like her, Slime-san is about toe back too, then the Geeks and the Idiots Well, who cares? But did she be happy? Can she find happiness? I wish she can be happy~.

 Chapter 285

    Chapter 285

    Day 69  Late at night, Abandoned Neighboring Town.

    We finally arrived. We piged a few supply units that we encountered on the way here, so we got slightly dyed, but Haruka-kun said that cutting supply lines is the first step to hey-hey-ho? Just which Yosaku-san told him that?

    Angelica-san, sorry for beingte. Is Haruka-kun alright Or rather, did he create some sort of a mess already? Since you are here it means that thebat is yet to begin, right?

    Angelica-san is in fullbat gear, but in her hands she is holding a hemp hat, pressing it against her chest like its something precious. Is she going to wear it over the helmet?

    This

    Then, she handed us a letter from Haruka-kun Or rather, written orders? Well, its encrypted, as usual. How did I even arrive at the point of being able to decipher this?

    ording to the girl from the Stalker Girls n that was with us, Haruka-kun, who was presumed to be fighting against 30,000 enemies all alone, is not only not fighting, but is also weing 30,000 enemies as customers and is currently ripping them off fully utilizing his monopoly. And the main branch of the souvenir store located in the Fake Dungeon is having a great sess with the nobless army and is now very profitable, very busy, and very bustling. And the poor nobles army thats continuously getting ripped off by Haruka-kun, is now apparently breaking through the Fake Dungeon with his cooperation? Yeah, it makes no sense, but Im sure the same could be said about his letter as well. After all, there wasnt a single time when he made sense!

    Dear what was your name again? Well,dies and gentlemen?

    Its awfully auspicious, or maybe not? Day? Like, I genuinely have no idea whats up with the calendar of this world? No, I mean, I apologize for calling you in such a busy period, or rather, you are here before I could even call for you, so Im actually not to me, Welle?

    Now, changing the topic, or rather, its not like there was any, but here is where it starts, or actually, to be quite frank with you, this is in fact a letter? Kind of?

    And so, there is a map with the letter, right? There is? Right? If not, then I forgot to include it? Thats, like, seriously bad?

    Well, the crosses on that map are dungeons outside the Frontier. 1 to 3 are probably for certain, 4 to 5 are probably for sure? The sixth and on are probably fine for now? Sort of? Looks like? Or rather, look at it?

    Im going to ask Armored Pres-san to handle the first one, the biggest, the deepest, and the most dangerous one, that looks like the main target, or rather, I already asked, so its fine. As for the second and the third one, no idea which one will happen first, but could you crush at the entrance the one thates out first? But if it gets dangerous, run away?

    Yeah, it looks like the Churchs divine punishment is actually a stampede caused through artificial dungeon overflow? And they seem capable of guiding it so they should send them towards the Frontier.

    But crushing them beforehand could lead to overflow without guidance, the Kingdom will be in huge trouble then, or rather, if monsters just scatter everyone therell be no way to suppress them all, so we are waiting for an overflow? I guess?

    So if Meripapa-san can make it to the third one while you are handling the first two with Armored Pres and t Gaze Pres, then its all fine, if not, retreat to the Frontier?

    In the meantime Ill be guiding the middle-aged men to Murimuri Castle, or rather, ripping them off for huge profits, while drawing them in, but its middle-aged men all around, the hell itself! And so I cant move from here until the Church acts, if I move, its the growth and reconstruction, and the main one might be unleashed, causing an overflow here too? Probably? Well, I actually havent heard anything, so no idea though?

    Well, probably, but judging from the distance and timing, neither Slime-san or Geeks and Idiots will make it in time, so if the fourth or the fifth one overflow there is no choice but to withdraw, so make sure not to take unnecessary risks?

    Ill make sure the way for retreat is open, its seriously risky and dangerous, but can I please ask you to do this?

    So talk it over with everyone and decide with the girls-only meeting? If all 20 of you wont agree, then immediately withdraw. But if you keep endlessly girls-only meeting then overflow might ur while you are at it? If you cant make it quick then there is no point to it?

    Well, if you can, then please. If you cant then please take care of the Frontier. Either is fine, but even if you hurry back here, all manju are already sold out?

    Yeah, middle-aged noblemen ate everything, so if by some chance they run your way, feel free to give them a scolding (beating)? I mean, I did nothing wrong, its all because of the middle-aged men who kept buying that I am so rich and magnate, how are you doing, today?

    Yours Since Killin?

    Too long! Also, its Yours Sincerely, just how bloodthirsty is this letter supposed to be?! Or rather, is this even a letter?

    The only thing I understood is that Haruka-kun, who we thought was facing 30,000 enemies by himself, is actually cooperating with the nobles army, greatly contributing to beating the Fake Dungeon. Well, I did think that oveing the Fake Dungeon without Haruka-kuns help is impossible, but does this make it a reason to assist them? Even the part about drawing them in while ripping off, generally, one would be considered a traitor who sold out for money, but since he is going to betray those who paid him too, or rather, since he is fully intending to set them up, its unclear on whose side is he. Its more like hes everyones enemy?

    This exins why Haruka-kun was so wary. No country can withstand artificial overflow of a dungeon.

    And five of them on top of that. Everyone is finally living happily Why do they have to do such a cruel thing?!

    So this is a divine punishment. Is this something a god would do? Sending a horde of monsters to attack people living in peace is the teaching of their god? Then we absolutely cant forgive them. Such a thing absolutely cant be allowed!

    Im gonna do it. Ill definitely stop it, Im not letting a single one outside!

    Ill do it too. After all, this is the first time Haruka-kun asked for anything The first time in eleven years.

    Im definitelying and Im totally stopping them. Even if the Frontier is protected the children are still in the capital, we promised that we wille to pick them up!

    If we manage to suppress all five the entire Kingdom will be saved. But three is the limit, and if we stick to defending the Frontier the rest of the Kingdom will suffer great damage. The Capital will be fine, the children should be fine But a great number of people living in towns and viges will die, creating new orphans.

    And in case the nobles army proves incapable of breaking through the Fake Dungeon they mustve been nning to destroy it in one go with dungeon overflow. Thats why he is going out of his way to lure them in and buy time. And also rip them off their money while he is at it. But there isnt enough time, or the card he can y.

    But five It would be tough even with Oda-kun and others, but if they cant evene back in time

    Why are they going so deep on offense! Im too now going to call them geeks and idiots when theye back!

    Buut~, it is because they went on offensive and sunk numerous ships that we got to leave earlier and made it in time~?

    Something mustve happened in the Beastmen country. There is no way Oda-kun and others wouldve gone on offensive otherwise.

    Judging from this iprehensive letter, Haruka-kun must be buying time by drawing them deeper while engaging in dyment tactics. All alone, in the very midst of the enemy forces he is Operating a souvenir store. Yeah, he seems to be making money?

    And despite everything, he chose to send Oda-kun and others on an errand. There must be some meaning to it.

    After all, Oda-kun and others are fighting out of their own volition now. Oda-kun and others, considered the strongest by Haruka-kun, have begun fighting. They are strong, but they werent going all out. They always left strength in reserve, fighting efficiently and skillfully, without overextending themselves. But they have a very defensive, passive fighting style, unfit for a title of the strongest. But despite that, they are strong enough to not crumble even once. There was something to it besides an effective fighting style of staying on defensive and then counter attacking the weak point But they fought simply by deftly matching to others. It was unthinkable that they would go on offensive on their own. Im sure there was a point to this, thats why he sent them out. So it cant be helped.

    The nobles are being guided and ripped off, he says. Well, its notbat so its probably fine?

    There is no way its fine~, After all, Haruka-kun definitely must be where its the most dangerous.

    . Im sure thisMain oneis more dangerous than a stampede from dungeon overflow.

    Even 30,000 of the nobles army is just a decoy. The main force is the Churchs army in the rear, and apparently, its them who have that Main one. Moreover, its a trump card that they normally wouldnt use, but will unleash if the overflow n fails. It might even be an uncontroble weapon of mass destruction. Since he didnt mention anything about such a dangerous thing, he probably doesnt have a clear idea about it either, and since he doesnt have even a good guess, he cant give us any warning. And in order to ensure that we can withdraw to the frontier he is nning to destroy it by himself.

    We finally came all the way here, but to guard the second and the third one well need to leave again?

    Since he sent out a letter, it must mean that Haruka-kun wont be able to leave anymore. The battle has either already began, or is about to begin

    If the 30,000 strong army falls, the Churchs army will step up. The Churchs force that has prepared means to ovee both the Fake Dungeon and Murimuri Castle, and to beat the Frontiers Army. And if the Churchs army is beaten, a stampede will ur, then Main onewill be unleashed. This is the army of the Church that preaches the teachings of God. The army of the Church that pretends to preach the teachings of God.

    I thought that it was unusual for Haruka-kun to hold such a serious grudge against them, and suspected that he was simply angry because of Angelica-san, but turns out they were actually the worst enemies of humanity, lower than a vermin, a walking disgrace, living trash, the worst, the lowest, the scummiest, the most idiotic despicable garbage! Its only natural he would be angry at them. Anyone who knows that and is yet capable of adhering to that faith withoutshing out in rage has to be a god-crazed lunatic.

    Well be having a Girls-only meeting. If we dont get 20 people we are retreating! Who is for going to dungeons, raise hands.

    Im going!

    Yup, I knew it before I even asked. Handling dungeon overflow without Haruka-kun, Oda-kuns group, or Kakizaki-kuns group, with just 20 girls is too dangerous. And yet everyone raised their hands. I knew it Its unanimous.

    Its really dangerous, so be sure to obey a retreat order! Its a promise.

    Yees.

    Even though we came all the way to the Fake Dungeon, inside which Haruka-kun is fighting Not. Just ripping them off, actually. Well, in a broad definition, if interpreted in the most favorable and charitable way, he paradoxically could be considered fighting? And yet we have to go to the battlefield given for us.

    However, this is what we wanted. We are fine with being Haruka-kuns cards.

    Im sure he still doesnt have enough cards to y. But we will do everything we can.

    Because Haruka-kun asked us. Haruka-kun, who absolutely didnt want to expose us to danger, finally relied on us. He finally included us into his deck. So that alone is enough. Thats why are definitely going to carry this through. For the first time aftering to this world we are needed by Haruka-kun, failing here will be a shame on us as girls!

 Chapter 189: Looks like Pres-sama is going to whip them into shape, changing Job to Mistress

    Chapter 189: Looks like Pres-sama is going to whip them into shape, changing Job to Mistress

    Day 55  Late Morning, Dungeon, 50 floors underground.

    The giant boomerang is flying through the room, tearing through the air with a thunderous roar, the massive blunt weapon draws an irregr elliptical trajectory. The onemanding the battle is our glorious leader, Pres-sama. Should I perhaps make a whip for her? Eh? Somehow, it feels like it might suit her? I wonder if a leather outfit will look good on her? Is Pres-sama going to change Job to Mistress? A rank above Royal Girl?

    Heel!

    Alright. She stopped the idiots from chasing after the giant boomerang. Or rather, stop chasing everything you see! It''s a boomerang, so it wille back anyway! Why do they run off chasing the boomerang they just threw themselves and then return running after it as it flies back?! Just throwing you guys instead will be faster! In the first ce, if you are going to chase it, the point of using it as a ranged weapon ispletely lost, isn''t it? Why are they chasing it all the way to the enemy, which actually happens to be flying? You might as well fight it in closebat at that point?

    Moreover, we told them not to get near that thing since it''s hot, but they are chasing it anyway, just why is it? Can''t they get the hint by looking at that? I mean, it''s Phoenix Lv 50, it''s definitely very hot! It''s burning, why do they notice only after they get themselves burned?! It''s literally a firebird! It''s burning hot!

    Defending from the fireballs that keep endlessly pouring from above they are gradually getting closer, using ranged attacks in the meantime. A solid approach.

    Armored Pres-san, Slime-san, and I are prohibited from doing or even saying anything? It''s boring, you know? Well, Slime-san can''t speak, so it isn''t going to run its mouth, but in a way, it seems very keen on doing exactly that, or rather, on swallowing up this bird? The bird seems hot to me, won''t it get a burn? Even so, we are spectating.

    It keeps evading the giant boomerang, but being unable to focus on offense due to continuous iing attacks seems to be pissing it off. That must be because it doesn''t eat enough fish. You wouldn''t be so irritable if you had enough calcium, you know? And it''s also very tasty? Well, I doubt it has soy sauce, so

    The charge attack it performs from time to time with that giant body is being repelled by the geeks, simply being on fire is not enough to break through that barrier. Even I couldn''t do that! However, fried chicken sounds great.

    Because it keeps resisting debuffs from the culture clubs'' girls, they can''t deliver a decisive blow. This is a battle of attrition. The culture clubs'' girls also shifted to attacking with bows. Composite bows are a good idea, but it might be nice to add enchanted arrows to the mix as well. Fire rate and uracy are great, but the destructive power iscking. After all, the enemy is Regenerating. Is this bird actually a lewd bird? Is it regenerating all night long working hard, just like me? It has Regeneration Lv 8after all? But looks like it has no Insatiable Libidoor High Sexual Vigor. It''s not one of my people.

    (They have to get it to the ground, right? Long range attrition battle puts them at too much of a disadvantage? Armored Pres-san, don''t you think so as well?)

    (Nod, Nod) (Jiggle, Jiggle.)

    As I thought, they are of the same opinion. Or rather, it will be all over if we simply m dunk the bird with Slime-san. Regeneration or whatever, it will be devoured right then and there. I mean, Slime-san looks like it''s about to eat it any moment now? But we happen to be prohibited from interfering.

    Focus fire on the base of its wings!

    Roger that!

    Looks like they are trying to shoot it down, but it''s difficult to concentrate fire on a target that flies around. They have to slow it first. But Wire Cutter can only be used by Slime-san and me, Air Walkalso can be used only by me, the only skills that can get it at this range are myDimension deand Armored Pres-san''sSword sh. Since they had no means to quickly finish it off this turned into a prolonged battle, and in prolonged battles Regenerationgives one an overwhelming advantage, but no one has it besides Slime-san, Pres, and me. Actually, Pres-san has a full set of Regeneration,Insatiable LibidoandHigh Sexual Vigor, but since she is ring at me I''m not going to say anything. Focus onmanding, okay? Don''t get distracted? I''m not saying anything at all? We are of one kind, you know?

    I''ming~! Here we go~. Take this~Freeze Line~?

    Everyone, charge!

    Roger!

    Countless arcs of ice appeared in the air, trapping the phoenix and creating the path to it. Indeed, with this, there is no need to force it to the ground. Everyone runs up the ice arcs, rushing towards the phoenix. If they manage to bring it down here the victory is assured.

    So that was their aim, as I thought, while everyone can use magic, theyck specialized backline mages. However, Great Sagealone has excessive magic firepower. There wouldn''t be any problem if she was using it on the usual basis, but for some reason, she is specializing in closebat.

    As expected, the geeks'' mage specializing in protection is the reason for theck of offensive power, however, it is also true that we don''t have enough defensive options as well. There were too many spellcasters among the 13 dead.

    Strike its wings!

    I''ll take the right one!I''ll help~.Same~!Leave it to us!

    We''ll take the left one!

    The head is suppressed by the geeks and themittee members. Hmmm, will they make it in time? The Numerous interconnected ice arcs are about to melt. Sliding on them probably would be a lot of fun, but I think they''ll be angry if during thebat someone goesICE SLIDE, YAHOOOO!behind them. Let''s control ourselves? (Jiggle jiggle) Yes, looks like we can''t?

    The idiots on the left ice bridge are about to get rid of the right wing, but for what reason do they keep hitting it with boomerangs? And yet it somehow suits them? Are they aborigines? Barbarians? Just what did they think a boomerang was when they asked me to craft it? You can use swoooords! However, it seems to be very effective.

    The right side struggling with attacks from the legs, hindering the progress? The athletic girls move to suppress the legs, while the bitches are targeting the wings. But the ice won''t hold much longer?

    Wouldn''t it have been better to focus on one of the wings or the head? Well, as a failsafe n, this one might be better, but fighting against someone with Regenerationthey have to swiftly finish them off, or they will keep fighting back? Moreover, currently trapped in ice, the fire is suppressed, but as soon as it melts down Grand zewill be back at full force. When that happens they won''t be able to get close.

    Well, Vice Pres B-san seems to be doing all of this on purpose, so let''s leave it be. There is probably some kind of meaning to it. Librarian also doesn''t use herst resort skills.

    While it''s only level 50, a monster who is both a floor master and a dungeon master can''t be beaten that easily. The enemy also has a trump card. Upon appraisal, one of the skills showed as?. It''s probably either This or That.

    We are finishing it when it falls down!

    Preparationsplete!

    Ready at any moment!

    Looks like they are nning to finish it in one go, so it''s about time we get moving as well.

    *DOGODADAGAGAGOOOOOOOOOOUUUUU.*

    Losing its wings the phoenix falls to the ground along with the prison of ice, which everyone follows by plunging at the phoenix from above, they are nning to finish it off with big attacks. Must be nice, being able to pull off such cheater moves.

    Sevenfold sh!Bomb Thrust!Ice Spear!Gravity EX!Disentegration!Rupture!Hee~yaa~Hail EX.Lightning Cut

    With repeated heavy attacks from the cheaters the phoenix''s HP rapidly vanished, and it turned into a pile of ash.

    We did it! We beat the dungeon master!

    We won! We did it!

    The job is done, it seems. They went all out to kill it. They must''ve kept pummeling it until they ran out of mana. Some of the girls are so tired that theyy down on the floor. But a few people seem to have noticed?

    Good job? We are going to have a bird stew so gather up? Take a seat at whichever table you like~. We are going to need that area, okay? Move along, move along? Kind of?

    Making everyone sit at the tables that I created at the side of the floor, I pull out a pot. Cooked bird meat with vegetables. It''s just the right time to eat it. If only we had kombu, ss noodles, and tofu. Bird meat, cabbage, and mushrooms are all we have.

    Let''s dig in!

    Being hungry due to running out of mana they are wolfing it down. They must be physically exhausted too. They don''t seem to be injured, and the stew also has healing mushrooms in it, so they should recover in no time.

    Well, today all of you failed, so the next time you are going to fight on the 50th floor under the surveince of the instructors again, okay? Dungeon masters are a real pain, you know? Seriously.

    Eeeh~? Whyy~? (*Booooo!

    (Jiggle-Jiggle, Jiggle-Jiggle)

    Slime-san is busy having its own meal over there. Thank goodness the phoenix remained. After all, Slime-san was looking at it with such an appetite, waiting for the fight to end this whole time? This was bound to happen one way or another. I mean, for the phoenix, the firebird, to return to ashes is basically a g for an event? Well, it got eaten before it got a chance to revive? Slime-san seems to be in a good mood, so it must be delicious.

    What? Why is Slime-san eating it?

    It came back to life!

    Eh? It was dead.

    But it''s a phoenix

    (Kuuuueeee)

    That''s why they don''t get a passing grade today. There was no problem with thebat itself, rather, they are extremely strong if things can be handled in an orthodox way. They fight with certainty. That''s why they failed on the Sphinx''s floor as well. Their offense is fueled by their suspicions too much. Specializing in anti-humanbat their approach to monsterbat became too honest, too upfront. The more they try to handle things in a certain and surefire way, being suspicious of human wickedness, the bigger the weakness to the monsters to exploit bes. Monsters don''t lie or deceive, unlike humans, they can be trusted. That''s why being too suspicious they end up overlooking it. That was not an attempt to deceive them.

    The phoenix had one?skill in its status. I mean, it''s a phoenix, but it had onlyRegenerationand noImmortality? Which means that it must be either ImmortalityorResurrection? It was painfully obvious, and yet you jumped on the bird stew! So you fail! You should''ve kept your guard and endured it with rice balls! Sort of?

    So we failed because of a bird stew?!

    (Jiggle~ Jiggle~)

    Looks like Slime-san liked it. And it must''ve eaten the skills as well. Will it save us some of the food expenses? It seems it won''t. Slime-san is already eating the stew. It learned how to use chopsticks by now, you know? Armored Pres-san looks so vexed by that? It''s eating the stew, slightly floating in the air? The effect of the Floating Stone? Can you imagine that? Eating while floating through the room? How is it in terms of manners? I don''t remember books on manners saying anything about levitating during mealtime? And it seems to like the food.

    Well, let''s go home.

 Chapter 190: Looks like the princess is skeptical about the chair experience

    Chapter 190: Looks like the princess is skeptical about the chair experience

    Day 55  Daytime, The Town of Omui.

    Ehh, the quests haven''t changed since the morning? No way, what a surprise? (monotone)

    Why are you here again? Haaah. You came here in the morning, didn''t you? Why are youing to check the bulletin board knowing full well that nothing changed on it? And just how much time has to pass before you learn to keep a low profile? Why is the person who isn''t even an adventurer the one whoes to the guild most regrly and acts most brazenly?! Come quietly, check what you came for, and leave. Nothing changed anyway.

    Weell, I felt that I didn''t get enough t Gaze today? Sort of? Why I came here? That''s because t Gaze Receptionist Pres-san''s t gaze is outstanding. She undoubtedly will easily get a certificate from the t Gaze Association of this world. I''d like to join that association as well? I wonder how much the admission fee is?

    We are here to report that we killed a dungeon, but since I''m not an adventurer, I''m noting for the report, and instead, secretly checking the bulletin board, but looks like I can''t do that? After all, I''ll end up doing the same thing as usual if I see the board? Because nothing ever changes on it? Isn''t it amazing by itself? For real.

    We are done with the repo-, he is at it again! You specially visited the guild in the morning just for the sake of this alone, and you are at it again?

    It''s probably because he wants to keep doing this that he won''t register as an adventurer! Because he wants to do this every morning!

    It''s important to maintain a well-regted life rhythm, but society is yet to understand me. Radio calisthenics and the guild''s bulletin board check are the obligatory parts of my daily routine. Kind of?

    No, I mean, even if registered at level 20, I will still be barred from entering dungeons? Registering only topletely disregard the rules would be an issue, the guild has its reputation to uphold. And since they will buy magic stones from me anyway, there is no merit to joining. Also, the tutorial is a pain? Even though itsts only a day, one apparently has toplete a quest under the guidance of some adventurers. The pres and others were coached by the beautifuldies from the party of the sword dude. In that case, I''d like to try that as well! But one shouldn''t be deceived. If I were to apply I''d undoubtedly get legions of middle-aged men instead! There are so many middle-aged men around that it might be more effective to farm them instead of monsters. I mean, even since I came to this world that''s all I keep encountering? I absolutely refuse to try that.

    Hm? The old man guild master came out. Here I thought that the ce has an unusually high female ratio today, and this guy had to show up. In this world, if one middle-aged man appears, it will soon be followed by 300 other middle-aged men! Is there no other choice but to eradicate them after all?

    Haruka-kun. His Lordship wanted to see you. But why might His Lordship be seeking a meeting? They want you to either contact or visit them at the mansion. Can you do that?

    Meripapa-san? Did something happen again? Maybe Royal Girl melted again? What could it be, such a bother. And I''m yet to finish the massage chair too, so I''ll have to visit that ce twice.

    Aaah, maybe, if by some sort of unlikely mistake I''d want to go, there might be a chance for the existence of a minuscule possibility that I will show my face there for a bit? Kind of? Will that do? Sort of?

    I''m asking you, can''t you please consider it with more discretion? You sound like you really don''t want to go. Please?

    Such a drag. I mean, no matter what the asion, it''s still going to be some kind of trouble. I can''t think of anything aside from some kingdom-rted entanglement. If I were to get entangled, I''d prefer to do that with Armored Pres-san, which as a high school boy I find a lot more worthwhile! I mean, tube bras turned out to be far more wonderful than I expected! Yup, those were nice. I instinctively ended up mass producing them. Those were great.

    We didn''t do anything today, so I''m having a light practice with cranky Armored Pres-san at the guild''s training grounds. Of course, it''s writtenLight Practice, read as Hellish Drill, and tranted as Vicious bullying. Well, if one were to put it in modernnguage, it would be Getting the crap beaten out of me. Now, let''s visit the lord''s mansion.

    Your Excellency Princess, I''m extremely delighted to have the honor of being able to bask in Your Excellency''s presence, it makes even that punishing drilling just One More Set? Kind of?

    Am I about to be drilled? Is punishing drilling something lewd? It''s something indecent again? I''m sorry. I''m sorry. Please don''t drill me. Please don''t melt my clothes too. Please forgive me. I''m sorry. Nothing lewd, please. I''m sorry. Please forgive me.

    Royal Girl still seems to be broken? Looks like healing mushrooms couldn''t fix her. And she is once again being consoled by Armored Pres-san, who is giving me a t Gaze in the meantime? But she is the real culprit behind the punishing drilling, you know? That was the testimony from the usual victim, the master, so there is no mistake? And tonight again, there will be revenge? That alone is set in stone and absolutely cannot be changed! After all, for some reason, I finished a leotard! One more set!

    Heeey! Haaruukaa-kuun! Please, notice me! Wee, or rather, it was nice of you toe, or rather sorry for calling you, anyway, please, listen to me!

    Haruka-sama, I apologize for the sudden call. Actually, we invited you because the princess wanted to talk with you, so please don''t break the princess. This person is Her Royal Highness the Princess, so you shouldn''t bully her. Why did you melt the princess'' clothes? How much did you bully her for her to be like this?! She is famous in the Kingdom as the Knight Princess, you know? The Sword Princess, you know? She is very popr with the girls! Gant, noble, brave, ah, how dreamy, is what they say, but she is now broken, shaking in fear?! Unbending Princess General that won''t falter before anyone is bent out of shape, begging for forgiveness. You''ll get stabbed by her female fans, you know? Fangirls of that kind can be quite scary.

    Oh my? It''s Meripapa''s daughter. It seems she was saying something? But those fangirls sound scary! Perhaps even scarier than wights!? That seems dangerous.

    And apparently, the Royal Girl is a Knight Princess, a Princess General, and a Sword Princess. Well, I don''t think it''s worth caring about aliases or nicknames in this world. Just the other day I met an undefeated knight who hasn''t won a single fight with his wife, a god of war who only knows how to charge, and the king of the frontier who is scolded by his aides every day? Or rather, he is right here? Is the frontier going to be alright like this? Somehow I feel like he might hit it off with our Idiots? This makes me worry for the future of the frontier.

    My apologies. I''m sorry for summoning Haruka-sama like this. I''m themander of the defeated army, Shariceres, other titles are unnecessary. First of all, allow me to express my gratitude for saving But wasn''t I forced into a risky disy? Eehm, I''m sorry for making such a shameful But wasn''t I put to even more shame? Even lending me a dress but wasn''t it a lewd dress for going FEVER all night Eh Am I going to be FEVERed? Since I called you here, you are going to FEVER! me tonight? Am I going to LET''S DANCE! a FEVER! night in that lewd indecent revealing dress that seems to have no intentions of hiding anything? I thought it was strange that even though I borrowed that dress because my clothes were melted, yet it felt like even the melted clothes hid more skin, but your goal was my FEVER! right?! Going LET''S DANCE! through FEVER! night until the dawn I''m going to have this and that done to me, things so shameless that they can''t even be mentioned aloud, and then UNBELIBABLE! is that what it is?!(Rampaging about)

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    No? Is this kingdom alright? The gant and noble Knight Princess is apparently the LET''S DANCE!-type? They are doomed. Even Slime-san went to calm her down. But apparently, tonight is UNBELIEVABLE!? Is it about experiencing a miracle? Just what did they call me for?

    There is something that I want to ask you about. For what reason are you helping the frontier, saving it in its need? Why are you willing to go that far for the sake of the region that has nothing to do with you? Even turning the kingdom into your enemy?

    Eh? Saving? If asked for a helping hand I see no problem with offering one, as long as it''s not some smelly middle-aged dude, but I don''t remember saving anyone? Rather, I''d like someone to save me? Spending my days under the torment of abuse in the guise of lecturing, the violence in the guise of training, and the geekery and idiocy in the guise of geeks and idiots I run around, seeking salvation while ripping off whom I can? Sort of?

    Yes, God doesn''t help those who help themselves. Even scriptures don''t have anything on that. The ones that helped themselves, were saved by their own effort. That much is obvious, neither gods nor other people have anything to do with that? Everyone did their best to find happiness, and thus it happened? There is no way anyone can do anything about that. If everyone is busy trying to help themselves and others that usually will end up with everyone saved? I''m totally unrted? All I did was beating gobs and selling magic stones? Everyone did the rest on their own, so it''s not my fault?

    Then for what reason were you exterminating the monsters of the evil forest?! What need did you have to step into the dangerous forest of monsters?

    Well? My house is in that forest? Isn''t it annoying to have that around your house? If there were goblins loitering in front of it, wouldn''t you normally club them? Seriously?

    Yup. That''s what you''d normally do. I mean, they are so noisy? And even if I annihte them they immediatelye back?

    You have a house? In the evil forest? You lived there?!

    Some time ago I went back, cleaned the yard and made a garden?

    Even though I went through the effort of making a garden, I didn''t return since then. I''m yet to show it to Slime-san as well? Even though I''m a hikikomori.

    Eh! But? However? Yes, didn''t you stop a huge stampede?

    As I said, wouldn''t you club a gob if you encounter one? Normally? They kept popping up one after another, and I kept clubbing them?

    Even if they call it a stampede, they kept popping up one mob at a time? Well, with a 0,01-second interval? But it was one mob at a time?

    I also heard that you traversed the great dungeon So I was told?

    Traversed, or more like the floor cracked under my feet and I fell all the way down there? And then climbed up? Can it be called traversed? I was going in the opposite direction?

    Yup. But I have no regrets! I had the most wonderful encounter on thest floor! After all, even after doing encounters with her every night, it''s still amazing! Let''s have another rendezvous tonight! Dress her up, strip her down, and meet up!

    Then why did you separate this domain from the kingdom? Even creating the dungeon and the fortress?

    I didn''t separate anything? They were chasing so I set up a trap? I mean, without it they just keeping? Those middle-aged men?

    Was it no good? There was nothing on that in thew? Like, you can''t make dungeons or whatever? Moreover, it''s not a real one anyway? And it has nothing to do with the neighbors since it''s legally within the frontier''s domain? So if the count says it''s cool then it''s cool? Well, he didn''t actually say that, but I wasn''t listening as well. Since he isn''t saying anything about that, it should be fine? Probably?

    In that case, you aren''t opposing the kingdom or anything?

    You need an opponent for the opposition? But if there is no opponent then there is no way to oppose? Sort of?

    That sounds impossible, if the other side is not opposite, then it doesn''t be an opposition. What would it be then? Side-position? Same-position? Supposition? What''s that even supposed to mean?

    Then are youReally not an enemy? But then why?

    I''d like to visit the capital, And I''d like to tour the cities, I have to search for new ingredients, and I''m also curious about their local specialties and famous products. But that''s it. I don''t care who or what is its ruler? After all, it doesn''t concern me at all.

    Princess Shariceres. That is the answer, if you are unconvinced, that is your own issue. Haruka-kun has no malice, but he will destroy what gets in the way. It has nothing to do with the desire to destroy the Kingdom or the opposition to the Royal Family. He has no interest in the King, as long as he doesn''t hinder him, but if something gets in his way, he cares not if it''s a dungeon or a country, he will simply eliminate it. Monsters and dungeon masters perished for the sake of his safe andfortable living. Nobles or Royalty will be no different. That''s why people of this city can live happily. The frontier doesn''t have any obstacles to safe andfortable living anymore. This is a pet theory of a certain former nobledy, For the most part, one only has to eliminate tragedies, threats, destitutions, and cmities of this world and it will be filled with happiness, is what she said? Just like it happened to this town and region

    Let''s finish the prototype while Meripapa-san is chatting. Make the chair out of wood, then cover it with leather, making it work on a magic stone withVibration Magicis fairly simple, what''s left is to calibrate it. The problem is the payment box, it has to identify coins and allow mana from magic stones to pass only for a limited period of time. Even though the mechanism is simple, the magic form is a pain. Well, I''ll be able to reuse it once I manage to make one, so only copying will be required after that. Engraving a mana circuit into the magic stone I then adjust it. Is 1 minute for 1 copper a rip-off? One copper coin is 100 ere, so it''s about 100-200 yen, 2 minutes, I guess then? Well, let''s go with two minutes, and if there aren''t enough customers, cut it to one and a half, and if that won''t be enough, to one minute then. Rewriting the circuit is a pain, but for the device to bring a long-term profit it needs continuous customers. That''s about it. Ooh, it''s vibrating! And it''s pretty good!

    In the end, it''s the Kingdom''s issue. This means what the nobles and the Royal Family chose wille right back at them with a terrifying force. It''s a fairly simple story, if they want to take the riches of the ones who can kill a dungeon, they might as well kill dungeons on their own, since the dungeons are less dangerous than those people who are stronger than dungeons? Picking a fight with such people will spell one''s ruin. Obviously. Which means that umm Haruka-kun, what are you doing there? I was aware that you weren''t listening to me, but where did that chaire from? It''s pretty nice.

    Exining it was too much of a bother, so I made him sit in it first, and he immediately liked it. As expected, old men are weak to massage chairs! I''ll be able to get lots of money from this. And I got permission to ce it here. Or rather, a plea. A line from people waiting their turn to use the chair has begun forming. It can earn around 3,000 per hour. If it operates for 10 hours it''s 30,000 ere, easily covering my lodging, bath, and food expenses. This is quite profitable, let''s make another one! No, might as well put 3 of them? The lord''s mansion is full of middle-aged men after all.

    Royal Girl is also trying it out, and seems to be liking it, she was even yellingUUNBELIBABLEEEE!? So she probably had a very good experience. Well, she seems to be enjoying it, so it''s fine I guess.

    However, just what did they call me for? Well, I was able to install massage chairs, and it looks like they will bring profits, so it''s fine.

 Chapter 191: Why did I expect anything from them, despite knowing it will be like this?

    Chapter 191: Why did I expect anything from them, despite knowing it will be like this?

    Day 55  Late Afternoon. The Town of Omui.

    Now, this is an extremely rare case of the Geeks making a good suggestion. Aposite bow is a highly efficient weapon by itself, but there is also a chance that eachbined part can be enchanted separately. Those guys are knowledgeable about weapon crafting and municipal administration, but it''s pointless because they are awkward, uncooperative, can''t read the room, and generally off in the head. Wait? Doesn''t that make their entire existence meaningless? With uneasiness in my heart, I go down the stairs to the forge of the weapon store, which is quickly blown away by insufferable ipetent inhumans that I find there. Yes, the geeks.

    That''s right, animal ears and aposite bow is Justice!

    Kuh! Indeed, a female elf with aposite bow does sound like heresy!

    Foolish. A little girl with an oversizedposite bow is the true beauty.

    You remember that this is a world of sword and magic? Composite bows should be used by magic girls!

    No. Everyone is a magical girl by default here? Even before being askedBe a magical girl!, everyone is a magical girl.

    Just why did I allow this lot to get my hopes up even a tiny bit? That''s right, that was the same as expecting anything from goblins. Or rather, gobs should be able to do simple woodworking. Clubs are probably the only thing they can make, but they are still better than the geeks.

    What happened toposite bows? I have no hesitation in the handling of fools!(geeks) Or rather, there is not much to hesitate since Inferno is the only option?

    Lumber and iron tes. They are yet to even begin processing the wood or casting the iron, let alone assembling bows, with materials lying aroundpletely untouched. In other words, they aren''t doing anything.

    You are wrong. The concept is important, so we began discussing it, but couldn''t reach a consensus!

    Looks like picking between animal ears and little girls is a concept. We are yet to meet anyone with animal ears! Instead of making stuff for someone you have never seen, make something for your ssmates! Wouldn''t you normally make your share first?! Why are they starting from designing a concept for girls with animal ears?!

    Neglecting your ssmates and trying to pick between makingposite bows for elves, beastfolk girls, or little girls? What a concept?! All you have are delusions and obsessions! Should I find a wraith to possess those heads of yours?! Seriously.

    Eh? The Geeks are looking at me with wide-open eyes? Don''t look at me? What''s going on?

    That''s right! There also was an option of Little Girls with Animal Ears! As expected of Haruka-kun!

    I can''t stand this anymore! I''m going home. They can''t fit even in a fantasy world, after all! Just go and get summoned to some world of magical beasts! As animals.

    For starters, I now understand that conversation is impossible, so kicking, stomping, and trampling on them I make them draw blueprints while also stepping on them. A very hectic process.

    Storing energy, recoil energy Do we need pulleys? On a bow? Why are you giving me blueprints for apound bow all of a sudden?! Like hell anyone can do that out of blue!

    It''s cool, and since the strength required to holdthe arrow is halved it has good uracy, and it''s also cool.

    Our girls have PoW over 900, I don''t think there is any need to halve the power required for holding? Let''s instead halve my workload! And you also mentioned cool twice, that''s definitely the only reason!

    One after another I review the blueprints that I made them draw. Was this drawing of a girl with animal ears necessary? Put that effort into drawing the bow! The only designs that might work are a Yumi and a Turkish bow. There is bamboo but firstes a Turkish bow. It''s aposite bow that uses a hard and strongpression material for the belly, the inner side, and an stic material for the outer side. Its streamlined W-shape thats called the recurve shape apparently provides greater power because the form allows it to store more energy and deliver it more efficiently. [1]

    Aah, so the outer part works as a rubber and the inner part as a spring? Is this perhaps hi-tech?

    But this design was around since 2000 BC, and because it used animal tendons and glue, it would be ruined if hit by rain?

    So uselessly knowledgeable. They learned this in case they were summoned to another world, but it''s all in vain? I mean, which part of that is a bow? Why would you make a bow, but leave out wood? They made a string-like something out of metal and leather, and now are staring at it in marvel. No matter how you look at it, it''s a whip. Can''t they take it to the Pres-sama and get punished by her? I can''t even be bothered to retort anymore. How can it possibly happen that one would forget to use wood while making a bow, and will end up with a whip? What was all of that bow knowledge for?

    And going through the repeated trial and error, prototyping, test firing at the geeks, remodeling, and new test firing, we still couldn''t produce any fatalities. Tch, so that is the Multyer Barrier, huh. Arrows can''t fully prate it.

    Even with spares in mind, we should have more than enough. There are clearly more than 200 bows by now. Lately, my home industry tends to get out of control? That''s why the leotard is not my fault as well? Such things can happen at times, you know? Probably.

    Performance and the enchantments considered, items avable on the market cannotpare at all. Even dungeon items from the middle floors aren''t that powerful. In the end, I had to make everything on my own, so it''s a praise to my own ware, which are also currently on sale.

    And the item with the strongest abilities, that was made today, is the geeks'' whip, which really pissed me off. PoW, SpE, DeX, all had 50% UP? Without a magic stone assigned.

    They tried to mass-produce whips after that, but seem to have ended up with tables? Steel tables with a leather-covered surface. Since the geeks were staring at them in disbelief I left them be. Why did I expect anything from them? I should''ve known better.

    By the way, the steel tables were sold for a high price the very moment they were put up for sale at the general store. And the geeks kept staring in wonder at the tables that were being bought. I mean, those aren''t whips, so they can''t be sold at the weapon store, you know?

    I''m baack? When everyone gathers a bow sale will begin, you probably will want to do test shooting as well, soe to the backyard? The targets are the geeks, so there is no problem even if you shoot them dead? I''d like to make some barrier-breaking arrows too. With that, it should be possible to kill them!

    Ah! The geeks are running away!

    Should I provide everyone with bows and open a Geek Hunt? It should be good training. It could even be called a live practice, but for some reason, they got angry at me when I suggested that? Is it because chasing them is too much of a bother? Well, indeed, an ambush should be more efficient.

    Those are bows? They have a strange shape though?

    Yeah. And there are many variations and different sizes too.

    I have a hard time choosing since there are multiple colors too~

    I think small fast and mobile frontliners should take smaller bows, and backline archers should pickrge models? Also, I''d rmendrge bows for power types and small ones for rapid fire? Kind of?

    Since the targets (the geeks) escaped, they are testing the bows by firing at targets (targets), the arrows can go a very long distance and the initial velocity is also amazing. Let''s avoid giving this to Armored Pres-san, I feel like it would be far more dangerous than a morning star. Or rather, I will be in danger! I don''t feel like I''ll be able to dodge that at all!

    And it seems that the issue that worried me the most was just an absurd fear. As it turned out, the idiots aren''t going to chase the arrows that they themselves shot. That''s a relief.

    And as we were eating the dinner provided by the inn and discussing dungeon exploration ns and training schedules, a person from Stalker Girl''s n came and announced the following.

    It looks like the Kingdom is going to start a war. The target is the frontier domain of Omui. The army seems to be a coalition of forces of multiple nobles. We are currently making the same report to Omui-sama. It should take them at the very least two weeks to march here.

    A war, it seems? I don''t think anything wille of it though? [TL Notes: [1] Yumi () is the Japanese term for a bow. As used in English, yumi'' refers more specifically to traditional Japanese asymmetrical bows (). Traditionally, they are made byminating bamboo, wood, and leather. ]

 Chapter 288

    Chapter 288

    Day 70  Nighttime, Murimuri Castle Interior

    This night is going to be a long one. I have no idea why I have to spend a long night being chased by middle-aged men, and to be honest, I dont want to even try to understand, but they are chasing after me? Well, chasing after me they are destroying themselves by walking into traps, and once darkness falls, having RajinganI will be at advantage, so the chase has its meaning, but I dont want to look for meaning in a depressing game of tag with middle-aged men!

    I mean, I dont wanna have Waait~,Catch me, if you can?~andWow, Kya, kya, ufufu with middle-aged men! I absolutely refuse!

    Well, time should be on my side. If they arent going to cause a stampede yet, then the Geeks, the Idiots, and Slime-san might make it in time. The Kingdoms army also shouldve started working on preparations by now.

    But since I didnt expect such a prolonged fight, the miscalctions became misfires, hurting my own self. I still keep taking self-inflicted damage from Magic Wrap. Even if I have Regeneration, with the body being continuously destroyed, it makes it ill-suited for a long fight. Or rather, it hurts, you know?

    And in heavy mana economy mode, I have no other means of attack aside from closebat. Thepatibility with self-destructing enemies is just the worst. And if I keep getting barraged with long-ranged attacks, things will only keep getting worse. And also middle-aged men are the worst!!!

    Siiigh. This is outside my expectations, outside the calctions, and out of service, I thought that itll be fine just baiting, hiding, stalling for time, and then crushing theirStrongest. But I didnt expect such a trap, or rather, explosive middle-aged men, no one would! Exploding Art wouldve still been fine, but exploding middle-aged men is nothing but an annoyance, think of the people around you? Its a high time to enforce some sort of middle-aged men regtionw, and for example regte them out of existence?

    But its too early, its not yet the time.

    Pulling out my trump card to have it wasted here is a poor move. I have to wait for the enemy to y their trump card first.

    Thats how it became the disadvantageous prolonged fight in the first ce, but the enemy is taking more casualties. About half of them must be gone now. Evesting Trapis surprisingly useful, but with the way Maid Girl was angry, it might get confiscated? Even though I was the one who found it?

    In the first ce, I thought the effect ofSticky Boots  Allow Walking on Walls and Ceilingwill be useful indoors, but I didnt consider exploding enemies at all. To be frank, that thought didnt even cross my mind.

    I didnt consider in my calctions that on top of it not being surprising for for the Church to have a unit of crazed fanatics, the fact, that their believers are a bunch madmen so crazy in love with their old fart they wouldnt care not only about the lives of others but about their own either.

    I think the enemy should be growing impatient by now, but they are yet to make a move. It would be a problem if they trigger a stampede, but if the Worst-san shows up first then everything will be brought into motion at once. So for now its a contest of endurance. Sticking to saving energy I continue the preparations while also clubbing middle-aged men.

    Swinging extended Staff of the World Tree I sweep and mow enemies down, and trampling them, rush forward. If I dont get away immediately the fanatics will blow up, but blowing up they also get other middle-aged men caught up, reducing the numbers.

    The Demon Scythes that I brought out as reinforcements took too much damage from self-destruction explosions, so they cant be used anymore. I wonder if rubbing some mushrooms will fix them? Well, lets try it anyway, at least some constions sake. They wont rust, right? Its alright, right? Rub, rub?

    I sense an upsurge in magic power. Its at the Churchs knights ce. Rajingan can see the overflowing magic power rising up like a shimmer of hot air.

    Are they nning to use some sort of grand sorcery?

    Atst, the knights are going to act?

    Are they finally going to trigger a stampede?

    Or Use thest resort measure?

    The middle-aged men are backing off. It would be great if they backed off some cliff, but looks like they are simply withdrawing. Good grief, such useless and inconsiderate middle-aged men.

    Then, the Churchs knights have moved. They areing this way. The small unit thats supposed to be thest resort is with them, apanied by overflowing magic and violet shine. Im sure I saw it somewhere? And that in the middle is a puppet? No, a coffin, huh. Is that the golden sarcophagus of Tutankhamun? But the design is sort of different, looking more western-like? Kind of?

    Well, speaking of a Tutankhamun-like thing that emits purple light that looks familiar, its that? Its the Sphinx and mummies that thing! What was it again? Eehm was itRevival?Regeneration? Nonono, Ive never seen aZombiewith such a skill! Its that, how was it, If I remember correctly RightRise from the Dead!

    If you cant remember something, getting stuck halfway through, it seems that the brains memory connections will be cut off, and if you can remember it, it will be reconnected again and processed in the brain as rted information. In other words, this proves that Im a perfectly normal sound-minded highschool boy with a normal working brain. The answer to all of the numerous false usations made over the long was finally derived from my very brain cells, which means, I did nothing wrong. Its alright, while those beautiful bare legs are something amazing that is definitely not alright, this is just a hairbreadth away from stepping into R18, so it can be considered barely safe. Having whats important barely concealed, it allows even a highschoolboy to get through the age restrictions, but that bewitching appearance is stirring pure highschoolboy-like feelings in a very not alright way.

    A bewitchingly beautiful and mesmerizingly pretty woman is restrained inside that golden coffin, no, since she is young, a beautiful girl would be more urate? Under a see-through stole wrapped around her, she is wearing a dress woven from many thin chains, or rather, a bikini, or rather a risque outfit simr to belly dancers dress, but under that gaudiness, there is there is lovely and seductive figure of persian or maybe egyptian-like beauty. Well, in short, its a pretty girl.

    A beautiful body covered in bikini out of thin silvery chains, and light, almost transparent stole wrapped in severalyers around her. The lower part of her body is wrapped in even more thin chains, forming something akin to pareo, but those lovely long legs are left bare. Aside from the parts covered by the bikini, everything else, be it her stomach or anything else, is fully visible. If she started to belly dance right now Id end throwing at her the entirety of the gold that I ripped-off until now. I want to see that.

    The only stuff that can count as equipment are the chain-woven egyptian-style bikini and pareo. Everything from the pareo-styled chain fringe to every other bit is made out of chains, with small darts hanging at the ends, so its not just a very marvelous see-through outfit with tons of exposure. Those chains are her weapons. Which means, that the more she attacks with those chains, the more chains she uses, the less outfit she will have functionally left, gradually increasing the exposure ratio! Im dly looking forward to this.

    Its a truly lovely sight, so Id like to keep staring, but with that purple light surging, so its not the time. Right, thatsRise from the Dead.

    A special skill of the Sphinx, which in the past, almost annihted the Pres and others. A yhouse of infinitely reviving dead. Well, they arent exactlying back to life, but instead rise in zombie-like state over and over. Thats Rise from the Dead. And this special skill is the worst! Because it means infinitely respawning infinite middle-aged men! What do we do if they retain their Stink of Middle-Aged Mentoo?

    Taking care of infinitely spawning middle-aged men with deadly poison (stink), before getting to the girls fantastic self-exposure attacks is tough. After all, even though I made the castle somewhat on therger side for the sake of stationing a garrison, the castle was stuffed with 40,000 middle-aged men. Thats like 640% middle-aged men ratio per unit of space. The smell of middle-aged men will probably never disappear from Murimuri Castle.

    Good grief, there is a restrained half-naked belly dancer with a nice body right in front of me, inviting me for a night of highschool boy FEVER, couldnt you do without middle-aged men infinitely gushing forth? Like, if it was a steam from a hot spring gushing, Id wee it. Enjoying a lovely hot spring time with egyptiandy surrounded by stream and the mysterious light, unwrapping her yukata sash, making her go Oooh~ Myy~, anyway, a hot spring wouldve been great, but no one asked for an endless spring of middle-aged men!

    They are freshly killed, so their movements arent bad for zombies, but since they were wearing heavy infantry equipment to begin with, they are still slow. As expected, the middle-aged men that were blown up and scattered all over the ce arent getting revived, so avoiding the middle-aged mens stink from the outside, I escape to the innermost highest building of Murimuri Castle. Having to dig-in as a shut-in But even if this isnt my home, having shut myself in, its now my turn.

    Below is a blend of 40,000 zombie middle-aged men and fresh middle-aged men. The actual bend ratio doesnt matter. I mean, I dont care?

    They forced me to y my card first. Even though they have more tricks up their sleeve, I was instantly cornered into it. Well, it cant be helped, its too much.

    I was way past my limit already. This is the maximum of what I can handle.

    I mean, I cant take the smell of middle-aged men anymore!

    DIIIIVE! INTOO THE! SKYYYY!

    Walking through the air with Air Walk I jump into the sky. I mean, there is no way to rid Murimuri Castle of middle-aged mens stink anymore? Itll have to bepletely destroyed and rebuilt from zero?

    A thunderous roar of explosion boomed as a zing pir of fire rose into the sky. The old Murimrui Castle filled with 40,000 middle-aged men was destroyed by fire, engulfed in scorching mes, and crumbling with a deafening loudness copsed under apaniment of a severe earthquake. Traveling with Air Walk I thennd at the new Murimuri Castle, which grew behind the Old Murimuri Castle a short while ago. Yeah, I actually prepared it beforehand and buried it underground? I managed to bury 40,000 enemies, but lost one of my trump cards as a result. It also cost me heavily in mana, so with all things considered, it doesnt exactly even out. It was a heavy loss for me.

    The old Murimuri Castle was a war fortress meant for battling armies withbat based on Skills in mind. The New Murimuri Castle also has sturdy walls capable of withstanding hordes of monsters added to that. An overall reinforced version with a new, improvedyout. Meanwhile, the old Murimuri Castle is sinking underground along with the foundation, turning into a deep, wide hole. Once fully flooded with water, or rather, turned into a pond? Both monsters and middle-aged men will probably end up drowning there, at the very least it will greatly impact the speed of invading enemies. When the peacees it might be a good spot to release Fish Girl and others back into the wild. What do we do if they multiply though?

    This is thest defense line in case we failed to suppress the stampedes. Its thest stronghold for the sake of protecting the frontier, even if towns and viges of the neighboring domain will end up obliterated.

 Chapter 289: Part 1

    Chapter 289: Part 1

    Day 71  Before dawn, Murimuri Castle Interior

    Ive used up a good chunk of my mana. The remaining magic power wont be enough to activate Lifesaving. For the sake of this day I refrained from selling magic stones, using them to augment the mana battery, but destroying a castle turned out to be harder than expected. I mean, I never thought that middle-aged men will revive, and add 30,000 more middle-aged men to the counter? And all of them are middle-aged men?! Moreover, I had to thoroughly destroy it and bury it, sealing them underground to make sure that even if they wont be able to do anything even if they are revived withRise from the Dead, wasting extra mana. Without preliminary arrangements there was a chance that mana wouldnt even be enough.

    Even the bamboo grove in the beginning, I already had seeds nted beforehand and only made them grow. Thanks to that it cost me only a fraction of mana that I wouldve used on Ice Needle. Even the traps at the Old Murimuri Castle were made byEvesting Trapso I barely used any magic power. I actually even managed to restore some with Magic Absorptionwhile I was running around. And while I was operating the souvenir store at Fake Dungeon I was carving cracks on walls and pirs of the Old Murimuri Castle to ensure a clear copse of the structure. Even the explosion and the fire itself were produced by ignitingrge quantities of vtile oil, which I found in the Capital, ced in hidden passages and rooms of the castle beforehand, so I didnt use mana for that.

    The biggest miscalction was being forced into using it at this stage because of Rise from the Dead. Even so, new Murimuri Castle is a part of stampede countermeasures, so its not like I could avoid making it. I made the foundation and base parts and then buried them, so it was far less energy consuming than making it from zero, even so, in terms of remaining magic power, it was a huge loss. It cant be helped, but on top of having been forced to y one of my cards, my remaining mana was reduced by more than a half in one go, a heavy loss!

    After all, there is no way the Churchs knights or that coffin girl would die from something as trivial as fire or cave in. I was taking them too lightly, but those knights have enough strength to evenly match 29 of my ssmates in battle. Their equipment also wasnt bad. And that girl is too much. Yeah, that sexy body, with beautiful temping toned long amber legs, that while appear well-trained, also have a certain sweet thickness, with round buttocks and slender waist and lovely exposed stomach and navel, its definitely way way way too much in highschool boy sort of way But she is in the same tier with Armored Pres-san and Slime-san? Yup, there is no way I can beat that!

    But it appeared like the Chuchs mages and knigts were using magic or something to restrain that girl. The magic flow that I saw with Rajingan points to something ofDominationtype. Thats why they didnt want to use her Then dont if you dont want to! No way I can beat a Dungeon Emperor ss! Moreover, if she is that hard to control, then not only the Frontier will perish if she goes out of control, but also the Kingdom, and possibly the Continent itself? Can you stop her on your own if she goes berserk andes to the Theocracy?! Why are you bringing into the world something this dangerous? No, Im actually quite happy with what was brought, those superb legs, the outfit with the perfect degree of exposure, her beauty, her wonderful figure, allbined make me want to say thank you for bringing her here, but even so, she is way too dangerous! No, I do want to see more of her?

    The side of the Old Murimuri Castle became a deep basin. Water from the nearby river is flowing there, which should eventually turn it into a pond, just as was nned. Are we finally going to have a swimsuit episode?! Well, speaking of bikinis, the restrained coffin girl in the chain bikini is still advancing, with the Knights keeping up a barrier. There are still more than 50 of them remaining. Fighting them head on is too dangerous I must decide this with an ambush.

    For crying out loud, the brats these daysck proper discipline. At least teach them to grovel on the ground when faced with the servants of God carrying His Sign. Damn it. Thats why the filthy idiots living all in the way up the ass of the world who have no idea about the greatness of God are always acting like trash. Damn filth that dares to oppose God.

    Wow, rude! Or rather, thats the level one should expect from the servants of that old fart, I guess? After all, there is no salvation for a bunch who are on top of being the old man fetishists are also middle-aged men? It was a mistake to expect sentience from such dumb-looking ugly perverts crazy in love with the old geezer. How about you first evolve into a sentient life form before you start worrying about that bald geezers doctrine or whatever? What the hell with this vulgar ipetent waste of oxygen? That bald geezer should first make sure that such low-lives dont propagate, and then talk about own godhood. He is clearly guilty here even before anyone can get him responsible under Product liabilityws as a manufacturer.

    Even if they are wearing a splendid and extravagant full-body armor, on the inside they are just hoodlums. First kill them all before they fully undo the seal on that girl And no other choice but to cling to her and cause full disintegration through self-destructiveAtomic Maniption. Risking a nuclear decay In the worst case scenario but thats the only way to defeat her. Moreover, its a chance to hold tight to a pretty girl! Thank you for a treat?

    This little shit, calling God an old fart! He has to be first tortured, reformed, and forced to cry plenty before being given Divine Punishment, riiight?

    Right, you ask? Arent you a bit too shameless to do all of this on your own and then pushing the me on a higher being? If you truly believe in all of this, then pray instead of causing mischief, and if prayer alone triggers it, then its a real divine punishment. If you do it then its just a massacre. Whats up with the Church pushing the fault their own atrocities on others? Well, if there is a line about mass ughter in the old geezers teachings then it is his responsibility? Well, if there is such a thing as a god in the world, then all of the tragedies are their responsibility, and if they cant take responsibility then they arent a god? What Im trying to say, God Is Dead, and if they are still alive Im killing them myself. Thats why you guys are just deviant old man fetishists, and will die as a bunch of mass murdering perverted degenerates. Well then, die?

    I cant deal with a stampede. With that girl around, even saving ones own life seems unlikely, forget about trying to save energy or mana forter. Thats why Im first going to crush the low-life knights. Then I can do something about that girl. I cant see it going anywhere, but doing something with prettydies is my passion and my profession, so Im going to do my best!

    Thats why, Im going to send those geezer fetishists to the old geezers White Room. Then they can love each other there as much as they want!

    Going all out without holding back Ill defeat that girl while she is still restrained. While going through self-inflicted decay IMagic Wrapskills one after anotherTeleportation,Gravity,Atomic Maniption,Holdingin apletely uncontroble state, strengthening myself to the max. Without trying to save on mana I pour all of it into Staff of the World Tree. Sucking up my mana the staff grows extremely fast, and begins to pulsate. By now I already know what is going toe out of it After all, it uncharacteristically chose to confess? Legendary spearMistilteinn aided byThe Seven-Branched Swordalthough I have only two swords slotted into it at the moment,Dimension deandHeavenly Sword of Gathering Clouds.

 Chapter 289: Part 2

    Chapter 289: Part 2

    With a single step I cover 50 meters of distance, and sh forward, cutting space itself. An uncontroble Dimension sh loaded with tons of magic power. shing through everything it even cut through the Fake Dungeon located 5km away. Im sure they felt invincible wearing the Churchs extravagant equipment with such defensive effects likeshing Immunity, orPhysical Negation, orMagic Reflection. But it can be cut, you know? There is no way Dimension sh made with a divine de wouldnt cut through that? Having all of my mana sucked out in one go I feel slightly dazed, but the pain of muscles in my whole body being torn, bones shattered, and blood vessels ruptured, or rather, agony, helps to keep me conscious, so this worked out quite nicely. No way any of this is nice! It isnt, but I also cant afford to lose consciousness here. While all of the knights were cut in two, the coffin is unharmed. Now I lost two of my trump cards. Im finally all out of mana andpletely in tatters.

    Since with all of my muscles being torn I cant move an inch, I puppeteer myself withMuppetand advance a step. Forcibly supporting myself withHoldingto avoid crumbling down as all of the bones in my body smashed up, I step forward. Covering up the fact that all sorts of blood vessels have ruptured withHealth , I make step forward. Just one step and I will reach the coffin, but my body is falling apart.

    If only Armored Pres-san and Slime-san both were with me. Even those two could be defeated and killed if they fought solo. The Pres and others would have no chance against her, everyone could end up dead, thats why One more step.

    I dont have any mana left. I can only bet on the divine sword now, so please, one more step? Yeah, I cant reach her like this? After all Hm, wait? The divine sword, or rather, the Seven-Branched Sword which is the Staff of the World Tree? The hand that was holding it is not there? AaahIt was torn off. Okay, time for a body m then. Yeah, its a beautiful girl with a perfect figure, I have absolutely no objections to ramming her! So, just one step more? Yeah, I cant reach her like this?

    Shit, you mere cursed heretics, dare opposing messengers of God The keyIn Gods name, kill all enemies of God.! Kill that bastard and hisrades and all of the god-defying scum living on this filthynd! Guaaha.

    This, until at the very end? He was still keeping up the barrier to conceal himself, This priest must be the restrainer, who uses some sort ofMind Controlto keep the girl in check. Looks like the girl is going to be released, even though I dont have strength to fight left? Seeing me all crumbling, missing a hand and weapon, bleeding from my whole body, with legs broken in more than one ce, themander of the Churchs army, Archpriest-sama, finally decided to show his face.

    Then, signal res appeared in the sky. Theyve done and did it.

    Three white ones, the Frontier Army made it in time. But also three red ones, they triggered three overflows.

    If overflow in at least one of the spots goes out of control and leaks outside, there will be no other choice but pull back here, giving up on all the towns and viges along the way. We will have to take a stand here to at least protect the Frontier. Thats what is going to happen if the fourth signal re goes up.

    So I cant allow such a thing to be here. But if we fight, someone will die, in the worst case, everyone might die? And if I die here, then the New Murimuri Castle will be taken. Haaah, this is the worst.

    And then, things get even worse, without me being able to make even a single step. The fourth red signal re appeared in the sky.

    Now the Frontier will be obliterated~, everything is over~, oh no, what a nightmare? The Churchs middle-aged men seem very happy with theireback victory.

    But I dont want to see middle-aged men smiling. Even though I didnt have enough cards to y, even though I yed all of my trump cards Thank you?

    !

    The girl ising closer. She is approaching with two curved swords, scimitars, in her hands. While restraints were lifted, she is still under control, moving obeying the orders. In that case, that cor that remained on her neck even after the restraints were lifted, must be some sort of mind control-type magic tool.

    Examination with Rajingan showedCor of Subordination  a cor that forces into obedience, she must be controlled by that. However, since they kept her restrained, and never went anywhere near the coffin, the control must be not absolute. Well, since she is engulfed in such an absurdly intense magic power, even approaching her is not possible, much less getting to touch her.

    This is the Theocracys Ultimate Weapons and the trump card. They finally used their final ace.

    Alright, lets do the same.

    Swallowing a Full HP recovery mushroom for starters, I then move forward while munching on a mana restoring mushroom. I mean, even if I dont have any trump cards left, I still have tons of mushrooms?

    And applying Magic Wrap, I draw near the girl. I used up all of the tricks, I dont have any cards up my sleeves anymore, Im out of mana, but I still have a forbidden move. Or how should I put it, its forbidden because I didnt want to have it, but it cant be helped anymore. With the Frontier and everyones lives on one side of the scales, there is nothing else I can put on the other side!

    The greatest sacrifice I can make, thest thing that I didnt give up until the very end Thats right, my Affection Rating-san!

    While my bodypletely recovered, it still hurts. After all, this is the agony of my heart and the scream of my soul! This is the pain of Affection Rating-san being ground to dust! I mean, its really painful? Yeah, the design ofIncubus Eyepatch [1] is so miraculously cringe that even an 8th grader at the very peak of 8th grader syndrome would writhe in pain from the excessive cringiness. A leather eyepatch inscribed with a magic circle and decorated with a chain at the edges is bad enough by itself, but it even has a jewel attached right in the middle, an item agonizingly painful to look at? I thought that I had to seal this item, and did my best to hide it, but to think Ill end up putting it on with my own hands. But the forbidden moveIncubus Eyepatch  MiN InT 50% Up, Magic Eye Enhancement (Ultra), Illusion, Charm, Puppetry, Memory Maniption, Mind Control, Mental Pollutionhas the mind-controlled girl, the priest, and the surviving knights that were hiding, all frozen in ce.

    But the Church is a bunch of low-lives very proficient in mental attacks. They surely must have some sort of a countermeasure, and the Cor of Subordinationon the girl is powerful too. I wont be able to win with mind control. It definitely will be immediately resisted.

    Thats why using this chance I approach the currently paralyzed girl, and after rendering her powerless by putting on her Chains of Prometheus  Binding, Disable all PowersI then putChoker of Submission  Forces into a state of absolute obedience[2] on her. Yeah, its even scummier version ofCor of Subordination, higher tier so to say? Overriding control with its stronger version, I snatch themand authority from them. No, I mean, if there is such a cute girl fallen on the ground, not picking her would be rude? Maaan Like, thank you very much for giving me something so wonderful right when I was so hopelessly troubled by theck of options left?

    Uuuugh

    Erhm, are you alright, or rather, while I strongly suspect that there is nothing more no alright than getting caught under Mind Control by a highschool boy, then having your entire body bound in chains by him in that short while and renderedpletely powerless, only to have a cor of absolute obedience put on you after that, but its not worth sweating small details, or rather most of it is like false usations, I also have prepared sweets for a bribe, so lets not worry about this? While in this state, it must be not convincing to hear that its alright from me, but is it wrong for a cringe-looking highschool boy to expect a favorable impression while wearing this eyepatch that would scare even an 8th grader away with its awful design? Which is a mistake to ask to begin with, and Im sure you dont feel that way at all, but its alright? Yeah, the alrightness of this situation is soplicated that Id be quite troubled if you ask me what exactly is alright, but could you please just be alright without reading too much into all of this? So can you sit down and wait for a bit while I make it even more alright by returning middle-aged men with the geezer fetish back to the old geezer? Ah, this is tea and sweets. If you are hungry, here is bento, feel free to have it? Ill leave it here, but let me warn you in advance that responsibility for ONE MORE SET is not alright with me. Ill be going then? I guess?

    (Nod-nod?)

    Looks like she is fine with it? She is munching on a crepe bit by bit, so it surely must meanOK~. But with everyone replying without saying anything I always end up looking like a mentally ill person who keeps talking to himself, so can you do me a favor and reply properly? Well, she seems to be busy eating, so not a chance, I guess.

    She seems to have trouble eating, so I removeChains of Prometheusand put re-seal it back into my item bag. Re-sealing it at this point isnt going to do much to the great impact dealt to Affection Rating-san, that mustve plummeted straight into Great Depression, or might be even vanished somewhere, but first I need to deal with the fanatic middle-aged men.

    As expected of the Churchs special high-grade equipment, they are beginning to resistIncubus Eyepatch. Alright, lets tear it off? Naturally, there is nothing fun about stripping middle-aged men of their equipment, but since it seems pretty high tier, it might end up being useful. Since red re was shot, it means that a stampede will begin in one hour. Taking away all of their equipment and weapons, I also pick up their wallets and valuables, since they happened to be fallen on the ground. Yeah, I was throwing it in a pile as I was taking stuff from them, so it happened to be on the ground.

    Losing resistances from the equipment they fully fell to Mind Controlbing mindless puppets, but who the hell ever asked for puppet middle-aged men! I dont need this! Its fine to just leave them be and Im kind of pressed for time here, but considering the hellish suffering of middle-aged men pandemonium, just leaving them be pisses me off, so I order them to tear off hair from each others heads before leaving. Go bald.

    Lets hurry, when the ck smoke for retreat rises its a stampede. Its now possible to retreat here, so lets go out and crush that fourth one.

 Chapter 290

    Chapter 290

    Day 71  Daybreak, Outside the third dungeon.

    The ground is shaking and the monsters roar reverberates through the air. A stampede capable of swallowing an entire country is surging forward like raging billows. A despair known as dungeon overflow, the hell itself has bared its fangs, threatening to swallow everything.

    Lure them in, pincer and destroy. Center, hold the the line and pull back, the nks crush them!

    The fourth wave repelled. The overflow have paused.

    Hurry and move the wounded to the rear. Rotate troops in the center, countless monsters still remain, I dont permit anyone dying here!

    Yessir!

    Monsters are formidable even inside a dungeon. Since waves contain countless different monsters with multiple special characteristics all pouring out at once it bes impossible to beat them with a specialized strategy targeting their weak points. So there is no other choice but to suppress raging hordes of monsters through brute force. And if a floor master or a dungeon master join the fight it will turn into aplete hell.

    But we will push through.

    Us, the Frontier Army, continued to fight even without any hope for the future. Our ancestors fought through while having only the future of ruin, suffering in the present, and sorrow in the past. Hence, there is no way we can say something likeWe cant. We are going to See it through. Because at our back we have the happy present, and the fortunate future. The tragedy of the Frontier that went on and on is finally over. Behind us we have a happiness so great that none of us dared to even dream such a thing.

    Reorganizationplete!Second group takes over.Medical treatmentpleted, they are ready to go.Wait for orders, rest while you can!Sir, yes sir!

    Im not letting any of them to the Frontier, but if possible, Id prefer to kill them all at the entrance. This stampede is supposedly being guided into a specific direction, so there is no need to worry about it scattering But behind us remain settlements that are yet to evacuate. And the neighboring domain of Narrogi doesnt even have an army since their lord had run away They dont have anyone to protect the people.

    We went into this battle fully prepared to die while having no intentions of giving up our lives, but the stampede is strong. Truly the most disastrous menace. But we are stronger! We heard exnations,prehended them, and conducted countless drills for the sake of this moment, but as expected, the realbat is different Us, the Frontier Army, is overwhelmingly stronger. This is the power of armaments from the oldest great dungeon. It not only has skills and effects attached, its loaded with them.

    Having ones strength and speed increased through equipments effects equals power. Scattering monsters we mow them down, the poorly equipped Frontier Army that was fending off monsters while always forced into fighting lost battles, is now overpowering monsters with the strongest equipment. This is precisely the power to protect the people that the Frontier was seeking all this time.

    Just when I thought that we might be able to endure the stampede like this, even more bad news arrived, quite admirable how the flow never ceases, this one time its the worst.

    Is there no mistake?! Was it confirmed?!

    It is definitely knights of the Church. 3,000 of cavalry alone. However, the report states that they are wearing equipment of the highest grade. We suspect that its most likely the Temr Cavalry Corps.

    Can we send out a force? I dont care if they can only stall for time.

    Im well aware how impossible of a task this is. The current situation by itself is a miracle. The miracle of the Frontier Army, that kept being wiped out and annihted by the brutally overwhelming might of dungeon stampedes, is now fighting one off right at the dungeon entrance. Striking down countless monsters with the overwhelming power of our weapons and armor, we are holding out without faltering. We are now having an upper hand in the hopeless battle against dungeon overflow, a feat that none of the previous generations of Omui managed to aplish, as they all lost their lives fighting it. The Frontier finally obtained the strength to protect its people.

    We are now ying monsters with the equipment of the highest quality, numerous weapons of astonishing destructive power, which that boy prepared for us, casually saying that its a gratitude, bargain sale, rip-off, and whatnot.

    And the sturdiness of the armor protecting the troops that fight without faltering. The man that while praised as the best smith in thend continued to work in the destitute Frontier where he couldnt even make proper armor, having to work without ess to an adequate iron, but continued to provide protection for the Frontier, making weapons and armor even if he had to look around for scrap-iron. The troops are now protected but armor in which he could pour all his might making. And it was also that boy who provided the best cksmith with the best equipment and materials So we wont be able to look them in their faces from shame if we fell to some lowly monsters while protected by that armor!

    And Shino n is supporting us from the rear. The boys seems to be yet remember their and still calling them Stalker Girls n, but if they had their name memorized before us it would be unforgivable in its own way! It is thanks to that n, who finally returned into our service, that the Frontier Army, who is capable of nothing but fighting, now has eyes, ears, and mouths. Information and orders travel in a sh, being swiftly ryed where they should. It is because of Shino ns support that a small force of less than 3,000 is capable of fighting with the strength of an army counting in tens of thousands. While Shino n doesnt havebat capability, being givenrge quantity of mushrooms and medicine, they are going around assisting wounded troops. And when a dangerous floor master or arge horde of monsters shows up in a dense crowd, they are backing us up with Magic Stone Hand Grenadesmanufactured by the boy. They still seem to fret over the time they worked for the neighboring domain, but the great effort and the amazing performance they showed so far is something they can be proud of. That is the Frontiers treasure, there is no ally more reliable.

    But weve been had. There was another Churchs army lurking around. Moreover, out of all things, its the Temr Cavalry Corps. The mass-murdering genocidal unit. To think the Theocracys strongest heretic hunting knight order had made it inside the Kingdom. The Third Division mustve let them in before the First Division took over the border protection. And they started acting at the worst possible timing.

    The Frontier Army can stay. Shino n volunteered to hold them back.

    Stop them! They are nning to get themselves killed, I wont allow anyone to willingly choose death. Go and tell them that it would mean disgracing that boys hopes.

    At this rate, either us or the ck-haired girls will be attacked from the rear. But the only reinforcementsing our way are the Royal Guard. With the Temr Cavalry Corps as the opponent, even the Royal Guard lead by Her Excellency will be at disadvantage. The opponent is armed with splendid weapons and armor that the Theocracy poured enormous riches and their exclusive magic stones techniques into. While us, armed by that boy and the best cksmith, wont fall behind them, the Royal Guards equipment, although the best the Kingdom has, is still a few tiers below their. We cant allow them to sh.

    Moreover, they arent going to make it in time. We will be attacked first, ending up pincered with the stampede on the other front. On top of that, they are cavalry, likely elites capable of getting away from surging waves of monsters. Since we cant withdraw, then I wont be satisfied unless we drag the Temr Cavalry with us.

    Princess Shariceres Royal Guard are heading this way. However They will not make it in time. Lets retreat to the Frontier.

    Although we wouldve been forced to retreat anyway when the fourth dungeon starts overflowing, what a shame. Even though that boy is facing 40,000 enemies alone back at the castle while hisrades are fighting two other stampedes, we have to retreat from merely one. If it wasnt for those stupid rebellions of those idiotic princes the Kingdom still wouldve had 30,000 troops. And with them now having destroyed themselves, we are yed around by a few thousands of cavalry, forced to retreat, abandoning the people.

    Omui-sama, you are the Frontiers lord. I understand your care for the people of the Kingdom, but please pull back for the Sake of the people of the Frontier.

    Were it three thousand small fries or one thousand elites I could charge them and take themanders head by myself No, if its only 3,000 I might pull it off? Yeah, its just one thousand but three times, so it should woPlease, no! Pleasee back! You made a promise with Haruka-sama, right? Are you nning to break a promise with the Frontiers savior?kuh, start preparing for retreat from the rear. Hurry!

    Id like to at least cull the number of monsters, this alone might decrease the damage. But missing the time to pull back is whats called foolishness. If we are to retreat it should be done swiftly and resolutely.

    Urgent report. Princess Shariceres Royal Guard charged the Temr Cavalry Corps at high speed. The Temr Cavalry Corps took devastating damage. After which the Royal Guard changed course towards the fourth dungeon!

    Charged at high speed Looks like in this short time that boy managed to arm and equip the Royal Guard as well. Performing a long range high-speed charge at cavalry from such a distance is unthinkable without that boys equipment. Its just impossible. And if the Kingdoms elites are equipped with that boys equipment, then they should be able to fight on par with the Frontier Army. However, the higher the level gets the more difficult it gets to obtain adequate equipment, but is still how drastic of a differencerge amounts of high-level equipment on high-level troops can make? Truly soldiers worth a thousand troops each.

    Alright. We are stopping them here. If we crumble here wed be aughing stock for the Royal Guard. Lets leave the fourth dungeon to the Princess.

    Yessir, leave it to us!

    However, there is also the fifth one. ording to the message from the boy, its most likely five, with three as the minimum, then, while unlikely, it can be seven, and the worst case its nine. ording to the Shino ns investigation, the Church started working on the ninth one, but ultimately continued only with five. Weck the fifth force No, even the current situation is too good. Usually, it would take abined effort of the entire country to crush just one stampede at great cost. Being able to stop three is nothing short of a miracle, and as it now looks like we might be able to stop even four, a greed begins to show, if only we could handle one more. How regretful.

    Floor master ising.

    Ill go, open the way!

    Even though there is such a crisis going on, even though I have responsibility for the lives of my soldiers, and the important duty to protect the livelihood of the people. How troublesome, my blood is boiling, muscles are raging, while Im overwhelmed by an exaltation that makes me want to shout. d in armor in which I can devote myself fully to battle, and with a sword to which I can entrust my life, I have a dungeon master in front of me. I have an opponent stronger than myself, and the means to fight it. Laughter is overflowing from within me, forcing my entire body to tremble.

    Push it back and force it into the dungeon! Charge!

    UuuwoooooooO!

    Lamenting continuous battle in which we cannot hope to defend everything we want, once we finally obtained the strength to protect, I was able to notice. We couldnt win because we kept defending. At some point, we turned to merely a desperate struggle of resisting the threat of monsters. Just when was it that we forgot about utterly crushing and destroying the enemy?

    The ancient founders of Omui fought with monsters all over the continent, and finally cornering them into the Frontier, sought to destroy them. And then, in thest battle of the Frontier the legends came to an end. Just when the monsters were about to bepletely annihted from the continent, the heroes were defeated. All because of a betrayal from human allies The traitors that attacked theirrades from behind are the current Church. The War Goddess that led the heroes was thrown into the depths of the oldest dungeon, and with countless heroes falling in battle the strength to destroy monsters was lost from the continent. This is the history of the endless tragedy of the Frontier. A mere struggle without any heroes for the sake of going from one defeat to another.

    But we are still fighting. We still can fight. Just like the legends of the old, just like the heroes that once fought all of the monsters to their near annihtion!

    The repeated chain of defeats and ruin that we went through in our long history carved resignation into our souls. Before we noticed, mere resistance was all that we could think of, we implicitly epted our iing downfall. All because it was impossible. No matter how great were the sacrifices that we made in our struggle, we always fell short of protecting what we wanted, and being beaten down time after time, only the mountain of our corpses kept growing.

    We had given up. We had epted our doom. So all we could do was struggle, but even that produced nothing but defeats. Our spirit, our souls were broken We had resigned ourselves.

    But now it is different. Neither us, the Frontier Army, nor the Royal Guard are even considering resistance.Victory,plete and overwhelming, with enemies crushed, destroyed, trampled, and in to thest is the only thing on our minds.

    Weve seen. The boy who annihted countless monsters and killed the deepest dungeon. We dont have a convenient excuse of it being impossible anymore. We were shown that it is possible, and even were given weapons to aplish that.

    Its said that the elites that were led by the War Goddess were a group of heroes that all fought like champions from legends. They mustve seen it too. Seen, that it is possible. And they were captivated by that strength. The strength that lies at remote, unreachable heights. And they mustve yearned for it, and ended up striving for it. That is the heroic tale.

    A person that keeps fighting without giving up In a world where everyone has resigned themselves. That must be what people came to call a hero.

    Im sure the hero (destroyer ofmon sense) that remains the object of everyones gratitude, admiration, and yearning, although they cant tell it to him in person since he would hate it to death, is protecting the Frontier even now, moving down tens of thousands of enemies. Thats we cant say that we cant do it, we arent permitted to give up, we already set our eyes on it. On the strength of that boy, on the dream called happiness that he showed us.

    Surround the dungeon master, all troops, follow my lead and butcher it!

    Uuuuoooooh!

    Although the first thing we have to strive for is to have him remember our names. Butpared to that, crushing dungeon overflow pales in difficulty. So let us crush it! Drop dead, you bastards!

 Chapter 196: Unmatched even in this world, their PoW cant be measured in stats.

    Chapter 196: Unmatched even in this world, their PoW can''t be measured in stats.

    Day 56  Daytime.

    This is the worst! I waspletely unprepared, even though I''m all on my own today, without any allies around, I was totally off guard and careless. Having a day off from the dungeon exploration and with the cksmith beginning to smith too I was finally released from work and was taking it easy,pletely unaware of what wasing.

    They already surrounded me, blocking all escape routes, and there is not enough distance from them to get away with Air Walk. It''s a checkmate.

    But the worst part is the weapons in their hands.

    I never thought that I''d encounter this. I was negligent. I was sure they are a thing of the past.

    That''s why I let my guard down. I removed them from the list of the enemies I tracked with Detect Presence. Because I thought they were no more. Because I thought that no one had these anymore.

    That is Without a doubt the worst weapon. That''s right, order forms!

    I was working through the night to construct the vige? I kept working, despite how horny I felt? I was working basically locked in a fierce battle with the horniness that burned akin to the raging mes of eros? I was pretty sure I''d get scolded if we started doing it in the fields, so I held back? Doing my best until the morning, fighting off the 108 spirits of worldly desires, all 108 of which turned out to be Lust. And the 109th immediately popped up as well? Lust-san was really stacked on those spirits? Like, even if the purifying bell was rung every 0,00001 seconds, it still wouldn''t be enough to purge them all! Or rather, if it was rung that much it''d be an annoyance! Like, anyone would be sayingwho the hell is ringing that bell, stop it?!!

    Why do orders still remain? That is the biggest question, but the key to that mystery is right here! That''s right, I was so caught up in making that vige that I forgot about other orders, or rather, there is no way I could''ve done them! Making 1 vige is bound to eat up all of the avable time! If a night shift took more than 24 hours, then it has nothing to do with the night anymore. It''s just an around-the-clock operation! I don''t do such services, but a lewd midnight room service sounds nice? Very nice. But it has nothing to do with my side job. I like the rewards, but it''s not like I like thebor itself.

    Look at this! There is Urgent written here. The women of the town are awaiting new dresses! re skirts and blouses too! And I also marked mushrooms lunches as extra urgent!

    Why are you ordering food from me?! And every day on top of that! Didn''t they open an eating ce right next to your store?! And also There is urgent written here, there is urgent written everywhere, on every order! If you write it on everything, then the entire point of writing urgentis lost. And why do lunches get extra urgent every time?!!

    Speaking of which, I now remember that there was an order for an insane amount of women''s clothing. However, it was for long skirts, long re skirts, and just ordinary blouses. If that order was for miniskirts, sexy dresses, or fis stockings, I would''ve made them right away, instantly, and delivered them the first thing in the morning! And then I would''ve sat down in the middle of the street to spectate the fruits of mybor! But since the order was for long skirts it could not set my soul aze, you know? There is nothing to get passionate about. Can''t I at the very least add a slit? Like, 1 meter long?

    I see, so this encirclement was aplished by the aunties of the town? That exins how they managed to block even the smallest of the alleyways, showing their thorough knowledge of the town. A wless encirclement. As expected, their PoW can''t be measured in stats, most likely, they have enough ability to participate in Maidens'' Bargain War with our girls, each of which has cheat skills, what a fearsome Auntie Power! So Aunties are Unmatched even in this world, huh.

    I got caught.

    Rather than working at the inn or the general store let''s do it here.

    Going to the textile workshop I begin the production. If I''m going to do this, I might as well use the chance to show a finished product, this should help them with production. Moreover, the articles mass-produced here will cost about half price. Aunties will surely prefer to buy there. Drawing out the pattern paper at once, I cut the cloth ording to it, and immediately get to sewing, well, Evil Hands do. Since it''s a simple model I quickly finish it. The frontier is still going to have a preference for simple and chic models Well, those are aunties after all.

    Additionally, gathering people from the workshop we get to mass-production, as I coach them along the way. A kind, gentle and attentive coaching. After all, there are so many young girls here! If I managed to boost my Affection Rating here, it just might recover from elementary particles level all the way up to the atomic level? With a strong heart, I conduct cordial no-touch coaching. The worldly desires that I couldn''t let out tomorrow are whirling akin to a centrifuge, but this is the critical point from my Affection Rating!

    Not like this? Don''t stab with the needle, pass it through instead? Also, you shouldn''t pull the thread here, you must spin it to align the seam. Yes, like that, and when you pull you have to pull the cloth too. The same force as the thread, ah, this is too loose. Sort of? Properly sewn it is less likely to end up with wrinkles and won''te undone that easily. Yes, like that, the threads and the cloth have to be one, then it''s perfect. Yes, that''s really good. If you manage to make a set like that it will be the best dress possible.

    Yeah, coaching beauties is fun. Back in the days, I thought about bing a librarian, spending time reading books, but bing a school teacher and teaching only cute girls might be nice too. Well, no chance for that anymore.

    It''s bing possible for aunties to buy new clothes, but it''s still tough for young girls, therefore, workshops. Textile workshops and sewing workshops provide employee discounts, which are pretty huge on their own, but the number of items one can buy also increases based on the output, moreover there are bonuses and sry raises depending on productivity, so naturally, young girls, who don''t have much money, tend to gather there. I''d like to apply too! Why do they refuse to hire me even though I was the one who established that ce?

    While coaching, I continue the production with Evil Hands and Holding. I already crafted more than enough, and if I make too much, it will take away work from the workshops, so limiting the stockpile to 1,000 for each article should be alright. But rather than that, it''s a chance to coach cute girls! I bet I''d get scolded if I used my hands, so it''s instructions only! Regrettably!

    This amount should cover both the stock and the orders, right? Or rather, why are the clothes selling so well all of a sudden? Did you have an invasion of a naked tribe or something? I wonder where are they, this calls for a thorough investigation!

    As if! Why would a naked tribee to the city? To buy clothes? My, that would be a jackpot! But where would they be carrying wallets?

    Looks like that''s not the case. And thus, the general store''s shopkeeper returned to the store, carrying clothes. Naturally, she didn''t forget the lunchboxes as well. Even though she almost forgot the clothes!

    Now then, this settles it for the time being? The bucket workshop definitely doesn''t need any coaching, after all, there is nothing but dudes working there. And it seems they are managing just fine. The foundry has only middle-aged men. So this ce is the only sce for me, but apparently, they won''t ept my job application. Even though I''m an investor?

    Well, let''s go back and make equipment and dinner? Although it''s a bit troubling since it''s still too early, even more troubling is Armored Pres-san''s figure, it won''t leave my mind so it''s a big trouble? Sort of? But since she is still not back, it''s not a fun sort of trouble?

    Having things I want to do but nothing I need to do, I head back to the forge and borrow some space there to try my hand at smithing. The stuff I made as a practice I gave to Royal Girl and Meri family. That family has the highest probability of getting targeted, in fact, they already were attacked in the past. They probably wanted to get hostages and threaten Meripapa-san. Even Royal Girl is in quite the danger. Since I used good materials, even though it was only a practice, it turned out like that. It''s better than what''s avable on the market and it also has bonus effects.

    Old maan. Why do you have to hammer your swords? Don''t you have Alchemy? Can''t you mass-produce an item with Alchemy once you make one manually? Is it because you are bald? Or is it because the only hair you have is your beard? Wanna transnt them?

    Don''t transnt people''s beards on their heads as you please! I can''t mass produce anything with Alchemy, magic stones fusion, bestowing enchantments, and then refinement is the most I can do. And when ites to transmutation then just doing things by hand will be faster and give better quality. Your Alchemy is the weird one. Even alchemists can''t do that. Good grief, just what do you think my precious beard is

    After all, I should learn the katana manufacturing method from the Geeks. Most likely, if trained, this old man should be able to make some amazing stuff. However, the result of allowing them to work on katanas was a steamship, and what is really irritating, it now does an awfully good job at transporting. Let''s make a torpedo next time.

    It''s kind of meh? It somehow feelscking? Why do I have this This isn''t itfeeling? Am I doing something wrong? But can I even spot a mistake without sufficient knowledge? But it somehow feels off anyway? Just what is this? Hmmm, is it because regardless of my understanding, I have read about this before and seen real articles?

    What is this fancy talk! You are definitely the only person in the whole world who can mass-produce items of this quality! If something like this were made inrge quantities every single cksmith would go out of business. Man, this is outrageous.

    The quality won''t improve from mass production, you know? Hmm, well, if I enchant and mithrilify them, it should be about the same level as the items found on dungeons'' middle floors. However, if I mithrilified items from the middle floors they would turn even better. It''s a bit questionable, but it should cover the shortage of ssmates'' equipment. This is a very important point, gearing 30 people was a problem, but this should solve it, and this can also be used as a base standard for gear. And an even more important point, is that the ones with the most cash in this remote region are my ssmates, who are raiding dungeons'' middle floors! Let''s rip them off!

 Chapter 292

    Chapter 292

    Day 71  Morning, Outside The Sixth Dungeon.

    There was another idiot here. Just how many idiots have I seen sinceing to this world? Well, we brought five of our own, but everyone else are Idiots produced in this world. There is a middle-aged man with his wrist missing, a hole bitten in his side, a part of his left leg thats down the knee barely attached, who yet continues to throw grenades while leaning on a spear stuck into the ground. An idiot~, a huge idiot, a dumbass. Thats the leader of Stalker Girls n and Stalker Girls father, and his name he doesnt have one yet? Well, its a middle-aged man, so there is no issue even if he never gets one.

    Heeey, old man? Or rather, Stalker Girls ns old man, well, its that? How should I put it, Im obeying gravitational forces, or rather, unable to escapews of attraction? anyway, Im going to fall there so prepare for the impact~ Its a fall at the speed of sound, so Im already crashing(BOOOOOOM)

    I protected Stalker Girl by damping the gravitational force withGravitymagic and thenHoldingher with magic power, so Im sure she should be safe, but she has stiffened with her eyes and mouth open. Well, I shoved a mushroom into her mouth, so she should be alright.

    The monsters that came out of the dungeon due to overflow have passed away in an unfortunate crashnding incident. Perhaps striking the ground with Staff of the World Tree as a substitute for brakes was a problem? There is now something like a crater here? A giant pit in front of the dungeon entrance, the overflowing monsters are falling right into it. Lets try sprinkling some poisonous mushroom powder? Ooh, they are crying and trashing in agony, but I dont really care to see middle-aged men or monsters writhing around? Its annoying?

    I bribed the Dancing Girl Lady with crepes. She is currently taking care of the seventh dungeon. Worrying about her is just as silly as worrying about Armored Pres-san or Slime-san. After all, although that dungeon might be rtively close to the Frontier, its still merely a dungeon outside the Frontier. I dont think any monsters there would be capable of wounding the Frontiers strongest Dungeon Emperor-ss but if they put even a scratch on that alluring skin I absolutely wont forgive them! But its also difficult to refuse the option of then providing a personal medical attention, rubbing in a healing salve made from mushrooms! And Im sure my hands will slip, I will slip both of my hands, going straight for those magnificent peaks. Definitely!

    And at the fourth dungeon that we reached first, the Royal Girl was annihting monsters left and right, with the Royal Family pride and Royal Guard at her side she was obliterating iing monsters. This family gets very duhan-like when ites to protecting the people of the Kingdom, running about while carrying their heads around, but that is precisely the reason why there is no wavering in the Royal Familys pride. Thats why I could leave it to her.

    At the seventh dungeon Stalker Girl was doing something dumb again, wobbling about, she kept throwing grenades with her little hands that swelled from internal bleeding and had nails cleanly torn off. Since she didnt have enough strength left to make a proper throw, she crawled all the way to the dungeon entrance while getting her skin scraped off, and continued to throw while taking on sts from explosions with her entire body, bing a bloodied mess in the process. I really had it with nothing but idiots around. So since she pissed me off I knocked her on the head. I crammed a mushroom into her mouth, so she should recover soon enough. Good grief, Poster Girl would cry if something happened to Stalker Girl or she got injured, like, shed cry a river! Which will get Slime-san furious, and will scold me, and then the girls will also give me a sermon, its a whole lots of trouble, you know? I wish everyone would be more mindful about how it will affect me?

    Both father and daughter are out cold with mushrooms sticking out of their mouths, but whatever?

    Now, I sort of dont get what is going on anymore, and since I dont get it, I guess simply killing everyone should solve the problem?

    The sixth and the seventh, which we werent particrly cautious about, are overflowing, when the fifth one is still silent. In that case, there is no telling what is happening at the distant eighth and ninth. They are so far away that even Stalker Girls n isnt vignt about them. But for now its the sixth dungeon. Quite often, leaving things that can be taken care ofter forter, allows not to think about them in the end at all? Well, it quite often simply bes toote, but one simply has to destroy the evidence without anyone finding out. Most things can be solved by killing everything. Turn them into magic stones and then get rich through destruction of evidence, perfect solution?

    UsingMagic WrapI put on everything I can without holding back, and then jump into the fray in buffed up state. shed monsters are being stabbed to death, and stepping forward with repeated lunges ends up with me cutting monsters apart from behind. Yeah, I give up.

    Cutting monsters up without any idea of what is going on, I continue to pile up corpses of monsters without any idea of how any of this is happening. Im sure the monsters are just as confused.

    Fighting withoutprehending what you are doing is quite challenging? Who wouldve thought that my self-styled fencing technique that I practiced back in the 8th grade would end up so useful in another world.

    But this random barrage is easy to break through. It works thanks to this hole, but without itd have to chase them around. Why flying here right after getting chased around by middle-aged men I now need to chase after monsters? Actually, the entire thing wouldve solved itself if the middle-aged men just chased after the monsters! I mean, thats what the military is for! This has nothing to do with me! Ill be more than happy to be chased around or chase after an overflow of pretty girls, but it doesnt seem like any ising? More like, there is a severe deficit?

    Trying to save up in case of something, it always ends up with me clubbing enemies with Staff of the World Tree, I just go around and keep hitting monsters trying to climb out of the hole. This world is ultimately just Whack-A-Monster, a far cry from Monster Drum Master. Personally, Id like to wait for the release of Monster Monster Revolution, but they might gopletely extinct before that.

    Just as I was about to sayWe won, with the end finally being in sight, two additional red res appeared in the sky, which were immediately followed by two ck ones. In other words, more dungeons are overflowing. Why this world is so adamant about not letting me goYeah? But there is no point to this now? The Geeks and Idiots didnt make it in time. They mustve had something they had to do. And they decided themselves to do it, so they wont being.

    And since they wont being, they went for aunch? Its a ne? Its a balloon? No, its a

    Using Farsight, I see hordes of monsters flooding out from the two dungeon. The overflows from the eighth and ninth dungeons have already made it outside their dungeons and are now making their way in a stampede towards the Frontier. With such a distance from the Frontier the stampedes also be that much more wide-range, making it impossible to suppress them, but looks like there is no issue with earring them? I mean, there is an endlessly stretching swarm of jiggly balls, and there is nothing that an infinite number of Gluttony-san wont be able to devour? Although it might choose to run away if its a swarm of roaches!

    Well, the Geeks mustve seen that they arent going to make it and thought of something. The idiots didnt think of anything, for sure. And then they tried to make something and ended up with something? Probably long-range ballistic Slime-san cannon. If it then usesDivisionin the air and downpours from the sky, then two swampedes are bound to be nothing more than a meal.

    A carpet bombing of balls, balls, and balls covering the entire sky. And also carpet eating.

    I have no idea what it ate in the woods of the Beastmen Country, but perfectly executedDivisioncovered the entire area in swarm of Slime-sans. A dungeon overflow might be an obsolete concept by now? It rushes through the area devouring dungeon monsters like its nothing. I think by now its possible to destroy the world with just Slime-san. I mean, at this rate, it might devour the world itself along the way. Im so worried about the food expenses!

    Looking into the distance with Rajingans Farsight, or rather, while just looking away, I continue whacking monsters, but it seems like there is no need to worry about there. That one bouncing around like a pinball and beating the hell out of floor and dungeon masters must be Slime-sans main body. The difference in strength so clearly apparent that things went from alright straight into dungeon master bullying category.

    Armored Pres-san is taking care of the first one. Yes, its the biggest and the deepest one, but so what?

    The Pres and others are suppressing the second one, or rather, exterminating it while preserving strength. They seem to be nning to go to the other ones too if needs be.

    The Frontier Army is working hard at the third one, or rather, they keep jumping into charge assaults from encircling and annihting, even though this was supposed to be a defensive battle. Lets pretend I didnt see that.

    Royal Girl and Royal Guard are at the fourth one, Maid Girl should be there too. While having a tough battle they are holding the line with precise orders, and when a big shot appears Royal Girl jumps in with Maid Girl to quickly dispatch it. The Kingdoms elite army lead by the Sword Princess.

    The sixth one is currently getting whacked by myself? Yeah, still very much whacking in a very present tense? I mean, they are stilling? But the dungeon seems like nothing much.

    The seventh is somethingpletely out of this world by now. She is of the same type as Armored Pres-san and Slime-san, with her strength appearing unfathomable, so thinking about it is pointless. She would make for the most formidable enemy if she turns on us, but we have two scariest allies on this side, so it still should be possible to pin her down. And while we are at it someones hand might also slip and identally hold or touch or strip various parts, but in any case, it should be possible to restrain her! Rather, restraining my inner wild highschool boy might be more of a problem, as that lewd body threatens to push me into synchronization overload with it, making it go berserk (stampede)! [1]

    And the eighth and ninth ones became a treat, or a feast? Endlessly devoured by infinite jiggling balls they are going to be a mere swarm of tasty snacks until the overflow ends.

    Pulling out everything we somehow narrowly managed to get everything covered. Completely out of chips, moves, and tricks, forget trump cards, there is not a single card left to y. We used everything.

    And yet there are red and ck res from the fifth dungeon. That is the closest one to the Murimuri Castle. And at the moment, its nothing more than a simple building,pletely empty. There are no people and no cards to y.

 Chapter 293

    Chapter 293

    Day 71  Afternoon, Murimuri Castle

    The Fake Dungeon that was protecting the Frontier until now is no more, with all of its traps destroyed or filled in. It had no strength to stop a stampede anymore, the gates that were safeguarding the frontier have crumbled.

    The stone golems, fulfilling the role of its guardian spirits, were crushed by the sheer numbers of monsters. They fought to the bitter end while being smashed up, but were broken to pieces without a chance to regenerate.

    Thest trap, copse of the Fake Dungeon apanied by arge-scale explosion, fire, poisonous, and debuffing powder and strong adhesives, also was broken though. Even two rocky mountains of master golemsing to crush them couldnt annihte all of the monsters. While it caused great damage and vastly reduced their numbers, it wasnt enough to annihte all of them. Even thest trap of the Fake Dungeon couldnt stop them.

    The only thing left is the fortress, which only recently received the name of New Murimuri Castle. However, angry roars could be hearding from its walls.

    They arent getting into the Frontier, exterminate them all!

    UwoooOOoo.

    The swarm of monsters heading for the Frontier has begun to run amok, but then the gates of the empty fortress have swung open. Instead of attempting to defend the castle, a crowd of demons rushed out from there in a counterattack to finish the work.

    Dont let monsters defile the Frontiers happiness, DESTROY THEM!

    Uwoooo!

    That was a picture of hell. Mere moments before a beatdown of a century is unleashed.

    The disaster of the horde of monsters heading for the Frontier that was left without its protectors is smashed and torn to pieces under the apaniment of angry bellows. Even if there is no one to protect it, this is the edge of the world. The domain of the scariest monsters on the continent. The people living there are all descendants of the ones who managed to survive on the farthest end of the world. The Frontier, where monsters run rampart and regrly go on rampage, is the ce where descendants of heroes have lived for a long, long time.

    Who was it who decided that its inhabitants are weak and in need of protection. Are the offspring of the heroes who survived in thisnd, created families, made kids and managed to protect and raise them, really someone in need of protection?

    Where did that idea, that the people, who survived for generations in the Frontier that mercilessly weeded out the weak and allowed only the strong to live on, could be weak, came from?

    Every person who managed to survive in thisnd is a descendant of a hero. All of their ancestors managed to live long enough to make kids, and did what it took to keep them safe. What possible reason could they have to be afraid of monsters from outside the Frontier.

    Everything that weve received was won through blood by our ancestors! Dont let them take it!

    UwoooooOo!

    Even the people who had nothing were helping each other. They managed to get back up even after losing everything. Thats why the people of the Frontier have not perished yet. This is the strength, this is what makes the strong.

    And a miracle happened at the Frontier.

    Something that everyone kept dreaming of.

    The fleeting and ephemeral dream.

    That everyone could live smiling.

    Merely that small of a happiness.

    How much blood the Frontier has spilled just for that little.

    How many people have sacrificed themselves simply to protect that dream.

    Thats how they lived.

    And thats how they survived.

    Without losing to thend of cmity, they fought against monsters, and carried on living surrounded by the most dreadful horror.

    And they finally grasped that happiness.

    Everyone is finally able to smile.

    Why do they have to give up on that?

    Why would they want to let go of it?

    Why do they have to be the weak who are only robbed of what is dear to them?

    If they give up, everything will be over. But, there were people who refused to give up until happinesses to the Frontier, the people who tried to bring the dream to the Frontier.

    How can they give up on the hopes that those people entrusted to them.

    How can those hopes be erased?

    Then, a boy who refused to give up appeared in the Frontier, and took back all of the dreams that the people of the Frontier were robbed of despite their refusal to abandon them.

    Were they to give up on that Even the right to have dreams will be lost to them.

    They can call it thend of demons, they can call it the cursednd, even so, we wont let them have our homnd, that our ancestors protected!

    This is the dream protected at the cost of countless lives, and it is the current people of the Frontier who have to carry its weight now.

    Dont let that boy fight alone. If there is no army, then well simply have to fight ourselves, if there are no heroes, then well simply have to be heroes ourselves. This is the fortress carrying my Murimur Shim Omuis name, Murimuri Castle, I absolutely wont allow it to fall! I absolutely wont allow anyone to pass through it! Drown those lowly monsters in their own blood and protect the Frontier!

    UWOOOOOOOO!

    The Frontiers adventurers, militia protecting towns and viges, retired army veterans, hunters, men, women, elderly, and even children, everyone who is able to fight have gathered.

    Annihtion of all of the most fearsome and formidable monsters at the cursed edge of the world had brought happiness to the Frontier. The great price of that was paid in blood, flesh, pain and suffering.

    As if theyd let some swarm of puny monsters from outside the Frontier ruin their dream.

    There is no way such a thing would be allowed.

    Adventurers, hunt down the floor masters and the dungeon master. The rest of that rabble can pummeled and trampled them to death!

    There wouldnt be much meaning in saving the Frontier that cant survive without being protected by others. Failing to protect it would mean treating with disdain the feelings of everyone that fought for it.

    The weapons (clubs) given to us exist for the sake of smashing enemies, they were handed to us to crush into dust everyone who tries to take from us!

    UWOOOOOOOo!

    The charge of the monsters was broken, leaving them to stand in a packed crowd, unable to move. Which means that all that is required is to kill them until everyst of the monsters is dead.

    Skirmishers reserve force, the Annihtion Squad of Housewives charge! ughter them all, turn them into magic stones, and use them to cover the cost of side dishes for dinner!!!!

    WHAAAARYAAAH!!

    As the monsters stampede was halted in its advance, turning them into a mere mob, it was swallowed by a rampage (stampede) of aunties. The vanguard was led by the Knight Princess of the previous generation Murimur The Brutal. Wearing armor over her dress she cut open the way for others, turning monsters into meat chunks with each swing of her colossal greatsword, immediately followed by aunties brandishing clubs who swallowed up the horde of monsters akin to a muddy stream. Overwhelmed by the forces of devastation, the monsters were trampled down, smashed with clubs, and turned into money for the future meals.

    Later, it would be known by history that for quite a few it became the source of their secret savings.

    The boy once fearfully named this ce a town of demons or town of carnage, and today, the demons of carnage were unleashed. Foolish pests that dared to challenge armored housewives were crushed, destroyed, and exterminated. Thats because all of them are champions of the most terrifying battles on the Frontier, the maiden wars (bargain sales). Veterans whopeted against the heroic girls. They werent opponents monsters from outside of the Frontier could challenge.

    Thus, the war of the Kingdom has reached its conclusion. It goes without saying that the most important lesson that the war history would draw from this event isAunties are scary!. No, seriously?

    Kind of?

 Chapter 294: Part 1

    Chapter 294: Part 1

    Day 71  Nighttime, New Murimuri Castle

    Everyone is dancing with smiles. Everything is over, finally, the peace hase. Everyone has won the peace. Thats why

    Lets feast!

    Uwoooo!

    (Jiggle Jiggle~!)

    A great uproar with drinking, singing, and sweets making. The feast and the festival are co-starring in this coboration of great excitement and tion.

    More deep-fried meat they say, and add mayo too~. I wont let lemon juice off~!

    Bring an extra extra extrarge portion of skewers! Bring so much that we call it Count Impaler!

    Kyaaa, broiled eel, broiled eel!

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    All of the culprits of this crazed feast are familiar faces, but add more fried potatoes! And extra ketchup too!

    And in the middle of this agitated and bustling atmosphere, there is a transcendent beauty single-mindedly focused on consuming the food. Possessing looks in no way inferior to the peerless beauty (Angelica-san), she eludes a bewitching aura as she is slurping yakisoba.

    With the charm and elegance that makes one lose themselves watching her in fascination, wondering if Cleopatra, the beauty that is said to have changed the world, looked just as pretty, she is now stuffing her cheeks with pork cutlets and rice.

    But she possesses not only beauty, but also the strength rivaling Angelica-san and Slime-san, who Haruka-kun ims to be in Dungeon Emperor-tier. When we asked Stalker Girl, who saw her fighting up close she replied with a dazzledShe was beautiful. Fluttering like a vision from dreams she scattered monsters in a dance. The strength on the level that would intoxicate Stalker Girl-chan, who saw the way two others from Dungeon Emperor ss fight. Dashingly joining the fight for meat skewers with that strength she sinks her teeth into fried pork.

    Her hair is in a long bob with bangs, which in turn makes her pretty facial features stand out even more. And for some reason, her incredibly suggestive outfit is being covered up with a school jersey given to her by Haruka-kun. She now has a hot dog in her mouth.

    The stampede from the fifth dungeon, that made us think that its all over, reached all the way to this Murimuri Castle, but was wiped out here. The people of the Frontier repelled it with their strength.

    As Haruka-kun ims, he confirmed withRajinganthat it probably was rippled effect from the release of the mysterious girl and and Rise from the Dead that made the Churchs contraptions go out of control, thats why its no ones mistake that they couldnt detect preliminary sings. He strongly insisted on that, which is what makes it somewhat suspicious, but if no one gets it and Haruka-kun says that its alright then its fine that way. After all, if it was negligence or a really stupid mistake then Haruka-kun wouldve said anything, he wouldnt even have spoken at all. So if Haruka-kun says its fine, then its fine.

    And the main culprit and the winner of a special prize for regr sermon attendance without an atom of remorse to his entire being, is now very busy with cooking. He is mutteringints aloud, but around him, countless extravagant dishes are being piled up, while the heroes that prevailed over stampedes are one after another copse, defeated by this stampede of food. This will require construction of a stadium for collective ONE MORE SET!

    Thank goodness Slime-san made it to the two distant unobserved dungeons. It apparently was a Cluster Explosive Meal from Long-range ballistic Slime-san cannon? Whats that? Some sort of a skill? Even since Slime-san came back its constantly frolicking around Haruka-kun, following him like a puppy.

    While it took us a while, we managed to finish at our ce without any injuries and still had strength to spare. We also beat up and captured some stray escaping nobles while we were at it. The iron hammer of justice has fallen on those that overindulged on manju. That wasnt enough to make us forgive them, but we let them off easy since it seems they are still going to be put on trial in the Capital? The grudge of manju is scary, remember that!

    And Haruka-kun was doing as usual, beating and beating monsters that were crawling out of the hole, he was apparently busy with BEAT MANIANING and DRUM MASTERING. He was very nonchnt about it, speaking with almost disinterested expression, mentioning almost like in an off-handment. In the past I wouldve thought, oh, is that so, after all, thats what I always thought until now. Thinking things turned out to be exactly as they seemed,Ah, as expected, Haruka-kun was totally fine.

    But now I can tell. After being together for two months I now can tell. He is all worn-out. His entire body is in tatters, nerves in shreds, and flesh and bones a barely reattached mess. Thats why he is keeping cool and keeps making mountains of food. When he is making a racket about being near death, its nothing serious, but when he is acting casual, when he is being all-nonchnt, the more unfazed he appears, the less alright he is in truth.

    He doesnt want to say that it hurts and make others worry.

    He doesnt want to say that its painful and make others worry.

    Thats why he acts soid-back and keeps making sillyints while being noisy with everyone.

    Thats why he is smiling. After all, it was for the sake of seeing everyone smile that he was pushing himself so hard.

    Thats why I smile.

    He was working so hard because he wanted to see everyone smile, so we must smile in return. Thats why everyone is doing their best, making such a racket withughs.

    Weugh with our all, doing our best to convey that we did get happiness.

    No, Im telling you! I was quietly being a shut-in when a horde of middle-aged men swarmed in and marked the ce with the stink of middle-aged men, and the stink was so foul, that I had to move and be a shut-in at another ce? I mean, it reeked of middle-aged men? No way I can shut myself in such a ce! I mean, with 40,000 Rise from the Dead Eternal body odor is Forever? Of course Id move from such a ce. So I set it on fire and after deodorization with hellfire buried it underground and sealed it. It really stunk?

    We were wondering what happened to the castle when we came back, and the culprit turned out to be a freely-moving type of shut-in crazed on construction. Hikikomori-san with an even more irresponsibly mobile residence than that of a hermit crab, who is habitually taking over residences of others for temporary stay! I mean, he actually is a new type of high-speed Hikikomori-san who while flying around expands his housing, possessing multiple residences all over the Kingdom, and even trying to convert dungeons into his housing! A rather unusual global shut-in. And he is perfectly self-sufficient too!

    A bamboo thicket and ake had appeared out of thin air, and New Murimuri Castle, despite supposedly being a hurried construction meant for the decisive battle, has an even more gorgeous interior, with recreation rooms and the saloning equipped with massage chairs. Isnt this the reason why his mana was barely enough? Naturally, baths became even more extravagant too.

    A drink to the Frontier!

    Soldiers, adventurers that rushed to help, townsfolk, Aunties (Supreme overlords), are drinking andughing loudly together, all enjoying the festival to the fullest. They managed to protect the Frontiers happiness after all. The happy Frontier remained untouched behind this castle. The happiness was preserved and they gained the future in which they can pass it on. Everyone believes that this is where the Frontiers future is going to begin. Thats why they are smiling from the bottom of their hearts.

    The miracle could happen because all of this was arranged beforehand. Haruka-kun managed to destroy the plot of the biggest organization on the continent by himself because he continuously worked on preparations. Without any pause he kept going on and on for the sake of peace and happiness. In fact, it was because Haruka-kun kept freely distributing lots of mushroom potions that everything miraculously ended with no fatalities. Its because everyone survived that everyone canugh so wholeheartedly. They managed to survive, and they managed to protect.

 Chapter 294: Part 2

    Chapter 294: Part 2

    Omui-sama is engaged in a matrimonial quarrel, but he seems to be at great disadvantage, almost on the verge of crying. He apparently heard that Murimur-sama was fighting in vanguard and went to scold her for taking such risks, but then Haruka-kun tattled on him, telling about Omui-sama performing charge attacks at monsters. He was doing that again

    Toast to Shino n.

    Hail to the Frontier Army~!

    (Jiggle Jiggle~!)

    Everyone is praising each other, hugging, crying, and congratting. Haruka-kun resolutely stated that he doesnt want any hugs from middle-aged men or aunties and is frantically running around from them, even making free use of Clone for that. But is it bad manners to run on walls and ceiling? He should have injuries all over his body, but he appears very lively.

    He is really not being honest.

    But he cant honestly celebrate. He alone is stillmenting the errors. While the result was fine, even Haruka-kuns failsafe n wasnt good enough. The Frontier shouldve failed. If Omui-sama didnt make it in time, if Royal Girl didnt participate, if that mysterious beauty didnt appear and help, if Stalker Girl and her father didnt risk their lives to hold back the stampedes, if Oda-kun and others didntunch Slime-san, if Adventurers and townsfolk didnt join as reinforcement, if the Church had at least one more trick, it wouldve been destroyed. Everything merely happened to go just right, so he is stillmenting his failure.

    And thats why he is a big idiot. Even if everything went well only by chance, it was him who created that chance. Such a miracle was possible only because everything that he was working on until now (cards) came together to make a winning hand. And the one who did that is the super lucky Limit-Breakingly softhearted contrarian, who is regrly cheating possibilities , betting all in on luck, a fake viin who obstinately refuses to give up on happiness! Thats why its a lie that he couldve done it! There is no way he would fail to grasp happiness! Thats why everyone came here.

    After all, as long as the chance is not zero, Haruka-kun can do something about it. And he worked so hard to prevent it from bing zero. Thats why he should be honestly celebrating, its unforgivable that he doesnt celebrate after working so hard!

    But he seems to be enjoying himself?

    Aah, so there was a problem that only Shield Girl got a bra with air pads, and also that only culture clubs girls got thongs. Thats one error with 0 percent chance of survival. Highschool girl bodypile 3rd impact [1] has urred. He managed to suppress stampedes from nine different dungeons, but is on the verge of happily dying from being squished by highschool girls stampede, triggered by a demand for bras with air pads? Well, he seems happy and content with it, so I guess its fine? After all, Im participating too? Swallowed by the bodypile of lightly-dressed highschool girls thatplying with safety standards for injured Haruka-kuns sake doesnt have anyone wearingbat equipment, he has finally fallen asleep. Just a very happy corpse-san.

    Then, taking up the bath for ourselves we are holding a Girls-only meeting there..

    Whooa. So sexy! And enviable!

    The mysterious pretty girl joined us too. A short while ago she was deep in talk with Angelica-san, seemingly hitting it off, or rather is she Angelica-sans fan? She was really happy getting a handshake.

    Delicious. Food and sweets. Tamed.

    She is already brimming with desire to be Tamed. The amber-like skin on her slender, yet soft hands and feet, appears very seductive sshed by bath water. It seems like this mysterious beauty with oriental appearance and expressionless look has already been domesticated with food. And she seems to have joined the crepe faction. The Manju faction is currently losing, being put at a disadvantage by its inferior numbers.

    Toned yet soft, the silk skin has a texture of well-trained body beneath it, aaah.

    The otherworldly beauty with Cleopatra-sans lovely look is Nefertiri-san. An immortal mummy, a dancer, and a warring shrine maiden, who possesses titles of Holy Knights, Great Sage, and Heathen Saint. At the moment Princess Shariceres is washing her all over in a great excitement. That alluring figure Looks like in addition to Angelica-san ONE MORE SET we also need Nefertiri-sans DANCE DANCE REVOLUTION! She is already bombarded with requests, Im going to apply too! I mean, she has an amazing waist-line! And her buttocks are tight and lifted up, but there is a supple and plump feeling to them, a sensual, enchanting, and tempting gorgeous body.

    Will Haruka-kun be able to wee the morning tomorrow? Angelica-san is already making ns to thoroughly vite and ravish Haruka-kun together with Nefertiri-san, having a nasty look on her face. Nefertiri-san too seems to be very motivated to fall to Haruka-kuns Taming while also being very motivated about assaulting him, being fully on board with Angelica-sans n.These two transcendent beauties with ultimate proportionsing at him together A team far more dangerous than 40,000 middle-aged men was just formed.

    Mistress. Number two. Legal wives, please treat me well.

    Legal wives?And a mistress, huh.

    Looks like she is in a monster category, just like Angelica-san? And as we expected, just as usual, she also got saved by him. Being put by the Church intoCor of Subordination  a cor that forces into obedience, she was locked inside a dark and narrow coffin all the time. And at the time she was woken up, it always meant massacre. On the orders of the Church, regardless of her own will, she was hurting people that opposed it. And she was finally released from that. She finally became able to act on her volition. Thats why she asked to be killed. She kept wishing for death all this time, so she ended up asking for it.

    But she got unlucky with her opponent.

    He wouldnt hear that wish. It wouldnt be granted no matter how much one wishes for it. After all, he is egoistic and astoundingly selfish walking arrogance, a tyrannical savage when he stands, a memorycking inhuman when he sits, his walking figure is exactly that of a rampaging demon. Thats why he is definitely not going to acknowledge such a request. He wont permit, he wont tolerate, he wont grant it, and the only future such a wish holds is being eternally crushed to pieces in a hell of massacred middle-aged men. After all, he is a serial destroyer of misfortune.

    Thats why she was saved. Presented with a mountain of food and sweets the likes of which she never seen before, she was preached, persuaded, and brainwashed with the idea that as long as she lives she will still have lots of delicious stuff and many happy moments, and if shecks for it, then why not just plunder it from somewhere? He went and did it again.

    This time the target had enough learning ability not to fall for Taming, but she herself seems to have fully fallen for food and is very motivated to end up Tamed. Its only obvious that after being saved from such despair shed want to follow him, but unable to notice the most obvious things he is probably panicking about what to do, seeking advice from Slime-san and getting jiggles in response.

    After all, he didnt order her. She was afraid that made unable to resist an order, she was going to end up in the same situation as with the Church, when she would end up having to kill someone against her will. Without making any orders he instead asked her Could you help me for three crepes? Dungeons are overflowing and the Frontier is in a super big pinch, and we are super short on people, so Im willing to borrow even a cats hand,[2] or rather paw, but if I do borrow it, Im not giving it back, nyan? Well, thats how it is, as a contingency fee I will also add all you can eat feast?. He earnestly pleaded with someone he could force to obey with a single order. He was panicking and desperate, but even so, he didnt make an order. Thats why she could believe him.

    Thats why she chose to follow him for five crepes. Thats two up from the initial offer, so her Girl Power has to be high!

    Moreover, both Angelica-san and Slime-san dont require food or sleep, they can survive without them on Magical Essence and mana. However, its merely not required, but both of them enjoy having delicious food daily.

    But Nefertiri-san never received any food, since she didnt require it.

    Meanwhile, Haruka-kun, while being aware that its not required, not, still chose to offer her a feast, without much care about the necessity, rather, its like he did it precisely because it was not necessary. He actually told her to just wait while eating delicious stuff, without trying to attach any conditions to it. And Nefertiri-san, without being ordered anything, went out and caught the remaining archpriests by herself. There is no way she wouldnt get attached to him after he went so far! He even made strawberry crepe-san for her!

    Nefertiri-san mustve been astonished and moved, while for us its just how it is. After all, there is not a single person under Taming that ever received an order from him. He is always asking, pleading, negotiating, luring with sweets, apologizing, and getting scolded, but he never made an order. Haruka-kun is a master that never gave an order to anyone. Thats why everyone trusts him.

    He is probably still asking Slime-san for advice on what to do, but its toote for that? Everything is toote by now, after all, Haruka-kuns infection keeps spreading from the Frontier to The Kingdom in an ever growing pandemic. No one is going to consider giving up now. Its way toote for any of that? Everyone will dly follow him. After all, they trust him and strive after him? Everyone already learned about not giving up?

 Chapter 201: Apparently, Crane Wings is Jiggle Jiggle, while V formation is Bounce Bounce. (1)

    Chapter 201: Apparently, Crane Wings is Jiggle Jiggle, while V formation is Bounce Bounce. (1)

    Day 57  Early Morning, White Weirdo Inn.

    After that, Royal Girl and Maid Girl had a touching reunion, but since it has nothing to do with me I went home. No, it really has nothing to do with me?

    They were saying something and hugging each other, but I just ignored it and went back. It''s totally not because I couldn''tprehend all of that something aristocratic, something something to the something king of kingdom somewhere, so something is something and something went to something and because someone suggested something it''s now something. Yup, I just didn''t hear any of that.

    And we are currently holding a meeting. There is a heated debate between the Take-A-Rest Camp, the Dungeon Exploration Camp, and the Fake Dungeon Defence and Reconnaissance Camp, meanwhile, I, Cheongsam Return Match Camp, is in a minority, and thus,pletely ignored. I mean, the red dress is still remaining? Since we couldn''t continue in the morning, it is lying all lonely and abandoned back in the room? And it was the one I really wanted to try

    There are 4 boss battles waiting, and we still didn''t pass the test.

    But wouldn''t our concentration be crap, after so much happening in the morning? I also feel like I didn''t have enough sleep.

    Rather than that, did the general store already receive china dresses? Where are they?

    Since they managed to invade once, they wille again unless we do something about the air defense.

    Indeed, I didn''t expect an invasion through the air at all. However, Balloon Batis a rare monster, so they don''t possess that many of them, and some were already seized by the frontier army. The kingdom hardly has any means to fly without serious obstructions. But it''s not like they have none at all. There is no guarantee that it''s totally safe.

    They will give us info on the state of things in the kingdom anyway, so shouldn''t we do dungeons or training?

    But they sent assassins, trying to kill us by poisoning, even if it all was caused by a misunderstanding, isn''t it pretty bad?

    They seemed to be sincerely apologizing, so I think it will be left to the lord''s judgment, they were just desperate to rescue the princess, right?

    Even though it''s impossible to make any ns with the currentplicated situation in the kingdom, Meripapa-san is raring to march on them, so the whole ce was in a state of uproar, which is why I chose to run away. The kingdom seems to be splendidly divided. The royalty, nobles, and even the army have broken into factions, making it impossible to tell who is friend and who is foe, but the masses, or rather the citizens, for the most part, seem to be on our side. The tragedy of the frontier appears to be well known, so many are sympathetic and grateful to its people, who are living there while fighting off the monsters.

    And among all that mess, the only sure enemy is the church. And the one that church worships is something-something elderly god, in other words, the old man, that geezer. Alright, this is certainly an enemy! Let''s destroy it! It''s decided! As I thought, that old fart is the cause of all problems. They can''t be anything decent if they are worshipping something like that. Let''s burn them to ashes. A week of purifying ze, seven days of fire, alright, let''s do it, let''s do it right now, let''s kill them this instant!

    Heeey! You got a really evil grin on your face. So wicked that a demon king would cry? That''s definitely a smile of someone plotting to destroy the world. It goes beyond wicked so much that it surpasses a viinous grin, making a round turn ending up just an evil look. I have no idea what you are nning to do, but you are banned from genocide, annihtion, wholesale ughter, or mass murder, okay? It''s generally forbidden without us having to explicitly ban it, you know?

    Looks like I''m forbidden from annihting the geezer and his friends. But in that case, the only remaining options are extermination, eradication, obliteration, liquidation, elimination, massacre, destruction, erasure, and perhaps a purge? I wonder which is better? Each of them sounds fantastic. But extermination is such a nice-sounding word. Surely, they wouldn''t say that they are against being strangled to death after starting a war with the frontier. After all, the war is just the act of killing each other, so they have to be included in that Each otherpart to make it work. So I won''t let them refuse, and even if they try, I have no intentions of epting that whatsoever.

    No, I mean, wouldn''t it be faster to just destroy the church? They are devotees of that geezer anyway, so they''d probably be overjoyed, ending up in that white room after getting ughtered? They are just a bunch of old men lovers anyway, a club united by amon fetish?

    No, it''s a religion! Not a fetish group!

    What is going on? I was banned from voicing my opinion. They are asking even for Slime-san''s opinion, to which it is replying by jiggling, but I''m prohibited from speaking up at all? But why would they need Slime-san''s opinion on battle formations in defensive warfare? By the way, Crane Wings are apparently Jiggle-Jigglewhile V Formation is Bounce Bounce?

    A majority vote.

    It was decided that we will rest until noon, and then challenge one or two dungeon bosses, or rather, we are just waiting for any new developments until lunch.

    And yet my cheongsam return match idea was rejected. Not even one round. Well, I sort of expected that, it seems she doesn''t want to do it in the morning.

    And so, I''m loitering around the town, dropping by the weapon store and the general store while I''m at it. When we just came, the town was full of buildings made of rough grey stone, buttely, it is going through a white wall boom, so lime and limestone are selling pretty well. Actually, it''s my secret source of ie. As expected, the remodeling of the weapon store and the general store caused a steep rise in sales, making me good money. There are also more stores now, although at the moment they only amount to small stalls. It''s already an improvement to the look of the town. And it seems like there is more reconstruction work being done on houses as well.

    And since the ce became wealthier and money began properly circting there are now also more facilities. The first thing Meripapa-san started working on was an orphanage. He made providing a proper facility for the children of adventurers and those that came from destroyed viges his top priority. This must be for the sake of the future of children and atonement before those that were protecting the frontier, and those that the frontier could not protect. Although the mechanism through which Meripapa-san ced the order for the orphanage to the general store which the shopkeeper then redirected to me as an order for a housestill remains a mystery, I made it anyway. A pure white chapel-like building, since it resulted in a boost of lime sales it brought me great profit, despite the orphanage itself being pretty cheap. Well, after a house came a vige, can''t underestimate that shopkeeper at all!

    And as I was wondering what we should do, suggesting that maybe we should do That and getting jiggled at in reply, a soldier approached me, stating that there is a problem at the lord''s mansion, so they are asking me to drop by. They say drop by, but I just returned from there, and they are calling me back again? Why can''t they say everything on the spot? Well, I did run away since it smelled like trouble.

    And it seems the problem is with the Maid-san that gave me the sword. While it didn''t result in any deaths or serious injuries, sending in assassins was a problem. But I don''t get what they want me to do about that? I already sold the sword, so it''s not like I''m in possession of evidence? And I used up the money, so I totally have nothing? Now, I also used up the money I needed to pay for the inn, so I suspect I''ll get scolded again, I wonder where I should snatch the coin to cover that? I already got the daily t Gaze from the guild and used up the money from there too. I mean, I had to purchase a huge load of sauce-like something and tomatoes, you know? If only I had this back then I could''ve attempted to make a tonkatsu sauce Let''s rip them off againter. In addition, the price of sugar is also going up. The effect of national istion might be beginning to show up. Looks like we''ll have to work a bit harder on smuggling.

 Chapter 201: Apparently, Crane Wings is Jiggle Jiggle, while V formation is Bounce Bounce. (2)

    Chapter 201: Apparently, Crane Wings is Jiggle Jiggle, while V formation is Bounce Bounce. (2)

    Well, she gave me a sword, so I might as well try to defend her a bit. I wonder if I''ll be able to return before lunchtime? I mean, any conversation with Meripapa-san is a huge pain since it always takes forever. And he also can''t wait for his turn on a massage chair. I bet they simply aren''t allowing him to use it because he keeps loafing around. Does this world have a bullying problem?

    This maid is a good maid, so I plead for a reduction in her penalty, though she only gave me one, so only for a bit? Yeah, if she gave me five or six right there, I would''vee with a written petition, but since it was cheap and I already used it up, just a bit will do? Or rather, can I go home already? Kinda?

    I more or less did try to ask for a reduction in her penalty, but no matter how you look, this has nothing to do with me? If I remember correctly, the only slightly-injured person was a guard, so I don''t get why they would feel the need to call me.

    Well, ording to Meripapa-san, the attempted assassination seems to be the problem, but the inn is fine with just gettingpensation for the window repairs, and since I already fixed them I''ll be in profit if I getpensated for that. I might even be able to pay for the inn.

    But for some reason, I can''t help but feel that we are not on the same page? Meripapa-san seems to have a particr issue with this. But it''s not like she is the perpetrator, and the n itself seems to have been made by the royal family, and not her, so isn''t it sort of useless to me the Maid-san? I could understand if they brought the douche king to beat him up, it definitely was his idea anyway! Alright, let''s destroy it.

    Therefore, even if it was a misunderstanding, pulling out a poisoned de and attacking it is a crime so foul that it cannot be ignored. Even if it was a mistake, attempted assassination cannot possibly go unpunished, okay?

    Eh? Who was attacked? That''ll get you in trouble, you know? I''m always getting scolded, it''s alright since I''m never wrong though, but they will scold you for attacking someone, so it''s better if you apologize right away, okay? The trick is to emphasize that you didn''t do anything wrong. Lately, I''ve been repeating this about 80 times per day, but there is still no effect, I wonder why? Seriously.

    Huue?

    Huh? What was that? What''s this? Hue? Like, the color? Is there something off about the colors? Which colors? What happened? I tried looking around, but there is nothing out of ordinary? Or is it about the clothes? Like the color scheme of the dresses Which reminds me of a certain very important unfinished business! There are ces where I have to be! Let''s move out! Kinda!

    No. The issue is that ording to what I''ve heard she attacked you, Haruka-sama, with a poisoned sword, don''t you remember? She stabbed at you with a sword from the shadow, right?

    A sword? I did get one, but it didn''t sell for that much? It''s mine, okay? I''m not giving it back? She handed it to me, even sayingPlease?

    Wasn''t that the skillPierce? I don''t think there is anyone out there who would be sneaking around just to gift a sword from the shadow with Please?

    No, she gave it to me! She handed it to me with Please, so it''s mine. Although I was waiting, all I''ve got was a single sword, so I don''t have anything anymore? There is nothing I can give you?

    Good grief, I don''t want to be an adult like those, who cannot honestly appreciate the kindness of others. I mean, she gave it to me, so it''s mine. Generally, if someone offers you something withPleaseit''s obvious that they are giving it to you? Just what are those people talking about? I wish they''d learn somemon sense.

    Royal Girl, who sat silently biting her lips this entire time, spoke up. Sadly, she was not in the lewd dress. Truly regrettable.

    Haruka-sama, so can it then be treated as if no attack took ce? Considering the gravity of the transgression there is no room to ask for clemency, but are you truly willing to forgive this? Even though such generosity would be too audacious for us to even ask for?.. Are you truly willing to forgive Ceres, the maid?

    No, are you listening? As if no attack took cewhen it actually didn''t happen? It''s mine, and since I already sold it I don''t have it anymore? It is currently on sale at the old man''s ce? For real.

    They finally understood it. As I thought, there has to be something strange with thenguage of this world. I can''t think of any other reason why even such a simple thing can be this hard to convey. Good grief, making me go through all this unnecessary trouble.

    Then, an acquitted crying Maid-san appeared for some reason wearing the lewd dress that I gave to Royal Girl, instead of the maid uniform. Bloody hell, who is that guy who came up with this design where everything aside from risky parts is see-through, and every risky part has a slit or an opening near it? Outrageous! Call the designer here! I want to order one for Armored Pres-san as well! Wait, that was I! Time for more night shift work.

    I mean, from neck to shoulders and then even both hands are covered in transparent fabric, the chest area has a horizontal slit, exposing seductive white skin and cleavage. While the chest area seems to be designed with the sole purpose of emphasizing and entuating the bust, everything below the underbust to the hips, and from the waist to the navel, is made out of thin, transparent fabric, creating an allure of bewitching defenseless. Pale skin creates a white ent, showing through a deep slit that starts all the way from the hip area, and going down, gives a glimpse of the thighs. Andstly, the slits in the cloth around the legs going through the middle at the back and front, unting the beauty of her legs, from inner thighs to the ankles. And then, the impact of fis stockings appearing and disappearing from those openings!

    Very lewd.

    Simply walking seems to be enough to give a nce of very risque ces, and yet it doesn''t, only tease with peeks of pale white skin, which makes it even more erotic. Moreover, the luscious beauty of slender female legs, that the see-through parts seem to be trying to hide, and yet do not, is outrageous? Moreover, every step gives a fleeting nce of inner thighs, as they go hello, appearing for an instant, and making my heart go bang-bang. Such a marvelous piece of clothing. Let''s make more when I get back. Let''s immediately go back.

    I want to ero.

    Thank you for allowing me to receive a pardon through your generous mercy. I deeply apologize for my rudeness earlier. The princess exined the situation But you did that half-naked hoorah, didn''t you? Moreover, what is with the lewdness of this dress? Isn''t this more embarrassing than being naked? Rather than trying to cover anything, it''s more like it''s trying to give a sneak peek? Isn''t it just trying to get a rise? Putting this just because there was no formal dress, isn''t it even worse for public gaze? No one dared to meet eyes with me, you know? And why are you staring so hard?! And who was that person that tried to put something so indecent on the princess? Sending such an erotic dress to the princess, how preposterous! This is lese majeste! This is worth capital punishment! They should be beheaded and their head mounted on a pike for the whole world to see! (Further torrent of abusivenguage)

    However, doesn''t the dress that I made to perfectly fit Royal Girl, without even 1cm of margin, fit waaay too good on her? She is probably her body double as well, their physique is way too identical. I can say that because even on her it just barely doesn''t show anything! This is an extreme design, challenging the limits, if there was even the tiniest deviation, important parts would''ve beenpletely exposed! In other words, it just fits.

    Naturally, it goes without saying that I saved the image of her giving t Gaze in that lewd dress. This shall be an heirloom. Even passed over from generation to generation, it surely will be bringing joy to high school boys generation after generation. This one will be of great use. The only problem is that I can''t print it out.

 Chapter 202: Im worried about where this line is going.

    Chapter 202: I''m worried about where this line is going.

    Day 57  Late Morning, The Town of Omui.

    It looks like Royal Girl and Maid Girl are also childhood friends, so she must''ve been beside herself with worry. The two are now hugging in tears. I''d like to join them, but they''d probably get angry if I do. I mean, I didn''t say anything, but Armored Pres-san is drilling me with t Gaze from behind. How did she know?

    As I''m told, Maid Girl is of low social status, were she to cause harm to someone of high standing, she would be given the death penalty without any room for consideration unless the other party is willing to let it slide. That''s why she was in tears, unable to bear the thought of her childhood friend being executed foring to her help. She looked so anxious, biting her lips because she was intending to put her own body on the line if push came to shove. It''s a bit of a waste, but a girl crying isn''t something I want to see, and I also wouldn''t be able to bring myself to do anything lewd to her. Doing lewd stuff to the point of tears is a different story, but on the next day, I always get one hell of a beating during practice (Revenge), and on the following night, I be an Avenger (Erorist)! Thus, a spiral of revenge (Lewd) sees no end.

    However, I''m neither of high status or low status? More like, I''m of no status at all. I mean, I''m not even a citizen or an adventurer, I''m just a jobless? Howe I have the decisive say in this? Well, that would exin her concern, having a jobless NEET have thest say in the fate of her friend must''ve been very worrying. This sounds like a typical beginning of some doujinshi. And I''m most definitely not against lewd development, especially considering that this one has Royal Girling in a set with Maid Girl, an incredible superior offer, with which I wouldn''t mind preparing another erotic dress, but while I might be skilled at making them cry, I hate them weeping on me? This one seems like a happy ending as well, so it works too.

    But it''s a secret that Maid Girl, who was hugging the princess in tears, looked very sexy from behind. I mean, the entire back of the dress is see-through, exposing everything up to the upper bit of the buttocks, a fantastic design. Moreover, since they are hugging on their knees, it emphasizes the butt, meanwhile, her thighs are in in view through the deep slit below it. Thank you very much.

    Since Royal Girl seems to be having an emotional moment with Maid Girl, I waved my hand to Meripapa-san and turned to leave. However, the lord who is waving both of his hands with all he''s got, isn''t there a problem in terms of dignity? Well, if I were to call out to him it probably would devolve into another long conversation, so whatever.

    Leaving through the front gates of the mansion I walk through the town.

    There are more shops and more stalls now. But what''s more important, there are more shoppers. Not enough to create a big crowd, but the town looks noticeably different with the increased pedestrian traffic.

    Among them, there is a particrly conspicuous ck-haired group raiding the stalls (Buying and eating stuff on the spot). The female meat brain team, in other words, Athletic Girls are busy storming the stores. Even though they had breakfast and we are about to have lunch? But in their hands, they are currently holding croquettes. It''s as good as decided that they are going to have a boot camp today. Your trainer is going Good grief right next to me, you know?

    Ooh. Haruka-kun, wee back, going to the inn?

    It''s about time for lunch after all. Actually, why are you stuffing yourself right before a meal? Are you trying to be Giant Meathead Girls? Are you going to do a gattai with the five of you? Then fight among yourself over who is going to be Yellow, and split due to the differences in musical directions, start solo careers and end up all alone? Well, to be blunt, you''ll gain weight, you know? If I were to shade it off a bit, putting it more softly, you''ll get fat?

    Don''t say it! That''s a taboo word for girls!

    Noisily making our way towards the inn, we next stumbled upon the bitches busy with something. They were in thepany of local girls.

    Bitches? Bitches and Bitch Queen? Hey! Don''t bite town girls, okay? Even if your gums aren''t bleeding, it still doesn''t mean that you won''t infect them with something?

    You still don''t remember our names?!And when did I evolve into a bitch queen?! No, I told you, I''m not a monster, so I''m not going to evolve! *haah, haah, haah*

    Wow, it''s been a while since thest shouting from the bitches. These are pretty good t Gazes as well, but the overall noisiness and their attempts to bite are a big w.

    You got it wrong? Lately, the town girls began asking Shimazaki-chan and the others for fashion advice.

    Which reminds me, the general store''s shopkeeper once told me that the clothes worn by the bitches are selling the best. Lately, the clothes I make are split between the general store line and the stylish line for extra orders, but certainly, Bitch Series is a selling line. However, their demands are peculiarly specific, so making them is a bother. After all, they won''t permit even a 2-3cm measurement error. Apparently, it''s not about the length or breadth, but all about the bnce? Even though their own mental bnce is all out of order, they care about it a great deal. However, it''s a secret that their look is actually Pure and Innocent-type Bitch in Cool and Refreshing Marine Theme with a side of crunchand has quite a bit of imbnce. They''ll probably bite at me if I actually tell them that.

    The attention of the town girls seems to be on the bitch leader''s navy blue mini one-piece and white Sabrina pants, mules are blue, creating a fresh and innocent bitch line? I wonder where that line is going? I''m worried about the destination. However, it is indeed eye-catching, without feeling forced at the same time. Naturally cool.

    This should sell. This should be a profitable line. Let''s make more of it. Also, Bitch B''s fur belt also seems to be gathering attention, let''s make more of those tonight.

    Returning to the inn in a crowd we find everyonezing around, it''s too soon for preparations but toote to go out to y. And they must be awaiting today''s lunch. The reason is that I received a request, so we are having omusoba. Well, I just have to wrap fried noodles in egg, but that''s omusoba. I already made the mayonnaise, and there is plenty in stock. I also managed to obtain mustard, cabbage, bean sprouts, and pig-like something? It''s a bit sad that there is no kamaboko or chikuwa but there are some that dont approve of their use, calling it heresy, so whatever. There is also red pepper, and a sauce-like something entered the organized manufacturing stage, so the volume of supply is increasing. As for the noodles, I already prepared them yesterday, the only thing left is to fry them. The preparations are wless. [1][2][3]

    Stretching iron ore with Alchemy, I shape it into a giant hemisphere, heating it up add in oil, and shaking it like an oversized wok with Holdingfry everything at once. That''s probably more than 60 portions here. Might be even 80, but it still won''t be enough. Let''s make some riceballs too. Those days make me desire to have some pickled plums.

    Now, I''d like to prepare for dungeon exploration, leaving the cleaning up to the others, but my equipment is my casual clothes. Armored Pres-san is also d in armor, and Slime-san is a slime-san. Hm? Isnt there nothing to prepare? But even so, they never let me clean up? Even though it would take me only an instant? Why is it? Well, might as well reward them with sweetster. Poster Girl and Stalker Girl who always show up to eat are helping with cleaning up too. And yet,pared to that the geeks and idiots are No, they shouldn''t be allowed to wash tes! They either will throw and chase after them, or the tes will be transformed into somethingpletely different!

    We are done. Are you ready?

    Okay.Any time.Perfectly?Let''s make some money!Yeees.

    Following the pres'' lead, we go ahead with the fast traveling group into the upper floors. Being once again banned from speaking up and interfering, Armored Pres-san is bound to go wild during the boot camp today. Speaking of which,tely, there seems to be an improvement in the girls'' figures, especially around the waist. Gaining a moderate amount of muscrity did wonders. From time to time the geeks and idiots are also troubled about where to look, but naturally, being high school boys, they are still sneaking ncing looks. It goes without saying that theyck the guts to stare at them openly.

    Hidden rooms are a rarity on those floors, so we are advancing at a quick pace. After all, we''ve been to quite a few dungeons already. This one shouldn''t be that deep. It''s the type to have a Dungeon Master on the 50th floor. I mean, the design of this dungeon is pretty weak and sloppy. In this regard, the great dungeon was beautiful, even the walls gave off an atmosphere, the uniformity and feel were so refined that such a cheap dungeon can''t even serve as aparison. As expected, the better the article the deeper and more spacious it is, which means, there probably won''t be any dungeon lots as nice as the great dungeon.

    The sweep up is going well, but there is something so fitting about this that it''s scary. Why does the pres-san looks so natural with a whip? The previous time she was trying to be a tank, and now she switched to a whip master. Why is she annihting a swarm of Silent Bee Lv 16all on her own? Is she unbeatable in middle-distance fights? It fits her so well, that I expect her to go Call me pres-sama!any time now. Bondage gear is probably going to suit her as well, but she''ll punish me were I to make that. It would be a problem if I awakened to some weird fetish from that, so I''ll pass on it. She is ring at me already. Oh no, my sexual inclinations are in danger!

    I tried upgrading the whip, that resulted from the geeks'' attempt at making a bow, by infusing it with magic stones and mithilifying it, and ended up with the monster ofChain Whip of Savage Lightning  ALL 70% UP, +ATT, Grand Lightning, Whirlwind, Hundred Strikes, Seal of Raging Skies, Shape and Length maniption. And since the only person who hadWhip Masterywas the pres, we quickly reached an agreement, and it was sold at a low price. It''s a secret that everyone thought that she is the most suitable owner for this weapon.

    Apparently, she plunderedWhip Masteryfrom some sort of a nt monster. And it hadEnsnaretoo. Was it that sort of nt? A nt monster shoutingCall me Mistress nt!, while whipping a restrained target? Yeah, there is no chance of getting any weird fetishes from that. Rather, I have no such intentions? Well, GJ on getting the pres to plunder your skills.

    By the way, the point is that the pres got really angry when she was asked if she has this kind of a hobby since she had Whip Mastery, and even began a sermon while giving a t gaze, Naturally, I was the one getting scolded.

    Man, doesn''t it suit her too well?

    I''m going to properly listen to her from now on. That''s scary.

    No idea if that''sWhirlwindorHundred StrikesorSeal of Raging Skies, but it''spletely one-sided.

    Countless bees are scattered away in the blink of an eye. A whip is a crazy weapon, to begin with, I mean, imagine breaking the speed of sound with human strength? And in this world, it is swung by level 99, enhanced by skills. The effect is overwhelming. And with a sh of Grand Lightningthey arepletely destroyed. She was unstoppable. A total Mistress Pres.

    Thank you for your hard work, Pres-sama?

    Why am I suddenly being addressed with sama? Why is everyone vaguely afraid? I''m going to cry, you know?

    Pres-sama is on the verge of crying. But this is truly amazing. Not only does it work, but it also suits her, this is what''s called a calling. No idea if the calling is handling a whip or being Pres-sama, but this is her calling. She is simply, and purely, strong.

    If she had this back at that time, then even if she couldn''t kill the sphinx, she still could''ve broken through the ocean of mummies, she should''ve protected them. The powerlessness she felt back then is the reason the pres strives for strength so much.

    But with this, she is unbeatable when facing trash mobs, free to do whatever she pleases with them. In truth, endless hordes of weak monsters are scary. Being unable to handle the enemies with just the big attacks alone and getting swarmed as a result is dangerous. That''s the terror of numbers. But this Pres-sama can ughter them unchallenged, today she tried it in a real battle for the first time, and all of a sudden, there is such an overbearing strength. And Armored Pres-san seems to be overjoyed over that excessive strength, she is clearly brimming with the intention of training. My condolences, Pres-sama? I mean, she is a hard opponent for sparring, and she is in the mood to get carried away? She acted just like this when I got Rajingan. It goes without saying that I got badly beaten. Even so, it still would be the best training possible. Even though you''ll end up beaten up by the end of it. Like, speaking from experience? [TL Notes: [1] Omusoba  Omelette (omuretsu) + stir-fried noodles (yakisoba) = Omusoba. [2] Kamaboko  Steamed seasoned fish paste. [3] Chikuwa  Tube-shaped fish-paste cake. ]

 Chapter 203: Rain of arrows should be effective against things wall-running without skills.

    Chapter 203: Rain of arrows should be effective against things wall-running without skills.

    Day 57  Afternoon, Dungeon.

    Well, I''ve already given up on this, but as expected, the idiots keep using boomerangs for clubbing monsters with all their strength. Throw them, damn it!

    After all the trouble I went to make giant 2-meter boomerangs they are reduced to blunt weapons. Well, even if they do throw them, they end up chasing after it? Should I make a frisbee next? At this point, they look like they might chase after a bone if one was thrown to them, so maybe a giant bone? That''s not even a weapon anymore. While the idiots running around with giant bones seem very fitting and natural, how would that be different from primitive men? Well, considering that the primitive men made their weapons by themselves, they were definitely smarter. This much is unmistakably clear.

    Grouping up with everyone we head to the middle floors. As expected, the difference in movement speed began to show up. Numerous issues emerge when ites to mobile warfare, but Pres-sama will resolve that somehow, I mean, there is no one who can disobey Pres-sama when she wields Chain Whip of Savage Lightning. After all, the name Pres-sama has stuck by now, although she herself is on the verge of crying, it can''t be helped since it fits so well. Her reign is so firm that we might as well go ahead and destroy the kingdom to rece it with Presidencipality? Pres-sama is definitely greater than a douche king.

    Everyone is close to level 99, calling them strong would be an understatement. It seems that appropriate enemies for a level 99 human party would be monsters of around level 50. But with 29 people working together with proper coordination, the middle floors are nothing. It''s an overwhelming massacre. That person with the whip is especially crazy.

    Things are going pretty well. Remind yourself that overconfidence is a slow and insidious killer?

    Well, we ought to have an easy time until reaching bosses or it wouldn''t be funny, but they are dropping like flies merely from Pres-sama''s spanking alone?

    Where does that spankinge from! And why are you calling me with samanow? I''m going to cry? I really will? I can''t take this?

    She is beginning to master Chain Whip of Savage Lightning. Right now she is capable of taking down even formidable opponents in one attack, and on top of that, she can use the whip with Bind, truly making her Pres-sama. Next time, let''s make enamel boots for her. Naturally, with high heels. Wearing high heels in a dungeon might be an issue, but since it suits her it''s fine. However, when I let my imagination run wild, teary-eyed Pres-sama would turn my way, staring at me with a t gaze, brandishing a whip. Pipe down? Aye, Miss, so I shall do. No, don''t even think of usingChain Whip of Savage Lightningfor this? Weren''t you sting monsters with it some moments ago? Yup, I''m sorry. I won''t do this anymore, so please lower the whip? Seriously.

    Teary-eyes, re, and t gaze, the trio united in a marvelous harmony was truly lovely, but the whip was too scary.

    But this proves that powerful equipment for which they have high aptitude is capable of drastically improving theirbat capabilities. We need dungeon items. As expected, raiding dungeons might be a shortcut to increasing our strength. On the other hand, I feel like my brain will rot if I spare any more thought to the idiots who are for some reason fighting with giant boomerangs, despite having no aptitude for it whatsoever, so let''s ignore them. Yup, I saw nothing. That scene of someone surrounding monsters and beating them up with boomerangs is a hallucination. So I decided.

    Meanwhile, the guardian geek changed his weapon to a halberd, which proved to have immense destructive power as well, so I tried asking where he bought it and turns out that this is the result of their attempt to craft a giant ballista Am I already too corrupted by them if my first thought was that this is their most decent failure? Well, let''s infuse it with magic stones and mithrilify it when we get back. It''s quite strong. And what pisses me off the most is that the geeks'' failures are always better than what I make. It really gets me.

    We keep advancing while continuously repeating what would be more urate to call an onught and carnage rather thanbat. Encountering no hidden rooms on the way, we reached the 34th floor, then, suddenly, it came!

    Afternoon tea time.

    I mean, I''m bored out of my mind? Like, really unreally bored? And even if we were to hurry, we likely will be done for the day after this dungeon. The Sun will probably set by the time we get outside. That being the case, there should be no issue with taking a break. And since there were quite a lot of magic stones, everyone has a small fortune! Hyaaha~?

    Let''s take a break? Even NASA perhaps said that rest is important unrest? Pretty sure they didn''t. That''s why it''s definitely about time for us to take a break and rest? Even though I might think about ripping everyone off with the sweets, you can''t me me since no one caught up on that? It''s jelly by the way? Wouldn''t you be jelly not to jelly? Kind of?

    For starters, I gave some to Slime-san, and it''s eating while jiggling together with jelly. How cute.

    (Jiggly~Jiggle)

    Looks like Slime-san liked it. Slime-san spent a long time starving in a dungeon, therefore, it only makes sense that eating sweets in a dungeon would make for the best revenge! In other words, sweets are justice! And money! I mean, if I don''t earn anything here, they''ll find out that I spent the lodging money as well? I''ll do whatever it takes for the sake of my peace (sermon evasion).

    I want jelly! I''ll pay with magic stones! But you aren''t getting out of the sermon. You spent all of your money again, didn''t you!

    They knew! It''s probably the quoteIf you have no lodging money, then let them eat cake? And rip them off. By Marie-san who desired to remain anonymous.from thest time that exposed me. It''s all Marie-san''s fault. Impressive, Marie-san, to think her problematic statements can get me in trouble withpletely false usations even in the other world? But it looks like they are going to eat jelly anyway.

    Wrapping the whip around her waist and equipping sword and shield, Pres-sama went back to the usual pres. That thing steals the chance to do anything from the other girls, ruining the opportunity for practice, and even othermittee members can''t coordinate their attacks with her whip yet. There are a lot of issues to resolve, but it undoubtedly carries a massivebat potential.

    The Guardian Geek should be fine, the Geeks can handle anything in their own clumsy way. During the practice they are unimpressive, but when thingse to the actualbat they are fighting masterfully utilizing skills. In other words, they suck at basics but are insane with skills. The unshaken resolution of relying purely on Cheat skills, and not their own ability, and their utterck of faith in their own physical capabilities is what makes them amazing. Which reminds me, they were doing all sorts of preparations for another world, but they didn''t try martial arts or any type of physical training at all. An amazing dependence on cheats.

    In terms of overallbat ability, themittee is the strongest but if viewed as a party, then the Bitches, who have no weak points, are considerably strong. They are so well-rounded that they have no field in which they are particrly good, but as a magic swordsmen unit they are capable of fighting in vanguard and middle guard, proficient with several weapons, possess a wide array of magic at their disposal, and are way better than everyone else when ites to teamwork, skillfully supporting their allies.

    Idiots have the highest offensive ability, Athletic Girls the defense, and cultural clubs girls are middle and rear guard specialists. Making it all work together is a headache, and the fact that they are all halfway all-rounders makes it even more annoying. Commanding is absolutely impossible for me, but what''s even more important, Pres-sama is the most suitable for disciplining the Idiots. The sharpness of their movement was extraordinary when she had the whip. Did they get conditioned already?

    And finally, on the 39th floor, a hidden room appeared, but the fight is taking a while. It''s a live practice forposite bows. They first shower the enemy with a rain of arrows, without using enchanted arrows, and after the enemy crumbles, charge in. The coordination here is even moreplicated. I, however, can''t join the alliance, there is no way I can remember such aplicated strategy. And at the same time, I don''t want to be disciplined along with the Idiots.

    CrawlingSmanders Lv39are stopped dead in their tracks with the rain of arrows, halting their charge, then rushed at and rent into pieces, by now, their proficiency is enough to call them a military unit. At this rate, were they to have a mock battle with the frontier army they''ll end up winning. Well, not like the other party will do anything aside from charging? Howe that is considered God of War? Did they mix it up with God of Silly? Or maybe War Addict? If it''s actually Silly Addict then there is no hope for them, is there?

    Then, I''ll check on the hidden room, there are three smanders still left, but you are taking too long so I''ll be taking them? Armored Pres-san and Slime-san began ying cat''s cradle out of boredom, you know? But why would Tokyo Towerpop up in another world? If anything, I would''ve expected to see Skytree here? Or rather, doesn''t an actual Sky Tree sound super cool? For real?

    Sure. Also,Tokyo Towerfigure is calledEiffel Towertoo, so the names are all over the ce.

    Eiffel Tower? In Cat''s cradle? Do french people even know the game? Then, if I im that it''s Sky Treestrong enough, it might work out? No, no chance, that can show up only in some Elven Vige at best? Speaking of which, a beautiful female elf-san ying Cat''s cradle sounds nice. I mean, most things are nice if beautifulis involved. But more importantly, isn''t it dangerous to y Cat''s cradle with Wire Cutter?

    (Jiggle Jiggle~!)

    It''s overjoyed. Were they that tasty? It seemed like it wanted to eat them this whole time, so I got us 3 mobs, but it looks like it liked them. Maybe it wanted Body of Fire? But it already got or more like, ate Grand mefrom the phoenix, which I feel is a higher tier skill? Well, maybe it was simply bored, or the smanders looked tasty, anyway, it seems to be happy about this, so no problem. It''s jiggling energetically after all.

    A hidden room discovered! Well, I noticed it several floors earlier, but it is a discovery? And inside was King Smander Lv39was it good? Okay, if it was tasty then it''s all fine. It is, getting no part in the action is not a big deal. Lately, I kind of got used to this? I guess?

    It seems that by striking a cool pose I end up missing my timing. It''s such a rare thing for me to get anything to do, so I''d like to make it count, but as a result, I miss out even on that. But thinking in highschool boy terms, isn''t it sad that my highlight scene is just beating an enemy with a stick? As expected, I have to start off with a cool pose? Well, the king smander is no more, so it''s toote to start? Andtely, I just end up left standing like that every single time? Since everything is over while I''m striking the pose, I miss my chance to break it? This time, I tried to go for something the Three Kingdoms style, how is it? Isn''t it pretty good? Seriously? It wasn''t! Doesn''t swinging a long stick overhead look cool? I might be swinging it more than usual?

    (Bounce Bounce) (Shake Shake)

    Nope, huh. Was this Koumei Trap? A dungeon trap? What if it''s a rpse of the eighth-grader syndrome? [1]

    I''m ba~ck. It had Wall Boots  ViT SpE 30% Up, Wall Walk, an undoubtedly highly desired item for any mobile fighter, or a bow user, but it will also lead to arguments with loot sharing, so it''s a highly profitable item that will definitely skyrocket in price. Yup, we might expect some good loot from this dungeon? A subtle attempt to raise a g? Sort of?

    I want it~. I want to walk on the walls!

    Well, the Idiots are running on the walls through momentum and spirit alone, without any skills though, but that can''t be imitated. I think if anyone could do it, they''d have Humanerased from their status page. Quite seriously? [TL Notes: [1] Zhuge Liang, or Kongming (courtesy name), known to Japanese as Koumei, the meme came from an old three kingdom manga, where his enemies were so afraid of him, that every time they see a suspicious thing, they always think: Wait, is this Koumei''s trap?'' and then No wait, Koumei must be waiting for me to think that way.'' Sending them into an endless loop of guessing. A simr troupe to Kaizo Trap. ]

 Chapter 299

    Chapter 299

    Day 72  Daytime, Road

    We departed on three carriages, but Luxurious and Gorgeous Carriage for Passionately Weing and Entertaining Lovely-type Sexy Female Knights DELUXEin which Im riding with Armored Pres-san, Slime-san, and Dancing Girl, still has no signs of Sexy Female Knights returning? Just how they went to change clothes? Ive heard that women take a while to prepare, but it looks like they still need more time.

    In the end, he plundered this prisoner transport too, huh?

    Well, it was transformed beyond recognition, and Horsie-san also turned into something terrifying, so they probably couldnt do anything about it?

    In a way, its rare to see a person whom temporary prison cell or prisoner transport fits that well, so they couldve given it to him? Like Best Prisonist Award?

    The public riding in HIGHWAY STARthat follows after us is sting me with inconsiderate criticisms, but Im in a very lenient mood right now, so Im going to let it pass. I mean, as the carriage is rocking the right of me is going bounce-bounce, the left jiggle-jiggle, and on top of me is spring-spring, this is a pretty delightful trip. Im d I loosened the suspension before we departed. Moreover, with the entire interior being a bed, every jolt and bump results in us tumbling around on the bed, getting tangled with each other, marvelous specifications! An enjoyable journey.

    Well, we are going to have orphans with us on the way back, so this is the fun we can have only on the way there, so lets enjoy ourselves.

    As Im drowsily nodding off the carriage is making its way towards the Capital. We should arrive in a day. Its fine to take it easy, its fine. Im pretty tired, so this is just fine.

    I took Demon Scythes with me, so the carriages protection is covered. We also took a look at the remains of overflown dungeons while taking stops for rest, but they were really pitiful. A tiny dungeon with only 30 floors without any hidden rooms. Destroy this much for crying out loud!

    And then we had lunch at what previously was a dungeon. Its unexpectedly raining?

    Uuh, even though I already overate yesterday and ONE MORE SET is no longer enough~.

    But it should be alright, we also have Nefertiri-sans Dance Revo!

    I let my guard down, to think Carbonara-san would be manifested here!

    Even though I wanted to hold back today Even though I decided to hold back today~.

    It turned out pretty good when I attempted to make it, so I treated everyone to it. However, while delicious, its still a sham. However, if I can at least recreate the felling, it would seem like theyve recovered something. In the end, theyve lost far too much to get back everything. I mean, smartphones are straight up impossible? Ive never even touched one? Yeah, I didnt have an ordinary flip phone either, since I didnt have anyone to call? Just leave me be!

    Sadly, its just a carbonara-style dish, or rather, pasta-like something with pork, mushrooms, mysterious milk, unidentified eggs, and wheat flour, stretched into this, with sauce topping and plenty of ck pepper something something? Kind of?

    Yup, I still havent gotten hold of cheese and cream.

    But I managed to confirm their existence! When the timees everyone will surely bow down to the advent of Pizza-san, although Im sure c is impossible too?

    Lets dig in!

    Loading a mountain of pasta-like something on a giant te I hand out 22 small tes and a bucket, but The sauce is flying all over the ce! Why are you ying tag of war with pasta?! Why are you fighting over pasta, rolling it up until Carbonara-san bes one giant ball?! Or rather, there are even some wielding two forks. Although Dancing Girls became level 1 because of Taming, she was strong nheless. Winding up pasta like in swirl, she then retreats with dance-like footwork. Fighting, pulling, and stuffing themselves they go back to fighting for another portion of pasta. Their Girl (fighting) Power is at full disy. Carbonara is fearsome!

    Well, they seem to be having fun so its fine I guess. But highschool girls leaking white liquid from their white liquid-smeared mouths as white liquid is dripping from their lips will cause Mosaic-san to get called? Licking it up with your tongues is also quite a bit that? I dont think there is any helping your manners, femininity, or ONE MORE SET?

    And once again rocking in a carriage, or rather, Ive made it so it rocks, or even if it didnt Im going to cause it to rock, or rather, I tried rocking it?

    The horses ofHIGHWAY STARseems to be still full of energy? Due to the effects ofelerationthe speed keeps growing with inertia, so they are running by leaping overrge distances in a fashion simr to Shukuchi. Well, thats why that carriage can only go in a straight line? Yeah, horses arent going to make curves. But they are faster than I expected. Lets give them recovery mushrooms as a rewardter.

    And another mysterious issue was rified. The culprit was Dancing Girl!

    Royalty, education, sexual techniques zenith.

    I thought that its weird how much of technician she is, and even Armored Pres-san got more formidable, dishing our various new moves, but turns out, long ago, Dancing Girl was an imperial princess, and was taught the most sophisticated sexual techniques? Which seems to have included pro wrestling moves too? What that empire was trying to aplish? By all means, Id have dly moved and settled there, but it seems to have perished. And now she instructed Armored Pres-san in the secret techniques of the Imperial Family, causing revolution in her skills, and leading to obtaining exquisite secret arts! Well, her heights of sexual techniques were a bit too extreme, pushing the cornered highschool boy to the most extreme limits of extremity, but forceful counterattack with enforced embarrassing correction and double knockdown sent them to sleep. Yeah, lets do some side job while I have a chance.

    Body to bodymunication in a certain kind of grappling bodynguage has led to Adamantine Fists going up by two levels. As expected, the Dungeon Emperor Pair got hands. At the very least, Skill-wise it seems to have been recognized as hand-to-handbat?

    And with this and that Im rocking inside the carriage while doing my side job, request tickets have been piling uptely. Some even want a ribbon like the one the Horsie-san has on its tail. Do they like horses that much? Or maybe its about riding? In a nighttime grapplingpetition sort of way?! Well, the Pres often ties her hair in a ponytail, so she probably wants to get a matching ribbon to get along with Horsie-san.

    Its not like we are in a hurry, and there wont be much to do once we reach the Capital anyway?

    I mean, even if we make it there early, we will still have to wait for Royal Girl and Meripapa-san. A bloody baldie, or rather, an archbishop and old men without scalps, and the nobles, who the Pres captured, that were beaten into such a miserable state that it was impossible to tell if this is a person, a monster, or a mineral, are also going to be transported to the capital. Manju are really scary!

    Also, one of the girls that was working at the general store agreed to manage the Capital branch of the Souvenir Store and should be now on her way there with her family.

    While working on the requests, since there isnt anything better to do, I focus on shortening the duration of the return trip, creating pavement as we make our way to the Capital. Its with a good even road that the true value of HIGHWAY STARcan be seen! Im sure the orphans will be overjoyed too.

    Finally recovered?

    Now, lets take care of some custom orders too? I mean, I was surprised by a sudden flood of leotard orders, but turns out that Dancing Girls aerobics ss started with great reception, andbined with ONE MORE SET! makes for aprehensive n to obtain the bodyline of your dreams, but does Dancing Girl need a leotard too? Yeah, Armored Pres-san has many leotards, but only a select few can be worn in public. Despite the support for the ck leotard faction, we also tried to appeal to the white faction and reconciled with the light blue faction, but with the appearance of the gray faction, the battle situation changedpletely. With so many leotards Im very busy with dressing her up and stripping down. Kind of~.

    Desire, everything, options included.

    Looks like she also needs leg warmers, head bands, and volleyball shoes? Why did she even start giving dance lessons? By the way, the girls are also flooding me with inquiries about belly dance outfits. All of those are very lovely suggestions with great worth to making them a reality, but the dancer outfit is currently being designed by the Bitches and Culture Clubs Girls in the following carriages.

    Well, since I Tamed her I do have to make Dancing Girls clothes too. During our battle at the limit yesterday, tentacles yed an active part, so I got a perfect reading of her measurements and shapes, and also had them burned into my Rajingan. She has a super flexible body, difficult to make clothes for, but I already learned the approach from the time with Gymnastics Girl, so Im now busy sewing, fitting, putting clothes on her, stripping clothes on her, currently going into the round 16, but while they have unfair advantage of tag team, I also get double the enjoyment, but the counterattack of a captured highschool boy surrounded on all sides by breasts, butts, and thighs have quickly earned me level 7 ofRegeneration.

    Traveling in a great chaos, the unending battle has entered the war of attrition, even though Im busy with work. Well, this is not a scene that can be shown to the orphans, so this is a special kind of fun that can only be had on our way there, and Im kind of almost there?

    Id also like to work on equipment, butAncient Sarcophagus  Armament, Complete Immunity, Automatic Defense, Auto Mending, Enhance ALL, Magic Sword Dance, ?, ?, ?ATT, +DEFin which Dancing Girl was sealed is a cheat item on par with Armored Pres-sans equipment, so there is no need to tweak with it. But when equipped it turns into an armor with a tower shield, concealing that coboration of lovely, charming, alluring, and enchanting of a body, so lets hide it for now. Yup, I couldnt cut this thing even with full power Dimension sh with a divine sword, so I obviously carried it off with me? I mean, it was just lying on the ground?

    As for the equipment that I painstakingly forced myself to tear from the middle-aged men, the barrier deviceStaff of Absolute Boundary that Archpriest, or rather Archbishop, well, an old man? was using to create a barrier, which I couldnt detect even with Rajingan, turned out to be a disappointment. Its not that I couldnt detect him, he simply wasnt there? Stepping into Absolute Boundary he was merely traveling with the coffin, and couldnt actually move by himself, and could only look, without even hearing anything. He simply showed up because he saw that I was badly injured, and lost an arm with the weapon, otherwise, he couldnt even undo the seal on Dancing Girl from inside of that barrier. Actually, it was that old man who should be given the title of hikikomori? Why me!

    But even so,Staff of Absolute Boundary  30% UP ALL, Sorcery Mastery, Absolute Boundary, Seal, MP Increase, it has 30% buff to all stats. The biggest issue at the moment is self-disintegration due to theck of ViT, even if it cant bepletely stopped, anything that can at least somewhat soften the damage is nice to have.Sorcery Masteryand InT might improve control over Magic Wrap, and since it will also boost MP which was just barely enough thest time, Ill take it. Absolute Boundaryallow only to observe surroundings without being able to move, so it cant even be used for peeping. A tool that wouldnt allow to make an escape if something goes wrong cannot be trusted! Selso must be powerless to seal sermons. Looks like that still hasnt manifested as a skill? Well, the Geeks haveSealtoo, so I can ask them how its used when they return. Maybe I should also seal their Barrierskill and burn their heads while Im at it?

    WithWisdomandStaff of Absolute BoundaryI should have better control now, but since its level also grew there is no telling what the actual result will be. And for the part that I cant control, Ill have topensate by gathering ViT gear. I went up two levels, but ViT grew the least of all stats. It was about only one third of InT so my ViT is most likely not going to grow much at all. Which means I have to try to keep it in check with InT.

    The rest was premium equipment, but with everything focusing on either Mental Resistance or Mental Attack I dont see where I can use it, but it is also too dangerous to sell, and with this crappy design highschool girls also wont be interested. Highschool girls have pretty strict standards, you know? Well, dismantling those for materials is an option too. I mean, since I found those? Yeah, I found them lying in a pile in which I stacked the equipment I took off the knights? Finders keepers?

    Id like to finish the business in the Capital ASAP, pick up the orphans, go back to the Frontier and dive into some dungeons, but it seems like it will take a while to get to that. But just as I thought, having no ViT turned out to be self-destructive and suicidal. And since my HP is also low, Im going to end up on the verge of death in every fight that isnt over in an instant. Or rather, it hurts.

    Picking up a torn-off hand and sticking it back just like that feels somehow wrong for a human, but perhaps its just my imagination? Well, this time I once again hadRace: Humanin my Status, which must be a proof that there is nothing wrong with that! The name and race are probably the only two entries that can be trusted in that Status. Seriously, thats one entry that I dont want to doubt?

    Its about time for dinner, but since its still raining I went and gave the girls riding in the following carriage lunch boxes with rice with bamboo shoots. Everyone must be tired, so they are slouching super hard! I even warned them before entering, but no one made an effort to put clothes on? Everyone was wearing tank tops, tube tops, short pants and even mini skirts or leggings. Possessing such a vast collection of clothes they are dressed casually with a high degree of exposure when by themselves. Should I just make pajamas for them? They are going toze around anyway?

    The followingHIGHWAY STARcarriages number one and two have ten people riding in each, but each time I bring them lunch boxes they are trying to pull me inside an already crowded carriage, and since everyone is dressed like that, Im each time greeted by 20 bare highschool girl legs. Im convinced they had their femininity and shame converted into ViT and HP from how defenseless their chest area looks, threatening to spill the poorly concealed flesh, or rather, I worked so hard on those bras, so wear them for crying out loud? Leggings also turned out to be an unexpectedly dangerous item, giving me a hard time with finding where to look, in a highschool boy sort of way, making me go into Overdrive with taking close up shots with Rajingan. Yeah, even if I avert my gaze I still can stare directly in 360 degrees at once? Wisdom-san also seems to be already busy with recording and organizing new data.

    Well, we are traveling at ease, sozing around is fine too. Since the war is finally over and everything somehow ended without anyone dying.

 Chapter 205: It might be wriggly and slippery, but it seems to be keen on getting very personal.

    Chapter 205: It might be wriggly and slippery, but it seems to be keen on getting very personal.

    Day 57  Dungeon, 50F

    While it wasn''t as much as I imagined it to be due to its fame, it''s not like it wasn''t amazing, but it also wasn''t that bad. Well, the smell was insanely bad.

    But all of the ssmates already have the equipment to resist debuffs from level 50 dungeon master. Or rather, I sold tons of it to them until now. And that stench must be applying ConfusionandFaint. For now, they are perfectly resisting all of the ailments, but it stinks really bad. I''m looking from afar, trying to keep my distance from it, but can still feel the stench. I wish they could finish it faster, but the enemy is quite tough, still refusing to go down. That is a difficult foe.

    The opponent isRafflesia Lv50, which appears like a giant ugly flower, but that is one rebellious nt, the part that looks like a flower is a calyx, while the real flower should be blooming inside, but since it''s a monster in a fantasy world, it alsoes with a nice little bonus, tentacles. The Geeks seem to want to take this thing home but were banned from doing so due to its foul smell. Like, even I don''t want to Tame such a fetid thing? Certainly, the romance overflowing romantic R18 developments with tentacles might be wonderful, but that stench is no good. It ruins everything. Exining in detail just how many things it ruins would lead to t Gazes from all sides, so I''ll omit it, but well, even though we finally encountered romance-overflowing tentacles, theming with a bad odor is disappointing, so they are getting exterminated. I mean, even Slime-san doesn''t want to eat that? The smell is that bad.

    The concentrated arrow fire with which they opened the fight had no effect, their next move, an attack with fire also didn''t produce the desired effect, and with the tentacles wriggling around they couldn''t get into closebat. Not only are they wriggling and twisting, but they are also slimy, slippery. Yeah, the movements, the shape, all of it inspires expectations of an indecent development. The girls can''t get near that. I mean, their faces are bright red?

    However, this lewd flower has Spell AbsorptionandMP Absorption, so getting caught by that would be quite bad. Moreover, it has Ensnare, so once caught, escape would not be easy. The damage isn''t quite getting to this thick and meaty nt. Most likely, shing attacks are the most effective against it, but close-quarters are off-limits, or rather, it''s too risky, or rather, risque, threatening to turn very lewd were tentacles to get a hold of them. How should I put it, this is a tough fight.

    Noo! That tip, that form, noo! Why is it wriggling like that!

    That wriggling is crazy. It''s clearly dying to catch one of us?

    Getting caught by that, it might be over for us as maidens? It''spletely out in terms of visuals?

    And it also hasRegeneration, so no matter how many tentacles they cut, they keep returning, preventing them from getting near. Well, it might be possible to beat it with a whipping from the pres, but she probably doesn''t want to beat it with just an individual strength. And since blunt damage doesn''t work on it, Vice President B-san or the idiots, who rely on beating their enemies to death can''t do much Wait, the idiots? Aren''t you swordsmen? Put away your boomerangs! Or rather, throw them!

    The cultural clubs'' girls from the rear guard had already begun working on the ground. Looks like they noticed. It''s absorbing mana from the ground with its roots, that''s why it keeps regenerating without running out of mana. And so they are striking at the problem at its root.

    If it goes well, they should be able to interfere with the Rafflesia''s regeneration, and burning enemies HP faster than it can recover is a firm and steady conventional approach. But the roots are tentacles too, you know? They were moving underground.

    And with wriggling tentacles, or rather, roots? emerging from the ground here and there, a great panic began,pletely destroying the formation. While some were running around, others were frantically shing at the tentacles, a hectic struggle began. Armored Pres-san is also going Good Grief, so I guess this is a failure? Why is their thinking so rigid? Actually, I already mentioned countermeasures of this sort, but they are too caught up in the fixed ideas of this world. I mean, they had no magic beforeing to this world, and yet met with thebo of Spell AbsorptionandMP Absorptionthey forgot even about conventional ways of dealing with this. So they have a hard time doing what should be obvious and natural. And now the group is fully covered with roots, leaving nowhere to hide.

    Haruka-ku~n. Could you help us just a bit?

    I don''t mind, but that will be Failurefor you, are you cool with that? And it will be over in a second? Probably?

    Yeah, this is the same pattern, so I think, if I assist them a bit, it will all be over right there? And I told them about this earlier? When I was telling them about the great dungeon, I also mentioned all of the countermeasures? Well, my opponent was not a rafflesia, but it was pretty much the same thing No, they probably don''t have time to think while dealing with tentacles, so their train of thought came to a screeching halt? Or rather, they got caught? Whoooa.

    Ah? Another one? Oh, my, my, my, my~. But considering that it''s grabbing only girls, this flower gets it. As a fellow tentacle user, I feel that we might''ve gotten along, but with that stink, I don''t want to. It''s a real pity, if only it didn''t have Bad Stenchamong its skills, we could''ve spent hours talking away until the dawnes, truly regrettable. However, if killing this nt the pres Plundersits skills, then will Pres-sama have tentacles? Did she seal away her whip for this fight because Bad Stenchwould alsoe as a free bonus? Certainly, this smell is bound to get youints from the inn.

    KYAAAAAA! Stop watching and help us! Or rather, don''t loook! Or rather, saaave mee~!

    Oh, nyo~. Why is it so slippery? I can''t cut it? Wait, that''s, HEY!

    Let me go! You creep! Whoa, what! Don''t touch there! I''m a girl!

    No, no, nononono, why do you have to go there, that area is prohibited for invasion!

    It''s total pandemonium, and the geeks are of no use either, totally confused, not only do they have a hard time with where to look, but the voices are bothering them too, and as they ended up averting their eyes from the rafflesia as the result, they are forced into purely defensivebat.

    Twining around and binding them, it invades inside their armor, that marvelous attack is what creates this uproar. Holding them in the air by coiling around their legs, such an amazing nt. Too cultured to leave it as mere vegetation. Or rather, its ideas can be called way too predatory for a mere nt. Well, it''s a carnivorous nt after all, so it might be leaning that way?

    The idiots are busy running around and clearing away the tentacles with their boomerangs. I wonder how many centuries will pass before they remember that they can throw them? Looks like it will take a long while for them to evolve. I mean, they definitely devolved aftering to this world. They seem to have forgotten what civilization is. If only this weren''t the middle ages but the stone age, then they would''ve fit right in. But they seem to be dumber than primitive men? Maybe the Cretaceous Period would do?

    Haruka-kuuun! We give up! Or rather, our maidenhood is in danger! This is bad, bad, bad!

    It''s bad, it seems. Yeah, it''s on the verge of turning R-18. How regrettable, if only Rafflesia-san wasn''t so stinky, we might''ve gotten along. I would''ve dly recruited such an amazing tentacle monster for the fake dungeon, it, how should I put it, gets it? Understands what''s important? Covers all the bases? Snakes around crazy spots? Yup, it gets it. That''s why it''s so regrettable.

    Well, let''s burn it.

    Burn it to ashes like a modern person would. Armored Pres-san already rescued the girls, cutting the tentacles holding them.

    Getting above the rafflesia with Air Walk, where no tentacles will get in my way, I spray oil and ignite it. This is the end.

    It has MP Absorptionand Spell Absorption. It doesn''t possess fire resistance. Magic Resistances should function on the same principle as the skills that the treants from the great dungeon had.

    Since we came from the world without magic, pouring oil and toasting it should''ve been one of their first thoughts. And that''s it.

    And yet, just because they learned a bit of magic and skills in this world, they saw MP Absorptionand Spell Absorptionand assumed that they can''t burn it because they can''t use fire magic on it. It is this inflexibility and fixation on conventions of this world that gets you caught by the tentacles, exposing an unbing, or rather, indecent Well, to put it bluntly, lewd sight. If it also had Dissolvethen it would go straight past R18 into BANNED territory. We lost a valuable monster. A foul-smelling one though.

    The girls, freed from the now writhing in agony Rafflesia as it is burning, sunk to the floor, breathing heavily. Looks like they are tired. But if I were to praise them here, I feel I''ll get scolded? But they are clearly exhausted, giving it their all, their faces are all red.

    Alright~, you failed. As a constion prize, you get a special invitation to Armored Pres-san''s boot camp? In other words? You are in for a beating? Please enjoy your wonderful luxurious trip to the world of pain? Especially Pres-sama? Looks like you are getting a private course? No way, could it be that we are getting a yuri route? A lily route going non-stop forever and into eternity? I''d like to book a special seat to observe the training! Seriously!

    No~, she''ll work us to the bones~, there''ll be no yuri though!

    Looks like there is no Ah, Onee-samalike development. Well, since she is an eternal seventeen they are beginning to catch up to her, so she isn''t much of an onee-sama, and then next year she is going to be younger than them? This world is full of mysteries but looks like the biggest mystery is the forever seventeen problem. Well, not really a problem, and it surely won''t see a resolution. The reason being  you care, you lose. Seriously.

 Chapter 301

    Chapter 301

    Day 73  Daytime, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    Here is the big shot from the Second Division, tasked with protecting the Capital, who didnt show up in a while. And that big shot came with a message from yking. Good grief, making important people run errands, yking is really flippant. He probably was saying something like LETS message, YEEAH.. As I thought, reviving such a frivolous creature with five wives was a mistake. If I Seal the flippant y part of the yking with the newly obtained skill, the remaining part is just a middle-aged man, so might as well throw him underground after that.

    Eehm, so to sum that up in other words to the very essence of the gist, the Royalty said Dance, dance, highschoolers, show me Hell~[1] so we should just beat the hell out of the yking without care if there is y or no y? Sort of?

    Why summing up an invitation to a ball gives such a long andpletely unrted sentence! And you still were angry about him having five wives!

    But it was shorter than something like Gentlemen, I love lewd~?

    Yes, in a few days the Princess will return to the Capital. Omui-sama should be able toe too. On this asion, the King expressed the desire to invite all of you as a token of the utmost gratitude from the Kingdom. The Royal Family will arrange the suitable time and date, so please ept it. The King also seemed keen oning incognito to thank you in person, but was caught by Sir Wismregzero, so this is how this came to be.

    In other words, ONE MORE SET is going to be held by the Kingdom, and a BIG CAMP by Instructor Armored Pres will be taking ce, so I have hunch of premonition by my six sense in big profitsing from leotard mass production, which might be getting my seventh sense awakened along the way, turning the cosmos ashen white? I guess?

    We told you its a ball! Why would we need to do ONE MORE SET at a dance party in the castle?!

    No, I mean, you do need it? After all, when we were leaving I made arge quantity of manju, and we are out of stock already? I thought that its strange and tried to ask around, but none of the girls would look me in the eyes? The Pres even used Shukuchi and Greater eleration to avoid eye contact? At this rate she might get skill Manju through her Plunder! Is this a skill that makes one rounder? One more set?

    And it seems they need dresses, and I apparently need a tuxedo? Its about time the Geeks and Idiotse back, so I put a sign at the waterway To the Geeks and Idiots, go to the Capital, the idiocy is critical? Kind of? so they should be heading this way, but do they need tuxedos too? Do I have to make it? Well, aside from the girls dresses, the rest doesnt matter that much, but they should have dresses already, but order again?

    (((Haruka-kun in tuxedo, thats a rare sight!)))

    Mermaid, white mermaid for me!

    Eh! But Im getting white mermaid though?

    Then white princess for me!

    I wonder if a furisode will be alright? A white furisode? [3]

    I want the skirt to be long and fluffy!

    I want It to Come with a hat.

    Dress, matching? Me too.

    (Boing Boing)

    Eh? Slime-san is going to wear a dress too? And why does everyone want white? Whatever, Im going to make it with multicolor anyway, since they need to have defensive capabilities and status resistances.

    Putting dresses aside for now, Id say there is also a necessity to boostbat performance with essories? With dresses and shoes alone you wont be able to clear intermediate floors at the Frontier. How about some metal ting? No? What else Maybe wrapping some chains? Since the skirts are going to be long, weapons can be put in Storage there, but what what would be best? Id like to supplement performance with essories or some small items?

    Veils and gloves!

    No need for ting or chains, but add a corsage!

    Also, we were called to a royal pce, not to a dungeon, just how much ofbat readiness do you want to have at a dance party?

    He probably cant tell the difference between dance party and martial tournament, and thinks that Royal Pce is some kind of a dungeon.[4]

    Aah, so he thinks we should participate in a martial arts tournament in a dungeon in full battle gear (dresses)~~, he wants to kill the yking, doesnt he~?

    What is this pressure! And all of them are asking for two outfits

    I see, Abnormal Status Effect Resistance on the corsage, Mesmerize and some Evasion-type effects on the veil, then for the gloves its protection, and Attack Increase (ATT), and for the shoes evasion and speed skills, huh. But this alone will have you vulnerable to magic, so maybe some nes too? That leaves rings But you have tons of your own so you can take care of that yourself, right?

    Need rings too! With brilliant cut!

    Shaping magic stones with a brilliant cut, how original! But please dont push, your eyes are red! Its scary, so switch to t gaze?

    And then I was thrown into the workshop? No, didnt the big shot from the Second Division say that there is no need for hurry? Like, any day will do, no?

    Well, with the pressure they were exuding I dont think Im getting to leave the room without finishing the work? Highschool boy confinement? Yeah, I dont think anyone asked for that.

    Most likely, everything will end up incework. Since Ill have to spin for that, I create threads with Alchemy and spin them giving them a new life. Applying magic stone coating to the readied strings, I continue to spin, putting everything in order with Alchemy. Fine and stic it gives a nice beautiful luster to it. I mean, I did add some iron wire too? Yup, with this it might be able to reach +DEF and shing and Blunt Damage Nullification.

    Weaving it like ace I turn it into a fabric. I have to let them make their pick after making fabric, or there is going to be another Maiden War. A pattern is the main point of this weave. With the effect being held by a simple magic circle, physical and magic defense will be drastically increased when mana is poured into it, is what was even mentioned in the forbidden book Lets GO Magic Tools!. However, weaving it in is a veryplicated process, it takes a tremendous amount of time, so I wasnt able to do it previously, but it was finished in the blink of an eye. This is the true worth of Evil Hands manifested with superior control ofWisdom. I can weave as many magic circles as I want, so I might as well nt magic stones like in rhinestone deco, and turn it into a mana umtor. Wait a moment? This could end up being more powerful than normal equipment? If I mithrilify these it will be perfectly viable for dungeon exploration!

    I weave, adding defense and resistance effects into the lining too. Until now, mass producing something thisplex and in such a short period of time was impossible, but now, Evil Hands are capable of performing several or several dozens more precise and minute tasks at the same time than previously. This technical revolution by Wisdom is terrific. Items surpassing equipment so far are being swiftly produced. To put it in easier to understand terms, its the side jobs turn again, having to review and remake everyones equipment and clothing, and then there surely will be more additional orders for underwear with production turn, and its always the side jobs turn!

    But its necessary. The times when one is not armed are the most dangerous. The truly scary ones are people. Monsters dont lie or deceive. That churchs equipment was specialized for deception and maniption, and even their weapons had nothing but poisons or various debuffs. They pose a danger different from that of monsters. Its about time to review the equipment. And additional orders are urgent too.

    I think Im about to create something crazy here. Simply mithrilifying iron threads woven into strings drastically boosted the performance creating a transcendently strongest piece of a gear that is a dress, but is this really something that can be worn in a dungeon~? But this thing has higher defense value than the vanguards armor?

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    The great surface area allows for moreplex and numerous patterns which directly trantes into stronger defensive effects, and greater number of applied effects. And also my overtime work. But this is going to be something amazing.

    Ive woven the fabric. Now I only have to increase the variety of weaves.

    The dress is gradually forming into something outrageous, but the design is unfit both for dungeon exploration or daily life. Well, Im making it with freedom of movement and sticity in mind, so there should be absolutely no problem with it inbat. The problem is obliterating monsters wearing a dress. What kind of full battle dress dungeon conquest party is that? Im sure even monsters will be surprised. No one called them to the monsters party, and yet they barge in, wearing dresses, and murder everyone.

    Well, for the Geeks, the Idiots, and me its going to be tuxedos, or rather tailcoats? Well, anything will work. Just add a metal te, the visuals dont matter that much.

    However, my house is a cave in a forest, with nothing but goblins and kobolds around. Even if I make a tuxedo I dont think Ill have an asion to wear it? Im not going to LETS PARTY with goblins and kobolds. Yeah, even if they were to invite me, Im not going. They wont though? Yeah, since Im a loner?

 Chapter 207: Isnt it thoughtless to just go on rambling when no one can even tell who is speaking?

    Chapter 207: Isn''t it thoughtless to just go on rambling when no one can even tell who is speaking?

    Day 57  Evening, White Weirdo Inn.

    When I left the bath, I saw Haruka-kun having a very evil smile on his face.

    The girls always go bankrupt after that smile.

    After all, that evil smile is the smile of an evil baron.

    It''s a very evil smile that he makes when he is brimming with the intention to rip us off.

    And until now, there hasn''t been a single case when anyone managed to escape that smile.

    Our hard-earned money is snatched away from us, and we end up happy.

    That happiness is forcibly brought upon us with no chance to refuse.

    After all, that evil smile, that evil tender smile is the reason for our survival in this world.

    It was when we just came to this fantasy world.

    We thought that we were all but dead.

    That being in such a world is no different from death.

    So living in fear of death, we awaited its arrival.

    I don''t think I was alone in this, after all, everyone had the same look back then.

    The look of tired resignation, simply living on because we were too scared of death, awaiting the end.

    Until the end came for us in that dark forest.

    Surrounded by numerous monsters with no way to escape, I realized that this is it.

    Even so, since president-san and the others were trying to protect us, putting their lives on the line, I also gave my all fighting.

    No matter how scary, sad, painful, or bitter I felt, I kept fighting, even while crying.

    But in truth, I already gave up. Because I understood that it''s impossible.

    But because everyone kept fighting on, trying to protect me and the others, I also did what I could, and kept fighting on.

    But after all, it was the end. I saw that even if everyone fought to the point ofplete exhaustion, there still would be lots of monsters left.

    Scared, terrified, vexed, and utterly miserable, wondering, just why we have to go through this.

    After all, there is nothing good about living in such a world.

    Dressed in rags, with nothing but tasteless fish for meals, spending every day trembling in fear of monsters.

    The happy me must''ve died back in the previous world, and this world ispletely different, is what I thought.

    But even so, I didn''t want to see the others get injured or killed, so I kept fighting.

    From the very beginning, I didn''t think that we could win or survive.

    Until that red rain began.

    Until the storm of red lights swept over.

    It was so beautiful.

    And so cruel.

    The monsters copsed in heaps, burned by the rain of bright red lights.

    Scary, frightening, but so beautiful, that I ended up crying.

    And so, all of the monsters were annihted.

    Even though there were so many of them, not a single one survived.

    Then, a pitch-ck figure approached us through the mountains of monster corpses.

    For a moment, I couldn''t help but think, Ah, so this is my death.

    HP potion, you will recover if you drink it It''s mushroom-vored though.

    He blurted out, with a slightly troubled look.

    That was Haruka-kun.

    A ssmate, but he was always alone and never spoke with anyone.

    After that, the world was turned upside down.

    The dull monochrome world where we could only wait for death,pletely changed.

    It''s almost as if it was suddenly reborn, painted in new radiant colors.

    After all, everyone was smiling. And I was the same.

    Eating delicious food, sleeping in a fancy house, rxing in a lovely bath, everyone around was smiling.

    Because until then, everyone thought that nothing but bad things were awaiting us in the future, that our happiest days were over.

    The room was unlike anything I''ve seen, the bath was the likes of which I thought I''d never get a chance to try, while the food was incredibly delicious, unlike anything I''ve eaten before.

    The happiness that I thought I lost with the previous world turned into even more amazing happiness in this world and was awaiting us in such a ce.

    It was like a super high-ss hotel, in which I probably could never stay in our world. A super high-ss resort.

    Something way more amazing than the things that I had given up on was shoved into my face. I was made to realize that I can be happy even in this world.

    That day, I was able to soundly fall asleep without crying for the first time sinceing to this world.

    A lot happened since then, but every day was now filled with happiness, where everyone could smile.

    Although we''d still cry remembering our families, we at least no longer cried from despair.

    I was smiling and happy every day. And the resolve to live on began forming within me.

    Until the day Haruka-kun disappeared.

    He left, saying that it''s dangerous for everyone. Left all on his own.

    He might be in danger because of us, he might die because of us, he might already be dead. Then, what''s the point to keep living?

    The world returned to its previous monochrome state. I returned to the days of crying from despair. Terrified, I waited, while the thought what ifwouldn''t leave my mind.

    But he came back to us, lookingpletely nonchnt.

    I was relieved, thank goodness, I thought.

    But then, I happened to overhear Kakizaki-kun and the others.

    How can he look so unfazed with that body?

    I heard that he must''ve had an arm torn off.

    That he must''ve had his stomach gouged out.

    That he must''ve had a leg cut off.

    That he must''ve had half of his face burnt away.

    That he must''ve been stabbed all over.

    That he must be simply faking it and is actually going insane from pain.

    That his whole body was wrecked so badly that merely breathing should be agony.

    It is because Kakizaki-kun and the others went through the same, trying to protect everyone, that they were able to notice it.

    He fully regenerated only on the outside and only appears unhurt.

    I shouldn''t have felt relieved.

    But it is because he wanted us to feel that relief that he acted like nothing happened,ughing with everyone.

    He must''ve been enduring the pain and the agony all on his own, smiling in front of everyone.

    And with that body, he fought on the next day again. All alone, without telling anyone anything.

    So badly tattered that he couldn''t even regenerate mana, and yet he fought anyway. And we were once again protected by him.

    Then after that, he went missing in a dungeon, taming a dungeon master and doing other enormously risky things.

    That''s why everyone is smiling, smiling while struggling, trying to be stronger.

    Since everyone has onlybat skills, fighting is the only thing we can do.

    That''s why we decided to protect, and if it doesn''t work, get stronger, and try again, and if that doesn''t work too, it eventually must work out as long as we don''t give up.

    But we failed again. This is depressing.

    But he is smiling with a very evil look. This is an evil smile that is praising us, the evil smile sayingYou did your best, right.

    That''s why everyone will surely go bankrupt with a smile again. The meanest reward in the world.

    Everyone will have happiness brought to them tonight. This is the evil smile saying that he is preparing something.

    That''s why even if I feel down today, I can still do my best tomorrow. I can''t give up after all.

    I absolutely, definitely, have to protect him. After all, there is no one else who can make such an evil smile.

    War is very scary. I''m afraid of fighting fellow humans. But time and time again I was forced to realize that failing to protect is much more terrifying.

    Wee back, Shield Girl? I have some good stuff today? Or rather, I''ve got it? Kind of? Well, anyway, it''s good stuff, I think? Probably? Actually, it''s a great offer, so great that I''ll get much richer as a result, well, a great deal for me. Yeah, so great that it''sughably profitable? I guess? Sort of?

    A very wicked smile.

    But I decided that I''ll protect it, and so I will. I don''t care if it''s just my ego speaking, I will protect him for my own sake. So we definitely won''t lose him anymore.

    It''s for that sake I became a shield girl. This time it''s my turn to protect everyone.

    That''s what I decided. He told meHow about bing a shield pres?, so this time I''ll make sure that no one gets hurt, I don''t want to just wait anymore, this time I want to protect them for sure.

    That''s why I became a shield girl. That''s why I will definitely protect everyone.

    Even if we failed today, I will fight again tomorrow, I will keep fighting until I can protect everyone. After all, I''m the shield girl, so I must protect.

    But it seems that today, I''m going bankrupt. There is no escape from this evil smile. After all, this is the smile that keeps us safe, so I''m still no match for it. So happilyughing, I''ll go bankrupt again with a smile. [TL Note: I thought about putting a note, stating whose POV this is at the beginning, but looking at the title decided to leave it as it is.]

 Chapter 303

    Chapter 303

    Day 73  Nighttime, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    Its bath time, bath time. No, Im not taking part in DANCE REVO?

    I mean, I dont have a leotard? I mean, I do have some in my item bag, but those are Armored Pres-sans, so while I do have some, they arent mine, and Im not going to wear one, or rather, there is no demand for that!

    Certainly, its difficult to let go of the chance to see 20 highschool girls in leotards, with regrets crystallizing into a trial, if there was a paid spectator seat I wouldnt be against purchasing a ticket, but joining them is impossible. Cheering on them from the bushes is better.

    Phaah~, taking bath ahead of everyone~, wait when did you get here, Slime-san?! Ah~, if its jiggle jiggle then it cant be helped, but since you regrly wash, you are constantly in a freshly cleaned state! Well, it feels good so whatever~?

    (Bounce Bounce)

    They mustve burned so much from really SUPER MANIAC to SSR(STEP STEP REVOLUTION) that even the cosmos was scorched. Dancing Girl memorized everything after seeing it only once. But thats HELL Mode!

    But during the training, Dancing Girl was only dancing, without ying tricks or attacking the girls, while the girls were pushed around in aerobic exercise until hitting their limit, and then copsed after switching to high-speed unaerobic exercise, dropping in droves.

    Even if they cant learn those steps, they at least should learn the footwork and defensive body movements. A footwork allowing to trifle with 20 levels 100 as a level 1 has a new, different potential hidden within. I mean, even Armored Pres-san is learning? But with DANCE REVO being followed by belly dance its rather hard to join in? Outfit-wise.

    And while I was once again beaten up by Armored Pres-san, the results were amazing. Until now I was getting beaten up without any idea what is going on, but now Ive been reborn! I was able to get beaten up while having an idea of what is going on! Well, I got beaten up anyway, but this time my mind was able to keep up with the Armored Pres-sans speed, and Rajingan provided the visuals, in other words, I was taking hits while thinkingah, thats where this is going to hitorAh, if I dont evade this, Im going to eat an entirebo, it was a beating but one withprehension. Is it my imagination that it hurts more this way?

    The information is being analyzed withWisdoms thought fragmentation and parallel high speed processing, which greatly boosted thought speed and data processing ability, plus the effects of new gear.

    It mustve been level up and a new item that I slotted into the staffStaff of Absolute Boundary  30% UP ALL, Sorcery Mastery, Absolute Boundary, Seal, MP Increaseand plusWisdomsynergy, but Magic Wrappings nature has changed. I felt more refined. I still cant control it, but at the very least its now possible to predict what is about to happen.In other words, a possibility of controllingRandom Attackhas finally emerged, and the path toKyojitsualso has opened. Well, trying to advance through that newly opened path got me beaten up and I even got a heavy debuff to movement from an iron ball that wouldnt allow me to walk, but it hurts?

    If I used even more abilities at once it wouldve put my body at risk. Lets not think about what posed a greater danger, my abilities or the iron ball.

    Most likely, Mana Mastery-type that I posses andSorcery Masteryon Staff of Absolute Boundary are of different type. Most likely magic-type skills likeTeleportation,GravityorAtomic Maniptionwere the cause of Magic Wrapping going out of control, and they now were brought under control, and being applied toMagic Wrapping with even better controlledHoldingmagic, a semnce of actual mastery had appeared. But all of that was possible because ofWisdomcapable of processing all of it.

    I can finally see the path ahead. With this I wont end up losing the strength to fight. It doesnt matter if its all just trickery, deception, or illusion, as long as I can fight its all good. I thought that if I can make Pres and others into walking Cheats all will be safe and sound, and I get to retire to the life of ease andfort, but I was naive. The Pres and others are too honest and direct for this world.

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    Ive properly warmed up, Slime-san seems to have finished the 600 seconds countdown. Lets get out.

    Stepping out of the bath and trying some control practice named side job, it seems that my power has finally awakened. Infinite hands might not be possible, but I can now handle it without external aid.

    Looks like the flow of the battle has changed! The divine wind is blowing for me!

    The battle is not the numbers, the numbers are the battle! Fufufufu.

    And looks like the Girls-only gathering is over. Advancing from the nks to encircle me, they must be aiming to overwhelm me using the time window when Im not wearing the mantle.

    Grasping the amber right hand, and white left hand, I tightly lock with them, thats right, I can hold them!

    Two tentacles grasped opposite hands of the two, checking and holding them back.

    Then, as the long snow-white and amber legs are stretching to twine around me, the tentacles coiling around them instead. They dont have the same versatility as Evil Hands, but that can bepensated with numbers!

    Since I wasnt wearing the ck mantle they mustve thought that they had won. Certainly, I cant use Infinite Evil Hands without the mantle. But now, having obtained Wisdom, even if upper tierEvil Handsare impossible, I still can useTentacleseven without the mantlesInfinite Evil Hands, controlling them from Magic Wrap. Naturally, even after restraining their limbs, I still have lots of tentacles to spare, and this great lot of tentacles can fight freely squirming around and with a nice added bonus of Vibration Magic too!

    While Magic Wrapping gave an overall boost to everything, control-type and perception-types received an especially great buff, giving an urate grasp on a wide spectrum of information. An astounding cognitive ability capable of instantly processing the flood of information provided by Rajingan, sorting, quantifying and datafying it.

    In other words, all of the Armored Pres-sans and Dancing Girls weak points are being exposed. From the neck to the back and from the stomach to the waist, huh, from Inguinal ligament to Anterior superior iliac spine? What a maniac weak point! Lets try y-biting a bit?

    (Nibble Nibble)

    Ah. *Drop*

    It is a weak point!

    (Lick Lick)

    Hya (*Drop*)

    Their number advantage waspletely overturned. Its fine to even call this one-sided. They are being overwhelmed in this battle. I mean, they have copsed twitching? Lets dig in?

    And turning this into one on one I defeat them the moment they try to get up , intercepting them individually I engage in a series of skirmishes over and over again, to preventing them from fully recovering, instantly making them go down as theye up. Finally,ing to another world, I obtained highschool boy power to defeat two Dungeon Emperor ss opponents at once! Only at night, but Ive got it? During the day Im getting another beating?

    And the name of that power isSex King. With High Sexual Vigor Lv MaXandInsatiable Libido Lv MaXthey finally fused and evolved into a higher tier skill. Changing intoLewd Techniques Lv 1, and in the titles appeared Sex King Lv 1 ?

    And theye with stamina, recovery, observation, and techniques bonuses? I guess thebination of Rajingan, Wisdom, Magic Wrapping, and Evil Handsgave birth to a new power, wait, what the hell this world even wants me to do? If nothing, then why call me in the first ce? Well, Im d that I came though, in more ways than once, no, I didnt want toe? But this is a very good thing? (Rub Rub)

    Now, lets do some side job while they are still downed. I still have plenty of clothes I need to make for Dancing Girl.

    She is probably lonely, being suddenly awakened and set free in a world that doesnt have anyone she knew left. She is getting along with the girls, taking part in Girls-only Gatherings, but there is no way her uneasiness has dissipated by now. Thats why she keeps entangling me and pushing me down, she has no intention of having a talk.

    But if I make tons of stuff for her, dress her up, and feed her tons of delicious stuff, getting her to have fun with everyone, her loneliness might fade a bit. Sorrow and loneliness can neverpletely disappear, what lost wonte back, hencees substitutes. She needs something to fill the emptiness in their heart, even if in the end its all sham. I dont want to see her with such sad and empty eyes.

    Thats why Im going to make it! Miniskirt nurse outfit, and miniskirt maid outfit must be necessary too, it surely will fit her. Im looking forward to it?

    Diligently making various outfits for Dancing Girl, I mass produce both clothes and underwear. Ive been doing measurements since the day we met, measuring her over, and over, and over, touching and rubbing, and investigating, so this part is perfect. Her equipment is still a mystery to me, so for now its fine to prioritize clothes. Ah~, hairbrushes, a toothbrush, nail clippers, and daily necessities are also important. She seems to have taken a great liking to the body soap, allowing me to enjoy a smooth and silky skin one wouldnt expect from an ex-mummy-san. Thank you for a treat?

    She is already very popr at DANCE REVO and Girls-only Gatherings. She surely will soon be friends with everyone and forget about her loneliness. Well, it would be lonely not to have her cling to me anymore, but Dancing Girls happiness is more important. Well, even if she stops clinging to me, Im sure Ill still enjoy getting pushed down by her, so its fine?

    Since I brought her with me I want her to be happy. Im certainly happy about her coiling around me and doing such amazing things to me in such positions, but if she gets along with everyone, not just Armored Pres-san, she should be able to find the ce where she truly belongs. Its very soothing for me too, but a lewd figure has popped out from the nket?

    Pushing down Armored Pres-san who just got up I continue my work. Making Dancing Girl that just recovered surrender I continue my work, engaging in a fierce battle with Armored Pres-san who just rose up, I defeat her, and continue my work, mming Dancing Girl that just woke up with my overflowing Highschool Boy and defeating her, continue my work. I mean, seeing those four beautiful legs sticking out of the nket is too distracting? Like, Im staring at them non-stop? Even now?

    I guess Ive made about the same amount of clothing as Armored Pres-san has? I dont think she needs as many hats though, so the rest can be made after asking about her preferences. Yeah, naturally, Ive already made all of the clothes that suit my preferences! Im sure white cheongsam will look great with that amber skin, and of course, there is a mini version toO! I want to see it~!

    That leaves essories, but they also can be made after finding out what she prefers. Ive made a ton in Egyptian style, so if we end up with extra they could be sold along with belly dancer outfits. But since everyone hasnt been in dungeonstely, they are penniless. The overflown dungeons were pretty shabby, so they didnt bring much profit. Well, I was the one who dragged them into this, so Ill give them a discount Its the maidens war time! (bargain sale)

    Now, Ive finished with the side job, so Oh no, Im out of mana! And Armored Pres-san unexpectedly revived at the same time with Dancing Girl. Im already being dragged into the bed, held from both sides, but I cant bring out even a singleTentacle! As I thought, prolonged fights are not for me. Or rather, putting away Item Bag with Mana umtor, Id obviously run out of mana? As expected, revenge (lewd) breeds revenge (lewd), and now, a tragic payback is about to befall me. Eehm, please be gentle? Eh? Shake-shake? Its a no, it seems! (Vition in process

 Chapter 304

    Chapter 304

    Day 74  Morning, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    A case for public concern emerged in the morning. Yeah, suspicious person eyewitness reports? Or rather, I see nine of them right in front of me I mean, their eyes are crazy!

    UOOOOOOOOOOH! Little girls!

    All hands, capture them! Dead or Alive!

    Jaa!

    Thus, suspicious people (the geeks) were apprehended and isted. The threat to the orphan girls have passed. Alright, lets burn them.

    Oooh, Haruka! We are back! And yeah, we plundered tons of goods and money, but Oda-kun and others gave away everything to Beastfolk, so we got nothing?

    The Idiots are left to roam free, but they while do pose some issue in educational sense, its fine, Im sure seeing them the orphans will try they hardest not to turn out like that. In a way, this idiots are the top-tier educational material for what not to do.

    Long time no see~, Im actually surprised that you came back, Ive already begun to think that you found your new calling in the life of banditry and piracy and going feral returned to the forest? Is this the fruits of Pres-samas training? Like, Housee back)? Sort of?

    I thought that they mightve made a jackpot, but they returned penniless, as usual idiots. Im sure they simply came back because they got hungry. Stray idiots?

    Haruka-kun, why are we being detained and tied up immediately aftering back?

    Its just an arrest operation carried out on eyewitness reports of suspicious individuals? The crime was prevented in a timely manner, so the best course of action would be burning to death, like, in a disaster prevention educational way? Kind of?

    And the criminals beganining. Letting them step into an orphanage too great of a risk after all!

    Suspicious individuals? Werent we ssmates?!

    We finished the mission and went back, we came here only because on the way we found the sign telling us toe here?

    To think we would get apprehended before even gettingWee back

    We just were surprised since there were so many children

    Nonono, you didnt get Wee back because before sayingWere backyou began super overreacting to the children, okay? Its an orphanage, so of course there would be children, if there werent any and it instead had only middle-aged men I wouldve long since burned down the ce! In the first ce, with your first line beingLittle girls!uttered in unison, you arent just suspicious, you are real criminals! The very fact that you reacted only to the little girls makes you suspicious individuals among suspicious individuals worthy of apprehension, the guilty verdict with trial omitted upon the report and instant execution! You Suspicious Geeks! If you are going to react only to the little girls, the little tanuki is going to be sad and start stress eating, getting a round belly despite not having any bre GYUWAAAAAA!!

    I got bitten! The dangerous small animal seems to have snuck up on me before I noticed. Thats right, in the flock of orphans, there is an imposter mimicking them not, she is just being her usual self, but the fact that she is lurking among them is scary! That aside, can some remove this small animal gnawing me on the head already? Yeah, she is biting in pretty hurt, so it hurts.

    And so, we are back.For starters, Id like you to remove these ropes?

    Then, a portion of girls is pressing them for the reason why the didnt return right away. Even though that much is obvious without asking?

    Yeah, they finally got angry. Thats all.

    And so, with the Geeks giving an incoherent retelling of events, additionally supplemented by the Idiots nonsensicalmentary, the exnation reached heights of confusing, but Trantor Pres-san seems to have solved all of the mysteries. Yeah, its amazing that she can understand such nonsensical rubbish?

    Eerm, in other words, you annihted the Confederations beastmen hunting force, and also managed to free beastmen captured by them, but then you chased after the ships carrying beastmen captured before that, and ended storming into the Confederations harbors, which led to navalbat, and you thought youd run away since you freed beastmen already, but then Kakizaki-kun and others jumped on the enemy ships and begun to rampage, so you couldnt go back on your own, and since you went to board all other ships in the harbor along the way, freeing all of the beastmen ves you saw and sinking all of the ships, it took you a while? Then you went back to the Beastmen Country to bring rescued beastmen to a safe ce, gave them all of the goods you plundered, which dyed you even further? Is that it?

    Whats what we said.

    Perfect trantion! As expected of Trantion President-san. Her reasoning is so wless that she mightve already Plundered skillsInterpretationorTrantionsomewhere.

    I mean, she managed to get that fromAnimal earsThe fluffWe got to touch themI wanted to touch it so much!Haruka, Im hungryAfter all, the formation of the shipsNo, the bunny earsWhat are you talking about, the Tail-sama wasHaruka, you got anything to eat?!And so we chased the animal ears, and thenThose were some good animals ears!But being too scared, their fluffinessHaruka, I want rice!And so Kakizaki-kun and others went berserkYeah, like the real leap ofAnd if you ask us why we made a cannonThats right, we couldnt hit anything with the projectile even when we threw them by hand?But when we made the cannon to shoot, Slime-sanYeah, Jiggle-Jiggle, it saidand so we turned in the direction it was pointing, and it was the Frontier?And so it flew away And we were wondering if something happened.But Fluffiness is Justice!And so we went to return them, but they were still afraidAnd the viges were burned downHaruka, Im about to starve here!so we left everything there ! By the way, the nine of them were speaking all at once, and 10 times that. Well, it goes without saying that 90% of that was about animal ears and fluff.

    For now, they are being noisy, so lets have breakfast. Naturally, the Geeks are getting the farthest seats from the orphans.

    Sorry, Haruka-kun, we didnt make it in time. The beastfolk warriors fought so desperately Trying to save children Fought and died. Sorry We didnt make it in time.

    Is that so

    Yeah

    As I thought, I made another mistake. Thats why they went to get back the captured. But they couldnt make it in time anyway In the end, I failed to protect everything again. And the Geeks also understand that they didnt actually rescue them, but came toote instead. Because the possibility was there. Even so, I overlooked it, thats why they didnt make it in time.

    By the way, who is that stunning beauty that chained us up?

    Ah, an oriental pretty girl hath descended?

    How is she able to tie us up and disable the barrier in the brief moment before its activation?!

    Pretty girls in another world are of higher level than 2D!

    Aah, you mean Dancing Girl? She is that, that stuff that often happens, that, you know, how should I put it, she is well, that? Well, I Tamed her? (Tehepero)

    Aaah he did it again!Just explode already!

    Looks like tehepero doesnt work for me the same way it does for Armored Pres-san? Well, she is sly, but also cute, so you end up forgiving her, you know? Yeah, being pretty has benefits?

    After calling Dancing Girl and having them greet each other I then warn her not to get anywhere near them to avoid getting infection. Then I let them say hello to the orphans, and told them to immediately report if the Geeks were to approach them.

    (Im saying just in case, but her actual name is not Dancing Girl-san, its Nefertiri-san.)

    (((No, we were confident thats not her name!)))

    (((She seems very strong Did he save her as well?)))

    (Yup, again. The orphans here, Nefertiri-san, everything and everyone.)

    (((So it was that dangerous here. We are very sorry for beingte!)))

    (You did what was necessary, didnt you? Haruka-kun was happy with that, saying that you are finally fighting on your on volition.)

    (I see.)

    Pres-san is chatting with the Geeks? Well, it must be another sermon. Savor the taste of Pres-samas terrifying sermon! Im getting x20 that daily! Moreover, at least 15 times per day!!!

    And we also learned the reason why Slime-san returned by flight. It really was a Slime Cannon. I gave the Geeks magic stone high-explosive projectiles and magic stone bombs for the sake of navalbat. But due to their clumsiness, they couldnt hit the target even when throwing by hand. Just how clumsy can you be!

    So they made a gun barrel and tried to shoot from it, and apparently got 100% uracy ratio even at long range. Just how skillful are they?!

    Normally, it should be aplete reverse, getting a good angle of fire on a shaking ship is more difficult. Howe their dexterity isnt getting improved despite getting enhanced by DeX stat? Looks like their Geekness Skill is overriding it.

    And sensing the crisis, Slime-san made the Geeks turn the cannon to the Frontier, climbed inside, andunched itself, sending Continental Ballistic Cluster Slime-san. Thats why the Frontier was saved.

    It sensed the danger from such a distance Is it because of Taming?

    So, what about about animal ears and fluffiness?

    They were afraid of humans, so we tried to keep our distance, so forget fluff-fluff, we didnt even get to talk

    Thats not surprising. They met in the worst way possible. Even if they saved them, from the beastfolks point of view they are the same humans. It couldve been different if they made in time. But since they didnt As humans they are nothing more than an object of hatred and fear.

    Then what about the people, or rather beastfolk, at the viges?

    They were observing us from cover, so we extinguished fires at the viges, arbitrarily made graves, and after loudly deringWell leave this hereleft, leaving the captured children and goods at the viges.

    Forgeting in touch, it seems they were unable to establish anymunication at all. Well, its the Geeks and Idiots, so its a question if they wouldve been able tomunicate properly even under normal circumstances. The Confederations fleet was annihted as the result, so the Beastmen Country should be safe for a while. Even more so if they had their battalion annihted. They cant afford to carelessly meddle with the Beastmen Country anymore.

    And the Geeks hesitant aura have dissipated. Theyve finally made their resolve. Perhaps its not what they were hoping for, but they still became heroes in another world. Although the world they desired was probably not as bad as this Thats why the finally resolved themselves.

    Well Good work?

    Yes, we are back?

    Haruka, another servingHey, this bucket is too smallNot enough burgersA bucket of rice balls!, what about karaage?Another one!!

    Its getting noisy again. Am I not allowed to bury them underground? The middle-aged men were supposedly rescued by now, so it should be an empty area. Ah But Underground Dwellers probably would be very annoyed!

    No, those are the Idiots, so they might on the contrary find a way to get along Lets leave them alone, I guess?

 Chapter 210: No hassle, no waste, simple, swift, and very ecological.

    Chapter 210: No hassle, no waste, simple, swift, and very ecological.

    Day 58  Morning, White Weirdo Inn

    We received a message from the lord''s mansion the first thing in the morning, they were finally able to get the details out of Royal Girl''s Maid-san, and afterparing them with the information Stalker Girl''s n was able to gather, began to understand the rotten war currently ongoing in the capital.

    In the end, it was the same usual clich that is constantly repeating itself somewhere, tireless strife of foolish ipetent idiots also called power struggle, extremely dim-witted and dumb infighting.

    Alright, let''s kidnap every single aristocrat and royal, arm them with swords, and force them into a death game! Problem solved. This way they can resolve their squabbles among themselves with no unnecessary casualties, a very ecologic, simple, and swift deathmatch, and if all of them manage to die it''s even better? It''s the douche king and douche nobles we are talking about anyway, even butchering them all is not enough. We should wait until they are weakened from killing each other and then throw Bitch Queen into the arena to bite them to death! They should have a taste of true horror! Sort of?

    I''m not biting anyone and they don''t need any taste either! In the first ce, why are you trying to throw me into the arena? Why am I being treated as a true horror?! And also, I told you that I''m not evolving into Bitch Queen! Wait, in the first ce, I''m not even a Bitch Leader or even a bitch! How many times do I have to tell you that before you finally understand?! Remember my name already! Why do I still have Bitch in my status?! Why do you refuse to memorize my name and keep trying to evolve me into Bitch Queen? Why are you not even trying to remember my name, but trying to throw me to bite someone''s head or evolve me into bitch queen!!? *Pant, pant, pant*

    So after all, she can''t evolve without getting level 100? Are there other sorts of walls aside from Level Wall? Like Race Wall or Evolution Wall? Well, if it''s just a Bitch Wall she should be able to bite her way through it. I mean, she is looking at me with the face as if she is about to jump me any moment now? It''s very scary? Even though it''s the nobles and royalty who are to me and I''m totally innocent?

    The war is a bit that, but nobles and royalty must have their own viewpoints too? Don''t you think that gathering them up to have a death game and then ughtering the survivors is too much?

    Power struggle, temper struggle, or whatever they are having, if they want a fight to the death they should do it on their own without involving other people. If they aren''t dragging others into their crap then they are free to kill each other as much as they want, and they drop dead on their own too, no one will stop them. Quite the contrary, I strongly endorse that, and if they encounter a miserable end, I''ll evenugh in ridicule? Be it royalty or nobles, as long as they are not dragging other people into their fights, they can kill each other to their heart''s content. And that resolves it, simple and easy?

    It doesn''t matter if those that want to kill each other do it on their own, but turning it into a war and dragging many unrted people into it greatly changes things turning into a royal pain in the ass. There is no issue at all with them killing each other by themselves.

    The church faction, nobles'' armies, and the first prince''s loyalists of the royal army formed an allied force, naming it Frontier Subjugation Force . Their goal is to take the head of Omui-sama for his opposition towards the kingdom, deliver the dungeon master''s treasures to the kingdom and the church, and make the frontier supply the royal family, the church, and the nobles with magic stones pretty much free of charge. Currently, more than one-third of the kingdom''s military is part of this faction, plus numerous small nobles from various regions.

    That was all information that they gave us, nothing particrly crucial it seems. Well, even so, we now know their objectives, looks like they want Meripapa-san''s head, the dungeon master''s riches, and envement of the frontier. Since we have regeneration mushrooms Meripapa-san''s head is not a big deal, but they also want to take the dungeon master''s treasures, that''s very bold of them.

    They might be idiotic, ignorant, and ipetent fools, but their courage is worthy of praise. Going this far, it can''t even be called foolhardiness, but one can''t help but be impressed since they willingly want to experience horrors so great that even thinking about them is revolting.

    I mean, the dungeon master in question is no dungeon master but dungeon emperor, or rather, that''s Armored Pres-san, moreover, if we are talking about dungeon masters we also can''t forget Slime-san. And they want to deliver that to the church and the kingdom. The world is going to perish in an instant. Everything will be destroyed the instant they receive such a donation, be it a capital, a kingdom, or a church. They are happily eating hamburgers for breakfast right now, but they are the scariest, the strongest, and the most destructive duo of weapons of mass annihtion in this world, and they want to present that? Even if one has the desire to end their life, they''d still run away crying from that, and they want to send this in? Could it be that their aim is the downfall of humanity? When they have no weak point in the form of myself around they can be so terrifyingly strong that even thinking about it is a bit scary, you know? So much so that I''m impressed that humanity and the continent managed to survive to this day? It''s not a joke at all. I''m absolutely serious about this.

    Such recklessness~, and such ipetence~? And if on top of that they also have no n, it''s gonna be GRAND SLAM at this rate? After all, Angelica-san and Slime-san are a danger to this world on their own but were they to try to make a move on them, the worst and the strongest unreasonable master will massacre them with a sinister smile~?

    Right? Were it Angelica-san and Slime-san alone, they might''ve gotten off with only their armies and country destroyed, but if their master gets involved, then even theirmon sense and minds will be shattered?

    In the first ce, I read epics from the Theocracy, but the best I could find was how a god-chosen hero, shielded from Instant Death by Divine Protection, finally defeated an Evil Eye after 3 days of battle? If that''s all they have, why would they even think about challenging the guy who made that god kneel, lecturing him, and then instantly killed an Evil Eye by ring at it?

    Hm? They were supposed to be worried about me, but at some point, they began simply dissing me? I mean, they are clearly dissing me super hard! They even began referencing some religious epics, and ended with badmouthing me! I mean, back then, Instant Deathjust got Reflected, probably! I didn''t kill it by ring at it! I mean, it died the very moment our eyes met, I didn''t re at it at all? So I''m innocent?

    Looks like they already began preparing for the march, while all organizational and expeditionary preparations werepleted. But it seems they weren''t given the n, the army apparently was not informed of the strategy? Are they keeping it secret fearing that the information might leak? Or perhaps a different top-secret n is currently being carried out at some other ce. But neither Stalker Girl''s n nor Maid Girl have any information, nor did they hear of any sort of secret weapon. Maybe they got some sort of big shots on their side? If they have Lv200 adventurers, breaking through the fake dungeon should be possible Probably? Ability-wise it should be enough. Well, hang in there? I guess?

    I was sure that they would try to cross the mountains on a flying ship or something and was actually looking forward to that, but apparently, there is no such thing. I already began preparing, fully intending to capture it, but apparently, there is no such thing? I mean, what boy wouldn''t want to get a flying ship?

    And so, receiving thetest information we were trying to discuss it, but talking about ns or countermeasures is difficult when it all makes no sense, just what the hell are theying for? No, I mean, I heard their goals? I remember them, there is no way I can forget something that I heard some moments ago? Yeah, I definitely remember hearing something. But I don''t get the meaning behind the actions of their army. At all.

    They are simply marching with a great force? That''s it?

    Alright, okay, but I don''t understand what their countermeasures for the fake dungeon and gueri warfare are. It seems that nothing could be found no matter how much they investigated. What are theying for?

    Well, let''s scout things out with my new weapon, heavily armored remote-control reconnaissance-in-force-type golem-kun num.1, when they get closer. Since it''s not a monster I''ll have to remotely control it, but it''s just a disposable lump of stones. It''s a slightly fortified dirt cheap weapon operating on cheap magic stones. It being wire-controlled is the weakness, but it wouldn''t trouble me at all if it got destroyed or captured.

    But on the other hand, it also means that there is nothing to do until then. I mean, it''s just an army walking from afar, there is nothing to countern or countermove. Since they are walking from a distant ce, their shoes might get damaged, so maybe I can profit by opening a shoe store? No, wait, they areing to visit us from so far away, so selling souvenirs might be even more profitable. How about a pennant with Frontierwritten on it? For the shape, I guess, triangr is the best? Good grief,ing up with adequate measures is not easy.

    Hmmm, it doesn''t seem like there is anything we can do at the moment. No matter how much we ponder on it, there is no information that we can build countermeasures upon, so let''s wrap the meeting and go raid some dungeons?

    Agreed.

    This time we will get the passing mark!

    That''s right, down with the dungeon masters.

    Putting that futile thinking aside still doesn''t mean that we are getting to rest, huh. Is she trying to be a hardworking workaholic girl? At the very least, it seems that no one is trying to be a neet. Well, I became one even before I got any ideas of bing one, but despite that, I don''t seem to get any days off. What an unwee title. Fighting three 50F bosses today is impossible, two boss fights might be possible, but regardless of whether they pass or not, if there are floors below 50 I''ll be taking over. Dungeon items are a shortcut to strengthening. Since we have no idea how to break through the level 100 wall, there is no other option but to try toplete our equipment while fighting and earning experience. There is nothing bad about being over prepared. As they say, have a walking stick ready before you stumble, and if you beat the obstacle to death with it, there is no need to worry about stumbling anymore.

 Chapter 306

    Chapter 306

    Day 74  Evening, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    It was very, very troublesome, but I made tuxedos for the Geeks and Idiots But when they tried them on it looked terrible. No, there is no issue with the size or the design. Its a mass producible design made with pattern paper, but the pattern paper was made for the Geeks and Idiots, so there is no issue. The issue was with the models!

    For starters, there are the Idiots, who should look presentable in the right clothes, tall, muscr, and well-toned, as much as it pisses me off, but they have good-looking faces too, justifying the fan letters they were getting from all over Japan. In other words, not only do they have no other issues aside from being idiots, but judging by appearances alone, they are actually pretty high level. And yet, how did it be like this? For some reason its so terrible that one can almost hear the music from Godfather in the background. Those are without a doubt mafia hitmen. And for some reason, the more formal the outfit gets the more dangerous they look. At this rate they might not even be allowed into the pce. Okay, lets abandon them if they get stopped and arrested.

    And then there are the Geeks, cant say I didnt expect this, but they still went into an unexpected direction. They have a medium build and got in shapeing here, so there should be no issue physique-wise, but why do they look so fishy and suspicious? Like professional crooks, or rather evil wizards? Their long unkempt hair also adds to the overall shadiness.

    Well, I got them tuxedos, so the rest doesnt matter? They probably will get arrested the moment they try to pass through the gates of the Royal Pce, but it doesnt matter. In a way, arresting the is the correct decision.

    Perhaps because the girls are still hesitating, no orders for dresses areing. Everyone is stillparing five papers with different designs, so its still going to take a while.

    Or maybe they are scared of Evil Hands. The way the Bitches broke down was abnormal. Even Vice A and Vice C before that were quite bad.

    Its only a guess, but Evil Hands are formed from mana, so perhaps they are d in other skills in Magic Wrap fashion? So a delicate touch made with Wisdom-sans control greatly increases attack power.

    If that is correct, then there is a danger of it now being buffed withSex KingandLewd Artstoo. It doesnt seem like this behavior can be disabled, so Im not sure what to do about this, but the situation is clearly not okay.

    However, I dont think Ill need to make more shorts, and even if a new orderes, it should be alright to make them with the previous measurements. Or rather, it would be a huge problem handling measurements with those uncontroble lewd tentacles if not! Getting too immodest and improper can give a raise to certain highschool boy-like highschool boy issues, causing highschool boy much highschool boy like suffering and frustration? Kind of?

    However, while I think that dresses and garter belts should be alright, its also a fact that after seeing the way Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl were excessively overreacting yesterday, I cant help but feel uneasy. While I enjoyed being able to touch them all over countless hands, having a marvelous experience, for them the stimtion was apparently quite much? They show quite an extreme reaction to what seemed to be an relentless and fierce stimtion, so it seems it was tough. In the end, here I too have ss cannon build, I have to take them down before they get me! No, like, those moves from the peak of sexual techniques are a parade of dangerous undefendable techniques whose advance bears temptation and pleasure to great for highschool boy to resist?

    Armored Pres-san kept scolding me every morning that she thought she was going to die, but this really has a risk of sending one on a one-way trip to heaven. Yesterday, I ended up at their mercy after running out of mana, being subjected to this and that from both sides I felt like Im about to ascend from this mortal coil from their service, assaulting my entire body in waves, while keeping me pincered from two fronts in heaven and hell-like RE:like Loop.

    Well, the Geeks and Idiots.

    Or rather, those unkempt heads of hours are gloomy and annoying, thats why Im always offering to burn them, but you keep being all modest and refusing, letting such a mess grow your heads? Alright, lets burn it!

    Dont! Just cut it normally, or rather, Haruka-kun, you hair havent grown at all, but the hairstyle subtly changed?

    Im cutting my hair, obviously?

    Yeah, since going to a hairdresser is a bother I was doing it myself for a long while already, so Im used to it. Im good with both scissors and razor, you know? I prefer shaggy hair by the way.

    Just cut it, no need to burn it! Or rather, you had scissors, huh.

    Ah, alright, Ill cut it~, Sword sh!

    The summit which I should pursue is Armored Pres-sans Sword shafter all. Well, pursuing only, it cant be realistically replicated, but it should be enough to cut the Geeks heads

    Wait a moment!

    Kuh! They deployed a barrier in a split second?! Looks like they improved, or rather, they are cheapskates, they taught me how to use Seal, but refuse to let me used it on them? Yeah, I couldnt seal Barrier skill.

    Thats the wrong Cut!

    What do you meanSword sh!?! Dont use Angelica-sans ultimate move to cut hair!

    And what was that low stance for? From such posture youd cut our heads, not hair!

    Eerm, please leave sidelocks?

    Eeeh, but cutting your hair one by one is such a bother? Cutting heads will take only one sh for all four

    Since cutting mens hair is not enjoyable, I thought Id at least enjoy cutting off their heads, but even such modest wish was rejected?

    Well pay you double, so please just cut it normally!

    Double! Thank you for patronage?

    If Im getting money for it, then its work, if so, then sadly, Ill have to diligently cut their hair. If its double, then it cant be helped. I wonder if mohawks will suit them? Hyaahaa?

    pping a water ball on their heads, I endure with just cutting their hair with razors into shaggy, arrange it a bit, and using well-bnced scissors add finishing touches. Evil Hands yed an active part,bing their hair with 12bs, cutting with 16 razors, and adjusting with 8 scissors.

    Well, you are just the geeks, so this will do, wait Hm? Your Geekness is gone!

    What do you mean Geekness! Ah, but you are right, its kind of embarrassing.

    They are barbershop regrs. Barbers use their professional techniques to cut the hair in the proper length ording to the shape of the head, the actual looks oftene second. Beauticians, on the other hand, make appearance the priority. Thats why they might be cut in irregr or even shapes. And its the beauticians era, so they ended up looking more modern-like and lost their geekness!

    Ah, they are cutting hair on their own, thats soooo unfair!

    Oda-kun and others got such fashionable cuts!

    Dont call it fashionable! Its pretty embarrassing.

    Oh~, it suits you~Yeah, you look cooler this wayThat unkempt impression is gone!You even appear more attractiveHunkness 50% UP?Ah, he even did a bit of gradation cut! Such attention to detailsCutting with razor gave it a natural lookNice, you look more refreshing, you know?If you also dye it you can make you debut as yboys?Aaaah! It might actually suit them!Are they going to be ygeeks?That oveps with someone.They look better this way, like serious and nice guys.Yeah, this is definitely better.

    Being surrounded andplemented by the girls, the Geeks are acting bashful with bright red faces. With this they might be more conscious about their appearance? I might even be able to rip them off on clothes!

    The Geeks have a very strong rejection towards our original world. Their hearts are probably closed even to the ssmates. Thats why they were living in dreams of another world.

    But they really came there. If its in another world, then they might even be able to find love with someone from this world. Should I report them?

    For how embarrassed they were about being praised by the girls, they sure look happy, so its not like they are twisted, they simply were embarrassed since they arent used to gettingpliments.

    Ah, the Idiots noticed them! Just arrange your long hair yourself, is what Id like to say, but might as well rip them off too, maybe that will weaken that mafia-like impression a bit. I mean, if they put long coats on top of tuxedos and took shotguns in their hands theyd look super authentic!

    Finishing cutting and styling the Idiots hair I also trim the orphans hair. Many people in this world have naturally curly hair, so its a bit difficult. The orphan girls especially have many demands. Apparently, they want to be princess-like? Do they want to sell hamburgers? Alright, lets teach them the princess-like way of stomping on the floor next time.

    You look cute.Really?Yeah, very cute.Yaaay!Everyone is cute like angels.Yaay.

    Im happy that they are happy, but Im uncertified both as a beautician or barber? Totally self-taught back-street hairdresser? Or rather, why do the girls even have illustrations with hairstyles prepared? Aaah, Im going to do this too? Yeah, I kind of expected this, but their demands are so detailed! Also, dont even ask for perm! Lets sell the hot curlers next time.

    Preparing dinner, for some reason in viking-like scenery again, Im also operating a beauty salon at the same time. I dont think anyone would ever give a permit to a hair cutting buffet, but since Evil Hands wouldnt let even a single hair drop, there are no sanitation issues at all. Aah~, lets get the bath ready too.

    With the souvenir stores business hours now over everyone has gathered, making a huge ruckus.

    Eeh, am I supposed to do braids too?

    Big brother, do braids for me too.Me too.Big brother, manjuBig brother, how about three dresses per person?I want long hairMe  a princess!Dear brother, I would like a kimono?Haruka-kun is being called big brother by little girls! How envious!We are out of karaage~I can wash dishesMe tooMe? Me?Cut mine short?Big brother, what about chestnut manju?Haruka, Im hungryI, I, Id like the hair like that sisterThen~, I too~ will have braids~Hurry, hurry! And further chaos

    For some reason Im beginning to feel more like a trimmer than a beautician? I wonder why? The next one poodle cut for the little tanuki? Kind of?

 Chapter 307

    Chapter 307

    Day 74  Nighttime, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch, Girls-only Gathering.

    The bath is engulfed in a weird mood. We already had the children leave and started an adult Girls-only Gathering, entering the second educational session of heights of sexual technique course Talk about the experiences! But since there is only one partner, it means

    Caress, rub, stroke.

    Taking everyone by hand, the lecturer Nefertiri-sensei guides each girl through the differences individually. A lecture by the great Hero that managed to defeat that wicked Sex King.

    Aah, so when caressing, youd slide along skin, and rubbing is that but a bit stronger? And when stroking youd move the skin too Stroking it, huh.

    Back of tongue, plenty of saliva, lick?

    (Gulp)

    It was very practical! Everyone received a mushroom as a study material, which was deliciously consumed after the ss?

    The children were in high spirits, getting haircuts and care from Haruka-kun. They lived having no one to rely on but each other, so they were overjoyed, beaming with smiles, having someone whod look after them and spoil them. They looked so happy that I could feel tears welling up just from seeing that.

    Delicious food is a happiness. Pretty clothes are a happiness too, and clean and warm home is a happiness as well. But thats merely it. A happy ce, its not just a house, its a ce where you can feel at ease and your heart is satisfied, a ce where you belong. A ce where it isnt just fine to stay, but where you are wee like its natural for you to be here. This is why That became the favorite spot of the children.

    Oda-kun and others image change was surprising, but whats up with Haruka-kuns skillfulness and knowledge? He apparently was cutting his own hair himself all this time, but isnt the variation way too great?

    Kakizaki-kun and others also got their hair cut, but since they keep long hair, they only had it arranged and trimmed, transforming them from wild-type into clean and fashionable.

    The girls were cutting each others hair, but the difference is clear as day. Haruka-kun has a different touch, his way of handling scissors is smooth and masterful. The result looks natural, pretty, and has a good sense of volume. It seems he is going to introduce hair iron next, so Shimazaki-san and co were overjoyed.

    And today again, everyone was enjoying food to their heart content with all-you-can-eat buffet, then, after cleaning up together, bathing the children, doing ONE MORE SET and belly dance, its adult time.

    However, while the legs got toned with DANCE REVO yesterday, belly dance puts a big strain on stomach and lower back! It requires muscles that usually arent put to much use, so it seemed highly effective. This should slim the stomach and lift up the buttocks! But tomorrow will be ssroom on tango-like footwork.

    Then, we entered the Bath Girls-only Gathering, but the contents of the ss were too risky. Then even Angelica-san joined in, exining the effects! Doing this led to that, and doing that to that resulted in that, and the differences in reaction when licking or tracking with lips, she carefully went into all of that in great detail. Ah, another one sunk!

    Take, down, first Cant be, on the receiving end youll die? Go mad? Will go un, con, sci, ous.

    Kyaaaa (*bubble bubble*)

    Apparently, its offensive power that matters, and guarding is pointless. Failing to push through will result in receiving a counter, and taking such a stimting attack that it would feel like you are about to die or go insane, which will make you faint! Sex Kind is terrifying!

    Mind. Memory. nk

    Nooooooooo (*blub blub*)

    The girls are having blood rush to their heads and sink one after another. Time to pull up and retreat to the room.

    The elven little sister, Erailia, joined Girls-only gathering after she got the children to sleep, but it seems that for her first participation the contents were too much, as she kept drowning with a bright red face, but aftering back to her senses, she earnestly listened to the continuation while clenching her fists with a bright red blush.

    Everyone is hurrying, anxious to hear whats next, but still taking their time to carefullyb their hair. It was Haruka-kun who cut it after all, and even this brush was made by Haruka-kun. It was expensive though.

    Then, putting hair bands which went on sale along with leotards we moved to the room. From here on its a practical lecture with demonstration on top of the bed.

    The-the tongue from below even if pinned down!

    E-eeeh, spotting the weakness hed y bite there!?

    Even with hands and legs restrained, the tentacles are still squirming around

    And-and he freely uses Vibration Magic too? A simple touch cane with a vibration?!

    Looks like obtaining skills in this world gave birth to a terrifying monster. He shouldve had nothing but junk skills, but what is this direction they are collectively taking? Well, he did manage to defeat the Dungeon Emperors duo?

    Even tracing with a finger is dangerous? Lewd Artsare crazy!

    The effects extend even to the tentacles The Great Demon Lord of Tentacles and Sex King!

    An offense has to be carried out while gluing to him, or he will get away and it will bepletely one-sided, but sticking tight to him means those tentacles and vibration

    And with Regeneration Lv 7 he recovers immediately! Pawooo?!

    No, no one said pawoo? I dont think That elephant-san can trumpet? But well, instant recovery is certainly terrifying. In a drawn-out battle it will leave onepletely at his mercy. A monster with menacing fighting power,bat durability, and recovery strength, that is Sex King.

    But if we are talking about regeneration~, then we have the pres here~.

    Oh, right.

    Then the pres will be tanking attacks, the rest is on offense.

    She is going to tank them With her own body while regenerating.

    Whoooa, taking those maddening attacks while infinitely regenerating?

    She is going to take that tentacle hell with her own body? Wont she melt?

    Why am I the tank? Why am I pushed alone into this like a sacrifice?! Or rather, I never said a thing about taking him on? And m-m-melting!

    W-w-w-why am, am, am I supposed to be the one taking him on?! S-S-Such, tons of tentacles with Vibration and Lewd Arts crawling all over the body, n-n-n-no way! And, and, and Haruka-kun using his t-tongue to li-li-lick, to lick such ah! Ah, and p-y-biting. (*phweeee*)

    Medic~, the usual mushroom please~.

    (*nom*)

    Such a coward, its going to take a while.

    Yeah.

    Perhaps because I was irritated about drama y, but looks like being teased by everyone hit me in the soft spot. I know this myself, but its still frustrating. And Haruka-kun who is trying to watch it without any care is also Haruka-kun! I mean, what he wants to see is definitely not the y, but the Warrior Maidens in bikinis!

    Angelica-san and Nefertiri-san made up their resolve, and sharpening their minds dressed up and went to Haruka-kuns room. Today there are body-conscious mini one-pieces dresses.

    And another battle is going to begin.

    Both of them just want to please Haruka-kun and see him happy? Why does he fight against it? They are offering him their deepest gratitude and most intimate love, but he has to counterattack them, creating chaotic skirmishes every night,peting for the best pleasure (takedown) score. Im sure that tonight too, sparks will scatter on the battlefield, and an endless battle will unfold, exhausting the limits of Lewd Arts. Heights of Sexual Technique is a form of expression of respect, loyalty, and courtesy to someone one respects and loves by devoting to them ones body and self, so why does it be an endless hell of Sexual Vs Lewd arts? Thats kind of lewd?

 Chapter 308

    Chapter 308

    Day 74  Nighttime, the Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    Partly as an experiment, Im making new anklets. Anklets with many charms that can be used for belly dance.

    And with three effects applied to them, elerationEvasionsh Stepthey make for an extraordinary piece of equipment. I mean, previously, with an ordinary-tier magic stone only one effect couldve been applied? Getting two with a high-tier magic stone was a good oue, you know? And now, with what is most likely E or D tier magic stone, its three. With improvement in technical skill the quality of resulting items have also greatly increased.

    As I thought, it improved, or rather, the difference is so clear that its more like, there is a gap by an order of magnitude?

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    With Wisdom revolutionizing crafting techniques, and boostingEvil Hands efficiency, uracy, precision, and speed had entered a new dimension. But more importantly, the control is easy. It was hiding because of this superb performance, so if this went out of control there is a good chance it can be life threatening. Well, its always life threatening, so there is no point in worrying about such a thing.

    Ill have to fully renew the equipment of the ssmates. The difference in performance with new items is so remarkable, that updating equipment can be considered essential. This is going to protect their lives, and increase the probability of survival.

    In other words, Ill have to make everything again, huh. With basic performance being this different, I probably should redo things from the measurement and drafting stage. But considering Evil Hands current impact, it seems too dangerous to do bottom, most likely, bras are the limit. Even gather belts are too risky.

    At the moment, nothing beats good dungeon items after they are mitrilified, however, the dresses Im making right now will end up an equipment of higher rank than ordinary dungeon items after mithrilification. There is a need to revise everything in regards to equipment, and I also now can make certain items fromLets Go Magic Tools!which I previously couldnt touch due to the excessive degree of difficulty.

    Casual clothes are going to be unbeatable, no? Well, I also haveOn Alchemy and Smithing, so perhaps I may be able to make weapons too. Even though the speed of manufacturing has increased, since it alsoes with an increase inplexity of work, I still end up with overtime on side job. Side Job-sans turn just never ends, huh?

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    But first, rings. I want to boost Abnormal Status Resistance as much as possible.But a diamond on prongs isnt suited for everyday use?

    Well, I can just consider it a practice. I feel like its a waste of high-grade magic stones, but the girls really wanted this, so might as well do it. I have more than enough magic stones anyway. But considering that they can be turned into mana batteries, its certainly a waste. Dungeon exploration brings more benefit than war. Magic stones and equipment are more valuable than gold, you know?

    Making the ring out of a magic stone, then turning tinum color What do I do about the stone? I do have diamonds, Performance-wise, its peaky. Although it can provide a high instantaneous resistance, it wouldst only for several tens of seconds.Well, if you use good magic stones, basic performance alone should be enough. But it kind of feels like a waste~?

    (Bounce Bounce)

    So diamonds after all. I have more than a hundred, so using 22 is not a big deal, but using high grade magic stones hurts a bit. I have like a mountain of them stockpiled, but a waste still feels like a waste. If we were diving into dungeons daily I probably wouldnt have thought this way, since I was even troubled by how fast they were umting, but when the reserves only keep depleting it does feel like a waste?

    Im currently holding a colossal fortune, actually being a hyper magnate, but turns out, there is unexpectedly no way of spending this money? No, there is, but actual goods have more value.

    I already bought up everything of note that the Capital had. Diamonds were part of that. I thought that I could exploit their instantaneous explosive ability increase to create long range shooting staffs (sniper rifle), but looks like they are going to be rings? I bought a whole lot of various stuff, but everyone is demanding diamonds. I wonder why the girls want burst buffs for Abnormal Status Resistances?

    The crown part of the ring is going to berge, but I guess its better not to bury the stone in. Well, they are going to wear gloves with the dresses, so if they are going to put rings on top of the gloves, then I guess a bit excessive design would be better?

    For the dresses, I made 3 samples each of mermaid, princess, and frills, with temporary sewing, as they seemed to be in highest demand, but if they get stuck on this, they might never make up their minds, going through infinite variations? They must be still wracking their heads and groaning over this at Girls-only gathering. Which reminds me, they oftene for healing mushroomstely, is there a fever going around? Lets give them some bigger ones next time.

    Along the way, I also made various samples ofce gloves, frilled garters, low heel pumps andce veils. It goes without saying that the size of torsos was adjusted for Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl-san. Since its made with Multicolor, I set everything to red or blue, but for some reason, everyone is really insistent on white, just why is it? Something to do with the Kingdoms fashion trends?

    However, those two have such great figures that they look sexy even as just torsos. Its a secret that I unintentionally tried to gently caress them. And its an absolute secret that I groped them a bit too.

    As I focused on the work, the originals of those erotic torsos came back. They mustve had fun at the Girls-only gathering today too, both of them are smiling widely.

    We are back.Back home. Back to the room. Together.

    Wee back, did you have fun? Im slightly busy right now, if you want something from the finished items, let me know? I can adjust them immediately, and I also ept orders for custom-made stuff~? The dresses over there are for you, so you can show them off to everyone tomorrow?

    The two immediately had their eyes fixed on the newly made dresses. Their gazes entranced and even intoxicated? Well, I guess dresses are special for girls. They also have high stats.

    And as Im working towards a good point to pause for today, the two sat down on the bed, looking my way. I very much want to join them, but its a delightful boundary from which there is no return, crossing that there is noing back, and the moment you look back, you are gone again, a direct one-way ticket for gxy express leading past the threshold into the Shangri of infinite pleasures!

    Forcing myself to persevere, I focus on the side job. Naturally, Rajingan is super staring at them. After all, two beautiful girls in tight mini dresses are sitting there constantly changing poses, crossing their legs, W-Sitting, continuously making long-range shing attack, which are aplishing far more than just setting my highschool boys heart on fire, counting instead as arge-scale arson, creating a small Honn-ji [1] in the room. T-They set me up?

    However,the strain from Wisdom-san is huge. If I focus too much, I get this weird feeling as if my brain is getting stirred. Even so, I want to raise the safety of the gear. If this can save their lives, then I dont care about some strain or pain. I dont care, but I keep catching glimpses of something nice

    Kuh, its a trap!

    To think the two would sit grasping their knees while wearing super tight mini ones-pieces! Moreover, they are opening their legs bit-by-bit, shing from M-pose which looks more like W(ee) from here, inviting a highschool boy into the danger zone with its dangerous temptation, a Charm Trap that ignores resists! Is this the effect of Temptation?

    Armored Pres-san is wearing a ck off-shoulder dress on pure white skin, with snow-white thighs visible in Absolute Territory between the tight mini skirt and ck kneesocks, from which she is casting Temptation on me!

    Dancing Girl-san beside her is wearing a white high-neck sleeveless tight mini dress, exposing her amber skin, while her soft thighs are jiggling, following the winding of her long legs in transparent ck stockings, bewitching me with Aphrodisiac effect!

    This is a monochrome Temptation magic! I-I cant resist this spell! What an outrageous design, no, I actually was the one who made those? Yeah, I did?

    Eye of Naked Body already began automatically recording, as expected ofWisdom-san, it knows whats up Wait, just when Rajingan was renamed to Eye of Naked Body? Its Rajingan, okay! I kind of feel like its not exactly wrong too, since both are used for the same purpose, its fine, I guess.

    Then, casually moving her hand to Mysterious triangle zone she is nonchntly moving it there, casting Berserk. T-The monochrome attack from under there tooooooo!!!

    New item. Anklet. Put it on?

    Put it On me too Please

    Saying that the two stretched their long and beautiful legs towards me Putting anklets on tho-tho-those legs, oooooHHH! (Highschool boy supernova!)

    It goes without saying, but the level ofSex King has increased. Yeah, at this rate I might get the skillLimit Break!

 Chapter 309

    Chapter 309

    Day 75  Morning, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch.

    Despite severeck of sleep, its a very refreshing morning. Waking up with full refreshing strength, my highschool boy-like awakening also followed, which was then lickingly attacked over and over again with such vigor that not even Regeneration Lv 7 could help mest. That aside, I wonder why am I restrained with chains in a star pose as soon as I wake up?

    Kuh, they got me! Or rather, they tied me? This must be a nice morning payback forst nights frenzied pleasant hell of vibrating Evil Hands with Lewd Arts.

    Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl-san are running their tongues over a raw mushroom from two sides. Taking turns putting it into their mouths they are hungrily sucking on it. Thats right, its the endless one-sided massacre with a highschool boy repeatedly getting defeated after recovering through forced restoration! Yup, Im wide awake now!!

    Then, I head to the dining hall, rushed by the duo, who are strangely merry since the morning, even though its entirely their fault that Im gettingte? But well, they seem happy, so whatever, or rather, it seems they are delighted over being over to exact their revenge. Fine, then tonight its Revenger Highschool boy time.

    And in the dinner hall, among the usual faces, were Royal Girl and Merimeri-san, hanging out with the girls?

    Kyaaa, so pretty, so lovely, charming, and dazzling!

    Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girls-san arrived wearing the dresses that I finished yesterday,motion erupted among the girls, and the children are also making a ruckus.

    The boys? Completed the art of being the same with the air, might soon be thousand winds? [1] They could start calling themselves Thousand Winds! But if they went with Windows it probably would spread better!

    While Im wondering what business couldve brought Royal Girl and Merimeri-san here, they are making a huge uproar looking at Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl-sans dresses from all sides. Well, I never paid them a penny of sry, so there is no issue with payment in kind, but there is currently a big issue with measurements that it would require.

    The girls are giving them first-hand ounts of their experience with measurements, but despite having a bright red blush on their faces, out of all things, they are clinging super hard to the part about underwear! And then one shing it is as expected Vice Pres B-san, as expected, she was actually a very dangerous character! Just which part of her allowed her to getFirst ce in Good Person Ranking? Ah, but that is some good stuff, they are bouncing? (bounce bounce)

    And since she is opening her clothes to show off her bra, the boys, who already were one with the air, had vaporized, polluting the air? Looks like a powerful air cleaner is required.

    Haruka-san! Please make them for us too, well work for it!

    Aah, well, after so much showing off, they would end up wanting the same. but I already gave dresses to Royal Girl and Merimeri-san? Royal Girls one was super lewd though.

    Apparently, Royal Girl wants red and Merimeri-san pink, but its Multicolor? Just set the color yourself?

    And apparently, Im going to be taking measurements in the morning. Normally, there would be no issues with taking measurements during the morning, but Im sure it is going to be a huge problem, incident, and uproar. Well, since its a rare asion, lets make one for Maid Girl as well. I mean, they have the same physique anyway, since she is a body double for Royal Girl, so its quite convenient.

    S-s-s-s-s-s-stripping Her Highness naked, s-s-s-s-such insolence! A crime! Its a criminal indecency with treacherous intent toward the Royal Family! Even capital punishment is too lenient! You should be arrested under special indecencyws!

    Come on, I told you, there will be a proper Proper? Well, there is a Blindfold President, in name only, who is going to make sure to keep my eyes covered, so in theory, Im not going to see a thing, so will be fine, or rather, she still wasnt dismissed, I wonder why? For some reason, the visibility keeps going up, while vision blocking ability keeps dropping, despite already being despairingly low? Kind of?

    Howe a person, who is covering my mouth or trying to pull open my eyes with so much force that she is threatening to tear my eyelids off, was able to be Blindfold President, and not a single person is raising any objections to that? Perhaps she was able to ovee the resistance with her authority as Dungeon Emperor? But she retired from that position quite some time ago?

    We will be in your care!

    You absolutely mustnt look, alright? I will gouge out your eyeballs if you dare to open them.

    My first concern would be still about my eyelids being torn off, that will probably make gouging eyes out a lot easier!

    Please tell that to the person in charge of blindfolding and not to me? Or rather, I can actually do this while facing the other way, but she keeps trying to force me look over here, holding my head with both hands and using all her might, which should be more than suspicious, and is a cause to make all of rms go off, but she still remains the person in charge of blindfolding. This person in charge of blindfolding, puts such an emphasis on transparency and full disclosure of information, that I wish someone would properly tell her off already. Im rather serious?

    And now, deploy Evil Hands.

    Activate.

    And herees pandemonium.

    Pandemonium, originally emerged as the name of the pce built in the middle of Hell, in John Miltons Paradise Lost, created bybining Greek pan  all, with Latin daemonium  evil spirit, but came to mean wild and noisy disorder or confusion Well, its something?

    AAAAAaaah! A, A, A, A, A AGH, AGHAGHA, GAH, GAGAAGAGAGAh(*flop*)

    Kyyah, Aah, wai-, in-in-in-insolence, wha-a-ah-AAGGAGHHAAAAAAHH(*flop*)

    Hyawawawah! Hya, Ah, eh, not thereee, eeh, eh, eEHEEEHEooh(*flop*)

    I thought that they wouldntst long, so I tried to deploy arge number of Evil Hands, performing measurements at very high speed, but this in turn seems to have increased the stimtion, transforming it into destructive power. They didntst even a minute RIP?

    Its rather difficult to work with them lying on the floor, there is no doubt about that, and Im always having troubles with this, but well? They are hanging now?

    Considerate Dancing Girl saw the issue and restraining them with chains, nicely hanged them from the ceiling in hooray pose, how thoughtful of her? I cant say that I dont feel that there is some sort of an issue with this, but this definitely makes adjustments a lot easier. Since they are going to struggle again when they wake up, Ill try to finish adjustments and revisions while I have this chance. But wonder do I get this feeling that my Affection Rating-san is going further and further away, putting already cosmic scale distances between us? Just why?

    The tempting curves of Royal Girl and her body doubles super sexy bodies lead Evil Hands astray, bing a major reason for idental slips with their smooth and silky skins, and while I had my feel of feedback from Evil Hands, I finished underwear and dresses base. Naturally, a garter belt is a part of baseline equipment too. The rest of adjustments and design modification can be done after hearing out theirments when they wake up and try them up.

    Merimeri-san appeared like a middle-schooler to me, but she already has greatly outdone Vice Pres A-san and C-san, and that gap with only continue to increase with her growth period. Yeah, she is getting bigger. The basic design is that of princess line but withce and drills arranged in three-roll-two drape, giving off a pomp feel. This leaves only to add some corrections and bnce adjustments and it should be good. Now that I think of it, a naked middle-school girl hanging on chains does give me a certain suspicion that this is not a scene that would be particrly well-received by a society, so I think it would be better if I dont think any further about this? It certainly wouldve been a crime if I was stripping her, but since Im doing the exact opposite, making clothes, and putting them on her, its probably alright?

    And well, since they are already hanging, I use the opportunity to also make shoes for all three, marking thepletion of work for now. I think it didnt take me even 15 minutes? Thats fast. But considering their violent twitching, the offensive power has gone up way too much.

    They are already fully equipped with underwear, dresses, shoes, gloves, and garter belts on, so there should be no issue with opening my eyes, there shouldve been no issues, but thats definitely not the case.

    Yeah, having a kingdoms princess, a youngdy of a noble house, and apanying maid, hanging from the ceiling unconscious, bound by chains, kind of makes for a fatally viinously brutish image seeping with plenty of wickedness worth an infinite number of negative Affection Rating. Why does it make me feel that my Affection Rating-san has run away at lightspeed with such momentum as if its trying to get to the other side of the macrocosm?

    No, I mean, I simply made clothes for them? They asked me to do it, so I did, so what the hell with Affection Rating-san escaping at the speed of 299792458m/s?

    Well, lets just give up if the speed goes over 300000km per second. Now then, I should be able to finish dresses for the girls tonight, and Royal Girl andpany also had outfits prepared. Then dance battle conquest of the Royal Pce and ykings subjugation could be carried out tomorrow, I guess? Well, this can be left up to Meripapa-san to decide, I guess?

    The equipment is perfect, the only question left is how the nobles will react.

    With the decadent nobles being purged from the Capital and the real power falling into the hands of upstanding nobles and the Royal Family leading them, there is should be no issues left. There might be some small fries left here and there, but as proper structure solidifies, they should be left with no room left to meddle, or a chance to evere to prominence. But countryside nobles are different. Among the Four Great Marquess Houses, one sided with the First Prince but the pig faction has lost its power, so its going to be demolished, another one supported the Second Prince the monkey faction also was purged, so its going to remain in name only, but in fact is also to be demolished. But, that leaves two houses that didnt join the rebel forces since they were at odds with those two houses, but also didnt act for the sake of the Royal Family.

    The battle for the Kingdom is over. Are they going to kneel and pledge their loyalty? Or are they going to try to do something? If they arent on our side, then they are the same as enemies, and if they are enemies, we must be prepared and have means to crush them. Its an instant victory if its about military power, its an easy victory if its about economic power, and even in terms of political power, the Royal Family has formed a unified front with the Frontiers count and the Capitals nobles. Well, I guess its underhanded means then?

    But even now, after such a long wait, and all of the signboards that I installed at every corner, to guide and wee the would-be attackers, there is not a single assassin (beautiful female assassin) showing up. Just when Beautiful Female Assassins are going toe?

    This scene looks way too suspicious, reminding of That sort of thing, and leaving them unconscious is also kind of pitiful, so I showed three healing mushrooms of the lowest tier into their mouths, and oh, how wondrous, the scene looks even worse than before? I wonder why?

    As expected, making shorts is way too dangerous, and leads to the most outrageous oue. Yeah, I think this is the face one shouldnt make before one gets married?

    Haruka-kuun, when you are done with this, please make more womens clothes Wait, what the hell are you doing here?! This is definitely GUILTY! Well be taking you into custody!

    Yeah, this entire scene kind of smelt like a crime, so I thought I might get scolded, and I got scolded after all? Or rather, Im being hauled off as caught red-handed?

    Do you have anything to say in your defense?

    This pattern again. Looks like Im going to have to exin the mechanism of this world, in other words, me doing nothing wrong at all, again.

    No, you got it all wrong. They asked me to make clothes for them, so I was making them clothes, and then they all copsed, and just when I thought that its difficult to work with them lying on the floor, a passing-by nicedy in the face Dancing Girl-san hang them on chains and since wasting that kindness wouldve been infinitely cruel, I made clothes while they were handing and in my thorough care fully dressed them, and also prepared shoes, fully finishing the outfits, but since they just wouldnt wake up I went for the first aid and introduced some mushrooms into their mouths, so I did nothing wrong? I merely made clothes and provided some medical attention. I havent done anything indecent or dirty, but it kind of does feel like oops, Ive done it, but I wasnt the one who hung them? Kind of?

    GUILTY, why you just left them hanging like that!

    I mean, if I left them down, the dresses that I just made would get wrinkles and dirt on them, but it got me scolded anyway? No, Im pretty sure if I undressed them to avoid wrinkles when I put them down, I still wouldve gotten scolded? It seems that this world is overflowing with all sorts of false usations, matching the number of existing possibilities. Like, I get falsely used no matter what I do? Its so puzzling?

 Chapter 215: Sadly, the stat boost seems to have had no influence on the intelligence – (1)

    Chapter 215: Sadly, the stat boost seems to have had no influence on the intelligence �C (1)

    Chapter 215: Sadly, the stat boost seems to have had no influence on the intelligence - Part 2

    Day 58  Afternoon, Dungeon, 38F

    Hmm, since I''m going to eventually remodel the ce anyway, this is good enough to give it a passing mark, but the ceiling is too low. It might be because there are only a fewrge monsters, butck of height creates a feeling of oppression? For private rooms that might be fine too But I can''t help butpare it to the Great Dungeon. To that degree of perfection and its refined architecture. And then all the rough parts end up standing out, and theyout doesn''t appear that great as well. However, location-wise this ce is better.

    Vanguard, get ready, charge at the same time with the arrow volley! Release! Also, the trio in the back, stop remodeling!

    Roger! Moving out!

    Level 38 Bears are losing to them in strength and go flying. The heavyweight-ss equipmentbined with a high-speed charge scatters enemies with a terrible sh, the collision alone eliminating most of their HP.

    This is the level wall, the irresistible overwhelming power.

    It''s unfortunate, but it seems it did not reflect on their intelligence. Why would they go out of their way to bring boomerangs to a high-speed heavy infantry charge? Since when did this be a charge weapon? And just when are you going to throw it? Why would you switch to boomerangs without a hint of hesitation after I went through the trouble of making halberds and arming every frontliner with them? And they actually went and wiped them out with boomerangs. Just what are boomerangs supposed to be?

    In this case, the boss fight on the 50th floor also shouldn''t pose much of a risk. As they are right now, they''d be able to overwhelm even the rafflesia, and even break through the sea of mummies. Well, Slime-san shouldn''t be viewed as the same category as other dungeon masters anymore, and even if they happen to encounter something like the Sand Giant, with their current strength they should be able to retreat.

    They can withdraw while defending together, and that is the most important thing. Running away is perfectly fine in order to make it home alive.

    And since I put simple barrier devices inside the fancy item bags, they should be able to buy them some time. It''s just that they are toorge and can onlyst for a short amount of time, but they can help in an emergency. Meanwhile, there is no hope at the moment for the emergency escape devices. After all, I''m the only person who has Teleportation, and even I can''t control it at all, which makes it too unreliable to assign to items.

    It''s amazing that I managed to teleport to Stalker Girl back then. Since then there has been no sessful mid-range jump, let alone long-range ones. Maybe it works better if there is a target?

    But as I thought, this dungeon is deep, nowhere near 50 floors. How far should I take them? Yes, they are stronger than me, but eventually, they are going to be pushed back. Aside from the level difference, humans and monsters also have a difference in resilience and physical build, so eventually, they definitely will face pushback.

    While they are on their way to bing the greatest of heroes, they aren''t killers, if they can''t overpower the enemy, they lose. They can''t eliminate the enemy before the enemy resists. Because that''s cheating.

    It''s possible if it''s us alone. Here I have Armored Pres-san with her unfair technique and Slime-san whose entire existence is like cheating. And then there is me, praised by the girls day and night as the winner of the triple crown of sneakiness, scumminess, and underhandedness. I''m exceedingly good at it. Wait, a moment? Now that I think of it, it''s not a praise at all!.. Let''s rip them off again tonight. And I was getting happy like a fool.

    With this and that, we finally encountered the first hidden room on the 43rd floor. The monsters were already routed, battered, torn, shredded, and scattered to the wind. Everything is being resolved through an arrow volley followed by a charge. They are unrecognizably stronger. This is level 100, anyone would call them the strongest, this is the realm of strength that can be called transcendent.

    I''m ba~ack? The treasure was Windstorm Mace  PoW MiN InT 30% Up, +ATT, Windstorm, Shattering Impact, Weapons and Armor Internal Destruction, isn''t this nasty? It probably won''t only destroy the armor but will also turn what''s inside it into a mashed ground meat hamburger or dumpling. This is harsh! What do you want for dinner today? Kind of?

    Apologize to Hamburgers and Dumplings! And don''t bring up dinner after drawing such a scene! No ground meat today!

    With the deficit of hammers and maces this is a precious weapon, plus, since it came from a dungeon, it has good bonuses as well. I''d like an axe next, but we still need more gear too. The amount of swords is adequate, and armor or light armor is so-so. Gloves, boots, cloaks, are all in shortage, there were a few essories, but that''s not enough. Even assuming that Armored Pres-san who already has ultimate equipment doesn''t need anything new, I still would like to fuse new items into my equipment if I find anything nice, so we need to gear more than 30 people. We might never have enough. Even so, there is no other choice but to gradually keep strengthening the equipment. As there is no such thing as absolute safety, there is no other choice but to keep going towards even greater safety. Therefore, dungeons.

    And on the 48th floor was an axe, did I set a g? Should I decide beforehand on what I want to find? However, to this day, no matter how hard I desired, there wasn''t a single Affection Rating boosting item! Did I block this g somewhere?

    But, conveniently, or perhaps this is the specialty of this dungeon, this is the second weapon in a row thates with Weapons and Armor Destruction attached. I shouldn''t let that Internal Destruction part bother me. These weapons could be considered extremely useful in anti-human fights, or a war. Basically, if one can render the opponent powerless or weaken them by destroying their equipment, then it would allow carrying the fight in a favorable direction. Well, if insides get destroyed along the way too it''s a bit that, but these are still unmistakably strong weapons. And it seems there is a need for protection items for the lower half of the body, that Inside Destruction is scary! Actually, can the lower part properly Regenerate if crushed through the Internal Destruction? I don''t want to test that! Not only as a highschool boy, any man would be against that! That ce is off-limits.

    But well, even if we found some useful equipment, I have no intention whatsoever to let them go to war, but they became too strong. They aren''t going to obediently stay behind anymore. It felt long because they were stuck at level 99 for a while, but it''s been less than 2 months, the growth speed of Cheat owners greatly surpassed expectations. This was a miscalction.

    And this is another great findShattering Long Axe  ViT PoW DeX 30% Up, Physical Resistance (Greater), + ATT, Fracture, Weapons And Armor Destruction, not only does it have good stats but also resistances, a skill, and on top of it weapon and armor destruction. This dungeon seems to be a jackpot in quite a few ways. That''s why it might be dangerous.

    Now, the most efficient option would probably be to give the gear destruction weapons to Rhythm Gymnastics Girl, who can be seen as specializing in anti-personnel fighting, but she already has some sort of a weird personal weapon, which also had pretty good stats after being upgraded with mithril. And what''s more important, it goes well with her fighting style. A weird weapon that can freely change form. From a ball to a club, from a ribbon to a hoop, a Rhythm Gymnastics weapon. The hoop was the only form that I haven''t seen in use, so I thought that maybe she can''t fight with it, but as it turned out, it was the most vicious one. Even during sparring she was trying to catch the neck with it and then break it by throwing the opponent to the ground, or trying to catch an iing sword or a spear to trap the arm so she could break it or the neck, it was really terrifying! That''s scary, the ribbon was crazy too, but when dealing with other humans the scariest one is the hoop. It was so brutal that it even got a nod of approval from Armored Pres-san. It didn''t even ur to me that a mere hoop can be this scary when handled with mastery.

 Chapter 215: Sadly, the stat boost seems to have had no influence on the intelligence – (2)

    Chapter 215: Sadly, the stat boost seems to have had no influence on the intelligence �C (2)

    Free-form, both her weapon and her fighting style are irregr, impossible to grasp, since she is bending backward, spinning around, leaping, and rolling, she is impossible to read, leading to the opponent being captured by her transforming weapon instead. As if in dance she is moving around killing enemies, toying with them, hypnotizing them with her unpredictable movements. If one engages her inbat, thinking that she is a human, they will immediately be hit with an attack from an unexpected position, from an unpredictable stance, and if one tries to attack her, she would bend and twist her body escaping the attack, following it with a counter of her own, luring the opponent into a trap, so it''s also impossible to apply pressure on her. If anything, her fighting style is the most simr to Slime-san. It''s truly terrifying for human opponents.

    That''s why it''s better for her to stick with her current weapon. Thatbination of attacks leaves no room to even change weapons. She has a bow and a sword, but usually fights with the club form. Actually, should I make anti-monster weapons for her? She should be strong enough to handle swords, and a shotel or a khopesh would suit her. She also should be able to putWindstorm Maceto a good use, but is it a good idea. She is probably the only person who has a good understanding of her fighting style, so it would be better to directly ask herter. But for some reason, she gets angry when I call her Febreze? Even though that is supposed to be her nickname? I mean, Rhythm Gymnastic Girl is a pretty big mouthful to address someone?

    As she got stronger her individuality got stronger too. An assassin-type, more fit for fighting other humans, this makes her unable to keep up with the vanguardtely. That being the case, the vanguard is also getting stronger, but it can also be said that all of this makes coordination with middle guard and mobile units that much more difficult.

    There also might be a need to reorganize parties, but forming new ones is a veryplicated challenge since for their power they also have strong individualities.

    However, the 49th floor is being conquered at a blinding speed. Since this dungeon has many grouping monsters it is possible to turn this into mass warfare and annihte them in an instant. Seeing that Metal Worm Lv 49are physically resistant, they immediately readied fire magic and purged the ce with a single Incinerate them!. But isn''t it an ill omen to make such an order while wearing armor? It''s fine since they won But there is quite a bad pattern for that? Although it does suit her. [1]

    And upon finally reaching the 50th floor, what we found there was, as expected, a floor master, a huge elephant. Well, elephants tend to be huge, but even so, the size of this one makes one thinkisn''t this a bit too big? Naturally, it also has a very long trunk. No visuals of the mother elephant were confirmed, but it is quite probable that the mamma elephant has a long trunk as well. If the father elephant is the only one with a short trunk it would likely lead to a very heavy and serious family council. Is it where the secret of its birth would be revealed? But it might pass away before the birth secretes to light. Ah, it went down.

    Encircle! Vanguard, hold it back with shields! Melees to the rear! Ranged at its stomach!

    Taking the front!

    We''re taking the back!

    Belly group~ Gather up~

    It''s decided. But why do the idiots feel so natural hunting thatBlizzard Mammoth Lv50? It doesn''t feel out of ce at all. And I hate myself for not being surprised anymore by the way they pinned the enemy down by throwing spears and then went melee on it with boomerangs. In the first ce, those are not javelins, those are halberds, weapons that should be used to directly attack the enemy! And the ones that you are clubbing the elephant-san with are ranged weapons! Also, you lot are swordsmen! Or rather, where did your swords go? I don''t remember seeing them even oncetely? You surely wouldn''t tell me that you sold them, right?!

    Nice, way to mammoth~? Actually, this mammoth is really on its way now. Although the reason for it leaving us is a group assault and abuse, is it really the ce to mammoth? Like, the way the mammoth went leads to eternal sleep?

    We are so beat. It was so huge, 2,000 HP is against the rules. And yes, being this much of a mammoth task, this is definitely the way to mammoth.

    It wasn''t wrong it seems. So the words mammoth task were about killing a mammoth. To think that the secret of the words mammoth taskwould be revealed here, Or was it? Just who came up with that? Primitive man? Neanderthals? When is one supposed to use that? Still a mystery.

    What are you gonna do? I won''t stop you if you want to keep going, but if things get dangerous I''m going to step in, or rather, Armored Pres-san is on the verge of going berserk, this is rather serious? If you won''t let her join in on the fun, you''ll be at a real risk of eternal ONE MORE SET during today''s practice? But if you let her participate, the middle floors will be totally ughtered leaving nothing for anyone, to which I, personally, am pretty used by now, having a rather lonely time in dungeons, so what will you do?

    Continue. We think we can handle it.

    You think, huh. Unless they end up in a very bad matchup, beating monsters on 50-60 floors should be a breeze, but since they received a sudden drastic boost to their strength, their cooperation is in a bit of a disarray. It didn''tpletely fall apart for now, but adjustments have to be made. I think that practicing versus levels 50 might be a bit tough, but they seem to be very motivated.

    Then, from here on it''s a race to the lower floors, the one who reaches, kills, and gets it first wins and gets it? Kind of? Well Readysetgo!

    51F, 52F, 53F, 54F, 55F, 56F, and we reach 57F. Instakilling only enemies that blocked my way I make my breakthrough. Still going at high speed, making no effort to decelerate at all, I cut up the nearby monsters as I pass through them. The president and the others must still be on the 51st floor. I thought I''d just go ahead and take the boss on the 60th floor for myself, but finding a hidden room on the 57th floor, decided to check it out. The Appraisal can wait forter. Let''s hurry ahead.

    Rush through 58F, pass 59F, and there is the 60th floor. Meanwhile, the president and the others must still be busy with their extermination work on the 51st floor. If it''s about passing through without farming every single monster then it takes only a short while. I mean, Armored Pres-san and Slime-san are even faster than me where ites to stealing a good part.

    Aaah, should we leave it for them? I mean, they seem to be good with such monsters, and it has appropriate strength? It also doesn''t seem to have anything of value, so how about we go back and pick up the pres and the others? Or rather, I don''t want to charge at that! And the way it moves is so irritating! But it also has such a perfectly adequate level of strength, that instantly killing it seems like a waste? Alright, let''s get everyone, and then push it onto them!

    It was a huge fly. It''s probably going to fight in high-speed airbat. An evasion-based build, susceptible to physical and magical attacks without any special skills, so it''s optimal for the president and the others! We totally aren''t pushing it on others because Armored Pres-san and I are grossed out by the fly and Slime-san is shaking, refusing to eat it! This is the beauty of humility, the spirit of give and take, so we give, give, give, and push it onto them! Alright, let''s go back!

    (Nod, nod) (Jiggle, Jiggle)

    Yup, unanimous. Oh, just how considerate is everyone? They are brimming with care for others. Definitely. That''s what I decided to think! I mean, flies aren''t going to get hit by Wire Cutter, and insecticides have little effect on them, the second ce in I want nothing to do with them, everranking, right after cockroaches. And it''s so big and gross! We probably can kill it in one hit, but it''s going to spit juices everyone, I don''t want to cut that. Armored Pres-san already escaped as well. Yes, we are retreating for the sake of ourrades! [TL Notes: [1] A wild Nausicaa reference, Kushana, an Imperial Princess of Torumekia, ordered a beam attack with those words to burn iing insects, but things didn''t go as nned ]

 Chapter 312

    Chapter 312

    Day 75  Nighttime, the Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    During the night we took a rest after doing ONE MORE SET, and then focused on the practice for the ball. The princess and Meriel-sama taught us the basics, But Nefertiri-san managed to memorize everything from seeing it just once, and is now instructing us with a perfect arrangement of her own. The boys ran away. Only Haruka-kun stuck around until getting one passing mark and immediately escaped to the bath.

    Nefertiri-sans educational policy says that its beneficial to learn both male and female parts. So its an extra hard ball ball (DANCE DANCE) practice with girls only. But she has a point, after trying to lead in male part, you have an

 Chapter 313

    Chapter 313

    Day 75  Nighttime, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    Aah, what a bother, what a drag, I can already feel the time stretching like a cheese, speaking of which, how about some noodles with it? No, even if I ask how about, I still havent gotten to proper ramen, and thinking of curry is even more absurd, even so, its such a drag.

    The ball is exactly the ce for the person known under the pen name of M-san to make an appearance and go on guillotine-swinging rampage, which actually sounds a lot more fun! I mean, its such a pain, but Royal Girl and Merimeri-san said they are going to stay here for tonight, so I wont be able to make an escape. Or rather, the girls seem to be looking forward to it a lot, practicing dance even now with zealous enthusiasm.

    Getting it canceled would be too much of a pity, so I have no choice but to go.

    Ending up in such a world they kept going from one battle with monsters to another, and this time even got involved in a war, going through lots of hardship, so it should be fine to have a bit of fun. They are that overjoyed about this, so lets put up with a bit of trouble. Holding hands with a girl is embarrassing for a highschool boy, you know? But tentacles seem not allowed.

    Im also not letting the Geeks and Idiots get away tomorrow. Ive just tied them up and threw them into the underground jail to prevent them from escaping, so it should be fine. Yeah, they were trying to run away on their own, can you imagine? I knew theyd try something like that, so I had Demon Scythes monitoring them, and turns out I was right. They arent going anywhere.

    Well, I have no intentions or desire to dance, but since I might get scolded I learned the dance anyway. Yeah, all I had to do is observe it with Rajingan, record it withWisdomand then move my body with MuppetandBody Control, so it was easy. After all, its simple motions (dance) that dont involve any magic power, skills, or unique body maniption.

    Well, a necktie, or rather ribbon tie, or rather, Id like to fly away, or rather, I wish I was a butterfly? Not really, but my white ribbon tie is being a butterfly, pping around due to the butterfly effect? So its annoying? Just who came up with this? What exactly is the fun part? I struggle toprehend. Well, getting close and personal with the girls might be fun, but if that was the point then I wouldve been better off in highschool girl bodypile, with a closer than close contact with added bonus of disheveled clothes, threatening to send me on one-way trip to paradise with densely squished bodies, which is a bit of an open secret of sorts, not like Im trying to hide it though?

    (Jiggle-Jiggle)

    Since its a social dance, it must involve socializing, but I have no business getting chummy with the Kingdoms nobles. It also serves as a ce for young nobles to make acquaintances, and meet potential partners, but it has nothing to do with us since we are not nobles. What did yking call us for? What if he only wanted to say LETS PARTY?! Damn that yking, unforgivable.

    -really sorry, screwed on edits, trying to wrap it up right now, check back in a few hours-

 Chapter 218: Im sure we are on the same wavelength, but somehow not on the same page

    Chapter 218: I''m sure we are on the same wavelength, but somehow not on the same page

    Day 58  Afternoon, Dungeon 70F

    Jotun Lv70, a frost giant from the Norse mythology. A spirit of nature and an ice giant of extraordinary strength, who also happens to be the boss or the ancestor of trolls as some theories say. And he is apparently delicious.

    No, the legends had nothing on the taste? Frost Giants are usually not for eating? Well, even though it is being devoured right now Seems to be delicious?

    (Jiggle Ji~~ggle~)

    Oooh? It''s in high spirits, and bouncing in delight. Seems very happy.

    I was surprised when it froze the floor with a wave of cold air, but I can walk on air with Air Walk, Armored Pres-san can just slice through, wave of cold included, and naturally, Slime-san devoured that chill without being picky.

    Then, the giant that wielded a spear of ice had the hell beaten out of him. His physical ability is surpassing that of the pres and the others whose level is over 100. His strong, fast, and tough physique is wrapped in mana producing an oppressive cold aura, and d in armor of ice. His ability is easily rivaling that of a level 100 dungeon master, and if taking only strength in consideration, his terrifying might could even be eclipsing it. But that''s all.

    No, he''s really strong? But, look, even if he can rival and surpass a Lv 100 dungeon master? Dealing with two Lv 100 Dungeon Emperor ss opponents is too much. Yeah, that''s just impossible?

    She must be an envoy of beating that brings beatings to all people, an angel of beating. Even though she is an angel, shell probably bring equal beatings to gods as well, the evangelist of beatings. To put it simply, shell beat the hell out of anything, to put it in a moreplicated way, her existence itself is the Beating? Well, in either way the beating is inevitable. One might even say that she is a goddess of beatings. While at night she is the goddess of beauty and eros, I worship her every night so there is no mistake about that. I''m also sucking and licking her too, so it''s certain.

    But I finally feel like I was able to Magic Wrapproperly, I might''ve even been moving normally in the previous fight? HP also hardly decreased. Previously, my body couldn''t withstand being forcibly moved with Magic Wrap, so I was constantly losing HP. But it felt like it went smoothly this time. I finally grasped the form?

    Well, evening after evening I was enduring beatings called Practice, and at night, was taking my revenge, even going as far as to use Magic Wrap. Finally, the effects of that might''ve begun showing. Or maybe it''s the effect of me evading Armored Pres-san''s attack for some time now? I mean, I might''ve touched her butt, but it''s only an armor? But that armor is so lewd! For a highschool boy this is a trap! I mean, the hipline is so sexy Whooooa! Yeah, I definitely can keep the wrapping up. No, that''s not what I meant! How should I put it, a sudden impulse, or maybe a highschool boy-like sincerity, or maybe a highschool boy spirit? So it couldnt be helped? Wait. Yes, I''m sorry. Why do you have a morning star? Eh? I left new goods lying around, aaah~, I forgot about that~, wait, ah, thats my bad!

    We were acting as a group a lot, so in a way it couldn''t be helped. As expected, there is no way I can do that in front of the girls, thatll definitely send me on an extrarge sermon course with a side of trial for sexual harassment, a luxurious and gorgeous scolding spiral away. For some reason, I''m always Away, regardless if it''s in our world, or in this world, just where is my Home?

    Just as I thought of going down, Slime-san brought magic stones, those are pretty good.

    High-grade magic stones are too expensive, so selling them is difficult, but if turned into items they can produce nice results, hence they are a great part of equipment manufacture, and if I have a surplus, they can serve as mana batteries inside the Item Bag, so no matter how many we''d find they will be put to a good use. As I thought, dungeons seem highly profitable after all. No matter how I think about it, a war is a highly unlucrative endeavor. If you have that muchbat potential then go and hit dungeons. Good grief.

    Oh, a spear.

    Even though it''s a drop from the frost giant, it''s of a normal size, how nice. Moreover, Spear of Eternal Ice  PoW SpE DeX 50% Up, Ice Attribute Affinity Increase (EX), Ice Spear, Ice Shroud, Freezing Cold Seal, +ATT, its on the level of gear that the geeks make on freak idents, and this is even before I upgraded it with mithril. On top of that, it seems easy to use, while it''s a spear, it has a de of about the same length as a halberd, so in a way it''s close to a halberd too. sh, stab, cleave, strike, any form of attack will work, I should pick a buyer for this one myself. The candidates are either Bitch Leader or the girl with braids from the librarian''s group? Errm, she is from the handicrafts club.

    I got taught quite a bit by the Handicrafts Girl aboutce, knitting, and sewing, so I''d like to favor her, but Bitch Leader clearly has a greater aptitude for it. Well, any bitch would be able to master it, but her name is Bitch Leader, so she has to be the top dog.

    Now, let''s actually go down this time, and test Magic Wrap, if I can''t raise my level then improving the technique is the only way. I knew that I would be overtaken by my ssmates, but bing a burden is not something I''d want, you know? Well, even though I was cheating from the very beginning since there was no chance I could keep up with them, in this case, I have to make something even more crafty.

    That''s why after Magic Wraes Kyojitsu, and I need something beyond that too. There is no end to this, but I have no intention of giving up. I mean, were I to give up I''d definitely get Kept Manin my titles! The current three are enough to bring me to the point of tears, if I get that fourth one there is a real possibility that I will cry for real, I might stop ever checking my status after that? Seriously?

    Went down.

    The 71st floor had snakes. I''m pretty good with snakes, but these are re Snake Lv71, I doubt they''ll go into hibernation if I freeze them, so this is a perfect opportunity to practice Magic Wrap. With the floor entirely covered in snakes and even the air filled with them as they threw themselves at us, creating a world of nothing but snakes, I tread through it, where I had no room, I created it by cutting my way through. Finding a gap of about one foot size, I step there with a sweep, annihting the surrounding enemies with a simultaneous swing.

    The result. While the wrapping is working, I don''t have a mastery of it. It''s somehow somewhat working with all of the skills wrapped in a disarray. In this case, there is less worrying about self-destructing, however, since I can''t manipte each individual skill, my movements are unpredictable even to my own self. Control is still far out the reach, but well, if I can manage to controlTeleportationandGravityeven for an instant it can exhibit Cheat-like performance. It might be too much, but I have no other choice but to keep trying.

    ButKyojitsuwhile usingMagic Wrapis still terrible, a single mistake and I can easily lose an arm! Well, it''s fine since it willRegenerate, I''d rather bear pain than be a burden.

    I finally began to slightly understand why pres and the others are so desperate, indeed, being protected all the time while unable to do anything yourself is unpleasant. And it would be even worse if those protecting ended up dying on top of that. There is nothing more aggravating than sitting in a safe ce while others are exposed to danger. I finally got it.

    Well, they won''t be able to do anything more today though, their eyes were dead.

    Even so, they managed to defeat a floor master on the 60th floor, so they''ll have to be content with that. That''s why I sent them back. Jotun Lv 70 is too dangerous. If stopped by the initialIce Bound, they will be in trouble. I won''t say that they couldn''t beat it, but it would be far from just difficult, and the worst could easily have happened. It''s better if we handle this. And we don''t want to deal with flies. Seriously.

    Hidden Room-san, where are you~? Well, I know the exact location but I''m at the age when one sometimes wants to explore? Probably? Im doing lots of experiencing and exploring, enjoying deep dives into the mysteries of Armored Pres-san at night, but I also want to explore dungeons too, of course, Im still doing night time dungeon dives (eros), going in and out, in and out, but Really? Im in trouble?

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    Looks like I''m in trouble. I seem to have stepped over the line, and there is a demon with a morning star behind me. I mean, Slime-san is terrified, time to run! Teleportation!

    I got beaten up.

    A repeated super short distance teleportation with Magic Wrap. Appearing for a split second only to immediately blink away, but even with this instantaneous high speed movement method I still couldnt escape the beating? As I thought, she is none other than the Goddess of Beating. This calls for another night of worship and ecstasy.

    While getting beaten up, I reached the hidden room, and thanks to there King Snake Lv 71that was there I was saved from the Armored Pres-san beating, that was now directed at the re King Snake. I lock eyes with the re King Snake as it is being destroyed by the vicious morning star pounding. I''m sure that at this moment we are on the same wavelength with our hearts united by the same thought. That''s scary!

    As expected, this is another one from the equipment destruction series, huh? It''s a shield though.Mirror Greatshield  ViT PoW SpE DeX 50% Up, All Resistance Up, Physical and Magic Reflect And Absorption, Weapon and Equipment Destruction, Absolute Boundary, Super Shield Bash, +ATT + DEF, isnt that amazing? Thats already a weapon. This is reserved for tanks~.

    (Nod Nod) (Jiggle Jiggle)

    The Geek Guardian hasGreat Sweeping de, so he can wait, plus he is a geek anyway.

    The Pres who was in the middle of changing to a tank is now an admirable Pres-sama with a pinch of M thanks to obtainingChain Whip of Savage Lightning.

    Well, it should go to either Shield Girl or to the Twin Lightpoles duo. The culture girls want something with InT bonus, so vanguard is preferable. Lets mithrilify it first, and then think if anything changes. If we cant move faster we might return prettyte This one is quite deep? Sending everyone back was the right call.

    After that I continued with swift attacks, reckless attacks and poor attacks, just Wrap the skills as fast as possible and charge, then think of whates next. Oh now, I mightve gotten infected with the idiocy! But I wont make it in time otherwise, Armored Pres and Slime-san probably leveled up with the enemies on the lower floors being stronger than expected. The speed of annihtion is crazy! I wasnt able to keep up with their outrageously high specs and stats, and yet with just a bit of a level up their abilities receive a major boost. And since they are in very high spirits their momentum is unstoppable. And as per usual, theypletely ignore the pleas of their master!

    I mean, every time I sayLeave some for me? Please, share?, they do (Nod-nod, Jiggle-jiggle), and then continue to obliterate everything in sight? And when I ask againPlease give me some too?they go (Nod-nod, Jiggle-Jiggle), and proceed with a brutal wholesale ughter? What were those nods and jiggles about?

    With this and that we reached the 80th floor, and it''s still not thest one. It''s deep.

 Chapter 315

    Chapter 315

    Day 7X? The Capital, Royal Pce Interior, Room for noble visitors

    The great marquis houses of long history and tradition. Two of the four great noble families that were supposed to keep the Royal Family in check were crushed, upsetting the bnce of power. There is an opportunity in other great marquis families falling into ruin, but there is an issue with the Royal Family bing too powerful.

    Thats because once the Royal Family has a grip on real power, they will definitelye to weaken great marquis houses. Just like we did to the Royal Family, but this time its our turn to be on the receiving end. But the possibility of surviving this predicament with those twins as potential heirs is slim to none.

    They are capable in both sciences and sword, as a hefty sum was spent to make sure they receive an adequate education, but they are debauched womanizers who do nothing aside from ying around. Both of them are wickeddy-killers only good at evil deeds and love affairs. Im long since fed up covering up after their mess But life is a strange thing.

    Cant mess with the Royal Family anymore, so how about seducing the Princess and aiming for the throne through her?

    In that case there will be two positions to fill, new King, and head of our family, so thats just perfect.

    They have education and talent, as well as valor and skill with the sword. But they care for nothing but women But to think that is what is going to be a key to turn around this hopeless situation.

    But will that stiff princess be swayed?

    Women exist to fall for men, Father.

    Princess Shariceres is low on the line of session, but the First and the Second Princes have vanished, dragging other great marquis houses with them. And on top of the other princes being still very young, the Capital is in uproar over the heroic tales of Princess Shariceres deeds. The theater y about Omui of the Frontier and the Kingdoms Princess fighting against the overflowing dungeons has gained the highest poprity even in the Capital.

    You can get the throne and fame at the same time. However, as long as the ball is a celebration of victory, having not participated in the war even a great marquis family would be forced together with other rabble, without an ability to get closer to the seats of honor without being called.

    But you wont even get to sit at the foot of the table. Mere outsiders on the banquet of heroes have no right to evene close.

    Domain of our house Kasgir is located in the west and doesnt share borders with any foreign countries. We became prominent as a city ofmerce, but the ursed Rondanull on the south joined hands with the Merchant Confederation, and taking a tight grip on the economy of the centralnds, propped up the Second Prince, the one of their bloodline.

    Our family hasnt had any daughters, and hence was unable to produce a queen, which hurts, but evenmerce was taken over by the Confederation in one swoop. Thats why even when House Giesdat from the east joined efforts with the Theocracy in an attempt to take over the Kingdom we couldnt team up with Rondanull of the south. As a result, we became bystanders, without taking any action.

    There are still no movements in the north. The head of the family was ovee with an illness, and their only daughter, beingmander of the First Division, cannot move marquis troops. However, as House Skobathus of the north has also refused the Royal Princes request for troops, just like us, they are also at fault.

    But two of the great marquis houses have already perished, and House Shkobathus had circumstances to consider, in addition, their daughter has an aplishment of defending the border with the First Division. In contrast to that, if our House Kasgir was med for simply sitting on the sidelines and doing nothing, we wouldnt be able to make excuses.

    While two nuisances of the noble families were crushed, we are in a state where we cant do anything. But if the Princess were to be seduced the story changes greatly.

    No, even if the Princess herself is impossible, getting the Frontiers Princess Meriel, who climbed ranks of legends along with her, is enough. Ive heard that the Frontier has stabilized, and turned into a prosperous domaintely, and this would also get the formidable rontier army on our side. But whats even more important, if we can monopolize magic stones, it will create greatmercial opportunities, allowing us to operate on the scale of not losing even to the Confederation.

    Can you get Princess Shariceres, and Meriel of Omui? Either would mean a sess greater than seeding House Kasgir, but there is no way for you to get close.

    It doesnt matter if there is a way or not, one simply has to create one, Father.

    Thats right, we can create a path by first getting some of those ck-haired maidens that became famous throughout the Capital with that y.

    Both the Princess and Omuis girl are said to frequent the ck-haired maidens store, so maybe a connection can be made that way?

    Marrying the Princess and Omuis girl and weing the ck-haired maidens as concubines, the Kingdom itself will fall in our grasp. Those two are only good at chasing skirts, but when ites to women, they aredy-killers that wont let any girl slip by. As unworthy these sons of mine might be, at such a time they are very reliable.

    But you wont be able to get close even to those maidens?

    The ck-haired strategist. We just have to win over or threaten that coward that was running around in the y. When the necessity arises we can kill him, and then someone who can take the maidens in will be required.

    That clown in a ck cloak, huh. Then it might work.

    ck-haired maidens are merely servants of the clown. And even if he is called a strategist, he is simply a sly coward, only good at making traps. This is an important matter that will decide whether we will decline ande to ruin or obtain the Kingdom. Im not going to be thrifty, but if he is going to defy us then death is the only path for him.

    What do you need? Gold? Troops?

    Money first. Troopse the veryst, Father.

    Preparations are going to cost. We will have to get other young nobles on our side too.

    Deception and trickery is but a norm to them, threaten the social status, corner with money, rob of reason with dodgy drugs, and manipte with suspicious equipment. And if nothing works, kidnap and take them by force. Turns out, even the sons that I thought to be a disgrace for a military family, have their own use. I wasted quite a bit of money cleaning up matters after them, but looks like it might not have been all in vain. Theyve been buying up drugs from shady apothecaries and purchasing all items with questionable effects they could get their hands on. In that aspect, they are the most distinguisheddy-killers. Not even to mention that inexperienced youngdies who know nothing butbat have no chance of resisting them.

    Specially-made drugs will be needed. Ordinary drugs will be neutralized, and we also cant afford to be exposed.

    And we also would want to seduce the Royal Castles maids beforehand, so we can carry in the equipment.

    Tall, handsome, anding from a prominent marquis house. They are smooth in talk, quick to act, and on top of that, they are crafty and would always make a woman they are aiming for fall, regardless of the means theyll have to use. To think a day woulde when Id think of them as reliable In such a case, I wont hold back in financial support.

    Is this enough? Tell me if you need more. But dont think that you will be able to get away with a failure after using so much.

    You can count on us, Father.

    Ill also need to gather assassins and masters of subterfuge, with the Royal Castle as a stage, military might is pointless.

    We mightve lost in political finesse, but our house still can take the Kingdom by seducing and finessing women.

    Bear in mind that your failure would mean not only ruin for our house but the end of your lives too. Our House Kasgir is backed against the wall.

    If this doesnt go as nned, the great marquis house will end up demoted to the status ofmon nobles, and if the entire matteres to light then even aplete destruction might not be out of the question.

    Well, seducing them is nothing, and if pushes to shove there is always that option.

    Right, once the deed is done, they can be easily handled afterwards.

    That is assuming you can buy that clown of a strategist.

    Well, killing him is simple too. After all, there is also the option of having a duel.

    If he cooperates, fine, but if he gets in our way. Well kill him.

    Good grief, these are dueling masters of rapier for you. Completely useless against monsters, but so insufferably smug when its about duels.

    Ive lost count how many times theyve stirred trouble because of women, but no matter how many duels they got into because of that, they always emerged victorious without a single wound. Since their fencing is all about tricking people, its useless for military or monster hunting, but as long as their opponents are people, they are incredibly dangerous, which makes them all more difficult to deal with. But when I think that all of that was for the sake of this day, I almost want to give them praise.

    If you are going to kill then make it certain. The rest can be somehow handled one way or another.

    The Kingdoms power bnce haspletely copsed. The marquis houses cannot rival the Royal Family in military might anymore. Even our economic strength will be gradually lost at this rate.

    But if we get hold of the Royal Family and the Frontier then the Kingdom is as good as ours. Seeing popr dramas can be useful at times.

    They were so nice as to reveal the weakness (the clown) to us in this predicament. Thats why we are going to bite and tear.

    That ck-haired clown, that in the y wasically running around the castle while crying, will be attending the ball. We have toplete all of the preparations until then.

    We are about to get our hands on the heights that the now destroyed Giesdat and Rondanull Houses aimed for but couldnt reach. Obtaining the Kingdom will surely give way to another crisis, but if we are going to suffer anyway, Id prefer to do it while sitting as high as I can. First, the Royal Family and the Frontier. Then, the Kingdom will be ours.

 Chapter 316

    Chapter 316

    Day 76  Daytime, the Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    Now, the time hase for Avarice-san and others wasteful spending party under the name of the orphans social studies field trip. The leading Pres is dishing out orders already. She even managed to discipline the Idiots, so handling the orphans should be nothing for her.

    Everyone, gather up, make sure to join hands.

    Yees.

    The leading Pres is leading orphans.

    Alright. Everyone, join hands.

    Elf Girl-san is guiding orphans too.

    Yees.

    Looks like Tanuki Girl is fully intending on being led today! She haspletely blended in with the orphans. Or rather, she has fully assimted and imnted herself?

    Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl-san also seem very motivated to provide guidance, dressed

 Chapter 317: part 1

    Chapter 317: part 1

    Day 76  Evening, The Capital, The Royal Pce

    Just as I began considering going into retirement, having reached an advanced age, everything turned upside down. The King became bedridden with illness. And with the Kingdom in a state of decline and decay, it finally came to the princes rising in a rebellion. However, while we could but passively observe the state of affairs, everything gradually was resolved, and thats how it ended Thats how it was ended. And it would seem that this ball in celebration of victory is to be myst big job as the Grand Chambein.

    In my long years of service in the Royal Pce Ive been forced to see quite a few things I wouldve preferred not to. But if myst task is the celebration of the Kingdoms salvation, then I ought to do a work worthy of that, otherwise I wont be able to say that I have fulfilled my long-standing duty.

    Attendants and maids quietly but busily rushing around the empty hall where at the moment only a few nobles who had been invited to the hall so far are gathered sparsely. Soon, the swordless battle among the royalty and the nobility that will decide the fate of the Kingdom will take a ce here. Be it the count of the Frontier, or the heroes, here, we are the ones ought to protect them.

    Only sounds of instruments being tuned are ringing through the hall. This is the most grand venue in the pce The Royal Pce has several dance halls but the one used this time ranks the highest among them all. If it was merely about the size, the pce still has a fewparably spacious ones, However, when ites to the venue for this ball, not only the size but also the formalities are important. On this asion, we are to extol the heroes of the Kingdom. This is going to be the greatest celebration since the foundation of the Kingdom Which might also be its worst battlefield.

    Thus, while making arrangements to make sure everything is up to the par, I closely observe how the instructions are carried out. Not the slightest imperfection can be tolerated when ites to the ball meant to express the highest gratitude of the King. With that atmosphere hanging in the air, all of the castles servants are wearing tense expressions. As soon as attendance begins, they fulfill their duties while feeling such a heavy pressure that their faces turn stiff.

    A ball is not just a ce to dance, its also an event where rewards are given and achievements are celebrated, and all the while intense power struggle is taking ce under the surface. It is also a gorgeous stage meant to hide the ugly underbelly of treachery and secret deals made as people flock together to strengthen rtions and form cliques. Aristocrats gather on that shy stage in pompous outfits, exchanging harmless and unassuming words and greetings. Without them showing what lies beneath those smiling masks, a friendly atmosphere envelops the venue filled withughter and calm music.

    The ball this time is held by the King himself, with every invited person holding a high status, position, or a post. There are but a few nobles capable of disregarding an invitation from the King, and as a result, all sorts of nobles are going to gather, regardless of the factions to which they belong.

    The custom has it that those of the lower status are to be announced and admitted into the hall first, and now its a preliminary skirmish where the regional nobles of each faction are trying the waters.

    Its the perfect opportunity to investigate, create ties, and resolve differences for nobles of rivaling factions, who wouldnt be able to meet under normal circumstances. After all, two of the four great marquis houses have perished, and the position of the remaining two remains unclear. The alternative power system, separate from court ranks, that of factions, have crumbled, leaving everyone to fumble in confusion, searching for houses to side with.

    This ball has everyone desperately investigating into the state of affairs of each other, creating a crowd of nobles who are wandering around in search of connections, ready to grasp at straws, despite the fake smiles they are wearing. Unlike the ugly balls of mncholy and gloom of the past, where everyone was too busy trying to set up each other, this time they are eagerly greeting and calling out to everyone like pitiful children that lost their parents, trying to find new appreciative friends or means of self-protection.

    The closer one is to the entrance, the lower is their status. Theter one is announced, the further they proceed into the hall. In ordance to that, appropriate furnishing and implements are set up, representing the status of attending families.

    One after another, nobles arrive into the hall, and under the pretense of greetings are probing into each other. With the arrival of numerous nobles the venue is gradually beginning to liven up. Gorgeous interior arrangements fitting for the event held by the Royal Family and gaudy outfits matching thedies in shy and extravagant dresses color the hall. Wearing gentle smiles they are chatting with friendly looks on their faces. Exchanging mundane greetings and honeyed words they are making a disy of calmly discussing situations in the domains, weather, rumors, each others appearances, pastimes, without any signs of trouble. Social intercourse, the nobles long long probing into each other under the guise of courtesy.

    While probing into other houses and factions, trying to get a peek into their state of affairs, creating connections, and looking for negotiation opportunities, they are bluffing and applying pressure in order to avoid appearing weak,peting for the hierarchy and position in the power rtionship, and at the same time, devouring information while looking for someone to follow. Quagmire-like conversation ys with lies and bargaining unfold everywhere, and the venue quietly grows busier as deception and music intermingle.

 Chapter 317: part 2

    Chapter 317: part 2

    While exchanging greetings with smiles, nobledies and their sons and daughters that they brought along are also proving each others positions, chatting about hairstyles and clothes, while appraising each other. Investigating while covering behind the mask of friendliness, they are looking for cracks in the opponents mask, closely examining them. Looking for friends and foes, Matching the tune yed by the orchestra, they hide their malice in the gaps between their silly conversations and flowery words.

    From small talk the conversations turn to gossip, and the true colors that they were hidinge out. Acting strong while shaking from fear, they are opposing each other while seeking allies. This ball is a microcosm of the extremely ugly aristocratic society.

    The disingenuous talks began to shift topics to recent events.

 Chapter 223: A bus guide is essential and indispensable for the tour known as DESIRE.

    Chapter 223: A bus guide is essential and indispensable for the tour known as DESIRE.

    Day 59  Morning, White Weirdo Inn.

    Stalker Girl''s report came in the morning.

    It seems that an army led by this kingdom''s prince was assembled and departed for the frontier. Royal Girl tried to leave to stop that, so the lord''s mansion is in a huge uproar. I actually wanted to collect coins from massage chairs, but it looks like it would be better not to get near that ce. Well, if she was wearing that marvelous lewd dress I''d be willing to visit them everyday to gaze at it, but regrettably, she bought ordinary clothes at the general store.

    But they are sluggish. Well, they seem to be moving with a force, in addition, consisting of low level soldiers without quick movement skills, so their slowness is understandable, but it seems like it is still going to take more than 10 days. Like, it''s so slow that it makes me want to ask them to notify us 3 days before the arrival? At this pace I might forget all about them while making preparations, or rather, I actually did forget.

    To begin with, the messages are moving through ry, but Stalker Girl''s n''s information takes less than 3 days to reach, 5 days tops at worst. And yet there is still about 2 weeks until their arrival? Are they perhapsing with a tour? Like sightseeing or something? I want to participate as well! I wonder if the bus guide-san is cute?! No, it is because there are no buses that they need more than two weeks to walk here, in other words, there is a high probability that bus guides dont exist in this world! Alright, lets make a uniform for Armored Pres-san and have her guide us on the trip into the world of ecstasy on the nighttime tour named lust on a bus named desire!

    Heeey? Haruka-kun. Why are you triumphantly shoutingDoing this and that in a bus tour guide uniform~.when we are listening to a report on military movements of the kingdoms army? Would you be inclined to give us a detailed 1-hour exnation of what sort of a military strategy that is while kneeling over there? Also, this world has no buses, so what are you trying to do by creating bus guides? Well, its obvious what exactly you wanted to do, thats GUILTY, so seiza over there.

    There is a saying from the olden times, that The enemy of my enemy is my friend, but what if the friends are enemies, and Im surrounded and isted on all sides, bombarded with a concentrated t Gaze for annihtion, where should I go to meet my allies? As I thought, if Im looking for encounters, I need guidance from the bus guide-san! But what if the bus only makes a regr trip around the town? Isnt there nothing to see besides the bus guide-san then? Well, Im still going to look though.

    I got scolded.

    Today, pres and the others are nning on beating the boss of the 50th floor and then heading for the 59th floor. That should be alright, they were able to beat the floor master of the 60th floor yesterday, so handling middle floors should be easy. Well, the bug juice incident was the only problem yesterday, so they should be fine. As long as they don''t get sshed with anything.

    We also thought about continuing where we stopped yesterday, but I''m slightly anxious to jump into realbat like this.

    The problem is Wooden Staff?that finally revealed it''s true form asStaff of the World Tree.

    The wooden stick that already hasHeavenly Sword of Gathering Clouds (Sword of Kusanagi)  Divine Sword, Eradicates Evil, PoW SpE DeX LuK 30% Up ? ?. I was too scared to mithrilify the divine sword, but now my worries became meaningless.

    PlusDimension de  Cutting Power and Cutting Range can be changed with mana, Dimension sh, Level 100 Required, Elder Treant Cane  Magic Power 50% Up, Elemental Affinity Increase (Greater), Mana Control Increase, andSpatial Staff  Greatly Effective for people capable of using space magic, are the four items that it is slotted with. Well, if I could effectively use it, then it already wouldve been more than a cheat-grade weapon.

    The vine twined aroundWooden Staff?isParasitic Vine  Strengthen Wooden Sticks and Staffs Magic Absorption ? ? ?, which in fact was the Spear Mistilteinn from Norse Myths. It was hiding, deceiving me.

    And when Ibined that withEntwined Trees Branch, among the effects appearedThe Seven-Branched SwordIts beyond being even a monstrous weapon by now, no matter how you think about it, its totally on the route toThe strongest weapon I came up with~, whats left is to p Excalibur and Longinus on it?

    And the natural problem is the control and mana cost. I almost fainted from using it just once yesterday, if I can''t control it then I''ll end up copsing duringbat right in front of monsters. If I were facing kobolds or bitches they''d gnaw on my head, I don''t want that at all.

    And the biggest concern is the skillMagic Wrap, I was able to wing it with this ability until now, which takes skills, mana, spells, techniques, and even abilities of equipment and shrouding oneself in them forcibly converting them all into physical abilities. Wouldnt it be dangerous if I tried to move around while wrapping myself in the abilities of The Stro~ngest weapon that I thought of~, a monstrous item that I cant even handle properly? In fact, I already took self-inflicted damage by trying to forceKyojitsuwith my current abilities, which threatened to tear away my arms at times.

    Firstes practice, and before practice, testing.

    Even though I have no other weapons I can use, why did it turn intoThe strongest weapon I came up with~? Or rather, who the hell was that person that came up with this weapon? The strongest damage from it is hitting me as well, so please kindly stoping up with anything else?

    And it even kept the name and itself hidden until now, just what was it trying to do?

    I''m sure this is the only weapon that got tricked by a bluff and carelessly revealed itself?

    Leaving the town I look for an empty area. This one will likely be very dangerous if it gets out of control.

    A in as far as the eye can see. Nothing all around, and I also had Armored Pres-san and Slime-san move away.

    Begin the experiment? Or rather, doesn''t this count as human experimentation with myself as a test subject? Crap, I should''ve lent this one to the geeks? Well, it would be a problem if pres and the others got struck by this, so I''m not doing that, and I don''t think anyone else can use this. It can''t be activated with skills, full-manual operation, as inconvenient as it can possibly get.

    Taking a deep breath I take Staff of the World Treeinto my left hand, everything is alright. And now the main part, controlling it withMana Mastery, I begin pouring in mana bit by bit, everything is alright?

    Although it was supposed to be supplied with only a minimal amount of mana,Staff of the World Treebegan weakly pulsating? Nothing out of the ordinary?

    I tried swinging and waving it, but there is nothing out of ce or otherwise suspicious.

    I gradually increase the quantity of magic I''m pouring in, but there are still no abnormalities. In this case, as long as I can keep it under control, there shouldn''t be any problems with running out of mana.

    Now, the biggest issue,Magic Wrap.

    Slowly, without rushing, I nonchntly d myself in it. Ah~ this might be bad? If I move carelessly I''ll probably end up wrecking my body.

    Slowly, I undo Magic Wrap That was pretty bad, I''m all drenched in sweat.

    I think were I to try to useKyojitsuwithStaff of the World Treewith activeMagic WrapI would''ve at least lost an arm in the best case scenario, and died instantly at worst.

    Currently, I feel nothing fromStaff of the World Tree, but that pulsating sensation, is it perhaps growing? I can''t control it as it is, if it grows even further it wouldn''t be aughing matter.

    For starters, I''ll move with Magic Wrap, and ustom myself to the level that can be used inbat. Ah, I broke a bone!

    Looks like before turning Armored Pres-san into a bus guide, there will be a need for her to be a nurse. Yes, there is a need, so I''ll make it! Well, both outfits are going to be made anyway, I mean, there is an overflowing desire to make them?. ording to my own personal testimony?

    But while the damage to the body is great, the Regenerationis also fast, not sure if it''s an effect of skill synergy or something else.

    But it gets immediately wrecked again. Looks like my muscles snapped, and speaking of snapping, I think my bones also crumbled a bit? That''s the sort of pain I''m getting here? GUAH!

    In the end, while it took me until lunch, with lots of trial and error and subsequent self-destruction, I was finally able to get it under control. Even with Apex Thinking-sans full management I still cant prevent asional self-inflicted damage, but there is no other choice but to keep going and cover that with Regeneration.

    Even with the effects suppressed, the destructive power still went up a notch, but the biggest effect has to being from MP Absorption, MP is recovering at an outrageous speed. The mana battery that waspletely drained yesterday has almostpletely recharged as well. Regenerationis swift too, and I think evenApex Thinkingreceived a buff? Since my control also rapidly increased, I managed to somehow be able to use it, so perhaps there is some sort of synergy effect?

    I tried it a bit on the gobs inside the forest, but the gobs, that drastically dropped in levels recently, can''t even serve as practice anymore, I mean, gobs in this area are all of level 5 or even lower? They disappear in one hit, first their heads or limbs are blown away, and then they vanish out of existence. A clumsy attempt at shing could cut a wide area of the forest too, without proper control I can easily hit allies.

    Armored Pres-san or Slime-san should be fine, but I don''t think I''ll be able to team up with Pres-san and the others for a while.

    Armored Pres-san''sFull Silver Armorhas a cheat skill Complete Immunity, and Slime-san should''ve eaten Greater Guardian''s Complete Immunityyesterday. It also ate Phoenix''s Self-Resurrectionso it should be alright. In the first ce, I can''tnd an attack on Armored Pres-san even when I try, so there is no worry about identally hitting her, although there is no end to worries about getting beaten myself. Yup, no end at all?

    I''m not sure if I should go back to the inn and make items with bonus to ViT first or should I search through dungeons instead, but for now I guess I''ll start by checking the general store and the weapon store for ViT-rted items.

    However, for a skill that was originally meant to strengthen the users body to be so strong that it was now breaking it, just why are all of my skills so weird? Isnt the buff meant to prevent taking damage? Isnt that putting the cart before the horse? Sort of?

    (Spring Spring)

    I see~. That''s deep, quite a profound thought.

    In the end, the only thing I could find was Tough Boots  ViT 10% UP, but they were pretty cheap, so might as well slot them, even as a mere constion. I''m quite sure that this was pawned off by one of the ssmates since they didn''t need it anymore, so I can''t get rid of the feeling that this is a big waste, but it can''t be helped. There also were iron helmets, but the head being the only armored part while I''m wearing full cloth would''ve looked weird, and in any case, metal equipment requires level 30 at the very least to equip. At times like this having limited options bes a problem.

    And in an attempt to get ViT stat, I also decided to mithrilify a dubious piece of equipment that I was hesitating to upgrade previouslyck Hat  Defense + 30, Erase Presence, Stealth Up.

    Aaah, as I thought, crappy equipment is easy to do, but it has no room for growth. But it seems there is a room to apply new effects, and it wont take that much mithril, so it might be more convenient this way? And while I was saying that its already done. Whats left is to find a suitable magic stone to enchant, there is no way I can use anything good on it, so probably upper F tier should be enough?

    Infusing a magic stone with +ViT, I apply it to ck Hat. While its twice the hassle, but since the magic stone dust is going to infuse the material itself, the effect is also going to be high, and easy to load it with mana. Considering the effects, its well worth the effort. Alright, ck Hat  ViT 20% Up, Erase Presence, Stealth, + DEF, with the boost to the base stats it can be considered a profit.

    And nowTough Boots, basically a disposable stopgap item, using mithril on it would be a waste, so Ill just slot them as it is. I can just rece them if I find something better.

    The only thing left is live practice, or rather, livebat.

    However, should I really be going to the 90th floor all of a sudden? Maybe it would be better to find some easy dungeon out there? Or maybe I should proceed with the mithrilification of equipment that was halted due to the raw bra panic? But as slow as it may be, the way is inching closer too, I have to get my priorities straight. As difficult as the choice may be, I guess choosing between nurse and bus guide can be left until the night. So ssmates equipment? Or my ownbat potential? Well, both are essential, but which one is more urgent? Nurse?

 Chapter 224: Jumping from a touchdown made from a jump is weird.

    Chapter 224: Jumping from a touchdown made from a jump is weird.

    Day 59  Daytime, White Weirdo Inn.

    I''m currently in the middle of having the hell beaten out of me, but I have noints.

    A simple wooden stick in my hands, Staff of the World Treehanging on my waist. And while I''m getting beaten d inMagic Wrap, there is a meaning to it!

    It doesn''t change the fact that I''m in an overwhelmingly unfavorable position, unable to move freely, but there is no need for me to go on offense.

    Simply observing, reading, avoiding, and fending off is enough, there is a meaning to the very fact of being able to see and read what ising.

    Holding a wooden stick I evade and ward off attacks from Armored Pres-san in mini-skirt nurse uniform.

    Thighs visible through the opening that is the absolute territory created by fis stockings held up by a garter are dazzling, that, I observe!

    No matter how hard, painful, and tough the training (beating) is, I will ovee it! The bus guide-san in mini-skirt is awaiting meeee!

    Thus, we are having a marvelous training in the backyard of the inn, this is the best order of priorities after all.

    First I get beaten until I cannot move, and after Im done with training, I can move equipment for the ssmates. An order of priorities without useless elements. Kuh, I can almost see it, but I can''t!

    My own speed is greatly amplified by skill synergy ofStaff of the World Tree, making it impossible to control. It''s not just the SpE stat itself, but even the speed of reaction and thought are elerated.

    The world around me is decelerating with the time itself seemingly stretching, and in that slow motion I control my every movement, suppressing or putting each part into motion, trying to chain it into an optimal move.

    The body is destroyed and regenerated, strengthened, and broken by the strength of the buffs. And I''m to adapt that as my own.

    I observe everything of the miniskirt-nurse pres-san standing in this decelerated world. Her movements, stance, breath, reach, presence, mana, and absolute territory!Thud!, GuAh!

    It would appear the thighs were a trap, if Im focusing on seeing something that might be visible, but isnt, it means Im not actually looking.

    If I dont look I cant grasp her movements, but if I dont observe, I cant read them either. Looking at everything in entirety, Im observing the details.

    I mustnt fix my gaze upon the ultimate territory (thighs), Ill end up entranced. It''s a trap capable of sucking in my very soul! Even though I was the one who made her wear that.

    Can I manage somehow? Attack power, destructive power, speed, all grew a great deal. Meanwhile, technique and endurance are all in tatters. Theplete opposite state ofKyojitsuwhich is supposed to cut off all unnecessary movements.

    Being thrown off by the buffed abilities I can''t unify them into technique, although my stats are unable to keep up with this to begin with. That''s a regr urrence by now, but I can''t keep up with adjusting, and since I can''t keep up, the body is taking damage, but if I can''t make it, I''ll end upgging behind the ssmates. I''d rather take on risk, than be a burden.

    After that I also got beaten up by a sexy bus guide-san in a miniskirt until dusk, but I have no regrets. I burned that magnificent and spectacr sight into my eyes! Naturally, I recorded it with Rajingan! That curve from buttocks to thighs is the truth, and that absolute territory of pure white skin peeking from there, followed by legs wrapped in fis stockings is a divine mystery! Tonight, Im going to thoroughly study the truth and dive into the depths of the mystery! Im gonna do my best.

    It''s getting dark already, the rest can be tested tomorrow inbat. I mean, most of the time realbat is safer. I can handle lower floors by now, and middle floors should be alright too. But continuing that dungeon from the 90th floor is still impossible. There is no meaning to taking such a gamble. Since we culled it that hard in one go there is no danger of overflow happening any time soon.

    Let''s look for an appropriate dungeon somewhere. Everyone seems to be back, so let''s plunder their earnings from today with dinner.

    And upon entering the dining hall I was met with numerous cards flooding the ce?

    NO TO BRA DISCRIMINATION! ITS UNFAIR AND IT MAKES ME ENVIOUS!LACE BRAS BELONG TO EVERYONE!RESOLUTE EXTRA ORDER FOR FULL UNDERWEAR SETS!Im in chemise faction!

    A demonstration. But why in cheongsams? Well, it was I, who sold those to them.

    But they found out way too fast! Scan with Rajingan Got it! Stalker Girl is munching sweets over there, she noticed everything and sold information for sweets! A fearsome investigation ability, or rather, put it to use to investigate the capital! Why would you investigate brassiere production secrets?! Actually, I was the one who made those sweets, you know? I''ll pay for your silence, soe to me first? 38 eyes staring at me, in other words, I have to make 19 sets? So you''re telling me to 19 girls? Eh? Among the demonstrants there are a few girls that totally wouldnt be troubled without bras, and also a few for which sports bras are more than enough No, its nothing. I didnt think anything and I totally didnt see anything? No, do they really need.. No, dont mind me? Its not a discrimination or anything? Eh? Sexual harrasement? Its more like the measurements are sexual harassement, or more like reverse sexual harassment Really?! 100,000 ere for each set? Chemises are paid for separately? Wait, am I going to make chemises too? Well, I get that, but why do you even need negligee? Just what are you Aah~, Armored Pres-san was going around showing off~, wait, so you are having girls-only gatherings in negligee?! Just what are you going for with those gatherings? Eeeh? Another maidens secret? [1]

    (Negotiations in process)

    Deciding on the order with rock, paper, scissors by each party, it was decided on custom-made for everyone. It seems I''m going to make them one by one. I ended up agreeing, surrounded by cheongsams.

    As expected, taking measurements for 19 people is tough in more ways than one. I mean, even yesterday, I had a lot of risky and risque things to go through? Evil Hands had to have a tantalizing good feel, from which Apex Thinking had to painstakingly make calctions from! Repeat that process 19 more times

    And a terrifying bunch showed up, their name isHip-Up Shorts Alliance! Lift up!! And receiving overwhelming support they rose up to be a prominent force of 20 people, well, in other words, literally everyone? And so It seems Im measuring the bottoms too, moreover, they are apparently supposed to wrap up and raise. In the end, it''s 20 people?

    Well, thinking about it now will only make me hungry.

    For dinner we are having a beef bowl. But is this beef? Well, by the taste it is, then was that animal at the butcher''s ce a cow? Anyway, beef bowl it is.

    Extrarge with extra meat and extra sauce! A generously big serving? Extrarge bucket! Put more onion too. How many extra helping are allowed? Anyway, just give me arge serving asap! Another one! And more rice please~ Make it a big one! A huge one! And egg, another egg. Pour extra sauce, like, all over it! Anotherrge bucket serving! Another serving here too~ Meat! Meat, meat, meat! Aaah, its mine~, that bowl is mine~

    I made a killing. I made a killing, but it became a scene, all because the line turned into a circle, Beef bowlMoveTouchdownMoveBeef bowl, a perpetual cycle, an endless loop. Or rather, the touchdown is just them finishing eating the moment they sit down, so they immediately get up! Thats way too fast! What sort of skill is that? Four cauldrons were already emptied, with only 2 remaining! However,ing this far, all eggs were sold out, so the pace dropped a bit, but the idiots are standing there, waiting with buckets in their hands! The buckets suit them so well that I wouldnt be surprised if they stopped using chopsticks too. Thats like, my personal bucket?

    And after the queue finally ended, my portion just barely remained at the bottom of the cauldron. Slime-san is intently staring here, but it is mine, okay? Let me have at least one portion? I wish I could have an additional serving too, you know?

    Girls, so stuffed that their bellies are poking out, are rolling around the dining hall, Slime-san is also rolling around with them. Seems fun.

    But is it alright to eat so much before having underwear custom made for them? When asked, they said that a boot camp is about to start, is it something that can have such an immediate effect? That boot camp? ONE MORE SET?

    Finishing here, I head to the bath. Even without boot camps, I''m having beat camps every day, sessfully getting beaten every time. It even feels like my muscles have be more toned sinceing to this world? I''ll probably get red at if I say that aloud, so I''m not going to. Im already getting red at? By 40 eyes? Its scary, you know?

    Soaking in the bath, I checked the surroundings with Detect Presence, which revealed that they seem to be working very passionately at boot camp.

    All of them were strengthened by going past level 100, on top of which, they now have more skills, some of which evolved into higher versions, so their current performance is quite a lot better. They are going hard on offense with the pres Chain Whip of Savage Lightningwhile geek guardian is sticking to defense withGreat Sweeping de.

    Geek Guardian, who is relying on skillbos for attack can be easily duped by Armored Pres-san, thats why they split responsibilities, with him doing nothing but defense, while the unpredictable and elusive whip is used to demolish her defenses.

    They are probably trying to destroy her footing, feigning an attack targeting her legs, they are making repeated attacks at the ground in an attempt to hinder her movements, but she makes no attempts to avoid it at all, moving in a dance-like way she is fluttering around, confusing them with her graceful footwork and setting them up for a trap instead.

    And so they went (X_X).

    A total annihtion it seems. Well, Instructor Slime is on stand-by as well, so they are probably going to kiss the ground one more time before the bath.

    And since Armored Pres-san is in a good mood, that mustve been a passing mark. Id also prefer going (X_X) instead of getting beaten up mercilessly. Alright, lets practice for that Hmm? Its quite difficult! [TL Note: [1] For those who forgot the exchange rate, this seems to be around 500-1000 USD. ]

 Chapter 319: part 2

    Chapter 319: part 2

    Even when it came to an official asion, the boys status still hasnt been revealed, but that has nothing to do with me. He is the strategist that after saving the Capital, sought no honor ormendations for that and immediately departed for the Frontier by himself, toying with and destroying 40,000 enemies there. Id like to attend to him today, but with him being a person not fond of ceremonious greetings and concealing his status, I limited myself to a simple greeting.

    Not only does he not fret standing next to our King, he is even teasing him along with Omui-sama. He might be able to conceal his status, but the difference in caliber is too apparent.

    And on top of that, now even summoned marquis Skobathus is prostrating himself, thanking him. He mightve fallen ill, but he still was called a ferocious tiger, one of the best warriors in the Kingdom, and the head of one of the four great marquis houses. The sight of him deeply bowing his head is making a stir through the hall.

    Everything must be because of that disrespectful theater y.

    Because of that y, the true liberator who saved the Capital without shedding a single drop of blood, the true hero that protected the Frontier all by himself, and led himrades to suppress overflowing dungeons, became known as aughable boastful stupid coward and a clown, without anyone learning of his true achievements. To mock the benefactor of the Kingdom and all of the Kingdoms subjects in such a fashion is way over the line.

    Hearing about this I immediately went to see it with my own eyes. Although I managed to restrain myself since I was surrounded by the jubnt citizens, overjoyed over the finally arrived peace, but the urge to behead the entire troupe involved in this outrageously rude y and then yell out the truth made me so angry, that simply suppressing it made me dizzy.

    It was that awful. There is no way it could be allowed to insult and ridicule the person that saved the Kingdom, in such a fashion. Even now, merely thinking back on how great of a miracle he brought to the Kingdom and the Frontier, despite beingpletely unrted to all of this, makes me want to hang the entire troupe and disy them at the castle gates.

    The actor (clown) in a ck wig and ck cloak was acting with an arrogant swagger, giving out orders to the maidens, while he sat doing nothing in the safe rear. Once enemies appeared in the castle he would run tumbling on the stage in the most ridiculouslyical manner while screaming hysterically, while the audience wouldugh and jeer, pointing fingers and throwing insults at him. At our savior. At the protector of our Kingdom. They would point fingers at the person who fought to protect the lives of every single citizen of the Capital who was present there andugh at him. Is there anything more vexing than that? What possibly could be more wretched and enraging?

    Enduring it for a maddeningly long time and seeing the y to its end, I then went backstage, after confirming that all of the audience had left the scene. Screw my position as the Second Division Commander, I might as well murder them all, and at least have them apologize with their lives, is what I thought as I stormed in with a yell into the dressing room, and thats where I encountered the scriptwriter for the y. And the permit for the performance they held in their hand was the one issued by me.

    Which is only natural, since I was the one who gave it to them in person.

    Wait upon him, making sure not to leave his side, thats our objective.

    Everyone in the Capital is hailing the Princess, Meriel-sama, and us, as heroes.

    And everyone is making fun of the ck-haired strategist. Apparently, at the theater, the audience would boo the moment he appeared, and once his life is in danger, they would erupt in cheers, and throw insults while he is running around. Unforgivable.

    Words are meaningless here, everyone sees us as powerless servants or attendants, obedient to hismand.

    Thats why we asked the Princess and Meriel-sama to cooperate as well. We wont allow any insults, mocking, or banter, to reach Haruka-kun. We also wont allow any false usations or meddling either.

    If thats what they want to think then we are fine with being followers or servants, in such a case, whats the problem for us to be protecting our master?

    That is our very desire that we are powerless to make true.

    This Master-san doesnt give orders to anyone, be it servants, attendants, ssmates,rades, friends, even if they are under his Taming, and goes to do the most dangerous stuff by himself.

    He probably wouldnt care no matter how they boo, mock, or insult him.

    He probably protected everything that he wanted and doesnt care about the rest.

    But we cannot permit such a thing.

    He kept going from one dangerous gamble to another, constantly betting his life, so why does he have to be ridiculed andughed at by people that he worked so hard to save? How can they do such a cruel thing?

    Im sure the nobles have seen the y as well. Thats why we are going to protect. We wont allow them to approach or mock him. There is no way wed allow some nobles, who didnt move a finger to protect the people, to mock Haruka-kun, who protected everything.

    So today there is no ying around. Our feelings are decided. We dont care about being seen as servants, rather, wed like to be his shield. It doesnt matter if we get Tamed or be his ves if it means that we can protect him.

    After all, our lives, our happiness, our joy, our delight, all of it was given to us by Haruka-kun. If we are seen as servants, then poor manners of servants would bring shame to the master, thats why today we are going to be the shield and the sword for Haruka-kun (master). If he was attacked by swords or spears then it wouldnt be an issue, even poison is not a big deal, but when ites to scorn or disdain, not only does he have no means to protect himself, hecks even the desire to do so. Thats why we are absolutely not allowing anyone through.

 Chapter 320

    Chapter 320

    Day 76  Nighttime, the Capital, the Royal Pce.

    It is my duty to oversee this ball, which will be myst one as the grand chambein, and I cannot allow any harm or embarrassment toe to that ck-haired boy, even if it means offending the nobles.

    The guest from a farawaynd that saved the Frontier, saved the Kingdom, and even refused to take any credit for that to save the Royal Family. And I was entrusted with a party to wee him. And the matter with the orphans even saved the Royal Family itself. The Royal familys reason for existence, which seems to have gotten mistakenly lost in the long tradition, was pointed out.

    The nobles are vigntly looking out for an opportunity to ridicule and mock that benefactor. The atmosphere of the venue went beyond threatening and reeks of clear malice. The majority is driven by envy and the desire to illicit love from those maidens. They wouldnt shy from any measures if its for the sake of taking them away from that boy.

    The nobles take pride in their refined education, so they must be intending to point out faults in regards to dancing, and after inventing some sort of pretext, make a conflict out of it. After all, the dance is the special privilege of the nobles, hammered into them from a tender age.

    Even so, the ball is going to begin.

    The sound of music being yed begins to spread, and the atmosphere in the venue starts to change.The partition that separated the lower seats from seats of honor is no more, and the tables are moved to the wall.

    The award ceremony is over and the event is about to proceed to the ball. Formally, the ck-haired boy received no honors or rewards. But being announced and entering the veryst he is treated as the most privileged guest.

    The most privileged guest walks to the center of the hall Alone? He stands listlessly in the very middle of the floor by himself.

    Seeing that the nobles snicker and jeer at him,Abandoned by his partnerorA country bumpkin who doesnt even know how to danceorBeing alone is just perfect for a clown, ridiculing and pointing fingers.

    Then, the music starts.

    The melody produced by the orchestra resounds through the venue.

    That is a divine dance.

    1/4

 Chapter 321: part 1

    Chapter 321: part 1

    Day 76  Nighttime, the Capital, Royal Pce

    Haruka-kun is endlesslyining about being exhausted, but weve heard from Angelica-san, that when his ears are a bit red, it means that he actually feels embarrassed.

    It seems he is embarrassed about joining hands or having to hold his hand around our waists. Such a shy guy. But is it alright for Sex King to be getting all bashful about something of this level?

    Aaaaaaaaaah, Im tired, like, dead tired? Why does everyone have to dance with me? Are you going to start a battle royal among yourself or something? Or rather, when did the Geeks and Idiots escape? They can dance too, you know? Take those nine, and then put a tuxedo on Vice Pres A-san and Nevermind. My, you look wicked fine in this dress, enough to put a wicked smile on the face? Like the one you have right now?

    I hurry to Vice Pres A-san and quietly try to soothe her wrath.

    (You shouldnt. Patience. You can strangle himter.)

    (((Yeah, Ill even help you, so please endure it for now? Dont pull out your morning star here.)))

    We are trying to make Haruka-kun look good today. The nobles havent fully given up yet. We keep constantly Resisting for a long while now, which means, someone keeps trying to apply some sort of Abnormal Status Effect, triggering Resist.

    We cant get a break from spiked drinks and food too. Servants and maids are getting caught one after another, but there are no signs of improvement.

    But the contemptuous attitude towards Haruka-kun has disappeared. Unable to mock him, they just keep ring, but we might as well pluck their eyes outter.

    Its pissing me off that they are looking down on him because of that y and awards. Its unforgivable to have a person, who worked more than anyone, getting insulted like that. Lets blind them.

    However, they keep ring at him over and over, but what are they nning to do if Haruka-kun res back?

    Haruka-kuns re is so dangerous that even monsters of the lower floors of the Great Dungeons are said to have broken into tears, failing to Resist it. Im sure all of the nobles would die from shock, but for some reason, they keep ring at him. Its really bold of them to stare like that at a person more dangerous than an Evil Eye, a monster capable of instantly killing with its gaze.

    And everyones rings keep shining. The transparent diamonds on our rings are busily going from red to blue.

    This means that various Mental Attacks, like Temptation,Hypnosis,Suggestionkeep barraging like a hail. Darts and needles smeared with drugs also keep flying our way, but we remain waiting, without making a fuss.

    The actual problem lies with the mental attacks likeTemptation, Hypnosis, andSuggestion, from a girls point of view, such attacks are nothing short of sacrilege towards a maidens soul and body, and absolutely cannot be forgiven. It pisses me off so much that Id like to go and kill them this very instant.

    But I remain by Haruka-kuns side. After all, there definitely wont be any issue.

    Temptation, Hypnosis, andSuggestion? Moreover, low power and lower level. Be it the higher tier of Seductionor even the legendaryCharm, with this equipment given to us by Haruka-kun neither will have any effect. On top of that, it even has a very eco-friendly design which allows it to absorb the effects as mana?

    Forget needles and darts, it can deflect even bows, ballistas, and cannons. Those dresses have higher defensive stats than the armor worn by the Royal Knights, given to them by Haruka-kun, that previously was said to be of legendary grade. But still, even if there is a risk of assassination, I dont think anyone would attempt to use a ballista or a cannon for it? That would require a very audacious assassin?

    But Haruka-kun is waiting for something, it doesnt seem like he is nning to let things end like this. So for now we endure. If everything ends like this without problems the Royal Familys authority will be established and the nobles will go into decline.

    If they are going to try something they will aim either for Haruka-kun or us. We are guests of honor today, and are also connected to the Princess anddy Meriel. They must think that not only can destroy the influence of the ball organized by the Royal Family through this, but if things go well, they might even be able to make a connection to the Princess or Lady Meriel. So perhaps he is baiting them?

    Shit, why doesnt it work?!

    Drugs have no effect either, and we are about to run out of magic stones for magic tools.

    If you fail this, there is no future for us. Valets and maids were captured already. Once the ball ends we are done for too.

    Just when I thought that this trash might be useful for once, this is what I get. They couldnt even approach them, forget striking a conversation, and once they were given an opportunity to greet them, not only they didnt get a reply, they werepletely ignored, unable to even get their existence acknowledged. Despite all their womanizing boasting, in the end, they are just ipetent trash that relies on the status of their family, drugs, and Skills to get women.

    One of you will have to take responsibility for this with his life. Decide among yourselves on which one it will be. All other paths to survival have been shut down.

    Father

    No other choice but to cast away one of my foolish sons. And since they are twins, it makes no difference which one remains.

    (Send people outside. No other way but to kill that brat outside and kidnap the women.)

    (At once.)

    We wont be able to back off once ites to violence in the very Capital. But if we withdraw without doing anything after having such beauties unted before us and getting humiliated like this, we wouldnt be able to keep other nobles in line even with our status as a Great Marquis House, which will lead to themcking proper respect, distancing, and eventually deserting us.

    But if we manage to obtain the maidens, other nobles will be frequenting our house in droves, and will have no choice but to obey my will. There is no man who can look at these women and resist trying them himself.

    And if things go well, there is even a chance that the Frontiers youngdy or the Princess will be with them too. We just have to ignore the tactics of that clown of a tactician and make them surrender through sheer force. The question is will we be able to escape the Capitals military and make it into our domain. Id like to have either the Princess or the youngdy as a hostage, but there is no choice but to take a risk there. If losing and not taking the gamble both mean decline then victory is the only path left.

    Will it be a glorious parting gift for my sons, or will he die in vain. There is but one path to survival left.

 Chapter 321: part 2

    Chapter 321: part 2

    A cheap drama has begun. I wonder how much Ere a cheap drama is worth?

    Aah, its a bother, but I immediately managed to bait someone.

    Honorable noblemen of the Kingdom, on behalf of the Great Marquis House, I use this person. This ck-haired clown is using forbidden magic to enve women. As honorable nobles, we must take those women under our protection. If there are objections, Im willing to resolve them through a duel with this so-called ck-haired strategist. Even a coward, who knows only how to run away, still should be able to wield a sword.

    Ooh, so thats the approach they are going to take? I was pretty sure they would attempt something like a robbery or a surprise attack, but they came with a duel instead, how archaic, wait, it is medieval here, so perhaps its normal? Well, there are indeed a few girls Tamed with a forbidden? A prohibited? Skill-san, but to call them ves is a bit much? Like, I dont think there are that many enved girls chasing their master around while swinging morning stars?

    Or rather, who? No need to answer, I dont n on remembering you anyway? Well, if you are going to bet on that duel, Im totally on it, but what are you going to wager? Also, you need approval of at the very least 5 other nobles to make a forced duel happen, so what are you doing getting all excited all by yourself? First get an approval, then decide on the terms of the duel, and only then start kicking a fuss.

    Well, if I can cull them here, then I might as well cull as many of them as I can. Its not like they are going to honestly obey the Royal Family, or stop doing nasty stuff in secret. Even if they get destroyed by the Royal Family once they actually do something, by the time that happens, there will be victims of that something already, and there is no telling how much damage will be done until their wrongdoingse to the light. So them taking a bait is actually convenient for me.

    My fellow honorable noblemen, I ask those of the virtuous heart, willing to save and shelter thosedies from this man, to give your approval for this duel. Naturally, its fine for those that provide their approval to join in on the wager as well. The time for our noble judgment hase.

    Ooh, I approve.

    Me too, 3,000,000 Ere from me.

    Fine, our House will join with 5,000,000 Ere.

    No, I

    You have approval of our count house too, 4,000,000 Ere.

    Im on as well

    (Followed by many more)

    They areughing. Looks like since they can wager, they want to raise the stakes so much that the duel will be impossible. As expected, they arent walking around with more than a few million Ere on hand, but if you pile up enough garbage it can be a mountain too, as the total sum has gone over 80,000,000 Ere already and keeps going up. The loophole in the noble duels is the wager system. If I dont have enough money to match their wager then its my loss by default, so my money would automatically be confiscated, and they will be free to openly take the girls away, hence, even the nobles that were still on the fence are jumping on the bet.

    Then our House Kasgir will wager 10,000,000 Ere, for a total of 100,000,000 Ere. Now, ept the duel.

    For starters, I signaled with my eyes to Dancing Girl-san and had Meripapa and the big shot from the Second Division restrained. The Royal Family cannot interfere with the decisions of the nobles, but since it seemed like he might act out anyway, I had the yking tied up too. Convinced that no one could help me, the nobles rushed to join the bet all together.

    If you cannot produce 100,000,000 Ere then the bet is invalid. Your wealth shall be confiscated and we will also be taking thedies into our custody. Guards, capture this man!

    Sure. 100,000,000 Ere? Or rather, a royal coin? Are you fine with just one? Wanna bet more?

    Huh?

    No, I mean, I couldnt find a single store where I could use a 100,000,000 coin! Yeah, I thought Id enjoy some rich man life, but turns out its a hated coin that not a single store or a stall would ept, so its just lying around?

    It, it is indeed a royal coin!

    Kuh

    No, you are the one who asked me to pull it out? Dont tell me that even these guys hate that coin? Just what were they thinking issuing such a detested coin Ah, is it this worlds version of 2,000 yet banknote? Yeah, makes sense it would be hated. I hate it too.

    And while Im looking away wearily, he is observing my breathing And then suddenly stabs at me, a sudden attack with a rapier. The sword is also smeared with poison, so he seems very keen on killing me. Continuing his surprise attack with a series of consecutive attacks he is closing the distance.

    Cowardice (*mmph-mpnh*)

    Just as Meripapa-san snapped and was about to jump in, he got tied up by Dancing Girl and has a handkerchief stuffed into his mouth, is it actually tasty?

    Well, its indeed unusual to see a duel where one sideunches a surprise attack on an unarmed opponent. But its merely a rapier with deadly poison. Compared to a heavy downpour of morning star blows and a typhoon of deadly swings that I have to live with on a daily basis, this much is cute. From his irregr technique and the focus on attacking the legs and waist area, the parts that are difficult to move or moving which will break your posture, this has to be a dueling fencing style meant for fighting people.

    But this is nothing. Im different from the people of this world who cant handle more than a waltz, you know? Targeting legs? Thats great, but lukewarmmon sense of this world cant be applied here. In the world where we lived the extreme limits of footwork were constantly pursued. Yeah, dont look down on DANCE REVO?

    Things that were impossible in the original world, be possible in this one with skills and stats. Thats right, attempting to stab my legs, that can now do PARANOiA HADES CHALLENGE DOUBLEwithout handrails, is way too naive. Go back and retry all the way from whack-a-mole.

    Trying to stab me, who has be the True God of Footwork through graceful yet high-speed leg movement capable of passing a waterfall-like barrageing at super speed of 300 BPM, and hitting 12 steps per seconds in SLOWDOWN is such aughably absurd notion thatughing myself to death is a far greater risk at the moment.

    A fencing technique of this level can be easily dealt with even through casual ground stomping, hm? Is this why Merimeri-san was practicing her stomping so much? Was this the noble societys version of DDR? Well, anyway, this aint going to him me.

    The Grand Marquis House has made their move, huh. Instigating other nobles, they brought things to a duel, and bettingrge sums of money raised the wager to, what they thought, was a sum impossible for him to ept,ughing, convinced of their victory, until the boy casually pulled out a royal coin of 100,000,000 Ere, petrifying them. Inexplicable, just what made them think that they will be able to beat in wealth someone whose fortune exceeds that of the entire Kingdom?

    Even though it is inly obvious what kind of enormous wealth a matchless Dungeon yers, who obtained artifacts of the Great Dungeon on top of various treasures from dungeon masters that he was killing one after another, would possess. That boys assets have long since surpassed the riches of the entire Kingdom, so its quite puzzling how they arrived to the idea that they might have enough just because some rich nobles contributed some of their gold

    Then, he suddenly attacked. Throwing even semnce of duel etiquette he simply lunged at the unarmed boy, some duel that is. I was about to jump in and kill that guy with my bare hands, but got restrained by one of the maidens from among the boysrades.

    Well, this must mean that there is no need for interference. As the guy is desperately swinging and thrusting his sword, the boy is handling it with something that on one hand has too much rhythm and regrity to be called a footwork, and yet is too heterogeneous to be called a dance. There is no touching that. There is no way a sword can catch something moving in such unpredictable and iprehensible way.

    A unique fencing technique which has the userunching thrusting attacks from a bizarre and peculiar low stance. It must be specialized for dueling. In a match of two armorless swordsmen, having the opponent obstinately attack ones lower half from such a low stance, would leave one in no position for offense, as stepping forward would mean being shed, which would result in being one-sidedly carved up. Such a style would be quite useless in realbat, but is enormously effective in a duel.

    But it cant even scratch him. That is a style meant to corner and mince the opponent, but while the boy is moving his feet a lot, furiously stamping on the floor, he hasnt actually retreated even a single step from where he was initially standing. Even though the opponents fencing style is focused entirely around pushing the other party back and preventing them from attacking, he is reduced to aughingstock, clumsily thrusting his sword, with his head wide open for an attack.

    Completely exhausted by now, there is not even a shadow of that swiftness in his attacks that he disyed at the beginning. Crying, sobbing, and even dripping snot, he continues swinging his sword, but it cant graze even afterimages of those feet anymore. This fight is long since settled, but the boy continues performingplicated and mysterious dance steps, seemingly enjoying himself.

    But that guy cant back down, if he cannot finish off the boy here, he will be treated as a rebel, who pulled out a sword in the Royal Pce, while also breaching duel etiquette. If he doesnt want to be executed, he has to kill the boy here, and get the nobles on his side.

    However, the strange dance of countless stomps on the floor is growing faster, as the boy continues knocking the rhythm as if he is bouncing off the floor with each stomp. The rhythm hits one into the very body like a frenzied pounding of a drum. Its not something one can hope to imitate even with power obtained from leveling up. Then, the wild dances drumming of frenzied feet stomps suddenly stopped, to which everyone inadvertently almost started pping, admiring the performance.

    He is down. The boy, of course, still keeps going at it, full of energy. It actually looks pretty fun. But why is he starting another dance even though the duel just ended?

    Now, the enormous wager is going to be seized by the boy, and the numerous nobles that approved the duel will be implicated as aplices. They went for a reckless bet, blinded by their lust for the maidens, so they have no one to me for their downfall. These are descendants of the people that once rose up to protect the people and support the King, the descendants of the ones who built up this country. But this is only a natural finale for those that forgot their purpose and had rotten to their core.

    Everything came to an end as the boy simply answered the invitation and danced. With this, the nobles that attacked the honored guests and those that supported them lost theirst way out through legality too. Since he was unable to kill him in a duel their rank is as good as gone. Not to mention, since he didnt follow the proper formalities of the duel, he will be given a verdict without a chance to defend himself.

    By simply dancing, the boy stomped the corrupt nobles into dust.

    The boy, who obtained two royal coins of which only a few dozen is said to exist in the entire Kingdom, is gazing at them with a very annoyed expression. With this he is also going to receive a vast fortune from the confiscated assets of the nobles. Certainly, it only makes sense that he has no need for rewards, since even treasures of the Royal Family cant rival the boys earnings. He earned a royal coin with just the ball and the y. An actor with 100,000,000 Ere performance fee is too much for the Kingdom.

    Arrested nobles are being marched off. With their use of Mind attacks during the duel exposed and added to confessions of caught servants, revealing their use of poisons and debuffs since a while ago there is more than enough to charge them with, making them unable to escape legally, or physically, as they are being captured one after another when attempting to do so. They are shouting, trying to put the me on the boy, but he merely came here to dance. He havent even pulled out a de, so what me can be put on him. He has no me, but he seems to haveints?

    Profiting like a rich man, I somehow got another 2,000 yet banknote for ripping them off, an unusable currency is just a currency, or rather, since it cant be used, it basically abandoned its duty as a currency, so its just as pointless as a certain Blindfolding Pres-san, and now I have twice that, so make it double! Look, look, if I rub them together, there are now three of them~, and there is nothing fun about it!

    And this is the end of illustrious noble families. As they ruined their long legacy, their house names are going to vanish into obscurity too.

    On top of being plundered for 100,000,000 Ere, the nobles also had their assets confiscated, since they dared to demand the maidens, so the only thing awaiting them now is fading into nothing, as their ranks are as good as forfeit too. Mere invitation to the ball and a dance from him yed all of the nobles to their ruin.

    With this, the nobility has lost their power, and the country is going to transform under the leadership of the Royal Family, while confiscated assets will replenish the emptied national treasury.

    Mellotosam, am I dreaming? All of the Royal Familys woes were resolved by a dance. What is going on here?

    I ask my friend, who is lying tied up next to me. It doesnt seem like there is anyone else who would provide me with the answer.

    Thats why I notified you from the Frontier -No idea what happened, but it got resolved, it cant beprehended, so that leaves you with no idea of what happened.

    That letter of his was truly iprehensible, but looks like it actually was an urate ount of events. Since it cannot beprehended, there is nothing wrong about the notification also bing cryptic.

    Terrysel, who is also bound up next to us, isughing with delight. That straightced stone-faced Terrysel isughing out loud, as if he is watching the funniest spectacle.

    They were fooled like idiots by that theater y, created for the sake of this ball.

    Its impossible for the likes of me to even guess how close to the scenario it went, but turns out, the finale of that long long performance, that continues from that y, which is so popr in the Capital right now, was aedy.

    The nobles mustve assumed that the ck-haired clown would be easy to handle after seeing that, and thus decided to target him.

    Without even knowing that all of it, be it that y, or this stage, were both scenarios written by that very clown. They arrived at the dance party, without even realizing that they were going to dance in the palm of that clowns hand

    All of that was just aedy about foolish clowns challenging a jester, capable of ying dungeon masters, and destroying themselves.

    The Capital was fooled and made tough through the scenario written by that very foolish clown that they wereughing at on the stage.

    The one who everyone was pointing their fingers at andughing turned out to be a trickster. Not a fool to beughed at, but a jester (trickster) who makes othersugh. Although everyone was dancing in his palm, I am also quite a clown to invite that jester to the ball. After all, I am also one of those who was captivated and fooled by that performance. Even though I was supposed to be among the audience for that y, I too ended up being yed.

    Wicked schemes of crafty and treacherous nobles, who lived all their lives in the nobles paradise of intrigues and conspiracies, werent enough to get the dark-eyed strategist. There was no way for them to win, since they were already caught up in his scheme before they couldnt make one of their own.

    And by the time they noticed the trick of the jester (swindler), it was all over. Now, I wonder if there will be a curtain call?

 Chapter 229: Weird, irregular, bizarre, absurd, and just messy.

    Chapter 229: Weird, irregr, bizarre, absurd, and just messy.

    Day 60  Morning, Dungeon, 45F

    As I thought, when I try to takeplete control withMagic Wrapbeing active, my body suddenly stops moving, something is probably rejecting my orders, canceling them. Such an utterly annoying skill! I mean, I''m being rejected, okay? By my own skill! Well, it might be stopping me because it''s too dangerous, but what aboutpletely stopping me from moving?

    Well, merging together all sorts of magic, martial arts, skills, Unknown and whatnot, plus even titles, then adding the skills of outrageous equipment, mixing it all up, and then trying to activate it all at the same time, might have some issue like bad synergy,patibility problems, poor interpersonal rtionship, but skills are not people, they dont get interpersonal! And even if you get interskill rtionship issues, I cant moderate for that! Also, even if you are on bad terms, dont fight. It would be a problem if you start getting all lovey-dovey, but can you at least get along? You are skills after all

    And while I was immobilized,Carnivorous Moles Lv 45that hid in the hole riddled floor of the 45thyer were devoured while still in their tunnels. I mean, trying to hide while they were already invaded by Slime-san, bon appetit is all they could expect, you know? Those seemed to be moles on a meat diet, but they all got eaten while they were making their way underground.

    I couldnt even Appraise them properly, but Slime-san shouldve feasted on some earth-type skills. The earth skills deficiency must be the reason why it went so aggressively after them! Slime-san turned out to be more carnivorous than Carnivorous Moles.

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    Let''s quickly go down, I wonder if we can make it before lunch? With things looking this shabby it''s either 50 floors or slightly over that. The monsters are nothing impressive too, so we can''t expect good loot as well. Well, I came for practice, so this might just be perfect.

    And the 49th floor''sLightning Wraiths Lv 49, basically ghosts with lightning attribute, but despite appearing with such a cool sounding name they got instantly obliterated. Spraying with water seems to have short circuited them? They are helplessly dropping to the ground where they are devoured one after another. Slime-san turned yellow, looking delighted, but what do we do if it starts saying Pika-Pika?

    The hidden room on the floor above had Champion''s Scale Armor  ViT PoW SpE 30% Up, Physical Abilities Increase (Greater), Fortify, a not-so-bad meathead item, but I want ViT and Physical Abilities Increase (Greater) from it, so Ill slot it into the clothes.

    Maybe with this my body will be able to bear more? Even if the boost is minimal, it seems that Im in dire need of urgently strengthening my physical capabilities, so at the moment, I should just use items for that, after all, bing unable to fight properly would be a huge issue. Especially at times when newly promoted to the Shield Pres Shield Girl is around, she might end up continuously sticking to me, trying to cover for my faults, so I cant afford to make an awkward sight, even if its only a pretense, I still need strength.

    Below this is thest floor? It''s pretty spacious, is it perhaps because the dungeon master isrge? Well, I do have a hunch that it''s nothing special, but let''s go with safety first anyway?

    (Nod-Nod) (Jiggle-Jiggle)

    They agree, it seems. Usually, dungeon masters on 50th floors aren''t a big deal, but there is no guarantee that we won''t stumble upon another unique specimen like Slime-san.

    It''s huge, but specializes in magic? Nightmare Goat Lv 100, but with level 100 it''s stats are high. It has a huge load of various debuff skills, but Nightmareseems to be its original skill. Failing to resist will probably lead to problems, and the effects don''t look great either.

    It looks like a very evil and demon-like giant bipedal ck mountain goat with twisted horns, which puts it at risk of being instantly eaten!

    Slime-san. You are free to eat spells, but avoid debuffs! That one looks a bit dangerous, okay?

    Is that Nightmare Goat''s Dark Magic? A ck fog is gathering in the air, gradually solidifying into swords, which then hail upon the ground. Swords of darkness? They seem to apply debuffs.

    Looks like Slime-san is going to take it head-on, so I move to the right, while Armored Pres-san took left. Let''s take it down.

    Simply assuming the future I cut off Nightmare Goats left leg, I then switch to action, immediately, each body part performed an instantaneous movement through repeatedTeleportation, which was further elerated byExtreme VelocityandRush. There is no way it can see through this strange, bizarre, irregr, and wild attack! Well, I can''t as well!

    Sweeping sideways I cut through the ankle of Nightmare Goat''s giant left leg, then, shing upwards in a reverse diagonal swing I severed its leg No idea what is going on, but I got one of his legs.

    Meanwhile, the knight in silver armor seems to be in the process of slicing both its right leg and arm into round cuts, and the debuff inflicting swords are destroyed by Slime-san''s Wire Cutter. As the goat keeps creating countless debuff inducing swords IErasethem, passing through the rain of swords and take Nightmare Goats head. Yeah, a poke from the staff blew it off. I dont understand whats up with those attacks anymore. And I probably overdid it a bit, Mistilteinn seems to have activated a little? I lost about a third of my MP, thank goodness it didnt go out of control, seriously.

    Goood job, no one got any abnormal status effects, right? Well, I dont have to worry about that, doing so well that others are even praising me asAbnormal Condition, but are you alright? Wait, now that I think of it, that wasnt a praise at all!

    (Nod-Nod) (Jiggle-Jiggle)

    Looks like even level a 100 dungeon master is unable to get through debuff resistances, would it mean that the protective equipment is up to the task? To begin with, there is a high possibility that Armored Pres wouldnt take any attack at all, let alone those thate with abnormal status effects attached, and given Slime-sans evasion, its highly likely that it didnt take any attacks, and the probability that it secretly devoured them cant be denied as well. Well, forget debuffing attacks, even Nightmare Goat-san itself is being devoured at the moment, so its too busy to reply.

    Hmm, finding a dungeon master specializing in such unique abnormal status attacks on the 50th floor makes me worried about the debuff resistance equipment of the ssmates, the most terrifying thing is Nightmare Goats unique debuff Nightmare! Running away from the inn to escape a lecture of nightmares to get shown a nightmare of a lecture in a dungeon, only to get a real lecture when I return to the inn, isnt it just way too scary? Eh? The real way is way scarier though?

    Now, the question is do we eat outside after we get out of the dungeon or do we eat in the town, but we can think about it after we get back to the surface, anyhow, for now lets get out.

    Hmmm? Judging by the position of the Sun, its a bit before noon? Well, Im a bit hungry after losing so much MP in thest attack, so lets eat something in the town? There are lots of new stalls?

    (Nod-Nod) (Jiggle-Jiggle)

    But its amazing how everyone is able to tell the current time? Im still unable to grasp it even approximately? Do they have Biological Clockskill or something of that sort? And as Im thinking that, we are swiftly moving across the ins. As a highschool boy, Id like to make something like a motorcycle running on magic power, but there seems to be no need for that, and what is more important, the girl thats going to ride behind me is wearing armor, so there is not much fun to it? In terms of chest ting.

    Returning to the town and going to the main street, we found it bustling with people checking out numerous stalls and stores. When we first came here, everyone did their best to smile as they clenched their teeth to get through the everyday hardships, but now the ce was filled with genuine smiles. Well, considering how hard they were working, smiling regardless of how miserable or hard things would get, it wouldve been way weirder if it didnt be like this? Numerous shops, countless wares and constant flow of smiling people, thats how a town is supposed to be.

    Any shop that caught your eye? Today Im a rich man, so feel free to indulge your Avarice and Gluttony? Sort of?

    There are quite a few visiting merchants too. Stalker Girls n is handling that, carefully screening real merchants, allowing only them toe and go, so there is no need to worry about that, but information is going to leak.

    Even so, cirction of money and goods is necessary, even now, the negative influence of istion is slowly creeping in. Currently, smuggling ispensating for that. Should I perhaps set up a market in the Fake Dungeon? That sounds profitable.

    Armored Pres-san is peeking here and there, checking clothes, then going to some other store and checking out essories, sinking into thoughts for a bit and then running to another store topare it with what they have. Seems like she is having fun. The general store is still far ahead both in terms of assortment and quality, even so, she is enjoying going around in search of something nice,paring different items and anguishing over the choice. She had no chance to do any of this for such a long time, so a bit of greediness is a cute thing.

    Slime-san is also buying up food all over the ce. Its paying money in exchange for goods. A slime engaging in mary transactions is amazing, but the people that are trading with a slime like its the most ordinary thing in the world are amazing too! As I thought, this Whatever Town IS popr with monsters.

    The people having fun buying stuff, the merchants doing their best to sell their goods, children running around making a ruckus and elderly quietly observing the town with smiles. This is how a town is supposed to be, you know?

    Okay, I should eat something too! I have to buy something before all of my money is spent, or Ill end up being the only one who will have to eat his own homemade food. Armored Pres-san already activated her Avarice Mode, while Slime-san unleashed his Gluttonius Devourer form! I must make haste or the money will run out! Lets eat, after all, this is what we came to town for.

 Chapter 323

    Chapter 323

    Day 76  Late Night, The Capital

    In the end, not even 30% of noble families remained. And the remaining decent noble families had their strength reduced, leaving them with little spare strength to create branch families.

    However, those that were connected to the corrupted nobles, wouldnt ever be allowed to assume a public post, enter into the service of some noble house, or be restored in rank. Weck both noble houses and personnel, but the ck-haired boy and his associates t out refused bing nobility.

    Handing over all of the achievements to the Royal Family without taking any rewards and refusing to ept a rank, and having no interest in fame and honor. The only thing he wants is apparently Affection Rating, as I understood, it an important item which prevents one from being scolded despite doing nothing wrong, but after checking the pces vaults and records, just in case, I found nothing of the sort I wouldve been shocked if there was such a thing there. Well, allowing him to quietly carry off some stuff from the Royal Treasure, can be considered a sort of a gratitude, even if in form only, but considering that its a treasure of a broke Royal Family without anything of value left there, it wouldve hardly been enough to make up to him even if he took everything.

    Mellotosam, we dont have enough noble families. Its going to hinder proper administration, do you have any capable individuals who can be given a title? Im sure you have lots of such people in the Frontier, so gimme some.

    Nope. Also, nobility has low poprity in the Frontier, you know? Our house, for once, is quite poor, and the overall image of nobility is Dangerous, Arduous, Will be teased by the boy, so there hardly would be anyone interested in bing one.

    It was an unpopr profession! No, thats actually the correct outlook. If people look with envy at nobility who are supposed to work and fight for their sake, then there is something very wrong going on. But to think there is such an opposition to receiving a title, is Omui doing alright?

    But thats the Count of the Frontier, so this much is expected.

    House Omuis history is a series of endless fights and death against the strongest monsters without any assistance or support. Thats why no one wants to be a noble themselves. And thats why everyone admires and idolizes them. A great difference from the Royal Family.

    But to think that being teased by the boy is a part of nobilitys image

    Reporting, they took the bait. End of report.

    What do you mean, end of report! Are the boy and hispanions safe, is probably a silly question, they obviously are But what about the numbers?

    A message from Terrysel arrived. The boy and hispanions became bait, luring in all of the rebellious nobles by unting such ast chance to them. If they go out defenseless and unarmed, bringing the Princess and the youngdy of the Frontier, then surely, the nobles would rush to abduct them, and if they are that stupid, then they would have no one to me for their downfall but themselves.

    In fact, the letter that previously came from the Frontier is the perfect answer to that.

    For what reason the nobles of the country awaiting its destruction at the hands of dungeon masters are picking a fight with a person capable of ying those dungeon masters? If this is a suicide attempt then please donte here and die on your own. By Omui. that letter marked the breakdown of negotiations, which led to the split in the Kingdom. The culprit responsible for that letter is currently sitting next to me, monopolizing a massage chair.

    But that is the answer. All those things that made the nobles go blind with greed, be it the maidens beauty, the enormous wealth, or royal blood, are nothing more than a nice extra, while their true nature is that of Dungeon yers. Trying to abduct the strongestbat unit on the continent If they were capable of pulling off such a feat, they wouldve been able to kill a dungeon master on their own, dont they understand that?

    The beauty of the maidens and two royal coins that he purposely shed in their faces, overwhelmed the nobles with greed. And with them underestimating him due to the effect of the theater y, they ended uppletely duped.

    No sort of a noble would be able to escape the punishment after assaulting the guest of the highest honor invited personally by the King. Crushing their families wouldnt raise any legal challenges. They were cornered and pushed down to the point where they no longer can snake their way out of the issue. From the beginning to the end, everything was part of the trap, and its bait were the strongest executioners.

    Its over.

    Yeah.

    The history of the Kingdom is over. Therades that shared the same will and rose up for the sake of the people are the current noble families, and 70 percent of them are now gone. 70% no longer had that will.

    The heroic tale of the Kingdoms foundation decayed and died out. But since the Royal Family remains, that will must be carried over even so.

    Mellotosam What do we do?

    With 70% of the nobles gone, governing thend is impossible, having said that, leaving a corrupt administration is also meaningless. We cannot let everything go to waste in such a fashion after having so much done for us.

    What kind of question is that? If there was something you could do, you wouldve done that a long time ago, no? Since you havent done anything, there is nothing you can do. Its impossible for you.

    Even so, something has to be done Even if its not possible, I absolutely cannot afford to give up after what that boy has done for us.

    The nobles administration resorted to secret ounting without reporting the actual numbers. The documents were tampered with, making it impossible to even tell which one is correct. There isnt enough information to govern thend. Its to the point that there is no telling how long it would take until its possible to properly govern the country again if we start everything from zero. But even if we cant finish it during my reign, it is still something that has to be done. We have to press forward, no matter how slow the pace might be.

    But in the end, disorder in the Kingdom means suffering of the people. This chaos is bound to spread into the provinces too. But its unavoidable since we had to dispose of the nobles who were supposed to do that, and without enough sessors it will take an enormous amount of time to go through all of the investigation and research required topile the necessary information. In the end, the people will end up being inconvenienced the most by it.

    (*Thud*)

    I said that its impossible for you, Diarusez. And its not like I can do either.

    Having said that, he threw several bulky books at me. The title of the first one is Something-something ykingdom? No idea what its actually called, but these are the management proposals for the Kingdom of that yking dude, or more like a n, I guess? Kind of? and the contests are Complete information on the state of the Kingdom in minute details, including unaltered taxation numbers, harvest volumes, poption, precise figures and information for viges and towns, allpiled together.

    The truth that the Royal Family couldnt obtain no matter what means we used is neatly put together here. This is If this is true, then more than half of the Kingdoms taxes was pocketed by the nobles, while the people were taxed at almost double the prescribed rate To think the corruption that continued for dozens or hundreds of years was this fatal. The Kingdom was bound to perish at this rate.

    If all of the figures known to the Royal Family were altered and falsified then its only natural that any countermeasure made based on them can only make the situation worse, and how many mines are there in towns and viges that the royal family doesnt know about Such a thing is impossible without the Capitals bureaucracy also being in cahoots.

    And another book Pockets with pocketed money? Well, not literally? Probably? is the list of official and shadow ounts. Who moved money where under what pretext and how it was hidden is written down in great detail As expected, there were aplices, huh. First provincial officials would embezzle, and report falsified numbers to their local lord, then, the lord of the domain would embezzled themselves and only then pay their share of tax to the Kingdom, which is then embezzled by the Kingdoms bureaucracy before it makes its way into the treasury. The money that reached us was pocketed multiple times and all of the numbers falsified. Everything was rotten to the very core.

    With this 70% of the officials are going to disappear too. The entire administration will have to be rebuilt from zero. But its possible with this book. The entire structure of the pointless rights, interests, and concessions is already written down here without any need to investigate it, so everything can be handled with just a third of the initial budget and manpower. In the end, 70% were simply embezzling money without doing any work anyway. And that is on top of being paid arge sry.

    The suggestions are listed with the descriptions of procedures that have to be followed to carry them out, potential issues that might arise, and ways to counter them. With this book not only government officials, but even regional lords and even the King might as well be mere decorations. Simply following this is enough. But even if we follow this book to the letter, there is no future for the country unless we obtain a proper understanding of it. To govern this Kingdom for the ages toe we have to develop the ability on par with this book.

    Not to mention that the Kingdom was saved.

    The writings are perfectlypiled and backed up by thorough research. In other words, everything was settled from the beginning. It means that it was already decided that the Kingdom is to die and be established anew.

    Just how much time it took to carry out such a meticulous investigation, and thenpile, understand, and calcte all of the vast information involved? Such a terrific amount of survey and reports would require several years of work from an entire country. Moreover, not only does it mention what should be done, but also what action will lead to which result, a blueprint for the Kingdoms future.

    So this is the power that gave the Frontier a new life Im just being handed everything on a silver tter.

    The same goes for the Frontier. And the Frontiers version is even more detailed than this. Its alright.

    So something even more amazing than this exists?! From what I heard, there are all sorts of books, from those on specific industrial and agricultural policies to public works schedules and budget ns, from mine development ns to new crops, city ns, flood control, and even defense ns. Makes sense that the territory will be reborn. Its enough to found a new country.

    In other words, they couldve abandoned the Kingdom, propping up Omui as a new state, while leaving the Kingdom to its demise.

    Thats what it must mean. Thats how far we have driven the Frontier into the corner.

    Reporting, all of the nobles troops were captured and taken into custody. The noble district was devastated and copsed in the process. Its currently being converted into an empty lot. End of report.

    So thats why they went outside to lure them out. Now, even if the nobles wont be executed, they will have nothing left, losing their rank, mansions, and assets. Yes, just like those orphans.

    In other words, they were outraged for the orphans. The Kingdom and the nobles are just a little something that happened along the way. Those that bullied the children were bullied out of everything in turn, while we ended up getting saved for the sake of creating the future for them, getting handed those books for that purpose. As if saying, follow through with your Royal Family for the People(children) properly.

    We were entrusted with the future of the children that we once failed. We have to carry this through. The thing we were entrusted with is way too great after all.

 Chapter 324

    Chapter 324

    Day 77  Morning, the Capital

    And its been a non-stop sermon since returning to the guest room yesterday I got super scolded?

    It seems there was some sort of an issue with selling the scenario for the y? Is it about maidens in bikinis? But its super profitable? Its a still performing y that definitely was a great hit and great sess, which makes loads of money everyday. This world had no bras, in other words, they werent ready for the impact of bikinis! I got to freely rip them off!

    I mean, dramas in this world are pretty meh. They simply follow the script dispassionately, loudly delivering their lines.

    In short, its boring.

    Its a far cry even from the level of the ssic theater, forget modern theater standards. The scripts have no mentions of movements, being limited to a mere list of lines, without any dynamic to it.

    After all, at that time in the Capital, I had thetest information about the war, and could even write a script for a y, so the scenario sold immediately and I got arge share of profit. Yup, I made good money from that.

    So it sells?

    A heroic epic about victory is bound to sell when people are starved for entertainment and information, and are also anxious about the war.

    Citizens of the Capital are very familiar with heroic epics, and its better to use something well known. The Frontier is very popr here, Royal Girl is pretty liked too, and unexpectedly, even yking has a positive image.

    This settles the question of the main heroes, and if it was your typical theater y of this world  this would be it. Thats why theaters here are boring.

    With nobles and foreign states as enemies the choice of viins is obvious, but a y where heroes and viins have no connection cannot be interesting, and simply defeating the viins would make for a pretty stale story.

    But there is the middle-aged Royal Prince as a foolish ruler who can fill the role of a character that does have a connection and can enliven the story. Meaning, the opposite version of King Lear.

    A tale of a foolish ruler who kept stupidly struggling in the shadow of the heroes, ultimately being the one who makes the victory possible. It subverts expectations, and unexpected twists are the most effective for livening up a story, which means, it also needs a jester, and I also would like some sex appeal to be present?

    Yeah, there is nothing fun about King Lear without a jester, and as a highschool boy I cant tolerate theck of sex appeal. I also wouldve liked some wardrobe idents, but thedies ying the maidens were pretty shocked even by bikinis alone, so any further exposure was out of the question So no happy idents. Well, if the girls learned of this I wouldve gotten scolded, reprimanded, admonished, and maybe even killed, so I put up with it. Even though I want to see it.

    But I got super scolded, is it because of  Frontier bikinis? No, the people arent familiar with the disposition of those characters, so its important to make things clear, and sex appeal is also necessary for attracting customers and an absolutely indispensable condition from a highschool boys point of view. But whats more important, the souvenir store profited from that! And how! After all, with  Frontier goods being used as props and the real maidens working at the store, it ended up constantly flooded with customers for those several days!

    This is a heroic epic about familiar heroes. And then, there is the recovery of yking from the illness that worried citizens of the Capital. There is no way it wouldnt sell with thebination of previously unseenedy elements, plot twists, and even sex appeal. In fact, most of the audience are repeat customers, who keeping to see it again and again. Watching it allows one to actually feel peace and happiness, and if theye to watch it over and over, and it also fills my pockets?

    There are Meripapa-san, Royal Girl, and all others who became heroes, then the King recovers, and the people of the Kingdom shed tears and rejoice to that. Which makes me even richer!

    Art, especially theater, was used for manipting the masses since the ancient times, and was effective enough at it to warrant patronage from royalty and aristocracy. The y shouldve created an overwhelming difference in support for the heroes that saved the country and the nobles that did nothing. Now, if ykings condemns nobles that colluded with the Church or the Confederation, and the Kingdom wille together as one.

    The most easy-to-understand and popr tales of old are heroic tales of rewarding good and punishing evil.

    The corrupt nobles are already chained up in the dungeons of the Capital, while the fence sitters are about to lose their estates and be removed from important posts. In the worst case, they might even lose titles and have their property confiscated, so they will drop dead one way or another.

    It appears that sufficiently young children of the nobles will be looked after by the Royal Family and will be given a chance, but there hardly will be any families able to revive. It was all over for them at the point where they could look down at the Slums and think nothing of the situation there.

    Then, the sermon abruptly ended. What a surprise, there was a breakfast nned! Thats right, they havent brought anything aside from evening dresses for the night In other words, its side job time again!

    Since we unexpectedly stayed for the night, we are going to be invited for breakfast too! In the end, after that, afternoon dresses for everyone were made in a big hurry, and for some reason they also ordered matching underwear and stockings. So naturally it goes without saying that we ended up with a frenzied squirming mess of 25 girls writhing and copsing, making for a very morouste night side work, which however came with a special pay for urgency, so I made a lot of money from it too, with 50 lovely bare legs of fainted girls twitching in the room.

    Good grief, while I was able to cut off the sound with Spatial Magic, but to be making such lewd voices without any restraint in the room right next to the one where children are sleeping is very unhealthy for their education? And it also gets to me in highschool boy terms, so they really need correction?

    Which led to lots of unexpected misceneous chores. Dressing up unconscious girls, carrying them to their rooms, and while I was at it I had to repeatedly get busy with Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl-san in a highschool boys sort of way, so I didnt even a wink of sleep. Although I slept a lot in highschool boys sort of way, I didnt get any rest.

    And with the morning sun shining brightly, the girls have gathered in their new dresses. In a striking difference from their yesterdays unbing and lewd appearances, today, they look like refined youngdies. They also have washed and cleaned their faces, leaving not a sign of yesterdays drooling and crying mess to be seen.

    Speaking of which, what did Omui-sama want?

    He asked for a n for the Kingdom, so I gave him one?

    When I came to the Royal Pce to restock earlier I found a hidden room with tons of books, and after carrying off all of them they turned out to be a mountain of secret documents containing ounting books and secret ounting books, official documents and real documents? Yeah, I skimmed through all of them in case there might be something fun, but there wasnt even a single folk tale among those.

    So I saw all of those with Rajingan, and Wisdommemorized it. So I can write one immediately? Magic Handsfinished in less than three minutes, you know?

    I mean, its just about getting rid of what isnt needed and making things normal, so its pretty simple. In short, they simply were obfuscating things, trying to make them as seeminglyplex as possible, to prevent nobles and officials from fixing the issues. But knowing all of the tricks, one only has to make things right again. Now I will be able to install 100 paid massage chains in the Royal Pce, so its great business.

    Papers on fictional construction works where nothing aside from funneling money was done, newly developed but hidden mines, profits from which the nobles split among themselves, everything was thoroughly investigated and hidden.

    In other words, there was some highly capable official. While corrupted, they were doing their jobmendably. And thats why the ounting was perfectly disguised, so the Royal Family received coherent and consistent reports. It is because they made this effort to investigate andprehend everything to falsify the data that they were able to slip through all of the audits. This has to be theption of the long generations of the corrupt governance that was happening in the Kingdom. And thats why simply seeing those documents was enough to understand the solution. They were rotten to the core, but their work on reports was admirable, after all, they onlycked good intentions.

    And thats why I was stuck with side jobbing all this time.

    Everyone, preparations for breakfast areplete. I will guide you to the venue.

    Its another geezer, even though I was hoping for a maid. We headed to the hall with the girls , who unlike yesterday, appeared lively and gleeful in their new dresses with simple color palette, the orphans, as happy to go out in nice clothes as before, and disgruntled boys, for whom I ended up having to make morning coats The girls (tyrants) instantly rejected the boys idea of going back and eating at the souvenir store since its nearby, and desperately did their best to soothe and suppress the orphans opinion of the souvenir stores food being more delicious.

    Hello there, Haruka-kun. Im sorry for making you to go with the clean-up yesterday.

    Wha-, Haruka-kun! What is that massage throne? I want that in the Frontier too? In the audience room!

    Haruka-dono, I dont know how to thank you for yesterdays recovery mushrooms, but pleasee to my house next time

    Aaah, swarmed by middle-aged men since morning again

    The girls are chatting with nobledies, even the Geeks and Idiots get to talk with a muscr femalemander of the First Division, but only middle-aged men gather around me. However, it seems this world has no nobledies with drill hair, so once hair iron isplete it might sell quite well.

    Three little princes seem to be present too, but I couldnt care less about them or the middle-aged men attending. Even the broke noble middle-aged men that I gifted with free clothes at the Souvenir Store have gathered up! Alright, I guess its about time to destroy this middle-aged men pce?!

    Your Majesty. All of the attendees have gathered and awaiting words of Your Majesty.

    We finally got to the breakfast part, but it seems yking has a thing or two to say before that, although Meripapa-san doesnt seem interested in listening. He is tantly ignoring yking, shouting about wanting a massage throne, or rather, a massage count seat.

    Then, yking began his speech from a tform.

    First, lets drink to this auspicious day, lets party, yaaay!

    He really was a yking!

    Oh my, was it not a greeting from your country?

    Haruka-kun, what are you teaching to the King?!

    yking is saying something, while Im running around from the angry girls, trying to get to thedies, but blocked by the hell of middle-aged men, all while being tackled by the orphans, as usual. I wish I could enjoy a more peaceful morning. Like, going for the 22th round since the sunrise.

    Everyone is going to get busy with rebuilding the Kingdom after this lively breakfast ends, so for a while, they wont have much time for partying. Well, they have topletely rebuild the administration while being short on people, so that will be tough. But with the 70% that were undermining, twisting, and hindering the country gone, the country is naturally going toe alive. As long as proper forms of administration are established and instructions are issued it might not take that long for it to recover. Now, its finally back to being a state, so the rest can be handled by the country.

    Now, lets go back. Return to the souvenir store, prepare for departure, and this time return to the Frontier. The inn fees to keep the rooms are such a waste.

 Chapter 232

    Chapter 232

    Chapter 232

    Day 60  Evening, White Weirdo Inn

    Exploring up to the 50th floor and beating the dungeon master there, we triumphantly return to the town, but the inn is gone?

    Well, there is one, but its more of a luxurious resort hotel? Numerous pure white floors are stacked on top of the massive stone walls of the lower floors, in addition, ss, which is still highly valuable and shouldve been far from cleanly transparent in this world, is abundantly used in construction.

    But the signboard is saying White Weirdo, the culprit is obvious without thinking.

    As an attempt at exploring the interior sent us into confusion and shock over its astonishing marvelousness, the true culprit appeared without a shadow of guilty consciousness in his expression. While the family of innkeepers is on the verge of crying, he shows not a hint of remorse.

    Wee back~? Actually, that one is the main building, everyone should go over here, the ce remains pretty much unchanged? Well, it got more spacious and also gained some additional rooms, but its rtively the same, and basically fully reserved for us? Sort of?

    The usual entrance, the usual dinner hall, and everyoneing in with the usualWe are home, that is our ordinary life in the town.

    Although the extravagance of the main building did attract our interest a bit, this here is our sweet home. Thats why he left it unchanged.

    After all, this is the ce that everyonees back to.

    Looking closely, he did quite a lot of work here. Its more spacious now, and even the ceiling became a bit higher.

    However, despite all of the improvements, there is no sense of being brand new to it. Since he used the same materials, it all meshes well together without feeling out of ce.

    Im sure expanding while retaining that feeling of familiarity was far more difficult than just building it anew.

    Since we have more rooms now, well have to discuss if we are going to settle with single or double rooms. While it might be nice to spend time by yourself at ease, being alone is after all lonely.

    Girls baths became more spacious, have magic-powered showers now, and even a fully equipped sauna, plus there are also training grounds underground.

    I see~, the backyard where we trained all this time is no more.

    It was turned into a brand new inn.

    The inns master, his wife, and the Poster Girl-chan were all moved to tears by how splendid and strong he made it.

    That, finally made me understand, those tears werent because of how WonderfulorAmazingit was, but because of the outrageous and unthinkable toughness of the construction, that clearly was done with their psychological trauma in consideration. Those actually were tears of overwhelming relief.

    Even if the entire town was destroyed in a monster stampede, this inn would probably remain. One would be able to survive just by evacuating here. Thats the message behind it.

    He made an inn that instilled that sort of confidence. Well, putting aside the question isnt it not an inn anymore?, he did it.

    What he made was not a gorgeous and beautiful inn, but an ind of tranquility. Stay here and youll be safe.

    Im sure even monsters would be surprised to have the inn stand tall while the town walls, fortress, and even the castle are reduced to dust, but nowhere as shocked as the family owning the ce.

    However, despite being so amazingly tough, sturdy, and fortified, its still fully gorgeous, elegant, and luxurious. Moreover, the insane number of art pieces decorating the ce put even the Louvre to shame. He couldve made money with that alone. Even though every single one is a forgery, they have the aura to them!

    Were there that many sunflowers? Also, isnt Venus-san a bit off?

    They werent that huge, but the sunflowers were a series of paintings? And Venus-san got dressed up?

    There also were quite a few Mona Lisas, looks like he stopped at impressionists? Well, his cave room had A. Warhol in it?

    I think the current culture of this world didnt allow him to put nudity? I mean, Venus-san is all dressed up?

    Townsfolking to take a look were deeply impressed. The culture of this world mustve shifted today.

    It isnt some industrial or cultural revolution, the art reached the very hearts of the people that saw it.

    The culture of admiring beauty has taken roots in what until now was a life only for the sake of living, Im sure the town will be more beautiful.

    And this inn is a symbol of that, after all, it is excitement that gives birth to happiness and joy in the midst of ordinary everyday life.

    We were previously surprised by that church-like orphanage, which was then followed by that museum-like school, and now here is a hotel which at the same time is an art gallery?

    Before anyone noticed, the people that previously thought of their homes only in terms of sturdiness andfort, began painting their walls white, arranging the shape, and creating gardens. The town is already changing.

    I see, the other world was giving me this savage and brutal impression, but art and culture were yet to spread around, huh.

    But clothes and furniture are beginning to sell? It will only pick up the pace, the frontier was so poor after all.

    And the dinner awaiting us upon return was Meat and Potato Stew-san! He has a firm grasp on the stomachs of the girls!

    Fried fish, white rice, stew, and lightly pickled cucumbers, it was very delicious. But howe he can create such a deep vor in 2-3 minutes? Even being able to cook rice in 2-3 minutes is very strange by itself, but making pickles in just a couple of minutes is insane, no matter how lightly pickledthey might be, they wont be pickles in such a short time.

    And yet why does he keep properly frying fish every time?

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.For someone who supposedly has no useful skills he makes the most convenient use of them. Im sure even with a crafting-type cheat skill it still would be impossible to do something like this. After all, this very concept of disassembling and reassembling skills of his, no one has any idea how to take skills apart, and of course no one knows how to assemble them too. Just what is that?

    This just perfect seasoning, and the Potato-sans soft and ky texture make for an ultimate culinary gem. But apparently, what Haruka-kun really wanted were konnyaku noodles. His cooking long since surpassed the standards of our original world, and yet he is still unsatisfied.

    And the bath was amazing.

    Woooow! Is this a gorgeous resort? Eh, water ising from an artistic engraving!

    A marble bath~! Ah, and there is a separate wooden bathtub too. And that over there is a cold bath?

    And here is a waterfall shower! Discover new skills through waterfall mediation?! Go for supreme perfect enlightenment?

    The baths were huge, apparently only the girls side is like this.

    As for the boys, they are separate, sincebathing with dudes is no fun, but being unable to press for mixed baths despite that is very like Haruka-kun.

    Its been such a long time since I had shower~.

    A jacuzzi~, is this a deluxe version of the one from the cave?

    I wonder whats with this obsession with baths. He made a wfoot bathtub during his first week in this world, and then made jacuzzi too.

    And now burn calories in sauna~!

    Looks like they were aware of the danger that came with asking for extra servings of meat stew with potatoes. 20 schoolgirls covered with towels + 1 extra person immediately crowded the ce. Whoooa~ so hot~? Well, I did eat plenty of it too.

    Slowly, thoroughly, and deliberately we shed buckets of sweat. Its like heaven, but its hot, its hot, but pleasant.

    Shield Girl, who is now formally Shield Pres, was shining during the training before the bath, even Angelica-san was impressed by her growth, smiling fondly while observing.

    The girl that so desperately fought trying to protect gained a resolve to make the protection she is giving to everyone a definitive fact. And became Shield President.

    Haruka-san gave me a shield. He recognized me as a shield pres. So I will protect everyone., is what she said, and she definitely did a good job defending everyone both in dungeons and during the training. WithMirror Greatshieldthat Haruka-kun gave her, in her hands, she became an Aegis shielding everyone.

    Shimazaki-sans new equipment had incredible destructive power, but whats more important, the increase in speed it gave increased the number of attacks she could perform at a given period of time, which drastically boosted her strength, moreover, armed with Spear of Eternal Ice, d in armor of ice, and carrying tower shield of ice, she looked just like an Ice Queen,manding icy swords and arrows, extremely beautiful and stern.

    But the instant thebat was over, the ice queen that reigned supreme through sheer violence and overwhelming destructive power, turned all cute, gently rubbing Spear of Eternal Ice with a delighted look.

    The librarian-chan didnt reveal all of her cards until the very end, but all of the culture clubs girls became remarkably better both at debuffing enemies and empowering allies. That alone allowed the current exploration to progress much smoother than usual, as the monsters were thoroughly getting weakened one after another. But thatRipple Newas handed to the librarian-chan after a very long discussion with Haruka-kun. There must be something more to it.

    The next one is probably equipment for Kakizaki-kuns group? But when Haruka-kun is not around they are properly throwing boomerangs, setting up feints, keeping monsters in check with halberds, or going around shing them with swords, just what is going on with their weaponry? Or rather, their real weapons must be that physical ability, swiftness of decision, and superhuman intuition. But the moment Haruka-kun joins them they be idiots?

    But rather curiously, the usual morous duo that is treated as Volleyball girls A and B, Haga-san and Shisui-san are utterly silent, they seem to be nervous before the danger to maidenhood in the guise of measurements for bras and shorts. Id like to give them some words of encouragement But I honestly cant bring myself to say that its going to be all okay. By the end of it my knees gave way and I couldnt even stand up. And when I recall what happened back there, what happened there, it gets all hot, and (Thud)

    Medic~! The pres copsed in sauna~, her face is all red~, it might be bad~? And she seems to be muttering something Lewd?

    Carry her out, hurry. And cool her. No, using Blizzard for that is too much? Youll turn her into an icicle.

    That measuring session is a danger to maidens, or rather, its like its making a depraved girl leak out, overflow from a pure maiden. That is definitely not okay!

 Chapter 233

    Chapter 233

    Chapter 233

    Day 60  Nighttime, White Weirdo Inn

    Today it is going to be the Volleyball Girls A and B duo? In that case, are they giving higher priority to the girls withrge busts, for whom bra issues are more severe? Indeed, Volleyball Girls A and B have fine ones, including them into The Big Groupwouldnt be strange at all, they do bounce well.

    After all, those two are former, or maybe current, volleyball club members, they are a duo of offensive tanks, responding to attacks from front, rear, nks, and even bottom and top too.

    Therefore, they often bounce, like, hey, are they hiding balls there? Is how well they are shaking. That must be why they were given priority. I see~, so that jiggle will be no more, huuuh? No, Im going to properly make it anyway? It seems the demand for bras is far more pressing than a highschool boy can imagine or evenprehend. Since it impacts their movements and fatigue, this is a matter of life and death for the girls, as all of them havebat type jobs. And apparently, frills are very important too? Whichpelled me to ept this task, but it put my peace and life (passion) at risk! Both yesterday and the day before that my Life (passion), Soul (passion) and Desire (passion) went totally Passion-Passion, going passionately berserk all night long. It was pretty tough, you know?

    But for the musclebrain duo thats always horsing around with no concern for their clothesing undone or underwear bing visible to fidget like this inplete silence makes it really difficult for me to work! I was actually wary as they have simr characters to Nudist Girl, they might just suddenly strip on the spot, the atmosphere is so awkward!

    But since they were given priority, they mustve felt that it impacts theirbat performance. They either sensed that it posed a danger, or felt some warning signs of it. In that case, I shouldnt be getting embarrassed either, and instead I should approach it with a calm and uninterested mind, akin to making ordinary equipment! Yes, this isbat equipment, an armor meant to protect ones body! To make undressing easier both came wearing mini-one piece dresses which open in front. As they timidly move their fingers, the buttonse undone, one after another. Im sorry, this is impossible! Forget a calm mind, that very highschool boy part is sending emergency signals, standing tense at attention. Its just a bit short of proiming the athletes oath of fair y. Thats how big of an emergency it is. However, as one of them works her way from the top and the other one from the bottom, the buttons are being undone This awkward silence filled only with the rustling of clothes is driving me crazy! Armored Pres unreliable blindfold is already in effect, but this in turn makes the sounds strangely vivid. Looks like my calm indifference was turned into crazed anguish? (*Rustle*) (*Swish*) the sound is so vividly raw!

    You know, its really hard to work in this awkward silence? Im going to simply take measurements, make it, check how they fit, adjust, make the shape, and apply corrections? Im not looking, and Im not going to touch anything, so you can rx and go with Yahoo~, naked festival~!sort of flow? You are not like your usual Twin Lightpoles selves? Or something? Kind of?

    We arent Twin Lightpoles! AndYahoo~, naked festival~!? What sort of idiots do you think we are!

    They are still a bit tense? Lets continue while having small talk,plete silence makes me too conscious of the sounds, plus I have a three-dimensional picture thanks to Space Awarenessso it bothers me even more. Thats why I keep pressing for random chat, what happened at the dungeon today, requests for food, clothes theyd like next, such ordinary talk. Talking about the old days must still be too hard for them.

    And so Shield Girl-chan, or rather our new Shield Pres, gave us herCounter Shield

    Oh yeah, so I swapped myde Shieldwith it, but the weight is totally different, so when I charged in

    As the talk began to flow the tension began to dissipate, but please, dont insertAhorUnin the middle of your lines? AndHyaorKyaare bothering me too, arent you replying with a firmAyeduringbat?

    Nah, I dont really care about volleyball anymore. Well, its not like I dont have attachments to it, but be it national or interhigh, in the end, we were eternal second ce, and fighting with everyone like this is pretty fun on its own too? We probably just wanted excitement, working earnestly towards something, and then going YAAAY, YAHOO with everyone over it, so this is this, and that is that?

    Totally this, that feeling of going crazy with everyone after winning a battle is great, isnt it? It probably didnt have to be volleyball? Aah, but being eternal second ce in middle and high school still pisses me off!

    Among the other girls they have a rtively strong mental fortitude and high adaptability, but they seem to have one half of acting tough, one half of giving up, one half of having fun, and one half of not thinking anything at all, totalling for two people worth. Well, lets poprize beach volleyball when we find a sea, and while at it, also hold a beach volleyball tournament. In such a format they can make a team with just the two of them. It would be a waste for all of the skills and experience that they umted since their childhood to be useless, and there is no way it wouldnt be vexing. Poprizing beach volleyball shouldnt even be that hard. And naturally, I have no reluctance about making a beach volleyball uniform, in fact, I have so little hesitation and reservation about it, that beach volleyball uniform might get poprized before beach volleyball can even be a thing? Sort of?

    The president and others were from the tennis club, but does it need poprization? The uniform? The shrimp, if Im not mistaken, was in the track and field club, but she is running around just fine even now, so might as well let it be. But rhythmic sports gymnastics will be difficult to spread, not only does it need equipment, but also the contents of the contests areplicated, and it will take a long while for the first gymnasts to appear. Leotards are already in stock though? Yeah, Armored Pres-san has about 10 different ones, I had her try every single one? It was great.

    And as we talk about this and that, Evil Hands continue making measurements and feeding information to Apex Thinking-san. Sound effects like BoingorJigglekeep reverberating throughout my brain. No, Apex Thinking-san, you dont have to trante that, okay? It isnt Slime-san, so no one is trying to have a conversation with those, or rather, if I did, it would be a matter of public concern? But is the trantion possible if I actually tried to? No, not like I want to? But is it though?

    They are firm and nicely dome-shaped to begin with, so there seems to be no need to do much in terms of support or restraint, so the work should be focused around weight distribution, and fixation, and then making sure that straps wont rub during intense movement. I slightly hate the fact that Im getting used to this, I absolutely dont hate this at all, but I hate the concept of a highschooler whose special skill is custom made bras? I wonder if my Affection Rating is doing alright (Thousand-yard stare, blindfolded version)

    And while things were progressing nicely, the bottoms, as expected, turned out to be a bit off. While they did tighten and lift up the buttocks, Ill have to adjust them for their muscr build. In other words Feel everything with Evil Handsand measure, while grasping withHolding? It was a mess, lets just say that it was very mentally draining both for the one measuring and for those being measured. As I thought, the biggest danger is sound effects.

    What was thatKyanright now?

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.When I was finally done, I had perfect measurements and a good grasp of muscr levels, so without giving it much thought I made volleyball shorts as an extra, but they were moved to tears. Although it seems they will dly use it as housewear. Lets make gym shorts for the girls next time, of course, that includes Armored Pres-san! Since the duo got matching uniforms that Armored Pres-san is looking at them very intently, does she want it? The others dont have them either? Well, Im not against making one at all, but going hard at night with the same uniform that the girls were crying upon receiving? Can it be in a different color?

    Finally, the trial was over, leaving behind freshly worn still warm underwear, now for equipment making. Im pretty sure if I begin with underwear, by the time I get to the equipment making, I will get so heated up that we will end up making something very different, so equipment first.

    There are some points that are bothering me, and there are also things that Id like to try out. Its about Appraisal. I managed to appraise Demon Gods Zweihanderall the way to its materials. I cant do this with any other item, but for some reason for Demon Gods ZweihanderI managed to identify materials. And all of them were familiar to me, or rather, I had them on hand.

    Iron, mithril, and niello. I managed to get niello after processing those weird objects that I bought in bulk at the mining town with alchemy.

    If I can reproduce it, then Ill be able to arm the entire Idiot Five with it. They might be real stupid idiots through and through with no limits to their boundless idiotic idiocy, and also very extremely

    idiotic idiots that couldnt be any dumber, but they are strong.

    Since those five together form a unit, they cant be crushed, each one is individually strong, they have outstanding teamwork and genius level intuition, the natural disaster-tier brains are the only thing holding them back. If those five can all be strengthened at once they would be an incredibly formidable unit (legion). But I dont want to make any, since they might throw them too. I mean, those guys were throwing halberds and then beat enemies with boomerangs. Even so, they are strong, if viewed individually they are likely in the strongest tier.

    Feel withEvil Hands, study withHolding, and analyze withApex Thinking, its not fun at all since its just a sword, but I thoroughly investigate it, andpute my findings. I managed to fully work it out. As long as I have the required materials I theoretically should be able to reproduce it with alchemy. Well, its performance might end up being slightly worse, but it should still be quite usable if I mithrilify it.

    But even if I managed to pull it off, Demon Gods Zweihanderis arge sword more than two meters in size, Im pretty sure it would be very difficult to handle for anyone aside from the idiots. It doesnt seem very profitable, but if I learn how to duplicate weapons it might solve all of our weaponry deficit problems at once. Its worth a shot. Even if its not fun at all.

    I focus my mind on the sword, I cant afford to look at freshly worn still steaming hot underwear!

    From material toponent, from metal to design, I expose, reveal, break down, survey it all the way through. As if rewinding time for a just crafted time, I reveal all the steps of the crafting process.

    PoW stat alone is not enough to manage this size and weight. It requires resilience, power shifting, and bnce, unless you have all three, handling this is impossible. Only those savages have the sense to properly grasp the technique needed to utilize its weight for recoil to turn it into centrifugal force, that would allow them to freely swing it around. Penalty to InT is a minus, but since they are on the level of primitive man anyway, it wouldnt change a thing.

    The optimal weapon for them, and to avoid them throwing the swords lets confiscate boomerangs.

    FiveDemon Gods Zweihandersare lying before me, I cant even tell which is the original by now. I mean, I just lined them up randomly, so I really have no idea? Each one isDemon Gods Zweihander  PoW 60% Up, Recklessness +ATT -INT, so its done. Well, now I have to mithrilify this Wait a moment, if I first upgraded it with mithril and then copied it I couldve finished it in one go! And now I have to repeat a boring procedure five times.

    Well, a journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step. Rome was not built in a day. Large urietta is a gathering of small aretha. [1] The road to warm underwear begins with night shift work, kind of?

 Chapter 234

    Chapter 234

    Chapter 234

    Day 61  Morning, White Weirdo Inn.

    The princess seems to have left for the capital, taking the maid with her. She disappeared from the lords mansion under the cover of the night, or so they say.

    The letter she left behind contained onlyThank you for everything. As one belonging to the Royal family, I swear on my name, I will definitely protect the kingdom and the frontier. Shariceres di Diorer, and thats all she had to say before leaving to stop the war with only two people.

    Meanwhile, back at the mansion, they quickly assembled troops, sent out a search party on fast horses, and also made Murimuri castle deploy personnel to watch the Fake Dungeon. Everyone is in an uproar, trying to bring them back, worried about their safety.

    Did they leave?

    They did, huh?

    Well, no surprise, huh.

    Thats so like them.

    But we are worried.

    It will be a tragedy?

    Possibly even a gruesome one?

    But certainly a tragedy?

    Im more worried about it bing aedy.

    How many times, it keeps repeating, and we have the same worry every time.

    When we woke up in the morning the self-proimed weakest one, who is under pretense of being a human, disappeared, taking his servants, the strongest dungeon emperor and the powerful dungeon master, with him.

    He mustve left to escort the princess.

    The absolutely unsuitable for the role, the worst man-eating fiend, that should be thest person in this world to be escorting anyone has assumed the position of her escort.

    The trio with ultra-excessive firepower, who might destroy the world in an attempt to protect someone, went as the guards.

    Destroying the world is not unlikely if its about those three, I honestly pity the unfortunate would-be attackers.

    Well, while I say this, everyone is in fullbat equipment already. Turns out, Kakizaki-kuns group got five giant swords from Haruka-kun. He left, entrusting them to the Poster Girl.

    Who handed them to Kakizaki-kun and the others first thing in the morning. Give them to the group of five idiots with really dumb mugs.is what he apparently said, and she gave them to Kakizaki-kun and others without even a hint of hesitation.

    The Poster Girl probably thinks that Idiotsis how they are actually called.

    Volleyball club girls also were given a package. The bag sent to them hadFreshwritten on it. Well, its obvious whats inside. Looks like he left after diligently finishing his nighttime work.

    And unlike thetter overflowing with resolution and determination that was left by the princess, the one he left made no sense at all, as usual.

    I mean, I bet souvenirs will sell like crazy? Its a chance for profit! Its magnate time! Sort of?is all it said.

    He departed leaving a letter overflowing with greed and a determination to make a quick buck, or rather, since nothing can be understood by reading it, thats not even a letter anymore but a cryptic note. But this is not a dying message, its a deathing (killing?) message, brimming with desire to solve the problem with a bit of ughter, thats basically a crime notice.

    Haaah, well, we are curious too, so lets go?

    Yup~.

    Well, that was bound to happen, with two girls putting their lives on the line to stop the war, there is no way he wouldnt go along. They certainly went with them. I have a whole lot of issues with this, but at the same time, I also wouldve hated it if Haruka-kun didnt go with them. Then, if we cant stop them, we should just go ourselves, thats what we fought to get level 100 for. And we also had excessively great equipment prepared, as if waiting for this moment.

    At the very least, there is no doubt that they went to the Fake Dungeon. That is the only existing passage, and the princess wont be able to get through with just her and the maid.

    And then there is evidence left in Haruka-kuns room, a packaged Frontiers Specialty, Dungeon Manju, Kind of?. They were delicious, so he finally made red bean paste.

    The fact that there was a share for everyone points to it definitely being a premeditated crime. There was also tea and the matching number of cups.

    We involuntarily sat down for a tea with manju, which dyed our departure. But was it necessary to writeKind of??

    With those threeing along, there might be no reason for rushing. We just have to catch up to them before the war beginsandThe biggest threats to Haruka-kun are wars, man-made traps, schemes, and unique skills.

    Is what everyone was saying, hurriedly preparing for the departure, but upon entering the dining hall we were met with oyakodon and mushroom soup.

    Looks like Haruka-kun prepared this for our breakfast before leaving. Lets dig in?

    Alright, now we are definitely going, destination  the Fake Dungeon.

    The high-speed 8-person group is going to leave first, which then will be followed by the remaining group of 21 people.

    With Lv100s movement speed it wouldnt take even an hour to reach the Fake Dungeon, but traveling with no caution is dangerous, and usually, traveling at high speed means that Detection and Search wont be able to pick up threats in time. The speed is so high, that we would bump into the enemy by the time we detect them. Thats why we are going to travel while having plenty of safety margin.

    Nowhere to be found~.

    Yeah, they mightve already stepped into the Fake Dungeon.

    If they left during the night, then it wouldnt be strange for them to enter the Fake Dungeon by now, even if they are traveling together with the princess. That princess should have a considerably high level too.

    Slow down! Be on your guard and halt!

    Aye.

    Soldiers, its probably the local troops, but we still should be vignt.

    Decelerating, we slowly approach them, making sure we will be noticed.

    Since the wagons have OMUIwritten on their sides in a huge, HUGE letters, they should belong to the local lord. After all, usually, one wouldnt use suchrge and shy letters. Even though Haruka-kun wouldnt remember the name no matter where and how it was written, the lord is still trying his hardest, but if that was all it took, then even we wouldve been walking around with cards. Its simply not possible.

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.

    A single horseman ising our way, raising one hand, aah~, its the lord riding off on his own again. His aide is desperately trying to catch up.

    Omui-sama, excuse me, but we need a moment of your time. The thing is

    When we exined the situation, Omui-sama first gave a broad smile, and then began convulsing withughter. Looks like he understood the way things are about to go for the royal army.

    My, Im sorry. I feel guilty for once again having dragged you into the squabbles of the frontiers army. Having concerns about the Princess safety, we already sent out the message with our fastest horsemen But, I see, so Haruka-kun is apanying them, and even took the monsters under his control with him. Then the Princess ispletely safe, however, we cannot afford to inconvenience Haruka-kun any further, putting an evenrger burden upon his shoulders. We have to make haste, I notified our troops, so you will have free passage into Murimuri Castle as well. Excuse me, but I will be going ahead.

    Having said that he rode off, his aide also made a short bow and immediately rushed after him. He seems to be having it tough.

    What do we do now? Follow after them? Overtake and hurry ahead?

    Hmmm, how about we follow them while we wait for the main group?

    No objections.

    The main force of the kingdoms army is likely yet to arrive. It should take them another week to get here.

    Are they nning to intercept them in those wastnds ravaged by sandstorms with just five people? Or do they want to pull them to Murimuri Castle? Or perhaps destroying all of them in the Fake Dungeon, going out to meet them on our own should be nothing but a disadvantage. And just where is he trying to put up that souvenir stall of his? How much for manju? How many is one person allowed to buy? They were super delicious.

    Rejoining with the rest we arrived to Murimuri Castle without any issues. And now we are making preparations for reconnaissance in force with our group spearheading it.

    Well, preparations are pretty much limited to getting ID cards in order. Passing around special ID cards for passing through the Fake Dungeon.

    Those ID cards are made out of magic stones, if you have one, master golem will guide you through the ce. The Stalker Girls nsmen are also provided with them. ButFake Dungeon Co. Ltd? Their shares are not avable for trade and they arent listed anywhere, what an utterly suspicious ID. He apparently was really against making it aPass, but what is the difference?

    Forming a file we enter the Fake Dungeon. While we can safely pass through, it still doesnt mean that there are no hostile adventurers or soldiers inside, so we are advancing while maintaining a level of caution, constantly probing the area around us with Search and Detection.

    For some reason, there are even more unfamiliar paths and new traps. Looks like he regrlyes for remodeling.

    Lets use the slide to go all the way to the entrance?

    No, we might miss them if we do that. This thing is a one-way trip.

    On the frontiers side the Fake Dungeon has a pitfall signed Back to the Entrancewith the slide that will take you all the way to the kingdoms side, but since it passes underground, there is a chance that we might pass them without noticing. By the way, Slime-san seems to really like it. A few girls also seem very eager to slide down, you understand that it is sort of a trap, right?

    Be careful from here on~, we wont trigger traps, but oiled ces are still going to be slippery~, one wrong step and you are stark naked~.

    Oh~, no~.

    Even without active traps, this ce has plenty of evil devices, and falling for one, means losing equipment and clothes.

    I cant help but admire the courage of the kingdoms troops willing to storm this ce. Beating a normal dungeon is definitely safer than passing through here. After all, Dungeon Masters are more honest and sensible than Haruka-kun. Their ces have a much kinder and considerateyout than the dungeon designed by this viinously crafty and morally-challenged person.

    Do you think they mightve reached the neighboring Narrogi by now?

    Hmm, I wonder, if it was Haruka-kun and co alone they would be there a long time ago.

    Gosh, the Fake Dungeon now even has contraptions that screw with Detection, so passing it bes even more of a drag, Id like to just get through in one go, but one misstep and it will be a disaster.

    Most likely, items on the level of our equipment wont be destroyed by Weapons and Armor Destruction, but if by some chance they did get destroyed it would be a huge loss. The same goes for clothes, they have resistances, so they should be fine, but if they do melt it would be a tragedy for us as maidens. Lets proceed with care.

    Whooa, it looks so real, anyone would attack it.

    A picture on the ceiling, depicting numerous spider monsters, the ceiling would copse if someone was to attack it. One pointless attack leads to a catastrophe, and since youd have no one to me but yourself for making that self-destructing attack it will also break ones spirit, how malicious!

    Since they went with such a small group, they must be nning to bait the kingdoms forces, so we cant simply catch up to them with no consideration, but if we take things too slowly the battle might begin without us.

    However, he did everything he could in the town. Remodeling the inn, restocking the weapon store leaving tons of items, establishing new workshops and stalls here and there, and even secretly reinforcing the town walls. As if trying to get done with everything he could do in the frontier town. As if trying to settle everything.

    Thats why we are anxiously chasing after them. Just how far is he intending to go? Even if he was sure toe straight back after this we still wouldve followed, and he probably doesnt have anything in particr on his mind anyway, but we are still too worried not to chase after him. I mean, Haruka-kun also has no idea of what the kingdom is up to. He is rushing into the war without a proper read of the situation. But future predictions, results, victory and defeat, are all irrelevant, we are simply going to protect Haruka-kun. Even if he doesnt need our protection, we still have to be at his side, so that if the time when he needs the protectiones, we can help him! Even if we are yet to catch up to him, we got strong enough to stand proudly beside him, thats what we were striving for all this time! And thats why this time, we are all going to where he is.

 Chapter 235

    Chapter 235

    Chapter 235

    Chapter 235: Is it possible to sell manju to the people that dont understand even manju are scary?

    Day 61  Morning, Narrogi Town.

    We are wandering through a town that looks more like abandoned ruins. The princess and me, just the two of us.

    Its clear that we are being observed, but I walk nonchntly, pretending not to know. Actually, Maid Girl is hiding in the Royal Girls shadow, and Slime-san is currently sitting on my head in its mini-version, hidden by the hood, so there are actually four people, but visually, only two. Armored Pres is away on an errand.

    Even though Im walking alone with a girl, at least appearance-wise, the moment I get even a bit close to the Royal Girl, Maid Girl begins stabbing at me with a sword from the shadow? Its no fun, she is even wearing the lewd dress, but its not fun at all. Well, she is wearing armor on top of the dress, so skin exposure is limited, however, the back, navel, and leg slit are still exposed, truly a marvel of design! So wouldnt it be against the rules to cover that with a shield?

    Are you sure about apanying me? We are about to walk into the very midst of enemies, my life might not be in danger, but nothing can guarantee your safety? Why would you willingly expose yourself to such a danger?

    You are asking if Im sure, but I just have business in this area? I need to make money, but at the same time, it would be a problem if there is nothing to buy with it, you know? So Im just tagging along and having some lewd dress appreciation time? Kind of! Sort of? Well, just think that I came to simply take a look?

    ording to Stalker Girls nsmen, the main forces of the nobles army are still far, but smaller forces of nobles already began arriving, which includes mercenaries as well. While they are called mercenaries, some of them are no different from bandits. Isnt it risky to let two girls go to such a ce on their own?

    And also, the First Prince Something is supposed to being with the main force! And also that dude, and some other dude, and also that other dude, and it seems that the other other dude will be there too! I wonder what its all about?

    I heard the exnation, but the prince is supposedly a prince, and ording tomon sense, princes are generally male? Moreover, its a pretty middle-aged prince, and since I couldnt be bothered to listen to something that boring, I ignored all of that talk about somebody of somethinging to whatever with who cares, so I slightly lost the plot of this entire thing. Even so, its a brother and sister, letting them have a direct murder contest with each other is in bad taste.

    In addition, there have been multiple cases of attacks on merchants supporting our contraband effort. At first I thought that they mightve found out about the smuggling, but apparently the deterioration of public order, nasty mercenaries, and mischief by lesser nobles are to me. If they want to loot and steal on the kingdomsnds its their freedom, but I cant allow a contraband route to be destroyed. Rice deficit will directly impact my meals! The rice grudge is heavy! About the weight of seven dead bodies for one rice grain? Ah, no, seven was the count for gods, if its bandits then 70,000 for one rice grain, so might as well massacre them all. Yup, that sounds like a n! [1]

    There are most certainly assassins around. Their threat is not in their strength but in their proficiency in killing people. Haruka-sama, you might possess the strength to kill monsters or even dungeon masters, but they are specialists in handling and killing humans. Taken under the wing by the royalty or ancient noble houses they kept honing their assassination techniques for ages. What is awaiting us is not even going to be a battle in the proper sense of the word.

    Oh, no~, Im so scared of sexy female assassins~! Let me say it aloud, or even shout, Im very~ scared of sexy female assassins~! Can you hear me~? Im super duper scared of ultra beautiful sexy female assassins~? Kind of~ My worst enemies?

    I tried to y it up! This shouldve raised a g! Sexy female assassins should already be gathering, amassing here inrge numbers from all over the kingdom! Finally, my true highschool boys battle is about to begin. Will it be a beautiful kunoichi-san? A bewitching assassin? But the most important point, is honeytrap! Yes, it must be dripping and sweet like honey! Thats right, I have to let them know that Im afraid of honeytraps too! Thats very important, I wonder if shouting about 2,000 times would be enough? Lets make cards too, Honey Traps Are Essential!.

    Why would you start yelling like that when we are in the middle of a covert mission! We are trying to keep a low profile! We are sneaking! Please, dont attract attention by shouting! And dont start nonchntly singing too! You are clearly brimming with expectations, and arent afraid at all, right? Id be shocked if any intelligence operative thoughtThats his weak point!after hearing that! There is a very real danger! Even though there is no reason for you to put your life at risk Even though the kingdom and royalty should be bearing the responsibility for those wrongdoings, just why

    Eh! No good you say?! Looks like in this world they dont even get Manju are scary, can I really make money off selling manju like this? Good grief, thats why other worlds are other, what a useless world, even though they are so tasty. [2]

    Walking through the ruin-like town, we passed a slum-like area covered in debris that doesnt have a single soul around, and entered an alleyway that not only has not a single passerby but is also devoid of any and all signs of human presence. Now, ifing this far, they are still going to throw middle-aged men at me, I will throw them to a pack of kobolds and bitches! That is a hellish nightmare! Even kobolds were scared.

    The group that was following us split up and moved to surround us. Are those bandits looking for gold? Or maybe noblesp dogs, targeting the princess? Or maybe lewd people lured by the lewd dress? If so, we might get along! If they are able to understand the magnificence of this lewd dress, they have to be lewd people of very cultured tastes. Well, since its this lewd, they might attack regardless of their tastes though? Yeah, its so lewd, that the very idea of walking around in it is questionable.

    Hey, you two. Stop right there!

    They surrounded us, which is cool, I knew this wasing? There are seventeen of them, seventeen middle-aged men! Those bastards went and broke the gs that I was so earnestly trying to raise! Alright, lets break them. Utterly, thoroughly, club them into pulp, a mess, mush, after all, this is revenge for the broken gs! Im going topletely break them!

    Who are you people, if you are calling someone to halt, how about introducing yourself?

    Royal Girl is angry. The surrounding middle-aged men are staring at her, mutteringSexyorLewd, so she is super pissed! But well, it is sexy? Yup, very.

    No doubt, its Princess Shariceres. Capture her.

    Ooh, a jackpot out of the blue? Dont let her get away.

    Looks like its middle-aged male mercenary-like bandits who also happen to be middle-aged malepdogs of some nobles, well, basically, middle-aged men.

    Kuh!

    Royal Girl immediately pulled out the sword, raised a shield, took a low stance spreading her legs, and went into a seriousbat mode. That is a good stance. Lowering her center of gravity and taking such a wide stance would allow her to swiftly move while surrounded and maintain the bnce between offense and defense while keeping control over a considerable space around her. In other words, the slit on the dress is wide open, revealing not only her legs, but also allowing a glimpse at her inner thighs, this is a very nice stance! This is some good stuff!

    Wait, Haruka-sama? Why are you turning your back to the enemies, and staring at my legs while squatting? Can I cut you down?

    Well, those are just scoundrels, if fought, Royal Girl can beat them on her own, and running away is also easy. Even so, they are scoundrels specialized in fighting other humans. So pulling a sword on them is pointless, it will only get you caught without allowing any resistance. See?

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.Kuh! You cowards, using such underhanded Wait, Haruka-sama, why are you getting yourself caught, squatting like that, as if you wanted it to happen! And where are you sticking your face!

    A casting. And since they have chains weaved in, I was caught without a chance to cut through it. In other words, there is no way out of this predicament! Im not to me! Also, if you ask me where I am sticking my face, the answer is obvious? Thighs? Yup, it was totally worth waiting for it while squatting. Those are great thighs!

    But Maid Girl is aiming to stab me from Royal Girls shadow! Moreover, its a t gaze maid girl in a lewd maid uniform! Well, getting stabbed sounds painful, so lets give up on the thighs, my happiness didntst, but those were great thighs! After all, its the thighs with absolute territory!

    Unfortunately, this wouldve been much better without the armor? Well, even so, I have to take revenge for the broken gs, so as much as I regret saying goodbye to this moment, it was very nice, thank you for the meal? Sort of?

    We dont need that brat, off him. But dont you dare wound the princess.

    A jet ck scythe is spinning in mid-air, over my head, the instrument of the soul harvesting reaper. And only now, for a limited time, we have a special offer, two more scythes wille as a bonus, what a steal, avable at a wonderful discount, it will cost you only all of your money! I mean, you have to cover for the damages done to my precious gs, that I earnestly raised with such affection, Im taking everything!

    Still ensnared in the, Royal Girl and I entangle with each other, having this and that ce touching, rubbing together, all while engaging in a boisterous dance with scythes. As if in a rondo, I spin around with this well trained dynamite body while hunting down everyone around, cutting my way through as if in a deadly waltz. And then tango! Dishing kicks all around we stomp the middle-aged men.

    The softness of her body was too pleasant, so I ended up overdoing it. This squishiness ranks at the top of this world. If I ever encounter a squishiness association Im definitely going to endorse her.

    And since we moved so wildly while still caught in the, we entwined even harder, which also made the dress slip from the shoulders, exposing her cleavage, the skirt creped up, baring her legs, and had us glued together. For some reason, I sense a sudden rush of kindness towards the middle-aged men that attacked us, so Im willing to let them off with just burning their heads. You should be grateful for that half exposed voluptuous dynamite body! Im grateful for this too, thank you very much.

    Damn, you bastard(*Whack!*)This little shit(*Thud*)You m(*Bam*)Oh(*Squash*) (*Crack*)

    Promptly taking their wallets and valuables I put away the loot into the item bag. Sadly, the that provided such a marvelous time, was removed by Maid Girl? Well, lets take the too, this is good stuff.

    Why are you robbing the bandits? Moreover, you are taking everything from weapons to items, no mercy at all! You even took the!

    No-no, you got it all wrong? Robbing normal people would indeed make you a bandit, but robbing bandits makes you a normal person? Probably?

    Good grief, what an awful thing to say, it almost makes it sound like Im doing something wrong? They are the ones who did something bad, so naturally, that makes me a good person? Yup, no doubt about it, a perfectly logical and absolutely irrefutable line of reasoning. In other words, no matter from which angle one approaches it, Im 360 degrees not to me? I mean, they are the bad guys here?

    Why double t Gaze? Wait, since body double is involved, maybe its Twin t Gaze? For some reason, every time Im trying to approach things logically, and argue that Im just an ordinary human, I get dissatisfied looks? I thought that there might be an issue with the trantion tool for the otherworldlynguages, but even my ssmates are giving me the same t gazes? Its just sad that they are unable to understand my well-reasoned logic. By the way, my exnations are so logical that the pres even praised me, saying Haruka-kuns exnations are gxy brain.. Wait, was that a dis?

    Anyway, lets bait another group, its pretty profitable. If 50 more bands were to attack us, bing a magnate might not be out of reach! Alright, lets get attacked! Naturally, I still suggest, rmend, and strongly endorse the use of sexy female assassins. Like, Im waiting?

    [TL Notes:

    [1] There is an old belief and a saying which is sometimes used to admonish children for wasting food. Every grain of rice has seven fortune gods.

    [2] A famous Rakugo story.[2] Manju are scary The gist of it  a group of young people talks about what they like, each gave some example, then the leader asked what they were scared of, everyone gave something quitemonce like snakes or spiders, and then one of them says that he is scared of manju, others, naturally, were bewildered, how can anyone be scared of desserts, but he assured them that he is absolutely terrified of manju. So, of course, they decided to y a prank on him, bought some manjus, and ording to different version either threw manju at him or left them by his bedside, Im sure there are other version too, but what they all they have inmon is that when confronted with the red-bean-pasta-filled desserts he begins eating them. Other boys realize that they were deceived and demand him to tell what he is really afraid of, to which he shyly answers that he is very scared of delicious tea.

    [3] Rakugo  https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rakugo

 Chapter 236

    Chapter 236

    Chapter 236

    Day 61  Late Morning, Narrogi Town.

    Thank you for your patronage? Kind of? But you know, dont you have like, more expensive weapons or equipment? Or rather, I would really appreciate it if you were to attack carrying a huge load of cash or precious metals? Then Id dly get mugged into the riches, also, you dont have toe in turns, you can attack all at once, and if you pull out money and weapons beforehand it will greatly save me trouble? Thats what nice bandits would do? Sort of? LIke, I think? Probably?

    Everyone is a middle-aged man, so stripping them of their possessions is bothersome and not fun at all. It would be great if they simply handed all of their valuables and then copsed on their own, such inconsiderate bandits. If they want to be stripped, they should properly bring a beautiful female assassin or a sexy female bandit for that. Such utterly inconsiderate bandits.

    Moreover, we had close to a dozen bandit groups attack us, but Im still far from bing rich. On top of that, every single one of them was a middle-aged man. Is this actually Middle-aged men Worldor something? Alright, lets destroy it a bit! I think if I told Slime-sanyou can have as many snacks as you want if you destroy this world~it probably will be destroyed? And it if takes too long, I can tell Armored Pres-san something along the lines ofIll make you a new hat if you destroy this world~and it will end in an instant? Im sure no one will grieve the destruction ofMiddle-aged men World, quite contrary, I personally will celebrate it. Then, scorch thisMiddle-aged men World

    Haruka-sama~, the next group is here~. How long are we going to keep doing this? This is the 8th group. Why does it hurt my heart even though we are the ones getting attacked by bandits? Howe I cant help but see us as the real viins here? Ah, herees another group. Poor things

    And they are even shing at me! A disgracefulck of tact for bandits! Even though the first group properly used a throwing, capturing me and Royal Girl and gluing us together with such marvelous squish-squish underhanded move, resulting in a wonderful rub-rub squeeze-squeeze fight! But the rest is nothing but worthless and ipetent ruffans.

    Im bad at fighting humans, or rather, vulnerable to trapping skills. There is no chance for me to resist, and my physical attributes are considerably low. If struck by a movement-sealing skill or a sure-hit unavoidable attack Ill easily die. The fragility thates with my low stats is fatal.

    Well, I have a slime bodyguard sitting on my head, its offensive and defensive capabilities are of the strongest tier, attacking and defending for it is the same thing because those two acts fused into one, the ultimate lifeform. Its sleeping though.

    I tried to take them on, thinking it might serve as practice, but Im bored already, the reason being, every single one of them is a middle-aged man! Im fed up with this! Its been nothing but middle-aged men ever since I came to this world! Whats up with this staggeringly high middle-aged men ratio? Even though the worlds described in the books that I read in the past would have one encounter nothing but cute girls no matter where one goes and what one does, what is Middle-aged men outbreak? Looks like this is the worst world.

    And its not only not fun, but also not profitable! Looks like getting attacked by bandits was an exploitative job? After all, they barely have any valuables. Good grief, such a waste of time and opportunity. We are going out of our way to guide every single group to some deserted ce, and this is the treatment?! I mean there hasnt been a single beautiful female assassin, nor a sexy female bandit, nor a pretty female fencer, nor a cute sorceress! I hate this world.

    And when I try to lewdly heal my soul by taking a peek at the openings in Royal Girls sexy dress, Maid Girl begins attacking me from her shadow. Its not fun?

    You know, getting assaulted by bandits is way less fun and profitable than I expected, and its kind of a chore? A total disappointment? Is how it kind of feels?

    On the contrary, Im curious how you could think that getting attacked by bandits would be fun and profitable? Who told you that? Could it be that this is the reason why you decided to escort me? Thinking that getting attacked would be fun and profitable? Why is a guard so keen on getting attacked by bandits? Wait! Is that even a guard then?

    If you cant profit from doing what you want, thats just a hobby. In that case, I might as well say that Im doing this for a hobby, after all, Im not profiting and it isnt bringing money. I wont say that dynamite-body-in-lewd-dress appreciation isnt on the list of my hobbies, but if a hobbyes with some profits, it would bring me great joy? In a rich man kind of way?

    What do we do? Im sure we can bait more of them, but Im almost certain its going to be middle-aged men again! If everyone here is middle-aged men, then wouldnt it be quicker to burn them along with the town? There is one curious character, but its a middle-aged man too, so I cant get hyped up for that, even so, thats likely an assassin. But he is not taking the bait.

    We cant bait him out even with this sexy body in such a lewd dress! He must be one of those! Lets run away, it looks like this world is more dangerous than I thought. Lets entrust him to the middle-aged men of this town. And since I want to see none of that, Im going home right now.

    And here he is, right when I thought that. Well, since he showed up all on his own he must be confident. Since its another middle-aged man, that confidence is probably not in honeytrapping skills. Actually, I absolutely wont forgive it if a middle-aged man tries to honeytrap me! As a highschool boy full of pure and innocent dreams for a honeytrap, Ill tear it off and burn! Definitely!

    Eehm, no idea if you are a robber, an assassin, or a pervert, but do you need something, old man? Or rather, I have no business with old men? Actually, why are you an old man?

    ha.

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.

    From one nce I can tell this guy is bad news. He is incredibly skilled, and his level is high too.

    Drawing the sword in one breath he instantly goes for a swing from the hardest to dodge position at the most difficult to dodge angle, moreover, while he pretends to go for the head, he suddenly changes trajectory to sh at legs, how nasty.

    Trying to handle him with a scythe is dangerous. Switching to Staff of the World TreeI useMagic Wrapand step forward.

    He is reading my eye movements and breathing, he has full knowledge of human movements and perfect reading of human behavior. For someone knowledgeable with structure and principles of the human body, reading its movements is nothing special. This is an extremely professional murderer that honed his skills specifically to assassinate human targets, a murder machine that perfected the art of fighting and killing humans.

    He instantly read and saw through the swing made with my low SpE, and picked the skill most effective to handle it, Strike Down, his sword is rushing towards my staff. If it seeds, Im dead. wless and overwhelming. Even if I look at my staff with future sight, the only future there is my staff being knocked away, and me being cut down just like that. Perfect technique, timing, and judgment. That is a professional. There is no way I can beat him with a swordsmanship designed for humans to fight other humans. (*Bonk*)

    Hit into the back of his head from the side the old man fell to the ground. Yeah, I mean, even I have no idea where that attack is going tond, so there is no way he canStrike Downit? My attacks just go somewhere? So there is no point in reading my movements, since I myself cant read them? Like, its seriously confusing? Kind of?

    This old man was reading too much into human anatomy and movements, so he didnt expect a staff swung at him vertically from the front to sweep him from the side into the back of his head. Yeah, thats asking too much? Even I cant predict where it will go, so thats a given? He probably had perfect reading of my presence and movements, but since even I dont know what is going to happen there was no point to that, I mean, no one knows? Its nonsense? Impossible to predict even with Future Sight? Yup, I totally dont get it.

    It-Its Dajimakam! The kingdoms strongest assassin swordsman,Dajimakam the sher,the Reaper! That means The great nobles are our enemies!

    So he is that rumored! As people say, meeting him means meeting death itself, capable of killing even high-ranking knights or S-ss adventurers, the strongest killer! Eh, but he went down in one hit?

    Oh, looks like it was Maid Girls acquaintance? Royal Girl seems to know him too. But since its a middle-aged man, I dont know him and dont care to know him. But it looks like even S-ss adventurers, in other words, those of over level 100, were killed by him. Indeed, when ites to fighting humans he had the ultimate strength. Being humans doomed them to a defeat. No, Im a human too, okay? Im saying this just in case, but there properly was Humanwritten in my stats thest time I checked? Its alright? Im not sure what exactly is alright, and being worried, Im checking it from time to time, but its showing Human? Ah, what a terrible assassin it was! Such a tough fight!

    But lets kill him here. The only ones capable of beating him are probably the pres and Bitch Leader at best? No, perhaps Vice B Great Sage-san can beat him too? A few others might have a slim chance at victory, but the majority would definitely get killed. Most likely even the geeks wont be able to handle him. The idiots arent humans so they can kick his ass all day long. This guys movements were the same as theirs. That is specialization at fighting human opponents. His level is below 100, but he is strongest when ites to killing humans. If I let him live, someone might get killed. He was killing other people, so he knew what wasing eventually? After all, thats what fighting to kill each other means? Yeah, Im a murderer too, so I have a good idea about this as well, thats why

    Murderers need no graves, so I annihted him without a trace. Graves are fine for those who have the gratitude of others. Murderers like us can just vanish without a trace after being killed. If you dont like it, then dont kill anyone. Its as simple as that.

 Chapter 237

    Chapter 237

    Chapter 237

    Day 61  Midday, Narrogi Town

    The ck haired boy that the god of war so fearfully respects, there are countless rumors about him and all of them are utter nonsense. Its hard to believe that they are even about the same person.

    While the Princess has doubts about the strength of this low level boy, she, for some reason, seems to be putting a lot of trust in him.

    Even if he can be believed, he cant be trusted. But he is undoubtedly strong. I learned that first hand.

    Iunched a sure-kill attack while hiding in the shadow withShadow Lurkandpletely erasing my presence. Moreover, the thrust of the poisoned sword wasing from below towards his back, from a blind spot and at the most difficult to dodge angle. There is no one who can possibly evade that. But the sword vanished, it was taken from me without me even noticing, stolen while the sure-kill skill was activated. That is unmistakably monster-level strength.

    And then he saved my life. I owe it to him.

    But he cannot be trusted, there is no way a monster feared by god of war Mellotosam-san can be anything but terrifying. Evenmanding officers that fought through nightmarish carnage at that Evil Forest are lowering their heads and giving way to him as if it is the most natural thing in the world. We definitely shouldnt trust him.

    Because

    This boy is capricious.

    Too arbitrary.

    Much too irrational.

    And this boy (monster) is free.

    Tied by nothing, bound by no one, he lives freely following only his own whims.

    The real danger of no one even considering what it means to have an unbound monster walking freely wherever he wants and doing whatever he likes at his own convenience.

    Much less if its a boy of level 20, no one, unless in the know, would be cautious of him, no one would even notice him.

    With everyone oblivious to the fact that its a monster, unaware that this very boy has killed a dungeon, he can freelye and go wherever he pleases.

    The worst possible monster for those dedicated to protecting someone. Its not evenparable to assassins, if merely entering the castle means that the castle has fallen, there is nothing one can do to defend.

    Certainly, he is a kind boy, amiable with everyone, showing no haughtiness, he might even be called gentle. But he is not virtuous, he is as far from a safe existence as it gets.

    Not a hint of a shred of malice or wickedness Well, he has quite a bit of wickedness (lewdness), but he has no ill will. He couldve used my body as he pleased if he only wished so back then, he couldve even pushed the princess for a deal. But he wasughing as if it was nothing.

    Because he didnt even think that he was almost killed. For that boy, nothing happened.

    But what if someone managed to seriously anger him? What then? Omui-sama said that they were doomed to perish anyway, so it will make no difference.

    That if that will bring their ruin, then this was thest happy dream that the frontier saw before its death. That for the frontier that didnt even know hope, bing this fortunate in the end is good enoughpensation.

    In other words, even the king of the frontier has resigned to his fate.

    That boy brings an unthinkable fortune and terror. Right now, he is granting fortune to the people and terror to monsters. And if eventually, at any given moment, it for some reason reverses, the world wille to an end.

    Im a shadow that resolved to live and die for Shariceres-samas sake.

    Since my earliest days I trained and followed her with that in mind.

    Thats why Im terrified of that boy, that innocence is frightening.

    And Im scared of myself, who ends upughing when talking with that boy.

    Even though there is no possible way I can drive him away from the princess by waving my sword and goingshoo shooat him, Im unbearably afraid of myself that keeps doing it like its normal.

    Even though the Princess and I left to meet our deaths, when that boy is by our side I cant help butugh like nothing is wrong.

    Even though we were prepared to face the entire army of the kingdom with only two of us, with the addition of just one person we became able to smile, feeling at ease, without even noticing how it happened.

    Butugh or cry, death came as expected. And its bearer is Dajimakam the Reaper.

    The very legend out of the horrifying tales told throughout the kingdom is in the flesh before our own eyes.

    Dajimakam, a man from far-offnd, who is carrying the name of the reaper, that is seeded by the most wicked assassins.

    From a tender age he was trained only in the way of killing men, and eventually came to bear the name seeded by the strongest assassin.

    Mastering every possible method of ying humans, he is always pursuing the most optimal way of putting the target to the sword. A cutthroat living only to kill.

    A natural-born assassin equally bringing death to those he targets and those that target him.

    Capable of reading both peoples bodies and minds, all of his techniques are aimed towards killing people, the strongest anti-human swordsman.

    If he found us then its all over. The only option left is to at least let the princess escape, even at the cost of my own life.

    But the boy stepped forward. Without any thoughts, without resolving himself, he nonchntly stepped forward.

    All I can do is try to slip into Dejimakams shadow while he is killing the boy. Even an attempt to fight that thing isnt possible.

    But without any fight actually happening, the god of death was knocked out. With a single swing he was on the ground.

    Instilling dread even in royalty, an unapproachable reaper that carefully investigated everyone around, copsed unable to do anything.

    That reaper standing at the very peak of the world of assassins. A living legend of terror. And he just casually knocked him out.

    What is that boy? Is he something even more dangerous than the legendary reaper? Maybe he isnt even human?

    But the figure of him calmly erasing the reaper was that of a tender boy. Ephemeral like a powerless thats bewildered by death.

    And with a sadugh, he then continued to walk as if nothing happened, without looking back.

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.Bing a shadow, I suspect everything and everyone except for the princess. I lived viewing everyone but the princess as enemies, and even so, the boy (monster) appeared so vulnerable that it made me want to embrace him.

    Frail, fleeting, as if he might disappear the next moment if I dont catch him in my arms, like a mirage that is about to vanish.

    What Im afraid of is myself.

    How many times that boy made meugh?

    Me, who suppressed all of her emotions, opening only when alone with the princess?

    But before I noticed, I was following him with my gaze.

    I, who devoted my life, body, and future to the princess.

    And then I noticed.

    Everyone is unconsciously following him with their eyes.

    And merely seeing him is enough to make them smile.

    A mysterious boy, a mere passing-by traveler from a farawaynd, whimsical, selfish, and freewheeling, and yet adored by everyone.

    The enigmatic boy, surrounded by a swirl of puzzling rumors. The one that they say like a demon brought salvation to the frontier that is too good to be true, and is massacring monsters in hordes like an angel. The iprehensible boy.

    If asked in town, theyd say he is a debauched hard worker.

    Shopkeepers would im he is a fool of infinite wisdom.

    If asked in viges, theyd tell he generously took everything they had.

    The townsfolk are referring to him as a fiendish messiah, the strongest and worst.

    For stores he is a nice young man, that like a demon robs them to thest penny.

    The kids would say that he is a suspicious person that gives candies and pats their heads.

    At the guild theyd answer that he is the most stealthy and conspicuous person than anyone.

    The elderly are lost for words, and just worship with fear and adoration.

    Everyone is always smiling around that mysterious boy for whom not a single proper testimony could be obtained.

    And that fact that nothing about him makes sense is terrifying.

    Even the capital, swirling with plots and intrigue, where fiends in human clothes are prowling the streets, and any sort of viiny can be overlooked, didnt have anyone that scary.

    His ideals, aims, intentions, wishes, are also unclear. The more I look into it, the more confusing it bes.

    Everything looks meaningful and everything looks meaningless.

    Everyone isining with a smile.

    Without anyone understanding anything, the wicked something is left to freely roam.

    The madness of everyone being aware of the danger, and yet smiling at each other as usual.

    And yet the eyes keep following him anyway, as if attracted to him.

    Thats why Im scared of myself.

    Even though he is terrifyingly scary, I can see only a crying powerless child there.

 Chapter 238

    Chapter 238

    Chapter 238

    Day 61  Daytime, Narrogi Town

    As I thought, the most effective and economically sound strategy to minimize damages from banditry is to cause damages to bandits and thoroughly plunder them. Such a perfectly logical economic approach. Yup, its perfect.

    Are there any super rich bandits with tons of female underlings? How about we just go directly to them to get attacked? No decent bandits are showing up, and all of them are middle-aged men! I was raising such a massive number of gs for sexy female assassins but all I got is an evenrger number of middle-aged men! What is this? Just how far is this infinite middle-aged men world spreading? Back in the frontier there was nothing but middle-aged men too, dont tell me that the entire kingdom is nothing but middle-aged men?

    First of all, since you are guarding me, please dont be so assertive and happy to get attacked, much less, dont go out of your way to proactively get assaulted. What is the meaning of going to the enemy camp to get attacked? Doesnt that mean that you are the one attacking them? Why would a bodyguard be taking his escort target to assault an enemy camp? Arent you simply rearing to rob them with no intention of protecting me? Arent you just using me as a decoy? Or rather, as bait? What was a guards job again?

    This world is behind the times. Grasping the business chance (getting assaulted by bandits) is all about firste, first served. Thats right, in the modernpetitive worldKill before the others do!ismon sense, you know? If you keep waiting, others will take the initiative and it will be impossible to catch up with them, its all over if the front runner manages to get away with the lead. It was written in the financial newspaper that was wrong on almost everything, so it has to be true.

    This town has no eating ces left, so lets have dinner outside? The town is swarming with middle-aged men, so I really dont want to eat here? I hate the thought so much that Im ready to roast the towns middle-aged men instead of BBQ! Alright, lets have BBQ tonight?

    There are no movements among the people still spying on us. If they are merely looking from afar then they are not much different from innocent stalkers or peepers. Now that I think about it, that sounds sort of suspect, or rather, criminal, but regardless of whether they are guilty or not, they are still middle-aged men. That alone is basically a crime, so nothing changes. Be it monsters or middle-aged men, I can just sweep them if they get in the way.

    Dungeons apparently dont spawn as frequently outside the frontier, and there is no Evil Forest around, so it should be alright outside. There are also ordinary monsters from which materials can be extracted, unlike those in the frontier that spawn from highly-concentrated mana, but their numbers are overwhelmingly small. Since they dont spawn spontaneously, hunting them prevents them from multiplying.

    This is a pumpkin pie-san, highly rmended by the people whose horizontal growth wont stop but who are unable to control themselves regardless, so please dont me me if coboration with pumpkin chips will elerate your growth too? Its delicious though? Have a whole lot? Kind of?

    Thank you very much, well dly try it.

    And the gist of what they told me during the meal is all of the work was for nothing. Looks like the culprits werent the patrols, but nearby mercs, or rather bandits, and small nobles from the neighboringnds that arrived early. Thats why they had neither goods nor gold, in other words, they wont yield profit!

    But this bandit hunt should lessen losses by merchants, and as for that assassin Tajima-kun? Was that old man sent to get the princess after all? And he was the only assassin? Its hard to take measures if we dont understand what the opponents aim is. I was pretty sure someone woulde to abduct the princess, and an assassin showed up instead. But the guys in tidy clothes that were giving orders to bandits were trying to take her alive? So there are two factions? White team and red team? I cant care less which one wins!

    However, it wouldnt be strange to see the armys scouts, but there are no movements from them, it seems that the only ones acting now are the nobles alliance and the first prince. Then the assassin is from the prince, and kidnappers from the nobles? I wonder which one is white and which one is the red team? Well, doesnt really matter? Honestly.

    Them having no unity or proper chain ofmand in a way makes them more difficult to handle. Well, for the time being, I guess its fine to just crush them as we find them? Im not very familiar with military affairs, but taking down an enemymander should probably settle it? Since he is the first prince, he must be the son of the douche king, then its probably the douchiest guy of them all? But nobles are probably pretty douchey too?

    Slime-san, you might getDoucheskill if you eat a noble, so you absolutely shouldnt do that? Im quite serious right now!

    (Shake Shake)

    Yeah, looks like he doesnt want any douches either, which includes the skill too. Thank goodness he isnt interested in eating them. Its hard to imagine what a douche slime would be like, but Im d I wont have to see it. What if it turned out to be cute?

    What were you nning to do? If your n is good I might rip it off and use it?

    Im nning to stop the army, if it doesnt work Ill settle things in a duel, what about it?

    Yeah, I knew it. I wasnt expecting anything since the moment I heard that Meripapa-san taught her in military affairs and swordsmanship, but as I thought, charge in with an orthodox frontal attack, do you even need an instructor to arrive at that idea? Even our idiots could do that? Or rather, thats the only thing they can do, so I dont think you have to learn it? I mean, thats just running in?

    Waiting in this town doesnt seem fun, its basically a ghost town by now, no stores or anything, only empty buildings. ording to the map provided by Stalker Girls nsmen, if we follow the road to the capital there should be another town. Should we go over there? Well, Royal Girl is definitely not turning back, so there are only two options, wait here or go forward, but what do we do?

    Maid Girl, do you have any of those flying monsters left? Its not like we have anything better to do, and I wanted to try them, and also walking is a drag? I think I heard that you can fly by using some sort of round bats, dont you have them anymore?

    We used them all for infiltration and all of them were confiscated by the frontiers army. Surely, there are more of them left in the capital, but we have no means to obtain them from here, and please dont ride them just because you are bored. They are very valuable and expensive.

    Well, it should be fine to just follow Royal Girl from behind. I mean, the slit on the dress is opening as she walks, giving glimpses of her smooth, white thighs! Id follow those anywhere, but there is a stare on meing from her shadow? Pleasee out and then give me a t gaze, okay?

    Slime-san is also bored, arent there any lovely profitable sexy bandit bands around?

    The reply is t Gaze! Both from the Royal Girls main body and from her shadow! That must be a skill! But waiting for the arrival of the main force, which might still take over 10 days, is too much of a drag. And since their forces are in disarray, and marching here separately, waiting for them to assemble is foolish. Moreover, we have only one aim, the rest doesnt matter.

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.Once Armored Pres-san is done with the errand to Murimuri Castle, she should be awaiting Pres and the others while remodeling the Fake Dungeon. We dont want another force to move into the frontier while Im away, if we miss them here by ident. And there shouldnt be any civilians trying to enter a dungeon where a battle is about to break out, thats why we are preparing a wee.

    But it will take forever for the enemy leader to arrive, so we can crush him. I tried scanning surroundings withFarsightbut there is only a bunch of horses running far away, they seem to being this way though?

    Hey, Royal Girl, do you happen to have acquaintances among horses? There seems to be some running, or rather, galloping this way? There is a huge cloud of dust, so they must be in quite a hurry? They might be running away from something, but what if they are running from themselves and dont want to be found? Should we pretend we didnt see anything?

    Horses? Isnt there something riding them? Are there gs, or special symbols on the armor? Ceres, my weapons!

    Hmm, they are still pretty far, I can tell that there are some horse-like characters approaching, butA g? But thats A red diamondShingen-san?! [1]

    On a g-like something there is a red diamond on white background? But there is no furinkazan Should I make Bishamontens helmet in opposition? [2]

    A red diamond?! Why would His Excellency Royal Prince be heading to the frontier? Where are they? We must immediately hurry to the rescue, is there a pursuit? His Excellency is currently acting as the regent, its unthinkable that he would leave the capital, what could have happened?

    Is that an ally? He is in a serious hurry, so maybe he is being pursued, but the cloud of dust prevents from seeing whats behind him. But isnt this country done for if even the acting head of the state is getting attacked? The king copsed with a sudden illness without picking the crown prince, and is currently unconscious. If the regent is being attacked then its either treason or a rebellion.Is that really the time to be attacking the frontier? But even so, the kingdom will fall without magic stones, so they have no other choice but to head to the frontier.

    The guys behind him have no gs, but they are wearing green armor with a white stripe. Hmmm, looks like he is being pursued? But all of them give a strong middle-aged men vibe, even if there are women among them, I dont want to do anything with such gori-likedies, so would you mind if I incinerate them all together?

    Deep green armor and a white line, what is a foreign mercenary band doing in the kingdom?! Its Theocracys mercenary unit specialized in fighting beastmen, what is it doing on the kingdomsnds, and even assaulting the Royal Prince?! This is an act of war!

    Theocracy, in other words, followers of that geezer (god). In that case, no idea about the Royal Prince, but the church is definitely an enemy. iming the frontier to be a corruptednd, they provided no support at all, and yet monopolized magic stone processing under bullshit pretext of Divine Purification, fair tradew and antitrust act breaking bastards.

    And they are also my personal enemies, iming to have sealed the viiness, who opposed the god, in the depths of the great dungeon. If they like calling themselves the gods justice so much, Ill give them a proper and clean massacre and deliver them all to that white room, to the god that they like so much.

    If they say that Angelica-san, who fought with the darkness all by herself for what mustve been an eternity in the earths depths and still resisted until the very end, is evil, then Im on evils side, you know? Yup, such justice (trash) should be incinerated and dumped into that white room on top of that old farts (gods) head. If they like the god so much but are dissatisfied with everyone else, then they should just scram off to his side or wherever, damn pests of this world!

    Ah~ shouldve called the geeks too.Thats apparently an anti-beastmen mercenary unit of a lovely Justice (religion) that enves and sells off beastmen, iming them to be tainted animals. Im sure even after butchering them to thest they still wouldnt forgive them. After all, they are very big fans of animal ears and hate oppressors and bullies.

    Well, I dont think Ill be able to leave any for them, so lets forcibly deport this lot to the geezer. The shipping is PRICELESS? Pay on delivery!

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Frinkazan (Japanese: , Wind, Forest, Fire, Mountain), is a poprized version of the battle standard used by the Sengoku period daimy Takeda Shingen. The banner quoted four phrases from Sun Tzus The Art of War: as swift as wind, as gentle as forest, as fierce as fire, as unshakable as mountain.

    [2] Bishamonten  In Japan, Bishamonten (), or just Bishamon () is thought of as an armor-d god of war or warriors and a punisher of evildoers. One of his famous followers was Uesugi Kenshin a rival of Shingen. Many of his followers and others believed him to be the Avatar of Bishamonten, and called Kenshin the God of War. So its sort of if you have Takeda we are going with Uesugi logic on Harukas side.

 Chapter 239

    Chapter 239

    Chapter 239

    Day 61  Wilderness

    I single-mindedly gallop towards the frontier. To think theyd attack a regents unit. Theocracy is clearly trying to make a vassal state out of the kingdom, turn the royal family into their puppets, enve the frontier, and single-handedly dominate the magic stone industry. Is this how far we have fallen?

    Our kingdom is one of the few states recognizing beastmen rights and the Union of Beastmen Nations, bearing the constant enmity of the church for it. The nobles coaxed by the church are trying to overturn thosews, but as long as the covenant with the royal family exists that wont be permitted, and they have no means of actually changing thew. No matter how pushy the Theocracy may get, they cant afford to antagonize our kingdom, as without magic stones supplied by us, the church will be unable to maintain its influence. The church is monopolizing the magic stones processing industry, iming everything besideDivine Purificationto be devils arts, those that try to work to work with the stones on their own to be witches, torturing them before execution as a warning to others. Even if one tries to hide, they would hunt down the entire families and rtives, killing and wiping them off the face of the earth, protecting their monopoly on magic stone processing techniques and the riches thate with it. With those tools and magic appliances the church keeps permeating and expanding its influence on the continent. And with aplete domination of magic stone processing they obtained power that even entire nations cant easily defy.

    With so many nobles taking the Theocracys side and now even the first prince swallowed up by them, there is no hope left. Because it means that even our intelligence bureau was on the churchs side all along. Its too much even for a bad joke. After all, its proof that the kingdom was led by false information it was fed without knowing anything.

    Looks like Im not making it to the frontier. I heard that that mercenary unit with a white line on deep green armor are forest warfare specialists, so being attacked in the woods we rushed to reach the nes, but by the time we managed that our force was almostpletely decimated. There is no way to recover from this. The information is clearly being leaked to the Theocracy, or, I guess, it would be more precise to say that I myself jumped into the trap prepared by our own intelligence department, that was colluding with the Theocracy. To have myself killed before I can present this head of mine to count Omui is the height of disgrace, but it would seem that this is the end of the road for me. I couldnt fulfill my role as the brothers representative, nor could I apologize to Count Omui.

    I keep desperately galloping to the frontier. At the very least, I have to let them know that the forces of the church are on the move, at the very least

    A person ahead! Alone, unarmed, a civilian.

    Its a pity but we cant avoid them, run straight ahead!

    I wont ask not to think badly of this, but we will have to run over him, if I can at least get killed near the frontier, their forces might notice the church movements, thats the only use of my life that I have left. And thats the only way I can leave any hope for the kingdom, thats why Vanished!

    I saw a figure in a ck mantle ahead, but it suddenly vanished? A trap? But there is no other choice but to push forward. There is no option but to die as close as possible to the frontier.

    Combat in the back! The ck mantle has engaged enemy forces, the enemy halted?!

    What happened, is this a counterattack opportunity or a chance for escape? No, we have to reach the frontier no matter what.

    A g ahead. White and red, a sword and a heart. Shariceres-sama! Alone, but in full battle gear!

    The allies immediately be animated at the sight of the Sword Princess g. That is the biggest reason why the princes fear and hate Shariceres. Charisma of the strongest.

    Merely the sight of her standing with the sword in her hands, not even mounted, is enough for the soldiers to reach coherence and begin organizing. A true descendant of the royal bloodline, possessing the spirit of a ruler, that is the Knight Princess, Shariceres.

    Even unskilled soldiers can crush a force 10 times their number if Shariceres takesmand. Thats why soldiers idolize her, readily entrusting her with their lives.

    Shariceres, you were alright! But there is a pursuit, those

    You Excellency, please hurry ahead! Leave the rearguard to me. Well, doesnt seem like there is any need for that

    Turning around, I see a quiet hell behind us. A grim reaper in ck robes is one-sidedly harvesting lives of an overwhelminglyrger force inplete silence.

    Vanishing as if in a dance, dashing only to disappear, and erasing numerous soldiers upon materializing, he leaves only quiet behind.

    Their unit is copsing as abat force as those battle-hardened soldiers are panicking, frightened beyond belief, ughtered by just one person.

    The enemies, whose number was close to 100 horsemen, were half annihted by the time I turned around, and a few momentster, werepletely crushed. That is hell, a nightmare incarnate.

    What brings Your Excellency to the frontier? Did something happen in the Capital?

    She is unfazed after seeing that. Is she the one who brought that person?

    What in the world is that? Is that A human?

    A bodyguard, of sorts? He keeps exterminating enemies, making not a single attempt of actually guarding me so far, but its probably a bodyguard?

    That is a bodyguard! Did Count Omui send him? But thats I cant evenprehend what it is. That is far too removed from what is called a battle.

    He walks through the madness of war horses running amok in terror, silently disappearing as if slipping away, he reappers to drag more soldiers into oblivion, turning shrieks, bellows, and screams into silence.

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.

    The shadow in ck robes is passing unhindered by the frenzy of rampaging horses, flickering like a mirage as it makes its way forward. And before I knew it there was not a single horseman left. They simply vanished, not even leaving corpses behind.

    The mercenaries appeared to be making attempts to escape, but they only kept running in circles as if trapped in a cage.

    Only horses are managing to run away. The riders disappeared while horses got away.

    An empty wastnd is all thats left, as if there wasnt anything there in the first ce. The horses ran away, while the people vanished without a trace, leaving the man in the ck cloak standing all alone.

    Everything disappeared as if nothing was there to begin with.

    He ising closer, the face, still retaining some childish features, looks like that of a young boy.

    Thank you very much, Haruka-sama. His Excellency Royal Prince, currently serving as a regent, made it out unharmed, for which you have our sincere thanks.

    Ah? Nah, it doesnt matter, so no need for thanks? They were decided to be delivered to that geezer anyway, and I also wouldnt have heard the end of it from the geeks if I didnt carefully pack (beat) them? So, likeTehe, I did an oopsie~?

    It was just an insolent brat. Id like to rebuke him for rudeness, but there is no way I can do it after witnessing that. Shariceres is continuing the conversation without making an issue of it, and even that nagging shadow maid is keeping her mouth shut. I cant grasp his identity.

    Your Excellency, eehm, this is Haruka-sama, a traveler hailing from a distantnd, and an honorable guest of house Omui? Or rather, he is a bit of a That sort of person, so his words is not an issue? Well, he is That, so his etiquette andmon sense and also everything aside from that are That too, but please show him leniency.

    What is everything is That is supposed to mean? Which that is that? But if he is house Omuis guest I cant treat him harshly. He might be extremely rude, but we are still indebted to him, but looking closely, he is still a kid, a snot-nosed brat of merely level 21. Was that some sort of a magic tool? But it doesnt change the fact that he is dangerous. That was a terrifying sight.

    You rescued us and even assisted Shariceres, you have our gratitude. And, is count Omuiing too? Have you received any orders from lord Mellotosam? Wee in peace, we simply need to talk with the count, where is the headquarters of the frontiers army?

    He isnt listening! I went as far as forgiving the rudeness of not kneeling before the King, even if merely the Kings proxy, thanking him, but he isnt listening?

    If he wasnt count Omuis guest I wouldve cut him down on the spot, but its not like its possible to do that either, and the identity of this brat isnt clear. But there is absolutely no way that insulting the Kings dignity can be forgiven.

    Courteously arrest and put him in jail. Make sure you cause him no harm.

    Please wait! This per

    On this alone I cant budge no matter how much Shariceres sticks up for him. Im the proxy of my brother, the King. I cant allow anyone to insult the Kings authority. Otherwise there would be no worth to this head of mine. I still have to deliver it to the frontier as the representative of the King. Otherwise what will I have left to offer in apology to lord Mellotosam?

    I have to embody the King until this head of mine is separated from the torso. That is the gravity of the royal family and Omuis rtion. It wont even be an apology unless the king himself bows and has his head chopped off.

    Ahead is the frontier, Omuis domain in the farthestnd. My ce of death.

 Chapter 240

    Chapter 240

    Chapter 240

    Day 61  Daytime, Wilderness

    Finally, I came to that point in this world, it felt like a very long journey.

    Finally found, at the end of the long, long road.

    I had almost given up, but here we are.

    After the longest time I almost lost faith in everything.

    Countless times my hopes were crushed, so much so that I almost forgot what having a dream meant.

    Every night Id see that sight as I gaze upon the stars.

    It was a long night, but even the darkest of nights had an end?

    Finally, here, we met.

    FEMALE KNIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIGHT! Not a stinky middle-aged man! In this purgatory of middle-aged men hell world I finally encountered one! I made it through this middle-aged men trial! A real female knight-san. She is wearing armor, but it doesnt conceal the beauty of this red-haired stern-looking western-style beauty. There was a female knight in this world! I was considering burning this world already, since it seemed to have nothing but middle-aged men, you know? But enduring the torture all this time was worth it! I mean, its a beautiful female knight! All of the bandits were dudes, and in the end, I didnt get to see a sexy female bandit, I kept advertising back in the town, but no sexy female assassins or sexy female spies showed up either. But atst, a BEAUTIFUL FEMALE KNIIIIIGHT!

    The middle-aged man there is saying something, but its not the time for that! Read the mood! Its not the time, and its not the ce, I cant afford to bother with some middle-aged man right now, good grief, what an ipetent middle-aged man, unable to grasp the situation at all.

    Wha-what~!? There is another beautiful female knight! This one is a brte with ckish dark brown hair and is exceptionally beautiful too, her features look like they were carved from marble by a divine sculptor, expressionless, but thats the good part! And both of them are approaching, wha! Both took me under the hands from two sides? Is this the poprity period? Has my era finally begun? Sixteen long years I was waiting for it. Moreover, they are escorting me, holding both of my hands from each side, are those super assertive and aggressive beautiful female knights? Am I going to be eaten up? Enjoyed? Sort of?

    The carriage that I was escorted to had only a small wooden bed inside! A space dedicated just to one bed! That is the kind of ce they brought me to! But isnt the bed too small? It would be too small for two people, let alone three, or rather, its too small even for me alone? Hm? And they left? Ah, they are going to change clothes! Thats right, armor isnt suited for this, obviously. I couldve prepared sexy dresses for them right away if they only asked. Such modest female knights. Well, there is also the famous saying absence makes the lewd grow fonder, and I also heard ofAll Lewde to those who wait, are they going toe all lewd?!

    They are taking a while? No, its not the time to panic yet,dies need time to dress themselves. Thisposure is going to be a beacon for Affection Rating-sans revival. If Affection Rating-san doesnte to this signal, it means that it was isekaid.

    But even though we just left, the carriage seems to be heading back to the frontier. Are we returning already? But I havent visited the viges to stock up yet? But I have to wait for sexy female knights here. FInally, the proper highschool boy experience of another world has begun for me. Well, this is already another world, but the experience will surely be out of this world!

    But it seems that this carriage wood be too small to wee two sexy female knights? Wood? Since the bed is too small, Ill try to expand it, or rather, since the space is so limited, might as well make the entire ce into one big bed? And the walls are rough wood too? This obviously wont do? The mood is also important, this attention to detail can be called the key to the revival of Affection Rating with the opposite sex! For starters, lets make the walls white~, feels a bit oppressive though, Im now against rubbing flesh and flesh in a confined space, or rather, I like it in its own way, but for now lets try getting more space, erging the carriage along the way. Intensively rocking the bed while the carriage is shaking from the travel isnt bad either, but lets add some proper suspension to it and then white sheets here and also ah, lets add flowers too! Right, such warm touches will go a long way for Re:Affection Rating. And then, and also

    Oh my, what have we here~, wait, can the horse actually pull this? I might have overdone it a tiny bit? Sort of?

    Well, the horsie will have to do its best. I changed the axle to the low friction bearing-type, so there should be less resistance. The weight itself didnt change that much. Appearance-wise it mightve turned slightly gorgeous, but this much decoration is necessary if Im to wee two beautiful female knights here. Inside is a giant bed and a chandelier, while the walls are consolidated in art deco fashion? And the door, that cage-like thing that made in visible what is going on inside, was changed out of consideration for privacy, or rather, girls would probably not appreciate being seen, so I remade it into a fine gorgeous door. The only thing left is to actually wee them?

    The exterior was also remade into a fairy-tale-like small house making for a lovely carriage, cute but overflowing with romance. With this the preparations can be considered perfect.

    That should do it, now, lets go back inside. I feel like Im gathering attention, but they must be simply impressed by this beautiful carriage. Now there is an infinite possibility of third and forth sexy female knightsing to y as well? Kind of?

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.Rolling on the bed LIKE A ROLLING STONE while fully utilizing my highschool-boy IMAGINATION for the mental rehearsal of the group grapplebat scenarios involving female knights I suddenly felt a stare.

    There is t Gaze on me! Wait, its just Maid Girl. Why does she always have to stare from the shadows? Lets stare openly, okay? For now Ill try to offer tea. I added a small table to the room. My hospitality has no blind spots!

    Why a shadow t gaze? Here you go, tea? I also have sweets, those are called manju. Their sweetness is the BEST MATCH for the tea, thetest product which I think should bring a huge profit? Sort of?

    I came because the princess told me to check on you But you seem to be enjoying a veryfortable and extravagant journey?

    The enjoyment is is still ahead, and to hear Thest night was funin the morning, I have to do my best tonight, running into tomorrow with as much momentum as Melos? Im very much looking forward to the fun that Im about to enjoy! Kind of!

    I sip tea while chatting with the Maid Girl. It goes without saying that after managing to pull her out of the shadow with tea and sweets it is now also Lewd Maid Uniform Appreciation Time.

    I dont get what happened, but Royal Girl seems to be butting heads with the Royal prince, if it was just about the princess rear I wouldnt have minded butting in, but if arguments are involved then there is no necessity or need for that. But I dont get why they are arguing? It seems that Royal Girl is disagreeing with an order that the Royal Prince has given, and wants to help out a captive, but that captive is apparentlyfortably spending time of leisure and dignity? It seems they cant figure out how that certain someone is managing to have such an elegant and extravagant captivity life? I dont quite get it, but sounds tough?

    Well, if its about a grand breakout I dont mind helping out, but it seems there is no need for that, since the captive has apparently already escaped, but then returned inside to rest? Well, there are various oddballs in the world, there might be some that would attempt an escape simply to get caught, just because they want to prolong their captivity. Humans are veryplicated.

    There seemed to be nothing I could do to help. When asked what they are going to do from here, Maid Girl replied that she would confirm it with the princess, and disappeared into the shadows. Is she forbidden from walking normally? Being a maid seems pretty tough. Which reminds me, I dont remember seeing any other maids in this world, are they all hiding in the shadows? Lets search for them the next time.

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    And we are back to the abandoned neighboring town, the female knights are yet to return? Im rolling on the bed together with Slime-san. Slime-san seemed to enjoy rolling around so much that I decided to try too, and it turned out to be unexpectedly fun?

    From time to time I leave the carriage, and climb on top of it, checking the surroundings with Farsightbut there seems to be nothing of note. Sexy female knights are yet to return. I wonder if they are having a hard time deciding on the outfits? I wouldnt mind if they werent wearing anything, but they seem to not be of the naked tribe. I mean, they were wearing armor after all.

    At this rate we will soon enter the Fake Dungeon, but since Im here the traps wont activate and I also gave a temporary staff ID card to Royal Girl, so we should be able to pass without any issues. The problem is there are Armored Pres-san and the Pres with others waiting inside. If they catch me ying with sexy female knights theyd be super pissed!

 Chapter 241

    Chapter 241

    Chapter 241

    Day 61  Evening, Murimuri Castle

    An imposing band of knights. Their orderly conduct suggests a high level of experience.

    And they are carrying the g of the Royal Prince. Meaning, its the entourage of the current regent.

    Everyone is d in splendid armor, with some wearing pretty extravagant pieces.

    They are giving off the air of awe and dignity, characteristic for elite units in full battle gear.

    There is something fascinating about bands of knights in expensive full te armor that makes it hard to take ones eyes off them.

    Even so, the most noticeable detail there was a gorgeous and luxurious carriage the likes of which have never been seen before in the kingdom.

    It was far too gaudy to be called a carriage, and appeared more like a moving mansion.

    Moreover, it moved with ease one wouldve never imagined for itsrge build. Moving as smooth as if it was floating, it didnt show a slightest sway as it was pulled by a horse.

    Wearing armor of exquisitely fine work, the shiningly beautiful Knight Princess is riding ahead of it, like a leader of the escort, while the Flower Knights are following it on the sides,pleting the defensive formation.

    That part alone looked as beautiful and sparkling as if it was straight out of some fairytale.

    Itmanded such an overwhelming power and authority, that any king on the continent wouldve found themselvespelled to lower their heads.

    The aura of majesty seemed enough to make anyone prostrate themselves in awe and respect.

    Just by advancing it overflowed with such awe-inspiring dignity that it felt even oppressive.

    Its a prisoner. When we locked him up he started living a life of extravagance. From time to time he strolls out, and after wandering to his heart content returns to the carriage on his own, but he is prisoner.

    A herald informed with a tired expression.

    Apparently that dazzling carriage that mesmerized everyone, inspiring them to drop to their knees, was a prison?

    I cantprehend it. Well, thats a usual urrence, so Im already used to this.

    This world has a great many inexplicable urrences, but those of an utterly iprehensible sort are usually linked to that boy.

    As the luxurious door to the majestic carriage swings open, the captive strolls outside on his own.

    A boy in a ck mantle casually alighted from the carriage, and with the Knight Princess by his side he advances surrounded by flower knights.

    The knights hurriedly open the way through which he proceeds with an air ofposure.

    Not sparing even a single nce to the regent, the Kings younger brother, he walks forwards.

    The level is different.

    That is the caliber of a supreme ruler.

    The status at which yapping of nobles, lords, royalty, or kings are of no concern to him.

    So overwhelming that it blurs any authority, influence or power.

    An overwhelming superiority that forces one to realize their standing, regardless of their position, birth, status, or stature.

    The Royal Prince, the representative of the king, his brother, d in armor passed down through generations of the royal family, is treated as part of amon mob.

    Everyone is overawed by that boy that lives free of worldly cares neither bragging nor showing off his power.

    And he walks with his usualposure and leisure, forcing the state to yield to him the way he sets the king aside, while having a princess follow his steps.

    Im baack~, for some reason they brought us right back, just what did I leave for? I only managed to make preliminary preparations to set up a souvenir stall, but it was already time to return? Kind of? Eh? Meripapa-san, what are you doing? Did youe to apologize, finally getting kicked out by Murimuri-san? Even kobolds wouldnt get involved in a marital quarrel, but the bitches might eat that up? Wanna borrow them? Theyll tear apart literally anything? Thats really painful? Kind of?

    I wee the boy with a smile. There is nothing left but to smile. The difference in caliber is too vast. Akin to a man challenging a mountain or a sea, they wont even be taken as opponents.

    Hey, Haruka-kun, looks like the princess caused you some trouble. Well, why stand outside like this, how about we talk at ease in Murimuri Castle Wait, Murimuri Castles name took hold throughout the frontier before I noticed? Just how did this happen? Also, I simply came to wee you, we didnt have a fight or anything, so please lets not involve violence? Or rather, dont you think it would be cruel to do such a thing to a person chased out of home by his wife? I would appreciate it if you dont, or rather, its not like I was chased out of home or anything?

    Having the aides guide Haruka-kun I head to greet His Excellency. He seems dumbfounded, stiffened in a stupor, so lets wee him.

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.He was always a stiff person ever since his childhood. At the time, the King, who was still a crown prince back then, would tell him that one of these days he might demand even a mountain to bow, since its in a kings presence. Looks like he was right.

    Courteous, diligent, caring of his elder brother and hard working, but incredibly inflexible. And way too honest and straightforward.

    Having to step in as a regent in such a situation he mustve been in constant distress. Haggard, with dark circles under his eyes, he has an utterly exhausted expression stered to his face.

    While he was anxious about his brothers illness, the kingdom that he was entrusted with, began falling apart. He mustve med himself enough to go mad, and then, finally resolving himself, decided toe here.

    Even thoughughing voices of the supposed captive and his friends can be heard non-stop in the background, the Kings representative is trembling with a grim look in silence. He suffered too much from his sense of responsibility.

    Greetings, Your Excellency, we are extremely honored to have Your Excellency personallye with a visit to our remote domain. As the head of Omui House I bid you wee. Its a very modest (nce) a very fine castle, but please step inside. We would like to receive Your Excellency with proper hospitality.

    There is no need for such excessive courtesy, since we arrived at the frontier, we are the ones who should be bowing. For us, Diorer, the frontier is thend where we are supposed to lower our heads, we dont deserve to be bowed to here. Lord Mellotosam Mellotosam-sama, Im sorry Im sorry.

    The sorrowful expression as if he might begin crying any moment. Good grief, he didnt change since he was a child at all. Unlike his freewheeling brother, this one is a straightced person, made up entirely of authority, courtesy, etiquette, and a conservative sense of responsibility. The royal family hasnt done anything, and I already heard about the effort to protect the frontier from Shariceres-sama He mustvee here as the kings representative to shoulder all of the responsibility.

    He seems to have a wild misunderstanding, which brought him to apologize and atone for the downfall of the frontier.

    Even though the frontier has not an inch of intention of falling just because the kingdom and the Theocracy, or in the worst case the entire continent, became our enemies. This being unwinnable doesnt matter to us anymore. We have no intention of losing and no ns on perishing either. Giving up and wailing in despair is not permissible for us anymore. That is how great of a thing we received from the boyughing in the back, how magnificent of a thing was given to us by him.

    However, while it was said that he will eventually force mountains to bow, he seems yet to realize that he made a feat of arresting the very boy that defeated the Great Dungeon and exterminated the Evil Forest. Well, it seems that Haruka-kun is not aware of that fact either? Im sure its best not to seek an exnation, Illter ask the trantor about this.

    The Royal Prince, who still had his head deeply lowered, mustve beenmenting the tragedy that is about to befall the frontier, so out of his own volition he came all this way seeking to atone for it.

    Lowering my voice, I whisper to the royal prince Musjiks.

    We can talk inside, and even if you are a representative, a king shouldnt bow before vassals. If you came in the kings stead, then stand tall, Musjiks

    Having said that, I pat him on the back, after which he finally raised his head, showing a gravely fatigued face. We havent met for only a short while, but he grew thin and aged a few years. Lets feed him something nice By asking Haruka-kun.

    We have a great deal to talk about, but first, we have to make him rest. Everyone is exhausted, in dirty equipment, and for the kings entourage, there are too few of them. So even the Royal Prince was attacked As I thought, the Theocracy is behind this, huh.

    He mustvee to tell us about the war, turmoil, and ruin threatening the frontier. And also to apologize for it in the Kings stead.

    However, even if a disaster is on the way, to be perfectly frank, I cant think of any way to take down the frontier?

    Its just the basics of warfare, but when defending, one is ought to think how he wouldve attacked such a position. Thats why the frontiers military leaders and strategist thoroughly thought about this. Listing all of the possible ways to assault the frontier, they investigated, analyzed, reviewed, deliberated, and carefully studied them. It cant be done. War of attrition was the only remotely usible option, but even then, no matter howrge of an army one is to bring, they will be worn down and annihted before the frontier falls.

    I wonder what they have nned?

    Moreover, assaulting the frontier while that boy is around is nothing short of sheer madness. In the first ce, even the strongest royal guards led by that Sword Princess couldnt make it into a battle. Its not even a question of warfare. That is the biggest issue here.

    That boy is well versed in military affairs, he can be called an expert in tactics and strategy. The book he brought, sayingHere is the white paper for Omo-something, anyway, for the frontier? I mean, I properly wrote it, so its not really white?had warfares everything packed in it, things beyond our imagination. As if he researched everything about tactics, studied the findings, and refined them into this book, that might even be justly called the Art of War. And as I thought, he has yet to remember the name of the town.

    However, the boy that has reached the height of tactics, casually saidWinning without fighting is the best? Or rather, its a loss if we let them fight? Kind of?. And its terrifyingly true.

    No matter how I think about this, that boy and his friends are way harder to take down than the frontier. If they could handle them, they wouldve done something about the Great Dungeon and Evil forest a long time ago.

    With those kidsughing like that, hearing that the frontier might fall only makes me want to ask backBy what means?. Should I maybe go and ask them directly? For future reference?

 Chapter 242

    Chapter 242

    Chapter 242

    Day 61  Daytime, Fake Dungeon

    There once was a dungeon, that was called the most ancient one, feared as the toughest and most unforgiving.

    The great dungeon that grew to 100 floors underground, which is believed to be the growth limit.

    There, unbeknownst to anyone, resided the dungeon emperor, who stood at the pinnacle of all dungeons, other terrifying dungeon masters even submit in obedience.

    And that Dungeon Emperor is now making a souvenir store at the Fake Dungeon? Just what is she doing?

    Haruka-kun began construction sayingI mean, there is arge armying, but the neighboring town barely has any food left, so this is a chance to profit at rip-off prices! I guess?, and then left with the princess as Bodyguard, dubious how much actual guarding he is intending to do, but Angelica-san ended up remaining to supervise the work of the stone golems.

    With blueprints in one hand she is nodding and shaking head, giving orders to the golems. She haspletely adapted to this life.

    Why are you making the former Dungeon Emperor make stalls in the Fake Dungeon? And apparently, manju sales are yet to open. She refused to sell us any.

    And it seems like she was waiting? Was she waiting for us? Why is a vulnerable Haruka-kun tagging along with the princess, who is putting herself in such danger by venturing into the midst of the enemies, and the strongest person is left home to do errands? Well, if Slime-san is with him then it should be able to bouncy beat most of the worst enemies or monsters that human imagination cane up with, or rather, it sounds so safe that that is the only oue I can even think of, but is that really fine?

    ording to his n, he is going toLoiter around the neighboring town, and bait some bandits? So like, bandit extermination? Kind of?, what is really amazing about Haruka-kun is that he is able to insist on THIS being an. I mean, the n where everything is under a question isnt a n at all, is it? Thats winging it, a n without a shred of nning.

    If they are going to lure the enemy in then we cant just group up with them, and if they arent nning on leaving the neighboring town then there is also no need to rush so much, but we cant trust the n of a person who not only doesnt have a n, but also doesnt have the intention of following through with what he nned.

    While helping with the construction we send out scouting parties, we should feel more at ease if we get more information.

    And since the payment for construction assistance is in manju we absolutely cant move from here. We are hanging pennants and the dungeon passes. Ah, so he insisted on making our passes intoStaff IDsbecause he is going to sell Dungeon Passesin the souvenir store. So the souvenir store was a nned crime!

    And the wicked part of those passes, is that stone golems apparently wont attack those that bought them for a fixed period of time, which depends on the price of the pass, but since traps are waiting ahead anyway, it still would be impossible to get through. It was an evil business!

    And in case anyone makes it through, he put up Rafflesias. It seems he managed to cultivate non-stinky flowers capable of moving withRafflesia Flower  Create, Control, Command Rafflesias. Naturally, theye with the three-set ofTentaclesCorrosionEquipment Destruction! This is a dangerous dungeon that maidens shouldnt step into. But well, there is no chance for them to make it through. He purposefully designed it in a way that temporary non-aggressiveness of stone golems will expire while one is attacked by Rafflesias. What a total scam.

    As for pennants, which are genuine souvenirs, there are all sorts, from triangle-shaped to mushroom-shaped ones, but all of them haveFrontierwritten on them. Why is a person that doesnt remember the name of the region making souvenirs? But I dont think mushroom-shaped pennants are going to sell? I mean, they look sort of obscene?

    Moreover, there are even cheap weapons and armor for the people who had their own broken, but a single one has Resistance property attached, he is definitely nning to melt those as well and force another sale! Thats why there are more dissolving liquid and corrosive traps. Plus Rafflesia-sans Corrosion and Equipment Destroying attacks were added. This might be profitable.

    Then, Kakizaki-kun and the others, who were sent on a scouting mission since they wouldve gotten in the way, came back with information from the Stalker Girls n. Apparently, they are wandering around the town, luring out bandits, and then mug them after bringing them to some deserted location. He is probably iming that he was attacked, and that is indeed true, but what he is doing is no different from mugging anyway. I mean, no matter how its put, he is clearly getting attacked on purpose. And what makes it even worse is that he is using the princess for set ups.

    But I dont quite understand what happened after that? Meeting up with the troops of the Royal Prince they are apparently heading over here, but he seems to be detained to a gorgeous carriage, from which he wanders off as he pleases, but ultimately returns to supposed captivity on his own? While I have tons of ideas why they mightve wanted him arrested, isnt it impossible to capture Haruka-kun? Or rather, simply unrealistic? Even if they managed to somehow capture him, he can teleport, so there is no way to restrain him, and judging by the fact that he wanders as he pleases, they dont have him detained at all, but since hees back, there seems to be no issue? Howe he has two members of the royal family ride horseback, while he is returning in a gorgeous carriage?

    No, Im telling you, there are sexy female knights in this world! There were two of them even, moreover, they were super assertive, so a carriage journey with them as escorts, okay? Well, Im riding it alone though? So I didnt do anything wrong? I decorated the carriage and prepared sweets, but Maid Girl ate them? Yup, right, manju? No, Im telling you I didnt do anything wrong? The Sexy Female Knights are escorts? I prettied up the carriage and totally ready for a wee? Ah, on the way I saw a vige-like ce, and left to check it out, but it turned out to be abandoned? And then I also went for some bandit-hunting? Yeah, so Im riding the carriage the most part, but still didnt get to wee them?

    ording to the princess and her maid, he was arrested on lese majeste. Its extremely natural that Haruka-kun, who is so desperately apologetic with us, would get arrested for disrespectful behavior. Might as well throw disrespectful economics on the list of his crimes too. But since he is so habitually rude andcking inmon sense, no one is getting angry at him? Of course, we cant have the Princess apologizing for that too, that would be an actual lese majeste.

    And as expected, Haruka-kun is unaware of this. It seems the only thing he understands is that there were two female knights. In the first ce, not only is he unaware of lese majeste, he didnt even notice the existence of the Royal Prince, so he doesnt think that he was arrested. He seems to need a strict lecture. After all, being clueless about his capture he readily followed two beautiful female knights, he is obviously GUILTY!

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.

    And while the royal troops managed to arrest him, they cant treat him harshly since he is Omui-samas guest, and after seeing what happened to their pursuers they are too afraid to try anything, yet the captive in question remodeled his prison into an ultra-gorgeous andfortable carriage and is enjoying a pleasant and luxurious journey, from time to time leaving to have fun anding back when he feels like it, and while still in utter confusion over how to handle that, they ended up bringing him with them. Poor things, how they mustve suffered having a debauched free spirit that cannot be contained by prisons,mon sense, orws of physics in their custody.

    And so we head to Murimuri Castle while telling him off. Kakizaki-kun and Oda-kuns groups were kindly asked to take the rear guard. They are potential lese majeste offenders too, so they have to be separated.

    Everyone is carryingStaff IDso it should be alright, but people from royal army were gravely silent as they had to pass through lines of saluting stone golems in heavy equipment. The really scary ones are Rafflesias, but they are pitiful to look at as they are, so lets not scare them any further. Female Knights are especially in danger. Those monsters are a real threat!

    Enduring the nervousness for a long while, the people from the royal army were visibly relieved when the exit from the Fake Dungeon finally came into sight. But actually, a misstep here will send you back to the entrance through a slide, so this is not a ce to rx, but lets keep quiet, they are pitiful enough as they are. This trap is way too wicked after all. Its aimed right at the timing when everyone would drop their guard in relief! He is clearly intending to break the spirit.

    A messenger was sent to Murimuri castle so Omui-sama came to greet the Royal Prince. He is weing the visitor with an orderly formation.

    Now how do we exin this captive to Omui-sama? Sadly, there is no one to plead his innocence, I mean, he is disrespectful, insolent, a habitual miscreant? Well, if he was disrespectful to the Royal Prince on the first meeting, then what about Omui-sama, to whom he is permanently disrespectful, yet he shows no care, and even the Princess THATS FAR WORSE THAN LESE MAJESTE!! First the half-naked hooray and then he even pressed that lewd dress onto her, there is a whole load of atrocious crimes!

    And while I thought that.

    Im baack~, for some reason they brought us right back, just what did I leave for? I only managed to make preliminary preparations to set up a souvenir stall, but it was already time to return? Kind of? Eh? Meripapa-san, what are you doing? Did youe to apologize, finally getting kicked out by Murimuri-san? Even kobolds wouldnt get involved in a marital quarrel, but the bitches might eat that up? Wanna borrow them? Theyll tear apart literally anything? Thats really painful? Kind of?

    Even if in name only, that thing was still a jail, although it couldnt be seen that way no matter how hard anyone tried, but the prisoner just casually opened the door and walked out.

    Even Omui-sama isughing. The Royal Prince and the people from the royal army are looking at Haruka-kun that is calmly walking before them in nk amazement. This is refreshing, a fresh normal reaction that cannot be seen from those living in the frontier anymore. I feel like this is the first time in a long while that I saw a normal reaction.

    The people of the frontier had too much contact with this, and by now their perception ispletely warped, so such a reaction feels incredibly fresh. I mean, even if their lord is acting servilely or the princess is dressed in an outrageous lewd outfit Oh, they are at it again~is the biggest reaction theyll give. Recently, even when the princess is getting bullied, all they do is smile, they were corrupted too much.

    asionally telling him off wouldnt hurt, but I dont think it would give any result. After all, even with us lecturing him every day he is still acting the same as usual, and finally got himself arrested on lese majeste. Even though everyone was telling him that its strange that he wasnt arrested yet, he got himself caught, walked out as if nothing happened, and is now chatting with the count whilepletely ignoring the Royal Prince and his entourage.

    And the princess, who by now was also poisoned by this, is tagging along as if its normal. Why does the supposed bodyguard have the person he is supposed to be guarding as his attendant!?

    Well, whileining, we are still following him too. And all together flock into the castle.

    I see So in the end, he really went only to set up a souvenir store!

 Chapter 243

    Chapter 243

    Chapter 243

    Day 61  Nighttime, Murimuri Castle.

    Overwhelmed, I feel smaller. It might be embarrassing for a regent, acting in the Kings stead, but the other party is the head of the legendary House Omui, none other than the god of war lord Mellotosam himself. His caliber is different from someone like me, who merely happened to be born into the royal family.

    Furthermore, the conference room to which we were guided had not only the civil officials but even the military staff in awe too. This is the frontiers king, Omui.

    But as impressed or intimidated as I might be, I already gave up on my life. I came here to deliver my head. I came to make a deal, with my head as a payment.

    Is it impossible even in exchange for the regents head? I dont see any other option to bring it to negotiations with the nobles. The war will destroy the frontier, and the Kingdom will be forced into being the Theocracys vassal state. And yet you are still going to insist on starting a war to protect a mere adventurer? There is no other way left.

    He is too obstinate. I dont understand his need to cover so much for some weird insolent fellow. Even if this head is not enough to make it up to the frontier, are you saying its not enough to bnce out for even one brat? Is he nning to exchange the kingdom and his domain for the life of just one person?

    First of all, possible or not aside, by what authority do you want to make that happen? How are you going to justify his arrest and seizure of assets, Your Excellency? Pray tell me. You realize that the boy fought all on his own, and brought us peace and wealth, we have absolutely no rights neither on the boy nor on the treasure?

    My goodness! Even lord Mellotosam, hailed as the King of the frontier is fooled by this. Certainly, I was surprised by the wealth of the frontier. It might be even more prosperous than the capital. But thats a hindsight-based approach. What is the need to feel so indebted over something that some foreign brat did on his own, much less even having to weigh it to ones own domain and the kingdom?

    This is very true for lord Mellotosam, but it also applies to House Omui in general  they cant be moved with money or power. Tenacious self-reliance is the core of House Omuis way. And if needs be, they would even go against the Royal Family authority. Thats how Omui came to be called kings of the frontier.

    Do you need a pretext or a just cause to arrest a kid for the sake of protecting the kingdom and the frontiernds? We dont even have any other options than to exchange his head for this. Unless the Theocracy draws back, the nobles also wont pull back.The only thing we can do is to drag it to negotiations, and for that, we need his head. If you can at least ept that, then Im willing to offer you my head as an apology. Please make the correct decision, Mellotosam-sama!

    That boy. Thats right, that brat was the one that had a cave-in ident in the dungeon, and through insane luck, obtained the huge fortune and treasures of the dungeon master.

    That insolent and ominous person in a ck cloak was the aforementioned dungeon killer. That uncanny technique that had the entire mercenary squad of the theocracy ughtered must be the dungeon masters treasure. If only he didnt have that he would be nothing more than a level 21 brat. All we have to do is catch him in some sort of a trap, confiscate relics, and hand him over to the nobles. That should create an opportunity for negotiations.

    I was honestly suspecting that both Mellotosam-sama and Shariceres are under effects of some sort ofCharmorPuppetrybut the investigation showed that they had no abnormal status effects. Then he must be leading them by the nose with that cryptic flippant speech of his. He must be currying favor with eloquent and clever use of words. He is the frontiers parasite that attached himself to it with money and connections.

    Then, as he is a captive of the Royal Family, I request his hand over.

    No can do. And you may call him a captive, but to me it appeared that he was walking on his own two legs? Certainly, Your Excellency wouldnt im that is a prisoner, right? And even if that was an order from the Kingdom, that boy is an important guest, and is under House Omuis protection. We cannot hand him over, regardless of possible reasons.

    A deadlock. I thought that by meeting him directly and lowering my head, Ill be able to make a deal in exchange for my own life, but he wont budge.

    Then, we entered a break during which we were led to a gorgeous guest room. Indeed, the frontier was reborn. Not even the greatest of the states would be able to prepare a guest room of such extravagance and splendor. But cant he see that if the frontier is turned to ashes then all of it bears no meaning? Sure, things might have be safer thanks to that brat, and his absorption in self-indulgent pleasures enriching the town. But why does the Kingdom have to fall for the sake of one snotty brat who simply got lucky?

    *Siigh*, he is stubborn, way too stubborn. Why go that far to protect him?

    House Omui is famous for their adherence to the principles of loyalty and gratitude. He must be feeling that they have a debt of gratitude towards the boy. After all, subjugation of that ancient dungeon was the dearest wish of every sessive head of House Omui.

    However, there is no way a level 21 kid could do anything about it. Isnt he nothing more than an insolent brat that painted the idental death of the dungeon master in a cave-in as his own achievement? I dont understand why Mellotosam-sama, known as Undefeated Swordsman, and even Shariceres, nicknamed Sword Princess, make so much of him.

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.Did you get information? For now even unconfirmed rumors will do, anything is fine, but give me information!

    If things are this hard toprehend, it means there is a blind spot in our information. Is there some sort of hidden merit to that kid? Maybe something that necessitates his presence?

    ording to the current intelligence, he is buttering up women with unusual delicious foreign confectionery, this seems to be the current talk in the town.

    Sweets? Certainly, just as rumors said, he had 20 beautiful maidens swindled, having them serve him. Is he a gigolo? Was Shariceres ensnared by him? But then how to exin Mellotosam-sama? I see, he first got Miss Meriel and through her deceived the entire family!

    Its always like this with women and children. To think they would fall prey to a gigolo after being enticed with some candies. However, could that straightced Shariceres be so easily ensnared? Much less that annoying maid?

    But if left alive, he will end up nothing but a hindrance. And if dead, his head wont be needed anymore. Ill have to take responsibility with my life, but I was nning to leave this head of mine here anyway. It greatly pains me that I will have to apany that boundlessly insolent brat to the other world, but even so, we need his head.

    *Knock Knock* After a light knocking Mellotosam-sama appeared on his own. Perhaps he wants a private conversation?

    Excuse me. Your Excellency, are you really intending to hand that boy over to the nobles army? Is there no mistake?

    Mellotosam-sama? There is no way we, royalty, would talk in falsehoods to House Omui, and thats not mentioning that if I tried to deceive Omui-sama I wouldnt be able to face my brother even in death. Its nothing but truth.

    Since Mellotosam-sama came alone, it must mean that Miss Meriel was indeed ensnared by that kid, so he couldnt publicly agree to his handover. Such an irritating brat, even though Im still unmarried, he is dragging 20 beautiful ck-haired girls around as if making a disy out of it, but then, who wouldve believed that, he had to spew sweet lies to the youngdy of the counts house, and then, finally, even trying to sink his poisonous fangs into the princess!

    Even the troops couldnt hide their astonishment at Shariceres indecent armor. Since the equipment was rivaling or even outperforming artifacts of the kingdom treasure ss, everyone convinced themselves that thats it, but as it turns out, even that was that brats doing. I dont n on surrendering the country to the Theocracy, but I also have no intentions of letting a womanizing brat do as he pleases! As I thought, an assassination is

    House Omui, The Frontier, and personally I myself cant hand him over, however? He seems to be raring to go? No, we are actually trying to stop him? But for some reason, he is very eager?

    He himself? No, I wont be deceived. He is trying to curry favor by pretending that he is willing to sacrifice himself and go through with his hand over to the nobles army, but in reality thats all talk. So thats how he is tricking girls, making a tragic hero out of himself as if this is some sort of a stage y. The mere thought disgusts me.

    Even if this is a cheap drama from a low-life brat, since he made that statement, I wont allow him to walk it back. Im taking him with me even if it means Ill have to drag him.

    With this, the negotiations are finally at the starting line. The negotiations (war) with the fate of the kingdom on the line.

 Chapter 244

    Chapter 244

    Chapter 244

    Day 61  Nighttime, Murimuri Castle

    The majority is against door-to-door sales for the nobles army. The travel expenses are going to be covered by some middle-aged man, who will also provide a guide, and on top of that, sexy female knights areing too, a wonderful line up, but its still a no?

    No, I mean, if we are going to wait for them, it will take the nobles army 10 more days toe here, right? Ill probably forget all about the war in three days or so? And they are offering to escort me there and will even cover the costs, plus I still have some unfinished business in the carriage. Yeah, the real battle is from now on! That sort of stuff?

    During thest section of the journey back the carriage was surrounded by the girls, preventing the beautiful female knights froming. But the destination this time is the nobles army camp. And a middle-aged man seems toHey, wannae together?be inviting me. Originally, at the very point of being invited by a middle-aged man I wouldve burned him to a crisp and escaped, but apparently this middle-aged man is the middle-aged man that ordered the two sexy female knights to escort me! Looks like this world actually had some thoughtful middle-aged men. He is a royal prince it seems. And being thoughtful, this middle-aged man offered me an escting journey to help escte things with the escorting sexy female knights. I have to go!

    But that also means that I wont be able to open the souvenir shop which we worked so hard on. Manju wont be sold, and the same goes for the frontier pennants. The time making them  wasted.

    But there still was the option of peddling. If you cant wait for the clients toe, then why not go out to sell on your own?as said by pen-name M-san.

    But since the destination seems to be the army of the nobles who are all chummy with the church they have already been decided to be sent to the old fart (god). Lets sweep this world clean of garbage by dumping it into the geezers (gods) white room with pay on delivery forced home shipment. But in that case, I might lose the clientele before I sell them anything.

    As a result, the Fake Dungeon, souvenir store, and Murimuri Castle, that I worked so hard to make to wee visitors, will all be meaningless. Wasted effort.

    But even if anticipated losses are this great, I still have a reason why I must go. As long as a possibility (sexy female knights) exists, I have to pursue the possibility (sexy female knights), , strip the possibility (sexy female knights), do this and even that to the possibility (sexy female knights), I have to answer the insatiable call to challenge the possibility (sexy female knights)!

    Or rather, I have to move from here, or it will be a stalemate. I mean, with the tight blockage of 21 peoples t gazes I cant go to the knights ce to y! I dont have the locational advantage here, and the opportunity too, Im surrounded in a circle of people staring at me. This is a lost battle. I have to leave this ce, the lost fight named sermon is surely going to have a bonus round of beatings named training.

    ying defensive is more advantageous, and there was so much preparations made for it, why go out of your way to meet them?

    Drawing them into the Fake Dungeon and exterminating the survivors at Murimuri Castle is a certain approach.

    Leaving to meet them sounds like nothing but a risk? And with all those defenses already in ce?

    Id like to persuade them, the problem is that they are absolutely right. The idea of going to them is full of demerits. But Beautiful Female Knights are leaving too! I dont mind staying if he leaves them here, but otherwise, the lovely event of me being eaten in a highschool boy sort of way by aggressive beautiful female knights is going to depart! Im not letting it slip away!

    And so I thought I should go, but the majority is against it. Or rather, everyone is against it.

    Well, indeed, there is no merit to it. I wont be able to sell manju or even pennants, but a highschool boy has moments when he must go anyway! But were I to honestly tell them that Im nning on escting with two assertive sexy female knights, things will get very dire, or to put it in easier generally used terms, a sermon will ensue.

    I need some sort of a pretext, and its not like there is none.

    First of all, the existence or nonexistence of long-range weapons. If they have weapons capable of attacking over a very long distance or some other way ofunching long range attacks, letting them get close would be a mistake.

    So, with that in mind too, reconnaissance. There is no better way to gather intel than directly infiltrating the enemy camp. After all, I haveRajingan, if I have even a fleeting glimpse of something, Apex Thinking-san will be able to analyze it.

    Next are items that would allow them to cross the Fake Dungeon. If there is anything that would allow travel through the air, underground, or space, it would be a danger, but it should be impossible for an army thatrge to hide loads of the equipment that their numbers would require, so we should be able to expose their hand if I went to check.

    Andstly, there is a certain possibility that is yet to surface. While the King is debilitated with an illness, the first prince is leading an army towards the frontier, and yet the Royal Prince, supposedly the current regent, went to the frontier ahead of the first prince. Yeah, so the capital is wide open? Like,pletely exposed? Too good to be true level?

    Waiting should be easy, but we will lose the initiative, there is a chance someone might go and do as they please in the meantime. There is even a possibility that this is someones ploy.

    I like having fun and taking things easy, but I hate letting others do as they please or being tricked by someones n! Im a super ethical boy that even made Lets proactively do what others wouldnt wantthat we learned during ethics lessons my motto, I like seeing others mad and Im very good at doing what others detest, but I very much hate when the same is done to me, so losing the initiative is not nice at all.

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.In that case, reconnaissance-in-force isnt meaningless, while Im at it I can also install some traps or whittle down their forces with gueri tactics. But whats most important, the royal middle-aged prince might let us invade the very midst of enemy forces, thats a delicious offer. I mean, invasion with assertive sexy female knights or even invading assertive sexy female knights! Thats delicious.

    Then, postpone the souvenir shop opening, and go peddle the goods myself! Instead of souvenirs store (defense) its peddling (offense), Offense is the best rip-offis what a certain ancient person I think mightve or mightnt have said. Thats why, its peddling time. Lets add a traveling souvenir shop to the gorgeous bed carriage. The traveling offensive (High Pressure salesmanship) souvenir shop is what this world needs at the moment! Is what I tried to argue?

    Even with pressure sales you wont be able to sell those pennants, okay? WhyFrontier? Why would you make souvenirs if you dont even remember the name of the ce? And why did you have to make mushroom-shaped ones?

    Can it even work as a souvenir if it has no mention of the ces name? Well, it seems Frontier conveys the idea, but even so?

    But manju will sell! Or rather, Im going to buy them even if Ill have to follow you! Im buying them up!

    Those wooden swords withThe Frontiercarving too, they are pretty in, bute with enchantments?~ Were those originally goblin clubs?~

    Yeah, a new product that was added to the line up upon incorporating the idea that a souvenir store might need a wooden sword, its nameThe Frontier Wooden Sword. I simply usedHolding,Wood MagicandAlchemyto process goblin clubs that I had in excess, getting nice enchanted souvenirs with 0 material costs. Cheap, light, and even if they are broken, can still be useful as firewood, a super reliable and economical new product.

    But those mushroom-shaped massager dolls are GUILTY! So their sale is prohibited!

    For some reason they were banned from sale and distribution? The borate mushroom dolls that I made in 1 to 1 scale to real mushrooms, faithfully replicating them in every minute detail. They evene with a massager function provided by Vibration Magic, and yet this genius invention of mine was rejected?! In fact, massage chairs are showing incredible sales. Super popr in the frontier, installed in the lord mansion, the inn, the weapon store, and even the general store, they are constantly working at full-capacity, bringing coin. I was sure that massagers should be a top selling line, but it looks like they are banned? I guess they prefer magic stone-shaped ones? I wonder whats the difference, is this mushroom discrimination?

    By the wayRemoteLandT-shirts andIFrontierT-shirts were sold out to the girls and soldiers. I should consider some new goods too. An unexpectedly good sales line. Lets tryIFrontiercloth bags and towels too. This is a standard series so it should work.

    And then, the sermon named conference continued until dinner, or rather, Meripapa-san came saying Ill provide sufficientpensation, so if you dont mind, could you please prepare dinner?, so I used that opportunity to escape.

    As Im making my way out I arrange a huge load of Chinese food in the dinner hall. Fried rice, gyoza, egg foo young, deep-fried chicken, pseudo-chop suey. A menu of a cheap Chinese-like ramen ce, but without ramen.

    Since the food was supposedly for the Royal middle-aged prince, I thought that he might do with just fried rice, but since assertive beautiful female knights will be present at the dinner too, I also added gyoza and deep-fried chicken. A middle-aged man is one thing, but beauties should be fed good stuff. And since its just 50 portions it shouldnt take more than 5 minutes?

    In the end, things might end up depending on Royal Girls will, but this scenario is tooplicated. It definitely mightve been easier to just hit them head on. While waiting is definitely easier and more advantageous, it will mean fighting with our backs to the wall, leaving no options of backing down, on the other hand, going on offense would allow us to attack, and if things look bad, gradually wear down enemy forces while pulling back here. After all, without knowing what kind of trump card the enemy is holding there is no way to make any predictions.

    Pres and the others were reviewing formations for the war and reorganizing tactics and strategies. They can just take it head on, but if I take it Ill die, so it makes things a bit difficult. So for me it would be easier and safer to go out and go around killing. If it also reveals their ace there would be nothing toin about left. Thats why I must go. Together with aggressive beautiful female knights!

    Everyone was assigned rooms, so I headed to mine. Armored Pres should return when their girls-only gathering ends too. It would be great if the course of action was decided until then, but Meripapa and others are having a dinner meeting, so by the time anything is decided it will already be nighttime. For now lets finish what I can at the moment. Like, night time side job time? Thats pretty much it. Well, to put it bluntly, it looks like another round of bra making is awaiting me today.

 Chapter 245

    Chapter 245

    Chapter 245

    Day 61  Nighttime, Murimuri Castle, Girls-only Gathering

    Murimuri Castle actually had a huge womens bath. No matter what he makes and for whatever purpose, bathing space seems to be highly prioritized?

    After hearing the gist of what happened from the Stalker Girl that came to join us, we got the general idea of what Haruka-kun had done.

    It was the worst. Haruka-kun, unsuitable for fighting humans and dealing with the skills they might possess, of all things, ended up fighting the strongest murderer duelist.

    He apparently was an expert in killing techniques, with thorough knowledge and keen eyes for human movements.

    And the specialist in anti-human techniques got knocked out in one hit without even understanding what got him. Yeah, as we thought, it looks like Haruka-kun wasnt a human after all.

    As he couldnt be confronted with anti-human techniques, the attacker was knocked out with lethal consequences. Yeah, I thought that those movements arent those of a human As expected, that part in his stats about being human is a lie. It seems even the specialist in fighting humans rejected those ims.

    In the end, he was doing something dangerous again, and ended up luring out the most dangerous opponent.

    After all, he captured all of the bandits alive, but killed that murderer, in other words, he was that dangerous of an opponent.

    He judged that if left alive, there is a high likelihood of some of us getting killed. Thats why he chose to kill him.

    I dont think he had any hesitation. Everyone was prepared for this since the time we saw his face when he came back from that destroyed vige. Haruka-kun had already resolved himself.

    Until then he kept bbering about being capable of only killing since he had no strength (stats) and no ability (skills) to protect someone.

    But he steeled himself. Since killing was the only option, he resolved himself to do it. Returning from that vige, Haruka-kun had obtained a strength that couldnt be expressed in stats.

    And so he first killed the strongest assassin, and then exterminated the churchs beastmen hunting unit. Killed them to thest to prevent them from killing anyone.

    And now he is trying to go on the offensive. Somehow, it looks like he wants to have us stick to the Fake Dungeon defense, while he engages in gueri warfare.

    For a moment everyone was at loss for words. Because the picture of hell involuntarily came to our minds And had us shudder. After all, there is no other more suitable and worse person for an unscrupulous gueri warfare. I mean, it would be a nightmare to have such an inconvenient gueri-san show up. Filling the entire way up to the frontier with atrocious traps, showing up from time to time to brutally harass the unfortunate, and from time to time setting up ambushes to destroybat forces Just thinking about it makes me pity the enemies!

    However, it doesnt change the fact that its still dangerous. While gueri warfare might be a nice strategy, as long as you dont get found, if you are found, you end up isted in the enemy territory surrounded on all sides. Just imagining Haruka-kun, Angelica-san, and Slime-san being isted in the midst of the enemies Fills me with an overwhelming pity for enemies!

    Indeed, in gueri warfare we would be a burden, and Haruka-kun is not suitable for defensive battles. Killing is his only option, with his offense being the only defense he has, so he is rather easy to break through. If the enemy has enough numbers, it wont be possible for him to kill them all in a timely manner, which will allow them to pass through. So in a way it is indeed the right people for the right jobs, survival of the fittest, and he is very likely to have very pleasant and casual gueri warfare!

    Separating makes me worriedBut I cant imagine anything that can threaten him?Rather, the only thing I can imagine is misery of the enemies?Yeeah~, if its Haruka-kun~, gueri warfare might be safer for him~But can he properly sneak around~?His entire build is oriented for stealth operation, but he has no interest in acting stealthily at all!Aah, the gueri-san might go for a direct central breakthrough!Whooa, for some reason it doesnt feel impossible that they would surround and destroy 10,000 enemies with just three of them 3?!

    The problem is that this is a fantasy world. The scariest thing is encountering something that we arent aware of. Be it magic, skills, or magic items. Since the church is on the enemys side, there is a possibility thatHoly Relicsmight show up, in other words, the churchs highly treasured magic items that they keep in reserves. And it is new weapons for which we have no information that are the most scary.

    If Haruka-kuns movements get sealed he is as good as dead. He has neither defenses nor resistances, evasion is the onlybat option that he has. He is simply killing enemies before they kill him, because he has no chance of winning in a straight-forward exchange of blows.

    In other words, anything likeInstantly Turn Ground Into Birdlimewill put him in danger, and the same can be applied to Angelica-san. Sniper attacks from very long range are a threat too, and if there are physical AOE attacks they will be a problem too. Haruka-kun manages to somehow make his way out of any situation with one trick or another, but he actually has a lot of weak points.

    Well, Im pretty sure being holy relics they will either be of direct attack type, or something protective But its still worrisome. Unlike him, if we take a hit we can endure it, thats why we want to be by his side, but we might end up as a burden. The speed of those three is abnormal. If someone engages in gueri warfare with that mobility that would be bullying on a military scale. I mean, there is no way they will be able to track them or catch up with them.

    How about having a few people suitable for gueri warfare apany them as guards? Or maybe follow at some distance?

    The issue is the Royal Prince. He is trying to hand over Haruka-kun to the nobles to kickstart negotiations. He is an enemy!

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.

    But Haruka-kun doesnt understand that, and doesnt seem interested in understanding too Also, doesnt sending those three already make for the strongest attack?

    Delivering those three to the enemy camp, that basically means that the war will start with the enemies having their headquarters destroyed, being prated into the very heart of their forces. Starting a fight when the chain ofmand has already copsed, the line of defense rendered powerless, and an offensive force struck in the back Thats over already.

    Haruka-kun must want to strike the enemy without allowing them to do anything? Then the very point of all those war preparations might be lost?

    Yes, he has no intentions of actually fighting. Only annihting and destroying them.

    Im really d that Slime-san joined us. For attacking there is Angelica-san, if Slime-san handles defense then it feels reassuring on apletely different level, right?

    True, that cant be beaten!

    Slime-sans offensive power, evasion ability, and wide variety of attacks tend to draw attention, but his defensive capabilities are also absurdly high. Among the attack specializing group he is the only one capable of filling the defensive role, an impable bodyguard. Even if all of us were to attack him at once we still would lose in an exchange of blows. Our attacks dont get through at all. Even Angelica-san was nodding at that, so its a defensive power that was officially recognized by the Dungeon Emperor.

    Well, even if we tried to stop him, he would leave anyway. He always goes off on his own.

    Yes, we are going to be left behind again. Now that we have reached level 100 we thought that this time will be the time, but we cant keep up with him again. But we cant leave the frontier unprotected. Someone has to stay.

    If Omui-sama goes as well, then there will be no other choice left but for us to stay. And I also have the right tomand the Fake Dungeon It was handed to me.

    But if Omui-sama stays, then there will be no issue with us going. Even if we cant participate in gueri warfare, we can at the very least guard him. That alone is enough.

    Omui-sama and the Royal Prince must be still in the middle of the discussion. Unless they decide on something there is nothing to build a n around, but unless we exchange and organize ideas now we wont be able to adapt quickly.

    If there is no immediate action, then we should either train or consider challenging some nearby dungeons. Being unable to n ahead is the most troublesome.

    And as soon as we left the bath everyone broke into a run. It was an emergency!

    Who wouldve thought that such a thing could happen at Murimuri Castle We were negligent. To think that hed open a Murimuri branch of the souvenir store and sell manju there! He has the Stalker Girl-chan for a salesperson, and the troops from the capital are in a huge uproar. And manju are all sold out (crying)

    He is clearly intending to liquidate the inventory. But if so, why not sell it to us?!

 Chapter 246

    Chapter 246

    Chapter 246

    Day 61  Nighttime, Murimuri Castle.

    With the war about to break out, there is no such a thing as going too far with equipment which one will have to entrust their life to. If ones fate depends on it, then no matter how slim it might improve the chances, Ill still ept any order that might help to make that improvement. But this has nothing to do with it, does it? With the war I mean?

    Im telling you its impossible, why would anyone demand amphibious functionality from a bra? Thats just a bikini! Just change your clothes? Why are you trying to live an amphibious life with nothing but one set of underwear? Were you not so secretly amphibian? But Fish Girls parents were fishes, so she should be a sea creature? Are you sure its alright to suddenly go out onnd like that? Well, humanity also evolved from fishes that came to thend? So do your best? I guess?

    We are terrestrial! Just like everyone else!

    I mean, for a bikini Ill have to consider water resistance in calctions too, but more importantly, a highschool boy measuring girls in wet underwear is too crazy! And speaking of water resistance, wardrobe malfunction is a certain possibility too? Sudden exposure is a problem, butDripping Wet Underwearby itself is a good enough cause for concern. Even if its for the sake of bikini development, getting two high school girls in underwear wet for the sake of it is already no good. Yeah, Im pretty sure there is an issue? I wonder what Affection Rating is? Is it edible?

    And while the Nudist Girl is fine, the Fish Girl is quite big, in other words, the water resistance isrge too. Creating a prototype will be extremely hard. And a big schoolgirl in dripping wet underwear will surely make a highschool boy extremely hard too. Well, anyway, this can wait until after we are done with measurements and making bras and shorts. I mean, making them amphibious all of a sudden is impossible?

    Well, I did want to eventually make swimsuits for those two. I did, but there are still no pool or sea, and the river is too close to the Evil Forest to be considered safe, although goblins arenting anywhere near the river, and if its on the outskirts of the forest, being over level 100 they should be able to beat monsters of about level 5 even barehanded. But they will be too defenseless, and there is also a threat of wardrobe malfunction, and Im sure if it were to take ce theyll surely rush to lecture me! That definitely would be gobs fault, but the one who will end up getting scolded is me?

    In fact, swimsuits material is quite a mystery? I dont quite understand the structure too, but the material is a total enigma. It wasnt waterproof, and Im pretty sure its not water repelling either. What was the purpose for which such material was chosen? Does it have to be non-transparent? And also stretching? But I also heard that if it absorbed too much water this could lead to drowning? So water repelling material might be needed? It might also be necessary for it to dry quickly to reduce chilliness, or have some sort of warmth preservation function. Lets have Armored Pres-san participate in the trial manufacture, study, and experimental use. Definitely.

    Would it be enough to apply magic stone dust coating to a cloth and add WaterprooforWater Repelling? But sticity must be important too. It mighte off if its too loose. As for the design, since those two are going to swim for real, it should be either apetitive swimsuit or a school swimsuit. Thinking normally,petitive swimsuits should be just fine, but the order that came from the Nudist Girl was for a school swimsuit? Does she have some kind of obsession? The geeks certainly would obsess over this, but if asked for an opinion theyll keep talking for three days non-stop, so its better not to. I mean, they are usually no different from air, but when knee socks came up they kept talking for 7 days straight?

    Thinking such things I distract my mind from the information fed back byEvil Hands. For a highschool boy the tactile sensation called information is pretty crazy. And the 3d model created by Apex Thinking-san throughSpace Perceptionis an issue too. Im sure the craziness issue is about to explode tonight, which mustve been prophesied as a great high school boy eruption. Not sure if its going to be the greatest one in history, since Im not measuring or observing, but considering that High Sexual Vigoris about to level up, it might hit the greatest level so far.

    Cant you make something that would push up or make it appear bigger? Maybe pumping up with air? Rather, a magic-powered bra sounds so strong!

    As a highschool boy I can barely forgive push up bras, but inting or magic-powered bras are absolutely out of the question! Those are heinous and deceitful camouge tactics that trample highschool boys pure and fleeting dreams! Kind of!

    Magic-power bra, huh Sounds like it might be capable of transformation or gattai! But if bras from five girls were to merge into one big bra, then the remaining four will remain no bra? If they pull off something like that duringbat all of the boys will be out ofmission? Yeah, too dangerous, has to be banned! [1]

    Now, its been five people already, with those two it makes it seven. By now its fine to say that I got used to this. Even if they go AhorHyanorKyaorNmmorAhhhorUnmorMmmorAun!orAh, ah, ahorKYaan!during the measurement, Im already used to as if its ever possible to get used to this!Kyan!is quite something, butAh, Ah, AhandMnmare really bothering me! Also, Armored Pres-san, could you kindly stop moving the fingers that cover my eyes at that timing? You are definitely doing this on purpose, arent you? I mean, the timing at which you are opening the fingers is too perfect every single time? Thats surely a trap to set me up for another sermon!

    And like usual, when it came to the lower body measurements, the great hardships that cant be expressed in simpleKyaun!had to be ovee, until we finally arrived at the correction and adjustments phase, but both Fish Girl and Nudist girl are bright red by now, faces and bodies alike, steam is almosting from them? A steam engine?

    If no issues surface during correction and adjustments then well go with this, okay? And since I understand the form now, I can make some swimsuit samples, if you are fine with trial products? I can do only racing swimsuits or school swimsuits, but I dont know the design at all, so exin it to me, even if only in rough detail?

    Really?!

    They are happier about this than the underwear. They had already sunk to the floor inplete exhaustion, breathing heavily, but one word about swimsuits and they fully recovered.

    As I thought, they really wanted to swim all this time. This must be the first time in their lives that they were unable to swim for so long.

    They were in water every day, spending all their time swimming. After all, even their parents are sea creatures.

    For starters, Ill try to make prototypes with the provided designs. No idea if this is a school swimsuit with open backs or a racing swimsuit, but Ill give it a shot. Jersey knitcks sticity and will also stretch? A tighter knit~ hm, I guess this will do? It does kind of resemble a swimsuit?

    Try these on, Ill get a bucket and water, try getting them wet too and tell me your thoughts? Ive never made them before, so I have no idea how it turned out? Or rather, if a highschool boy had experience in making school swimsuits it wouldve been an issue worth reporting to the police, wait, and no I do have that experience! This is an issue!

    The two immediately tried them on, and I diligently make adjustments with Evil Hands. Since those are swimsuits the blindfold was released, so I confirm the results with my own eyes and the shrinkage rate might be too much? They stick to the body too much, revealing outlines of various parts I wonder if the material was too thin? This might be a problem, but the person in charge of blindfolding is ignoring this?

    The size is perfect. Design is perfectly ording to the order. I think it should be nice for swimming?

    Looks great! I want to go for a swim in this already! Isnt this fine already? It looks properly done?

    Is it? Making a bucket of about two meters in diameter, so both of them can lie down, I pour water into it. Its not big enough to stretch the arms out, but thats the most that can fit into this room, so it cant be helped.

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.A pool!

    No, a pool is too much. The room isntrge enough for that?

    The water rose to 50cm at best, but the two already got in and were lying down sshing around, checking how it would be to move in those. Those are swimsuits, so the blindfold was no more But we totally didnt think this through. I was taking swimsuits way too lightly, thats right, those are swimming suits, so they are meant to be submerged in water! To inly state the summary of the conclusion as it is They be transparent and shrank, they are tightened, totally biting into the skin. So swimsuits be see-through as they shrink? Yeah, that was very educational But it became a bit of a situation? For starters, lets call back the person in charge of blindfold. Im sure this is R-18 stuff, so its risky in highschool boy terms? Yeah, and when she keeps making gaps between fingers? Well, its a bit toote for this anyway?

    Kyaaaaaaaaaaaa!

    (Currently being scolded)

    Im under a super heavy t Gaze. While being stared at I use the acquired experience to make another attempt. The Fish Girl is ring at me with a t gaze full of tears, but Im super diligently working on using the umted experience. I mean, its Crying t Gaze.

    The fibers became thinner by absorbing water, and with the addition of shrinking vertically, that outrageous School Girls in Dripping Wet See-Through Digging Into Those and Such ces Swimsuits Incidents took ce. Then, it bes necessary to add the waterproof property to the fibers themselves, leaving the material still perfectly stic, but preventing it from shrinking from water contact. No choice but to make some samples and test their performance.

    Making the fabric twice as thick to counter transparency and shrinkage, I try a few different knitting approaches to prevent shrinkage while still retaining sticity, soak the samples in water, then calcte and memorize contraction rate for each one of them with Apex Thinking-san. Could it be that school swimsuits actually were incredibly hi-tech? Combining a few different fibers of various sticity I continue trial and error withApex Thinking, searching for the most optimal one, looking for the perfect cross between thefort of use and wear.

    I guess this is the best one? Combining around five patterns in the fabric, I tried pulling and stretching it in water, but this seems to be the most suitable one as swimsuit material. Cutting it up, I sewed it into swimsuits.

    And now, trying them on. This time, ounting for the possibility of failure I equip the standard Blindfold Pres-san. But it should be alright. The calctions gave pretty good numbers. I even employed mana coating technology, so I think the result isnt that inferior to the ones from our world?

    (Ssh-Ssh, Ssh-Ssh)

    Its amazing! Its totally fine even in water, this couldve sold even in our world! You could be the exclusive supplier for swimmers!

    Exclusive supplier, huh, do you know just how tough those measurements are? Werent you on the floor,pletely drained, after experiencing it first hand? Also, male swimmers are an absolute no! I refuse! I mean, butt-naked measurements? If a man showed up Ill tear it off!

    Yeah, this looks amazing! Its easy to move, and it doesnt feel heavier from soaking up water? It might be even better than the material used for racing swimsuits?

    Well, Im pretty sure magic or skills are forbidden on racing swimsuits. However, those swimsuits should neither absorb water nor suffer from behind dragged by water current, inhibiting movements. Alright, now lets make some for Armored Pres-san for the sake of our nighttime swim. Naturally, using the very first material? That, in a certain way, or rather, in a highschool boys way, was pretty amazing too! And coincidentally, there is a huge bucket awaiting its turn, so from a highschool boys point of view, I guess its finally lotion time! The War of The Bucket is about to begin!

    Im d that both Nudist Girl and Fish Girl liked the swimsuits. I also can understand that they are so overjoyed at the thought of being able to swim again that they cant help themselves, but lets not horse around in wet school swimsuits in front of a boy? Its pretty crazy? I mean, its really crazy in highschool boy terms. Im rather serious. Well, they left while still happily wearing them, so its fine, I guess. But is it really fine to roam around the castle in wet school swimsuits though?

    And the wet and slippery nighttime battle of the bucket with the shrinking and transparent racing swimsuit in the slimy lotion pool was absolutely wonderful. The paradise was here all along! And as was predicted beforehand, she was super mad afterwards. But Im going to treasure this heavenly bucket until the next time!

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Gattai  Poprized by Japanese giant robot type shows, the term literally refers to the act of merging two separate entities. It is often interchangeable with simr terms such as fusion,bination, joining, etc. Just think of thebination sequence from power rangers.

 Chapter 247

    Chapter 247

    Chapter 247

    12-15 minutes21.07.2022

    Trantor: Pink Tea Editor: Ryunakama

    Day 62  Morning, Murimuri Castle

    After I prevailed in the War of the Bucket (Lotion Pool), the morning greeted me with a usual sermon. Yeah, a great t Gaze today too.

    Now, despite the perfect t Gaze conditions today, I had to see a middle-aged man. Well, its Meripapa-sans aide who came to ry a message. The contents of which is that there is no message, in other words, the discussion is still continuing.

    The middle-aged men seem to be still talking in the conference room. Do nobles and royalty like conference rooms that much? Are they going to live there? Well, if they like it so much, then I dont care how long they spend on conferences there, as long as they give the conclusion beforehand? If they just announce what they agreed on ahead of time, then they are free to conference there for the rest of eternity? Yeah, what are they gonna do?

    For now, it seems that at the very least they concluded that no action will be taken today. Repeat the process ten times and the enemy forces will be here even if no conclusion is reached. Then there will be no point to those talks.

    The girls also gathered and are having a discussion of their own. Everyone seems to really like having those big meetings, but for some reason, it feels like Im never called for those talks?

    There is plenty of unexplored dungeons nearby, so how about exploration and training at the same time?

    Agreed~!

    Well, there is nothing to do at Murimuri Castle, and no matter how many dungeon items we find, its never enough.

    Haruka-kun, you are staying home, okay? Omui-sama seems to have something to talk about, and the princess was looking for you too, so you are on home duty.

    Eeh, home sitting! So Im a jobless ostracized outcast loner NEET who is getting left out of dungeon groups? Well, it sort of matches the titles, but this in turn makes the emotional damage even greater? Kind of?

    Indeed, there is nothing to use money on in Murimuri Castle. Even so, Id like to hit some profitable dungeon with nice loot, which would also help with Slime-sans food expenses, and whats most important, I want nothing to do with the middle-aged mens talks!

    Thats right, at this very moment, Murimuri Castle has the highest middle-aged men concentration that was ever observed. Every room is packed with middle-aged men. Murimuri castle is currently boasting such a high Middle-Aged Men Ratio that its threatening to turn into Middle-Aged Men Castle. Yeah, if it wasnt for the Royal Girl, Sexy Female Knights, and some others, the castle would have already been burning I mean, I even finished all of the preparations for that?

    The lord specifically asked for you to stay, so you have to remain. You are on home duty, but since its a castle, you dont have to do anything?

    I wonder what Royal Girl wants? Is this another invite for a bandit hunt? Thats pretty bothersome, but brings a bit of coin. However, dungeons are far better. I mean, bandits are broke as heck. Both their items and weapons are shabby, and those middle-aged men cant even be turned into magic stones, totally useless! They dont even have a single treasure chest between them, dungeons are much better.

    We are starting from the first floors, so we wont earn much either~, even though I want to make up for the money I spend toplete Frontier T-shirts collection~.

    Looks like we had a FrontierSeriess fan. Many thanks.

    We are hitting three nearby ces with two parties for each, so I guess we should be able to get to the middle floors or so? Well, the main focus is practice anyway.

    They must be trying to test out new equipment and review formations. Each party leader received a powerful weapon, but as a result, they now have to reconsider their tactics.

    Especially the PresChain Whip of Savage Lightning , being such a peculiar weapon itplicated coordination quite a bit. I also gaveDemon Gods Zweihanderto all five of the idiots, but new weapons change nothing for them. In the first ce, they might not even be aware of how swords are supposed to be used. Well, those are great swords of more than 2 meters in length, I doubt theyd throw them. They weigh a lot too.

    We will be back by evening, so if you have time tomorrow, please check for hidden rooms? Well, cant expect much from middle floors, but ignoring them is kind of a waste.

    Indeed, there is a deficit of equippable gloves, boots, cloaks, and hats, so even items from middle floors could be of use. Moreover, a single item can influence a war situation. If considering strengthening and safety then dungeons should have the highest priority.

    With those words they left while waving their hands, one after another they kept goingIll be offso I kept replying withTake care?every time, after which they set out beaming with smiles? Whats up with that?

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.

    And thus, since there is nothing to do, how about we use the giant bucket and Nevermind, I didnt say anything. No, you got me wrong? I mean like, forundry or something? Yeah, the weather is so nice today~~~~ Its cloudy though? How should I put it, one can wash a lot of clothes at once with such a big bucket? Eh! Right, I dont have any clothes apart from the Viger Set. Hmm, well, theres that? Kind of?

    Stared, scolded, and the bucket confiscated! My slimy and slippery lotion life was stolen from me. I made four of those, but the first one was stolen from me. Even so, it can be said that it was worth it, the wild rampage in the slippery lotion with the wet transparent swimsuit was well worth it! The transparent slimy substance covering her delicate pure white skin and the dream-filled mounds filled me with a certain something, getting the highschool boy part excited, setting the stage for a very crazy experience. The real fantasy adventure was there all along. I greatly enjoyed it.

    Since continuation seems out of question I thought Id continue with my side job, but Maid Girl showed up, of course, prepared for a possible emergency, she is wearing the generously enchanted lewd maid uniform! This see-through maid uniform with numerous gaps and openings should have a great affinity with lotion too, but I can sense that a certain someone pulled out a morning star behind me, so lets forget about it. Yeah, please dont swing the morning star indoors? Outdoors is scary enough, so Ill be happy if you stop swinging it altogether? Looks like Armored Pres really likes the morning star, despite being the Genius Swordsman. At this rate she might get a skill for it soon.

    Haruka-sama, the Princess is calling for you. Could I kindly ask you to apany me? Ill stab you if you refuse, its lese majeste.

    No I mean, its not that I mind, but at the point where you are so eager to stab me for refusal, thats not asking anymore, is it? Since there are only two options,ing or getting stabbed, thats not actually a question? Wouldnt a simpleCome or Ill stab yoube better then? Well, its not really better, but dont think that Im following only because of the lewd uniform! Kind of?

    I tried to show a bit of a dere side. Going tsun could lead to getting tsun (stabbed) with a sword, so lets just follow her for now. And thats because the true magnificence of this lewd maid uniform lies in the view from behind!

    Gracefully dodging the iron ball I tumble after the lewd maid uniform, or rather, Maid Girl. Dancing in a corridor with a flurry of morning star swings sounds pretty hazardous, but it seems to be set to the safe mode, which means its fine to rx since the only person who might get hit by it is me. So Im the only person thats in danger and absolutely cant afford to rx!

    Maid Girl is ring at me. Thats probably her wanting to say that I should be polite. Well, in modern society even ordinary people receive a proper education, so speaking formally is not a problem at all. This maid is such a worrywart.

    Heeding Your Royal Girliness-samas summons I hasteth, I was extremely duper delighted by the call and made my utmostest hastiness to arrive by your side? And just for you, we have a special offer today -The Frontier Speciality  Frontier Wooden Sword, order one in the next three seconds and receive one for free? Like, dual wielding style? Kind of?

    Sold. Profits made. But for some reason Im still getting stares? No, look, Royal Girl is happy with this too? In truth, she waste, and three seconds already passed, but I gave her another one anyway? Where would you find a more considerate rip-off? I dont get them.

    Haruka-sama, are you intending to have yourself handed over to the nobles forces? Why are you going so far for the frontiers sake as to even sacrifice yourself? This is an issue that should be handled by royalty. If it were His Excellency or I that wouldve been one thing, but you bear no fault or responsibility for this. Please reconsider.

    Eehm, is this about the peddling journey to the nobles army? But she herself bought a wooden sword, if she wont allow the nobles to get ripped off that would be a tyrannous abuse of royal authority and noble discrimination. Even though upholding thew equally for everyone is a statesman duty, what a bother.

    What do you want to do though? The middle-aged excellency is still nning to negotiate with the nobles army. If you go there too, youll have two heirs to the throne lined up before the enemies? Is this really the time to worry about me? He seems to want to settle things by talking it out, do you think its possible? Since you are telling me not toe, I dont think you do. I have no idea if you are trying to enter the enemy camp to get the first prince or maybe chop some noble heads, but how is it any different from going to your death like you were trying to do earlier? And Im sure you noticed that killing the first prince or the great nobles wont change the situation? If thats not trying to atone with your death, then what is that? Dying is a waste, pointless, irresponsible, and useless?

    But But But even so, Im a princess and part of the royal family. Even if its useless, even if its pointless, as long as there is at least a shadow of a chance, staking my life on it is my responsibility and my duty. Even if it ends up being a waste, even if its pointless, irresponsible, and useless, there is no way I can send you, who has nothing to do with this, into enemy territory, while Im sitting it out, neglecting my duty as royalty! That would be not only irresponsible but would put a stain on the Royal Familys pride. A royal family that cant even stick to their pride is what is actually pointless.

    Leaving Royal Girl to Maid Girl I leave the room. She is in no condition for discussion right now. No matter how much pride or honor one has, umtes, or stockpiles, there is no way they can remain calm when preparing for death. She may be Royal Girl, or the Knight Princess, or the Sword Princess, or Half-Naked Hooray Girl, there is no way an 18 year old girl wouldnt be afraid of heading to her death! Even so, she wont stop, she will keep pressing on.

    In the end thats how Royal Girl is, even that middle-aged Royal Prince is still putting his life on the line, tossing about in agony, struggling unsightly, with no regards to how ugly or disgraceful it gets, trying to find a way to fix things. He doesnt even realize that the only value his head now has is none at all. Pathetic royalty? Miserable royal family? Thats exactly right. Ipetent royal family that has nothing going for them but their pride. But with nothing but that pride alone they are desperately struggling, dragging themselves through the mud if needed. A proud royal family. Thats why Meripapa-san is considering taking action too. Even if the frontiers army, that should be defending the frontier, would do nothing but raise the curtain for mayhem by taking action, he is going to fight for the royal family. Even if it means ruin for the frontier, he isnt going to consider alternatives.

    Thats why they cant finish their talks. After all, the solution doesnt exist? I mean, the situation they are discussing right now might seem like the worst, but its about to get way worse.

 Chapter 248

    Chapter 248

    Chapter 248

    Trantor: Pink Tea Editor: Ryunakama

    Day 62: Noon, Murimuri Castle, Conference Room.

    The assumed worst case scenario was destroyed by an even worse development. All our well-thought through estimations of the worst were overturned with a single word from a messenger.

    A rebellion in the Capital! The second prince dered that he will be seeding the throne, and shut the gates!

    The frontiers army is the fewest in numbers. The fighting force is so minor that evenparing it to other factions seems like a mistake. Even if attacked by only one army, they hardly have numbers to split forces and still be able to fight. From the very beginning the frontier armys only route for victory is taking the head of the enemymander in a forceful assault.

    And if that is not possible, we cant move from the frontier. That is the weakness of the frontier army.

    But now that small Frontier Army is capable of fighting defensively. With thebination of the Fake Dungeon, Murimuri Castle and the domains self-sustainability, the frontier, for the first time, gained a defensive option aside from all out offense. However, we cant fight on two fronts. The frontier does not possess such manpower.

    About one third of the kingdoms military forces are heading towards the frontier with the First Prince. The troops that secluded themselves in the capital with the Second Prince make up another third, if the neighboring troops are included in their numbers as well. What remains are the troops stationed on the kingdoms borders, and personal troops of various nobles, andstly, the frontier army.

    Diorer Kingdom boasts of having a 100,000-strong army, but the real number of regr troops is closer to 50,000. The rest are civil officials, who can hardly be counted as soldiers, city guards, and pce guards, counting them all together they would make 20,000 at best. Then there are conscripted vigers, and mercenary bands that they managed to gather up. Of the regr troops, only 30,000 are the actual royal army, the remaining 20,000 belong to various nobles, and now even that royal army is split up.

    Meanwhile, the frontier army has only 2,500 regr troops, the number is off by orders of magnitude. But if we fought, there would be no defeat. As long as we can force a battle, we can crush them.

    However, we cant afford to split our forces. That very act would mean defeat. If the overwhelmingly smaller force doesnt huddle together and instead splits, they will be crushed by an overwhelming difference in military force and that would be the end of it.

    The only saving grace is that the elite royal guard is yet to make it back to the capital, because they were involved in the assault on the Fake Dungeon with Princess Shariceres. And also that the first division, the strongestbat force, is currently stationed on the border. The third division is part of the nobles and the First Princes army, the second division, charged with protecting the capital, must have taken the Second Princes side. The fourth division is specializing in engineering and logistics and seems to have linked up with the first division, without taking any sides.

    The royal pce troops that the Royal Prince brought plus the pce guards that remained for security number two thousand, the elites that princess Shariceres brought make another thousand, the frontier army is 2,500, even adding everything together, its nowhere near even 10,000.

    The opponents have gathered numerous mercenaries too, if in addition to that the Theocracy provided troops as well then the total numbers ofFrontier Subjugation Force, the allied forces of nobles, the First Prince supporters, and the royal armys third division should be easily over 30,000.

    Rebel Armyshould have some mere 20,000, but the Second Prince should have the second division on his side, experts in defense, responsible for the capital and the royal castle.

    Lastly there is a question of how the other nobles will act if they will act at all, and the first division is stuck on the border. A three-way stalemate, but as the army of the First Prince has no stronghold, they should be getting anxious. We cant make light of the power of the great noble houses and the church backing him, but therger the military force is the harder it bes to supply and sustain it. Is he going to the frontier as nned, or will he waver and head to the capital?

    Just what is the Second Prince thinking! The King, what happened to my brother! This is an usurpation, treason!

    The Royal Prince seems to be in confusion, but his very presence here mustve been orchestrated by the Second Princes faction. With the army of the First Prince and nobles away from the Capital, and then even the regent leaving it, that mustve been the only chance for him. It seems highly probable that he created this situation on purpose.

    If the First Prince with the church and nobles loyal to it were to manage to capture the frontier then the First Prince will rule the kingdom, if so, the Second Prince will lose his life. Not sure if he was waiting for a chance to act, or if he had no other choice but to act, but he mustve been waiting for such a miraculous situation. This is too much for a mere coincidence.

    Negotiations with the Second Prince are needed, but I dont think we will be able to reach an agreement. After all, we have the Royal Prince and the Princess here, two people holding a right to the throne. And we also have the smallest military force, we are the ones in the most vulnerable position.

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.Your Excellency, we have to wait for new information. Acting under these conditions will only create an opportunity for others to exploit. If so, taking the first move will lose its meaning. Lets wait, the King is almost certainly safe.

    This is a fine approach for internal enemies, in a way, time is on our side. But if external forces took action, there is no situation more critical than now. Its truly fortunate for the kingdom that the first division, which was such an eyesore for the princes and the nobles, was ordered off to the border. But they wont be able to hold off enemies for a long period of time. Wars without reinforcements are eventually lost.

    When the conference ended, I stumbled upon Haruka-kun outside. As I ryed the urgent reports and the information we have at the moment he only mutteredHere we gowithout any sign of surprise. In other words, he was expecting this. He anticipated that the third force, that no one was aware of, would emerge. Thats why Here we go, as if this is what he thought will happen.

    And as he continued muttering, I definitely heardI wonder which one is next?, so there is more?! Looks like there was no point to the discussion on which we spent so much time. If there is more toe, then there is nothing we can do at the moment.

    And after discussing this and that with Haruka-kun, it became evident that the only thing we can do is await information.

    The question is who is supporting the Second Prince? If the first one has the church and the Theocracy, then what about the second? If he has no backing then fine, but without understanding that, the root of the problem will remain even after we deal with him. Well, there is only one possibility I can think of? If so, it makes sense they cant act openly.

    The trade union. A state that is not a state. A special economic zone that was formed by a gathering of several guilds. But having an army and a territory thats already a country.

    While antagonistic towards the church, they cooperate when ites to the ve trade procuring enormous interest. A country that is a gigantic trade association. A country that is not a country, The Merchants Confederation.

    In ve trade they side with the Theocracy, raiding the beastmen country to enve and traffic those that were caught, however, they also openly challenge the churchs monopoly on magic stones and magic tools.

    In other words, its a country that doesnt like the idea of the frontiers magic stones supply and the church magic tool knowledge merging into one. Are they propping up the Second Prince so he can usurp the kingdom to subvert the Theocracys interests? But the Kingdom is also against very. While very does exist in the kingdom too, its only as a temporary service on mary basis. A barbaric system in which one can be caught and forced tobor endlessly, or where killing the ve isnt even recognized as a crime is not epted here, much less, supporting discrimination of beastmen that belong to a friendly nation. But if they allied with the Second Prince, doesnt that mean that the Second Prince made a secret agreement and is intending to discard the royal familys pledges? Or is the Second Prince himself just disposable fodder?

    And the boy, Haruka-kun, just how much does he know, how far has he read the situation, and how extensive are his ns?

    If the boy and others remained in the frontier we couldunch an attack, but if they leave the Frontiers Army wont be able to act. Is that why hes trying to go? All the way to the first princes camp We cant allow him to go that far. This is the kingdom and the kingdoms nobles problem. The situation is a dirty mess, allowing that boy to traverse this bog would be unforgivable.

    But he seems eager to go.

    Telling this to His Excellency, Musjiks, is useless. All he sees in him is a rude youngster. He doesnt understand that the boy is not simple enough to allow making judgements based on appearances only. Strength is potential. And that boy, as weak as he might possibly be, destroyed the great dungeon that is said to have had potential to destroy the continent. He doesntprehend that the potential that the boy possesses can destroy the continent. Even though the existence of that potential itself is both a terror and a strength.

    Well, in a way, it certainly cant be helped. Making mountains bow is way easier than understanding that boy.

 Chapter 249

    Chapter 249

    Chapter 249

    Trantor: Pink Tea Editor: Ryunakama

    Day 62  Midday, Murimuri Castle.

    A great uproar, the princess is raring to charge in, the First Princes faction is heading here and the Second Prince faction is locked up in the Capital? Meripapa-san also seems very eager to charge somewhere, but if we leave the ce he wont be able to move from here. The First Prince will be the one to act first. Frontier Subjugation Force, an allied force of personal troops of nobles on the Churchs side and the third division of the royal army that belongs to the First Prince faction. Good grief,Subjugationis supposedly an act of pacifying non-obeying party by beating them into submission, and now the guys, that made no effort of subjugating the Great Dungeon or the Evil Forest areing with an army to bring peace here. Ill dly wee and beat them into a pulp until they reach the submission that they seem to like so much.

    But if there is a revolt in the capital the nobles would want to head there. The Second Princes forces cant be underestimated and taking the frontier while losing the capital is pointless, but whats more important, their own domains are in danger. However, the Church shouldnt care about anything but the Frontier. They will try to direct them here. If the cooperation breaks down that will y into our hands, their destination will change depending on who is the real leader there.

    And as soon as one of them moves, Royal Girl is going to strike. She still hasnt given up on the kingdom. She stated that the royal familys pride is the peace of the kingdoms subjects. She has no intentions of even allowing any war to happen. Im pretty sure its a bitte for that, but she still hasnt given up. She found her resolve. Thats her being hell bent on fighting until the bitter end because thats the only thing she can do.

    So fighting prowess is the only thing she has.

    And so, lets practice, like, Ive never seen you actually fight, and you havent even had a trial fight with your new weaponry, plus Id like to properly observe the sexy dress? No, I mean, purely for scientific purposes, if there are no problems then there are no problems, but if there are any I will improve and strengthen it? Thats right, I have no ulterior motives at all, is what I cant actually im, but I have vastly more lewd motives than ulterior ones. Ill be kindly looking over your fight, so dont worry about that. So letsmence the practice (beating)?

    Royal Girl + Maid Girl VS Armored Pres-san. The result is obvious even without watching, but I have to observe the sexy dress and the wonderful dynamite body peeking through its slits! Rajingan-san Ill be in your care.

    As expected, she is strong. And sexy!

    Orthodox school, abat-oriented swordsmanship pursuing certainty, without any unconventional elements, hence, she is simply strong and efficient. Thats the high road, well, she is a princess after all?

    And in the shadows, clearly trying to be as unconventional as possible, is Maid Girl. Their attacks have superb coordination, bordering on the level of telepathy, even if thrown off she immediately handles it, even if shaken, she immediately fights using her quick wit.

    This is a swordsmanship meant for war. Fighting as part of an army unit, this strength without any pretense to the point of crudeness, is to show no openings whether one is to face an army or an individual. Thats why she is the Sword Princess.

    Well, the opponent is Armored Pres-san. The Sword Princess sword is unable to reach the target, and all attacks from the shadows are immediately shut down the moment she pokes out. Whack-a-mole maid version?

    (*Pant, Pant, Pant*) The heck is this strength!

    Sparring with pres and the others should be just perfect for them? If given equipment of the same level it should be a pretty even fight. They are anti-humanbat and war specialists, while the other party are Cheats with levels over 100.

    Earnestly following Armored Pres-sans movements, she earnestly blocked her attacks, and desperately swung at her again and again.

    This is the most ideal and suitable training, well the end result is they are still going to get beaten up, but this also has an excellent diet effect, both of them can be expected to have a nice toned dynamite body with a sexy waist followed by round dynamite hips! Eh, WhOa!

    Goughaaaah! Wait, you got it wrong! I was properly exining a fencing technique? Thats right, detailed descriptions are necessary? Or rather, why are you pulling out a morning star in the middle of sword practice and swinging it at thementator as an off-hand? Come on, it was just a bit, eh! I was saying that aloud? In a triumphant pose? From where? Aaah~ from

    Rubbing slippery lotion on those soft and round curves~? So you heardSpreading those wonderful legs and~!too? Well, thats that Im really sorry!

    (Currently reprimanded with a morning star)

    Although it was supposed to be Royal Girl and Maid Girls practice, even I had to practice (get beaten). Naturally, in my case, there was no room for training at all, and it was a simple gruesome beating.

    Onee-sama! That was amazing, the strongest, fantastic, please take me as your student!

    Ever since her first breakdown, Royal Princess was strangely attached to Armored Pres, but after the spar (beating) she is even more all over her.

    Linking arms with her she is leaning coquettishly against her, following her around while maintaining constant body contact. Id like to do the same, but its dangerous. How about you put away that morning star already?

    Well, getting along is nice and fancy, since its two beauties, its fine, but is it really the time to swing an iron ball at me? Royal Girls eyes are totally crazy? Yeah, possibly the greatest danger to Armored Pres-san is encroaching upon her, or rather, touching, or rather, lewding at her? The eyes she has for Armored Pres-san are totally those of someone who meant onee-sama in a lewd way? She is even speaking about taking a bath together, there is a clear threat! A yuri threat! I definitely will have to watch attentively over her, in case the threat esctes! Would you like some lotion with that?

    Maid Girl-san, are you sure about ignoring that? Wasnt lewd stuff forbidden because of royal family something something? Whoooa, she is so obviously averting her eyes! Thats definitely a habitual yuri person!

    Its apparently the royal familys secret.

    Royal Girl turned out to be such a yuri girl that Maria-sama isnt just watching, but intently staring! And Im intending to do the same! [1]

    Armored Pres-san is beckoning with a wooden sword in her hands as usual. Looks like for her its practice (beating) over yuri (lewd). Taking stances, we slowly close the gap, closing the distance between us. Royal Girl is watching closely, but she has a totally lewd look in her eyes, so she isnt watching for things to learn from the fight but slowly yurying her way into the seventh heaven. Its like she isnt even here.

    I step in with a zero-motion sh straight ahead of me. The attack flies from the right, while I myself am going to the left, it makes zero sense just as usual, but she dodged it with a light sway and in one step closed the distance on me.

    Upper left. But Im not going to move, if the future sight shows me moving then Im getting cut the next moment. Reading Armored Pres-sans flow of power and mana I swing the wooden stick to the upper right.

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.

    As if sliding, our wooden sticks ovep and separate only to repeat the cycle again.

    I wonder how she does it, but it seems she is reading the attack trajectory of the teleporting wooden stick and while avoiding it she shes back at me.

    Well, at the very least, I dont think that Im being read, since I have no idea where it will go too, but she even reads the timing that I will vanish and easily handles it. While reading through the phantasmagoria of invisible attacks, she reads her opponent that vanishes like mist. Like, her sword technique is so invincible that there seems to be no way to defeat her at all, the prince, nobles, and the church that want to snatch this away are way too recklessly bold.

    I d myself in magic. Wrapping myself in everything I can apply I activate every skill that I can use. The body is repeating destruction, regeneration, instantaneous movement, vanishing, and teleportation.

    Im sure its aplete mess, after all, there is no n or care involved, a crazy boogie with every spell and skill I have thrown into the mix indiscriminately. But even this is seen through, read, and retaliated. She keeps sweeping away, shing, and cutting through my movements and attacks that cant be predicted, anticipated, or seen even with Future Sight.

    Among the delirious storm of countless weird and bizarre attacks of infinite variety a split second of Kyojitsu, activating for a brief moment it forcibly took control, forcing the body moving at zero trajectory into a perfect shing motion without any ineffectiveness. Armored Pres-san blocked it with a surprised look. This is the first time that I managed to halt Armored Pres-san. This surely has to get a passing mark. But as expected, Im in tatters. (*crush*)

    Aah~, it really hurts! My entire body hurts, full body bone fracture, tearing all of the muscles, and total exhaustion on top of a good chunk of MP disappearing as a bonus! This is definitely a bad one, as expected, it destroys the body in one go, this is the one that eventually kills you.

    But for a moment I managed to force Armored Pres-san to simply block with a simple sh. I managed to make her pause.

    It might not have been useless, but I dont see a way to use this. Thats basicallymitting suicide in the middle ofbat, one attackpletely destroys ones body.

    And Royal Girl, who was previously looking with lewd eyes, has her eyes fixed on us with a serious expression. It looks like she was able to learn something from observing us.

    Regenerating and mending my body, I adjust my physical sensations. Normal fencing withoutTeleportation, its worth observation, and I do seem to have the need to remake Kyojitsu.

    As the beating named sparring repeats, the beating named training continues. I definitely demand the revenge War of the Bucket with the reopening of underwater warfare!

    However It seems that someone (a skill) is being mischievous? There is something weird in the mix again.

    Now, I learned both Royal Girl and Maid Girl movements and fighting styles. Lets adjust and enhance their equipment, naturally, it includes lewdness too! With trial and error it can be said that I mastered transparent and shrinking swimsuit manufacture. Lets go with a perfect fit that clings to the body almost biting in! With a generous bonus of increased transparency!

    Looks like Royal Girl and Maid Girl are going to get beaten up again. Finally, their first experience of going X_X.

    No n, no strategy, and no estimates. If Royal Girl and the First Prince are the only ones to act, I can simply tag along. That will be the battleground.

    And most importantly, it seems that Royal Girl has the authority of captain of the knights of the royal guard. And those knights have a special female division specialized in protecting female royalty and nobles.

    In other words, those sexy female knights are also Royal Girls subordinates. Which means that abat (wardrobe malfunction) with Knight Princess (dynamite body), her retainer (lewd maid) and sexy female knight order (erorists) all together is also possible! Alright, lets go, it would be a disgrace for any highschool boy not toe to her defense! Thats because one mention ofLucky Slipto highschool boys of the previous world wouldve been enough for them to go on an unstoppable rampage prating breakthrough with each one matching the power of a thousand, because that is the true nature of highschool boys!

    In that case, Ill have to improve the female knight orders equipment too. Is it finally the time for ultra-lightly armored (bikini armor) female knights order to be born into this world? Theyd probably be able to annihte the likes of the geeks and idiots while they are still stunned.

    [TL Notes:

    [1] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maria-sama_ga_Miteru  The Virgin Mary Is Watching or Maria Watches Over Us.

 Chapter 250

    Chapter 250

    Chapter 250

    Trantor: Pink Tea Editor: Ryunakama

    Day 62  Daytime, Murimuri Castle

    The monsters fierce battle was akin to a beautiful yet terrifying waltz that took ce in aplete tranquil silence as the two were almost gliding around like in a dance, producing no sounds in the process.

    Both wield wooden swords, one casually closes the distance, as if walking through a park, the other stands without taking a stance, but as soon as they nonchntly sh a rondo of madness silently and violently repeats.

    These are monsters.

    This is what monsters are.

    Smoothly as if swimming in the water, they move in a graceful dance, an eerie disparity in speed was present there.

    They are fast, but it doesnt seem that way, slow, but impossible to track with an eye, flowing through a heavy, sluggish stream of time as if it was stretched by some means.

    Makes sense that the strongest cutthroat expert in killing humans was powerless to do anything. Taking a step inside that dance would instantly shred one to pieces.

    Movements of techniques perfected for the sake of killing humans are no different from those of clumsy dolls in a marite y. This is different. This is pure and simple shing.

    True shing, to which humans, anatomy, monsters, magic, and all of that arepletely irrelevant.

    Bare shing, stripped entirely of murder, protection, theory, logic, and all other baggage. A technique that exists for nothing but cutting.

    Different from sword techniques where one moves their body to cut, there is no other purpose to their movement but shing. Pursuing nothing but the result which is Cutting.

    That boy has vanquished a dungeon, he is a monster.

    Then who is that beautiful woman? A servant of a dungeon killer stronger than a dungeon killer himself? A short while ago the princess and I had a spar with her, but I couldnt gauge her strength at all, the only thing I understood is that she is strong.

    And what I understood after fighting a monster, is that to fight a monster one has to be a monster too.

    Too weak to be called strong.

    Too crude to be called skillful.

    Too slow to be called fast.

    Too simple to be called sophisticated.

    But that is a monster, having received training in assassination techniques I can fully understand his scariness.

    I cant kill that, my sword cant reach him, if I lost an arm back then I still could consider it as getting lucky. He is deadly.

    With the movements where all of the unnecessary motions were eliminated to the limit, he is moving in the utmost meaningless, bizarre, and strange way.

    Those movements arent human but something else entirely. Seeing that before ones own eyes would have everyone dead before they have a chance toprehend what they witnessed.

    And yet she precisely and urately dodges and evades all that ising. Going this far, its impossible outside of a rehearsed and carefully choreographed demonstration.

    The world of these two is insane, something like this is only possible in the world of madness. They hadmon sense, providence, truth, all cut down as unnecessary in their dance of death.

    Like two swords, that were forged, tempered, and sharpened for the sole purpose of cutting. That is what monsters are.

    Thats why it feels beautiful to the point of cruelty, effective to the point of ruthlessness, and acutely calm.

    Beautiful and frightening They are showing this for us, if you are to fight, then win, even if you have to cut down more enemies than you can count. What a cruel sword dance.

    Likely so. Instead of that iprehensive fight that they showed earlier, this time they are performing on a level matching ourbat style, as if acting out some sort of a dance y.

    If you are to be the princess shield then sweep away everything, if you are to be the princess sword then cut down all, if you are to throw your life away, do it while killing the enemy, if you are to put your life on the line, then put it on the de of your sword, is what they are saying.

    I knew that what we were trying to do wasnt something humans can aplish, but they showed us that if so, we just have to be monsters that arent human.

    The princess said that she wont give up. So it seems the very idea itself wont be allowed anymore.

    This is what not giving up truly means. Risking ones life or throwing it away are nothing but excuses, no different from giving up, is what they imply.

    This is the fight of those for whom nothing but victory was allowed, for whom surrender or even death werent permitted. This is what a battle is.

    Thats right, a mere level 21 boy has shown, taught, and told us so much. As if saying that he wont let us im that we cant do such a thing with our levels, even if you are weak you will win if you kill your opponent.

    Aah, what a monster he is.

    How much does one have to suffer to wield such techniques?

    Sponsored Content

    Visit readlightnovel.me for extra chapters.How many unimaginably dangerous situations does one have to go through to master such precise movements?

    Merely tough, harsh, or cruel wouldnt cut it. One has to go through something far beyond that.

    These monsters wouldnt give up even fighting on the battlefields worse than the deepest depths of despair that surpass the most wretched pits of hell. They wouldnt permit themselves to give up, and thus continued walking through hellishnds of death.

    With mere level 20s stats he kept fighting and struggling in a nightmare worse than hell. That is the true identity of the monster.

    .

    The strength to survive with that meager power that he had, the strength to obliterate all of the perils without giving up, that Will that allows him to be strong despite his weakness is the real monster.

    There is no way in which I can retort to this boy (monster). No excuses orints are allowed. Not when facing this boy that nonchntly survived hell.

    The weakest boy, who even when surrounded byrades akin to heroes from legends, is still being looked at with eyes of admiration.

    His strength is hardly different from that of a run-of-the-mill viger, yet that insane strength overwhelms everyone, be it a hero, the King of the Frontier, or the Sword Princess.

    Looks like even if we end up facing 10,000 enemies alone we still wont be allowed to give up. After all, we simply have to kill 10,000 by ourselves. Kill them before they kill you and its your win. This is what they must be telling us.

    There is no point screaming or wailing that its impossible or cant be done, because the answer is right in front of us.

    The princess is gripping the sword tighter and tighter. She saw it. She finally found it, Her goal. The guiding light to achieve her objective.

    And before I noticed, my hands were also tightening their grip on the sword, entranced and fascinated by the monster that survived hell, fighting like a maniac to protect everyone and everything.

    They are telling me. If you resolved yourself to protect the princess, then kill everything. Throwing your life away to shield her is useless, rather, use that body to kill every threat. That is what protecting means, is what they are telling me.

    This is insane. But without going mad, one cannot be a monster. The true meaning of truly not giving up is bing a monster, achieving the goal even if you have to go mad for it.

    For someones sake, they tried to protect something, someone they were forced into a fight where losing or dying was not permitted, if those two are the monsters that emerged from that, then we havent been struggling at all, no, we havent even started struggling.

    Betting our lives was pointless, lives didnt have any inherent meaning or worth to them. Only when the goal is carried through, the meaning and worth appears, so dying waspletely meaningless.

    I stand up with the sword in hand. We are yet to aplish anything, and we dont have the strength to do that either.

    If dying is not allowed, then we need strength, and that strength is right before our very eyes.

    Even if its far beyond our reach, giving up will not be forgiven, can not be forgiven anymore.

    Reaching my hand for that ideal, I will make sure to grasp it no matter how much I will have to crawl or writhe in pain, I cant back down until that moment.

    It most likely will mean that I wont be able to lower this hand of mine as long as I live, after all, I already reached out for that boy (monster).

    Ill be in your care

    If ones lifetime is not enough to catch up, then there is no other choice but to keep chasing the entire life, desperately reaching ones hands for it. Only there can that boy (monster) be found.

    Thats why he is so adored by his hero-likepanions. Everyone is pursuing him, stretching their hands.

    They want to stand by the side of those two lone monsters. To prevent them from going alone to a ce they might not return alive from. Thats why they keep reaching for them.

 Chapter 251

    Chapter 251

    Chapter 251

    Day 61  Evening, Murimuri Castle Premises.

    Splitting into 3 teams with 2 parties each, we hit 3 ces for light exploration, just to check things out and train for a bit while we are at it. However, all three groups ended up killing dungeon masters on the 50th floors. Whats left is to check for hidden rooms.

    Everyone went back seemingly stunned and dumbfounded, as if this was some sort of a mistake, and I was not an exception.

    It took us a long time before we became able to beat dungeon masters. Getting caught by tentacles and throwing in the towel as it devolved into a real threat to our chastity, thinking that we finally beat one, only to fail because of a hot pot, and only recently we managed to take one down with 6 parties and received a passing mark. But this time, every group managed to overwhelm their boss with just two parties this time. Everyone came back afterpletely demolishing it.

    The new weapons given to each party were way too good, way too strong,pletely overwhelming. The increase in firepower shortenedbat time, so it took only half a day to kill a dungeon with two parties. Even dungeon masters, with which we previously struggled so much, were easily beaten.

    Did we get stronger? We did, right? We have gotten stronger, didnt we?

    We challenged dungeons with only two parties each andpletely crushed it! Its amazing!

    Everyones goal is too far, even if chased at full speed it keeps rapidly getting farther,tely, that Goal-san is even teleporting away moving at ultra high speed, because of that we felt disheartened and were losing confidence, but this boosted our confidence a bit.

    Well, its definitely getting stomped into the dust again during the night training, but its fine to celebrate for now. It will soon turn into despair (X_X) anyway.

    To think that shortening fights with increased firepower will change things this much~.

    Well,pared to the One-hit sure kill walking nightmare (Haruka-kun) and his buddies this is still slow

    You shouldnt even try topare yourself with that, okay? He isnt exploring dungeons, he ising tomit atrocities on dungeon masters. No good, ordinary, or even bad girls should imitate that. That is an inhumane dungeon abuser.

    Kakizaki-kuns party is super excited too. Not sure if Excitement is some sort of abnormal status effect but they keep repeating the same line.

    This sword is cool! Like really cool! It so super cool!

    Looks like the zweihanders destructive power was amazing, but it seems to possess an equally amazing destructive power for the ability to speak. It apparently has a minus to INT among its effects. Theyve been speaking of the zweihanders power for quite a while now, but the only adjectives that were used areCondSuper. Looks like its over for them.

    But we got a profound understanding of the significance and meaning of being able to defeat enemies in one hit. With enemies vanishing in the blink of an eye its immensely easier to ramp the difference in numbers to our advantage. In fact, everyone still has tons of MP left. Everyone is still inbat-ready condition.

    With improved equipment we also barely took any damage even on the middle floors. Those bras are so easy to move in!

    The bigger girls were really troubled by this. The not-so-big girls are still very troubled. Anyway, its very easy to move, doesnt add to exhaustion or gets in the way, no difort from rubbing or stuffiness too! These are the best bras in the universe! Even Sci-Fi worlds have nothing on this! With this we can expect a lot from the hip-up effect for the bottom too.

    And since defense power received a solid overall boost too, with tons of various skills and effects, everyone took pretty much no damage, safely finishing their fights. And this is the greatest aplishment, everyone is confused, but we properly got stronger. This was given to us by Haruka-kun, this is what Haruka-kun was aiming for, safety of our lives.

    Reaching level 100 and finally catching up to the strength of our equipment, we could finally put it to good use, finally able to properly wield what Haruka-kun gave us. Thats why we were so strong. After all, having so much done for us, getting protected for so long, if we didnt get stronger it wouldve been a bad joke, there is no excuse for that. Thats why we have properly gotten stronger.

    Returning to Murimuri Castle we found it noisy and animated, and were immediately told the reason. The Second Prince rose in rebellion at the capital. Seems like this is the case of the enemy of my enemy is another enemy.

    While the royal troops are worried for the safety of their rtives, the frontier troops are busy working on how to cope with an ever increasing number of enemies. The Kingdom is thrown into disorder and is beginning to copse.

    But isnt it a good thing if the enemies split? Like force division?

    Ehm, certainly, there are some advantages to the division of enemy forces. But

    But it can also be said that the number of enemies now increased twofold, like, fighting on two fronts?

    The Royal Prince-san He didnt even prepare for this? And left the capital just like that?

    The situation is unfavorable for a three-way deadlock, both parties want to capture the frontier. And with the massive difference in forces there is almost no chance that they will agree to negotiations.

    Well, its not like we have any say in this, so lets take a bath and then dine!

    Thats also true, we are only tagging along with that certain selfish self-indulging someone who cant help himself but go around ruthlessly exterminating misfortune and misery out of pure hate for tragedy.

    Checking the training grounds in search of Haruka-kun

    Royal Girl and Maid Girl were lying there out cold. Looks like there are preceding visitors. Was this practice or they over ate manju and this is a result of ONE MORE SET?

    Angelica-saan. We beat a dungeon! We actually got stronger!

    That one line made Angelica-san beam with a smile, so lovely that it looked like it could make flowers bloom.

    And

    GYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA GIVEUP

    GUAH!!! NO MORE!

    But she had no mercy, rather, as we tried to rely on items and weapons we showed even more openings. Our fighting styles were thrown into disarray. Thats why a mountain of beaten up girls with X_X eyes is swiftly piling up.

    The short-lived Confidence-san was smashed to pieces and passed away. Despair is in process.

    We were too deluded by huge firepower~, thats whats called recklessness, huh~?

    Yeah, we were trying to just hastily finish it in one go. If she saw that she probably wouldve scolded us with something likeSelf-conceit of overestimating your ability is fatal!

    A review meeting, today we have a lot of points to reflect on. As much as we thought we had gotten stronger, we were beaten up equally hard to realize our conceit. She had beaten us into pulp, teaching us the looming dangers.

    Without realizing, we began relying on weapons, trying to cheat our way around the problems with equipment. Thats why we were beaten. Reminded that we shouldnt lose neither spirit nor caution, that we should be improving ourselves first, not our gear.

    The training by the best and strongest mentor was the scariest and harshest, but we surely got stronger again. Since we cant give up we just have to get stronger.

    And yet, Angelica-san said that no matter how much she beats him up, Haruka-kun is the one who is actually strong.

    To beat a strong opponent, one has to be even stronger, then, Angelica-san is obviously the strongest. And yet she says that there is no meaning to simple strength, that only Haruka-kun can kill what cant be killed by anyone. Thats what true strength is. That must be what she couldnt obtain no matter how strong she became. That is the strength to prevail over a strong opponent even if being weak oneself.

    Well, in that meaning Haruka-kun is the top-ss leading contender for the strongest, the foulest, and the craziest. But that evilest, most terrifying money-grabbing top contender is on the verge of being eliminated in the body pile pt 2 that is swimsuit order craze.

    Well, it might be toote to say on the verge?

    Squished and squashed and crushed he is in the process of sinking in the wild tide of highschool girls. He was probably going to the bath and took off his items. There is no chance of surviving a level 100 schoolgirls body pile with such light equipment. His arm reaching for the sky was the only thing that was still visible, but finally, even that vanished from sight. He sunk? Looks like he didnt get Unsinkableskill.

    After all, in the previous world we were shy and also cared about what others might think, but this is another world! The only people that know us are fellowrades, in other words, its bikini debut time!

    A huge heap of request forms is piling up on top of Haruka-kuns corpse. ck bikini for me! Wait, since its Multicolor just a in one.

    For patterned cloth we still have to choose from a number of avable patterns, but there seems to be a technique for applying a specific design to Multicolor items. And since Haruka-kun seems to be the only one who possesses that skill there is a fierce battle for swimsuit orders. Actually, it seems that Haruka-kun was taking swimsuits way too lightly. He didnt expect such a lethal flood of orders, so he let his guard down, walking around without equipment. So naive.

    It seems that the original te of floral flower tone is being made by girls, so the floral dress is no longer a dream and Im looking forward to it, but the heat press seems to be expensive so we have to save money for it, but we also want swimsuits. Apparently, after the flower tonees the check pattern. And here Haruka-kun showed up wearing work pants with a houndstooth pattern, so of course he was interrogated, exposing his n for patterned cloth items, so he has no one to me but himself. Everyone is thrilled for this.

    Currently, Shimazaki-san and the others are providing designs, while culture club girls working around Amou-san of the clothes and apparel club are pouring all of their efforts into preparing original tones. There are already pretty good original tes for polka dots and stripes, and we only had to wait for the machinespletion, but this time swimsuits popped up, so there is a new uproar, leading to e night girls-only meeting after another.

    I also left the request form, but there is no response. Its just a corpse (Haruka-kun). The girls also removed their equipment before the bath so he doesnt seem to be injured. After all, the corpse-san has a very blissful look on his face.

    Now, time for the bath girls-only gathering. The direction the war is taking is bothersome, and we are also curious about the maidens war (bargain sale) date. We received information from a certain source, that the next sale is going to have trial products from his patterned cloth project. It definitely can be trusted since the origin of that information is the strongest person that ends up in tears every night, after challenging wearing clothes with a print!

    [TL Notes: Im not entirely confident in printing or textile industry terminology, so if you see some points that should be corrected in this or the next chapter, let me know.]

 Chapter 252.1

    Chapter 252.1

    Chapter 252.1

    Trantor: Pink Tea Editor: Ryunakama

    Day 62  Nighttime, Murimuri Castle

    Unexpected squishy prison jiggly press part 2! A counterattack of level 100 school girls body pile? No, in the first ce, its not like Im attacking them, so howe Im getting one-sidedly counterattacked every time? Or rather, I was looking down on the demand for swimsuits, but where is there such a necessity for swimsuits if there is no ce to swim? And this ratio of bikinis among requests! Even the pres is asking for a bikini! Did her High Sexual VigorandInsatiable Libidofinally activate? Carnivorous pres who also happens to be a mistress and M-girl? What a set of attributes.

    If Im to take everyones measurements for underwear I certainly can make swimsuits, could it be that the Librarian has arranged this, anticipating fighting in the canals or maritime and underwater warfare? No, fighting in the canals would mean reaching that capital? Thats sort of going too far. Maybe they simply want any clothes they can get their hands on? I mean, requests just donte to an end? Workshops already started working for general sales, are they not satisfied with the low price clothing they can produce? Im pretty sure yukata and the like should be fairly easy to make?

    Sshing with Slime-san I recover my strength in the bath. I seriously have to do something about ViT or PoW or Ill die one of those days? Level 30 monsters are probably my limit, for anything above that Ill have to rely on equipment or Ill get crushed. If at the very least I could use Teleportationeven a little bit I could handle saturation attack or encirclement, but misfire is scary, plus I dont have proper control over it, so there is no telling at which timing, in which location, in which position, at what rotation I might end up, speaking of which, I have about the same amount of information about Affection Rating-san, could it be that its in the middle of teleportation? Just what sort of teleportation is that that you disappear and never reappear?

    Well, fully mastered Teleportationautomatically bes an ultra Cheat Tier sure kill move, so I dont think its supposed to be mastered. But I made a proper jump back then during the Stalker Girl incident? Howe I cant pull it off even once since then? It doesnt make sense?

    Talking, discussing, and conversing with Slime-san I tried to wriggle-wriggle, exchanging opinions and deepening friendship. It goes without saying that jiggle-jiggle and bounce-bounce are fun too. So cute.

    Did you warm up? Actually, we dont even know if its alright to heat up slimes or if they shouldnt be cooled, but since you like baths so much I guess there is no problem with warming you up? Well, I dont think you are at risk of catching a cold, and you also dont seem to be swelling up, so if you enjoy warm baths then its all good. So, how about we get out already?

    (Bounce-Bounce)

    Come to think of it, we are washing Slime-san with a bubbly soap intended for human use, is it really alright for slimes skin? Well, it hasplete resistance to everything, so it surely shouldnt deal any damage, but if so, could it be that in this world all skin problems can be resolved with levels and skills? They seem capable of preventing aging, so fantasy skills definitely cant be underestimated.

    Alright, first, lets improve and then mithrilify Royal Girl and Maid Girls equipment. They dont have any intention of backing down at all.

    Royal Girl uses her sword for defense, so the armor should be made thicker, covering from the shoulder to the arm. And for Maid Girl, on the contrary, remove all of the armor that could hinder her movements. And then add plenty of skills. This is it I guess? Yeah, its lewd, powerful, good for fighting and looking at. Making it was fun too so there is nothing toin about at all. Ill probably get scolded again when I show it to them though?

    The silly girl that is Royal Girl-san is foolish enough to face an army all on her own, and on top of that, she is also a disciple (victim) of Meripapa-sans teachings. Simply wield the sword to strike the enemy down with no concern about oneself. Thats the sword that exists for the sole purpose of charging into the midst of an enemy army and killing the enemymander. Even though this time merely killing themander is too difficult, throwing her into turmoil, but she doesnt even take into ount that even if she managed to aplish that she will end up surrounded and isted among the enemies.

    And so, along with the training I also made her face reality. Does she have enough strength to fight? Are the words about putting her life on the line not just her attempt to escape? That there is no meaning to simply self-destruction, but even when she had an overwhelming difference in strength shoved into her face, even when her stamina was broken along with her willpower, and all of the techniques she possessed were crushed, and she was beatenpletely powerless and her eyes went X_X she still stood up. She kept unsightly fighting, striving for the strength that would allow her to struggle until the very end. She has no intention of giving up at all.

    The Royal Old Man still seems to be in a state of panic, and the talks are going in rounds as they are unable to decide on the future policy. Well, he himself admits that he is not suited to be a king, voluntarily lowering himself to the veryst ce in the line of session, so he likely isnt cut out for this. But being a regent, he is pressed to make decision regardless of whether he is fit for it or not, and being ipetent he makes an error, and thus, ns and decisions are overturned by the results.

    And today its Bitch Leader and Bitch A, huh~. The Bitches are sort of scary, you know? Like, every time I notice their gaze on me they look like they are about to bite me? Today might be the day when that actually happens, I dont want to make bras while having them gnawing on my head! But if I were to stare at their chests at point-nk range my head will end up right where it could be easily bitten! No, its not like Im staring or nning to stare at them? Speaking of like, its not like I wouldnt like to though, kind of?

    The bitches. Both Bitch Leader and Bitch A have model figures, tall, with long legs. Well, they are a bit overshadowed by Vice Pres A-sans supermodel figure, but they win in the chest area. Or rather, with all five of them, Bitch Leader and Bitches A to D, having simr height and physiques they are awfully difficult to discern as they change hairstyles almost daily.

    (Knock-Knock)

    Come in, or rather, feel free to enter but please dont bite me? Making bras while being literally chewed on isnt even concerning anymore but an actual incident? Like, bodily injury case? Sort of?

    We told you we aint gonna bite! Why are you worrying about the same thing every time we meet!

    Armored Pres-san brought Bitch Leader and Bitch A. Well, they were scheduled toe today, so thats expected, but Im sort of not very good at dealing with them.

    Buttely, be it underwear, clothes, or swimsuits, they would always provide designs no matter what Im making, which is very helpful. The clothes designed by the Bitches tend to be mega hits at the general store. The patterns for the clothes workshops are already being handled by the bitches, making for a rapidly growing apparel brand. They secretly are a great source of revenue.

    Having my eyes covered with Armored Pres-sans unreliable hand blindfold I begin measurements. In highschool boy terms this silence with nothing but the sound of undressing clothes is very tough? The fingers also move to make an opening?

 Chapter 252.2

    Chapter 252.2

    Chapter 252.2

    Working in silence is tough, but what do I even speak about with the bitches Clothes? Aah~ which reminds me, there are very popr requests.

    How is the manufacture of original tones going? We might need some crazy number of them, actually, there was karakusa among requests too, do we really need that? I cant think of any other use for it but wrapping cloth? What are you going to wrap?

    In the marketing questionnaires (coercive sale intimidation letters) that were forced on me by a certain two dozen schoolgirls, flower pattern, polka dots, border, stripes, and check were listed among the top requests, so they were given top priority and are currently manufactured. And then also some requests for animal, camouge, vegetation-type, paisley, and then even some for native american and ethnic motives, and among all of that, even karakusa popped up. Who is going to wear that?

    It will have to wait but well make it. Karakusas image is a bit that, but the pattern itself is super pretty and cute? Since its another world people here wont have weird preconceptions, so it definitely will sell?[1]

    Karakusa is a Japanese designation for a vegetation-based pattern depicting various leaves, stems, and vines stretching and entwining, which isnt that different from European ivy patterns.

    Looks like Karakusa-san is fashionable. Certainly, European ivy patterns look fancy both in design and furniture, and is a super staple selling merchandise. Wrapping cloth loop pattern is the only thing that came to my mind when hearing karakusa, but it seems to be deeper than I thought.

    The culture clubs girls are now working all together around Amou-san from the clothes and apparel club to make patterns. The pictures are drawn by the art club, and patterns are then handled by the handicrafts club. The cultures clubs girls are good with their fingers and also understand design, so things are going well.

    They said that they will work on tes for clothes and then fabric when they are done with designs and art tes, so it seems things are going smoothly. The only problem is that designse with endlessbinations of sizes, forms, and patterns.

    Clothes and apparel club and handicraft club are a pair of clothing specialists whom I know because they originally made pattern papers and taught me the basics of clothes making, and then there is cooking club girl from whom I learned recipes, and Librarian was always a librarian so naturally, I knew her too. Thest member remained a mystery all this time, but turns out she was from the art club. Which reminds me, she kept gazing at the artworks from the main building of the inn, but looks like that was her area of expertise. Shes probably going tombast them!

    But the conversation is pretty normal? Yeah, its just the usual bitches, but I can see them fidgeting throughSpace Perception? Even though moving around makes it harder to measure and needlessly sends additional tactile feedback, they are still fidgeting? But they are talking normally.

    They must be pushing themselves to act normal despite being embarrassed. Even the Pres has told me over and over that while their speech and attitudes might be harsh, they are actually nice girls, just like everyone else. Standing out due to their good looks, and even doing some amateur modeling for fashion magazines they seem to have had their share of envy, spite, and even bullying. But hating to lose they kept a tough front, and thus got on with their lives.

    But the part where they immediately start yelling hasnt changed at all, by the way, Im apparently the only one who gets yelled at. Just what is a master?

    Finally finishing temporary models I can feel them trembling as I put them up and adjust them. That might be a normal reaction for being naked in a room with a man. They are doing their best to keep their voices the same as usual, but its only natural for them to be scared or embarrassed.

    They are probably the mostpetitive among the girls. They are the ones who are living earnestly doing their best. And they are also the most ordinary and weak ones.

    That ss, that got teleported to another world, was calledCuties ssorPublic Entertainment sseven by other school years, due to its extremely high ratio of beautiful girls. They probably just collected all of the girls that they were afraid would have bullying problems due to envy or them standing out under the pres. Thats why even the boys had only the wannabe delinquents, the geeks, prone to getting bullied, and the rest filled by various big name folk from various clubs, basically lumping all of the celebs into one ss. The biggest mystery is why such an ordinary person as myself was put into that ss?

    But other girls didnt put up a front or pretended to be tough, and just acted normally. They are the strong ones. Compared to the other girls, who were strong enough to act normally even if others were envious or mean, the bitches are emotionally weak. Even now, they are still weak enough to have to put up a strong front, weak enough to be unable to show their vulnerable side.

    Speaking of which, still dont want to releaseTamed? I mean, being Tamed by a highschool boy probably doesnt look good in the eyes of society, and might even be a source of rumors? It also has an immense offensive power for my Affection Rating-san? The offensive power is so great that Affection Rating-san ran away and isnting back. Do you think I should pasteHave you seen?flyers for it? Where should I paste them though?

    They should be frightened, but they wont release it anyway. Being in servitude to a highschool boy, unable to refuse an order from him, regardless of what that order might be, should be terrifying to them, but they obstinately refuse to cancel the taming.

    Absolutely no! No way! We havent paid back our debt we are still to Actually, you are yet to remember our names too! First remember our names and then talk!

    Even embarrassed and bright red from theEvil Handsfitting (tentacle attack) they are still acting tough. Acting strong they are trying to be strong, to make it more than just a pretense. As I thought, they might be weak, but they wont lose to anyone in theirpetitiveness.

    But You know~? Next is bottoms? Even the most self-conceited and unyielding girls of the ss had their back give out on them, so its probably amazing? Yeah, I really hope you are as tough as you are hoping to be. Hang in there?

    It was impossible.

    But it really was an unexpected turn of events. To think Id hear Shtap~from the bitches mouths! But even such cultured enthusiasts as the geeks wouldnt have been able to predict that it will be apanied byNm~nyoo~. Its nyoo? Lyooks lyke it was nyoo~ gyood?

    And they are dead?

    The bitches turned into corpses, there is no response, so there is no mistake about this.

    Oh crap! THE closed room. Serial murder case of naked schoolgirls. A highschool boy has entered the room., and the mystery had solved itself! The culprit is already inside! In the first ce, if he just strolled inside then its not a closed room or anything! There is such an obvious suspect that there is no need to even look for evidence, just grab the culprit, he is right there!

    The highschool boy that is hurriedly putting clothes on unconscious naked schoolgirls in the middle of the night is supposedly doing a good thing, but why does it sound like nothing but a crime? No, Im actually dressing them up, okay? It might be criminal if I was undressing them, but Im dressing them up? Its not what it looks like? No, I cant look! Or actually, Armored Pres-sans blindfolding also disappeared, is it just my imagination or is the blindfold not fulfilling its blindfolding function in the slightest? Having dressed them up while keeping the eyes shut, and even carried the girls to their rooms, such a hardworking highschool boy surely has to be innocent.

    But to think Id get Shta~pfrom them. Yeah, a strap dress sounds nice too! Yes, lets put a strap dress on sexy Armored Pres-san and then do nyoo good things to nyoo good ces until she cries out Nyoo~! Yes, sounds great!

    The girls that tried to act tough tried too hard, there is still steaming from them.

    But everyone trying too hard and overdoing it is pretty much how it goes in this world these days.

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Karakusa pattern  A variation of scrollwork pattern. The pattern consists of various spirals, and these spirals take their shape from vines and other natural forms. But, karakusa is a typical design for wrapping cloth and is often used in Japanese visual media for thief/burr type characters. Which are probably the image issues that Shimazaki is talking about.

 Chapter 253

    Chapter 253

    Chapter 253

    Day 62  Nighttime, Murimuri Castle, Women Bath

    A surprise guest. We got a guest on our girls-only gathering in the bath, Angelica-san came bringing the princess with her.

    We are butt-naked though? But the princess also quickly undressed and entered, her highness stepped inside? She got in.

    I never properly introduced myself to you, Shariceres di Diorer, please treat me well?

    Its a princess! A princess barged into the bath. Royalty-san has blessed us with her presence in a super sensual appearance? She seems to be super attached to Angelica-san, who apparently became Onee-sama? For some reason the princess is in super high spirits while the Maid-san has an incredibly conflicted expression, what is going on?

    Kya~, the princess! A real princess! A celebrity intrusion-san!

    Shari is fine. Right now Im just Shariceres without any titles. And she is simply Ceres.

    Woow, Shari-san is so friendly!

    The princess is very popr. She seems very delighted to be surrounded by everyone. And the maid-san was Ceres. Haruka-kun mentioned that she is pretty strong and stays in the princess shadow, but even her name was like a shadow. Shariceres-sans shadow, Ceres-san, not sure if this is easy to remember or confusing?

    With the princess tinum blonde hair, the maid-sans dark blonde makes her look even more like a shadow, but naked in the bath they look more simr than twins, with everything from their physique, build, to muscles being indistinguishably the same. Aaah, she looks so morous, truly a sensual body!

    Everyone is so beautiful, with this fine ck hair, and smooth silky skin, Aaah, so nice to the touch.

    The princess has joined in on washing each other too, going around, scrubbing one girl after another, looks like she is very impressed by the bubbly body soap? She keeps going through rubbing, stroking, and hugging with each girl. Such a blissful, overjoyed smile.

    Having a princess wash our bodies feels impudent, but the maid, Ceres-san, isnt saying anything, so its probably fine? She is royalty and a daughter of the king, so perhaps her stature prevented her from fooling around, getting overly-familiar or just ying with friends, much less washing each other in the bath.

    Thats why she has such a delighted smile as if she cant help herself as she is so happily messing around, hugging and washing everyone.

    Surely, she couldnt do something like this at the capital. In the first ce, if the only young girls around her were nobles or retainers then the social position alone definitely would not have allowed this. Thats why she put aside her rank and barged in. She probably wanted to y with friends. Its something that anyone can do, something that everyone is doing, and yet it wasnt avable for the princess.

    23 Girls turned into one big mass of foam, scrubbing, washing and rubbing each other in basically a bodypile state. If Haruka-kun was here hed be dead by now. This bodypile of foam covered naked schoolgirls has more than fatal destructive power. But Im sure hed die with a smile.

    Kyaa! It tickles! Wait, not there!

    Hyaa~, isnt it fine, isnt it fine~.

    A huge uproar with excited shouts and coquettish voices filling the bath as everyone is squeezing and hugging each other covered in bubbly foam.

    Wait, what? Coquettish voices? In a bath with nothing but girls?

    Hey! Kya, who was that, no touching there.

    Thats off limits! No, I told you~!

    As I thought, pretty weird voices can be heard from time to time? Hmm? This is a girls-only gathering, isnt it? Why are a few girls breathing so rough with a heavy blush on their faces?

    While there was some suspicious activity along the way, everyone is now soaking in the bath, clean and sleek. Bath after dungeon feels particrly great after all.

    That soap is amazing, isnt it~? Everyones skin is so soft, smooth, silky, and pretty.

    Looks like it has the princess seal of approval now. She is happily caressing everyones skin. She might be royalty, but that bubbly body soap is an extremely exquisite item, so there is no wonder she would be surprised. She seems to have taken a liking to body touch, so she is currently very busy with touching everyone. Hm? There are even more heavy-breathing blushing girls?

    We tried to spar with the princess after that, but she was really strong, an orthodox high-road swordsmanship. She dominates the opponent in an exchange of blows and shuts them down. Knight Princess Shariceres, who mastered royal family self-protection swordsmanship and royal army military anti-human offensive fencing. The queen of the sword.

    She was strong even in one on one, but in two vs two herbination with Ceres-san could be called perfect, leaving no opportunities to exploit for the other party.

    And apparently, right now, Haruka-kun is working on their gear in his room. She might be a princess, but she is still a girl, whoughs and ys with such joy, and yet is trying to venture into the battlefield alone. Shouldering the kingdom and the royal family by herself, she is trying to oppose the war all on her own. Even age-wise, she is only two years older, and still very much a girl. Even though she is a girl whom a smile suits so much, she is heading into the jaws of death of her own volition, simply because she is a part of a royal family.

    Im sure Haruka-kun is also going to find one excuse or another to go with her. After all, the result of having such a girl on a battlefield all alone is obvious. Too obvious.

    Ceres-san ising too, but even then, its just two of them. Two girls facing a sea of enemies all on their own.

    Thats why he is going along, and if Haruka-kun is going, then his twopanions will follow without fail.

    Which only means that some mere trio was added to that mere duo, but those three are definite Champions of Strongest and the Baddest Ever Grand Prix with certain hall of fame induction. If asked who would they prefer to fight, those three, 30,000 strong army, or 30,000 monsters, everyone will definitely take 30,000 of anything without hesitation. Or even a volume set of 60,000 both humans and monsters. I mean, from the perspective of these three, a 30,000 strong army or monster horde is just that, a mere 30,000.

    However, the Second Prince might make a move too. If that were to happen, a need to split into two groups might arise. But if for some reason Haruka-kun cant go with her, then we can go instead, after all, we are already friends. We even hung out naked in the bath, if we swept that under the rug and forsake her it would put shame on us as girls, but whats even more important, we wouldnt be able to face Haruka-kun.

    But fighting a huge army or humans is both new for us. Not only are we inexperienced, but there is also a degree of unpredictability. We cant afford to break up our group.

    Lets build up some strategies and tactics at our girls-only gatherings. The princess, Shari-san, is a military expert and also a general, so we can have her teach us. What war is all about, what humans murdering each other is all about.

    And if I remember correctly, Shimazaki-san and Kenbishi-sans tamed duo was supposed to face the ordeal of bra making today~ It will take a while for them toe back, and even when they do, they likely wont have strength left to participate in the discussion. They are going to get measured so hard~.

    Shimazaki-sans group of tamed girls has an incredible loyalty to Haruka-kun. It can even be said that they are worshiping him. And thus, they have extra nervousness towards him, I wonder if this is going to be alright?

    Speaking of which~, since they are tamed~ by Haruka-kun, they wont be able to refuse if he orders them, right~? And there~, they are going to get naked in front of him~? Wont they get assaulted~? Given lewd orders~? Perhaps goingMaster~~? Forced byOrderto do thi~s or tha~t, or even thaat~?

    Two girls sunk into the water with bright red faces. Thats why you shouldnt be imagining that.

    Its risky even if you manage to purge worldly thoughts. The repeated attack of that gentle caress by wriggling Evil Hands (sizing), touch, and feel, and knead (fitting), and then rubbing and stroking (adjusting), has far too great a Maiden Destruction Ability! And then there is the bottom too, the bottom, the bottom is (Ssh)

    (Sinking in Progress)

    Haruka-kun keeps calling them awful names like bitches, but they are super pure hearted maidens, so please spare them excessive stimtion? The responsible, honest and earnest girls, that still fret about the past, especially what happened with us and Oda-kun and the others. Thats why they saying that Bitchesare enough for us, so honest and diligent that they started to call themselves the Bitches Group on their own. Its far too pitiful, so please, remember their names already? And ours too?

 Chapter 254

    Chapter 254

    Chapter 254

    Day 63  Morning, Murimuri Castle.

    A plenary meeting. With each faction leader in attendance, everyone raised policy suggestions, reconciled them, and decided on the future course of actions.

    This time alone, a certain problem person, who has no intentions of reconciling anything, and more inclined to pulverize everything into dust, was also taking part, but since letting him speak would destroy the conference, Angelica-san is covering his mouth from behind. I mean, no matter the time and ce he is always thoroughly and utterly the same meeting crusher, discussion destroyer, and participant genocider, so he gets a seal on his mouth!

    As ideas are proposed, arguments begin, the assembly heats up, and Haruka-kun is sleeping! Well, if he has no intention of listening, then sealing his mouth destroys any meaning of his participation, lets let him sleep.

    A) Frontier Army crushes the First Prince and proceeds to the Capital. This is Omui-samas idea, meanwhile, we garrison Murimuri Castle. Beating an army of 30,000 with 3,000 soldiers and then sieging 20,000 at the capital, its hopeless.

    B) The Royal Princes forces negotiate with the First Prince, proceed to the capital. This is the Royal Princes idea. Reconcile with the First Prince by handing over Haruka-kun, and then head to rescue the King. The probability of reaching apromise is too low, and the person that will be handed over has not a splinter of reconciliation ability. Thats just an annihtion strategy of throwing three destroyers into the enemy camp.

    C) The Royal Princes forces and the Frontier Army head to the capital for negotiations with the Second Prince, if it doesnt work, crush him, then negotiate with the First Prince. This is also the Royal Princes idea. Why doesnt he get that handing this person over would lead not to reconciliation but to obliteration!? Thats like going to talks while carrying a nuclear warhead, which definitely has nothing to do with negotiating.

    D) Barricade in Murimuri Castle, defeat iing forces. Our proposal, safe and certain. But It also means abandoning people of the kingdom. We know only the frontier and the people that live here. But for the others Especially the people of the Royal Army, who might have families, friends, and lovers left at the capital.

    E) Everyone goes to liberate the Capital, the defenses are Haruka-kun alone. Naturally, this wildly protested suggestion came from Haruka-kun. Moreover, it even includes him tagging along all the way to the capital, and turning back to strike at the enemy, apletely absurd idea. But Angelica-san is nodding. Slime-san is going jiggle-jiggle too.

    F) Is the instantly rejected Shariceres-samas idea. The point is, she would hold back the First Princes army, meanwhile, everyone would retake the capital while defending the frontier. She is very eager, but attempting that with just two people is too reckless. Absolutely no! If she is going, then we absolutely arent letting her leave alone.

    No one can agree, and no one can persuade the others. Option A is too reckless and has no prospects of victory, but if we go with them it might not be impossible to pull it off. But in that case, the frontier will be leftpletely defenseless.

    Option F, she doesnt seem like she is trying to die, but that usually would kill you, so its out of the question. But if Haruka-kun goes with her they should have an easy time slowing and dying them with gueri warfare. Slowing down might includeplete annihtion and extermination.

    B and C are crazy in their own way, that is something that shouldnt be handed over. That is a Present-san that will bring a wretched end to the unfortunate receiver.

    And we cant convince them to use D, its an absolutely foolproof failsafe n, but its safety extends only to the frontier. There is no way to persuade people that have loved ones left in the capital. We wouldnt agree to this if we were in the same position either!

    Then Its E.

    No, I mean, like, its that, you know? You get it? Even if left alone, the first one ising here anyway, its not like he has any other choice so we can just wait for him? Kind of? And since he is so slow we can just go to the capital first, off them, and go back, there is still more anyway? Ah, but this might not be the real one, so maybe its better to send Slime-san on an errand with the Geeks and Idiots? So this should be it I think? Sort of?

    As expected, no one understood a thing, but apparently the army of the First Prince Ising here anywaysince Its not like he has any other choice, and even if the Capital is retaken and the army of the First Prince is intercepted, There is still more?it seems, and This might not be the real one, so something else is waiting.

    All that we apparently have to do is put pressure on the capital, deal with whatever tricks that mighte, and just wait. If we feign a siege they should fall on their own with protracted fighting.

    And Haruka-kun seems to have no problem with defending Murimuri Castle alone. With Angelica-san going with Stalker Girl-chans group and even Slime-san leaving with Oda-kun, truly alone, without anyone to guard him. He is going to fight in this castle by himself.

    The Royal Prince keeps screamingEscaping, are you!orSeize him, but everyone else is silent. No matter how one thinks about it, E is absurd. But thats the only suggestion that reads into the underlinings of the war and what is toe after it. And even the extremely overprotective Angelica-san who absolutely doesnt want to separate is nodding. Even Slime-san is bouncing in agreement.

    Like, alone, but its, like, sort of easier by myself? I mean, they seem to have an ace up their sleeve, but not really? So to prevent them from hiding it we have them pull it out and when they do crush them, I mean, they are going down if they dont pull it out anyway. And since Im going to crush them, having lots of people around would be a problem? Like, it will sprout so theyll be in the way? Kind of?

    He seems to have a n, but as usual, we cant understand what he is saying. It sounds nothing but reckless. The only thing I can tell is that he isnt cautious of the First Princes 30,000 strong army, rather, he is talking as if its already over for them. Then he must be speaking of what is toe after that.

    We cant find an agreement. We cant settle on anything, and the conclusion cant be reached..

    Haruka-kun is discussing something with Oda-kun and others? Kakizaki-kuns group is also with them, but they arent listening. Could it be about theErrandthat he mentioned? Oda-kun and others look unusually serious.

    President~. How about we agree on something at least in a girls-only gathering? It is precisely because developments are so sudden that we need to have some sort of direction settled in advance.

    Agreed, everyone is probably going to scatter?

    Everyone moving on their own is the worst. The frontiers side is the fewest in number to begin with, if they end up splitting it wouldnt be possible to even make it into a fight.

    Omui-sama is persuading the Royal Prince, meanwhile, we will stop the princess. She has the highest risk of going amok. Her and the royal army.

    Shariceres-sama, we are going to hold a summit (Girls-Only Gathering), would you like to join us? We have tea and sweets prepared?

    We surely got the princess with this. Her expression turned from valiantly tragic to a smile at one mention of sweets. Previously, Haruka-kun seems to have told herYou cant eat sweets if you are dead, in a way incredibly wise words. His mouth usually mass-produces nonsense that cant be considered even falsely profound and is closer to psychedelic, without even a shred of truth to it, but among all of the ridiculous stuff that he says, there are sometimes, seldom, very rarely, words that no one can retort to.

    Stalker Girl-chan, pay close attention to Haruka-kun. Reward is ten sweets.

    Leave it to me! Get me something Sweetylicious.

    I got a bell on Haruka-kuns neck. This time even Angelica-san and Slime-san approve of his idea. We cant read his movements, in other words, we have to act before he makes a move, or it will be toote to react.

    Moving to arge room we begin a Girls-only meeting with tea and sweets.

    If Haruka-kun says he is fine alone then he must have some sort of a n. Wouldnt nonchntly strolling into Haruka-kuns well prepared wee normally get one totally destroyed?

    Im a bit uneasy about leaving Haruka-kun alone, but the wee includes Fake Dungeon and Murimuri Castles traps~, and the person who is awaiting them at the end is Haruka-kun himself

    Like, Wee to Hell?

    But there seems to be something after that. Rather, suppose hees with us to the capital, then going back and weing the first prince is fine, but can we return in time for what ising after that? Can we take the Capital in such a short time period? And he seems to have some idea about that too, iming that it will fall on its own if we just wait.

    The real fight seems to being after that, and Oda-kuns errand seems to be important too?

    What worries me is Angelica-san going on a separate mission with the Stalker Girl, for him to have no one around

    Want to leave someone behind for protection? Like Shield Pres or Gymnastics Girl

    Having someone guarding him would be reassuring. Shield Girl-chan can handle unavoidable attacks, and Gymnastics Girl can take care of assassins. However, its not like our formation has that much leeway, and even if Haruka-kun is fine on his own, it might be too dangerous to leave Shield Pres-chan or Gymnastics Girl there alone.

    Even Shimazaki-sans group, who probably want to remain by his side the most, arent saying anything. The tamed group absolutely cant be taken off the main force. Especially if Kakizaki and Oda-kuns groups arenting. Thats why they are enduring it without saying a word.

    If Oda-kun and Kakizaki-kuns parties arenting we cant afford to remove anyone from the formation, consider 20 people to be the bare minimum.

    Haruka-kuns exnation is too cryptic for understanding. Im pretty sure thats the way he speaks when he is trying to hide something. He must be up to something dangerous, but if so, Angelica-san and Slime-san definitely wouldnt leave his side, is this actually going to be okay?

    Ehm, can we join the group too? Wed like to be helpful at least while we are together.

    Really? Totally yes, and big wee~!

    The princess legion has formed!

    There is only one princess, so its not even a group. Well, if we call Meriel-sama wed have two? Maybe we should try asking her? Its dubious if that would count as a group, but at least that would be enough for plural form.

    Lets have legion practice? Together with the princess!

    For groupbat practice we had the princess give us a lecture on armybat, while for the party action we ended up with a study meeting where the princess was the one learning.

    It was very educational for me as amander. While she wasnt bringing up anyplicated military maneuvers or orders, her instructions were very precise. Her formations and ns were simple, but effective, with situation assessment beingrgely overshadowed by risk detection, and the amazing judgment that wouldnt let an opportunity slip. Truly a general.

    Everyone is so strong! Even your individual strength is overwhelming, but fighting as a group your war potential is greater by orders of magnitude! You can fight even 10,000 army with just 30 people!

    In turn, she bombarded me with questions on tactics and cooperation, ways tobine skills, offensive and defensive sequences. She even took notes like a diligent student.

    In the end, the princess legion worked quite well, with cooperation and formations functioning as intended. Even though she is a princess she has a frontline job, capable of filling roles of tank or melee attacker, she is tough and hard hitting. Thats the symbol of the royal army. Princess Diorer.

    The strength of the one who continuously fought for the sake of the Kingdom, the strength that protected its people. So this time, we are going to protect the princess.

 Chapter 255

    Chapter 255

    Chapter 255

    Day 63  Late Morning, Murimuri Castle.

    It probably wont take them a week, having the capital seized they should move in a hurry.

    The initial estimation is seven days Four days is too much I guess? Maybe five? If six then is it the same thing? Whats the point? But three days are impossible with that slowness.

    The prince and the third division have separated. The nobles too.

    Splitting into groups of several thousands they are making their way. The army that is following the prince belongs to the great marquis house.

    He might be called a prince, but he is a stupid prince that together with his mother, whoes from that great marquis house, is glued to it. I mean, if you are going to stick that close together, you naturally wont get chosen as a crown prince even if you are the oldest son? A real dumbass.

    Even if the army of that prince rushes as much as they can it probably wont amount to much. I had given Remote Control Armed Reconnaissance Golem-kun to Stalker Girls nsmen, so even if they switched to a forced march, they are probably stopped in their tracks every time they get harassed. And it seems that even after reconnaissance in force, there are no signs of a hidden ace for the first prince army. At the very least, no hidden units revealed themselves.

    I wonder what he was thinking when he decided to attack? Well, probably nothing, in other words, he is being manipted. But is he a distraction or a disposable pawn used for scouting? Well, probably both.

    I dont know what sort of countermeasures they prepared for the Fake Dungeon, but if he ising with military might alone then he is a sucker. And not of the good kind that tentacles have, but apletely useless one. Being attached to some sort of an interesting monster couldve given him at least some merit, but I have no need for him otherwise. Lets pulverize him into dust and forget.

    Even if I reach the capital in one day, Ill have only five days to demolish the forces of the second prince that holed up there. But to think theyll shut themselves in before the person with an actual Hikikomorititle? Are they looking down on Hikikomori? We are short on time, but the middle-aged men are having another useless chat (meeting)? It wouldnt take us even one day, the Pres and the others too should be able to easily reach it in two days with time to spare. But armies are slow, even elites on a forced march might barely make it in two days.

    And even if they make it there, they definitely arent making it back in time.

    ording to the Stalker Girl ns information, the elite royal guard under the directmand of Royal Girl who were driven away by the Fake Dungeon, are currently reorganizing in one of the towns located along the way. Taking into consideration the time required to rearm them, even two days might be not enough. I wish theyd just get moving since we dont have time.

    In that case, maybe I should take the Royal Princes idea and have him send me to the firsts ce, crush it a bit, and then head to the capital at once. Then I will be able to rejoin others in less than two days. But the first might slow down from that small attack, possibly requiring more than a week to reach the frontier. If he takes too much time, then the hiding main target might make a move. So this is the fastest?

    Its bothersome and will probablyplicate things, throwing calctions out the window, but Id rather take that than be dyed by this. Promptly writing down the n as E + B + Abination I hand it to the aide person. Whats left is to await the reply. I made it look like abination of the ns from both middle-aged men, so it should be a goodmon ground.

    Which is just perfect, since even by Stalker Girls n information the prince seems like nothing decent, so it might be better to head out to him by ourselves.

    The other party still hasnt shown themselves, so there is a chance that they arent even there. I sent out the geeks to at least get them out there ahead of time, but if it ruins the sequence it would be a problem Well, giving them instructions is useless anyway, and I gave detailed directions to Slime-san, so lets just leave them be.

    Now its the matter of being able to concentrate our forces until their trump cardes into y, if we wont finish it in seven days it will be a problem, if it takes more than ten days it will probably be toote. And Ill have to be ready by then too, thats when the real wee begins. Everyone does as they please, so I dont think anyone willin if I do as I please as well?

    Aah~, I cant get their hidden trump off my mind. If its nothing special then we can take it easy, but underestimating them and getting destroyed by our own negligence is way too foolish. I have some preparations in ce, but no matter how much I prepare it will always be far from perfect, in the end, there is no way to fully prepare for everything. In that case, I have to finish them before they make their move or it will be the same as defeat. I mean, Id totally do it, in that case I need countermeasures in case theyd do it, and a n to prevent them from doing so~.

    (Nod-Nod)

    Librarian was the only one who predicted the war and factored in for that, and yet to think that Id end up getting ate start, what a blunder. My Affection Rating is currently missing as it is, if I add a slip of my own on top of that, making some sort of error, then Affection Rating-san will vanish into oblivion!

    Looks like I have no other choice but to bet everything on bamboo shoots. To think that after finally leaving Mushroom Forest Ill have to create Bamboo Vige with my own hands Life was unpredictable in the original world, and that didnt change here.

    So Ill go bamboo for a bit, when the replyes ryPrepare to leave immediately, okay? Then, Ill be off, I dont think it will take even two hours, but Im counting on you for the rest?

    (Nod-Nod)

    Since it is in the castle premises there is no need for the escort, and the setup itself is pretty easy, requiring only to observe the result afterwards, so lets quickly get done with it. Pres and the others went on dungeon exploration, even inviting Royal Girl and Merimeri-san with them, so Ill have to check for hidden roomster. There is so much I have to take care of, and yet Im stuck waiting for middle-aged men, which kind of pisses me off.

    Unexpected Farming Life in Another World? But since its not for harvesting but for Reaping, so this bamboo nting is food waste in a way? But its also an energy friendly cost friendly weapon?

    The main force of the first princes army is the third division and nobles armies. The core of the army is heavy infantry equipped with enchanted heavy armor, great shields, and more than three-meter-longnces, and mage corps. Thats why they are so slow. Like, really slow. Slow enough that even Turtle-san could easily overtake them, pull off a drift, and leave them in the dust. And Rabbit-san would have to wait for so long that sleep out of boredom will transition into an eternal one. Ignoring them would make it easier, but the Royal Prince is still fixated on negotiating with them. Meripapa-san is also worried about simply letting them pass, so its worth messing with them a bit. And also

    Middle-Aged Men needlessly burden themselves with various things in proportion to how long they live, so they seem to be incapable of fast travel. But no matter how much they shoulder, if the weight slows down their movements, then in the end, the destructive power is no different from lightweight but fast. And speed is power. After all, the one who kills the other party first  wins, and with swiftness, one can kill one enemy after another. In war, its better to destroy the enemy faster rather than cower under heavy defenses.

    One can do only what one is capable of. Thats why, since I cant protect, I will go around killing, or, in the worst case, intimidate them into behaving themselves. Gueris are the strongest force. They can only huddle together and walk straight to the Frontier. Weing Preparations are such a pain though? Like, bamboo shoots nting? I thought wed have them with rice, but an unexpected cultivation n came up, even though they look so delicious.

    Haruka-sama, Omui-sama wishes to talk with you, do you happen to have time? If it suits you we can bring him to you or even have him wait somewhere.

    Its Aide-san. I wonder if its just my imagination, but it feels like every time we meet Meripapas treatment gets worse and worse? Well, all he does is have useless meetings all day long, so he definitely has lots of free time. Even though Im dripping with sweat, working hard at nting bamboo, well, Evil Hands do.

    Im done here, so I dont mind, is it finally over? Middle-aged man vs Middle-aged man useless discussion?

    A conclusion has been reached. Are you truly fine with this? His Excellency is

    He wants to do the same thing as me, so why not? Actually, that is his earnest and desperate attempt at acting with the best intentions. This is the only option he had left. Most likely.

    Mellotosam-sama surely will not give up on the Kingdom, or his friend the King, or the Kings younger brother, but what about you, Haruka-sama? Do you have a reason to help? Going through with such a nonsensical farce When you could simply

    I see, so he has a problem not with Meripapa-san but with the royal middle-aged man, and so he is displeased with Meripapa-san who is covering for the Royal Prince. And probably displeased with the fact that Meripapa-san doesnt work at all too. I mean, every time I go to the lords mansion he is just sitting in a massage chair?

    Well, that royal middle-aged man seems to be universally hated, no matter who you ask. But even so, that is a pitiful powerless and ipetent hero who is very desperate to save the kingdom. A good for nothing hero in motivation alone, who has no ability, no power, and no talent to be one.

    A foolish hero, that keeps struggling, thinking Lets do something and Something must be done, knowing well enough that hecks the power or ability to do anything, and keeps blindly fumbling around with the only thing he can offer, his worthless head.

    Its meaningless, but there might be worth?

    Without anyone counting on him, abandoned and deserted by everyone, without a single ally to speak of, he keeps needlessly wrecking his head for the sake of the kingdom, pointlessly agonizing, and ipetently floundering, sticking to it no matter how helplessly he might get beaten up. The ipetent hero that continues his meaningless lonely fight, likely unable to ever aplish anything or to see his efforts rewarded.

    Meaningless, useless, powerless, and ipetent, but there was the pride? I guess?

    Inept struggle that worsened the situation the more he struggled, strangling his own neck with his own hands. Even so, he couldnt find it in himself to give up, even willing to give up his own life. He mightve been nothing but a useless stand-in substitute for a king who couldnt but keep sinking deeper into the quagmire with every step he took, and even so, he tried to act the King. Even though he cant do anything even if he were to throw that head away and crawl his way to the goal, he still keeps crawling.

    A ruler on the verge of bing headless on top of being brainless. Useless, meaningless, worthless, and helpless, but even so, that pitiful thing is the king.

    Thats why even if no one acknowledges him and all he has is the ridicule, scorn, and disdain of others, he is still a hero.

    Even though he cant do anything, or rather, it wouldve been better if he didnt even try, as everything he does is nothing but a nuisance, he keeps fighting. Unable to hold anything, not acknowledged by anyone, he keeps meaninglessly struggling in vain.

    Although his recklessness goes beyond helpless and ipetent futility, and is more of an actual disaster, even if no one knows, even if there is no meaning to it at all, that is a hero (king). Im pretty sure thats how heroes are?

    Thats why the kingdom will be saved. To be honest, I couldnt care less and it wouldve been faster to just smash it. Royal Girl seems to have no interest in the throne too, so there is no merit to keeping this finished kingdom, and getting it over with surely wouldve been quicker and easier.

    But even if he seems to possess nothing, it seems there was something. Royal Girl and Futile Hero were both saying the same thing For the sake of the people, the turmoil has to be avoided, even though its far toote for that, and armies are marching with weapons in hand, they still tried to jump in front of them to stop it. Astonishingly ipetent, inadequate, inept, and ignorant royalty.

    But that is why Meripapa-san, the lord of the frontier, that suffered the most from that ipetency and powerlessness, is trying to fight for the royal family. The recklessness of this royal family is so infinitely great that its awe inspiring.

    So inept that they lost to the foreign pressure, were betrayed by nobles, and lost control over the budget. And yet they continued assistance, even if they had to sell the royal familys heirlooms? Then it cant be helped, investment (favor) requires repayment? I guess?

    Thats why the kingdom will be saved it seems. As inept, futile,cking in nning, power, and knowledge, as they might be, they still recklessly tried to stop the civil war, so who can tell them that its impossible. Thats why the kingdom will be saved, an inept nuisance that he may be, and likely will remain for the rest of his life, the foolish ruler filling in for the king, unknowingly to anyone, probably even himself, will be an unsung hero that saved the kingdom.

    After all, at that point he is on utterly the same level as Meripapa-san. So if both are the same thing, then who cares if thats how the royal family is. Even if they inherited no ability or talent, as long as they inherited the heart they might as well be inept and helpless. In all their worthless futility, they managed to show the principle, the most priceless thing among all the worthlessness.

    Thats why there is no civil, I mean, they aint going to fight? With such a pathetic and helpless hero that is so ineptly, unwittingly, and valiantly crawling through the dirt, it wouldnt be a big deal if a random side character capable of nothing but killing passed by.

    A coincidental pass by along-the-way extermination it is.

 Chapter 256

    Chapter 256

    Chapter 256

    Day 63  The Kingdom, Roadway.

    I was finally able to send out an envoy to theFrontier Subjugation Force, the army led by the First Prince, getting the word through.

    I made the point to put the me for disobeying the Church and the nobles entirely on that brat, asserting the Frontiers innocence. I even obtained their agreement to sign off on keeping their hands off the Frontier in exchange for the brat and the treasures of the dungeon master.

    This is where the battle, the negotiations, begin.

    They will likely want me to yield the throne to the First Prince as the Kings stand-in, but it wont go that way. In the first ce, the Second Prince has rose in rebellion, upying the Capital, so I can im that Im unable to make it official until its retaken, and have the First Prince liberate the capital, after which I can establish a proper regency to limit his powers, and then make moves to prevent the Church and Great Nobles Houses from controlling him.

    And once they sheath their swords,mon soldiers wont be able to find it in them to point their weapons at the royal family again, much less at Princess Shariceres. Use that opportunity to dismantle and then reorganize the royal army, and have the nobles pledge their fealty anew.

    I ruined everything after the brother fell ill, so at the very least, I have to return everything to the way it was before, or I wont be able to show my face before the brother.

    As much as I dislike that brat, since Ill be handing a young man of a foreign country, moreover, one that has Mellotosam-samas favor, Ill make it up with my life once everything settles down. Im sure no one needs a head of an ipetent kings substitute, but this is the only thing I can offer inpensation, not as royalty or a ruler but as myself. Ipetent, inept,cking in talent in ability who simply was born into the royal family, the only thing I have left to offer in apology is my life. I wont ask for forgiveness, not like I could even if I wanted. Its only natural that I will be resented, hated, bashed, and condemned.

    But the Kingdom needed that brats life. Even without begging for forgiveness, I will pay with my headter.

    Its as if he doesntprehend the situation in the slightest. The brat is standing aloof.

    The insolent irritating cheeky brat. Through sheer luck he obtained a nice life and even a status. The Kingdom was thrown into disarray, suffering because of those treasures. That brat is a blight of thisnd. But Lord Mellotosams words are also true, he is innocent, but he will have to die. That is a crime of my ipetence. As displeasing and infuriating as he might be, his death is the fault of my ipetent self.

    The gorgeous silver armor is beside him. That has to be the dungeon masters relic. The very source of this conflict.

    Handing it to the church is vexing, but I cant allow the blood of the frontier, of the Kingdoms subjects to spill.

    That thought alone has brought me this far. Ive finally reached this point.

    But it all was for naught.

    Regardless of whether we are willing to hand over the brat and the armor or not, we have ourselves surrounded. Negotiations and agreements were all lies. Soldiers that were lying in ambush cut off all our escape routes.

    So from the very beginning, they had no intention to negotiate. Andpared to the few dozen soldiers that we brought, they came with an exaggerated force of hundreds, no, maybe even a thousand? A thousand soldiers that appeared out of thin air, were they concealing themselves with some sort of a magic tool from the Church? Well, even if we established that, it doesnt matter anymore. Everything was toote from the very beginning, and Im a clown who came on his own to have the finishing blow delivered to the kingdom.

    A disgraceful end, not only what Ive done had no meaning, but it also only pointlessly erged the damage, as my ipetence paid with evil for good, aical end fitting for an ipetent person like myself.

    I even forced my own way against Mellotosam-samas objections to take the brat with me all the way here. Thinking that it will finally mark the beginning of negotiations.

    Confirming the figures of the brat and the beautiful silver armor, their only response was a single world ofKill. There wasnt any talks (start) to be had, Im just a stupid fool that unwittingly came to his death (goal).

    And I even dragged the brat that Mellotosam-sama considers his benefactor into this. A stupid idiot that came to hand over dungeon masters weaponry to the enemy.

    The First Prince Gvaday is looking down on this with a look of contempt. You are an inept fool too, you pig-faced failure of a prince!

    For the onecking in talent or ability, being born into the royal family is a tragedy. Despite being blessed with life of abundance and splendid education, it is precisely that exceptional guidance and training that allows one to truly grasp the depths of ones incapableness, ipetence and powerlessness. Thats why I at least did what I could to be a good tool for the brother, the King. Even if I couldnt be an outstanding tool, I wouldve been content with being useful, an easy to use instrument. Since that was the only use I saw for myself, I single-mindedly devoted myself to being loyal, diligently doing my work, doing my best to avoid bringing shame to the royal family.

    But the First Prince borrowed the power of his mothers Great Marquis House, seeking authority without realizing his ipetence. He didnt even have the pride of royalty.

    But in the end, it was I who brought shame to the royal family, sullying the kings authority with my disgraceful ineptitude. Obeying without thinking for Ick in ability, doing nothing as I was afraid of doing anything unnecessary for myck of talent, its only natural that I couldnt fill the kings role. I knew it, I understood it painfully well. Thats why I kept struggling, at least until the brother recovers, I thought, as I thrashed around until I finally chose the worst possible finale and jumped into it head first.

    So my foolishness is going to be the end of the Kingdom? Even if a puppet kingdom remains, with that pig prince as a king the royal familys pride is no more. He wont bother with governing for the sake of the subjects.

    Royal Family, founded for the sake of people with support of the people and vassals, will see its long legacye to an end with my ipetence. Helped by its subjects and sustained by the vassals, it will end up repaying that debt with ingratitude. Everything is over. Thest foolish ruler destroyed it all.

    Its silly regretting this now, but if ites to a meaningless end, then lets at least put up thest futile resistance.

    Hey, brat! Run away. And sorry.

    Looks like thest folly of the kingdomsst foolish ruler is going to be covering for a rude, impudent brat. If it wasnt for me bringing him here, he wouldnt have died, the only thing I can do now is to die while trying to shield him! Im a no good knight, who has no proper swordsmanship, talent, or even sufficient Skills. A useless feeble knight who cant even protect a level 20 kid, even stalling for time is too much for me. But I cant die after him.

    Wait, what?

    Eehm, Old man substitute? No, you arent a substitute, you yourself are an old man enough, but you are standing in for another old man, so old man substituting old man? Anyway, old man. Dont get in the way, okay? The handover isplete, so its toote, the delivery was epted, returns are not possible. Its payment with life on delivery, so Im going to charge it from them? Kind of?

    The brat stepped out. Dismissing my words by iming that its toote. Its only natural that I would be disparaged, I dont even have words to apologize to him, and even if I died trying to cover for him, there is no way to survive. It is a matter of course that a foolish ruler that couldnt save his kingdom, his subjects, and even dragged a foreign brat into this, would be cursed, bashed, and resented. But why would he step in front?

    Can you get any dumber? Why would they diligentlye withnce-armed heavy infantry to ambush unarmed envoys? Why wouldnt you scout ahead and confirm the terrain? There is no such in in this area, you know? Fighting a war without a map is way too stupid, ah, damn I really hate this! Like, what was the point of all the preparations that Ive done so far? Is how staggeringly dumb it is? And the prince is a pig? Hey, why did you even make a pig into a prince? Previously there was an orc mayor or something, and now a pig for a prince? Are you that starved for personnel? Didnt you have at least an orc around? They are at least humanoid, sopared to a pig Hm? Wait a moment, I sort of feel like it doesnt matter at all! I guess?

    Tear that brat with a nasty look to pieces! Chop off his limbs, and leave him alive! He dared to call my Noble Self, the future King, a pig. I wont let him die so easily. Ill torment him to death, torturing him until he weepsPlease have mercy and grant me sweet release of death!

    An insolent brat until the end, but for that pig its just perfect, I excuse him that one! Well done! Rather, a pig is too nice for him. We are both stains on the royal familys name, but possessing no pride of royalty being a pig is enough for him. But I cant let this brat suffer, first Ill be your opponent? Opponent? Where did the opponents go?

    Below. They are in the ground, sinking into the soil What is this?

    GYAAAAAAAAAAH, help, help me

    Sa-sa-save me, please

    GUWAH, I CANT GET OUT! I CANT!

    Pull me out! Im sinking! Hurry

    Gyaaah! Breathe! I cant bre

    Someone, help me, someone! Shit, dont pull me!

    Why! There was no swamp here a moment ago

    My armor! I cant take it off! Someone, take it off! Please

    A, AAH, GAH. Guobughbugh

    Heavy infantry that were surrounding us are helplessly sinking into the swamp in their prized heavy armor. Rather, its that heavy armor that they are so proud of that is killing them, preventing them from escaping with its weight. The negotiation site that until a while ago was just a t in, turned into a deep swamp, and that swamp became hell for the soldiers.

    Help you? Save you? Well, did you? Helping the people is the armys duty, but did you help the people from the viges that you attacked when they were crying for their lives? No, you didnt, far from that, you killed them. Do you seriously think that after doing that someone will save you when you cry for it? You fell so low in the military that you are no different from bandits now, so how about you go even lower and just sink to the ground? I mean, it would spare the effort of burying you, so everyone will rejoice? What? Dont tell me that you thought that anyone would mourn your deaths? No no no, you cant beining about getting cruelly killed after murdering others like that? If you dont like that, you should have stuck to being proper soldiers, but its toote for that. Yeah, Im not saving you, okay?

    The brat is talking, but there is no one left to hear him or answer. They dont have such luxury, raising heartbreaking screams they are miserably buried into the ground, sinking, drowning.

    Swallowed by the quagmire the soldiers are trashing and struggling, crying in terror as their bodies are devoured by muddy soil. Without a chance for a fight, they sink and vanish, unable to escape the weight of their heavy armaments.

    What! What is this! What have you done, you bastard, WHAT HAVE YOU DOOOOONE! GUbah!

    All of the troops are sinking into the ground. And only that brat is standing there aloof in his ck mantle. Standing there without any changes to his look, as if nothing happened at all.

    No, it was a swamp from the very beginning, you know? If you jump into the middle of a swamp that merely had its surface hardened a bit, wearing heavy armor, youd usually end up drowning? The surface isnt solid anymore, so the more you struggle the faster you will sink, and if you dont struggle you will sink anyway, and if you dont sink, Ill drown you? Well, you are sinking. Or rather, go sink yourself.

    A serene silence had descended. No shrieks and no wailing could be heard anymore. Only us and the First Prince are left in the quiet swamp. The Pig couldnt bear the terror and lost conciousness, but he has sunk only up to his neck. His head is burned. I have no idea what just transpired, how it came to be, and why it turned out like this, but I understood that we survived, had the First Prince captured and the meaning of Lord Mellotosams words.

    If you are going to take him with you, please keep this in mind. True terror is iprehensible. The ability to bring to life events that cannot even be understood is the most terrifying thing of all. While simple strength can be gauged, the true strength is terrifying only. And that is indeed unfathomable. Being unable to understand is what strikes true fear into the heart. Please be careful, I wish you luck.

    Those were the words that Lord Mellotosam gave me before the departure. I didnt understand back then, and I still dont understand it now, but at least now I understand that I dont understand. And that its terrible enough to scare the God of War himself.

    That brat is dangerous. Even destroying a country isnt out of question for him.

 Chapter 257

    Chapter 257

    Chapter 257

    Trantor: Pink Tea Editor: Ryunakama

    Day 63  Late Morning, Murimuri Castle.

    The time ran out. I had Armored Pres-san leave beforehand too.

    (Shake-Shake)

    She was really against it. She was fine with going but didnt like the outfit (armor).

    Ill have her do some gueri warfare to protect towns and viges under Stalker Girls ns guidance. The assumption that they are safe since thend belongs to a noble allied with the First Prince backfired.

    Apparently, forces of the First Prince attacked a vige, furthermore, it wasnt some fringe case of rampage, but done by a unit under the First Princesmand. Sensing that something was amiss Stalker Girls nsmen tried to evacuate the vigers, but the vige chief and men that were tending the fields were murdered while food and valuables were carried off. Moreover, it seems that they actually were after women. At this rate, all of the viges and towns on the way to the frontier might end up piged. To think that he cares nothing about whether thend belongs to an allied noble or not, I heard that he was no good, but this is a good match for actual bandits.

    Keeping Armored Pres-sansFull Silver Armor, I gave her the leftoverSpike Mailfrom previous dungeon explorations, and she really hated it but It looked super good on her.

    No, I mean, you get it, right? An evil-looking viinous armor will have a better effect, right? Like, for intimidation purposes? If you sayAny bad kids around?wearing this with the morning star in your hands most people will immediately run away? Yeah, definitely, anyone would run away without hesitation. Whoooa~, no, nevermind? It suits you Is that a good thing though? Well, you are looking great, so go break a leg! Be careful, Im counting on you? See you.

    Half-crying, Armored Pres-san left, wearing a viinous spiked ck with crimson armor of such a brutal look that even the supreme ruler of the post apocalyptic world wouldve been freaked out by it. If she identally encountered a Demon Lord, they wouldve immediately gone back home. Defensive power is in the gutter, but there isnt anyone capable ofnding a hit on Armored Pres-san anyway And seeing that, no one will even attempt to fight anyway, yup, that was scary! The armor had more impact than the Dungeon Emperor herself, thats some really scary stuff! Makes sense that I couldnt sell that thing no matter what? Of course no one would buy that! [1]

    Taking the royal guards capable of fast travel and borrowing horses with Skills from Meripapa-san I make preparations. The luxurious and gorgeous carriage with bed for weing Sexy Female Knights is ready too. Whats left is to load the royal middle-aged man into the other, irrelevant, modified carriage, and we can go. Enemies seems to have scattered, but the worst unit seems to be the one with the prince, so if we crush that one first, they will stick to the churchs wishes and will head straight for the frontier.

    I have to end this as soon as possible, otherwise, with nothing but middle-aged men around, and now even the prince being another middle-aged man, we are one step away from a middle-aged men saturation phenomenon urring, breaking through the worlds middle-aged men allowed limit, causing middle-aged men overflow, an extremely precarious situation. So lets erase some of them.

    An army that assaults viges for women and valuables is basically just bandits, so they dont need a military tribunal. Military is supposed to protect citizens, if they dont, then they arent needed. An army that, on the contrary, assaults people, is better to be erased. For the sake of the world and my own. I mean, its a bunch of middle-aged men anyway.

    Finally, the Royal Middle-Aged Man is stuffed into the carriage by Meripapa-san. He seems to be confused and flustered by the abruptness, but he has a determined look. He probably intends to save the kingdom with those negotiations. He mustve resolved himself. Well, the likelihood of negotiations happening is about as high as for the existence of intelligence for the Idiots. Nil? None at all?

    We gallop to the destination.

    At this point, it wouldve been better if I went on offense from the very beginning. Im behind on everything now.

    All of the horses have sashes withelerationeffect. The horses didnt get a chance to practice with them, but since we are going simply in a straight line this shouldnt be a problem. Two hours should be enough to get there, and that ce seems to be the most well-suited location. A great spot to have deep, deep discussions, getting to the very bottom of the issues. Id like to reach it first and make preparations, so lets hurry.

    Dammit, just whats up with all the beautiful female knights going to the dungeon with the pres and others? They even took Merimeri-san, that leaves nothing but middle-aged men! Why did they have to create this 100% middle-aged men state? What are they going to do if I get infected with middle-aged man too?! What is this high middle-aged men concentration phenomenon? What if it leads to Middle-Aged Men Fusion from Middle-Aged Men Enrichment? If Middle-Aged Men Fission urs the world will be destroyed by Middle-Aged men, you know? Thats definitely something that shouldnt be divided. I mean, its middle-aged men?

    I can grumble all I want, but since there is nothing but middle-aged men around there is no one to reply to me. Im just muttering aloud, riding the carriage by myself. It feels rather lonely without Armored Pres-san or Slime-san around. I was always alone, but it seems I was corrupted by this worlds liveliness and noisiness without noticing.

    And thus we reached the forces of the First Prince. We actually arrived earlier, but they seem to be wasting time on something useless again.

    The Royal Middle-Aged Man and others are endlessly negotiating the negotiations, promises, conditions, and whatnot. Well, whatever? I already gained the terrain advantage. I couldnt get the timing or the people, but if I sink the people and the timing into the terrain it wouldnt matter anymore. [2]

    The middle-aged men just keep talking on and on. And finally, I was handed to the prince along withFull Silver Armor, although the armor doesnt have the dungeon emperor inside, so it has a normal shape. I mean, it looks super lewd with her in it? Like, seriously. The sensuality of those curves is crazy enough to open new doors in highschool boys preferences, its super serious!

    Kill.

    Finally, meaningless and pointless make-believe negotiations seem to be over. Ive got tired of waiting. The fools have long since surrounded the fool (royal prince) making a total fool of him, and yet they still kept dragging this on for so long? It was getting so long that it felt like one of those Girls-Only Meetings, but those meetings at least have schoolgirls, and this here has nothing but middle-aged men. Lets sink them. Filth (middle-aged men) has to be flushed!

    Hey, brat! Run away. And sorry.

    Nonono, old man, dont move, you are getting in the way? If you move around and fall you are going to sink? And Im not going to save you? Since you are a middle-aged man? Im serious.

    Eehm, Old man substitute? No, you arent a substitute, you yourself are an old man enough, but you are standing in for another old man, so old man substituting old man? Anyway, old man. Dont get in the way, okay? The handover isplete, so its toote, the delivery was epted, returns are not possible. Its payment with life on delivery, so Im going to charge it from them? Kind of?

    With the handoverplete its already finished. If this silver armor came with contents then it wouldve been over before it ever began, you know? Well, since the handover isplete, I have to make sure that the package is epted. Just a small token massacre to give a taste of local hospitality.

    Can you get any dumber? Why would you diligentlye withnce-armed heavy infantry to ambush unarmed envoys? Why wouldnt you scout ahead and confirm the terrain? There is no such in in this area, you know? Fighting a war without a map is way too stupid, ah, damn I really hate this! Like, what was the point of all the preparations that Ive done so far? Is how staggeringly dumb it is? And the prince is a pig? Hey, why did you even make a pig into a prince? Previously there was an orc mayor or something, and now a pig for a prince? Are you that starved for personnel? Didnt you have at least an orc around? They are at least humanoid, sopared to a pig Hm? Wait a moment, I sort of feel like it doesnt matter at all! I guess?

    The opponent was way too much of an idiot to begin with, or rather, a pig? Looks like this world has deep-rooted personnel issues. It seems to be oinking something though Something about eyes? This pigs vision is no doubt clouded if it has problems with my eyes overflowing with kindness andpassion. Alright, lets cleanse it with the muddy swamp water.

    I undo the Holdingand Earth Magicthat were covering the ground. I mean, if the surface is not hardened then its just a swamp? Kind of?

    They are yapping something though? Well,munication is important, they probably want to convey some point, so lets hear them out.

    Help you? Save you? Well, did you? Helping the people is the armys duty, but did you help the people from the viges that you attacked when they were crying for their lives? No, you didnt, far from that, you killed them. Do you seriously think that after doing that someone will save you when you cry for it? You fell so low in the military that you are no different from bandits now, so how about you go even lower and just sink to the ground? I mean, it would spare the effort of burying you, so everyone will rejoice? What? Dont tell me that you thought that anyone would mourn your deaths? No no no, you cant beining about getting cruelly killed after murdering others like that? If you dont like that, you should have stuck to being proper soldiers, but its toote for that. Yeah, Im not saving you, okay?

    Well, the pig seems to be a pig prince, which sounds like a rare one. It would be a problem if its an endangered species, so Ill keep it alive. The Royal Middle-Aged Man can handle the rest.

    The pig is still squealing though?

    What! What is this! What have you done, you bastard, WHAT HAVE YOU DOOOOONE! GUbah!

    It was annoying so I tried burning his head a bit. Your hair roots are already dead, like, literally? The Geeks heads wont burn at all, but at the same time, if its this easy to burn there is no fun to it.

    No, it was a swamp from the very beginning, you know? If you jump into the middle of a swamp that merely had its surface hardened a bit, wearing heavy armor, youd usually end up drowning? The surface isnt solid anymore, so the more you struggle the faster you will sink, and if you dont struggle you will sink anyway, and if you dont sink, Ill drown you? Well, you are sinking. Or rather, go sink yourself.

    Even if you ask what I have done, I didnt do anything, or rather, I merely stopped what I was doing, and yet he makes it sound like this is somehow my fault, what a terrible pig. It is because of such despicable bastards that keep trying to falsely use me of everything that I keep getting misunderstood and cant escape the ENDLESS hell of ETERNAL sermons! In other words, it must be this pigs fault that Im getting scolded!

    The piggies army finally calmed down, but for some reason, our people arent saying anything as well?

    The Royal Middle-Aged Man seems to be stunned, so lets deliver him to Meripapa-san, he should be getting ready to depart for the capital too.

    In a way its convenient that he is too stunned to move, but its kind of disgusting to be stared at like that by a middle-aged man? No one wants that, okay? I absolutely wont tolerate BL with Middle-Aged Man in the Other World-like development! Or rather, I cant tolerate this situation of being surrounded by nothing but middle-aged men! Lets hurry and rejoin Armored Pres-san, restocking on t Gaze and Highschool boy passion. I mean, who benefits from middle-aged mans stare?

    Since she would be really mad if I forgot it, I make sure to put awayFull Silver Armor, and while Im at it, also storage all of the valuable weapons that the forces of the first prince brought, which I was already grasping with Holdingmaking sure they wont sink. The armor that the sunken middle-aged men were wearing is dirty with swamp water and middle-aged mens body odor, so schoolgirls are unlikely to buy it, lets leave it be.

    The Royal Middle-Aged Man is being tossed into the carriage while still frozen. His bodyguards seem pretty rough As inept as he might be, isnt he basically the current king, even if he is just a temporary stand-in? Well, since its a middle-aged man its fine though.

    Then, Ill leave the rest to you, or rather, Ill leave the delivery to you, or rather, Ill leave the old man to you?

    He is still staring? I told you no one wants that, okay? Ill burn you?

    He is in a daze. He probably doesnt get it. This old man must be a brainless old man that only keeps running around stirring trouble everywhere without thinking. He cant do anything but make things worse yet keeps struggling, struggling, and struggling. So he must have no idea that he saved the kingdom. He doesnt understand that there was honor in his unsightly struggle.

    He doesnt realize that that stupid, ugly, pitiful and disgraceful floundering was pride.

    Without pride, royalty is as fleeting as the wind. But it is that king stand-in, who knowing his ineptitude, ignorance, and powerlessness couldnt do anything but unsightly crawl around, who showed that the pride was still there. While shunned, hated, and ridiculed by everyone, he still proved that its passed down through the royal family.

    If ipetent, then one just needs apetent aide. Meripapa-sans approach.

    If one has no talent, one just needs to gather gifted individuals. Im actually trying to gather Sexy Female Assassins, but no one is applying? Or rather, no one ising to attack?

    If foolish and powerless, then forge vassals and retainers into reliable assets. Generally, if you force some beating under the name of exercise on them they will get stronger regardless of their wishes. And it also would provide for a nice weight loss effect?

    Its enough for a king to take pride in their concern for the people. At least that has to be there, otherwise, its total nonsense.

    And its the tradition to pass that pride down the line. If that tradition ceases, if the pride isnt passed down, then the royal house ceases to exist with it.

    As pitiful and miserable he was in his crawling, he didnt forget the people. As inept as he could be, this much was merely natural for him. A stupid and futile pride. But it is what will allow the kingdom to survive.

    Neither Meripapa-san nor Royal Girl had given up on it. Even that foolish younger brother showed pride in the royal familys ways, in such a case, as long as treasonous nobles are gone it should be possible to get back on their feet.

    Well, if it doesnt work we can just crush it, but if the nameless kingdom whose name I didnt hear yet disappeared, it would be very troubling if more countries popped up with new names, so Id like to keep it if possible. I mean, adding even more names is nothing but a nuisance? I mean, I cant even remember this Something-Something Kingdoms name?

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Meaning Raoh, main antagonist of Hokuto No Ken.

    [2] Reference to  (ten chi jin) principle, Opportunity, ce, People. One wouldmonly find it exined as listing the order of importance of those things, that no matter how great is Ten  Luck/Opportunity it cannot prevail over Chi  ce/Position, which in turn is also beaten by Jin  People or their Unity. But in this case its about another application of it. When one is to consider engagement, one has to have Timing (Ten), Geographical Advantage (Chi) and Support of the People (Jin) to ensure sess. Having all three will bring victory, having none is a recipe for disaster.

    ]

 Chapter 258

    Chapter 258

    Chapter 258

    Day 63  Evening, The Kingdom, Roadway

    Heey, Sta~lker Gi~rl? What are the nobles armies up to? Is Armored Pres-sansGreat King Of Terrorn going well? If you think about it, she is way scarier than the King of Terror even without any ns? Or rather, if it came to fighting and that appeared, wouldnt everyone immediately run away? Just mass produce that armor and well have an invincible army! Although we will look like the baddies. [1]

    We got their leader, the First Prince, although, leader in name only, a mere figurehead. In other words, the ones that were propping him up are the real leaders. Either the great marquis house or the church.

    If they are still going to head towards the frontier, then its definitely the church. Good grief, I thought Id stop the flow of magic stones with the Fake Dungeon and force the kingdom to negotiate, but turns out, the kingdom had no real authority, and the real culprit behind the forced underpricing was the church.

    In other words, the Theocracy provided the backing. Good grief, what a terrible thing was lurking behind.

    Dont get me wrong, I merely hate the church and the theocracy and dont have anything against doing it from behind, be it all fours, standing or whatever, rather, I love it dearly enough to worship? What I hate is the triple set of the church, the old fart, and the theocracy being behind, while the back itself has no sin? No, in a way, its very sinful! The line from that pale seductive nape to the shoulders, which continues to the curvaceousness of her velvety white back below with that cute round butt. Doing it from behind while gazing at all that beauty does indeed feel highly sinful and very immoral, I could be going for hours, no, days, attacking her from the rear, doing it like this and like that, and then taking her from the back like that too and WHOA! WoooorrrraughA!

    It seems the Great King of Terror is back. Well, there was no knock, but there was a steel ball knock, or rather, it actually hurt? She knocked with an iron ball attack.

    Wee home O Great Armored King? I guess? Or rather, you look more like Great Demon Lord of Demon Armor, if its fine already, then would you like to change? I brought your favoriteSilver Armorback with me? Anyway, thatAre there bad kids around?attacking from thebination ofSpike Mand the morning star is dangerous, so lets stop with that, okay? I was talking about attacking the rear of the nobles forces, and totally not about yesterdays wet and slippery War of the Buckets woodpecker strategy that continued in attack on the rear, is what the legends that perhaps exist in this area might be saying, so its definitely probably not the case? I guess?

    The iron ball returned home before her, but following it, the main body, Armored Pres-san, also came back. Actually, that morning star just came with a ranged attack! Why does she always have it ready though? Yeah, Im getting scolded? And restocking on t Gazium?

    Violence by the stray troops of the nobles army has beenpletely shut down with the Great King of Terror operation. By now Cursed Roadbecame a rumor among their soldiers, ording to which if one goes too far from the main force they will encounter a majin askingAre there bad kids around?, so they are behaving themselves. That was really scary, even my nsmen were on the verge of tears. Of course, the troops that were trying to assault towns and viges were running around bawling their eyes out. Angelica-san was also teary-eyed and looked very sad. This is all.

    It appears that fear was carved into everyones hearts. Even Armored Pres-san seems to have taken damage? Well, what goes around,es around, is a moral lesson from the ancient times. Well, when beatinges around, it hits hard, educating through violence without moral values relevance, but since everyone turned nice as a result, its not really a problem? It seems all of the bad kids were eradicated.

    At this point, it looks like it might be better to leave them be, refrain from gueri activities, and pull back to the frontier? I thought Ill just scorch them from behind with some forceful reconnaissance, plunder provision, reserves, valuables, and run away, but awkward interference might lead to damages to the surrounding settlements? Shouldnt they be considered a bandit gang by now? Rather than an army?

    Its fine to just treat them as bandits and not an army. But to think that you were nning to assault those army-like bandits from behind, scorch everything in sight, plunder provision and valuables, and then run away, what sort of a viin (Haruka-san) could be this much of a brute (Haruka-san) to think of such a thing?

    Attacking provisions is the most basic stuff, plus if I could sell it Ill ascend to magnate, but it seems there might be an issue with it?

    Certainly, if deprived of food, they might turn to attack viges, even though an opportunity to cause damage to the enemy by taking their food, reserves, valuable and giving me riches, is there, basically the famous proverb Chasing two rabbits doubles the taste true, I cant execute this marvelous n?

    Then, Ill leave you Assault Reconnaissance Golem-kun, please take care of nearby settlements. The golem can be treated as disposable, got it? If you are in danger dont hesitate to run away? Do you have enough shbang debuffing sticky exploding magic stone hand grenades?

    We have enough, but, after stunning the enemies with bright sh and a loud bang, it then binds them with glue, puts several abnormal status effects, and on top of all that, explodes? Isnt that excessive damage? I tried throwing one of those to slow them down, but it annihted them? Well, that does count as slowing down, but what was the point of debilitating them with sh and loud noise, and then gluing and debuffing them?

    Alright, sounds good. shbang debuffing sticky exploding magic stone hand grenades use magic stones as consumables so its a bit wasteful, but since it ensures safety its necessary expenses. Well, with so many effects it should stop most pursuers, even if it merely slows them down it serves its purpose. Safetyes first, as for the enemies safety How about praying to the old fart?

    I thought that Id have Armored Pres-san protect towns and viges under the Great King of Terrorn, but it seems there was more than enough of an effect already, no bad kids were left? Well, medieval people are probably superstitious, which worked well for theGreat King Of Terrorn, but the person behind that persona is actually the Dungeon Emperor-san,pared to which Great King Of Terror is like a small fry? Rather, that armor in turn mightve softened the fear factor?.. Wait? But why did everyone keep rmending that armor to me?

    Lets head to the capital.

    With this Armored Pres-san and I can go together. No idea if Slime-san can make it in time, but if we are to wee them after wee back from the capital and that is where the real fight happens, then how many will be needed to block them?

    Adventurers Guild looked into it, three are for certain, likely five, but the four to make it nine should be out of reach. If there are five, supposed Armored Pres-san can take care of one, that leaves four, if Slime-san makes it in time then three, huh. I wonder if the pres and others can take care of one? If Slime-san will be there in time, then the geeks and idiots will be there too, with everyone present one should be possible. But it still will leave two, maybe the frontier army and Royal Girls guard no, its too risky, would it be better to give up? Aah, lets think about this after we get back! Yeah, nothing good is going toe out of thinking anyway. Or rather, if Slime-san cant make it or if the sixth or the seventh appear there will be no choice but to give up. Well see what we have, if it can work well try, if not, I cant have them do something they cant handle.

    Even if Pres and others were to depart tonight, sending out a fast vanguard unit ahead of them, they will still reach the capital only tomorrow. And if they go all together, then even tomorrow night might be too much to ask. For Meripapa-san and others it will take even longer. Lets make arrangements here, since the real one is going to begin here when we get back, Id better have my preparations, devices, and plots ready.

    Combat requires preparations, but avoidingbat requires even more preparations, that is a battle in itself.

    There are quite a few towns and viges near the capital, right~? It seems to be so prosperous that you begin to ask what the hell is going on with the frontiers poverty? Well, before the neighboring city turned into a ghost town it was pretty prosperous too, so I guess thats the norm? Then teleport us there first for crying out loud! Most of my troubles came from the location to which we were initially teleported, nothing to do with me! If we were teleported over there first it couldve turned into an ordinary isekai life? The frontier was clearly supposed to be the final stage, I mean, it was literally littered withst bosses!

    I couldve had a fantasy life like in those light novels. There are normally viges and towns nearby, I couldve normally gone through Adventurers Guild and normally train in the nearby woods and dungeons. Why a forest all of a sudden? Starting from a forest overflowing with monsters to the brink of triggering a stampede, and on top of that, it even had thest boss Goblin Emperor Having ast boss hiding right in the backyard of your home (cave) Im sure here it wouldve had apletely normal development, living in a normal inn, taking quests from a normal guild, getting equipment from a normal weapon store, and gradually getting stronger! And over there, merely stepping into a dungeon gets me a sudden rendezvous with a dungeon emperor!

    Over there, even in the town, the cksmith didnt have weapons or even iron, the Adventurers Guild never changes quests on the bulletin board, the inn is White Weirdo with schoolgirls performing life-threatening body piles, and dungeons suddenly wee you with dungeon emperors. I thought that the development was quite weird, but it turns out, it was HARD MODE prohibited for beginner yers.

    And the Capital is getting closer.

    Phew, so the time to test my true power has finallye. Im sure it was for the sake of this very moment that my power was continuously honed by this world, probably?

    (Shake-Shake)

    Im wrong, it seems? But this is the ce where True Power-san could shine? What exactly Im wrong about is wrapped in enigma, but if I were to strip those wrapping, while getting my hands inside, rubbing and caressing what they conceal, getting my hands on the ultra-fine radical WHOA! BUAharuugwaoh!

    Shhh! Its a secret trip, we are infiltrating the capital, so lets ban the morning star? No, even if you do your best swinging it so sneakily as not to draw attention, it still doesnt work? Wait, why does it not draw anyones attention?! The fact that you could stealthily assassinate someone with a morning star scares me even more! This is an ultra-advanced technique,rgely unfit for the use with the morning star. Ive never heard of anyone getting silently assassinated with a morning star, so Im sure its definitely wrong? Seriously.

    There is something off about a dance with a silently swung iron ball, definitely. Why are you sting away with a morning star while making no sound and erasing your presence? I dont think Armored Pres-san has a proper understanding of the concept of stealth, Sexy kunoichi-san seems to be impossible for her. Even though I had such hopes for bath scenes!

    While darting around, evading iron ball silent killing attacks, I move towards the capital at high speed, max speed ahead! I mean, if I dont hurry the iron ball will catch up with me from behind! Seriously.

    Its still far, but I can see it already, isnt it quite huge to be visible from this distance? That thing sticking out from the capital must be the royal pce? Wouldnt everything be solved if we hammer down that sticking out part? While considering such a lovely solution, I approach the capital while making a half-circle around it. We might get spotted if we keep getting closer like this, so dropping the speed we approach along the road. So this is the capital. A round trip in a day might be impossible, but if all fast travel skills are used its a one day trip. Not particrly happy about it!

    But the Capital is way bigger than I thought. The size of the city should reflect the size of the poption, so if I were able to sell Frontier wooden swords and mushroom pennants to all of the inhabitants I would make a huge profit.

    Alright, lets get to preparations. This umtion of small efforts is what makes the difference? Some people want to have everything at once and go for a quick buck, but its this diligent work that its all about. Diligently procure goods, diligently sell them, diligently replenish.

    The True Power that I attained by repeatedly breaking through my own limits ever since I came to this world. Finally, the time to test my night jobbing power hase! Rip off the capital!

    Souvenir Store, Capital Outskirts Branch? Kind of?

    The goods are abundant in quality and variance, there was an especially massive arrival of foodstuff and arms. I mean, I just diligently stole it from the royal castle, the great profits areing!

    Steal from the capital  The capital faces shortages  Sell it back at rip-off princes  Replenish the inventory by stealing from the capital. The perfect perpetual trade cycle of my enrichment! FInally, my rich man status met conservation of massw! This is advice provided by management consultant M-san If you have no goods, then why not just steal them, so Im innocent. Since Im going to recover them after selling, the stock of the Souvenir Store is permanent.

    Plenty of new goods and souvenirs too. The stage for product demonstration is also ready. The sales (invasion) start tomorrow. As for tonight, Ill retire for the night in the lovely bedroom of Capital Outskirts Branch, and do my best at a sheet invasion.

    [TL Notes:

    [1] I initially dismissed it as non-relevant, but considering his remarkster in the chapter decided to mention this. As one millennium wasing to an end, prophecies of Nostradamus became somewhat popr in certain parts of the world. So inte 90s, some people expected theing of Great King of Terror or fearful king, un grand Roi deffrayeur, which would usher in the end of the world. Japan was one of the ces where this thing became more or less popr too. The Great King of Terror (kyoufu no daiou) is how the entity was called in Japan and is the phrasing Haruka is using. The thing even spawned a few songs and works of fiction.

 Chapter 259

    Chapter 259

    Chapter 259

    Day 63  Evening, Murimuri Castle.

    As we came back to the Murimuri Castle after beating two more dungeons, thinking that wed ask Haruka-kun to check them for hidden rooms, he apparently already left in great haste to get himself handed over to the First Prince?

    I wonder why he is so casually hurrying to get himself handed over to the enemy. An idea from that Royal Prince definitely wont lead to anything good, and that person that is going to be handed over is up to far greater no good as well! After all, he is a Pandoras Box (Hope Not Included) of 100% unadulterated cmity, a condensed no good of ultra high concentration. The one that wants to hand him over, the one that wants to have him handed over, and the one that really wants to get handed over, make for a dangerous trio ofponents that absolutely shouldnt be mixed, a recipe for disaster.

    Is it going to be alright~? Well, it definitely wont be, but still.

    To have himself handed to the enemies Poor enemies Hm?

    That Royal Prince definitely cant do any good, how could he even think of handing Haruka-kun to the enemies! That definitely will lead to something terrible. I wish he would consider how troubling it can get for us or the enemies. There is no way talks can be had after handing over such a thing. There is no way enemies will have a leisure of discussing anything after being given such a thing. Thats setting up your negotiations for a failure at the nning stage. The very possibility that they will live long enough to talk is slim to none.

    A message from Haruka-sama, Tell the Pres and others to gather at the Capital, the first 30 get the new tsubuan manju as present? I guess? Ry it to them? Sort of like that?, is what he wanted to tell. [1]

    Meriel-sama seems to have gotten the details from the Aide-san. He is heading for the Capital? Why is he heading for the Capital, where the Second Prince is, despite being handed over to the First Prince? And thetter half of the message was totally unnecessary, wasnt it? Why did the Aide-san diligently remember that part and ryed it as well? What a puzzling message.

    We have to go, dont we~? We wont get what it all means unless we go, and tsubuan is waiting?

    Yeah, rather than worrying, lets go there! For the Capitals tsubuan!

    If asked why we are going? Because tsubuan is there![2]

    Looks like no one has any objections to going. Because tsubuan is there it seems. But Im pretty sure its quite unusual for a n in wartime to be decided by a bean paste. The Princess Duo ispletely stunned, you know? But they seem to be on board with new manju. They never heard of tsubuan, so they were merely bewildered by everyones excitement.

    ording to the map, if we head straight to the Capital well have to pass the site of Haruka-kuns handover? Want to go straight or make a detour around the crime scene?

    Haruka-kun took with himself only Royal Guards capable of fast movement. There is a high probability that the incident is already over. Thats why it would be better to hurry for the Capital (tsubuan). If we move as fast as we can in the shortest distance we should be able to make it by tomorrow night. And the local forces have already departed, we might miss out on the first 30 campaign!

    We hurriedly eat dinner, jump into the bath, and go for a nap, we will depart four hourster,te at night. In terms of safety it mightve been better to depart early in the morning, but we are a group of over level 100, and as the difference is only that we will either have to leave during the night or run through the night, we decided to leave as soon as we can since its pretty much the same thing. The Princesses seem to be interested in going as well, so they seem to be in the middle of heated talks for that.

    Meal, meal, meal, meal, meal, bath, bath, bath, bath, midnight snacks?

    No, snacks would be overeating. There is no boot camp today, you know? There is no point in rushing, but we feel uneasy without Haruka-kun around. He saw us off when we were leaving, but he didnt wee us when we came back, this is nothing short of dereliction of duty!

    Will you be sending the advance party? In which one am I? Im not yielding the spot on the first 30!

    We are not familiar with thends in the direction of the Capital, while there are likely no monsters or troops waiting in ambush, Id still like to be careful.

    We are better to periodically send out an advance party for scouting, but generally, we will travel in one group without splitting up! There is less than 30 of us so it will be fine!

    Yeeeah!

    Everyone is fired up and excited. We should be sleeping by now though?

    Our goal is the Capital of this Kingdom, Tsubuan!

    Yeeeeah!

    You got it wrong, okay? While we indeed are going for tsubuan, people will be angry if you change the name of the Capital on your own, the Princess seems to being too.

    Since we went to bed in such excitement we didnt get enough sleep, but in this world, levels can make the body stronger. I even heard that level 100 wont have an issue not sleeping for more than a week. It sounds like its bad for the skin, and is also tiresome, so Im not going to try it, but youd only feel sleepy, without serious difficulties otherwise.

    Leaving Murimuri Castle while its still dark, we run. We could borrow horses or carriages, but if its just a day trip, then running is faster. The travel speed of level 100 is overwhelming. For some reason we aregging behind a person of level 21, but that is a weird one, we are legitimately fast! Probably?

    There are 23 people with the Princess Duo and the Maid. The Princess Duo, although not level 100, is still faster than those with backline jobs. Their levels should be pretty high.

    So lets hurry, because they are waiting there, our tsubuan manju!

    A single party goes out to scout ahead in turns, but we havent met any monsters or enemy troops along the road. The destination is pretty far, well, our starting point is the furthermost Frontier after all.

    Reporting~, no signs of the enemy ahead~. There were quite a few towns and viges, but looks like there is no issues.

    Roger, we will scout ahead after regrouping. Ill leave themand to Librarian-chan or the Princess.

    The sky lit up with the break of dawn, and the Sun began its steady ascend. Its going smoother than expected, I wonder if we maybe can make it before the night?

    Haruka-kun addedelerationandSpE Upto everyones equipment, so the travel is surprisingly fast. Well, Haruka-kun considers escape and protection to be the main points when making equipment, so everyone is pretty quick. Anklets also have speed-type effects, and the Princesses seem to be wearing them too.

    All clear ahead. Can Shimazaki-sans group scout ahead next?

    Sure. We are about to enter the Capitals sphere of influence, are you sure we dont need wide-area reconnaissance?

    The nobles domains are going to be moremon from here on. Even if we are discovered, as long as we pass through I think there is zero chance of them catching up with us, but Lets keep going.

    Just check what lies in front. Even if you are discovered or pursued its fine to ignore it. Lets move.

    Roger. Well be off.

    The tamed group went. In the morning we had hamburgers, that Haruka-kun prepared, while traveling, but what are we going to do about lunch? High-speed mobile Girls-only meeting was called. Rice balls and deep-fried stuff can be eaten while running, but why Haruka-kun had to make beef bowls for the road? Eating that on the run sounds like a serious danger to our girl power. Could it be that Haruka-kun considers a beef bowl a portable food? Well, beef bowl is indeed fast food too, but the meaning is different.

    The result of the girls-only meeting, we are dashing ahead while stuffing our cheeks on the way. No one is watching so our Girls Power (femininity) shouldnt be in threat, although I do feel its questionable behavior for youngdies. Eating a beef bowl while standing mightve been borderline alright, but we are running? At high speed?

    The Capital is right ahead~, its visible only because its so huge~, so there is still quite a way to go though~, wanna search for Haruka-kuns presence~?

    As the dark fell and the night was growingte, we finally caught the sight of the Capital in the distance. After all, rather than camping in tents, it definitely would be morefortable to stay at Haruka-kuns ce. Not only does he have that tent that can freely change size, but also carries furniture in his item bag, basically staying in the constant readiness to change residence. I mean, he is even carrying bathtubs? Three different varieties of them.

    No signs of him nearby! Want to split?

    Its fine even if it takes longer, so lets go in one group without scattering too much, and make a big circle around the Capital?

    Roger.

    Everyone is getting excited when ites to Haruka-kun. He has a firm grasp onfortable life, delicious food, lovely clothing, and necessities. At this rate we soon might really get Tamed!

    And behind the Capital was standing a fortressSouvenir Store, Capital Outskirts Branch, Kind of?, the culprit is right there! Yup, no doubt about that.

    And the girls that probed inside with Detect Presence are dropping one after another with steaming out of their heads. Aah, its in the middle of the night, so its risky, you know? Good girls, dont try this at home? Well, not like its possible.

    Like, wee, wee? Or rather, arent you crazy fast? To make the trip in one day your average speed had to be over 100km per hour? Youth running wild? Sort of? But please dont break the windows of my store? Anyway,e inside~.

    Inside, we were weed by Angelica-san Who while seemed utterly exhausted, had a blissful, bewitching, and even somewhat obscene smile on her face. Looks like she was enjoying the afterglow. Today she is wearing a see-through ck minidress, naturally, very lewd!

    Angelica-san is beckoning us toe over, but that area emits danger for maidens, so we arent going anywhere near? I mean, there is nothing in that room except for a giant bed? The entire floor is one huge bed, getting onto that bed means stepping into Maidenhood Kill Zone, so please dont call us there? Its off limits for maidens!

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Tsubuan ()  Coarse sweet red bean paste.

    [2] George Mallory is famously quoted as having replied to the question, Why did you want to climb Mount Everest? with the retort, Because its there, which has been called the most famous three words in mountaineering.

 Chapter 260

    Chapter 260

    Chapter 260

    Day 64  Morning, Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch

    Yesterday we were too tired from running day and night, and it was already toote, so we went to bed immediately after bath. As expected, he had the bath for girls prepared. Naturally, we went to sleep in a normal room, not that dangerous room with nothing but a giant bed covering the entire floor, a step on which would pull one into the Maidenhood Kill Zone. We are maidens.

    Good morning, Haruka-kun. Also, it was so natural that I forgot to ask yesterday, but what is this fortress? Putting such a thing right in front of the Capital, are you trying to have a Castle VS Castle brawl? Why would you want the castles to fight by themselves? Also if a stranger sawSouvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch, King of? theyd think that King ofis the name of the store, you know?

    Ah, morning, pres, you are a prez today too, huh. The breakfast is ready and there are tsubuan manju for the first 30 too, the Boot Camping person seems to be epting reservations, looking very ONE MORE SET. Actually, the store is going to close up pretty soon, so does it even need a name?

    He just made it yesterday, and he is about to close it already? Well, its true that the original n was to hole up back in the Frontier, since Haruka-kun is going to wee them alone, he must be nning to go back. And he has no intention of remembering even the name of the store that he himself made!

    But before us stands the Capital, its gates shut, prepared for defense. Inside is the Second Prince and the Second Division of the Royal Army, who will have to be either persuaded or eliminated. We might be unable to suddenlyunch an attack on it, but we have the Princess here, so at least attempting negotiations should be possible, but we cant make any moves on our own until Omui-sama arrives. However, the Royal Prince will alsoe, which smells like a bother.

    Waking up one day and finding out that a fortress popped up right under your nose overnight, most people woulde to take a look or investigate what happened. Or rather, they actually came. A government official came with a group of soldiers for protection.

    Here is a written permit personally issued by the acting King, His Excellency Royal Prince, the store was made with the purpose of distributing magic stones which the Capital currently has in deficit. As we are expected to weerge merchant groups the size reflects that, and having to handlerge quantities of magic stones we are also equipped with defensive walls as a safety measure against bandits. Naturally, if the Second Prince Kzaryusveli-sama, who is about to ascend the throne as the new King, would say that our presence cannot be tolerated, we will humbly obey, close down the store, and immediately return to the Frontier? After all, we merely were entrusted with selling magic stones andmodities to the Capital at reasonable prices.

    A wless script. The Capital must be starving for magic stones, and they also cant argue against a permit issued by the current King. And whats the most important, they seem to be in the urgent need of provision and arms. Thats why even if they want to shut down a suspicious store, they cant afford to do that. Even if they managed to loot it, that would be the end of it, forever cutting off new supply of the goods. In that case, epting the deal is more profitable, or rather, is the only choice they have.

    Im d we came in such a hurry. The script might be perfect, but Haruka-kun was nning to handle those negotiations. The envoy from the Capital probably wouldve ended up as the Kingdoms official envoy to the Shadow Realm. What made him think that he can negotiate with hisnguage and logic destruction ability? And howe the person capable of writing such a perfect script bes like that when he opens his mouth? Thank goodness we made it in time.

    And by the time the officials were done with the inspection, or rather, negotiations, Haruka-kun andpany came with new stock. They apparently secured a reliable supply route.

    However, the girls that went to assist with stocking up are looking at him with a t gaze? This is a t gaze from being taken aback.

    No, I mean, since there is a lock, wouldnt you want to open it? On top of that, the enchantment givesplete protection from invasion and then there is a device infinitely spawning traps? I felt that if I dont go now, there wont be a chance like this ever again. I mean, if a keyhole appears, you will stick a key in it, right? See, I did nothing wrong? Stockpiles are there, so of course Im going to restock~! Kind of? No, you got it all wrong, I merely walk in, take the stuff, and then sell it. Its the basics ofmerce. And its not like Im breaking in, Im properly using a key to enter, being able to open the ce with a key certainly must mean that its fine to enter? If it opens you open it, and if opened you go in, and if there is something youd take it with you, so I didnt do anything wrong? This is a natural economic activity, stock up, sell, when run out, restock? I mean, they just bought it, so they definitely have it in stock? And since I have a key it must probably mean that its fine to freely take it? I guess? For sure? Probably? For surent? Kind of?

    The biggest obstacle to capturing the Capital and thergest issue, the absolutely impregnable Capital Diorer and Diorer Royal Pce, the cause of that is magic protection. The Kingdoms greatest artifacts and the Royal Familys most prized relics, Ultimate Lock (Protection)  Complete Blockade of Designated Area, Complete Protection, Complete Intrusion DenindEvesting Trap  Continuously Creates Traps in Designated Area, these two ultimate defensive systems.

    When blockaded, it bes impossible to infiltrate the Capital or destroy it. And if one somehow managed to slip inside, it still will be impossible to get through the infinitely spanning traps. There is nothing one can do without the key toUltimate Lock, a perfect hole-up strategy. A drawn-out siege in an attempt to starve the defenders is the only existing option.

    And yet he went in, took food, arms, armor, and came back. Its that Magic Key  can open any lock of level MAX and lowerthat he found in the Great Dungeon and wasining about having no way to use it. It seems he used an item from the lowest floors of the Great Dungeon to unlock their greatest artifact and the most prized relicUltimate Lock.

    Here we thought that the strongest dungeon items found on the lowest floors of the Great Dungeon are to be used in dungeon exploration, but turns out, it was for the purpose of the souvenir stores inventory replenishment, which is actually a in piging.

    And then there are perpetual traps, that wouldnt let unauthorized pass, spawned byEvesting Trap, covering the entire area, that wont trigger because he has Trap Ring  Automatically Disarms Traps. The assault souvenir stores supply supervisor, who cannot be denied from entering and whose intrusion cannot be blocked, turned out to be their worst opponent imaginable!

    He simply walked in, simply opened the lock, and was simply taking the stuff, so we simply helped him, but if you think about it, that was simply a crime!

    When one approaches the magic barrier surrounding the Capital, a keyhole would appear. Its impossible to enter without unlocking it first, so they probably didnt have any guards on alert. The only person capable of unlocking it or granting ess for passing is the one in possession of the key, is what they mustve thought. The keystone of the Kingdoms defenses, hailed in legends and passed down through generations of the Royal Family, these are counted among the best artifacts on the entire continent.

    Thinking about it normally, no one should be able to enter from outside, but sometimes, an irrational supply manager can appear out of nowhere, so you should keep guards around, or its in carelessness. But well, even if there were guards around, the only future that wouldve awaited them is a very pitiful one, but having absolutely no one around is just negligence.

    Casually walking all the way up to the location where Evesting Trap  Continuously Creates Traps in Designated Areawas installed, he apparently went andidentally picked it up? Kind of?and brought it with him as if its nothing. The Kingdoms most prized relic and the greatest artifact was forcibly passed through and picked up. If this is not piging, then everything in this world is a lost article.

    And so, with free ess to the impregnable Capital Diorer and Diorer Royal Castle, he went around, casually plundering it. Looks like his talk about securing a reliable supply route was about securing a reliable invasion route, hm? It isnt really wrong?

    I mean, he seized the throne, so those must be seized goods? Since the goods are seized they dont really belong to the Second Prince? Thats why I confiscated the seized goods, diligently carrying them off bit by bit, dripping with sweat? If this is a crime then worker ants are a bunch of international criminals? I mean, I worked very hard carrying everything? See? I did nothing wrong? Im just a highschool boy doing honest transportation work?

    Haruka-kun seems like he is tough on criminals, but in fact, he is performing criminal acts on criminals. At a nce, it might seem like he is doing a good thing, but its the same thing as scamming swindlers out of their money, and there is actually no virtue involved at all, but since he is using that money for good it appears as a nice thing, a terrifying psychological illusion.

    And with crowds of people arriving, the sales have begun. The girls, tempted by dresses, and sweets were all hired under payment-in-kind agreement. I mean, he was making crepes! Its apparently a trial product without fresh cream, but it was avable only to the people that signed the employee contract! So everyone was hired. Thats how everyone will end up eventually Tamed, you know? The crepes were delicious.

    The business is booming! With bulk purchases from the Capital even souvenirs are flying off the shelves. Commoners, soldiers, nobles, people are bustling out from the Capital, which is supposed to be on lockdown to prevent invasion.

    No more than one manju per person! No buying up!

    Here you go, the Frontier Wooden Swords 5 Set and a mushroom doll as a gift. There are six different mushroom dolls in total, do your best to gather them all.

    Handlerge scale orders from the officials in the back. Send bulk purchases from the general public at the counter in the back too.

    Thank you for waiting. Here. Three hamburgers, two potatoes. Your reservation voucher please.

    Todays Special~, Medical Potion (F) for only 3,000 Ere~? The usual prince is 4,000 Ere~ Probably?

    The flow of people doesnt stop at all, one after another they line up and make purchases.

    Its different from the Frontier, or rather, its the opposite of it. They have money, but no goods. The supply cant keep up with the demand. Meanwhile, weapons and gear are needlessly piling up, some people areing to sell pretty good stuff. Just how many lives would have been saved if the Frontier had those, just how less miserable the livelihood of the Frontier couldve been if only they bought their goods.

    Financial Capital isnt circting properly, pointless regtions and taxes from nobles are killing the flow, and without it everyone is bound to suffer. Thats why me still being penniless, despite all my hard work, must be the nobles fault, so there should be no issue with taking from the Capital. Im going to sell it back anyway, making for a proper cirction, so its a good thing, you know? I mean, everyone is dly paying up? And Im very d about getting richer? Sort of?

    The most terrifying thing about this, is that for a moment, he might sound like he is saying something nice, but when one properly listens to his words, its just an irrational rambling about ripping people off, and yet in the end, it for some reason seems like he was doing the good thing, which somehow trantes into positive results. Thats whats really scary!

    The Frontier pennants are all sold out! Only a few mushroom pennants left.

    Deep-fried mysterious bird meat 4 packs, croquette 2 packs, the total err, is 5,200 Ere.

    We got buckets, baskets, tubs, and pots. They are on disy at the right corner in the back. The stock is limited.

    Crafting at ultra-high speed Haruka-kun mass-produces the goods that are in shortage, fulfills individual requests, cooks, and when he has time goes to the Capital to replenish the inventory. The giant flour barrel that was purchased by the Second Division, found its way back into the store, thats why the stock doesnt decrease. Or rather, it was taken from the Royal Pces storage to begin with.

    The merchants alliance, the Confederation, must be backing them. Otherwise, the Capital, with that huge poption and no ability to produce food by itself, wouldve immediately dried up the moment they shut the gates? In other words, the Confederation is smuggling provision into the Capital to support the Second Prince, which I will receive in turn, so it makes me a happy man too? What a nice thing?

    In that case, the Confederation will end up shouldering all the losses alone. Even if they support the Capital by smuggling, Haruka-kun is the one who will end up profiting. And the Capital too doesnt have any other choice but to purchase more from Haruka-kun. They are going to run out of money and goods, so more aid will be necessary. But that also will be stolen by Haruka-kun. Thats why the Confederation will end up having their resources endlessly devoured by Haruka-kun until they decide to pull back from the Kingdom.

    They will end up taking huge losses even from a short term support for the Capital. Long term, the Confederation will have its assetspletely devastated. What makes this especially nasty, is that the Merchant Confederation is going to lose money over the scheme that they started up to make money. Military involvement will have the force annihted, economical involvement will have them robbed, and if they try to put pressure politically they will be simply ignored. Nothing but grief wille out of getting involved with this. The best approach is staying away, I mean, there is a god of poverty specializing at ripping people off. He is capable of snatching everything without taking a thing. He is neither a raging conqueror nor a vicious demon king, nor an immoral cult leader, simply a rip-off specialist. Getting involved with him can lead to only one obvious result, if that is not to your liking, not getting involved is the only option.

    The Confederation is amercial union, so even if I keep ripping them off, it will amount to nothingpared to the funds they possess? But its important that they take losses, no one is going to give money if all that means is losing it, you know? LIke, obviously? They invest because they think they will profit from this, if they take a hit from that, anyone would lose the desire to invest. And losing money will also impact their ability to fight. Not to mention, that since its amercial union, if they lost money due to someones orders, it will naturally lead to infighting? If we want to put pressure on the Confederation, then making them take losses, and preventing them from profiting is the way to go. Despite calling themselves the Merchants Confederation they are using too much political strength in their business, thats why they are going to suffer frommerce, thats why they are going to get ripped off with trade, and lose even their political power. They are takingmerce too lightly. After all, profiting andmerce are two separate things.

    He is making profits by trading. Rights, interest, funds from other people, his business needs none of that. Thats why he cant be shut down. So the only choices are two: crush him through military or political power, but even if attempted, it will only result in misery. I mean, that girl that is earnestly stuffing bags is the Dungeon Emperor, that one hurriedly carrying merchandise is Sword Princess, the one selling hamburgers is the youngdy of the Frontier, and then there are shop assistants of over level 100. This has to be the strongest souvenir shop on the continent. Rather, if a souvenir store more powerful than this exists, there is an issue there.

    Thatll be a peerless souvenir war of souvenir stores!

 Chapter 261

    Chapter 261

    Chapter 261

    Day 64  Midday, The Capital, Office

    The masses started to stir in the Capital. Some few days of economical istion threw the market into disarray, leading to a steep rise in the prices ofmodities. There was an attempt to get some of the aid sent by the Merchants Confederation onto the market, but changing the flow that already gained momentum was impossible with such a small quantity of goods.

    The gates cannot be unlocked. Without protection ofUltimate Lockwe wont be able to endure armies of the Church. Not only do they overwhelm us both in quantity and quality of magic tools, but they hold the advantage even in troop numbers.

    A fortress-like store was built near the city. The name isSouvenir Store, Capital Outskirts Branch, Kind of?, supposedly a branch store that was built to supply the Frontiers magic stones to the Capital under the permit from His Excellency Acting King Musjiks-sama. How should we handle it?

    That Royal Prince seeded in establishing a supply of magic stones? Even if this is only as a stopgap measure, being able to obtain magic stones should benefit both the Kingdom and the Church, however, if bought up here and then sent to the Confederation, it will serve not only as a business opportunity, but also as a bargaining chip. If the Frontier holds out it might even be a trump card. I dont know who will profit from this, but the one to obtain them ahead of the others will definitely be at an advantage.

    Begin negotiations for the purchase of magic stones on behalf of the Kingdom, dont let them sell elsewhere. Buy up their stock at the lowest price possible. A souvenir store, you said?

    Yes. From the Frontiers specialty mushrooms and magic stones to foodstuff and sundries, the assortment of goods is even more diverse than that of the Capital, and all of it is of outstanding quality, is what reports say.

    Perhaps it could alleviate the deficit we have. Unlikely theories would have it, emotions of the people cannot be controlled. Thats why a new store with plentiful goods could be useful to change the overall mood. It will eat into the riches of the Capital, but we dont have other solutions avable, and if we can gain ess to the supply of magic stones, then there is no need for interference, rather, we should extend our protection to them.

    What is the Prince doing? Its going to be a battle against time from here on, but what is he doing?

    The Prince is holding a meeting with the nobles of the Capital, trying all possible means to win their support.

    Unless he takes half, no, at least a third of the Kingdom, the Confederation is going to abandon and discard him like a sacrificial pawn, and it will be all over. This is a critical moment.

    He is merely desperate in his sly attempts at self-preservation, but we have no choice but to believe that he is still better than that pig, the First Prince. The Royal Prince might have noble aspirations, but in terms of ability he is a master at making things worse. No other options exist. But he cannot be trusted. His backing is way too shady. Poor-thought cooperation might end up with us bing subordinates of the Confederation. But we have to protect the Capital, the people and the King are within its walls.

    Indeed, only the Confederation is capable of keeping the Church in check. As long as the only path to survival lies in between those two powers, there is no other choice but to slip through that gap, no matter how narrow it might be.

    That souvenir store has mushrooms in stock?!

    Yes, they seem to be avable for purchase.

    If we obtain even low-grade mushrooms, the Kings illness might be cured. Its not the situation where we can afford the luxury of demanding the highest quality possible, but I dont want to let go of that gleam of hope.

    Lead me there. I will go personally. For escort, a few skilled soldiers will do.

    Understood, it will be arranged immediately.

    Grasping at straws, huh. Even if the King recovers, the question of sessor will remain. But with time, perhaps the still very young Third Prince or others might gain supporters and show talent. At the very least, there is a chance. And if the King makes aplete recovery, it could be possible to fully overturn the situation. Although the current situation is the result of our overreliance on the King, we cant help but rely on the King again.

    Even so, this is no different than asking for a miracle, but I have no desire to pray to God, so Id rather put my hopes on the souvenir stores mushrooms.

    Ive already given up on obtaining mushrooms from the Frontier, but as things are at the moment, we shouldnt be picky about quality and take a quantity approach Even if they dont have arge number in stock, as long as an order can be ced, a chance will still remain.

    But they are expensive. Even if they have mushrooms of high quality, they will cost a terrific sum of money. I shouldnt hold excessive expectations, but just in case, lets take some of the family heirlooms with me. A hope is a luxury too, but one cant help but dream of a miracle when a sliver of a chance presents itself, as improbable as it might be.

    Everything is ready.

    Good, lead the way.

    There is a crowd right outside the capital. A swarm of people. Nothing short of a horde is surrounding the store.

    Did citizens leave the Capital? We would be doomed if the enemy attacked right now.

    Should we clear the premises of the people? Lining up will take longer than a while.

    You should not. Let us join the line. If the people of the Capital can find relief in this, then getting in their way is boorish.

    The Frontier is dear to the hearts of the people of the Kingdom. They definitely would want to take House Omuis side.

    The lineage of heroes that keeps fighting demons at the edge of the world. The Sword of the Kingdom and the Continent. Everyone knows that the Frontier are the true heroes, locked in the never-ending battle to protect the Kingdom and the Continent from monsters, and also aware of the depths of stupidity of this and other countries.

    And that Frontier has now opened a souvenir shop. Moreover, if plentiful goods were brought in at the time when the people are anxious about the supplies, they certainly will feel saved by the Frontier. Getting in the way of those feelings is boorish.

    If its a store of the Frontier, then perhaps its possible to contact Omui-sama through it?

    No, Im getting too hopeful. Even if its the Frontiers store, there is no way a Count can be contacted that easily.

    We had to spend quite a while waiting in line, but taking one step inside we were immediately met with a jaw-dropping sight, just as the rumors had it. The soldiers that came as guards are also looking around the store in a daze. Good grief, judging by their faces, if it werent for their guard duty, they wouldve immediately dashed to look around the store. They seem to be unable to take their eyes off the goods, so they must really want to go.

    Oh my? Terrysel-sama, wee. Would you like a hamburger? Its delicious?

    Someone suddenly called out to me, but I dont have acquaintances in the Frontier, nor should there be anyone who knows my face Eh?

    Y-Y-You are Meriel-sama Right? Why is the youngdy of the Counts House, the Princess of the Frontier, Meriel-sama, working as a shop assistant?! Are you aware of your posi Eh?

    The daughter of the God of War, The Twin-Swords Princess, the Frontier Princess, Meriel Shim Omui, just as I was to state my opinion on the Young Lady of the Frontier, who is even praised in songs, working in a souvenir store as a salesgirl, Meriel-sama made a small gesture, pointing in a certain direction?

    Instinctively turning my gaze in the direction she was pointing I saw a salesgirl, who looked exactly like the currently missing Princess Shariceres di Diorer, lining up the merchandise? I know who that actually is. It is the Princess herself, but why are two of the strongest and most beautiful maidens both working in a souvenir store? Then, looking around, I shudder, all of the shop assistants are peerless beauties And all of them are unbelievably strong! This is not a souvenir store, this is an elite force, a band of knights matching thousands of soldiers!

    The reception office, to which I was led, is decorated with gorgeous and gaudy ornaments, which yet retained the sense of harmony and elegance, outssing even the Royal Pces reception room, reserved to receive royals of various countries.

    And the so called hamburgers that Meriel-sama was selling were delicious. While they had a strong and intense taste, the seasoning was in perfect harmony.

    A harmony. This is a clear proof of profound intelligence, refined character, and umted education. The one possessing all of those is a leader capable of seeing the world from above. The one capable of seeing the big picture from minute details.

    Who is the person that made those?

    Sir Terrysel, what is the Capitals situation? What about my Fathers condition, and other countries movements, and the nobles factions and also What is going on with the Monkey?

    Princess, Im d that you are safe, the Capital is quiet for now, but finances are being controlled by the people from the Confederation. The Theocracy and the Confederation are still probing each other. The nobles of the Capital are still waiting, unsure where the wind blows.The Monkey The Prince is currently negotiating with nobles. And there was no change to the Kings condition. I heard that mushrooms can be obtained here, and came to make a purchase.

    I see. You have my gratitude for my father, dont worry about the mushrooms. I will definitely get the ones of the highest quality.

    Understood.

    She managed toe back. Princess General and Sword Princess, Her Highness Princess Shariceres. This will get the Army to unite. The First, The Second Divisions, and Royal Guard are for certain. The Third Division will likely split in the nobles faction andmon soldiers. And the presence of Miss Meriel must mean that God of War Mellotosam-sama and the Frontier Army are on this side too. The hopes and dreams that Ive abandoned to focus on the real picture to make sure Ill make the most optimal decisions, were all inside the souvenir store.

    But Omui-sama cannot leave the Frontier. Forces of the First Prince are still marching there.

    And mercenaries and special forces sent by the Confederation are staying in the Capital. If they were to find out about this ce her life would be in danger, at the same time, the Capital and the Royal Pce are even more dangerous. Were the Prince to be notified about this, the information might leak to the Confederation. She might be safe with this force and the fortress-like building, but acting as shop assistant despite the threat of assassination Is this why she wasnt noticed yet?

    Wee to our humble establishment~, I guess? Err, a big shot from the Second Division? Big shots tend to talk to no end, so Im not good with those, a lewd person would be another story, with those I could talk for a long while, but the one that seemed to be on the closest wavelength so far was Rafflesia, but thats not even a person! Or rather, it cant even speak! We almost became BFFs as fellow tentacle buddies, but the very presence of a tentacle buddy will send Affection Rating-san on an endless Full-Stealth mission from which it wonte back? Anyway, wee? Kind of?

    Being familiar with aristocratic society, very particr about the hierarchy, and belonging to the strictly vertically structured society that is an army, I naturally understood. This person is a big shot. But he opened withBig shots tend to talk to no end, so Im not good with those? Is he perhaps concealing his identity? But this presence and dignity that he demonstrates, standing so casually in between two nobledies, as if having them waiting upon him, and the youngdies position, as if cing themselves a step behind him. Who is he?

    Nice to meet you, My name is Terrysel, I am entrusted with the position of the Commander of the Second Division. Im truly grateful to be weed like this despite my abrupt visit, and being in military service, Im by no means a big shot, so no need for titles or formalities.

    The status overshadowing that of the Frontier Princess, even praised as the Flower of the Frontier, and a Princess of Royal Blood, the Princess General and the Sword Princess. The ck-haired, ck-eyed boy, d in a ck mantle, that if put nicely is simplistic, but in all actuality is shabby and worn out, took a seat to the opposite of me.

    The Confederation? They are in the Capital, right? Do you know how far they want to go? Rather than their objectives, more like their aims? Also, can you tell anything about hidden aces, trump cards, or valuables?

    He didnt reveal his identity, but the Princess told me to act as usual, is he operating incognito after all? Which reminds me, those beautiful maidens also had ck and glossy hair like a wing of the raven and eyes dark like obsidian, however, Ive never heard of any peoples with ck hair and dark eyes living in the Kingdom? But he is definitely not an ordinary man, it is like this even with the Princess right beside him. Even if we take other Royals, the Royal Prince or the Monkey cannot even be used for aparison. He is of apletely different caliber.

    Treating him simply as an enigmatic young man, I answer his questions, taking care not to sound discourteous. To which

    Then how about the frontal approach? If considering underhanded measures there are thieves, assassins, and also kidnapping not out of the question too? Aah, kidnapping sounds sorta fun? Im yet to have even one of these. An abduction by a beautiful female kidnapper, followed by a tempting alluring enticement! Ill go and get kidnapped real quick! Where? Where can I find beautiful female kidnappers? The ransom will be PRICELESS~!

    While he may appear to be jesting, ying a clown, glimpses of wisdom, sharpness, and keen mind are peeking through. In this short conversation, he already grasped movements of the Confederations agents from that little amount of information.

    An assassination or a kidnapping. Judging from the personnel on site, and taking their possible goals in consideration, it should be either of these, but its still perfectly possible for intelligence agents to steal valuables too.

    He seems to be from quite a faraway country, a member of so-calledHighschool Boys, but looking at this stores merchandise and the clothes on the youngdies, I can tell that they are above the Kingdom. Even the Confederation and the Theocracy might fall behind them in status.

    Cultured, highly intellectual, and way too well educated. He is clearly not an ordinary person, but I cant grasp who he is.

    Did somethinge into motion? Something tremendouslyrge?

 Chapter 262

    Chapter 262

    Chapter 262

    Day 64  Midday, Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch

    With an appeal from the Royal Girl and a request from Merimeri-san he gave in. The Middle-Aged Man of the Second Division will stick to the defense of the Capital, openly siding with the Second Prince. He seemed very against the idea, but hearing the condition No harm shoulde to the citizens, he went deep in thought, and then finally nodded in agreement.

    This should get the Second Prince motivated. The nobles that were still on the fence will also side with the Second Prince. And with this the Confederation will act as well. We can bait them.

    Keeping a souvenir store is a tough job. Even now, Im dripping with sweat, as Im procuring goods from the Royal Pce. And what good timing, the barrels of oil and wine that were bought at the Souvenir Store a short while ago were carried in. Lets bring them back and sell them again.

    Armored Pres-san, could you please pack up all of the barrels? Ill go and restock on the flour a bit. We just sold some so the stock is running low? And since they were just sold, they should being soon? Honest work is so tough, right? It is such diligent umtion of hard work that makes the difference~.

    Hm? The answer is a t Gaze, even though Im toiling away to keep the transportation industry running? Im working super hard, you know? I mean, its the third time Iming to restock today, its really hectic? No matter how many times I restock, the stuff gets bought and carried back, so I once again have toe to restock, but even if I take it back, it will be sold again and return here, so I have to restock again, its a perpetual cycle of transportationbor?

    Taking a hidden passage I procure the merchandise and carry it back. By now I know my way around pretty well. Hidden passages also get recorded by the skillMap, so things get more convenient with each new visit. But even if I spot a hidden passage, finding the entrance is another matter entirely, so quite often Id spot one with Space Perceptionbut cant get inside, so its pretty tough.

    The castle seems to be buzzing with rumors. The Middle-Aged Man from the Second Division has just dered that they wille under the Second Princemand to defend the Capital, as long as the promise ofNo harm shoulde to the citizensis kept. This will give sweet dreams to the Second Prince and his backing. This will give them hope.

    I tried to investigate the situation in the Royal Pce, since Im already here for restocking, but everything seems quiet for now, rather, with the Second Divisions pledge to provide defense an air of tranquility can be felt. Nobles and officials of the Second Princes faction, and the Merchant Confederation agents are happily conspiring together. What a heart-warming sight. I mean, it will ultimately lead to my pockets getting filled, so it is a good thing.

    The Confederation is transporting goods to the Kingdom through a canal. With this,rge quantities of goods will be carried by merchant ships into the Capital.

    Now the Kingdom will enter a stalemate, and the Theocracy will be forced to shed blood. The only one winning is the Confederation, is what they will think. That source of those hopes is the Second Division. Now, they absolutely cant afford to harm the citizens.

    The Capitals formidable defensive powerbined with the forces of the Second Division will turn it into the strongest fortress. If the Merchants Confederation also takes care of provision the city will not fall. Thats the dream that they had, seeing the ray of hope for it to be reality.

    People love to dream, thats why they cant give up. Even though an unreachable hope is nothing but despair? Even though that is bait, a trap? Lets dig in? Sort of?

    Pirates! Pirates appeared in the canal. A few ships had their cargo stolen. It apparently was an absurdly fast iron ship.

    Looks like they began, Pirates of Geekean! Somehow, hearing that name alone makes me want to sink them, but well, with Slime-san tagging along they are unsinkable.

    Immediately send an urgent request for additional supplies with priority on foodstuff. Without food the Capital will fall.

    Request the Confederation to send ships for navalbat. Letting the pirates roam free will further increase damages.

    If they arent willing to give up, there is no choice but to send more. Naturally, Ill be taking that too?

    Of course, even if ites to navalbat, they wont be able to catch up to the Steam and Magic-powered hybrid armored vessel, nor win in battle with it. That is a mysterious high-power warship that cant really be made even if one tries. Yup, we tried, and got a catapult instead, so we loaded it on the ship as well. A 5km range catapult firing high-speed warheads. Someday, Illunch the Geeks with it!

    Over here too, there is no one who can stand up to my Magnate System! I mean, I can restock as much as I want withpletely free passage, and the goods that I just restocked are immediately sold, making me richer, while the imports are currently being plundered in the canal. This has to be the perfect supply system.

    If this continues for a long time, the Confederation will fall, if it stops sending supplies the Capital will be recaptured. If that happens, profits will disappear, but if they refuse to give up, they have no other choice but toe to the Souvenir Store for purchases. A wless business model.

    Stored goods have disappeared again! We are currently searching for them.

    Its impossible to enter the pce, so search inside. Make sure to avoid causing any harm to the citizens!

    Interruptions in transportation and storage could lead to dys in distribution for the people?

    This must be avoided. We finally got the Second Division on our side. Distribution shouldnt be stopped.

    Seems like an uproar. In other words, this could bring me profits. The Second Divisions promation seems to be effective after all. Now the Confederation lost their way out. They can only keep sending and buying more.

    If they wont preserve the Capital, then everything they already invested will be for naught, after all, they havent seen any returns on their investments yet. And the more they drag this one, the higher their losses will mount, in other words its a marvelous and gorgeous n where Im the only one who continuously gets richer? Thank you very much?

    However, there are this many hidden passages in the Royal Pce, but no one ising to investigate them, is this alright? Find one withSpace Perceptionand you are free to go wherever you please? Not only do I have free ess to secret information, but it evenes with Live Feed of events? The entrance looked worn out and not maintained properly, so those might be forgotten hidden passages. Lets make a map while Im at it and sell it to Royal Girl.

    The people from the Confederation are still making a fuss, but they dont have any choice but to keep supplying? After all, there are only two options. If they pull back  fine, if they dont  thank you for the treat. No matter how much they are going to bring in Im going to take it all, so they can only keep bringing in more? Yup, it will never end. If anything is going to end it will have to be the Confederation.

    But merchants are sly. They must surely have some sort of insurance in ce.

    If things go well, both ns will work, if one fails, they will still be in profit due to the other one. They are incredibly talented when ites to money-making schemes, if only they stuck tomerce there wouldve been no issues, but they just had to poke their heads into politics. Judging that they will profit more from authority and rights, they decided to start handling lives instead of money. But those things actually dont have physical substance? Merchants without wares on hand. Merchants that have nothing but money and authority can be destroyed with goods. Take away their wares, exhausting their funds, sealing away their power. Merchants that dont trade in anything can just die while still having nothing on their hands. Its a natural course of things that the only thing awaiting merchants that have nothing to sell is ruin.

    But they must have some sort of back up n. Getting twofold or threefold returns on their investments from it, they are definitelying for their profits. That wont work. Allowing them to profit will be our loss. Victory or defeat doesnt matter. Making them go into the red is whats important. Thats what will divide the Confederation, diminish their power, and will make them hesitant about getting involved with the Kingdom ever again, the strongest threat.

    They must have some sort of a scheme that would allow them to salvage profits from this situation. Even if this one fails, they will certainly make their profits from there. Thats why its insurance. And they should be distributing the risks. Right now, when the Kingdom and the Theocracy are so busy with each other, is a perfect chance to infiltrate the beastmens country.

    On the waterway they will be devastated by the pirates, even losing their cargo to them, that being the case, they will have to give up on the Capital. They must be nning to plunder the beastmens country until then, capturing as many ves as they can. Surely, they must already be acting on that.

    But those Pirates are going to Job Change to Bandits? After all, the owners of that ship are the geeks? And its prettymon for those who are called geeks to be huge fans of animal ears. Thats why they will go into the woods. Piracy is just a bonus, their main goal is there, so they are definitelying.

    After all, the opponents want beastmen ves. Therefore, they will definitely attack beastmen settlements, killing those that resist, and selling off the rest. A ve hunt.

    Then they can get screwed. The geeks might be big fans of animal ears, but its not like they have any attachment to merchants or soldiers? After plundering contraband as pirates they will turn to hunt ve hunters, you know?

    Thats why the Geeks were sent away on this errand, and thats precisely why it had to be them.

    The Confederation seems to want to attack the beastmens country to get ves, so I want to do some ve hunters hunt, wannae? It will be a human versus human situation that will certainly lead to humans getting killed? Its fine if you dont want toe, since Slime-san is going anyway, but there is a chance that Slime-san might not make it in time to meet the real target after that, so Im inviting you just in case? Or rather, youd probably be madter if I didnt tell you? I guess?

    Thanks for telling us, we are going. Otherwise,ing to this world and getting stronger was all for nothing.

    And having said that, they left. Naturally, I had Slime-san and the Idiotse along as well. Each beastmen has extremely high individualbat ability. There is no way a unit attacking them could be weak. Without a doubt, they will be far more dangerous than the Kingdoms troops.

    But they went despite hearing that. They are already there, you know? And they are angry? They seldom get angry, but they were furious? They even had serious looks, which couldnt be more unusual. After all, they understand the pain of being bullied, mistreated, and abused. They also understand the bitterness of having that which belongs to them snatched away and destroyed. Yearning for another world all the time, they finally got the power aftering here. Enough power to reach herohood. But whats more important, they lived while constantly having their eyes on another world. I mean, they love animal ears? Yup, they are angry? Very angry.

    They almost certainly will have to kill people, even so, they said that theyll go. Its nothing as cool as having resolve, they simply cant tolerate or forgive this. Thats why they went.

    The only condition is that you dont hold back. The Idiots areing too, but dont conceal anything and go all out, okay? Or rather, you said that Youll Go All Out If You Go To Another World, so do it? Sort of? [1]

    Got it.

    They dont push themselves when they are on their own, but they also cant get serious when in a group. They arent defense specialists at all, this is the reverse of that. I mean, they were bullied all the time? There is no way they arent angry? There is no way they arent crying? There is no way they arent suffering? There is no way they arent vexed? There is no way they arent bitter? There is no way they dont hate it? There is no way they can give up? And here is finally the strength that they wished for? Its the guys that seriously came to the very real another world for it? They are definitely angry. Deep inside they are enraged by unjust suffering.

    So finally, they are getting angry, huh. But well, one day, they had to get that out? As they say, silence makes irritation grow, so its about time they stop fuming in silence? For real? Thats why its better for them to get angry for real, they kept enduring it for way too long. Enduring it for so long, they got used to it, and cant get angry for their own sake anymore, by now, they probably can get angry only for the sake of others (animal ears). They are too afraid of giving in to the rage? Thats why its better for them to get angry, right?

    (Nod-Nod)

    Moreover, I had the Idiotse with them just in case. Im sure those Idiots will be set loose in the woods, allowed to run free. With no one watching, they have nothing to worry about. Letting the idiots actually do as they please. They definitely will do something idiotic. Thats why its definitely going to be alright.

    And there definitely must be some sort of an ace with the hunting party. After all, beastmen are strong, strong enough for people to say that there is nothing scarier than a beastmen protecting their family or friends. There is no way there wouldnt be anyone in that squad capable of overwhelming that, there is no way they wouldnt have weapons or traps for that. Yeah, but there is also no chance they can beat Slime-san? That cant be done? Thats like, how should I put it, impossible? After all, that is a serious Slime-san.

    Thats why I entrusted the beastmen to them. And since they were entrusted with that, it is as good as over.

    I can stick to just ripping them off over here. Will they give up or will they run out of money first? Thats the question. But until then I can just keep ripping them off. And that is the heaviest blow to those greedy money-worshipping cheap bastards that call themselves merchants. Were they actually trading it wouldnt be an issue at all, but since they are fake-merchants who can only move money and people around, without creating or dealing in anything, losing money would lose them the ability to influence people, after which they can only self-destruct. I mean, people that do nothing, only profiteering from intrigues are not merchants at all? Since they arent dealing in goods, it makes sense that their wares disappear? And no one would be bothered if people that dont create, transport, or trade in anything were to suddenly disappear.

    It is because they thought that war and finances are separate things that they get targeted. They never considered that someone might do to them what they are doing to others. Even though they kept manipting war with finance, and coercingmerce with military power, they were convinced that they are fine, after all, war and finance are two separate issues, or so they thought.

    You started the war, you know? So you will have a war (economical destruction)?

    [TL Notes:

    [1] *Cough* mushoku tensei *Cough*

 Chapter 263

    Chapter 263

    Chapter 263

    Trantor: Pink Tea Editor: ryunakama Proofreading: Reader A? Kind of? Maybe?

    Day 64  Nighttime, Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch, Girls-Only Gathering

    We made huge profits. IFrontier series sold out no matter how many more goods Haruka-kun would make. The Capital seems toFrontier? Head-over-heels for it? But feeling lonesome from this long-distance rtionship it began an affair with the Merchants Confederation! On top of that, the Theocracy is also trying to get closer with the Frontier with a pushy approach! Thats just like one of those soap operas! Its on the same level of messiness as that title that despite beingbeled Shoujohad nothing adolescent about it at all? I dont want such shoujo! [1]

    Good job~, we made super big profits by super ripping them off, a great opening day? Kind of? The sry that youve been looking for is going to be paid in kind on a daily basis. Today, we have new bags of all kinds. Well, its actually Item Bags? So herees three items per person firste-first-served battle royale-like sry? If anyone wants to be paid in cash or manju do tell me~? FIGHT, START? Kind of?

    Kyaaaaaaaaaa!

    A bustling and lively uproar. Completely exhausted after the crowded business hours, everyone entered the Maiden War, Battle of Payment in Kind!

    Backpack! I need the backpack! Im of the backpack faction! Thats what I decided today!

    Hey! Trade that with me! I want the yellow one, the yeeellow, it goes with the shoes.

    Oh no, thats mine? Fate brought us together, but we are being torn apart!

    It seems to be Multicolor, so you should be able to change the coloration? I want the yellow too! But the shape is important! After all, one can pick only three! Handbag, backpack, and shoulder bag. Since its just before the bath, no one is wearing their battle gear. Certainly, if everyone was armed it couldve been too dangerous for a bargain war. Kuh, only a few backpacks left.

    Dont pull it~, I got it, I took it first!

    Where is the register? Where is Haruka-kun? Or rather, where is Haruka-kun (the register)!

    A storm-like battle has ended. Everyone is lying on the floor, holding bags in their hands.

    Everyone is utterly exhausted, but has a blissful smile on their face, holding the spoils of war (bags) in their hands.

    It seems Item Bags are incredibly difficult to produce, moreover, Item Bags made by Haruka-kun have iparablyrgerStoragethan normal, which gets bigger with every new edition that he releases, and they evene with various effects now. Thats why he cant mass produce them. In other words, he was making new ones every day, stockpiling for the sake of this moment. Thats why everyone is so happy, thats why its everyones treasure.

    Go into the bath first? Ill prepare dinner in the meantime. Today is viking with omusoba, jumbo gyoza, rice balls, sd with fried stuff, and vegetable skewers~. Something to scramble for after the bath? Sort of?[2] [3]

    Viking! Is it a sea robbers anniversary day?

    Oda-kuns group seems to be currently doing some piracy at the moment? I wonder why the side that is supposed to be protecting, ends up engaging in piracy, burry, and robbery? Hearing this out of context would totally make us look like the baddies.

    Today was an exhausting, but very fulfilling day. Everyone is delighted, carrying the bags they got as their rewards. No one probably remembers about the war anymore. Everyones head is filled with Souvenir Stores sess story. Sales goals he said There are even bonuses for that! There is no time for some silly wars anymore, we have to sell out and sell off!

    Over there, the Princess, the Young Lady, and Maid-san are all smiling, gazing at the bags. Grinning even. After all, these are artifact-tier items that would never be avable for purchase by the general public. A highest-quality equipment granted only to close allies. Their value easily exceeds that of the national-treasure-ss items, but more importantly, they must be happy to have received such special equipment, restricted only to the friends like its a matter of course. All three of them are sitting with teary eyes. They probably didnt notice, but their equipment is long since of the same level as highest quality items meant for the friends. They have already been considered asrades for a long while? They were recognized a long, long time ago.

    But the War of Maidens seems to be still too much for the people of this world. The Princess and others hair is disheveled while their clothes are undone, partiallying off. Alright, lets bathe! The first experience mustve been tough for them.

    Its bathing time. Scrambling for the bath everyone shines up their bodies and then jumps into the water. The Princess andpany are also here, so lets behave a bit The Princess jumped in too?

    Its big, but its not that impressivepared to the White Weirdo or Murimuri Castle, right?

    He seems to have no intentions to operate here for long? So he didnt bother with it that much.

    Ehm, Im pretty sure this is the most splendid bath in the Capital? Even the one in the Royal Pce is smaller and more dull.

    Oh no, ourmon sense has been corrupted!

    We shouldnt consider the usual to be the ordinary. That act of Creation he calls a side job is terrific enough to destroy a civilization.

    The Frontier has passed the middle-age period and began modernization. The eras are going too fast. Our surroundings are already in a magic version of industrial times, simplycking in mechanization, or rather it might even be a modern era. In some areas things have in a way already surpassed our modern times. This ce, this ce alone is like another world. Only Haruka-kuns surroundings are in some sort of a different civilization. He is trying to get back what everyone has lost, but he is mercilessly taking back a lot of extra stuff? None of us lived such an extravagant life there? We are just ordinary people, you know? This is already surpassing the royal lifestyle?

    He also recovered in excess what was taken away from the Frontier. This time, he mustve been nning to take back from the Merchants Confederation, making absurdly excessive profits along the way. A rip-off king hell bent on taking back everything. A murder attempt would leave the opponents massacred instead, stealing would lead to getting robbed, and evil deeds will result in a slew of all sorts of brutal and heinous acts enacted upon the evildoers. While he may be a tyrant ruling through fear, he is also a rip-off king who doesnt know how to give up. He is probably the natural enemy of the Confederation, but if they oppose him they will get ripped off?

    Id like to go out and start with the Viking, but the bath is nice too~.

    Right~?

    Unless we leave the bath all together Viking War might break out, so the timing bes important. The Princess and others still seem unable to keep up with Maiden Wars. Maiden Wars are too soon for this world, certainly, the influence is corrupting!

    I thought that he will either kill or kidnap the Second Prince, but he decided to fight a trade battle through the souvenir store?

    His target is the Confederation backing the Second Prince, so he is setting up economic warfare against them. Its a warning that screwing with the Kingdom will ruin them.

    iming that the Confederation, who supposedly specializes in the economic side of politics, warfare, and finance, has its weakness inmerce, heunched a pin-point attack. Because the Confederation is profiteering off politics and military affairs, their finances cant cope withmerce. If money is taken from the country that makes money without selling actual goods, it will create a deficit, destroy the military, and crush their politics. They will lose tomerce.

    ording to Haruka-kuns exnationMary economy, or rather, credit economy is fragile and has its limitations. While its convenient, ites with its own dangers in exchange. I mean, its merely a promise that one can buy stuff with the coins? If no one agrees to sell then its pointless. Military and politics be a guarantee for the credits, mixing all three gets you profits, but you cant go back to the way things were before. The Merchants Confederation cant fight throughmerce anymore, you know? They are simply profiteering without manufacturing, transporting, or trading, so they dont have crafters, transporters, or traders. So if they be unable to solve their problems by throwing money at them, theyll have nothing left.is supposedly how it is?

    Make them unable to guarantee the money huh. Does that mean the actual merchants will take back their country?

    That is the Confederations own internal problems? But they will lose their real power. After all, it seems that even merchants have issues with the way the Confederation does business.

    Its because they had such an easy time making money by putting pressure through politics and military threats that they lost the strength to properly domerce, and thus are resented by the proper merchants. If they lost the only money they had in such a situation, even if they took only a slight loss, it would put cracks into their coalition. They are working together because its profitable, but what will happen if it leads to losing money? What if they are made to take losses? Losses piled upon losses to the point of copse? After all, he is definitely going to press them that far. Trying to make money with the military and politics, only to have both crushed. Their finances cant prevail overmerce, thats why they were targeted there.

    President-sama, Ill wash your back. You have such a beautiful clean skin, so smooth and lovely.

    Hya. T-Thank you very much, Shari-sama, but its a bit ticklish, eh, no need to go there.

    After getting warmed up we shine up the skin once again. This bubbly soap is definitely addictive, a product highly endorsed by mushroom addicts. I feel like the more I use it, the prettier the skin gets!

    The Princess seems to really like washing backs, so every time we get into the bath she gets very excited. She mustve always been in the position of the one getting washed, and never could scrub others.

    But Somehow, the way she rubs is Weird? Weirdly good? She is strangery skillful, but there is something off about it? Is it because she isnt used to this yet? But why isnt she using a body brush and is doing it with her bare hands instead?

    I wonder if Oda-kun and the others are okay. He mentioned that they are dealing with the actually dangerous stuff, so wouldnt it be better to go there together?

    But there arent enough people here as well~. With this uproar, Im sure there will be a line outside by tomorrow morning?

    Whooa, the business is booming.

    The Confederations aim is to take the Capital, restrain the Theocracy, take over the supply of magic stones, and make a deal with the Theocracy. The bargaining chips are magic stones and the Kingdom.

    And while the Kingdom and the Theocracy are ring at each other, theyd attack the country of beastmen. The Kingdom, that wouldvee to aid the beastmen, cant act, and their business rival, the Church, is also too busy. This is the perfect opportunity for them.

    If even one of those ns goes well, they will make more than enough profits, and if both do, theyll hit a jackpot. This is arge profit on a national scale. Someone, somewhere, is going to have something taken away.

    Thats why crushing both will lead to huge losses. They might be a merchant confederation, specializing in making money, but here we have the Great Demon King of Ripping Off? A regr great Demon King is bad enough, but this goes straight for the money? Thats scary, you know?

    Looks like Haruka-kun wants to settle the fight in three days. Once it settled, the Confederation will either keep continuously bleeding money, or will have to run away with a heavy loss. Apparently bleeding them forever is more delicious, but it wont continue for long. Thats why its a short-term souvenir store. And once the Confederation pulls back, the Capital will lose its supply and dry up. After thates recapture of the Capital.

    And Haruka-kun will return to the Frontier on his own.

    For the next thing, that no one knows about yet.

    Preparing to face the real opponents, still lurking in shadows.

    All alone, Haruka-kun is going to defend the Frontier.

    And we still havent decided whose bras are going to be made today.

    All alone, he is going to work on making bras Wait, thats just how it usually goes?

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Shoujo (from Japanese   Girl) is a category of works targeted at a young female audience, typically characterized by a focus on personal and romantic rtionships. Also, not 100% sure (only 98%) but that description sounds very much like NANA.

    https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nana_(manga)

    Its literally how the manga opens. And with all of that, it somehow wasbeled shoujo despite being more adult-oriented in plot than many josei titles. It also fits year-wise with many other references, being early 2000s.

    [2] Omusoba  yakisoba served with a thin omelet on top.

    [3] Viking ()  is how they call all-you-can-eat buffet in Japan. Apparently, the idea traveled to Japan from Sweden after a certain hotel manager saw it there, but as one might expect smrgsbord was a bit much so they went with an easier to pronounce viking, its not hard to make the connection between Sweden and vikings, so no need to exin how that idea came up.

    ]

 Chapter 264

    Chapter 264

    Chapter 264

    Day 64  Nighttime, Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch

    The Rhythmic Gymnastics Girl and Shield Girlbination is a rare sight. No, calling them that all the time is too much, as expected, I do remember their names, you know?

    Febreze-san and Shield President, thats an unusualbination, are you trying to be Deodorization President by apprenticeship under Shield President? Yeah, I wholeheartedly support you, please fight the middle-aged mens body odor and exterminate it along with the source of the smell? Eehm, want me to make a weapon withDeodorizationeffect? Like, a club hitting with which eliminates the smell? A special anti-middle-aged-men weapon? Yup, lets go for that!

    I told you to forget about Febreze! I was never ever even called that, howe you cant remember my name or nickname yet remember Febreze!

    Haruka-san, we will be in your care today. With this bra, I will be able to protect everyone! Ill do my best!

    Thats quite a difference in attitude. But you cant protect anyone with a bra, okay? Its not even protective equipment, and if you fight with a bra, youll end up no bra, eliminating the point of making one in the first ce? Well, if opponents are highschool boys, then a schoolgirl with a bra in her hand definitely would be able to annihte them, they surely will meet their demise with a smile. But this is underwear, okay? If anything, a bra is supposed to protect from shape loss or sagging? Actually, I received a written demand for push up bras, just how far do they want a highschool boy to advance bra making techniques?

    About that Bust Up effect, how about addingNull-Gravityeffect? That sounds great, but with them no longer bound by constraints of gravity, things might get crazy? I actually wonder just how far up that Up in bust up is supposed to be? Rather, as a highschool boy, I never experience the loss of shape or saginess, so I have no idea what this is all about? I mean, I dont have any in the first ce? No, if a highschool boy had those, it would be an issue, or rather, it would raise a TS question whether its actually a highschool girl, so there wont be any on highschool boys! Absolutely!

    Armored Pres-san began her blindfolding. Where did the proper blindfold that I made go? Also, Armored Pres-san, from whom did you learn that TEHEPERO? Im certain there was nothing of this sort in this world? Just what kind of discussions are you having in those Girls-Only Meetings? For the time being, it seems the meetings decision was Bust Up.

    By the way, Im considering poprizing activities like beach volleyball, tennis, and whatnot, what do you think about rhythmic gymnastics? Can it be poprized? Or rather, Id like to, but I dont think it can bepetitive? I mean, even if people of this world learned gymnastics, there is no way they can catch up with you in it? No, wait, since its another world Maybe someone like Hanuman (divine monkey), might be able to? There are tons of gobs, kobolds, and orcs, all over the ce, but Hanumans are quite rare? But we dont want gobs, both in terms of rivalry and leotards, right~? [1]

    Why do I have topete with a divine monkey, starting a rhythmic gymnasticpetition! I dont want goblins either! Actually, the divine monkey is a monster, so normally beat it with a weapon beforepeting in gymnastics!

    Looks like Hanuman is a no. Using golem still sounds like a more appealing option than training goblins, but rocks doing rhythmic gymnastics Doesnt sound like a very popr event.

    Its not like I even want to? Ive been forced to do this since I was little, and just perplexed since its not a thing anymore, Id say? If asked do I really want to do this, Id say not sure. Im also honestly relieved that I dont have to practice anymore.

    The weight of expectations that she was shouldering is gone. All of the cultivation and training that she underwent is too much to just forget about. After all, she is a rhythmic gymnastics favorite child. At the same time, if asked if they want to do it alone, anyone would find the idea dubious. As long as it is apetitive activity, one is bound to seek results, but there is no one topete with. I mean, she doesnt want Hanumans

    Might as well catch a ton of fairies and throw them a rhythmic gymnastics version of the tigers den, one or two should awaken the talent, showing Fairy Dance to [2]

    Howe you cane up with the words Fairy Dance for fairies, but keep insisting on Febreze for me? Just how much do I stink! Wait, dont try to actually smell me! I dont stink! Shoo, shoo.

    Apparently, she doesnt stink. In terms of size she is on therger side of medium. And if they came in this order, it must mean that it was impacting their movements. Thats how this unusualbination of Gymnastics Girl and Shield Pres came to be. Shield Pres, who rushes to the enemy in a straight line at the highest speed along with her shield, shing with them, and Rhythmic Gymnastics Girl, who continuously repeats a series of spins, rotations, leaps, and jumps. In other words, two people with bra designplications came together?

    In terms of bras fit for top speed-linear collision, the development itself probably hasnt even begun yet. I mean, no one has made bras using automobile crash test equipment, so theres probably no way. And certainly no one considered thebination spinning and leaping when designing a bra. Surely, no one even tried a design capable of suppressing gravity from 360 degrees, centrifugal force, and recoil. In other words, there is no telling if a normal shape will even suit the purpose. There is no other choice but to have them move around and calcte from that, but if I calcte motions in real-time 3D then a highschool boy-like real 3P wille in motion in my head? Blindfolds are powerless before the power of a Highschool Boys imagination! I mean, there is another opening? Like, could you please close your fingers at least asionally?

    Ill start by making two ordinary ones? Lets think aboutbat versions after that? First, do the sizing, then bring it topletion, and then challenge the limits of physicalws to create the bras? I have no idea why making a bra demands challenging limits of physicalws or what the hell a bra that challenges limits of physics is, but since I have no idea, that thought can be left forter, like I can think of it after we are done? Sort of?

    Thats probably impossible. Thats something beyond a bra.

    I have no idea why a highschool boy has to challenge the limits of physicalws in an attempt to break through the limits of bras, but that will probably end up being exclusive equipment. If the aim is an all-enveloping shape providing support from every direction, then there is no other choice but to wrap up from every side, and the collision impact would require some sort of shock absorption system built-in, that would protect that mobile Chest-sama.

    Uuh.nMmm.KuhHyaAh

    I didnt hear a thing, Im not listening! After all, if I were to listen and show a reaction, that very moment Armored Pres-san will move her fingers away. As expected of an Ex-Dungeon Emperor, she instantly reads the moment, and makes the opening at the most superb timing! No, wait, you cant do that! Yesterday, all of the fingers covering my eyes were spread apart, you dont even have any intentions of hiding the fact that you have no intentions of hiding anything, right?

    Even though I have calcted all sorts of patterns, figuring out the most optimal values, as long as no unique conditions are added, I can deal with it based on the solution from the previous data. In other words, bras can be made quicker and easier. The shorts are They require time due to different issues? Like, copsing or sinking to the floor? Yeah, and those crazy voices?

    Since adjustments went well, I have them move around to add corrections. This cant be done otherwise. Looks like it has no problem supporting normal movements, it will most likely do fine in ordinarybat too. For now, itsplete, from here on the experiment begins.

    These bras are in no way inferior to the ones Ive made so far. Sacrificing the visual design, I went withrger cloth coverage, making sure that they are capable of coping with movements in all possible directions. And now the testing,.how far these bras can and cant keep up with the movements of the two, at which point they couldnt keep up anymore, and what were the consequences, its impossible to makebat bras without knowing all that.

    So I have them do some drastic movements while wearing bras and equipment. I still have the blindfold equipped, you know? I mean, all they are wearing is underwear and armor, so Ill see it? Im making measurements withEvil HandsandHolding, but my eyes are still closed.Apex Thinking-san is also ready to perform necessary calctions.

    Shield Pres is repeating STOP and GO, gradually going faster and faster, I can tell how its going wild during sudden stops. What is? The contents. Yup, wildly leaping they are bouncing around inside. No other choice but to add an air cushion. The problem is that it must not rub. Alright, lets try to draft the design.

    As for the Rhythmic Gymnastics Girl, while it has horizontal spins covered, they are peeking out of the bra with high jumps and vertical rotations, or more like, theypletely jumping out of the bra. No other choice but to wrap it entirely like a tube top while holding from all sides. Designing it is simple, but adjustments and corrections are incredibly challenging. After all, there are no cases to fall back upon, so I have to grope in the darkness on my own. No, it would be a crime if I actually used my hand to feel around! Evil Handsare the ones groping, in short, there is no other choice but to shake them from every direction in 360 degrees. But why cant I shake off this feeling that shaking off school girls chests from 360 degrees would mean far more trouble than just beingbeled a pervert? And why do I feel that the more I grope for it, the deeper Affection Rating-san goes into hiding? Im sure that by now it went into such an angle that groping from 360 degree wouldnt be enough anymore.

    This doesnt hurt. It doesnt hurt from impact, pull on sudden stops, or rub. With this I can protect, with this I definitely will be able to protect everyone!

    Although its a bit of a crude approach, but Shield Pres got an air cushion bra that allows for back and forth movements, the fake bottom makes it appear slightlyrger, but it cant be helped. This bra isnt meant to deceive highschool boys, so surely highschool boys of the world will permit this one. I mean, it apparently hurt quite bad during thebat. But please, dont use a bra to protect others? I mean, it sort of has an air cushion, so it might seem like it can protect, but it actually cant. Dont take it in your hands, and properly keep it on your chest. I worked really hard to make it?

    This is the best one, but this is not a bra anymore, or rather, it feels so familiar, and yet this feeling offort is novel? And ites as a set piece with the bottom, actually, isnt this totally a lewd leotard? This design would get one instantly disqualified from anypetition, but it definitely has superior efficiency. Well, its underwear?

    Yeah, thats a leotard, isnt it? I mean, a normal tube top style couldnt provide proper support or restrain the movements, so I tried adding straps in X-shape to the already existing side straps, and it immediately boosted holding power and diagonal supporting strength, but even so, it couldnt keep up with the vertical strain, so I tried to increase the vertical lines, and oh my, what a surprise, a sexy strap-leotard isplete.

    In short, its a leotard in the form of abination of straps that provide support and pull from all angles, wrapping on all sides with tensile strength and sticity, on one hand preventing them from breaking free, and at the same time supporting, preventing them from being drawn in any direction. It makes perfect sense, you know? Nheless, its a leotard made up entirely of straps, or rather tape, or rather, strings? In other words, its a bondage-style arrangement with tons of openings? Well, to put it into simple words, its lewd! I never even thought of such a design, lets make one like this for Armored Pres-san too. Wrapped in those sexy straps, with this and that peeking through, it surely will be something marvelous.

    But I will surely get scolded when this is discovered. Even though the design stems from purely functional considerations, no one would believe after seeing this, yeah, thats just not possible?

    Yeah, since thebat bras manufacture ispleted, lets wrap this up. I mean, they cant do anything after working on shorts, so they are always left for thest? Yeah, I also cant, in a highschool boy sort of way, like, really badly cant! I mean, those sensations are definitely too much for any highschool boy of this world! Well, they seem to be too much for schoolgirls too?

    Yup, it was too much.

    Shield Pres held until thest moment, copsing to the floor while still maintaining a triumphant pose with both hands. Herst words were Kyuuh~.

    Febreze-san How did she even manage to faint while in a side split? Its super inconvenient to carry? Seriously.

 Chapter 265.1

    Chapter 265.1

    Chapter 265.1

    Chapter 265: Absolutely perfect, providing exactly the same result, without wasting unnecessary effort, while being considerate of the environment and myself.

    Day 65  Morning, Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch

    Morning, the beginning defines everything! There is even a proverb If it starts well, its fine to slip away! The time to inspire the staff, and unify team spirit by outlining the objectives!

    Today, today we are to warmly wee the customers and graciously rip them off? Is the spirit Id like you to have ripping and ripping into their wallets, doing your best at rip-off sales~? Sort of~?

    Tight instructions to start the refreshing morning after the night of tender grappling! No, actually, the night was pretty tight too? It was pretty crazy? Those straps biting into the Nevermind, its nothing? A morning star for a nice morning start Hm? The name is morning-themed, but it actually ushers the night of eternal slumber, so lets put it away? Alright, lets ban wielding morning stars inside the store! Time to rightfully abuse my authority as a shop manager! Yup, lets do this, otherwise, Ill be in danger. Ill need to have it reced with a paper fan.

    You probably intended to give out instructions on what seems to be a morning assembly, but all of the supposed instructions have question marks attached? The instructions in question are very questionable, so in a way, that actually fits, but These arent instructions anymore, no?

    And yet, they were rejected. Even though I did my best to convey the main point in the short, yet pleasant to the ear form, it was rejected? I guess schoolgirls these days really do dislikeplicated conversations.

    The Geeks and Idiots mustve discontinued their pirating business and had their debut as bandits, so there should be tons of new goods smuggled in by the Merchants Confederation, lets crack down on it! We have to confiscate those goods and use them in the sales called distribution to the popce! Its enough to rip off just the Kingdom, the Confederation, and the nobles. Thats what the gorgeous reception office with an extravagant tenfold charge rate is for.

    From today we are going to have an Soup kitchen squad as well, so things are about to get busy? Like, well have to cook, and cook, and cooklike hell? I mean, the slums are sure to have lots of cute orphan girls, an encounter with a beautifuldy overseeing the orphanage is awaiting, or rather, calling me, or rather, since no one ising to hand me an invitation, Im going there on my own? Sort of? But if a middle-aged man is awaiting me there Im burning the ce without rationing anything? I mean, if a middle-aged man is in charge of the ce, then even orphans are bound to be a bunch of middle-aged men, so lets burn it!

    There are no middle-aged men among orphans at the orphanage, so you cant burn it! Even if the person in charge is a middle-aged man, he is a good middle-aged man, taking care of an orphanage, okay?

    We have no time for trickle-down economics, you know? For the ones on the bottom to get any resources, theyll have to wait until the ones on top are full, okay? No one has that eternity to spare waiting until stuff reaches the bottom, and some of it even disappears along the way. Moverover, if the top sucks up stuff from the bottom in a straw-like effect, it wont ever reach the very bottom.

    Direct distribution has a lot of impractical points, but its certain. A true rip-off is impossible without securing the minimal living standards. I mean, if everyone is broke, then there is no one to reap money from? There is no such a thing as Win-Win in this world, you know? Resources are limited, once collected, they have to be appropriately distributed, if they wont do that, then I can just rip them off and scatter the stuff myself, and if everyone bes wealthy I can rip off everyone! This is my Forever Rich Man n! And now, it looks like beautiful female orphanage managers will be included as a bonus? And cute orphan girls hold promising future prospects Nutrition, nutrition is necessary! As a certain lewd person of old once said, Proper nutrition is essential to voluptuous forms, nutrients have to be delivered!

    Here, the pass to the Capital and distribution permit provided by Terrysel-sama of the Second Division. Please confirm them yourself.

    For some reason, a certain trend can be observed, where everyone denies me an opportunity to lead negotiations? Things are going right ording to thepletely perfect wless scenario, but there seems to be no opportunity for my ad-lib negotiations to shine?

    My acting ability shouldve been confirmed during the time when the Stalker Girl was investigating me, as my captivating and impactful performance captured the hearts of the audience, as I made not a single slip during that time, and yet I dont get even a single line? Good grief, what a way to treat the one in possession of ability great enough to deserve theW-What a terrifying child![1] line, the talent that was recognized all the way back in the childhood, earning me a major role ofTreeon countless asions, leading to me fully usurping the role until I graduated from the primary school? Wanna see it?

    No, we dont! Didnt you find the role ofTree too much of a bother, leading to you causing afforestation of the gymnasium? Forget about perfectly acting the part, that was actually a tree, right? An actual very real tree, wasnt it? As a result, there always was a tree standing right in the middle, be it Cinderes ball or the Little Mermaid sea, it was a real nuisance, you know? Why did you keep nting it year after year? Why did you think that no one caught on? That was so terrifying that you had people actually scared!

    The Capitals first t Gaze, as expected, came from the t Gaze President. And looks like she knew that it was a tree. No, I mean, my acting ability is most certainly perfect, so Id wless act the part of the tree, if so, why not just use a real tree? Since the result would be the same, but without wasting my efforts and afforestation being a positive for ozoneyer, a splendid substitute, great both for me and the environment, however, it seems they were dissatisfied with it?

    But as expected of the Capital, it has buildings and style unlike that of the Frontier, there is even a sense of uniformity to it. But all of it is in stone. This city nning allows to easily create an army of stone golems with Earth Magic? That sounds pretty strong, but if it came to battle, homes would end up sort of walking away? Is that really alright? And if it happens when one of the local girls is taking a bath, Stone Golems would be Fan-Service Golems! Alright, lets boot them up, but Fan-Service Golems? If I spot a golem that came with a middle-aged man bathing scene Id burn it along with the capital? No need for reveals of that sort, okay? Wait, what you were actually thinking of revealing, old man! Alright, lets burn it to cinders, leaving nothing but ashes.

    Heeey, Haruka-kun. Dont start remodeling the Capital on your own, alright? Some sort of a pulse was going through the streets, what are you trying to do? Also, I have no idea what you are trying to do, but you were muttering Kya, you perv~, so you are definitely getting a scoldingter, okay? Why are you openly releasing your mana in the middle of enemy territory infiltration, seeking some sort of Kya, you perv~? Thats GUILTY for you.

    Was I saying that out loud? But Kya, you perv~shouldve been permitted nationally? But Creative Work Murderers (Busybody Aunties) were throwing a fuss in an attempt to save 2D girls, so perhaps Kya you perv~got banned? If anything, Id prefer if they focused on saving 3D or some other worlds? But well, even if they got summoned to another world, theyd probably throw a fit to ban offensive magic or swords for being dangerous, and then will get their heads chewed off by kobolds, which would be an instantthank you for the treat, so they might as well not bothering? I mean, kobolds probably wouldnt want to get involved with them either?

    We are about to step into the slums, the public order seems to be a problem here, so everyone Watch out for Haruka-kun!

    Okaay!

    Why am I the one they are watching out for because of the public order issues? I see, so they finally realized my virtuous qualities, and are paying close attention so no harmes to me. Although Id pocket the stuff back from the pickpockets without allowing them to steal anything, mug back the muggers, and cut down violent fellows before anything can happen, so being a perfectly safe and secure virtuous victim, Im sure everything should be fine? Well, the only issue is that since its a slum, there isnt much chance to profit. No, if its a cute female pickpocket then possibly? Those dexterous fingers sound very tempting! Alright, lets invite some. And some Beautiful Female Robber-san and Beautiful Female sher-san too? They definitely would be worth stripping of all possessions! Regardless of them having anything of value or not. The slums might be a lot better than I initially thought.

 Chapter 265.2

    Chapter 265.2

    Chapter 265.2

    The buildings changed from stone to wood, progressively looking more and more squalid as we proceeded deeper Hey, Another World! Are you perhaps looking down on wooden construction? Whats up with this treatment of wooden buildings? Is stone that great, huh? Why is wood somehow treated as a material of poor people?! Good grief, thats why this world is no good. It seems to have no understanding of oriental esthetics and construction techniques. By the most modest estimations, its 3,000 years too early for them to challenge wooden constructions with such architecture, no different than a pile of rocks stacked up on top of each other. In 5,000 years they might have a chance? Nonono, even in historical terms its

    Heey, Haruka-kuun. I told you that you cant remodel the Capital as you please, didnt I? Somehow, the townscape is turning into something like traditional temple architecture, just what are you trying to do? Or rather, actually doing? Importing Buddhism? Also, I have no idea what you are up to, but why are you building a five-storied pagoda with your mana fully leaking while we are infiltrating enemy territory? You do realize this is another world? Others will mistake this for a Kyoto sightseeing tour, you know?

    Looks like Ive gone and identally did it. Well, now even denizens of this world willprehend the beauty of oriental architecture and sophistication of wooden construction. The ce looks a lot better after all?

    The slums now look as if millionaires live here? We couldnt go on the field trip, but is this a fake Kyoto?

    I mean, its vexing that people would consider those miserable shacks to be examples of wooden architecture. I had to properly demonstrate the splendor of wooden architecture here. But unfortunately, its not a fake Kyoto? I mean, there are no geishas or dancing girls! Every highschool boy is attending school believing that one day he will kya~kya~ ufufu with geishas or dancers during the school trip! Dont just go and summon people to another world before the trip! And if you do, at least send some geishas along as well! Ill be sure to treat them well? Like, I bid you wee? Sincerely?

    No one showed up.

    Somehow, the slums look more extravagant than the rest of the city? The nobles district over there looks like some ordinary stones?

    The warmth of wooden buildings? Theforting feel of it? I was admiring European-style but there is a special familiarity to this.

    Yeah, the Royal Pce is doing its best But even Nigatsu Hall of Todai Temple was erected here [2]

    That district looks poorer! It began resembling piles of rocks crudely stacked on top of each other! Are we going to distribute emergency rations to those pitiful nobles too?

    A favorable reception from modern-day school girls too. But with the area being as level ground as it is, Kiyomizu Temple [3] would be impossible to pull off. As a fire prevention measure I also added some stone walls too. These should allow for way morefortable livelihood than stone-made dwellings. How dare the likes of this world look down on the modern-day Orient? Go and sit in stone buildings, getting steamed and frozen!

    With this, the nobles so proud of their aristocratic district will feel ashamed and behave more quietly. The sight of nobles, who originally were supposed to serve the people and help them in times of need, living in luxury right beside the slums is an eyesore, you know? But now they wont be able to act so arrogant. Even if they say anything, replying withhaha, this guy lives in some stones, isnt he just a beggar golem?will probably send them running back in tears. Well, I also would feel bad if they were bullied because of this, so lets distribute some Frontier Wooden Swords as well. Their performance might not be top tier, but it would be a problem if being too powerful they turned the ce like that town of clubs. Im sure both gobs and kobolds are troubled by that town. Thats one ce one wouldnt want to attack.

    And so, a certain someone arbitrarily remodeled the ce, and also took a permit to set up a store in the capital along the way. We are moving, but since there is no baggage we only have to walk there. Im sure everyone has forgotten, but this is still more or less enemy territory, alright? The poor capital officials gave passage permits and operation licenses for everyone in a nk daze, so there is no issue, but since the most problematic walking issue of a person is with us, we should watch out Which surely wouldnt do anything, it never had any effect at all, but lets still try to take care, okay?

    And heading to the orphanage marked on the map, well, poor orphanages are a staple of isekai stories, helping which earns one the gratitude of a pretty youngdy watching over it, which she then would passionately express through this and that and also that, but even so, isnt it way too run-down? Decaying wooden ruins with various spots covered by tattered rags, in a way, its actually impressive that they managed to keep it from copsing, which borders on being a miracle with how decrepit it is?

    A swarm of little kids poured out of the building, however, all of them malnourished and wearing tattered clothes, or rather, actual rags? Eh? Matching outfits with me? No no! Their clothes werent ck by design, they darkened with time, and with holes here and there from being so worn out, they are now pitch ck.

    Haruka-kun, please. Well pay from our sries! Please, these kids These kids

    The pres and the others burst into tears. Well, this world has many western-style beauties, which makes it even more painful to watch. I mean, that little girl with unkempt blonde hair and dirty face has the features of an angel from paintings, that dirty urchin with red hair, would be annoyingly good-looking once his soot-smeared face is washed and hairbed. But they are dressed in terrible dirty rags, living in derelict rubble that might copse at any moment. Thats why the girls are crying from the shock. Even back at the Frontier, as poor as it was, it wasnt like this. As worn out or poor things might have been, it still was tidy and orderly, everyone was helping each other. The first thing that Meripapa-san asked for, despite the direck in money, was a splendid orphanage. Back at the Frontier, everyone, be it an orphan, a wounded, or sick, everyone desperately did their best to help each other.

    But this ce is abandoned. These kids are abandoned.

    Royal Girl said that this ce is operating with donations from the royal family, which makes me really curious exactly which part of this had any money spent on it? Royal family is donating money, but this ce is supposedly under the jurisdiction of the aristocratic district, and customs seem to prevent the royal family from interfering with it. Thats why Royal Girl hadnt visited this ce, and only somehow managed to draw a map. I wish I could show her this sight. And I also really wish she would kindly introduce the nobles involved with this to me. I would like to implore a thorough and detailed exnation of where and how much of the donations were used on this abandoned wreck of a building, tattered rags of clothes, and malnourished kids.

    But for now, lets take care of the orphanage first. Its not toote to turn the aristocratic district into a hellish district after that. The streets built with the money donated to this miserable shack can wait. They can wait, but they cannot hope. But first, the orphanage. The orphanse before that.

    [TL Notes:

    [2] Nigatsu-d (Japanese:  lit.The Hall of the Second Month) is one of the important structures of Tdai-ji, a temple in Nara. It includes several other buildings in addition to the specific hall named Nigatsu-d, thusprising its own subplex within Tdai-ji. The current main hall of Nigatsu-d is a designated National Treasure.

    [3] Kiyomizu-dera (, Kiyomizu Temple, Pure Water Monastery) is a Buddhist temple located in eastern Kyoto, Japan. The temple is part of the Historic Monuments of Ancient Kyoto (Kyoto, Uji and Otsu Cities) UNESCO World Heritage site.

 Chapter 266

    Chapter 266

    Chapter 266

    Day 65  Late Morning, The Capital, Slums

    With the vige gone, and mom and dad dead, I was brought here.

    Its hungry here.

    We share a thin soup that is more like water, and pieces of stale bread, but it doesnt fill the stomach.

    Its cold here.

    Its all crumbling, with a cold wind blowing through. Wrapping in thin nkets we sleep shivering and hungry.

    Its miserable here.

    Kids, both little and big, are doing their best working, but still cant buy proper food. No matter how hard we work, nothing changes.

    I head back after finishing my morning work. The city is big, but this is the only ce I can return to. I earned only a bit of money, but it has to be spent on food, the younger kids are waiting with empty stomachs.

    Even if we start working while its still dark outside, even if we work untilte at night, even if everyone works hard all day long, we are still short on food. Everyones stomachs are growling from hunger.

    Will we be able to buy enough food today, was what I thought as I turned the corner to the orphanage The orphanage?

    Where did the orphanage go?

    Ive lost the ce I can go back to. Even though I dont have anywhere else to go, the orphanage is now gone.

    Arge mansion stands in its ce. What happened to the little kids that lived there, where did they go?

    Having no other options, having no other ce to go, I went through the surroundings of the mansion, looking for the little kids.

    Sis, over here~. There is tasty food, you can eat as much as you want.

    The little kids were waving at me.

    And of all things, from inside the mansion. If they ate the food from such a splendid mansion without permission, mere apologies wouldnt be enough.

    Rushing there, I immediately apologized with all my might, I asked for forgiveness, asked to pardon the little kids, told them that I will definitely pay for the food, and offered all the money I had on me..

    Over and over I bowed my head, repeatedly apologizing again and again.

    Then, someone hugged me. A very pretty older girl with pitch ck hair and pitch ck eyes. She was very soft, with a nice smell to her, reminding me of my mother a bit.

    Its alright. You can have all the food. We brought this for everyone to eat. Eat as much as you want.

    I was brought to another room that had an entire feast ready. Numerous delicious looking dishes that Ive never seen before were lined up there.

    Both little kids and big kids were eating them with smiles, beckoning me to join.

    In the back, a ck-haired dark-eyed older boy is making food. One after another, delicious-looking dishes are set up on the table at an amazing speed.

    Eat plenty~? Or rather, if you dont eat and grow big, there is a high possibility of something unfortunate happening, like not getting big? But man, you do eat well considering already being pretty unfortunate No, I didnt mean it like that! I didnt say that yours are small at all, I just thought that while the power of imagination might be infinite, the potential might not be there anymore? No, I didnt see anything, I didnt see the potential or anything! I mean, how could I see anything, if there is nothing to begin witHOOOA! Why do you have a morning star? Eh? Armored Pres-san lent it to you? So thats why this morning star looked so familiar, wait, why does attacking me always have to be done with a morning star?!

    It was fun. Smiles everywhere, everyone is smiling, and I was smiling too.

    I ate a whole lot. When I said that its my first time eating so much or eating something this delicious You havent seen anything yet. The true fear is having to do ONE MORE SET, getting hit with immense regret eating even tastylicious snacks, buttely, there are more and more people, who overeat on manju so much that ONE MORE SET is not enough anymore GUOOUHGHAA! No, really, why is the morning star such a hot rental item here? Or rather, howe you always have it ready? I just upgraded it with mithril the other day, so getting hit by it is really no joke, you know? I mean, with Armored Pres-san dressed in nurse uniform saying stuff like Ill do it if you mithrilify it~, being a highschool boy, I immediately mithriled it without a second thought! Like, all the way to the brim! I mean, a nurse in a miniskirt uniform will be doing that~, do you get it?! Wait, GYAAAH! , so lively, so fun, and so delicious, and so warm.

    Getting hugged made me so very happy.

    And holding hands together.

    And having my head patted.

    Its alright, you did your best, efforts have to be rewarded, or it wouldnt be fair, right? And if there is no reward, then it can be just ripped off? So this is the reward for working hard until now, you did your best for so long, so of course, there will be more and more rewards from now on too, or rather, thats the course that I chose, so Ill be ripping it off? Well, as some famous person also said, most things in this world can be solved by either hitting or ripping off? Well, not sure if they actually said that or not, but since I dont even know who they are it doesnt really matter? I guess?

    Its a reward, he said. A reward for doing my best all this time.

    And then he patted my head over and over.

    Im so d I worked so hard, after all, there was something this nice ahead.

    With this, I feel like I can keep going.

    After all, if I keep working hard, there might be something just as nice ahead too.

    Little kids and big kids are allughing through tears and crying with smiles already.

    Turns out, tears cane out from having too much happiness, too much fun, too many nice things happening at once. That surprised me.

    The tears were always brought by hunger, coldness, or loneliness, but this time it is tears of happiness.

    When its hard, painful, or bitter, tearse flowing, but when Im happy, its tears again?

    I was guided through the mansion, but they also said that its an orphanage and not a mansion, and so that its our home.

    There was a bath. Ive seen a bath before, when I went to chop firewood, but this is Amazing.

    Its amazing, Im sitting inside a bath.

    Getting washed by the ck-haired older girls, everyone is sparkling clean, like children from good houses.

    Next, we are going to wash your heads,e one by one.

    Okaay.

    Everyone is still crying. Its hard to believe after all.

    I mean, we get to take a warm bath after eating a whole lot of delicious stuff.

    What should we do with so much happinessing all at once? What do we do from tomorrow on?

    Its alright. Its all good now, so its alright.

    Because big brother in ck mantle said so, didnt he?

    He hates seeing unhappy faces, so he needs to have everyone smiling!

    Thats why everything is already alright. He will make it so you can keep smiling.

    He is definitely going to make everyone happy, so just resign yourself to happiness, ok? That big brother is not going to give up.

    Everyone is bawling their eyes out. Both little kids and big kids were all crying.

    After all, we are already perfectly happy. So much so that its hard to believe.

    And yet, being told that we are going to be even happier and it will be our everyday life, we couldnt hold back from crying.

    We are alreadypletely happy, so happy that we will never ever ever be able to forget such happiness.

    And they also added a big door te.

    The big brother in the ck cloak is getting scolded for shouting CAPTUURED!?

    The orphanage became Souvenir Store, Sort of Orphanage Branch? Kind of?.

    From tomorrow on, we can have delicious food everyday if we help around while wearing nice clothes.

    Both little kids and big kids received the same pretty clothes. They said its a uniform.

    The big brother in ck cloak is getting scolded after shoutingYahoo! Labour force secured!?

    People outside the orphanage were crying too, getting lots of food and having their homes prettied up.

    Everyone was crying.

    Little kids, big kids, grown-ups, everyone was in tears.

    Its not cold anymore.

    A warm and soft bed.

    There is no winding through the cracks too.

    And my stomach is so full I almost feel sick.

    By the time we fell asleep no one was crying anymore. Even though everyone was crying so much, today, no one was crying at night.

    Even little kids went to sleep with smiles, today, for the first time, no one was crying.

    Sleeping in a warm bed with a full stomach is bliss.

 Chapter 267

    Chapter 267

    Chapter 267

    Day 65  Evening, the Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch

    It has been decided that we are going to move. We just settled outside the gates of the Capital, but we are changing locations already. Why does he have to do construction every day? And why is Angelica-san dressed as a bus guide? Could it be a sightseeing bus tour (no bus) through a fake Kyoto?

    And Haruka-kun is narrating. Naturally, no one is listening.

    Digging into the depths of the enemy camp and tearing them apart from the inside, destroying from the vulnerable inner side, and since the enemy is already inside their lines, rendering them incapable ofunching a proper counterattack as they are getting devoured. Yes, thats what moving is all about! I guess this is a promotion to The Capital Branch?

    Thats not a moving, alright? People who moved to a new ce dont tear apart after digging in or destroy from inside to devour? Just what on earth is Haruka-kuns idea of a moving? Perhaps its better to sit down and have a proper talk about this Or maybe not?

    And so, a going-out-of-business sale was opened out of the blue.

    And so, with the opening of the Capital Branch Store, we aremencing a liquidation sale for the Capital Outskirts Branch Store! A special offer only for today, how special is it? You will find out tomorrow? However, its a special store closure sale, moreover, its a time sale with only one hour left before its over, it might be super great value? Or sort of like that, everything is 10% off, actually, its 10% off after a bit of price hike, but its still 10% off, so even though its a rip-off, it feels sort of like a good deal! Only feels though?

    KYAAAA!

    Atst, maiden wars (bargain sale) havee even to this world! Finally, even still medievaldies of this world became prey to the maiden wars (bargain sale). Lured in by the promises of good value and discounts they couldnt withstand the appeal of time-limited offer.

    Men and women of all ages are jumbled together, scrambling and fighting for the goods, but for now this is a meremotion.

    It is yet to reach the scale of a true maiden warfare (bargain sale), still way below the critical point.

    But the rumors will definitely spread. In fact, word of mouth shouldve already spread the news. They wille, they will definitelye!

    And then, They showed up.

    Finally, the True Champions have arrived. The menace and demise of maiden warfare. Veteran maidens of thousand battles. The people are calling them Aunties, with fear and respect!

    The aunties boldly jump into the fray. Freely traversing the bargains battlefield that by now utterly transformed into a scene of tragedy, they trample the weak, snatching away the spoils of war without care,pletely dominating their surroundings in peerless merchandise plunder spree. Dashing through the battlefield the Aunties capture all that is there for purchase.

    That is the true hell, that is onught, after all, even the Ex-Dungeon Emperor is afraid! Scared to the point of tears, the Ex-Dungeon Emperor is trembling with teary eyes, witnessing for the first time the terrifying image of bargain sale. Yup, a mere maiden has no chance of winning against that.

    Wepletely sold out.

    Good job~. We totally sold out, so time to move? Or rather, what do we do with the Capital Outskirts Branch Store? Ah, might as well just give it away to Meripapa-san, he so conveniently arrived after all?

    A lone horseman approaches. Again, riding ahead all alone.

    My, we arete, huh. Reshuffling the royal guards wouldve dyed us even more, so I ditched them and went ahead on my own. So, why is there a fortress right in front of the Capitals gates~? Is the Royal Pce safe? It wasnt destroyed or demolished, right?

    Once again, Omui-sama arrived without any escort. That person behind, desperately trying to catch up, must be his aide-san. It seems that taking pity on aide-sans situation, having to constantly deal with Omui-samas antics, Haruka-kun couldnt help but make exclusive equipment for him, but looks like he was unable to keep up even having eleration bonus. Bute to think of it, Omui-samas equipment is also made by Haruka-kun, so Haruka-kun is the reason why aide-san cant catch up to Omui-sama to begin with! In most cases, when you think carefully about it, Haruka-kun is always the culprit.

    How should I put it, what a great timing? This fortress just became vacant, so I was looking for someone to hand it over, wanna garrison it? I mean, I just put it up, if I had to tear it down now, it would totally ruin the nice feeling from recent profits, but since I got the business permit from the Second Divisions old man we now have to move inside the walls? Or rather, there is a super good property thates with freemercial space and dirt-cheap live-in workers, almost literally dying to have us move in, so I must show the true power of magnate and properly educate them, so yeah, you can have it? Like, its free real estate? Kind of? I mean, I have no use for it?

    Looks like Omui-sama is going to garrison it, of course, Omui-sama couldnt fully understand the situation, but he seems to be quite used to this by now, and he understood that he is being given a fortress. Is this really alright? I can clearly tell thatprehension of Haruka-kuns wordses at the price of own word concepts crumbling down, in fact, everyone has reached a pretty dangerous point already? Its like an infection. At this rate, it will soon get Omui-sama too sort of?

    The Frontier troops and the Royal Guard are gradually gathering, and to match that, the building is also getting rapidly expanded. Librarian-chan is standing on the rooftop of the old Souvenir Store, thats why no one in the Capital is aware of the troops flocking in, no one can see them.

    An entire army remains unnoticed despite being under the very gates of the Capital. This is the power of Ring of Absence  Forced Concealment, Block Identification, Deflect Perception, the magic tool from the Church that hid the thousand troops that attacked Haruka-kun and the Royal Prince. And its further boosted by Ripple and anti-resist effects from Ripple Ne. Its Librarian-chans exclusive equipment, that Haruka-kun even said will be the trump card of this war. The ultimate tactical (stealth) weapon.

    Now, we are done here, its time to get moving. The children at the orphanage are waiting. For some strange reason, Haruka-kun is as well liked by kids as usual? This makes me worry about the possible bad influence he might have on them. Even though he is the deluxe ultimate educational example of what one shouldnt do, all-in-one, full andplete version, and yet, he for some reason is very liked by children.

    We have to tell them that they shouldnt act like that when we get back! A town with lots of children like Haruka-kun is way too dangerous of a ce, no matter how one looks at it, a battlefield or a dungeon would be way more peaceful!

    But surely, no matter how much they like him, they wont be able to imitate that. Surely, that must be impossible to imitate for anyone, so lets believe that its going to be okay. And if not, just iste the problem!

    Led by the Bus Guide we head to the orphanage, on foot.

    With everyone in mute amazement at the sights of pseudo-historical buildings, we walk towards the orphanage. As themon mood of You retort  you lose gripped the party, we somewhat nervously enjoy the sightseeing tour of the mini-school trip. then

    Why Byodoins Phoenix Hall!

    Thank goodness, everyone retorted to that.

    The members that came here in the noon grew too tired of retorting to have any strength to react left. Everyone felt actually exhausted after retorting so much. After all, they used up all their strength in attempts to stop rampage of the person, who says stuff like Kiyomizu Temple doesnt suit level ground or There isnt enough space to put Eastern Grand Temple, repeatedly retorting and retorting and retorting until they couldnt retort anymore. It was just too much. Merely stopping his Alright, Im building the star fort and burning down the noblemens district was the best we could do. Thats why it cant be helped, even if the orphanage is Byodoins Phoenix Hall, noke however. After all, we wanted to give those children food and a ce to live as soon as possible. Thats why we couldnt care less if it was the Phoenix Hall or Edo Castle or Izumo Oyashiro or Horyuji as long as it was a safe, warm, and nice ce where they could feel at home.

    Well, looking at it once again, it might not be okay at all, but back then, it somehow felt fine? Yeah, the sign Souvenir Store, Sort of Orphanage Branch? Kind of? hanging from the roof of the Phoenix Hall, which is said to be built in the image of Sukhavati, probably wasnt a great touch. I mean Its neon? It looks kind of indecent?

    Wee back!

    A wee from the children and the group that stayed back.

    The children changed beyond recognition, clean and lovely they shine with angel-like smiles. There are still hints of exhaustion, malnourishment, and illness that can be noticed But everyone is smiling. Happily, delightfully, they are waving hands, calling us.

    They no longer have those utterly exhausted expressionless faces of despaired resignation. They are beaming with smiles.

    The children are smiling like angels.

    We are back.

    Everyone reunited with smiles. Except just one person.

    Only one person was unable to smile.

    Upon reaching the orphanage, the Princess, Shari-sama, kneeled, bowing down. Almost mming into the floor she lowered her head, crying.

    Its because we told her everything on the way here, in what state the children were in and in which conditions they lived. Everything. Haruka-kun didnt say anything. The Princess also remained silent.

    Having nothing she could say back mustve been the most bitter part, as she felt like she abandoned them. She made her way here despairing over herself, the Kingdom, its Nobles and the Royal Family. The children that no one helped, the children that werent offered a helping hand by anyone. She came to atone as the leader of the Kingdom that abandoned them.

    There is no point to apologies, and even if she apologized, she wont be forgiven, thats why the Princess kept rubbing her forehead on the floor, crying, without saying anything, as if carving this moment into her heart.

    She learned the true nature of the Kingdom that she tried so hard to protect. Despite the Royal Familys pledge to protect its people, she didnt even know how the people were abandoned. There was a pitiful Royalty that couldnt do anything but bow down before those abandoned children.

    But in this alone no one can cover her. This alone cant be forgiven. Because it would mean insulting the Princess herself, who even risked her life to protect her people. Because it would mean mocking the pledge of protecting their people, inherited by each sessive generation of the Royal Family.

    Thats why we told her everything as it is. That the orphans were on the verge of death, that sickness was rampant, that they were malnourished and exhausted to the brink of dying. It couldve turned really bad if not for Haruka-kuns medical mushroom potions. We told her that the most vulnerable of the people of the Kingdom, the orphans, werepletely abandoned.

    Because not knowing what is going on is a crime in itself for the Royal Family for they swore to protect its people.

    Crying,menting, and repenting while groveling on the ground, she has no choice but to stand up on her own. She cant find pardon for the sins of the past, so there is no choice but to deliver from now on.If she cant stand up and face forward, then even the future will turn unforgivable, you know?

    Well, fortunately, the Princess didnt see Haruka-kuns face yesterday. She didnt have to see that tender smile as he was gazing at the aristocratic district. Such a soft and gentle smile. Such an infinitely kind smile, as if he was gazing at the poor souls about to descend into the hellfire while pleading for their lives.

 Chapter 268

    Chapter 268

    Chapter 268

    Day 65  Evening, The Capital

    The darkness of the Capital, slums, hidden in the shadow of the fabulous aristocratic district. The final destination of the weak and poor to be exploited at the business district, while financial aid from the kingdom gets plundered for decorations of the aristocratic district.

    Once one winds up in the slums, the only ce where they can possibly get any work bes themercial district, tightly tied with the merchant confederation, dooming them to be worked akin to ves for the rest of their lives, but even that aplishes nothing aside from making nobles even richer.

    The favoritism for nobles and royalty and the agreement for invibility of each others residential areas created the situation where no one could extend a helping hand to the slums, and the little aid that went there would get snatched away. The living ce for the people who are exploited by the Confederations merchants instead of ves, since the Royal Family does not permit very. The slums.

    But someone sought that ce.

    Bringing a voluminous donation of provision and numerous much too appealing presents the ck-haired dark-eyed boy sought to obtain a license to operate that area. While the conditions are absolutely perfect, the will behind it is hard to understand, but Im not arrogant enough to think I can perceive the farsighted and deeplyid ns of that enigmatic boy. All I have to do is obey and respond to the best of my ability to what is asked of me.

    Immediately obtaining approval from the Second Prince and the chairman of the aristocratic council I promptly had authority transfer for the slums district, trade permit and passage permit issued. Its a dirty contract full of favorable terms bought through bribes, but my responsibility is merely obtaining the contact for that person.

    Deep down, Im captivated by the hope that if there is a person, who might shine a ray of light on the slums that no one wants to touch, it would be him. We exchanged only a few words in a short conversation, but there is no one else capable of ignoring the intricate bounds of the Capital or treating its nobles with silent contempt.

    And without even a momentary pause,motion followed.

    As by the time reports from the slums came in, the nobles were already in a state of frenzied uproar, it mightve been presumptuous of me to think of that person in terms of hopes or expectations.

    If no one canprehend the state of affairs, its safe to reason that the other party is of a different caliber. The difference in caliber makes it impossible to fathom notions going through their head.

    With the different point of view and the height from which one observes the situation they are able to see what we, crawling on the ground, can not, and aim for the goals that no one can understand. Trying toprehend that is nothing but foolishness, and if aware of that, there would be nothing puzzling about this.

    But there are plenty of foolish nobles unable to understand that, especially in the capital, which is crawling with them.

    Seize that property! Why would it be left to filthy beggars whose mere presence in the capital is sickening! Immediately drive them out and hand it over to us.

    That is a part of the aristocratic district and aristocratic domain. Obviously, property rights to it also belong to the nobles. Hurry up and move the troops.

    How dare they dere the area off limits for us, nobles, what insolence. How about forcing them to apologize after arresting them and confiscating their assets?

    The idiots (nobles) keep yapping. Its such a mess because they dont even understand that their lowly noble selves have no ways of dealing with him. They dont understand the meaning behind that building suddenly emerging out of thin air right under their noses. The Capital has fallen. A sword is being pointed at the pce from the aristocratic district.

    Under the approval of the Second Prince and the Chairman of the aristocratic council the authority over thend in question was transferred to the Frontiers Souvenir Store, along with the license for business andmercial operations they all also were issued with passage permits.There is no cause to seize any of it, and dering it off limits is only reasonable, that area is under extraterritorial jurisdiction of the Frontier. If you are willing to return the already epted provision andpensate construction costs then how about opening formal negotiations?

    I wonder if the trash only capable of using their authority as nobles for in banditry is even capable of holding negotiations. Moreover, they dont understand who they are dealing with. Forget being out of their depth, they are entirely unfit to even consider making such attempts.

    If its about provision, then even more was given by the Merchant Confederation, are you saying you are not going to listen to instructions from the Confederation in spite of that?

    Even if you talk about supplies or aid from the Confederation, the storage is empty, where did all of it go? You might say that it arrived, but the only goods we have seen were those bought from the Souvenir Store, and even those have vanished, so did the Confederation bring any goods? Or did it carry them away?

    Did they think that anyone would be thankful if they point at the empty storages and call that aid? I dont know if the goods are being stolen, sold through back channels, or never were there to begin with, but without the stuff there are no obligations either.

    This is the Second Princes order, if you made a pact, you ought to obey it!

    Us, the second division, have agreed to defend the walls of the Capital from any that might seek to invade it, Internal affairs, like dealing with merchants, should be dealt with by your military police, and upon making our pact, we were also ordered not to interfere with the merchants of the capital in any capacity. Moreover, the citizens are equipped with frontiers wooden swords and also were purchasingCloaks of Protection, so can they hardly be considered unarmed anymore. By now their equipment is on par or even better than that of regr soldiers. Whom would you imagine toe out on top if the tiny military police force were to sh with the huge poption of the capital? We are not going to act, and if you harm the citizens it would mean that our pact is null, turning us into your enemies as well.

    Good grief, outside there is the recently returned Shariceres-sama and even Omui-sama is said to have arrived, why for goodness sake do I have to step on a tigers tail for some Second Prince?

    I was surprised when I first heard that Omui-sama arrived with an army, but seeing the current slums, it all makes sense.

    He rushed to the side of the boy, who is concealing his true status. Something apart from the Theocracy and the Confederation is beginning to move.

    And thats because they dont realize that, yet they are making this racket, having their attentionpletely captured by thetest incident. In the end, the position, the heights from which that boy observes affairs are way too different.

    Then, we will send out military police, following the pact, you wouldnt interfere, would you!?

    If we dont interfere the Capital will fall, are you sure you want us to stay on the sidelines?

    So despite the situation changing this greatly, they are stillpletely oblivious to what is going on.

    Is this your idea of a threat? If you abandon your agreement to defend the Capital then following the Life Contract your life will Cease.

    I simply stated the facts without any intention of threatening you. Besides, if you use military police to oppress the citizens, get into conflict with them, and end up having them open the gates from the inside, wouldnt it ruin everything? Look outside. There are banners of Omui-sama of the Frontier and Sword Princess Shariceres side by side. Facing two of those banners, would any citizen of the capital, any subject of this kingdom, choose to follow the Second Prince? Makes you wonder before which banner one should kneel.

    Without thinking or even considering the results they are merely kicking up a fuss out of sheer avarice. The oue is clear as day even without a fight.

    The noblespletely blinded by their greed, the Confederation who has its eyes on prospective profits, and the mysterious boy who is gazing in boundless vastness on impossible to envision far away from unreachable heights.

    If you harm the citizens we are your enemies. Otherwise, we will stick to defending the walls. That was our agreement. And we are intending to stick to it.

    Judging by the way they refuse to back down and still re at me, they really want that property. Well, thats hardly surprising. That marvelous wooden architecturalplex likely has nothing that can rival it on this continent.

    And the ones living there are the poorest and the most helpless of the capitals slums. Its hard not tough.

    Asking about the origins of that enigmatic boy is not something one should be doing, nor is investigating it. If the Princess and Omui-sama have acknowledged him, then there is nothing more to ask.

    An enigmatic boy of unclear origin, status, or even stance towards us, unknown if he is even a friend or a foe, and yet I cant help bute to like him even if he were to turn out to be an enemy in the end.

    How amusing.

    The poor abandoned by the capital are now looking down on the noblemen from the aristocratic district, while the nobles are looking up at them with greed and envy.

    How thrilling.

    The best sight one could imagine. This is the first time I saw something this delightful in the Capital. If this is an enemy, then he deserves the highest praise and admiration, and if he is an ally, then there would be no time for me to shine.

    How was the orphanage?The subordinate that I sent to investigate the slums came back.

    They were getting ready to open the store. The orphans, now neat and clean, were happily helping around in nice clothes. Laughing, despite being in the slums.

    With this alone I can smile and forget about the annoying and unpleasant exchange I just had with the nobles. With just one permit he aplished what no one else could.

    Its fine to obey him. I cant understand him, but he showed enough worth and meaning to obey him.

    He must be pursuing heights that cant even be seen from my level. In that case, I should just blindly ept it.

    If denizens of the slums were smiling, then there is more than enough worth and significance to that.

 Chapter 269

    Chapter 269

    Chapter 269

    Day 65  Nighttime, Capital, the Souvenir Store, the Orphanage Branch

    Poor private guards, who are sent one after another from the aristocratic district, seem to have gone missing, every single one. That mustve been scary, that mustve been terrifying, going through that endless pseudo Fushimi Inari-taishas line of torii as each time they walk through a narrow pass, theirrades would vanish. That mustve been dreadful. And no matter if they press forward or turn back, they find themselves unable to escape the endless path of torii continuing both ways The path that continues until there is no one left.

    Yeah, so basically, the ground here is like a conveyor belt. In truth, they arent moving anywhere, you know? Well, there are some illusions in the mix as well? Sort of?

    No one can enter the slums without authorization now. I distributed Ring of the Poor to the people from the slums, but others need either authorization or a guidance to enter. Yup, Im not letting anyone in, alright? I wont allow anyone to steal or plunder anything from here anymore, from today on this is the rip-off district. From now on it is the slums that are going to rip others off.

    By the way Ring of the Poor are splendid magic stone rings with PoW SpE DeX 10% Up and even +DEF, but for some reason the girls got angry? I got lectured for it. Hm, I wonder what displeased them?

    However The barrier devices fuel consumption is too poor. Its fine while Im supplying it with mana, but trying to cover it with magic stones will result in huge losses. Looks like it needs optimization, fuel economy, and miniaturization improvements.

    And the only way to enter the slums without the ring is through a straight path leading to this Souvenir Store, Sort of Orphanage Branch Office? Kind of?. The long long road adorned by torii. The Souvenir Store is the only destination one can reach through it, with stepping out of the torii meaning you go missing.

    The customers that visit outside of working hours will be turned away. Missing, and spirited away.

    Naturally, since they are spirited away, its as good as proven that its the Old Farts responsibility and Ive done nothing wrong, innocent and meless, case open and closed, bang bang, speaking of which, Id like to have bang bang chicken but theck of ingredients for Chinese dishes is troubling. Yeah, the way to mapo tofu promises to be quite steep.

    They are here again?Ah, he vanished!Where did the ones that disappeared just now go?Going through those torii at night is spooky, isnt it~? But Spirited away, huh. Wasnt someone making traps there?Yeah, there are tons of manmade contraptions, but all of the responsibility is shifted to the god.

    In the spaces between the endlessly continuing torii I have ced solemn and oppressive-looking giant statues of twelve arhats! And putting the opponents on guard against them, I drop intruders into pitfalls.

    Yeah, the basements are umting middle-aged men at an amazing speed. Im actually wondering how I should clean that up. Since its middle-aged men we are talking about, its either incineration or dumping them into the white room.

    But why is this world constantly suffering from middle-aged men outbreaks? Why are the middle-aged men of this world all flocking to me? When I discussed this with the Geeks, it seemed that most of the characters in stories of this sort are supposed to be cute girls? But here, its nothing but a constant flow of middle-aged men, no matter how many I burn or drown.

    It will soon push an easily irritable highschool boy into elerating development of the middle-aged men annihtion weapon. I wonder, what is actually middle-aged mens weakness? Aunties? No, anything but that! Mass importing aunties for the sake of middle-aged men annihtion will eventually lead to outbreak of veteran maidens war that will doom the world. Thats right, its the ultimate weapon capable of destroying the world, which must never be used.

    Onii-chan, good night.

    Yeah, sleep well, or rather, children grow in their sleep? So hurry up and go to bed? Kind of? But make sure to avoid tragic nonexistent development despite lots of sleep like a certain Shrimp, alright? Good night? Sort of?

    Looks like the older kids are going to sleep as well Well, bigger kids? I mean, almost all of the kids here are of unknown age. From what I see, even older kids look a bit older than ten, but since they arecking in nutrition, their growth is likely dyed. Well, as long as they are lively and healthy it doesnt really matter. I mean, we do have an overly energetic little thing who, despite eating more than enough, is so dyed in growth that it seems to be going in reverse, so it should be fine.

    Apparently, the girls are going to teach the children while also operating the store. Theyll overtake the educational standards of this world in an instant. If those children learn reading, writing, calctions and get knowledge ofmerce, Ill be able to entrust this store to them when they grow up. Theyll be able to operate the orphanage too. Then, lets sort everything out before then. So they wont be disappointed when they grow up, so they still can dream even after they wake up.

    But damn, here I thought Id burn the annoying aristocratic district turning it into a vacant plot and then perhaps lure some dungeon here and throw the nobles in there But turns out, the Confederation will run away if we have a Mysterious Noblemen Dungeon Massacre? The damage is still not big enough so its too early to let them off, but those nobles from the aristocratic district are pissing me off, so Im currently looking for lovely harassment ideas? Kind of? Authors of winning ideas will receive deluxe manju sets as a present, that automaticallyes along with voluntary ONE MORE SET? Sort of?

    Oooh! Deluxe Manjuu set!

    With this they will think seriously about this. However, it doesnt seem like they have any intentions of seriously thinking about ONE MORE SET? Rather, its like they are actively trying not to think about it!

    It would be an issue if I did something, but not doing anything pisses me off? Even so, I wonder what would make nobles suffer? Not only do I know too few nobles, they also dont seem as reliable cases to consider as examples. I mean, its that Meripapa family we are talking about? Alright, lets ask that big-wig from the capital? Id also like to ask him about lewd stores in the Capital, but for some reason, Search is picking up 20 enemies nearby. And they are probably equipped with morning stars, so adult stores seem out of the question.

    Alright, check the Royal Pce with Detect Presence, the important middle-aged man is Outside? Aah, perhaps the barracks? He seems to live a rather simple life despite his position.

    Knock-knock? No, its not a knock-knock joke? Erm, its the nice young man in so-called managing position, which is actually a self-exploitative abusive independent business, that you met at the souvenir store? Hm, I just opened a branch in the Capital, but for some reason Ive got a sudden urge to close up the store! Actually, I have a few questions for the Big-Wig from the Second Division, may Ie in? If you are doing something lewd Ill wait until you are done? I also wee observing inside, but if its a BL situation Im burning the Capital to ashes, okay?

    Well, judging by the presence he is alone, so he shouldnt be doing anything lewd, but if he does, it will turn the mood very awkward! Or rather, I dont want to enter!!

    Wee, there was no need for you to personally visit such a squalid ce, if you only summoned me, I wouldve immediately answered. Is there some sort of urgent concern?

    And for some reason, the important middle-aged man broke out into augh when I asked him about what would vex, annoy, and infuriate nobles? Apparently, they already had plenty of that. Nope, thats nowhere near enough. I havent done enough, or rather, Im yet to do anything at all?

    But

    Didnt you erect that beautiful and yet solemn woodenplex? And even put up a barrier against intruders? That is the biggest p to their faces. Today as well, they spent the entire day throwing a fuss and raving like lunatics from irritation caused by that, so the effect is quite sufficient.

    I merely remodeled the house though? Like, rundown shack  before/after? Sort of?

    Simply having the poor folk of the slums living in a more luxurious and magnificent building, looking down on them, is driving them into a crazy uproar. You surely find that ridiculous, but for the nobles made up entirely out of that ridiculous vanity without a shred of actual pride, that is the worst harassment. Apparently, more than a dozen noblemen got so agitated from indignation that they ended up copsing and are still confined to their beds.

    They might perish at this rate? Like, being too much of dumbasses they might perish to their own idiocy before I even do anything. Getting looked down on by the poor they are dropping down like flies after getting so infuriated that their blood vessels pop. More than a dozen are yet to recover. Which means, the nobles wille to buy mushrooms even at heavily overcharged prices, and since after recovering they will still be getting looked down, they will go into another temper tantrum that continues into them copsing and having to buy more mushrooms? I see In that case, by the time they get used to the situation, we should just look down on them with all our might from Kiyomizu Temple. And if we throw some trash on them from above they will probably copse in droves again, and then I can rip them off on mushrooms again! Yay, a perfect get-rich quick scheme!

    Thanking him and leaving some manju I returned to the Souvenir Store, by the time I made it back the girls had already finished bathing.

    Today, its going to be three girls at once. However, Bitch B, C, and D are The bitches are really hard to tell apart, so difficult that even if they were to switch ces there is a high chance that I wouldnt notice? And with B, C, and D together I cant tell which is which at all! At this rate I might end up unable to tell them apart by their faces, while recognizing them by their breasts. That is bound to negatively affect the Affection Rating of a highschool boy on a scale never seen before. I mean, being able to properly identify someone by looking at the chest while having no idea who they are while looking at their face is a bit Affection Rating might go below the possible lower limit of detection!

    Let me just say this before we start Please, dont bite my head, alright? There is no head wound blood fountain service avable, okay? Or rather, isnt making someone offer service while biting their head is just coercion? So please dont go crunch on me? Garigari-kun? Garigari Leader?

    We told you we arent biting! In the first ce, have we ever gone to crunch you even once!?! Also, there wont be Evolution into something Leader, we arent Bitches, but we arent Garigari-kun either!

    Oh no, I cant even tell who is saying what! Everyone has above average height, long legs, and small faces, basically, built like barbies. And with them constantly changing hairstyles, swapping clothes between five of them, experimenting with outfits, and going crunch, its absolutely impossible to tell them apart! The difficulty is on the level of a high difficulty trick question in a shuffle quiz. Just when I thought that it might get easier to identify them as they stopped using makeup, it turns out that even their facial features are simr! Moreover, it seems they still have some cosmetics left, which they seem to have very lightly applied, once again changing the feel to their appearance. Should I just attach B, C, D tags to them already?

    And even their bust sizes were exactly the same! If a doppelganger appeared in the mix no one would be able to tell whose doppel it is, making their mimicrypletely redundant, leading to doppelganger bullying issue! But sensations thates from Evil Hands seem to differ? Although the size is roughly the same, the firmness and sticity are different. And even with the same size, the shapes and even weight are different? Looks like bra making has a lot of depth to it, but should a highschool boy be stepping into those depths though? But why am I pursuing the essence of the brassiere path in another world? Yeah, reaching that point always weirds out?

    Kya!Ah!Mmmm!!

    Why are you showing individuality here when even your lines are the same?! Does that mean that I have to measure someones chest with Evil Hands to identify them? Thats actually an actual criminal act that will get one arrested even if no one sues?!

    Ha!Aah!!Uuum!

    Bitch D is the only one using 4 letters No, such a way of telling them apart wont do any good. Like, the moment I try it many things will be in threat!

    Im so tired of retorting to this that it feels like my retorting ability is being put to a test, but even so, I will say it!

    Or rather, Armored Pres-san, forget making gaps between fingers, you are covering my mouth while giving full FREEDOM to the eyes! Why is the supposed blindfold covering my mouth, I can see everything even with my mouth covered. Obviously. Id be shocked if I couldnt see because my eyes got covered! Ah, Im tired of retorting to this!

    Alright, its done They told me that it sometimes hurts because the tips are rubbing, so I tried changing the weaving for that area, but it seems there is a need to develop a new material. There is no end to new issues to resolve. But tips, they say The tips.

    Alright, its time for the bottom (shorts) now, so please, cover my eyes? Thats the nose, okay? No, you are definitely doing this on purpose, I mean, there is no way to mistake a nose for eyes? You can instantly tell the difference the moment you touch it? And she is going tehepero!

    As expected, one cant underestimate the Ex-Dungeon Emperor.

    Well, covering eyes is sort of toote by now? The girls are sort of twitching?

    Since bottoms (shorts) are done too, you can go back? Yeah, not happening, as expected.

    (((Twitch-Twitch)))

    I wonder how Slime-san is doing?

    But even the way they went down is the same. With things being like this, I dont think Ill ever be able to tell them apart. There are slight differences to their twitching and trembling, but as expected, remembering them by the way they are twitching would be a problem?

    Anyway Lets put underwear and clothes on them.

 Chapter 270

    Chapter 270

    Chapter 270

    Day 66  Morning, the Souvenir Store, the Capital Outskirts Branch

    What do we do? We now have a base inside the Capital. If taking the city is the only goal then there is nothing left for us to do.

    And there is even a fortress standing outside. Its packed with the Frontiers troops and the Royal Guard so we are free to take the Capital and the Royal Pce as we please.

    Inside the walls there are 20 girls with levels over 100, or rather, with a Dungeon Emperor inside wouldnt it normally be considered over for a city?

    For the Kingdom, for the Second Prince himself, its already a checkmate. But I have to continue plundering the Confederation, and when it finally bes unable to sustain the support the Capital will automatically fall. Thats where Meripapa-san and Royal Girle in. Until then there is no reason not to continue economical warfare(ripping off) and expanding the Confederations losses? and I mean, its a business opportunity?

    But the First Princes Army without the First Prince, or rather, thats Church henchmen army, or rather old man fetish army? Anyway, it seems it will still take a while until the army of old men fetishists arrives, or rather, Advent of the army of old men fetishists  sounds too scary! It sounds so dangerous, that it involuntarily makes one want to shout for every old man in the Frontier to run away! They are taking so long I might forget all about this in 18 seconds or so?

    Now, for the two days until the Churchs Something Army arrives I should be able to stay here, if the Churchs Something Army gets dyed even more we will have additional leeway.

    But since I still cant get a read on the movements of the real force we cant afford to just keep Murimuri Castle undefended. After all, even Meripapa-san is here now. What else should I do at the Capital? They had no bookstores, and with provision rations there are no food stalls, rather, the souvenir store has a total monopoly on the industry at the moment. The girls went through the stores, buying up any rtively good equipment, but clothes and stuff seemed to be pretty shabby. The ce has already lost to the Frontier in development.

    Today, Souvenir Store, Sort of Orphanage Branch? Kind of? is in the middle of a rip-off called Opening Sale, and thanks to orphans doing their best, there is no problem with staff shortage, despite the number of visitors, or rather, the kids are super popr? It seems that even in the Capital, while the nobles and the Confederations merchants and their associates are like that, themon people are not that different from the Frontier in the way they carry themselves?

    Hearing that they can now enter the slums, the entrance to which was previously barred to them by the nobles controlling the district, they brought a huge volume of supplies, meanwhile, the children were inplete confusion asdies that came for shopping were hugging them in tears, and giving them candies and pocket money.

    In other words, it means that those lovely nobles were also taking care of the donation from the citizens. The culture clubs girl with Librarian at the head were so pissed when they heard that yesterday that they spent the entire night sending gifts to the Aristocratic District in the form of Nightmare, Hallucination, Phantom Pain, Confusion, and Upheaval. Making them angry seems really scary, so lets be careful. Failing to resist that is a huge problem.

    Anyway, now we know the enemy, the issue is the Royal Family.

    Thats why I came to ask them, hence the gathering.

    Well, the Royal Prince is noisy, so he seems to be in quarantine outside the Capital. For some reason, I feel a lot of sympathy for the way he is treated, I wonder why?

    The Second Prince sitting in the Capital is just a yes-man of the Confederation, so that can be released into the wild, the First Prince sitting in the storage might also be released back to its pig friends in the woods, the problem is that there also seem to be other Princes, from the Third to the Fifth? Should I actually finish off this yboy King? I mean, he has five wives, just who does he think he is? And because of such stratified society feeble highschool boys without Affection Rating cant meet any beautifuldies and are forced to deal with middle-aged men every single day! Hogging five all to himself is a death penalty ording to the Highschool Boys Antimonopoly Law, a transgression that hardly can be forgiven!

    Royal Girl is fine. She shouldve realized it yesterday. To save the Kingdom it has to be destroyed first. If the Kingdom is to continue to exist the Kingdom must be eliminated. And she mustve resolved herself. Getting liked by the orphans she was ying with them and going around hugging them in tears. It somehow felt like she was picking only girls, but it surely is alright? Or is it better to report her? Public safety concern?

    Since the Middle-aged Royal Prince is a middle-aged man I have no idea about him, so Meripapa-san can deal with him as a fellow middle-aged man. He is still running around with his worthless head trying to turn it in somewhere to save the country and protect the Kingdom, you know?

    ording to the Stalker Girl ns investigation the Third and so on Princes have no connections abroad, their mothers do note from great noble houses, and dont have any other suspicious backing. Also, as the remaining Princes are still young, their future disposition depends on the education theyll get. In addition, the Fifth Prince is a full brother to Royal Girl, sharing the same mother. With the influence from such a sister he might be an Assault Prince but he definitely wont be corrupt. Alright, lets make sure he wont be sent to study under Meripapa-san. He must be the cause of that! Just what did they think there is to learn from him?

    And the biggest issue is that Douche/yboy King. After he fell ill the Kingdom was engulfed in turmoil, with foreign nations exploiting it as they please, bringing it to the brink of ruin, in other words, before he copsed he actually managed this entire situation somehow. Even though he is ying around!

    The path is going to differ depending on whether we should restore this King or enthrone a new one. History depends on it, so we cannot afford to let emotions influence the decision. We have to objectively review only the facts, and make a logical decision. His achievements are numerous, fighting with nobles he was able to obtain concessions from them, and sought to provide for his people, even trying to touch up on the slums situation. The reason for the Kingdoms economical struggles seems to be his open challenge to the Theocracy and the Confederation, as recognizing the Beastmen Country he also was raising objections to the Churchs technological monopoly and the Confederations unsavory trade practices, which lead to economic blockade, but he still refused to bend, and protected the Kingdoms pride, also making sure to chip away at the power of the greedy nobles that were colluding with the foreign states. However, unable to work out the solution for the Frontiers funding, he was forced to sell even the Royal Familys treasures to provide aid, and then one day, he suddenly copsed. And everything took a sharp turn for the worse.

    While what he was doing ismendable, he made too many enemies, and it is also the fact that in the end the economic blockade was weakening the country. What also bothers me is his softness, despite the circumstances no nobles were stripped of their titles or parted with their heads. This might be harsh, but this is a decision based on objective reality. I mean, he has five wives, you know? Yeah, since he is a ya King he was ying around, ying arguing with others, ying fighting, and then ying copsed? Im sure if he gets healed he will first ask if there are any cute girls around!

    Alright! Not only is he a middle-aged man but he also has five wives, definitely not a decent person, thats what I decided. This is a cool, objective, and just decision. I mean, he is too much of a yer~.

    Wait, Haruka-kun, he might be a little entric but he is not ying around? He was a proper King, without a single ally around, as myself too was unable to move away from the Frontier, he still kept protecting the pride of the Royal Family, always keeping his subjects in mind, yes he is a bit short-tempered and was in dispute with the great nobles, the Church, and the Confederation, but he was still working hard. He has both wits and talent, he is a bit prone to snapping, but deep down he is a kind person, he might be a bit frivolous, but he is capable of properly estimating the situation and well He is a bit of a yer but he is a good person?

    So he is a yer!

    Aight, lets burn the yer King along with the silly nobles. Surely, if turned to ashes there wont be another outbreak.

    Father, the King, is an admirable person. I beg you, if you save the King I will devote my life to Haruka-sama. No one but the Kingdom can save the Kingdom. And if its the King, he surely will be able to create a great kingdom that the predecessors were aiming for, surpassing good kingdoms of old. He copsed before he could fulfill that ambition, but please, Haruka-sama Please, save the King.

    Haruka-kun, I also ask you the same. Im well aware that Im in no position to ask anything of you, as well as I understand that there is no value to the word of an ipetent lord that almost destroyed the Frontier, even so, please. I will do anything that I can. If you tell me to charge into the Theocracy or the Confederation I will do it immediately, just say the word, anything! So please Haruka-dono, save our King, save my friend

    Hm? The yer King supporters faction is in majority? No, in democracy numbers are the power, and we have 21 girls on our side!

    Haruka-kun, they are asking this hard, lets help them? If we have an issue after saving the King, then we can think it overter?

    Even the girls took the other side! So this is the power of the yboy King! What a terrible power, waking up this yer King is dangerous.

    I should properly point out issues right now. Royal Girl is his daughter and Meripapa-san is his friend, in other words, they are personally invested. The girls are simply sympathizing with them instead of making a conscious level-headed decision, so with their clouded vision they are missing the biggest problem. This is not the issue here, you know?

    Everyone has too many personal feelings involved in this. This is about the Crown and the State, so instead of getting swept up by emotions we have to consider this matter in terms of political judgment, economic merit, and military advantage when making a decision? There is no room for feelings there, and if you do allow them toe into y you wont be able to make the correct decision? Everyone is averting their eyes from the main point of this issue, overlooking, and closing your eyes on the problem, but this old man has five wives! Its outrageous, infuriating, Im burning with rage! I mean, its five, FIVE wives!

    You are the one who is super emotional about this! Actually, there was nothing but personal feelings!

    I got scolded?

    They even started a sermon. Howe they cant understand the issue shaking the very foundations of this country?

    If all of the people of this kingdom were highschool boys then immediate execution for having five wives would still have been cute, highschool boys wouldve risen in a huge violent revolt, crying tears of blood? To think this is where an adverse effect from sending the geeks and idiots on an errand will show up, I mean, I am the only highschool boy here! Surrounded by enemies on all sides huh, speaking of which, Id like soba as a side dish, but first we need to expand on dairy products. Mainly cheese and fresh cream. Aah, I want pizza, sausages would be nice too? I wonder how smi is made? But in terms offort food, its miso and tofu, and also seafood. They had soy sauce, so there should be a chance of miso being around too. And with that many pieces present, there should also be a food culture close to Japanese cuisine. But if thats the case, then

    Why are you muttering about miso soup in great detail when you are being scolded! Also, put seitan in there too!

    Seitan, huh, I thought more of a clean broth soup, but I can make do with that too? No, its precisely because we cant, since there arent any around, that Im looking for it! But fugashi sound very appealing too?

    No! Forget the broth, we were talking about the King! Why are you worried about ingredients for miso soup in the middle of the scolding about the King!

    Ah~, totally forgot? I vaguely remember hearing or not hearing or not caring about hearing something of that sort a long time ago? But wouldnt you agree that putting white noodles in miso soup is a heresy?

    Forget about miso soup! And please think about the King!

    Well, whether the King should return, abdicate, be beaten up or burned can be consideredter. He is Royal Girls father so I would feel bad abandoning him. While he might be an irritating old man of a king with a harem of five wives which super pisses me off, even so, Royal Girl is a good princess who gave a lot of enjoyment with those nice thighs, lovely back, and alluring cleavage, and even brought Maid Girl with her, so Im particrly reluctant to help one or two old fools, but I wouldnt go as far as to say that I doesnt piss me off. Well, lets burn him if he pisses me off after recovering.

    But not now. Now is not the time. It is still too early for that. For now, to make sure his condition doesnt get worse I give them only a mushroom potion to recover strength, an antidote, and health potion (weak).

    After all, the Confederation is still unharmed. Even if they pull back here, there will be a next time. Until I carve a deep, deep wound, deeper than a fatal one, one that will shut down any prospects of a next time, its far too early to end this. I still have to plunder all of the money from the trash nobles and the Confederation and then even their pocket money, and kya kya ufufu highschool boys dreams, hopes, and adventures in the lonely night stores of the capital, going on a great adventure to have an action-packed magnate time in the night of the Capital where whirlwind of highschool boy desires rages? I still have to be a rich man?

    Well, in any case, ripping off can never go wrong. Ripping off is justice. Getting ripped off is a great evil, if I get to do it then its justice. That is the very message of my attack on the Confederation.

    [TL Notes:

    [1] Seitan is a mildly vored, high-protein meat substitute made of wheat gluten.

    [2] Fugashi is a candy made from dried wheat gluten coated with muscovado. Very popr through the 20th century but are known to exist all the way from the Edo era, so from the 17th century. ]

 Chapter 271.1

    Chapter 271.1

    Chapter 271.1

    Day 66  Beastmen Country, Woond

    Setting fire to the beasts filthy vige we burn it down. Then, capture the beasts as they are running around from the mes. Those are the simple basics of hunting.

    And if one manages to capture even one little shit or a female, males will jump into any trap on their own. Even if they try to imitate humans, in the end, they are still beasts, rushing into a trap they just die by themselves.

    Adult males cant be sold for much anyway, so they can just drop dead.

    Drop your weapons. If you try to run away we will kill the brats one by one. Put the cors over there on yourself. We aint gonna kill those will cors, but everyone else is a dead meat. Faster!

    Shit, first roon tribe and then boar tribe, nothing but cheap crap. Damn it, going into such an animal stinking forest to hunt them isnt worth it if we aint getting even one good merch.

    Hey, you know where other viges are, right? Spill it, Ill let one of you go for every rabbit, wolf, or fox tribes vige that youll reveal.

    Silence, huh. And thats why even though they are calling themselves beastMEN, they are nothing more than animals incapable of simple loss and gain calctions.

    Ill also let one of you go for revealing three viges of any other tribe. The one to speak up first gets to escape, you know?

    Fucking useless. Well, I just have to make sure they wont kick the bucket before I can sell them.

    Torture them a bit without leaving scars and they will definitely give a few locations, such stupid animals. Well, what I said about letting them go is also a lie, so they are getting sold in any case.

    Hey, aint there too few people? Dont tell me they got themselves done in by beasts?

    Aah? Ah, they mustve pulled some bitch aside to y. You know how they like it~.

    So they just went to have fun in secret, huh. Shit, and all we have here are dirty brats.

    Well, Beastmen Hunting Corps are taking care of dangerous wolf or bear tribes, but even so, getting nothing but crap wont earn me any money. I can make a quick fortune if I find rabbits or foxes, allowing me to have fun for a while, but suppose roons aside, boars aint even worth killing. Damn it, so unlucky.

    Why arent the scouts back yet? Dont tell me they are also fucking some sow? We aint making any gold at this rate.

    No choice but to make it up with quantity, just make sure to cull some to prevent the price from dropping. But yeah, with boars its sorta~.

    So I wont have any gold left after paying back the debts. Damn it.

    Round up the beasts and lock em up. We will pick them up on the way back so dont screw around too much on lookout.

    Well, no choice but to split up and search the area by ourselves, but there is something gross about this, isnt the forest too silent?

    Well, to make up for that the beasts are too noisy though, wailing, crying, and all that shit. They finally shut up after I sted them with Fire Magic. Damn it, their price will go down if they get burns, so keep silent for the fucks sake. Such stupid animals.

    Dont scatter too much. And dont separate from the guys with Messaging Bells

    It wouldve been easier if we had better magic tools, but bastards from the Church keep them all to themselves, so we, merchants, are having it tough.

    Aint it too silent though?

    A kid? No, an adult, huh. It seems young, but since its male it aint going to sell for much, which tribe is it though? Cant see ears over the hood.

    Dont move, Ill kill you if you try to run.

    Im not running anywhere. I didnte all the way here to run away. This is what I came to this world for. I finally reached this ce. Thats why Im not going to run away anymore.

    A nutjob? Doesnt seem to understand human speech. Yeah, this aint gonna sell, lets kill it.

    Hey, where are yourrades? Or your vige? If you tell me Ill spare you and let you run away.

    Myrades are scattered throughout the forest, I cant let you go to the viges, nor will you be able to? There is nowhere left for you to go, you know?

    Yup, thats a nutjob, it doesnt understand words at all. Damn it, Im so unlucky~, lets kill it and move on asap.

    Im approaching it in abat stance with sword in hand, but it doesnt move at all, too scared to move, huh.

    I stab it into the throat. Stab it? Eh?

    Those beastmen were fighting. They knew its a trap, and even so, they wanted to protect them and came to the rescue.

    Eh.

    (Snap)

    A monster.

    We were having a bit of fun during the hunt, then suddenly, a fewrades got killed. All of a sudden something invisible tore them to shreds.

    They are being torn to pieces as if something was shoved inside them, tearing them apart from inside.

    Crap, its all because that bitch kept struggling and making so much noise. Shouldve killed her right away.

    Guuauahh, GAAH, AAAG, My leg, AAaaH!

    The entire Beastmen Hunting Squad is equipped with magic items, and yet all of them are being killed one after another.

    Even the escort of former A-rank adventurers was torn to pieces. That is a monster for which fighting techniques dont mean squat.

    What the hell is this? Just what did I do? Why do we have to get killed, you MURDEREE

    Damn, I only came all this way because the stock of beastmen ves was so low, that getting them this way is cheaper, plus it has its own side-benefits. Its all because I came here.

    Dont screw with me. You are a human, why are you siding with animals? Im a human, why do I have to be killed, dont fuck with me!

    Im a human, but everyone I hated also were humans, you know? I have no grudge for beastmen, but I have tons of it for humans, so, die.

    Aaggh, why, why do I, my body Something is inside

    You had lots of fun with torturing, tormenting, and killing didnt you? Go ahead, enjoy it, Ill kill you with plenty of torture and torment.

    Why

    (SPLAT!)

    Its a human, the Kingdom is currently in the middle of civil war, no way, the Theocracys dogs were already here?

    We are from the Merchant Confederation, there are other units following us, and the main force is here too. If you touch us it will be viewed as an act of hostility, are you trying to pick a fight with a country? AaAAAh.

    Huuuh. There arent any units following you anymore, and the main force is probably no more as well. I actually never was in a fight. So I thought, maybe I should try picking one?

    Where the hell did hee from? I didnt sense his presence at all, and there are beastmen hunting units spread all throughout the area. How did he show up in such a ce?!

    He vanished.

    Waitwaitwait, I got it, Ill hand you half of the beastmen. Deal. In exchange, dont interfere with us until the end of the hunt.

    He vanishes and then materializes again. And every time one of therades is killed. Even if I try to run away, which way are the allies?

    I unsheathe an enchanted de. Its a sure hit weapon that never misses the target.

    Group up, dont scatter.

    No answer?

    I told you, there is no one left. Farewell.

    The moment the voice came from behind I lunged at it. Its my trump card with Surehit effect. Hes not there? Ah.

    (Stab)

    Gathering, we share information. We arent invincible, we cant join the ranks of the strongest. So grasping the information we review the situation.

    Killed from A-2 to C-5, no one escaped, the two viges were empty.

    I cleared up till D-3, four viges over there were fine, but I didnt make it in time for A-6, everyone was dead and the vige burned down.

    I just rescued and released some roon beastmen at E-7, but it was toote for the boarkins vige too. Also, the three viges at E row are fine.

    I set everyone free up to G, but going further there is a mercenary force. That unit must be targeting defenses of Beastmen Country.

    We freed all of the targets. Rescued all of the viges we reached in time, killed all of the enemies there were to kill. We all, together, killed humans. Well, unexpectedly, all of us took itpletely fine. The ones we hate are humans after all. Im sure killing beastmen would be a lot more traumatic.

    But Haruka-kun is different. Haruka-kun alone is different. Haruka-kun kept killing for our and everyones sake, and he waspletely not fine.

    Thats why I tried to kill as well, but I felt nothing. I simply obeyed the rage I felt from seeing them kicking corpses of beastmen, and killed until there was no one left.

    Haruka-kun was saying that Kakizaki-kun and his group belong here, but it looks like the same goes for us. But the girls dont belong here, they simply were unlucky enough to be transported to this world. And Haruka-kun too, while there is nothing he can do aside from killing, he doesnt belong to this side, and yet he kept killing. A mass murderer, who hates murder more than anyone.

    How about rejoining with Kakizaki-kun and others? Well, I doubt they need reinforcements, but we can take care of those running away.

    Mercenary forces from the Confederation must be wiped out by now. The distinguished veteran mercenaries of the Confederation were swallowed up by the massacre and were torn to shreds.

    The true nature of the athletes famous not just in our school but nationwide, was that of battle-crazy berserkers, just as Haruka-kun said.

    Even in pirate warfare, the moment they came aboard everything was over,bat, lives, everything was being crushed in an instant by them. While the Confederations fleet consists of what they call merchant vessels, they are still armed, supposedly for the sake of self defense, but in practice, they are attacking civilian vessels, in other words, they are not only merchants but also pirates of their own. And the mercenaries specializing in navalbat who were aboard those ships were getting obliterated in a sh. Striking swiftly and precisely they did exactly what it took to destroy human bodies in the most effective and efficient manner.

    If their opponents are humans, then it might be easier for them to fight with just the five of them alone. Group fighting is one thing, but when ites to melee in a forest, then not only us, but even pres and the others wouldnt be able to keep up with them. We will only get in their way.

    And by now there are barely any presences left in the direction where the mercenaries were. All of them were hunted down and exterminated.

    Berserkers, the ones who find joy in the very act of fighting at full force with their lives on the line. They have no need for things like reason or meaning when ites to fighting. They live for the battle. The berserkers that were merely smoldering in the world without battles are scorching through the forest of another world like a wildfire. Thats why there are no presences left anymore.

    This leaves the main force only. The regr troops of the Merchant Confederation. The army.

    The main force is meant for killing the most troublesome beastmen warriors and regr beastmen troops. A murderous unit equipped with spells, skills, and magic tools designed solely for killing. They alone are an actual threat, but it should be alright to leave it to Slime-san, right?

    Thest person we should worry about!

    Thats certainly true.

    That cute jiggling Slime-san is enough of a monster not tog behind while tagging along with monsters Haruka-kun and Angelica-san. Its very cute though.

 Chapter 271.2

    Chapter 271.2

    Chapter 271.2

    The forest was too quiet.

    At first we encountered only a single slime, the weakest monster.

    Since it wasnt even worth going out of our way to kill it, we ignored it.

    Another one? There are quite a few of them.

    As if due to a sudden mass outbreak, there were slimes all over the ce. Nevertheless, regardless of their numbers, mere slimes couldnt pose any danger, so we pressed forward.

    But no matter where we went it was nothing but slimes as far as the eye can see. It was way too abnormal.

    Is there a stampede happening? Lets incinerate them with magic.

    Gather them up and dispose of them all at once. Surround them from the sides.

    There were so many of them that it became impossible to ignore. Even slimes could be dangerous if attacked in such numbers all at once.

    Just as wemenced action, thinking that even if its a stampede if its only slimes then it should be fine, they appeared.

    Horde of slimes covering all of the forest. A sea of slimes that made it impossible to even see the trees.

    This battalion, the main force of this operation, consists of sixpanies and several auxiliary groups, thisrge force of more than three thousand soldiers scattered through the area is surrounded on all sides.

    Defense! Take a defensive formation, sweep them with mage units, just focus on decreasing their numbers first.

    Scatter poison, downwind alone is fine. Just focus on reducing their numbers.

    T-They started moving. Magic Wall is being eaten?

    Anti-Monster Weapons dont work either, mes are being eaten too!

    Mage units attacks have no effect, the same goes for arrows and spears too. And we are nowpletely surrounded with no way to escape.

    None of the magic tools are working on them, poisons are useless too.

    Shit, so its a swarm of unique specimens. Anyway, lets break through and escape. With those numbers they will eat us all.

    The elites of Merchant Confederations army and first-rate adventurers are being eaten one after another by slimes. There is no other choice but to abandon them to escape.

    I cant help them, but on my own I can get away. Ive been through hell more than once, defeating my share of monsters.

    Even if Im in the position of amanding officer at the moment, Im originally an S-rank adventurer. Moreover, my equipment is different from others.

    However, not only are there too many of them, if I tried to make my escape it would be Am I being guided to this area? I cant sense anyone behind me anymore, they were wiped out this fast?

    Ahead stood one slime.

    Only one.

    But it was different. Even so, Im a former S-rank Adventurer, after my health declined I was picked by the army where I learned techniques for killing people too. And with the bloody money that I earned I even purchased equipment with special effects. And all of the vast experience that I umted after countless battles is telling me, its strong.

    This is the first time that Ive ever thought of a monster as scary since encountering that dungeon master. Ive lost all of myrades to it and had to retire as an adventurer, but to think there was an even crazier monster out there.

    Well, you reap what you sow, its toote to turn back now, huh. After all, having ruined myself with alcohol and drowning in debt I joined the military and killed, raped, and burned quite a lot until now.

    Looks like there is no other path but to kill it.

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    Im definitely going to die here.

    If so, time for thest resort. Pulling the medicine from the hidden pocket at the back of the cor I swallow it.

    Its a drug with a shady history which shortens lifespan and causes side effects for the rest of the life, but it gives an explosive boost to stats. Some say that if only for a short while it can give even several-dozen-fold increase, so I either have to kill it at once or make my escape.

    I lived by the sword, my life went crazy after I lost myrades, but even so, what I pursued was the sword, and yet myst opponent is a slime, huh.

    This has to be divine punishment.

    Defeating a dungeon master I was sung as a hero, even though I couldnt protect even my closestrades, I was treated as a hero. After that I lived a life that strayed from the proper path, losing sight of what is important, and finally, its end is upon me.

    By now my soul is so tainted that there is no hope for me to go to the same ce as myrades. But from the beginning to my end, the sword is all I have. The rest I lost back then.

    I slowly take a stance.

    The round slime that was hopping in ce began shaking and then greatly stretching.

    Are those limbs? A mimicry? A humanoid. Is that a human? Its gradually turning into a humanoid shape, but it was way too beautiful to call that a human.

    A sword.

    It swung the sword, so my end wille by the sword too.

    At the end of my garbage-like life, what I saw was one divine stroke of the sword at the very height of swordsmanship, made by a peerless beauty.

    A single stroke that I pursued with such yearning and admiration before I lost sight of everything.

    Gathering together we scan the area with Searchbut it doesnt pick up any enemies, the beastmen are cautious and dont show up either, animal ears

    Gathering corpses of beastmen we dig a hole, the only thing to do left is simply bury them. For gravestones we just left the stones there too.

    Im sure they would hate being buried by humans or having tombstones put up by them. Im sure they have nothing but hatred for humans..

    We merely offer a short prayer, hoping for their happiness in the next world, and bow our heads in respect.

    This should be a noticeable blow to the Confederations war potential. Judging by the strength of the main body of this force it mightve been their main troops. Moreover, even the mercenary units had a propermand, even the vige raiding squads that we swept had equipment with skills and high level escorts. Losing that force should have significantly diminished their war potential. In total, there shouldve been more than ten thousand of them, so it was a huge blow. It is because beastmen warriors gave their lives to protect others that the remaining viges survived, that the others werent driven away as ves.

    Now theyll have to think twice before attacking the beastmen country.

    (Bounce Bounce)

    This is no ce for humans. At the moment the beastmen are fearfully cautious, but we are still being observed from a distance.

    Having their homes burned and close ones killed, there is no way they can trust humans at this point, even ones who approach with friendly intentions.

    We came all the way to another world, but it seems animal ears are out of reach. Lets go back.

    Kakizaki-kun, are you guys fine with going back too?

    Yeah.

    After bidding onest farewell to the dead we head for the Kingdom.

    Even with their viges burned, even with resisting warriors being killed, the men still tried to save women and children, jumping into a trap and getting killed.

    Very unlike us who continuously kept running, hiding, and resigning. The beastmen warriors fought to protect even at the cost of their lives.

    That is courage, something we dont have. We only kept making excuses, that its reckless, that its pointless, that it can only have a reverse effect, never able to bring ourselves to do the same.

    And theyughed at it as they killed them. Mocking even the bravery with which beastmen gave away their lives they sneered at it.

    Thats why we snapped, we didnt care about fear or guilt anymore, and simply couldnt forgive, overflowing with hate.

    And we killed them. We killed all of them.

    And I finally understood. I always thought that we obtained defensive skills out of fear.

    We thought that we are being protected by Cheat Skills because we are weak.

    But it was because we were angry, because we hated it, because it was so vexing, miserable, sad, and empty.

    Those werent the skills to protect, those were skills to vent anger.

    Lets go back, after all, if there was a meaning to using here, then those skills are necessary. Everyone is waiting for us there.

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    Coming to this world, we, who never could find a ce where we could belong, finally found a ce to go back to.

 Chapter 272

    Chapter 272

    Chapter 272

    Day 66  Daytime, Souvenir Store, Orphanage Branch

    The merchandise is overflowing in the workroom of the Souvenir Store, swirling inplex spirals, like what is this anymore? DNA? NBA? Is how many goods are being produced while circling around before being dunked into the gradually growing mountain of finished goods. It was said since ancient times that the one who masters Rebound masters the Diet, and as I thought, its strange that no matter how many manju I make its never enough, it turns out, half of them were bought by the girls. They mustve seen the orphans eat manu that I provided to supplement for nutrition, and wanted to have some too. As expected there was no way they could take them away from the children, so they had to buy them for themselves. Unable to master the rebound it seems they are bound to rebounds from Captain Billys alley-oops. Thanks for the patronage?

    Onii-chan, Almost out of pennants, no need for mushroom-shaped ones.

    Its Messenger Orphan Girl. After being thanked and patted on the head she went back to the store with a smile.Frontier series is in the decisive lead, but pennants are selling surprisingly well too. After all, they arent a staple souvenir for nothing! But mushroom-shaped ones arent selling that much? Well, Pennant points to a triangr pennant, so mushroom-shaped ones might be considered unorthodox. Yeah, I also was somewhat getting the feeling that something is off from the moment I made them? I wonder why?

    However, the original n was to plunder money from the nobles and the Merchant Confederation, infinitely resupplying and causing them huge losses, but for some reason sales for the general poption are getting super hectic!

    After providing the uniform for the orphans and then the girls it seems that the Women Clothes Boom has began in the Capital. Although of simple design but mass produced one-pieces, long skirts, blouses, vests, jackets, and also not particrly popr in the Frontier boleros, are selling like crazy. Skirts is a story of their own too. Making some balloon-type ones to go along with boleros a short while ago, I now have to deal with non-stop flow of additional orders. The capital seems to have both riches and abundance, but isnt well provided withmodities, thats why everything I make is being sold instantly.

    At the moment the bitches are drafting new designs for the aunties of the capital, but no matter how many new products we dish out they all get sold out. The bitches designs cant keep up with ultra high speed manufacturing and aunties power.

    Male customers are doing their best too, picking up lots of clothing and heading to the register. A long line of customers has formed at the register for male clothing by now.

    Naturally, if the uniform of the girl at the register today appears like the one from Anna Millers, it absolutely wouldnt not be not imagination?

    I also have the nobles buying dresses that will be immediately ruined at super rip-off prices through auctioning, so bankruptcy shouldnt be that far for them. They turned out to be super idiots whod raise the price on their own just to show off.

    Clothes, underwear, essories, furniture, and works of art, the more pretentious it looks the better it sells.

    The price of one piece of clothing at the super rip-off price wouldve easily been enough to feed the orphans with delicious food for a mouth. The super rip-off price of one gaudy work of art wouldve been enough to buy a mountain of nkets. And they are selling like hot cakes.

    So Im going to rip all of it back. Im collecting everything theyve stolen with a hyper interest rate of 10000% and returning it to the orphans, okay? The hyper rip-off with ultra high multiplicative interest rate for the suffering of the orphans included. Those idiots think that if other nobles bought something they have to follow suit or it will be their loss, so they keep buying and buying. They believe that the more they buy and the more they pay the greater they are.

    Thats why jewelry is also selling at rip-off prices, the higher the price the better it goes. As a test I tried polishing some random stone I picked up in the neighborhood and presenting it as Philosophers Stonein an ultra expensive limited sale and it was bought it in instant. [1]

    At this rate there is no need to even do anything, they are steering straight towards hell on their own?

    Well then, Im off to resupply~, I restocked the inventory, so work hard like work-horses with ONE MORE SET in mind? By the way, we have leotards, but serving customers in leotards sounds super shady and might hey hey ho us into Law Regting Adult Entertainment Business, anyway, Im sort of getting Yosaku so Ill be off? Well, I already memorized my way around the pce, so even if I take a detour to y for a bit Ill still be right back, so dont look for me? Sort of? [2]

    Enough of that, just go already! Ande back asap! We are busy, there arent enough merchandise, there is no time for hey hey ho! HURRY!

    Harry? Hurry and rip em off? You are a magnate, Harry? Well, I have no objections to high-speed ripping off, but Harry Rippoffer going Hey Hey Ho in a world of magic does not not give me a certain weird impression of giving a certain strange strange impression? But they are ring at me now, so lets not mention it. I went to restock over several dozen times, and then just keep buying the stuff and carrying it back? Even though leaving it here wouldve spared everyone a lot of trouble.

    Going to the Royal Pces underground storage, I find that theyout has changed? What time is it already?

    Aah, so you changed the location of the storage again? If you are going to change the location, at least give me a word when you visit the store, it will spare me the trouble during resupplying, such insensitive walking wallets. But new supplies are delivered from the ships, so there is just one step left until the objective is reached? The road to ripping off starts with one step? And then go ripping and ripping and ripping off at every step? Sound sort of noisy, but since its profitable its fine, I guess?

    (Nod-nod)

    She isnt wearing armor, so why stick to answering in Slime-sans way?

    Eerm, lets see, flour? Oil? Oh, spinach has arrived! In contrast, just what is my ReportInformConsult doing? [3] I didnt have a single contact, report, or consultation until now, I wonder if its doing alright? Well, no news is good news? And if there is a message its a letter of misfortune? [4] But even if you ask a loner to send it to 100 other people there is no chance a loner can do that, but at the same time, bringing misfortune to someone with Luk MaX (Limit Break) sounds like quite a tall task, will it be alright? Well, lets think about it after I get one? I mean, forget letters of misfortune, Im not getting any letters or mail at all? Where should I file a report to change address to another world? Although, I do feel like I wont get any correspondence even if I were to change address, so perhaps not changing it will hurt less (emotionally).

    Moving swiftly I stash goods into the item bag. This world doesnt have a proper census system established so the exact poption numbers are unknown, but by any estimate, the Capital has at least some few tens of thousands living in it. In other words, at the bare minimum, provisions for several dozen thousands people are being sent in daily. Which I am taking. In addition, Cash for purchasing military equipment and magic stones is also being sent, which Im also taking. By now the damage should be nothing to sneeze at. So they will definitely take measures, there is no way they wont do anything.

    I wonder what they are going to do? Traps wont be activated due to Trap Ringeffect, so I wouldnt even be able to tell if there were any in the first ce. The patrols cant enter because of the Kingdoms Ultimate Lock, that being the case, I think its about time for a beautiful female assassin to make an appearance? Diligently resupplying I excitedly head back Ah, there is paralyzing poison in the fish, so thats how they were nning to catch me. Alright, lets generously donate this to pitiful nobles.

    The noble district is in an uproar.

    Im back~, Ive got a whole lot, so today we are having pasta with pig-like somethings meat and spinach? Boiled spinach seasoned with soy sauce is also currently in research? Speaking of spinach, isnt that what that Paipopaipo-paiponoshringan? Like Shringanno-grindai Grindaino-ponpokopno-ponpokonno? Sort of? Chkymeino-chsuke was eating to buff? Isnt that what I got? [5]

    Too long! And from the middle of it Jugemu-san was getting summoned to this world! We will eat spinach, but stop with Paipopaipo! Also, thats Popeye!

    But that was only the second half. They dont seem to understand the importance of someones name, so I thought Id give them a lecture but they are staring at me super hard, so lets not? I wonder why they are so mad? Jugemu-san must remind highschool girls of troubles emerging fromplicated human rtions, like failing to enter the name into the phonebook memory. Instead of increasing the max number of entries, they should revise char limit, Im sure Jugemu-sans from all over the country are greatly troubled by it.

    He doesnt remember Popeye, but he remembers Jugemu-sans full name!

    Howe he was able to memorize that, but cant remember our names!

    Actually, wouldnt the memory required to register Jugemu-sans be enough for all of our names?

    Looks like Jugemu-san was a taboo for the girls after all. They are whispering to each other, and it seems they are shocked that names couldnt be fully registered. Due to the negligence of mobile phone manufacturers, its impossible to make calls in another world, developing into a base station problem. Well, I didnt have a mobile phone, so I had no idea though. I mean, Im a loner after all?

    Theyve been endlessly changing the position of the storage, so most likely there is a trap somewhere. Although they shouldve noticed that traps arent going to work from the fact that I carried off their treasured artifactEvesting Trapwithout getting caught in any traps. Physical traps that dont involve any magic can be dangerous, but in that case Ill notice them with Trap Sense?

    But they surely have something prepared.

    Either some sort of magic tool from deep reserves or an ace fighter will pop up. If its a magic tool then I can just take it home, and if its an ace I can just cut them down, so my countermeasures are perfect. In that case, thest option thats left is Beautiful Female Assassin! I wont allow anything else. Triggering a dangerous adult trap Ill be attacked by a full storehouse of beautiful female assassins and locked in a tight grapple, assaulting and getting assaulted, stripping and being stripped, cant wait to have a taste of that thrilling trap! I wont forgive them if its something else! Should I visit the ce again? I wonder if they are ready?

    Haruka-sama. We received a message from the Captain of the Second Division Terrysel,

    Magic Swordsman Wismregzero, known as the hidden de of the Merchant Confederation, has entered the Royal Pce. Please be careful.

    Wha-whaat. So, do we report this Pretty Women Rerorero McKenzie [6] out of public safety concerns? Or maybe its better to report him as a molester? But even if we tried to report him to the Second Division, it was the Second Division that reported him to us to begin with. Certainly, I have no intentions of falling behind some Pretty Women Rerorero McKenzie-san, but one first has to prepare some pretty women, otherwise there is no chance to disy my rerorero? For quite some time already? Almost like forever?

    The Confederation finally acted. But I also cant be outdone in reroreroing beauties. Expecting something like this to happen,st night, like every night before that, Ive been practicing with the Armored Pres-san, exposing her beautiful smooth skin showing through the chemise, Ill rerorero every inch of her body, starting from the tips of her toes and reroreroing my way upwards, licking her thighs and then sticking my tongue into the Paradise that Ive finally reached Ah

    BUUEUEUBUNUUh! Phew, I already posted that morning stars are forbidden, didnt I? Eh? Sickle and chain! An unexpected great chain and sickle! Where did you get that? A noble came to sell this? Why would a noble of this kingdom be using a sickle and chain in his knight service? You drove a hard bargain and bought it cheaply even though its an enchanted weapon? Fufufu, aint you a viin too~, or rather, why are you buying up items only to equip them yourself! Ah, no, nevermind, Im sorry. I mean, it was Rerorero, Rero-Rero-Rero-Rero Yodel-La-Hee-Hee? Im going to be a Yodel Master! Kind of? No, I wont, actually, but it seems there is a battle that I cannot lose awaiting me there?

    Where did that McKenzie-sane from! Why did the hidden de of the Confederatione to have a lickingpetition? Its Magic Swordsman, Wismregzero, and he is not licking any beauties, he is a monster of the Confederation.

    Since he was sent in to prevent further losses, then he has some sort of detection skills? And he uses magic swords, the swordsman masterfully utilizing numerous magic swords, and his name is McKenzie! His hobby is licking prettydies, which sounds like a very cultured pastime, so he does sound like someone I might get along with, but it doesnt seem like he has any intention of making friends? Well, its probably another middle-aged man so Im not interested in getting buddy-buddy with him either? I mean, a beauties-licking old man should be burned at top priority. Im absolutely not yielding on licking beauties! Thats mine!

    And there is no avoiding that encounter.

    I mean, its about time for restocking? Yeah, the flour is about to be sold out again? They again bought it and went back with it.

    [TL Notes:

    Puns, many puns.

    Also, the aristocratic district was changed to the noble district.

    [1] There is actually a pun between the suggested reading and how its written. Its written as  (kenja no ishi)  philosophers stone, but furigana suggests  (kinjo no ishi)  (lit) neighborhood stone

    [2] Yosaku  popr song by Sabur Kitajima from 1978. The title refers to a man and his wifebouring away. Almost half of the spare lyrics is onomatopoeic (hei, hei, ho.ton, ton, ton) as Yosaku cuts away at the tree. And if anyone wonders why Haruka even went with this hei hei ho, I would guess its because Law Regting Adult Entertainment Business (Feih) sounds simr so they roll well together, Fu Ey Ho Hey Hey Ho, while it also sounds like a motivational shout.

    [3] Spinach () is read hourensou, just like his skill, ReportInformConsult

    [4] Subtype of Chain Letter, basically the grandparent of those idioticments you mightve seen on social media copy paste thisments under 20 videos or your XXX will YYY

    [5] No, thats not just random words. Its a real name as real as names from fictional stories can be. Jugemu  a Japanese folktale and is one of the most famous stories in rakugo, a form of Japanese spoken entertainment. It has a simple storyline, with the most humorous part being the repetition of a ridiculously long name. It is often used in training sessions for rakugo entertainers. By the way, the full name itself is Jugemu-jugemu Goknosurikire Kaijarisuigyo-no Suigymatsu Unraimatsu Fraimatsu Knerutokoroni-sumutokoro Yaburakjino-burakji Paipopaipo-paiponoshringan Shringanno-grindai Grindaino-ponpokopno-ponpokonno Chkymeino-chsuke

    [6] McKenzie is a pun on Magic Swordsman, which in Japanese is Makenshi ().

 Chapter 273

    Chapter 273

    Chapter 273

    Day 66  Evening, Royal Pce

    He is waiting by himself, and he too has noticed me. .

    The Merchant Confederations trump card, the magic swords user called their hidden de. The magic swordsman that masterfully utilizes several magic swords McKenzie, was it? The only thing I remember is that his hobby is licking beauties.

    Thats right, licking beauties is enough of a reason for people to fight, after all, there are no good guys among beauties-licking middle-aged men! Because there is no such a thing as a good middle-aged man? I mean, its a middle-aged man?

    Our thief has finally showed up, huh? Having our goods stolen is a problem, you know~. I might be willing to let you off if you return what youve stolen so far? I will at least ask for a reduction in your punishment. How about it?

    There is aposure to his demeanor, he seems neither tense, nor too rxed. He is strong?

    Ah, McKenzie-san? Long time no see~? Or rather, not sure if its nice to meet you or weve already met before, but Im not a thief? Im a diligently working procurement manager, who is a manufacturer in charge of transportation, and reprocessing? Im working super hard! But my rich-man life is nowhere in sight? Anyway, what Im trying to say is treating me like a thief even though Im working so hard, is not something that perverted old man who is reroreroing beautiful women should be doing?

    Just what on earth is he saying, suddenly making such scandalous ims? N-no way, is a beautiful female thief about to show up? And he is waiting here to capture and rerorero her all over?! What an outrageous middle-aged man, trying to rerorero my Beautiful Female Thief! I want to rerorero her so she is mine!

    Im not McKenzie-san.. You are a procurement manager? Sorry about that, I was convinced you are a thief, and was waiting for you toe, my bad.

    Its fine, as long as you understand. So Id like to procure that Beautiful Female Thief-san too and take her home with me to rerorero her? And I dont want some middle-aged men reroreroing her before me, so could you kindly not rerorero Beautiful Female Thieves? Good grief, McKenzies these days, the moment they see Beautiful Female Thief they cant help but go rerorero and rerorian? Although, I already have prepared leotards for presents in case a party of three Beautiful Female Thieves shows up? Kind of? [1]

    I need to quickly finish restocking and make preparations to wee Beautiful Female Thief. The question is should I procure that Beautiful Female Thief and take her with me, or should I allow myself to be stolen by that Beautiful Female Thief and be carried away? Should I perhaps discuss this question with the Thief-san?

    Wh-wait, that wont do. Im protecting this ce precisely to prevent those goods from being stolen, why are you trying to procure them? And who is that McKenzie? I told you thats not me.

    This again, old man? They are just lying on the floor so they are mine? I already picked them up? Finders keepers? Iming all this way to restock because I know there will be stuff lying around, if you get in the way you are going to inconvenience the Beautiful Female Thief? Or rather, even while Im restocking, my heart is continuously shouting for Beautiful Female Thieves, but no one is showing up? I have to hurry up and make space or there wont be any shipments of Beautiful Female Thieves? Although narrow spaces sound lovely too!

    Such an utterck ofmon sense. Every possible thing that falls to the ground pulled by universal gravitation belongs to me, is what that person that snatched the apple after it fell on his head mustve said too. There are only three seconds after dropping before the transfer of the ownership?

    I see~, thats just theft! Why are you so openly taking items and trying to go back? They arent just lying around, they werent dropped here, why would items be dropped in a storage room in such an orderly manner? They are being put here on purpose!

    If they were put then they are lying! Are you going to tell me they are floating? Flying? No, they are definitely lying on the ground! And since they are lying on the ground, I came to pick them up, treating me like a thief in spite of that is unbelievably deeply rude, like a bottomless chasm deep rude, into which you should be dropped with a meteor on your head as a follow up? No matter who looks at it, the goods are physically lying on the ground? How is it even possible to consider it as not lying? Stop reroreroing for a moment and usemon sense for a change!

    A dark-brown mantle is hiding his movements and weapons, but he keeps unting that there is nothing in his hands as he is gradually closing the distance. He appears to be tall and skinny, but this old man is clearly in good shape, showing no openings in his movements. And since describing a middle-aged mans appearance is no fun at all Id like to go home asap. How tiresome.

    Ah, so they are lying around? Wait-wait-wait, it is not, it was put here, carried in here for storage. Haaaah, so you are the thief?

    How do I have to exin this so you will understand? Since I can enter here it means that I have the key, in other words, it means that this ce belongs to me, and if something was stored here it is also mine? Im not giving it away? I mean, it was just lying around? In my storage? If it was put here then it is mine? Or rather, I already picked it up? Sort of?

    In his hands, that shouldve been empty, he is now gripping two swords. Those are magic swords.

    Sorry about this, Im going to capture you, but if you dont resist I wont injure you, and if you return what youve stolen you wont be treated harshly, is what Id like to say, but sadly cant promise, but I give you my word that I will do what I can.

    Lifting the magic sword in his left hand in a smooth motion he points it at me.

    RestrainBind, ConfineStop.

    Oh! This is wheat. There are also more vegetables, but meat is scarce. No eggs though, just what is the Confederation doing? Such a thoughtless Confederation, if you send spring onions, then send eggs too? Why are theremon onions in the box after the spring onions? Oh, soybeans and adzuki beans. This is definitely ONE MORE SET. I could resume manju production, but they havent sent any sugar. So useless. Since manju crapes also made a sensational isekai debut, sugar supply cant keep up with that at all, so I wish they would send in more and more? Should I write a letter to the Confederation? Send Sugar? Sugar, plz?

    Why do you keep stealing~, I feel like an idiot standing here with swords all on my own, shoutingBINDandSTOP. Howe you can even move~?

    Ites. He doesnt seem like he wants to fight, but he also doesnt seem willing to let me go. He pointed the sword in his right hand at me.

    The legs, PierceSpear, you arent getting away.

    How troublesome, I cant resist it with my level, so I have to either nullify the magic swords effect with left handGauntlets of Contradiction, or absorb it with Staff of the World Treein my right hand. But not only is he strong as a swordsman, his way of using magic swords is also superb. And he is skillful. Moreover, he is a middle-aged man so I dont want to get near him!

    Attacking in silence also doesnt work, huh~. But you are only level 21, why does nothing work? Im losing my confidence here.

    He was reciting skill names and pointing a sword at me on purpose. He was intentionally putting up a show. It was all a setup tounch an attack without saying a word or pointing a sword my way. In addition, he secretly switched the sword in his left hand. Its a magic sword with a different effect.

    He is closing the distance bit-by-bit but he shows neither impatience nor hesitation. He is maintaining a rxed, natural posture.

    Alright, restockingplete? Well, Im busy, so have fun here on your own, yeah magic swords (heh) are so cool, right? LikePierce!(heh)? Ive actually done that a lot in my young eighth-grader days, but when I tried it recently one that actually was hiding got baited, anding out pierced for real, causing a huge uproar and quite a shock, so that dungeon is still sort of being neglected since then? Anyhow, it seems that it might work no matter at what age you attempt it, so keep chasing your dreams and work hard by yourself? Bye bye?

    Wa~it, wait, wait, wait, letting you just walk out of here would be a bit of a problem, honestly. Are you sure you wont let me capture you no matter what? Im telling you, we cant have you carry this away.

    This old man is quite dense, cant he just open a championship for the biggest idiot with him, the Idiots, the Royal Middle-Aged Man, gobs, and sort things out among themselves? That group also doesnt get it no matter how much things are exined to them, possibly having to do something with inability toprehend human speech, so they should be a good match? Kobolds seem to be unexpectedly sensible? It might even be possible to reach a deep understanding of certain issues with them? Like the bitches problem?

    Heey, are you listening? Ill even ask nicely, could you get caught? Pretty please?

    Ill answer with a question of my own, why do you get in my way when I just came to restock? Ille back anyway? No matter how many times Ie to pick up the goods, they keep returning here, Im beginning to feel it would be easier to start selling from here? Should I just open a branch store here? Royal Pce Storage Branch, purchases will be instantly delivered to the Royal Pce Storages, free of charge! And the moment they are delivered they are in stock again!

    Are you selling those? They wille back? Are you saying you are palming these off? Maaaan, so we have our culprit here~.

    His eyes changed. Expression vanished from his face. The presence disappeared too and his breathing cant be grasped anymore either. If only he could also stop being a middle-aged man along with all of those?

    The golden magic sword, that must be Sword-Killing Swordthat Royal Girl mentioned.

    Temporarily silencing effects and skills of the opponents sword or spear, it renders them powerless, in addition, it can also temporarily copy abilities of the enemys weapon, the legendary golden sword! But this here is an iron ball? (SMASH!)

    Armored Pres-san, wee back, found anything nice? Food and gold will pave my way to riches! Whats this, a cloth? Linen, huh, I could make a hat out of it, but it will be rough and stiff? Do you want that? Well, I dont mind, it has nice breathability, so its quite refreshing to wear, and I also think it was difficult to dye? Are you fine with natural style?

    (Nod, Nod)

    Looks like we finally have a morning star assassination case on our hands. While the old man was so focused on bbering, behind him, there was a giant ball spinning with a terrifying momentum all this time, making neither a sound, nor the slightest vibration in the air, giving absolutely no hint of what is happening? I was getting chills just by looking at it. It seems that morning star-killing magic morning star is more necessary than the Sword-Killing Sword, but she also has sickle and chain so be careful? Well, Im also trying to be careful, but its impossible to dodge, so even if one is careful its going to hit anyway, but you have to be careful or its going to hurt? Well, he is already X_X so thats a bit toote?

    A linen hat can be made in no time so its not a big deal, but what do we do with this old man? He was pretty strong so leaving him sounds like a bad idea, but he showed no intentions of killing until the very end, aiming for arms and legs only, what should we do? I mean, its another middle-aged man? There is no fun in carrying home a middle-aged man? If there was, it would be a huge problem!

    Even so, I dont need it, or rather, we already have more than enough? If I needed a middle-aged man, there is plenty under the slums? At this rate even the depths of the earth will be filled with middle-aged men soon. The Capitals underground dwellers must be greatly troubled with the middle-aged men infestation too. I can see theintsing already!

 Chapter 274

    Chapter 274

    Chapter 274

    Day 66  Nighttime, the Souvenir Store, the Orphanage Branch

    Looks like we had a problem with thetest supply of goods. It seems that the procured merchandise had a middle-aged man mixed in? Back there, I have heard about cases of foreign substance contamination But dont mix middle-aged men in? Especially not in manju, thats just dirty? Well, and he seems to have just gone back with that.

    No, Im telling you, I went to restock, and was harassed in the process, and then there is a middle-aged man contamination, and even though a beautiful female thief was expected, for some reason, I was called a thief, and then the Sword-Killing Sword and iron ball direct impact? Yeah, not a sword but an iron ball? The iron ball was swinging through the air with a terrifying momentum inplete silence, giving off no presence at all, it was basically a silent assassination, but this here is a freshly caught still alive middle-aged man. Even if we do get a middle-aged man in stock, its not like anyone would want to buy that? What do we do? Like, its not a Beautiful Female Thief, you know? But I got lots of magic swords from him, so I sort of decided to spare him head burning, maybe its fine to just throw him away? I mean, middle-aged men tend to multiply if you leave them be, and it seems that if they get any more numerous the underground dwellers will be bothered too. As the rumors in the town have it, the acute middle-aged men increase issue has be a serious poption problem, limited to middle-aged men. Like middle-aged men poption explosion? Kind of?

    The more I listen the less I understand, but Wismregzero, the man hailed as a legendary magic swordsman throughout the continent, also known as a hidden de of the Confederation, is lying on the ground.

    His eyes are X_X so the culprit must be that person! Looks like we finally have the first in history morningstar assassination! She mastered it, she mastered it to the utmost extreme! She finally mastered the sermon (Iron Ball), making it capable of murder As expected of a former dungeon emperor?

    But where did McKenzie-sane from? And where Wismregzero went?

    He is lying over there, you know? He probably doesnt remember his name anyway? Its so unfair that only Jugemu-san has his name memorized!

    Wasnt it a master of magic swords that no one could beat? The Merchant Confederations trump card?

    Well, Angelica-sans iron ball dance is too much to handle. She is performing sessfulbos on Haruka-kun even when he is shrouded in Teleportation magic and is repeating instantaneous movement. Even vanishing cant protect one from getting beaten up, you know?

    So this man is that Wismregzero of Magic Swords. One of the Seven Swords of the Confederation Even though there is only six of them.

    Why are they calling themselves seven swords if there are only six of them? Couldnt they grab one more person?

    Looks like there is a grave personnel shortage everywhere. By the way, only four of them are using swords. Couldnt they go with something like One nk, Two Fighters, Four Swords?

    It sounded sort of amazing at first, but suddenly, not anymore? The seven swords, even though there are only six of them, but two arent even swordsmen Thats just a six randos group!

    But they are strong. So far, they have crushed every assassin and attack group that was sent by other countries targeting the top of the Confederation. They even killed some ordinators of the Theocracys army?

    The Theocracy armys strongest ss of Ordinators seems to be elites on par in strength with S-rank adventurers, loaded with tons of magic equipment. And they are capable of taking even them down. How powerful is that? Yup, I have no idea.

    I mean, we are also S-rank at the guild, we have literally dozens of girls with Cheat skills and loads of extravagant items and weapons on top of custom made bras, and yet everyone is collectively getting beaten up every evening, getting knocked out cold (X_X)? And of all things, he had to run into that serial knockouter, naturally he will end up like that.

    Hmmm, he is strong, his technique is probably amazing too, and he is skillful? But that charade was obvious, and it is because he kept pointlessly wasting his time on it that he ran into the iron ball behind him due to his carelessness and spilled all of his magic swords? No, I mean, they were just lying there? I picked them up so they are mine now? He let go of them and more than three seconds passed, so its toote! They are all mine now, okay? I mean, them being stored in my Item Bag is the proof that they are mine. I mean, they are stored for more than three seconds already?

    Ran into? He got hit from behind, didnt he? Thats totally not an ident. In the first ce, snatching all of the weapons just because they were lying aroundafter the victim was hit on the head from behind Even a very wicked robber wouldnt give such a terrible testimony?

    If there is a lock he lets himself in and takes what he pleases, and if the thing is in someones hands he knocks them out and takes it as well. When he goes into dungeons he picks up Dungeon Emperors and Dungeon Masters without reservation. He probably will eventually im that this continent or the belongs to him since they were just lying around That actually sounds very much like something he might do!

    Are the other five sword people going toe too?Id feel so sorry for them if they do!Yeah, poor them, theyd innocently show up with swords for a fight, having no idea that they areing only to get beaten up, earnestly bringing their weapons with them?Moreover, on top of getting beaten up, their swords will also be forcibly picked up, since they are lying on the ground?!Even muggers might be nicer!!

    Why is it that every time we think of the enemies it pains our hearts so much? I always imagine them in a very pitiful state, but reality always ends up being even more cruel. After all, they surely will be robbed not only of their swords, but of all their other possessions as well!

    And while everyone is troubled like that, Haruka-kun is ying with the children. Or rather, he is being swarmed by a crowd of children that rushed to Haruka-kun upon seeing him, piling up on him. Then, buried under the pile of children, he began spinning at high speed, blowing away the kids But they immediately jump back into the hurricane, some getting blown away, some managing to catch onto him, gradually piling up on him again.

    Onii-chan, food!Onii-chan, Im hungry.What are we having today?Yesterdays potatoes were delicious.Can we have meat again?Rice balls!Will we get to eat today as well?We worked a whole lot!Food! Food!Delicious is justice.I want omurice.Whats up with the crapes research? Hurry up, onii-chan! Onii-cha~n, I~, want a new bag~.Whats for dinner!Onii-chan, extra request!Haruka-kunOnii-chan, Id like noodles.Onii-chan, make mules!Hey, bro! One katsudon!Nii-Nii! Make push-up one too!Onii-sama, when will the new T-back will be ready?Onii-chan, its unfair that only Shield Girl-chan got one with air cushion!

    Looking closely, there is not a small number of those who are not children in the crowd, trying to make requests using the confusion. Good grief, everyone is soOnii-chan, I want to eat chestnut manju!

    Spinning while slowly flying through the air in a circle, thin omelets are being fried, then gracefully swooping down on the tes and getting loaded with ketchup and rice. And the letters drawn with Ketchup-san are Omu? he himself is the one who made it, why the doubt?

    Cutlets are also being done with a sizzling sound, raining on the readied bowls of rice, they are followed with a finishing touch of soup and eggs.

    The children are looking with innocent sparkling eyes as if seeing a dream. Meanwhile, not very innocent girls are tracking big cutlets with eyes glittering with greed. Wismregzero-san is still lying in the corner unconscious with X_X eyes.

    With even stew-san appearing from the cauldron the excitement shot through the limit, spilling over like from an overflowing pot, swallowing everyone in the room! The sounds of rumbling stomachs echoed together in a magnificent chorus!

    Its done~? Or rather, herees katsudon and omurice tastepetition, with a side of mysterious bird stew, and mushroom sd with sesame dressing! Stuff your faces? Sort of? Actually, stop just looking and start eating? Kind of~!

    Lets dig in!!

    Mushroom sdes with a brand new sesame dressing, he is adding mushrooms into every meal for the children for the sake of their recovery, and he probably developed this one in secret to avoid them getting tired of mushrooms. For someone running around sayingDont cling to me~orAnnoying~, he is surely spoiling them. Even now he is stealthily steaming potatoes.

    Its delicious~.

    Can I eat this? Can I eat this too? Really?

    So bread could be this tasty.

    We ate everything, what do we do about food for tomorrow?

    The children are still crying every time they have a meal. Each time they are eating with tears until they are stuffed. They are still probably praying in their heads that if this is a dream it doesnt end yet.

    Day after day, they had nothing but meager andcking meals, living on the verge of starvation for months and years, as if it was the norm. Forced to live such lives.

    Thats why Haruka-kun is going all out making all sorts of dishes and treating the children to them. The tables are overflowing with new dishes added one after another, as if he is telling them to take back their share until now, take back everything and eat delicious stuff until you are full. This is still not enough, eat more, eat everything, he keeps cooking more and more until the children are too full to even sit. The girls are also getting hit with aftereffects of those culinary tidal waves though, what do we do? Hm, I wonder if ONE MORE SET will be enough?

    He also said that there were lots of soybeans lying around the storage, so he is currently researching this and that. Is he going for tofu? Or maybe even miso?

    And it seems our guest has finally woken up. Wismregzero-san is being treated like a middle-aged man, but he is an elf with an appearance of a person in histe twenties. A handsome tall and skinny swordsman. I could tell from the first sight that he is strong. Well, he was unconscious with his eyes X_X, so I had no idea until now though.

    Ah, so I got myself caught, huh. Man, what a blunder, and thats after going through all the trouble ofing all the way to the Kingdom to catch the thief.

    After looking around nonchntly he breathed a sigh Even so, he showed no openings, despite maintaining a rxed posture. Well, he has no weapons though Since they were looted.

    Long time no see~, Old Man McKenzie, was it? Dont get it wrong, I didnt capture you, it just so happened that while I was restocking you got mixed in with the merchandise, and got carried here, but since I cant sell you, I dont really need you? I mean, you are a middle-aged man? What do we do? Should I throw you underground? Perhaps it would be better to first get permission from the underground dwellers?

    At least hear him out first?! And who is McKenzie?

 Chapter 274.1

    Chapter 274.1

    Chapter 274.1

    Day 66  Nighttime, the Souvenir Store, the Orphanage Branch

    Looks like we had a problem with thetest supply of goods. It seems that the procured merchandise had a middle-aged man mixed in? Back there, I have heard about cases of foreign substance contamination But dont mix middle-aged men in? Especially not in manju, thats just dirty? Well, and he seems to have just gone back with that.

    No, Im telling you, I went to restock, and was harassed in the process, and then there is a middle-aged man contamination, and even though a beautiful female thief was expected, for some reason, I was called a thief, and then the Sword-Killing Sword and iron ball direct impact? Yeah, not a sword but an iron ball? The iron ball was swinging through the air with a terrifying momentum inplete silence, giving off no presence at all, it was basically a silent assassination, but this here is a freshly caught still alive middle-aged man. Even if we do get a middle-aged man in stock, its not like anyone would want to buy that? What do we do? Like, its not a Beautiful Female Thief, you know? But I got lots of magic swords from him, so I sort of decided to spare him head burning, maybe its fine to just throw him away? I mean, middle-aged men tend to multiply if you leave them be, and it seems that if they get any more numerous the underground dwellers will be bothered too. As the rumors in the town have it, the acute middle-aged men increase issue has be a serious poption problem, limited to middle-aged men. Like middle-aged men poption explosion? Kind of?

    The more I listen the less I understand, but Wismregzero, the man hailed as a legendary magic swordsman throughout the continent, also known as a hidden de of the Confederation, is lying on the ground.

    His eyes are X_X so the culprit must be that person! Looks like we finally have the first in history morningstar assassination! She mastered it, she mastered it to the utmost extreme! She finally mastered the sermon (Iron Ball), making it capable of murder As expected of a former dungeon emperor?

    But where did McKenzie-sane from? And where Wismregzero went?

    He is lying over there, you know? He probably doesnt remember his name anyway? Its so unfair that only Jugemu-san has his name memorized!

    Wasnt it a master of magic swords that no one could beat? The Merchant Confederations trump card?

    Well, Angelica-sans iron ball dance is too much to handle. She is performing sessfulbos on Haruka-kun even when he is shrouded in Teleportation magic and is repeating instantaneous movement. Even vanishing cant protect one from getting beaten up, you know?

    So this man is that Wismregzero of Magic Swords. One of the Seven Swords of the Confederation Even though there is only six of them.

    Why are they calling themselves seven swords if there are only six of them? Couldnt they grab one more person?

    Looks like there is a grave personnel shortage everywhere. By the way, only four of them are using swords. Couldnt they go with something like One nk, Two Fighters, Four Swords?

    It sounded sort of amazing at first, but suddenly, not anymore? The seven swords, even though there are only six of them, but two arent even swordsmen Thats just a six randos group!

    But they are strong. So far, they have crushed every assassin and attack group that was sent by other countries targeting the top of the Confederation. They even killed some ordinators of the Theocracys army?

    The Theocracy armys strongest ss of Ordinators seems to be elites on par in strength with S-rank adventurers, loaded with tons of magic equipment. And they are capable of taking even them down. How powerful is that? Yup, I have no idea.

    I mean, we are also S-rank at the guild, we have literally dozens of girls with Cheat skills and loads of extravagant items and weapons on top of custom made bras, and yet everyone is collectively getting beaten up every evening, getting knocked out cold (X_X)? And of all things, he had to run into that serial knockouter, naturally he will end up like that.

    Hmmm, he is strong, his technique is probably amazing too, and he is skillful? But that charade was obvious, and it is because he kept pointlessly wasting his time on it that he ran into the iron ball behind him due to his carelessness and spilled all of his magic swords? No, I mean, they were just lying there? I picked them up so they are mine now? He let go of them and more than three seconds passed, so its toote! They are all mine now, okay? I mean, them being stored in my Item Bag is the proof that they are mine. I mean, they are stored for more than three seconds already?

    Ran into? He got hit from behind, didnt he? Thats totally not an ident. In the first ce, snatching all of the weapons just because they were lying aroundafter the victim was hit on the head from behind Even a very wicked robber wouldnt give such a terrible testimony?

    If there is a lock he lets himself in and takes what he pleases, and if the thing is in someones hands he knocks them out and takes it as well. When he goes into dungeons he picks up Dungeon Emperors and Dungeon Masters without reservation. He probably will eventually im that this continent or the belongs to him since they were just lying around That actually sounds very much like something he might do!

    Are the other five sword people going toe too?Id feel so sorry for them if they do!Yeah, poor them, theyd innocently show up with swords for a fight, having no idea that they areing only to get beaten up, earnestly bringing their weapons with them?Moreover, on top of getting beaten up, their swords will also be forcibly picked up, since they are lying on the ground?!Even muggers might be nicer!!

    Why is it that every time we think of the enemies it pains our hearts so much? I always imagine them in a very pitiful state, but reality always ends up being even more cruel. After all, they surely will be robbed not only of their swords, but of all their other possessions as well!

    And while everyone is troubled like that, Haruka-kun is ying with the children. Or rather, he is being swarmed by a crowd of children that rushed to Haruka-kun upon seeing him, piling up on him. Then, buried under the pile of children, he began spinning at high speed, blowing away the kids But they immediately jump back into the hurricane, some getting blown away, some managing to catch onto him, gradually piling up on him again.

    Onii-chan, food!Onii-chan, Im hungry.What are we having today?Yesterdays potatoes were delicious.Can we have meat again?Rice balls!Will we get to eat today as well?We worked a whole lot!Food! Food!Delicious is justice.I want omurice.Whats up with the crapes research? Hurry up, onii-chan! Onii-cha~n, I~, want a new bag~.Whats for dinner!Onii-chan, extra request!Haruka-kunOnii-chan, Id like noodles.Onii-chan, make mules!Hey, bro! One katsudon!Nii-Nii! Make push-up one too!Onii-sama, when will the new T-back will be ready?Onii-chan, its unfair that only Shield Girl-chan got one with air cushion!

    Looking closely, there is not a small number of those who are not children in the crowd, trying to make requests using the confusion. Good grief, everyone is soOnii-chan, I want to eat chestnut manju!

    Spinning while slowly flying through the air in a circle, thin omelets are being fried, then gracefully swooping down on the tes and getting loaded with ketchup and rice. And the letters drawn with Ketchup-san are Omu? he himself is the one who made it, why the doubt?

    Cutlets are also being done with a sizzling sound, raining on the readied bowls of rice, they are followed with a finishing touch of soup and eggs.

    The children are looking with innocent sparkling eyes as if seeing a dream. Meanwhile, not very innocent girls are tracking big cutlets with eyes glittering with greed. Wismregzero-san is still lying in the corner unconscious with X_X eyes.

    With even stew-san appearing from the cauldron the excitement shot through the limit, spilling over like from an overflowing pot, swallowing everyone in the room! The sounds of rumbling stomachs echoed together in a magnificent chorus!

    Its done~? Or rather, herees katsudon and omurice tastepetition, with a side of mysterious bird stew, and mushroom sd with sesame dressing! Stuff your faces? Sort of? Actually, stop just looking and start eating? Kind of~!

    Lets dig in!!

    Mushroom sdes with a brand new sesame dressing, he is adding mushrooms into every meal for the children for the sake of their recovery, and he probably developed this one in secret to avoid them getting tired of mushrooms. For someone running around sayingDont cling to me~orAnnoying~, he is surely spoiling them. Even now he is stealthily steaming potatoes.

    Its delicious~.

    Can I eat this? Can I eat this too? Really?

    So bread could be this tasty.

    We ate everything, what do we do about food for tomorrow?

    The children are still crying every time they have a meal. Each time they are eating with tears until they are stuffed. They are still probably praying in their heads that if this is a dream it doesnt end yet.

    Day after day, they had nothing but meager andcking meals, living on the verge of starvation for months and years, as if it was the norm. Forced to live such lives.

    Thats why Haruka-kun is going all out making all sorts of dishes and treating the children to them. The tables are overflowing with new dishes added one after another, as if he is telling them to take back their share until now, take back everything and eat delicious stuff until you are full. This is still not enough, eat more, eat everything, he keeps cooking more and more until the children are too full to even sit. The girls are also getting hit with aftereffects of those culinary tidal waves though, what do we do? Hm, I wonder if ONE MORE SET will be enough?

    He also said that there were lots of soybeans lying around the storage, so he is currently researching this and that. Is he going for tofu? Or maybe even miso?

    And it seems our guest has finally woken up. Wismregzero-san is being treated like a middle-aged man, but he is an elf with an appearance of a person in histe twenties. A handsome tall and skinny swordsman. I could tell from the first sight that he is strong. Well, he was unconscious with his eyes X_X, so I had no idea until now though.

    Ah, so I got myself caught, huh. Man, what a blunder, and thats after going through all the trouble ofing all the way to the Kingdom to catch the thief.

    After looking around nonchntly he breathed a sigh Even so, he showed no openings, despite maintaining a rxed posture. Well, he has no weapons though Since they were looted.

    Long time no see~, Old Man McKenzie, was it? Dont get it wrong, I didnt capture you, it just so happened that while I was restocking you got mixed in with the merchandise, and got carried here, but since I cant sell you, I dont really need you? I mean, you are a middle-aged man? What do we do? Should I throw you underground? Perhaps it would be better to first get permission from the underground dwellers?

    At least hear him out first?! And who is McKenzie?

 Chapter 274.2

    Chapter 274.2

    Chapter 274.2

    He is a big idiot. He retired as an adventurer for the sake of his sick little sister, his only blood rtive, pressed by the need to obtain a specific medicine, and turned to work for the Confederation. Not only is it cliche, it is also so silly.

    Even though the ce of origin of that drug is the Kingdom, with the Frontier being the supplier, he was working for the sake of the Confederation, which monopolized it, blocking it from the cirction. Even though that is the very reason why he couldnt get the medicine in the first ce?

    Poor thing, for her only blood rtive to be such an idiot! Isnt she way too pitiful?!

    So true, even though she is suffering from illness, she also has such an idiot for a brother, who is doing idiot things, poor thing.

    Moreover, he is an idiot enough to not only assault the Frontiers rumoredMushroom Evangelist, but also take an iron ball to his head, ah, his poor little sister!!

    If he is that skilled he couldve resolved everything by going to the Frontier to pick mushrooms himself His poor little sister, to have her brother do such idiotic things because he is such an idiot.

    In the first ce, with his only rtive being the sick little sister, he has to do his best to protect her, and yet he goes and picks a fight with that! What an idiot! I feel insanely bad for his little sister?!

    Her older brother is that big of an idiot? Poor girl~

    He is super depressed. Surging waves of Idiotand Poor little sisterchants already brought him to the verge of tears, and the orphans, with their innocent eyes full of sincerity, deliver the finishing blow.

    Even so, he is too much of an idiot After all, that issue affects every sick person and not just his sister. And yet he assisted them, making himselfplicit. The one he should be asking for help are on the exact opposite side, but even if he wanted to seek help, he is at odds with them.

    Such extraordinary idiocy makes one feel genuinely sorry for his sister. His little sister is way too pitiful, having to suffer from the illness because of this stupid brother. After all, for her brother, who is willing to dirty his hands and get himself this tattered for the sake of his sister, to be such an idiot Well, it actually was Angelica-san who trashed him, but even so.

    I know that saying that I didnt know wouldnt work as an excuse But I didnt know. Neither about mushrooms, nor about the Frontier, I didnt know anything. I thought that only the Confederation has the needed medicine Really, such an idiot. I honestly dont know how to look my sister in the eyes now, and the same goes for our parents in another world. However, while I know Im not in the position to make requests, you can have all of my swords, but please spare some mushrooms for my sister, I dont have any gold on me since I left all of it to my sister I beg you.

    Yeah, he is an actual idiot, after all, he is clearly nning on getting killed.

    He is such a great idiot that its genuinely infuriating. There is no telling what will happen to the sister if her brother, her only blood rtive, gives up on his life, and there is no guarantee that the other party will keep their word regardless of how hard he pleads. Not to mention that even if she were to recover through such means, she would end up all alone If he gives up on delivering the remedy to her personally, then it is the same as giving up altogether. So Have your scolding here?

    Aah~ Thats quite nice of you. Its been a long while since Ive met such a sensible person of rerorero hobby, so Im super touched. No, honestly, there was nothing but sore losers, who didnt know when to give up.I mean, all of them were so willing to charge head first into danger, throwing their lives away, and if they couldnt do that, theyde all the way to the frontier, loitering all over the ce with their heads. Even the vigers, willingly jumping into a swarm of monsters on their own for the sake of their families, even though there was no telling if that would change anything. It was really tough, but Im very d that Ive finally met a sensible person, a good loser, who knows when to give up Whatever-san.

    Good, bad, call it whatever you like, but with me getting caught, on top of not only getting the medicine but actually actively helping in preventing it from getting to the market. Coming this far, I cant find any excuses. I ruined everything.

    He isughing. Ah, its over No one can interject anymore. After all, Haruka-kun isughing.

    This is the remedy mushroom. Usually, a single one should be more than enough, but in an unlikely case of final hours already closing in, two would still allow for full recovery with excess, however, with three one could handspring straight out of the grave and dash into full sprint the very second they recover? Yeah, with HP mushrooms and Stamina Mushrooms on top of that one can swiftly make aplete recovery. But you have given up, havent you? Your little sister will die, but that cant be helped? Since you gave up? Good~bye, little sister~.

    Cutting Wismregzero-sans ropes he threw him the swords he took from him.

    What are those eyes? People that gave up arent getting anything. Obviously? Since you gave up? Everyone keeps struggling, crawling around without giving up no matter how bad it gets? There is no way anyone can grab the hand of a person who isnt even trying to reach out and grab the chance themselves? Thats why your little sister is going to die.

    Bloodthirst. A frenzied thirst for blood brimming with madness.

    Close your trap And give it to me.

    What are you talking about? You gave up, didnt you?

    His expression is different from before, his voice too Everything about him changed, even the way he talks. So he could do it if he tried But, yeah, Haruka-kun is harsh on elder brothers.

    Give me that!

    How about you try and take it? But you dont really need to try, since you gave up already?

    The madness-seething violent bloodthirst exploded. Madness and killing intent swelled up along with magic power but nothing more. After all, Haruka-kun is smiling Madness? Explosive bloodthirst? Magic swords? Thats nothing, thats not enough at all. Maddened frenzy of a person that one had given up is nothing to him There is no way it would reach that still very active greedy plunderer of lost and taken, that keeps struggling andmenting without rest, reaching his hands to take back anything and everything.

    The magic swords red with blue light.

    The thrust magic sword split into several, all stabbing at Haruka-kun, while the one in his other handunched an invisible shing attack. Making a sudden spin he then stabbed with another sword, using his own body to create a blindspot to cover this unexpected attack. However, he is unsightly mmed to the ground.

    Kneeling, he stabs one of his magic swords into the ground, that instant spears of stone sprout from the ground. Then, immediately jumping up, he d one magic sword in mes and shed with a backhand grip, meanwhile, another magic sword was deftlying from a blind spot. However, that also ended with him getting unsightly knocked down.

    With his knees shaking, he uses magic swords in both hands as a support to stand up, and dragging his feet, steps forward. By now he cant even walk properly, even supporting his own weight is too much to ask. Even so, he steps forward, getting knocked down once again.

    Dragging himself forward by stabbing a sword into the ground he kept crawling and wing, forward, forward, and forward, he kept moving, as much as his tattered body would allow him to. Gripping a magic sword in his blood-smeared hand with its nails torn off, he raises it over his head, trying to activate some sort of magic attack, but is sent flying along with it.

    Knocked down over and over and over, he continues getting knocked down again and again and again.

    Beaten to the ground, he keeps crawling, keepsing forward.

    And gets thrown to the ground along with the magic swords in his hands.

    But he keeps crawling, single-mindedly pursuing the mushrooms. He no longer had any magic swords in his hands, since he doesnt have the strength left to hold them anymore He is simply crawling, and as soon as he drags himself close enough, he gets knocked away.

    Even so, he keeps crawling.

    He cant even see a thing anymore.

    Losing the direction he probes with the presence, and continues to crawl that way.

    His armor, clothes, skin, and flesh, are all being scraped and torn, but even so, he keeps crawling.

    They say that only death can cure stupid, but it seems that even death is not enough to convince an idiot to give up. Yeah, thats how a proper idiot should be. After all, Haruka-kun is finally smiling normally now Although he keeps hitting him anyway?

 Chapter 275: part 1

    Chapter 275: part 1

    Day 66  Nighttime, the Souvenir Store, the Orphanage Branch

    It would not be exaggeration to call this the uniform issue of the different world. Upon providing the uniform for the girl, even the Royal Girl and the Maid Girl ended up wearing it, making Exposure-san to go into hiding, causing me a great sadness from not meeting it in such a long while.

    It seems they were curious about the uniform and couldnt help but want to try it. Well, there indeed were concerns that remaining in such lewd outfits around the orphans wouldve caused a negative influence on the children, but this is not fun for me at all?

    Hey, Maid Girl? Lately a very popr employee of the souvenir store Maid Girl? Want an underling? Its super cheap, basically a dump sale, since its a middle-aged man, rather, Id like to dump him off somewhere? I mean, I bought a middle-aged man with mushrooms, but since its a middle-aged man, I dont need it. Even if I wanted to put him to work he is an idiot, and a middle-aged man, a trashed one at that, basically useless, only good with swinging his swords, so maybe you need some disposable underling for chores?

    Do I need him, you ask? Any country on the continent would dly pile up the money if they heard that Magic Swordsman Wismregzero would be their ally, you know? Its an extremely appealing offer, but Calling him a trashed middle-aged man after being the one who beat him up, are you a demon?! As far as bodyguards of royalty go, Wismregzero will prove to be the strongest one on the continent when we eventually return to the Royal Pce. He is the swordsman that was called the Hidden de of the Confederation. Is that fine with you?

    He is an all-round type, but he is especially strong against assassins. An extremely strong assassinator of assassins when ites to orthodox fighters or interpersonalbat specialists. A good suit for a bodyguard.

    Most likely, the Confederation is about to pull out. They were trying to make vast profits through vast investments, but as of now, they are yet to make any gains, and only losses keep mounting, and the trend is going to continue until they withdraw. This information shouldve reached the Confederations higher-ups by now. If they are smart they will try to immediately cut their losses. A merchant would definitely do that.

    But politiciansrping as merchants wont. If the Merchant Confederation splits and falls into disarray the illusion of a merchant country will cease to exist. The politicians wont be needed anymore, and the fake merchant politicians who were profiteering from politics wont have a choice but to perish. And if they do pull out, then it will only leave them with underhanded methods, such as assassinations, or abductions? However, we already took the initiative when ites to abductions, but I dont really need a middle-aged man though?

    At the moment, Stalker Girls nsmen went to kidnap the old mans little sister, dragging the old man with them, so the official contractes after they kidnap her, but he probably will remain just as middle-aged even after they drag him back? Besides, there is no ce for middle-aged men in the Souvenir Store, so the only option is throw him underground, but its about time the Capitals underground dwellerse withints, like, hello there? Hmm, I wonder if underground people are demihumans? Or perhaps monsters? Rather, middle-aged men are the actual monsters here? Which means, its probably fine to annihte them? Well, putting middle-aged men aside, since you are constantly with Royal Girl the Royal Pce doesnt have any bodyguard Shadows? Are you short on people? Or just neglecting the yking? Well, he is a yer and a middle-aged man, so its not like I care.

    The little sister should be here pretty soon since Beautiful Female Knights Wee Carriage luxurious and gorgeous carriage modified for high speed travel went to pick her up with an extravagant escort of Armored Pres-san. To think horsie-san would level up from me randomly ying around by running over or trampling highwaymen, turning it into an even faster and stronger high-speed carriage DELUXE? I was slightly saddened with the way the cute horsie-san turned into something a supreme ruler of post-apocalyptic would ride, but since horsie-san was happy, I guess its fine?

    The biggest issue and the biggest threat to the existence of the Confederation list is the fact that Armored Pres-san is the escort. Yeah, Im quite sure they will have no probleming back undetected by anyone, but discovering that might doom the Confederation to a total destruction, so Im praying that they will manage to carry out the kidnapping in secret. The world has things that are better left unseen and unknown. Im sure Poster Girls family also doesnt want to know that they were taking money for lodging from a dungeon emperor and a dungeon master, who are constantly loitering around their inn. The entire family might break into a dance if told about that?!

    Well, thats actually the fault of the middle-aged gatekeeper at the gates of the Frontiers town? He is the one who said that its Fine? I did nothing wrong? He is the one who said that, so the entire responsibility lies on him. I mean, he was even patting Slime-san?

    All of the Royal Familys skilled bodyguards and shadows went with the first and the second princes, so we are short on people. Even if we capture the Princes, the shadows that chose to pick a side in political struggle cannot be trusted. However, the name of Magic Swordsman Wismregzero is itself a threat. Him merely staying in the Kingdom will be more dependable than dozens of shadows. His presence in the Royal Pce alone is the most terrifying defense. However, are you truly fine with this? If kept near he would make for the strongest bodyguard.

    Having old man McKenzie as a guard? Just what exactly one is supposed to protect this souvenir shop from? I mean, they are out at the moment, but this is a souvenir store where an Ex-Dungeon Emperor ying with sickle and chain, and an Ex-Dungeon Master going jiggle-jiggle, usually can be found? Also, why are the orphans so happily learning to use the sickle and chain? Just what are they trying to be? If they are chasing after her then the continent might quite easily perish? That is something that shouldnt be mass produced, even out of world peace concerns? Hmm, mass production of Dungeon Emperor ss orphans This kingdom might be done for.

    I mean, the strongest bodyguard was getting his ass kicked, so he is sort of useless? Also, he is being a huge show-off with that Sword-Killing Swordbut the age is sickle and chain, you know? Its flying at the very edge of fashion, with its edgeing at most radical angles, so its crazy dangerous? Its a really dangerous age when an innocent highschool boy daydreaming of wardrobe malfunction might have neck and head malfunction happen at any given moment? And there is even aeback from Morning Star-san awaiting outside? And, oh my, would you look at that, a tragic beaten-up AFTER is miraculously going to follow, so yeah, a middle-aged man as a bodyguard wont be of any use? Kind of?

    But why do I have to take care of some middle-aged mans employment? I mean, Im Jobless myself? Before worrying about other people Id first have to break the ice tip off the cial epoch of my unemployment, and if that was turned into shaved ice it probably might sell pretty well, but is there summer in this world? Are there any seasons at all? Or rather, do the four seasons exist here? If this world doesnt have summer then making all those swimsuits was a total waste! Even though I worked so hard! I did make profits from that though. And I also worked very hard in bed too?

    I was racking my brains on what we should do when we retake the Royal Pce, with its defenses beingpletely neutered at the moment But now that I think of it, the very culprit responsible for destroying its defensive equipment, and moreover, even stealing the cornerstone of defense Evesting Trap is right in front of me Even if a treasured relic of the Royal Family was just lying around, carrying it off like that is impudent without measure, in the first ce, its obviously a theft. To begin with, even brazenly infiltrating into the Royal Pce, furthermore, without even making any effort of concealing oneself, is extremely impertinent, and deserves a hanging, drawing, and beheading, with putting that insolent head on disy!(Followed by sermon)

    Oh, a girl from the Stalker Girls n! They tend to immediately disappear as soon as they are done with the report. Their faces are hidden by cloth, so I cant be sure, but there is high hope they should be pretty. I mean, just look at the size of their breasts!

    Reporting. The noble district is on the verge of bankruptcy, servants, hired butlers and maids have begun to run away. They are already running low on money, and started selling family heirlooms and armory. A certain souvenir shop seems to be making big profits by purchasing them at dirt cheap prices. Consequently, three additional morning stars were deployed in the souvenir store.

 Chapter 275: part 2

    Chapter 275: part 2

    Looks like the nobles are finishing themselves on their own. Selling heirloom weapons and equipment they are buying jewelry and dresses. They no longer have the pride nor ability of military families. In this case, it only leaves one question  do they have enough wisdom and intelligence to survive as civil officials? If they dont, they are going to die destitute The orphans survived. Helping each other, the orphans managed to keep their lives. So they can do the same, if they cant, they are free to die.

    I thought that Id show them hell, going around and bullying them, but it seems a lukewarm hell of their own design is about to begin, so I might as well simply observe it and have augh. And if they do their best and manage to crawl back from there, I can just push them into a real hell, allowing them to experience unlimited tours through hell. First,es the tour through the misery that the orphans went through.

    Moreover, because of them the girls obtained three new morning stars, the sermons are bound to power up! As I thought, the nobles are the worst! Unforgivable!

    Well, the Noble District is going to go through hell today as well. With quite a few bing bedridden from paralyzing fish traps, there will be a follow-up psychological attack in the form of Nightmare, Hallucination, Phantom Pain, Confusion, and Upheavalfrom the Librarian andpany. WithRipple Neits impossible to resists, so they are going to spend the entire night going through a living hell. But it seems that hell ising for me too! Looks like today is the day for the Librarian and the Art Club Girls bras Its scary, you know? I mean, she is wearing a T-back?

    Everyday bra, a T-back, and hip-up shorts, please. T-back is veryfortable for daily life andbat, but I dont want sagging, so please go with a hip-up for bedtime ones. Go with butterfly pattern force.

    This. The very moment she came in. Moreover, a highschool girl wearing a butterflyce thong I just might make it!

    So T-back is morefortable, huh Wait, could you not strip before I cover my eyes? I mean, the person on blindfold duty is absent today, you know? Also, it might befortable t-back for you, but fighting knowing that you are wearing a t-back yet pretending that I dont care while having pure and innocent highschool boy-like feelings swelling up at the same time is very notfortable! So please go with hip-up shorts for everyday wear? Stop stripping already!

    Why are they starting to underdress as soon as they step into the room? Why are they stripping all of a sudden even though there is no blindfold yet? Is this enough reason to suspect them to be perverts?

    If youd seriously wanted to look, then even with your eyes covered you could still see with Rajingan, right? Hiding anything is pointless before those eyes, so undressing doesnt change anything, does it? Not even mentioning that you have to take measurements.

    Not looking when you want to is really tough, the instincts are writhing in pain, screaming OH! NO! but enduring in spite of that, so please, dont strip? Even more so, since you are wearing a T-back, there is a heaping cupful of danger, And inside the bra?, yes, and inside the bra there is a cupful of ti DONT MAKE ME SAY IT! What is this? Are you an assassin who is trying to finish off my Affection Rating-san by casually bringing up the topic? Affection Rating-san almost took a fatal blow right now? What sort of interjection is this? The timing was so perfect that I went along without thinking!

    As I thought, she is dangerous! And since without Armored Pres-san and Slime-san around the mood is weirdly tense. I mean, two highschool girls are taking off their clothes in the room with a highschool boy? Yeah, its beginning to smell like a crime. And one of those girls is wearing a thong, it was a crime! Its too illegal, the premise is suspicious by itself, but with a t-back itspletely out! It would be quite challenging to argue an innocent verdict out of this? Looks like I was ced into an overwhelmingly unfavorable situation!

    Erhm, leaving the thong pervert girl aside, the Art Club Girl is fine with normal ones, right? D-Dont tell! A secret agency already established a n for all of the culture clubs to go with the same matching thongs?! Thong Safekeepality Project? [1] So thats why no one would answer Yeah when I ask Did we get it?? But since Im going through the trouble of making them, dont just store them and properly wear them instead?

    Please make ordinary ones, but if you could also make some t-back, for safekeeping sake, it would be nice too? The numbers are overwhelmingly insufficient! The situation around the spare underwear during theundry is critical, with the timing of washing bras being the biggest pending question and maidens secret during girls-only gatherings.

    Cant you just do with several pairs of the same thing? They also have a sports bra, and can use magic to dry clothes? In the first ce, it doesnt even rain that often?

    Come on, you are going to make it anyway, so instead of wasting time on meaninglessly covering your eyes, focus on the work. Im sure you could make a T-back or two in the time you make that blindfold? Rather, if you use that t-back to cover your eyes you can kill two birds with one stone.

    If a highschool boy used a thong as a blindfold then the moment a stone was cast both me and my Affection Rating-san would both make an unsurvivable fall! Moreover, t-back doesnt even have enough cloth coverage to serve as a blindfold! What are you even going to do with a t-back that a highschool boy wore on his head in the first ce? Wouldnt that actually make it useless? Wouldnt that be killing Wear it, obviously? the purpose? Ah, if you are going to wear it then it might not be useless Wait, you would wear it?!

    While endlessly retorting I make measurements, corrections, and adjustments. But I didnt expect this. Culture Clubs Girls are all rounders with middle-guard jobs, leaning towards rear guard, thus, wearing robes duringbat, and even their casual attires are very proper, often including jackets or other outer garments, so they werent standing out that much, but it seems they actually belonged to the Big group. They arent moving that muchpared to others, so their turn ended up being pushed back, but it looks like they definitely couldve made it into the very top. Moreover, the Braids Girl is still waiting! Culture club girls are not to be underestimated.

    However, strangely, having lewd conversations actually makes the entire situation less lewd? Im getting tired of retorting, but the work is progressing smoothly.

    How is it? Try moving around and tell me if there is any difort? Report any rubbing or slipping? Like, there are Nip slips too, not! I adjusted everything to avoid that, why would there be any! In the first ce, why would highschool girls seek nip slips from a bra that a highschool boy diligently made! Why do you keep interjecting with such perfect timing? Also, its still in the adjustment stage, so actually be careful about anything slipping out!

    Good grief, even though the final result depends on this. They have to move around to produce the required data, an extremely important step, especially for thebat jobs?

    If you need to add adjustments, then why not rub them to confirm everything yourself? Initial M?

    That is so outrageous that it will make even Marie-sane drifting through the mountain roads, shouting I never said that!! Actually, if she really had said that, Marie-san wouldve been treated like a nympho, greatly changing the course of world history, and turning every boy into a French history buff, bringing great poprity to French history lectures and sparking exam wars! Rose of Versailles [2] wouldve definitely gotten R18 rating!

    Im tired. Thats why I cant deal with the Librarian. But things finally became quiet.

    Yea, looks like she didnt have the leisure of chatting during measurements for the bottoms Both of them are bright red by now?

    I mean, measurements even for normal shorts lead to quietly spasming on the floor, so measurements for a t-back can easily be called too dangerous of a dare. But tonight, since Armored Pres-san is not around, it makes my highschool boy self very much want to dare new provocative and daring challenges? What do we do? The times like this make me wonder where the still unseen frontiers of my soul (nightlife establishments) are?

    And also, how am I going to carry these two? With no one around, this silence is pretty painful, you know?

    Yeah Its so silent that I almost began hearing notes of nocturne melody!

 Chapter 276

    Chapter 276

    Day 67  Morning, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    I wonder how many people the Stalker Girls n has? They are hiding their faces when they show up, but it feels like I frequently see new people. Are 100 temporary staff ID cards (For Fake Dungeon) that Ive given them enough? Yeah, lets ask the next time. When a prettydy shows up! I mean, this time its another middle-aged man!

    Reporting. The former army of the First Prince is expected to reach the Fake Dungeon tomorrow. As for the other party, there are no movements yet, but there are signs of them investigating the dungeon, the number is five. End of report.

    They finally came, or rather, they arete, or rather, the travel speed difference in this world is too much? Raising an army and leaving the capital they are about to reach the Frontier only now. After a long, long march, they are finally about to reach the entrance to the most remote frontier.

    Meanwhile, we crushed the First Prince, reached the Capital, opened the Capital Outskirts Branch, raked some profits, captured the orphanage, prated the capital, moving into the Orphanage Branch, sending out groups into the beastmen country, captured a middle-aged man, went to kidnap his sister, and then working hard hard at ripping off today as well. Then, tomorrow is a homing to the Frontier, where I will arrive still ahead of them? Can this really be considered defensive warfare at this point?

    Follow-up report. The third division lost half of their numbers. Topensate for that they added to their force mercenaries and troops of local nobles. The currently confirmed number is 26,000. There are no changes on the Confederations side. End of report.

    I thought that with their banner, the First Prince, captured, they will crumble more, but it seems he was no more than a figurehead. I mean, he was a piggie after all? But how did they evene to the idea of making a pig into a prince, and then gathering around him? By the way, it seems the Capital has a monkey for a prince? Was this actually a Wonderful Animal Kingdom? Is the yking himself alright? Im sure that by now, after going through many different experiences and growing as a person, something like an orc as a feudal lord wouldnt surprise me anymore. Yeah, Im sort of used to this by now.

    Manager Onii-chan~, Onee-chans are yellingIf there is no breakfast then why not eat manju??

    Oh, crap! Another Marie-san has been summoned to this world. They are going Marie hard with some weird logic that would surprise even Marici [1], and make the Virgin Mary look the other way! Yeah, lets hurry with breakfast preparations.

    Moreover, if I dont give tons of food to the orphans, then I will get scolded by thedies (aunties) of the Capital who donated tons of food for them. With the shortage of foodstuff in the Capital, the provision is currently being rationed. The only ce that has enough to sell it is this souvenir store. So, they are buying it from here and then donating it on the spot, saying that it is for the orphans. It seems that the aunties dont care for picking sides.

    Its Egg Sandwich-sama~. Egg Sandwich-sama has descended. Aah, so blessed, so blessed.

    It didnt descend or anything! Im the one making it! Since youll eat manju otherwise! Id rather make egg sandwiches than go through the trouble of making a recement batch of manju, so just wait a bit!

    However, with it making the appearance for the first time, some sort of a strange cult seems to be forming. Well, a group adoring an egg sandwich still sounds more proper than weird fetishists worshiping that old fart. I mean, after all, it can be eaten?

    It took quite a while until I was able to make an actually soft bread. Its a norm for the bread of this world to be hard and dry without any vor to it, as such, since I couldnt make sweet buns or sandwiches, the demand for them was already very high for a long time. But the most popr request is chocte buns What the hell do you want me to do when there is no chocte around?! If a chocte bun was developed without any chocte avable, then you should be very skeptical of that chocte! Looks like there is no other choice but to look for cacao in this world Dont people usually give priority to searching for the way back?

    Make sure to eat mushroom-sd sandwiches as well~. And dont forget to thank aunties for the meal before eating~ No need to thank the geezer~. Well then, eat up? Kind of?

    Thank you for the food~.

    The orphansplexion improved greatly. Everyone has healthy pink cheeks by now. As expected of mushroom doping. They were in quite a precarious condition, but looks like it was enough to cure and make them forcibly recover in one go. However, not sure if that was due to her overworking herself behind the scene, but Shadow Mommy Vice Pres B-san looks tired out. Lets give her some presentster.

    She mustve been using CureandHealingall night long without getting any sleep herself. I thought that she is sort of quiet today, but she seems to be dozing off, swaying like a boat on the waves, or rather, forget the boat, their majestic sway is more reminiscent of an extravagant passenger ship passing through the great deep towards the continent-san at the opening of the Age of Discovery Oh no! There are even more morning stars! W-why they bought up even sickles and chains? Or rather, whats this obsession that the nobles of this kingdom have with fighting with chained weapons!!! I mean, Ive never heard of a knight or a noble fighting with a sickle and chain before? Alright, just hear me out first?

    Im telling you, Im innocent? There is no sin on the romantic highschool boy who merely let his mind drift towards the horizon, gazing at the ships departing into the sea, while thinking that maybe I should offer her some mana potions, since she seems so tired? I was merely watching over, wondering if Slime-sans are doing alright over there? See? I didnt do anything bad after all!

    Slime-sanS? Well, since there are two Slime-san-like things which filled all your thoughts as you were staring at them, its GUILTY for you, okay? ThatRomantlearlyes with 18+ tag, so you are definitely getting a sermon!!

    I got scolded. Which was naturally followed by a sermon. I mean, since Armored Pres-san is not around, the entropy of highschool boy feelings umted from underwear manufacturing process that have nowhere to escape carrying the irreversible one-directional highschool boy emotions, makes it really tough with the quantity of highschool boys secondw-of-thermodynamic heat keeps rising inside this isted system?

    Finishing the meal and getting through the sermon with crepes I begin preparations to open the store. The orphans started cleanings, while the girls are lining up the merchandise, switching into business (rip-off) mode.

    If the support from the Confederation ceases, this ce will remain the only thing that can provide the Capital with provision, and all we have to do is hold out until the people open the gates for the Royal Girl and Meripapa-san. I wont allow anyone to destroy this rip-off district (the slums), nor will I let it suffer. Thats what this overcharging is for, thats why it has to remain the Rip-off District.

    Well, until today, I guess.

    The girls are still going to remain for a while though. And I also handed clubs to the aunties so they should do just fine. And the Big Shot from the Second Division also made a pledge that as a person serving the Royal Family he will do everything to protect the people. If the only defense-specialized force of the Kingdom, the Second Division, is going to protect the people, then it surely will be alright. Which undoubtedly includes the orphans and everything else in the Capital too.

    If the Confederation pulls out, then the next is the Theocracy. The formerly First Princes army is a bait plus disposable scouting force anyway. The real force is elsewhere.

    While the Confederation might be able to get off easy with merely some heavy losses and state copse, the Theocracy is dealing withpletely different stakes. After all, without magic stones both the Church and the Theocracy will have no other options but to fall into steep decline. The seriousness of their approach ispletely different from the very beginning.

    Many countries that had frictions with the Theocracy met their downfall. The Church calls it a divine punishment. What a convenient divine punishment that is.

    There is no way cmities can so conveniently ur, and there is also no way a divine punishment cane in the form of an invading army. The Old Fart in question was saying that he is unable to interfere with the world, but his devout believers dont seem to care about that.

    However, that on the contrary makes it easier to read them.

    And if the next move is known, it is possible to prepare countermeasures.

    Its vexing that this world has no bookstores, however, books can be helpful even so.

    Legends, folk tales, journals of some unknown people, are all information.

    And so I made the countermeasures that could be made. I made all of the preparations, regardless of how limited is the choice of options.

    No idea if that was enough, but I did everything. I did what I could, if that is still not sufficient, Ill find a way to handle the rest one way or another.

    With skirmishes beginning from tomorrow, they must be nning to take action while the bait is making a racket.

    Regardless of how much I ponder about this, in the end, its all about simply killing them. After all, I still cant do anything else.

    Since those who can protect have to keep doing so, those who can only kill should go around and do exactly that.

    Its going to end with a carnage anyway, thats the way things go in other worlds.

    Thats why Im going back to the Frontier.

    The business in the Capital is still not finished. And until its over Ill move on my own. If Armored Pres-sanes, thatll make it two of us. Slime-san wont make it in time, but will it be able to at leaste back for the main guests? I was hoping there would be only three of them, but the report came that there are five. And I was hoping to leave the Pres and others out of this.

    Its a loss if we are toote, but its also a loss if the numbers arent enough. But if its only five, as long as I make it in time, I might be barely able to contend with them. At this point, without enough cards to y, there is no other choice but to go all out.

    But even if we do make it in time, it will leave the Capital wide open. Thats why old man McKenzie was a good find. I didnt really want to pick him up since he is a middle-aged man, but there was a merit to picking him up, or rather, selling him at bargain price gave a profit?

    The Confederation shouldnt be able to pull anything more than petty tricks by now. With old man McKenzie around they cant make any careless moves.

    That middle-aged man was the Hidden de of the Confederation. Hence, he is naturally well-informed on the dark side of not only the Theocracy, but the Confederation too, and familiar enough with their ybooks to make countermoves. Therefore, the Confederation and the Theocracy cant easily send their operatives here anymore. That is a hidden de specialized for protection.

    Today as well. Even today. As soon as the store opens there is a huge line of people bringing huge profits. The magnate of great overcharging with roaring business and roaring crowds. The entrance for the nobles gradually has less and less traffic, but the regr entrance is bustling with people again.

    The idiots (nobles) from the Noble District were buying up extravagant garments and jewelry, even pawning off their ancestral weapons and armor for that, but there are also some modestly-dressed nobles at the entrance for regr public. Contrary to the dumb nobles, they are bringing in small quantities of jewelry or art pieces, and purchasing boorish weapons and armor without any ornamentation. The very few real nobles who didnt side with the second prince and werent swayed by the concessions from the Confederation

    While Im going to mercilessly rip-off the idiots (nobles) that came though the entrance for pompous nobles (idiots), the nobles that came though the entrance for the general public are charged fair prices and even get freebies. Infuriated by the disastrous situation of the orphans they tried to do something about it, and as a result were ruined, removed from the main noble faction and driven out of the noble district.

    Those nobles alone came to purchase weapons and armor. If the Kings sword, the nobles, is being readied, then, I guess, its about time to kick the old man (the king) out of the bed?

    While destroying and killing is easy, creating, or maintaining what was rebuilt is not a simple task. There is no worth or meaning to just the Royal Family remaining to stand by itself. There have to be people and nobles, who acknowledge the worth and merit of the Royal Family and thus are willing to support it. There is no point if even one of these three is missing.

    The orphans are running around, working hard, getting caught by the olddies in the process, receiving hugs, sweets, and pocket money from them. Looks like they are now finally able to say thanks with a smile. The first day they would be terrified upon being hugged, shaking as they were given candies and money, but now they are able to smile properly.

    And since they are referring to the aunties asElder sisterstoo, its just perfect. Children are so sly!

    Laughing and running around, they are working energetically.

    Thats why its only until today. They are finally able to smile, so I have to make sure it stays that way.

    Andughingly have some very unfunny people depart from this world in a very unfunny way.

    And then have some uughingly unfunny people depart into the other world with augh.

    It has been just a few days in the Capital, which I thought I might as well burn down right away since it probably doesnt have anything but middle-aged men Good thing I confirmed things before burning it down!

 Chapter 277: Part 1

    Chapter 277: Part 1

    Day 67  Evening, Souvenir Store, Orphanage Branch.

    Finally, the supply from the Merchants Confederation has ceased. The iron pirate ship appeared again, plundering all the cargo, and sinking every vessel Thus, they seem to have finally given up. Or rather, being in the middle of internal discord provoked by the magnitude of their financial losses, and having the pirates deliver the finishing in the form of countless sunk ships, they have no other option but to back off, even if they are yet to give up. They dont have any goods nor means to deliver them anymore. And with the Confederation divided, they have their hands tied with domestic affairs, so for the time being, they wont be able to cause mischief outside. Without any profits and only enormous damages without any means to recover their losses, their top brass is bound to lose their political strength. And politicians without political sway possess no power whatsoever.

    But to sail all the way to the Confederations ports to sink ships there, the Geeks must be pretty pissed?

    Dont tell me that they didnt make it in time? Or maybe they were toote? Did I fail once again? Was this another disaster? No idea, but thinking about this isnt going to help either. Even so, Ill definitely make sure to protect the Frontier. Even if its pointless and futile and if failure means losing everything, I still might be able to protect something, and for that sake Im going out to kill.

    Well then, there wont be any new shipments, so its time to switch to selling our stockpiles. Even if considering only what I plundered from the Confederation, the stockpile will easilyst even if the yking goes full LETS PARTY mode and starts throwing dailyvish feasts in the Capital for 3 months straight, and thats with the original inventory being several times that? Yeah, I picked up everything, so we have a lot. Well, it isnt going tost that long though. The moment the rationing stops the gates will swing open. Even the Capitals treasured artifact Ultimate Lock meant for protecting the city from the enemies, is useless if the gates are opened by the people from the inside. I mean, I dont think there are that many citizens who want to fight for the Second Prince? And since the city will be surrendered if rationing stops, they have no choice but toe here to buy provisions. So Im going to rip off every single penny they have? I mean, since it was plundered in the first ce, Im not going to ept anyints about it getting plundered back?

    The person who was plundering more than anyone is casually giving testimony! Its like he has no remorse at all!

    After plundering as if he was doing something nice, stealing as if he was doing something wonderful, scamming as if he was doing something praiseworthy, and robbing them of all they had, the viinous criminal is giving advance notice of the next crime, clearly not sorry of what hes done at all!

    With the nobles going bankrupt one after another, and their estates being captured the very instant they put them on sale, the luxurious slums (rip-off town) just keeps on growing, doesnt it?

    Moreover~, the five-storied pagodas erected to annoy them are so casually cruel~? There are banners with The people are like garbage![1], or Heya, plebs?, or No Lower ss People Allowed hanging on them, you know~? The nobles were falling senseless, foaming at their mouths~.

    Since they are still pissing me off I keep expanding on the noblemen bullying, ramping up the taunting too. Since they did what deserves being looked down upon, they should have their share of being looked down on and at.

    Will the nobles be able to survive? Losing not only their wealth but also a ce to live?

    If the Confederation pulls out they will go bankrupt. They were selling concessions and basically the country itself. If they lose their patron there wont be new revenue. But even if they produce any, Ill just have to crush the source of it and wring funds from them.

    And a noble who sold their country is not a noble anymore. Theyd have no choice but to earn their living with their own power after they run through their fortune. Thats what the orphans were doing. Receiving no help from anyone, they kept working hard, despite the continuous exploitation, helping each other, with no one else to rely on. So, do it? If you cant, die?

    Well, Im sure they are perfectly able to survive or drop dead on their own, nothing to do with me.

    Rather, its this ce that I should be worried about. And the issue is the meals from tomorrow on. Sure, Cooking Club Girl can cook, but making meals for more than 100 people will take more than an hour by itself? And teaching cooking to the orphans, who previously never made anything aside from stale bread and vegetable scraps soup, is going to take even more time.

    Suppose they will do fine with pre-made meals for about a week, but what then? The cold storage canst for one month at best, and no one was able to learn my otherworldly cooking. I guess it cant be helped, since no one has my Evil Hands or Apex Thinking or Holding, but no matter how much they cooked, Cooking wouldnt appear in their skills. I actually dont have it either, so its a bit of a mystery how I can do that, even to myself? I just can?

    After the troubles at the Frontier are over we can open Souvenir Store, Dungeon Main Office, Kind of? and have the children work there, so lets take them with us? Its going to be easier to find employment at the Frontier as well, and they are short on people too Its too cruel to just leave them here. They finally learned to smile. These children shouldnt have to cry anymore. They already cried enough for the entire life, so they should never be made to cry again!

    Well, the Frontier should be a safe option? Hm? Wasnt it supposed to be some sort of a danger zone at the edge of the continent? Well, the monsters are dangerous, but its inhabitants are kind and food is now plentiful, it even has more goods than the capital now. Even the town itself The entire town poption is armed with high-tier clubs, making it a safety zone, or maybe a danger zone, or rather a carnage city, but for some reason its incredibly popr with monsters, who are getting massacred in droves, making it very safe? Well, a monster stampede from the Evil Forest is not enough to destroy that town anymore. They might even be able to deal with a dungeon overflow, if its shallow enough. [2]

    There are still quite a few dungeons in the Frontier, so it isnt that safe, you know? Magical Essence [3] is really dense there, so no matter how many dungeons are destroyed they just keep popping up all over the ce? But the most dangerous part is that the geeks will eventuallye back. Allowing them in close proximity to little orphan girls is a genuine risk!

    Cmon, thats not tr I can see them giving weird outfits as gifts!

    Exactly. The Geeks already have a previous offense from the Poster-Girl-miniskirt-striped-kneesocks case. The girls dont know, but those actually were in a set with striped panties too! I was the one who received that order, so there is no mistake. I demanded an insanely outrageous price, but they kept diving into dungeons daily, until they were finally able to afford the entire set. Moreover, it was in light blue and white color!

    Furthermore, they are a heretical group conspiring to revive a sealed ghost from the days long gone. Thats right, they are trying to bring into this world an ancient ghost that the modern society exterminated through a long campaign of suppression and destruction.They are dangerous cultists and apostles of heresy. They are ardent heretics burning with the desire to revive that Forbidden Gym Uniform (bloomers), that by now has fallen through the gaps of history. The heretical bloomers and sailor-uniform enthusiasts! The little girls are in danger!

    Well, the Forbidden Gym Uniform (bloomers) was already revived by Armores Pres-san and Athletic Girls, and Nudist Girl, Fish Girl, and Armored Pres also revived the Forbidden Swimsuit (school swimsuit), so aside from the Legendary sailor uniform everyone already secretly fulfilled their seconding in another world, but thats a secret. I mean, even back then with kneesocks, they kept endlessly going striped kneesocks, striped kneesocks, striped kneesocks, striped kneesocks for an entire week like some sort zombies. It was super annoying! If they hear about this it definitely will get annoying again! And also the little girls will be in great danger!

    Good grief, what a troublesome bunch, getting such indecent and dirty thoughts about the club uniform that Volleyball Club Girl, Nudist Girl, and Fish Girl have such history and emotional connection with. Naturally, when I put it on Armored Pres-san, I looked at it with highschool boys purity, and also touched, caressed, stripped, and stared at with an innocent gaze, taking her on a long all-epassing club tour with the Forbidden Gym Uniform and the Forbidden Swimsuit, but it was all pure and innocent, so surely, there is no issue.

 Chapter 277: Part 2

    Chapter 277: Part 2

    However, the Shrimp probably doesnt want to part with the orphans as well. She fit in pretty nicely, size-wise.

    With everyone gone, theyd probably start crying again, after all, until now, the kids had no one to rely on until now, having only each other for support. They must want someone they can depend on. I mean, they are still so small.

    No, its not like the size is that diffe Nevermind. I didnt say anything, and although I definitely do think that the orphans are not only about to catch up but also to overtake some of the present here, grow big and tall, or rather, if you are clearly going to lose, might as well go horizontal! Horizontal growth has infinite potential, but it might alsoe with a giant future where hip-up is no longer enough to support it? Sort of?

    The small animal (Shrimp) is the intimidation mode. If I tried to reach out my hand to her, saying that there is nothing to be afraid of, shell probably bite it. Moreover, she is definitely the type of a small animal to never let go once she bites!

    Im still in the growth period, Im about to get a sexy dynamite body! Im going to be big! I dont want to get horizontally big(fat) though!

    Nah, Growth arent going to cut it, you probably should consider taking a skill along the lines of Metamorphosis, Transformation, or MutationLike, I mean, its a different world after all? Im sure Transformation is the growth fitting for another world, and when you get big, you might even unlock R18 ratedbination moves, so go for Fortress-ss, hear my~ voice[1]

    I got bitten.

    Looks like she didnt like Metamorphosis[2]? Well, its not like I like it either? I mean, if I got Metamorphosis in my status and on top of that Race:Human went ciao and another race went bonjour, then my already widely suspicious race question would blow up for real, making Affection Rating flee, and devolving into an crisis that will be televised across the entire universe.

    And they are finally back.

    Armored Pres-san, wee back~. Are the Rerorero old mans little sister and the Confederation alright? Ah~, Im d nothing happened to them. Were you to be discovered, not only wouldve that put the little sister in danger, but it also could have led to obliteration with a morning star smash of the already divided from the economic attack Confederation, making all of my economic warfare useless, so I was really worried? Mainly for the Confederation?

    Im home? Brought her.

    Going through thest night was really painful, so if I could, I wouldve liked to PURGE Armored Pres-sans armor right away, and bringing her in the most immodest state DIVE into the room, continuing with going DEEP INTO THE Armored Pres-san, but apparently, treating the little sisteres first? Yeah, Ill behave myself, so please dont grab me by the nape? Im not a kitten, you know? I wouldnt mind if someone grabbed my very very lost Affection Rating-san like that and brought it home, but its currently missing and WANTED, Alive or Alive, but does everyone really need to re and hurry me like this? Its a simple job of stuffing a mushroom into a girls mouth, does it really have to be me? Rather, I feel like a highschool boy putting a mushroom into a sick girls mouth, saying that its a cure, might be problematic by itself? Im still going to do it though.

    Nice to meet you. You are Haruka-san, right? Im Wismregzeros sister, Erailia. Ive been told of what happened. I apologize for the idiocy of my older brother. Not only was I causing trouble, unaware of what was going on, but even my brother caused a great inconvenience. Im so sorry.

    Oh, turns out, she is a real beauty. Perhaps due to her illness, she gives off a somewhat sickly and fading impression, however, she has clearly beautiful features, and an air of intelligence which leaves absolutely no doubt that she is 100%pletely unrted to Rerorero old man by blood. And also, since Rerorero old man is a dude I couldnt care less, but the moment I noticed how pretty the little sister is, I realized, she is an elf? Like, she has pointy ears and stuff? No, I mean, why would I even look at some middle-aged mans ears? If I actually saw them I wouldve chopped them off? I mean, ears, life, existence, are all things that have no significance or demand when its about middle aged men?

    Aah, in regards to the issue idiots being a giant nuisance, as much as I dont want to get used to it, Im already troubled by that on a daily basis, as the result the issue of idiots being a nuisance have blended into everyday life, so you dont have to worry about that? To cover the cost of mushrooms and the nuisance fee the beauty reroreroing middle-aged brother was already sold off to Maid Girl at a huge profit. To think that dealing in middle-aged men could be that profitable, even the Magnate-san was surprised, but the middle-aged men stored in the basement still remain unsold. What do we do? Kind of?

    You sold him?!

    And not only didnt he remember Wismregzero-sans name to begin with, he had now also forgotten arbitrarily naming him McKenzie!

    He only remembers the beauty rerorero by now, but howe Wismregzero sounds like beauty rerorero to him? Makes me really worried about Haruka-kuns ears, or rather head, or rather humanity, or rather, Im worried if he is even a human?

    By the end it sounded like a in nder though? Howe that mere treatment of a sick person develops into an issue where even my race is called into question? Whatever, treatmentes first.

    I look. Using handy Rajingan-san I observe closely and intently, conducting medical examination. Naturally, since its a pretty elf-san in a light nightdress, I look extra hard? Well, I have to establish a diagnosis.. Or rather, I actually knew it the very moment I saw her, but since I was told that I can look at her, how could I pass on a chance to look at lightly dressed beautiful elf-san, or rather, a wonderful Ero Elf-san, so of course Im going to look, stare, gaze, feast my eyes on her super hard, and now, ording to the reaction from Search, Im surrounded by enemies on all sides and in a big pinch, so lets move on with the treatment.

    This is the same thing as the frontiers disease, you know? I think its some sort of Magical Essence rted sickness that can probably only be cured with mushrooms. But how did you get it when you were nowhere near the Frontier? No way, is it because the big brother is a middle-aged man, so his is emitting Magical Essence also known as elderly body odor, scattering around pandemical odor!? Aight, lets exterminate the middle-aged man after all, and disinfect it with fire. Im sure if we turned to ashes, the Magical Essence also known as the elderly body odor will perish from this world along with the middle-aged man, bringing peace and harmony to the world? Exterminative medical treatment~.

    Im not emitting any odor or magical essence! If you can save my sister Ill do anything, I dont care even if Im to be sold off, but could you please not burn me to ashes?

    Apparently, he is not emitting it? Eeh, looks like I have to look for another reason to incinerate him. I feel like some nice idea would pop up if I gave it a thought after burning him, but apparently, I cant do that?

    Well, this should be easily treatable with mushrooms, so my mushroom will be a simple and tasty cure? Here ites, Eraraiaaan-san? Open your mouth~ here, take my mushroom, Im putting it in. A mushroom is going into your mouth, so swallow it carefully? Kind of?

    Its not like its wrong, but you are making it sound really indecent, so please shut up and treat her without saying anything! Her face is bright red! Or rather, you shouldnt make a maiden swallow the entire thing like that!

    It has immediate effectivity, and on top of restoring physical strength it also elerates blood cirction, so blushing on the face is a good proof of it working, but for some reason, I got scolded? The angle?

    No? Is there a good or bad angle for feeding a mushroom? Im just normally holding it from the underside, so there shouldnt be any problem with the angle? Eh? And this mushroom belongs to me, so there is nothing wrong with calling it my mushroom? Or rather, if I was feeding her someone elses mushroom it wouldve been a case for theft charges, and probably wouldve made herplicit in mushroom consumption without payment. Moreover, it has to be ingested, so where am I supposed to put it if not in her mouth! If I was stuffing it into her eyes or eyes THAT wouldve been a problem and probably wouldve result into an injury despite being a treatment?! Actually, can you imagine how much it would hurt to thrust a mushroom into an eye? I never tried to put it into ears, but I suspect it wouldnt be very effective against the illness, so where are you telling me to put Mushroom-san? I wonder~?

    Strangely, despite me treating the little sister, everyones faces turned red? Did everyone have their blood cirction improved? So its all good? Or, maybe, its a pandemic!

    Well, the siblings are hugging each other. I also wouldve been happy to join in on hugs with the condition that its with the little sister only, but since I can hear the sound of sickle on chain spinning echoing through the room Ill refrain from participation. Just how many sickles and chains did they acquire? Why instead of selling everyone is equipping them? But Armored Pres-sans silent giant sickle and chain is the scariest!

    Alright, time for dinner.

    Lets make a whole lot, the orphans and the little sister are underweight,cking in nutrients. And as for the ONE MORE SET crowd, that has excessive nutri Bloodthirst!

    Its a misunderstanding! I dont know what that it is but it is, so for now, lets put away morning stars, and sickles and chains? I mean No, I wasnt looking at anything! I totally wasnt looking at anyones belly! Even if someone thought that just because Armored Pres-san was absent yesterday, and you werecking in ONE MORE SET, so the calories that werent burned down happily settled there, no one actually said anything, so there is no way anyone could hear the sound of your plump stomaaaah(Smash! Stab! Crash! sh!)

    Its dinner Can I survive?! Everyone,e and get your meals too? Kind of?

 Chapter 278

    Chapter 278

    Day 67  Nighttime, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    They are crying. They are finally able to smile, but they are bawling their eyes out. Just because smiling it still doesnt necessarily mean that they are alright. Just because they are smiling, it still doesnt mean that the wounds have fully healed Thats why they are crying. They are clinging with sobs and tears, desperately pleading, while gasping for air in between wails.

    Iming tooo. Im absolutelying, I will work very hard, so pleease dont leave me here!

    I will work too, I can properly do all the tasks! I will soon grow up and will be able to carry heavy things too!

    Brother, sis, please dont leave, please take me with you.

    NOo, dont goo. Im not going to eat so much anymore, Im fine with just little bits.

    I will be a good girl. I will behave and listen to everything, so please please

    UWAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAh. Dont go, dont leave us, we will work hard, we dont need food too.

    A pandemonium of sobs from seriously crying orphans. They are desperately clinging, refusing to separate, all while wailing and sobbing, so its really noisy? I mean, its a live Surround Sound experience of pure unadulterated shrieking right under the ears!

    Its fine, Im just going out for a bit, so will we see each other again soon enough? I just need to take care of some very very important business. Its definitely going to be alright?

    The pres and others are going around, trying to calm them down, but they arent listening at all, bawling like their lives depend on it, so the situation arent improving at all. Since its not about logic but emotions, the fear, they arent listening to reason at all.

    Looks like someone told them that Im going back to the frontier tomorrow. And after some dy the girls are going to follow too. Well, as expected, I cant charge at an army while bringing the orphans with me? No, I have a hunch that it wouldve been fine if its the former army of the First Prince, but what kind of cozy Bring-Your-Child-with-you event is that supposed to be?

    But I mightve been slightly overthinking it. Looking at aunties or just your average citizens, the Capital has pretty much nothing but nice people amongmon folk. As long as there are no idiots (nobles) or trash (the confederations merchants) its not a bad ce for the orphans. Hence, I thought that it wouldve been fine to leave them here.

    But there is no way thats the case. They only barely managed to survive, living inplete despair on the verge of death. Its merely that their home became prettier, there are more people willing to help, they can eat plentiful meals, and receive actual payment for their work, but thats about it Nothing more. There is no way they wouldnt be scared to be left in the town where no one lent them a helping hand. And there is no way orphans that lost their families wouldnt be scared to be left alone again just because they appear more energetic and sociable now. Since its not about logic but emotions, the fear, there is no way words likeits going to be alrightbear any meaning.

    Even if theyugh happily, they had more than enough pain, suffering, grief, and oppression until now. Even though its not even the smallest tiniest little bit alright at all, even though its extremely obvious that its not okay at all if one thinks about it even for a moment. Leaving the orphans in the Capital, assuming that it is safer that way, I thought of nothing but the future and what is toe after that, without considering what the orphans think or feel at all. Thats why they are clinging to us in tears. I dont know how to answer their shouts and cries. Even so, can you please kindly spare me stereo crying right into my ears?

    Yeah, Shrimp was right. Lately she is slowly evolving into a small tanuki from overeating, but the one who had a proper understanding of their feeling was this tanuki that returned to being a little child running around with the orphans. After all, she would know best since she was the one who was suffering and crying the most after being pulled apart from her family and brought to such a ce But I didnt get anything. [1]

    The idea that its going to be safer in the Capital, applies only when we are talking about monsters. It is precisely because its the Capital that they are so frightened. Even if they were told that it will be alright, even if the happinesssted for a few short days, they cant trust this city anymore. They received that deep of a wound. They lived with ever growing trauma. Getting a nice house, warm bed, or delicious meals, is nothing more than an extra for them. They finally found relief and became able to smile. We cant leave them here After all, thats what they are most afraid of. They were afraid of others disappearing, and ending up all on their own. Thats why they lived while desperately helping each other, thats why we cant leave them here. Tanuki was right, even if her stomach is so plump, even if its because Tanuki herself doesnt want to separate with the orphans, that animal instinct was right.

    If so, lets bring them to the Frontier. We just have to finish everything, and bring everyone to the Frontier.

    So Lets go and put an end to everything.

    The defensive system here is more than perfect. The rest is up to Rerorero old man. Later, I will give him back his swords and equipment, after reinforcing it with mithril, while whats on the inside will be strengthened through forcible power up.

    Or rather, that inside is currently being forcibly strengthened through a coercive beating called training. Undergoing training in both body and spirit he is getting molded into something? Well, he is a bodyguard after all, so there is nothing wrong with making him stronger, and this training will undoubtedly bring him to a higher level. Even going higher than the heavens might not be out of the question, says with a distant gaze a person who had a personal experience of identally almost ending up there on more than one asion. Lets bury him in the basement if he ends up awakening to something weird from this.

    However, that middle-aged man is strong, but Being half-heartedly skillful he has way too much pretense to his fighting style. Even if you try to lure the opponent with an opening, an opening is still an opening, you know? Even if you made it yourself, even if you are waiting for the opponent to step into that trap, its still an opening Well, beating it is! Yeah, it seems to have a high fitness value, but by now even his soul is getting whipped into shape I can hear screams of a middle-aged maning from afar How annoying.

    Or rather, its actually annoying, cant you take your beatings in silence? Not only is there no demand for middle-aged mans screams, there soon will beints from both the neighborhood and the underground dwellers? But before the neighborhood, there is already a flood ofints from the souvenir store, you know? After all, while I love making Armored Pres-san moan, scream, and gasp, I dont need gasping screams from a beaten up middle-aged man? Wouldnt changing gasping screams to a deathrattle make a great improvement? Yeah, breathing yourst breath will surely bring us silence? I guess?

    Haa, haaaa, haaaa, if, I makest breath Id be dead? However I was confident that if my opponent is using a sword, then even if I cant win I will be able to not lose But I was no match at all.

    In terms of pure stats alone, the middle aged man has better specs than Armored Pres-san. He is over Lv100 already.

    Indeed, for a reroreroing old man, he has great technique and vast experience. Possessing his own unique fighting style he is also capable of matching it to his opponent. He has strength, speed, sharpness, flexibility, and precision in both his sword and own movements. However, he doesnt have techniques to swiftly decide a fight in a single stroke, nor the ability to crush the impossible or avoid the unavoidable. He has an unorthodox technique that allows for fluid and transformative style But that is still a fighting style bound tomon sense.

    You think too much for an idiot, old man. You have to act more like an idiot, you know? I mean you are an idiot after all, or rather, it is because you are trying to use your non-existent brains that you end upgging behind. Move before you think, and then use the time while you are moving for thoughts. Unless you track the flow instead of relying on tricks you wont be able to catch up. You have to see the entire picture, or you will end up losing in reading the moment anyway? Yeah, like the way you were when you tried to steal a mushroom for your little sister, its fine like that. It was very idiot-like. A proper form for an idiot.

    He mustve never fought for his own sake. Thats why he unconsciously takes a safe defensive approach For the medicine, forrades, for protection, for the goal, but ultimately, everything is for the sake of his sister. Thats why he should have his ass kicked, after all, Im getting mine kicked every day, so everyone else should be getting beaten even harder! If they get vexed about getting beaten up, if they desire to grasp victory, that will be their de. One cannot bet life on the sword that they didnt wish for. Well, although there is a certain someone who was desperately trying hard every day, but any semnce of swordfight flew out the window, as he became unable to do anything but the most bizarre attacks despite not really wishing for that, so might as well leave them to resolve the question of their de on their own.

    Now then, lets prepare for dinner. Both the little sister and the orphans have to be provided with calories, and the people who had too many calories, since Armored Pres-san is around, will be busy with endlessly repeating ONE MORE SET of calorie burning exercises bat training). And Im also about to be extremely busy in a highschool boy sort of way with lovely nyan-nyan squish-squish time, so lets have dinner ASAP. I mean, there is nothing fun about watching a middle-aged man getting beaten up.

    I also have to prepare some food in advance, so thats a lot of work, but lets make a mountain of delicious stuff, so they can happily stay at home.

    Although Im a bit worried about a certain small animal who have underwent Transformation(growth) into a great tanuki, bing so plump that she might soon be Orangutan Girl, but if I make more food than can be eaten, there at least wont be any concern about them crying from theck of food. If I knew itde to this, I wouldve spent time on establishing proper manufacturing process with Cooling (Freeze)andHeat (Dry)skills. Being still unable to make ramen I was postponing this since I wouldnt have been able to fully harness the greatness of freeze-dry anyway, but I wonder if the orphans will be able to handle cooking? Just in case, lets install some sprinklers for fire prevention. And then Ask for some helper to assist them in our absence. Alright, and also preserved foods!

    There is a whole mountain of food!

    Did I go overboard? The dining hall is notrge enough, and the pile of foodstuff is about to copse.

    Well, in the initial construction I was going for Byodoin, but it turned out to be too small, so the rest is just amon two-storey wooden house. Its not like I was trying to make it particrly huge either, however, I was still under the impression that its quite spacious Did I make too much after all?

    Aah Slime-san and the Idiots arent here. I had them included into the calctions for the daily required amount of food, so the weeks worth of food became such a huge mountain. Thats right, the creatures eating from buckets are still busy pirating, and they should be returning straight to the Frontier anyway Well, its slums, so might as well give out the excessive food. Having more wouldnt hurt, I mean, after all, if they were anxious about having nothing to eat tomorrow, then having more than they can eat should surely put their minds at ease! If they turn into small tanuki from that its their own fault.

    Aight then, Ill be leaving tomorrow morning, so Im counting on you to operate the store until Royal Girl and Meripapa-san enter the city and capture the monkey (the Second Prince), but Armored Pres-san is going to leave beforehand, and you should hurry to the Frontier as soon as you are done here too, okay? The Stalker Girls nsmen will distribute instructions. In the meantime Ill try to curb the enemies progress while also curb stomping them into the depths of hell, gaining us some time while also gaining some fat profits, so dont worry, Ill do just fine?

    We are worried, but cant help feeling that its going to be super alright?!

    The meeting progressed smoothly, and the mountain of food is also being steadily devoured. Looks like at this point there is no stopping giant orangutan girls from emerging! And it also seems that Vice President C will soon need her own personal bowl (bucket) too. Yeah, she seems very stuffed?

 Chapter 279

    Chapter 279

    Day 67  Nighttime, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    I thought it was suspicious since a while ago, but this is exactly what I expected. My Rajingan can notice even the slightest measurement errors, it can even calcte changes of mass. Thats how I could recognize that something was off They got evenrger!

    Braid Girl, Im somehow certain that a certain part of your body has swollen since thest time I made clothes for you? Is this some sort of localized obesity phenomenon caused by excessive nutrition intake?

    Dont call it swollen!

    This time its a short-heighted group of Handicraft Girl aka Braid Girl, Clothing Club Girl, and Cooking Club Girl. Well, they arent as short as Shrimp, but with so many tall girls they end up on the smaller side overall. And yet, she was quite big, and now she got even bigger.

    The size didnt change. But the bra I was using somehow Shrank?

    At sixteen she is still in her growing phase, but it would seem the growth is limited to the chest area? She didnt get any taller or thicker.

    Its not like she is that big in terms of breast size, butbined with her small stature of 150cm, give or take an inch, and lean physique, well endowed only in the chest area, it ends up strangely conspicuous.

    And the bra that she was wearing when transported to this world has begun to bite into the skin. This shouldve been enough of a reason to give her a priority, but being too embarrassed, she kept silent and ended up having her turn postponed, and during that time, she ended up growing even further. This seems to require a design drastically different to the Vice Pres B-sans one That was the question of the weapons of mass distractions weight, but this one is more of a volume distribution issue. The proportions are too extreme for her height and weight. It required finding bnce in thisck of bnce and properly adjusting it? Ill never be able to crack the mystery of why a highschool boy has to ponder on the ways to bnce the highschool girls unbnced orbs, but this indeed looks like it should get in the way of her movement.

    Thats why the departure was dyed until tomorrow, to have time to wrap this up today. Since withbat taken into ount, in the worst case, even her life might depend on it.

    Yup, apparently, in this world, ones life depends on a bra, and the responsibility for it is put on the shoulders of a highschool boy! I dont remember bras being this great of an issue in any isekai stories that Ive read though? I dont remember ever hearing of an isekai story where a girl entrusts her life to the bra making skills of the protagonist, or rather, I have a certain hunch that there was no such a story even without the isekai part? I wonder why? Maybe I should ask the geeks, experts in light novels of that sort, about this?

    Aah, it feels kind of refreshing, aaahn~!

    Please, omit thementaries? The person in charge of blindfolding who is covering my eyes from behind, is doing what would be considered the direct opposite of blindfolding, its the Perfectly Anti-Blindfolding Pres-san, you know?

    As expected from someone carrying the title of the Sword God. She already moved her fingers away at the very first Ah! She is reading ahead perfectly, and gets a full understanding of the iing development through mere signs Yeah, lets use that ability inbat instead? Im quite positive that it is not an ability sought in a blindfold? Actually, forget reading the development, a person in charge of blindfolding wouldve done a perfectly fine job by not reacting and doing nothing at all!

    And the measurement is extra wide. Unlike the usual half-sphere, this here is close to a full sphere. In other words, taking her measurements will take more effort than for Clothing Club Girl or Cooking Club Girl. Naturally, it means moreEvil Handsinvolved. Trying to move them around a bit while measuring, proved that just as I suspected, the center of gravity is leaning forward too much, this must be the cause of her slouched posture.

    Clothing Club Girl and Cooking Club Girl should do fine with the normal type, so Ill begin adjustments with this shape, alright? But in the case of Braid Girl it seems there is no other choice but to push up the chest and press in closer to the body to avoid slouching and the drag associated with it? But yeah, that will highlight the chest even more, but we cant leave things as they are at the moment since its bad for your health, so youll have to pursue the path of Sexy Braid Girl/Hot Nerdy Girl?

    Pushing them up, pressing them closer to the body, would emphasize the cleavage, and bringing them closer to her face would inevitably make her chest size even more conspicuous. And its probably because she didnt want that that she ended up wearing an Ill-fitting bra in such an odd way. I wonder at which point my life in another world has turned me into a bra sommelier, capable of discerning an ill-fitting bra in one nce? Indeed, this is a traitpletely not required for a highschool boy to have, rather, it might be even detrimental to have such ability? In terms of Affection Rating? Yeah, Im pretty sure its quite a bit of an issue that I have it. I mean, a highschool boy withSommelier of Womens Underwear? Ill never open my status ever again if I get that? Yeah, I wouldnt be able to show it to anyone!

    Uuuh Can it be somehow made unnoticeable?

    No way. If we try to lower and suppress them it will ruin your posture even more, and it will also worsen your bnce during physical activities. Or rather, you were trying to hide it all this time, didnt you? Thats the cause of your slouched posture, you know? If you arent going to fight I might be able to do something to make it stand out less, but if you are going to fight then there is no other way but to push them up? What will you do?

    Having poor bnce is dangerous even for the rearguard, and even more so for Braid Girl, an all-rounder who fights in the middle guard utilizing spears and longswords and often joining melee. So for her, poor bnce can be fatal.

    I will fight. Please make it!

    Got it, Ill do what I can to make it follow the natural body line as close as possible?

    Please do.

    I said it so casually, but its actually also one of those things. A highschool boy capable of bringing a natural body with a bra It might be toote for me, in more ways than one.

    As expected, Braid Girl ended up requiring a special reinforced back belt. Putting the back side aside, the front ended up super lewd! No, Im not looking or anything! But since Im making them while confirming the shape as I go, I can tell even without seeing anything? I mean, the breasts are drawn inward and pushed up with support from below? So, of course, it looks super lewd! Im sure this will contribute greatly to the improvement of manufacturing techniques for nonbat underwear, or rather, the one that is meant for nighttime battles.This new and novel technique was actually a technical innovation of the highest tier!

    Can you try moving around a bit? All three of you? If there is no difort or anything try making gradually rougher movements? If something is wrong immediately tell me, these are still in the adjustment phase, so changes can still be made, but please tell me as soon as you can? Like? Okay? No, its not like I like to see this? I mean, Im not even looking, okay?

    Uuh, its easy to move, and feels light, but this became something amazing

    Yeah, thats lewd!

    Yeah, it is? How should I put it? Like two rockets thatre about to beunched? Like she is hiding missiles there? Like two morning stars? Anyway, it looks very impressive. Rather, I feel like I might jump at those rockets by myself, so they are very dangerous. She possesses armaments so marvelous that if there are missiles to beunched from those silos then Id dly observe? I really want to?

    No, dont move your fingers away, seriously? Please, tell me I didnt say all of that aloud?! Wa why do you have to read my mind and open your fingers at such ideal timing? Or rather, could you stop trying to force open my eyelids while you are at it? This definitely has nothing to do with idents or mistakes anymore, and you are physically forcing my eyes open! Was there ever a blindfold that not only had no desire to hide anything whatsoever but which also was forcibly trying to make one look?! In the first ce, why does the brand new blindfold that I was using yesterday during Librarians turn now have holes? Its not sses! Giving good visibility to Blindfold-san is aplete denial of its raison detre!

    And with bras donees the time for the bottoms, but this partes with many demands. After all, these three are the founding members of the legendary Hip-Up Shorts Alliance!and also its greatest promoters! Well, all of the girls have joined, so Im making the shorts for everyone anyway?.

    Unlike sports clubs girls, cultural clubs girls are at higher risk of buttocks sagging!

    Thats right, thats right!

    And we too want to have firm and toned buttocks!

    Totally agreed!

    Leg lifts and knee raises are the basics of exercises for butt lifting, with the idea of pulling it up through training gluteus maximus, gluteus medius andtissimus dorsi muscles. Its said that training gluteus medius is especially beneficial, as the lift up effect provided by it naturally creates a nice looking butt. Gluteus medius can be effectively trained with kickbacks, or glute leg lifts, in other words

    Do some exercise! Why are you relying on a highschool boy to keep your butts in shape? Or rather, you are having tons of exercise in this world, even your levels have risen, there is no way your butts will sag that easily! On the contrary, bing super buff sounds like a greater risk at the moment? You are having so much BOOT and CAMPING every day that Im sure you are starting to get six packs by now!

    No! No way! Well be too worried without push-up shorts!!

    They actually were just spoiled girls who want others to do their work! Well, in the ss called beauties ss the cultural clubs girls are in minority, so they mightve had some sort of aplex about their appearance. Armored Pres-san is nodding behind me, but Im pretty sure that in our original world she would be the most removed being from anything to do with aplex about ones body? Well, she was just a skeleton previously though?

    We strongly demand a reinforced hip-up girdle!

    Indeed, in terms of putting pressure on muscles and bones to correct or shape up the figure the girdle might be the most efficient. The issue is why the hell are they throwing that zeal, passion, knowledge, and ideas at a highschool boy instead of working themselves! They keep fighting day in and day out sinceing to this world, repeating grueling training on a daily basis, yet they refuse to put effort themselves! Their disdain for exercise is almost admirable. Truly nerds among nerds! But even so?

    But girdle Will look like grannys stuff no matter how I design it?

    Make it so it doesnt! Make it like ck leggings!

    I see, with ck leggings I can somehow make it work with multiyering so they wont look as old-fashioned. Rather, they might even appear sporty. Atst, ck leggings-san is going toe to this world too, huh And now even this world will descend into a violent and heated bloody dispute on whether leggings are considered an underwear or not! Yeah, a pretty butt is a sinful thing.

    Now, lets make sinful ck leggings for Armored Pres-san too, and make some sinful love to each other! Yeah, it doesnt matter if leggings are underwear or not, ck leggings are meant to be adored! Im still going to strip them though!

    Alright, lets get to work.

    Well, I knew it would turn out like this. While thongs from yesterday didnt have much in terms of fabric coverage, the pinpoint location of where it was needed was the issue. This time its the exact opposite, with quite a vast surface to work with. Girdles, or rather, legging, cover an extensive area, which includes thighs, inner thighs, delicious thighs, anyway, they envelop a lot of stuff? Having such a wide area directly measured by Evil Hands and stimted by Holding-san while making adjustments, the result is inly obvious.

    Hiiiiih! Nm, Ah, Nmuuh! Aaahm!

    Both chests and butts were lifted up as requested, but looks like their souls also ascended to heavens as well? They lost consciousness with crazy smiles and some sort of aplished look on their faces, but they didnt actually do anything? They arent reacting and have broken expressions, but What do I do if they actually broke? Should I stick some Recovery Mushrooms into their mouths after all?

    Now, with this everyone had their turn But there is no guarantee that it will end with just one cycle? I mean, Im already getting additional requests? And why did the image be even worse after I stuffed mushrooms into their mouths? Its a healthy organic product? Such a mystery?

 Chapter 280

    Chapter 280

    Day 68  Morning, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch.

    And so the morning came. Although its only for a short while, Haruka-kun is going to disappear again. And the problem is that there wasnt a single time when he wasnt doing something dangerous when left on his own, with a 100% record of anxious suspicionsing true, which might as well be considered a certain conviction by now.

    Ill be going then, but there wont be any issues at the start, so you dont need to hurry too much, okay? But when the calles I want you to rush there. Make sure toe in full battle gear withpletebat readiness? If I call you its probably going to mean that, so if I dont call you it doesnt really matter? Well, thats it, make sure to make your preparations.

    I dont understand how facing an army of more than 30,000 all by himself is not an issue, while what is going to happen after that worries him But he isnt joking.

    Sure, leave this ce to us. And this time we will definitelye to your side when you need us. So call us any time. We were preparing for that very moment all this time. So we could fight together, instead of just being protected by you. Thats why our preparations are long done. Good luck, and please, be seriously careful.

    Ill be heading out then? Or rather, since my home is at the Frontier anyway, its more like, Ill be going home? Thank you very much? Kind of?

    Why thest words of someone heading to fight a war alone are Ill be going home? Thank you very much?? This makes him sound like a very violent wife who goes off to vent her anger on an army? But I think even an army would rather run from such ady.

    Take care~

    Big brother, you promised~

    During the breakfast, Haruka-kun spoke with each child one by one, making a pinky swear that he will take those who are interested to the Frontier. Putting aside the credibility of a pinky promise made by a person whose finger will literally grow back were they to lose it, and the question of their humanity too He did make a promise to them.

    Thats why the children were able to send him off with smiles.

    Now, the children, and also this souvenir store, the cornerstone of provision supply, have to be protected until the countless people living in the Capital are safely liberated. Thats why we have to stay. How frustrating, even though we understand everything, even though we discussed this beforehand, even though everyone agreed to this, its still frustrating. After all, he is heading out all on his own again.

    Once again, without Angelica-san or Slime-san by his side, all on his own, he is just disappearing from sight, like it happened many times before.

    I mean, someone has to protect the people of the Capital? So it needs the heroes (the girls) to stay? At Murimuri Castle its fine to just kill, so I can handle it. The right person for the right job at the right time at the right ce? Put like this it begins to look like an amazing n, which gives me confidence that it will go alright?

    The n, he says. But since it Begins to look like, he must be acting on something that just urred to him without much consideration, but you lose if you actually worry about theck of nning in the n.

    Alright, lets prepare to open the store. If we dont rake profits, the self-proimed magnate, that has less money than beggars in the slums, is going to be angry.

    Ro~ger!

    The third division has copsed, having only a few thousands troops remaining, however, the local nobles have gathered their forces, plus various mercenary bands are also joining them. With the addition of ruffians and vagabonds their numbers reached 31 thousand And they are still growing.

    However, numbers dont matter, the real danger is the support from the Theocracy. Magic tools, arrangements to ovee the Fake Dungeon, and enough force to take Murimuri Castle. They areing because they are confident in sess. Well, it most likelyes from overestimating their abilities, but they still must have something prepared.

    But just like the opponents have something up their sleeve, Haruka-kun has something even more outrageous.

    Good grief, challenging Haruka-kun to a contest of annoyance, this is beyond recklessness and just inly asking to be abused. If the Kingdom or the Theocracy had anyone capable of harassing, trapping, duping, or tricking others on the same level as Haruka-kun, this world wouldve been either unified or destroyed a long time ago.

    There seems to be a belief in foreign countries that apologizing or taking a humble attitude equals loss, but trying to apply pressure to Haruka-kun will most definitely mean self-destruction due to the difference in pressure ratio.

    If they simply apologized and came to honestly purchase magic stones, nothing wouldve happened. Rather, that was Haruka-kuns goal all along for which he was secretly working all this time.

    But it turned into a war. As a result, Haruka-kun ended up having to stand on the battlefield all alone and kill people. He worked more than anyone to avoid the war, he did everything possible to create the opportunity for negotiations, and yet in the end all of it was for nothing. They ruined all of it.

    He worked so hard so there would be no need for a war, sparing no effort to avoid bloodshed, but despite the lengths he went, it still didnt work. If they say that the Church and their god cannot forgive his actions, then they are free to suit themselves. I have no desire to be praised, acknowledged, or forgiven by a god that doesnt raise a finger while Haruka-kun is working so hard to create the future where everyone can live happily and peacefully! We will dly send (kick) back teachings of such a god, with ribbon, wrapping, rhinestone decoration and payment on delivery attached!

    After all, all he was dreaming of was simple happiness for the Frontier.

    He merely wanted to make everyone smile.

    There is no reason for a god to exist if he cant ept even such a little thing.

    A god that doesnt wish that shouldnt exist. We are the ones who wouldnt forgive it!

    If their god is justice and Haruka-kun is evil for going against it, then Im fine with us being evil. I dont want any of such justice.

    If dreaming of happiness for everyone means evil that goes against the will of the god, then there is no need for any talks anymore. I dont care about their teachings, nor am I willing to forgive them.

    We are seriously angry.

    They couldnt forgive even that small bit of peace that Haruka-kun was trying to create. Without having any idea just how difficult it was to bring happiness to the Frontier!

    We are seriously angry.

    Because we know just how precious, wonderful, beautiful, and miraculous the prospering Frontier is. Because we know just how much Haruka-kun fought for it.

    We are seriously furious.

    He was stealthily working to protect the Frontier, seeing a peaceful resolution where no one has to die or fight a war. While feigning ignorance, he was working incredibly hard. And yet it was all put to waste and ruined, and now they are even trying to invade the Frontier.

    There is no way not to get angry at that, there is no way such a thing can be forgiven! Because they stomped with their dirty shoes the feelings of the single good person that single-mindedly believed in the possibility of a happy end!

    Haruka-kun was fighting merely for that small happy end for the Frontier.

    He is getting angry for others, suffering for others, crying for others, and fighting for others. No matter how much he pretends, in the end, he is just making an uproar about the happiness of others. Without any care for himself, casually putting his life on the line left and right. Crying and getting angry for the sake of others, yet doing nothing for himself.

    Thats why we will get angry. If Haruka-kun only gets angry for others, then we will get angry instead. We will getpletely furious. That is way too cruel after all, way too pitiful.

    Thats why we are enraged.

    Haruka-kun was worried about exposing us to danger until the very end. He is regretting pulling us into the conflict.

    But this is long since our fight too, since we are seriously angry about this. And for Haruka-kuns sake we are going to get his share of anger too. This is our anger now! This is our fight now, we werent dragged into this neither does it have nothing to do with us, we are going to fight out of our own volition and rage. Because they absolutely cant be forgiven!

    They trampled and insulted Haruka-kuns feelings, Haruka-kuns wishes, that little Happiness that Haruka-kun was hoping for, his simple hope to merely protect. Thats why we absolutely cant forgive them! Thats why we absolutely wont!

    That was the consensus and the true will of the girls-only gathering.

    Thats why we will finish the Capital here. And then head to the Frontier.

    Getting busy with two stores plus peddling today, we will finish off the Capital with this offensive. There, the capital will fall.

    The conclusion to this y was already written, and both the stage and the actors were prepared, it definitely will go smoothly. After all, Ive never seen such a viinous scenario!

    The Capital will definitely fall with this, there is no way it can withstand.

    The Capital that was famed for its impregnable walls and rock-solid defenses is going to fall to the broiled eel and bargain sales. That is the predetermined ending.

 Chapter 281: Part 1

    Chapter 281: Part 1

    Day 68  Daytime, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch.

    The Merchant Confederation has finally backed off. Theres been no notice from the Confederation yet, but some merchants of the Confederation already caught wind of what was going on, and were trying to escape the Capital in droves, leading to the apprehension of a few of them.

    ording to the information obtained from the captured merchants, not only did the Confederation decide to withdraw, but there are also rumors of their merchant ships being sunk one after another. The Capital wont receive any new shipments from the Confederation.

    Therefore, the Capital has no choice but to open the gates and obtain its provision from the Kingdom. In other words, the Second Princes uwful coup has failed. At the very least he will be stripped of his right of session and will vanish from the main stage. A single souvenir store managed to liberate the Capital from the Confederations influence.

    But the gates are yet to open Its not clear whether they are awaiting rescue from the Confederation, or are simply yet to ept the reality.

    It seems they are going to show theirst vain struggle, refusing to ept the situation, but its quite a nuisance for those who have to watch it. Moreover, they suggested that we should confiscate provisions from that souvenir store, of all things. I knew they were dimwitted, but it looks like they also dont know when to quit.

    Were we to plunder provisions from that souvenir store, from then on and forever after, the Capital would not have anyone capable of supplying provisions from the outside. Or do you perhaps think that after being robbed in such a fashion the souvenir store will restock for the sake of the Capital?

    Guuuh! Then just levy it as an emergency tax.

    Since they cant see past their own noses, they end up trying to sever theirst lifeline, but if anything, this lifeline is more of a noose prepared to hang the nobles by their necks.

    We are not a tax service. Not to mention that since the Frontiers special territorial authority was recognized, its not liable to taxation from the Capital. And regardless of what sort of an order were to be issued, we, the Second Division, will noty hands on themon folk, but were you to harm the citizens, the contract would be void, and we would arrest you. Those were the terms of our contract, correct?

    We already received the information that before they came with this suggestion to us, the military police attempted an attack on the store. And its also well known that all of the attackers disappeared.

    The military police protecting the Second Princes Faction and the Confederations associates is close to beingpletely wiped out. It might be a good idea to crack open the heads of the nobles, who are yet to realize their defeat, to confirm what they actually have in there in ce of brains.

    The boy that honored us with the visit to the barracks earlier, had said the following about the nobles Their heads are stuffed with hopes and dreams while their eyes are shut close, so they cant see anything aside from their fantasies and delusions, therefore it doesnt matter what we say or do? I mean, they literally refuse to see their own unpleasant reality? People who can be convinced by talking, pretty much get it even without it being spelled out for them? Its not like they are mistaken or misguided, they are just old men who refuse to ept the reality, and prefer to drown in convenient delusions and hopes, so talking to them is useless? Or rather, its pointless since they are old men?

    Refusing to face the reality they are still seeing dreams of taking over the Kingdom. Refusing to face the facts, they are still clinging to the vain hope of agreement with the Confederation. Even now, they are doing nothing, and instead keep fumbling around in their convenient delusions.

    If rationing stops the citizens will open the gates. You have to either open the gates on your own, or keep purchasing provisions from the souvenir store and distributing it to the people.

    The nobles that made their fortune by oppressing the people will have to bleed those riches to keep feeding those very people. The gates will swing open unless they keep throwing their capital at it, which means capital punishment for them, so they are getting desperate. What a marvelous, cunning, and vicious trap. Its like handing the rope to the nobles, so they can strangle themselves on their own.

    The discontent among the people was high ever since the blockade and the rationing started. Without the souvenir store, the Capital wouldve had at least some small skirmishes going on by now. But it looks like the rebellion is about to end without any bloodshed, with only the Confederation and the nobles having their wealth plundered.

    What possibly can the nobles do now, after the military police vanished, and they are left with nothing aside from their status.

    Theirst struggle is the height of recklessness. There is no way they could possibly take that souvenir store with a meager force of barely 10,000 military police. Even we, the Second Division, wouldnt be able to take down the souvenir store. Launching an assault on the slums means certain defeat. Even if one manages to actually break through, capturing the store protected by dozens of beautiful maidens of the Sword Princess ss is not possible.

    That itself can be considered a message from that boy, a deration that a betrayal from the Second Division wont be allowed.

    Moreover, even the slums poption is now armed and willing to risk their lives to protect that store. They are prepared to be a bulwark to protect that souvenir store that saved all those people living in the slums from unescapable poverty, and made it into a neighborhood where childrensughter can be heard.

    Thats why we definitely wont allow them toy hands on that ce. We might risk our lives to protect it, but there is no scenario in which we would point our de at the benefactors of the Kingdom.

    Because our Second Division is a shield for the King who protects the people. For we who were entrusted with the defense and given the crest of the shield, raising our hands at the people would mean throwing away the pride of the illustrious Second Division, the Kingdom and Royal Family would lose all meaning to them.

    How its going?

    A number of skilled troops were assigned to guard the souvenir store. As pointless as it might be since it is unlikely they will ever get to do anything, there shouldnt be an issue with us having some eyes there.

    Its business as usual over there. A lively store filled with theughter of women and children at all times. The store had everything that we were striving to protect.

    The people live in peace and the country protects them and their happiness. What the Kingdom couldnt do despite taking shape exactly for that. Everything that we were about to lose is at that store.

    Moreover, its a store directly connected to the Frontier, that was fighting, protecting and suffering for our sake all this time. To attack such a ce one would have to be neither a soldier nor a noble, but a mere bandit. if seeing that one doesnt feel the urge to protect it, then they arent needed in the army. At the very least, I absolutely wouldnt allow such a person in the Second Division.

    To think one could take a capital city in such a brilliant way Without a single drop of blood spilled nor any harm to themon people. Moreover, they even managed to deliver a huge blow to the Confederation without venturing there. To think they managed to cause enough damage to keep them from interfering with the Kingdoms affairs, truly frightening. An army has no hope of defeating them, they are waging war on a higher level.

    However While we were saved, the Frontier is The Frontier became a sacrifice again

    While the First Prince was captured, it didnt stop the nobles armies. In the end, the First Prince was nothing more than a figurehead, with the real power in the hands of the Church faction nobles. And at the moment, both the Frontiers troops and the Kingdoms army are in the Capital. The Frontier that was left defenseless to save the Capital is going to fall victim to their armies. Soldiers of the Third Division withdrew from the nobles army, but its high-ranking officers and scions of the noble houses forming the core of the faction have remained. Perhaps troops of the local nobles saw easy spoils there, since they flocked to join the nobles army en masse.

    There is no time for this. Although I understand that they cant make it back in time, but to have Omui-sama go along with such a farce while the Frontier is under attack Might as well take the Second Princes head with

    Urgent report! The gates were opened. General Shariceres, the Royal Guard under hermand, Margrave Omui-sama, and Frontier troops have entered the Capital!

 Chapter 281: Part 2

    Chapter 281: Part 2

    Ill head out immediately. Watch out for the nobles and military polices movements.

    Did citizens open the gates? It seems a bit premature for that. There still shouldve been time before the rationing stops.

    Its the store outside the walls! It appears they started a big sale at very low prices which includedrge quantities of food, clothing, and various livingware. In response, citizens have opened the gates.

    Kuh Until the very end, huh. In the end, the Capital was fully seized by the souvenir store alone. Looks like there wont be anything for us, the shield of the people, to do. We are going to wee Shariceres-sama and Omui-sama! Everyone is to line up and be on standby. Dont make them wait.

    Yessir!

    All of the actors have gathered, the only thing left is to end the farce. It seems that this ugly y can finallye to a closure under everyonesughter on the stage prepared by the souvenir store. Despite being the best unexpected finale, with the ending in sight, it makes me even slightly disappointed about being unable to see the perfect happy ending written by that boy.

    After all, the best scenario had a story that made meugh from the very bottom of my heart.

    Looked down from the slums and having garbage thrown at them, the nobles copse foaming at their mouths after exploding in fits of rage. Going bankrupt after having their riches plundered, those nobles turn vagrants. Losing the remainder of their riches to purchase provision for rationing, they all be penniless, and join ranks of the poor, who they were oppressing all this time. Finale.

    The one entering the castle is the Princess and a general, Shariceres, leading the Kingdoms elite Royal Guard. Moreover, a living legend Margrave Omui, and the strongest army of the Frontier, have also entered the Capital. The Capital is engulfed in thunderous cheers. Everyone is loudly chanting the names of the two.

    Talk about being outmatched. The two, true nobles beloved by the people, and the monkey (Second Prince) with idiots (nobles), there is nothing to even think about. Simplyparing them feels futile.

    The Capital rejoiced  the heroes have liberated the Capital.

    Everyone put down their weapons, no one could possibly point a de at the Royal Guard and the Frontiers army, regardless if they are a friend or a foe. They can do nothing but surrender without any bloodshed.

    Wee back, Your Highness Princess Shariceres, I shall lead the way to the Royal Pce. We are also grateful for your contribution this time, Omui-sama.

    There is no way merely apologizing to Omui-sama would be enough. Because we allowed the rebellion the Frontier has the people of the Frontier, who deserved help more than anyone

    Long time no see, Terrysel. But for now, smile, the people are watching. No need for sorrowful looks, smile. Im not worried about the Frontier, nor have I given up on it. This is the stage prepared for us by that boy, so smile. The boy said that he will manage it somehow, so we should simply smile. Stop with the sour face andugh.

    The entirety of the Kingdoms military force is currently concentrated in the Capital and at the borders, plus the now hostile armies of the nobles. There are no troops at the Frontier.

    While smiling through force, we make our way to the Royal Pce. There is no one left who would even try to oppose us, let alone provide any resistance.

    To the King.

    But there is nothing that can be done about the Frontier. No matter what sort of ingenious strategy that boy were to devise, there are no troops to carry it out. And yet they say that he went to the Frontier by himself. Alone, empty handed, without anyone to apany him.

    Even so, we have to smile. If that is the role bestowed to us by that boy, Ill smile, even if I grind my teeth to dust and gnaw through my lips in the process.

    What followed was a mere theatrical piece.

    While the Second Prince and nobles were crawling on the ground on their knees with heads hanging low, Her Highness Shariceres and Lord Omui made their way to the Kings side. And reaching his chambers, respectfully offered him a secret remedy harvested at the Frontier. As the King recovered in the blink of an eye and regained consciousness, the Royal Prince, who actually was around all this time without anyone noticing, renounced his regency and returned the seal of state.

    The return of the King that everyone was waiting so eagerly for.

    When it was announced to the citizens that the Second Prince and the nobles were arrested under the Kings order, the Capital erupted with even greater jubnce.

    Then, a bountiful feast with plenty of alcohol was held on the orders of the King and Omui-sama, swallowing the entire city in revelry, creating the Kingdoms revival festival.

    The King and the Princess are waving hands from the terrace of the Royal Pce, apanied by Omui-sama. Even my humble self was invited, which has me currently standing beside them and also waving my hand with a smile.

    All actors are present on the stage, and citizens of the capital rejoice over the climax of the y. The nuisances were already removed from the stage, leaving only the King and the true nobles standing. The ones who tried to remain nobles (sword of the kingdom) despite being pushed into themonfolk. Those who came to the souvenir store carrying their entire modest savings to purchase weapons. Those ruined nobles are all said to have been given swords, armor, and splendid dresses with the words Its a freebie. The ruined nobles that were banished for their attempts to save the slums were recognized by that boy as genuine nobles, giving them the right to be present at this scene.

    Just like a y about a heroic epic, ovations for the King, the princess, and Omui-sama standing on the stage wouldnt stop, engulfing the Capital in feverish enthusiasm. The stage to celebrate the heroes, yet that ck-haired boy is not on it.

    Thunderous shouts of joy shake the Capital, with crowds singing and dancing in celebration. Its finally over.

    Terrysel, sorry for the trouble, you have our gratitude for protecting the people in our stead.

    My King! Such words are

    But the people the most deserving of those words are not here. That boy and his associates, who should be praised by the people the most, are not here. That person went to the Frontier. The true liberator of the Capital went to protect the Frontier by himself.

    My King, Ill be going back to the Frontier too. This is the ce governed by the King, I have my things to do in my own domain.

    Im sorry, Mellotosam. In the end, us, Diorer, are always causing trouble to Omui, having to be constantly helped and rescued. I thought that Id end it during my reign, but this is what we ended up with. Forgive me, Mellotosam.

    The King lowered his head. He is apologizing so deeply, that if werent in front of the people, he probably wouldve gone on his knees. As a vassal and a friend I too lower my head, overwhelmed by emotions. Thoroughly reflecting upon the meaning and significance of the fact that lord of the Frontier left it during the crisis to save the King.

    Dont bow, Diar! You are the King. Raise your head and smile for your subjects. I wont allow anyone to sully this stage, even the King. We had a happy resolution, where everyone was able to smile, prepared for us, and even were given the stage. So smile.

    Wearing a frighteningly serious smile, Omui-sama waved back to the citizens. The one who wants to return more than anyone, the one who wants to rush back this very instant, Omui-sama donned a smile, and replied to the cheers of the citizens of the Capital.

    So ham actors like me can only smile at most.

    ying the role given to me on this stage, I earnestly force a smile. But everyones minds arent here, but at the distant Frontier instead.

    Filled with thoughts of the boy that is facing dozens of thousands of enemies by himself.

 Chapter 282

    Chapter 282

    Day 68  Nighttime, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch.

    It took longer than expected to get in touch with Omui-sama, but we finallypleted all of the discussions and arrangements. We also were able to confirm the situation. The Capital should be fine now.

    The Capital was peacefully liberated, with no citizen blood being spilled nor anyone having to starve. Everything went just as Haruka-kun desired.

    The citizens have already gathered outside. In cheerful celebration they are singing and dancing, drunk on free alcohol and the feeling of freedom. The heavy and oppressive atmosphere of the Capital had fully transformed into one of joy and festivity. Rather than gloomy the true form of the capital was that of a city full of cheerful people happily embracing each other.

    All because it ended without a fight. Since there was no bloodshed or upheaval, they can smile sincerely.

    The idea was to have the aunties open (break through) the gates bymencing a bargain sale beyond the city gates. The military police and private troops of the nobles that tried to intrude into the souvenir store already went straight underground, dropped into what Haruka-kun calls Middle-Aged Men Hell. And there is no way short-staffed guards can possibly stop a rampage (stampede) of countless aunties. Anyone who tried was knocked down, trod upon, and trampled into the dust. The sturdy gates of the capital were breached in the blink of an eye.

    Moreover, men and women of all ages flooded from the gates, lured by the scent of broiled eel. Even we couldnt help drooling. Everyone was eating with great appetite. The samples were delicious, so everyone was busy tasting and selling.

    Its all because Haruka-kun found red sake and eels in the capital! The Capital was doomed that very moment. I mean, its broiled eel! Everyone worked on fanning the cooking eels and sending the smell into the Capital with Wind Magic. Yeah No wonder they will burst outside. I mean, that is the enticing scent. To be able to withstand that aroma one probably has to have no sense of smell!

    And all of this was a farce, it was already predetermined that this uproar would go the way we want. As long as the proper groundwork wasid, it was certain to go smoothly.

    After all, its Librarian-chans Agitation, powered byRipple Ne  MiN InT 50% Up, Anti-Resistance, Ripple, that Haruka-kun has even called the trump card of this operation. As long as some sort of an opportunity was arranged the rest could be done through masterful maniption of crowd psychology. Thats why it was destined to fall from the very beginning, we only had to wait for the opportunity and timing. Everything was decided from the start.

    Thats why it naturally fell. The only thing left was the little drama y.

    Then, carrying banners, the Royal Guard and the Frontiers troops entered through the opened gates, and under the gaze of the cheering citizens made their way to the castle. Thus, the Capital that was considered impregnable and invincible fell without a fight.

    The invincible walls of the Capital, the Kingdoms treasured artifact Ultimate Lock (Protection)s Complete Protection and Complete Intrusion Denial, and infinite traps produced by Evesting Trap all failed without being put to any use. On top of that, one of the Kingdoms artifacts, Evesting Trap still remains in the possession of the unceremonious thief!

    The King, just as was expected by the scenario, recovered, leading to the immediate purge of the Confederations and the Theocracys agents from the Capital. Corrupted nobles are also either arrested, or if they put up resistance, stripped of their power.

    Just as we thought, the King was poisoned. They were able to keep him alive with a heirloom relic of the Royal Family, but it seems he was afflicted with a more than lethal dose of poison. But with the Frontiers specialty giant mushrooms prepared by Mushroom Evangelist-san instantly curing him was an easy task. Just in case, Omui-sama was given a ton of mushrooms for treatment, which led to him thanking Haruka-kun in tears over and over again while gripping his hands. Haruka-kun was super annoyed about having his hands clutched.

    As The Royal Guard and the Frontier Army had entered the capital, making a grand procession with gs and banners towards the Royal Pce, making sure to encircle it on the way, the nobles didnt even attempt to organize a resistance. And the prince (monkey) seems to have been arrested as well.

    And with the King recovered the Capital was liberated. The y was over.

    The Capital was engulfed with ovations and cheers. The people sang and shouted in joy, getting so loud and lively that it even made one wonder if the Capital truly had this many people before. Everyone is overjoyed about the peace being restored.

    The Capital should be fine now. So we are going.

    We are counting on you to watch over the house, you will be good girls and boys, right? We wille to pick you up as soon as we can.

    We will be good, waiting for you! Take care.

    Wismregzero-san was sold as the pce security. His equipment was given to him by Haruka-kun, with Dona Dona written on the cloak. As expected, that provoked some pity.

    His little sister Erailia-san got along with the children, and agreed to look after them in our absence. She apparently was an elven shrine maiden, and although she has a caster job, judging by her demeanor she seems pretty strong so they should be safe with her. The Royal Family also dispatched the Second Division to protect the souvenir store. This store seems to have some extravagant guards prepared since its a benefactor of the Capital. So there is nothing to worry about.

    The children are going to be alright So we can go. To the side of the person doing the most not alright thing all alone.

    Angelica-san left for the Frontier ahead of us. Even if we went together, Angelica-sans travel speed is much greater than ours, and we want someone to join Haruka-kun as soon as possible. Moreover, she was so impatient that she couldnt wait any longer. So we had her leave earlier.

    After all, in the worst case, Haruka-kun might already be at the Fake Dungeon. After all, if he is alone, there is a chance he might attempt to fly. I dont understand why he is so carefree about flying despite not developing a controllednding method yet, but he is outrageously fast during flight, even his crashndings are apparently ultra-high speed. He was speaking about this very proudly, but in the end it seemed to be quite painful.

    Then, is everyone ready? We are going to travel at high speed in fullbat gear, so make sure everything is in order.

    We are good! Ready to leave any time!

    Everyone is impatient. Haruka-kun is fighting by himself, he is waiting for us there. All alone Thats why everyone is getting so hasty.

    Lets go then. Athletic Girls will lead the way.

    Jaa!

    Good luck! Tell Big Brother that we are waiting for him to return for us.

    The children, wearing hand(tentacle)made kids clothes that Haruka-kun distributed beforehand, are waving hands while smiling. All dressed up, with cute frilly dresses and prim short pants suits, they are sending us off. Thats why we have to wave back at them with smiles too.

    Well be off.

    Just as Haruka-kun wanted, the peace was instantly brought to the Capital through a bustling festival, without anyone getting hurt, killed, or any disturbance or fires happening.

    Thats why we leave for the Frontier, where Haruka-kun is.

    We asked Haruka-kun to help the orphans, which created deviation in Haruka-kuns n. Even so, he built an orphanage and remodeled the slums. Although he probably wouldve done the same even without us asking. Or rather, even before we said anything, he already was remodeling the slums, making various excuses as he went. But that probably shifted the schedule by one day at the very least.

    And the reason why ships from the Confederation would note anymore, was because Oda-kun and others went all the way to the Confederations shores to attack them. Haruka-kun appeared to be surprised, but also pleased by that. That Oda-kun and others were angry, that they were fighting based on their own judgment But that also means that Oda-kun and others return will be dyed. Which is another deviation to Haruka-kuns n.

    So Haruka-kun must be forcibly trying to defend everything alone, doing something absurdly risky as he fights to make everyone happy. Thats why Haruka-kun is going to be what we protect!

    The entirety of this world can be left to Haruka-kun to take care of. We will protect Haruka-kun, who forgets to take care of himself.

    After all, we already know.

    When things look grim, Haruka-kun wont hesitate to sacrifice his own life. Haruka-kun would try to protect the lives of others, even knowing that it would kill him.

    Thats why the consensus of endless discussions during Girls-only Meetings is that we will make sure to protect Haruka-kun and the rest doesnt matter.

    Thats why we spent every day endlessly raising levels, preparing equipment, and practicing. All of it was for the sake of fighting for Haruka-kuns sake.

    Thats the Girls-only Meetings decision.

    Vanguard swap. Nothing unusual ahead~, no signs of the enemy either~.

    Got it, the Tamed Group next, please. Make sure not to run ahead too much.

    We know. Maintain this speed, right?

    Yeah. We shouldnt tire ourselves out, Haruka-kun said toe in full readiness.

    Roger.

    Even if we cant be at his side, as long as we can diminish the risks its all good. Even if its just by bing a decoy and splitting enemies, or scaring them, or whatever, a diversion, auxiliary assistance, anything is fine I just want to be of help to him.

    I dont want him to carry everything on his back.

    I want to be of help to him, even if its just a little bit.

    After all, its thebat that is the biggest danger to Haruka-kun. He has many issues like level and HP, but thats fine.

    What I dont want to see is him deciding to meet death by himself.

    I dont want to let him go off to die like back then.

    Haruka-kun most likely will do just that in the end.

    Thats why I dont want to let him face the end.

    We just have to be cards in his hand, the rest Haruka-kun will handle himself,ing up with outrageous ways to trick and destroy enemies.

    Thats why I at least want to remain a useful card to him until the very end, thats enough.

    I dont want to see him running out of moves and going out to die by himself again.

    This is the consensus of endless discussions during Girls-only Meetings, no matter what else we have to leave behind, we will stay with Haruka-kun.

    Are you sure about going at this speed until the morning? Cultural Clubs girls can still take more.

    We were told that there is no need to rush. We didnt receive a summons, so its fine to maintain a safe pace for now.

    Howe the reinforcements dont have to hurry yet when he is facing 30,000 enemies alone? Well, trying to worry about him is a pointless effort anyway.

    Be it opening the way, taking a shot, or running errands, anything is fine, as long as we can expand his options.

    Im sure even now, facing 30,000 enemies by himself, he is doing something that we wouldnt be able toprehend.

    We might be of no use even if we arrived on time. But even if we arent of any use, as long as we can add extra options for the critical moment, its fine.

    We cant do anything unless we remain by his side. But having at least a single duty assigned to us is fine. As long as it can help avoid Haruka-kun bing a sacrificial pawn himself.

    That alone is the consensus of the endless discussions of Girls-only Meetings since we came to this world We will follow Haruka-kun.

    We absolutely wont allow him to risk his life alone again!

    Angelica-san went head, but I dont think she can reach him before tomorrow morning~, I wonder if Haruka-kun already made contact with the enemy?

    Enemy forces shouldve been at the Fake Dungeon already, the question is where Haruka-kun will choose to engage them?

    Our speed keeps increasing unless we consciously pay attention to it.

    He didnt call for us yet, and Stalker Girls nsmen havent shown up either.

    But the closer we get the greater are the chances that we might be of help to him, so everyone keeps running faster.

    Earlier, we followed this path to the Capital, chasing after Haruka-kun. When we arrived, a souvenir store was standing there.

    And now we are returning by the same way, and Im really worried what couldve popped up at the Frontier by now!

    I wonder what Haruka-kun is nning to do with an army of 30,000 people?

    Dont! For the sake of your sanity andmon sense, dont even try to think about it!

    I dont know what was that thing that Haruka-kun was worried about, but that look was the one of uneasiness.

    If somethings up, then wed like to make it in time, everyone is rushing ahead.

    We are so used to it by now, that we are able to eat beef bowls while moving at nearly the maximum speed.

    If there also was miso soup thered be nothing toin~.

    Dont you think traveling at ultra-high speed while eating a beef bowl AND sipping on miso soup at the same time is a bit much? If there also were pickled veggies it would be a real danger to our femininity!

    Lets hurry up and extort more delicious stuff!

    Yeeeeaah!

    Wait? What were we chasing after again? Delicious food? I wonder if there are manju?!

 Chapter 283

    Chapter 283

    Day 68  Nighttime, Souvenir Store, Fake Dungeon, The Neighboring Towns side.

    The noblemens army of the Churchs faction is gathering up in small groups. As terrible as it may sound, its more than 30,000 middle-aged men. A sea of unsightly middle-aged men as far as the eye can see. That is one sea I absolutely dont want to dive into This is horrid. Since the day I was born, I have never seen a sight this ugly and sweaty. I mean, 30,000? Its like a small town with a 100% middle-aged men poption Thats one awful town!

    This better be actually working.

    Why dont you try it for yourself, if it doesnt we are ready to exchange, rece, take it back, or return the money? I dont know how long it takes to run out of power, but if the light disappeared from the stone and it became pitch dark it means that its effectiveness has worn out, or rather the time has run out, or rather magic power. If stone golems inside the dungeon move even a little bit well return your money. They are going to move if you hit or attack them but thats your problem, okay? Since you have so many people, all of which happen to be middle-aged men, I will make a special offer, for every hundred that you buy Ill add a mushroom pennant for free! I actually have a whole load of them unsold, I wonder whats the issue with them? Yeah, even though everything else sold out? Kind of?

    I barely made it to the opening of the souvenir stores main shop at the Fake Dungeon. That was close. Like, it was really tight. If I didnt fly with Air Walk I wouldnt have made it in time.

    And just when will I get a skill fornding? It feels like I might get Crashing skill before that!

    The shop is located in an abandoned town without any stores or anything Which is called Neighboring Town? In other words, since there are no stores anywhere around, I now have full monopoly to conduct rip-off sales, and get dirty rich. I already profited from the Confederation, and now I have to profit from the Theocracy too, otherwise I will be branded and shamed for discrimination, so I have to properly rip them off, since I dont want any drama orints.

    For the provision, tell me beforehand how much do you need so I can buy it, okay? The advance payment is half of the sum, the rest 60% is to be paid on the delivery, plus 10% deposit? Summing it up may be mathematically difficult with variousplicated theorems involved, or rather, since its all split up like that it shouldnt be added up, but Ill supply the stuff you need?

    If thats true it will be a great help. Actually, the unit that was carrying provision was attacked on the way here, so we hardly had enough, can you take care of this?

    Thank you for the patronage? But without advance payment and the deposit we cant stock up on the stuff, so scrape up the needed sum? Well, its actually the purchasing responsible person who is going to get the stuff, Im just operating the souvenir store. And for the limited time of now you can get a mushroom pennant for a very nice price?

    The nobles army must be pressed for provision by now. On the way back from the Capital I picked up all of the provisions that happened to have fallen on top of the nobles armys column of wagons, so they shouldnt have any.

    With the supply cut off we would have been in real trouble if it wasnt for this store. Plus this stuff called manju is real good.

    And this pass thingie can stop stone golems, minimizing the damage.

    Its expensive, but its worth it. And well, you know how it goes. (Grin)

    They probably think that if they can keep the friendly front and treat me as a cooperator they can secure their supply until its all over, and once the Fake Dungeon falls theyll just have to dispose of me and theyll get back all of the money they spent, so they are paying the asking price without arguing as if they have money growing on trees. Its good money, but manju are about to sell out. If the girls find out that those guys ate everything theyll probably end up on the receiving end of Pres-samas whip scolding called ughter.

    But speaking of the pres-san, each time Id see her, shed be munching on manju like a squirrel, holding one in each hand Are her calorie calctions alright?

    Then, with nsid out on top of the table that I prepared for a fee, a strategy meeting began. Naturally, being as considerate of a person as I am, whom it wouldnt be an exaggeration to call considerably considerate, I also prepared chairs, for another small fee. And for another additional fee Im also delivering tea and manju, for almost an oversaturation of consideration.

    Well, even if its called strategy, its just a human-wave tactic. Earth mage corps and engineering corps are working hard to fill up traps. Theyd have a mud golem walking ahead, and once it falls into a trap, have it turned back into soil, burying the trap, gradually neutralizing the Fake Dungeon, is what their n seems to be.

    Mud golems cant fight stone golems, but they seem to be intending to disable them by mass purchasing Fake Dungeon Passes. Well, actually, even if they manage to stop stone golems, there is Rafflesia-san waiting ahead, but since its nothing but middle-aged men, it chose to hide. I mean, tentacle torturing middle-aged men is an actual torture! I dont want to see such a thing, thats definitely a big no for a highschool boy!

    Then, arge number of soldiers advances ording to the n, with mages working all together on creating mud golems and filling up traps as they proceed. But even so, they keep triggering traps one after another to no end. I mean, I keep adding more? No, if they keep discussing their strategy right in front of me, Id prepare some more? Naturally? Like, they keep telling me where they are going to put bridges, which area they are going to fill, which path they are going to take, so it would be rude not to?

    I mean, all of the middle-aged noblemen keep making set ups in front of me, going We are going through here, This way, here, Over there? I gotta read the mood? Yeah, I added traps to all of those ces?

    And so I keep installing traps while listening to their endless strategy meeting conducted right in front of me. All while rip-off tea and manju sets keep selling for 10,000 ere each.

    They surely must be thinking that they are gradually making progress. They surely dont think that the Fake Dungeon keeps gradually stretching.

    And then there is a gang that while participating in the meetings, keeps silent all the time, only taking notes. That is the Theocracys unit.

    The nobles arent even beginning to suspect that they are sacrificial pawns for the sake of destroying the Fake Dungeon. No idea if they believe in the Churchs sincerity, the Theocracys loyalty or the Old Farts justice, but if they can believe in that, theyll believe in the possibility of the Geeks rehabilitation or the future where the Idiots will have meaningful discussions of academic importance. Those are challengers willing to bet on some unlikely odds.

    Alright, fill up the swamp in the left passage and put up a bridge. I permit the use of magic stones if low on mana. Engineering corps. The right side isnt filled up enough, what are you doing! Hey, kid. More tea.

    Once the mages ran out of their mana they began going through magic stones like its tap water continuing to produce mud golems to fill up the Fake Dungeon. They also keep buying passes like crazy to halt stone golems. Stone golems also have it tough, having to pretend that they cant move. It was worth it making them practice with Red Light Green Light. Ah, that one twitched!

    Even so, gold coins keep piling up through theirvish spending. That rear unit that keeps supplying them with magic stones and gold is a knight order from the Theocracy. They are backing this army for the sake of using it as a decoy and a battering ram to neutralize the Fake Dungeon and storm Murimuri Castle, all so they can deplete the enemys traps, weapons, and resources. And they are also our best customers here.

    However, if they are willing to pour such enormous budget, manpower, resources, and magic stones into filling up the Fake Dungeon, they couldve as well given those funds to me and I wouldve immediately filled it up, but no one seems to be willing to make me that offer?

    Without letting them advance too fast, I keep drawing them deeper while ripping them off. Fully stopping or even worse destroying the nobles army runs the risk of the Church resorting to use of their trump card. Its too early for that, so for now its a dying tactic WITH rip-off feat. Magnate. If only the nobles had some sort of a unit consisting of prettydies, then Rafflesia-san and others wouldve had their ce to shine too. They must be very disappointed. Im very disappointed too.

    The fill up was finished, but there seems to be another three-way fork.

    The one with the biggest trap should be the correct one, which one wasrger?

    No? Its actually the left one that looks like nothing but is all smeared with slippery oil? The path is ascending, so it might be a bit inconvenient.

    The passage in the middle has a giant hole.

    Alright, go through the central passage.

    Apparently, its the central passage. Alright, lets connect it to the exit on the right and make a loop. Having someone draw a strategy map before my very eyes makes things immensely easier to understand. These are some pretty considerate middle-aged men.

    The Churchs people keep silently copying the map and handing it to their subordinates. In that case, the Churchs main force must be stationed in the rear, outside the Fake Dungeon.

    And from that rear regrlyes a carriage loaded with gold coins, buying up food and dungeon passes. If they had this much money they couldve as well just bought magic stones without any problem, but they just had to waste all of it at such a ce, good grief, because of that Im taking huge profits? Thank you very much?

    Kid. Sell us weapons. About two units had their weapons melted. Dammit, what an aggravating dungeon.

    Food, weapons, equipment, dungeon passes, all sell like hot cakes, but mushrooms-type pennants have no demand at all? Maybe I should ce them in some more noticeable ce? For some reason the pres and others were trying to put them where theyd barely be visible?

    A middle-aged man from the Stalker Girls n who is pretending to be on restocking duty by pretending to carry goods came. Well, it definitely could be a problem to have a cute girl waltz into a ce with nothing but sweaty men, but even so, further increasing middle-aged men density in the Fake Dungeons closed space could lead to it reaching the critical point and starting middle-aged men fusion reaction, creating a giant middle-aged man? Hm? Were the giants here born through the middle-aged men fusion reaction? Well, Im killing them anyway. I mean, normal or giant, its still a middle-aged man.

    The middle-aged man from the Stalker Girls n said No movements in a low voice, and after pretending to take a load off went back. Looks like we but narrowly managed to avoid middle-aged men fusion reaction. That was close.

    There are no movements, and its still not the time yet, which means the extension of the rip-off draw in n.

    Even now, I keep diligently deepening the hole that they are diligently trying to fill up. They already 40% filled it up, and I sort of do have to allow them to make progress, but its still kind of vexing?

    But unless I draw in the nobles army, I wouldnt be able to draw out the Churchs unit. That is the target I need to draw out and suppress right here, otherwise there will be trouble. If that is unleashed on the Kingdoms side of the dungeon there would be no means to stop it. Thats why I have to force the fight at the Fake Dungeon and Murimuri Castle, the threshold in between the Kingdom and the Frontier. And they probably will use thest resort option too. Stopping them here means it going out of control, so I have to let them make progress and strike them at the entrance, and if that fails, the Fake Dungeon and Murimuri Castle will be thest hope. Thats where the back against the wall rip-off souvenir store with barkers and hospital receptiones in.

    Hey kid, additional provision for 5,000 people, and dont forget drinking water.

    The enemy numbers keep growing. With the inclusion of stray mercs, brigands, and robbers, the gathering of middle-aged men elerated even further. The Middle-Aged Men density ratio grows without stopping, threatening to soon go over the saturation limit. By now they probably could defeat a dungeon master through their middle-aged men smell alone. A doggie-type dungeon master would run away in tears. I mean, even I want to run away!

    They finally were able to deduce the right route, and began climbing the slippery oily slope. The oil is not only slippery but also has Dissolve property so shoes should sell. Lets secretly mass produce some. If they also fall down after slipping then other equipment will get destroyed too, so sales should improve even further.

    Siigh Everything is littered with middle-aged men. Even though its nighttime, its a hellscape with no signs of elements that could entertain one in a highschool sort of way. Good grief, everyone was disparaging the Royal Prince as useless, but he actually brought Pretty Female Knights with him and even had them escort me. The first good middle-aged man I encountered in this world. But those nobles and the churchs middle-aged men are totally useless. If they at least brought beautiful female treasure hunters and had them explore the way I wouldve promptly guided them to Rafflesia-sans room. Just what made them think they can traverse this dungeon with just middle-aged men? The only person who managed to get through was Royal Girl, you know? In other words, this is what it means? The higher the middle-aged men ratio gets, the higher the difficulty bes, and lower the safety?

 Chapter 284: Part 1

    Chapter 284: Part 1

    Day 69  Morning, Souvenir Store, Fake Dungeon.

    After the worst transportation to another world, Ive had quite a few worst days,.. But no morning was as bad as this one. I mean, there is no tragedy worse for a highschool boy than weing a morning with more than 30,000 middle-aged men!

    Kid, you are an early riser. Alright, prepare breakfast for 30 people. No, make it 40.

    Im not early, I havent slept! I mean, with 30,000 middle-aged men around its too sordid for sleep. Moreover, I have to set up traps at Murimuri Castle while supplying the nobles army on the other side, so Im very busy?

    Gathering around the strategy map in the morning, the nobles are getting into discussing should it go like this or like that. Well, thanks to the pointless instructions from those guys Im actually having an easy time, so they have their own use. I mean, there is no way I could keep up with making traps, if the soldiers were allowed independent decision making. After all, 30,000 people are enough to entirely fill the Fake Dungeon. If they tried to make use of their sheer numbers, and attempted tounch a swift attack all at once, then dy tactics wouldnt have worked, turning into simply a retreat battle with stone golems. If theyve done so I wouldnt get a chance to rip them off, and it also wouldve quickened the Churchs movements. And yet those guys keep making orders for every little thing and demanding reports on everything, Truly very useful middle-aged men with self-dy strategic capability and information leak function attached. Moreover, they are great customers (suckers) that I can rip-off as much as I want.

    Id wish we could begin besieging the castle by the night. To think someone as noble as us would have to spend nights in such a hole.

    Now now, just bear with it for today. Moreover, with this our families will also be counted among the heroic lineages that conquered a dungeon, so country bumpkins like Omui wont be able to act so arrogantly anymore.

    Heroic lineage doesnt sound too bad, but to think it willck in sensual entertainment so much.

    You will have more than enough of that once we enter the Frontier. They might live in the sticks, but as rumors have it, the Frontiers women have both looks and charm to them.

    Umu, Id certainly need to taste them myself. In such a case its all the more reason to crush such a hole without dy.

    Umu? As a highschool boy I definitely agree on theck of sensual, but taste? Is he going to bite their heads? Is he perhaps the Bitchesrade? Looks like there was some fearsome enemy hiding in the in sight all along! He looks kind of weak though? Or rather, even if those middle-aged men attacked the Club City theyd just get beaten up and thatd be the end of it? Yeah, that is an actual town of carnage, thats where the actual terror of the Frontier resides. I mean, its a demonic realm where aunties armed with clubs are all over the ce! He will lose his head before he gets a chance to bite anyone? Quite seriously.

    They finally reached the swamp with jumping stones at the halfway point. Its a straightforward course that simply requires one to jump on a series of stones to get across, but liquid in the swamp has Corrosion effect. I really didnt want to see a naked festival of middle-aged men, but it seems there is no need to worry about that, as they are steadily filling up the swamp and preparing to set up bridges. Well, thats the correct decision. I dont want to see any naked middle-aged man, and thest stone there is actually covered in oil For some reason everyone keeps falling for it, getting stuck at this point? I even changed the color of thest stone But everyone keeps jumping on it anyway? Of course you will slip down from it! Why no one tried to understand the thoughts of the creator? Couldnt it be that they actually understand that this is a setup, and reading the mood are jumping on it on purpose?

    I could hinder their progress here by making the swamp deeper, but lets have them pass this area, since I dont want to see any middle-aged mens nudity. I mean, yeah, spare me that.

    And now its the room with trap staircases. Several staircases lined up next to each other, if one takes steps on the wrong step the stair turns into a slide, dropping the person to the very bottom. I actually had quite a hard time making this trap? It also happens to have dissolving liquid flowing out, so falling to the bottom almost guarantees ending up stark naked. I mean, it was a design suggested by Pres-san, she even added a carefully drawn picture, so even though it was troublesome, I couldnt refuse her and installed it? And yet it was a trap that didnt see any use until now since no one was able to reach it. Yeah, Pres-san looked very sad when she heard that Royal Girl and her party didnt pass through here Did she want to make her fall? Could it possibly be that she is interested in melting her clothes?

    It took the swarm of the middle-aged man about an hour of climbing and sliding to understand the mechanism. From there, it took them another hour to find all of the trap steps All while middle-aged men kept endlessly sliding, slipping, and falling, getting their clothes melted, a true picture from hell! Wait, no way, could it be that this is what pres-san wanted to see?! Suspicions of Pres-sama interest in stripping middle-aged men revealed? Yeah, shell beat me up if she hears this.

    And 30,000 lunches are getting sold, they mustve started running out of their reserves Which makes sense, since I keep appropriating them. The menu consists of just a thin water-like vegetable soup, the recipe directly learned from the orphans, and pieces of stone-like hard bread, but at least the quantity leaves nothing toin. The orphans were having such meals daily, but with only meager portions. They were desperately trying to survive on such food, so Ill ept noints about the cooking. Even that is too luxurious for those heading to kill people living at the Frontier.

    All of the Third Divisionsmon soldiers seem to have fled by now. The Stalker Girls nsmen mustve been secretly working on guiding their escapes. However, the children of the nobility, making up the core of the Third Division are all gathered here. They are the main culprits behind the power of the Royal Family over the army waning to the point of losing control over the Third Division. Well, while they are indeed children of noble families, they are still middle-aged men, so there is no issue with burning them.

    However Will they be able to get outside before the night at this rate? Because as things are now, Im about to get a very humiliating for a highschool boy record of spending a day and night in a cave alongside more than 30,000 middle-aged men. I mean, Ive been holding back the urge of burning them for 24 hours, and yet the exit is still nowhere in sight, this is testing the limits of my endurance! Aaaaah, I want to burn, I want to burn, I want to burn them to cinders, even burned to ashes a middle-aged man wouldnt be a good middle-aged man, because a good middle-aged man is the one that didnt get born to begin with?

    Armored Pres-san might already be on her way here. With this, one of them can be stopped, but its still too early. The Pres and others will arrive tomorrow at best. Well, as expected, tonight is impossible, so its most likely going to be tomorrow morning. If normally, they should arrive sometime after noon. And Meripapa-san should take more than two days even if he travels with elites only. And he is probably going to be the veryst one to depart. As for the Geeks and Slime-san Well, they arent going to make it in time. So even if its on time, only three at best, the fourth and the fifth one will be left to me.

 Chapter 284: Part 2

    Chapter 284: Part 2

    The Geeks are well, fine, I didnt expect them to go on offensive, but thats alright. They finally came to another world that they were dreaming so much about, but since they ended up here with ssmates they ended up shutting their feelings away again But looks like they finally became free, they finally got angry, they finally noticed,ing to this world, that they were angry. They finally were freed from everything. So it cant be helped. Sending Slime-san with them in case they try to do something crazy was the correct decision. Yeah, the first group of other worlds heroes have finally awakened.

    The idiots Have not, they probably might spend the rest of eternity sleeping, so lets not bother even thinking about it. Yeah, I mean, as long as they get to fight everything is fine to them? After all, they seek nothing but battle. They were living all that time, yearning for it, without the chance for their desire toe true, but that desire was finally granted aftering here. And they arent even thinking of anything anyway, so whatever?

    And in the end, I once again failed. It was obvious that I cant handle everything, so this is my payment for trying. Since its a payment, I have to make it, but even if I pay in full, its toote for this debt to be forgiven. While Im not a certain headless Royal Prince, I also dont have anything else to pay with? So Im going to stop what I can, and protect as much as I can. There doesnt seem to be anything else that I can do at this point.

    In the end, it alwayses tocking the numbers. But I knew that. Its 43 people. We came to this world with that number. But 13 are not here anymore. I allowed them to get killed, and then killed one of them myself. So no matter how conveniently I calcted, it was bound to be not enough.

    So Ill have topensate for what iscking with myself. Since I have nothing else to pay with. The foolish Royal Prince mustve renounced his rule by now and returned to just being a foolish brother, badmouthed by everyone. The ipetent middle-aged man that ran around the entire Kingdom carrying his head, which ended up of no use to anyone. But thats how that foolish Prince managed to save the Kingdom, so now its my turn. Even if I cant save it like that middle-aged man, I can at least run around with my head.

    Hey, kid. Do you have shoes for sale? Go get some if you dont. Move it!

    I made quite a lot of shoes, but since making shoes for middle-aged men I went with masin boots which I could make right away, but for some reason they became a great sess and ended up having to mass produce a whole ton of them? Yeah, its profitable, but its not fun at all? And there will be no adjustments or fittings. Im absolutely not touching any middle-aged mens feet!

    Im so sick of middle-aged men by now that I might as well copse the entire dungeon and just bury them here, the fastest and the most exhrating option, but with the Church still working on preparations I have to continue drawing them in. The entire thing stinks of trouble and middle-aged men.

    Having finally reached the swamp area, they seem to be nning to pass it by filling it up as well.

    Even though a highschool boy put his heart into painstakingly making this deep swamp, putting ayer of dirt with Corrosion effect on top, in the hopes that dirt-covereddies will be challenging stones golems in a very immodest state, naturally with expectation of wardrobe malfunction incidents too Middle-aged men are going to fill it up. Well, its not like anyone wants to see half-naked dirt-covered middle-aged men, so its fine, but it gives me ennui with this incredibly dreary feeling? Crap, its probably a negative reaction caused by high concentration of middle-aged manium in the air.

    The sun must be already setting outside. With this pace, the middle-aged men rip-off tour through the Fake Dungeon hosted by the Souvenir Store is going to continue until tomorrow morning. I cant take this anymore, I dont want to even see any middle-aged men! I really, really, really hate this, I want to go home, or rather I want to take Armored Pres-san home and enjoy a bubbly bath in a jacuzzi with her! At this rate I might reach enlightenment from too much abstinence and ascending into the gods realm will go around plucking his beard! Although Armored Pres is a much more needed Goddess than that geezer. Like, even if a religious war were to break out, the Beautiful Goddess in Armored Pres-san is bound to win. I mean, with the divine grace, destructive power, and impact of her incredibly sexy appearance shed have an overwhelming victory.

    Angelica-sama has arrived, she is currently hiding outside.

    While I was muttering to myself, the middle-aged man from the Stalker Girls n came with a message. Looks like the goddess had descended. Thats one.

    I need to urgently restock, or rather check the inventory, or rather there are some dangerous highschool boy-like goods that have to be released before its toote, so I need to leave right away to make a great ejection? Can you look after the store for liiiiike an hour? There is a chance, or rather, a desire, that it will end up being two hours Im sure nothing is going to happen here until the night anyway, but can you give me a message if something important does happen?

    Leave it to me.

    It goes without saying that I dashed all the way to the abandoned town, rushing out of the Fake Dungeon at the greatest speed, and the minute I discovered Armored Pres-san, dragged her into the remains of the nearest inn, and immediately removing her armor got to detoxing. No, I seriously was at the limit of my middle-aged men tolerance, I was on the verge of burning them right there? A few of the old men that stated their opinions about my eyes are already under disciplinary arrest for self-reflection at the depths of earth, but I was holding myself back from turning into ashes the rest of them, limiting myself to asionally burying some of them? Yeah, I did my best, so it cant be helped.

    I mean, the highschool boy inside me has regained his original form, and casting away the restraints put upon him through sermon have transformed into something close to a highschool boy to surpass all boys, roaring in the more solid form than ever, endlessly resetting the energy, so it cant be helped? In other words Oops, I did it again. (Tehepero)?

    The problem is that when the real fight is about to begin, our greatestbat asset Armored Pres-san has been defeated? What do we do?

    Im definitely getting scolded for this, so lets prepare and make that hemp hat that I promised her earlier. Well, Im definitely not getting out of sermon, but if she is happy then its all fine. I dont have much to give her anyway, so if she is happy with a hat, then thats fine too.

    After gently brushing her on the head, making sure not to wake her up, I start making the hat by hand. I did bring her out of the dark depths of that dungeon, of which I have no regrets whatsoever, but did Angelica-san be happy? Did I properly Okay, that word aside, but did I do enough for her? There are the girls, with whom she seems to be getting along, the kids also seem to like her, Slime-san is about toe back too, then the Geeks and the Idiots Well, who cares? But did she be happy? Can she find happiness? I wish she can be happy~.

 Chapter 285

    Chapter 285

    Day 69  Late at night, Abandoned Neighboring Town.

    We finally arrived. We piged a few supply units that we encountered on the way here, so we got slightly dyed, but Haruka-kun said that cutting supply lines is the first step to hey-hey-ho? Just which Yosaku-san told him that?

    Angelica-san, sorry for beingte. Is Haruka-kun alright Or rather, did he create some sort of a mess already? Since you are here it means that thebat is yet to begin, right?

    Angelica-san is in fullbat gear, but in her hands she is holding a hemp hat, pressing it against her chest like its something precious. Is she going to wear it over the helmet?

    This

    Then, she handed us a letter from Haruka-kun Or rather, written orders? Well, its encrypted, as usual. How did I even arrive at the point of being able to decipher this?

    ording to the girl from the Stalker Girls n that was with us, Haruka-kun, who was presumed to be fighting against 30,000 enemies all alone, is not only not fighting, but is also weing 30,000 enemies as customers and is currently ripping them off fully utilizing his monopoly. And the main branch of the souvenir store located in the Fake Dungeon is having a great sess with the nobless army and is now very profitable, very busy, and very bustling. And the poor nobles army thats continuously getting ripped off by Haruka-kun, is now apparently breaking through the Fake Dungeon with his cooperation? Yeah, it makes no sense, but Im sure the same could be said about his letter as well. After all, there wasnt a single time when he made sense!

    Dear what was your name again? Well,dies and gentlemen?

    Its awfully auspicious, or maybe not? Day? Like, I genuinely have no idea whats up with the calendar of this world? No, I mean, I apologize for calling you in such a busy period, or rather, you are here before I could even call for you, so Im actually not to me, Welle?

    Now, changing the topic, or rather, its not like there was any, but here is where it starts, or actually, to be quite frank with you, this is in fact a letter? Kind of?

    And so, there is a map with the letter, right? There is? Right? If not, then I forgot to include it? Thats, like, seriously bad?

    Well, the crosses on that map are dungeons outside the Frontier. 1 to 3 are probably for certain, 4 to 5 are probably for sure? The sixth and on are probably fine for now? Sort of? Looks like? Or rather, look at it?

    Im going to ask Armored Pres-san to handle the first one, the biggest, the deepest, and the most dangerous one, that looks like the main target, or rather, I already asked, so its fine. As for the second and the third one, no idea which one will happen first, but could you crush at the entrance the one thates out first? But if it gets dangerous, run away?

    Yeah, it looks like the Churchs divine punishment is actually a stampede caused through artificial dungeon overflow? And they seem capable of guiding it so they should send them towards the Frontier.

    But crushing them beforehand could lead to overflow without guidance, the Kingdom will be in huge trouble then, or rather, if monsters just scatter everyone therell be no way to suppress them all, so we are waiting for an overflow? I guess?

    So if Meripapa-san can make it to the third one while you are handling the first two with Armored Pres and t Gaze Pres, then its all fine, if not, retreat to the Frontier?

    In the meantime Ill be guiding the middle-aged men to Murimuri Castle, or rather, ripping them off for huge profits, while drawing them in, but its middle-aged men all around, the hell itself! And so I cant move from here until the Church acts, if I move, its the growth and reconstruction, and the main one might be unleashed, causing an overflow here too? Probably? Well, I actually havent heard anything, so no idea though?

    Well, probably, but judging from the distance and timing, neither Slime-san or Geeks and Idiots will make it in time, so if the fourth or the fifth one overflow there is no choice but to withdraw, so make sure not to take unnecessary risks?

    Ill make sure the way for retreat is open, its seriously risky and dangerous, but can I please ask you to do this?

    So talk it over with everyone and decide with the girls-only meeting? If all 20 of you wont agree, then immediately withdraw. But if you keep endlessly girls-only meeting then overflow might ur while you are at it? If you cant make it quick then there is no point to it?

    Well, if you can, then please. If you cant then please take care of the Frontier. Either is fine, but even if you hurry back here, all manju are already sold out?

    Yeah, middle-aged noblemen ate everything, so if by some chance they run your way, feel free to give them a scolding (beating)? I mean, I did nothing wrong, its all because of the middle-aged men who kept buying that I am so rich and magnate, how are you doing, today?

    Yours Since Killin?

    Too long! Also, its Yours Sincerely, just how bloodthirsty is this letter supposed to be?! Or rather, is this even a letter?

    The only thing I understood is that Haruka-kun, who we thought was facing 30,000 enemies by himself, is actually cooperating with the nobles army, greatly contributing to beating the Fake Dungeon. Well, I did think that oveing the Fake Dungeon without Haruka-kuns help is impossible, but does this make it a reason to assist them? Even the part about drawing them in while ripping off, generally, one would be considered a traitor who sold out for money, but since he is going to betray those who paid him too, or rather, since he is fully intending to set them up, its unclear on whose side is he. Its more like hes everyones enemy?

    This exins why Haruka-kun was so wary. No country can withstand artificial overflow of a dungeon.

    And five of them on top of that. Everyone is finally living happily Why do they have to do such a cruel thing?!

    So this is a divine punishment. Is this something a god would do? Sending a horde of monsters to attack people living in peace is the teaching of their god? Then we absolutely cant forgive them. Such a thing absolutely cant be allowed!

    Im gonna do it. Ill definitely stop it, Im not letting a single one outside!

    Ill do it too. After all, this is the first time Haruka-kun asked for anything The first time in eleven years.

    Im definitelying and Im totally stopping them. Even if the Frontier is protected the children are still in the capital, we promised that we wille to pick them up!

    If we manage to suppress all five the entire Kingdom will be saved. But three is the limit, and if we stick to defending the Frontier the rest of the Kingdom will suffer great damage. The Capital will be fine, the children should be fine But a great number of people living in towns and viges will die, creating new orphans.

    And in case the nobles army proves incapable of breaking through the Fake Dungeon they mustve been nning to destroy it in one go with dungeon overflow. Thats why he is going out of his way to lure them in and buy time. And also rip them off their money while he is at it. But there isnt enough time, or the card he can y.

    But five It would be tough even with Oda-kun and others, but if they cant evene back in time

    Why are they going so deep on offense! Im too now going to call them geeks and idiots when theye back!

    Buut~, it is because they went on offensive and sunk numerous ships that we got to leave earlier and made it in time~?

    Something mustve happened in the Beastmen country. There is no way Oda-kun and others wouldve gone on offensive otherwise.

    Judging from this iprehensive letter, Haruka-kun must be buying time by drawing them deeper while engaging in dyment tactics. All alone, in the very midst of the enemy forces he is Operating a souvenir store. Yeah, he seems to be making money?

    And despite everything, he chose to send Oda-kun and others on an errand. There must be some meaning to it.

    After all, Oda-kun and others are fighting out of their own volition now. Oda-kun and others, considered the strongest by Haruka-kun, have begun fighting. They are strong, but they werent going all out. They always left strength in reserve, fighting efficiently and skillfully, without overextending themselves. But they have a very defensive, passive fighting style, unfit for a title of the strongest. But despite that, they are strong enough to not crumble even once. There was something to it besides an effective fighting style of staying on defensive and then counter attacking the weak point But they fought simply by deftly matching to others. It was unthinkable that they would go on offensive on their own. Im sure there was a point to this, thats why he sent them out. So it cant be helped.

    The nobles are being guided and ripped off, he says. Well, its notbat so its probably fine?

    There is no way its fine~, After all, Haruka-kun definitely must be where its the most dangerous.

    . Im sure thisMain oneis more dangerous than a stampede from dungeon overflow.

    Even 30,000 of the nobles army is just a decoy. The main force is the Churchs army in the rear, and apparently, its them who have that Main one. Moreover, its a trump card that they normally wouldnt use, but will unleash if the overflow n fails. It might even be an uncontroble weapon of mass destruction. Since he didnt mention anything about such a dangerous thing, he probably doesnt have a clear idea about it either, and since he doesnt have even a good guess, he cant give us any warning. And in order to ensure that we can withdraw to the frontier he is nning to destroy it by himself.

    We finally came all the way here, but to guard the second and the third one well need to leave again?

    Since he sent out a letter, it must mean that Haruka-kun wont be able to leave anymore. The battle has either already began, or is about to begin

    If the 30,000 strong army falls, the Churchs army will step up. The Churchs force that has prepared means to ovee both the Fake Dungeon and Murimuri Castle, and to beat the Frontiers Army. And if the Churchs army is beaten, a stampede will ur, then Main onewill be unleashed. This is the army of the Church that preaches the teachings of God. The army of the Church that pretends to preach the teachings of God.

    I thought that it was unusual for Haruka-kun to hold such a serious grudge against them, and suspected that he was simply angry because of Angelica-san, but turns out they were actually the worst enemies of humanity, lower than a vermin, a walking disgrace, living trash, the worst, the lowest, the scummiest, the most idiotic despicable garbage! Its only natural he would be angry at them. Anyone who knows that and is yet capable of adhering to that faith withoutshing out in rage has to be a god-crazed lunatic.

    Well be having a Girls-only meeting. If we dont get 20 people we are retreating! Who is for going to dungeons, raise hands.

    Im going!

    Yup, I knew it before I even asked. Handling dungeon overflow without Haruka-kun, Oda-kuns group, or Kakizaki-kuns group, with just 20 girls is too dangerous. And yet everyone raised their hands. I knew it Its unanimous.

    Its really dangerous, so be sure to obey a retreat order! Its a promise.

    Yees.

    Even though we came all the way to the Fake Dungeon, inside which Haruka-kun is fighting Not. Just ripping them off, actually. Well, in a broad definition, if interpreted in the most favorable and charitable way, he paradoxically could be considered fighting? And yet we have to go to the battlefield given for us.

    However, this is what we wanted. We are fine with being Haruka-kuns cards.

    Im sure he still doesnt have enough cards to y. But we will do everything we can.

    Because Haruka-kun asked us. Haruka-kun, who absolutely didnt want to expose us to danger, finally relied on us. He finally included us into his deck. So that alone is enough. Thats why are definitely going to carry this through. For the first time aftering to this world we are needed by Haruka-kun, failing here will be a shame on us as girls!

 Chapter 286

    Chapter 286

    Day 70  Morning, Fake Dungeon.

    Filling in each and every pitfall around, the army keeps pushing forward through its sheer numbers. Looks like its the limit of how much I can dy them here.

    The Churchs unit seems to be acting less busy now, and the preparations for the dungeon overflow also seem to be progressing. Plus, Im starting to feel sorry for the Stone Golems, who have to pretend that they cant move?

    Finally, its the hall of doors. The trapped doors lined up through the entire room are being one after another opened by a crowd greatly surpassing in numbers the quantity of the traps. Even if traps reduce their numbers by a couple of hundreds it wouldnt affect them all. Thus the door room is overwhelmed by a human-wave tactic. Well, since its nothing but middle-aged men, I had Rafflesia-san and others, who were supposed to have their turn when someone falls for a birdlime trap and has their equipment melted away with corrosion, hide.

    I mean, middle-aged men bound by birdline and unable to move, have their equipment and clothes melted away by corrosion, and when they are already half-naked, tentacle monsters appear! There is no way I ever want to see that! I wasnt working so hard on improving this Fake Dungeon just to see such an ugly scene. I built it believing in the DESTINY of someday encountering a beautiful female adventurer here. Dreaming of merely that, and some small tentacle scenario, I prepared all of this. And then theye and stuff it full of damn middle-aged men, and then more middle-aged men, and middle-aged men again, having no idea just how difficult it was to get this far!

    They trampled upon the pure dreams a highschool boy held for a dungeon!

    Finally, the exit, huh. Send out the ruffians first.

    Using troops as disposable resources they search for troops, and those who get caught are buried along with the trap. Arge-scale human wave tactic that will work as long as the stone golems are inactive. By now its hard to tell just how much funds they sunk just in dungeon passes alone. Ive already made them waste a sumparable to what I ripped off from the Confederation.

    Then, more than a hundred returned to the entrance after getting caught on thest slide, but this is thest trap. That is the Fake Dungeons exit there.

    I didnt expect this. To think there will be more than 30,000 people who break through. I dont have that manymemorative brushes ready? Or rather, the rear ising too, so its 40,000 visitors anniversary? Well, its not a legitimate clear, so souvenirs arent really needed. Going all the way to the town to buy scrubbing brushes sounds like a pain too. They are just middle-aged men anyway?

    The Churchs unit is also following. If they were going to cause a stampede then those guys wouldve run away. Which means they are yet to use that option, they must be be saving it.

    Finally outside, huh. And that is the castle? Taking that would be a challenge, but they shouldnt have that many soldiers right now, if we push with numbers it should fall.

    If we begin preparation right now, we should be able to begin the castle siege by evening. They will be just as blind during the night.

    Kid. Prepare a table and chairs. The officer will give the money. And prepare tea and manju too.

    Looks like they are going to tell me their n again. Well, its not toote to start fighting after they tell me everything they have to say. Now its going to be purely a war of attrition with each side destroying the schemes each other has prepared. Once it starts it will go non-stop until one side is crushed. Aaah, its going to take a while. Well, I do want more time. The Frontiers army cant make it in time. Even so, we are two parties short, but thest ones can be just faced here. Its impossible to limit the damage further. This is the best I could do.

    We finished distribution of the Third Divisions armaments. A bit under 30,00 of the nobles troops and mercenaries can be deployed as heavy pikemen.

    The mages division is also deployed. However, prolongedbat is impossible as they used too much mana in the dungeon.

    Siege magic devices will soon be fully deployed. We are currently preparing the necessary magic stones with the Theocracys assistance.

    Looks like the n is to throw heavy infantry armed with pikes at the walls, while the actual work will be done by the mages and magic tools, attacking from range? However, the Church also started gathering soldiers. It doesnt seem like they are going to join the frontlines, and they also dont appear like casters, are they going to use magic tools? Im surprised that they decided to crawl out before the nobles army ispletely ground to dust, but their wait-and-see stance doesnt seem to have changed.

    They still have something up their sleeve. Its certainly nothing good though.

    Aside from the knights in luxurious enchanted armor, there also was confirmed a unit that appeared like ordinary soldiers. They are nning something. They must be nning to cause something once the nobles army enters melee. They are acting strange for someone who is about to fight from now on, as if the entire thing is none of their concern.

    Does it mean that only this unit of ordinary soldiers is going to act? Their are low level and poorly equipped, a bunch of riffraff that only has numbers with barely any signs of team coordination, that hardly can be called a military unit. They dont seem fit for a siege, but what are they actually trying to do?

    And then there is a small force positioned far back behind thest rear unit. That must be the main one.

    In that case, dungeon overflow must be their trump card, but if so, what is the trick those small fries are supposed to y? The main one must be theirst resort measure to destroy everything in case nothing works, so they will save it until the end. Ill be happy if they can carry that thing back home without using it, but allowing them to take it back means that it will eventually be used somewhere else. Id like to destroy it if possible, but its way too dangerous to haphazardly meddle with.

    Most of the countries that were destroyed byDivine Punishmentso far, perished to artificial dungeon overflow. I dont know how they are causing it, but its a stampede with restricted direction.

    However, there were a small number of countries, in which powerful military or a hero managed to suppress the stampede, yet destroyed nheless. If that is the work of theMain hen it has to be strong. It should have enough power to beat a military powerful enough to stop a stampede, or a legend-ss swordsman or adventurer. Which means that even Armored Pres-san might be in danger. Thats why I asked her to take care of the most distant and dangerous dungeon. She cant be allowed to be here.

    Muttering to myself, I walk through the in before the castle gates, then stopping right in front of Murimuri Castle that splits the ne, I turn around. From now on, the valuable customers are going to be enemies.

    Im not allowing even a single one of them into the Frontier. I wont allow them to kill even a single person. Thats why we are going to kill each other here. AaAh, other world is nothing good, after all. The previous world wasnt anything decent either, with wars raging here or there all year round, but Ive never heard of anything as terrible as facing 40,000 middle-aged men alone. If it were 40,000 prettydies it wouldve been a different story, or rather, Id like to take part in that! But its middle-aged men.

    Charging my voice with mana I send it to the middle-aged men on the other side of the in. Even if its only a voice and thankfully not feelings, the fact that the recipients of that are middle-aged men ruins the moment incredibly badly!

    Well then, the souvenir store is going to be temporarily closed for the moment, so from now on Im just Jobless? Wait, a jobless is defending the castle fighting at the gates? Well, there is no sry for this, so its indeed not a job! But it still definitely doesnt count as being shut indoors? Why is a shut-in busy running all over the Kingdom, flying here and there? Being that busy its only natural that I wont have time to find a job and will end up a NEET? Well, the loner being alone is fine though. Anyway, its the End of Service Announcement, if you still insist on approaching it will be war, alright? Noiningter? Well, there is noter for you, so you wouldnt be able toin even if you wanted to? You came to kill and murder, so the only way you can pass through here is by spilling blood? Well, thats how war is?

    There ismotion and shouts. They are screaming, desperately clutching dungeon passes in their hands. They must want to stop stone golems appearing on top of the walls one after another. Even though I properly exined to them that it only works on the golems inside the dungeon? Thats because you dont listen to people that you end up in such a situation? Well, although I only had them pretend that they cant move, they didnt do anything, so the contract was fulfilled. Yup, Im not giving back the money!

    Seeing the stone golems the nobles army rushes to get into battle formation. An army that is close to 40,000 in numbers by now is running around on the narrow in, so of course it will be chaos.

    That shitty brat, tricking us like that, we are taking the castle at once! Charge!

    UUuuooooo!

    A howl of 40,000 middle aged men, incredibly annoying.

    A charge of heavy pikemen, but since its just nobles troops wearing the Third Divisions equipment they arent very good at it. A certain portion isgging behind, while others scattered in disarray, losing coherency of collective assault, but even so, its a ground-shaking charge attack from arge army. That Chargeis the strength of the Third Divisions equipment. The skill on the heavy infantry equipment that allows them to steamroll over enemies with that charging attack. With 30,000 troops charging all at once, even stone golems will end up ughtered, if it was inside narrow dungeon it wouldve been one thing, but if thats an open in its unstoppable. Yes, if its an open in?

    Thinking back on it, after being suddenly thrown into this world I had to live in a forest, eating nothing but mushrooms day after day~ (Distant look), and now Im attacked by 30,000 middle aged men at such a ce. Or rather, the previous world didnt like going ording to ones wishes, but this one is something else?

    To think that I, who have lived in a mushroom forest all this time, would create a bamboo shoot vige, its really something else?

    I mix Wood Magicto the manaHoldingthe ground on the in. Ive already nted seeds while I was waiting, so now a simple job of making them sprout.

    Sprout, or rather, grow, or rather, I actually wanted to eat bamboo shoots, but they somehow became a strategic weapon, causing huge damages as bamboo spears or bamboo thicket before I got to eat them? Well, grow big? I wonder if any bamboo shoots will remain~, say I, trying to raise a g?

    As expected, it makes sense that bamboo thicket can be that big of an issue. Since its grown with magic its growing quickly. In just a moment its a bamboo thicket. Such delicious looking bamboo shoots became fully-grown bamboo.

    The charging middle-aged men plunge into the bamboo grove, hitting bamboo, crashing into bamboo, being knocked back by bamboo, they are rolling around. Its impossible to see through the bamboo grove from the rear, and their allies are closely packed, they are unable to attack, just standing there dumbfounded.

    And it also means that I have 30,000 middle-aged men halted. so control is simple. 30,000 Evil Handspiece through gaps in their armor, and with screams of death agony engulfing the surroundings, disappear.

    30,000 of heavy infantry perished, leaving only silence.

    I also wanted to get the mage squad in the rear, but they moved.

    The only unit that entered the grove was that squad of weak soldiers. Their levels are low, and equipment is also nothing special. Novice soldiers are charging in? Since it gives me nothing but a bad premonition I attack them from a long distance with Ice Needle, and the soldiers pierced by the row of icy spears immediately explode.

    Suicide troops.

    Suicide bombers, theyve gathered lunatics, strapped them with explosives and have them explode. They can self-destruct, so Im in trouble if I get surrounded. Since they also explode when they die, I cant kill them if they get too close.

    And behind them the Churchs knights and the mage unit from the nobles army are begun to move. They had me here. No choice but to pull back. Like, the heck am I supposed to do holding the castle on my own, but those self-destructing troops are too dangerous. Thats like the schoolgirls squishy body pile but exploding middle-aged men version. Thats absolutely NOPE! No, just no, the saddest part about this is a highschool boy getting blown up under a pile of middle-aged men, Ive never heard of such a miserable cause of death, and I hate even hearing about it, but bing the victim of that I hate even more. This has to be the worst way to die that can make any highschool boy wail inment when he hears about it!

    Trying to at least somewhat reduce their numbers I set up in the grove wire traps withEvil Hands, and retreat to Murimuri Castle.Then also add tons of traps withEvesting Trap  Continuously Creates Traps in Designated Areathat I picked back at the Royal Pce to annoy them. No choice but to retreat inside the castle walls. Large-scale magic attacks and self-exploding enemies is too nasty of abination.

    A siege with no relief sounds like a death g, but Im also alone on top of that? What am I to do? Shut in? Wait, this actually might be my specialty?

 Chapter 287: Part 1

    Chapter 287: Part 1

    Day 70  Daytime, Murimuri Castle interior

    Shouts of agony continueing from the bamboo grove, or rather the thicket. Since it was frustrating to simply run away, I mass produced wire traps and pitfalls before retreating, so outside is still noisy with constant banging of explosions, but losing 100 or 200 wouldnt even begin making a dent on their numbers. That aside, why do middle-aged men of this world keep flocking to me? And just as I thought, middle-aged men ratio of this world goes against principle of causality itself! At this point it seems like its better to start investigating it from the cause and effect rtion itself?

    They already entered the castle, so it became more of a indoor gueri warfare than siege defense, but it actually feels more like Bomberman. The issue is that Im on the side that is getting exploded, so its not fun at all. The mere concept of enemies doing nothing but setting up exploding already makes it one shitty game, but with all enemy characters also being middle-aged men it makes me want to smash the screen before even trying? Moreover, with photo-realistic middle-aged men Couldnt they at least be a bit deformed foredic effect?!

    There are still more than 10,000 middle aged men, and the Churchs forces that were hiding in the Fake Dungeon are also beginning to gather up. But the existence of suicide troops, which I didnt expect to see, prevents from thoughtlessly getting into closebat. But, like, closebat is all I can actually do? If I start carelessly shooting magic there Ill immediately reveal my position, get surrounded, and then BANG.

    Im sessfully crushing middle-aged men by stirring them up with gueri attacks to bait them into traps, but with the excessively excessive number of middle-aged men is excessive. No matter how many are exploded or caught into traps they keeping. Itll be all over if I get surrounded, so Im creating confusion while culling their numbers, assaulting groups that were isted, only to then immediately retreat.

    Its our loss if they get past Murimuri Castle. So I have to lure them to me, but I absolutely dont want to lure any middle-aged men! And those middle-aged men also have short fuse, exploding right upon seeing me. But if they manage to get through the castle and cause a stampede in the Frontiers territory, it will be the Frontiers defeat, as the army is currently all outside the region. I went around creating walls around every town and vige, but I couldnt get to every single one, and having farnd devastated will also destroy agriculture. Moreover, knowing their history, its clear that the Churchs army must be a bunch of scum who like taking hostages. I cant allow them outside the castle.

    Two signal res were shot in the morning. The Pres and others arrived. They must already be monitoring the dungeons. With this, two are covered.

    I also would like to try something, but those Churchs knights are strong. Their numbers are only in the few thousands, but even among those, there is a group in conspicuously extravagant armor that is far stronger than the rest. But I finally lured all of them to the castle. Now they should be unable to use a stampede. If they do, they also will be dragged into it, but if they try to turn back they will be cut off by the Fake Dungeon. Thats why they cant use it until they kill me. Thats why they might use theirst resort measure, which by itself is sort of the worst case scenario? Thats why for now, Id like to cull their numbers as much as I can, but the third signal re is yet to go up And the fourth one is not going to be shot.

    A drawn-out fight is exactly the most unfavorable scenario for me, but as the things are, I have no other options but to wait. Even if its hopeless, Im still going to bait them out until the very end, I want to crush as many as I can.

    Filling both the Fake Dungeon and Murimuri Castle that I so painstakingly made with nothing but middle-aged men, as expected of the Church, their tactics are nasty? This has to be underhanded strategy aimed at destroying highschool boys motivation forbat. Why after I went through such lengths to even distribute flies and put up billboards, telling left and right that Id prefer a honey trap, rising gs as best as I could, theye with 40,000 middle-aged men instead!? Moreover, they even have fanatics, actual old men fetishists! If they want to explode so much, why dont they hug their beloved old fart and explode with him? Since its their fetish anyway?

    Good grief, they can explode on the old fart or normies as much as they want, but do they have toe with explosive hugs to a humble and diligent highschool boy who lives a modest and honest life? If instead of exploding middle-aged mens hugs it were embraces from explosively passionatedies with dynamite bodies I feel like I wouldve been easily caught? Even if its a trap, Id still go for it? Rather, I mightve jumped into it on my own? Or rather, I totally will!!

    However,Evesting Trap  Continuously Creates Traps in Designated Areathat I identally picked up at the Royal Pce, is doing unexpectedly great. Filling the entire castle with traps it obliterates enemies. The Churchs knights are too much though, but if I can at least take care of middle-aged bombers, closebat should also be an option, with ambushes, swift assaults and so on. Those are the most unexpected customers, the appearance of which I didnt foresee at all. I have nothing to feed them, or rather, even if I did Id rather I eat it myself, we have no food to give to middle-aged men!

    Id like to save mana, but I cant get near them. I want to bait them, but getting surrounded means death. But even so, it would be a problem if they went to the Frontier, what do we do?

    Thats right, lets go back to the basics.

    I couldnt raise my level, remaining quite weak, but I have a lot more small tricks, and great equipment now. However, that is the reason why I lost sight of something else.

    Thats right, at first I was fighting with nothing. I fought while being unable to do pretty much anything. So lets go back to the roots.

    HYAHAAAAAA!

    Sneak up from behind and whack them on the head. Hit them and run, while avoiding middle-aged bombers. What a nostalgic feeling.

    MIDDLE-AGED MEN ANNIHILATION!

    I mean, if they were regr filth, then sterilization wouldve worked, but since even after disinfection a middle-aged man remains a middle-aged man, the only solution is a total physical annihtion?

    Actually, adjusting the strength to knock them out without killing is quite difficult, but if they die, they will explode, and if they are still conscious, they will explode too. Either way, middle-aged men are still annoying no matter what you do. Even so, to think Id get to y a real life version of bomberman in this world, but isnt it weird that Im on the to be exploded side?

    If I knew itde to this I wouldve either learned archery or at least made a bow gun. Well, running from ce to ce makes it more advantageous for me. And bludgeoning middle-aged men is surprisingly refreshing, which means the stress from the hell of highly-concentrated middle-aged men in the Fake Dungeon have umted to the point of ruining this world for me. Moreover, I also tried to scatter some poison mushrooms around, but unexpectedly, middle-aged men arent eating from the floor? Yeah, I only got three of them with this so far? If only I could figure out middle-aged mens weakness Id be able to exterminate them in one go From this world.

    The Churchs knights are staying as one group, so I cant target them. They seem to be maintaining what appears like a defensive formation around that small unit that remained in the very rear all this time. In that case, Id like to destroy the mage unit and middle-aged bombers in the meantime, but the remnants of the nobles armys mercs and bandits keep getting in the way. And since it keeps stressing me out, I keep venting it out by clubbing middle-aged men? In other words, it seems to be an infinite stress release and generation cycle that will keep going until I exterminate middle-aged men from this world.

 Chapter 287: Part 2

    Chapter 287: Part 2

    The entire castle is covered in traps dueEvesting Traps ability, making me the only one capable of freely moving through it, thanks toTrap Ring  Automatically Disarms Traps. Thats why I turned it into gueri warfare, but even so, middle-aged bombers remain a nuisance preventing me from getting close to the target. Getting surrounded in the castle will be the end. Being indoorses with a perk of having many obstacles to cover from explosions, but because it is indoors, explosions be directional, travelling far and with quite a destructive power.

    If I use Magic Wrap to the full extent its not an issue at all, but self-inflicted damage will make prolongedbat impossible. And if I dont use it, theyll immediately catch up to me because of the difference in stats. I keep fighting while carefully controlling and then making instant escape, but at this rate I will be the one to copse first.

    Its not even evening yet, but if I keep doing nothing but stalling for time I will get cornered eventually. Even so, I cant start yet, the setup is not yetplete. The Kingdoms First Division is said to be defending the border, so they cant move, the Second Division is protecting the Capital. The Third Division has fully copsed with troops deserted and the chain ofmand dissolved. And the Royal Guard is most likely following Royal Girl and Meripapa-san and is heading towards the Frontier. If a stampede were to happen inside the Kingdom in such conditions, it would be overrun without a chance to provide any resistance. Thats why I want to bait it to the Frontier and defeat it here, but suddenly being forced inside the castle, Im now too busy getting chased around for any of that.

    It wouldnt been that bad if it were cute girls we are talking about, but Im not happy about getting chased around by middle-aged men. Having said that, I also dont want to get caught, hugged, or exploded by middle-aged men! Killing them will make an explosion, so Im running around while warding them off with Cane Arts, avoiding them blowing up in my face.

    However, those guys shouldvee from the Theocracy. If so, it might be a problem. The Frontier is basically the sticks. With few contacts with the outside it had no information exchange going. Thats why so far I received noints from Shint Mus-ry school of this world, but if the Theocracy has Shint Mus-ry branch, they might get angry at me?! I mean, I kept calling it Shint Mus-ry, but I havent even seen it, much less, taught in it? And while feeling it might be a limit of what can be imed to be cane arts, I shoot a group of mercenaries with cane arts and jump down to a terrace. If I knew it would be like this I wouldnt have given away all of the magic stone hand grenades.

    Its just like back then, when I was living in the Evil Forest, running around from monsters, hiding, and ambushing them, the equipment remains the same, and Im still running around, clubbing enemies. The only difference to speak of is that the enemies changed from goblins to middle-aged men. Since I dont get how are they really different, everything remains the same.

    Taking a low start I instantly close the distance, taking a swing with Staff of the World Treethat I extended to the length of a long club, knock the nearby middle-aged bomberman off his feet, and using that chance to get past him, cut down two mercenaries, then knocking away another one, jump around the corner on my right! Immediately, a shock wave sweeps over Good grief, I have low HP and ViT, so if caught in a chain of explosions Ill instantly die! Even one might be dangerous at point-nk range. I feel like I might survive one or two thanks to my gear, but I dont want to actually test that.

    I think that I got rid of about one or two thousand of them with traps and ambushes, but middle-aged men are still swarming around. Are they perhaps spawning somewhere? Dont tell me that the Churchs trump card is artificial middle-aged man overflow? If so then this world is doomed. I dont think there is any saving from that. Alright, lets destroy them all along with this world itself!

    Finally, the night has fallen. re signals are still two white ones. No overflow, but also no Frontiers army in sight. It probably will take them another day, but such a prolonged fight is too risky for me.

    With them switching from trying to explode from the inside to long-range barrage, Im pinned here. Im causing havoc with slotted in the clothesMagic Beast Hide Armor  SpE 50% Up, ViT 30% Up, sh Immunity, Spell Evasion, Physical Evasion, Skill: ClonesCloneskill, which had no use until now, but since its my first time using it the effectiveness iscking. I mean, until now it was way faster to just rush in than doing whatever with Clone? Theres even a rumor that I actually forgot that there is even such a skill, but I remembered about it when I was reviewing candidates for mithril upgrade, is howpletely unused it went until now? I mean, if I usually had time to use Clone, Id use it to first get out of morning stars range!

    And this Cloneis merely an illusion, so I cant use it for anything beside running around. There is no time for cloning when Im trying to escape the sermon. In the first ce, I never had to deal with the problem of receiving long-ranged attacks from an ambush or getting shot at by arge number of opponents, so I dont have any specific countermeasures prepared. Yeah, school boys usually take part in evacuation drills at most, and nothing like running around while repeatedly being shot from a bow? If this was part of daily life, school boys wouldve been on the verge of extinction by now.

    But this is worrying They can spot me even if I erase my presence, and keep tracking even if I move at high speed. The problemes from the Churchs knights takingmand. Im slowly but steadily getting cornered. And then escape through a secret passage. And then after bludgeoning a few people, I once again get locked on and gradually cornered. And then get away through a hidden passage. Then beating up a few people and then a few more I get surrounded again And escape though a hidden door. Yeah, its very hectic! Well, I was the one who made this ce, so Im super familiar with theyout?

    While conserving mana, I still continue remodeling the ce as Im running around, so they cant rely on a map. So they cant corner or surround me. However, the other party is probably also waiting for their preparations toplete. No idea what they are preparing for, but if they are trying to do something, Id like to somehow hinder them, even so, its too hectic for me to get near them. A war of attrition in a deadlock. They are losing troops, and Im losing highschool boy energy from being surrounded by middle-aged men. Even if I wanted to recharge, Armored Pres-san isnt around, and even if she was with me, shed probably scold me for trying to do it at such a ce! Yeah, if at least I had t Gazium I wouldve been able to withstand this middle-aged mans concentration, but even that is absent, only mana is gradually restored in vain through Magic Power Absorption.

    Hm, I wonder if it would be alright to quickly go back to the Carnage Town, and drop by the guild to restore on t Gaze Pres-san t Gaze? I mean, Im pretty sure they havent changed the quests on that bulletin board?

 Chapter 288

    Chapter 288

    Day 70  Nighttime, Murimuri Castle Interior

    This night is going to be a long one. I have no idea why I have to spend a long night being chased by middle-aged men, and to be honest, I dont want to even try to understand, but they are chasing after me? Well, chasing after me they are destroying themselves by walking into traps, and once darkness falls, having RajinganI will be at advantage, so the chase has its meaning, but I dont want to look for meaning in a depressing game of tag with middle-aged men!

    I mean, I dont wanna have Waait~,Catch me, if you can?~andWow, Kya, kya, ufufu with middle-aged men! I absolutely refuse!

    Well, time should be on my side. If they arent going to cause a stampede yet, then the Geeks, the Idiots, and Slime-san might make it in time. The Kingdoms army also shouldve started working on preparations by now.

    But since I didnt expect such a prolonged fight, the miscalctions became misfires, hurting my own self. I still keep taking self-inflicted damage from Magic Wrap. Even if I have Regeneration, with the body being continuously destroyed, it makes it ill-suited for a long fight. Or rather, it hurts, you know?

    And in heavy mana economy mode, I have no other means of attack aside from closebat. Thepatibility with self-destructing enemies is just the worst. And if I keep getting barraged with long-ranged attacks, things will only keep getting worse. And also middle-aged men are the worst!!!

    Siiigh. This is outside my expectations, outside the calctions, and out of service, I thought that itll be fine just baiting, hiding, stalling for time, and then crushing theirStrongest. But I didnt expect such a trap, or rather, explosive middle-aged men, no one would! Exploding Art wouldve still been fine, but exploding middle-aged men is nothing but an annoyance, think of the people around you? Its a high time to enforce some sort of middle-aged men regtionw, and for example regte them out of existence?

    But its too early, its not yet the time.

    Pulling out my trump card to have it wasted here is a poor move. I have to wait for the enemy to y their trump card first.

    Thats how it became the disadvantageous prolonged fight in the first ce, but the enemy is taking more casualties. About half of them must be gone now. Evesting Trapis surprisingly useful, but with the way Maid Girl was angry, it might get confiscated? Even though I was the one who found it?

    In the first ce, I thought the effect ofSticky Boots  Allow Walking on Walls and Ceilingwill be useful indoors, but I didnt consider exploding enemies at all. To be frank, that thought didnt even cross my mind.

    I didnt consider in my calctions that on top of it not being surprising for for the Church to have a unit of crazed fanatics, the fact, that their believers are a bunch madmen so crazy in love with their old fart they wouldnt care not only about the lives of others but about their own either.

    I think the enemy should be growing impatient by now, but they are yet to make a move. It would be a problem if they trigger a stampede, but if the Worst-san shows up first then everything will be brought into motion at once. So for now its a contest of endurance. Sticking to saving energy I continue the preparations while also clubbing middle-aged men.

    Swinging extended Staff of the World Tree I sweep and mow enemies down, and trampling them, rush forward. If I dont get away immediately the fanatics will blow up, but blowing up they also get other middle-aged men caught up, reducing the numbers.

    The Demon Scythes that I brought out as reinforcements took too much damage from self-destruction explosions, so they cant be used anymore. I wonder if rubbing some mushrooms will fix them? Well, lets try it anyway, at least some constions sake. They wont rust, right? Its alright, right? Rub, rub?

    I sense an upsurge in magic power. Its at the Churchs knights ce. Rajingan can see the overflowing magic power rising up like a shimmer of hot air.

    Are they nning to use some sort of grand sorcery?

    Atst, the knights are going to act?

    Are they finally going to trigger a stampede?

    Or Use thest resort measure?

    The middle-aged men are backing off. It would be great if they backed off some cliff, but looks like they are simply withdrawing. Good grief, such useless and inconsiderate middle-aged men.

    Then, the Churchs knights have moved. They areing this way. The small unit thats supposed to be thest resort is with them, apanied by overflowing magic and violet shine. Im sure I saw it somewhere? And that in the middle is a puppet? No, a coffin, huh. Is that the golden sarcophagus of Tutankhamun? But the design is sort of different, looking more western-like? Kind of?

    Well, speaking of a Tutankhamun-like thing that emits purple light that looks familiar, its that? Its the Sphinx and mummies that thing! What was it again? Eehm was itRevival?Regeneration? Nonono, Ive never seen aZombiewith such a skill! Its that, how was it, If I remember correctly RightRise from the Dead!

    If you cant remember something, getting stuck halfway through, it seems that the brains memory connections will be cut off, and if you can remember it, it will be reconnected again and processed in the brain as rted information. In other words, this proves that Im a perfectly normal sound-minded highschool boy with a normal working brain. The answer to all of the numerous false usations made over the long was finally derived from my very brain cells, which means, I did nothing wrong. Its alright, while those beautiful bare legs are something amazing that is definitely not alright, this is just a hairbreadth away from stepping into R18, so it can be considered barely safe. Having whats important barely concealed, it allows even a highschoolboy to get through the age restrictions, but that bewitching appearance is stirring pure highschoolboy-like feelings in a very not alright way.

    A bewitchingly beautiful and mesmerizingly pretty woman is restrained inside that golden coffin, no, since she is young, a beautiful girl would be more urate? Under a see-through stole wrapped around her, she is wearing a dress woven from many thin chains, or rather, a bikini, or rather a risque outfit simr to belly dancers dress, but under that gaudiness, there is there is lovely and seductive figure of persian or maybe egyptian-like beauty. Well, in short, its a pretty girl.

    A beautiful body covered in bikini out of thin silvery chains, and light, almost transparent stole wrapped in severalyers around her. The lower part of her body is wrapped in even more thin chains, forming something akin to pareo, but those lovely long legs are left bare. Aside from the parts covered by the bikini, everything else, be it her stomach or anything else, is fully visible. If she started to belly dance right now Id end throwing at her the entirety of the gold that I ripped-off until now. I want to see that.

    The only stuff that can count as equipment are the chain-woven egyptian-style bikini and pareo. Everything from the pareo-styled chain fringe to every other bit is made out of chains, with small darts hanging at the ends, so its not just a very marvelous see-through outfit with tons of exposure. Those chains are her weapons. Which means, that the more she attacks with those chains, the more chains she uses, the less outfit she will have functionally left, gradually increasing the exposure ratio! Im dly looking forward to this.

    Its a truly lovely sight, so Id like to keep staring, but with that purple light surging, so its not the time. Right, thatsRise from the Dead.

    A special skill of the Sphinx, which in the past, almost annihted the Pres and others. A yhouse of infinitely reviving dead. Well, they arent exactlying back to life, but instead rise in zombie-like state over and over. Thats Rise from the Dead. And this special skill is the worst! Because it means infinitely respawning infinite middle-aged men! What do we do if they retain their Stink of Middle-Aged Mentoo?

    Taking care of infinitely spawning middle-aged men with deadly poison (stink), before getting to the girls fantastic self-exposure attacks is tough. After all, even though I made the castle somewhat on therger side for the sake of stationing a garrison, the castle was stuffed with 40,000 middle-aged men. Thats like 640% middle-aged men ratio per unit of space. The smell of middle-aged men will probably never disappear from Murimuri Castle.

    Good grief, there is a restrained half-naked belly dancer with a nice body right in front of me, inviting me for a night of highschool boy FEVER, couldnt you do without middle-aged men infinitely gushing forth? Like, if it was a steam from a hot spring gushing, Id wee it. Enjoying a lovely hot spring time with egyptiandy surrounded by stream and the mysterious light, unwrapping her yukata sash, making her go Oooh~ Myy~, anyway, a hot spring wouldve been great, but no one asked for an endless spring of middle-aged men!

    They are freshly killed, so their movements arent bad for zombies, but since they were wearing heavy infantry equipment to begin with, they are still slow. As expected, the middle-aged men that were blown up and scattered all over the ce arent getting revived, so avoiding the middle-aged mens stink from the outside, I escape to the innermost highest building of Murimuri Castle. Having to dig-in as a shut-in But even if this isnt my home, having shut myself in, its now my turn.

    Below is a blend of 40,000 zombie middle-aged men and fresh middle-aged men. The actual bend ratio doesnt matter. I mean, I dont care?

    They forced me to y my card first. Even though they have more tricks up their sleeve, I was instantly cornered into it. Well, it cant be helped, its too much.

    I was way past my limit already. This is the maximum of what I can handle.

    I mean, I cant take the smell of middle-aged men anymore!

    DIIIIVE! INTOO THE! SKYYYY!

    Walking through the air with Air Walk I jump into the sky. I mean, there is no way to rid Murimuri Castle of middle-aged mens stink anymore? Itll have to bepletely destroyed and rebuilt from zero?

    A thunderous roar of explosion boomed as a zing pir of fire rose into the sky. The old Murimrui Castle filled with 40,000 middle-aged men was destroyed by fire, engulfed in scorching mes, and crumbling with a deafening loudness copsed under apaniment of a severe earthquake. Traveling with Air Walk I thennd at the new Murimuri Castle, which grew behind the Old Murimuri Castle a short while ago. Yeah, I actually prepared it beforehand and buried it underground? I managed to bury 40,000 enemies, but lost one of my trump cards as a result. It also cost me heavily in mana, so with all things considered, it doesnt exactly even out. It was a heavy loss for me.

    The old Murimuri Castle was a war fortress meant for battling armies withbat based on Skills in mind. The New Murimuri Castle also has sturdy walls capable of withstanding hordes of monsters added to that. An overall reinforced version with a new, improvedyout. Meanwhile, the old Murimuri Castle is sinking underground along with the foundation, turning into a deep, wide hole. Once fully flooded with water, or rather, turned into a pond? Both monsters and middle-aged men will probably end up drowning there, at the very least it will greatly impact the speed of invading enemies. When the peacees it might be a good spot to release Fish Girl and others back into the wild. What do we do if they multiply though?

    This is thest defense line in case we failed to suppress the stampedes. Its thest stronghold for the sake of protecting the frontier, even if towns and viges of the neighboring domain will end up obliterated.

 Chapter 289: Part 1

    Chapter 289: Part 1

    Day 71  Before dawn, Murimuri Castle Interior

    Ive used up a good chunk of my mana. The remaining magic power wont be enough to activate Lifesaving. For the sake of this day I refrained from selling magic stones, using them to augment the mana battery, but destroying a castle turned out to be harder than expected. I mean, I never thought that middle-aged men will revive, and add 30,000 more middle-aged men to the counter? And all of them are middle-aged men?! Moreover, I had to thoroughly destroy it and bury it, sealing them underground to make sure that even if they wont be able to do anything even if they are revived withRise from the Dead, wasting extra mana. Without preliminary arrangements there was a chance that mana wouldnt even be enough.

    Even the bamboo grove in the beginning, I already had seeds nted beforehand and only made them grow. Thanks to that it cost me only a fraction of mana that I wouldve used on Ice Needle. Even the traps at the Old Murimuri Castle were made byEvesting Trapso I barely used any magic power. I actually even managed to restore some with Magic Absorptionwhile I was running around. And while I was operating the souvenir store at Fake Dungeon I was carving cracks on walls and pirs of the Old Murimuri Castle to ensure a clear copse of the structure. Even the explosion and the fire itself were produced by ignitingrge quantities of vtile oil, which I found in the Capital, ced in hidden passages and rooms of the castle beforehand, so I didnt use mana for that.

    The biggest miscalction was being forced into using it at this stage because of Rise from the Dead. Even so, new Murimuri Castle is a part of stampede countermeasures, so its not like I could avoid making it. I made the foundation and base parts and then buried them, so it was far less energy consuming than making it from zero, even so, in terms of remaining magic power, it was a huge loss. It cant be helped, but on top of having been forced to y one of my cards, my remaining mana was reduced by more than a half in one go, a heavy loss!

    After all, there is no way the Churchs knights or that coffin girl would die from something as trivial as fire or cave in. I was taking them too lightly, but those knights have enough strength to evenly match 29 of my ssmates in battle. Their equipment also wasnt bad. And that girl is too much. Yeah, that sexy body, with beautiful temping toned long amber legs, that while appear well-trained, also have a certain sweet thickness, with round buttocks and slender waist and lovely exposed stomach and navel, its definitely way way way too much in highschool boy sort of way But she is in the same tier with Armored Pres-san and Slime-san? Yup, there is no way I can beat that!

    But it appeared like the Chuchs mages and knigts were using magic or something to restrain that girl. The magic flow that I saw with Rajingan points to something ofDominationtype. Thats why they didnt want to use her Then dont if you dont want to! No way I can beat a Dungeon Emperor ss! Moreover, if she is that hard to control, then not only the Frontier will perish if she goes out of control, but also the Kingdom, and possibly the Continent itself? Can you stop her on your own if she goes berserk andes to the Theocracy?! Why are you bringing into the world something this dangerous? No, Im actually quite happy with what was brought, those superb legs, the outfit with the perfect degree of exposure, her beauty, her wonderful figure, allbined make me want to say thank you for bringing her here, but even so, she is way too dangerous! No, I do want to see more of her?

    The side of the Old Murimuri Castle became a deep basin. Water from the nearby river is flowing there, which should eventually turn it into a pond, just as was nned. Are we finally going to have a swimsuit episode?! Well, speaking of bikinis, the restrained coffin girl in the chain bikini is still advancing, with the Knights keeping up a barrier. There are still more than 50 of them remaining. Fighting them head on is too dangerous I must decide this with an ambush.

    For crying out loud, the brats these daysck proper discipline. At least teach them to grovel on the ground when faced with the servants of God carrying His Sign. Damn it. Thats why the filthy idiots living all in the way up the ass of the world who have no idea about the greatness of God are always acting like trash. Damn filth that dares to oppose God.

    Wow, rude! Or rather, thats the level one should expect from the servants of that old fart, I guess? After all, there is no salvation for a bunch who are on top of being the old man fetishists are also middle-aged men? It was a mistake to expect sentience from such dumb-looking ugly perverts crazy in love with the old geezer. How about you first evolve into a sentient life form before you start worrying about that bald geezers doctrine or whatever? What the hell with this vulgar ipetent waste of oxygen? That bald geezer should first make sure that such low-lives dont propagate, and then talk about own godhood. He is clearly guilty here even before anyone can get him responsible under Product liabilityws as a manufacturer.

    Even if they are wearing a splendid and extravagant full-body armor, on the inside they are just hoodlums. First kill them all before they fully undo the seal on that girl And no other choice but to cling to her and cause full disintegration through self-destructiveAtomic Maniption. Risking a nuclear decay In the worst case scenario but thats the only way to defeat her. Moreover, its a chance to hold tight to a pretty girl! Thank you for a treat?

    This little shit, calling God an old fart! He has to be first tortured, reformed, and forced to cry plenty before being given Divine Punishment, riiight?

    Right, you ask? Arent you a bit too shameless to do all of this on your own and then pushing the me on a higher being? If you truly believe in all of this, then pray instead of causing mischief, and if prayer alone triggers it, then its a real divine punishment. If you do it then its just a massacre. Whats up with the Church pushing the fault their own atrocities on others? Well, if there is a line about mass ughter in the old geezers teachings then it is his responsibility? Well, if there is such a thing as a god in the world, then all of the tragedies are their responsibility, and if they cant take responsibility then they arent a god? What Im trying to say, God Is Dead, and if they are still alive Im killing them myself. Thats why you guys are just deviant old man fetishists, and will die as a bunch of mass murdering perverted degenerates. Well then, die?

    I cant deal with a stampede. With that girl around, even saving ones own life seems unlikely, forget about trying to save energy or mana forter. Thats why Im first going to crush the low-life knights. Then I can do something about that girl. I cant see it going anywhere, but doing something with prettydies is my passion and my profession, so Im going to do my best!

    Thats why, Im going to send those geezer fetishists to the old geezers White Room. Then they can love each other there as much as they want!

    Going all out without holding back Ill defeat that girl while she is still restrained. While going through self-inflicted decay IMagic Wrapskills one after anotherTeleportation,Gravity,Atomic Maniption,Holdingin apletely uncontroble state, strengthening myself to the max. Without trying to save on mana I pour all of it into Staff of the World Tree. Sucking up my mana the staff grows extremely fast, and begins to pulsate. By now I already know what is going toe out of it After all, it uncharacteristically chose to confess? Legendary spearMistilteinn aided byThe Seven-Branched Swordalthough I have only two swords slotted into it at the moment,Dimension deandHeavenly Sword of Gathering Clouds.

 Chapter 289: Part 2

    Chapter 289: Part 2

    With a single step I cover 50 meters of distance, and sh forward, cutting space itself. An uncontroble Dimension sh loaded with tons of magic power. shing through everything it even cut through the Fake Dungeon located 5km away. Im sure they felt invincible wearing the Churchs extravagant equipment with such defensive effects likeshing Immunity, orPhysical Negation, orMagic Reflection. But it can be cut, you know? There is no way Dimension sh made with a divine de wouldnt cut through that? Having all of my mana sucked out in one go I feel slightly dazed, but the pain of muscles in my whole body being torn, bones shattered, and blood vessels ruptured, or rather, agony, helps to keep me conscious, so this worked out quite nicely. No way any of this is nice! It isnt, but I also cant afford to lose consciousness here. While all of the knights were cut in two, the coffin is unharmed. Now I lost two of my trump cards. Im finally all out of mana andpletely in tatters.

    Since with all of my muscles being torn I cant move an inch, I puppeteer myself withMuppetand advance a step. Forcibly supporting myself withHoldingto avoid crumbling down as all of the bones in my body smashed up, I step forward. Covering up the fact that all sorts of blood vessels have ruptured withHealth , I make step forward. Just one step and I will reach the coffin, but my body is falling apart.

    If only Armored Pres-san and Slime-san both were with me. Even those two could be defeated and killed if they fought solo. The Pres and others would have no chance against her, everyone could end up dead, thats why One more step.

    I dont have any mana left. I can only bet on the divine sword now, so please, one more step? Yeah, I cant reach her like this? After all Hm, wait? The divine sword, or rather, the Seven-Branched Sword which is the Staff of the World Tree? The hand that was holding it is not there? AaahIt was torn off. Okay, time for a body m then. Yeah, its a beautiful girl with a perfect figure, I have absolutely no objections to ramming her! So, just one step more? Yeah, I cant reach her like this?

    Shit, you mere cursed heretics, dare opposing messengers of God The keyIn Gods name, kill all enemies of God.! Kill that bastard and hisrades and all of the god-defying scum living on this filthynd! Guaaha.

    This, until at the very end? He was still keeping up the barrier to conceal himself, This priest must be the restrainer, who uses some sort ofMind Controlto keep the girl in check. Looks like the girl is going to be released, even though I dont have strength to fight left? Seeing me all crumbling, missing a hand and weapon, bleeding from my whole body, with legs broken in more than one ce, themander of the Churchs army, Archpriest-sama, finally decided to show his face.

    Then, signal res appeared in the sky. Theyve done and did it.

    Three white ones, the Frontier Army made it in time. But also three red ones, they triggered three overflows.

    If overflow in at least one of the spots goes out of control and leaks outside, there will be no other choice but pull back here, giving up on all the towns and viges along the way. We will have to take a stand here to at least protect the Frontier. Thats what is going to happen if the fourth signal re goes up.

    So I cant allow such a thing to be here. But if we fight, someone will die, in the worst case, everyone might die? And if I die here, then the New Murimuri Castle will be taken. Haaah, this is the worst.

    And then, things get even worse, without me being able to make even a single step. The fourth red signal re appeared in the sky.

    Now the Frontier will be obliterated~, everything is over~, oh no, what a nightmare? The Churchs middle-aged men seem very happy with theireback victory.

    But I dont want to see middle-aged men smiling. Even though I didnt have enough cards to y, even though I yed all of my trump cards Thank you?

    !

    The girl ising closer. She is approaching with two curved swords, scimitars, in her hands. While restraints were lifted, she is still under control, moving obeying the orders. In that case, that cor that remained on her neck even after the restraints were lifted, must be some sort of mind control-type magic tool.

    Examination with Rajingan showedCor of Subordination  a cor that forces into obedience, she must be controlled by that. However, since they kept her restrained, and never went anywhere near the coffin, the control must be not absolute. Well, since she is engulfed in such an absurdly intense magic power, even approaching her is not possible, much less getting to touch her.

    This is the Theocracys Ultimate Weapons and the trump card. They finally used their final ace.

    Alright, lets do the same.

    Swallowing a Full HP recovery mushroom for starters, I then move forward while munching on a mana restoring mushroom. I mean, even if I dont have any trump cards left, I still have tons of mushrooms?

    And applying Magic Wrap, I draw near the girl. I used up all of the tricks, I dont have any cards up my sleeves anymore, Im out of mana, but I still have a forbidden move. Or how should I put it, its forbidden because I didnt want to have it, but it cant be helped anymore. With the Frontier and everyones lives on one side of the scales, there is nothing else I can put on the other side!

    The greatest sacrifice I can make, thest thing that I didnt give up until the very end Thats right, my Affection Rating-san!

    While my bodypletely recovered, it still hurts. After all, this is the agony of my heart and the scream of my soul! This is the pain of Affection Rating-san being ground to dust! I mean, its really painful? Yeah, the design ofIncubus Eyepatch [1] is so miraculously cringe that even an 8th grader at the very peak of 8th grader syndrome would writhe in pain from the excessive cringiness. A leather eyepatch inscribed with a magic circle and decorated with a chain at the edges is bad enough by itself, but it even has a jewel attached right in the middle, an item agonizingly painful to look at? I thought that I had to seal this item, and did my best to hide it, but to think Ill end up putting it on with my own hands. But the forbidden moveIncubus Eyepatch  MiN InT 50% Up, Magic Eye Enhancement (Ultra), Illusion, Charm, Puppetry, Memory Maniption, Mind Control, Mental Pollutionhas the mind-controlled girl, the priest, and the surviving knights that were hiding, all frozen in ce.

    But the Church is a bunch of low-lives very proficient in mental attacks. They surely must have some sort of a countermeasure, and the Cor of Subordinationon the girl is powerful too. I wont be able to win with mind control. It definitely will be immediately resisted.

    Thats why using this chance I approach the currently paralyzed girl, and after rendering her powerless by putting on her Chains of Prometheus  Binding, Disable all PowersI then putChoker of Submission  Forces into a state of absolute obedience[2] on her. Yeah, its even scummier version ofCor of Subordination, higher tier so to say? Overriding control with its stronger version, I snatch themand authority from them. No, I mean, if there is such a cute girl fallen on the ground, not picking her would be rude? Maaan Like, thank you very much for giving me something so wonderful right when I was so hopelessly troubled by theck of options left?

    Uuuugh

    Erhm, are you alright, or rather, while I strongly suspect that there is nothing more no alright than getting caught under Mind Control by a highschool boy, then having your entire body bound in chains by him in that short while and renderedpletely powerless, only to have a cor of absolute obedience put on you after that, but its not worth sweating small details, or rather most of it is like false usations, I also have prepared sweets for a bribe, so lets not worry about this? While in this state, it must be not convincing to hear that its alright from me, but is it wrong for a cringe-looking highschool boy to expect a favorable impression while wearing this eyepatch that would scare even an 8th grader away with its awful design? Which is a mistake to ask to begin with, and Im sure you dont feel that way at all, but its alright? Yeah, the alrightness of this situation is soplicated that Id be quite troubled if you ask me what exactly is alright, but could you please just be alright without reading too much into all of this? So can you sit down and wait for a bit while I make it even more alright by returning middle-aged men with the geezer fetish back to the old geezer? Ah, this is tea and sweets. If you are hungry, here is bento, feel free to have it? Ill leave it here, but let me warn you in advance that responsibility for ONE MORE SET is not alright with me. Ill be going then? I guess?

    (Nod-nod?)

    Looks like she is fine with it? She is munching on a crepe bit by bit, so it surely must meanOK~. But with everyone replying without saying anything I always end up looking like a mentally ill person who keeps talking to himself, so can you do me a favor and reply properly? Well, she seems to be busy eating, so not a chance, I guess.

    She seems to have trouble eating, so I removeChains of Prometheusand put re-seal it back into my item bag. Re-sealing it at this point isnt going to do much to the great impact dealt to Affection Rating-san, that mustve plummeted straight into Great Depression, or might be even vanished somewhere, but first I need to deal with the fanatic middle-aged men.

    As expected of the Churchs special high-grade equipment, they are beginning to resistIncubus Eyepatch. Alright, lets tear it off? Naturally, there is nothing fun about stripping middle-aged men of their equipment, but since it seems pretty high tier, it might end up being useful. Since red re was shot, it means that a stampede will begin in one hour. Taking away all of their equipment and weapons, I also pick up their wallets and valuables, since they happened to be fallen on the ground. Yeah, I was throwing it in a pile as I was taking stuff from them, so it happened to be on the ground.

    Losing resistances from the equipment they fully fell to Mind Controlbing mindless puppets, but who the hell ever asked for puppet middle-aged men! I dont need this! Its fine to just leave them be and Im kind of pressed for time here, but considering the hellish suffering of middle-aged men pandemonium, just leaving them be pisses me off, so I order them to tear off hair from each others heads before leaving. Go bald.

    Lets hurry, when the ck smoke for retreat rises its a stampede. Its now possible to retreat here, so lets go out and crush that fourth one.

 Chapter 290

    Chapter 290

    Day 71  Daybreak, Outside the third dungeon.

    The ground is shaking and the monsters roar reverberates through the air. A stampede capable of swallowing an entire country is surging forward like raging billows. A despair known as dungeon overflow, the hell itself has bared its fangs, threatening to swallow everything.

    Lure them in, pincer and destroy. Center, hold the the line and pull back, the nks crush them!

    The fourth wave repelled. The overflow have paused.

    Hurry and move the wounded to the rear. Rotate troops in the center, countless monsters still remain, I dont permit anyone dying here!

    Yessir!

    Monsters are formidable even inside a dungeon. Since waves contain countless different monsters with multiple special characteristics all pouring out at once it bes impossible to beat them with a specialized strategy targeting their weak points. So there is no other choice but to suppress raging hordes of monsters through brute force. And if a floor master or a dungeon master join the fight it will turn into aplete hell.

    But we will push through.

    Us, the Frontier Army, continued to fight even without any hope for the future. Our ancestors fought through while having only the future of ruin, suffering in the present, and sorrow in the past. Hence, there is no way we can say something likeWe cant. We are going to See it through. Because at our back we have the happy present, and the fortunate future. The tragedy of the Frontier that went on and on is finally over. Behind us we have a happiness so great that none of us dared to even dream such a thing.

    Reorganizationplete!Second group takes over.Medical treatmentpleted, they are ready to go.Wait for orders, rest while you can!Sir, yes sir!

    Im not letting any of them to the Frontier, but if possible, Id prefer to kill them all at the entrance. This stampede is supposedly being guided into a specific direction, so there is no need to worry about it scattering But behind us remain settlements that are yet to evacuate. And the neighboring domain of Narrogi doesnt even have an army since their lord had run away They dont have anyone to protect the people.

    We went into this battle fully prepared to die while having no intentions of giving up our lives, but the stampede is strong. Truly the most disastrous menace. But we are stronger! We heard exnations,prehended them, and conducted countless drills for the sake of this moment, but as expected, the realbat is different Us, the Frontier Army, is overwhelmingly stronger. This is the power of armaments from the oldest great dungeon. It not only has skills and effects attached, its loaded with them.

    Having ones strength and speed increased through equipments effects equals power. Scattering monsters we mow them down, the poorly equipped Frontier Army that was fending off monsters while always forced into fighting lost battles, is now overpowering monsters with the strongest equipment. This is precisely the power to protect the people that the Frontier was seeking all this time.

    Just when I thought that we might be able to endure the stampede like this, even more bad news arrived, quite admirable how the flow never ceases, this one time its the worst.

    Is there no mistake?! Was it confirmed?!

    It is definitely knights of the Church. 3,000 of cavalry alone. However, the report states that they are wearing equipment of the highest grade. We suspect that its most likely the Temr Cavalry Corps.

    Can we send out a force? I dont care if they can only stall for time.

    Im well aware how impossible of a task this is. The current situation by itself is a miracle. The miracle of the Frontier Army, that kept being wiped out and annihted by the brutally overwhelming might of dungeon stampedes, is now fighting one off right at the dungeon entrance. Striking down countless monsters with the overwhelming power of our weapons and armor, we are holding out without faltering. We are now having an upper hand in the hopeless battle against dungeon overflow, a feat that none of the previous generations of Omui managed to aplish, as they all lost their lives fighting it. The Frontier finally obtained the strength to protect its people.

    We are now ying monsters with the equipment of the highest quality, numerous weapons of astonishing destructive power, which that boy prepared for us, casually saying that its a gratitude, bargain sale, rip-off, and whatnot.

    And the sturdiness of the armor protecting the troops that fight without faltering. The man that while praised as the best smith in thend continued to work in the destitute Frontier where he couldnt even make proper armor, having to work without ess to an adequate iron, but continued to provide protection for the Frontier, making weapons and armor even if he had to look around for scrap-iron. The troops are now protected but armor in which he could pour all his might making. And it was also that boy who provided the best cksmith with the best equipment and materials So we wont be able to look them in their faces from shame if we fell to some lowly monsters while protected by that armor!

    And Shino n is supporting us from the rear. The boys seems to be yet remember their and still calling them Stalker Girls n, but if they had their name memorized before us it would be unforgivable in its own way! It is thanks to that n, who finally returned into our service, that the Frontier Army, who is capable of nothing but fighting, now has eyes, ears, and mouths. Information and orders travel in a sh, being swiftly ryed where they should. It is because of Shino ns support that a small force of less than 3,000 is capable of fighting with the strength of an army counting in tens of thousands. While Shino n doesnt havebat capability, being givenrge quantity of mushrooms and medicine, they are going around assisting wounded troops. And when a dangerous floor master or arge horde of monsters shows up in a dense crowd, they are backing us up with Magic Stone Hand Grenadesmanufactured by the boy. They still seem to fret over the time they worked for the neighboring domain, but the great effort and the amazing performance they showed so far is something they can be proud of. That is the Frontiers treasure, there is no ally more reliable.

    But weve been had. There was another Churchs army lurking around. Moreover, out of all things, its the Temr Cavalry Corps. The mass-murdering genocidal unit. To think the Theocracys strongest heretic hunting knight order had made it inside the Kingdom. The Third Division mustve let them in before the First Division took over the border protection. And they started acting at the worst possible timing.

    The Frontier Army can stay. Shino n volunteered to hold them back.

    Stop them! They are nning to get themselves killed, I wont allow anyone to willingly choose death. Go and tell them that it would mean disgracing that boys hopes.

    At this rate, either us or the ck-haired girls will be attacked from the rear. But the only reinforcementsing our way are the Royal Guard. With the Temr Cavalry Corps as the opponent, even the Royal Guard lead by Her Excellency will be at disadvantage. The opponent is armed with splendid weapons and armor that the Theocracy poured enormous riches and their exclusive magic stones techniques into. While us, armed by that boy and the best cksmith, wont fall behind them, the Royal Guards equipment, although the best the Kingdom has, is still a few tiers below their. We cant allow them to sh.

    Moreover, they arent going to make it in time. We will be attacked first, ending up pincered with the stampede on the other front. On top of that, they are cavalry, likely elites capable of getting away from surging waves of monsters. Since we cant withdraw, then I wont be satisfied unless we drag the Temr Cavalry with us.

    Princess Shariceres Royal Guard are heading this way. However They will not make it in time. Lets retreat to the Frontier.

    Although we wouldve been forced to retreat anyway when the fourth dungeon starts overflowing, what a shame. Even though that boy is facing 40,000 enemies alone back at the castle while hisrades are fighting two other stampedes, we have to retreat from merely one. If it wasnt for those stupid rebellions of those idiotic princes the Kingdom still wouldve had 30,000 troops. And with them now having destroyed themselves, we are yed around by a few thousands of cavalry, forced to retreat, abandoning the people.

    Omui-sama, you are the Frontiers lord. I understand your care for the people of the Kingdom, but please pull back for the Sake of the people of the Frontier.

    Were it three thousand small fries or one thousand elites I could charge them and take themanders head by myself No, if its only 3,000 I might pull it off? Yeah, its just one thousand but three times, so it should woPlease, no! Pleasee back! You made a promise with Haruka-sama, right? Are you nning to break a promise with the Frontiers savior?kuh, start preparing for retreat from the rear. Hurry!

    Id like to at least cull the number of monsters, this alone might decrease the damage. But missing the time to pull back is whats called foolishness. If we are to retreat it should be done swiftly and resolutely.

    Urgent report. Princess Shariceres Royal Guard charged the Temr Cavalry Corps at high speed. The Temr Cavalry Corps took devastating damage. After which the Royal Guard changed course towards the fourth dungeon!

    Charged at high speed Looks like in this short time that boy managed to arm and equip the Royal Guard as well. Performing a long range high-speed charge at cavalry from such a distance is unthinkable without that boys equipment. Its just impossible. And if the Kingdoms elites are equipped with that boys equipment, then they should be able to fight on par with the Frontier Army. However, the higher the level gets the more difficult it gets to obtain adequate equipment, but is still how drastic of a differencerge amounts of high-level equipment on high-level troops can make? Truly soldiers worth a thousand troops each.

    Alright. We are stopping them here. If we crumble here wed be aughing stock for the Royal Guard. Lets leave the fourth dungeon to the Princess.

    Yessir, leave it to us!

    However, there is also the fifth one. ording to the message from the boy, its most likely five, with three as the minimum, then, while unlikely, it can be seven, and the worst case its nine. ording to the Shino ns investigation, the Church started working on the ninth one, but ultimately continued only with five. Weck the fifth force No, even the current situation is too good. Usually, it would take abined effort of the entire country to crush just one stampede at great cost. Being able to stop three is nothing short of a miracle, and as it now looks like we might be able to stop even four, a greed begins to show, if only we could handle one more. How regretful.

    Floor master ising.

    Ill go, open the way!

    Even though there is such a crisis going on, even though I have responsibility for the lives of my soldiers, and the important duty to protect the livelihood of the people. How troublesome, my blood is boiling, muscles are raging, while Im overwhelmed by an exaltation that makes me want to shout. d in armor in which I can devote myself fully to battle, and with a sword to which I can entrust my life, I have a dungeon master in front of me. I have an opponent stronger than myself, and the means to fight it. Laughter is overflowing from within me, forcing my entire body to tremble.

    Push it back and force it into the dungeon! Charge!

    UuuwoooooooO!

    Lamenting continuous battle in which we cannot hope to defend everything we want, once we finally obtained the strength to protect, I was able to notice. We couldnt win because we kept defending. At some point, we turned to merely a desperate struggle of resisting the threat of monsters. Just when was it that we forgot about utterly crushing and destroying the enemy?

    The ancient founders of Omui fought with monsters all over the continent, and finally cornering them into the Frontier, sought to destroy them. And then, in thest battle of the Frontier the legends came to an end. Just when the monsters were about to bepletely annihted from the continent, the heroes were defeated. All because of a betrayal from human allies The traitors that attacked theirrades from behind are the current Church. The War Goddess that led the heroes was thrown into the depths of the oldest dungeon, and with countless heroes falling in battle the strength to destroy monsters was lost from the continent. This is the history of the endless tragedy of the Frontier. A mere struggle without any heroes for the sake of going from one defeat to another.

    But we are still fighting. We still can fight. Just like the legends of the old, just like the heroes that once fought all of the monsters to their near annihtion!

    The repeated chain of defeats and ruin that we went through in our long history carved resignation into our souls. Before we noticed, mere resistance was all that we could think of, we implicitly epted our iing downfall. All because it was impossible. No matter how great were the sacrifices that we made in our struggle, we always fell short of protecting what we wanted, and being beaten down time after time, only the mountain of our corpses kept growing.

    We had given up. We had epted our doom. So all we could do was struggle, but even that produced nothing but defeats. Our spirit, our souls were broken We had resigned ourselves.

    But now it is different. Neither us, the Frontier Army, nor the Royal Guard are even considering resistance.Victory,plete and overwhelming, with enemies crushed, destroyed, trampled, and in to thest is the only thing on our minds.

    Weve seen. The boy who annihted countless monsters and killed the deepest dungeon. We dont have a convenient excuse of it being impossible anymore. We were shown that it is possible, and even were given weapons to aplish that.

    Its said that the elites that were led by the War Goddess were a group of heroes that all fought like champions from legends. They mustve seen it too. Seen, that it is possible. And they were captivated by that strength. The strength that lies at remote, unreachable heights. And they mustve yearned for it, and ended up striving for it. That is the heroic tale.

    A person that keeps fighting without giving up In a world where everyone has resigned themselves. That must be what people came to call a hero.

    Im sure the hero (destroyer ofmon sense) that remains the object of everyones gratitude, admiration, and yearning, although they cant tell it to him in person since he would hate it to death, is protecting the Frontier even now, moving down tens of thousands of enemies. Thats we cant say that we cant do it, we arent permitted to give up, we already set our eyes on it. On the strength of that boy, on the dream called happiness that he showed us.

    Surround the dungeon master, all troops, follow my lead and butcher it!

    Uuuuoooooh!

    Although the first thing we have to strive for is to have him remember our names. Butpared to that, crushing dungeon overflow pales in difficulty. So let us crush it! Drop dead, you bastards!

 Chapter 291

    Chapter 291

    Day 71  Dawn, Outside the Seventh dungeon.

    We failed. We were trusted by everyone, and entrusted with everything, even given the honor of operating the intelligencework. The betrayers of the Frontier that worked for the treacherous neighboring domain, us, Shino n, were still bestowed such kind words ofThe Frontiers eyes and treasureby Omui-sama, and even toldIm counting on youby the Princess.

    Fulfilling the ns dearest wish and trembling from the excessive honors bestowed upon us, everyone put their utmost into the work. But we are still to repay the favor received. Even so, we had such a great trust put into us and yet we failed.

    Everyone left this job to us because they trusted us. It was precisely for this that Haruka-san even gave us all of the hand grenade, which are made from expensive magic stones, saying that its for safety. We couldnt afford to fail And yet we did.

    We had left people to monitor the situation, there also were no issues with regrmunication. And yet an overflow was triggered.

    Regrets are pouring into my mind. Were we too focused on the fifth one? Or perhaps we let our guard down, thinking that there wont be any more? What did we do wrong? But it doesnt matter.

    I hurry to shoot a signal re. Even If its toote, we have to notify everyone to avoid the worst. And this stampede is also going to block the retreat route for our allies. Omui-sama, who forgave our betrayal, the Princess that called out to us despite ourck of status and praised our work, and the girl who are always kind to us, all will be pincered with no way to escape. And while the benefactor of our n, and, mostly, my savior, Haruka-san, is still fighting all by himself, he is going to be attacked by a stampede whilepletely isted That alone absolutely cant be allowed to happen.

    Signal res went up Two of them, red and ck! Confirmation, there is no mistake Its red and ck. A stampede.

    We overlooked two spots, this is fatal. This is our blunder, our responsibility. Omui-sama who called usThe eyes of the Frontierand Haruka-sanInformation is strength? Just leave fighting to muddle-headed idiots, well, its dangerous out there so take these weapons and equipment? Ill also give you new magic stone hand grenades, so dont tell the Pres and others about my bulk purchases, okay?, who went to excessive lengths to prepare for us weapons, equipment, and consumables for the sake of protecting ourselves. We betrayed all of that trust. Everyone entrusted the treacherous Shino n with their lives, and yet we betrayed even that trust. Thats why its our responsibility.

    Everyone, gather all of the shbang debuffing sticky exploding magic stone hand grenades that you have! I will hold back the stampede. In the meantime, join up with the nearby Angelica-san and Girls-only Group and tell them to retreat to the Frontier. This is an order, please take care of this!

    Young Lady!

    Im sure my father, being the head of the n, will hold back the other one. Omui-sama and the Princess will retreat too. We have no time, hurry!

    Yes.

    And the dungeon is shaking. The entrance to the dungeon is rumbling as if in anticipation. Soon, monsters will start pouring from here, and a stampede will begin. The only thing that I can do now is to to keep throwing grenades until my arm falls off.

    Haruka-san gave those to us believing in us, that is why Im going to throw every single one of those to hold back the stampede as much as possible Wait, my arm really might fall off? From just how many enemies Haruka-san was trying to protect us? Gathering all of the grenades from merely this unit created a small mountain behind me. I think if I throw all of this, either my arm will really fall off, or all of the monsters will be obliterated?

    And as soon as I sense signs of movement, I throw! Repeated blindingly bright shes and thunderous bangs. shbang debuffing sticky exploding magic stone hand grenades are self-defense weapons handmade by super worrywart Haruka-san. Once thrown it incapacitates monsters through loud sound and shing light, then binds them with glue, after which, as knocked out monsters are being trampled down by other monsters, it then detonates, then gluing even more monsters, and then blinding, deafening them, paralyzing, and then exploding again Thats supposedly a self-defense weapon?

    A weapon for self-protection capable of annihting a dungeon overflow, sounds way too overprotective, but thanks to it everyone will survive. Im sure the Frontier will survive. Im sure Poster Girl-chan will be fine too.

    A non-stop rumble in the ground, sounds of explosions and cries of monsters are resounding through the air No matter how many I throw, no matter how many I turn to ashes, the monsters keeping in an endless surge. This is a dungeon This is what the Frontier was fighting against.

    But now Ive lost sense of time and feeling in my lead-like arms. With those endless explosions I barely can hear a thing anymore and my vision is starting to get blurry. My arms are heavy, and nails have peeled off To be honest, Im a bit tired.

    But Im going to keep throwing until the veryst one. These were given to us by Haruka-san, after all.

    Ive received a great many things from Haruka-san. Be it those overprotective self-defense weapons, or expensive equipment that Im wearing, even the n being now able to work for Omui-sama, even the n of traitors now being trusted and treated kindly by everyone are all Haruka-sans doing. Amazing dishes, tastylicious sweets, salty and delicious snacks, me being able to smile right now, even my very life, everything was given to me by Haruka-san! And all of it are my treasures! So Im not letting any of it go to waste, Im going to use the weapons that Haruka-san made to protect us to protect everyone until the very end. We surely will be forgiven even after this blunder, but it doesnt mean we can forgive ourselves. After all, after bing so happy, after being given so much happiness, Ill absolutely wont be able to forgive myself for failing to protect everyones happiness.

    I cant see clearly I cant hear I can rely on the reading presence. Im not even sure if Im still throwing properly anymore Ill immediately lose consciousness if I let my mind drift. And yet Im not even sure if Im still standing.

    My eyes are all blurry, and I cant hear a thing I remember how Haruka-san patted me on the head when I felt kind of like this before. I remember how back then too, I thought at the very end that we wont meet again.

    Groping around I pick up another grenade. There is only a small heap left of the previous mountain of grenades. But monster corpses covered in sticky substance also have piled up at the entrance, bing a barricade of sorts. I can sense disturbance inside, so monsters under abnormal status effects must be getting in each way in confusion I wonder if everyone has escaped by now? Is this enough already?

    Echoes and shrieks, angry roaring and rumbling ground. Unable to see anything, I continue to throw, relying entirely on sensing presence.

    How much time has passed already? There are only three grenades left. I mustve thrown several hundreds by now. I have no sensation in my hands or arms. Im so tired But there are still three grenades left. And this will be it.

    Thest time I thought Its all over. If only I couldve had Haruka-san pat me on the head in the end~and he really patted me on the head. I was really surprised

    But this is really the end. I still have three more grenades But they dont seem to work on the floor master.

    Im sure my father is holding back the stampede at the other dungeon Did everyone escape? Is it alright even if I cant hold out anymore?

    Mustering thest bit of my strength I threw all three grenades at the same time, but it wasnt enough to defeat it. But I followed through with my words I did everything I could.

    But after all, when the endes, it still makes me want some pats on the head from Haruka-san. I did my best until the very end, so it makes me want a reward.

    I did my best until the end. So Id wish I could have some headpats Haruka-san. Goodby Agah?

    Instead of getting patted, I was pped on the head! I wish to resolutely protest this unjust treatment I wish, but?

    The giant wolf floor master is cowering on the ground, crying Kyan, kyan. Other wolf-type monsters in the surroundings are also trashing on the ground, squealing.

    And in the middle of the wolves withering in pain on the ground, stands Haruka-san, pinching his nose.

    Thats unfair. I also wish to cover my nose, but I have to endure this sour smell since my hands wouldnt move!

    Long time no see~, or rather, just when I was about to express my deepest exaltation upon finally getting to see some living beings aside from middle-aged men, why are you on the verge of dying again? Is it pimples again? For goodness sake, dont use dogs to pop them, its unsanitary, an orcs sword is no good too, but why would you choose to get straight to getting chewed by dogs from that? I mean, if those puppies were to bite you on the head itd hurt really bad? With that size, it probably will hurt worse than being bitten by the Bitch Leader No, wait, that one is definitely more vicious! Shed still go straight for gnawing on you instead of crying cutely like this! Yeah, even kobolds were saying that she is way scarier! Not like I actually asked? But they probably did? Kind of?

    While saying that, he is patting me on the head. Its Haruka-san again. Its always Haruka-san, and its Haruka-san, after all. As expected, I started crying, while everyone around was long since crying. Kyan-kyan?

    As my vision returned, having been cured by a potion before I even noticed, a beautiful and captivating dance of ughter entered my vision. Surrounded by arge pack of wolves lying on the floor, a bewitching dancer is swirling in a frenzied sword dance. As monsters continue to surge forward from the dungeon in enormous hordes they are minced into tiniest pieces, shed and scattered into blood, meat, tragedy, and disaster. The dance of a lovely reaper whirling her way through death. Each turn she makes causes countless silver strings to dance along, as sharp shes are carving, shredding, and chopping surrounding monsters to pieces in a deadly dance. Moving like she is swallowed by madness, she is erasing countless monsters with each revolution of her wild dance.

    Continuously spinning she is moving in a spiral, shing and cutting monsters that get in her way. Unable to even touch her, the pieces of monsters are scattered to the ground like petals by the wind.

    Its so pretty. Elegant to the point of cruelty, and terrifying to the point of magnificence. This is death of death.

    Dancing while scattering silver chains from her entire body, she is cutting through the enemies with a pair of crescent-shaped swords. Dungeon overflow has changed into a beautiful ball of monster execution. The dungeon overflow became a monsters mass suicide. So strong, who is she?

    Heeey, Dancer-san, or rather, Dancer Girl? Or rather, with the helper supposedly being forced into absolute obedience yet getting this motivated by crepes, that basically makes you simply ady in a lovely outfit who just wants to eat crepes very much, without the cor or the choker having anything to do with this? Yeah, this seems like a pretty nice development? Can I leave this ce to you? I think there is probably another ce where some idiotic middle-aged man is fighting alone with hand grenades? Or rather, from explosive middle-aged bomber men there is another bombing old man? Well, I do want them to explode, but this time monsters instead of the middle-aged man, so Ill be right back after some monsters elimination, extermination, removal? Kind of?

    Crepe, extra, acknowledge?

    Looks like they reached an agreement. They are going to help my father. He is still fighting alone Im sure.

    But they are still stuck negotiating crepes in front of a horde of monsters overflowing from the dungeon. The monsters swarming out from the dungeon like a raging wave, are being annoyedly dispatched, erased, and minced to pieces Haruka-san is one thing, but thatdy is too strong! While continuing his crepe negotiation, Haruka-san keeps monotonously swinging his right hand only, thousands of silvery chains that stretch from there spin and flutter around, shing monsters to bits But they both arent even looking! Looks like they are going to settle at five extra crepes, but now it seems they still have to decide on the toppings, so the monsters continue to be obliterated without even getting to have their existence acknowledged.

    The dancing girl wearing ascivious outfit woven out of silvery chains. The bewitchingdy with fully exposed legs, belly, and shoulders. Her beauty is so sublime that calling her merely beautiful doesnt cut it. And she is now waving her fascinatingly elegant limbs around, while stomping on the ground, demanding crepes?

    Then, surprised by suddenly being grabbed by the scruff of the neck, the next moment I was in the sky? This cruel world that I saw from there was so very, very Beautiful.

 Chapter 292

    Chapter 292

    Day 71  Morning, Outside The Sixth Dungeon.

    There was another idiot here. Just how many idiots have I seen sinceing to this world? Well, we brought five of our own, but everyone else are Idiots produced in this world. There is a middle-aged man with his wrist missing, a hole bitten in his side, a part of his left leg thats down the knee barely attached, who yet continues to throw grenades while leaning on a spear stuck into the ground. An idiot~, a huge idiot, a dumbass. Thats the leader of Stalker Girls n and Stalker Girls father, and his name he doesnt have one yet? Well, its a middle-aged man, so there is no issue even if he never gets one.

    Heeey, old man? Or rather, Stalker Girls ns old man, well, its that? How should I put it, Im obeying gravitational forces, or rather, unable to escapews of attraction? anyway, Im going to fall there so prepare for the impact~ Its a fall at the speed of sound, so Im already crashing(BOOOOOOM)

    I protected Stalker Girl by damping the gravitational force withGravitymagic and thenHoldingher with magic power, so Im sure she should be safe, but she has stiffened with her eyes and mouth open. Well, I shoved a mushroom into her mouth, so she should be alright.

    The monsters that came out of the dungeon due to overflow have passed away in an unfortunate crashnding incident. Perhaps striking the ground with Staff of the World Tree as a substitute for brakes was a problem? There is now something like a crater here? A giant pit in front of the dungeon entrance, the overflowing monsters are falling right into it. Lets try sprinkling some poisonous mushroom powder? Ooh, they are crying and trashing in agony, but I dont really care to see middle-aged men or monsters writhing around? Its annoying?

    I bribed the Dancing Girl Lady with crepes. She is currently taking care of the seventh dungeon. Worrying about her is just as silly as worrying about Armored Pres-san or Slime-san. After all, although that dungeon might be rtively close to the Frontier, its still merely a dungeon outside the Frontier. I dont think any monsters there would be capable of wounding the Frontiers strongest Dungeon Emperor-ss but if they put even a scratch on that alluring skin I absolutely wont forgive them! But its also difficult to refuse the option of then providing a personal medical attention, rubbing in a healing salve made from mushrooms! And Im sure my hands will slip, I will slip both of my hands, going straight for those magnificent peaks. Definitely!

    And at the fourth dungeon that we reached first, the Royal Girl was annihting monsters left and right, with the Royal Family pride and Royal Guard at her side she was obliterating iing monsters. This family gets very duhan-like when ites to protecting the people of the Kingdom, running about while carrying their heads around, but that is precisely the reason why there is no wavering in the Royal Familys pride. Thats why I could leave it to her.

    At the seventh dungeon Stalker Girl was doing something dumb again, wobbling about, she kept throwing grenades with her little hands that swelled from internal bleeding and had nails cleanly torn off. Since she didnt have enough strength left to make a proper throw, she crawled all the way to the dungeon entrance while getting her skin scraped off, and continued to throw while taking on sts from explosions with her entire body, bing a bloodied mess in the process. I really had it with nothing but idiots around. So since she pissed me off I knocked her on the head. I crammed a mushroom into her mouth, so she should recover soon enough. Good grief, Poster Girl would cry if something happened to Stalker Girl or she got injured, like, shed cry a river! Which will get Slime-san furious, and will scold me, and then the girls will also give me a sermon, its a whole lots of trouble, you know? I wish everyone would be more mindful about how it will affect me?

    Both father and daughter are out cold with mushrooms sticking out of their mouths, but whatever?

    Now, I sort of dont get what is going on anymore, and since I dont get it, I guess simply killing everyone should solve the problem?

    The sixth and the seventh, which we werent particrly cautious about, are overflowing, when the fifth one is still silent. In that case, there is no telling what is happening at the distant eighth and ninth. They are so far away that even Stalker Girls n isnt vignt about them. But for now its the sixth dungeon. Quite often, leaving things that can be taken care ofter forter, allows not to think about them in the end at all? Well, it quite often simply bes toote, but one simply has to destroy the evidence without anyone finding out. Most things can be solved by killing everything. Turn them into magic stones and then get rich through destruction of evidence, perfect solution?

    UsingMagic WrapI put on everything I can without holding back, and then jump into the fray in buffed up state. shed monsters are being stabbed to death, and stepping forward with repeated lunges ends up with me cutting monsters apart from behind. Yeah, I give up.

    Cutting monsters up without any idea of what is going on, I continue to pile up corpses of monsters without any idea of how any of this is happening. Im sure the monsters are just as confused.

    Fighting withoutprehending what you are doing is quite challenging? Who wouldve thought that my self-styled fencing technique that I practiced back in the 8th grade would end up so useful in another world.

    But this random barrage is easy to break through. It works thanks to this hole, but without itd have to chase them around. Why flying here right after getting chased around by middle-aged men I now need to chase after monsters? Actually, the entire thing wouldve solved itself if the middle-aged men just chased after the monsters! I mean, thats what the military is for! This has nothing to do with me! Ill be more than happy to be chased around or chase after an overflow of pretty girls, but it doesnt seem like any ising? More like, there is a severe deficit?

    Trying to save up in case of something, it always ends up with me clubbing enemies with Staff of the World Tree, I just go around and keep hitting monsters trying to climb out of the hole. This world is ultimately just Whack-A-Monster, a far cry from Monster Drum Master. Personally, Id like to wait for the release of Monster Monster Revolution, but they might gopletely extinct before that.

    Just as I was about to sayWe won, with the end finally being in sight, two additional red res appeared in the sky, which were immediately followed by two ck ones. In other words, more dungeons are overflowing. Why this world is so adamant about not letting me goYeah? But there is no point to this now? The Geeks and Idiots didnt make it in time. They mustve had something they had to do. And they decided themselves to do it, so they wont being.

    And since they wont being, they went for aunch? Its a ne? Its a balloon? No, its a

    Using Farsight, I see hordes of monsters flooding out from the two dungeon. The overflows from the eighth and ninth dungeons have already made it outside their dungeons and are now making their way in a stampede towards the Frontier. With such a distance from the Frontier the stampedes also be that much more wide-range, making it impossible to suppress them, but looks like there is no issue with earring them? I mean, there is an endlessly stretching swarm of jiggly balls, and there is nothing that an infinite number of Gluttony-san wont be able to devour? Although it might choose to run away if its a swarm of roaches!

    Well, the Geeks mustve seen that they arent going to make it and thought of something. The idiots didnt think of anything, for sure. And then they tried to make something and ended up with something? Probably long-range ballistic Slime-san cannon. If it then usesDivisionin the air and downpours from the sky, then two swampedes are bound to be nothing more than a meal.

    A carpet bombing of balls, balls, and balls covering the entire sky. And also carpet eating.

    I have no idea what it ate in the woods of the Beastmen Country, but perfectly executedDivisioncovered the entire area in swarm of Slime-sans. A dungeon overflow might be an obsolete concept by now? It rushes through the area devouring dungeon monsters like its nothing. I think by now its possible to destroy the world with just Slime-san. I mean, at this rate, it might devour the world itself along the way. Im so worried about the food expenses!

    Looking into the distance with Rajingans Farsight, or rather, while just looking away, I continue whacking monsters, but it seems like there is no need to worry about there. That one bouncing around like a pinball and beating the hell out of floor and dungeon masters must be Slime-sans main body. The difference in strength so clearly apparent that things went from alright straight into dungeon master bullying category.

    Armored Pres-san is taking care of the first one. Yes, its the biggest and the deepest one, but so what?

    The Pres and others are suppressing the second one, or rather, exterminating it while preserving strength. They seem to be nning to go to the other ones too if needs be.

    The Frontier Army is working hard at the third one, or rather, they keep jumping into charge assaults from encircling and annihting, even though this was supposed to be a defensive battle. Lets pretend I didnt see that.

    Royal Girl and Royal Guard are at the fourth one, Maid Girl should be there too. While having a tough battle they are holding the line with precise orders, and when a big shot appears Royal Girl jumps in with Maid Girl to quickly dispatch it. The Kingdoms elite army lead by the Sword Princess.

    The sixth one is currently getting whacked by myself? Yeah, still very much whacking in a very present tense? I mean, they are stilling? But the dungeon seems like nothing much.

    The seventh is somethingpletely out of this world by now. She is of the same type as Armored Pres-san and Slime-san, with her strength appearing unfathomable, so thinking about it is pointless. She would make for the most formidable enemy if she turns on us, but we have two scariest allies on this side, so it still should be possible to pin her down. And while we are at it someones hand might also slip and identally hold or touch or strip various parts, but in any case, it should be possible to restrain her! Rather, restraining my inner wild highschool boy might be more of a problem, as that lewd body threatens to push me into synchronization overload with it, making it go berserk (stampede)! [1]

    And the eighth and ninth ones became a treat, or a feast? Endlessly devoured by infinite jiggling balls they are going to be a mere swarm of tasty snacks until the overflow ends.

    Pulling out everything we somehow narrowly managed to get everything covered. Completely out of chips, moves, and tricks, forget trump cards, there is not a single card left to y. We used everything.

    And yet there are red and ck res from the fifth dungeon. That is the closest one to the Murimuri Castle. And at the moment, its nothing more than a simple building,pletely empty. There are no people and no cards to y.

 Chapter 293

    Chapter 293

    Day 71  Afternoon, Murimuri Castle

    The Fake Dungeon that was protecting the Frontier until now is no more, with all of its traps destroyed or filled in. It had no strength to stop a stampede anymore, the gates that were safeguarding the frontier have crumbled.

    The stone golems, fulfilling the role of its guardian spirits, were crushed by the sheer numbers of monsters. They fought to the bitter end while being smashed up, but were broken to pieces without a chance to regenerate.

    Thest trap, copse of the Fake Dungeon apanied by arge-scale explosion, fire, poisonous, and debuffing powder and strong adhesives, also was broken though. Even two rocky mountains of master golemsing to crush them couldnt annihte all of the monsters. While it caused great damage and vastly reduced their numbers, it wasnt enough to annihte all of them. Even thest trap of the Fake Dungeon couldnt stop them.

    The only thing left is the fortress, which only recently received the name of New Murimuri Castle. However, angry roars could be hearding from its walls.

    They arent getting into the Frontier, exterminate them all!

    UwoooOOoo.

    The swarm of monsters heading for the Frontier has begun to run amok, but then the gates of the empty fortress have swung open. Instead of attempting to defend the castle, a crowd of demons rushed out from there in a counterattack to finish the work.

    Dont let monsters defile the Frontiers happiness, DESTROY THEM!

    Uwoooo!

    That was a picture of hell. Mere moments before a beatdown of a century is unleashed.

    The disaster of the horde of monsters heading for the Frontier that was left without its protectors is smashed and torn to pieces under the apaniment of angry bellows. Even if there is no one to protect it, this is the edge of the world. The domain of the scariest monsters on the continent. The people living there are all descendants of the ones who managed to survive on the farthest end of the world. The Frontier, where monsters run rampart and regrly go on rampage, is the ce where descendants of heroes have lived for a long, long time.

    Who was it who decided that its inhabitants are weak and in need of protection. Are the offspring of the heroes who survived in thisnd, created families, made kids and managed to protect and raise them, really someone in need of protection?

    Where did that idea, that the people, who survived for generations in the Frontier that mercilessly weeded out the weak and allowed only the strong to live on, could be weak, came from?

    Every person who managed to survive in thisnd is a descendant of a hero. All of their ancestors managed to live long enough to make kids, and did what it took to keep them safe. What possible reason could they have to be afraid of monsters from outside the Frontier.

    Everything that weve received was won through blood by our ancestors! Dont let them take it!

    UwoooooOo!

    Even the people who had nothing were helping each other. They managed to get back up even after losing everything. Thats why the people of the Frontier have not perished yet. This is the strength, this is what makes the strong.

    And a miracle happened at the Frontier.

    Something that everyone kept dreaming of.

    The fleeting and ephemeral dream.

    That everyone could live smiling.

    Merely that small of a happiness.

    How much blood the Frontier has spilled just for that little.

    How many people have sacrificed themselves simply to protect that dream.

    Thats how they lived.

    And thats how they survived.

    Without losing to thend of cmity, they fought against monsters, and carried on living surrounded by the most dreadful horror.

    And they finally grasped that happiness.

    Everyone is finally able to smile.

    Why do they have to give up on that?

    Why would they want to let go of it?

    Why do they have to be the weak who are only robbed of what is dear to them?

    If they give up, everything will be over. But, there were people who refused to give up until happinesses to the Frontier, the people who tried to bring the dream to the Frontier.

    How can they give up on the hopes that those people entrusted to them.

    How can those hopes be erased?

    Then, a boy who refused to give up appeared in the Frontier, and took back all of the dreams that the people of the Frontier were robbed of despite their refusal to abandon them.

    Were they to give up on that Even the right to have dreams will be lost to them.

    They can call it thend of demons, they can call it the cursednd, even so, we wont let them have our homnd, that our ancestors protected!

    This is the dream protected at the cost of countless lives, and it is the current people of the Frontier who have to carry its weight now.

    Dont let that boy fight alone. If there is no army, then well simply have to fight ourselves, if there are no heroes, then well simply have to be heroes ourselves. This is the fortress carrying my Murimur Shim Omuis name, Murimuri Castle, I absolutely wont allow it to fall! I absolutely wont allow anyone to pass through it! Drown those lowly monsters in their own blood and protect the Frontier!

    UWOOOOOOOO!

    The Frontiers adventurers, militia protecting towns and viges, retired army veterans, hunters, men, women, elderly, and even children, everyone who is able to fight have gathered.

    Annihtion of all of the most fearsome and formidable monsters at the cursed edge of the world had brought happiness to the Frontier. The great price of that was paid in blood, flesh, pain and suffering.

    As if theyd let some swarm of puny monsters from outside the Frontier ruin their dream.

    There is no way such a thing would be allowed.

    Adventurers, hunt down the floor masters and the dungeon master. The rest of that rabble can pummeled and trampled them to death!

    There wouldnt be much meaning in saving the Frontier that cant survive without being protected by others. Failing to protect it would mean treating with disdain the feelings of everyone that fought for it.

    The weapons (clubs) given to us exist for the sake of smashing enemies, they were handed to us to crush into dust everyone who tries to take from us!

    UWOOOOOOOo!

    The charge of the monsters was broken, leaving them to stand in a packed crowd, unable to move. Which means that all that is required is to kill them until everyst of the monsters is dead.

    Skirmishers reserve force, the Annihtion Squad of Housewives charge! ughter them all, turn them into magic stones, and use them to cover the cost of side dishes for dinner!!!!

    WHAAAARYAAAH!!

    As the monsters stampede was halted in its advance, turning them into a mere mob, it was swallowed by a rampage (stampede) of aunties. The vanguard was led by the Knight Princess of the previous generation Murimur The Brutal. Wearing armor over her dress she cut open the way for others, turning monsters into meat chunks with each swing of her colossal greatsword, immediately followed by aunties brandishing clubs who swallowed up the horde of monsters akin to a muddy stream. Overwhelmed by the forces of devastation, the monsters were trampled down, smashed with clubs, and turned into money for the future meals.

    Later, it would be known by history that for quite a few it became the source of their secret savings.

    The boy once fearfully named this ce a town of demons or town of carnage, and today, the demons of carnage were unleashed. Foolish pests that dared to challenge armored housewives were crushed, destroyed, and exterminated. Thats because all of them are champions of the most terrifying battles on the Frontier, the maiden wars (bargain sales). Veterans whopeted against the heroic girls. They werent opponents monsters from outside of the Frontier could challenge.

    Thus, the war of the Kingdom has reached its conclusion. It goes without saying that the most important lesson that the war history would draw from this event isAunties are scary!. No, seriously?

    Kind of?

 Chapter 294: Part 1

    Chapter 294: Part 1

    Day 71  Nighttime, New Murimuri Castle

    Everyone is dancing with smiles. Everything is over, finally, the peace hase. Everyone has won the peace. Thats why

    Lets feast!

    Uwoooo!

    (Jiggle Jiggle~!)

    A great uproar with drinking, singing, and sweets making. The feast and the festival are co-starring in this coboration of great excitement and tion.

    More deep-fried meat they say, and add mayo too~. I wont let lemon juice off~!

    Bring an extra extra extrarge portion of skewers! Bring so much that we call it Count Impaler!

    Kyaaa, broiled eel, broiled eel!

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    All of the culprits of this crazed feast are familiar faces, but add more fried potatoes! And extra ketchup too!

    And in the middle of this agitated and bustling atmosphere, there is a transcendent beauty single-mindedly focused on consuming the food. Possessing looks in no way inferior to the peerless beauty (Angelica-san), she eludes a bewitching aura as she is slurping yakisoba.

    With the charm and elegance that makes one lose themselves watching her in fascination, wondering if Cleopatra, the beauty that is said to have changed the world, looked just as pretty, she is now stuffing her cheeks with pork cutlets and rice.

    But she possesses not only beauty, but also the strength rivaling Angelica-san and Slime-san, who Haruka-kun ims to be in Dungeon Emperor-tier. When we asked Stalker Girl, who saw her fighting up close she replied with a dazzledShe was beautiful. Fluttering like a vision from dreams she scattered monsters in a dance. The strength on the level that would intoxicate Stalker Girl-chan, who saw the way two others from Dungeon Emperor ss fight. Dashingly joining the fight for meat skewers with that strength she sinks her teeth into fried pork.

    Her hair is in a long bob with bangs, which in turn makes her pretty facial features stand out even more. And for some reason, her incredibly suggestive outfit is being covered up with a school jersey given to her by Haruka-kun. She now has a hot dog in her mouth.

    The stampede from the fifth dungeon, that made us think that its all over, reached all the way to this Murimuri Castle, but was wiped out here. The people of the Frontier repelled it with their strength.

    As Haruka-kun ims, he confirmed withRajinganthat it probably was rippled effect from the release of the mysterious girl and and Rise from the Dead that made the Churchs contraptions go out of control, thats why its no ones mistake that they couldnt detect preliminary sings. He strongly insisted on that, which is what makes it somewhat suspicious, but if no one gets it and Haruka-kun says that its alright then its fine that way. After all, if it was negligence or a really stupid mistake then Haruka-kun wouldve said anything, he wouldnt even have spoken at all. So if Haruka-kun says its fine, then its fine.

    And the main culprit and the winner of a special prize for regr sermon attendance without an atom of remorse to his entire being, is now very busy with cooking. He is mutteringints aloud, but around him, countless extravagant dishes are being piled up, while the heroes that prevailed over stampedes are one after another copse, defeated by this stampede of food. This will require construction of a stadium for collective ONE MORE SET!

    Thank goodness Slime-san made it to the two distant unobserved dungeons. It apparently was a Cluster Explosive Meal from Long-range ballistic Slime-san cannon? Whats that? Some sort of a skill? Even since Slime-san came back its constantly frolicking around Haruka-kun, following him like a puppy.

    While it took us a while, we managed to finish at our ce without any injuries and still had strength to spare. We also beat up and captured some stray escaping nobles while we were at it. The iron hammer of justice has fallen on those that overindulged on manju. That wasnt enough to make us forgive them, but we let them off easy since it seems they are still going to be put on trial in the Capital? The grudge of manju is scary, remember that!

    And Haruka-kun was doing as usual, beating and beating monsters that were crawling out of the hole, he was apparently busy with BEAT MANIANING and DRUM MASTERING. He was very nonchnt about it, speaking with almost disinterested expression, mentioning almost like in an off-handment. In the past I wouldve thought, oh, is that so, after all, thats what I always thought until now. Thinking things turned out to be exactly as they seemed,Ah, as expected, Haruka-kun was totally fine.

    But now I can tell. After being together for two months I now can tell. He is all worn-out. His entire body is in tatters, nerves in shreds, and flesh and bones a barely reattached mess. Thats why he is keeping cool and keeps making mountains of food. When he is making a racket about being near death, its nothing serious, but when he is acting casual, when he is being all-nonchnt, the more unfazed he appears, the less alright he is in truth.

    He doesnt want to say that it hurts and make others worry.

    He doesnt want to say that its painful and make others worry.

    Thats why he acts soid-back and keeps making sillyints while being noisy with everyone.

    Thats why he is smiling. After all, it was for the sake of seeing everyone smile that he was pushing himself so hard.

    Thats why I smile.

    He was working so hard because he wanted to see everyone smile, so we must smile in return. Thats why everyone is doing their best, making such a racket withughs.

    Weugh with our all, doing our best to convey that we did get happiness.

    No, Im telling you! I was quietly being a shut-in when a horde of middle-aged men swarmed in and marked the ce with the stink of middle-aged men, and the stink was so foul, that I had to move and be a shut-in at another ce? I mean, it reeked of middle-aged men? No way I can shut myself in such a ce! I mean, with 40,000 Rise from the Dead Eternal body odor is Forever? Of course Id move from such a ce. So I set it on fire and after deodorization with hellfire buried it underground and sealed it. It really stunk?

    We were wondering what happened to the castle when we came back, and the culprit turned out to be a freely-moving type of shut-in crazed on construction. Hikikomori-san with an even more irresponsibly mobile residence than that of a hermit crab, who is habitually taking over residences of others for temporary stay! I mean, he actually is a new type of high-speed Hikikomori-san who while flying around expands his housing, possessing multiple residences all over the Kingdom, and even trying to convert dungeons into his housing! A rather unusual global shut-in. And he is perfectly self-sufficient too!

    A bamboo thicket and ake had appeared out of thin air, and New Murimuri Castle, despite supposedly being a hurried construction meant for the decisive battle, has an even more gorgeous interior, with recreation rooms and the saloning equipped with massage chairs. Isnt this the reason why his mana was barely enough? Naturally, baths became even more extravagant too.

    A drink to the Frontier!

    Soldiers, adventurers that rushed to help, townsfolk, Aunties (Supreme overlords), are drinking andughing loudly together, all enjoying the festival to the fullest. They managed to protect the Frontiers happiness after all. The happy Frontier remained untouched behind this castle. The happiness was preserved and they gained the future in which they can pass it on. Everyone believes that this is where the Frontiers future is going to begin. Thats why they are smiling from the bottom of their hearts.

    The miracle could happen because all of this was arranged beforehand. Haruka-kun managed to destroy the plot of the biggest organization on the continent by himself because he continuously worked on preparations. Without any pause he kept going on and on for the sake of peace and happiness. In fact, it was because Haruka-kun kept freely distributing lots of mushroom potions that everything miraculously ended with no fatalities. Its because everyone survived that everyone canugh so wholeheartedly. They managed to survive, and they managed to protect.

 Chapter 294: Part 2

    Chapter 294: Part 2

    Omui-sama is engaged in a matrimonial quarrel, but he seems to be at great disadvantage, almost on the verge of crying. He apparently heard that Murimur-sama was fighting in vanguard and went to scold her for taking such risks, but then Haruka-kun tattled on him, telling about Omui-sama performing charge attacks at monsters. He was doing that again

    Toast to Shino n.

    Hail to the Frontier Army~!

    (Jiggle Jiggle~!)

    Everyone is praising each other, hugging, crying, and congratting. Haruka-kun resolutely stated that he doesnt want any hugs from middle-aged men or aunties and is frantically running around from them, even making free use of Clone for that. But is it bad manners to run on walls and ceiling? He should have injuries all over his body, but he appears very lively.

    He is really not being honest.

    But he cant honestly celebrate. He alone is stillmenting the errors. While the result was fine, even Haruka-kuns failsafe n wasnt good enough. The Frontier shouldve failed. If Omui-sama didnt make it in time, if Royal Girl didnt participate, if that mysterious beauty didnt appear and help, if Stalker Girl and her father didnt risk their lives to hold back the stampedes, if Oda-kun and others didntunch Slime-san, if Adventurers and townsfolk didnt join as reinforcement, if the Church had at least one more trick, it wouldve been destroyed. Everything merely happened to go just right, so he is stillmenting his failure.

    And thats why he is a big idiot. Even if everything went well only by chance, it was him who created that chance. Such a miracle was possible only because everything that he was working on until now (cards) came together to make a winning hand. And the one who did that is the super lucky Limit-Breakingly softhearted contrarian, who is regrly cheating possibilities , betting all in on luck, a fake viin who obstinately refuses to give up on happiness! Thats why its a lie that he couldve done it! There is no way he would fail to grasp happiness! Thats why everyone came here.

    After all, as long as the chance is not zero, Haruka-kun can do something about it. And he worked so hard to prevent it from bing zero. Thats why he should be honestly celebrating, its unforgivable that he doesnt celebrate after working so hard!

    But he seems to be enjoying himself?

    Aah, so there was a problem that only Shield Girl got a bra with air pads, and also that only culture clubs girls got thongs. Thats one error with 0 percent chance of survival. Highschool girl bodypile 3rd impact [1] has urred. He managed to suppress stampedes from nine different dungeons, but is on the verge of happily dying from being squished by highschool girls stampede, triggered by a demand for bras with air pads? Well, he seems happy and content with it, so I guess its fine? After all, Im participating too? Swallowed by the bodypile of lightly-dressed highschool girls thatplying with safety standards for injured Haruka-kuns sake doesnt have anyone wearingbat equipment, he has finally fallen asleep. Just a very happy corpse-san.

    Then, taking up the bath for ourselves we are holding a Girls-only meeting there..

    Whooa. So sexy! And enviable!

    The mysterious pretty girl joined us too. A short while ago she was deep in talk with Angelica-san, seemingly hitting it off, or rather is she Angelica-sans fan? She was really happy getting a handshake.

    Delicious. Food and sweets. Tamed.

    She is already brimming with desire to be Tamed. The amber-like skin on her slender, yet soft hands and feet, appears very seductive sshed by bath water. It seems like this mysterious beauty with oriental appearance and expressionless look has already been domesticated with food. And she seems to have joined the crepe faction. The Manju faction is currently losing, being put at a disadvantage by its inferior numbers.

    Toned yet soft, the silk skin has a texture of well-trained body beneath it, aaah.

    The otherworldly beauty with Cleopatra-sans lovely look is Nefertiri-san. An immortal mummy, a dancer, and a warring shrine maiden, who possesses titles of Holy Knights, Great Sage, and Heathen Saint. At the moment Princess Shariceres is washing her all over in a great excitement. That alluring figure Looks like in addition to Angelica-san ONE MORE SET we also need Nefertiri-sans DANCE DANCE REVOLUTION! She is already bombarded with requests, Im going to apply too! I mean, she has an amazing waist-line! And her buttocks are tight and lifted up, but there is a supple and plump feeling to them, a sensual, enchanting, and tempting gorgeous body.

    Will Haruka-kun be able to wee the morning tomorrow? Angelica-san is already making ns to thoroughly vite and ravish Haruka-kun together with Nefertiri-san, having a nasty look on her face. Nefertiri-san too seems to be very motivated to fall to Haruka-kuns Taming while also being very motivated about assaulting him, being fully on board with Angelica-sans n.These two transcendent beauties with ultimate proportionsing at him together A team far more dangerous than 40,000 middle-aged men was just formed.

    Mistress. Number two. Legal wives, please treat me well.

    Legal wives?And a mistress, huh.

    Looks like she is in a monster category, just like Angelica-san? And as we expected, just as usual, she also got saved by him. Being put by the Church intoCor of Subordination  a cor that forces into obedience, she was locked inside a dark and narrow coffin all the time. And at the time she was woken up, it always meant massacre. On the orders of the Church, regardless of her own will, she was hurting people that opposed it. And she was finally released from that. She finally became able to act on her volition. Thats why she asked to be killed. She kept wishing for death all this time, so she ended up asking for it.

    But she got unlucky with her opponent.

    He wouldnt hear that wish. It wouldnt be granted no matter how much one wishes for it. After all, he is egoistic and astoundingly selfish walking arrogance, a tyrannical savage when he stands, a memorycking inhuman when he sits, his walking figure is exactly that of a rampaging demon. Thats why he is definitely not going to acknowledge such a request. He wont permit, he wont tolerate, he wont grant it, and the only future such a wish holds is being eternally crushed to pieces in a hell of massacred middle-aged men. After all, he is a serial destroyer of misfortune.

    Thats why she was saved. Presented with a mountain of food and sweets the likes of which she never seen before, she was preached, persuaded, and brainwashed with the idea that as long as she lives she will still have lots of delicious stuff and many happy moments, and if shecks for it, then why not just plunder it from somewhere? He went and did it again.

    This time the target had enough learning ability not to fall for Taming, but she herself seems to have fully fallen for food and is very motivated to end up Tamed. Its only obvious that after being saved from such despair shed want to follow him, but unable to notice the most obvious things he is probably panicking about what to do, seeking advice from Slime-san and getting jiggles in response.

    After all, he didnt order her. She was afraid that made unable to resist an order, she was going to end up in the same situation as with the Church, when she would end up having to kill someone against her will. Without making any orders he instead asked her Could you help me for three crepes? Dungeons are overflowing and the Frontier is in a super big pinch, and we are super short on people, so Im willing to borrow even a cats hand,[2] or rather paw, but if I do borrow it, Im not giving it back, nyan? Well, thats how it is, as a contingency fee I will also add all you can eat feast?. He earnestly pleaded with someone he could force to obey with a single order. He was panicking and desperate, but even so, he didnt make an order. Thats why she could believe him.

    Thats why she chose to follow him for five crepes. Thats two up from the initial offer, so her Girl Power has to be high!

    Moreover, both Angelica-san and Slime-san dont require food or sleep, they can survive without them on Magical Essence and mana. However, its merely not required, but both of them enjoy having delicious food daily.

    But Nefertiri-san never received any food, since she didnt require it.

    Meanwhile, Haruka-kun, while being aware that its not required, not, still chose to offer her a feast, without much care about the necessity, rather, its like he did it precisely because it was not necessary. He actually told her to just wait while eating delicious stuff, without trying to attach any conditions to it. And Nefertiri-san, without being ordered anything, went out and caught the remaining archpriests by herself. There is no way she wouldnt get attached to him after he went so far! He even made strawberry crepe-san for her!

    Nefertiri-san mustve been astonished and moved, while for us its just how it is. After all, there is not a single person under Taming that ever received an order from him. He is always asking, pleading, negotiating, luring with sweets, apologizing, and getting scolded, but he never made an order. Haruka-kun is a master that never gave an order to anyone. Thats why everyone trusts him.

    He is probably still asking Slime-san for advice on what to do, but its toote for that? Everything is toote by now, after all, Haruka-kuns infection keeps spreading from the Frontier to The Kingdom in an ever growing pandemic. No one is going to consider giving up now. Its way toote for any of that? Everyone will dly follow him. After all, they trust him and strive after him? Everyone already learned about not giving up?

 Chapter 295

    Chapter 295

    Day 71  Nighttime, New Murimuri Castle.

    Soaking in the bath I enjoy the feeling of soft and tender jiggliness that I was missing for a while, rubbing and petting it I get my fill. Naturally, Im speaking about Slime-san.

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    Slime-san is also enjoying the bath. There, Slime-san and I are having a deep discussion on the future treatment of that charming sexy amber-skinneddy. Since she isnt under Taming her level didnt reset, so she is still Lv100. But with Slime-san back, there shouldnt be a risk of defeat with both Armored Pres-san and Slime-san around. Even if they are losing in levels, Armored Pres-san has incredibly overpowered gear and Slime-san also returned stronger than it was before. Well, after eating so much it was bound to pick up a ton of new skills.

    She is dangerous, but I dont want to kill her.

    She wanted to die, but I ended up taking her with me. It would be wrong to end it like this after being ordered by others with her free will and everything else stolen away, constantly suffering without a single good thing happening to her. In life there is no pleasure without pain, so after the pain, she has to have pleasures. Especially considering her pain and suffering so far, she must have Sukhavati-level [1] of bliss and delights, which Id also like to partake in, but putting that aside, she should be able to freely enjoy and savor pleasures in her own way.

    After all, she was just like Armored Pres-san. Completely engulfed in magic power she was suppressing it, desperately struggling against it. Wearing the worst kind of a cor, capable of controlling even her mind, she still was fighting against it. Being restricted with such a vast amount of mana should have been insanely painful, and yet she was resisting it, perhaps in hopes that it would destroy her body. And while being constantly surrounded in such amounts of mana, no one would be able to approach her, much less touch. But she continued to endure that eternal solitude while keeping her sense of self (ego) intact and resisting. Just like Armored Pres-san. Thats why I didnt want to kill her.

    But she is free now, although she is so crazy strong that it raises the question if its really fine to set free such a power. Well, I think its fine to just take it easy and release her after calmly confirming her disposition, but it seems like Slime-san is of the opposite opinion?

    Is it alright to use Taming on yourrades? Jiggle jiggle? I dont think Taming should be used so willy-nilly and if for example Slime-san wishes for it, I will release the effect, and we can stay together even without Taming? Its a skill that robs others of their freedom, and if possible, better left unused? Bounce-bounce? No, thats an extreme argument, in general universalmon logic its not good. After all, everyone is getting along even without Taming, so thats Jiggle~Jiggle there. Well, its not like she is in a hurry to leave, so its not the time to rush yet, or rather, seeing that enthralling body line triggers a rush of highschool boy-like spirit (passion) in me, or rather yearning, in any case, thats dangerous! Kind of?

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    It seems like Slime-san took a great liking to her. Well, she is a good girl, and the way she ate mustve scored quite a few points with Slime-san. Eventually, she might start eating from a bucket too.

    And after exchanging constructive and multiyered arguments, and arguing for thepromise, we had to grope in the dark for the conclusion? Alright, Ive warmed up enough, time to get out?

    The sense of liberation from finally being liberated hade to an end. It still wasnt over?! Or rather, its definitely over, I mean the necessity is nil, or rather, their very existence is nil?

    Finally found you! What do you mean bra making has ended at one round! This is a discrimination! This is a discrimination and abuse towards the girls of more modest disposition!

    Vice Pres A and C snapped? They seem extremely infuriated and super-duper enraged.

    Dont just make it a round with us!

    No, I mean Do you even need it?

    We do! Very much so!

    I think its safe to say that they never had any bra-rted issues duringbat? They dont have anything to cause them after all. Rather, having less surface value in profile, it can even be said that they are safer from projectilesing from nks No? I didnt say anything? Oh, you borrowed morning stars? Aah, those are your own. Just how many morning stars have the girls acquired? The Capital is a dreadful ce!

    No, look, Wrap that what doesnt exist, or Push up that what has no weight, is not in realm of physics anymore, so how about asking a philosopher?

    Dont say they dont exist! We have them too! We do! They exist!

    For the sake of the argument, suppose we assume its true, but supporting a t surface with a curve is Buuuabaaakuaaah

    Dont say t surface! Its a gentle slope! Gentle and modest!

    Gentle and modest people dont hit people with morning stars, you know? However, wearing full battle gear even right after leaving the bath, I have no openings to exploit, but it still hurts. I might not be able to take the nextbo!

    We know that you were enduring the embarrassment, making them for safetys sake, but we too But we too wanted to wear pretty bras like everyone. We know that its not what the original intention was, but we were looking forward to our turn too Although we were put the veryst!

    Aah, so in the end, its my fault again? I shouldve known this from seeing Armored Pres-san, no one likes being left out, she wants to wear cute clothes and show off, all of the clothes of this world belong to me, the Lord of Avarice~! Is what Im well familiar with, but somehow, I didnt realize this.

    Its not surprising they will get angry and jump at me. At the very least they arent biting like the Bitches.

    Aaah, I got it? No, actually, the humanity doesnt quite get nothingness yet, and I dont really understand nothingness too, but I understood your feelings, not really, but I understand that if I dont understand them, the rotation of morning stars is going to get even faster, so Ill just make it like I understand, and will work on bras, so lets put away those morning stars, alright? Dont try to hide them in your chests though? I hate fake ergements, but the main issue is that those steel balls have spikes on them, so it will hurt?

    Yaaay! But stop saying nothingness!!

    I hurriedly began the work, but since it was so urgent and unexpected, Blindfold Pres is absent. I wonder why I have more confidence in the blindfolding when she is not around though? Buttely, Blindfold-san has gotten into some radical brute force moves like physically forcing the eyes open, going beyond just having no intentions of hiding anything into making sure that Ill see everything! There is not a single shred of trust to be had there, but for some reason none of the girls are raising objection against this mysterious Blindfold Pres-san, even though with the long history of abuse of her position there shouldnt be merely ims but wide-spread movement to have her recalled from the position, but since she is not around today I feel very at peace.

    And the handmade blindfold Still had holes opened in it by Armored Pres-san. I say holes, but those are giant openings almost exceeding the cloth surface, this blindfold gives such a clear vision that it makes one wonder if it was supposed to be sses. Looks like Blindfold Pres is on bad terms with Real Blindfold-san?

    So I tried asking Slime-san. As expected of a being with undefined form it instantly wrapped around me and covered my eyes, but

    Slime-san? You were ck just a second ago, no? What are you raising your transparency ratio for? Or rather, its so high that you are fully transparent! An SF-like blindfold that resembles goggles from fiction about the near future is covering my eyes, but its not blocking my vision at all? Or rather, its sort of like a VR headset, but even if its made 3D with virtual reality, its still a 2D surface, virtually non-existent tness(*Thud!*)

    I got hit. No, this actually was Slime-sans doing, and I was merely drawing attention to it, and by no means was drawing delight from Nevermind. Im just going to empty my mind and focus on bra making? Yeah, mind and body (chests) being filled with nothingness together (*BANG*)

    Eerm, the overall shape is finished, or rather, pasted together, or rather, isnt this A pectoralis major correction supporter? Muscle muscle?

    (*Thud!*) (*Smack!*) (*Whack!*) (*Booom*) (*Snap*)and further beating.

    We need BRAAAAAAAAAAS! Not a pectoralis major supporter! BRAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAS!!!

    Looks like this isnt it?

    But training pectoralis major muscle should give bust up effects and also increase the measurement too?

    Guuuhhh Please add pectoralis major correction function too!

    Looks like they need it after all?

    They are squeezing them together with quite desperation. Looks like not having one is a problem both when they are trying cute clothes or want to be fashionable. However, it seems like a certain portion of the girls has an overwhelmingly greater demand for this, but Ill be hit if I said that. After all, they are already giving me a very intense t gaze, holding morning stars in their hands!

    Eeehm? Then trying to push them together them? Together?Pushing up Maybe from above How about we add some air cushion for safety? (Crying)

    Thanks (Tears of gratitude)

    Certainly, in breast armor kind of sense, the safety efficiency was extremely low, with almost zero shock absorption ability, but since its still rted to safety its fine, I guess? They must want to dress up too, so if its just a bit then even high school boys from the original world will look the other way with warm gazes. Well, they seem to be extremely happy, so its fine, I guess.

    Then, we move to the bottoms.

    However, in the case of Shrimp Tanuki Girl, maybe it wouldve been more appropriate to go with a correction cast for small animals to prevent the belly from poking out? Or maybe a training belt with a lead? While wondering if its alright to let her roam free like that, I continue to work, but in any case, there were no issues with the top for both of them.

    But doing the bottoms turned out to be very tough. The reason being, Vice Pres A-san has the most outrageous bottom in the ss! While her chest is modest and humble, her figure itself is no different than that of a supermodel. With her beautiful long legs and great thighs she has an outstanding figure (except for the chest area)!

    That was a close call, but I somehow managed to resist the Frenzied Temptation Attack of those beautiful legs. It could be said that Evil Hands were rubbing them more relentlessly than usual, but I managed to get through. I managed to get though, but two people kept expressing their admiration to the precise and delicate technique of Evil Hands in Uhyaaah! or Hyarahehyaheee! or Kyauuuh! until they copsed.

    Armored Pres-san also returned, but after taking a look inside the room, she made a sly grin and saying Enjoy yourselves tried to leave? Could you please not? Or rather, werent you Blindfold Pres-san, even if only just for show? Cant say that I see any necessity to it though, I mean, nothing was being hidden?

    Im actually going to carry them, so help me here? Yup, its another group that went unconscious stark naked? I do want to enjoy myself, you know? But that would be a crime, in and simple, with an immediate guilty sentence and possible decapitation, so there is no way Im going there. But what was that? Ah~ thats what it was! My level went up! This exins why Evil Hands feel enhanced, in more ways than one? It seems they were amazing.

 Chapter 296

    Chapter 296

    Day 71  Nighttime, New Murimuri Castle

    Im so tired, mainly emotionally! Yeah, it can be said that only a highschool boy being energetic could be a big problem. Armored Pres-san andpany dressed up an unconscious naked girl and butt-naked tanuki and carried them away. When theye back well have to discuss with Dancing Girl how things are going to be from now on.

    Dancing Girl has been freed only recently so she might as well spend some time having fun while considering the future at ease, but considering that she possesses power on par with Dungeon Emperor ss, I have the responsibility to make sure if its really alright to set her free, but whats even more important I have to burn the sight of her enthralling figure into my eyes.

    At the moment, I might be able to force Taming on her, but thats something that shouldnt be done. After all, she just got her freedom. She can now live as she pleases without taking unpleasant orders from anyone. Thats why she should be given true freedom without being bound by anyone.

    Now, I avoided looking at it all this time, I mean, looking at it pisses me off? Not wanting to see it is actually a big part of it? Or rather, since seeing it still wont exin anything I seriously dont want to see it. And whats more important, getting used to seeing it will lead to getting deceived. If one gets used to it, they will stop sensing how out of ce it is.

    In fact, the ssmates are checking their Status daily, seeing it as somethingpletely ordinary. Coming from a world that had no such thing, they now lost any feeling of difort towards such an unnatural thing. And thats why the people of this world, who were born with Status, dont doubt it, they trust it fully and unconditionally.

    Status

    NAME: Haruka Race: Human AGE 16 Lv 23 (2Up) Job

    HP 415 (37Up) MP 488 (59Up) ViT 358 (22Up) PoW 365 (26Up) SpE 490 (59Up) DeX 476 (58Up) MiN 480 (52Up) InT 520 (61Up) Luk Max (Limit Break)

    SP 1,528

    Martial Arts:Path of the Staff Lv 9(Up) Uncanny Dodge Lv 7(Up) Magic Wrapping Lv 7(Up) Kyojitsu LvMaX(Up) Instantaneous Movement Lv 9 Fluidity Lv 6 Djutsu Lv 1 Adamantine Fists Lv 3 Random Attack Lv 3(New 2Up)

    Magic:Atomic Maniption Lv 2 Teleportation Lv 7 Gravity Lv 7(Up) Holding Lv 7(Up) Elemental Sorcery Lv 7(Up) Wood Magic Lv 8 Lightning Magic Lv 9 Ice Magic Lv 9 Alchemy Lv 6(2Up) Spatial Magic Lv 4(2Up)

    Skills:Health Lv MaX(Up) Sensitive Lv 9 Body Control Lv 9(Up) Swift Foot Lv 8(Up) Taming Lv 9 Improved Detect Presence Lv 6(Up) Mana Mastery Lv 9(Up) Erase Presence Lv 9(Up) Stealth Lv 9 Concealment Lv MaX Empty Mind Lv 8(Up) Physical Damage Negation Lv 4(2Up) MP Absorption Lv 6(Up) Regeneration Lv 6(Up) Apex Thinking Lv 7(Up) Rush Lv 8 Air Walk Lv 7 Extreme Velocity Lv 9 Rajingan Lv 5(Up) High Sexual Vigor Lv MaX(2 Up) Insatiable Libido Lv MaX(2 Up)

    Titles:Hikikomori Lv 8 NEET Lv 8 Loner Lv 8 Grand Mage Lv 5(Up) Swordmaster Lv 4(Up) Alchemist Lv 6(2 Up)

    Unknown:ReportInformConsult Lv 9(Up) Jack of All Trades Lv 9 Muppet Lv 9

    Items:Staff of the World Tree in Clothes? Leather Gloves? Leather Boots? Cloak? Rajingan Soul Ring Item Bag Bracelet PoW53% SpE +45% ViT +31% ck Hat

    I went up two levels after all. Despite the slow speed at which I gain levels, I went up two at once. Well, even if they are just low-level middle-aged men, 40,000 of them couldve given a considerable amount of EXP, but even the Great Dungeon only gave me six levels? And thest time I checked my status was before I started digging the mine. We have beaten quite a few dungeons since then, but it didnt give me even one level.

    This time I got two levels at once despite not gaining any levels for so long. Of course there is a chance that I had exp points umted from earlier. Even so, the way in which levels rise feels strange. Earlier I was ignoring it, reasoning that 10th or 5th levels take a while, but this time I went from 21 to 23 so it should have nothing to do with that. Is there an issue with Status itself, or is something up with only my Status? There are so many suspicious points that Im not even sure. But now I managed to narrow it down. There is only one thing that can be causing this.

    I didnt check it for a long time, so it mustve failed to process everything. The precision of Evil Hands right now was noticeably too high.

    As I thought From everyones point of view my Status was Lv 21, even Reroreroing old man said so. I always felt that my level had risen, but I never checked it. Which led to everyone saying that my level is 21, regardless if they used Appraisal or Insight, in other words, my status alone doesnt update until I check it.

    Siiigh, until now my Status was acting pretty weird, with my skills, magic, and equipment lying to me, so I got a bit suspicious and it turned out exactly as I thought. My Status is being overwritten. It gets rewritten at the moment I check it myself, so it ends up getting out of sync. Thats why I was waiting for it to go off-sync. And double up is the most likely timing for that. And its just as I thought.

    Then, the only one capable of such a thing has to be Apex Thinking-san. Its probably hiding my skills by disguising them in order to restrain my strength. In fact, when I noticed Atomic Maniption I lost consciousness and had a nosebleed which refused to stop, so it was really dangerous.

    My body is already being destroyed, unable to keep up with the power of the skills far surpassing my limits. And its going to get even worse. Thats why it was hiding them from me. But the fight today was way too crazy, so it unleashed hidden abilities. Thats why I was able to jump precisely in front of the enemies that were 50 meters away with Teleportation and mow them down with Kyojitsu. And since I also tore muscles in my whole body, broke numerous bones, and began bleeding all over, barely not losing consciousness, the output clearly exceeded my capacity. Thats why those abilities were hidden and restrained.

    But by what means Apex Thinking-san is able to do such a thing?

    In the first ce, the Thinking-type skills like Quick Thinking Lv 1 or Parallel Thinking that became the foundation for Apex Thinking-san dont exist?

    If I were to process the enormous, far surpassing my limit, volume of information associated with my skills, my brain (InT) would be destroyed. And Apex Thinking-san must be the skill created for the sake of providing calction and operational capacity required to iste and process that excessive information. Then who was it who created it, and who is feeding, receiving, and operating information to and from Apex Thinking-san?

    Hey, ReportInformConsult-san, who havent Reported, Informed, or Consulted me even once, and instead moving behind my back, processing massive amounts of information, dont you have something to tell me~?

    ReportInformConsult Lv 9 Apex Thinking Lv 7Wisdom Lv 1 (New?)

    Here it is. As expected, its going to hide until I expose it, huh?

    But Wisdom, huh. Intelligence and knowledge have aplex rtionship. Knowledge (Data) and intelligence (Process). Knowledge alone is just like having a giant encyclopedia with no means to use or apply information within, and having Intelligence but without any information also bears no meaning. Its like having a super fast calctor but with only the zero button. Only coupled together knowledge and Intelligence gain meaning, and thats Wisdom-san. AI-equipped supeputer-like deluxe skill-san was hiding and helping me out. It kept itself concealed because it must be too dangerous for me to use it. But if I dont use it, this is the limit of what I can do with my Abilities (skills). Its much more dangerous to have my skills continue to grow stronger in this uncontroble state. While Wisdom might fry my brain or lead to some sort of self-destruction, the damage will be limited to myself, but if active skills were to go out of control it could endanger everyone around me. Although Im not sure how Id feel if I regenerated even after getting my brain fried? But it has to be done.

    Or rather, for goodness sake, stop hiding! Well, Im getting helped with you hiding, so I cant reallyin. I mean, its bizarre that Im still alive with my Status, so Im sure there is something else hiding beside Wisdom, but I cant spot it yet. And the foundation of everything must be Siiiiigh.

    The only new skill is Random Attack Lv 3 (New 2Up) which should be that mysterious attack. It finally turned into a skill in that inexplicable and uncontroble state. And since it became a skill, it is going to get even stronger and harder to use as its level rises. And even though I was unable to control it because of Magic Wrapping leading to it bing a skill in the form of Random Attack, that Random Attack itself is now also can be wrapped with Magic Wrapping leading to even more chaos. Well, since Wisdom-san finally revealed itself, so I might as well push the entire problem onto it.

    In fact, drawn-outbat turned out to be way more dangerous than I expected. At the moment, there seems to be no other choice but to dive into dungeons, after I get back to the Frontier, and gather up ViT equipment? My body is getting destroyed because my ViT cant keep up with the power of the skills. Well, usually, Physical Enhancement would be used for that, but in my case the advanced version of Physical Enhancement-Magic Wrapping is the very thing that its causing the damage, so it wont work. Or rather, what kind of destructive power it has if even with my stats buffed by Magic Wrapping and even wrapped in Regeneration Im still crumbling!? You are my skill, so destroy enemies instead of me!

    Well, this is it for now, so I can think about the restter, or rather, even if I think about it now I wont understand it anyway, and Im pretty tired, but I still have to deal with a mountain of issues piled up on top of each other like some sort of a jenga, which is locked in a miraculous bnce, but keeps getting more and more tiles thrown on top? Isnt this just a punishment game? But the Church is crazy. Since they released that Dancing Girl, despite not having full control over her, does that mean that even if they ended up attacked by her they could somehow handle it? Does it mean that they still have something else? Moreover, the danger will remain if we dont destroy all of the dungeons in the Frontier, but since they keep popping up like mushrooms in the Frontier, that artificial overflow technique is a real pain.

    But when the Geeks and Idiotse back they might be able to take care of two dungeons even at the Frontier. Even the Frontier Army, if the dungeon is only of medium depth, they should be able to handle one. And then there are Armored Pres-san and Slime-san, plus if I can do something about one too, we might be able to suppress six dungeons. Aah, but the Frontiers dungeons are on another level. This time we somehow managed because it were the outside dungeons. And even so, the closest 5th one survived Fake Dungeons explosion, copse, and Master Golems crushing attack, and reached all the way to Murimuri Castle. In merely one battle the Fake Dungeon and Murimuri Castle, that I thought to be perfect, had fallen.

    It cant be helped since I was drawing them in, but exploding middle-aged men and Rise from the Dead and the Dancing Girl were too dangerous. Well, since I was drawing them in I also got to rip them off and rake huge profits. Were I to melt down the gold coins I got from the Confederation and the Theocracy Id be able to build a modest golden pce, I also got tons of goods and equipment, although thetter is kind of shabby, so Ill probably have to pawn it off? But even if I build a golden house, gold is soft, so the Bitches might cause a copse by biting at it. Its not like there is anything better to do in this world? I mean, even the Capital had no book stores

    The Capital even had eels and I also was able to buy up arge quantity of red sake, vtile oil was useful, but I cant use it in cooking? And in terms of development the Frontier was ahead. Clothes, furniture, weapons, all were shabby, so there arent many results. Rather, its puzzling why they had so many morning stars, and sickle and chains, but since they have none left it doesnt really matter. I mean, the girls bought all of them? All of them have My Morning Star in the equipment now, but just what are they trying to do?

    Skill Wisdom must be automatically working while Im thinking all of this, but unless I test it, I wont know the limit, thats why lets manually activate Wisdom and seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee

    WHAT?

    HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAPEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEENS?

 Chapter 297

    Chapter 297

    Day 71  Late at Night, New Murimuri Castle

    When I woke up, there was a beautiful face to my right and a beautiful face to my left?

    My head feels hazy But what is going on? Or rather This is bad! My highschool boy is going crazy!

    There is a face of artistic beauty resting a chin at each of my shoulders, beautiful snow white and amber arms resting on my chest, entwined with each other, an enchanting soft amber-colored thigh is lying on my stomach, meanwhile Glorious Foot-sama is located at the most risky spot for a waking up highschool boy, while her leg is entangled with a smooth pure white Foot-sama, Im being sandwiched between the two amber and pure white stark naked goddesses. A shocking and extreme stimtion so exciting I cane three times over, or rather, a dream?

    Aah, so Im still sleeping? I mean, this dreamy feeling with a superb view ispletely out of this world, so I have to be still sleeping. Like, my right arm is being held in between two soft mountains, while the hand is caught in between the thighs, ending up in a very heavenly ce. The left arm is also held in between two bouncy mountains, and is being caught in a marvelous and risky devils triangle.

    Yeah, I have no recollection? How did this happen? Kind of?

    A naked beauty to the right, a naked beauty to the right, a naked highschool in the middle? If this were othello Id have been flipped! [1]

    Well, there is a danger that asking to which color an Asian is supposed to be flipping when nked by white and amber might develop into aplicated ethnic argument, but at the moment I must worry about highschool boy issues instead of racial ones! Thats because all of the highschool boys are just highschool boys, so this situation has a highschool boy, that lost his sense of reason, at risk of going out of control, and that dangerous thigh riding on my lower body creates a risky danger of touch, pressing closely and rubbing, having active highschool boy volcano on the verge of overflowing with magma, or rather its already building up to that so this is really bad!

    Whoooa, wait, wait, wait, this is really bad.

    But with both of my arms held tightly, I can feel 4 soft objects going jiggle jiggle and squish squish against them. There is also a head resting on each of my shoulders, so I cant get up or move, the upper half of my body is fully restrained, while there are also four long legs intertwined on the lower half, pinning me down. And as the sensation of bare skin rubbing and pressing against me on the right and left continues, as they keep stimting me, my entire body is engulfed in heavenly paradise, but this is hell! Crap, highschool boy urges that went over permissive limit is on the brink of uprising and charging into the era of upheaval. Or rather, Dancing Girl is even doing in my bed naked, clinging, hugging, and stimting a highschool boy so passionately?

    Pleasant sensations are transmitted from the left and right, with pleasant touches being felt here and there. This is Koumeis trap! I mean, this is so much of a trap that even Koumei-san would shudder, with trap card continuously activated its always LEWDs Turn? Nocs turne? This is really bad!

    Or rather, since a while ago your touching and rubbing is getting so exquisite and high technique that there is no way you are not doing this on purpose. You shouldnt pretend to be asleep to sexually harass a highschool boy making his good morning into GOD morning, because something beside that highschool boy is going to rise too?

    No, these movements cant be idental! Cooperation and calction can be felt from the movements of theirbination attack! Moreover, having me already restrained they are continuously assaulting my sense of reason in a pincer attack Am, am I about to be overwhelmed?!

    Definitely, seduce, get tamed.Aamh

    (Locked in a fierce battle)

    There was a fight that as a highschool boy I couldnt or could afford to lose, but it was very pleasant?

    I wont be able to marry anymore? Your mounted rodeo girl twin tandem wave assault from nking and overwhelming was magnificent, but High Sexual Vigor and Insatiable Libido-san just became MaX level, reaching peak limit and the climax of their attack power and Regeneration also became Lv 6, so I can survive drawn-out battles too? Kind of?

    But if High Sexual Vigor and Insatiable Libido didnt reach max level I wouldve been overwhelmed. I mean even Lv 6 of Regeneration was barely enough!

    But the cause of their defeat lies in the fact that my ck mantle was left within my reach. Managing to repel the restraint of the four hands and legs entangling me and getting mounted I was able to attack from below with perpendicr martial techniques and once my hands were able to reach the ck mantle from the reverse mounted position there was no possibility of defeat. If there are two opponents then I have infinite hands of Evil Hands-san on my side, countering their assault I subdue them in return, even throwing Vibration Magic into the mix, but with the new Wisdom Skill my control over them reached a terrific level, the sensation felt if I suddenly got one million fingers or hands and was able to freely control every single one of them, and while it was tough to handle a million hands at once, what a lovely sensation it was, but perhaps it was an overkill since both of them have fainted with very immodest expressions?

    Well, they should be alright even if I dont stuff mushrooms into their mouths? But it seems like it was a bit painful for Dancing Girl , so lets give her one, just in case. Her mouth is conveniently open as well?

    And now, its time for a sermon. Having being assaulted by the two with such beautiful and bewitching bodies, there going bounce-bounce, squish-squish there, lick-licky here, it was a really tough, hard, an unwinnable battle for a highschool boy, although I managed to prevail, I had to do my best on the counteroffensive as a rebellious highschool boy? Thank you very much?

    Nonono, its a sermon, there is an order and proper sequence to all things, so they should refrain from pulling such highschool boy-like moves like making a sudden assault. Highschool boys are highschool boys so in a highschool boy-like way it cant be helped, but assaulting a highschool boy is an issue! Thank you for the treat?

    No, I must sternly tell them off here, I feel plenty that its very much toote for this, but despite all of the wonderful and pleasant things that I felt, I have to scold them.

    Why would you do such a thing? And even you, Armored Pres-san, joining in on this? Im very happy No, I wouldnt say that Im against it, and while on one hand I also cant necessarily deny that I enjoyed it, I also cant deny it on the other hand, but putting that marvelous thing very aside. Im angry? I mean, Dancing Girl just obtained her freedom, and it was the moment when she shouldve used to deliberate on what to do in the future, why suddenly assault me? This is not a thing you should be doing out of gratitude or anything of that sort, and even if you wanted to stay together, thats apletely unrted issue, which should be properly talked out, or rather, Im actually talking here, so could you stop nibbling on my ears? And Dancing Girl, what are you doing between my legs? No, you are currently being given a scolding called a sermon, so you should be more earnest in listening to my earnest gentlemanly wordsNo, I didnt mean sucking more earnestly? Also, Im sternly pointing out the issues, so why are you immediately suchking them with no hesitation~? No, I didnt mean that you should lick them either? And what are you so casually locking your legs around me for, wai WhOOOA!

    (Return match)

    I guess it should be said as expected, physical ability of the two in Dungeon Emperor ss seem to be in a different dimension. I mean, they are recovering no matter how many times I make them go unconscious? They too have Regeneration!

    Oh no, if the sides are evenly matched, then the one with greater numbers holds the advantage in prolonged battle. A direct attack has lovely legs wrapping around my neck, aah, those voluptuous thighs, smooth skin, squeezing, HUH, a triangle choke?!

    Deed done, delicious food, contract established Being alone. Hate.

    Guha, while the lovely amber legs had me downed, holding in a triangle choke, the tender snow white got me in a tight northsouth position! [2]

    Ah, this position is dangerous. And to be more urate, its dangerous in a highschool boy sort of way, a dangerous softness is attacking my highschool boy in what should be designated a forbidden technique Wait, gulp? Guuuaaah!

    (Revenge match?)

    Phew, not even a challenge. If Im locked in a northsouth position then I have an ideal special superb tongue technique, enhanced with Vibration Magic! Northsouth position  defeated.

    And there are no opponents who can withstand a clutch dream-like coboration of my Texas cloverleaf hold [3], tentacles, and vibration magic, and thenes an unexpected reverse figure-four lock on my neck?! [4]

    Getting both my upper and lower body restricted is dangerous, especially the lower half, in a highschool boys sort of way!

    Kuh! With Dancing Girls super flexible body her movements are impossible to predict, but Im sure Wisdom-san awakened precisely for the sake of this! Double the number of Evil Hands, here goes a special offer of two million~!

    Guh, as expected, those two marvelous legs are tough to ovee, in that case, precise concentrated attack with Evil Hands from Double half Boston Crab. [5] Ah, this time from behind, now that I think of it, using grappling moves in 1 vs 2 situations might be a bad idea? Even though I was vignt of their legs while suppressing hands! And herees a mouth! Guwaaaaaah!

    (Chain of revenge?)

    The Sun has begun to rise outside, but it has to be something different from Morning after. I mean, it was a carnal feast with so much talking done directly with our bodies through martial techniques that I might get Grappling skill soon, which exhausted myself and my flesh? By now exhaustion is so great that it surpassed Regeneration ability. Even the limits of my highschool boy like urges are being put to a test.

    But persistent legs that refuse to give up are still reaching for me. I thought that she is merely a superb technician, who is freely using the flexibility of her body to perform attacks from irregr positions, but her vigor is something else! A chilling gaze, she is serious! Wait, oh no! This position is not good..

    Together, tame, promise

    Kuh I got it I got it Ill Tame you, I give up Or rather, on this highschool boy, I have no regret? [6] Or rather, I feel like Ive used all of my highschool boy soul to thest drop. So I give up! I got it, really. Siigh, Taming. I told you I give up, I already put you under Taming!

    No, I mean, I have nothing against being locked in a grapple in a highschool boy-like sort of way, but I dont like embarrassing holds? I think all highschool boys like seeing, but not getting subjected to them? There is no demand for that either? Give up?

 Chapter 298

    Chapter 298

    Day 72  Morning, New Murimuri Castle.

    Nefertiri-san, who ended up getting Tamed after all, is smiling triumphantly. Haruka-kun looks exhausted, and worn out, but has the expression of satisfied resignation.

    Well, putting satisfaction aside, it looks like he had finally given in. After all, there is no way one could refuse if being asked with so much desperation and determination while being embraced with that alluring seductive body. Much less with super sexy-san also joining in on the action, there was no way he could withstand Beauty Pairs assault. Even so, he kept going until the morning. Well, he mustve tried way too hard and is nowpletely drained and exhausted.

    Aside from that, its a peaceful morning.

    Its finally peace, right~?

    It might not be, but all of the enemies were defeated. They cant fight after getting annihted~. Although it doesnt sound peaceful.

    No conclusion was reached with the Theocracy or the Merchant Confederation, neither in military, nor in political terms. It seems they havent even entered proper negotiations yet, let alone establish a ceasefire. But for now its safe.

    Well, the Confederation is in the middle of a huge discord and internal conflict, so they seem not to be a country anymore?

    Even if they pose as a state, they are still a union of merchants. With those merchants having arge portion of their assets ripped off by someone and entering internal dispute, preventing them from functioning as a country, their elite troops and mercenaries gone missing on beastmen hunting expedition, and some weird pirates sinking their ships one after another, they are crumbling and not in a condition to attempt anything.

    The Theocracy too, pouring such a fortune only to have all of it stolen~.

    The Theocracy also poured a colossal sum of money, all of which ended up being plundered, on top of losing an elite force, having archpriest captured, and unique equipment stolen. Even though they even used their precious magic stones for this, they got nothing to show for it, causing aplete loss of face, which sparked a power struggle, so they are also in a middle of discord. And losing the ability to produce magic tools the Theocracy should immediately lose a lot of their influence.

    And Nefertiri-san is now here on top of that, so they probably cant make a move?

    Most importantly, the Theocracy lost one of its greatest weapons, Nefertiri-san. Moreover, she was stolen from them, which mustve hurt them much worse both strategically and politically than losing money.

    They probably have a lot more tricks left, but this shouldve rendered them powerless for now~.

    Thats why even though peace didnte, no one can fight a war. Peace negotiations havent started, but since the military and economy were thoroughly destroyed, its peaceful. Thats why peace didnte, but instead it was forcibly made peaceful. They simply cant wage war.

    Then lets go and pick up the kids!

    They must be waiting for us.

    Although we made a promise, they still must be anxious. Older kids understood that we are going into battle. And this must be something especially worrisome for orphans who lost their parents. Thats why we are going to pick them up.

    Haruka-kun ising with an ultra-extravagant security detail. Angelica-san on his right, Nefertiri-san on his left, and Slime-san riding on top of his head. Beauty SP bodyguards and escorts?

    Its not new for Angelica-san to be weirdly overprotective at times, but it must mean that he hasnt fully recovered yet. He is still all worn out. And he spent all night in a carnal pro wrestling tournament with that tattered body, continuing fighting until the morning which concluded with Taming. I suspect that this might be the reason why he hasnt recovered, but Nefertiri-san was desperate. Her resolve was something else. A pure desire to stay together even if it kills her. And she made him surrender with pinning techniques. She kept fighting even after being taken down with that taboo for maidens Texas cloverleaf hold! That was amazing!

    Nefertiri-san looks delighted. Although she remains expressionless, the warmth of a smile still could be felt, telling how much she is enjoying being with everyone. She is finally not alone, she is finally surrounded by the smiles of others. Thats why she looks so d.

    This must be what Angelica-san meant when she spoke about the sadness and loneliness of no longer being human and bing a monster. An eternal solitude of losing all connection to others. The sorrow and terror of understanding that you are something different from humans now, and also, despair. Its an unending loneliness from which no one can save them. But it was useless. After all, he cant even tell the difference between humans and monsters. Earlier Stalker Girl-chan mentioned He couldnt tell if the mayor looked like an orc or an orc was the mayor, but for him it doesnt matter either way. He only differentiates on the basis of whether he likes them or not, so he has no interest in such a thing, and its also questionable if he himself is a human. Thats why Angelica-san is not alone anymore. She is no longer sad or terrified, she is just ourrade and another Girls-Only gathering member, like everyone else.

    Nefertiri-san mustve been scared too. Since she is a monster, not a human, she had no ce where she belonged, and nowhere to go, which mustve made her uneasy and frightened. Even if she was told that it doesnt matter, she still would feel lonely. But she wasnt told anything? At all? After all he doesnt care, he doesnt think of it, and its dubious if he even understands it, since he has no interest in it. Because to Haruka-kun it is something utterly trivial. Thats why she felt safe with him, and thats why she was desperate. She stumbled upon a ce where she could belong. A ce where everyone was smiling. Thats why she looks so happy at Haruka-kuns side.

    She became arade, because this is that sort of a ce.

    So, why do arrangements, or rather, preparation to wee the children include bringing out such fiendish post-apocalyptic-looking object? Aunties (overlords) have already gone home?

    I remodeled a carriage that I requisitioned from the Church, tuning it for the orphans running wild, so we can have an explosive wee for Highway Stars (high speed orphans), you can see past the sound barrier with it, but since the scenery kind of disappears I dont rmend trying? Well, it also cant turn so its a bit dangerous, but its collision safety is proportionate to its destructive power and breakthrough ability, a special grade, totally safe, so its an assault vehicle, in which one can safely perform hit-and-run, to totally dominate the Kingdoms roads, bringing much joy to the orphans? It alsoes with Power Leveling functional, just riding in it gives you EXP? Kind of?

    Just make it into an ordinary safe carriage! You dont have to teach the children about running wild!

    A sharp and angr brutal-looking carriage with shocking avant-garde design which by itself seems capable of destroying and transforming childrens aesthetic sensibilities into post-apocalyptic tastes which could get them heading to be the next supreme ruler of the nuclear desert. Its all covered in spikes and even has weapons installed. No one in their right mind would want to attack such a carriage, and rather would run in panic uponying their eyes on it, even so, its a very Haruka-kun-like design. The Capital had just been liberated, but if this carriage showed up the poor Second Division would end up shutting the gates and preparing for siege while crying.

    No, its fast, you know? You keep saying that we should pick them up ASAP, so I tuned it aiming to reach the limits of highest speed, ending up with this juvenile delinquents leaders heavy-armored dragster car-type carriage, was it no good? Is it because of the drill? Or did this aeroral wing that downforced the impression? Spikes also can be cute though?

    First of all, a carriage that needs an aero wing producing constant downforce to prevent it from rising in the air is not a carriage anymore, make it properly run on the ground? Like fluid mechanics and air resistance are all important, but lets take better care ofmon sense too? You really should? Its in such a precarious condition at the very limit of fluid mechanics that a single gust of a wind can blow it away. Poor Common Sense-san has no air resistance at all, but please give it a chance to shine from time to time too? Poor thing was probably neglected ever since we came to this world, without getting a single chance to get into the spotlight.

    In the first ce, this Shin Guards of eleration Horse Armor of eleration Reins of eleration Saddle of eleration Headpiece of eleration Horseshoe of eleration Ribbon of eleration horse gear stacked with tons of speed buffs for super eleration. Ribbon of eleration is tied to the tail poking from under the heavy horse armor as its waving it around. Wait, ribbons are a new product, I have to ce an order!

    However, the interior was neat and spacious. Although the exterior looks savage and deformed.

    If only we had this we couldve eaten beef bowls while riding a carriage~.

    Its not like you have to eat a beef bowl every time we travel somewhere? And once we departed, it turned out to be really fast, too fast even, even faster than our travel speed? What the hell?! Did he teach Shukuchi to the horse or something? This is the effect of stacking eleration Equipment, which seems to be the reason why its impossible to turn this carriage?

    Haruka-kuns Luxurious and Gorgeous Carriage for Passionately Weing and Entertaining Lovely-type Sexy Female Knights DELUXE is leading the way, scanning the surroundings far ahead, so there shouldnt be an issue with traveling at ultra high-speed in a straight line, but why every time I hear the name of that carriage it changes and gets even longer? Its equipment and interior also became even more extravagant, he is brimming with intentions of weing them, but I dont think a woman knight capable of jumping over to a carriage traveling at such a high speed exists?

    But now he can finally rest.

    The plunderer-san who continued fighting non-stop and put an end to everything, not allowing a shred of happiness to be stolen, while robbing the enemies of everything can finally rest at ease. Even though we dont have to rush so much, he must be worried about the children. He must be worried that the children are lonely and crying, thats why he went as far as making such a carriage. And now we have to go to the Capital while riding such a viinous-looking carriage.

    He made things peaceful so we can go back for the children, and made sure to protect happiness so they can keep smiling. He must be sleeping,pletely exhausted by now.

    As expected, after exchanging grappling techniques all night long in bed, he will fall asleep, given the chance.

    But we arent going back to the Frontier right away, right?

    Yeah, I heard Omui-sama, the Princess, and others areing to the Capital too.

    Which reminds me~, they asked me if we had dresses~? I replied that everyone has one~.

    Dresses? Dont tell me they are going to call us to some sort of official ceremony? Will there be a ball too?

    Well, if asked if we have dresses, everyone certainly has one, but We forget an official ceremony, we cant even show in public wearing those! I mean, all of the dresses are extremely lewd!

    If this is not a formal ceremony, then I think its fine to go in our casual clothes. The clothes that Haruka-kun made for us have both high defense and resistances, Storage so we can carry our weapons around, and even have the ability to change colors at will.

    But dresses are a problem. First of all, we have no idea what sort of dresses are considered normal here, moreover, there is no telling what wille out if we asked Haruka-kun to take care of this! I mean, even the Princess dress was lewd! Or rather, her dress was the lewdest one? I think instead of a ball party he might need a steel ball party.

    My dress is super short, like a micro-mini!

    Aah, and mine has that long slit All the way to the hipbone.

    And my has the back open all the way to the butt!

    Everyone, what were you thinking ordering such things? But mine is also no good,ing with a deep slit and exposed shoulders and back!

    I mean, in our daily lives here, our Girl Power was directly linked to the level of protection provided by our armor, as the recoil from that, the desired degree of exposure has increased? That must be the reason why all of the heavy armored girls were especially inclined to such risque clothes! The entire vanguard is in danger!

    I mean, Im sure those dresses must be too avant-garde for this world. Like, many things can almost be seen? Yeah, as the results of pushing the limits, the dresses ended up with no chance to be worn.

    Those dresses are not for attending parties. If everyone put on those dresses it would end up looking like some sort of a suspicious establishment. We might be able to rip-off Haruka-kun with that!

 Chapter 299

    Chapter 299

    Day 72  Daytime, Road

    We departed on three carriages, but Luxurious and Gorgeous Carriage for Passionately Weing and Entertaining Lovely-type Sexy Female Knights DELUXEin which Im riding with Armored Pres-san, Slime-san, and Dancing Girl, still has no signs of Sexy Female Knights returning? Just how they went to change clothes? Ive heard that women take a while to prepare, but it looks like they still need more time.

    In the end, he plundered this prisoner transport too, huh?

    Well, it was transformed beyond recognition, and Horsie-san also turned into something terrifying, so they probably couldnt do anything about it?

    In a way, its rare to see a person whom temporary prison cell or prisoner transport fits that well, so they couldve given it to him? Like Best Prisonist Award?

    The public riding in HIGHWAY STARthat follows after us is sting me with inconsiderate criticisms, but Im in a very lenient mood right now, so Im going to let it pass. I mean, as the carriage is rocking the right of me is going bounce-bounce, the left jiggle-jiggle, and on top of me is spring-spring, this is a pretty delightful trip. Im d I loosened the suspension before we departed. Moreover, with the entire interior being a bed, every jolt and bump results in us tumbling around on the bed, getting tangled with each other, marvelous specifications! An enjoyable journey.

    Well, we are going to have orphans with us on the way back, so this is the fun we can have only on the way there, so lets enjoy ourselves.

    As Im drowsily nodding off the carriage is making its way towards the Capital. We should arrive in a day. Its fine to take it easy, its fine. Im pretty tired, so this is just fine.

    I took Demon Scythes with me, so the carriages protection is covered. We also took a look at the remains of overflown dungeons while taking stops for rest, but they were really pitiful. A tiny dungeon with only 30 floors without any hidden rooms. Destroy this much for crying out loud!

    And then we had lunch at what previously was a dungeon. Its unexpectedly raining?

    Uuh, even though I already overate yesterday and ONE MORE SET is no longer enough~.

    But it should be alright, we also have Nefertiri-sans Dance Revo!

    I let my guard down, to think Carbonara-san would be manifested here!

    Even though I wanted to hold back today Even though I decided to hold back today~.

    It turned out pretty good when I attempted to make it, so I treated everyone to it. However, while delicious, its still a sham. However, if I can at least recreate the felling, it would seem like theyve recovered something. In the end, theyve lost far too much to get back everything. I mean, smartphones are straight up impossible? Ive never even touched one? Yeah, I didnt have an ordinary flip phone either, since I didnt have anyone to call? Just leave me be!

    Sadly, its just a carbonara-style dish, or rather, pasta-like something with pork, mushrooms, mysterious milk, unidentified eggs, and wheat flour, stretched into this, with sauce topping and plenty of ck pepper something something? Kind of?

    Yup, I still havent gotten hold of cheese and cream.

    But I managed to confirm their existence! When the timees everyone will surely bow down to the advent of Pizza-san, although Im sure c is impossible too?

    Lets dig in!

    Loading a mountain of pasta-like something on a giant te I hand out 22 small tes and a bucket, but The sauce is flying all over the ce! Why are you ying tag of war with pasta?! Why are you fighting over pasta, rolling it up until Carbonara-san bes one giant ball?! Or rather, there are even some wielding two forks. Although Dancing Girls became level 1 because of Taming, she was strong nheless. Winding up pasta like in swirl, she then retreats with dance-like footwork. Fighting, pulling, and stuffing themselves they go back to fighting for another portion of pasta. Their Girl (fighting) Power is at full disy. Carbonara is fearsome!

    Well, they seem to be having fun so its fine I guess. But highschool girls leaking white liquid from their white liquid-smeared mouths as white liquid is dripping from their lips will cause Mosaic-san to get called? Licking it up with your tongues is also quite a bit that? I dont think there is any helping your manners, femininity, or ONE MORE SET?

    And once again rocking in a carriage, or rather, Ive made it so it rocks, or even if it didnt Im going to cause it to rock, or rather, I tried rocking it?

    The horses ofHIGHWAY STARseems to be still full of energy? Due to the effects ofelerationthe speed keeps growing with inertia, so they are running by leaping overrge distances in a fashion simr to Shukuchi. Well, thats why that carriage can only go in a straight line? Yeah, horses arent going to make curves. But they are faster than I expected. Lets give them recovery mushrooms as a rewardter.

    And another mysterious issue was rified. The culprit was Dancing Girl!

    Royalty, education, sexual techniques zenith.

    I thought that its weird how much of technician she is, and even Armored Pres-san got more formidable, dishing our various new moves, but turns out, long ago, Dancing Girl was an imperial princess, and was taught the most sophisticated sexual techniques? Which seems to have included pro wrestling moves too? What that empire was trying to aplish? By all means, Id have dly moved and settled there, but it seems to have perished. And now she instructed Armored Pres-san in the secret techniques of the Imperial Family, causing revolution in her skills, and leading to obtaining exquisite secret arts! Well, her heights of sexual techniques were a bit too extreme, pushing the cornered highschool boy to the most extreme limits of extremity, but forceful counterattack with enforced embarrassing correction and double knockdown sent them to sleep. Yeah, lets do some side job while I have a chance.

    Body to bodymunication in a certain kind of grappling bodynguage has led to Adamantine Fists going up by two levels. As expected, the Dungeon Emperor Pair got hands. At the very least, Skill-wise it seems to have been recognized as hand-to-handbat?

    And with this and that Im rocking inside the carriage while doing my side job, request tickets have been piling uptely. Some even want a ribbon like the one the Horsie-san has on its tail. Do they like horses that much? Or maybe its about riding? In a nighttime grapplingpetition sort of way?! Well, the Pres often ties her hair in a ponytail, so she probably wants to get a matching ribbon to get along with Horsie-san.

    Its not like we are in a hurry, and there wont be much to do once we reach the Capital anyway?

    I mean, even if we make it there early, we will still have to wait for Royal Girl and Meripapa-san. A bloody baldie, or rather, an archbishop and old men without scalps, and the nobles, who the Pres captured, that were beaten into such a miserable state that it was impossible to tell if this is a person, a monster, or a mineral, are also going to be transported to the capital. Manju are really scary!

    Also, one of the girls that was working at the general store agreed to manage the Capital branch of the Souvenir Store and should be now on her way there with her family.

    While working on the requests, since there isnt anything better to do, I focus on shortening the duration of the return trip, creating pavement as we make our way to the Capital. Its with a good even road that the true value of HIGHWAY STARcan be seen! Im sure the orphans will be overjoyed too.

    Finally recovered?

    Now, lets take care of some custom orders too? I mean, I was surprised by a sudden flood of leotard orders, but turns out that Dancing Girls aerobics ss started with great reception, andbined with ONE MORE SET! makes for aprehensive n to obtain the bodyline of your dreams, but does Dancing Girl need a leotard too? Yeah, Armored Pres-san has many leotards, but only a select few can be worn in public. Despite the support for the ck leotard faction, we also tried to appeal to the white faction and reconciled with the light blue faction, but with the appearance of the gray faction, the battle situation changedpletely. With so many leotards Im very busy with dressing her up and stripping down. Kind of~.

    Desire, everything, options included.

    Looks like she also needs leg warmers, head bands, and volleyball shoes? Why did she even start giving dance lessons? By the way, the girls are also flooding me with inquiries about belly dance outfits. All of those are very lovely suggestions with great worth to making them a reality, but the dancer outfit is currently being designed by the Bitches and Culture Clubs Girls in the following carriages.

    Well, since I Tamed her I do have to make Dancing Girls clothes too. During our battle at the limit yesterday, tentacles yed an active part, so I got a perfect reading of her measurements and shapes, and also had them burned into my Rajingan. She has a super flexible body, difficult to make clothes for, but I already learned the approach from the time with Gymnastics Girl, so Im now busy sewing, fitting, putting clothes on her, stripping clothes on her, currently going into the round 16, but while they have unfair advantage of tag team, I also get double the enjoyment, but the counterattack of a captured highschool boy surrounded on all sides by breasts, butts, and thighs have quickly earned me level 7 ofRegeneration.

    Traveling in a great chaos, the unending battle has entered the war of attrition, even though Im busy with work. Well, this is not a scene that can be shown to the orphans, so this is a special kind of fun that can only be had on our way there, and Im kind of almost there?

    Id also like to work on equipment, butAncient Sarcophagus  Armament, Complete Immunity, Automatic Defense, Auto Mending, Enhance ALL, Magic Sword Dance, ?, ?, ?ATT, +DEFin which Dancing Girl was sealed is a cheat item on par with Armored Pres-sans equipment, so there is no need to tweak with it. But when equipped it turns into an armor with a tower shield, concealing that coboration of lovely, charming, alluring, and enchanting of a body, so lets hide it for now. Yup, I couldnt cut this thing even with full power Dimension sh with a divine sword, so I obviously carried it off with me? I mean, it was just lying on the ground?

    As for the equipment that I painstakingly forced myself to tear from the middle-aged men, the barrier deviceStaff of Absolute Boundary that Archpriest, or rather Archbishop, well, an old man? was using to create a barrier, which I couldnt detect even with Rajingan, turned out to be a disappointment. Its not that I couldnt detect him, he simply wasnt there? Stepping into Absolute Boundary he was merely traveling with the coffin, and couldnt actually move by himself, and could only look, without even hearing anything. He simply showed up because he saw that I was badly injured, and lost an arm with the weapon, otherwise, he couldnt even undo the seal on Dancing Girl from inside of that barrier. Actually, it was that old man who should be given the title of hikikomori? Why me!

    But even so,Staff of Absolute Boundary  30% UP ALL, Sorcery Mastery, Absolute Boundary, Seal, MP Increase, it has 30% buff to all stats. The biggest issue at the moment is self-disintegration due to theck of ViT, even if it cant bepletely stopped, anything that can at least somewhat soften the damage is nice to have.Sorcery Masteryand InT might improve control over Magic Wrap, and since it will also boost MP which was just barely enough thest time, Ill take it. Absolute Boundaryallow only to observe surroundings without being able to move, so it cant even be used for peeping. A tool that wouldnt allow to make an escape if something goes wrong cannot be trusted! Selso must be powerless to seal sermons. Looks like that still hasnt manifested as a skill? Well, the Geeks haveSealtoo, so I can ask them how its used when they return. Maybe I should also seal their Barrierskill and burn their heads while Im at it?

    WithWisdomandStaff of Absolute BoundaryI should have better control now, but since its level also grew there is no telling what the actual result will be. And for the part that I cant control, Ill have topensate by gathering ViT gear. I went up two levels, but ViT grew the least of all stats. It was about only one third of InT so my ViT is most likely not going to grow much at all. Which means I have to try to keep it in check with InT.

    The rest was premium equipment, but with everything focusing on either Mental Resistance or Mental Attack I dont see where I can use it, but it is also too dangerous to sell, and with this crappy design highschool girls also wont be interested. Highschool girls have pretty strict standards, you know? Well, dismantling those for materials is an option too. I mean, since I found those? Yeah, I found them lying in a pile in which I stacked the equipment I took off the knights? Finders keepers?

    Id like to finish the business in the Capital ASAP, pick up the orphans, go back to the Frontier and dive into some dungeons, but it seems like it will take a while to get to that. But just as I thought, having no ViT turned out to be self-destructive and suicidal. And since my HP is also low, Im going to end up on the verge of death in every fight that isnt over in an instant. Or rather, it hurts.

    Picking up a torn-off hand and sticking it back just like that feels somehow wrong for a human, but perhaps its just my imagination? Well, this time I once again hadRace: Humanin my Status, which must be a proof that there is nothing wrong with that! The name and race are probably the only two entries that can be trusted in that Status. Seriously, thats one entry that I dont want to doubt?

    Its about time for dinner, but since its still raining I went and gave the girls riding in the following carriage lunch boxes with rice with bamboo shoots. Everyone must be tired, so they are slouching super hard! I even warned them before entering, but no one made an effort to put clothes on? Everyone was wearing tank tops, tube tops, short pants and even mini skirts or leggings. Possessing such a vast collection of clothes they are dressed casually with a high degree of exposure when by themselves. Should I just make pajamas for them? They are going toze around anyway?

    The followingHIGHWAY STARcarriages number one and two have ten people riding in each, but each time I bring them lunch boxes they are trying to pull me inside an already crowded carriage, and since everyone is dressed like that, Im each time greeted by 20 bare highschool girl legs. Im convinced they had their femininity and shame converted into ViT and HP from how defenseless their chest area looks, threatening to spill the poorly concealed flesh, or rather, I worked so hard on those bras, so wear them for crying out loud? Leggings also turned out to be an unexpectedly dangerous item, giving me a hard time with finding where to look, in a highschool boy sort of way, making me go into Overdrive with taking close up shots with Rajingan. Yeah, even if I avert my gaze I still can stare directly in 360 degrees at once? Wisdom-san also seems to be already busy with recording and organizing new data.

    Well, we are traveling at ease, sozing around is fine too. Since the war is finally over and everything somehow ended without anyone dying.

 Chapter 300

    Chapter 300

    Day 73  Morning, The Capital

    The gates of the Capital are open, and numerous carriages lined up on the road, its been just a few days, but the Capital already feels nostalgic. However, it looks like the Capital doesnt share this sentiment? Although we properly joined the queue and are slowly moving along with it, But soldiers are rushing out in a crowd, thank goodness, a normal reaction, I wouldve been actually worried if this viinous looking carriage managed to pass through without getting stopped.

    A person from the Second Division swiftly appeared at the scene, and the very moment they saw Haruka-kun, who came out ofLuxurious and Gorgeous Carriage for Passionately Weing and Entertaining Lovely-type Sexy Female Knights DELUXE gave him a salute and promptly lead him inside the Capital. Our HIGHWAY STARone and two also were allowed to pass. Meanwhile, surrounding merchants are throwing weird fearful nces at the carriages. I think driving such a thing through the Capital should be a crime, but we were allowed to pass. I was hoping that if possible, theyll get confiscated, but we were allowed to pass.

    When we reached the slums and the orphanage there, the children rushed outside to meet us.

    Wee baaack.

    Overwhelmed by the crowd of children that sprinted to hug him, Haruka-kun ended up buried under a small mountain of children. A human pyramid? Nefertiri-san is nodding to herself, does it mean that she approves?

    Crawling out from the top of the human pyramid, Haruka-kun began shoutingI wont back down,promise, or regret!! Kind of~?[1] but was quickly swarmed and buried under the children again. He is the orphans favorite spot.

    The elven little sister also came out to wee us. Making a full recovery, she was nothing like her previous sickly and haggard self, and looked like a beautifuldy. Perhaps because she is an eld, her chest is slightly on the modest side, but it still seems quite average? Vice Pres A and C are looking dejected, staring at Erailia-sans chest. Looks like they lost even with air pads. Lets console themter.

    Wee back, both the orphanage and the souvenir store were doing well in your absence. The people of the Capital have been treating us very favorably. Nothing of note took ce.

    There also were people from the Second Division stationed at the front, and guards could be seen patrolling the slums here and there. They were making sure to keep the slums safe.

    Big sis, were you alright? You werent injured?

    We are totally alright~, the bad people also were brutally eradicated by the bad older brother~.

    Thats right, the scary people had an even scarier time, and are probably shaking even now, the cruel people went through a cruel experience, and probably had their minds broken?

    So peaceful. After all, those who tried murder others have all died, those who tried to plunder were robbed of everything, those who tried to suppress others through force were shut down through force. Thats why everyone he tried to save was saved. Pacifying conflict through violence, viciously annihting the wickedness, he butchered all of the evil with overwhelming atrocities.

    And bringing the children a happiness greater than they could even hope for, the Plunderer-san, who forcibly made everything peaceful through sheer violence and viiny, is now buried under a pile of happy children,

    Heavy, hot, cramped, and hard to breathe, why do you keep climbing on me? Or rather, why do you keep jumping on me! PATRIOT orphan girl System is a defense n of a trap card that should be used on suspicious people, not me, or rather, why is it always the orphans turn all the time with me constantly being attacked due to triggering trap cards when I havent made a turn yet? Or rather you are heavy, and Orangutan Girl is seriously heavy? Orangutan Girl drumming her chest on top of a mountain of orphans?

    Who the hell is Orangutan Girl?! Thats even worse than being called a tanuki or roon. Orangutan maiden sounds like a horror too, so please, no!

    The childrens happy faces, a bit teary eyed, but those are tears of relief.

    Everyone is clinging to Haruka-kun. He acts very annoyed, and tries to brush them off, constantlyining, but everyone likes him anyway. The children can instinctively tell that he is a good person Well, not exactly, but he is kind Putting aside that he is also kind of lewd. They understand that there is safety and happiness.

    They are probably the same as Nefertiri-san and others. He doesnt see them as miserable or lonely. He doesnt pity them, doesnt look at them withpassion, doesnt patronize, he just does as he pleases so he doesnt need any words of gratitude nor does he want to be thanked. Its not that he is not pushing his kindness on them, its more like a coercive bombardment of happiness, fully ignoring even the possibility of considering the orphans thoughts, they are sentenced topulsory happiness. He is simply a tyrant that absolutely wouldnt permit sorrow with a mission to see themugh from the very bottom of their hearts.

    Dragging along the children that refuse to let go of him, Haruka-kun walks forward. It looks like a small mountain of children is moving on its own, but he keeps dragging them along. He is going to spend the entire day today babysitting them. A destroyer ofnguage education and natural enemy of aesthetic sense, who carries tons of questionable educational influence, but they arent going to leave him alone for a while.

    You didnt get hurt?~

    Im not hurt, but I had the misfortune of witnessing a terrible disaster of middle-aged men tearing hairs from each other, so it was pretty hairy, and very middle-aged men? Kind of?

    Are we moving?

    Moving, or more like leaving the Capital, or more like dropping the Capital? Wait, didnt wee to take the Capital? Well, its just the yking, so its not like destroying it is a big

    We liberated the Capital, right? Why do you want to take it after liberating it? Usually liberationes after taking, so you dont have to take it after liberating!

    Looking at him now, a nursery school teacher begins to look like the perfect job for him, but if there was such a viinous teacher around, the parents would end up running away in tears with children in their arms.

    The souvenir store is out of stock on clothes, manju and sweets, selling out most of the merchandise, but even so the store is crowded. Its olddies, who mustvee to see the children, housewives, awaiting arrival of new clothes, and new floor forFrontiergoods, the poprity of which still havent decreased.

    The epic tale of how Omui-sama and the princess stopped dungeon stampedes became a theater y, and is now very popr at the Capital. Meriel-sama seems to be wildly popr too. Its insane that they managed to prepare a y in just one day! But our portrayal asbeautiful ck-haired warrior maidenswas embarrassing. Also, we werent fighting in such sexy outfits? But for some reason, the poster for the y has ck-haired maidens wearing bikini armor, wait, so its biki from bikini? [2]

    I wish they could stop with that. Haruka-kun is already working on bikini armor even without anyone nudging him like this. The info came from Angelica-san, so its for certain. After all, she is the very person who was trying it on. Naturally, the real battle apparently began after the armor was taken off, so wearing it didnt seem possible for her.

    But ording to what she told us, its effects were amazing. In return for intense mana consumption it creates an armor-like protective barrier, providing better defensive capabilities than a full te of the highest quality. But it rapidly drains mana, and due the excessive strength of the barrier all other clothing, aside from the bikini armor itself, gets destroyed by it. And currently, using it at its limit, will also destroy the armor itself. Alright, lets arrest him!

    No, its not like that, or rather it is, but its actually a bikini tournament of misunderstanding, the intention was to have it used like protective charms worn as underwear. I was working on a protective barrier for emergencies, but it turned out that unless its attached to the body the effect onlysts an instant, so I tried to fashion it into underwear-like armor, but the barrier turned out to be so strong that it destroys both clothes and protective equipment, a fortunate miscalction that lead to three rounds of friendly fire, in a highschool boy sort of way, but its a protective charm! Yeah, its protection doesnt cover quite a lot of things, or it actually doesnt cover, or rather pushes the limits, but this is a great push! Alright, putting that aside, it has wide range of possible applications, from being worn under in clothes as emergency protection to being worn under equipment as thest resort defensive option, but the area it can hide is extremely small, making for a very indecent marvelous piece of equipment that surely even enemies will end up being fascinated with. So I did nothing wrong, okay?

    It can indeed protect ones life in case of emergency, but it does nothing to protect our maidenhood! At best bikini, at worst stark naked, the item meant to protect our life is actually a threat to our girlhood.

    And since making parts smaller makes them harder, its impossible to make moveable parts with it, in the end making a bikini the only possible form. Well, he might have some sort of intentions of improving on that part, but there is no telling what exactly he is going to improve, but even so, it makes sense?

    What do we do if we get supplied with those?

    As we were helping around the store, taking turns to rest while eating, talking, and ying with the children, a kid tasked with notifications ran up to me, saying that Terrysel-san of the Second Division came to the store. Haruka-kun was calling her Messenger Girl, so he clearly has no intentions of memorizing her name, as usual.

    And so I head to the work room in the back to call the one-man state industry level ultra high-speed mass production machine It got even crazier than before. Its impossible to see manufacturing process even for me, who crossed over level 100 and possessesTrue Sight. Several types of clothing are being manufactured at the same time with various daily necessities, while manju are being produced at the other side of the room. Its no longer a manufacture, but an actual magic. Large amounts of goods pile up, suddenly appearing out of nowhere. Since we cant see production process it looks simply as finished products materializing out of nothing. It became even more amazing. Quality of clothes seems to have went up, and manju also feel tastier.

    Seeing that lovely sight I almost jumped in there without thinking, but then remembered that I came to call him, manju can wait forter.

    Haruka-kun, are you busy? There is Terrysel-sama The big shot from the Second Division came, saying he needs to talk, can you stop your hands for a moment?

    I mean, its not like Im using them right now, Evil Hands are doing all of the work. But why though? My hands can talk on their own, so I dont think it will be possible to have a conversation with them alone? Why did he evene to talk with my hands? So puzzling? Wait, maybe he wants to have a conversation in signnguage? But I dont actually know it? And we previously were talking just fine, why does he suddenly seek knowledge of signnguage from me? If he is recruiting for some sort of signnguage convention then could you please refuse him for me? No, wait, if there is a beautiful signnguage expert wholl lead me by hand through everything, then Im going! Rather, if you can chase out the middle-aged man and bring me that beautiful signnguage expert then I will dly lend my hand, leg, highschool boy, or whatever else, and happily engage in body-to-body conversation about any topic in the world!

    At this point it might be better if we just sealed that mouth of his and had him talk in signnguage instead, but Im sure he isnt going to make more sense even in signnguage. Good grief, he apparently cracked the true identity of that nonsensical ReportInformConsult, but it ended up disappearing without ever performing any of its ReportInformConsult functions. Ah, so it escaped!

    Well, even if it tried to Report to Haruka-kun, he probably wouldnt get it, he isnt likely to listen to attempts of Informing him, and if by some twisted turn of fate it ever tried to Consult with him Skill-san wouldve probably undergone self destruction. In way, ReportInformConsultwas a superb skill simply for the very reason of not attempting to do any of that.

    Im asking if you can stop working ande with me, who would talk to a hand?! What do you have that meaninglessly bbering, irresponsible mouth of yours for? Whats really puzzling is the inner workings of your mind and the meaning of its existence!

    I let my guard down, I ended up approaching conversation with him seriously. Speaking with him in long sentences is dangerous. One has to speak straight to the point, otherwise he will spin and stir and confuse everything, throwing things into chaos. Im sure the way Nefertiri-san does it is the correct one!

    Eerrh, a guest,e, manju too.

    Why are you talking like Dancing Girl!?

    Looks like it worked. It seems that stating only three main points is the most effective?

    Hurry, manju, manju it is.

    Thats just a demand for manju! Moreover, since you stated the important part twice the Second Divisions middle-aged man got erased from the picture! W-what a terrible pres girl!

    But freshly-made still warm manju in manju condition are manju and there are so many of them and manju and Slime-san keeps snatching manju by itself! Manju by manju of manju for manju? I want to eat them?So please, hurry? Manju.

 Chapter 301

    Chapter 301

    Day 73  Daytime, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    Here is the big shot from the Second Division, tasked with protecting the Capital, who didnt show up in a while. And that big shot came with a message from yking. Good grief, making important people run errands, yking is really flippant. He probably was saying something like LETS message, YEEAH.. As I thought, reviving such a frivolous creature with five wives was a mistake. If I Seal the flippant y part of the yking with the newly obtained skill, the remaining part is just a middle-aged man, so might as well throw him underground after that.

    Eehm, so to sum that up in other words to the very essence of the gist, the Royalty said Dance, dance, highschoolers, show me Hell~[1] so we should just beat the hell out of the yking without care if there is y or no y? Sort of?

    Why summing up an invitation to a ball gives such a long andpletely unrted sentence! And you still were angry about him having five wives!

    But it was shorter than something like Gentlemen, I love lewd~?

    Yes, in a few days the Princess will return to the Capital. Omui-sama should be able toe too. On this asion, the King expressed the desire to invite all of you as a token of the utmost gratitude from the Kingdom. The Royal Family will arrange the suitable time and date, so please ept it. The King also seemed keen oning incognito to thank you in person, but was caught by Sir Wismregzero, so this is how this came to be.

    In other words, ONE MORE SET is going to be held by the Kingdom, and a BIG CAMP by Instructor Armored Pres will be taking ce, so I have hunch of premonition by my six sense in big profitsing from leotard mass production, which might be getting my seventh sense awakened along the way, turning the cosmos ashen white? I guess?

    We told you its a ball! Why would we need to do ONE MORE SET at a dance party in the castle?!

    No, I mean, you do need it? After all, when we were leaving I made arge quantity of manju, and we are out of stock already? I thought that its strange and tried to ask around, but none of the girls would look me in the eyes? The Pres even used Shukuchi and Greater eleration to avoid eye contact? At this rate she might get skill Manju through her Plunder! Is this a skill that makes one rounder? One more set?

    And it seems they need dresses, and I apparently need a tuxedo? Its about time the Geeks and Idiotse back, so I put a sign at the waterway To the Geeks and Idiots, go to the Capital, the idiocy is critical? Kind of? so they should be heading this way, but do they need tuxedos too? Do I have to make it? Well, aside from the girls dresses, the rest doesnt matter that much, but they should have dresses already, but order again?

    (((Haruka-kun in tuxedo, thats a rare sight!)))

    Mermaid, white mermaid for me!

    Eh! But Im getting white mermaid though?

    Then white princess for me!

    I wonder if a furisode will be alright? A white furisode? [3]

    I want the skirt to be long and fluffy!

    I want It to Come with a hat.

    Dress, matching? Me too.

    (Boing Boing)

    Eh? Slime-san is going to wear a dress too? And why does everyone want white? Whatever, Im going to make it with multicolor anyway, since they need to have defensive capabilities and status resistances.

    Putting dresses aside for now, Id say there is also a necessity to boostbat performance with essories? With dresses and shoes alone you wont be able to clear intermediate floors at the Frontier. How about some metal ting? No? What else Maybe wrapping some chains? Since the skirts are going to be long, weapons can be put in Storage there, but what what would be best? Id like to supplement performance with essories or some small items?

    Veils and gloves!

    No need for ting or chains, but add a corsage!

    Also, we were called to a royal pce, not to a dungeon, just how much ofbat readiness do you want to have at a dance party?

    He probably cant tell the difference between dance party and martial tournament, and thinks that Royal Pce is some kind of a dungeon.[4]

    Aah, so he thinks we should participate in a martial arts tournament in a dungeon in full battle gear (dresses)~~, he wants to kill the yking, doesnt he~?

    What is this pressure! And all of them are asking for two outfits

    I see, Abnormal Status Effect Resistance on the corsage, Mesmerize and some Evasion-type effects on the veil, then for the gloves its protection, and Attack Increase (ATT), and for the shoes evasion and speed skills, huh. But this alone will have you vulnerable to magic, so maybe some nes too? That leaves rings But you have tons of your own so you can take care of that yourself, right?

    Need rings too! With brilliant cut!

    Shaping magic stones with a brilliant cut, how original! But please dont push, your eyes are red! Its scary, so switch to t gaze?

    And then I was thrown into the workshop? No, didnt the big shot from the Second Division say that there is no need for hurry? Like, any day will do, no?

    Well, with the pressure they were exuding I dont think Im getting to leave the room without finishing the work? Highschool boy confinement? Yeah, I dont think anyone asked for that.

    Most likely, everything will end up incework. Since Ill have to spin for that, I create threads with Alchemy and spin them giving them a new life. Applying magic stone coating to the readied strings, I continue to spin, putting everything in order with Alchemy. Fine and stic it gives a nice beautiful luster to it. I mean, I did add some iron wire too? Yup, with this it might be able to reach +DEF and shing and Blunt Damage Nullification.

    Weaving it like ace I turn it into a fabric. I have to let them make their pick after making fabric, or there is going to be another Maiden War. A pattern is the main point of this weave. With the effect being held by a simple magic circle, physical and magic defense will be drastically increased when mana is poured into it, is what was even mentioned in the forbidden book Lets GO Magic Tools!. However, weaving it in is a veryplicated process, it takes a tremendous amount of time, so I wasnt able to do it previously, but it was finished in the blink of an eye. This is the true worth of Evil Hands manifested with superior control ofWisdom. I can weave as many magic circles as I want, so I might as well nt magic stones like in rhinestone deco, and turn it into a mana umtor. Wait a moment? This could end up being more powerful than normal equipment? If I mithrilify these it will be perfectly viable for dungeon exploration!

    I weave, adding defense and resistance effects into the lining too. Until now, mass producing something thisplex and in such a short period of time was impossible, but now, Evil Hands are capable of performing several or several dozens more precise and minute tasks at the same time than previously. This technical revolution by Wisdom is terrific. Items surpassing equipment so far are being swiftly produced. To put it in easier to understand terms, its the side jobs turn again, having to review and remake everyones equipment and clothing, and then there surely will be more additional orders for underwear with production turn, and its always the side jobs turn!

    But its necessary. The times when one is not armed are the most dangerous. The truly scary ones are people. Monsters dont lie or deceive. That churchs equipment was specialized for deception and maniption, and even their weapons had nothing but poisons or various debuffs. They pose a danger different from that of monsters. Its about time to review the equipment. And additional orders are urgent too.

    I think Im about to create something crazy here. Simply mithrilifying iron threads woven into strings drastically boosted the performance creating a transcendently strongest piece of a gear that is a dress, but is this really something that can be worn in a dungeon~? But this thing has higher defense value than the vanguards armor?

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    The great surface area allows for moreplex and numerous patterns which directly trantes into stronger defensive effects, and greater number of applied effects. And also my overtime work. But this is going to be something amazing.

    Ive woven the fabric. Now I only have to increase the variety of weaves.

    The dress is gradually forming into something outrageous, but the design is unfit both for dungeon exploration or daily life. Well, Im making it with freedom of movement and sticity in mind, so there should be absolutely no problem with it inbat. The problem is obliterating monsters wearing a dress. What kind of full battle dress dungeon conquest party is that? Im sure even monsters will be surprised. No one called them to the monsters party, and yet they barge in, wearing dresses, and murder everyone.

    Well, for the Geeks, the Idiots, and me its going to be tuxedos, or rather tailcoats? Well, anything will work. Just add a metal te, the visuals dont matter that much.

    However, my house is a cave in a forest, with nothing but goblins and kobolds around. Even if I make a tuxedo I dont think Ill have an asion to wear it? Im not going to LETS PARTY with goblins and kobolds. Yeah, even if they were to invite me, Im not going. They wont though? Yeah, since Im a loner?

 Chapter 302

    Chapter 302

    Day 73  Evening, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    White bodies are twisting, entwining, and copsing to the floor of a dim-lit room. Or rather, you are making my work way more difficult if you cant stand still. Since you keep thrashing around, it takes extra time and effort, forcing Evil Hands to crawl around even more?

    Uuuah Aaaaamh. Haaah, aahAAhAAhahA HaaaH~.

    AhAahAno Hya~! N-not theeeeereeeeeeeeeee~!

    Thats not your character! Why Ah, nooo!ising from the Bitches? You are the squad that always talks about biting heads off, stop with noo~? And you are chewing anyway?

    Since the Bitches brought dress designs that were finally finished with collective girls effort, I tried to make some temporary sewings, butWisdom-sans precise and fine measuring investigation through borate and delicate fondling, rubbing, and crawling all over the skin is currently destroying the Bitches personas?

    Haah, haaah, haaah,pared to before didnt fittings attack power get way crazier?!

    There are 5 times more Evil Hands, each capable of even more precise andplex movements, so now its an ultimate skill that can make even two dungeon emperors scream and squirm from excessive ecstasy? Yeah, it leveled up so much that it gives such an effect when used normally, so when used not normally in that kind of situations, stimting there and also there, even the Dungeon Emperors Duo ends up losing consciousness, convulsing in ecstasy, But howe everything beside my own level keeps going up? A truly profound mystery?

    Heeey, Haruka-kuun, its still only evening~, and there are children around~, so please dont do anything too indecent to Shimazaki-chan and others~, okay? Youll have to take responsibility, if they cant be married anymore~, keep that in mind~. Enjoy yourselves quietly~, sorry for interrupting you~.

    This is a perfectly normal and family-friendly temporary sewing for dresses, but the lewd bitches insist on moaning like lewd bitches, turning everything indecent? I wish they could keep their horniness in check when Im earnestly working on dresses. Also, Vice Pres B-san, when the girls are done with the designs bring them to me. I probably can make 10 at once, or rather, I think I can go even with 20 at once, but the room is small and if the lewd bitches are pressed too hard they might start biting, it seems like it would be better for you toe in turns? Looks like? Im not looking through? But as a humble highschool boy who couldnt even join the electorate I cant help but to have my doubts towards the system that still wouldnt dismiss the Blindfold Representative that is standing behind me, desperately trying to pry open my eyes? If you put just a bit more strength youll tear off my eyelids, so please stop? Well, without eyelids Id definitely have no choice but to stare hard, but even if they are going to regenerate you still shouldnt do that? Because it hurts? Or rather, lets properly focus on actually covering my eyes instead? Wait, they are wearing underwear so it might be alright~? No, even in underwear its a no! And you were trying to force my eyes open even when they were butt naked! Well, thats the case, Im the only one here who is diligently doing wholesome work? Kind of?

    Strolling in with Slime-san in her hands Vice Pres B-san made some outrageous usations. Good grief, trio of Slime-sans is constantly going Jiggle-Jiggle, unable to stop chatting? Jiggling somehow became a chorus, I wonder why?

    *Gasping for air* Who are you calling lewd bitches!.. We arent lewd, but this is crazy! Wait, and we arent bitches!

    Were it simply dresses it wouldnt have led to such amotion though? The bottom wouldve been done in frill re or mermaid balloon, so there was no issue, but those lewd bitches had toe asking for lewd white frill garter belts, forcing me to do risky things in risque ces with risky things getting them into such a risque state, so Im not at fault at all? Good grief, Ive already repeated that I did nothing wrong 1 million times at the Capital alone, but why does no one get it? Even The Cat that Lived a Million Times [1] only went up to 1,000,001 times, but Sermon-san denied my innocence 1,000,000 times, and though I even kept appealing with sweets, I still had 1,000,008th time just now? What a tough problem.

    Even so, long train, overskirt, tacking skirt, tiered skirt, gathered skirt, and then balloon skirt and even draped skirt, bustle line is the hem is going to drag on the ground! Sheer dress, and also Big Bows dress, is she going to equip a ballista or something?

    For how much racket they made about lewd dresses being inappropriate, while everyone picked a long skirt, all of their designs lean towards having see-through sheer for the top, or sweetheart neckline, bare top, off shoulder, and so on. Is this thetest fad of this world?

    So I thought Id least do the Bitches share, and thoroughly measuring, remeasuring, adjusting, and fixing, I adjust, aiming for the perfect fit, for the sake of which I keep adding amendments and corrections, pushing for the perfect bnce. The Bitches quieted down by now, or rather, they are just silently convulsing. Well, if they have noints, then it should be fine.

    By the time I finished I had a few dead bodies in beautiful dresses, lying on the floor with inappropriate expressions and eyes rolled up, but since they are twitching from time to time, they should be alright? The final result is pretty good. As I thought, with the increase in control and calction ability the technique of my side job has gotten even more amazing, but why do I have to perfect the technique of side jobbing evening to another world? I dont think that many people transfer to another world for the sake of bra production or garter belt manufacture?

    Well, its done?

    Kyaaaa, fantastic~!

    Once the Bitches finally woke up and went to introduce the dresses to everyone, the girls that were struggling with designs erupted in excited cheers. They are casually striking poses with nonchnt expressions, but a few minutes earlier they were convulsing on the ground, bowlegged, with their eyes rolled up, you know? They are putting on airs, showing off the dresses, but you shouldnt let yourselves be deceived.

    Aaah, maybe I should go with frills too.

    I thought the princess line was kind of in, but looking at it like this, its looks beautiful after all.

    Lace straps with frills look gorgeous, ah, and the ribbon on the back is cute too.

    Big sisters, you look really pretty, like princesses.

    Beingplimented even by the kids the Bitches are acting all shy, but those are not princesses, those are the Bitches, okay? Theyll bite you? Also, the one who was selling hamburgers the other day is a princess, and the one who was running around with a storage crate is a royal princess, you know?

    Im diligently working, making dinner, and getting bath ready, but the girls are having hard time, clutching design drafts, and also their heads, sighing while looking at tens of design drafts lined up in front of each of them, but its two outfits per person? You arent getting any more, okay? Or rather, even one is definitely going to be enough!

    Looking at the various fabrics that I made, they are thenparing them with designs, they seem to be pondering very hard, but no one is asking me about various effects, enchantments, or defensive capabilities they possess? Even though I worked so hard on them?

    They wont be able to decide today at this rate. The Bitches too are groaning, wracking their heads over their second outfit. They seem on the verge of biting and gnawing. Chewing on a dress?

    Well, lets have dinner, its still going to take them a while.

    On the orphans request we are having rice balls, deep-fried hamburger steaks, omelets, and stew in ce of soup, all arranged in smorgasbord fashion. [2] Equipping all of the orphans with horned helmets and leather vests we have perfect viking(s). Like, its gotten really authentic? Might as well let them invade and assault the Geeks shipter.

    Lets dig in!Rice balls!Me hamburger.Karaage-san~Big brother, manjuOmelet is deliciousRice is so tastyDear brother, I want garter belt too.Pumpkin pie is great!Well need padding for the chest areaMore stew!Big bro, is chestnut manju yet?More karaage

    The orphans are greedily, lively, noisily, and happily devouring the food. Grow big? The girls are greedily biting in, even mixing in demands for manju and underwear along the way, theyve gotten bigger, but dont me this on me, okay? Well, it seems that BOOTing CAMP and DANCE REVOLUTION is going to start today, so the effectiveness is doubled? I made a ton of money on leotards, but it seems they still need belly dancer outfits too. If you are going to struggle so much with burning calories, how about not eating so much in the first I didnt say anything? Eeeat plenty? As much as you want? Yeah, you can help as many second helpings as you want? The chestnut manju are not ready yet since Im yet to find chestnuts? So put away that fork? That is not a fork meant for meals, but the one meant for battle, okay? W-wait, could this be the famous TRICK or TRIDENT?! Highschool girls will y tricks on me unless I feed them, what a troubling choice, but tricks performed by girls with tridents could have a destructive power that is too much for a highschool boy. Also, tridents seem to be a new equipment for fighting over carbonara. It might be dangerous to serve on a big te in the future! If the thrust at it with that the te might not survive! Does the te need mithrilification?

    And since we got a whole pile of unconscious girls from ONE MORE SET before the bath, I also joined the beating called practice. Slime-san and Dancing Girl are going to be spectators.

    Pouring a bit of mana into the stick of the World Tree I sync it with my body, then wrapping myself with Magic Wrap I sync and fuse mana, skills, and my flesh. I cant expect her to go easy on me.

    Simply breathing puts a strain on me, with each breath air gets heavier and more viscous, with the body getting duller, as if sinking into the deep. But this is an illusion. Its not me that is getting slower, its the flow of time.

    I already felt slow motion before, but this time its so slow that I can clearly perceive it. The effect ofWisdomelerated my thought process, making the time go slower. Then, the silver armor moved. Unhurriedly, but swiftly, even giving off a certain sense of tranquility to the movements, she performed a sh in an instant. Sword sh.

    A single sword sh that in Kyojitsus fashion is absent of dy, tempo, or anything unnecessary. Since my time axis is different I perceive it as slow, but its just a single sword swing. Its not a killer technique or a secret art or anything, just basics, but because she perfected those basics its also a special move. Looks I finally caught up a bit to the Armored Pres-sans time axis. Which now gave me an even better understanding of how terrifying this is. In other words, yeah, Im getting beaten up?

    With skills wildly flying about I leave control overRandom Attack, which has even myself, weapons, and attacks randomly flying about, to the subconsciousness, I have to have a clear aim when using it, otherwise its no different from shooting blindly. Mastering control overRandom Attackshould lead to Kyojitsu. In the end, Random Attack is just a freaky irregr technique that was born by a fluke. Its power was not coherently consolidated. Thats why I cant properly use Kyojitsu either, thats why I couldnt cut Dancing Girl. Well, its actually for the best that I could not, that slim waistline and the grace in her movements, those lovely thighs, and great buttocks rivaling those of Armored Pres-san, when lined up together they

    WHOOOOOAGHUEEE! No, you got it all wrong, or rather, this is a sword practice, so why are you swinging a morning star at me? Or rather, that was sh Swing just now! You have reached the pinnacle of morning star, and now there is another one, not sure if this should be called two-sword style or two morning stars style, wait, you are definitely a founder now! You have breached into a genre that no one had traversed before, also, Dancing Girl, Slime-san, dont you feel that you should be trying to stop her instead of going yare-yare there? Or rather, dont you feel you should save me? Eh? No? Aaah, you dont, I see. I sort of suspected as much.(Followed by further scolding (beating))

    Knock Knock

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    Well, even while self-destructing, I still managed to exchange blows with her. I can sense that I obtained overwhelming power, but with the opponent also holding an overwhelming strength, rtive to mine, and in fact, overwhelming me, I cant really grasp the feeling of it. I mean, if Im getting beaten up when Im weak, and then also getting beaten up after getting stronger, its really hard to feel the difference? Well, I can very much sense, and feel, and feel up, and fill her up during the night, so thats fine by me.

    Good work. After another ONE MORE SET its DANCE REVO tournament, got it?

    Having said that, the pres and others gone to get another beating. Got it?am I supposed to DANCE REVO too? Unlike certain people, Im not getting out of Nevermind, I didnt say anything? Also, I understand those 20 morning stars, but Armored Pres-san, you dont have to join in on this, you know? And who the hell was it who supplied Dancing Girl and Slime-san with morning stars too? Alright, Im sorry, please dont mind me and go on.

    That was scary.

 Chapter 303

    Chapter 303

    Day 73  Nighttime, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    Its bath time, bath time. No, Im not taking part in DANCE REVO?

    I mean, I dont have a leotard? I mean, I do have some in my item bag, but those are Armored Pres-sans, so while I do have some, they arent mine, and Im not going to wear one, or rather, there is no demand for that!

    Certainly, its difficult to let go of the chance to see 20 highschool girls in leotards, with regrets crystallizing into a trial, if there was a paid spectator seat I wouldnt be against purchasing a ticket, but joining them is impossible. Cheering on them from the bushes is better.

    Phaah~, taking bath ahead of everyone~, wait when did you get here, Slime-san?! Ah~, if its jiggle jiggle then it cant be helped, but since you regrly wash, you are constantly in a freshly cleaned state! Well, it feels good so whatever~?

    (Bounce Bounce)

    They mustve burned so much from really SUPER MANIAC to SSR(STEP STEP REVOLUTION) that even the cosmos was scorched. Dancing Girl memorized everything after seeing it only once. But thats HELL Mode!

    But during the training, Dancing Girl was only dancing, without ying tricks or attacking the girls, while the girls were pushed around in aerobic exercise until hitting their limit, and then copsed after switching to high-speed unaerobic exercise, dropping in droves.

    Even if they cant learn those steps, they at least should learn the footwork and defensive body movements. A footwork allowing to trifle with 20 levels 100 as a level 1 has a new, different potential hidden within. I mean, even Armored Pres-san is learning? But with DANCE REVO being followed by belly dance its rather hard to join in? Outfit-wise.

    And while I was once again beaten up by Armored Pres-san, the results were amazing. Until now I was getting beaten up without any idea what is going on, but now Ive been reborn! I was able to get beaten up while having an idea of what is going on! Well, I got beaten up anyway, but this time my mind was able to keep up with the Armored Pres-sans speed, and Rajingan provided the visuals, in other words, I was taking hits while thinkingah, thats where this is going to hitorAh, if I dont evade this, Im going to eat an entirebo, it was a beating but one withprehension. Is it my imagination that it hurts more this way?

    The information is being analyzed withWisdoms thought fragmentation and parallel high speed processing, which greatly boosted thought speed and data processing ability, plus the effects of new gear.

    It mustve been level up and a new item that I slotted into the staffStaff of Absolute Boundary  30% UP ALL, Sorcery Mastery, Absolute Boundary, Seal, MP Increaseand plusWisdomsynergy, but Magic Wrappings nature has changed. I felt more refined. I still cant control it, but at the very least its now possible to predict what is about to happen.In other words, a possibility of controllingRandom Attackhas finally emerged, and the path toKyojitsualso has opened. Well, trying to advance through that newly opened path got me beaten up and I even got a heavy debuff to movement from an iron ball that wouldnt allow me to walk, but it hurts?

    If I used even more abilities at once it wouldve put my body at risk. Lets not think about what posed a greater danger, my abilities or the iron ball.

    Most likely, Mana Mastery-type that I posses andSorcery Masteryon Staff of Absolute Boundary are of different type. Most likely magic-type skills likeTeleportation,GravityorAtomic Maniptionwere the cause of Magic Wrapping going out of control, and they now were brought under control, and being applied toMagic Wrapping with even better controlledHoldingmagic, a semnce of actual mastery had appeared. But all of that was possible because ofWisdomcapable of processing all of it.

    I can finally see the path ahead. With this I wont end up losing the strength to fight. It doesnt matter if its all just trickery, deception, or illusion, as long as I can fight its all good. I thought that if I can make Pres and others into walking Cheats all will be safe and sound, and I get to retire to the life of ease andfort, but I was naive. The Pres and others are too honest and direct for this world.

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    Ive properly warmed up, Slime-san seems to have finished the 600 seconds countdown. Lets get out.

    Stepping out of the bath and trying some control practice named side job, it seems that my power has finally awakened. Infinite hands might not be possible, but I can now handle it without external aid.

    Looks like the flow of the battle has changed! The divine wind is blowing for me!

    The battle is not the numbers, the numbers are the battle! Fufufufu.

    And looks like the Girls-only gathering is over. Advancing from the nks to encircle me, they must be aiming to overwhelm me using the time window when Im not wearing the mantle.

    Grasping the amber right hand, and white left hand, I tightly lock with them, thats right, I can hold them!

    Two tentacles grasped opposite hands of the two, checking and holding them back.

    Then, as the long snow-white and amber legs are stretching to twine around me, the tentacles coiling around them instead. They dont have the same versatility as Evil Hands, but that can bepensated with numbers!

    Since I wasnt wearing the ck mantle they mustve thought that they had won. Certainly, I cant use Infinite Evil Hands without the mantle. But now, having obtained Wisdom, even if upper tierEvil Handsare impossible, I still can useTentacleseven without the mantlesInfinite Evil Hands, controlling them from Magic Wrap. Naturally, even after restraining their limbs, I still have lots of tentacles to spare, and this great lot of tentacles can fight freely squirming around and with a nice added bonus of Vibration Magic too!

    While Magic Wrapping gave an overall boost to everything, control-type and perception-types received an especially great buff, giving an urate grasp on a wide spectrum of information. An astounding cognitive ability capable of instantly processing the flood of information provided by Rajingan, sorting, quantifying and datafying it.

    In other words, all of the Armored Pres-sans and Dancing Girls weak points are being exposed. From the neck to the back and from the stomach to the waist, huh, from Inguinal ligament to Anterior superior iliac spine? What a maniac weak point! Lets try y-biting a bit?

    (Nibble Nibble)

    Ah. *Drop*

    It is a weak point!

    (Lick Lick)

    Hya (*Drop*)

    Their number advantage waspletely overturned. Its fine to even call this one-sided. They are being overwhelmed in this battle. I mean, they have copsed twitching? Lets dig in?

    And turning this into one on one I defeat them the moment they try to get up , intercepting them individually I engage in a series of skirmishes over and over again, to preventing them from fully recovering, instantly making them go down as theye up. Finally,ing to another world, I obtained highschool boy power to defeat two Dungeon Emperor ss opponents at once! Only at night, but Ive got it? During the day Im getting another beating?

    And the name of that power isSex King. With High Sexual Vigor Lv MaXandInsatiable Libido Lv MaXthey finally fused and evolved into a higher tier skill. Changing intoLewd Techniques Lv 1, and in the titles appeared Sex King Lv 1 ?

    And theye with stamina, recovery, observation, and techniques bonuses? I guess thebination of Rajingan, Wisdom, Magic Wrapping, and Evil Handsgave birth to a new power, wait, what the hell this world even wants me to do? If nothing, then why call me in the first ce? Well, Im d that I came though, in more ways than once, no, I didnt want toe? But this is a very good thing? (Rub Rub)

    Now, lets do some side job while they are still downed. I still have plenty of clothes I need to make for Dancing Girl.

    She is probably lonely, being suddenly awakened and set free in a world that doesnt have anyone she knew left. She is getting along with the girls, taking part in Girls-only Gatherings, but there is no way her uneasiness has dissipated by now. Thats why she keeps entangling me and pushing me down, she has no intention of having a talk.

    But if I make tons of stuff for her, dress her up, and feed her tons of delicious stuff, getting her to have fun with everyone, her loneliness might fade a bit. Sorrow and loneliness can neverpletely disappear, what lost wonte back, hencees substitutes. She needs something to fill the emptiness in their heart, even if in the end its all sham. I dont want to see her with such sad and empty eyes.

    Thats why Im going to make it! Miniskirt nurse outfit, and miniskirt maid outfit must be necessary too, it surely will fit her. Im looking forward to it?

    Diligently making various outfits for Dancing Girl, I mass produce both clothes and underwear. Ive been doing measurements since the day we met, measuring her over, and over, and over, touching and rubbing, and investigating, so this part is perfect. Her equipment is still a mystery to me, so for now its fine to prioritize clothes. Ah~, hairbrushes, a toothbrush, nail clippers, and daily necessities are also important. She seems to have taken a great liking to the body soap, allowing me to enjoy a smooth and silky skin one wouldnt expect from an ex-mummy-san. Thank you for a treat?

    She is already very popr at DANCE REVO and Girls-only Gatherings. She surely will soon be friends with everyone and forget about her loneliness. Well, it would be lonely not to have her cling to me anymore, but Dancing Girls happiness is more important. Well, even if she stops clinging to me, Im sure Ill still enjoy getting pushed down by her, so its fine?

    Since I brought her with me I want her to be happy. Im certainly happy about her coiling around me and doing such amazing things to me in such positions, but if she gets along with everyone, not just Armored Pres-san, she should be able to find the ce where she truly belongs. Its very soothing for me too, but a lewd figure has popped out from the nket?

    Pushing down Armored Pres-san who just got up I continue my work. Making Dancing Girl that just recovered surrender I continue my work, engaging in a fierce battle with Armored Pres-san who just rose up, I defeat her, and continue my work, mming Dancing Girl that just woke up with my overflowing Highschool Boy and defeating her, continue my work. I mean, seeing those four beautiful legs sticking out of the nket is too distracting? Like, Im staring at them non-stop? Even now?

    I guess Ive made about the same amount of clothing as Armored Pres-san has? I dont think she needs as many hats though, so the rest can be made after asking about her preferences. Yeah, naturally, Ive already made all of the clothes that suit my preferences! Im sure white cheongsam will look great with that amber skin, and of course, there is a mini version toO! I want to see it~!

    That leaves essories, but they also can be made after finding out what she prefers. Ive made a ton in Egyptian style, so if we end up with extra they could be sold along with belly dancer outfits. But since everyone hasnt been in dungeonstely, they are penniless. The overflown dungeons were pretty shabby, so they didnt bring much profit. Well, I was the one who dragged them into this, so Ill give them a discount Its the maidens war time! (bargain sale)

    Now, Ive finished with the side job, so Oh no, Im out of mana! And Armored Pres-san unexpectedly revived at the same time with Dancing Girl. Im already being dragged into the bed, held from both sides, but I cant bring out even a singleTentacle! As I thought, prolonged fights are not for me. Or rather, putting away Item Bag with Mana umtor, Id obviously run out of mana? As expected, revenge (lewd) breeds revenge (lewd), and now, a tragic payback is about to befall me. Eehm, please be gentle? Eh? Shake-shake? Its a no, it seems! (Vition in process

 Chapter 304

    Chapter 304

    Day 74  Morning, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    A case for public concern emerged in the morning. Yeah, suspicious person eyewitness reports? Or rather, I see nine of them right in front of me I mean, their eyes are crazy!

    UOOOOOOOOOOH! Little girls!

    All hands, capture them! Dead or Alive!

    Jaa!

    Thus, suspicious people (the geeks) were apprehended and isted. The threat to the orphan girls have passed. Alright, lets burn them.

    Oooh, Haruka! We are back! And yeah, we plundered tons of goods and money, but Oda-kun and others gave away everything to Beastfolk, so we got nothing?

    The Idiots are left to roam free, but they while do pose some issue in educational sense, its fine, Im sure seeing them the orphans will try they hardest not to turn out like that. In a way, this idiots are the top-tier educational material for what not to do.

    Long time no see~, Im actually surprised that you came back, Ive already begun to think that you found your new calling in the life of banditry and piracy and going feral returned to the forest? Is this the fruits of Pres-samas training? Like, Housee back)? Sort of?

    I thought that they mightve made a jackpot, but they returned penniless, as usual idiots. Im sure they simply came back because they got hungry. Stray idiots?

    Haruka-kun, why are we being detained and tied up immediately aftering back?

    Its just an arrest operation carried out on eyewitness reports of suspicious individuals? The crime was prevented in a timely manner, so the best course of action would be burning to death, like, in a disaster prevention educational way? Kind of?

    And the criminals beganining. Letting them step into an orphanage too great of a risk after all!

    Suspicious individuals? Werent we ssmates?!

    We finished the mission and went back, we came here only because on the way we found the sign telling us toe here?

    To think we would get apprehended before even gettingWee back

    We just were surprised since there were so many children

    Nonono, you didnt get Wee back because before sayingWere backyou began super overreacting to the children, okay? Its an orphanage, so of course there would be children, if there werent any and it instead had only middle-aged men I wouldve long since burned down the ce! In the first ce, with your first line beingLittle girls!uttered in unison, you arent just suspicious, you are real criminals! The very fact that you reacted only to the little girls makes you suspicious individuals among suspicious individuals worthy of apprehension, the guilty verdict with trial omitted upon the report and instant execution! You Suspicious Geeks! If you are going to react only to the little girls, the little tanuki is going to be sad and start stress eating, getting a round belly despite not having any bre GYUWAAAAAA!!

    I got bitten! The dangerous small animal seems to have snuck up on me before I noticed. Thats right, in the flock of orphans, there is an imposter mimicking them not, she is just being her usual self, but the fact that she is lurking among them is scary! That aside, can some remove this small animal gnawing me on the head already? Yeah, she is biting in pretty hurt, so it hurts.

    And so, we are back.For starters, Id like you to remove these ropes?

    Then, a portion of girls is pressing them for the reason why the didnt return right away. Even though that much is obvious without asking?

    Yeah, they finally got angry. Thats all.

    And so, with the Geeks giving an incoherent retelling of events, additionally supplemented by the Idiots nonsensicalmentary, the exnation reached heights of confusing, but Trantor Pres-san seems to have solved all of the mysteries. Yeah, its amazing that she can understand such nonsensical rubbish?

    Eerm, in other words, you annihted the Confederations beastmen hunting force, and also managed to free beastmen captured by them, but then you chased after the ships carrying beastmen captured before that, and ended storming into the Confederations harbors, which led to navalbat, and you thought youd run away since you freed beastmen already, but then Kakizaki-kun and others jumped on the enemy ships and begun to rampage, so you couldnt go back on your own, and since you went to board all other ships in the harbor along the way, freeing all of the beastmen ves you saw and sinking all of the ships, it took you a while? Then you went back to the Beastmen Country to bring rescued beastmen to a safe ce, gave them all of the goods you plundered, which dyed you even further? Is that it?

    Whats what we said.

    Perfect trantion! As expected of Trantion President-san. Her reasoning is so wless that she mightve already Plundered skillsInterpretationorTrantionsomewhere.

    I mean, she managed to get that fromAnimal earsThe fluffWe got to touch themI wanted to touch it so much!Haruka, Im hungryAfter all, the formation of the shipsNo, the bunny earsWhat are you talking about, the Tail-sama wasHaruka, you got anything to eat?!And so we chased the animal ears, and thenThose were some good animals ears!But being too scared, their fluffinessHaruka, I want rice!And so Kakizaki-kun and others went berserkYeah, like the real leap ofAnd if you ask us why we made a cannonThats right, we couldnt hit anything with the projectile even when we threw them by hand?But when we made the cannon to shoot, Slime-sanYeah, Jiggle-Jiggle, it saidand so we turned in the direction it was pointing, and it was the Frontier?And so it flew away And we were wondering if something happened.But Fluffiness is Justice!And so we went to return them, but they were still afraidAnd the viges were burned downHaruka, Im about to starve here!so we left everything there ! By the way, the nine of them were speaking all at once, and 10 times that. Well, it goes without saying that 90% of that was about animal ears and fluff.

    For now, they are being noisy, so lets have breakfast. Naturally, the Geeks are getting the farthest seats from the orphans.

    Sorry, Haruka-kun, we didnt make it in time. The beastfolk warriors fought so desperately Trying to save children Fought and died. Sorry We didnt make it in time.

    Is that so

    Yeah

    As I thought, I made another mistake. Thats why they went to get back the captured. But they couldnt make it in time anyway In the end, I failed to protect everything again. And the Geeks also understand that they didnt actually rescue them, but came toote instead. Because the possibility was there. Even so, I overlooked it, thats why they didnt make it in time.

    By the way, who is that stunning beauty that chained us up?

    Ah, an oriental pretty girl hath descended?

    How is she able to tie us up and disable the barrier in the brief moment before its activation?!

    Pretty girls in another world are of higher level than 2D!

    Aah, you mean Dancing Girl? She is that, that stuff that often happens, that, you know, how should I put it, she is well, that? Well, I Tamed her? (Tehepero)

    Aaah he did it again!Just explode already!

    Looks like tehepero doesnt work for me the same way it does for Armored Pres-san? Well, she is sly, but also cute, so you end up forgiving her, you know? Yeah, being pretty has benefits?

    After calling Dancing Girl and having them greet each other I then warn her not to get anywhere near them to avoid getting infection. Then I let them say hello to the orphans, and told them to immediately report if the Geeks were to approach them.

    (Im saying just in case, but her actual name is not Dancing Girl-san, its Nefertiri-san.)

    (((No, we were confident thats not her name!)))

    (((She seems very strong Did he save her as well?)))

    (Yup, again. The orphans here, Nefertiri-san, everything and everyone.)

    (((So it was that dangerous here. We are very sorry for beingte!)))

    (You did what was necessary, didnt you? Haruka-kun was happy with that, saying that you are finally fighting on your on volition.)

    (I see.)

    Pres-san is chatting with the Geeks? Well, it must be another sermon. Savor the taste of Pres-samas terrifying sermon! Im getting x20 that daily! Moreover, at least 15 times per day!!!

    And we also learned the reason why Slime-san returned by flight. It really was a Slime Cannon. I gave the Geeks magic stone high-explosive projectiles and magic stone bombs for the sake of navalbat. But due to their clumsiness, they couldnt hit the target even when throwing by hand. Just how clumsy can you be!

    So they made a gun barrel and tried to shoot from it, and apparently got 100% uracy ratio even at long range. Just how skillful are they?!

    Normally, it should be aplete reverse, getting a good angle of fire on a shaking ship is more difficult. Howe their dexterity isnt getting improved despite getting enhanced by DeX stat? Looks like their Geekness Skill is overriding it.

    And sensing the crisis, Slime-san made the Geeks turn the cannon to the Frontier, climbed inside, andunched itself, sending Continental Ballistic Cluster Slime-san. Thats why the Frontier was saved.

    It sensed the danger from such a distance Is it because of Taming?

    So, what about about animal ears and fluffiness?

    They were afraid of humans, so we tried to keep our distance, so forget fluff-fluff, we didnt even get to talk

    Thats not surprising. They met in the worst way possible. Even if they saved them, from the beastfolks point of view they are the same humans. It couldve been different if they made in time. But since they didnt As humans they are nothing more than an object of hatred and fear.

    Then what about the people, or rather beastfolk, at the viges?

    They were observing us from cover, so we extinguished fires at the viges, arbitrarily made graves, and after loudly deringWell leave this hereleft, leaving the captured children and goods at the viges.

    Forgeting in touch, it seems they were unable to establish anymunication at all. Well, its the Geeks and Idiots, so its a question if they wouldve been able tomunicate properly even under normal circumstances. The Confederations fleet was annihted as the result, so the Beastmen Country should be safe for a while. Even more so if they had their battalion annihted. They cant afford to carelessly meddle with the Beastmen Country anymore.

    And the Geeks hesitant aura have dissipated. Theyve finally made their resolve. Perhaps its not what they were hoping for, but they still became heroes in another world. Although the world they desired was probably not as bad as this Thats why the finally resolved themselves.

    Well Good work?

    Yes, we are back?

    Haruka, another servingHey, this bucket is too smallNot enough burgersA bucket of rice balls!, what about karaage?Another one!!

    Its getting noisy again. Am I not allowed to bury them underground? The middle-aged men were supposedly rescued by now, so it should be an empty area. Ah But Underground Dwellers probably would be very annoyed!

    No, those are the Idiots, so they might on the contrary find a way to get along Lets leave them alone, I guess?

 Chapter 305

    Chapter 305

    Day 74  Daytime, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    Looks like everyone has finally calmed down. There was the matter of Oda-kun and others returning, the issue of suspicious individuals, but the true reason for the uproar among the girls is the current maidens predicament, the ascension of Sex King!

    The monster of Lewd Arts that Angelica-san and Nefertiri-san somehow managed to subjugate together after making him run out of mana. The King of Sex that freely uses battle techniques out of an entirely different league.

    Hearing detailed ounts of his exquisite skills and secret moves the girls are dropping one after another, covering their noses. The ultimate technique. The ability to erotically y with the two Dungeon Emperors, that brought them to their knees, and forced them to copse. That skill to discern the weak point and envelop the entire body with an otherworldly stimtion is terrifying.

    Shimazaki-san and others also had a crazy experience during dress fitting, spending the entire time in a daze unable to stand. It seems those fearsomeEvil Handshave became even more insane. And now Sex King powers were added to that.

    That is dangerous, pleasure, drives mad.

    Its more dangerous, than dying.

    However, when he is making underwear or dresses, unlike the times with Angelica-san and Nefertiri-san, he is only measuring or adjusting, and yet, there is such destructive power! That can actually be used as a legitimate attack! Or rather running his lips along the inguinal ligament while licking it with a tip of his tongue, y-biting while kissing on superior iliac spine, ah, ah, y-biting!? AH-AWAWAWAWAWAWwawa~

    (Overheating)

    And so the morning started with everyone making a racket and giving Haruka-kun ncing looks full of fear and interest, but it seems they finally calmed down. There also was a short course on the heights of sexual technique, organized by Nefertiri-san, creating quite a weird mood, but it finally calmed down.

    But if it takes two Dungeon Emperors working together, then for us it would be four? No, maybe five people Pinning him down with five people and then Eerhm, ording to what we learned from the heights of sexual technique, gently caress it with fingers tips, making sure to maintain the touch so light that it would barely feel like touching, caress, and then, and then! Take it into the mo-mo-mou (*plonk*)

    (Corruption of maidens in process?)

    MEDIC! The pres once again got KOed by her own wild fantasies? Stuff a mushroom into her mouth.

    Jaa. (*Nom*)

    Mmmn. Such being the case, we also learned what Oda-kuns and others were doing. Just as Haruka-kun anticipated, beastmen in the Beastmen Country were targeted. Letting the Kingdom and the Theocracy fight each other they were reaching for magic stones concessions while also suppressing mushroom production to raise prices in order to rake profits. And in the meantime, using the timing when two countries were unable to take an action, they alsounched an attack on the Beastmen Country in an attempt to get as many ves for themselves as possible. No matter which part of the n were to fail, it still wouldve turned profit for them, but that is precisely why it was read, and failed in its entirety, leading to them reaping enormous losses and currently being in the process of copse. Beating Merchants Confederation by ripping them off It seems that his rip-offs have finally vited nationalws for fraudulent business practices.

    Oda and others look kinda different, arent they?

    They killed with resolve, in order to protect others.

    And we were forced to deal with monsters again.

    The God said that was impossible But Haruka-kun probably still hasnt given up on sending us back to our world. Thats why he is making sure we wouldnt have to kill other people.

    Thats right, he hasnt given up.

    But what about Oda-kun, Kakizaki-kun, and others? Theyve already killed a few people, right? And Haruka-kun himself too Thats just

    The boys must have no intentions of going back anymore. They will stay here.

    Eh, no way! Then, if we go back

    Thats right~, so you have to make a decision~, before Haruka-kun finds a way to go back~. What will you do~, what do you want to do~.

    There is no way its possible. Even that absurd higher being with powers in apletely different league, even that elderly god, even he said that it was impossible, even going as far as to bow his head to apologize to us. So that is absolutely impossible.

    But if its Haruka-kun, it might not be so certain. Thats why we have to make the choice on our own. We have to make our own decision and say out loud that we arent going back not because we cant but because we wont. Otherwise there is no meaning to it.

    And now, there are crowds. With Haruka-kuns return there is an abundance of goods again, as the result, the store is extremely busy since the morning. Word of mouth has customers flooding the store from all corners of the Capital. Women clothes are selling incredibly well, and with the impact from the theater yFrontiergoods are sold out as soon as new party arrives. But the people in the Frontier arent wearingFrontierT-shirts, you know?

    Such poprity makes you curious to see the y too, right?

    But the ck-haired maiden warriors in bikinis? Also, that scenario has Haruka-kun hiding in the castle while letting the girls do all the fighting

    This might be better than the reality of middle-aged men massacre? I mean, that bamboo vige That was a sphemy towards the real bamboo vige!

    Meriel-san fought alongside the Royal Guard, but the store has her singlehandedly annihting the Theocracys knights?

    Piecing together the bits from the customers conversations it became clear that they dont have an urate picture of events, and simply glued together what they knew into the y. Which created the mysterious youth, who leaves fighting to maiden warriors, while ying the role of a strategist, trapping enemies from the castle. Well, calling him a strategist wouldnt be that far off, but he is a super offensive frontline strategist who directly attacks enemies, performing the worst of atrocities on them?

    In the y, the strategist apparently ends up running around from the enemies that invaded the castle, and gets rescued by Murimur-sama?

    That strategist runs around to gather all enemies in one spot to obliterate them in one go, deserving Do not touch! Dangerousbel, so doesnt actually need any rescue?

    Yeah, but he was running around from the elderly odor? Is that something he needs to be rescued from?

    Everyone in Haruka-kuns group, be it Haruka-kun, or Angelica-san, or Slime-san, or Nefertiri-san, fought solo, so they probably dont know about them.

    Thats right, no one knows about the four that fought in the most dangerous of ces.

    The y where the ones who should be praised the most either dont appear at all or are relegated to supporting roles. The y where the true saviors of the Frontier are nowhere to be seen.

    On the contrary, the running strategist is aic relief.

    Its the world without much entertainment, so in truth everyone wants to see it. The issue with bikini warriors also can be solved by hiding our hair when we go there.

    But we surely will be infuriated by it.

    Even though the Capital just became peaceful and is excited about the y.

    But we surely will shout.

    Its finally be peaceful, but we cant forgive the y mocking Haruka-kun who kept fighting and fighting to make it happen.

    Thats why we arent going to watch it. We understand that they probably simply dont know, but we still cant forgive it.

    That alone we cannot yield. That alone is something we shouldnt forgive.

    It doesnt matter if no one else knows. The person in question isnt going to mention it anyway.

    But what right do they have tough at him? Where in this world is at least a single person who can ridicule Haruka-kun?

    Why does Haruka-kun, who fought until the very end to protect everyones happiness, have to be aughingstock?

    Thats why we are definitely not going to watch it. Because Im sure we will end up destroying and burning the entire y if we did.

    Even now, Haruka-kun is driving himself insane with trial and error, trying to add weapons to our party dresses, to make sure we wonte to any danger. He is constantly wracking his brains trying to protect everything, attempting outrageous things as the result. That might be wild andical in a way.

    But the only one allowed to ridicule,ugh, and sneer at that is the one who managed to save the world all by themself. The people who arent trying to save anything arent allowed tough at Haruka-kun desperately struggling to save everything. It doesnt matter if its a mistake or a y, I surely will be enraged upon seeing that.

    But please dont add weapons to dresses? And no chains too? And remove those spiky shoulders pads as well? Its a dance party, not a dungeon attack?

 Chapter 306

    Chapter 306

    Day 74  Evening, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    It was very, very troublesome, but I made tuxedos for the Geeks and Idiots But when they tried them on it looked terrible. No, there is no issue with the size or the design. Its a mass producible design made with pattern paper, but the pattern paper was made for the Geeks and Idiots, so there is no issue. The issue was with the models!

    For starters, there are the Idiots, who should look presentable in the right clothes, tall, muscr, and well-toned, as much as it pisses me off, but they have good-looking faces too, justifying the fan letters they were getting from all over Japan. In other words, not only do they have no other issues aside from being idiots, but judging by appearances alone, they are actually pretty high level. And yet, how did it be like this? For some reason its so terrible that one can almost hear the music from Godfather in the background. Those are without a doubt mafia hitmen. And for some reason, the more formal the outfit gets the more dangerous they look. At this rate they might not even be allowed into the pce. Okay, lets abandon them if they get stopped and arrested.

    And then there are the Geeks, cant say I didnt expect this, but they still went into an unexpected direction. They have a medium build and got in shapeing here, so there should be no issue physique-wise, but why do they look so fishy and suspicious? Like professional crooks, or rather evil wizards? Their long unkempt hair also adds to the overall shadiness.

    Well, I got them tuxedos, so the rest doesnt matter? They probably will get arrested the moment they try to pass through the gates of the Royal Pce, but it doesnt matter. In a way, arresting the is the correct decision.

    Perhaps because the girls are still hesitating, no orders for dresses areing. Everyone is stillparing five papers with different designs, so its still going to take a while.

    Or maybe they are scared of Evil Hands. The way the Bitches broke down was abnormal. Even Vice A and Vice C before that were quite bad.

    Its only a guess, but Evil Hands are formed from mana, so perhaps they are d in other skills in Magic Wrap fashion? So a delicate touch made with Wisdom-sans control greatly increases attack power.

    If that is correct, then there is a danger of it now being buffed withSex KingandLewd Artstoo. It doesnt seem like this behavior can be disabled, so Im not sure what to do about this, but the situation is clearly not okay.

    However, I dont think Ill need to make more shorts, and even if a new orderes, it should be alright to make them with the previous measurements. Or rather, it would be a huge problem handling measurements with those uncontroble lewd tentacles if not! Getting too immodest and improper can give a raise to certain highschool boy-like highschool boy issues, causing highschool boy much highschool boy like suffering and frustration? Kind of?

    However, while I think that dresses and garter belts should be alright, its also a fact that after seeing the way Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl were excessively overreacting yesterday, I cant help but feel uneasy. While I enjoyed being able to touch them all over countless hands, having a marvelous experience, for them the stimtion was apparently quite much? They show quite an extreme reaction to what seemed to be an relentless and fierce stimtion, so it seems it was tough. In the end, here I too have ss cannon build, I have to take them down before they get me! No, like, those moves from the peak of sexual techniques are a parade of dangerous undefendable techniques whose advance bears temptation and pleasure to great for highschool boy to resist?

    Armored Pres-san kept scolding me every morning that she thought she was going to die, but this really has a risk of sending one on a one-way trip to heaven. Yesterday, I ended up at their mercy after running out of mana, being subjected to this and that from both sides I felt like Im about to ascend from this mortal coil from their service, assaulting my entire body in waves, while keeping me pincered from two fronts in heaven and hell-like RE:like Loop.

    Well, the Geeks and Idiots.

    Or rather, those unkempt heads of hours are gloomy and annoying, thats why Im always offering to burn them, but you keep being all modest and refusing, letting such a mess grow your heads? Alright, lets burn it!

    Dont! Just cut it normally, or rather, Haruka-kun, you hair havent grown at all, but the hairstyle subtly changed?

    Im cutting my hair, obviously?

    Yeah, since going to a hairdresser is a bother I was doing it myself for a long while already, so Im used to it. Im good with both scissors and razor, you know? I prefer shaggy hair by the way.

    Just cut it, no need to burn it! Or rather, you had scissors, huh.

    Ah, alright, Ill cut it~, Sword sh!

    The summit which I should pursue is Armored Pres-sans Sword shafter all. Well, pursuing only, it cant be realistically replicated, but it should be enough to cut the Geeks heads

    Wait a moment!

    Kuh! They deployed a barrier in a split second?! Looks like they improved, or rather, they are cheapskates, they taught me how to use Seal, but refuse to let me used it on them? Yeah, I couldnt seal Barrier skill.

    Thats the wrong Cut!

    What do you meanSword sh!?! Dont use Angelica-sans ultimate move to cut hair!

    And what was that low stance for? From such posture youd cut our heads, not hair!

    Eerm, please leave sidelocks?

    Eeeh, but cutting your hair one by one is such a bother? Cutting heads will take only one sh for all four

    Since cutting mens hair is not enjoyable, I thought Id at least enjoy cutting off their heads, but even such modest wish was rejected?

    Well pay you double, so please just cut it normally!

    Double! Thank you for patronage?

    If Im getting money for it, then its work, if so, then sadly, Ill have to diligently cut their hair. If its double, then it cant be helped. I wonder if mohawks will suit them? Hyaahaa?

    pping a water ball on their heads, I endure with just cutting their hair with razors into shaggy, arrange it a bit, and using well-bnced scissors add finishing touches. Evil Hands yed an active part,bing their hair with 12bs, cutting with 16 razors, and adjusting with 8 scissors.

    Well, you are just the geeks, so this will do, wait Hm? Your Geekness is gone!

    What do you mean Geekness! Ah, but you are right, its kind of embarrassing.

    They are barbershop regrs. Barbers use their professional techniques to cut the hair in the proper length ording to the shape of the head, the actual looks oftene second. Beauticians, on the other hand, make appearance the priority. Thats why they might be cut in irregr or even shapes. And its the beauticians era, so they ended up looking more modern-like and lost their geekness!

    Ah, they are cutting hair on their own, thats soooo unfair!

    Oda-kun and others got such fashionable cuts!

    Dont call it fashionable! Its pretty embarrassing.

    Oh~, it suits you~Yeah, you look cooler this wayThat unkempt impression is gone!You even appear more attractiveHunkness 50% UP?Ah, he even did a bit of gradation cut! Such attention to detailsCutting with razor gave it a natural lookNice, you look more refreshing, you know?If you also dye it you can make you debut as yboys?Aaaah! It might actually suit them!Are they going to be ygeeks?That oveps with someone.They look better this way, like serious and nice guys.Yeah, this is definitely better.

    Being surrounded andplemented by the girls, the Geeks are acting bashful with bright red faces. With this they might be more conscious about their appearance? I might even be able to rip them off on clothes!

    The Geeks have a very strong rejection towards our original world. Their hearts are probably closed even to the ssmates. Thats why they were living in dreams of another world.

    But they really came there. If its in another world, then they might even be able to find love with someone from this world. Should I report them?

    For how embarrassed they were about being praised by the girls, they sure look happy, so its not like they are twisted, they simply were embarrassed since they arent used to gettingpliments.

    Ah, the Idiots noticed them! Just arrange your long hair yourself, is what Id like to say, but might as well rip them off too, maybe that will weaken that mafia-like impression a bit. I mean, if they put long coats on top of tuxedos and took shotguns in their hands theyd look super authentic!

    Finishing cutting and styling the Idiots hair I also trim the orphans hair. Many people in this world have naturally curly hair, so its a bit difficult. The orphan girls especially have many demands. Apparently, they want to be princess-like? Do they want to sell hamburgers? Alright, lets teach them the princess-like way of stomping on the floor next time.

    You look cute.Really?Yeah, very cute.Yaaay!Everyone is cute like angels.Yaay.

    Im happy that they are happy, but Im uncertified both as a beautician or barber? Totally self-taught back-street hairdresser? Or rather, why do the girls even have illustrations with hairstyles prepared? Aaah, Im going to do this too? Yeah, I kind of expected this, but their demands are so detailed! Also, dont even ask for perm! Lets sell the hot curlers next time.

    Preparing dinner, for some reason in viking-like scenery again, Im also operating a beauty salon at the same time. I dont think anyone would ever give a permit to a hair cutting buffet, but since Evil Hands wouldnt let even a single hair drop, there are no sanitation issues at all. Aah~, lets get the bath ready too.

    With the souvenir stores business hours now over everyone has gathered, making a huge ruckus.

    Eeh, am I supposed to do braids too?

    Big brother, do braids for me too.Me too.Big brother, manjuBig brother, how about three dresses per person?I want long hairMe  a princess!Dear brother, I would like a kimono?Haruka-kun is being called big brother by little girls! How envious!We are out of karaage~I can wash dishesMe tooMe? Me?Cut mine short?Big brother, what about chestnut manju?Haruka, Im hungryI, I, Id like the hair like that sisterThen~, I too~ will have braids~Hurry, hurry! And further chaos

    For some reason Im beginning to feel more like a trimmer than a beautician? I wonder why? The next one poodle cut for the little tanuki? Kind of?

 Chapter 307

    Chapter 307

    Day 74  Nighttime, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch, Girls-only Gathering.

    The bath is engulfed in a weird mood. We already had the children leave and started an adult Girls-only Gathering, entering the second educational session of heights of sexual technique course Talk about the experiences! But since there is only one partner, it means

    Caress, rub, stroke.

    Taking everyone by hand, the lecturer Nefertiri-sensei guides each girl through the differences individually. A lecture by the great Hero that managed to defeat that wicked Sex King.

    Aah, so when caressing, youd slide along skin, and rubbing is that but a bit stronger? And when stroking youd move the skin too Stroking it, huh.

    Back of tongue, plenty of saliva, lick?

    (Gulp)

    It was very practical! Everyone received a mushroom as a study material, which was deliciously consumed after the ss?

    The children were in high spirits, getting haircuts and care from Haruka-kun. They lived having no one to rely on but each other, so they were overjoyed, beaming with smiles, having someone whod look after them and spoil them. They looked so happy that I could feel tears welling up just from seeing that.

    Delicious food is a happiness. Pretty clothes are a happiness too, and clean and warm home is a happiness as well. But thats merely it. A happy ce, its not just a house, its a ce where you can feel at ease and your heart is satisfied, a ce where you belong. A ce where it isnt just fine to stay, but where you are wee like its natural for you to be here. This is why That became the favorite spot of the children.

    Oda-kun and others image change was surprising, but whats up with Haruka-kuns skillfulness and knowledge? He apparently was cutting his own hair himself all this time, but isnt the variation way too great?

    Kakizaki-kun and others also got their hair cut, but since they keep long hair, they only had it arranged and trimmed, transforming them from wild-type into clean and fashionable.

    The girls were cutting each others hair, but the difference is clear as day. Haruka-kun has a different touch, his way of handling scissors is smooth and masterful. The result looks natural, pretty, and has a good sense of volume. It seems he is going to introduce hair iron next, so Shimazaki-san and co were overjoyed.

    And today again, everyone was enjoying food to their heart content with all-you-can-eat buffet, then, after cleaning up together, bathing the children, doing ONE MORE SET and belly dance, its adult time.

    However, while the legs got toned with DANCE REVO yesterday, belly dance puts a big strain on stomach and lower back! It requires muscles that usually arent put to much use, so it seemed highly effective. This should slim the stomach and lift up the buttocks! But tomorrow will be ssroom on tango-like footwork.

    Then, we entered the Bath Girls-only Gathering, but the contents of the ss were too risky. Then even Angelica-san joined in, exining the effects! Doing this led to that, and doing that to that resulted in that, and the differences in reaction when licking or tracking with lips, she carefully went into all of that in great detail. Ah, another one sunk!

    Take, down, first Cant be, on the receiving end youll die? Go mad? Will go un, con, sci, ous.

    Kyaaaa (*bubble bubble*)

    Apparently, its offensive power that matters, and guarding is pointless. Failing to push through will result in receiving a counter, and taking such a stimting attack that it would feel like you are about to die or go insane, which will make you faint! Sex Kind is terrifying!

    Mind. Memory. nk

    Nooooooooo (*blub blub*)

    The girls are having blood rush to their heads and sink one after another. Time to pull up and retreat to the room.

    The elven little sister, Erailia, joined Girls-only gathering after she got the children to sleep, but it seems that for her first participation the contents were too much, as she kept drowning with a bright red face, but aftering back to her senses, she earnestly listened to the continuation while clenching her fists with a bright red blush.

    Everyone is hurrying, anxious to hear whats next, but still taking their time to carefullyb their hair. It was Haruka-kun who cut it after all, and even this brush was made by Haruka-kun. It was expensive though.

    Then, putting hair bands which went on sale along with leotards we moved to the room. From here on its a practical lecture with demonstration on top of the bed.

    The-the tongue from below even if pinned down!

    E-eeeh, spotting the weakness hed y bite there!?

    Even with hands and legs restrained, the tentacles are still squirming around

    And-and he freely uses Vibration Magic too? A simple touch cane with a vibration?!

    Looks like obtaining skills in this world gave birth to a terrifying monster. He shouldve had nothing but junk skills, but what is this direction they are collectively taking? Well, he did manage to defeat the Dungeon Emperors duo?

    Even tracing with a finger is dangerous? Lewd Artsare crazy!

    The effects extend even to the tentacles The Great Demon Lord of Tentacles and Sex King!

    An offense has to be carried out while gluing to him, or he will get away and it will bepletely one-sided, but sticking tight to him means those tentacles and vibration

    And with Regeneration Lv 7 he recovers immediately! Pawooo?!

    No, no one said pawoo? I dont think That elephant-san can trumpet? But well, instant recovery is certainly terrifying. In a drawn-out battle it will leave onepletely at his mercy. A monster with menacing fighting power,bat durability, and recovery strength, that is Sex King.

    But if we are talking about regeneration~, then we have the pres here~.

    Oh, right.

    Then the pres will be tanking attacks, the rest is on offense.

    She is going to tank them With her own body while regenerating.

    Whoooa, taking those maddening attacks while infinitely regenerating?

    She is going to take that tentacle hell with her own body? Wont she melt?

    Why am I the tank? Why am I pushed alone into this like a sacrifice?! Or rather, I never said a thing about taking him on? And m-m-melting!

    W-w-w-why am, am, am I supposed to be the one taking him on?! S-S-Such, tons of tentacles with Vibration and Lewd Arts crawling all over the body, n-n-n-no way! And, and, and Haruka-kun using his t-tongue to li-li-lick, to lick such ah! Ah, and p-y-biting. (*phweeee*)

    Medic~, the usual mushroom please~.

    (*nom*)

    Such a coward, its going to take a while.

    Yeah.

    Perhaps because I was irritated about drama y, but looks like being teased by everyone hit me in the soft spot. I know this myself, but its still frustrating. And Haruka-kun who is trying to watch it without any care is also Haruka-kun! I mean, what he wants to see is definitely not the y, but the Warrior Maidens in bikinis!

    Angelica-san and Nefertiri-san made up their resolve, and sharpening their minds dressed up and went to Haruka-kuns room. Today there are body-conscious mini one-pieces dresses.

    And another battle is going to begin.

    Both of them just want to please Haruka-kun and see him happy? Why does he fight against it? They are offering him their deepest gratitude and most intimate love, but he has to counterattack them, creating chaotic skirmishes every night,peting for the best pleasure (takedown) score. Im sure that tonight too, sparks will scatter on the battlefield, and an endless battle will unfold, exhausting the limits of Lewd Arts. Heights of Sexual Technique is a form of expression of respect, loyalty, and courtesy to someone one respects and loves by devoting to them ones body and self, so why does it be an endless hell of Sexual Vs Lewd arts? Thats kind of lewd?

 Chapter 308

    Chapter 308

    Day 74  Nighttime, the Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    Partly as an experiment, Im making new anklets. Anklets with many charms that can be used for belly dance.

    And with three effects applied to them, elerationEvasionsh Stepthey make for an extraordinary piece of equipment. I mean, previously, with an ordinary-tier magic stone only one effect couldve been applied? Getting two with a high-tier magic stone was a good oue, you know? And now, with what is most likely E or D tier magic stone, its three. With improvement in technical skill the quality of resulting items have also greatly increased.

    As I thought, it improved, or rather, the difference is so clear that its more like, there is a gap by an order of magnitude?

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    With Wisdom revolutionizing crafting techniques, and boostingEvil Hands efficiency, uracy, precision, and speed had entered a new dimension. But more importantly, the control is easy. It was hiding because of this superb performance, so if this went out of control there is a good chance it can be life threatening. Well, its always life threatening, so there is no point in worrying about such a thing.

    Ill have to fully renew the equipment of the ssmates. The difference in performance with new items is so remarkable, that updating equipment can be considered essential. This is going to protect their lives, and increase the probability of survival.

    In other words, Ill have to make everything again, huh. With basic performance being this different, I probably should redo things from the measurement and drafting stage. But considering Evil Hands current impact, it seems too dangerous to do bottom, most likely, bras are the limit. Even gather belts are too risky.

    At the moment, nothing beats good dungeon items after they are mitrilified, however, the dresses Im making right now will end up an equipment of higher rank than ordinary dungeon items after mithrilification. There is a need to revise everything in regards to equipment, and I also now can make certain items fromLets Go Magic Tools!which I previously couldnt touch due to the excessive degree of difficulty.

    Casual clothes are going to be unbeatable, no? Well, I also haveOn Alchemy and Smithing, so perhaps I may be able to make weapons too. Even though the speed of manufacturing has increased, since it alsoes with an increase inplexity of work, I still end up with overtime on side job. Side Job-sans turn just never ends, huh?

    (Jiggle Jiggle)

    But first, rings. I want to boost Abnormal Status Resistance as much as possible.But a diamond on prongs isnt suited for everyday use?

    Well, I can just consider it a practice. I feel like its a waste of high-grade magic stones, but the girls really wanted this, so might as well do it. I have more than enough magic stones anyway. But considering that they can be turned into mana batteries, its certainly a waste. Dungeon exploration brings more benefit than war. Magic stones and equipment are more valuable than gold, you know?

    Making the ring out of a magic stone, then turning tinum color What do I do about the stone? I do have diamonds, Performance-wise, its peaky. Although it can provide a high instantaneous resistance, it wouldst only for several tens of seconds.Well, if you use good magic stones, basic performance alone should be enough. But it kind of feels like a waste~?

    (Bounce Bounce)

    So diamonds after all. I have more than a hundred, so using 22 is not a big deal, but using high grade magic stones hurts a bit. I have like a mountain of them stockpiled, but a waste still feels like a waste. If we were diving into dungeons daily I probably wouldnt have thought this way, since I was even troubled by how fast they were umting, but when the reserves only keep depleting it does feel like a waste?

    Im currently holding a colossal fortune, actually being a hyper magnate, but turns out, there is unexpectedly no way of spending this money? No, there is, but actual goods have more value.

    I already bought up everything of note that the Capital had. Diamonds were part of that. I thought that I could exploit their instantaneous explosive ability increase to create long range shooting staffs (sniper rifle), but looks like they are going to be rings? I bought a whole lot of various stuff, but everyone is demanding diamonds. I wonder why the girls want burst buffs for Abnormal Status Resistances?

    The crown part of the ring is going to berge, but I guess its better not to bury the stone in. Well, they are going to wear gloves with the dresses, so if they are going to put rings on top of the gloves, then I guess a bit excessive design would be better?

    For the dresses, I made 3 samples each of mermaid, princess, and frills, with temporary sewing, as they seemed to be in highest demand, but if they get stuck on this, they might never make up their minds, going through infinite variations? They must be still wracking their heads and groaning over this at Girls-only gathering. Which reminds me, they oftene for healing mushroomstely, is there a fever going around? Lets give them some bigger ones next time.

    Along the way, I also made various samples ofce gloves, frilled garters, low heel pumps andce veils. It goes without saying that the size of torsos was adjusted for Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl-san. Since its made with Multicolor, I set everything to red or blue, but for some reason, everyone is really insistent on white, just why is it? Something to do with the Kingdoms fashion trends?

    However, those two have such great figures that they look sexy even as just torsos. Its a secret that I unintentionally tried to gently caress them. And its an absolute secret that I groped them a bit too.

    As I focused on the work, the originals of those erotic torsos came back. They mustve had fun at the Girls-only gathering today too, both of them are smiling widely.

    We are back.Back home. Back to the room. Together.

    Wee back, did you have fun? Im slightly busy right now, if you want something from the finished items, let me know? I can adjust them immediately, and I also ept orders for custom-made stuff~? The dresses over there are for you, so you can show them off to everyone tomorrow?

    The two immediately had their eyes fixed on the newly made dresses. Their gazes entranced and even intoxicated? Well, I guess dresses are special for girls. They also have high stats.

    And as Im working towards a good point to pause for today, the two sat down on the bed, looking my way. I very much want to join them, but its a delightful boundary from which there is no return, crossing that there is noing back, and the moment you look back, you are gone again, a direct one-way ticket for gxy express leading past the threshold into the Shangri of infinite pleasures!

    Forcing myself to persevere, I focus on the side job. Naturally, Rajingan is super staring at them. After all, two beautiful girls in tight mini dresses are sitting there constantly changing poses, crossing their legs, W-Sitting, continuously making long-range shing attack, which are aplishing far more than just setting my highschool boys heart on fire, counting instead as arge-scale arson, creating a small Honn-ji [1] in the room. T-They set me up?

    However,the strain from Wisdom-san is huge. If I focus too much, I get this weird feeling as if my brain is getting stirred. Even so, I want to raise the safety of the gear. If this can save their lives, then I dont care about some strain or pain. I dont care, but I keep catching glimpses of something nice

    Kuh, its a trap!

    To think the two would sit grasping their knees while wearing super tight mini ones-pieces! Moreover, they are opening their legs bit-by-bit, shing from M-pose which looks more like W(ee) from here, inviting a highschool boy into the danger zone with its dangerous temptation, a Charm Trap that ignores resists! Is this the effect of Temptation?

    Armored Pres-san is wearing a ck off-shoulder dress on pure white skin, with snow-white thighs visible in Absolute Territory between the tight mini skirt and ck kneesocks, from which she is casting Temptation on me!

    Dancing Girl-san beside her is wearing a white high-neck sleeveless tight mini dress, exposing her amber skin, while her soft thighs are jiggling, following the winding of her long legs in transparent ck stockings, bewitching me with Aphrodisiac effect!

    This is a monochrome Temptation magic! I-I cant resist this spell! What an outrageous design, no, I actually was the one who made those? Yeah, I did?

    Eye of Naked Body already began automatically recording, as expected ofWisdom-san, it knows whats up Wait, just when Rajingan was renamed to Eye of Naked Body? Its Rajingan, okay! I kind of feel like its not exactly wrong too, since both are used for the same purpose, its fine, I guess.

    Then, casually moving her hand to Mysterious triangle zone she is nonchntly moving it there, casting Berserk. T-The monochrome attack from under there tooooooo!!!

    New item. Anklet. Put it on?

    Put it On me too Please

    Saying that the two stretched their long and beautiful legs towards me Putting anklets on tho-tho-those legs, oooooHHH! (Highschool boy supernova!)

    It goes without saying, but the level ofSex King has increased. Yeah, at this rate I might get the skillLimit Break!

 Chapter 309

    Chapter 309

    Day 75  Morning, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch.

    Despite severeck of sleep, its a very refreshing morning. Waking up with full refreshing strength, my highschool boy-like awakening also followed, which was then lickingly attacked over and over again with such vigor that not even Regeneration Lv 7 could help mest. That aside, I wonder why am I restrained with chains in a star pose as soon as I wake up?

    Kuh, they got me! Or rather, they tied me? This must be a nice morning payback forst nights frenzied pleasant hell of vibrating Evil Hands with Lewd Arts.

    Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl-san are running their tongues over a raw mushroom from two sides. Taking turns putting it into their mouths they are hungrily sucking on it. Thats right, its the endless one-sided massacre with a highschool boy repeatedly getting defeated after recovering through forced restoration! Yup, Im wide awake now!!

    Then, I head to the dining hall, rushed by the duo, who are strangely merry since the morning, even though its entirely their fault that Im gettingte? But well, they seem happy, so whatever, or rather, it seems they are delighted over being over to exact their revenge. Fine, then tonight its Revenger Highschool boy time.

    And in the dinner hall, among the usual faces, were Royal Girl and Merimeri-san, hanging out with the girls?

    Kyaaa, so pretty, so lovely, charming, and dazzling!

    Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girls-san arrived wearing the dresses that I finished yesterday,motion erupted among the girls, and the children are also making a ruckus.

    The boys? Completed the art of being the same with the air, might soon be thousand winds? [1] They could start calling themselves Thousand Winds! But if they went with Windows it probably would spread better!

    While Im wondering what business couldve brought Royal Girl and Merimeri-san here, they are making a huge uproar looking at Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl-sans dresses from all sides. Well, I never paid them a penny of sry, so there is no issue with payment in kind, but there is currently a big issue with measurements that it would require.

    The girls are giving them first-hand ounts of their experience with measurements, but despite having a bright red blush on their faces, out of all things, they are clinging super hard to the part about underwear! And then one shing it is as expected Vice Pres B-san, as expected, she was actually a very dangerous character! Just which part of her allowed her to getFirst ce in Good Person Ranking? Ah, but that is some good stuff, they are bouncing? (bounce bounce)

    And since she is opening her clothes to show off her bra, the boys, who already were one with the air, had vaporized, polluting the air? Looks like a powerful air cleaner is required.

    Haruka-san! Please make them for us too, well work for it!

    Aah, well, after so much showing off, they would end up wanting the same. but I already gave dresses to Royal Girl and Merimeri-san? Royal Girls one was super lewd though.

    Apparently, Royal Girl wants red and Merimeri-san pink, but its Multicolor? Just set the color yourself?

    And apparently, Im going to be taking measurements in the morning. Normally, there would be no issues with taking measurements during the morning, but Im sure it is going to be a huge problem, incident, and uproar. Well, since its a rare asion, lets make one for Maid Girl as well. I mean, they have the same physique anyway, since she is a body double for Royal Girl, so its quite convenient.

    S-s-s-s-s-s-stripping Her Highness naked, s-s-s-s-such insolence! A crime! Its a criminal indecency with treacherous intent toward the Royal Family! Even capital punishment is too lenient! You should be arrested under special indecencyws!

    Come on, I told you, there will be a proper Proper? Well, there is a Blindfold President, in name only, who is going to make sure to keep my eyes covered, so in theory, Im not going to see a thing, so will be fine, or rather, she still wasnt dismissed, I wonder why? For some reason, the visibility keeps going up, while vision blocking ability keeps dropping, despite already being despairingly low? Kind of?

    Howe a person, who is covering my mouth or trying to pull open my eyes with so much force that she is threatening to tear my eyelids off, was able to be Blindfold President, and not a single person is raising any objections to that? Perhaps she was able to ovee the resistance with her authority as Dungeon Emperor? But she retired from that position quite some time ago?

    We will be in your care!

    You absolutely mustnt look, alright? I will gouge out your eyeballs if you dare to open them.

    My first concern would be still about my eyelids being torn off, that will probably make gouging eyes out a lot easier!

    Please tell that to the person in charge of blindfolding and not to me? Or rather, I can actually do this while facing the other way, but she keeps trying to force me look over here, holding my head with both hands and using all her might, which should be more than suspicious, and is a cause to make all of rms go off, but she still remains the person in charge of blindfolding. This person in charge of blindfolding, puts such an emphasis on transparency and full disclosure of information, that I wish someone would properly tell her off already. Im rather serious?

    And now, deploy Evil Hands.

    Activate.

    And herees pandemonium.

    Pandemonium, originally emerged as the name of the pce built in the middle of Hell, in John Miltons Paradise Lost, created bybining Greek pan  all, with Latin daemonium  evil spirit, but came to mean wild and noisy disorder or confusion Well, its something?

    AAAAAaaah! A, A, A, A, A AGH, AGHAGHA, GAH, GAGAAGAGAGAh(*flop*)

    Kyyah, Aah, wai-, in-in-in-insolence, wha-a-ah-AAGGAGHHAAAAAAHH(*flop*)

    Hyawawawah! Hya, Ah, eh, not thereee, eeh, eh, eEHEEEHEooh(*flop*)

    I thought that they wouldntst long, so I tried to deploy arge number of Evil Hands, performing measurements at very high speed, but this in turn seems to have increased the stimtion, transforming it into destructive power. They didntst even a minute RIP?

    Its rather difficult to work with them lying on the floor, there is no doubt about that, and Im always having troubles with this, but well? They are hanging now?

    Considerate Dancing Girl saw the issue and restraining them with chains, nicely hanged them from the ceiling in hooray pose, how thoughtful of her? I cant say that I dont feel that there is some sort of an issue with this, but this definitely makes adjustments a lot easier. Since they are going to struggle again when they wake up, Ill try to finish adjustments and revisions while I have this chance. But wonder do I get this feeling that my Affection Rating-san is going further and further away, putting already cosmic scale distances between us? Just why?

    The tempting curves of Royal Girl and her body doubles super sexy bodies lead Evil Hands astray, bing a major reason for idental slips with their smooth and silky skins, and while I had my feel of feedback from Evil Hands, I finished underwear and dresses base. Naturally, a garter belt is a part of baseline equipment too. The rest of adjustments and design modification can be done after hearing out theirments when they wake up and try them up.

    Merimeri-san appeared like a middle-schooler to me, but she already has greatly outdone Vice Pres A-san and C-san, and that gap with only continue to increase with her growth period. Yeah, she is getting bigger. The basic design is that of princess line but withce and drills arranged in three-roll-two drape, giving off a pomp feel. This leaves only to add some corrections and bnce adjustments and it should be good. Now that I think of it, a naked middle-school girl hanging on chains does give me a certain suspicion that this is not a scene that would be particrly well-received by a society, so I think it would be better if I dont think any further about this? It certainly wouldve been a crime if I was stripping her, but since Im doing the exact opposite, making clothes, and putting them on her, its probably alright?

    And well, since they are already hanging, I use the opportunity to also make shoes for all three, marking thepletion of work for now. I think it didnt take me even 15 minutes? Thats fast. But considering their violent twitching, the offensive power has gone up way too much.

    They are already fully equipped with underwear, dresses, shoes, gloves, and garter belts on, so there should be no issue with opening my eyes, there shouldve been no issues, but thats definitely not the case.

    Yeah, having a kingdoms princess, a youngdy of a noble house, and apanying maid, hanging from the ceiling unconscious, bound by chains, kind of makes for a fatally viinously brutish image seeping with plenty of wickedness worth an infinite number of negative Affection Rating. Why does it make me feel that my Affection Rating-san has run away at lightspeed with such momentum as if its trying to get to the other side of the macrocosm?

    No, I mean, I simply made clothes for them? They asked me to do it, so I did, so what the hell with Affection Rating-san escaping at the speed of 299792458m/s?

    Well, lets just give up if the speed goes over 300000km per second. Now then, I should be able to finish dresses for the girls tonight, and Royal Girl andpany also had outfits prepared. Then dance battle conquest of the Royal Pce and ykings subjugation could be carried out tomorrow, I guess? Well, this can be left up to Meripapa-san to decide, I guess?

    The equipment is perfect, the only question left is how the nobles will react.

    With the decadent nobles being purged from the Capital and the real power falling into the hands of upstanding nobles and the Royal Family leading them, there is should be no issues left. There might be some small fries left here and there, but as proper structure solidifies, they should be left with no room left to meddle, or a chance to evere to prominence. But countryside nobles are different. Among the Four Great Marquess Houses, one sided with the First Prince but the pig faction has lost its power, so its going to be demolished, another one supported the Second Prince the monkey faction also was purged, so its going to remain in name only, but in fact is also to be demolished. But, that leaves two houses that didnt join the rebel forces since they were at odds with those two houses, but also didnt act for the sake of the Royal Family.

    The battle for the Kingdom is over. Are they going to kneel and pledge their loyalty? Or are they going to try to do something? If they arent on our side, then they are the same as enemies, and if they are enemies, we must be prepared and have means to crush them. Its an instant victory if its about military power, its an easy victory if its about economic power, and even in terms of political power, the Royal Family has formed a unified front with the Frontiers count and the Capitals nobles. Well, I guess its underhanded means then?

    But even now, after such a long wait, and all of the signboards that I installed at every corner, to guide and wee the would-be attackers, there is not a single assassin (beautiful female assassin) showing up. Just when Beautiful Female Assassins are going toe?

    This scene looks way too suspicious, reminding of That sort of thing, and leaving them unconscious is also kind of pitiful, so I showed three healing mushrooms of the lowest tier into their mouths, and oh, how wondrous, the scene looks even worse than before? I wonder why?

    As expected, making shorts is way too dangerous, and leads to the most outrageous oue. Yeah, I think this is the face one shouldnt make before one gets married?

    Haruka-kuun, when you are done with this, please make more womens clothes Wait, what the hell are you doing here?! This is definitely GUILTY! Well be taking you into custody!

    Yeah, this entire scene kind of smelt like a crime, so I thought I might get scolded, and I got scolded after all? Or rather, Im being hauled off as caught red-handed?

    Do you have anything to say in your defense?

    This pattern again. Looks like Im going to have to exin the mechanism of this world, in other words, me doing nothing wrong at all, again.

    No, you got it all wrong. They asked me to make clothes for them, so I was making them clothes, and then they all copsed, and just when I thought that its difficult to work with them lying on the floor, a passing-by nicedy in the face Dancing Girl-san hang them on chains and since wasting that kindness wouldve been infinitely cruel, I made clothes while they were handing and in my thorough care fully dressed them, and also prepared shoes, fully finishing the outfits, but since they just wouldnt wake up I went for the first aid and introduced some mushrooms into their mouths, so I did nothing wrong? I merely made clothes and provided some medical attention. I havent done anything indecent or dirty, but it kind of does feel like oops, Ive done it, but I wasnt the one who hung them? Kind of?

    GUILTY, why you just left them hanging like that!

    I mean, if I left them down, the dresses that I just made would get wrinkles and dirt on them, but it got me scolded anyway? No, Im pretty sure if I undressed them to avoid wrinkles when I put them down, I still wouldve gotten scolded? It seems that this world is overflowing with all sorts of false usations, matching the number of existing possibilities. Like, I get falsely used no matter what I do? Its so puzzling?

 Chapter 310

    Chapter 310

    Day 75  Daytime, the Capital, the Royal Pce

    The top floor of the Royal Castle Diorer. Absolutely imprable marvel of defense that none can infiltrate. There, in a certain room for noble visitors, a boy in a ck mantle is eating a packed lunch. It seems tasty.

    Finally here. Errr, if its tomorrow or after, then any day is fine, Ive finished with weaponry preparations, and with everyone gathered and ready to move out in full battle gear I think we can beat the Royal Pce immediately, but do we have to get invited every time? Or rather, Ive already been here dozens of times for a restocking, a regr visitor if you will, even without a guide, Ipletely memorized theyout of the underground storage, and have full grasp of hidden rooms and corridors, so I cane and go any time and reach any area? Is what I came to say?

    It seems this is what he came to say.

    Certainly, he is now casually eating a meal in the most well-guarded room inside the fortress under protection ofUltimate Lockand the Royal Guard. He appeared before the messenger that was sent to his ce could return. In such a case hed have no problem taking both the Capital and the Royal Castle. Killing Kuzaryusvery (Second Prince) at any given moment was within his ability, as well as even destroying the Royal Castle itself.

    This boy, who isnt just acting nonchnt in the presence of Mellotosam Shim Omui hailed as the Kingdom of the Frontier, but chattering with hints of the entire situation being somewhat of a bother to him, is that ck-haired strategist, the foreigner called Haruka. That is our benefactor and the savior of the Kingdom, and the very person behind the miracle of the Frontier.

    Tomorrow is just right, the nobles and the visitors have already gathered, so lets ask that King over thereKing, its cool, right?, it seems it is, so tomorrow night Ill send someone to pick you up, so could you allow yourself to be invited? No, its not a problem if you just waltz in on your own, but you are being weed as an invitee, so if thats not possible, just attend normally, no need to beat anyone. Or rather, Haruka-kun, there is not a single massage chair in the Royal Castle, could you ce at least one here? Long journeys really take a toll on my back. Good grief, getting called here over and over again like I work at this ce or something.

    When I came to talk privately with Mellotosam, I found that this boy in a ck cloak was here as well. Wismregzero-dono, the legendary magic swordsman, considered by some the strongest bodyguard on the continent, was merely looking with a smile.

    And this careless attitude. Its nothing out of the ordinary for Mellotosam outside of the publics eyes, but this boy, facing the Kingdoms King, and being well aware of that, is still casually making small talk like he doesnt care at all.

    Dungeon yer, the Lord of the Frontier, the Mushroom Evangelist, the Lord of the Evil Forest, the Strategist of Annihtion, ughterer of Monsters, Dungeon Ruler, Souvenir Store Manager, the Slums Messiah, the Liberator of the Capital, the Master of Scythes of Death, Elusive Phantom of Death, the ck-haired boy known to everyone by a different nickname. God of War Mellotosam calls him benefactor of the Frontier, the previous Knight Princess Murimur called him Killer of Tragedies, and Miss Meriel called him One who doesnt ept the impossible.

    Just as his names would have it, he annihted the stampedes from the nine dungeons that wouldve destroyed the Kingdom, and wiped out the nobles army which numbers are said to have been somewhere in between 40,000 or 50,000 people strong.

    Since I was unconscious thest time, this makes it our first meeting, Haruka-kun. Nice to meet you. Im Diarusez di Diorer that was saved by you, for my job, Im employed as the King here, more or less, though Im just a foolish King, so its just in name only. Let me formally thank you for saving the Frontier and this Kingdom. Although mere thanks definitely wouldnt be enough, and as I heard you even saved my daughter And I think my brother mustve caused you trouble too, but let me thank you as their family too. And Im really sorry for my foolish sons.

    I guess its good that its a private meeting? There are too many nobles and bureaucrats who wouldve had issues with their King bowing head to anyone. However, not showing gratitude and respect to the ones deserving of it is far greater of an issue, and it doesnt matter how much we thank this person, it still wouldnt be anywhere near enough. The nameless foreigner? While his name itself isnt known, is there anyone in the Kingdom who hasnt heard of the Dungeon yer? Is there any citizen of the Capital, who hasnt heard of the Slums Messiah? If all of the rumors currently circting through the Kingdom are about him, then its only natural to bow head in gratitude.

    Mellotosam was narrating with tears in his eyes, Lady Murimur was talking as if she was gazing at the great heights, and the princess of the Frontier Lady Meriel replied with a troubled expression, but all of them were overflowing with gratitude. The Kingdom left alone to its demise the Frontier, where the entire continent pushed their tragedies to seal them for good. The benefactors of the entire continent, House Omui, shouldered those tragedies and continuously protected the Frontier. Doomed Omui of the Farthest Land.

    And he is the one who is said to have brought them happiness.

    Allowing everyone to smile.

    Its not strange to find it hard to believe.

    But looking at the orphans in the slums, I can tell.

    They did be happy.

    It is not possible, no one can do anything about this, its hopeless, even trying is pointless, its already beyond help, this is what everyone was saying in unison, instead of voicing any ideas to remedy the situation, let alone actual solutions. The sealed fates that everyone already gave up on. One of the rumored ck-haired maidens was calling him Mass killer of tragedies, and another oneDestroyer of the impossibleand another one Natural enemy ofmon sense.

    The tragic fate of the Frontier was killed.

    The inescapable doom of destruction was crushed.

    Along with themon sense calling it impossible.

    Thats why Mellotosam is calling the boy who made the impossible dreame trueBenefactors of all sessive generations of Omui.

    And that boy,

    He doesnt seem like a ya! Wait, is he fake? But if ykingcks y-part Then what hes even called?

    Its a King, told you already. Eerm, and could you please treat that like a King in public? I mean, its like the Kingdoms main poster?

    Its, like a poster? After all that happened, I wouldnt be able toin if my ipetent self was killed either by this boy or Omui House, but isnt this treatment a bit much?

    I mean, if its yking, he has to be saying stuff like Lets rock this jointorLets party~, right? Thats the one we are talking about?

    Lets rock? Joint? If necessary, we can have that say it?Lets rock this joint, right? And we are going to have a party (ball) too? You are invited, you remember? Its not a big deal if you forget That, but please remember this? Also, its fine not to memorize Thats name, but could you remember my name already? Its all Meri or Muri but Mello is noting up at all. Even though Im Mellotosam, Meripapa-san is kind of close, but not quite.

    That And they are going to make me say something?! Lets rock this joint? Is that some sort of foreign greeting? Ive not heard it before, but it sounds kind of irritating? Do I have to say it?

    Which reminds me, Shariceres went to the Souvenir Store, werent you together? I hope at least she isnt causing you any troubles, she is a stubborn girl whose only interests lie with fighting, giving me quite a lot of headache in the past, but when I saw her recently, after finally waking up, she had changed beyond recognition. That was quite a surprise. She mustve learned her lesson in the Frontier. Sorry for both parent and daughter causing trouble? Dont tell me that my brother did something too? Was everything alright? He is quite serious at his core, and also bullheaded, obsessing over formalities, but he is doing his best in his own way.

    Shari? Sharishari-san? Ah, you mean Royal Girl? Yeah, she dropped by. She and Merimeri-san seemed to have much fun trying clothes, hanging, sucking, and going hooray, so I left them there? Yeah, they are like, arent getting up?

    Just what these girls are doing? I can understand trying clothes, but what is it about having fun handing, sucking and hooraying?

    Does the party have some sort of a limit for the number of participants? Even if there is, it doesnt really matter, since we can just enter on our own regardless, but the hidden passages here are narrow, so if we try to squeeze with arge crown we might end up with a situation where the party wouldnt be among our concerns, having to survive a marvelous threat to my life as my HP drops into single digits, just barely holding out against the waves of squishy, and jiggly flesh, pressuring me with lovely smooth skin, totally blocking the passage and causing a traffic jam? Kind of?

    Any number is fine, he will wee everyone. No need to worry about how much you eat, fuss, or break, That will do something about it.

    So this is a conversation between the King of the Frontier and the Dungeon yer A king is nothing butThat? That will do something, huh, well, Ill do anything. If its within my power, then anything is fine. I owe them much more than that. Im sure I owe them countless debts none of which I can hope to ever pay back. Im eternally indebted to those two, there is no way for me to say no to them.

    They are poking fun and joking, but normally, it wouldve been only natural for me to be killed by now. Being harshly rebuked and belittled is but a matter of course, Im not even in a position tough it off. Since everything is ultimately my responsibility as a king, but those two shouldered all of it, fought, and won.

    The Royal Family is no different than a decoration, and Im in turn also but a decorative king. But if everyone is fine with that, then I can at least take responsibility, and perform my duty that way, since putting this head of mine on the line and taking responsibility for everything is the only thing I can do.

    Im not a person worth including in heroic epics, then I can at least be a figurehead to shoulder responsibility for the heroes.

    Ever since my friend seeded as the lord of the Frontier, anguish was carved into his face, with deep exhaustion showing even through his smile, but today I was able to see him happilyugh from the bottom of his heart, that alone is enough for me.

    Our Royal Family put this burden upon him and forced him to fight alone against inevitable doom, if he was able to make him smile, then that alone makes him a benefactor of our Royal Family. Our Royal Family was unable to repay the generations of Omui, if he is a benefactor of sessive generations of Omui, then it makes him a benefactor of sessive generations of our Royal Family. Lets includeKingdoms Benefactoramong his names too.

    But what Shariceres was sucking?

 Chapter 311

    Chapter 311

    Day 75  Evening, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    A highschool boy with a side job in message delivery came with a notice. Stalker Girl and her Father, are still recouping and their nsmen were left at the Frontier to keep an eye over the situation, so the store managing highschool boy with a side job in message delivery has to run around.

    It was decided that the raid on the Royal Pce that weve been invited to happens on the night of tomorrow, so hurry up and make up your minds on the dresses already? Also, there wont be a need to change outfits! So one dress should be enough after all, so why are all of you demanding three changes of clothes? Why every time I see you there are even more design drafts? Just look at this, A party dress for afterparty party, the ball is the party! This one isEvening Dress too, the evening dress is for an event that is held in evening, if you are going to order that at least call it afternoon dress, but since the event is in evening, the evening dress is what you need first!

    Just how many dresses are they intending to take with them? I dont think there will be any use for them once we go back to the Frontier? I mean, the only noble there is Meripapa-san, who only keeps inviting trouble without ever inviting to any parties? If he ever has any business with me, in 90% of cases, its about new massage chairs or adding new functions.

    Alright, then well bear with one dress for now, and then the second er?

    Yeah, we wont be able to decide until tomorrow night, so two outfits can wait forter.

    Aaah, which one should I pick? Two for tomorrow, and then two moreter?

    That works too!

    It doesnt! Stop right there! The number didnt just casually go up, it went up with quite a majestic openness? Howe the conversation moved from not needing more than one back to two and the almost deciding on three only to make a sudden unanimous decision on four with only eye contact,pletely passing the deliberation phase, and even cing an order to me with a through pass in a direct pass, and the goal is somehow wide open!

    The number of outfits increasing to four right after Iined that one should be enough is the greatest mystery of this world, but I suspect the number might increase to eight if I unravel it, so lets just withdraw for now. The vertical spike in the rate at which additional orders areing, is so steep that even the greatest of mountaineers would be shaken from looking at it!

    The boys, on the other hand, have no demands at all. Rather giving off the impression that they want to wear none of this at all. Im the same, you know? I mean, tuxedo and a bowtie? Thats too much to bother with, so I absolutely wont allow you to escape on your own! If Im going down Im taking the Geeks with me? Being able to take the Idiots as a bonus is PRICELESS?

    Haruka-kun, I decided, this one, please! A garter and underwear included, Im fully resolved! Main emphasis on the defensive power, Im sure I will be able to protect everyone with this dress!

    The Shield Pres is holding two tightly gripped fists in front of her to signify her resolve. A drape-line long dress with arge puffy skirt. In contrast with the voluminous skirt design, which emphasizes defense, the upper part is sleeveless with a halter neck and the back is fully open? Protection for the legs only? Well, mana protection can cover that part easily, even bikini armor could work even, but it seems they dont want to participate in the ball wearing bikinis together? Even though they are so popr now? Bikini-wearing maidens, or rather, they are the ones on whom the characters were based though? But they are against it.

    And I also received orders for everyones belly dance outfits. Doing everything at once should also reduce damages. For some reason after having clothing orders forced on me, and going through the trouble of making everything despite the embarrassment, theye to scold me with blushing faces? What? Be gentler? Tell that to Evil Hands, not to me? If they wanted more lewder, that I diligently study and practice daily, but gentler? Evil Hands already have a very gentle soft touch? I dont get it?

    Haruka-san, are you sure about making a dress even for me? My idiot of a brother caused you such trouble, and you even provided me with medical treatment, or rather, I was given such precious mushrooms, and yet allowed to live such a nice lifestyle, and now, on top of all that, even a dress?

    TL Note: This was supposed to be two parts, but I didnt want to split, so just wait for a bit, Ill add the rest of the chapter here in a few hours

 Chapter 312

    Chapter 312

    Day 75  Nighttime, the Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    During the night we took a rest after doing ONE MORE SET, and then focused on the practice for the ball. The princess and Meriel-sama taught us the basics, But Nefertiri-san managed to memorize everything from seeing it just once, and is now instructing us with a perfect arrangement of her own. The boys ran away. Only Haruka-kun stuck around until getting one passing mark and immediately escaped to the bath.

    Nefertiri-sans educational policy says that its beneficial to learn both male and female parts. So its an extra hard ball ball (DANCE DANCE) practice with girls only. But she has a point, after trying to lead in male part, you have an

 Chapter 313

    Chapter 313

    Day 75  Nighttime, The Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    Aah, what a bother, what a drag, I can already feel the time stretching like a cheese, speaking of which, how about some noodles with it? No, even if I ask how about, I still havent gotten to proper ramen, and thinking of curry is even more absurd, even so, its such a drag.

    The ball is exactly the ce for the person known under the pen name of M-san to make an appearance and go on guillotine-swinging rampage, which actually sounds a lot more fun! I mean, its such a pain, but Royal Girl and Merimeri-san said they are going to stay here for tonight, so I wont be able to make an escape. Or rather, the girls seem to be looking forward to it a lot, practicing dance even now with zealous enthusiasm.

    Getting it canceled would be too much of a pity, so I have no choice but to go.

    Ending up in such a world they kept going from one battle with monsters to another, and this time even got involved in a war, going through lots of hardship, so it should be fine to have a bit of fun. They are that overjoyed about this, so lets put up with a bit of trouble. Holding hands with a girl is embarrassing for a highschool boy, you know? But tentacles seem not allowed.

    Im also not letting the Geeks and Idiots get away tomorrow. Ive just tied them up and threw them into the underground jail to prevent them from escaping, so it should be fine. Yeah, they were trying to run away on their own, can you imagine? I knew theyd try something like that, so I had Demon Scythes monitoring them, and turns out I was right. They arent going anywhere.

    Well, I have no intentions or desire to dance, but since I might get scolded I learned the dance anyway. Yeah, all I had to do is observe it with Rajingan, record it withWisdomand then move my body with MuppetandBody Control, so it was easy. After all, its simple motions (dance) that dont involve any magic power, skills, or unique body maniption.

    Well, a necktie, or rather ribbon tie, or rather, Id like to fly away, or rather, I wish I was a butterfly? Not really, but my white ribbon tie is being a butterfly, pping around due to the butterfly effect? So its annoying? Just who came up with this? What exactly is the fun part? I struggle toprehend. Well, getting close and personal with the girls might be fun, but if that was the point then I wouldve been better off in highschool girl bodypile, with a closer than close contact with added bonus of disheveled clothes, threatening to send me on one-way trip to paradise with densely squished bodies, which is a bit of an open secret of sorts, not like Im trying to hide it though?

    (Jiggle-Jiggle)

    Since its a social dance, it must involve socializing, but I have no business getting chummy with the Kingdoms nobles. It also serves as a ce for young nobles to make acquaintances, and meet potential partners, but it has nothing to do with us since we are not nobles. What did yking call us for? What if he only wanted to say LETS PARTY?! Damn that yking, unforgivable.

    -really sorry, screwed on edits, trying to wrap it up right now, check back in a few hours-

 Chapter 314

Chapter 314

    work in progress, please wait for a bit

    314 will definitely be avable tomorrow.

 Chapter 315

    Chapter 315

    Day 7X? The Capital, Royal Pce Interior, Room for noble visitors

    The great marquis houses of long history and tradition. Two of the four great noble families that were supposed to keep the Royal Family in check were crushed, upsetting the bnce of power. There is an opportunity in other great marquis families falling into ruin, but there is an issue with the Royal Family bing too powerful.

    Thats because once the Royal Family has a grip on real power, they will definitelye to weaken great marquis houses. Just like we did to the Royal Family, but this time its our turn to be on the receiving end. But the possibility of surviving this predicament with those twins as potential heirs is slim to none.

    They are capable in both sciences and sword, as a hefty sum was spent to make sure they receive an adequate education, but they are debauched womanizers who do nothing aside from ying around. Both of them are wickeddy-killers only good at evil deeds and love affairs. Im long since fed up covering up after their mess But life is a strange thing.

    Cant mess with the Royal Family anymore, so how about seducing the Princess and aiming for the throne through her?

    In that case there will be two positions to fill, new King, and head of our family, so thats just perfect.

    They have education and talent, as well as valor and skill with the sword. But they care for nothing but women But to think that is what is going to be a key to turn around this hopeless situation.

    But will that stiff princess be swayed?

    Women exist to fall for men, Father.

    Princess Shariceres is low on the line of session, but the First and the Second Princes have vanished, dragging other great marquis houses with them. And on top of the other princes being still very young, the Capital is in uproar over the heroic tales of Princess Shariceres deeds. The theater y about Omui of the Frontier and the Kingdoms Princess fighting against the overflowing dungeons has gained the highest poprity even in the Capital.

    You can get the throne and fame at the same time. However, as long as the ball is a celebration of victory, having not participated in the war even a great marquis family would be forced together with other rabble, without an ability to get closer to the seats of honor without being called.

    But you wont even get to sit at the foot of the table. Mere outsiders on the banquet of heroes have no right to evene close.

    Domain of our house Kasgir is located in the west and doesnt share borders with any foreign countries. We became prominent as a city ofmerce, but the ursed Rondanull on the south joined hands with the Merchant Confederation, and taking a tight grip on the economy of the centralnds, propped up the Second Prince, the one of their bloodline.

    Our family hasnt had any daughters, and hence was unable to produce a queen, which hurts, but evenmerce was taken over by the Confederation in one swoop. Thats why even when House Giesdat from the east joined efforts with the Theocracy in an attempt to take over the Kingdom we couldnt team up with Rondanull of the south. As a result, we became bystanders, without taking any action.

    There are still no movements in the north. The head of the family was ovee with an illness, and their only daughter, beingmander of the First Division, cannot move marquis troops. However, as House Skobathus of the north has also refused the Royal Princes request for troops, just like us, they are also at fault.

    But two of the great marquis houses have already perished, and House Shkobathus had circumstances to consider, in addition, their daughter has an aplishment of defending the border with the First Division. In contrast to that, if our House Kasgir was med for simply sitting on the sidelines and doing nothing, we wouldnt be able to make excuses.

    While two nuisances of the noble families were crushed, we are in a state where we cant do anything. But if the Princess were to be seduced the story changes greatly.

    No, even if the Princess herself is impossible, getting the Frontiers Princess Meriel, who climbed ranks of legends along with her, is enough. Ive heard that the Frontier has stabilized, and turned into a prosperous domaintely, and this would also get the formidable rontier army on our side. But whats even more important, if we can monopolize magic stones, it will create greatmercial opportunities, allowing us to operate on the scale of not losing even to the Confederation.

    Can you get Princess Shariceres, and Meriel of Omui? Either would mean a sess greater than seeding House Kasgir, but there is no way for you to get close.

    It doesnt matter if there is a way or not, one simply has to create one, Father.

    Thats right, we can create a path by first getting some of those ck-haired maidens that became famous throughout the Capital with that y.

    Both the Princess and Omuis girl are said to frequent the ck-haired maidens store, so maybe a connection can be made that way?

    Marrying the Princess and Omuis girl and weing the ck-haired maidens as concubines, the Kingdom itself will fall in our grasp. Those two are only good at chasing skirts, but when ites to women, they aredy-killers that wont let any girl slip by. As unworthy these sons of mine might be, at such a time they are very reliable.

    But you wont be able to get close even to those maidens?

    The ck-haired strategist. We just have to win over or threaten that coward that was running around in the y. When the necessity arises we can kill him, and then someone who can take the maidens in will be required.

    That clown in a ck cloak, huh. Then it might work.

    ck-haired maidens are merely servants of the clown. And even if he is called a strategist, he is simply a sly coward, only good at making traps. This is an important matter that will decide whether we will decline ande to ruin or obtain the Kingdom. Im not going to be thrifty, but if he is going to defy us then death is the only path for him.

    What do you need? Gold? Troops?

    Money first. Troopse the veryst, Father.

    Preparations are going to cost. We will have to get other young nobles on our side too.

    Deception and trickery is but a norm to them, threaten the social status, corner with money, rob of reason with dodgy drugs, and manipte with suspicious equipment. And if nothing works, kidnap and take them by force. Turns out, even the sons that I thought to be a disgrace for a military family, have their own use. I wasted quite a bit of money cleaning up matters after them, but looks like it might not have been all in vain. Theyve been buying up drugs from shady apothecaries and purchasing all items with questionable effects they could get their hands on. In that aspect, they are the most distinguisheddy-killers. Not even to mention that inexperienced youngdies who know nothing butbat have no chance of resisting them.

    Specially-made drugs will be needed. Ordinary drugs will be neutralized, and we also cant afford to be exposed.

    And we also would want to seduce the Royal Castles maids beforehand, so we can carry in the equipment.

    Tall, handsome, anding from a prominent marquis house. They are smooth in talk, quick to act, and on top of that, they are crafty and would always make a woman they are aiming for fall, regardless of the means theyll have to use. To think a day woulde when Id think of them as reliable In such a case, I wont hold back in financial support.

    Is this enough? Tell me if you need more. But dont think that you will be able to get away with a failure after using so much.

    You can count on us, Father.

    Ill also need to gather assassins and masters of subterfuge, with the Royal Castle as a stage, military might is pointless.

    We mightve lost in political finesse, but our house still can take the Kingdom by seducing and finessing women.

    Bear in mind that your failure would mean not only ruin for our house but the end of your lives too. Our House Kasgir is backed against the wall.

    If this doesnt go as nned, the great marquis house will end up demoted to the status ofmon nobles, and if the entire matteres to light then even aplete destruction might not be out of the question.

    Well, seducing them is nothing, and if pushes to shove there is always that option.

    Right, once the deed is done, they can be easily handled afterwards.

    That is assuming you can buy that clown of a strategist.

    Well, killing him is simple too. After all, there is also the option of having a duel.

    If he cooperates, fine, but if he gets in our way. Well kill him.

    Good grief, these are dueling masters of rapier for you. Completely useless against monsters, but so insufferably smug when its about duels.

    Ive lost count how many times theyve stirred trouble because of women, but no matter how many duels they got into because of that, they always emerged victorious without a single wound. Since their fencing is all about tricking people, its useless for military or monster hunting, but as long as their opponents are people, they are incredibly dangerous, which makes them all more difficult to deal with. But when I think that all of that was for the sake of this day, I almost want to give them praise.

    If you are going to kill then make it certain. The rest can be somehow handled one way or another.

    The Kingdoms power bnce haspletely copsed. The marquis houses cannot rival the Royal Family in military might anymore. Even our economic strength will be gradually lost at this rate.

    But if we get hold of the Royal Family and the Frontier then the Kingdom is as good as ours. Seeing popr dramas can be useful at times.

    They were so nice as to reveal the weakness (the clown) to us in this predicament. Thats why we are going to bite and tear.

    That ck-haired clown, that in the y wasically running around the castle while crying, will be attending the ball. We have toplete all of the preparations until then.

    We are about to get our hands on the heights that the now destroyed Giesdat and Rondanull Houses aimed for but couldnt reach. Obtaining the Kingdom will surely give way to another crisis, but if we are going to suffer anyway, Id prefer to do it while sitting as high as I can. First, the Royal Family and the Frontier. Then, the Kingdom will be ours.

 Chapter 316

    Chapter 316

    Day 76  Daytime, the Capital, Souvenir Store Orphanage Branch

    Now, the time hase for Avarice-san and others wasteful spending party under the name of the orphans social studies field trip. The leading Pres is dishing out orders already. She even managed to discipline the Idiots, so handling the orphans should be nothing for her.

    Everyone, gather up, make sure to join hands.

    Yees.

    The leading Pres is leading orphans.

    Alright. Everyone, join hands.

    Elf Girl-san is guiding orphans too.

    Yees.

    Looks like Tanuki Girl is fully intending on being led today! She haspletely blended in with the orphans. Or rather, she has fully assimted and imnted herself?

    Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl-san also seem very motivated to provide guidance, dressed

 Chapter 317: part 1

    Chapter 317: part 1

    Day 76  Evening, The Capital, The Royal Pce

    Just as I began considering going into retirement, having reached an advanced age, everything turned upside down. The King became bedridden with illness. And with the Kingdom in a state of decline and decay, it finally came to the princes rising in a rebellion. However, while we could but passively observe the state of affairs, everything gradually was resolved, and thats how it ended Thats how it was ended. And it would seem that this ball in celebration of victory is to be myst big job as the Grand Chambein.

    In my long years of service in the Royal Pce Ive been forced to see quite a few things I wouldve preferred not to. But if myst task is the celebration of the Kingdoms salvation, then I ought to do a work worthy of that, otherwise I wont be able to say that I have fulfilled my long-standing duty.

    Attendants and maids quietly but busily rushing around the empty hall where at the moment only a few nobles who had been invited to the hall so far are gathered sparsely. Soon, the swordless battle among the royalty and the nobility that will decide the fate of the Kingdom will take a ce here. Be it the count of the Frontier, or the heroes, here, we are the ones ought to protect them.

    Only sounds of instruments being tuned are ringing through the hall. This is the most grand venue in the pce The Royal Pce has several dance halls but the one used this time ranks the highest among them all. If it was merely about the size, the pce still has a fewparably spacious ones, However, when ites to the venue for this ball, not only the size but also the formalities are important. On this asion, we are to extol the heroes of the Kingdom. This is going to be the greatest celebration since the foundation of the Kingdom Which might also be its worst battlefield.

    Thus, while making arrangements to make sure everything is up to the par, I closely observe how the instructions are carried out. Not the slightest imperfection can be tolerated when ites to the ball meant to express the highest gratitude of the King. With that atmosphere hanging in the air, all of the castles servants are wearing tense expressions. As soon as attendance begins, they fulfill their duties while feeling such a heavy pressure that their faces turn stiff.

    A ball is not just a ce to dance, its also an event where rewards are given and achievements are celebrated, and all the while intense power struggle is taking ce under the surface. It is also a gorgeous stage meant to hide the ugly underbelly of treachery and secret deals made as people flock together to strengthen rtions and form cliques. Aristocrats gather on that shy stage in pompous outfits, exchanging harmless and unassuming words and greetings. Without them showing what lies beneath those smiling masks, a friendly atmosphere envelops the venue filled withughter and calm music.

    The ball this time is held by the King himself, with every invited person holding a high status, position, or a post. There are but a few nobles capable of disregarding an invitation from the King, and as a result, all sorts of nobles are going to gather, regardless of the factions to which they belong.

    The custom has it that those of the lower status are to be announced and admitted into the hall first, and now its a preliminary skirmish where the regional nobles of each faction are trying the waters.

    Its the perfect opportunity to investigate, create ties, and resolve differences for nobles of rivaling factions, who wouldnt be able to meet under normal circumstances. After all, two of the four great marquis houses have perished, and the position of the remaining two remains unclear. The alternative power system, separate from court ranks, that of factions, have crumbled, leaving everyone to fumble in confusion, searching for houses to side with.

    This ball has everyone desperately investigating into the state of affairs of each other, creating a crowd of nobles who are wandering around in search of connections, ready to grasp at straws, despite the fake smiles they are wearing. Unlike the ugly balls of mncholy and gloom of the past, where everyone was too busy trying to set up each other, this time they are eagerly greeting and calling out to everyone like pitiful children that lost their parents, trying to find new appreciative friends or means of self-protection.

    The closer one is to the entrance, the lower is their status. Theter one is announced, the further they proceed into the hall. In ordance to that, appropriate furnishing and implements are set up, representing the status of attending families.

    One after another, nobles arrive into the hall, and under the pretense of greetings are probing into each other. With the arrival of numerous nobles the venue is gradually beginning to liven up. Gorgeous interior arrangements fitting for the event held by the Royal Family and gaudy outfits matching thedies in shy and extravagant dresses color the hall. Wearing gentle smiles they are chatting with friendly looks on their faces. Exchanging mundane greetings and honeyed words they are making a disy of calmly discussing situations in the domains, weather, rumors, each others appearances, pastimes, without any signs of trouble. Social intercourse, the nobles long long probing into each other under the guise of courtesy.

    While probing into other houses and factions, trying to get a peek into their state of affairs, creating connections, and looking for negotiation opportunities, they are bluffing and applying pressure in order to avoid appearing weak,peting for the hierarchy and position in the power rtionship, and at the same time, devouring information while looking for someone to follow. Quagmire-like conversation ys with lies and bargaining unfold everywhere, and the venue quietly grows busier as deception and music intermingle.

 Chapter 317: part 2

    Chapter 317: part 2

    While exchanging greetings with smiles, nobledies and their sons and daughters that they brought along are also proving each others positions, chatting about hairstyles and clothes, while appraising each other. Investigating while covering behind the mask of friendliness, they are looking for cracks in the opponents mask, closely examining them. Looking for friends and foes, Matching the tune yed by the orchestra, they hide their malice in the gaps between their silly conversations and flowery words.

    From small talk the conversations turn to gossip, and the true colors that they were hidinge out. Acting strong while shaking from fear, they are opposing each other while seeking allies. This ball is a microcosm of the extremely ugly aristocratic society.

    The disingenuous talks began to shift topics to recent events.

 Chapter 318

    Chapter 318

    Day 76  Nighttime, the Capital, the Royal Pce

    The King is to simply sit and wait. My buttocks hurt, and its also hard on my back. Id like to get one of those massage chairs too, but I wonder if he can make a throne? Umu, lets send a messenger to the souvenir storeter.

    Things are still quiet for now. If things end like this the Royal Family will restore its authority and will be able to seize power. In that case, this calmness is eerie for the ball that will be thest party for the corrupt nobles.

    Elegant music is ying in the hall, and fancily-dressed lords are chatting with fake smiles. A muddy dance party of the nobles, no different from usual, where corrupted desires are mixed with the intrigues and scheming. But that warped atmosphere was drowned out and turned into a fun feast mixed with the voices of children running around.

    But that is true only for the seats of honor, the lower portion of the hall is in chaos. The ones that nce around in confusion, those anxiously talking together, bunching up as if out of fear, and those that hatefully scowl in discontent. Only a small number finds this pleasant.

    What is noble of ady who enviously stares at theughing children and clicks her tongue? Jealous of the gorgeous dresses of the orphans, enraged by them sitting in their higher position than themselves, resenting their crime being brought to light and openly discussed, disgusted at having lowly orphans in the same room, they make their displeasure and irritation apparent.

    Even though Mellotosam and others are ying with the children, those have rotten to the point of being unable to see their fault?

    How ugly. Heinousness too unsightly to tolerate.

    And this is the Kingdom. Even thoughThe King controls the nobility, the nobility protects the people is the pledge made upon receive a rank of nobility, not only are they not protecting the people, they are holding them in contempt.

    Your Majesty, Marquis Skobathus is asking for a permission for greeting.

    He came despite his illness, lets meet him. Old man, what do you think seeing that scene?

    The grand chambein that has been looking after me since my childhood is about to retire due to his age. Thats why I want to know what his thoughts are.

    I apologize for the insolent utterance in spite of my ipetence. What I taught and passed down are indeed traditions of the Royal Family, however, what I ended up teaching Your Majesty is but a mere skeleton of tradition, full of errors. Please forget all of the ancient customs that I have taught you. The Royal Familys motto was simplyRoyal Family for the sake of the people. That alone was something that never should have been forgotten. That what I was reminded of by seeing the smiles of the children.

    The old man looked at the children, and bowed his head to the ck-haired boy. Then, went to bring Marquis Skobathus. He is one stern, stubborn, inflexible old man, but He can smile like that too, huh.

    Your Majesty, congrattions on the recovery and on this victory. I apologize for my ipetent self that could not be of any help in the time of need.

    Marquis Skobathus kneels leaning on his cane and supported by the chambein. There was not even a shadow of the giant bear-like man that he was before, giving off an impression like he aged a few decades overnight.

    It cant be helped, you couldnt have led an army while suffering from an illness. And with Miss Barebar entrusted with the First Division, there really was no way around. Miss Barebars service haspensated for House Skobathus in full *whispering* (and the one who waspletely useless this time was myself And its not like I could ask you to entrust your army to my younger brother)

    Im deeply grateful for those words.

    Boorish andpletely devoted to warfare, failing to participate in the war must be vexing for them. But that is something that the nobles arbitrarily decided on their own. Hedged in by restrictions, House Skobathus was cleverly cut off from both the Frontier and the Capital. So their ability to act was sealed.

    But the scene just now gave me chills. I cant recall when was thest time I have experienced such terror, be it on the battlefield or in a dungeon.

    The smile that appeared on his emaciated face still retained his past ferocious intensity. No, he is simply excited after being hit by that spirit.

    There are too few of those that understand this. The majority of them are running all flustered without any idea what actually happened To think that these are the sword (nobles) of the Kingdom, how deplorable. What possible can they protect if they cant even recognize a mortal danger?

    It could not have been helped even if all of us were killed at that moment, and most likely, it was possible. That is not the kind of an issue that can be solved with an apology. He backed off with that, but its not like we were forgiven. Because we by no means should ever be forgiven.

    My liege, what are you going to do? I arrived here fully expecting this to be my ce of death, so please give your order.

    Shariceres told me, if I want to adhere to the Royal Familys covenant, I need to be resolved to kill the Kingdom.

    By the time I woke up from my long sleep my daughter has be an adult. My stupid daughter that knew nothing but sword and warfare has be a princess of a kingdom. What did she see, what did she learn Her eyes, filled with resolve and determination, had an unshakable will within them.

    The Royal Familys covenant lies in protecting its subjects. And its enemies right now are the nobles. Descendants of therades that gathered together to bring forth the Royal Family and who swore to protect the people together Those very nobles.

    At what point have this Kingdom gone so wrong

    It did not. They are the ones who betrayed the aspirations of their own ancestors. There is nothing more to it.

    Its peaceful. Thats because all of the people in the seats of honor can be trusted and there also arent that many of them. However, once the preliminary phase ends and the actual ball begins the partition will be gone, and there will be no such thing as seats of honor and lower seats. Once the lines are maintained by etiquette alone, people are going toe and go. Will everything end without an issue?

    Please rest at ease, I might have aged, but I will definitely make sure to protect those children, thats the most I can do to atone for my crime. Naturally, the same goes for the ck-haired foreign guests as well. Although for them its a needless concern.

    This ball is going to change the fate of the Kingdom. If the nobles will keep their weapons sheathed, then we will be able to make progress with reforms, even if at a slow pace. But if they wont consent it would mean a civil war.

 Chapter 319: part 1

    Chapter 319: part 1

    Day 76  Nighttime, the Capital, Royal Pce

    Are they not not acting yet? Are they not acting anymore? Or perhaps they cant act?

    It seems that at the dangerous outside, reroreroing middle-aged man is disposing of all assassinish looking people, so the ball is proceeding without any issues.

    Tomorrow (c) Pink Tea In all seriousness, I finally got time to focus on catching up. work in progress, please wait for a bit

 Chapter 319: part 2

    Chapter 319: part 2

    Even when it came to an official asion, the boys status still hasnt been revealed, but that has nothing to do with me. He is the strategist that after saving the Capital, sought no honor ormendations for that and immediately departed for the Frontier by himself, toying with and destroying 40,000 enemies there. Id like to attend to him today, but with him being a person not fond of ceremonious greetings and concealing his status, I limited myself to a simple greeting.

    Not only does he not fret standing next to our King, he is even teasing him along with Omui-sama. He might be able to conceal his status, but the difference in caliber is too apparent.

    And on top of that, now even summoned marquis Skobathus is prostrating himself, thanking him. He mightve fallen ill, but he still was called a ferocious tiger, one of the best warriors in the Kingdom, and the head of one of the four great marquis houses. The sight of him deeply bowing his head is making a stir through the hall.

    Everything must be because of that disrespectful theater y.

    Because of that y, the true liberator who saved the Capital without shedding a single drop of blood, the true hero that protected the Frontier all by himself, and led himrades to suppress overflowing dungeons, became known as aughable boastful stupid coward and a clown, without anyone learning of his true achievements. To mock the benefactor of the Kingdom and all of the Kingdoms subjects in such a fashion is way over the line.

    Hearing about this I immediately went to see it with my own eyes. Although I managed to restrain myself since I was surrounded by the jubnt citizens, overjoyed over the finally arrived peace, but the urge to behead the entire troupe involved in this outrageously rude y and then yell out the truth made me so angry, that simply suppressing it made me dizzy.

    It was that awful. There is no way it could be allowed to insult and ridicule the person that saved the Kingdom, in such a fashion. Even now, merely thinking back on how great of a miracle he brought to the Kingdom and the Frontier, despite beingpletely unrted to all of this, makes me want to hang the entire troupe and disy them at the castle gates.

    The actor (clown) in a ck wig and ck cloak was acting with an arrogant swagger, giving out orders to the maidens, while he sat doing nothing in the safe rear. Once enemies appeared in the castle he would run tumbling on the stage in the most ridiculouslyical manner while screaming hysterically, while the audience wouldugh and jeer, pointing fingers and throwing insults at him. At our savior. At the protector of our Kingdom. They would point fingers at the person who fought to protect the lives of every single citizen of the Capital who was present there andugh at him. Is there anything more vexing than that? What possibly could be more wretched and enraging?

    Enduring it for a maddeningly long time and seeing the y to its end, I then went backstage, after confirming that all of the audience had left the scene. Screw my position as the Second Division Commander, I might as well murder them all, and at least have them apologize with their lives, is what I thought as I stormed in with a yell into the dressing room, and thats where I encountered the scriptwriter for the y. And the permit for the performance they held in their hand was the one issued by me.

    Which is only natural, since I was the one who gave it to them in person.

    Wait upon him, making sure not to leave his side, thats our objective.

    Everyone in the Capital is hailing the Princess, Meriel-sama, and us, as heroes.

    And everyone is making fun of the ck-haired strategist. Apparently, at the theater, the audience would boo the moment he appeared, and once his life is in danger, they would erupt in cheers, and throw insults while he is running around. Unforgivable.

    Words are meaningless here, everyone sees us as powerless servants or attendants, obedient to hismand.

    Thats why we asked the Princess and Meriel-sama to cooperate as well. We wont allow any insults, mocking, or banter, to reach Haruka-kun. We also wont allow any false usations or meddling either.

    If thats what they want to think then we are fine with being followers or servants, in such a case, whats the problem for us to be protecting our master?

    That is our very desire that we are powerless to make true.

    This Master-san doesnt give orders to anyone, be it servants, attendants, ssmates,rades, friends, even if they are under his Taming, and goes to do the most dangerous stuff by himself.

    He probably wouldnt care no matter how they boo, mock, or insult him.

    He probably protected everything that he wanted and doesnt care about the rest.

    But we cannot permit such a thing.

    He kept going from one dangerous gamble to another, constantly betting his life, so why does he have to be ridiculed andughed at by people that he worked so hard to save? How can they do such a cruel thing?

    Im sure the nobles have seen the y as well. Thats why we are going to protect. We wont allow them to approach or mock him. There is no way wed allow some nobles, who didnt move a finger to protect the people, to mock Haruka-kun, who protected everything.

    So today there is no ying around. Our feelings are decided. We dont care about being seen as servants, rather, wed like to be his shield. It doesnt matter if we get Tamed or be his ves if it means that we can protect him.

    After all, our lives, our happiness, our joy, our delight, all of it was given to us by Haruka-kun. If we are seen as servants, then poor manners of servants would bring shame to the master, thats why today we are going to be the shield and the sword for Haruka-kun (master). If he was attacked by swords or spears then it wouldnt be an issue, even poison is not a big deal, but when ites to scorn or disdain, not only does he have no means to protect himself, hecks even the desire to do so. Thats why we are absolutely not allowing anyone through.

 Chapter 320

    Chapter 320

    Day 76  Nighttime, the Capital, the Royal Pce.

    It is my duty to oversee this ball, which will be myst one as the grand chambein, and I cannot allow any harm or embarrassment toe to that ck-haired boy, even if it means offending the nobles.

    The guest from a farawaynd that saved the Frontier, saved the Kingdom, and even refused to take any credit for that to save the Royal Family. And I was entrusted with a party to wee him. And the matter with the orphans even saved the Royal Family itself. The Royal familys reason for existence, which seems to have gotten mistakenly lost in the long tradition, was pointed out.

    The nobles are vigntly looking out for an opportunity to ridicule and mock that benefactor. The atmosphere of the venue went beyond threatening and reeks of clear malice. The majority is driven by envy and the desire to illicit love from those maidens. They wouldnt shy from any measures if its for the sake of taking them away from that boy.

    The nobles take pride in their refined education, so they must be intending to point out faults in regards to dancing, and after inventing some sort of pretext, make a conflict out of it. After all, the dance is the special privilege of the nobles, hammered into them from a tender age.

    Even so, the ball is going to begin.

    The sound of music being yed begins to spread, and the atmosphere in the venue starts to change.The partition that separated the lower seats from seats of honor is no more, and the tables are moved to the wall.

    The award ceremony is over and the event is about to proceed to the ball. Formally, the ck-haired boy received no honors or rewards. But being announced and entering the veryst he is treated as the most privileged guest.

    The most privileged guest walks to the center of the hall Alone? He stands listlessly in the very middle of the floor by himself.

    Seeing that the nobles snicker and jeer at him,Abandoned by his partnerorA country bumpkin who doesnt even know how to danceorBeing alone is just perfect for a clown, ridiculing and pointing fingers.

    Then, the music starts.

    The melody produced by the orchestra resounds through the venue.

    That is a divine dance.

    1/4

 Chapter 321: part 1

    Chapter 321: part 1

    Day 76  Nighttime, the Capital, Royal Pce

    Haruka-kun is endlesslyining about being exhausted, but weve heard from Angelica-san, that when his ears are a bit red, it means that he actually feels embarrassed.

    It seems he is embarrassed about joining hands or having to hold his hand around our waists. Such a shy guy. But is it alright for Sex King to be getting all bashful about something of this level?

    Aaaaaaaaaah, Im tired, like, dead tired? Why does everyone have to dance with me? Are you going to start a battle royal among yourself or something? Or rather, when did the Geeks and Idiots escape? They can dance too, you know? Take those nine, and then put a tuxedo on Vice Pres A-san and Nevermind. My, you look wicked fine in this dress, enough to put a wicked smile on the face? Like the one you have right now?

    I hurry to Vice Pres A-san and quietly try to soothe her wrath.

    (You shouldnt. Patience. You can strangle himter.)

    (((Yeah, Ill even help you, so please endure it for now? Dont pull out your morning star here.)))

    We are trying to make Haruka-kun look good today. The nobles havent fully given up yet. We keep constantly Resisting for a long while now, which means, someone keeps trying to apply some sort of Abnormal Status Effect, triggering Resist.

    We cant get a break from spiked drinks and food too. Servants and maids are getting caught one after another, but there are no signs of improvement.

    But the contemptuous attitude towards Haruka-kun has disappeared. Unable to mock him, they just keep ring, but we might as well pluck their eyes outter.

    Its pissing me off that they are looking down on him because of that y and awards. Its unforgivable to have a person, who worked more than anyone, getting insulted like that. Lets blind them.

    However, they keep ring at him over and over, but what are they nning to do if Haruka-kun res back?

    Haruka-kuns re is so dangerous that even monsters of the lower floors of the Great Dungeons are said to have broken into tears, failing to Resist it. Im sure all of the nobles would die from shock, but for some reason, they keep ring at him. Its really bold of them to stare like that at a person more dangerous than an Evil Eye, a monster capable of instantly killing with its gaze.

    And everyones rings keep shining. The transparent diamonds on our rings are busily going from red to blue.

    This means that various Mental Attacks, like Temptation,Hypnosis,Suggestionkeep barraging like a hail. Darts and needles smeared with drugs also keep flying our way, but we remain waiting, without making a fuss.

    The actual problem lies with the mental attacks likeTemptation, Hypnosis, andSuggestion, from a girls point of view, such attacks are nothing short of sacrilege towards a maidens soul and body, and absolutely cannot be forgiven. It pisses me off so much that Id like to go and kill them this very instant.

    But I remain by Haruka-kuns side. After all, there definitely wont be any issue.

    Temptation, Hypnosis, andSuggestion? Moreover, low power and lower level. Be it the higher tier of Seductionor even the legendaryCharm, with this equipment given to us by Haruka-kun neither will have any effect. On top of that, it even has a very eco-friendly design which allows it to absorb the effects as mana?

    Forget needles and darts, it can deflect even bows, ballistas, and cannons. Those dresses have higher defensive stats than the armor worn by the Royal Knights, given to them by Haruka-kun, that previously was said to be of legendary grade. But still, even if there is a risk of assassination, I dont think anyone would attempt to use a ballista or a cannon for it? That would require a very audacious assassin?

    But Haruka-kun is waiting for something, it doesnt seem like he is nning to let things end like this. So for now we endure. If everything ends like this without problems the Royal Familys authority will be established and the nobles will go into decline.

    If they are going to try something they will aim either for Haruka-kun or us. We are guests of honor today, and are also connected to the Princess anddy Meriel. They must think that not only can destroy the influence of the ball organized by the Royal Family through this, but if things go well, they might even be able to make a connection to the Princess or Lady Meriel. So perhaps he is baiting them?

    Shit, why doesnt it work?!

    Drugs have no effect either, and we are about to run out of magic stones for magic tools.

    If you fail this, there is no future for us. Valets and maids were captured already. Once the ball ends we are done for too.

    Just when I thought that this trash might be useful for once, this is what I get. They couldnt even approach them, forget striking a conversation, and once they were given an opportunity to greet them, not only they didnt get a reply, they werepletely ignored, unable to even get their existence acknowledged. Despite all their womanizing boasting, in the end, they are just ipetent trash that relies on the status of their family, drugs, and Skills to get women.

    One of you will have to take responsibility for this with his life. Decide among yourselves on which one it will be. All other paths to survival have been shut down.

    Father

    No other choice but to cast away one of my foolish sons. And since they are twins, it makes no difference which one remains.

    (Send people outside. No other way but to kill that brat outside and kidnap the women.)

    (At once.)

    We wont be able to back off once ites to violence in the very Capital. But if we withdraw without doing anything after having such beauties unted before us and getting humiliated like this, we wouldnt be able to keep other nobles in line even with our status as a Great Marquis House, which will lead to themcking proper respect, distancing, and eventually deserting us.

    But if we manage to obtain the maidens, other nobles will be frequenting our house in droves, and will have no choice but to obey my will. There is no man who can look at these women and resist trying them himself.

    And if things go well, there is even a chance that the Frontiers youngdy or the Princess will be with them too. We just have to ignore the tactics of that clown of a tactician and make them surrender through sheer force. The question is will we be able to escape the Capitals military and make it into our domain. Id like to have either the Princess or the youngdy as a hostage, but there is no choice but to take a risk there. If losing and not taking the gamble both mean decline then victory is the only path left.

    Will it be a glorious parting gift for my sons, or will he die in vain. There is but one path to survival left.

 Chapter 321: part 2

    Chapter 321: part 2

    A cheap drama has begun. I wonder how much Ere a cheap drama is worth?

    Aah, its a bother, but I immediately managed to bait someone.

    Honorable noblemen of the Kingdom, on behalf of the Great Marquis House, I use this person. This ck-haired clown is using forbidden magic to enve women. As honorable nobles, we must take those women under our protection. If there are objections, Im willing to resolve them through a duel with this so-called ck-haired strategist. Even a coward, who knows only how to run away, still should be able to wield a sword.

    Ooh, so thats the approach they are going to take? I was pretty sure they would attempt something like a robbery or a surprise attack, but they came with a duel instead, how archaic, wait, it is medieval here, so perhaps its normal? Well, there are indeed a few girls Tamed with a forbidden? A prohibited? Skill-san, but to call them ves is a bit much? Like, I dont think there are that many enved girls chasing their master around while swinging morning stars?

    Or rather, who? No need to answer, I dont n on remembering you anyway? Well, if you are going to bet on that duel, Im totally on it, but what are you going to wager? Also, you need approval of at the very least 5 other nobles to make a forced duel happen, so what are you doing getting all excited all by yourself? First get an approval, then decide on the terms of the duel, and only then start kicking a fuss.

    Well, if I can cull them here, then I might as well cull as many of them as I can. Its not like they are going to honestly obey the Royal Family, or stop doing nasty stuff in secret. Even if they get destroyed by the Royal Family once they actually do something, by the time that happens, there will be victims of that something already, and there is no telling how much damage will be done until their wrongdoingse to the light. So them taking a bait is actually convenient for me.

    My fellow honorable noblemen, I ask those of the virtuous heart, willing to save and shelter thosedies from this man, to give your approval for this duel. Naturally, its fine for those that provide their approval to join in on the wager as well. The time for our noble judgment hase.

    Ooh, I approve.

    Me too, 3,000,000 Ere from me.

    Fine, our House will join with 5,000,000 Ere.

    No, I

    You have approval of our count house too, 4,000,000 Ere.

    Im on as well

    (Followed by many more)

    They areughing. Looks like since they can wager, they want to raise the stakes so much that the duel will be impossible. As expected, they arent walking around with more than a few million Ere on hand, but if you pile up enough garbage it can be a mountain too, as the total sum has gone over 80,000,000 Ere already and keeps going up. The loophole in the noble duels is the wager system. If I dont have enough money to match their wager then its my loss by default, so my money would automatically be confiscated, and they will be free to openly take the girls away, hence, even the nobles that were still on the fence are jumping on the bet.

    Then our House Kasgir will wager 10,000,000 Ere, for a total of 100,000,000 Ere. Now, ept the duel.

    For starters, I signaled with my eyes to Dancing Girl-san and had Meripapa and the big shot from the Second Division restrained. The Royal Family cannot interfere with the decisions of the nobles, but since it seemed like he might act out anyway, I had the yking tied up too. Convinced that no one could help me, the nobles rushed to join the bet all together.

    If you cannot produce 100,000,000 Ere then the bet is invalid. Your wealth shall be confiscated and we will also be taking thedies into our custody. Guards, capture this man!

    Sure. 100,000,000 Ere? Or rather, a royal coin? Are you fine with just one? Wanna bet more?

    Huh?

    No, I mean, I couldnt find a single store where I could use a 100,000,000 coin! Yeah, I thought Id enjoy some rich man life, but turns out its a hated coin that not a single store or a stall would ept, so its just lying around?

    It, it is indeed a royal coin!

    Kuh

    No, you are the one who asked me to pull it out? Dont tell me that even these guys hate that coin? Just what were they thinking issuing such a detested coin Ah, is it this worlds version of 2,000 yet banknote? Yeah, makes sense it would be hated. I hate it too.

    And while Im looking away wearily, he is observing my breathing And then suddenly stabs at me, a sudden attack with a rapier. The sword is also smeared with poison, so he seems very keen on killing me. Continuing his surprise attack with a series of consecutive attacks he is closing the distance.

    Cowardice (*mmph-mpnh*)

    Just as Meripapa-san snapped and was about to jump in, he got tied up by Dancing Girl and has a handkerchief stuffed into his mouth, is it actually tasty?

    Well, its indeed unusual to see a duel where one sideunches a surprise attack on an unarmed opponent. But its merely a rapier with deadly poison. Compared to a heavy downpour of morning star blows and a typhoon of deadly swings that I have to live with on a daily basis, this much is cute. From his irregr technique and the focus on attacking the legs and waist area, the parts that are difficult to move or moving which will break your posture, this has to be a dueling fencing style meant for fighting people.

    But this is nothing. Im different from the people of this world who cant handle more than a waltz, you know? Targeting legs? Thats great, but lukewarmmon sense of this world cant be applied here. In the world where we lived the extreme limits of footwork were constantly pursued. Yeah, dont look down on DANCE REVO?

    Things that were impossible in the original world, be possible in this one with skills and stats. Thats right, attempting to stab my legs, that can now do PARANOiA HADES CHALLENGE DOUBLEwithout handrails, is way too naive. Go back and retry all the way from whack-a-mole.

    Trying to stab me, who has be the True God of Footwork through graceful yet high-speed leg movement capable of passing a waterfall-like barrageing at super speed of 300 BPM, and hitting 12 steps per seconds in SLOWDOWN is such aughably absurd notion thatughing myself to death is a far greater risk at the moment.

    A fencing technique of this level can be easily dealt with even through casual ground stomping, hm? Is this why Merimeri-san was practicing her stomping so much? Was this the noble societys version of DDR? Well, anyway, this aint going to him me.

    The Grand Marquis House has made their move, huh. Instigating other nobles, they brought things to a duel, and bettingrge sums of money raised the wager to, what they thought, was a sum impossible for him to ept,ughing, convinced of their victory, until the boy casually pulled out a royal coin of 100,000,000 Ere, petrifying them. Inexplicable, just what made them think that they will be able to beat in wealth someone whose fortune exceeds that of the entire Kingdom?

    Even though it is inly obvious what kind of enormous wealth a matchless Dungeon yers, who obtained artifacts of the Great Dungeon on top of various treasures from dungeon masters that he was killing one after another, would possess. That boys assets have long since surpassed the riches of the entire Kingdom, so its quite puzzling how they arrived to the idea that they might have enough just because some rich nobles contributed some of their gold

    Then, he suddenly attacked. Throwing even semnce of duel etiquette he simply lunged at the unarmed boy, some duel that is. I was about to jump in and kill that guy with my bare hands, but got restrained by one of the maidens from among the boysrades.

    Well, this must mean that there is no need for interference. As the guy is desperately swinging and thrusting his sword, the boy is handling it with something that on one hand has too much rhythm and regrity to be called a footwork, and yet is too heterogeneous to be called a dance. There is no touching that. There is no way a sword can catch something moving in such unpredictable and iprehensible way.

    A unique fencing technique which has the userunching thrusting attacks from a bizarre and peculiar low stance. It must be specialized for dueling. In a match of two armorless swordsmen, having the opponent obstinately attack ones lower half from such a low stance, would leave one in no position for offense, as stepping forward would mean being shed, which would result in being one-sidedly carved up. Such a style would be quite useless in realbat, but is enormously effective in a duel.

    But it cant even scratch him. That is a style meant to corner and mince the opponent, but while the boy is moving his feet a lot, furiously stamping on the floor, he hasnt actually retreated even a single step from where he was initially standing. Even though the opponents fencing style is focused entirely around pushing the other party back and preventing them from attacking, he is reduced to aughingstock, clumsily thrusting his sword, with his head wide open for an attack.

    Completely exhausted by now, there is not even a shadow of that swiftness in his attacks that he disyed at the beginning. Crying, sobbing, and even dripping snot, he continues swinging his sword, but it cant graze even afterimages of those feet anymore. This fight is long since settled, but the boy continues performingplicated and mysterious dance steps, seemingly enjoying himself.

    But that guy cant back down, if he cannot finish off the boy here, he will be treated as a rebel, who pulled out a sword in the Royal Pce, while also breaching duel etiquette. If he doesnt want to be executed, he has to kill the boy here, and get the nobles on his side.

    However, the strange dance of countless stomps on the floor is growing faster, as the boy continues knocking the rhythm as if he is bouncing off the floor with each stomp. The rhythm hits one into the very body like a frenzied pounding of a drum. Its not something one can hope to imitate even with power obtained from leveling up. Then, the wild dances drumming of frenzied feet stomps suddenly stopped, to which everyone inadvertently almost started pping, admiring the performance.

    He is down. The boy, of course, still keeps going at it, full of energy. It actually looks pretty fun. But why is he starting another dance even though the duel just ended?

    Now, the enormous wager is going to be seized by the boy, and the numerous nobles that approved the duel will be implicated as aplices. They went for a reckless bet, blinded by their lust for the maidens, so they have no one to me for their downfall. These are descendants of the people that once rose up to protect the people and support the King, the descendants of the ones who built up this country. But this is only a natural finale for those that forgot their purpose and had rotten to their core.

    Everything came to an end as the boy simply answered the invitation and danced. With this, the nobles that attacked the honored guests and those that supported them lost theirst way out through legality too. Since he was unable to kill him in a duel their rank is as good as gone. Not to mention, since he didnt follow the proper formalities of the duel, he will be given a verdict without a chance to defend himself.

    By simply dancing, the boy stomped the corrupt nobles into dust.

    The boy, who obtained two royal coins of which only a few dozen is said to exist in the entire Kingdom, is gazing at them with a very annoyed expression. With this he is also going to receive a vast fortune from the confiscated assets of the nobles. Certainly, it only makes sense that he has no need for rewards, since even treasures of the Royal Family cant rival the boys earnings. He earned a royal coin with just the ball and the y. An actor with 100,000,000 Ere performance fee is too much for the Kingdom.

    Arrested nobles are being marched off. With their use of Mind attacks during the duel exposed and added to confessions of caught servants, revealing their use of poisons and debuffs since a while ago there is more than enough to charge them with, making them unable to escape legally, or physically, as they are being captured one after another when attempting to do so. They are shouting, trying to put the me on the boy, but he merely came here to dance. He havent even pulled out a de, so what me can be put on him. He has no me, but he seems to haveints?

    Profiting like a rich man, I somehow got another 2,000 yet banknote for ripping them off, an unusable currency is just a currency, or rather, since it cant be used, it basically abandoned its duty as a currency, so its just as pointless as a certain Blindfolding Pres-san, and now I have twice that, so make it double! Look, look, if I rub them together, there are now three of them~, and there is nothing fun about it!

    And this is the end of illustrious noble families. As they ruined their long legacy, their house names are going to vanish into obscurity too.

    On top of being plundered for 100,000,000 Ere, the nobles also had their assets confiscated, since they dared to demand the maidens, so the only thing awaiting them now is fading into nothing, as their ranks are as good as forfeit too. Mere invitation to the ball and a dance from him yed all of the nobles to their ruin.

    With this, the nobility has lost their power, and the country is going to transform under the leadership of the Royal Family, while confiscated assets will replenish the emptied national treasury.

    Mellotosam, am I dreaming? All of the Royal Familys woes were resolved by a dance. What is going on here?

    I ask my friend, who is lying tied up next to me. It doesnt seem like there is anyone else who would provide me with the answer.

    Thats why I notified you from the Frontier -No idea what happened, but it got resolved, it cant beprehended, so that leaves you with no idea of what happened.

    That letter of his was truly iprehensible, but looks like it actually was an urate ount of events. Since it cannot beprehended, there is nothing wrong about the notification also bing cryptic.

    Terrysel, who is also bound up next to us, isughing with delight. That straightced stone-faced Terrysel isughing out loud, as if he is watching the funniest spectacle.

    They were fooled like idiots by that theater y, created for the sake of this ball.

    Its impossible for the likes of me to even guess how close to the scenario it went, but turns out, the finale of that long long performance, that continues from that y, which is so popr in the Capital right now, was aedy.

    The nobles mustve assumed that the ck-haired clown would be easy to handle after seeing that, and thus decided to target him.

    Without even knowing that all of it, be it that y, or this stage, were both scenarios written by that very clown. They arrived at the dance party, without even realizing that they were going to dance in the palm of that clowns hand

    All of that was just aedy about foolish clowns challenging a jester, capable of ying dungeon masters, and destroying themselves.

    The Capital was fooled and made tough through the scenario written by that very foolish clown that they wereughing at on the stage.

    The one who everyone was pointing their fingers at andughing turned out to be a trickster. Not a fool to beughed at, but a jester (trickster) who makes othersugh. Although everyone was dancing in his palm, I am also quite a clown to invite that jester to the ball. After all, I am also one of those who was captivated and fooled by that performance. Even though I was supposed to be among the audience for that y, I too ended up being yed.

    Wicked schemes of crafty and treacherous nobles, who lived all their lives in the nobles paradise of intrigues and conspiracies, werent enough to get the dark-eyed strategist. There was no way for them to win, since they were already caught up in his scheme before they couldnt make one of their own.

    And by the time they noticed the trick of the jester (swindler), it was all over. Now, I wonder if there will be a curtain call?

 Chapter 322

    Chapter 322

    Day 76  Late Night, The Capital, Noble District

    Leaving the Royal Pce I go through the Noble District, located right in front of it, heading towards the entrance to the Slums, and immediately get warmly weed by a very hospitable bunch that was waiting there. Well, thats actually the reason why I came here, we are supposed to stay for the night, but those guys were waiting for us, you know?

    I mean, the orphans are already sleeping at the Royal Pce, so no matter how anxiously they wait in ambush here, we had no ns of going back to begin with?

    The uninvited kidnappers that had an incredibly unpleasant idea of getting their hands on the orphans were hunted down by Rerorero middle-aged man and the Geeks and Idiots, and by now must be questioned about their masters in a ce far more amazing than hell. They can be turned into cripples or unburnable waste for all I care, or would they technically count as burnable?

    Since I went out of my way toe here, cant I at least have a nice wee from a sexy female swordswoman? The main idea must be capture and torture anyway, but there is rumour going around that it is still nicer than the training (beating) Im having, so I thought if there is a Sexy Female Interrogator-san I might as well go and turn myself in? Id dly confess to the stuff that no one asked me about, spilling it all out, all over the ce,ing out with all sorts of lovely secrets asing soon is looming on the horizon, but whom should I let capture me? At this point Im wont even be picky, if there is a Sexy Female Interrogator Im totally fine with it, I mean, even if I ask to be gentle no one listens anyway, but gentle torture seems kind of lewd, which sounds fantastic, but if a door to the new world (fetish) ends up opening for me, it might lead to all of the doors flying off the hinges, as the feelings that were trapped will

    TOOO LOONG! And dont casually make weirding outs!

    They ruined my precious cool line. Even though I just got into the flow

    Well, indeed, I shouldnt talk too much about doors to the new worlds in front of the girls. No matter how I think of it, Pres-sama with a whip is far more dangerous than any sexy female interrogator.

    They seemed to be waiting for me, so loitering around the Noble Distinct results in the obvious, countless middle-aged men keep swarming from all sides without reading the mood, as usual. Its a mass outbreak. Leaving them to wait herete at night was kind of harsh, so I took pity and went outside? Yeah, even if they sat in an ambush all night, we actually were going to stay at the pce.

    Nheless, its the long-awaited walking pile of evidence.

    Seeing me in tuxedo and the girls in dresses, they assumed that we were unarmed, and thinking that its the chance, crawled out of hiding, surrounding us. They rushed out probably intending to kill or kidnap, but They are getting the hell beaten out of them.

    Perhaps giving up on the idea of kidnapping, but they also started attacking from distance with bows and magic, but attacks of this level can be Resisted. Or rather, this wont be enough to stop the bloodthirsty demons? (the girls)

    Yup, the girls are angry about the kidnapping attempt on the orphans? And then there is this thing with the girls getting Hypnosis and Temptation cast on them, so they are pretty royally pissed. But howe that they wont let me undo Taming despite this?

    Since the Royal Family has recovered and made a good disy of its power and authority at the ball, there are only two paths left for the corrupt nobles, be purged or copse, which must be forcing them into quite a panic. It seems they sent out all the heavily armored private troops they could, but they are getting crushed and obliterated in a head-on fight by the girls in dresses. Yup, the difference in defensive power is so overwhelming that they dont even need to evade? Swords and spears are being repelled by the dresses, and rain of arrows is powerless to do anything either. Even spells are being absorbed by the dresses, thank you very much for mana.

    Upper floors of some crappy dungeon is the limit with the middle-aged mens gear, meanwhile, the girls can easily handle middle floors of arge dungeon in those dresses. There is also a difference in levels, so the fight was decided before it even began.

    Its the first battle for those dresses, but in this gear they probably wouldve been able to ovee even that horde of mummies on the floor with the Sphinx. I mean, theyve been deflecting javelins for some time now? Like, they seem to have stopped even trying to evade, just for fun?

    Certainly, the enemies are too scared of invincible dresses tounch an attack now, but they are also unable to escape, as the entire area is sealed off with Dancing Girls chains?

    And since its the Noble District, no matter how badly we wreck it or level it entirely, it wouldnt bother us at all, quite the opposite, its quite fun and it will also make rebuilding it easier. Or rather, everyone is mming the enemies into the buildings on purpose, arent they? Moreover, they are using morning stars instead of swords, so they can cause as much pain and suffering as possible without killing them. Dozens of morning stars are revolving in a tempest of steel. For some reason, I really want to run away?

    The dresses are fluttering around, leaving only white afterimages behind, as the middle-aged men are sent flying. The middle-aged men cant put up a fight at all, so how were they nning to kidnap them? Were they thinking that some thousand or two of private troops will be enough to capture them? Partially destroying the Noble District, the girls are now purposefully cornering the troops into yet unharmed areas. They are fully intending to destroy them along with the buildings.

    W-why! Why a sword cant cut through a dress?! GBOUGH!

    I mean, they have shing Resistance and Physical Resistance, you know?

    Arrows wont piece, what the hell are those dresses? There is no way such frilly dresses can deflect DWAGH!

    As if an arrow can go through a fabric with mithril-enhance metal-wire weaved in. Those dresses are level 100 equipment, okay?

    Retreat to the mansion, wait, the mansion It, its copsing! GUAH!

    Yup, it was a very timely invitation, since we were awaiting the chance to destroy the Noble District. After all, in this case, we can frame it as a legitimate self-defense, so the entire me can be put on the attackers and their masters, so Im like so totally innocent that I could even win the contest for the most innocent person?

    Despite obstinately using Mind attacks and Assassination tools so much during the ball, neither steel nor magic could do anything at all, and yet they decided to make another attack. It goes beyond stubbornness into in stupidity territory Well, they are middle-aged men, after all.

    But swinging morning stars outside like that after I went through such lengths to install various hidden weapons as a countermeasure for assassinations, as well as putting weapons into Storage in case we might get ambushed in the castle Like, they mightve as well went out in a proper armor, no?

    But well, now the nobles cant talk their way out of this. Now, most of the corrupt nobles should perish, and the small fries that havent made a move until now will have to give up and quietly obey the Royal Family.

    But this is one hell of a rampage? Well, they are beating them only half to death, but there is still no mercy. Yup, lets hurry up and take them back to the Frontier. Looks like the girls were starved for violence since there are no dungeons around. And Im sure having no dungeons also means that they dont have enough money. But it doesnt matter how many middle-aged men you beat, they arent going to turn into magic stones, you know? Those are just middle-aged men, okay?

    Normally, the girls should be able to suppress opponents of this level in an instant, but they are closing the distance slowly instead, without even trying to avoid, and demolish the enemies through brute force, wrecking the buildings around in the process. Literal gods of destruction. The middle-aged men are scared out of their minds by now.

    This mightve been a ploy to lure us out and kidnap the orphans, but they have the strongest defensive and excessive offensive force by their side in Slime-san, the Geeks, the Idiots, and Rerorero. Royal Girl, Maid Girl and Merimeri-san ended up tagging along with us, but they have more than enough people.

    But Elven Little Sister Girl is strong. I wonder though, why does it feel like it is my first time seeing a proper mage sinceing to this world of sword and magic?

    It doesnt seem to be Mana Wrapping, but the principle appears to be somewhat the same? Its probably Magic Wrappingwhich allows to wrap magic, so wrapping herself in Wind Magic she is knocking away the middle-aged men one after another. Why am I the only one who also have to wrap stuff like Lewd ArtsorSex King?

    Well, the rest is not even worth watching. The only ones at risk of injuries are the middle-aged men, it doesnt matter if its necessary injury or now, Im going to roast them until they lose all their hair, okay?

    Looks like the middle-aged men got a bright idea of capturing and using me as a hostage, so they are rushing my way, while the girls have taken a formation to block them. In other words, Im standing right in the middle of the action without anything to do. Is this an effect of Loner? Man, this is boring.

    Well, Im quite tattered after the dance at the ball, so this is fine, I guess? Yup, I simply observed Dancing Girls dance withRajinganrecorded and analyzed it withWisdomand then forcibly recreated it throughMuppet. By the time it came to Dancing Girls turn my body was in quite a bad shape? Its absolutely impossible!

    Since I dont have anything to do I stick to quietly and very casually dismantling still tenaciously standing mansions while picking up valuables scattered all over the ce. This district is in a pretty neglected condition, with the stuff dropped around everywhere, so picking it all up is quite a chore. Ah, a safe is dropped over there!

    There are a few somewhat dangerous opponents in the mix, but we have someone far more dangerous on our side, so there is no issue. I mean, there is no way some high level assassins or swordsmen can do anything to Dungeon Emperors. Like, even one Dungeon Emperor is enough to annihte them? But the two seem to be having a lot of fun fighting together with everyone. It must be because they know the eternal solitude that they can enjoy kicking up a fuss with everyone so much. Its quite a pity for the middle-aged men who they are happily beating up, I wonder why do I feel a bit of sympathy for them?

    Looks like there is no one left, but what do we do? The countryside nobles still should have their domains left, right?

    It would appear they have beaten up all of the middle-aged men to thest. Well, its part of the natural order for middle-aged men to be getting beaten, so there is no problem, but while them being scattered around as far as the eye can see makes for very unsightly scenery, lets at least burn their heads.

    With this, the nobles of the Capital, who were stripped of their titles, lost estates, and had all of their wealth picked up by me, became penniless. Thats the same treatment that the orphans had, so they cantin.

    But if we let the countryside nobles escape, they still have their territories and assets. I could go on a business trip to make them drop all of their stuff so I can pick it up, but troublesome things are still troublesome. If they could be so nice as to drop everything in one ce at once Id dly pick it up, but those middle-aged men are very inconsiderate.

    Well, its not like they can escape.

    Well, it seems that the ball today was attended by everyone, so be it lords or their families, they all ended up in ropes, but leaving that lovely tortoise shell bondage to Maso Pres Girl-san GuwaARGUUAHAAAAAAAAH~! Wait! Dual wielding a morning star and a whip does make for a very novel fighting style, but you might seriously blow my head off, so please put them away! Im seriously sorry, its fine, Ive totally forgotten everything, or rather, before I could even forget everything, I totally havent seen that marvelous cats cradle which led to the tortoise shell bondage biting into the tightly bound flesh, so I have no recollection of that at all? So please put the whip away? Like, I forgot about it so hard that I cant even recall the name, so its alright? Kind of?

    I got this wrong? It seems? And everyone is staring at me? t Gaze all around?

    Well then, looks like the Second Division brought a military police regiment, so lets go back? The orphans are sleeping, so we are stopping at the Pce anyway. If they woke up from all this noise then the Geeks and Idiots are getting a sermon (punishment) from the Pres-sama? But what do we do if a sermon (punishment) awakens something (a fetish) in them, opening a door into a new world?!

    Keep it closed! Or rather, stop adding weird meaning to scoldings!

    However, while the cats cradle turns her into bondage maso highschool girl pres-san, she also masterfully handles a whip and a morning star. Looks like I wont see the legendary tortoise shell bondage pres. Its sad but since she changed the whip from the default metal one that came with the dress toChain Whip of Savage Lightninglets just quietly go back. Yup, that one is dangerous.

    I mean, there is nothing fun in seeing a bunch of middle-aged men lying tied up on the ground? I dont think there is anything wrong in a highschool boy being more interested in tortoise shell bondage maso highschool girl pres-san? I mean, it would be too much if it was in reverse? A highschool boy getting excited about a bunch of tightly tied-up muscr middle-aged men with burnt heads would be way too cringe.

    By now, Rerorero middle-aged man, and Geeks and Idiots shouldve finished beating up all the nobles who were trying to escape to their domains. No matter what kind of masters they had there, there is no way they can beat them fighting indoors. Matchless cheat owners and the strongest dueling specialist shouldve ended everything while protecting the orphans.

    The orphans must be soundly asleep, the bad adults (the nobles) who were bullying them are no more, the nightmare is finally over I took plenty of gold inpensation, so the whole thing turned a big profit?

    Another fun day is awaiting them once they wake up. I plundered the orphans share too, so lets give them some pocket money tomorrow as well. Theyll probably be delighted.

 Chapter 323

    Chapter 323

    Day 76  Late Night, The Capital

    In the end, not even 30% of noble families remained. And the remaining decent noble families had their strength reduced, leaving them with little spare strength to create branch families.

    However, those that were connected to the corrupted nobles, wouldnt ever be allowed to assume a public post, enter into the service of some noble house, or be restored in rank. Weck both noble houses and personnel, but the ck-haired boy and his associates t out refused bing nobility.

    Handing over all of the achievements to the Royal Family without taking any rewards and refusing to ept a rank, and having no interest in fame and honor. The only thing he wants is apparently Affection Rating, as I understood, it an important item which prevents one from being scolded despite doing nothing wrong, but after checking the pces vaults and records, just in case, I found nothing of the sort I wouldve been shocked if there was such a thing there. Well, allowing him to quietly carry off some stuff from the Royal Treasure, can be considered a sort of a gratitude, even if in form only, but considering that its a treasure of a broke Royal Family without anything of value left there, it wouldve hardly been enough to make up to him even if he took everything.

    Mellotosam, we dont have enough noble families. Its going to hinder proper administration, do you have any capable individuals who can be given a title? Im sure you have lots of such people in the Frontier, so gimme some.

    Nope. Also, nobility has low poprity in the Frontier, you know? Our house, for once, is quite poor, and the overall image of nobility is Dangerous, Arduous, Will be teased by the boy, so there hardly would be anyone interested in bing one.

    It was an unpopr profession! No, thats actually the correct outlook. If people look with envy at nobility who are supposed to work and fight for their sake, then there is something very wrong going on. But to think there is such an opposition to receiving a title, is Omui doing alright?

    But thats the Count of the Frontier, so this much is expected.

    House Omuis history is a series of endless fights and death against the strongest monsters without any assistance or support. Thats why no one wants to be a noble themselves. And thats why everyone admires and idolizes them. A great difference from the Royal Family.

    But to think that being teased by the boy is a part of nobilitys image

    Reporting, they took the bait. End of report.

    What do you mean, end of report! Are the boy and hispanions safe, is probably a silly question, they obviously are But what about the numbers?

    A message from Terrysel arrived. The boy and hispanions became bait, luring in all of the rebellious nobles by unting such ast chance to them. If they go out defenseless and unarmed, bringing the Princess and the youngdy of the Frontier, then surely, the nobles would rush to abduct them, and if they are that stupid, then they would have no one to me for their downfall but themselves.

    In fact, the letter that previously came from the Frontier is the perfect answer to that.

    For what reason the nobles of the country awaiting its destruction at the hands of dungeon masters are picking a fight with a person capable of ying those dungeon masters? If this is a suicide attempt then please donte here and die on your own. By Omui. that letter marked the breakdown of negotiations, which led to the split in the Kingdom. The culprit responsible for that letter is currently sitting next to me, monopolizing a massage chair.

    But that is the answer. All those things that made the nobles go blind with greed, be it the maidens beauty, the enormous wealth, or royal blood, are nothing more than a nice extra, while their true nature is that of Dungeon yers. Trying to abduct the strongestbat unit on the continent If they were capable of pulling off such a feat, they wouldve been able to kill a dungeon master on their own, dont they understand that?

    The beauty of the maidens and two royal coins that he purposely shed in their faces, overwhelmed the nobles with greed. And with them underestimating him due to the effect of the theater y, they ended uppletely duped.

    No sort of a noble would be able to escape the punishment after assaulting the guest of the highest honor invited personally by the King. Crushing their families wouldnt raise any legal challenges. They were cornered and pushed down to the point where they no longer can snake their way out of the issue. From the beginning to the end, everything was part of the trap, and its bait were the strongest executioners.

    Its over.

    Yeah.

    The history of the Kingdom is over. Therades that shared the same will and rose up for the sake of the people are the current noble families, and 70 percent of them are now gone. 70% no longer had that will.

    The heroic tale of the Kingdoms foundation decayed and died out. But since the Royal Family remains, that will must be carried over even so.

    Mellotosam What do we do?

    With 70% of the nobles gone, governing thend is impossible, having said that, leaving a corrupt administration is also meaningless. We cannot let everything go to waste in such a fashion after having so much done for us.

    What kind of question is that? If there was something you could do, you wouldve done that a long time ago, no? Since you havent done anything, there is nothing you can do. Its impossible for you.

    Even so, something has to be done Even if its not possible, I absolutely cannot afford to give up after what that boy has done for us.

    The nobles administration resorted to secret ounting without reporting the actual numbers. The documents were tampered with, making it impossible to even tell which one is correct. There isnt enough information to govern thend. Its to the point that there is no telling how long it would take until its possible to properly govern the country again if we start everything from zero. But even if we cant finish it during my reign, it is still something that has to be done. We have to press forward, no matter how slow the pace might be.

    But in the end, disorder in the Kingdom means suffering of the people. This chaos is bound to spread into the provinces too. But its unavoidable since we had to dispose of the nobles who were supposed to do that, and without enough sessors it will take an enormous amount of time to go through all of the investigation and research required topile the necessary information. In the end, the people will end up being inconvenienced the most by it.

    (*Thud*)

    I said that its impossible for you, Diarusez. And its not like I can do either.

    Having said that, he threw several bulky books at me. The title of the first one is Something-something ykingdom? No idea what its actually called, but these are the management proposals for the Kingdom of that yking dude, or more like a n, I guess? Kind of? and the contests are Complete information on the state of the Kingdom in minute details, including unaltered taxation numbers, harvest volumes, poption, precise figures and information for viges and towns, allpiled together.

    The truth that the Royal Family couldnt obtain no matter what means we used is neatly put together here. This is If this is true, then more than half of the Kingdoms taxes was pocketed by the nobles, while the people were taxed at almost double the prescribed rate To think the corruption that continued for dozens or hundreds of years was this fatal. The Kingdom was bound to perish at this rate.

    If all of the figures known to the Royal Family were altered and falsified then its only natural that any countermeasure made based on them can only make the situation worse, and how many mines are there in towns and viges that the royal family doesnt know about Such a thing is impossible without the Capitals bureaucracy also being in cahoots.

    And another book Pockets with pocketed money? Well, not literally? Probably? is the list of official and shadow ounts. Who moved money where under what pretext and how it was hidden is written down in great detail As expected, there were aplices, huh. First provincial officials would embezzle, and report falsified numbers to their local lord, then, the lord of the domain would embezzled themselves and only then pay their share of tax to the Kingdom, which is then embezzled by the Kingdoms bureaucracy before it makes its way into the treasury. The money that reached us was pocketed multiple times and all of the numbers falsified. Everything was rotten to the very core.

    With this 70% of the officials are going to disappear too. The entire administration will have to be rebuilt from zero. But its possible with this book. The entire structure of the pointless rights, interests, and concessions is already written down here without any need to investigate it, so everything can be handled with just a third of the initial budget and manpower. In the end, 70% were simply embezzling money without doing any work anyway. And that is on top of being paid arge sry.

    The suggestions are listed with the descriptions of procedures that have to be followed to carry them out, potential issues that might arise, and ways to counter them. With this book not only government officials, but even regional lords and even the King might as well be mere decorations. Simply following this is enough. But even if we follow this book to the letter, there is no future for the country unless we obtain a proper understanding of it. To govern this Kingdom for the ages toe we have to develop the ability on par with this book.

    Not to mention that the Kingdom was saved.

    The writings are perfectlypiled and backed up by thorough research. In other words, everything was settled from the beginning. It means that it was already decided that the Kingdom is to die and be established anew.

    Just how much time it took to carry out such a meticulous investigation, and thenpile, understand, and calcte all of the vast information involved? Such a terrific amount of survey and reports would require several years of work from an entire country. Moreover, not only does it mention what should be done, but also what action will lead to which result, a blueprint for the Kingdoms future.

    So this is the power that gave the Frontier a new life Im just being handed everything on a silver tter.

    The same goes for the Frontier. And the Frontiers version is even more detailed than this. Its alright.

    So something even more amazing than this exists?! From what I heard, there are all sorts of books, from those on specific industrial and agricultural policies to public works schedules and budget ns, from mine development ns to new crops, city ns, flood control, and even defense ns. Makes sense that the territory will be reborn. Its enough to found a new country.

    In other words, they couldve abandoned the Kingdom, propping up Omui as a new state, while leaving the Kingdom to its demise.

    Thats what it must mean. Thats how far we have driven the Frontier into the corner.

    Reporting, all of the nobles troops were captured and taken into custody. The noble district was devastated and copsed in the process. Its currently being converted into an empty lot. End of report.

    So thats why they went outside to lure them out. Now, even if the nobles wont be executed, they will have nothing left, losing their rank, mansions, and assets. Yes, just like those orphans.

    In other words, they were outraged for the orphans. The Kingdom and the nobles are just a little something that happened along the way. Those that bullied the children were bullied out of everything in turn, while we ended up getting saved for the sake of creating the future for them, getting handed those books for that purpose. As if saying, follow through with your Royal Family for the People(children) properly.

    We were entrusted with the future of the children that we once failed. We have to carry this through. The thing we were entrusted with is way too great after all.

 Chapter 324

    Chapter 324

    Day 77  Morning, the Capital

    And its been a non-stop sermon since returning to the guest room yesterday I got super scolded?

    It seems there was some sort of an issue with selling the scenario for the y? Is it about maidens in bikinis? But its super profitable? Its a still performing y that definitely was a great hit and great sess, which makes loads of money everyday. This world had no bras, in other words, they werent ready for the impact of bikinis! I got to freely rip them off!

    I mean, dramas in this world are pretty meh. They simply follow the script dispassionately, loudly delivering their lines.

    In short, its boring.

    Its a far cry even from the level of the ssic theater, forget modern theater standards. The scripts have no mentions of movements, being limited to a mere list of lines, without any dynamic to it.

    After all, at that time in the Capital, I had thetest information about the war, and could even write a script for a y, so the scenario sold immediately and I got arge share of profit. Yup, I made good money from that.

    So it sells?

    A heroic epic about victory is bound to sell when people are starved for entertainment and information, and are also anxious about the war.

    Citizens of the Capital are very familiar with heroic epics, and its better to use something well known. The Frontier is very popr here, Royal Girl is pretty liked too, and unexpectedly, even yking has a positive image.

    This settles the question of the main heroes, and if it was your typical theater y of this world  this would be it. Thats why theaters here are boring.

    With nobles and foreign states as enemies the choice of viins is obvious, but a y where heroes and viins have no connection cannot be interesting, and simply defeating the viins would make for a pretty stale story.

    But there is the middle-aged Royal Prince as a foolish ruler who can fill the role of a character that does have a connection and can enliven the story. Meaning, the opposite version of King Lear.

    A tale of a foolish ruler who kept stupidly struggling in the shadow of the heroes, ultimately being the one who makes the victory possible. It subverts expectations, and unexpected twists are the most effective for livening up a story, which means, it also needs a jester, and I also would like some sex appeal to be present?

    Yeah, there is nothing fun about King Lear without a jester, and as a highschool boy I cant tolerate theck of sex appeal. I also wouldve liked some wardrobe idents, but thedies ying the maidens were pretty shocked even by bikinis alone, so any further exposure was out of the question So no happy idents. Well, if the girls learned of this I wouldve gotten scolded, reprimanded, admonished, and maybe even killed, so I put up with it. Even though I want to see it.

    But I got super scolded, is it because of  Frontier bikinis? No, the people arent familiar with the disposition of those characters, so its important to make things clear, and sex appeal is also necessary for attracting customers and an absolutely indispensable condition from a highschool boys point of view. But whats more important, the souvenir store profited from that! And how! After all, with  Frontier goods being used as props and the real maidens working at the store, it ended up constantly flooded with customers for those several days!

    This is a heroic epic about familiar heroes. And then, there is the recovery of yking from the illness that worried citizens of the Capital. There is no way it wouldnt sell with thebination of previously unseenedy elements, plot twists, and even sex appeal. In fact, most of the audience are repeat customers, who keeping to see it again and again. Watching it allows one to actually feel peace and happiness, and if theye to watch it over and over, and it also fills my pockets?

    There are Meripapa-san, Royal Girl, and all others who became heroes, then the King recovers, and the people of the Kingdom shed tears and rejoice to that. Which makes me even richer!

    Art, especially theater, was used for manipting the masses since the ancient times, and was effective enough at it to warrant patronage from royalty and aristocracy. The y shouldve created an overwhelming difference in support for the heroes that saved the country and the nobles that did nothing. Now, if ykings condemns nobles that colluded with the Church or the Confederation, and the Kingdom wille together as one.

    The most easy-to-understand and popr tales of old are heroic tales of rewarding good and punishing evil.

    The corrupt nobles are already chained up in the dungeons of the Capital, while the fence sitters are about to lose their estates and be removed from important posts. In the worst case, they might even lose titles and have their property confiscated, so they will drop dead one way or another.

    It appears that sufficiently young children of the nobles will be looked after by the Royal Family and will be given a chance, but there hardly will be any families able to revive. It was all over for them at the point where they could look down at the Slums and think nothing of the situation there.

    Then, the sermon abruptly ended. What a surprise, there was a breakfast nned! Thats right, they havent brought anything aside from evening dresses for the night In other words, its side job time again!

    Since we unexpectedly stayed for the night, we are going to be invited for breakfast too! In the end, after that, afternoon dresses for everyone were made in a big hurry, and for some reason they also ordered matching underwear and stockings. So naturally it goes without saying that we ended up with a frenzied squirming mess of 25 girls writhing and copsing, making for a very morouste night side work, which however came with a special pay for urgency, so I made a lot of money from it too, with 50 lovely bare legs of fainted girls twitching in the room.

    Good grief, while I was able to cut off the sound with Spatial Magic, but to be making such lewd voices without any restraint in the room right next to the one where children are sleeping is very unhealthy for their education? And it also gets to me in highschool boy terms, so they really need correction?

    Which led to lots of unexpected misceneous chores. Dressing up unconscious girls, carrying them to their rooms, and while I was at it I had to repeatedly get busy with Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl-san in a highschool boys sort of way, so I didnt even a wink of sleep. Although I slept a lot in highschool boys sort of way, I didnt get any rest.

    And with the morning sun shining brightly, the girls have gathered in their new dresses. In a striking difference from their yesterdays unbing and lewd appearances, today, they look like refined youngdies. They also have washed and cleaned their faces, leaving not a sign of yesterdays drooling and crying mess to be seen.

    Speaking of which, what did Omui-sama want?

    He asked for a n for the Kingdom, so I gave him one?

    When I came to the Royal Pce to restock earlier I found a hidden room with tons of books, and after carrying off all of them they turned out to be a mountain of secret documents containing ounting books and secret ounting books, official documents and real documents? Yeah, I skimmed through all of them in case there might be something fun, but there wasnt even a single folk tale among those.

    So I saw all of those with Rajingan, and Wisdommemorized it. So I can write one immediately? Magic Handsfinished in less than three minutes, you know?

    I mean, its just about getting rid of what isnt needed and making things normal, so its pretty simple. In short, they simply were obfuscating things, trying to make them as seeminglyplex as possible, to prevent nobles and officials from fixing the issues. But knowing all of the tricks, one only has to make things right again. Now I will be able to install 100 paid massage chains in the Royal Pce, so its great business.

    Papers on fictional construction works where nothing aside from funneling money was done, newly developed but hidden mines, profits from which the nobles split among themselves, everything was thoroughly investigated and hidden.

    In other words, there was some highly capable official. While corrupted, they were doing their jobmendably. And thats why the ounting was perfectly disguised, so the Royal Family received coherent and consistent reports. It is because they made this effort to investigate andprehend everything to falsify the data that they were able to slip through all of the audits. This has to be theption of the long generations of the corrupt governance that was happening in the Kingdom. And thats why simply seeing those documents was enough to understand the solution. They were rotten to the core, but their work on reports was admirable, after all, they onlycked good intentions.

    And thats why I was stuck with side jobbing all this time.

    Everyone, preparations for breakfast areplete. I will guide you to the venue.

    Its another geezer, even though I was hoping for a maid. We headed to the hall with the girls , who unlike yesterday, appeared lively and gleeful in their new dresses with simple color palette, the orphans, as happy to go out in nice clothes as before, and disgruntled boys, for whom I ended up having to make morning coats The girls (tyrants) instantly rejected the boys idea of going back and eating at the souvenir store since its nearby, and desperately did their best to soothe and suppress the orphans opinion of the souvenir stores food being more delicious.

    Hello there, Haruka-kun. Im sorry for making you to go with the clean-up yesterday.

    Wha-, Haruka-kun! What is that massage throne? I want that in the Frontier too? In the audience room!

    Haruka-dono, I dont know how to thank you for yesterdays recovery mushrooms, but pleasee to my house next time

    Aaah, swarmed by middle-aged men since morning again

    The girls are chatting with nobledies, even the Geeks and Idiots get to talk with a muscr femalemander of the First Division, but only middle-aged men gather around me. However, it seems this world has no nobledies with drill hair, so once hair iron isplete it might sell quite well.

    Three little princes seem to be present too, but I couldnt care less about them or the middle-aged men attending. Even the broke noble middle-aged men that I gifted with free clothes at the Souvenir Store have gathered up! Alright, I guess its about time to destroy this middle-aged men pce?!

    Your Majesty. All of the attendees have gathered and awaiting words of Your Majesty.

    We finally got to the breakfast part, but it seems yking has a thing or two to say before that, although Meripapa-san doesnt seem interested in listening. He is tantly ignoring yking, shouting about wanting a massage throne, or rather, a massage count seat.

    Then, yking began his speech from a tform.

    First, lets drink to this auspicious day, lets party, yaaay!

    He really was a yking!

    Oh my, was it not a greeting from your country?

    Haruka-kun, what are you teaching to the King?!

    yking is saying something, while Im running around from the angry girls, trying to get to thedies, but blocked by the hell of middle-aged men, all while being tackled by the orphans, as usual. I wish I could enjoy a more peaceful morning. Like, going for the 22th round since the sunrise.

    Everyone is going to get busy with rebuilding the Kingdom after this lively breakfast ends, so for a while, they wont have much time for partying. Well, they have topletely rebuild the administration while being short on people, so that will be tough. But with the 70% that were undermining, twisting, and hindering the country gone, the country is naturally going toe alive. As long as proper forms of administration are established and instructions are issued it might not take that long for it to recover. Now, its finally back to being a state, so the rest can be handled by the country.

    Now, lets go back. Return to the souvenir store, prepare for departure, and this time return to the Frontier. The inn fees to keep the rooms are such a waste.

 Chapter 325

    Chapter 325

    Day 77  Daytime, the Capital, Royal Pce

    As one would expect from a royal treasury, its spacious and has lots of stuff.

    Officially Im not getting any rewards, but if something is given to me, Id dly take it. I mean, equipment sounds very more useful than stuff like prestige or medals?

    Well, cant expect much though, but if there is anything nice, thats something. This treasury apparently cant be opened without the sovereigns seal, so even Monkey Prince couldnt get his pawns into it. Yeah, I could enter with Magic Key, but being too busy with procurement ended up ignoring it, so this my first time going in there, but my expectations are very low.

    I mean, it doesnt seem like they have anything that great, even from simply looking at Royal Girls and Royal Princes equipment?(Jiggle-Jiggle)

    Well, they say they want to give it to me, so I wont object, and if there is anything nice, Id consider myself lucky. After all, its already been confirmed that my Affection Rating-san is not there!

    Looking around I Appraise everything thates into sight. Weapons and armor are kind of trash, as expected, there are some somewhat nicer items, but even these still look dubious. The gorgeous spear on the wall isSpear of Whirlwind  PoW SpE 20% Up, Whirlwind, Wind Attribute (Medium), and thats the highest level, what an inexplicably dubious item, and thats apparently the Royal Familys heirloom.

    At this rate, it might be better to look for items with rare skills instead of high level equipment, but all of them look so questionable, like Slipping Prevention, Adhesion Debuff, or Bane of Inorganic, and there are so many of those So I keep looking, but its still dubious. There are some potential picks, but all of themck something decisive, so they are just super questionable?

    Well, going safe and picking some ViT or InT boosting equipment should be fine, but having this many items kind of makes me want to find something rare Oh,Elven Magic Bow  PoW SpE DeX InT 20% Up, Magic Arrow, Can be used by elves onlycould be nice for Elven Little Sister Girl But in terms of actual stats it might be better if I make one myself, so this Elf-only restriction is kind of pointless?(Bounce-Bounce)

    Right, if only I can find one of those Up to 7 items can be slotted, it would be a jackpot, and ultimate cheat gear, but 3 slots is the best I can see. Moreover, they have only 10% to 30% stats and the demerits are so heavy that they are totally unusable. 100% bonus can be considered a great find even if its only for three or two stats. Even 90% or 80% is enough, but there is nothing. So shabby!

    If I could make one of those myself the strength of the gear would skyrocket, but that would also mean having to update equipment for 30 people, and if I also learn how to make items where other items can be slotted Then the eternity called side job will continue until the end of times, Re:Endless Side Job But there is nothing, I guess?(Jiggle-Jiggle)

    An item slotted with super high-quality equipment rises to the level of a tactical weapon. Thats right, even my Wooden Stick-san started out small, and became uncontroble Ultimate Weapon after a steady series of sesses! Yeah, I totally crammed too much stuff into it!

    Besides, there are also cases likeMagic Katana, who after being upgraded with mithril got promoted to Dimension de, giving birth to a special skill like Dimension sh, so unique equipment cant be underestimated. Not to mention that if enemies had a divine sword or Dimensional sh it would be noughing matter.

    Going around clearing dungeons back at the Frontier has better chances ofting something nice than going the Royal Treasury? Is there no wonderful item that can make my heart skip a beat Something like mythical Sermon Evasionor the legendary Affection Rating Increase, something rare Circlet of Intelligence  InT MiN 30% Up, Control (Great), Sorcery (Great), 3 Slotsjackpot! But this circletIs more of a headbandOr more like hairband?Jiggle-Jiggle

    Looks great. Well, this is a good item, so it can be added to the girls equipment, but I want Control (Great)too. It should boostMagic Wrapcontrol, and its abilities might greatly improve if upgraded with mithril. InT, MiN 30% Up, and Sorcery (Great)are both effects that could help with control.

    And with 3 Slotsits a great item without any demerits, but headgear be actually put into it? Like ck Hat?

    Well? There seem to be no problem with equipping items on top of one another?(Jiggle-Jiggle?)

    In fact, the girls are wearing several bracelets, or anklets at once. So there should be no issue even if I put on the hair band and wear a knitted hat on top. Even if effectiveness was reduced, its all good as long as the effects dont interfere with each other. I mean wearing a hairband as a man is sort of embarrassing?

    Helmets also should be possible to slot, since its also a headgear, so seems like a chance to raise ViT and InT? (Bounce-Bounce)

    yking was making a yfuss that even if I took everything it hardly would be enough, but the old man that apanied me asked to keep the number of items to the number of people, plus ten items personally for me, otherwise, if I really emptied the storage, it would cause issues with awarding in the future. So I have to choose carefully Naturally, if we count the orphans share too, then the possible number of items will easily go over 100? Yeah, there is no problem since they allowed an item per person?

    That are only few items which made me go That!, but this can cover for thecking types of equipment? Well, once we get better stuff we just pawn off such items? Slime-san, is there anything youd like? Please tell me before you eat it, since I wont be able to appraise what it was after you are it.(Jiggle-Jiggle)

    Slime-san seems to have taken a liking to Mirror of Reflection  Reflection/Absorption (EX), Mirror Surfacification, but Slime-san can just eat magic or whatever without reflecting it? Aah, probably going for Absorption, huh.

    The rest can simply be items with potential, which willter be upgraded with mithril and sold through auction. Everyone is still broke, so there is no need to rush.

    Tons of money that I picked up still remain, and I already bought up everything that I could purchase in the Capital. I even lent two of those super useless royal coins to yking since he seemed to be in trouble because he had no money. Even so, more than 20% of the enormous fortune that I plundered from the Confederation and the Theocracy still remain. Yup, this is a pretty long run as a rich man.

    However, I brought this to seal since it seemed way too dangerous But arent those Gloves of Poison Touch  ViT DeX 20% Up, Can every type of poison, Resistance Nullification, Mad Handcurious, no?(Bounce-Bounce)

    This Resistance Nullification property is way too dangerous to allow a chance of it getting into enemies hands. If Abnormal Status Effect Nullificationgets Nullified, then probability-wise, depending on level difference and equipment Abnormal Status Effects can be unavoidable. Yeah, I have to hurry and develop items withAuto Recovery-type effects, and rip them off?

    But I feel like if I equip it and use Magic Wrap, it will make things very dangerous with Poison added?(Bounce-Bounce?)

    Thinking that I should test it, I equipped it and experimented trying this and that while awaiting analysis fromWisdom-san, also checking the degree of control I can have and Discovered an unexpected usage.

    I can choose the effect and restrict it!(Jiggle-Jiggle?!)

    In other words, if I pick Poisoneverything aside from it will apply. If I set everything to OFF it will cause absolutely no issues with wrapping it. And I can also choose the type of debuff. Which among other things include Aphrodisiac,Intoxication,Paralysis,Faint, basically packed with Affection Rating-killing effects, so I thought that I should immediately seal it, but turns out There wasSensitivity Increase![1] For a moment I thought there might be Affection Rating Increase too, but found nothing!!

    This is what really needs testing! Depending on the results I might be even willing to mithrilify it!!(Bounce-Bounce?!)

    This leaves something with simple bonuses to ViT or InT, but for now, Im fine with anything as long as it can boost the average. For now its quantity over quality, if I have anything left I can remodel it for the ssmates and sell.

    As for the orphans, then its too early for them, aside for emergency-use weapons. For now, eating lots of food and having lots of fun is more important for them. We can protect them while in the orphanage, and if they themselves decide to be stronger then I can make equipment for them at that time. For now they can just y and have fun, making up for the time they couldnt Yeah, and there is no risk of being attacked by monsters in that town?

    Well, for safetys sake Ive already equipped them with the strongest equipment for kids, so by the standards outside of the Frontier they are on par with adventurers. I mean, its for safetys sake So its fine, right?(Jiggle-Jiggle)

    By the time I noticed Ive already picked way over 100 items. Since thats too much, lets leave them some homemade swords and bows. While they dont have special effects, they are way better in terms of pure stats, so there should be noints.

    I mean, Pres-san and others gear is in a state of constant upgrade, so I just keep crafting new stuff, making tons of half-baked weapons and equipment prototypes in the process, so Ive tons of those just gathering dust? Yeah, lets just secretly donate (throw away) all this stuff!(Bounce Bounce)

    Weapons and equipment were shabby, but equipment other than essories and armor was surprisingly good. In other words, it was just a stockpile of unwanted stuff! Thats why no one can me me for trading it for my handmade gear, rather, in terms of numbers, I left more stuff there, so there is no issue with carrying off a whole lot. Moreover, there is even some fresh armor and protective gear previously worn by high school girls, so its a very generous exchange. Well, making middle-aged men happy is kind of annoying, but despite how much they fought in it, its fresh?

    Well, lets go back? Ive got every notable item. And everyone mustve finished preparations to return to the Frontier by now? The carriages are already remodeled, so this will do, I guess?(Bounce-Bounce!)

    Then, when I gave the old man that came with me the list of the stuff that I took and added, he froze with wide open eyes, but since he just stood there with an open mouth without actuallyining I hurriedly retreated from the scene. Hm, did I take too much stuff after all?

    No, I mean, wouldnt anyone get a bit greedy after being told to pick anything you like? Seriously picking items wouldve taken way too much time, so I just took 300 items too dubious to select any specific ones? But ultimately, the treasury ended up with more items than before, so this is a good deal for them, regardless if they are going to use those as rewards or equipment? The stuff that I left is more practical and useful forbat anyway? And freshly worn?(Jiggle-Jiggle)

    Ill have to revise the equipment we haveter, so along with mithrilification of new items there are plenty of stuff to do. Yeah, lets return first.

    Then, after joining the Pres-san and others, who were waiting in front of the carriages in full readiness, we depart. Everyone is waving hands to members of the Royal Family that came to see us off. But Royal Girl is going toe to the Frontier in no time? Yeah, the system for troops deployment to the Frontier was restored, so it was decided that her unit will be the first one to be dispatched to the Frontier. But yking was still going around with three consorts at his side! How enviably outrageous! Lets roast him the next time we meet.

    And Rerorero middle-aged man is waving hand too. Elven Little Sister Girl ising to the Frontier too, so he mustvee to see her off.

    Elven Little Sister Girl is getting along with both the girls and the orphans and doesnt want to separate it seems. Also, while I think that she haspletely recovered by now, it still would be better to have her apany us, in order to observe her post-recovery recuperation, is what was decided by majority ruling, apparently. Yeah, the fact that Im never called for voting is the biggest question here, but Slime-san was actually properly asked for his vote? Could it be that they think that Slime-san is the Master?

    And the First Divisions muscrdy and herpanions also came to say goodbye. Or rather, every single one is a muscr sexydy! It looks like they hit it off with the Idiots and were sparring and stuff. She is a beautiful youngdy of a marquis house, but she is super muscr with a height of more than 180cm, however It seems she was a musclehead, after all.

    The Geeks are still staring at letters. Apparently, correspondence from the Beastmen Country just arrived. Which, among other things, contained letters of thanks for the Geeks and Idiots, but the stuff they are rereading over and over Are letters with thanks from animal-eared girls.

    For the first time they were angry from the very bottom of their hearts, for the first time they fought on their own volition and saved somebody. And for the first time they were thanked by strangers. Coming to another world that they were dreaming so much about, they finally got to save somebody like in the stories, and were finally acknowledged. Thats why they keep rereading them over and over and over again Or so I thought, but turns out kemomimi[2] girls were super cute! Lets burn them after all!!!

    The shop assistant from the Frontiers general store has arrived and already begun taking over the management, so the souvenir store should do fine too. As the entire family has recovered from an illness, they are going to dedicate themselves to working hard in the Capital. We had hired workers from the Slums, the distribution channels from the Frontier are secured, so the capitals souvenir store is going to be a branch of the Frontiers general store. This will allow to purchase stuff from all over the Kingdom, so arranging a couple of buildings is a cheap price. For starters I stuffed the entire underground storage full of merchandise, so it shouldst for a while.

    Lets go home?Yeah!

    We are just going back the same way we can, heading to the farthest Frontier to the east of here, but the carriages got quite a lot livelier than before.

    The Capital is getting smaller and smaller Alright, escape sess!

    Yeah, I managed to avoid getting Evesting Trapconfiscated. So it should be fine for a while, at the very least until Maid Girles!

 Chapter 326

    Chapter 326

    Day 77  Afternoon, Outskirts of the Capital

    Travel by carriage. Well, its not the first time, but this ride feels like the first carriage ride. The carriage with the Geeks and Idiots went out of sight after running wildly for a while, but how far did they go? Well, who cares?

    Here, we have to slowly start the carriages in order to get the orphans used to them. After all, its the first carriage ride in their lives, and their first trip. Not to mention that they are just Lv 1 children. There are worries about their physical strength, and also simple motion sickness concerns too. Well, even if they do feel unwell it can be fixed with mushrooms, but this being their first trip, they must want to observe the scenery until they get tired of it.

    And I too am observing the scenery for the first time. Which reminds me We always traveled at ultra-high speed, so this is my first time actually seeing it too!

    The Frontier is surrounded by forests and steep mountains, giving it a vague feeling of istion, while thend outside is a vast in. There are some hills, but in general, its pretty t, allowing for a great unobstructed view of what feels like endlessly stretching ins. Yes, endlessly stretching nature, which must mean endlessly stretching possibilities for outdoor y, the entire world of pleasure, but Not doing any of that? Yeah, I mean, Im getting stares?

    Such vast empty plots ofnds, which means, as long the poption increases, it can be freely developed?

    There arent enough people. Which means that if there are issues with food supply, there might be a point to rewriting the Frontiers version of the agricultural report, adapting it for the Kingdom. I mean, there is so muchnd, allowing children to starve while having all this is way too much of a waste Firstes potatoes.

    Norfolk four-course farming is the Geeks specialty, and they even have countermeasures for the fertilizer issue, that was its weak point, so someday this entire area might be a wheat field. But while its okay to let them teach, there is no telling what will sprout if they are allowed to farm themselves. Yes, its definitely going to be something entirely unrted to wheat, so clearing it with fire seems like another sort of trouble?!

    While flying, I always have a good view of surroundings, but when falling, all I see is a gray wall. And since Im simply overlooking things from the sky, Ive never seen the scenery in proper detail. Yeah, the only thing I have in my memory is a rapidly approaching ground? And when Im traveling with Armored Pres-san at top-speed its nothing but a wall of blue, green, and yellow. Thats why its fine to go slowly in the beginning.

    On our way to the Capital, I was doing some soil preparation to kill time, in other words, a straight road to the Frontier waspleted.

    Yeah, this is the chance to show the limits of Highway Star Train Aero. If we can go at the speed far higher than when we were going to the Capital, we should be able to reach the Frontier in less a day!(Hehee~en)

    The horses are also steadily running over monsters, raising their levels, and growing into splendid post-apocalyptic steeds. The cute horsies from before are nowhere to be found anymore, its actually a bit sad?

    The speed is gradually rising, but the orphans seem to be unexpectedly fine, so once they get bored of the view we can elerate more. The scenery wont matter once night falls anyway, so lets just make it all the way over there in one go while they are asleep. I mean, Slime-san is going wild here Is it that happy about meeting Poster Girl? Or is it looking forward to their dance battle? Oh, in that case even Dancing Girl might join in!

    Its nice that we got such a good weather.Is there anyone who feels sick?Tell me right away if you feel sick, okay~?Yes, we are good.

    Vice Pres B-san is shaking, shaken by the carriage, and what an outrageous shaking that is, rocking up and down with the movement of the carriage, acting as a shock absorber to the Oh no!

    Dont get me wrong? I was merely observing the stability of suspension and shock absorption mechanisms, and I have to say they are working marvelously, even though the horses arent running wild, double wishbone suspension is going wild on its own, and that double shaking is the WISH, but could you please stop aiming your bows at me? Also, Armored Pres-san and Dancing Girl-san, just when did you evacuate to that carriage? I kind of should evacuate as well, but I also kind of cant do that since Im supposed to wee and entertain Sexy Female Knights here, so no ballistas, okay? As youd expect, I dont think the armor here is not that strong? Or rather, why the hell is Geeks ballista a part of standard equipment of Orphan Carriages?!

    (Currently escaping pursuit)

    While Im being scolded, we continue heading east. Its apparently that way. We dont even have apass, so instead east or whatever, calling it the direction of the Frontier, makes more sense. I mean, its just a straight unforked path?

    But just how farRoaring ident-Searching Geeks and Idiots Exclusive Very Fast but super rocky rocking Model Despite Ultra Reinforced Suspensionwent in its rampage? I still cant see it? Well, it seems that the horse isnt obeying anyone at all, so control is actually impossible, but it was super fast and super cheap. Well, they went eastward, so sooner orter they are going to hit the Frontier. Sooner, orterKind of?You talk like its about someone else, but you are the culprit, right?!

    Things are going well. Luxurious and Gorgeous Carriage for Passionately Weing and Entertaining Lovely-type Sexy Female Knights DELUXE Rolling SPalso had been fully tuned (overengineered) throughWisdom-boosted crafting ability, so this is far from its top speed. The issue is that since thefort of the ride is too high, and it doesnt have enough rocking, I cant enjoy the pleasant softness of the lovely cushions (gorgeous walls of female flesh) on both sides while going Aaah (monotone)! Alright, lets loosen the suspension during the next stop!

    We are traveling with just the usual members, so there is no issue with having some fun time, but how should I put it, without some sort of a happy ident-like development that can add even more rocking to the already rocking carriage it, marking the beginning of a heavenly highschool boy-like soul journey its kind of lonely?

    Moreover, instead ofbat equipment, both of them are wearing new lovely sexy secretary-like tight mini suits in cool ck and gray colors, which makes me want to rip off their ck stockings and say hello to the delicious bare skin, ah, they are so nice and smooth. Alright, lets make a detour before going back!

    The carriage is shaking extremely hard!

    Alright, with my mind clear and refreshed, lets stop for dinner. Yeah, Im sure the scenery is very nice and refreshing too? Well, its already dark though?

    And I begin dinner preparations with highschool boy vigor. The two will surely recover by the time its ready. But while the sexy secretaries secret ces were not-so-secretly-amazing and I couldnt get enough of those ecstatic faces, covering the entire interior of a narrow carriage in tentacles to stimte them in the ETERNAL tentacle RAIN seems to have been a bit much. It goes without saying that the staff (highschool boy)ter dly ate everyone up. Yeah, they were even more broken today than usual?

    The ETERNAL tentacle RAIN looks like nothing but a bunch of tentacles, so its not very fun. But covering the two withInfinite Magic Handsentire, allows to experience normally impossible sensation of touching, rubbing, petting, and fondling every inch of their bodies at once in double due to sensation sync with the magic limbs, a sensation so colossal it might breach the walls of my sanity in a single kick, which seems toe with not small casualties, but since they broke with such happy looks, its fine, I guess. Okay, lets get the meal ready before lecturing begins!

    Hm? Why is everyone so red? Motion sickness? Or could it be that this carriage ride has driven you to awakening to Interspecies (Abnormal) Love, getting you blushing for the horsies? Sort of?

    NO! Its that! Its We are just a bit tired!

    (((To think there was 360 degrees all-surround infinite tentacles paradise in that carriage! (*Gulp!*))))

    Although everyone is still red with a blush, they still are going to eat dinner. The orphans also started running around energetically as soon as they got outside.

    They lived inside the walls of the Capital all this time. In that crumbling building inside the slums. So it must be their first contact with nature, as well as their first trip and their first pic. Everything is first for them, so they are excited and overjoyed. It wasnt right for them to sit in that pile of rubble, cold and hungry. Being overly energetic and running around without a point is the proper job for children. Thats whats normal after all.

    Mystery meat meatballs, omelet from eggs of unknown species, something-that-looks-like-asparagus but no one knows that its actually, rolls with grilled meat of some sort, cream croquettes with unknown mushrooms, rice balls, sandwiches, teriyaki of something that was flying through the sky, and then also some deep fried stuff will be addedter, just wait for a bit. And heree fried potatoes, or rather, stuff your faces?Thanks for the treat!Aaah, we are so beat and hungry!

    And then there are the Geeks and Idiots who appear only for the meal. Wait a moment, that horse wasnt listening to anyone Thats why it didnt even have a bridle and reins. In other words, it waspletely impossible to control, so why is it back? Yeah, and for some reason, its standing in line with its own food bucket.

    I tried packing everything into baskets pic style, but since its alreadyte the atmosphere iscking. But they are easting happily anyway. This is probably the first meal outside in their lives. So we will stick to pic menu even if its already dark. They have to make lots of memories, to make up for everything until now, otherwise, they wont be able to be splendid kids. And by now its kind of pointless to even try to stop the splendid small tanuki. Naturally, it goes without saying that the only splendid thing about her is the belly. The part above is far from splendid, withpletely t ins of sorrow looking like they might even cave-in from their overwhelming sadness GYUAWAHAAAARAAh!

    No, you can eat whatever you like, so dont bite me on the head? If you bite too much youll have to be ressified into Bitchy Small Tanuki (*Gnaw Gnaw!*) GAGYGYAAAAH!

    She actually bit me! Looks like I have to hurry with making that hairband into wearable equipment. Yeah, thats why I picked it, you know?

    We havent bitten anyone ever! And we told you we arent bitches!!!Should we just bite him for real?!

    Even bites from Small Tanuki hurt. If Bitches start biting me too then Ill end up all covered in tooth-marks, so I run away. Psychology often exins leaving kiss or teeth marks on a person of the opposite sex as an expression of the desire to monopolize them, but they actually bite with a crunch! Totally unrted to psychology or whatever, a pure and simple expression of desire for human flesh (cannibalism) and nothing else!

    Naturally, as a highschool boy, Id be courteously waiting on a ce mat if a lovely sexydy told meIm going to eat you, but I dont want to be chewed by the Bitches! I mean, there is none of that lovely double meaning to it, theyll do it literally!

    And with meal break being over we start sprinting. The scenery cant be seen anymore, and having eaten to their heart content the orphans are now sleeping.Now is the time to show the real worth of Highway Star Train Aero. At this rate, well be in the Frontier by the morning Yup, this is way too fast?

    Metal rings on the wheels are scattering so many sparks that now there are two zing lines behind us! Yeah, got to find some sort of rubber materials ASAP, otherwise, the picture looks like we are about to go back to the future any moment Speaking of back, that sounds nice too!

    Alright, its nighttime. Time to do my best! Even though Im being hit with Scorpion Deathlock from Flip Piledriver [1] inside the carriage, there is a reason I cant afford to lose. Its a holy war that a highschool boy is absolutely not allowed to lose. Its bunny girls after all~ all~ all~ (Echoing until the next morning!)

    And as the tests have shown, Sensitivity Increasefrom Gloves of Poison Touchis a weapon of supreme effectiveness, able to make the bunnies tremble, moan, writhe, and crumble down by merely drawing a circle on their backs, so they ended up getting eaten while making circles around their lower areas. And they lived happily ever after? Kind of sort of?

 Chapter 327

    Chapter 327

    Day 78  Morning, The Frontier, The Town of Omui

    We dropped the speed since the children woke up, and also took a break for breakfast But the town is already in sight. Yeah, I wonder just how many hundreds kilometers per hour we were going during the night? There was no sound or vibration, but we apparently were running super wild.

    Familiar gates, and The middle-aged gatekeeper that were already seen way too many times.

    Long time no see, wait, dont tell me the Frontier only has two gatekeepers?! Well, Im sure holding any expectations for the inn is pointless too Its surely still has the sameWhite Weirdoname. Yeah, I knew it I mean, I was the who had to make a signboard for it?

    While Haruka-kun,ining, is parking the carriage at the inn, the children that just got outside, half asleep, are looking up at the high-rise inn with curious looks and open mouths. Well, there certainly arent that many buildings higher than the Royal Pce?

    Long time no see Commoner Poster Pleb Girl? How was yourmoner life? Well, Those areFrontiergoods, that are now all the rage at the Capital, specialty of the Capitals Souvenir Store, not really sure how would it look if you wore it in the Frontier though, but it might be an ultimate indispensable item for supreme appreciators of the Frontier, or rather, Ive just got too many left in stock after going overboard with mass production? Is what the goblins and kobolds in the forests neighborhood are said to be rumoring ording to the Frontiers lege GUOoooH!

    Poster Girl-chan jumped at him. Yeah, his chatter takes way too long, and its not like there is any meaning to it either? Well, she just lunged at him with open arms, so it ended up in a splendid jumping headbutt, and so, the Sex King of unknown species and cryptic behavior was felled. A perfect rebuttal to his way too long talking. She is clinging to him in tears She mustve been very lonely.

    Poster Girl-chan, we are home.

    W-W-Wee back. (crying)

    Now she is charging this way. Casually side-step her to then hug and pat her on the head, and her expression changes to a loose smile.

    For starters, we step inside the inn, and suddenly, therge building, the entirety of which is reserved by us, feels very nostalgic. Wait, everyone is almost crying already. Haruka-kun is KOed. Since his level is as low as before, he is actually just as fragile as ordinary people if he takes the attack directly. And it seems that headbutt was quite powerful!

    This was then followed by a touching reunion of Poster Girl-chan and Slime-san, so a weird dance started, to which a greeting dance of Nefertiri-san was added, creating a pretty weird scene. Angelica-san is shaking her head, but she is very happy abouting back as well.

    After all, Angelica-sans great memories begin with this inn. Thats where she became friends with everyone, so this is a very emotional ce for her too.

    After that we noisily poured into our familiar rooms, left our baggage, and after returning began arguing on what we are going to do from tomorrow, making a ruscus, while loudly shing opinions.

    The children were seemingly nervous about their first inn stay, but soon became friends with Poster Girl and started dancing as well Whats this? Preschool dance recital? But who on earth taught them Mayim Mayim?

    We are nning to have them stay at the inn for a while, and once they get used to things here, move them to the orphanage. Haruka-kun mentioned building a new house where everyone can live together, but it wouldnt be good to treat them so different from the Frontiers orphans, moreover, at the orphanage they will be able to get simple work and errands in the town, so it is going to be better for their future too. But whats more important, the orphanage has a school attached.

    The orphanage is a part of the school system that Omui-sama started, and the town kids are attending lessons there, so they will be able to make lots of friends. So the orphanage is going to work better in terms of making them get used to the Frontier faster, is what was decided after a discussion, but Vice Pres C-san is going to miss them.

    But once we go back to dungeon exploration we are barely going to spend any time at the inn. But while leaving them with nothing to do in the meantime is not good, sending them out to work all day long is also bad. Nevertheless, even if wed like them to stay around, they are still too young to teach thembat.

    And since the orphanage is located near the Adventurers Guild we can drop by at any time, and its not that far from the inn too. Saying that no one will get lonely would be a lie, but after discussing with everyone we decided that this is definitely the best course of action. Thats why even Vice Pres C-san didnt argue against it.

    For starters, lets go around the town with greetings? We still have to get a permit for dungeon subjugation from the guild too?

    Im in, but what do we do?Yeah, wanna split?

    We were handed mushroom-shaped pennants, and told that we will need souvenirs if we are going around with greetings, but we threw them back as hard as we could.

    Dont give mushroom-shaped pennants to pure maidens!Thats right, the visuals are totally out!!!

    The culprit was nning some sort ofMushroom Cup  Pennant Raceto get rid of the unsold inventory, so lets beat him up. Angelica-san and Nefertiri-san have recovered too, so he is getting a sermon.

    Finally getting back to the nostalgic town we are walking around it in a bustling crowd, the children are also excited about novel sights. Normally, moving from the Capital to the Frontier, the most remote province, would be considered a downgrade, but while it indeed loses in the number of stores, its overwhelmingly dominating in both quality and quantity of goods. Moreover, it kept on developing while we were gone, and has even more stores and traffic now. Everyone is happily shopping and enjoying food. Yes, we managed to protect this. This is what we wanted to protect.

    There is a stall with deep-fried food?!

    And that one has hotcakes!!

    Even imagawayaki too![1]

    Kyaaa!!

    The Maidens Stampede has begun. The children ended up getting dragged along, and even though everyone lined up to get pocket money from Haruka-kun, all of it is about to disappear in the blink of an eye. After all, the sweets workshop started operating. There is no way this world would have red bean paste, or anything called imagawayaki. Even the culprit behind the hotcakes must be the usual true culprit behind everything. Even without making any effort to unravel the mystery, if we simply capture him, he is definitely going to end up being the culprit, no worries about false usations. The Culprit (Haruka-kun) is always obvious.

    T-T-T-That over there is a hotdog stall!

    Mister, give us that!

    Be it stalls or stores, everything evolved so far that it wouldve been unimaginable back when we first came to the town. Or rather, its too far. They are about to catch up with the modern era at this rate. And everythinges from his misdemeanor of scattering modern knowledge around, and magic-stone powered industrial revolution. After all, everyone is buying snacks with tears, and eating them up while crying. Being able to experience an already lost ordinary everyday, they must be feeling like they are having fun at festivals from our world, which everyone was sure wed never be able to do again.

    That, over there, its that? Its that, right?

    Eh! No way,Grilled Octopus-like squirming something? Kind of?? Its Takoyaki-san!

    They had neither katsuobushi or aonori, but it was properly takoyaki-san. Im sure they hid takoyaki, Imagawayaki, pancakes, and hot dogs because he wanted us to experience this. The Frontiers shopping district was like a festival, how could we possibly hold back from crying. Everyone is gulping down their food while weeping, getting the children pretty worried by now. When we fed it to the kids their eyes went round from how good it was. This is the wee of the Frontiers town. We are back home.

    With all of our pocket money being eaten up by emotions, nostalgia, and deliciousness, we reach the guild, and see Haruka-kun being scolded in front of the bulletin board again. While the sight is sort of nostalgic, is he at this again, or rather, is he still doing this?

    And the moment Haruka-kun stepped outside he was kidnapped by General Stores shopkeeper He mustve arrived before the goods that he made while in the Capital. Those carriages are craazy fast without needing a high-speed highway. And since a proper road popped up, there are now more merchants. There are, but we arrived ahead of everyone.

    Nothing changed, huh~? Be it the townsfolk~, or Haruka-kun~?

    Yeeah

    The Frontiers town was just the same as before. After all, an unapologetic recidivist that never learns is back in town.

    The guildsdy looked happy, and townsfolk is alsoughing looking at Haruka-kun getting dragged away.

    Then, Ill get dungeon report from the guild, everyone can do what you want, but dont forget to introduce the children, okay?

    Roger.

    Speaking of whichRoger dates back to the days of early radiomunications meaning that a message has been received and understood, and simply was the early spoken or phic term for Rused in the radiomunications for received and understood, but despite Romeo-san being chosen in the end, Roger-san ended up more famous.

    Yeah, no one is listening. I too had no intention of listening to this, but Haruka-kun exined it anyway, so I ended up remembering it. Although I dont think this knowledge will ever be of any use.

    Im d that you are back. While there are no activity in the dungeons at the moment, the Evil Forest began revitalizing again.

    Ah, I thought that the forest wasrger than before. Ill give Haruka-kun a deforestationmision.

    The Guild Master rushed down the stairs, but Haruka-kun had already left. He certainly seems popr with aged gentlemen. No matter where we go he gets surrounded by a crowd of old men before we even notice.

    Here are papers on the current state of the dungeons and exploration permits. There are permits for everyone with the exception for a certain person who isnt even an adventurer. We appreciate your cooperation.

    Thank you.

    Now we can earn money. Small and weak dungeons outside the Frontier gave only cheap magic stones and barely any items. In other words, if we put aside sry from the Souvenir Store we basically worked for free. The King provides some rewards, but they cantpare to what can be earned from dungeon exploration.

    The Frontiers dungeons are just that strong, and also, profitable!

    We can get equipment and weapons at impossibly low prices thanks to being with Haruka-kun, but thats like purchasing national budget-scale weapons at 99% discount. It might be dirt cheap, but that cheap still means an outrageous sum of money. In other words, unless we earn tremendous amounts of money, we will immediately go deep in red, and only non-stop touring dungeons of the frontier can save us from a life of debt And two dresses already cost us a whole lot, even causing damage to our savings. Its quite bad!

    Alright, lets start diving tomorrow!

    Yeeeah!

    We have to earn enough to keep up with Haruka-kuns bargains, auctions, and dessert sales. After all, the quality of clothing went up drastically again. Those dresses were so amazing that even a real princess was stunned. And they also were Quite, horribly expensive. (sobbing)

 Chapter 328

    Chapter 328

    Day 78  Daytime, Omui Town, Adventurers Guild

    I finally made it this far. It was an endlessly long journey, and what awaited me at the end was exactly what I expected. So I have to say it!

    Well, I was absolutely sure, without any shadow of a doubt, that no matter what happens, this is going to be an unshaking certain inevitability, but just as I expected, there arent any new quest on the bulletin board, so what even is going on with this permanent and unchanging existence of this bulletin board-like entity which isnt serving its bulletin board purpose at all? It has no intention of introducing new work, right? This is such aplete and total denial of its raison detre as a bulletin board that it might require legal intervention to prevent adventurers from rising in revolt over such abandonment of its duty as a bulletin board. Just what is the reason that is making the person in charge of the board boycott duty to such an extent? It might be time to post a new notice on this board, announcing recruitment of a new person to take care of this board? Not happening since the person in charge of the board isnt going to update it, huh? Conflict of interests? Kind of?(*pant-pant-pant*)

    Huuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuh? You have returned? And the first thing you do is go straight to the Adventurers Guild, despite not even being an adventurer, andin about the bulletin board? Ive been waiting expectantly for the day when you would finally start acting with discretion, as not to attract attention, but I can see that it was in vain, could you please stop constantlying to openly and loudlyin about the board? This is the bulletin board for ADVENTURERS! (*pant-pant-pant-pant*)

    (*PANT-PANT-PANT*)

    Enjoying with great delight my first fill of the Clerk Pres-sans t Gaze in a while I felt a sense of deep satisfaction, but her retorts have gotten even longer and sharper! Looks like the limits of our lung capacity are being put to a test, but even so, there is not a single new post on the board. Thats actually impressive!

    Well then, going to the General Store right now I will surely get a mountain of new orders forced on me, so I thought Id first drop by the Weapon Store, but the moment I stepped outside I was immediately grabbed by the General Stores Lady, who was already waiting for me there, and dragged into the General Store Is she getting withdrawal symptoms since she ran out of mushrooms? But the fingers digging into my skull actually hurt a bit, you know? Judging by this grip strength, it looks like her old wounds have fully healed.

    You arete! Way toote! You shouldve just wrapped this stupid war ASAP and went back. We got a huge backlog of orders! Good grief, I thought youd be back in two or three days.

    Two or three days? There is no chance of ending things that quickly without indiscriminately incinerating both friends and foes Wait, since there were nothing but middle-aged men, that was a viable option!

    Well, it wouldve been possible if we stuck to the defensive without going to the Capital, but sitting on defense will only increase expenses without any profit?

    Or rather, are there more salesgirls? Did they go through shop-assitant-division or something?

    I hired them! What makes you think that salesgirls can split? Just what do you think salesgirls are?!

    I thought shed be short on staff since she sent salesgirls to the Capital, but there are even more employees than before. Apparently, she was going on a mushroom-giving spree, and some of the girls that recovered with their help came to work here to repay the favor. But even with 7-8 people the business is thriving so much that its nowhere near enough.

    Anyway, clothes! Give me womens clothing! Make it! Make it now! Weve been awaiting new arrivals since forever. The workshop alone cant satisfy the demand for high-ss items. So hurry!

    Her eyes are scary. The aunties must be badly pestering her with this. Those aunties are the champions of the town of invincible demons that can crush even iing dungeon stampedes. She cant possibly defy them. Well, I cant either, so Ill just make it without talking back.

    Sitting inside an avable room Im processing all of the avable fabric stockpile. Grasping fabric with Holding I blend in mana, and treat fabric and threads. This single step greatly changes the quality of the fabric, and also makes it more difficult for wrinkles to form.

    Then I proceed to cutting and sewing it. Thanks toWisdom-sans control Evil Handss uracy and speed have greatly increased, so producing arge quantity of clothes takes only an instant. But since if I dont make a bit extra Ill be immediately flooded with orders again, lets make five times what was originally requested. New clothes pile up into a small mountain as I keep working, adding various tweaks to designs and sizes in the process. Lets not forget about top-selling shoes and bags as well.

    Youve gotten even faster. Your pay has piled up quite a bit by now. Ill leave it here.

    Eh? But I got royal coin in the Capital?

    Yeah, one of those annoying coins that no store or stall would ept. A single piece is worth 100,000,000 Ere.

    Its for thest mushroom lunch box that you made in advance. The one that thoroughly even had a note with my name on it. Mushrooms in it werent normal! They were amazingly delicious, but more importantly, they cured the injuries that were too old to heal! These were mushrooms of the highest grade, right?! I wont be able to pay you back even if I spend my entire life on it Thank you,d.

    Thisdy was pretty strong despite her injuries. But she wouldnt be able to endurebat with the body impaired by those old wounds. But were Murimuri Castle to fall, she definitely wouldve gone to the frontlines. Even if she wouldnt have been able to fight with that body, she wouldve jumped into the fight without a moment of hesitation. Thats why I fixed it. I mean, she refused to purchase them from me, iming that they are too expensive, so they were kind of just left over, piling up without any purpose? Like, they are just growing like mushrooms? Well, they are?

    And in that short while that we were gone, the Evil Forest ended up spreading again, what a dreadful vitality! But it also means an open season for mushrooms, goblins, and kobold hunting, which also means a great chance to make a profit.

    Aaah. Wait? I made it to cure addiction of mushroom addicts, but since all it did was heal some old wouldnt it wasnt all that effective in the end? So the regr prince of 880 Ere is fine. I mean, everything at the top of the order list is mushroom lunch boxes, moreover, for all the urgency, only mushroom lunch boxes are getting the ASAP mark. Clearly, mushrooms were powerless to cure your acute mushroom addiction! In other words, ineffective mushrooms are just mushrooms? Well, they are literally mushrooms though? I guess?

    *Siiiiigh* Just how much do you think those mushrooms cost? And you also gave those lunch boxes to Murimur-sama, didnt you? Murimur-sama hasnt touched the sword since giving birth to the youngdy, but she was leading adventurers in the defense of the Frontier. That mustve been your doing.

    Even though its just mushrooms, she kept insisting that they are too expensive and refused to ept any, I mean, they are literally free? They are just growing all over the ce? I just went and picked them.

    So I went with lunchboxes. Moreover, I handed them with a hidden trap of the expiration date being that very same day. If it were simply mushrooms, she wouldve just given them back without eating, but if its a lunchbox, by the time she notices the issue, it would be already partially eaten! Moreover, even if she tried to return it anyway, it would already be past the expiration date. A perfect expiration date psychological trap that took advantage of the feeling of wastefulness about eating it flipped it upside down, making her think that not eating it would be more wasteful. But that expiration date stuff is actually all made up? I just dont want to write the manufacture date.

    I mean, its better to have morebat forces than less when pushes to shove. And Murimuri-san is over level 100. And the same goes for thisdy. So in order to prepare for the worst case scenario I fed those mushrooms to both of them, but I didnt think she woulde all the way out to Murimuri Castle.

    And be the Frontiers army or adventurers at Murimuri Castle, they all were properly supplied. Provisions, medical supplies, spare weapons, armor, and even items for arge number of people were transported over that distance. The only person in the Frontier capable of distributing such arge volume of goods is the general stores shopkeeper, and that is worth way more than those mushrooms.

    Thats why the Frontier was saved despite my blunder. Because the Frontier saved itself. However The aunties of this town went up in levels after that battle! This town is beyond helping. I mean, its a town of demons by now, where stampedes can only hope to be crushed. The aunties are really scary here.

    Having so much really helps. Id like to have stores for those girls and their families too. Since they can finally work normally.

    Its probably a disease caused by the dense Magical Essence of the Frontier. The question is why Elven Little Sister Girl had it too, but I guess it can be considered the Frontiers local disease. But dense Magical Essence also causes mushrooms to grow, treatment with which can be used to curb decline of the poption. And sufficient weaponry and protection will decrease damage from monsters. Moreover, now, with food issues resolved, the Frontier should experience a proportional growth in poption.

    In other words, the return on all of the investments is going to be further multiplied by poption explosion so much that even thinking about it is scary. Here ites, growing from just a magnate into the perpetual Uber Magnate. Well, the mysterious phenomenon of money vanishing regardless of how much I earn keeps diminishing my funds, so by now even the money that I plundered from the Confederation, the Theocracy, and the Kingdoms nobles are about to run out. Yup,ing back to the Frontier I found quite a few nice items? So even though I thought I still had some surplus, I immediately ran out of money I had on hand after some bulk purchases.

    Actually, myrgest sources of ie are looting dungeons myself and ripping off the pres and others.Those are the two pirs of my magnate life. Going on a spending spree in the Capital with both of them shattered, following with making massive investments that promised future profits have greatly undermined my finances, which then received a finishing blow through pocket money rush back at the Frontier. The confections workshop began operation, and many new shops can be seen. The orphans spent all of the pocket money in a sh, and as expected, when they came for more, the ssmates were lining up with them. Looks like ONE MORE SET ising back.

    Both the orphans and the Girls are crying while sinking their teeth into cotton candy. Was it enough to make them happy? This is kind of the limit right now? Sort of?

    The weapon store seems vacant though. Well, it makes sense that there wont be many customers after giving out so many weapons. As I thought, that old man is not suited for business!

    Long time no see~, even though I didnt see you for a long time, you are just as bald, as beardy, and as old man as before Did you bald head get even shinier?

    It was never shiny in the first ce! Finally back, huh, good job. We got through just fine here. Thanks to you.

    The adventurers that defended Murimuri Castle, vige militia, the towns guards, all were provided with fine equipment. Which must mean that it was this old man that made it. Thats why everything ended without anyone dying. As powerful as healing mushrooms may be, they cant bring one back to life. It was that armor that protected them and those swords and spears and saved them. Thats how the Frontier saved itself. And thats why he has no customers. Yeah, everyone has a full set of equipment.

    For starters, I sell him numerous weapons and armor with dubious effects that were dropped around the Noble District. The colossal volume of precious metal trinkets from there was already sold to the General Store. As the saying goes  one trashs treasure is some magnates profit. In total it became quite nice pocket money. If there is stuff to sell, customers will appear eventually. If everyone is fully equipped, then there is no choice but aim to provide upgrades or recements. Be it the general store or the weapon store, its all because they like to scatter their merchandise all over the ce that they go out of stock. How troublesome.

    Then, I borrow the forge for testing. Previously, I seeded at mass production, but the quality wasnt up to par. Thats why this time Im putting full power in every swing, transmuting, forging, tempering, and hammering. Just focusing my all of observing with Rajingan, feeling withHolding, understanding withWisdom, and forging together withEvil Hands. I simply keep hammering, putting faith in my instincts, and the moment I finish, shivers run down my spine. Its done.

    This is the best I can do at the moment.Sword of Severance  PoW SpE DeX 40% Up, Sword Technique Bonus (Great), Physical Defense Nullification, Severing, +ATT, lets try spears and shields next. The level of equipment will jump up at once if Im able to mass produce this through Alchemy and then mithrilify it. I guess 100 of each will do for starters. At this level, selling it to the general poption bes dangerous. It can get very bothersome if it falls into an enemys hands.

    You made something crazy again. If you can forge such items then you can freely call yourself a first-rate cksmith. As the word among cksmiths would have itEven the greatest technique wont produce enchantments if there are no feelings behind it. If you can forge such a thing without magic stones then you are a true cksmith.

    Looks like it got a seal of approval. He might be bald, beardy, and old man, but he is still the greatest smith in the Kingdom, and he gave a passing mark. But the quality of the end result will be decided by how much this can be improved with magic stones effects and mithrilification. This time, luckily, no one died, we luckily managed to protect, and luckily, everything ended well. In such a case, preparations are required to allow luck to be of any help. Because if things get so bad that even luck wouldnt be able to change the oue, then the only thing left will be despair.

    I have to make something that will allow to grasp that hope, something to boost the chances, even if only so slightly, something stronger than the doom this world is so happy to bestow in its inhabitants. After all, Ive already passed my growth limit. From now on, getting stronger will be apanied with getting more fragile. Im way too far past the limitations of my Stats.

    Well, I keep finding, exposing, and then forcibly using hidden skills that were hidden because using them might kill me, mixing them together with other skills that might kill me, so its not surprising. I knew that unless my level manages to catch up Im going to break down eventually But it seems I went past that threshold way quicker than I expected. The puzzling thing is that Sex Kingfor some reason is stillpletely fine? Yeah, I still can keep going? Yeah, the limit is nowhere in sight. Lets work hard tonight.

 Chapter 329: Invisible Battle ⑤ Conspiracy and Assault

    Chapter 329: Invisible Battle �� Conspiracy and Assault

    <strong> Trantor: Nat </strong>

    <strong>Aegir POV</strong>

    Talk.

    After putting M to bed in her room, I face Leopolt in the office.

    As I have said before, we cant attack in a way that directly harms Zilgray.

    He did tell me that.

    However that doesnt mean we will go easy on him for our revenge.

    A half-hearted attack will not satisfy me either.

    I suspect Zilgray is already acting based on his hatred towards Lord Hardlett rather than intellectual thought.

    The initial failed assassination aside, Leopolt said that the second attack was too obvious and wouldnt be something Zilgray would do if he were thinking calmly.

    What a crazed dog needs is not persuasion, but punishment. Even if we were to find a final point ofmon ground, the best policy is to do so after suitable retaliation.

    I just simply cant get over it until I punch him.

    I sit in my chair and rock side to side.

    Our attack will be on everything other than his life. His personnel, his assets, his honor. Well target almost all of them. It will cause more damage than punching and it will leave longer effects.

    Thats not really the problem here. Well, I said I would leave it to him so I cant be selfish.

    I wont tolerate killing any women though. Men getting involved cant be helped, women arent allowed to.

    Leopolts eyes be slightly more narrow. Im not being selfish here, this is just how the world works so nopromising.

    So whats the n specifically?

    I know hell do a good job regardless of whether I ask, its just that I might cheer up if I hear what he has in store.

    Well be aiming for Zilgrays personal assets, in other words his private residence. However he is currently anticipating us to take revenge and will have a tight defense.

    That goes without saying. If he went to sleep without any precaution knowing the present situation, he would be the stupidest of fools.

    Therefore we will first lure Zilgray himself out of his residence. When that happens, arge portion of guards will follow him and it will be easier for us to attack the empty mansion.

    No, wait.

    It shouldnt be that easy to get him out of the house. Even if he has to go out, he can prepare various disguises, so I dont think he would leave the house so simply.

    Im sure he will do something like that. Thats why Lord Hardlett will write this.

    Leopolt puts down a piece of paper with a rough draft written on it.

    On it is written It would trouble me if we fought anymore, Ill do anything you say so please forgive me, and other such self-deprecating sentences which is pretty much equivalent to a deration of defeat. At the end, there is also a request for reconciliation under absolute secrecy. The meeting ce is the port city on the side of the Magrado General Governorate.

    Sure, he mighte out happily if something like this is sent to him, but it would be my loss the moment I send it.

    Adding in the absolute secrecy part will also ensure Zilgray spreads the news that I asked for mercy, as if showing off the head of a demon he killed. Besides, hell know its me if I try this foul y with the letter.

    After Lord Hardlett has written the letter, press this seal at the end.

    Without answering my question, Leopolt proceeds to take out a stamp of sorts. An imprint with the family crest usually apanies all official letters of a noble household and normally can only be used by the head of the household.

    In my case, the seal has been passed between Leopolt, Adolph and Celia so I havent seen it let alone used it. Not that it really matters.

    Once that seal is added, itll be an official piece of writing. Im understanding less and less. Please have a good look at it.

    Hmm, was the family stamp always like this?

    This is not it. It looks very simr, but this part and the edge from here to here is slightly off!

    Before I knew it, Celia is in the room earnestly inspecting the seal.

    So youre telling me that this is a fake seal?

    Thats right, the fake seal will make the entire document fake. Well use the letter to give him a sense of superiority and lure him out, then take the opportunity to attack the mansion while hes gone. Zilgray will also most likely report the letter to the Kingdom

    Hell realize the seal is a fake if he looks at it carefully Zilgray would not know who sent the fake letter and from where, not to mention he got lured out by it discreetly, plus he will be embarrassed after reporting it to the Kingdom.

    Celia looks to Leopolt in admiration.

    So thats the attack on his honor. How crafty yet amusing.

    Zilgray will have an officer of arms though. Will he be tricked so easily?

    The duty of an officer of arms is to remember each of the feudal lords crests and coats of arms. It is preferably done by the head of the household, but theres a limit to how much he can do. Thats where the officer of armses in to help with memorizing, to avoid the blunder of forgetting somebodys family symbol.

    Celia takes on that role for me, although Leopolt, Adolph and even Nonna knows about most of the seals of the Goldonian nobles.

    Meanwhile Tristan doesnt know any of them and couldnt even remember Count Monashis family crest. I might not have the right to criticize him when I cant even recognize my own family crest though.

    Leopolt lines up the real crest and the counterfeit crest side by side with an emotionless look. Celiapares both and groans.

    The differences are there still they look so simr. Even I might not be able to tell if I didnt get the preface. Im sure you wont. After all, I modified the real crest kept as a spare.

    Celia bes speechless and then stares at Leopolt. He doesnt take his eyes off me.

    If Lord Hardlett takes up the pen himself, nobody will realize its a fake. If for whatever reason they realize something is off, theyll only find out its an borately forged letter. It will have nothing to do with us.

    I see, itll be a big win if we seed in fooling him. If we fail, it wonte back and hurt us and we just have toe up with another n. What a very Leopolt-esque method of doing things.

    That takes care of luring him out. What will we do after hes gone?

    Even if hes lured away, the mansion wont be empty. Its not like we can dispatch a huge army to siege the building.

    If we are only looking to destroy the mansion, soldiers are not necessary. The n is

    Leopolt exins the n to attack the mansion.

    As expected, its well thought out. There is one thing Im uneasy about.

    This n leaves Zilgray himself unharmed, right? Were just taking out his mansion while hes away.

    If I cant kill him, I still want to get at least one hit on him in the end.

    He has a pretty careful nature and will probably have over a hundred protege knights with him. The number of soldiers we can send are limited so we cant do much more than diversionary tactics. Its possible to use throwaway pawns which will inevitably be wiped out producing no results, but that would give him a slight sense of victory.

    I guess meeting in absolute secrecy will naturally limit the number of people we can send.

    Having a small group of elite knights who can rout them is too convenient

    I stand up suddenly and then continue.

    What if its possible to kill his knights with an extremely small group of people? Is there any merit in doing so?

    Leopolt seems to open his eyes a tiny bit wider. It was for a split second.

    There is. Many of Zilgrays protege knights are sons of nobles belonging to his faction. If theyre wiped out, its effects would be more than an attack on his assets and honor. Murdering or inflicting a serious injury on Zilgray would surely invite the Kingdoms intervention, so we would need perfectmand of our soldiers.

    Alright, then lets crush his knights too. Well follow your ns for the rest.

    I have to go ask quickly.

    Im sure Ill get lots sucked out so I should also eat food that replenishes my blood on the way. Today is the day I promised to sleep with Nonna, though I have to postpone it for one night.

    Shes going to sulk, but I cant fuck her with bite marks all over my body. That lovely princess concentrates her fangs on my dick too.

    <strong>Third Person POV</strong>

    The Next Day. Magrado General Governorate. Odoros  Governor General Zilgrays Residence.

    Have a good trip!

    Zilgray boards his carriage as the servants bow their heads. Surrounding his carriage tightly are heavily armed knights.

    Im going to inspect the port city also that Hardlett is crying about how he wants to meet me. Ill go see him while Im at it. Geez, how annoying.

    I am impressed with how big a heart you possess to listen to the words of a foolish man.

    Your Excellency, its about time we depart.

    One of the chief vassals riding in the same carriage reminds the Governor General of the time.

    Nn, Im leaving things to you while Im away, Yir.

    After nodding in a somewhat annoyed manner, Zilgray takes off.

    It goes without saying that he smiled like he won as soon as the door of the carriage closed.

    Now then, we must not let our guard down while the Governor General is away. That Hardlett may have admitted his loss, but some remnants of the rebellion in Magrado are still stubbornly staying alive.

    The man who was entrusted with the mansion tightens up the atmosphere which tends to loosen in his masters absence. Still, it cannot be helped that the servants rx now that the abnormally tense Zilgray is gone.

    That was when a merchant pulling a rattling wagones along and bows deeply.

    My, oh my if it isnt Yir-sama, thank you for looking after me all the time. Ivee for the usual offering of food supplies. Mu, that was today? Very well, then go to the food storehouse

    Yirs hand rises up to his chin mid-sentence.

    Let me look at your load just in case. Theres no such thing as being too careful. Of course, look as much as you want.

    The merchant doesnt show any resistance and opens up his cargo.

    Vegetables meat pickles flour this is quite a thick barrel.

    Aye, if by any chance the barrel broke, it would not make it to the Governor General-samas te after all.

    The servants stuck long objects inside to check, but neither was there anybody suspicious hiding inside nor were there any concealed swords or bows.

    Fine, go ahead. Thank ya.

    The merchant bows almost like hes groveling and once again pushes his wagon along.

    Well, nothing should happen. Even if one or two sneaks in, we have lots of guards here. Also His Excellency the Governor General has 150 of the finest knights with him.

    As Yirments, he casually grabs the ass of one of the maids. The maid initially tenses up a bit, but soon smiles back at him fondly.

    His Excellency isnt here today. You dont have to hold your voice back as I fuck you. Uu w-what an honor Yir-sama

    The maid sadly closes her eyes as she nestles close to the man.

    Late at night.

    How does it feel!? Do you like my thing? Its better than the one yourmoner lover in town has, isnt it!? Yes its better than his ah, that hurts! Please, be more gentle igyii!!

    The maid cries and does her best to respond to Yir as he pounds her from behind until a guard enters the room without knocking.

    Yir-sama, its an emergency situation! Y-you idiot! Its in the middle of the night!

    Yir quickly stops moving his hips, which allows the maid to escape from the bed and curl up in the corner of the room.

    Its an emergency! A pir of fire from the food warehouse What!?

    Yir takes a peek in the corridor stillpletely naked with his crude member hanging out to find that smoke has spread throughout the mansion.

    I-impossible! Of all days to happen, it happens when the mansion is entrusted to me!!

    Allowing the mansion to go up in mes is an executionable offense. Yir scrambles about in the corridor naked in an attempt to suppress the fire before it can grow any bigger.

    Is the fire only in the food storehouse!? For now! With how strong it is, who knows when it will spread elsewhere!

    I can still make it! The food storehouse is made of stone and has no windows. If I can extinguish it there, I can find some way to fool him.

    Yir hurries to the food storehouse where he finds servants and guards gathered in front.

    Yir-sama! Its a disaster!

    I can tell by looking, fool! What started it!?

    I dont know. By the time I realized, it was already like this judging on the intensity, the only thing I can think of is oil or something simr caught fire.

    As if something so ridiculous can happen!

    Oil is not kept in the food storehouse. In addition, torches ormps which can start a fire are not nearby either.

    One of the maids said she heard something pop Eei, whatever. Ill listenter. We need to put out the fire first!

    The servants rush to fetch water with tubs, although pouring the small amount of water didnt have much effect on such arge fire. mes are starting to burn the thick wooden door as well, making it useless.

    Barrel after barrel explodes, producing an even greater congration.

    That wasnt a barrel of vegetables? Why are the vegetables exploding!? I dont know whats going on either

    While Yirs subordinates argue with each other, more barrels explode and strengthens the fire. Eventually, those trying to extinguish the fire could not even stand in the corridor in front of the food storehouse because of the heat and smoke.

    Yir-sama! Its impossible to put it out now! Please run away! Dont be stupid! How can I just run running is

    Yir, who was still sshing water fruitlessly, remains reluctant to leave, and it was only when the carpet and other decorations started to burn that he gave up and ran.

    Anyways, have all the guards focus on extinguishing the fire! Then have the items in the treasure room carried out of the mansion. B-but only His Excellency has the key to the treasure room. We cant open it!

    Zilgray doesnt trust his subordinates enough and always keeps the key to the treasure room close to himself. The key stays with him even at this moment, meaning there is no key in the building.

    eeeei! We have to put this out no matter what!

    The struggle was in vain as it took less than an hour for the entire mansion to be engulfed in the crimson mes. Despite the servants and guards running around, it was like they only added to the fire, gradually making it uncontainable.

    No matter how much they wanted to protect their masters mansion and their own jobs, nobody could risk their own lives in doing so, and had no other choice except watch the house go down from outside.

    Ooh how how could this happen

    Yir falls to his knees feeling devastated, staring nkly at the scene unfolding before his eyes.

    The private residence of Magrados Governor General Zilgrays mansion burned down, leaving no trace of the countless fancy furnishings and most importantly the enormous sum of assets saved in the treasure room.

    The state of the building was seen by everyone in Odoros, those brilliant mes which burned in the darkness stealing the attention of all the citizens. Among them are those whose shoulders were slumped over due to the chaos in the General Governorate, those worried about reworking thebor and taxes, and those who simply caused a ruckus from seeing the fire.

    There were also quite a few people secretly smiling to themselves in the dark.

    Meanwhile.

    So well be departing tomorrow morning. That will make us half a dayte.

    Fumu, I wanted to be about two dayste however staying too long in such a rural area is pretty boring. Its about time to go.

    Zilgray stays in a small vige to deliberately dy the time of the meeting.

    Call Ad over. Yessir!

    After giving the order, Zilgray rolls onto the bed. Ad is the name of his lover.

    Tch, damn countryside. Do they not have decent beds around here?

    Zilgray curses about how ufortable the feeling of his bed is. He threw the residents out of the vige so he and his knights could stay in a few houses there, although naturally the furniture here doesnte anywhere close to the level offort of his own mansion.

    I need to get Hardlett to apologize and promise to repay me back as soon as possible so I can go home.

    Sorry for the wait.

    Ad prostrates at the feet of Zilgray before removing her clothes and getting into bed.

    Take it in all the way to the back of your throat. To the point youd choke. Very well.

    Zilgray receives Ads fetio and listens to her strained moans while talking to himself.

    It took such trouble, but its practically inevitable that Im the third power if Hardlett is apologizing to me. No, not only that, those from the factions of the Commissioner of Military Affairs and the Commissioner of Government Affairs might also bend to me.

    Zilgray grabs Ads head with his thick arm and roughly rocks it back and forth.

    Uugh! Uueh! Gueh!

    Now then, what should I do aboutpensation? I want to take everything I can, but it would seem desperate if I ask for too many small things. Umu, Ill divide it into multiple years and continue taking from him for twenty years. Hahahahaha, this is that idiot were talking about. He might not be able to do addition and be happy that things settled cheaply. Uuuh!

    Without any warning, Zilgray ejactes and forces Ad to choke more.

    Alright, lets go with that. After that, I can win over a few ministers with the assets Ive saved up and the King will acknowledge me too.

    Ugughugh

    The man happily continues his monologue as he pisses in the girls mouth. Despite coughing, the girl swallows everything without spilling.

    Zilgray grabs the girls ass and just when he was thinking about how to attack her next, he stops moving after hearing a moring sound from outside the window.

    Are they tormenting the residents no, thats not the same sound. A fight no, a raid?

    Before climbing to the position of Governor General, Zilgray had experience being on the battlefield so it wasnt like he was being raided for the first time.

    He doesnt get flustered when one of his knights bang on his door.

    Is it a raid? How many are there? Yessir! There are twenty of them! Using the cover of night, I believe they are aiming for Your Excellencys life.

    Zilgray scoffs.

    How stupid. I have with me 150 elite knights and 200 soldiers from the local governor.

    He acts as if his victory was guaranteed, not showing a trace of concern.

    More importantly, is this attack simply the remnants of crazed Magrado rebels or a foolish n by that Hardlett hmph, either way Ill use this raid to take even morepensation from him.

    Theres no need for me to move from here. It would be convenient if you could capture one or two of them no, it doesnt matter. Kill them all and cut off their heads. Ill show it to Hardlett.

    Yessir, as youmand!

    The knight bows and then leaves the room. He also didnt feel the need for Zilgray to evacuate. Rather, he moved particrly fast because he thought this could be a chance to increase his aplishments.

    What a strange feeling it is to fuck a girl while there are sounds of battle in the background. Get on top. As you wish, Your Excellency.

    Ad climbs over Zilgray and bucks her hips. She screams when her nipples are twisted, then throws her head back and cries when nails dig into her white skin. This was all to please the man with a sadistic nature.

    The mans hips slowly stop moving.

    Thats weird, howe I still hear the fighting?

    He expected to hear the screaming and shouting. It was the sound of the enemy force who came for assassination being hunted by the impossiblyrge force of knights and soldiers.

    It was 20 vs 350. The victor should have been decided in an instant and all thats left would be to hunt down all those running away. However, the sound of battle seemed to be getting closer instead of going further away.

    The sound gradually became more distinct as well.

    My hand! My hand is gone! A head was ripped off with bare hands!? What are they!? I stabbed him! I cut him too, so why wont he dieee!? How can they move in the dark like this? Not a single torch is lit!?

    Zilgray pushes Ad off the bed and runs to the window to take a look outside.

    His allies which supposedly had the overwhelming numerical superiority were already fighting in an area which can be seen from the window. Torches were scattered around, clearly due to the state of panic the knights were in.

    Is it because there were more of them than expected? It shouldnt be that easy to prepare such arge group though eei, I cant see!

    Strangely, the enemy didnt light a single torch so their numbers or appearances couldnt be determined.

    Hm?

    At that moment, a torch shone on one of the attackers wearing ck clothes for a split second. That shadowy blur passed through his allies as fast as the wind, the severed heads of the knights plopping on the ground like over-ripened fruit.

    W-what is that

    Looking through the gap in the window, Zilgrays eyes meet with those of the shadows eyes.

    It may have gotten close, but there was still a few dozen meters of space between them. The opening was small enough to fit only a pinky finger and tonight was a night with no moon.

    I-impossible.

    Still, Zilgray was sure of what he saw. Those eyes were glowing red. This was the first time hes ever saw something like that, yet he could tell they didnt belong to a human.

    Zilgray quickly shuts the window tightly, takes up his sword and stands in the middle of the room.

    Um? What about the service? Shut up! Nows not the time!

    Ad gets kicked, bumps her head on a table and faints.

    Haa, haa

    Zilgray looks back and forth from the window to the door, gripping his sword so tightly his fingertips turned white.

    Eventually, the noise dies down and the quiet of night returns.

    I-is it over?

    Who won though?

    Zilgray pants heavily as he was about to look out the window to check, only to stop himself after remembering those red eyes.

    No, if we won then they woulde immediately to report. Them noting means

    Zilgray hurries to blow out themp in his room before crouching down.

    They dont seem to be checking the houses. Will I get by if I wait it out? No, I might need to escape as soon as I can.

    Uurgh

    It was at that moment when Ad holds her head and tries to get up.

    Woman, go outside and see whats going on. Tell me right away if its safe! Eh? B-but

    Ad hesitates obviously because she also heard the earliermotion.

    Just go! If you dont, Ill kill you right now!

    Understood

    The girl slowly opens the door and timidly steps outside, her legs trembling with every step. A few secondster

    Nooooooo!! Stoopppp ittt!! Kyaaaaa!!

    There was a piercing scream, and then an abrupt silence.

    -!?

    Zilgray used cat-like quickness to dive under the bed.

    As I thought, the enemy is still there! Then I was smart to send her. That guy I saw should think Ad was the one who was peeking out of this house.

    He just needed to stay hidden until reinforcements arrived. Zilgray concealed his presence, suppressing his breathing under the bed.

    Zilgray waited so long he lost track of time and when he finally thought it was safe, he was about to stick his head out to check.

    It was then that he saw countless red eyes staring at the bed. Not a sound was made and they were already in the room.

    He knows.He knows.We found him.We cant let him go.How unfortunate.

    !!!

    Zilgray, the Governor General of Magrado, feels a warm sensation on his crotch before passing out.

    By the time Zilgray woke up, the day broke. Everything that happened yesterday felt like a bad dream and morning came as usual.

    Zilgray crawls out from under the bed, fearfully opens the door and walks outside. His hand rxes and his sword falls to the ground.

    am I still having a nightmare?

    Piles of corpses were strewn around the house he was hiding in.

    Is there anyone alive?

    When he propped up a fallen knight, he noticed the body didnt have a head.

    Is anyone here?

    When he pulled a knight away from the wall, he saw that the body was missing its right side.

    Anyone will do. Answer me!

    He grabs the hand of his close aide riding on top of a carriage and realizes that the body wascking its bottom half.

    Anyone! If you answer, Ill make you governor! Osalo! Varek! Ad! Is nobody here!?

    Out of the scattered corpses, not many of them still resembled aplete human. Upon closer inspection of those that appear to be whole, one would find their hearts or entrails ripped out and their bodies twisted around several times way past the limit allowed by the human bodys natural ability.

    Someone answer me! Anyone!! Please!!

    Zilgray would continue yelling in the middle of all the corpses until an express messenger arrived to tell him about his mansion going up in mes.

    <strong>Aegir POV</strong>

    At the same time. Rafen  Mansion.

    Someone answer me.

    No response. Both Nonna and Ca fainted from cumming too much. Leah looked like she was going to say something, but she couldnt muster the strength and copsed on the bed weakly.

    I-Im fine.

    Celia, who saved her strength, was the only one who answered as she settles down against my chest. Her hips are already trembling uncontrobly and it would be impossible to go one more round with her. Maybe we can just talk.

    I wonder if Leopolts n went well. Well nothing was fitted inside the barrels after all, since it was the barrels themselves which were the device.

    Leopolt used a doubleyered barrel, packing the space betweenyers with oil and gunpowder. If there was a spark, it would make the entire barrel explode regardless of what was inside and spread the fire. Not only that, the barrel needed to be broken apart or else the trick wont be discovered no matter how much the contents are investigated. Thats how the barrels appeared to be food supplies and carried into the storehouse inside the mansion.

    Still, nothing would happen unless there was something to start a fire what was that thing called? You mean quicklime?

    Celia answers as she rubs her face on my chest.

    Right, that. What a strange powder it is to burn with the addition of water. I think so too.

    Apparently, that strange powder was added to a few of the trick barrels. Im told that if mixed with a certain amount of water, it will start to burn. The details dont really make much sense to me.

    That was part of the contributions made by the coborators.

    Yes, including the merchant carrying the load as well as the servants of the mansion, many people think poorly of the General Governorate so we easily got our preparations done.

    Besides putting the tampered barrels in ces where water drips, some servants even promised to pretend to put out the fire and ssh oil instead of water to spread the fire. As expected, Magrados hate towards Goldonia still remains.

    With that said, they are helping because they believe Leopolt is one of the remnants of the Magrado rebels. We might be the number one bad guys here.

    Yes. There is no proof though.

    Celia snickers and a sinister grin appears on her face. When I suck on her chest to punish the wicked Celia, she lets out a cute moan and returns to how she usually is.

    I wonder how the attack on Zilgray himself is going? Theres no need to worry about that.

    A small elite group instantly makes me think of Brynhildr and her vampires.

    It would be a long journey for her personally so the always obedient Siegfried was sent in her ce. The one who arranged for them to get there without getting hit by the sun was Leopolt.

    Thest time I saw him was a long time ago, but I dont think any human can beat Siegfried. If my woman wasnt involved in that fight, I might have lost to him too.

    The price for being selfish is big though.

    I feel the pain and humiliation just thinking about it now. I was prepared for my body and cock to be bitten, except it wasnt that simple.

    W-what kind of price?

    Brynhildr took out an extra thick dildo from who knows where. Then she shoved it in me. I dont want to say where.

    Tell me what you did! No. The nosy Celia gets this for punishment.

    I take a finger and stick it up Celias asshole.

    Protagonist: Aegir Hardlett. 24 years old. Summer. Status: Goldonia Kingdom Margrave. Great Feudal Lord of Eastern Area. Mountain Legend. Friend of the Dwarves. Friend of the King of Aless. Dragon yer Hero. Elf Mediator. Sex King of White City.

    Citizens: 185,500. Refugees: 24,000. Major Cities  Rafen: 32,000. Lintbloom: 5000. Special Cultivation District: 13,000.

    Army Staying Behind: 8800 men Infantry: 6000, Cavalry: 1100, Archers: 900, Bow Cavalry: 500, Cannoneers: 350 Cannons: 35, Large Cannons: 20, Dwarven Cannons: 16, Chariots: 30

    Troops Dispatched to South: 2200 men Refugee Guards (Light Infantry): 2200

    Other Reserve Army: 2000 men. Security Unit: 200 men.

    Assets: 42,050 (increased military preparations -550), (special construction cost -1000)

 Chapter 331

Chapter 331

    This chapter is missing , we are fix soon !

 Chapter 332: An Intense Briefing

    Chapter 332: An Intense Briefing

    An Intense Briefing

    Patricia Zylbersteins mansion was crowded with big names from different countries. Those gathered in the conference room, in particr, were VIPs.

    King of Einbeast, Gerhardt Vatex Anchor. Captain of the Knights of Ponsonia, Lawrence D. Falcon. The Knights of Quinnds Deputy Head. Bioss Temple Knights Commander. Forestias Army Minister. King of Dream Maker, Doriachi.

    First, I would like to thank you all for answering my countrys call.Patricia started.Today we will be sharing information in preparation for the expedition next spring.

    Sitting beside her on the round table was Ville Zentras mayor. Her secretary and other officials were on the long table behind her. It was the same for the other countries; one or two representatives were seated on the round table, while their assistants were behind them.

    Wait a sec.Gerhardt raised his hand.Whats Silver Face doing here?

    Sitting quietly by the wall was Hikaru in his Silver Face getup.

    Hes our biggest patron in our effort to rebuild Dream Maker.Doriachi said.

    Patron? Are you sure hes not here to steal information or disrupt this meeting?

    Im sure you know that a man of his ability does not even need to show himself.

    Hmm

    Hikaru didnt bother hiding to show that he had no ulterior motives. There was no need for him to actually join the meeting, but there might be matters where his statement would be necessary.

    Gerhardt didnt say any more. However Bioss Temple Knights Commandera man in his early forties with not much featuresdidnt stop ring at Hikaru. A vein had popped up on his forehead.

    <em>Right. I did cause amotion in the Popes room,</em> Hikaru thought.

    Destroying the Popes chambers just to show the de of Severance, of course, was more than just amotion. Hikaru slipped through the temple knights security and even escaped their grasp. They probably wanted to kill him so badly.

    Next, Dream Maker will exin to us about Grand Dream.Patricia said.

    Doriachi nodded. It seemed like a civil official, not Doriachi, would be reporting. A young man stood up and began to speak. Information about the new continent was new to many people here, so everyone listened, while secretaries ran their pen at great speed.

    It was overall quite a hopeless situation, now that Hikaru heard it once more. Grand Dream was a bit smaller than this continent, if not the same size. To the south was a vast wastnd, while the rest was covered in dense forests. There were rolling hills and mountain ranges as well. Steep, craggy mountains towered up north, in particr.

    Monsters inhabited all but the wastnd. ording to citizens of Dream Maker who actually engaged in battle in this continent, the monsters here were considerably weaker and made their jobs easy.

    Roots, spots that raised the level of monster activity, were scattered throughout the jungles. There was a high possibility that there were more Roots the farther you went north. To top it all off, there was a legend that a gigantic monster lurked in the northernmost part of the continent.

    <em>Its good that theyre keeping things simple,</em> Hikaru thought. Mentioning evil creatures and Koukimaru would only make mattersplicated.

    The official continued. Since the people of Dream Maker didnt have the aptitude for Spirit magic, they couldnt be exactly sure, but casting magic seemed to be possible.

    There was an issue with food supply as well. Eating monster meat was highly discouraged as some of them were contaminated.

    There are high-purity magicule crystals called dragon stones that some of you might want

    Dragon stones? How big?Forestias Army Minister asked. He was a balding man with a mustache.

    The official produced five samples and handed them over to Bios, Forestia, Quinnd, Ponsonia, and Einbeasts representatives. They took it out of small bags and found the fragments to be not bigger than a thumb.

    We already gave one to Vireocean. You may have those.

    What the?!Biossmander was left almost speechless.Unbelievable. Theres so much mana stored inside. Sounds like the high-purity magicule crystals is true. Are these Roots really scattered throughout the continent?he said, his face flushed.

    Yes. I heard theyre so big that you wont be able to carry it even with both arms.

    Wow

    We have mines here where we obtain Spirit magic rocks, but none as big as you described.

    Each country will receive their share of the dragon stones based on their contribution.Doriachi continued.

    The room stirred. Patricia alone stayedposed, as she had already discussed this with the king.

    Small magic rocks were sold at several hundred gns. Huge ones packed with mana rarely appeared in the market, and tended to be sold at high prices.

    Wait a minute.themander of the temple knights said.That doesnt seem fair. We only brought two hundred men.

    Unfair?Gerhardt scoffed.You only think about protecting yourselves. Thats why you didnt bring enough men.

    With all due respect, Your Majesty, were on guard against your country. We did not know how many troops youd send to this expedition

    Want to attack while Im gone, then? I dare you.

    What?!

    That is, if you can. Im not around. Come on, its a huge opportunity.

    Bios and Einbeast were on awful terms. Gerhardt was obviously baiting the man, yet he couldnt help but grind his teeth in frustration. The king wore a look that said he was just poking fun at him. That didnt stop Gotthold from elbowing him from the side, however.

    Patricia opened her mouth with a sigh.If you wish to send more troops, they can join the second batch, or if they can arrive in a month, we can arrange for them to join the first batch. Though I cant really rmend marching during winter.

    Thank you, Supreme Leader.Themander finally regained hisposure and nodded.

    He handed the bag with the dragon stone to a knight and sent him out the room, presumably to travel back to Bios quick and get the Popes opinion.

    You should take it easy as well, Sir Gerhardt.Patricia shot a nce at the Beastman, who wore the same look of feigned ignorance.

    Gotthold bowed deeply. Every country was aware that he was the Beastman kings chaperone.

    By the way, I believe well travel by sea,Lawrence cut in,but I heard Silver Face right there possesses a means to shorten the travel time by only hours.

    <em>Okay, didnt expect that toe from him.</em>

    Hikaru already expected this matter toe up. In fact, it was evident that it would be raised in this meetinghow he moved thousands of refugees on foot. It was for that reason that Hikaru joined the meeting. Although, the n was for Doriachi to exin it first. Hikaru didnt expect Lawrence to bring it up.

    Hikaru raised his hand a little.I didnt know you were aware of that, Master Swordsman. I am honored.

    Dont patronize me. I lost against you.Lawrence said.

    The knight simply told the truth, without any hint of jest in his voice. The room went silent. Knights behind him looked troubled, as though saying You promised not to say that! Indeed, stories about the Master Swordsman losing to someone would do no good.

    Oh You beat the Master Swordsman too, eh?Gerhardt said.

    Too? Did you fight Silver Face as well?

    I wouldnt call that a fight. He just made aplete fool out of me.

    It made sense that he thought that way. After all, Hikaru left a knife at the kings bedside, and sat on the throne without permission.

    Lawrences gaze darted at Hikaru, his eyes asking if what Gerhardt said was true.

    Uh I did it out of necessity?Hikaru said.

    You shouldnt make fun of people.Lawrence admonished.

    Anyway, moving on.Hikaru continued.I cant use the same method anymore. Its possible that I might be able to use it in the future, but right now, its impossible. So including it in the options is not realistic.

    Is it some kind of a single-use magic item?

    Something like that Theres not enough energy avable to use it. I was able to activate it with a huge dragon stone, and right now we dont have any.

    Lawrence didnt speak anymore, content with Hikarus exnation. Experts in sorcery should have understood without any problem. Dragon stones in that continent contained that much mana. For Hikaru, however, these stones were nothing but huge bombs that Drake also happened to eat.

    These are data on the Roots.

    An official from Dream Maker distributed documents, which everyone looked over.

    I have a question.Quinnds knights deputy head, who was silent up until now, finally spoke. He was a good-looking man with silver hair tied to the back.

    <em>He would look good in womens clothing,</em> Hikaru thought.

    I still find it hard to believe that the monsters over there are that strong.he said.

    Same here.Forestias Army Minister agreed.We need a precise estimate on their strength, or our training might go to waste.

    We thought youd say that, so we prepared a little demonstration for you today.

    Patricia nced at Doriachi, and the king nodded in response.

 Chapter 333: part 1

    Chapter 333: part 1

    The day after the regr practical exam at the pilot school. I was in Jayannes yroom, lying in bed with Light Cruiser-sensei.

    Congrattions on your victory by the way.

    She smiles joyfully when I said that. Our heads are on the same pillow, and were close enough that our earlobes touch each other. We are both slightly out of breath because we just finished our first round.

    (Its been a long time, I got a bit too excited.)

    The reason I congratted her thiste even though I shouldve said it first thing when I met her was because I started the y right away. Right after the apprentice girl left the room I didnt even give her time to put her lips on the drink that was delivered to us and pushed her down and just start sucking on her.

    Saving something up forter thatsted a bit too long.

    This was probably the cause. Light Cruiser-sensei was getting busier and busier before the exam, and her work attendance had been decreasing. It was getting harder to get appointments with her, so I needed to be extra patient.

    (It was very close in the semi-finals, but it was getting tough, especially in the final. I was always on the edge of my seat while watching her.)

    Light Cruiser-sensei and in Queen. Both of their Knights must have had very little endurance left then. At the veryst moment, she unleashes a series of three super-fast strikes, like multiple lightning bolts falling to the ground at the same time. If she didnt do that, the victory would have gone to her opponents side.

    Frankly, I was already prepared to lose.

    As if to confirm my guess, the winner of the practical exam said quietly.

    But at that moment, I could feel the movement around me slowing down.

    At first, it seems that she thought she would hit the enemy Knight in the jaw and that would be the end of it. She was half expecting a counterattack toe first, but she fired the second blow anyway.

    That is when my fist went into her heart, but the whip still didnte.

    Then she decided to thrust her fist out for the third time, and it hit her in the sr plexus, just as she had intended. The flow of time returned to normal when in Queens Knight began to fall backward.

    (.What the heck? Isnt that just like the realm of a master already?)

    I can only look back at her with my mouth hanging open. I have heard simr stories, but all of them are from the people who made a name for themselves in sports and martial arts in my previous life.

    (No, I guess bed activities in this world are no less impressive than sports or martial arts.)

    Wepete with each other, unleash our techniques, and pour our energy into it while having fun at the same time. Then after its over, we take a shower to let off some fresh sweat and call it a day. And this woman is one of the most talented women in the royal capitals red-light district. Ive already prepared a center seat for her in the hall of fame in my mind. It would not be surprising at all if she were to stand shoulder-to-shoulder with legendary yers.

    (I am fortunate to be able to y against Light Cruiser-sensei in her prime. I should be grateful.)

    As I was thinking about this, a voice called out to me from right beside me.

    I have be stronger now.

    The beautiful woman with long hair turns her face toward me on the pillow and told me that out of nowhere.

    I realized this when I go to pilot school while working in the store. As you get better at handling knights, you are also getting more skilled on the bed.

    When I silently urged her to continue, Light Cruiser-sensei opened and closed one of her fists lightly as she continued.

    And then the final yesterday. I was sure that Id had a breakthrough with that one. Would you like to taste it, Tauro-sama?

    I stare at her with a strong light in my eyes and think.

    (The skill to operate Knights and skills on the bed. I knew there was a connection between the two.)

    The first round we had just now. I already felt better than usual from the feel of our skin touching.

    A few days of not ying with Light Cruiser-sensei.

    Its not a level of performance that can be exined by such a thing. As I thought, her skills must have risen significantly from the bottom. With a sense of satisfaction that my theory was confirmed, I replied.

    With pleasure!

    I immediately turn my body to the side and start the second round with a hug.

    (It would be rude not to respond to her full strength with my full strength.)

    With our skin touching each other, I activate my magic eye, which can see the other partys weak points as a color temperature. I examine every inch of her body and taking the initiative, stab deeply with my Astral Sword. It is a sword that, although only by stimtion, I can alter the length, thickness, and shape by cloaking the gentleman between my legs with an aura.

    Its a very urate way to poke the other partys good spots and I can make adjustments based on their reactions.

    Thisbination of the magic eye and the astral sword can be considered wicked if I do say so myself.

    (Ill familiarize her used with my shape and make her melt. Just like in the days of A hundred days pilgrimage.)

    If Light Cruiser-sensei reflected her strength with the miniature Knight, then Im also going to as an active pilot of the Old Lady. Moreover, Old Lady is a Knight that specializes in sniping from a very long distance.

    (It never misses its aim. You can enjoy the taste of its precision with your body.)

    I keep stabbing her at her weak point which emits a strong light from the first move. Unable to resist, Light Cruiser-senseis jaw was pointing up and her waist was shaking. However, that movement was a tricky one.

    Zun Zun Zun!

    Three times in a row. The back-and-forth movement of her hips in a split second gave a shock like a bolt of lightning to my lower body and paralyzed me. My eyes went wide in surprise and when I looked at her, there was a smile on her face.

    (This huh? The technique you used to defeat the in Queen.)

    The finishing blow in the final match. Front, middle, and back. The Guillotine was activated at three different depths. I managed to survive the blow, but it was only by chance.

    (Itsing again!)

    Without a pause, shes going for another triple consecutive attack.

    (I wont let you!)

    But I, too, the infamous Dr. Slime of the red-light district. I would not simply fall to my knees in the face of a new technique.

    (Stretch out! Magic Stick*!) *TL Note: Uses the Kanji of (Ruyi Jingu Bang), Sun Wukongs weapon.

    My astral sword changes its shape faster than the movement of Light Cruiser-senseis waist. The target is a spot that emits a white light reflected in my magic eye.

    (.Great.)

    I clenched my fist tightly in my heart at the three consecutive attacks. I cant help but feel proud of myself at least for now. Because I managed to counter all three of them.

    Kyaaaaaaaa!!

    Light Cruiser-sensei let out a cute scream as she squirts various things and faints. Three deadly shots aimed at the vital point. All of that was returned with double damage, so it was only natural that her consciousness was cut off.

    (But there is no doubt that she is getting stronger. The future battles. theyre going to get tougher from now on.)

    Losing has a certain feel-good factor, still. But honestly, I would like to be respected as a formidable enemy if possible.

    (I might be the one who makes that kind of face next time.)

    When I look down, I can see Light Cruiser-sensei with her eyes, that has be white, opened wide.

    (Phew)

    Enjoying the feel of her slender body, which did not stop twitching, I poured a lot of my liquid deep inside her and exhaled heavily. Then I brushed my hands through her long, straight hair while enjoying the scent and feel of it.

 Chapter 337: part 1

    Chapter 337: part 1

    In the northern part of the Ost continent, north of the Empire. Until recently, a paradise for magical beasts called the Spirit Forest existed there. Many different types of magic beasts were able to inhabit the forest because of the existence of the World Tree at its center.

    The only existing outlet for magic power in this world.

    This is the role of the giant tree that reaches 1,000 meters tall and the diameter of the circle drawn by the tips of its outstretched branches is 4,000 meters. The magic power is released high into the sky and spreads throughout the world. It then slowly descends to the earth and the sea and returns to the earth to circte. However, it is not evenly distributed, and the concentration of magical power around the World Tree is higher. The grasses that grew up with the benefits of the tree created the Spirit Forest, which supported the bottom of the food chain.

    However, that is only in the past now.

    The reason was the elves and the humans. To be more precise, it was because the elves were involved in a conflict with the Empire, thergest and most powerful nation of the human race on the Ost continent. The trigger must be the burning and destruction of a city of the Empire by the Elves who lived in the Spirit Forest.

    The Imperial capital is next.

    Terrified, the upper echelons of the empireunched an all-out counterattack. They set fire to the elven viges, along with the World Tree, which was used as a weapon by the elves. As a result, the worldsrgest tree burned for several months before copsing, and the elves lost their country.

    ***

    The stage is then set in the subterranean portion of the burned-out World Tree. We move to the deepest point of a giant hollow part of the tree. The walls, floor, and ceiling are all filled with arcane magic circles, and the space is filled with the pale light they emit. In the center, sitting cross-legged, was a humanoid golem, about seventeen meters tall.

    (If this goes on, it wont be long until I run out of magic power)

    The elegant armor is a sign that it is the exclusive mount of the elven royalty. However, there is argeceration on the breastte, probably caused by a sword, and the pilots seat inside can be seen from the outside. An inaudible voice can be heard from the figure in the pilots seat. The figures appearance, however, is not that of a living person. To put it bluntly, it was a Zombie.

    (I have to do something.)

    This zombie is a prince of the elven royalty who lost his life when he was buried alive in the Bloodless Revolution that took ce hundreds of years ago. His innate possession of a great amount of magic power and hatred had transformed him into a lifeless, living entity.

    To take ones life and to continue its own activities.

    But there is no clear consciousness as there was when he was alive, and only these two desires remained in it.

    Riding the Knight, it attacks the elves and feeds on their magic power-filled heads

    He came following the principle of action of the dead who are jealous of the living, but he was stopped by an old warrior in full armor, themander of the Imperial Army, and his single-ded sword. After spending half a day regenerating, he saw a sea of fire.

    (I dont wanna die.)

    It also trantes to I want to continue to exist. The ce where the High Elves activated the magic circle for Five colored spear and arrows judgment enforcer. A ce right underneath the hole its located.

    Spirit Cannon main body.

    It is a ce that could be described as a machine room. The former prince, who had dredged up memories of his life during the crisis, escaped with his Knight to this ce, following a passage known only to the royal family. The roots of the World Tree still suck up some magic power from the earth and moisten the decayed body. However, the amount was decreasing with time, and it seemed that it would soon reach zero.

    (Lets make a servant and make them gather some more.)

    After forming a n based on his instincts, the dead prince decides to carry it out. It was to give magic power to corpses that still wishes to live and make them a zombie. If they be like him, they will instinctively start to attack the living.

    Half of the magic he gets is his parents share.

    If he uses a contract to tie it up, although there needs to be an initial magic power investment, he should be able to get his share just by sitting and doing nothing. However, if he put every magic power into making only one, the moment he lost it, it would also be the end for him.

    (Small magic beast it is.)

    Starting with a few of them. Fortunately, hes in the roots of the World Tree. If he put his consciousness on the roots in the shallow part, he can find the corpses that cling to life and turn them into undead.

    (We should avoid danger for the time being.)

    Something as fragile as an egg should never be put together in one basket. The zombie nodded in satisfaction at his own idea.

    ***

    The scene flew all the way to the far southeast andnded at a school in the royal capital. Arge banner was hung on the outer wall of the school building so that it could be seen from outside the premises.

    Good luck to the Womens Flower Arrangement Division!

    Thats what is written on it. The Flower Arrangement Main Tournament has finally begun. The womens club, coached by Cool-san, had managed to win up until now even though they got paired up against a strong opponent until the general match. The school was in a bit of a festive mood. This is a clear indication of how popr the Flower Arrangement sport is.

    The mamezanmai battle was awesome, wasnt it?

    sses were over and it was time for either club activities or leaving the school. In the ssroom, a group of girls was standing around talking.

    No matter how many times her opponent suck on her breast or crotch, she would always shake them off and fight back. If it had been me, I would have given up already by that point.

    Attacking the three beans located on both breasts and between the legs with ones mouth and tongue. The other school called this Mamezanmai and trained it as a powerful technique.

    She made her opponent take her mouth off her beans and made her scream, so I guess that means that our fingering technique feels even better than that.

    I want to be touched by her.

    The girls were excited. They were not expected to win the tournament, so they were very enthusiastic in their conversation. However, ament came in that put a damper on their excitement.

    You guys just caught the other school off guard this time. And they will definitely think of some countermeasures for the next matches, so dont think you guys can win again.

    This was uttered by a male student who had not been invited but had joined their conversation on his own from the side. Anyone can watch the official games as long as they can get into the venue. If one lines up all night as he did, it is possible to get a seat in the front row. By the way, the seats he got were on the opposing schools side.

    Im cool as heck for supporting the enemy.

    Because of this strange sense of value he has, he usually sits across from the other side of his school at any tournament.

    Whats with this guy, acting high and mighty?

    Another girl says to the girl who made an unpleasant expression on her face.

    Let him be, that guy always talking arrogantly like that, but most of the time its just bs that came out of his mouth.

    Ah, is that so? The other girl said and theyugh at him. The boy makes a disgruntled expression, then turn it into a wicked smile.

    Take this! Mamezanmai!

    Suddenly, he shouted and crouched down, and at the same time, he lifted up her skirt to her navel and stuck his head further into her skirt. The girl in front of him who was his target holds his head above her skirt but is unable to stop him. The tip of the boys nose reached the bean through the underwear and he began to move it as if to pry it.

    This idiot!!

    Another female student immediately goes behind the male student and delivers a powerful kick to the insolent mans groin.

    Gah!!!

    Leaving the feeling of an egg being crushed with the back of her shoe, the boy plunges face-first to the floor. The girls who surrounded the boy who fainted in agony thought about what to do next.

    What the hell is he thinking, this guy?

    This is a world where brothels are the social meeting ce fordies and gentlemen, and the flowers (women) sold are the envy of all. But that does not mean that he can attack female students in the school. He had recently be addicted to the Brothel School and so he acted like that without thinking.

    I went to a store once, and I just started working part-time to pay for the second visit.

    Since the payment for hisbor was not due until half a month from now, he could not contain his pent-up lust.

    What should we do about this guy?

    But such things dont matter to the girls. Looking down at him with a cold stare, they poke his sides with their toes.

    Why dont we just dump him in front of the mens flower arrangement hall? They seem to be having a hard time with theck of club members.

    Thinking that was a good idea, the girls nodded to each other and dragged him out of the school building by both legs. The flower-type sports are not always popr with both men and women. Flower Arrangement was no exception, so the boys didnt attract much attention. Some smaller schools do not even have a boys club.

    Excuse me~ Ive brought someone who wants to join the club.

    He seems to have plenty of energy, so please give him a good squeeze.

    He seems to be good with his mouth too.

    The one who came out when called was a senior who is captain of the club. He is in charge of everything since the coach is on a long vacation.

    Ohhh, thats good to hear. Leave it to me.

    He thanked them and made a circle with his fingers and moves them up and down in the air, winking at them. Imagining the squeezing the boy would receive, the girls cheered excitedly.

    Well then, well be going now.

    The girls leave while sometimesughing loudly. The captain turns his gaze from their backs to the boy at his feet.

    .Good with his mouth, huh.

    He puts his hand on his chin, then rubs his cheek. It is an imitation of the coach, whom he respects and admires for his clean-shaven appearance. The way he speak and the gesture he makes with his fingers were also done consciously.

    Lets try it out then, shall we?

    The captain of the mens flower arrangement club grabs the still dazed boy by both ankles and drags him into the dojo while the crotch inside his blue shorts had already begun to bulge.

 Chapter 335: Mansion of Love

    Chapter 335: Mansion of Love

    <strong> Trantor: Nat </strong>

    <strong>Aegir POV</strong>

    Is Dorothea not awake yet?

    No, Mama is still sleeping~

    A young girl brings over my meal in ce of Dorothea and answers with a troubled expression.

    I see.

    I briefly inspect the girl. Even though she has a pretty face, her cute ass and breasts are t, meaning its a little too soon for me toy my hands on her.

    Its because you were so intense with her.

    Nonnaments during her meal. Its rare for her to talk while eating, maybe shes a little angry.

    I held back. How so? Animalistic sounds were echoing throughout the mansion.

    Nonnas utensil makes a ng sound. Like I thought, shes angry.

    Ahaha

    Ad who is sitting at the tables edge alsoughs awkwardly. Was it really that loud?

    It would have been fine if it was just the girl, but Aegir-sama sounded like a wild beast roaring.

    That was probably during the second round. I couldnt help it when I plunged my rod into the ass of a maturedy.

    Celia doesnt say anything, but her cheeks gradually puff out. Anyone could see shes sulking even though shes trying to hide it.

    Leopolt-san said that the 20,000 gold to be paid to the pce has just arrived tonight and hes asking you to take it there tomorrow

    The pce again? That ce has be more annoyingtely and I dont want to go.

    Gosh! Dont say something so thoughtless.

    Nonna gets angry again.

    I can go home to Rafen after paying the fine, right? Which means Ill only be in the capital for today and tomorrow.

    I n to go out today and

    No, you cant!

    Nonna and Celia grab my arms.

    Youre thinking of going to the brothel again, right!? Dorothea-san at night and then a prostitute during the day, youre making me lose facepletely!

    This is a time when there arent many girls around too I dont like it when you leave me alone.

    Nonna presses her breasts against my arm and looks up adorably at me.

    Celia clings to my arm and squeezes tightly so I wont run away.

    Apparently Im spending too much time with Dorothea who I didnt get to see for a while. Im not stupid enough to go to the brothel after being persuaded this much.

    I apologize if I made you feel lonely. Then lets do it right now! Continuously!

    I grab one girl in each of my arms and carry them to the bedroom.

    This house is totally not good for childrens education.

    I dont pay attention to what Ad says. I also ignore how the kids are apparently ying naughty gamestely.

    First, Ill embrace Nonna. Both of them said they prefer one-on-one.

    Im taking it off now. Ufu, go ahead.

    I undress Nonna. Shes wearing clothing withce and strings which makes it hard to pull off her body, but I carefully remove each article, taking care not to rip anything.

    Aahn! Geez, take off my clothes first.

    I surprise her by nting kisses on her neck and chest. Nonna acts like she doesnt like it, meanwhile theres a smile on her face.

    Im getting you back!

    Nonna grabs my head and yfully bites my earlobe.

    We look at each other and thenugh.

    Haha, so what will happen when I take this off?

    She answers with my head in her arms.

    Fufu, my breasts will spill out.

    How terrible. I better undo it quickly then.

    I slowly unravel the string of the exquisite silk underwear. As soon as I finish, her giant mounds get released from their imprisonment.

    Aan~ its finally been taken off kyaa!! Uoooh!

    Unable to control myself, I dive head-first into her boobs.

    Ooh, theyre so warm and incredibly soft! Theyre the best, I cant get enough of them!

    I bury my face in between the two breasts and bring them around my face so I can rub my cheeks against them.

    Oh my, you pervert beast.

    I feel a soft impact on my head. Nonna resists happily.

    These breasts are mine. They belong only to me!

    I shout into her chest. Nonna squirms her way backward and escapes from my embrace.

    Thats not right. My breasts, they belong to me~

    She lifts up her heavy rack and then takes both nipples into her mouth.

    Sucking on your own nipples is a technique restricted to those who possessrge breasts. She nces seductively at me while rolling her cute tongue over the nubs.

    I rush to take my pants off but it was toote.

    Hyaa! I-it popped out

    With a crisp tearing sound, the crotch area of my pants rips apart and unleashes my monstrous cock. The tatters of my pants and underwear proceed to fall to the floor, leaving mepletely naked.

    My dick looks more fiendish than usual and is twitching like it has a spring inside.

    Its enormous as always allow me to attend to it.

    Nonna crouches before my feet and kisses the head of the snake.

    If you can Use my breasts, right? Fufu, sure thing.

    With a soft and airy puff, my dick gets swallowed into the valley of her breasts.

    Uuh!

    I unconsciously bend backwards.

    Amazingthe tip still sticks out when I squeeze so much of it.

    I can barely see the ns peeking out from her big tits.

    Youre the amazing one. Most of my dick is covered.

    The both of us smile at each other.

    Here I go then.

    Nonna dribbles some saliva down into the valley and rubs my dick by rocking her entire body.

    How is it? Does it feel good? Yeah, really good.

    The stimtion from getting rubbed like this isnt strong. Its almost tantalizingpared to a blowjob and intercourse.

    However the essence of a titfuck is this sight. For a man, those pillows which can be considered dream-like are jiggling in front of me, gently massaging my rod.

    Nonnas stainless white skin contrasts with my dark cock slick with saliva and sliding in between her boobs. That scene is arousing enough to send shivers down my spine.

    The tip has be hard like a rock.

    She takes the turtle head poking out from her cleavage into her mouth. Of course she does it while sandwiching my rod.

    Nnh, nnh, nnh! Nnchyu.

    Overjoyed by the soft sensation to the shaft and stimtion to the head, my cock bounces around inside her mouth and secretes its pre-cum.

    If I allow things to run its course, it wont take long for my body to expel its reproductive fluids. But I want to make love to Nonna. I cant just feel good from her oral service.

    Its about time we connect with each other.

    I push her down on the bed and steal her lips.

    Nonnas preferred positions are a frontal sitting position or missionary. I was thinking of doing one or the other today as well, except she twists her body around mine and climbs on top of me.

    I want to be on top today.

    She sits steadily on my stomach, intending to do it in the cowgirl position.

    Nonna adjusts the angle of my dick to match up with her vagina.

    Uugh! It might have been easier if you ejacted once first, this is too big.

    She has a delicate frame and slender waist to go with thoserge breasts. Naturally, the entrance to her vagina is also small so shes having some trouble fitting me inside.

    Nevertheless, she pushes the tip against her pussy and lowers her hips, slowly but surely swallowing my length.

    Aaaah, so thick it feels really tight. Sorry its so big.

    Her insides stretches to their limits and I can see how much has entered her body by the size of the bulge created in her stomach.

    Nonna stops moving at about the halfway point.

    I-its in fuu.

    I hold her hands to prevent her from falling and then her fingers intertwine securely with mine.

    Im going to move. Sure, go on.

    Nonna steadies her breathing and then slowly moves her hips back and forth. She wasnt moving quickly, however her earnest feelings of wanting to satisfy me gradually heighten my arousal.

    Aau! Hiiu! Nnnh!

    Everytime she rocked her hips, she let out an irresistibly sexy moan.

    Its like a dream to have a beauty like you ride me like this.

    Those words werent just to please her, they are my true feelings.

    Fufu, saying this now when Im already your wife? You know that my everything belongs to Aegir-sama, my heart, my body, my soul Ill dly do anything you desire.

    Nonna leans down and kisses my nipple. She was the one who groaned from that. My dick reacted to her kiss and swelled up inside her.

    Having Aegir-sama embrace me, love me, give me semen I wish I could stay like this forever

    Hm? Whats that about all of a sudden?

    Nonnas face bes serious.

    Its nothing.

    She shakes her head and her face is dyed with lewdness again.

    Aegir-sama really loves my breasts. Maybe you love them more than you love me? Dont be ridiculous. Theyre only wonderful because theyre attached to you.

    If her breasts fell to the floor, they would only be strange lumps of flesh. Way too creepy.

    Then what if I had breasts like Celia-chan?

    Fumu, Nonna with Celias breasts. It might look a little dismal, but its not like shes losing her heart or her beauty. I dont think my love for her would decrease at all.

    Then what if my breasts were on Celia-chan?

    I try imagining that. A pair ofrge unbnced fruits on her body this is the active Celia were talking about, so those things would be swinging every which way.

    That might be too unnaturaldid you feel that? Of course.

    I cant try to act like it didnt happen. Im connected to Nonna. Theres no way to hide the fact my dick got bigger from picturing a big-breasted Celia in my mind.

    I understand how much Aegir-sama loves big breasts now!

    Nonna separates her hands from mine and then ces them behind her own head.

    Then what do you think of this?

    She resumes her hip movements. Instead of doing a back and forth motion like earlier, she moves them up and down, and rather vigorously.

    What do you think? You like it? Ooh, wow!

    Obviously her emphatic bucking would pleasure my dick, though the more important thing is that her hands are behind her head, meaning nothing is obstructing my view of her wildly jiggling boobs as she bounces up and down.

    Eeii! Eei!

    Nonna doesnt stop.

    Normally, I would be the one attacking her regardless of position, and now it feels like shespletely taken the initiative. My toned body and veteran dick cant do anything about her rampaging udders.

    Is that it?

    Just when I was thinking that my seed would be milked out from me while at my wits end, Nonna stops abruptly. She gathers her breasts in her hands and tears up.

    my boobs hurt. I guess they would after that.

    Nonna doesnt like cowgirl or doggy style because the intense shaking of her breasts in those positions, especially with her size, is painful. With how heavy they are and how much they swung around, she would naturally feel sore.

    The tables have turned. Kyaa!

    I flip her while still connected to her and get into position for doggy style.

    I pick up the Nonnas body which is normally lying t on the bed and bend it backwards. Shes on her knees with her upper body upright.

    T-this is going to- I know.

    Her breasts will still swing in this position and it will hurt. However, I reach around from behind and grab the fruits.

    If I support them like this, it wont hurt. I guess so

    Nonna has a troubled expression.

    In this position, she wouldnt be moving much and I would be thrusting from behind. All the initiative will be with me. It looks like things will end with my victory.

    Im going to pound you until you cum. Prepare yourself. Aau if you can be gentle

    I lick Nonnas ear and reply as she somehow twists her body around.

    Nope. Im going hard.

    I move my hips fiercely. I know shes already close to cumming and I wont hold on for too long either. Time to bring us to climax in one go.

    Youre too rough! The sound-! The sound of pping flesh is echoing!

    Everytime my hips ram into Nonnas ass, it makes a loud p. At this point, it doesnt really bother me.

    I fondle her breasts while banging her. My meat rod makes wet, sticky noises as it slides in and out of Nonnas pussy, and a dull thud everytime it hits the back. That would have made her scream and cry if I did this in the beginning.

    Does it hurt? It doesnt, right? I-it doesnt hurt! It feels good!

    In her currently aroused state, its unbearable pleasure.

    My attack continues through her piercing shrieks. Her hand is wing at the air. I wouldnt be surprised if she came at any moment.

    Im not one to talk since Im almost there too.

    My meat rod is at its limit from all that caressing she did with her breasts and mouth and also from her assertive riding in the cowgirl position. The time for ejaction is near.

    Im about to cum Nonna. Aauu! Hauu!

    Nonna looks at me and nods countless times.

    Are you using contraceptives today? N-no!

    My cock grows one sizerger.

    Is it a safe day? No, the most dangerous!

    My cock gets harder.

    Alright, then Ill pump you full of seed. Aaaah Im going to get pregnant.

    Its hard for Nonna to get pregnant and it took us a lot of work to get a child in her stomach thest time. All of it was simply my fault. I just need to fill her up with thick enough semen to impregnate her. Now is that time.

    A dull pain shoots up from my balls as my dick makes its final pulses. Extra viscous fluid is rising up from my sac.

    Aegir-sama, roar for me! Do it loud like you did with Dorothea-san!

    She has a certain pride as a woman, so I have to respond in kind.

    Cumming!

    At thest moment, I pull back my dick until the entrance and  thrust it back in.

    Aagh!

    I repeat the same motion.

    Haagh!

    For the final thrust, I push my hips forward as if trying to plunge my rod into her womb and then I roar. In response, Nonnas body starts to spasm and she lets out the loudest moan tonight.

    C-cumming! Im cummingggg! Hiiiiiiiih! Aaaaah!! Uoooooh! Graaahh!!

    I cover her body with mine as I yell like I would on the battlefield.

    A few secondster, a loud rhythmic pumping sound apanies my ejaction. I feel like its an abnormal amount and density even for me.

    So hot! Theres so much of it! And its thick!!

    With Nonna being pinned by me and unable to move, her womb collected all of my endlessly flowing semen. It didnt take long for her womb to be filled to the brim and her belly inted as a result. Not even two or three minutes in, I can sense that my ejaction willst for about ten minutes. Continuing to cum inside while she cant take anymore risks her stomach bursting.

    Let me spray some on you too.

    I pull my dick out and turn Nonna onto her back.

    My semen stters on her graceful face, her pretty neck, those giant boobs shes proud of, and her slender legs.

    Aaun the smell is so intense. Its so thickit doesnt drip.

    One more time from behind.

    I turn Nonna around again so her back is facing me, then shoot my sperm on the nape of her neck, her back, and her ass.

    Aah my entire body is covered Im enveloped by Aegir-sama

    My dick doesnt stop gushing.

    I grab her already drenched asscheeks and spread them apart, then push my still spurting dick up against her asshole.

    Ah aaaaaah

    Using the white globs as lubrication, I proceed to insert my squirting hose into Nonnas anus.

    Let me pour my load here until my ejaction ends.

    I kiss the semen-covered Nonna. We always finish our sessions with a kiss.

    Please stay with me forever

    Nonna smiles as her insides are being painted white and then loses consciousness.

    Sorry to keep you waiting Celia.

    I rinse my body after having sex with Nonna and then head to Celias room.

    I cant really be satisfied. I could hear Nonnas voice from this room!

    Celia is a little unhappy.

    Hahaha, my bad. Im going to give you plenty of affection now.

    Celia and I exchange a tongue-twisting kiss and her clothes starting off piece by piece.

    Unlike Nonnas clothes, they have a simpler design so I dont struggle to take them off. I pull up her tank top from the front and slide her short pants down to reduce her to her underwear. I thought she would be wearing her usual in underwear, however the one she has on now is pink with a little ribbon attached. How cute.

    I will take Aegir-samas clothes off!

    She grabs my clothes in her underwear. It might be her way of seducing me, but she clings to me as she gets me naked.

    Now lets get that underwear off too. Its embarrassing

    She would be stark naked once thest piece of underweares off. Being outside a lot, Celia gets nicely tanned in the summer sun. She was never dark-skinned though.

    The tan lines separating her darker skin and lighter skin is inexplicably arousing. My dick is already at an angle.

    I will caress you now.

    The naked Celia gives a peck to my rod before getting it wet with saliva. She looks up at my expression while searching for the most pleasurable ce to stimte.

    I smile and brush her hair gently.

    Shes grown into a fine woman, though this service brings back fond memories and a feeling of immorality.

    Hamu.

    It feels as though my own daughter is sucking me. Her normally serious and nted eyes have melted and are directed upward at me.

    It feels good.

    My acknowledgement makes them narrow happily.

    Feelings of love dwell within me when I embrace Celia rather than carnal lust. Either way my penis gets bigger.

    Ill do it to you too. Come get on top.

    I know Celias going to hold back anyways so I pick her up and position her lower half above my face so we can pleasure each others genitals at the same time.

    Auu.

    Apparently she still feels embarrassed when I look at her hole up close like this, even though weve made love countless times already. She bashfully wiggles her tight, little ass which is faintly reddish. Since her shorts are usually on, her thighs are tanned while her ass remains white. The tan lines are pretty distinct here.

    Your ass is so cute. It doesnt smell bad either. Wahiih! Dont sniff it!

    She tries to get away when I push my nose against her butt.

    Maybe youth has something to do with the smell being strong or not. Nonnas smells faint too. Meanwhile Mel and Rita, as more maturedies, have a richer lewd scent.

    Muu!

    The stimtion to my crotch brings me back to my senses, where I see Celias tiny ass resting on my face. She might have found out I was thinking about other girls.

    My bad.

    To distract her, I drag my tongue over her precious bean and her vagina. Celia grabs my cock with both hands and rubs my shaft with her lips.

    We dont say anything more and let the sounds of caressing dominate the airspace. It wasnt just simple licking.

    Celia suddenly starts moving faster. She strokes the base of my dick with her hand and uses her small mouth to run along the upper half.

    Oooh

    Hearing my groan, she proceeds to lick around the tip too. I can only see her ass and genitals now, but Im sure shes making the got you face.

    I did it.

    Celias grown up since then, but shes like my daughter. I cant lose to her so easily.

    I spread open Celias vagina and stick my wet tongue into her hole.

    Nnnh!

    After confirming her reaction, I wiggle my tongue vigorously and stir her up.

    When she tries to twist her body away, I firmly grab her butt to hold her in ce. My breath blowing against her also adds another type of stimtion.

    Nnn nnh!

    The pleasure to my dick is weakening. At the same time, her pussy is lubricating itself so I dont need to send more of my saliva.

    Whats wrong? Are you giving up? Im not! I can still hyau!

    Celia tries to resume her fetio, but I take her clit in my mouth and pull on it lightly, causing her ass to twitch and a jet of fluid to shoot out.

    Uuu its my loss Haha, I wont lose so easily.

    I pat her ass lightly before helping the gasping girl stand.

    Get up and push your hips out toward me. Its been a while since you did it from behind.

    Celia puts her hands on her knees and sticks out her butt without hesitation. Juice drips from her crotch, telling me shes ready to go. She braces herself for the insertion as I approach her.

    Unfortunately, Im not going to simply thrust from behind.

    My hands prop up her thighs and I lift her up in one motion.

    Wah!?

    Taking her by surprise, her arms circle around my neck instinctively.

    I lower Celia onto my dick. My meat rod pushes its way into Celias drenched hole and slides to the very back of her canal.

    Aaauu!!

    Celia lets out a moan and her body bends backward. Like a chain reaction, her pussy mps down adorably on me.

    Does it hurt? No, Im fine. I was just surprised.

    Alright good, today Ill fuck her like this.

    I move my hips back and forth with Celia held up.

    I want to do something for you too~ You dont have to worry about that. Im going to thoroughly make love to you today.

    When I pick up the speed on my hip movements, Celia starts to let out short gasping moans. My dick goes deeper inside her when we have sex this way.

    T-then I will at least be your daughter!

    Isnt that something you want to do? I dont say it out loud.

    PapaCelia finally did naughty things with Papa

    I be more aroused when she says it in that sad, painful tone.

    Yeah, us family members finally crossed the line.

    I walk with Celia still connected and stand in front of her favorite mirror.

    Ah!

    Celia shrieks in embarrassment when the part were connected is inplete view in the mirror. I dont show any mercy.

    Ill finish off here. Make sure you keep your eyes on the ce were joined together.

    My cock digs deep into Celias hole everytime she is lowered.

    Auu! Hiuu! Papa! So rough!

    Celias cries matches the timing of my thrusts and I gradually move faster.

    Y-youre purposely making it bigger!

    Midway through, I start flexing my stomach to expand my cock and make Celia agonize from the pleasure. With her narrow hole squeezing so tightly around me, she can feel any little change in movements.

    There, Ill grind it against you.

    I change my pumping motion to a more circr motion of my hips.

    T-thats good too! Papa is going wild inside me!

    Not only does the movement rub the back of her hole, it also pushes against the middle parts. Then as I rotate my hips, the sensation switches from one to the other.

    Auuu! Papa, papaaa!

    Her erect nipples and stretched legs are proof shes close to climax. Even so, shes enduring it earnestly so she can finish together with me.

    You dont have to hold back. But

    I pinch Celias nipples.

    My cute Celia, go on and cum. Uuuuu

    Her nipples get harder as she gets to the point where its hard for her to continue resisting the urge. Ill deliver the final blow.

    Celia. Yes Papa

    Celia answers, still desperately clinging to the edge. I bring my mouth close to her ear.

    Get pregnant, Celia.

    She feels my hot breath as I whisper and I also provide one more deep thrust.

    Aah!? aaaaaahhhhhh!!

    Celias body starts to twitch and then convulses intensely. I know she has used contraceptive, but my words still produce an excellent effect.

    I- I cant anymore! Papa, Im sorry! Cumming! Auuuu!

    Her legs stretch out stiffly and her chin tilts up to the ceiling. A lewd moanes out of her wide open mouth.

    Uooooh!

    My timing syncs up with her and I also go off.

    Papa! Papaa! Celia Celia!

    Our voices fill the room. Oh no, the window was left open. I guess it cant be helped.

    I can see Celias stomach clearly inting in the mirror. Actually, I can also see the pulsing of my meat rod and the mix of our juices leaking from her hole.

    Amazing so amazing

    Celia stares at the mirror while she orgasms for as long as she can before bing powerless.

    That felt great.

    I pull out my cock andy Celia on the bed gently, who then reaches her hand out to me.

    Please continue Aegir-sama is still hard. I havent passed out yet either.

    Im not going to forcefully make you faint.

    Celia doesnt let go.

    I hesitate because shes like my daughter, but I cant leave her request unfulfilled. With that said, I cant prolong it or her tight vagina wont hold up. Even now its looking pretty red.

    What a helpless daughter.

    I flip Celia onto her stomach and raise up her hips.

    This time youre going to do it from behind?

    No, wrong again.

    Dont tell me! Please wait! If you do that now

    Its toote.

    I unleashed my killer technique. Celia moaned in agony and then lost consciousness while wetting herself. The window never got closed. I can only hope the guards donte in after hearing all that screaming.

    One hourter.

    After we finished, Celia was messed up pretty badly.

    Shes copsed on the bed and her cute ass is swaying ingratiatingly. A steady stream of liquid is constantly spraying out of her vagina and her eyes are spinning. Bubbles also seem to be foaming from her mouth.

    Hahhii ahiiih I went overboard. Are you alright?

    Her consciousness is hazy at best so she probably cant even hear me.

    Sorry. It was too much to finish you off upside down. Fuhiih

    Celia answers with another ssh of liquid, and then I give her back a kiss before heading to the bathroom.

    Ive been waiting for you, master.

    When I enter the bathroom, Ad is there bowing to me on her knees.

    You were waiting this whole time? No, I just came.

    Then how did she know we finished having sex? Was she peeking?

    The screaming can be heard all over the mansion well, more like the entire neighborhood could hear it. The moaning after take this upside down! was especially incredible. I wonder what kind of technique that is.

    Ad washes my body with soap.

    The madam, Celia-sama, Dorothea-sama all of them were pretty loud. Master is quite the sinful one.

    After she scrubs me until bubbles cover my body, she gives me a gentle massage. Although the both of us are naked, she doesnt rub her body against me unnecessarily.

    You just finished three rounds. Wouldnt you prefer a rxing massage?

    Ad carefully and politely kneads my body. She touches my dick too, but she only washes the softened meat rod which is spent from emptying its load.

    Its so big even when its limp it would probably reach the floor if the chair was lower.

    Umu, it hangs pretty nicely.

    Your muscles are wonderful too that scar makes you so manly. You have a handsome face and youre a man among men.

    The obvious ttery still makes me happy. Being a self-proimed pro lover, Ad can please men in ways outside of bed too.

    Youre such a nice woman. Ufu, thank you. I adore master as well. So please keep me with you for a long time.

    Our lips meet for a brief kiss.

    Well eventually make a baby too. A child

    Ads face is shrouded with shadow and she trails off. It was only for an instant before she once again smiles.

    Gosh, if you get a lover pregnant your wife will get angry.

    Ad looks like she still has something to say. However, shes probably not ready to say it seeing how she glossed over it. I pretend not to notice and hug her.

    By the way, youre underestimating me. Sorry?

    I stand imposingly in front of the confused Ad.

    Aahn.

    I grab her modest breasts and my dick quickly grows bigger.

    Youre kidding you can still go on after sleeping with three girls!? Yeah, youll be the fourth.

    When I put my hand on top of Ads head, she slowly opens her mouth.

    The echoes of a fourth woman orgasming resounded throughout the mansion. Incidentally, the window of the bathroom wasnt closed either.

    The Novel will be updated first on this website. Come back and

    continue reading tomorrow, everyone!